^^ 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


5« 


1.0 


1^ 

m 

^  lift 


i    115 


1.1 


us 

itt 

u 


I 


1.25 


1^    12.0 

Hluu 

U   il.6 


6" 


'/ 


^i 


^.^• 

^ 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


lX*o^' 


"V^^ 


23  WIST  MAIN  STREIT 

WUSTIR.N.Y.  MS80 

(716)  872-4503 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHJVI/ICfVIH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


)  I 


Canadian  fnttituto  for  Historical  Micror«nfcductions  /  Inatitut  Canadian  da  microraproductions  hiatoriquaa 


Tachnical  and  Bibliographic  No^as/Notas  tachniquat  at  bibliographiquas 


Tha 
tot! 


tha  Inttituta  has  attamptad  to  obtain  tha  bast 
original  copy  availabia  for  filming.  Faaturas  of  this 
copy  which  may  ba  bibliographically  uniqua, 
which  may  altar  any  of  tha  imagaa  in  tha 
raproduction.  or  which  may  significantly  changa 
tha  usual  mathod  of  filming,  ara  chacltaci  balow. 


□   Colourad  covars/ 
Couvartura  da  coulaur 


pn   Covars  damagad/ 


D 


D 


D 
D 


D 


n 


Couvartura  andommagte 


Covars  rastorad  and/or  laminatad/ 
Couvartura  rastauria  at/ou  palliculAa 


pn   Covar  titia  missing/ 


La  titra  da  couvartura  manqua 


□   Colourad  mapa/ 
Cartas  gtegraphiquas  an  coulaur 


Colourad  init  (i.a.  othar  than  blua  or  black)/ 
Encra  da  coulaur  (i.a.  autra  qua  blaua  ou  nciro) 


ry]   Colourad  plataa  and/or  illustrations/ 


Planchas  at/ou  illustrations  an  coulaur 


Bound  with  othar  matarial/ 
RalM  avac  d'autras  documants 


Tight  binding  may  causa  shadows  or  distortion 
along  intarior  margin/ 

La  re  iiiira  sarria  paut  causar  da  I'ombra  ou  da  la 
distorsion  la  long  da  la  marga  intiriaura 

Blanic  laavas  addad  during  rastoration  may 
appaar  within  tha  taxt.  Whanavar  possibla.  thasa 
hava  baan  omittad  from  filming/ 
II  sa  paut  qua  cartainaa  pagas  blanchaa  ajoutAas 
lors  d'una  rastauration  apparalssant  dans  la  taxta, 
mais,  lorsqua  cala  *tait  possibla,  cas  pagas  n'ont 
pas  4t4  filmAas. 

Additional  commants:/ 
Commantairas  supplAmantairas; 


L'Institut  a  microfilm^  la  maillaur  axamplaira 
qu'il  iui  a  #t*  possibla  da  sa  procurar.  Las  details 
da  cat  axamplaira  qui  sont  paut-Atra  uniquas  du 
point  da  vua  bibliographiqua.  qui  pauvant  modifier 
una  image  raproduite,  ou  qui  pauvant  axiger  une 
modification  dana  la  mAthoda  normala  de  fllmaga 
sont  indiquto  ci-dassous. 


□  Colourad  pagas/ 
Pagas 


D 


D 


Pagas  da  coulaur 

Pagaa  damaged/ 
Pagas  andommagtes 

Pagas  restored  and/oi 

Pagas  rastaurAas  at/ou  palliculAas 


|~~{   Pagaa  damaged/ 

pn   Pagas  restored  and/or  laminated/ 


Pagas  discoloured,  stainad  or  foxed/ 
Pages  dAcolories,  tachetAes  ou  piquAes 


Pagas  detached/ 
Pagas  dAtachAes 

Showrthroughy 
Transparenca 

Quality  of  prir 

Quality  inAgala  da  I'impression 

Includes  supplementary  matarii 
Comprand  du  material  supplAmentaire 

Only  adition  availabia/ 
Saula  Adition  disponibia 


IT/]  Showrthrough/ 

r~1  Quality  of  print  varies/ 

rn  Includes  supplementary  matarial/ 

r~n  Only  adition  availabia/ 


Pagas  wholly  or  partially  obscurad  by  errata 
slips,  tissuas,  ate.  have  baan  rafilmed  to 
ensure  the  bast  possibla  image/ 
Les  pagaa  totalament  ou  partiallement    ' 
obscurcies  par  un  fauillat  d'arrata.  une  pelure. 
etc..  ont  AtA  filmAas  A  nouveau  da  fapon  A 
obtanir  la  malllaura  imaga  possibla. 


The 
poa 
oft 
fiirr 


Ori| 
bag 
tha 
sioi 
oth 
firs 
sloi 
or  I 


Thi 
sha 
TIN 
wh 

Ma 
difl 
ant 
ba( 
rigl 
raq 
ma 


This  itam  is  filmed  at  tha  reduction  ratio  chacltad  balow/ 

Ca  document  est  filmA  au  taux  da  rAduction  indiquA  ci-dassous. 


10X 

14X 

18X 

22X 

26X 

30X 

y 

' 

12X 


IDA 


MA 


m 


<eA 


J^A 


Th«  copy  filmed  h»n  has  bMn  reproduced  thankii 
to  th«  gonoroshy  of: 

BibliothAque  /lationale  du  QuAboc 


L'oxomplairo  f  llmA  f  ut  raproduit  grica  i  la 
g4niroaltA  da: 

BibliothAqua  nationala  du  QuAbac 


Tha  imagaa  appearing  here  are  the  beat  quality 
poaaibla  conaidering  the  condition  and  legibility 
of  the  original  copy  and  In  keeping  with  the 
fllminp  contract  apaclflcationa. 


Original  coplea  in  printed  paper  covera  are  filmed 
beginning  with  the  front  cover  and  ending  on 
the  iaat  page  with  a  printed  or  illuatrated  imprea- 
alon,  or  the  back  cover  when  appropriate.  All 
other  original  coplea  are  filmed  beginning  on  the 
firat  page  with  a  printed  or  Illuatrated  imprea- 
alon,  and  ending  on  the  Iaat  page  with  a  printed 
or  illuatrated  impraaaion. 


The  Iaat  recorded  frame  on  each  microfiche 
ahall  contain  the  aymbol  ^^>  (meaning  "CON- 
TINUED"), or  the  aymbol  ▼  (meaning  "END"), 
whichever  appiiaa. 


Lea  Imagaa  auhrantea  ont  4tA  raproduitea  avac  la 
plua  grand  aoln,  compta  tenu  de  la  condition  at 
da  la  nattet*  da  rexempiaira  film*,  at  an 
conformiti  avac  lea  conditiona  du  contrat  de 
fiimage. 

Lea  exemplairea  orlglnaux  dont  la  couvarture  en 
papier  eat  ImprimAe  aont  fllmto  en  commen^ant 
par  le  premier  plat  at  en  terminant  aolt  par  la 
darnlAre  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impreaalon  ou  d'iiiuatration,  aolt  par  la  aacond 
plat,  aalon  le  eaa.  Toua  lea  autrea  exemplairea 
originaux  aont  flimte  an  commandant  par  la 
pramlAre  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impreeaion  ou  d'illuatration  at  an  terminant  par 
la  dernlire  page  qui  comporte  une  telle 
empreinte. 

Un  dee  aymboiaa  auh/anta  apparattra  aur  la 
dernlAre  image  de  cheque  microfiche,  aeion  le 
caa:  le  aymboie  — ►  aignifia  "A  SUIVRE",  le 
aymboia  V  aignifia  "FIN". 


Mapa,  plataa,  charta,  etc.,  may  be  filmed  at 
different  reduction  ratloa.  Thoae  too  large  to  be 
entirely  Included  In  one  expoaure  are  filmed 
beginning  in  the  upper  left  hand  corner,  left  to 
right  and  top  to  bottom,  aa  many  framea  aa 
required.  The  following  diagrama  iiiuatrata  the 
method: 


Lea  cartea,  planchea,  tableaux,  etc.,  peuvent  Atre 
flimAa  A  dea  taux  de  rMuction  diffirenta. 
Loraque  le  document  eat  trop  grand  pour  Atre 
reproduit  en  un  aeui  cllchA,  11  eat  film*  k  partir 
da  i'angia  aupAriaur  gauche,  de  gauche  A  droite, 
et  de  haut  en  baa,  en  prenant  le  nombre 
d'imagea  niceaaaire.  Lea  diagrammea  auivanta 
illuatrant  la  mAthode. 


1 

a 

9 

• 

■;  iiifii.,',~^-»     ,,, 


•$i'  '*! 


0  ■ 


/■  :f,>V,'  *, 


^2 


'^fmm0mm''Mivsmmwi6m^^  _ 


'^r    if  J 


if 
II 


lii^miWf', 


$Hfnt$.'. 


'« 


I 


Il:   S 


-t- 


^If     I'  ■' 


I. 


ii'lSiajr^l 


■1     i 


^x 


..^ 


.'^ 


i 
r 


"^-'jf' 


.?> 


i '.  •- 


4   ;^ 


?' <»•»»- 


r- 


C    -I . 
I    If 


1 1 , 

1 1 


\f, ''' 


'  .\,-i' 


.!! 


'  i-    ■ 


tnm  mti 


Wi 


-^.(jS£ 


If      ' 


.vt: 


nV'J.GlUM 


WISMAU 


PRUSSIA 


i«.*jR«. 


TEXAS 


•_.--y 


<Ji^J4^«^ 


-mH 


MEXICO     (MaiKiCirfi) 


(>lecvliant] 


.^*^^!». 


iiiiiiinft^  _jigi 


lOI 


<'^«KA»l 


a-pa.jmjwL«^  xmm. 


II  XUJliUl 


HOLLAND 


HAWAU    (SandwiAg) 


\ 


BELCaUM 


WISMAR 


Y^iji 


lUSSIAN  AMERICAN  C. 


TJJSCANY  (Mano^ff)  |  llTUSCAJnr  (Merduminitt 


TUKKEir  (liuiorWar) 


I  RUSSIA  (McrcliamuvDi) 


RUSSIA  (^fn-clmitmav 


<«^  ^•'*iam:^^4fnit^--*4»"^£^MMf' 


RUSSIA    (Merchmunvni)         RUSSIA   (Mercbautniai 


?• 

•^ 


miLAPELFHIA: PUBLISHED  BY  S.A.MTCHELL 


JinliHvJ  thwviliiui  lo  .hi  ot' itHhfivxx in  t/ii',nw  /.'i'/7  /»r  /htwinn^t'JMMivt  hi  llw  (lei 


uii;iiiiii»v^i 


FORTUGcAL   (Coaiter) 


SARDINIA.  iHLai 


t"k 


1  GREECE    (Maaof 


TU1«S 


SIAM 


®^^& 


M^". 


CHINA 


thcti 


ELLKEcomerMARKETA;  7V^^\ 


I  t/i,'  (Ifiiw  I'i'liiv  W I'll'  liiisltvi  (^/t/"''  tl'l'i'tiiis\ituni,i. 


AUSTRIA       ( Matt  otWm) 


:.JV>    '*(<?    I 


■s^'-i 


*s*s£ur*5S 


All 


.'•1 


ACCOMPANTMENT 


MITCHELL'S 


MAI    OF    THE   WORLD, 


ON  MERCATOR'S  PROJECTION; 


OONTAimiM 


AN  INDEX 


TO  m 

VARIOUS  COUNTRIES,  CITIES,  TOWNS,  ISLANDS,  &c., 
REPRESENTED   ON  THE  MAP, 

AND  M>  CWHWUfl'Mt  TVBKBWtnii 

THAT  THE  POSITION  OF  ANT  PLACE  EXHIBITED  ON  V* 
MAT  BE  READILT  ASCERTAINED: 


P 


V 


A  GENERAL  DESCRIPTION  ^ 

or 
TSE  FIVE  GREAT  DIViaONB  OF  THE  GLOBE, 

AMERICA,  EUROPE,  AFRICA,  ASIA,  ANDjQCgANICA. 

6?.VERAIt  SBfQBBS.  KINGQQMSk  STATESk  .TT 

•  ••    •••»•       ••      '•     x^t"!     :•     •• 

•  •  •  .       •',.•'•'•       .  •,*         •  • 


'% 


r-V^ 


<^my  f^ 


PHILADELPHIA: 
PUBLISHED  BY  S.  AUGUSTUS  MITCHELL, 

K.  E.  LOINBB  OF  MAUUT  AMD  BBVBNTH  m. 
1846. 


E. 


■Bi 


■mmr 


4"A- 


<  I 


^T      ?    <r  V    * 


11  vl.    .i 


T  ;'■ 


•S    )  ? 


'•'  ..•.^' 


»      '     i  . 


I'  :..  »,'.      '■■       ! 


Entered  according  to  the  act  of  congress,  in  the  year  1843,  by  S.  Auovstvs 
MiTOHDj.,  intheclerk'soflice  of  the  district  court  <^  the  eastern  diatrust  of  Penn- 
t^Ivania. 


M/.   V-, 


^.     :--'..,.      ■.».., 


-J         y-  ^  .    \ 


.»»»»       *■»#'      '  »  0,#if      ,^« 


• .  .»  ♦   ," 


ITMRBOTTPBD   BT  J.  FAOAIT PHILADBtPHIA. 


BHB 


BB 


^■>^V-:,:^;-    ..    ■^•''•"^■'■■■'  PREFACE.  ■••#•-:    ■i-/V'»^ 

;'>i;;i;i/:.i>»--'' -i- ;..     ...-■■:■>■'•>_  ,,r^-i  '■':■:!■'-'■<  .AhTiiftit^^j!;^^ 

...  ..''-,■.,...  ;.  ^>.  ,.,.•-    .      ...    ...i  -.f'A 

*J 

On  the  utility  and  importance  of  the  study  of  Geography,  it  would  be 
needless  to  expatiate ;  every  person's  experience  must  show  that  some  ac-> 
quaintance  with  it  is  indispensable  in  the  ordinary  business  and  inter- 
course of  life.  It  enables  the  navigator,  the  merchant,  and  the  military 
commander,  to  carry  on  their  respective  operations ;  and  embraces  a  vast 
variety  of  those  objects  which  arfe  most  Interesting  in  themselves,  and 
with  which  it  concerns  man  most  to  be  acquainted.  It  is  evident,  that  at 
a  very  early  period  of  society,  the  necessity  of  cultivating  this  science, 
must  in  a  measure  have  attracted  the  attention  of  mankind  :  their  curi- 
osity to  know  something  of  the  coimtry  they  inhabited,  and  the  necessity 
of  marking,  in  some  manner,  the  boundaries  of  their  property,  would 
unite  in  forming  the  outlines,  and  directing  their  attention  to  the  subject. 
,  In  modern  times,  and  especially  at  the  present  period,  the  general  inter- 
course of  knowledge  amongst  all  classes,  the  intimate  commercial  and 
political  relations  existing  between  civilized  communities,  and  thd  univer- 
sal desire  of  all  enquiring  minds  to  become  acquainted  with  distant  coun- 
tries, and  with  the  inhabitants,  condition,  and  productions  of  regions  differ- 
ing from  our  own,  unite  in  rendering  geographical  knowledge  interesting 
to  the  majority,  and  to  many  indispensable  in  qualifying  them  for  the  pur- 
suits of  commerce  and  industry,  and  for  much  of  the  current  and  daily 
avocations  of  life. 

'  The  object  of  the  following  Accompaniment  is  not  to  give  extended  geo- 
graphical details,  but  rather  general  results,  so  that  it  may  present  In  con- 
nexion with  the  Map,  a  distinct  view  of  the  principal  geographical  fea- 
tures of  the  world,  and  serve,  generally,  as  a  work  of  reference.  In  its 
compilation,  the  principal  of  the  numerous  works  which  have  issued  from 
the  press  within  the  last  few  years  on  geography,  travels,  statistics,  &c., 
have  been  consulted,  and  in  all  cases  the  most  recent  published  details  in 
the  latter  branch  of  science  are  given :  of  the  works  most  freely  resorted 
to,  the  principal  are,  Murray's  EncyclopsBdia  of  Geography,  Malte-Brun's 
and  Goodrich's  Universal  Geography,  Flint's  Geography  of  the  Westprn 
States  and  Territories,  Encyclopaedia  Americana,  Darby  and  Dwight's 
United  States  Gazetteer,  Origin  and  History  of  Missions,  Missionary 
Gazetteer,  Ellis's  Polynesian  Researches,  Transactions  of  the  Geographi- 
cal Society  of  London,  &o.  The  extent  of  the  Accompaniment  being 
necessarily  limited,  a  comprehensive  and  minute  detail,  either  in  the  de- 
scription of  countries,  or  in  the  statement  of  facts,  is  not  to  be  expected ; 
yet,  notwithstanding,  it  is  believed  that  the  leading  features  in  the  general 
account  given  of  each  of  the  great  divisions  of  the  earth  and  their  respec- 


•fm^ 


,k^f' 


10953 


'■'V  -f-y 


^^,m 


PREFACE. 


1. 


I^e  subdivisions,  will  be  found  sufficiently  dear  and  distinct  as  to  give 
ihose  who  may  consult  it,  a  general  iflea'  of  the  present  geography  of  the 
lirorld,  as  accurate  as  can  probably  be  gleaned  from  any  equal  number  of 
llMiges  extant  on  the  same  subject. 

In  treating  of  geography,  it  is  usual  to  arrange  and  describe  countries 
'according  to  their  real  or  supposed  political  importance;  a  method  which 
{s  rather  calculated  to  confuse  and  bewilder  the  mind  than  otherwise,  in 
(Consequence  of  the  necessity  of  referring  to  the  Map  in  an  irregular  man- 
[iier.  In  the  following  Accompaniment,  it  is  proposed  to  adopt  a  purely 
^geographical  arrangement,  commencing  with  North  America,  which  lies 
at  tlie  north-west  corner  of  the  map,  and  passing  thence  to  the  other 
grand  divisions  of  the  globe,  taking  up  in  succession  South  America,  Eu- 
rope,  Africa,  Asia,  and  finally,  the  fifth  grand  division,  or  Oceanica.  In 
this  way,  it  is  believed,  a  clear  and  distinct  representation  of  the  various 
|x>rtions  of  the  earth,  will  probably  be  more  vividly  impressed  on  the 
tnlnd  than  by  any  other  method. 

'  The  Map  of  the  World  is  constructed  on  Mercator's  Projection,  and  is 
the  largest  and  most  comprehensive  work  of  the  kind  ever  published  in 
America.  It  is  engraved,  printed,  coloured,  and  mounted,  in  the  most  ele> 
gant  manner.  In  its  geograi^ical  details,  this  Map  represents  the  sur&ce 
bf  the  earth  as  it  really  exists,  according  to  the  best  authorities}  the 
routes  and  tracks  of  the  most  celebrated  Travellers  and  Navigators,  from 
the  first  voyage  of  Columbus  to  that  of  Lieutenant  Wilkes,  are  distinctly 
exhibited,  and  all  the  recent  Geographical  and  Nautical  discoveries  in 
Africa,  America,  and  Australia,  and  in  the  Pacific,  Arctic,  and  Antartte 
pceans,  are  accurately  represented, — among  th^  latter  is  the  line  of  coast 
diacovered  by  the  United  States*  Exploring  Expedition,  in  the  year  1840. 
Many  islands,  the  mt^rity  of  which  were  discovered  by  American  navi- 
gators, are  sJso  now  inserted  for  the  first  time  in  a  general  map  of  the 
world.  The  Consulting  Index,  comprising  near  thirteen  thousand  items, 
will,  with  the  [dan  adopted  for  its  use,  be  found  to  give  great  fecility  in 
•earching  for  the  position  of  the  various  countries,  cities,  towns,  islands, 
hAc.,  represented  on  the  Map. 

The  present  edition  of  the  accompaniment  to  '*  Mitchell's  Map  of  the 
World"  has  been  subjected  to  such  a  revision  as  the  progressive  state  of 
geographical  knowledge  requires.  The  articles  describing  the  various 
sections  of  the  United  States  have  been  made  to  correspond,  in  every  re- 
spect, with  the  Census  of  1840;  those  connected  with  Great  Britain  and 
Ireland,  \  ith  the  Census  of  1841 ;  and  those  descriptive  of  the  other  por- 
tions of  the  globe,  with  the  statements  found  in  M'Culloch's  Universal 
Gazetteer  (Am.  ed.),  and  other  approved  Geographical  works  recently 
published.  The  whole  will.  It  is  believed,  be  found  to  correspond  with  the 
preamt  condition  of  the  earth  as  nearly  as  a  work  of  its  limits,  illustrating 
a  subject  involving  such  an  infinite  number  and  variety  of  details,  can  be 
readily  made  to  assume.  \%mfv\\si:^iri %  ^tM«;ifciv  ^p3Si; 

. . 


. 


V 


mi 


JtaoMa 


CONTENTS. 


ComnLTUU  Insb Pig«   11 

QxKoua.  Vnw  or  tbi  WoaLO 117 

ASSESICA f  119 

Nwth  America ISl 

Rnniui  PoMewbna 198 

Brituh  PoueMkHU 139 

NewBtiUin 133 

Upper  Canada 135 

Lower  Canada , •  •  •  i  136 

New  Bruoawiok 138 

Nova  Scotia 139 

Cbtpe  Breton , 140 

Prince  Edward's  bland 140 

Newfoundland 140 

Anticoati 141 

United  SUtes 143 

Eastern  State* 154 

Maine 155 

New  Hampshire 157 

Vermont 159 

Maasaohoaetts 161 

Rhode  laland 165 

Connecticut 166 

Middle  Stetea *.....  168 

New  York 169 

New  Jersey 175 

Pennsylvania 177 

Delaware , 183 

Maryland 184 

District  of  Columbia 186 

Soathem  SUtes 187 

Virffinia 186 

North  Carolina 193 

South  Carolina 195 

Oeorria 197 

Florida  Territory 800 

Alabama 301 

Mississippi.... 303 

Louisiana. 305 

Western  States  and  Territorie 308 

Ohio 310 

Kentucky 313 

Tennessee 915 

Indiana 317 

nUnois 319 

Michigan 893 

Missouri 394 

Arkansas   936 

Wisconsin  Territory 338 

Western  Territory 999 

Missouri  Territory 939 

Oregon  Territory 933 

Texas.  .,,.-..>.. 335 

Mexico ...337 

Guatemala 348 


m 

.954 


West  Indies 

Biritish  Islands 

Jamaica 

Barbadoea 

Antigua .........854 

St  Christopher's 9^1 

Monserrat,  && 859 

Nevis 

Barbuda 

Anguilla .355 

Virgin  Uands 855 

Dominica • 9S5 

St  Vincent ......955 

Grenada SiS5 

Tobago 955 

St  Lucia 955 

Trinidad ,...955 

Bahama  Islands ., ...9St 

Bermudas 951 

Spanish  Ishnds. < 95f 

Cuba 95« 

Porto  Rico 959 

IVenoh  Islands 

Martinico 958 

Guadaloupe 958 

Dutch,  Swedish,  and  Daniah  loUmb  958 

St  Eustatia 95» 

Saba 968 

St  Martin 958 

Curacoa ...968 

Santa  Crux ...986 

St  Thomas 989 

St  John's .' 968 

St  Bartholomew 

Hayti 988 

South  America ..388 

Colombia 968 

New  Grenada 978 

Vanexuela 978 

Equador 977 

Oollapagos  Islands 379 

Guiana ^ 978 

Demarara,  Berbioe,  and  Esstquiho  . .  879 

Surinam 988 

Cayenne 988 

Brisil 981 

Peru 988 

floutiiPeni ...988 

Boliria 995 

am 998 

Island  of  ChUoe .301 

Islands  of  Juan  Femandei 301 

Boenos  Ayrea .»>  ^ 

faraguay 88f 

Uruguay 80T 

P«t4r<»u>  • '  •  • •  •  'O^i 


1* 


OONTENT& 


EUROPE  

Swedan  ud  Nwwaj . 

!Norwaj 

lAplud i,, 

Dnunark  < 


.  .309 
. . .  315 
...319 
.,.390 

...tki 


Ioeluid,&o. ., 334 

Faroe  UuMb 335 

335 


inm. 

ifishldM 

ttaffluid 

IdeofMan 

Jersey,  Qnemaoy,  Ac 

Walee 

fleodand 

aabrklea 

CWmajr  Uanda 

flintland  Iilaiida 

Irdand 

nanoe 

doraica 


lalea 

Andorra 

Portugal 

Sttiaia 

Poland 

;Eingdom  of  Poland 

Oneow 

ISIemiany ••• 

Anatria 

Bongary 

Oroatia 

ddafonia.. ;...... 

IVanayhrania  •' 

ItUitanr  Frontier 


leia 
Prnaaia 

Bavaria ■ 

Saxony 

Hanover « 

Wirtemberf 

{Men 

Iteasian  State*. ... 

Hease  OaaMsl 

Hease  Darmrtadt. . 
Hease  Hiombnrf  . . 

flazon  Statoa 

Chute  Weimar. .... 
IMe  Cabavg  €>otha 
flipce  Meiningen  Hildbwrf  hai 

Saxe  Altenburg 

Bfeoklenborg  Sohwerin. .... 

M eoldenborg  Streliti 

Bmnswiok 

CHdenborg 

If aaaau < . 

Anhalt  Deaaaa 

A^Dhah  Bembnrf 

Anhalt  Cothen 

Oerman  PrincijpaUties 

Eouuwafizburg  nudtnrtadt . . . 
Betawartzburg  Sondorahauaen 


m 

M3 

337 

837 

389 

3M 

343 

.343 

,343 

,345 

.348 

,351 

.353 

,356 

,358 

358 

.361 

.366 

369, 

.369 

.369 

,878 

876 

878 

378 

.878 

878 

379 

879 

880 

384 

386 


387 

,387 

388 

888 

,  3oo 
.889 


880 


389 

889 

,890 

890 

890 

800 

890 

890 

390 

890 

,390 

,390 


RenaaOretti SOS 

ReiuaSchleiti 390 

Lippe  Detmold 390 

L^^pe  Scbanenburg 890 

HobawoUem  Bigmaringen 891 

HohenzoUem  Httchingeo 391 

Waldeck  I^rment 391 

Lichstenatein • 391 

KniphaoMin i 801 

Hambwg « .v. .*.....». .*. i . . . t . . .  891 

Lubeck 391 

Remen... 891 

Frankfort 899 

Switaerland *..r*. 8! 

Italy 894 

dardinia 397 

Island  of  Sardinia 398 

Monaco 899 

LiHnbardo-Veoetian  Kingdom 399 

Tuscany 401 

Parma 409 

Lncca.. 409 

Modena 403 

Statea  of  the  CiMireh 403 

San  Marino 405 

Naples 405 

Sicily 406 

Idpari  Islands 406 

Malta,  &C. 407 

Ionian  Islands .....;. ...406 

Turkey .^i^».....409 

Greece .......  413 

Candia.; 416 

Cj^eladee ....416 

Negropont 416 

N.Sporades .......416 

Hydra,  &e. 416 

Tabular  view  of  the  European  Statea  418 

AFRICA 419 

Barbery 494 

Morocco 496 

A^^ 497 

Tunk 498 

TiripoU 490 

Barea 480 

Egypt 430 

Nubia 483 

Abyasink 434 

Sahara,  or  Great  Deaart 436 

Fesian 436 

TIbesty 437 

Oadamk 437 

Tkfilet,  Draha,  &e. 437 

Tibboos 487 

Tnarick 438 

Western  Africa 438 

Senegnmbia 438 

Foiriaba 489 

Jakffli .489 

Mandingoea 439 

FootaJaUon .440 

Soolimana 440 

Senegal 440 


Tii 


<4M 
441 


Uberia ....^.  *...., 

CMnCaut i ..44S 

Ivory  Cout...<.>**i*»**«*>>>'«*f4tt 

GUldCoMt 4.4.... .441 

SUmCout ...« .........r 


IMioiiMy 


W«ne 444 

mdln,tw. 445 

Lougo 445 

CSango,  Anaala,  4m. 445 

dmb«bu,4E& 446 

SaotheraAfiioa 44S 

HottentoU 447 

CmColMty 448 

cSuin... 449 

BMhaanu 450 

BHtemAftiea 450 

Inhambano 451 

BdiU 451 

SoftU 451 

Momnbique '•  •  > .  451 

Manomotapa 458 

Qusmbe '458 

Moolooa 458 

Zuuibar  or  ZangMbat 458 

Qniloa 458 

MombM :....4S8 

MeUnda 458 

Bnva 458 

Magadon 453 

Ajan 453 

Bwbora 453 

Adeland  Hnrmr 453 

Cantral  Aftioa 453 

Satfiir 456 

Kardoftn 456 

Bsrcoo 456 

BahralOhaal 457 

Begharme •  e 457 

■onum 457 

Blaadaia,dMt..  .•! 457 

Honua 458 

Kano 458 

Kaahna 458 

Zegieg 458 

Yaoone 459 

Bousn,  &e. 459 

Borgoo _ 459 

Yarriba 459 

NvfK 459 

Tnnibuctoo,  &e. 460 

Bambarra 460 

Matba,  Beroo,  &o. 460 

Afirioan  Manda 461 

Asorea  Idandi 461 

461 


CanaiT  Iilanda 461 

CSape  Verde  lalanda 469 


fimaikbPoklM.. 
■bHaieBa'.'.'. '.'.'.'. 


BMUnMHI  lilailQ  •••••••••••« 

ManritiiM,  or  Ue  of  Aaae«> 
BajciMu0ai  flBA  •••••••••f«» 

Oonoro  Uanda.  ........<. . 

BoMtraaoa  •••••••  •••«••• 


ASIA. 


ttberia 

Now  Siberia,  tie. 471 

Kamtaehatka 

KorikUaada ..« 

Aatrachan,  4ce. , , . .  ^  4' 

Oavaaaian  Roaaia 4ln 

OircaMia 4TB 

Dagheotan .*. 478 

Goorgia 478 

SUrran,  EriTan,  Ae.. « . . . .  4n 

MiDgrBlta,  4ms. *.  .'4^ 

Abaaia ..4fi| 

Turkey  inAaia..; >••   480 

Arobipelago  .................. . 

Rhodaa,  iut. 


Kafbriatan 

Kaachgar ,  *  • ' 

India , 

HindoootaB 

Laliore,  4m). < 

Bootan  and  Nepanl 

Ceylon 

Laooadive  and  MaUUvo  Uap^ 51| 

CbinlndU :. ., 6I| 

Britiah  Torritorioa ^....014 

ffirmab 515 

Siam 616 

Malaya  or  Malaeoa 51S 

Sinoaporo 516 

PoloPinans 616 

Nioobar  and  Andaman  Iilanda 517! 

Anam 517 

Cochin  China 81T 

Cambodia 61T_ 

Tonqoin 6lf 

Taiampa 618 

L>c><.>w.. oi8 

Thibet 618 

Little  Thibet 680 

CMna 6B1 


asiMM 


mmmmmmmmmmmmmtfm 

m -_- 

9mi«iH«iii «i 

MuSAooriiu'/.V.' v.'.*.*.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. . .  Ml 

il Ml 

..........Of 

Bnehui^ ftSi 

■Bdent  Tutarv 5S4 

flvwkBiioliarii^  or  BoUni« 'CIS 

!!."!!!i!'.'.'.!*.'.'.«6 

....586 

A36 

., 5S7 

537 

t.  0.537 

!A «43 

lyria. 547 

..^ 547 

.^ , 547 

Prio  tdacin,  BuuML  A«. 547 

hnTTr.. 547 

Bdhr.  Lomboek,  SamlNim,  See. ....  548 

548 

Afehinaluo 548 

caebe.T!!T!T.. ..!.!..!!.!.!  648 

iMgWMwSptoeMMde 548 

QMw  or  Kfldinff  uindi! ..!.!.!'.!  548 

Aiwinlada ..549 

▲nalnlk ..548 

PSooT  of  W^rtwn  Amtnlia 550 

▼■p  Diemm's  tmd ^ 550 

H«(r»Jaiid 550 

noMM,  vvNewOoiaM *....  951 

iM&kdv 551 

N««»itefai...,...,. 551 

|r««r  Inland 551 

fc'$m^,  fiuwf^r,  tfc 551 
fHfw  HrandM  .•.•..••...••*...•>  '551 
Ckledoni*..... ,«.... 551 
ikU^uA ....551 

•  Idndi.. 551 

551 

or  Muiui  UtAdi 558 

V'*«B 


■>.  AnhinolMo • 

-  Uuida 

r«r  Ftomota  bhikb  ...<»«...  454! 

Mikwiihiufe ...i.554 

Bmmr'a  or  Cook's  Idanda ........  5Si; 

iknrtna  or  Bdnina  blandi S9S 

lUendly  Idaadi 555 

Navigate'o  Uandi 555 

I'wgeo  laluda 555 

Tnasa  Uuda 555 

HibuilokiMk ...555 

Pitoaim'a  Uuid 555 

EaaterlahBd , 5SC 

lahnda  in  the  Polar  Boaa... 550 

North  Polar  Uanda ..557 

North  Georgian  lalanda ^....557 

Boothia  Felu ..557 

Greenland .558 

8oof «by's  land 558 

SphabargeB  •..••......  • . ......( 

Nova  Znnbb 

Sooth  Polar  lilanda 559 

lUkknd  Uanda 550 

Sooth  Georgia , 550 

Sooth  Shetland... 560 

SoothOrkney 560 

Pafaner'sLand 560 

Kargnelen'a  Land 560 

TUrtan  d'Aeonha 500 

Etoderbj'a  Land ...560 

Graham's  Land 560 

OCEAN 560 

FlwifieOoean 560 

Atlantie  Ooean 561 

Indian  Ooean ............561 

Aietio  Ooean 561 

Antaretie  Ooean 561 

Mediterranean  Sea,  &o. 561 

BaltioSea,4bo. Sm 

Extent  and  Ponolation  of  the  World  563 
Christian  Miaauma  ........  4 ......  565 

Miasiooary  Stationa 566 

Nowly  discovered  Islandai  he. ....   569 


npniMMMlii 


tmm 


«M 
M4 
Ui 
SU 
5M 
S» 
MS 
MS 
US 
K8 
SW 
SM 
SM 
SS6 
M7 
SS7 
M7 
S58 
S58 


559 
S59 
5» 
SS9 
S60 
S« 

sso 

S60 

S80 
SM 
S60 


sse 

seo 

Ml 

s«i 

Ml 
Ml 
Ml 


MS 
M 
89 


^«i*»S*>. 


^'^il$ill^l<j»^$K;«@!4iM»|C»2;^^ 


EXPLANATIONS  TO  THE  CONSULTING  INDEX. 


To  uontiin  the  poiitinB  oo  the  Map  of  uy  place  inentioiwd  in  the  Index,  obwrTB  the 
fatten  annezed  to  it  in  the  fiMirth  colomn;  then  find  the  eoneeponding  letters  on  the  top 
or  bottom  and  aideo  of  the  Map;  from  theoe  lettera  paae  the  eye  along  the  ranges  doe 
tnrth  or  aonth,  and  east  or  west,  until  they  intersect:  in  the  square  in  which  they  meet, 
die  plaoe  sought  ibr  will  be  fimnd. 

It  will  be  obeerred,  that  e?ery  page  of  the  Index  contains  two  ranges  of  four  ««lnimpa 
each  i  the  first  of  these  shows  the  names  of  Places,  the  sc'xmd  the  class  to  which  they 
respectivoly  belong,  as  Cities,  Towns,  &c. ;  the  third  column  p<unts  out  the  X!!ountry  in 
whieh  i^aoes  are  situated ;  and  the  fimrth,  the  re&renoe  letters  that  correspond  with  those 
on  the  top  and  bottom  and  sides  of  the  Map^  and  by  means  of  which  the  position  of  cities 
and  towns  may  be  found.  For  examine,  Aaik,  the  first  name  in  the  Index,  u  an  Island 
in  North  America,  the  Reference  letters  attached  to  which  are  A  b;  on  examining  the 
Mapk  A  win  DO  found  near  the  left  comer  at  the  top,  and  b,  the  second  letter,  in  the  left 
hand  border  in  proceeding  downward  fimm  tlie  top  of  the  Map :  by  the  pUn  mentioned 
above  the  square  containing  Aailc  will  be  found.  The  second  name  in  the  Index,  is  Aal- 
borg,  a  town  in  Denmark,  letters  M  o ;  this  wiQ  be  found,  according  to  the  rule  stated, 
near  the  the  middle  of  the  Map,  and  about  one-third  of  the  breadth  fi-om  the  top ;  and  by 
the  same  simple  means  every  place  mentioned  in  the  Consulting  Index  may  be  readily 
woertuned. 

The  figures  attached  to  a  few  of  the  names  in  the  first  column  of  the  Index,  dgniQf 
ttiat  those  places  ore  represented  on  the  Map  by  the  figures  attached  to  them ;  this  occurs 
only  in  the  oases  of  the  governments  of  European  Russia,  a  few  of  the  minor  German 
States,  and  in  two  or  three  provinces  in  Bolivia. 


Aidiipdago. 
th^h 

Sffi:::::: 

Btdb 

Canal 

Cape 

CSiannd  •••• 

City. 

ciur 

diilb 

Coast 

Cdony 


Arc. 

Bk. 

.::::!r 

Bis. 

CnL 

C. 

Ch. 

::;:::a- 

CIs. 

Cst 

Gd. 

^Countoy Cly. 

UOepartment Dep. 

Desert Dee. 

District Dis. 

Division Div. 

Duchy  and  Dukedom .  .D. 

Electorate ............ Ku 

&m(^ Vm. 

Entranoo Fat 

Factory I''ttc. 

Falls Ms. 

fiord Fd. 

Foreland Fid. 


ABBREVIATIONS. 

Fork Fk. 

Fort FL 

Government Gov, 

Grand  Duchy. ....... .G.  d. 

Group • . . .  .Gr. 

Gulf G. 

Harbour Har. 

Head ..Hd. 

Hill HL 

Hills His. 

Hook Hk. 

House Ho. 

Inlet In. 

Idand I. 

Islands .Is. 

Isthmus Isf 

Kingdom Km. 

Lake..... L. 

Lakes Ls. 

Land Ld. 

Mountain Mt 

Mountains Mts. 

Oasis Ob. 

Peak Pk. 

People. .,  ,-.-..^^i Pgo. 

Peninsula Pen. 


Plains Pb. 

Pomt Pt 

Port Po. 

Possessions Pes. 

Province. Pra 

Promontory Prm. 

Reef Rf. 

Reefs Rft. 

Republic Rep. 

River R. 

Rock Rk. 

Rocks Rks. 

Ruins Rns. 

Settlement Set 

Shoal Sh. 

Shoals Shs. 

Sound So. 

StaU St 

Station SU. 

Steppe Sto. 

Strait  Str. 

Territory Ter. 

Town T. 

Tribe Tr. 

'-'•Ulage Vil. 


iiifr-IVH..JtA\»itA".niltoiiL-ku^Jf,iA"  .1 


CONSULTING   INDEX. 


Aaik 

Aalborg 

Aumuni 

AaoiB 

Aarhw 

Au 

Abaoo...v> 
Abaohai  ••>.. 

Abadeh 

AMiv 

Ahwkaimli « . . 
Abakan ...... 

Abaua 

Aba«a 

Afaawi. ...... 

Abb......... 

Abbakol 

Abbaaabad . .  • 
Abbaxacca . . . 
Abberjerhajjia 
AbMstibbe. . . . 
Abbetibbe .... 
Abbetibbe.... 
AUietibbe .... 
Abbetibbe* . . . 
Abd  al  Coria  . 

Abdery 

Abee  Gurm  . . 
Abeliaghakaia 
Aberdeen  .... 
Abingdon .... 
Abingdon .... 
Abiponea  . . . , 

Abo 

Aboahinan  ... 

Abomey 

Aboo 

Abothubbee  . . 
Abou  Girgeh  . 
Abou  Ibee  . . . 

Aboukir 

Abuutiah 

Abraatea 

Abno-JoB  .... 

Aboberou |C!. 

Abu  Ariah  . 
AbuFalerm 
Abona. .... 
Aba  SoMun 


I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Ctar. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

Ois. 

R. 

L. 

Ha 

Tr. 

L 

T. 

T. 

& 

Cy. 

1.  « 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

a 

T. 
T. 
I. 


T. 
T. 
R. 
T. 


North  America 

Denmark 

Aurca 

Mantchowia  . . 
Mantohooria  .. 

Denmark 

Norway 

Babamaa 

Mongolia 

Peraia. ......  • 

Mangglia 

Asiatic  Ruooia 
Asiatic  Rnaai* 
Asiatic  Roana 
Aaiatic  Rdsaia 
Abyssinia.  * . .  < 

Arabia , 

Africa 

Persia 

Africa 

Africa 

^t  America 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Arabian  8«a.. . 
Mantchooria 


SI 


Ab 
Mc 
Ne 

Ud 
Vd 
Mc 
Mb 
Gf 
Rd 
Pe 
Td 
So 
Se 
Od 
Qc 

n 
p« 

Mb 

ll 

6d 
Od 
Od 
Od 

P« 

Ud 


Little  BnchariaQd 
Asiatic  Rusaia  V  a 
Scotland......  Lo 

GallapagoS'...  Fh 
Virginia......  Ge 

South  America  H  k 

Russia Nb 

Barbary L  e 

Dahomey Mh 

Tibesty Nf 

Arabia Pf 

^pt Of 

Arabia |o  f 

Egypt 

Egypt 

Portugal ...  . 
M»laf  sia  .... 
Asiatic  Russia 
Arabia  . .   .  •  • 

Arabia 

Peru 

Bsrgoo 


Oe 
Of 
Le 
Uf 
Pd 

Of 
rf 

Hi 


Abu  Shareb  .... 
Abutua.... 
Abjrssinia.. 
Aoaponeto  . 
Aoapulco  .. 

Aoari 

Aeariay  . . . 
Aecarah . .  • 
Adiaguas.. 
Aeheeu. .,. . 
Acheen.  • . . 

Adul 

Achinskaye .... 

AefaiU 

Aooma 

Acquire 

Acra 

Acre .  •....•  •> . 

Acton.. » 

Adach 

Adair 

AdamowB. .   . . . 

Adamowa. 

Adams 

Adams « . 

Adana 

Addington 

Addon 

Adel 

Adela .~ 

Adelaide 

Adelaide. ...... 

Adelaide 

Aden 

Aden.......... 

Adjidi. 

Aiuniralty.. .... 

Admiralty 

Admiralty 

Admiralty 

Admiralty 

Admiralty 

Admiralty 

Admiral^ 

Adoo 

Adowa 

Adramyti 

Adrianopie 

Adriatic 

AdfentOM  . . . . . 


T. 

Cty, 
T. 

R. 
T. 
T. 
Km. 

S» 

T. 
T. 

T. 

T. 
T. 
Ha 


L 

C. 

Cty 

T. 

Br. 

Pk. 

T. 

C. 

I. 

Kmi 

I. 

Bay 

Bk. 

I. 

O. 

T. 

R. 

^^ 
Q. 

I. 

I. 

L 

In. 

Rks 

8a 

CM. 

T. 

T. 

S: 

Sea 
I. 


America  A 


Bergoo 

AMca 

Africa 

Mexico 

Mezieo 

South  Pora  . . . 

Brasil 

Ashantee .... 
Ver  suela.... 

Sol  itra 

Sumatra < 

Ireland 

Asiatie  Russia 

Japui 

Meaieo. ..... 

Pkta^^oida  ... 
Arabia ...... 

Syria 

wit  America 

North 

Brit  America 

doodan 

Soodan ...... 

Oeykm 

Owlon 

Aftetic 

North  Ameri(» 
Asia. 
Africa 

Australasia.... 
Brit  America 
Indian  Ocean 
8.PaoifieOa.. 

A^Vica 

Arabia 

Barbary 

New  Zealand. . 
New  Holland. . 
Australasia.... 

North  America 
Nova  ZemUa 
Brit  America 
Australasia... 
Patagonia.... 

Guinea...... 

AInrssinia 
AaUtis  1 
Turkey 
Europe.. 
Polynesia 


f 

£J 
11 

Mh 
Hh 
8b 
Bh 
Lo' 

Q«i 
Vo 
Be 

Hn 
Of 
Oe 
Bo 


Turkey  6 


Tark««lN 


c 
Hm 
Mh 

Mil 
Rh 
Rh 
e 
Be 

Qi 
Os- 

«f 
Fa 

Pi 

Ho 

Pf 

Pf 

Me 

Xaii 

VI 

De 

Pa 

Ga 

WI 

Hn 

Lk 

Oi 

n2 


Ndf 
Cj 


11 


19 


OONBULTDfO  INDEX. 


Ady 

AdBerbijan JPti 

Arag 

Aflboo  .... 


T. 
T. 


Andeer. 
iiui... 


Agwdam 

AgUM... 

Afittn... 
Afdaaa... 
AfdaM... 
Agon  •  • . . 
Aigerhona 
AglpdUw . 
AnroobUwik.. 

AfomJacm. . 
Agn.«.... 

Agn 

Agnhiakoi 
^nun  .... 
AgnaoUo.c 
AgiudiUa.. 
Agmtnloo  . 
AgnlogfJc.. 

iaMowik...|C. 
Daa. 
Abmedabad .. 
Ahmedapore  . 
Ahmedaiiagar 

Ai 

AitUt 

Aiddk 

Aidat 


T. 

CtT. 

I. 

I. 

T. 
R. 
C 
T. 
I. 

T. 
T. 

DiT 

T. 

Tt. 

T. 

L 

Pr. 

?• 

T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
L. 


IndiuOeMB 
ftnia..«« .  .• 

Binndi 

Soodan 

Africa 

AaU 

North  Amerioa 
Indian  Ocean 
Moraoco. . . . . . 


ni°«la. 


Ailv... 
Aim  ... 
Aimia.. 
Ainad.. 
Ainoor  . 
Aion  .. 
Aitkena 


Aix 


Ajaficb 

i^an   

A^mera 

Ajon  

Alnba 

Akahike  .... 
Akarman . . . . 
Akohinakaya  • 

Akka 

Akkably 

Ak  Kourgan  . 
Akkasn 


HPS 


?: 

T. 

R. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

L. 

T. 

Sta. 

I. 

Rk. 

I. 

?: 

T. 

Oy 

?^- 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 


Aaiatio  Ruaaia 

Africa 

Afeont  Arc... 

Africa 

Africa 

fVanoe 

Norway 

Soodan 

Brit  Amarioa 

Africa 

Brit  Amcvioa 
HindooaUn  .  . 
Hindooatan  ... 
Aaiatie  Roaaia 

Aoatria 

Mexico 

Porto  Rico. . . . 

Mexico 

North  America 
Brit  America 

Arabia 

Hindooatan  . . . 
Hindooatan  ... 
Hindooatan  ... 
Aaiatio  Ruaaia 
Aaiatio  Ruaaia 
Caapian  Sea. . . 

Jqian 

Sooreaby'a  Ld. 

Fdyneaia 

Aaiaao  Ruaaia 

Ruaaia 

Arabia 

Nubu 

Aaiatie  Ruaaia 
Ationtio  Ocean 

Polyneaia 

France  

Japwi 

Owaioa 

Africa 

Hindooatan  . . . 

Negroa 

Arabia 

Aaiatie  Ruaaia 

Ruaaia 

Aaiatio  Ruaaia 
Suae 


Qi 
Pe 

Bff 

Bo 
Pi 
Lo 
Qb 
Va 

Mr 

Xo 
Mg 

^f 

Md 

Mb 
Mh 
Ob 

^« 
Qo. 

Rf 

Rf 

Pd 

Nd 

Be 

Hg 

¥f 

Be 

Qb 

Pf 

Qf 

Qf 

Pe 
Ua 
Pe 
Vd 
Ka 

Xg 

Ue 
Nb 

Le 

Bj 

Md 

Ve 

Md 

Ph 

Qf 

Uh 

or 

Od 
d 

iTc 

r 


Africa Mr 

Tartary  .......  |Q  d 

Littie  Tbibot . .  R  e 


Aklan 

Akbnak... 
Akmatehet. 

Akaa 

Akaa  ..... 

Akul 

Aknm 

Akyab  .... 
Akyab  .... 

Ak 

Alabama... 
Alaliama  .. 
Alacranea. . 
Ahdi  ...r, 
Aiagoaa  ... 

AkU 

Alaika.... 
AlakUna.. 
AkkUna.. 

Aland 

Ahuiieh  ... 


AJapayov  .... 
Ahtamaha  ... 

Ahtyre 

Akvo 

Alaxaerak.... 

Alaaeia 

Ahuteia 

AlKach 

Albania  .  < . . . 

Albany 

Albany 

Albany 

Albany 

Albany 

Albany 

AlBaretoo... 

Albaain 

Albatroaa .... 
Albemarle  . . . 
Albemark)  . . 

Albenga 

Albert  Dirkea 

Albion 

Albion 

Alboran 

Albreda 

Albuquerque  . 
Albuquerque  . 
Alcantar*. . . . 
Alcantara.... 
Alcantara. . . . 

Alchow 

Aloobaoo  .... 

Alcodia 

Aldabi« 

AMama 


Aldan-... 
Aldanakoi. 


R. 

T. 

CL 

Dia. 

T. 

L. 

I. 

Btai 

I. 

T. 

Bt 

R. 

Rk. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

MU 

R. 

T_ 

Pr. 

Dia. 

??■ 

R. 

Ft 

Ho. 

T. 

T. 

Pt 

I. 

Bo. 

T. 

a 

Sea 

I. 

I. 

Ft 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

la. 

R. 

T. 

n 

t! 


Aaiatio  Ruaaia 
Aaiatio  Ruaaia 


Wh 
Wb 
Od 

Littie  BnehariaQd 

Littie  BnebarialR  d 

Tartary 

North  America 

Krmah 

Birmah...... 

ArabU...... 

United  Statea 


Qo 
Ae 

sr 
sr 

Of 
Oe 
Oe 

Mexico or 

BayoTBeiwal  Sh 

BraxU -' 

Knrileldanda 

Aaiatio  Ruaaia 

Aaiatio  Ruaaia 

Aaiatio  Ruaaia 

Ruaaia 


Ji 
Wo 
Vb 
Vb 
Vb 
Nb 
.Aaiatie  Turkey  0  e 


Mexico. 
Aaiatio  Ruaaia 

Gewfria 

Ruaaia 

Ruaaia 

Aaiatie  Ruaaia 
Aaiatio  Ruaaia 
Aaiatie  Ruaaia 


I' 
Pe 

Oe 

Pe 

Nb 
Wb 
Vb 
Wb 


Turkey 

Brit  America 
New  York  .. . . 
New  Holland 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 

Barca 

Mantchooria  . . 
New  2Sealand. . 
Gallapagoo .... 
North  (^rolina 

Sardinia 

Sintabergen  . . . 
Auatralasia.... 
Auatralaaia.... 

Spain 

~  negambia . . . 

BoUvia 

Mexico 

arazil 

Brazil........ 

Spain 

Mantchooria  . . 
Braril........ 

Soudan ....... 

Indian  Ocean.. 
Aaiatio  Ruala 
Aaiatio  Ruaaia 
Asiatiu  Ruaaia 
Aaiatie  Ruaaia 


Vc 
Ub 
vh 
Ub 

■KSJ 


CXHfiULTINO  IMDCX 


It. 


gfriM%te 


AMemay 

AldoU 

Akbkoi 

AkkiandrOT. ... 

AwDfOO  • 

AlMmtun 

AlMOtakaia  .... 

Aleppo 

Awouider 

Alennder  1st.. 

Alaander 

Alennder 

Alexander ....... 

Alexandria 

Alexandria  ..... 

Alexandria 

Alexandrina.  .<. 
Alexandror  . 
Alexandrovek .. . 
Alexandrovskaia 
Alexeivakaya . . . 

Alfiuuao 

Algiers •• 

Algiers 

AlgM 

AlEandra  

AUaaka 

Alioante 

Alimya 

AlipaUk ....... 

AUatorakoi 

Al  Jesira 

AlkoMd 

Allahabad 

Allahabad 

Allah  Shehr.... 

AUaa 

Alleghany 

Allegranza 

Allen' 

Allepie 

Allison's 

Allison's..... .. 

AUoudi 

AllSainto 

Allnfiati 

Almagro 

Afanacaer 

Almaheira 

Almeida 

Almeida 

Almeida 

Almeirin 

Almeria 

Almesego 

Almirante 

Almoden 

Almora 

Alojamento 

Aioia 

Aloaam 


linfUsh  Cai. .. . 
Asiatio  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia 

France 

N.  Pacific  Oe. 
Aboutiaq  Arc 

Syria 

IWary 

S.PacUicOc. 
Oregon  Ter. .. 
BriL  America 
Benguela .... 


^- 

Str. 

Mts. 

I. 

RT. 

T. 

Bay 

In. 

L 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Is. 

T. 

9: 

T. 
Is. 


L 
R. 
T. 
T. 

Dr. 

Arc. 
Is. 

Ft 
Ft. 
Po. 

9: 

L. 

T. 

T. 

Ft 

T. 

I. 

Cty 

cy.     . 

3ayk}ape 
T.  ~  ■ 
Pen. 

9- 

I. 

T. 

Pr. 

L. 

Pr. 


D.  of  Columbia 


News.  Wales 

Russia 

Russia 

North  America 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Indian  Ocean 

Africa 

Algiers  

~       Colony  . 

Brazil 

North  America 

Spain 

Ariatio  Russia 
Brit  America 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Tbrtary  ... 
Hindoostan 
Hindooetan 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Malaysia . 
United  States. . 
Canary  Islands 
N.  Pacific  Oc. . 
Hindoostan  .. 
Greenland  . . . 
Brit  America 
Abyssinia.... 

Braril 

Polynesia .... 

Spoin 

new  Grenada 
Malaysia  ...'. 


Portugal ■ 

Mosambique  .  • 

Brasil 

Spain 

Bnunl 

Indian  Ocean. < 

Sf*ia , 

Hindoostan  . . , 

ChiU 

Afiica 

Australasia  . . , 


Ld 

Ve 

Ro 

Od 

Md 

Xc 

Xe 

Oe 

Pd 

Oa 

Do 

Fc 

Mj 

Ne 

Ge 

Fe 

VI 

Oo 

Od 

Bo 

Tc 

Pi 

Me 

Me 

Nl 

Ji 

Bo 

Le 

Pb 

Hb 

Xb 

Oe 

Qd 

Rf 

Rf 

N« 

Ti 

Ge 

Lf 

Af 

Rh 

la 

Fa 

'J 

Le 
Oh 
Uh 

v. 

?^ 

Le 

li 

Pi 

Le 

Rf 

H  k 

P 

T 


f 


Alps 

Al«vabU 

AlaUboog..... 
AlC^-vda...  . 
Altehighe  .. . . . 
AlUmpard... 
Altenskoi .... 
Alio  do  Cham 

Alton 

Ahyn 

Ahiik 


Aluktagul. 
Alvarado. . 


Alviavara 
Amabara 
Amakirrima. . . . 
Amakusa ...  . 
Amanbahv .... 
Amanguchi  • . . 
Amarante ..... 
Amargura  .... 
Amaroleite .. . . 

Amasia 

Amassero 

Amatiqne 

Amatitlan 

AoMxan 

Ambatamb  .... 
Ambatimmango 

Ambloo 

Ambow 

Amboyna 

Ambriz 

Ambro 

Ambrym 

Ambi^ 
Anei    ' 


Mts. 

T. 

L 

L 

L. 

T. 

Ft 

T. 

T. 

L. 

L 

L. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Is. 

L 

R. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

?: 
?' 

R. 

T. 
T. 


Ameraglik 

America 

Amgha 

Amginskoi . . . .  < 

Amgonis 

Amgoema 

Amhara 

Amherst 

Amherst 

Amherst* 

Amherst 

Amiens 

Aminski 

Amitioke 

Amfau 

Amol .., 

Amoo 

AmooUagbskaia 

Anwar 

Amoy , 

Amsterdam 
Amsterdam 


Ennqpe ... 
Norway  . . 

Nonray 

West  todies... 
nibal  ... 
Norway .. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Brasil .. . . 
Illinois... 


L 

L 

L 

R. 

C. 

L 

T. 

L 

L 

R. 

Is. 

R. 

T. 

C. 

R. 

T. 
L 
L 
L 

ST- 

L 
L 


M4 

Nb 

Mb 

?« 
Re 

Nb 

Td 

.  i 

Fe 

Re 

Greenland  ....  J  b 

Sooogaria Qd 

Mexico Fg 

Norway N  b 

Asiatic  Russia.  T  b 
Eastern  Sea...  Uf 

Japan U  e 

Paragoay Ik 

Japan Ue 

Braxil Ij 

Polynesia |A  j 

Brazil 

Anatic  TurkeyiO 
Astatic  Turkey 
Guatemala .. . . 
Guatemala  .... 
Sooth  America 
Madagascar. . . 
Madagascar. . . 

Malaysia 

Polyi    ' 
Mala^ 


aysia 


Madagascar 
Anstialasia.... 

Congo 

West  Indies .. . 

Holland 

Greenland  .... 

Polynesia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Ariatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Abyssinia 
Birmah.. 
North  America 

Cofea 

Brit  America . 
France ....... 

Anatic  Russia. 
Brit  America . 
North  America 

Persia 

TarUry 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Mantchooria  . . 
Caiina 


unua .. 
Holland 
Southern  Ocean 


•••••• 


Od 

S« 

?f 
Pk 

l\ 

51 

Mi 

Nl 

Hf 
Me 

lb 

Bh 

Db 

Ub 

Wc 

Xb 

2' 

Sf 

Hd 

Ue 

Ob 

Me 

Qb 

Ob 

A«- 

Pe 

Pd 

Va     . 

Uoi 

Tf  i 

r£| 


■ 


■  i 


14 


CONBULTINO  ININBX. 


AmtordMi 
Aatetka...^ 
AaRbarakoa  i 

AmfHt 

AifeiUr.... 
AMdinkoi. 

AiMh 

Anftiaiui .. 
AMkfia... 


AOBpkf 

Anueh.. 
Aaatotk 


Anmaa...... 

AabM 

Aatt-v .... 
AnehoritM. 
Andote.... 
AiioaiiAa  •  >  • 
Aaofete  ... 

Andalgmla 

AnduMU 

Aadumn,  Eait . 
Andaman,  Gnat 
Andaman,  Little 

ADuBBMB  ..•••. 

Andoro 

Anderaon 


T. 

Sat 

R. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

TV. 

Pr. 

H. 

R. 

R. 

Pt 

Is. 

a 

la. 
la. 


I 


Andea  of  Coehao 
Andffan.... 
Aodiuw.... 
Andoen.... 
Andom .... 
Andorra ... 
Andorra  ... 
Aadozero  .• 
Andraida  .. 
Andreanovakie. . 
Androaaan  '. . . 

Andnjar 

Aasmnr 

Angad 

Ai^ala 

Aj^i 

Angara,  Lower 
Angara,  Superior 
Angarlu. .. 
Ai^aaieha . 

33 

Angara.... 
Aogleaea... 
Angola .... 
I  Angola..,. 
Angola.... 
Aagomow . 
Ai^wtura  . 
Angoto  .... 
Angour.... 


L     lapitabergen 
L     AleonUan  An, 

Aaiatio  RoMia 

Aaiatic  RuMla 

Aaiatio  Rnaaia 

Aaiatio  Rnaaia 

Arabia 

Polyneaia. ... 

Aaiatio  Rnaaia 

Aaiatio  Rnaaia 

Aaiatio  Rnaaia 

Arabia 

Aaiatio  Tnrliey 

BrasU.... 

Ab^inia 

Aaiatio  Rnaaia 

North  America 

Anatralaaia  . . . 

Mexico 

Italy 

Greenland  .... 

Boenoa  Ayrea  . 

Bay  of  Bengal. 

Bay  of  Bengal. 

Bay  of  Bengal. 

BiLy  of  Bengali 

Nwway  ....... 

Archipelago. . . 

North  America 

SoNith  America 
Mt8.Pera 

TarUry 

Tartary 

Norway 

Rnaeia 

Spain 

Sftain 

Russia 

Tartar^ 

Aleoutian  Arc 

Brit  America 

Spam 

Aaiatic  lurkey 

Algiers « 

Soudan....... 

Mantchooria  . . 

Asiatic  Rnaaia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Aaiatic  Russia. 

Indian  Ocean  . 

Iknil 

Africa b 

France 

England 

Africa 

Africa 


Ma 
Xe 

Ta 

Ab 
Xb 
Xb 
Oe 


L 
T. 
I. 
C. 
Mta. 


T. 

T. 

L 

L. 

Rep 

T. 

T. 

a 

Is. 

Pk. 

T. 

T. 

Des. 

T. 

I 

Pr. 

R. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

H. 

?• 
Cty. 
CM. 

Ka. 
L 


li 

Od 
Od 
Oe 
Oe 
Ih 

o» 

Sb 
Bo 
Vi 
Ef 
Md 
Ub 
Hk 

!« 

!» 

Sg 
8g 
Na 

No 
Ab 

«i 

Hj 

Qd 

Qe 

Nb 

Ob 

Md 

Md 

Ob 

Pd 

Xo 

Ha 

Le 

Oe 

Ma 

N 

T 

So 

To 

Wb 

?/ 
£5 

Lo 
Ni 
Mi 


Aaiatio  Turkey  O  e 


Soitdan. 
Venezuela  . 
Abyasinia. . 
Payaesia  .. 


Angoxa Dia. 

Ai^ra Bay 

Angra I 

Ai^ra R. 

Angra  de  St  Am- 

brcaia 

Angra  Jnntaa .. 
Angra  I^nina 

Angria*8 

Anguijan 

Angoilla |C. 

Anguilla... 

AngniOa... 

AnHBemburg93|D. 

AnbaltCothen21~ 

AnhaltDesaauaolD. 

Anholt  .... 

Anikom  . . . 

Aniny 

Aniwa 

AnWa. 

Aniier 

Ankapilly .. 
Ankenea ... 
Ankober. .. 
Ann 


Moiambiqae 
Africa 

AWTM  •  •  •     « 

AbjMUiia... 


Bay 

Bk. 


D. 


Ot 
Kf 
Ka 

Mh 


Mg 

Hh 

?J 
V  a 


L 

T. 

R. 

?' 

T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
C. 
I. 

Annabaloo IT. 

T. 
T. 
I. 
R. 
T. 

?' 

C. 
T. 
L 
L 
IC. 
L 

Str. 
L 
R. 
L 

Arc 

T. 

0. 

T. 

R. 

ViL 

R. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

Bav 

Bkr 


Anna  de  Chares 

Annadia 

Annamodia  .... 

Annupa.  ■" 

Annapolis 

Anna's 

Annatom 

Anne 

Annobon 

Antiobon 

Ann's 

Annunciation... 
Annunciation... 
Annunciation... 

Anok 

Anonca 

Anqnilla 

Anion 

Anaon'a 

Aiiavig 

Antader 

Antalo 

Antas  .  <% 

Antenego 

Anthony 

Antibes 

Anticosti 

Antigna 

AnUoch 

Antipodes 

Antioquia 

Anton  Gils 

Antonio  Viana. . 


Africa..  ■ 
Africa.... ... 

Africa 

Aria... 

Polynesia .... 
Newfoundland. 
West  Indies... 
Bahamas  ..... 

Germany 

Germany  

Germany 

Denmark 

Aaiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 

Seghalien 

S^iuiien 

Jara 

Mindooatan  . . . 
Norway... .... 

Abyssinia 

Maasachusetta . 

Polynesia 

Sumatra 

St  Thomas's  I 

Bnail 

P(dtme8ia 

Brazil 

Nova  Scotia .. . 
New  Zealand. . 
Australasia... 
Enderby's  Ld. 
Annobon  I.  . . 
Southern  Ocean 
Polynesia.... 
Asiatic  Russia 
Indian  Ocean 
Asiatic  Russia 
North  America 
Aaiatic  Russia 
Bahamas  .... 
New  Holland 
Polynesia.... 

Norway 

Russia 

Abyssinia.... 

Brazil 

Hfezico 

AfMBunbique  . 

Franco 

North  America 
West  Indies.. 

Syria 

Aofitralasia ... 
New  Grenada 
M*dagssc£7 .. 
Southern  Ocean 


Mk 

Nk 
Nk 


I 


H 

G 

Mc 

Me 

Me 

Me 

Uo 

Wb 

Vd 

Vd 

Ti 

R 


I 


N 

Oh 
Hd 

Mh 

'A 

li 
Hd 
Xm 
Xk 

Po 
Mi 
Mi 

^« 
Va 

Pi 

V« 

Ac 
Xb 
Gf 

Uj 
Wf 
Mb 
Od 

Off 
Ik 

Ee 
Oj 
Md 
Hd 

S» 
Oe 

Xm 

Hh 

Fj 
Mj 


Bit 

Uk, 

n  .. 

Oi 

•  •  •  • 

Kf 

•  t  • 

Ke 

•  •  •  * 

Mh 

«k 

...INkfl 

■  •  •  • 

Nk 

•  •  •  • 

Qff 

t  •  •  • 

?f 

B... 

g^ 

>  •  •  ■ 

Me 

•  •  ■  • 

Me 

■  •  •  • 

Me 

•  •  •  ■ 

Mo 

Ida 

Uc 

rsia 

Wb 

Vd 

1  •  •  • 

Vd 

•  * « 

Ti 

• « • 

U 

■  ••  • 

•  •  • 

Oh 

iti. 

Hd 

•  •  • 

Si 

•  ■  • 

a  I. 

Mh 

•  •  • 

Ij 

•  •  • 

Ak 

•  •  • 

li 

•  •  • 

Hd 

d.. 

Xm 

•  •  • 

Xk 

d. 

Po 

1  •  • 

Mi 

tan 

Mi 

, , 

A(r 

a 

Va 

I 

Pi 

a 

Vt. 

ca 

Ae 

K 

Xb 

, , 

Gf 

V] 

^ 

Wf 

, 

Mb 

, 

Od 

. 

Off 

[k 

Be 

, 

Oi 

. 

Wd 

a 

Id 

. 

Hr 

. 

[)e 

'    4 

Cm 

: 

Ih 

' 

!k  • 

1 

r  J 

1 

Wj 

combulunq  indsx. 


MK 


Antraboa 

Antwerp \Qj< 

Pt 

CtJ 

T. 

R. 

Pia. 

I. 

f 

I 

T. 

L. 

L. 

la. 

C. 

Har 

MU| 

T, 

R. 

R. 

R. 

T, 

R. 

Cty. 

DiT. 

Div. 

DiT. 

6. 

G. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

Ht 

R. 

Sei 

R. 

T. 

Bay 

Mt 

T. 

Tr. 

R. 

T. 

I>, 

Pr. 

& 

T. 
Sea 

T. 

So. 

T. 

T. 

Mt 

In. 

T. 

T. 

|t. 


Anxiety 

Anaiko 

Aniiko 

Aoogan 

Apaeheria 

Apae 

Apako 

^^lalachiook  ... 

Apahudiie 

Apalk 

Apaluria 

Apenrade  • 

Apiokaeumiah .. 

Apnnaa 

Apoatlea,  Twelve 
Aponkinakoi  ... 

Apparent 

Alanine 

Appolonia 

Apaley 

Apnn 

Ajiarimac.  ....■ 

Aqnin 

AnbeUa 

Arabia 

Aral>ia  Deaerta  . 
Arabia  Felix  . . . 
Arabia  Petrea . . 

Arabian 

Anba  (of  the)  . , 

Aracaty 

Aracia 

Ara4 « 

Ara&t 

Ai 


aJT^: 


Aranary .... 

Aranda 

Aianaaso  ... 

Ararat 

Araadhie .. . . 
Araneanoa  .  ■ 

Araxea 

Area 

Arcaa 

Arehangel .. . 
Archangel  .. 
Arcliangel  .. 
Ardiidona  . . 
Archipelago . 

Arooa 

Arctic 

Ardatov 

Ardebil 

Arden 

Ardenc^>Ie.. 

Ardra 

AfeciTD..... 
Arena 


Afiioa 

Africa 

AaiatioRi 

Meiieo. ... 

Auatralaaia 

Aaiatic 

Florida 

Fferida 

Polyneaia.... 
lu&m  Ocean. 
Denmark .... 
BriL  America 

Sweden 

Wifconain  Ter. 
Aaiatic  Rnaaia 
Brit.  America 

Italy 

Aaliantee  .... 
New  aWalea 
Venezuela.... 

Peru 

Hayti 

Brit  America 


Biit  America 
Balginm 


Ha 

M 


North  America  P  a 


Arabia 
Aaia .. 
Arabia 
Arabia 

Brazil. 
Sonth  America 
Awtria. 
Arabia  . 
Brazil.. 
Ttetary 
Brazil.. 
Si 


Mi 

Ni 
Xb 

ii 

Gf 
Gf 

Ri 
Me 

Ho 

Mb 

Fd 

Xb 

Hb 

Md 

Lb 

Wl 

Hh 

Hj 

Hff 
Ha 

Pf 

Of 

R» 
Oe 

Of 

Ne 

Ji 

Ii 

Nd 

Of 

Ii 

Pd 

Ih 

Ld 

Ff 

Oe 

Nf 

HI 

Pe 

Lf 

Ff 

Ob 

Ob 

Ob 


Aaiatic  Torkqr 

Barca 

ChiU 

Aaiatic  Roasia 

Africa 

Mexico 

Rutaia 

Roaai. : ...     . 

Roaaia 

Eqttador lOi 

Mediterran.  SeajN  e 

BrazU 

Brit  America 

Rnaaia 

Peraia 

New  8.Walea 
Scoreahy'a  Ld. 
Dahomev .,_ 
Porto  RTco  . . . 
Brit  Ameriea 


Anndal 


Ii 

Bb 

Oe 

Pe 

VI 

K« 

Mk 

^ff 

Fd 


Aranaborg  . 
Areipiipa  .. 
Areiinipa  .. 

Arat 

Argha..:.. 
Arghia  .... 
Argonaut . . 
Arfponnakoi 
Ananaa  . .. 
Arguin .... 
Arguin .... 
AnAtoUoo 
Ariea  .. 
Ariclera... 

Arid 

Arinhoa  . . . 

Ariape 

Arjeplog. . . 
Arkanaaa  .. 
Arkanaaa  .. 
Arkanaaa .. 
Arkeeko . . . 
Arfaignavioo 
Arlagnnk IC. 


•••••* 


T. 
L 
L 
T. 

B. 

T. 

L 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

!!" 

T. 

I. 

C. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

8t 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Tr. 


Norway . . . 
Norway... 
Malavaia.. 
Rwata  .... 
Snath  Porn  . . . 
South  Peru  •  •  ■ 

Brazil 

Aaiatie  Ruaaia 


Aaiatic  TorkajO* 


Coiaa 
Aaiatie  Rnaaia 


Anna 

Armenia 

Armatrong'a. . . . 

Ama 

Amar 

Ametiford 

Amheima t 

Amheim 

Amo 

Anan 

Arolapoxi 

Arorango 

Arracan 

Arracan ^ 

Anackacfaeef . . . 

Amn 

Arreciie i 

Arrelakskoi .... 

Arroo 

Amwamith . . . . 
ArrtoWamith'a... 

Arak 

Artk 

Artbtar'a 

Arthur'a ^ 

Arthnr'a  Table. . 

ArtiDero k  ^ 

Artillery 

Arabah..,.«... 
Arvfda ......... 

AraWnaaa 


SSSSviM^t  . 


Aaa. 

Aaangara. 


T. 

?' 

T. 

la. 

T. 

Ld. 

C 

L 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Pr. 

?• 

L 

T. 

T. 

la. 

R. 

la. 

T. 

T. 

L 

L 

Mt 

T. 

L. 

O. 

T. 

T. 

■.. 
■a. 

Fd. 
T. 


ica 
Africa.... 
Maldivea  . 
Sooth  Peru. . . . 

Polyneaia 

New  Holland. . 
BrazU.. 
Mexico. 
Sweden 

United  Statea.. 
Arkanaaa. 
United  Stalaa ..: 
Abjaainia..*. 
Bnt  Ameriea 
Brit  America 
New  Grenada . 
Aaia. ........ 

Polyneaia....! 

Tibeaty 

Iceland 

Norway 

NewHeUand.. 
New&Walea 
Polyneaia  »• . . 

Africa 

Mantchooria .  • 

Mica 

Binnah. . .  .v . 

Birmah...... 

Polynesia .... 

Scotland 

Buenoa  Ayrea 
Aiiatic  Rnaaia 
Auatralaaia.... 

Aftfasa 

Polyneaia.... 

Rnkaia 

Greece  ...... 

Polynesia.... 

Po^neaia. . . . 

Oniana 

ChUi 

Brit  Ameriea 
Belooohiatan  . 
Sweden  . . . » . 


N» 
Ti 
N« 

Si 

Ji 

Vk 


u« 

Te 
Hi 
Kf 
Kf 

Qk 

Hj 
Wh 
UI 

l>. 

Mb 
Fe 
Fa 
Fa 

0> 
Gb 
Gb 
Hh 
Od 
Ak 
Wf 
Kb 
Mb 
.  Uj 

:Jl 
hi 


Ruaaia jOte 

Vf 
Kb 
Hj 


roivneaia .. 
loeUnd.... 
Booth  Pern 


Sf 

?i 

Ls 
II 

ub 

VI 

Kk 
x^ 
pV 

No 

^t 

A I 

Ik 

Hm 

Bb 

Qf 

N» 


" .;  ■'-' .'^^'T..'^'^rr-^i^y!^,n^?r^f"i''j*i'!' 


■      lV^,SW    Jf'-lL'^.' 


Il 


18 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


Adien T. 

Aaoenaion Bay 

Aioenaion I. 

AMle T. 

Aahangee T. 

Aahaogee L. 

Aihantee Cty. 

Aahnff T. 

Aditda L 

Aaia  Minor  ....  Cty. 

Asiiun I. 

Askenund T. 

Aakow R. 

Asoada T. 

Aapianda I. 

Assam Cty, 

Assean L. 

Asseergur T. 

Asaes'  Ears  ....  I. 

Assipu. T. 

Aaiinee R. 

AMiniboia Set 

AMiniboine  ....  R. 
Aasioiboines .. . .  Tr. 

Asaouan T. 

Asraay Dep 

Aaaompcam  .. . .  T. 

Aaaompcao T. 

Asaompcion ....  Cy. 
Aasnmpoion ....  I. 
Asaamption ....  I. 

Astara T. 

Astorga Cy. 

Aatoru FL 

AatoTo I. 

Aatrabad Pr. 

Aatrabad T. 

Astraohaa Pr. 

Astrachan Cy. 

AatranomicalSoc  Is. 

Atakembo I. 

Atiiara Dis. 

Atbara T. 

Atcha  .........  L 

Atchafalaya ....  Bay 

Atohiiuk T. 

AtchipoT T. 

Atfieh T. 

Atbabasca Dis. 

Athabasca L. 

Athabasca R. 

Athabasca Ft 

AthwB Cy. 

Athena T. 

Athlone T. 

Athd C. 

Athol I. 

Atioo T. 

Atiku I. 

Atkank T. 

Atlas ,....Mt. 


Africa. 


rariUoa 


Mexico O 


M( 


Soathem  Ocean 
Sw^en  .... 
Abjrssinia. . . 
Al^ssinia. . . 
Guinea ..... 

Persia 

Belpocbistan 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Mediterran.  Sea 

Sweden 

Brit  America 

.\frica 

Sooth  Shetland 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Brit  America 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Japan 

Africa 

Guinea 

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 

Egypt 

Equador....... 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Paraguay 

Pdynesia 

Indun  Ocean.. 

Persia 

Spain 

Oregon  Ter... . 
Indian  Ocean  . 

Persia 

Persia 

Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit  America 

Polynesia 

Nubia 

Nubia 

North  America 

Louisiana 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia 

BB't  America 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Oregon  Ter. .. . 

Greece 

Georgia 

Ireland 

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America . 
South  Peru  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia 
Russia 


Mh 


L 

Nb 

R« 

il 
Pe 

Qf 

Oe 

Md 

Mc 

Ec 

Mg 

lo 

Sf 

Fo 

Rf 

Ue 

Mg 

L^ 

Fd 

Fd 

Fc 

Of 

Hi 

li 

Ji 

Ik 

V? 
Pi 

Pe 

Ld 

Dd 

V 
Pe 

Pe 

Pd 

Pd 

Fd 

Aj 

Og 

Og 

Ae 

Ff 

Sc 

Qb 

Of 

Ec 

Ec 

Eo 

Ec 

Ne 

Oe 

Lo 

Ha 

Fa 

Hj 

Wb 

Oo 

Lie 


MuBM  tt  nam,  ke. 


Atol  Adomatis 
AtolNalosMadou 

Atooi 

Atorka 

Atoupinskoi ... 
Atahwahpiskan 

Attnas 

Attnas 

Attock 

Attoo 

Attruck 

Attuie 

Atui 

Auckland 

Ancutta 

Audieme 

Acgsburg 

Auguela 

Augusta 

Augusta 

Auffusta 

AuuB 

Aur 

Aurillac 

Aurora 

Aumngabad... 
Aurungabad . . . 

Austral 

Australasia. . . . 

Australia 

Australia  del  Ee- 
piritu  Santo 

Austria 

Autridge 

Aux  Cayes 


I. 
L 
I. 

C. 
». 
Tr. 

va. 

?• 

R. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

9: 

Set 

T. 

L 

T. 

I. 

Pr. 

Cy. 

Is. 

Div. 

L 

I. 

Em. 
Bay 
T. 
Auxerre Cy. 

9: 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

I. 

iCi 


Clui. 


Ft»°iea. 


Ava 

Avamska 
Avanteos 
Aveiro.. . 
Aveiro.. . 
Averella . 
Atcs  .... 

Avignon lUy. 

Avila T. 

Aviles T. 

Avinoff C. 

Avistivable I. 

Awa C. 

Awa T. 

Awadsi  ..x I. 

Awatska Bay 

Axar Fd 

Axum T. 

Ayacucho Dep 

Ayacucho T. 

Ayas T. 

Aylmer L. 

Aypore T. 

AyK. T. 

Ayr,  North Dis. 


^  -s 


Bat 


Maldives 

Maldives 

Sandwich  Is. . . 

Kurile  Is. 

Asiatic  Russia 
Brit  America . 
Oregon  Ter. .. . 
Oregon  Ter.... 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Aleout  Arc.. 

Persia 

Arabia 

PolyrQsia 

Australasia.... 

Asia 

Kerguelen's  Ld. 
Bavaria  .... 

Barca 

Georgia  .... 

Maine 

New  Holland 
Arabia ....... 

Polynesia 

France   

Australasia... . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Polynesia 

Oceanica 

Australasia .... 

Australasia  . . . 

Europe 

Brit  America « 

Hayti 

France  

Birmah 

Asiatic  Russia 

Pern 

Brazil 

Portugal 

Cochin  China  . 
West  Indies.. . 

France  

Spain 

Spain 

^«orth  America 
Oregon  Ter.  . 

Japan 

Spain 

Japan 

Asiatic  Russia 

Iceland 

Abyssinia.... 
South  Peru... 
South  Peru... 

Arabia 

Brit  America 
Sumatra 


North  America 


Qh 
Qh 
Bf 
Vd 
Xb 
Go 
Dc 
Do 
Qe 
Xo 
Pe 

il 

Xn 

8« 
Qm 

Md 

Nf 

Ge 

Hd 

Tl 

Of 

Xh 

Md 

S^ 

Vk 
Uk 

Xj 

Nd 

Ga 

H 

M 

Sf 

Rb 

Hi 

li 

Ld 

Tg 

Hg 

Md 

Ld 

Ld 

Bo 

Do 

Ve 

Ld 

Ue 

Wc 

Kb 

O^ 

eS 

Si 
Lo 
Hb 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


17 


Nuwornaad^te. 


Ayrao 

Aytan 

Azamore 

Axanaga 

Azania 

AnmsB 

Aiov  Sea 

AlOT 

Asua 

Azuela 

Baadja 

Baala 

Babahan  

Babalia 

B/>bbage 

Babean 

fiabelthoop 

Bab  el  Mandeb  . 

Baber 

Babiacora 

Babine 

Babine 

Baboobane  

Babuyan 

Babylon 

Baoauris 

Back's 

Back* 

Back's 

Baconda ....... 

Baeras  

Bacuachi  

B»^"?'y 

Badajos 

Badakshan 

Badakshan 

Baddagame  .... 

Baden 7. 

Badinska  ....". 

Badoo  

Baei 
Bafila 

Baedoo  

Baffin' 

Baffin's 

Baffin' 

Ba^nga 

Bagatova 

Bagdad  

Bagoe 

Bagottan 

Baffoudiska  .... 

Bahama 

Bahama 

Bahama,  Old  . . . 

Bahama 

Bahar 

Baharootzees  . . . 
Bahawulpore  . . . 


T. 

T. 

T. 

Cly. 

Cty. 

Is. 

Od. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Dis. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

L 

Str. 

I. 

T. 

Ft. 

Mts. 

R. 

Is. 

Rns 

R. 

Bay 

PL 

In. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

6.D 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cty. 

Bay 

l! 

Har 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Is. 

Ch. 

Ch. 

Bk. 

Pr. 


Bnal , 

Mantchooria  .. 

Morocco 

Africa 

Africa 

Atlantic  Ocean 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia 

Hayti 

Equador.. 


Africa 

Greenland  ... 

Persia 

Soudan 

Brit  America 
Malaysia  .... 
Polynesia .... 

Africa 

Australasia  .. 
Mexico.... .. 

Brit  America 
Brit  America 

Tartary 

Malaysia  .... 
Ardbia . .   ... 

Brazil 

Brit  America 
North  America 
Brit  America  . 

Tripoli 

Nubia 

Mexico 

Dahomey 

Spain 

Tartary 

Tartary 

Ceylon 

Germany 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Luzon 

Brazil 

Senegambia .. . 

Soudan 

Greenland  .... 
Brit.  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Mindanao  I. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Africa 

Borneo 

Asiatic  Russia. 
West  Indies... 
West  Indies... 
West  Indies.. . 
West  Indies... 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  ■ . . 

Africa 

Hindoostan  . . . 


Btt 


Hi 

Vd 

Le. 

Lf 

Ph 

Ke 

Od 

Od 

H? 
Hi 

Nh 
lb 
Pe 

?« 
Fa 

Ti 

Uh 

Of 

Vi 

Ff 

Dc 

Dc 

Qd 

Oe 

Eb 
Ca 
Eb 
Me 

s« 

Ee 

Mh 

Le 

Qe 

Qe 

Rh 

Md 

Ub 

Ug 
Jk 

Lg 
Mg 

la 

6b 

Ha 

Uh 
Re 
Oe 

Ly 
Ti 
Ub 
Gf 
Of 
Gf 
Gf 
Rf 
Rf 
Nk 
Qf 


fltmmotrUtm,te. 


Bahia 

Bahia 

Bahia  de  Todos 

Santas... 
Bahia  de  Todos 

Santos 

Bahia  Grande  .. 
Bahia  Nueva . . . 
Bahouida  ...... 

Bahrein 

Bahr  el  Abiad  . . 
Bahr  el  Ada.... 
BahrelGhazal.. 

Bahr  Kulla 

Bahr  Miri 

Baikal 

BaiUies 

Baillies 

Baja 

Baioor 

Bakau 

Bake 

Baker  .>....... 

Baker's 

Baker's. 

Baker's 

Bakhtegan 

Bakhmout 

Bakhta 

Baklanova 

Bakou. 

Bakrain 

Balabac 


ouan. 


Balaklava 

Balambangan. . . 

Balasore 

Balatov 

Balaugir 

Balbcc 

Baloash 

Bald 

Bald 

Balearic 

Bale  of  Cotton .. 

Balfrush 

Balize 

Balize 

Balize 

Balkan 

Balkan 

Balkh 

Balkoui 

Ball's  Pyramid 

Bally 

Balmala 

Balpinskoi . . . 
Balsamao  .... 

Balta 

Baltic 

Baltimore  .... 


Pr. 
Cy. 

Bay 

t^ 

Bay 

Dea. 

L 

R. 

R. 

Dis. 

R. 

R. 

L. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Fd. 

L 

L 

L 

L. 

L. 

T. 

R. 

Ft 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Pt 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

&• 

I. 

Hd. 

Is. 

Rk. 

T. 

Ter. 

T. 

R. 

Bay 

Mt 

9: 

Rk. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T- 

T. 

Sea 

Cy. 


Brazil, 
Brazil 


Brazil 

BoenoaAyres  . 
Patagonia  ... . 
Patagonia  .... 

Nubia 

Persian  Gulf  . 

Africa 

Africa 

Soudan....... 

Soudan  

Soudan  

Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  ; 
Austria ...   ... 

Cabul... 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Icelaiul.. 

Brit  America '. 
Brit  America  . 
Patagonia  .... 
Brit  America  . 

Persia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Arabia 

Malaysia  . . . 
Mindanao  . . 

Russia 

Malaysia . . . 
Hindoostan  . 

Russia 

Little  Bucharia 

Syria 

Soongaria 

Australasia.... 
North  America 
Mediterran.  Sea 

Asia 

Peraia 

North  America 

Balize 

North  America 

Tartary 

Turkey 

Tartary  ..... 

Tartary 

Auatraiasia... 
Malaysia .... 

Africa 

^Jiiatio  Russia 
RmsiL 


Russia  . . . 
Europe .. . 
Maryland. 


urn. 


u 
Jj 

Hm 
Hn 
Hm 

S? 
Pf 

ojr 

Oh 

Nr 
Nh 

S« 
To 

Da 

Fb 

Nd 

Qe 

Pd 

Kb 

Fa 

Fb 

Hm 

Fb 

Pf 

Od 

b 

To 

Nd 

i;{ 

Uh 
Od 
Th 
Rf 
Oc 
Rd 
Oe 
Qd 
TI 
Bb 
Le 
Rh 
Pe 

^« 

^« 

^« 
Pe 

Nd 

Qe 

Pd 

Wl 

Ti 

Nf 

Pb 


[■ 


I: 


Od 

No 


J 


18 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


Baltimore |T. 

Baliuo  •  •  •  • 
BamM  . . .  • 
BambuTB.. 
Bamberg  .. 
Bambom... 
Bambouk .. 
Bambouk.. 
Bameean  .. 
Bammakoo. 
Bamoo  .... 
Bamplaaoi.. 
Bampton'a  . 
Bampton'a  . 

Banan 

Banca  

Banca  

Banoora  ... 

Banda 

Banda 

Banda 

Banff 

Bangalore.. 
Bangaaai... 
Bangay.... 
Bangor .... 
Banguoy... 
Banuerile .. 
Bankok.... 
Bankote  . . . 
Banka*  .... 


T. 
T. 

9: 

Otf. 
T. 
T. 
T. 

I. 

Bh. 
Cty, 

L 
R. 


I. 

Pt 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

&■ 

T. 

9: 


Banka' 

Banka* 

Banka* 

Banka' 

Banks' 

Banoas 

Banamate .. . . 

Bantam 

Bantangan  .. . 

Bantr^ 

Barabmak.... 

Baracoa 

Barakak 

Baralaaa  .... 

Baranoa 

Baranoff 

Barataria  . .  . 
Barbaeoaa. . . . 
Barbadoea. . . . 
Barbadoea. . . . 
Barbaloa .... 
Barbarra.... 
Barbary  .... 

Barbaa 

Barbell 

Barbuda.... 
BarbudoB  ... 

BatM 

Baiea 


aaroam. 


I. 

I. 

Btr. 

Sh. 

Pen 

R. 

R. 

T. 

C. 

Bay 

Ste. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

0. 

Bay 

T. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

Cty 

C. 

R. 

I. 

Tr. 

Cty. 

Dea. 

G 


UMB 


Ireland 

Samar 

Congo 

Afrloa 

BaTaria 

Coehin  China 
Senegambia . . 
Senegambia .. 

Tartuy 

Africa 

Birmah 

Siam 

Anstralaaia  . . 
Anatralasia.. . 

Sondan 

Malaysia  .... 
Malaysia  .... 

Africa 

Malaysia  .... 
Malaysia  .... 

Loango 

Scotland 

Hindoostan  .. 

Africa 

Malaysia  .... 

Maine 

Malaysia  .... 
Senegambia .. 

Siam 

Hindoostan  .. 
Brit  America 
Oregon  Ter... 
Australasia  .  • 
Australasia  . . 
North  America 
New  SSealand. . 
Hindoostan  ... 

Braiil 

Java 

Cochin  China.. 

Ireland 

Aaiatic  Russia. 

Cuba 

Feaian  

Aaiatic  Russia 

Chili 

Asiatic  Ruasia 

Louisiana 

New  Grenada . 

Polynesia 

Weat  Indies... 

Brasil 

Liberia 

Africa 

Africa 

Africa 

West  Indies... 

Peru 

Africa 

Baroa  ...,.-.-., 
Spitabergen  . . . 


Lc 


Vff 
Ml 

Mo 
Tg 
Lg 

W^ 

wj 

Lg 
Ti 
Uh 
Ni 
Ui 
Ui 
Ml 
Lo 

Th 

^« 

^« 

8«f 
Oa 

Do 

Xj 

Vm 

Cc 

Xm 

Rf 

li 

Ti 

Tg 

Lo 

Re 

Hf 

Mf 

Ub 

Hk 

Wi 

Ff 

Gh 
Ah 

!f 

Lh 
Me 

Kf 

Ni 

Hsr 

Hi 
Ne 

Ne 
Na 


Bareello 

Barcelona .. . . 
Barodore ... 

Bareha 

Barclay 

BaraUly 

Barentz 

Bargasoutai . 
Bargousin. .. 
Bargousin  .. 

Bart 

Banca 

Baring's .... 
Baring's .... 
Borktta  .... 
Bamaule .... 
Bamegat.... 

Baroda 

Bardon^... 
Barquisuneto 

Barr 

Bam 

Barra 

Barrad 

Barra  de  Arena . 
Barren  .... 
Barren  .... 
Barren  .... 
Barren  .... 
Barrier  .... 
Barrier  .... 
Borrima  . . . 
Barrinha... 
Barripore  . . 
Barrow  .... 
Barrow .. . . 
Barrow  .. . . 
Barrows . . . 
Barrows  • . . 
Barrows  . . . 
Borrulo .. . . 
Barshli  .... 

Barso 

Barsouk  ... 
Bartfeld  ... 
Barvajoki .. 
Barwell .... 
Bansouga  . . 

Basalt 

Baaohkirs . . 
Bashee  .r.. 
Bashia  .... 

Basht 

Basikana  . . 

BasU 

Baailan.... 
Bull  Hall. . 
Baa  Island  • 
Basket  Pot 


T. 
T. 
T. 
L. 
C. 
T. 
Is. 
T. 
T. 
R. 


1UL 


T. 

Pt 

L 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

t; 

C. 

Is. 

I. 

Is. 

Is. 

Is. 

Rf. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

Pt 

Pt 

I. 

I. 

Str, 

T. 

T. 

C. 

Dos. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Mt 

Tr. 

Is. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

Bay 

I. 

Bay 

Ho. 

R. 


Brazil 

Venezuela.... 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Mongolia 

Sooreaby's  Ld.. 
Hindoostan  . . . 
NoTa  SSembla 

Soongaria 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Aaiatic  Russia 
Naples  ..*.... 
Guatemala  .... 
Australasia  . . 
Polynesia .... 

Naples 

Asutic  Russia 
New-Jeraey . . 
Hindoostan  . . 

Africa 

Venezuela  . . . 

France   

Scotland 

Scotland IL  c 

Arabia O  g 


Busman 


Hi 
Hh 

Qg 

Bd 

Kb 

Rf 

Qa 

Rd 

To 

To 

Nd 

Gh 

Wk 

Xh 

Nd 

Ro 

He 

Qf 

Nk 

Hg 
Md 
Le 


Li  C 

hi 


y- 


Mexico 

North  America 
Bay  of  Bengal. 
Madagascar. . . 
Australasia.... 
Australasia .... 
Australasia.... 

Guiana 

Brazil 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Brit.  America  . 
North  America 
Madagascar. . . 
Australasia.... 

Polynesia 

Brit  America 

Borneo  

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Tartary 

Austria 

Aaiatic  Russia. 
Australasia... 

Ruasia 

Tripoli 

Russia 

Malaysia  .... 
Senegambia .. 

Persia 

Russia 

Corea 

Malaysia  .... 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Oregon  Ter. .. 
Switzerland  . . 
Beloochistan  . 


De 
Bo 

S? 
Oj 
Vm 
XI 

Vj 
Ih 

Jj 

Rf 

Eb 

Ba 

Ok 

Tk 

Ck 

Fa 

Th 

Pd 

Ob 

Pd 

Nd 

Qb 

5t 

Nf 
Po 
Df 

i» 
Pe 

Pb 

Uo 

Uh 

Eb 

Eo 

Ed 

Md 

Pf 


im: 

1Mb. 

..I 

»i 

..  ] 

Hh 

...( 

3ff 

... 

3d 

A.. 

Kb 

... 

If 

a 

(ia 

... 

Rd 

lia. 

To 

lia 

Tc 

•  •  • 

Wd 

... 

Gh 

•  •  • 

Wk 

•  •  • 

Xh 

•  •  • 

Nd 

Bia 

Ro 

He 

•  •  • 

Qf 

•  •  • 

Nk 

•  • . 

Hg 

•  •  • 

If  d 

*  •  • 

Le 

•  •  • 

Lo 

•  • . 

Or 

•  •  • 

De 

noa 

Bo 

^. 

SB 

'•  •  * 

Oj 

»*  • . 

Vm 

••*  • 

XI 

• .  * 

Vf 

... 

IH 

• .  • 

Jj 

•  •  • 

Rf 

in,  . 

Eb 

ica 

Ba 

. . . 

Ok 

Tk 

, , , 

Ck 

a 

Fa 

•  • 

Th 

ia. 

Pd 

^  ^ 

Ob 

• . 

Pd 

*  • 

Nd 

a. 

Qb 

.  • 

5i 

■  • 

Nf 

Po 

tJf 

, , 

LfT 

, , 

Pe 

. 

Pb 

. 

Uo 

. 

Uh 

• 

Eb 

Eo 

Ed 

Aid 

1 

Pf 

Muam  of  Flacm,  ac 


CbB. 


Bass 

Basaa 

Bassas 

Bosaas  de  India. 

Bassoen 

Bassoon 

Bastia 

Batabano 

Batajruigan 

Batanga 

Batanta 

Batavia 

Batchian 

Batcraan 

Bates 

Batesville 

Bath 

Bath 

Bathurst 

Bathurst 

Bathurst 

Bathurst 

Bothurst 

Bathurst 

Bathurst 

Bathurst 

Batkali 

Batoch 

Baton  Rouge  . . . 

Batapolas 

Batoum 

Batraka 

Batta 

Battle 

Battle 

Batticaloe 

Battou 

Batty  Malve... . 

Baude  

Bausk  

Bautzen 

Bararia 

Baxo  do  Ambar 
Baxo  do  Patram 
BaxoB    de    Villa 

Lobos  

Baxos  doB  Abrol' 

hos  . ..- 

Bayao  

Boyne 

Bayonne 

Bayru  

Bayxtatskoi .... 

Bazarouta 

Bazarouta 

Bazun 

Beachy 

Beaohy , 

Boar  ...*...!.! 
Bear 


Str. 
Cove 
C. 
Rks 

5f 

T. 
Is. 
Is. 

?'• 

Bay 

In. 

T. 

9: 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

I. 

I. 

In. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

Pr. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

T 

I. 

Pt. 

T. 

T. 

Km. 

Bk. 

Bk. 

Bks 

Bks 

T. 

I. 

?■ 

T. 

C. 

Is. 

T. 

Hd. 

Hd. 

T. 

Is. 

I. 


New  S.  Wales 

Liberia 

Afi-ica 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 

■•t 

UtM. 


19 


VI 
Lh 
Ph 
Indian  Ocean..  0  k 


Birmah 

Hindoostan  .. 

Corsica 

Cuba 

Samar  Island. 
Bay  of  Bengal 
Muaysia  .... 

Java 

Malaysia  ...  . 
New  S.  Wales . 
Oregon  Ter. ... 

Arkansas 

England 

Texas 

Capo  Colony  . . 
N.  Brunswick  . 
Senegambia.. . 
New  S.  Wales. 
Brit.  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
New  Holland 
Brit.  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia 

Mongolia 

Ijouisiana 

Mexico 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Barca 

Congo 

Missouri 

Brit.  America  . 

Ceylon 

Liberia 

Bay  of  Bengal. 
Now  Grenada  . 

Russia 

Saxony  

Germany 

Indian  Ocean.. 
Indian  Ocean.. 


sgr 

Md 
Gf 

s^ 

Ui 
Ti 
Ui 
Wl 
Dc 
Fe 
Lc 
Fe 
Nl 
Hd 


Polynesia  . 


South  America 

Brazil 

Indian  Ocean  . 

Franco 

New  Grenada  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Mozambique  . . 

Africa 

TrlpoU 

Patagonia  .... 

England 

Hindoostan  .. 
Brit,  America 
Asiatic  Russia 


Da 

Fa 

^\ 
Eb 

Pd 

So 

Fe 

Ef 

Od 

No 

Mi 

Ed 

Ec 

Rh 

Lh 

Sh 

Gh 

No 

Mo 

Md 

PI 

Pi 

As 


Hi—i  oiriatm,te. 


dtrn. 


II 

Qm 
Ld 

gf 

Ok 

Ok 

Ne 

Hm 

Mo 

Rf 

Go 

Wa 


Bear 

Bear 

Bear's 

Bear  Gat... 
Bear  Lake  . 

Beata 

Beauchene  Guyon 
Beaufort .. . 
Beaufort . . . 
Beaufort . . . 
Beaufort . . . 
Beaufort . . . 
Beauvais... 
Beaver 


Beaver 

Beaver 

Beaver 

Beaver 

Beaver 

Beaver  Indians  . 

Boba 

Bebedero 

Bcchuana 

Bedekarfee . . . . . 

Bedford 

Bedford 

Bednore ■ 

Bedoed  

Bedouin  ....'.. 

Bedout  

lieeban 

Beechey  

Beechey  

Beechey  

Beeder 

Beeder 

Beenioor 

Beerjoor 

Beffharmi 

Bohring's 

Behring's 

Behring's 

Behring's 

Bella 

Beilaya 

Beikem 

Beique 

Beitschelgorod . 

Beja 

Bejapoor 

Bejapoor 

Bejaporo 

Bekal 

Bela 

Belanaish 

Delaspore 

Belbeis  .- .- 

Beleher's  -.  ^  ^ . . 

Beletti 

Beles 

Belfkst 


Mt 

So. 

C. 

Bay 

R 

L 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

G. 

C. 

Cv. 

r. 

R. 

R. 

L. 

Har 

Ho. 

Tr. 

L 

L. 

Tr. 

T. 

Bay 

Ho. 

?• 

C. 

I. 

His. 

L. 

Pt 

C. 

Pr. 

T. 

L 

T. 

Cty. 

Str. 

Bay 

I. 

Sea.' 

T. 

R. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

Dis. 

Pr. 

?: 

R. 
R. 
Rns 
T. 

T. 

I. 
««. 

T. 

T. 

T. 


LiH. 


Spitsbergen  • . . 
Greenland  .... 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Spitsbergen  . . . 
Brit  America  . 
West  Indies.  ■ . 
Southern  Ocean 
North  Carolina 
Cape  Colony  . . 
North  America 
Brit  America 
North  America 

France  

Pennsylvania. 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Nova  Scotia. . 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Karskoe  Sea  . 
Buenos  Ayres  . 

Afi-ica 

Soudan  

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Brit  America  . 

Ajan 

Australasia... . 

Africa 

Brit  America  . 
North  America 
Brit  America  . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Malaysia 

Persia 

Soudan 

North  America 
North  America 
Asiatic  Russia 
North  America 
Boloochistan  k . 
Asiatic  Russia 
Mongolia .... 
West  Indies. . 
Asiatic  Russia 

Nubia 

Hindoostan  .. 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Soon/^aria 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Baroa 

Hindoostan  ... 

Egypt 

Bfit  America  . 
Buenos  Ayres  . 

Svria 

Maine 


Na 

Id 
V* 
Ma 

Db 

Hf 

I  n 

Ge 

Nl 

Cb 

Fb 

Bb 

M^ 

Gd 

Fo 

Eo 

Ee 

Hd 

Fo 

Eb 

Qa 

HI 

Nk 

SF« 

Fa 
Fe 

Eb 
Ph 

Tf 

Nf 
Eb 
Ca 
Ea 

Pe 

Ng 
Ab 
Co 
Xo 
Ad 
Qf 
Po 
So 

?« 

So 

2« 
5« 

Sf 

Rd 

So 

Ne 

Rf 

Oe 

60 

II 

Oe 

H4 


I 


-VT-  ■■,':.-\-^.;iif 


30 


CONSULTIMO  INDEX. 


tlimmcttlmaiht 


T. 
T. 

S; 

Jim. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

So. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

Str. 

I. 

8h. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cty. 

C. 

Tr. 

T. 

Mto. 

R. 

Pr. 

R. 

Is. 

I'- 

T. 

T. 

Dis. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

ay, 

R. 
T. 
T. 

Cty. 

T. 

Bet 

t: 

Tr. 
Tr. 
T. 
T. 
R. 
T. 
T. 
I. 
1. 
R. 
L. 
Pr. 
T. 
Bcrbico ..|Col. 


Bel£ut 

Belgaum. :  . . . 

Belgrade 

Bel^um 

Beliebei  ...... 

Belia 

BeU 

BoU... 

BeUary 

BeU 

Belle 

Belle  lale 

Bellona 

Bellona 

Belfingahausen 

Belluno 

BeliOQnte 

Belochan 

fieloiarskaya  . . 
Beloochiatan... 

BeUbam 

Beltyri 

Belageikose . . . 
Belar  Tagh  . . . 

fiemarive 

Bemba 

Bembaroughe.. 

Bernini 

Benares 

Bench  

Bencoolen 

Bencoonat  .... 

Benda 

Bender  

Bendloes 

Benerente  .... 

Bengal 

Bengazi 


Bern 

Beniabbas 

BenI  Gwarid  . . . 

Benin 

Benin 

Benin 

Benioleed 

Beni  Sahed 

Beni  Shaber.... 

Benisouef 

Benjar  Massin .. 
Benjar  Massin .. 

BenowD) 

Bentak 

Bentinok 

Beqaia  ........ 

Bera ,.... 

Boiabzan 

Berar 

Berawa 


Uerbice  • 


K. 


Ireland 

Uindooetan  . 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Bnrppe 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Morocco 

Spitsbergen . . 
Spitsbergen  .. 
Uindooetan  .. 
France  ...... 

Labrador  .... 

Labrador  .... 

Australasia  .. 
Australasia  . . 
Polynesia. ... 

Italy 

Brazil 

Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 

Asia 

Ellephant  Island 
Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 
Little  Bucharia 
Madagascar. 
Benguela . . . 

Africa 

Bahamas  . . . 
Hindooston  . 
Australasia.. 
Sumatra .... 


Sumatra ...... 

Africa 

Russia 

Qallapagos  . . . . 

Brazil 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Barca 

Africa 

Bolivia 

Tripoli 

Tripoli 

Guinea 

Gubea 

Guinea 

Tripoli 

Sahara  

Arabia 

Egypt 

Borneo  

Bomcq 

Afirica 

Tartary 

New  S.  Wales  . 
West  Indies.. . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Qrit.  America  . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Africa 

Guiana 

Guiana 


Rat 


^  NuaaofFluMtJU. 


Lc 

Nd 
Mc 
Po 
Lc 
Ma 
Ma 

Rg 

Ld 

lc 

lc 

Wi 

Wk 

Bj 

Md 

i'. 

Sc 

Qf 

lo 

Ro 

Pd 

Qe 

Pj 

Nj 

Gf 
Rf 
Xm 

Si 
Si 
Nh 
Nd 

fi 

Rf 

Ne 

Mj 

Hj 

Me 

Me 

Mh 

Mh 

Mh 

Me 

Mf 

Oe 

Of 

Ti 

Ti 

S5 
I' 

R  0 
Fb 
Rf 
Oh 

III 
Ih 


Berbora 

Beibora 

Berdai 

Berdoa 

Berechnigh  • . . . 
Berendinskoi . . . 
Berens  ........ 

Berens 

Beresouskoi . . . . 

Beresov 

fieresovskaya .. . 

Berg 

Bergamos 

Bergen 

Bergen 

Bergen . . 

Bergh's 

Bergoo  

Berigan 

Berkeley's 

Berkeley  Ridge. 

Berlin 

Berlingas 

Bemieja 

Bermudas 

Bemardin 

Berne  

Bemera 

Bemier 

Bemier 

Bemizet 

Beroo 

Beroo 

Bertela 

Bertirick 

Besan^on 

Bescara 

Bescha 

Besliakhskoi .. . . 
Bessarabia  .  .54. 
Bessastad ....;, 
Besymiannoi  . . . 

Bethany 

Bethelsdorf 

Bethlehem 

Betien 

Betlen 

Betro-par 

Beuduque  

Beveridge 

Beverley- 

Bevil 

Beyrout 

Bhering's 

Bhooj 

Bhopal 

BhuKor. ., 

Bhntnecr 

Bhurtpore 

Bia 

Biafra 


Cba. 


Cty 

T. 

T. 

Cty 

C. 

T. 

R. 

Ho. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Div. 

?• 

Gr, 

Oty 

T.' 

So. 

Mts. 

Py. 

Is. 

L 

Is. 

C. 

?• 

c. 

Is. 

Pk. 

Cty, 

Tr. 
T. 

^: 

Mts. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

Sta. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Pr. 

Sh. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Sea. 

Cy. 

9: 

T. 
T. 

D 
«%• 

Cty. 


raitkn. 


Africa 

Africa 

Tibesty 

Africa 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit.. America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
NovaZcmbla.. 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Norway 

Norway 

Malaysia  ...    . 

Polynesia 

Africa 

Barbary 

Falkland  Is.. .  - 
New  S.  Wales  . 
Prussia....... 

Porttigal 

Mexico 

Atlantic  Ocean 
New  Zealand. . 
Switzerland  . . . 

Scotland 

New  Holland.. 
Australasia... . 
Mantchooria  . . 

Africa 

Malaysia  .... 

Africa 

Scotland 

France 

Barbary  

Soongaria 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Iceland 

Russia 

Africa 

Cape  Colony  . . 
Syria 


exico 

Buenos  Ayres  . 

Asia 

Congo 

Polynesia 

New  Holland. . 

Texas 

Syria 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Hindooston  . . . 
Hindooston  . . . 
Hindoostnn  . , . 
Hindooston  . . . 
Hindooston  . . . 
Aaiuilc  Russia . 
Africa 


K-f. 


1 


P«r 

Nf 

Nf 

Va 

Tb 

Fc 

Fc 

Xb 

Qb 

Qc 

Pa 

Ne 

Mb 

Mb 

Si 

Wh 

Ng 

Mt. 

In 

VI 

M.c 

Le 

Ff 

He 

Xm 

Md 

Lc 

U 

Vd 

^.« 
Si 

Ph 

Le 

Md 

Me 

Rd 

Ub 

Nd 

Kb 

Pb 

Nk 

Nl 

Oe 

Ef 

Hk 

§f 
^i 

Fe 
Oe 
Xc 
Qf 
Rf 
Qf 
Qf 
Rf 

K  c 

Mh 


k-f. 

J 

Ulb 

..I 

'K 

..1 

'ff 

..I 

4f 

..1 

*f 

la.  ^ 

ra 

la.l 

Pb 

a.l 

?o ! 

1.] 

Fc 

la.: 

ib 

>a.  ( 

)b 

ia.  < 

ic 

I.. 

Pa 

tey] 

Ne 

^b 

■  •   ■ 

VIb 

Si 

•  •   • 

Wh 

•  •   • 

Np 

•  •   • 

Mu 

•  •  - 

In 

B8  . 

VI 

•  •  • 

M.C 

•  •  • 

Le 

•  •  • 

Ff 

san 

He 

d.. 

Xm 

■  •  • 

Md 

•  •  • 

L« 

d.. 

Tk 

•  •  • 

Vd 

Lff 

,  , 

Si 

•  •  • 

Ph 

•  •  • 

Le 

•  •  ( 

Md 

M  e 

•  •  • 

Rd 

ia. 

Ub 

, 

Nd 

,   , 

Kb 

,   ^ 

Pb 

Nk 

,   , 

Nl 

,   , 

Oe 

•  • 

Ef 

1 

Hk 

, 

Q? 

t 

Ni 

, 

.^i 

• 

, 

.Fe 

, 

Oe 

1 

.  X  c 

, 

•  Qf 

, 

.Rf 

•  Qf 

•  Qf 

.Rf 

CONSULTING  INDEX. 


SI 


N«mornuM,te> 


Biafra 

Bieaneer 

Bichaqoea  . . . . . 

Bicley 

Biddle 

Bielaya 

Biel 

Bieley 

Bieleorod 

BielkoT 

Bieb ....;.... 

Bieloi 

Bielovodak  .... 

Bielozersk 

Bielsk 

Bigr 

Bi; 

Biff 

Big  Horn 

Biff  Lake 

Biff  Stone 

BiiBk 

Biiar 

Bilbao 

Billinffhaosen  . 

Billiton 

Billiton 

Biliiyard 

Bilmah 

Bilmah 

Bilmah 

Bilovskaya  . . . . 

Bineicova 

Binjebara  

Biot 

Bir 

Bird 

Bird 

Bird's 

Bird*! 

Bird's 

Bird' 

Birdstail ...... 

Bir  el  Malha  . . 

Biri 

Biris 

Biriffe 

Biriousa 

BirniHh 

Bir  Massaffuen 

Birroinffham  . . 

Dirnio'a 

Biroutchia 

Bir  Quillin .... 

Birsk 

Birterbuy 


am. 


IWUsik 


Bgt 

&■ 

T. 

L. 

R. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

L 

L. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

L. 

L. 

R. 

Ho. 

L. 

T. 

Is. 

§.'• 

I. 

Str. 

L 

Cty. 

Oes 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

I. 

Is. 

Is. 

Ia. 

Is. 

la. 

Ft 

Sta. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

Em, 

Sta. 

T. 

L 

C. 

Sta. 


UM. 


Biscay 

Biacoe's  Ronffo 
Bishara  Taib . . 
Biahlisik 


Bay 

T. 

6a 

I. 

T. 

Ft 


Country 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Chili 

Russia 

Missouri  Ter. 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia 
Russia  ...... 

Karskoe  Sea  . 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Brit  America 
Brit  America . 
Brit.  America 
Missoinri  Ter. 
Brit  America  . 
Wisconsin  Ter, 
Asiatic  Russia 

Polynesia 

Spain 

Seghalien 

Malaysia 

Malaysia 

Persian  Gulf  •  ■ 

AiVica 

Africa 

Africa 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Fezzan 

Scoresby'a  Ld 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Polynesia, 
Southern  Ocean 
Indian  Ocean 
N.  Pacific  Oc 
Polynesia.... 
Malaysia  .... 
Brit  America 

Africa 

Norway 

Benguela .... 

Congo 

Asiatic  Russia 

Asia 

Africa 

England 

Polynesia.. .. 

Tartary 

Africa 

Russia 

Ireland 

Mexico 


n.. 


S,  Pacific  Oc. 

Darfiir 

Tartary  .... 


Mh 

Of 

HI 

Oc 

Ed 

Pc 

Oc 

Oc 

Oc 

Va 

Ob 

Ra 

Od 

Ob 

Nc 
Go 

Gc 

Eb 

Ed 

Oc 

Fd 

Re 

X 

L 

Vd 

Ti 

Tl 

Pf 

Mg 

Mg 

Mg 

Tb 

So 

Mf 

Ka 

Oe 

Jm 

Pi 

Bf 

l« 

Fc 

Nff 

Mb 

Nj 

Mi 

So 

Sf 

Mf 

Lc 

Ai 

Pd 

Mf 

Pc 

Lo 

Ee 

Ld 

Ho 

N 

P 


I  at  Ibem,  ke,     Oim. 


Bishop  and  Clerk  Is. 

Bishop's I. 

Biskaia. 
Bissaffos 
Bistwn.. 
Bistraia. 
Bitter  . . 
Bizerta  . 
Biomebdrff 

Black 
Black 
Black 
Black 

Black Bay 

Black L. 

Black Mt 

Black Ld. 

Black Pt 

Black Pt 

Black ....Pt 

Black.........  Hk. 

Black BL 

Black H. 

Black  Bear L 

Blackfoot  Indians  Tr. 

Blackfoot R. 

Black  Harutsh. .  Mt 
Black  Ho6k....C. 
Black  Monffols  .  Tr. 

Blackwater L. 

Blair's L 

Blake Bay 

Blanc Mt 

Blanca I. 

Blanco C 

Blanco C. 

Blanco C. 

Blanco C. 

Blanco C. 

Blaney's I. 

Blave T. 

Bled  el  Jerid  ...  Dis, 
Bted  Fillely  ....  Dis. 
Bligh's  Cap  ....  C. 
Bligh's  Lagoon  .  I. 

Blois Cy. 

Bkmdcla I. 

Blood  Indians  . .  Tr. 
Bloody  Farland .  Pt 

Bloudnaia R. 

Blountville T. 

Blue R. 

Blue MU. 

Blue Mte. 

Blue Mts. 

Blue HI 

Bluefield R. 

Blue  Mud Bky 

Blue  Nose C. 

Boatiang T, 


■•r. 


Australasia  . . . 

Polynesia 

Asia^c  Russia, 
Senegiunbia .. , 
Brit  America 
Asiatic  Russia 
Cape  Cobny  . 

Tunis 

Russia 

Russia 

Europe 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Wisconsin  Ter. 
Missouri  T6r.  . 
Labrador  ..... 
Brit  America . 

Africa 

Greenland  .... 

China 

Arabia 

Nova  Zembla 
Greenland  .... 

Brit  America . 

Missouri  Ter.  . 

Brit  America  . 

Brit  America  . 

Oregon  Ter.... 

Africa 

Spitsbergen  . . , 

Mongolia  . . . . , 

Brit  America 

Brit  America 

Brit  America 

Italy 

Venezuela.... 

Oregon  Ter.. . 

Morocco 

Africa 

Peru 

Patagonia  . . . , 

Polynesia .... 

France    

Barbary 

Barbary  

KergueiensLand 


Wn 
Xi 

Sc 
K 
H 
To 
Nl 
Me 
Nb 
Nb 
Od 
Sc 
Fd 
Fd 
o 
Ec 
Lf 
la 
Tf 

I' 
Fa 

la 


Polynesia 
France  ...<... 
Mantchooria  . . 
Brit  America  . 

Ireland 

Asiatic  Russia 
Tennessee  . . . . 

Abyasinia 

Mongolia 

United  States., 
New  S.  Woles , 
Brit  America  , 
Guatemala ... , 
New  S.  Wales , 

Russia 

Caipbodia .... 


eS 

Ec 
£c 
Ed 
Nf 
Ma 
Td 
Db 
Fa 
Gb 
Md 

g? 

Le 

Kf 

G), 

ilm 

Xi 

Ld 

Lc 

Lc 

Qm 

Ck 

Md 

Vd 

Ec 

Lo 

Wb 

Go 

2« 
Re 

Ge 

VI 

Ea 

G 

V 

O 

8« 


tnm 

as 


OONdULTOrO  DfDEZ. 


flf  FlMH^ft|> 


Ik|»TMU 

BmtuU 

Boikviat* 

■k 

,  -fl[A  ••^  •  "  •  • 

Boduro  ...... . 

BqT:... 

BtijHi 

SoeloD 

Bwjra 

fio« 

Bofuhaa..... 
Bofand ....... 

Bo^o 

Bo^ioatohuuk 
Bogarodidtsk . . 
BofiwIoT ....... 

Bofote. 

BoEemia 

Bohoi  ••..... 
BoboaUv.. ..   . 

Boole 

Bo^ 

Bokki 

Boiachna 

Bolacbna  . . . . . 
BaiohereUik  . . . 
Bololieraiikoi .. 
Boli.... ...... 

Boliano 

Bal|iioi  Aniuj . 

BoliTia 

Boliiia 

Bolocna 

BoloIoTa 

Bolor 

Boiwhei 

BolteharoTskoe 
BoIVanakoy  . . . 

Bomba 

Bombay 

Bonibay ...... 

l^>mbetok 

Bonhelck..... 
Bomei?y  ...... 

Bommel 

Bon 

Booa 

Bom 

Bbaaoca. 

BpaaventuN .. . 

Boaaviiita 

Boaavista 

Bonaviata 

BOBg 

Boniinnilm* .-  i, 
BotSuaa'a 


T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pb. 

t. 

T. 

I. 

i. 

T. 

R. 

C. 

T. 

Mti. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 
T. 

C. 

a 
a 

Cy. 

m. 

R. 

Har 

T. 

T. 

Pt 

R. 


Ronia 

New  Grenada 

Anetria 

Malayiia  .... 

RuMia 

Celebes 

Venezuela.... 

Aftica. 

Limm 

Great  Bacharia 


Branl.. 
Brasil.. 

i?ia< 


Soodan ... 
AInuoo... 
Tanqain. . 
Icieund... 
Aoetralaaia.... 
Malayeia  . . 
Tibeaty.... 
Russia  .... 
Arabia.... 
HQndoostan 
Bfon([olia . . 
Aaiatic  Russia. 


Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Lgpim 

Asiatic  Russia.. 
America 
Tezu... 
Italy.... 
Asiatic  Russia. 
LIttk  Buchari 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Barca 

Hindoostan  . . . 
M^ayan  Sea . . 
Madagascar... 
Madagascar. . . 

Rossis 

Norway 

Tunis 

Madagascar .. . 

Algiers 

Guatemala  .... 
Lower  Canada. 
Newfoundland. 
Newfoundland. 
Cafie  Terd  Is. . 
Birmab 


Rep  Booth 
Pt  "^^^^ 

ma. 

L. 
T. 

c. 

6. 

T. 
T. 

I. 

C. 

a 

T. 

t 

T. 

Bay 

C. 

I. 


P«)IyneBla . 


Ni 

Mb 

Do 

Tf 

Kb 

Ui 

Ui 

Nf 

Od 

5f 

Bd 

So 

Oo 

Po 

Mb 

Mo 

oa 

Ui 
Hh 
f 

do 

?» 
Sa 

Sa 

Wc 

Wo 

Od 


i 


H 
F 
Md 

Qo 


UQ 


e 
Od 
Qo 
Pb 
Ne 
Q 
T 

sl 

Ma 
Mo 

Pj 
Me 

ll 

Id 
Id 

^ff 
Sf 

F  o 

Xb 


Eoni&cio ...... 

Booin 

Boiqem 

Boon 

Boifioe 

Bootek-oe 

Bontokoo 

Bong 

Bong 

BooAU 

Boobian 

Booby 

Booby 

Boogoonalinskm 

Bomeera 

Boojnoord...... 

Bool 

Boola 

Botdoo 

Bootan 

Booth 

Boothia 

Boothia 

BoMhia  Felix... 

Boqneens  

Borabora 

Borba 

Borbon 

Borda 

Bwddji 

Bordeaux 

Berdoe 

Borea 

Borg 

Votga. 

Borgar 

Bor-ghai 

Bor-ghai 

fioighohn 


Bori 

Borja 

Bona 

Borlase  Warren. 

Borneo 

Borneo 

JSwmholm 

Bomou 

Bomou   

Borolach 

Bonmook 

Bororos *, 

Boratala 

Borotala 

Borovitcbi 

Borthwick 

Bospawen's  .... 

Bpaham 

Bosnia 

ttosra 

Boston 


Qm 


Str. 
L 
T. 
T. 

T. 
T. 

!" 

L 
I. 

Sh. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Ctjr. 

So: 

1st 
G. 

TV. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

0. 

T. 

?■ 

R. 
T. 
T. 
Fd. 

?' 

T. 

Ti 
T. 
T. 
C. 
I. 

?■ 

Cty. 

&• 

T. 

t». 

L. 

R. 

T. 

Bay 

I. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

Cy. 


Mediterran.  Sea 

Pdynesia.... 

Tripoli...... 

Roasia 

New&ondknd 
Seoresby's  Ld.. 
Aahantee  . 
Celebes... 
Celebes... 
Fenian  Golf. . 
Arabia  . .  . . 
Australasia.. 
Aoetrslasia.. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Aaiatio  Russia. 

Persia 

Celebes. . . , 
Cdebes. . . . 

Oabnl 

Hindoostan 
Brit  America  • 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 

Aftica 

Polynesia.... 

Bnucil 

Mexico...... 

New  Holland. . 

Mongolia 

France 

Euoe  Islands  . 

Aftica 

loeland 

Russia 

loeland 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Oeland 

Soodan 

Rpssia    

Mexico. ...... 

Equador. 

Seoresby's  Ld.. 
Malaysia ..... 

Borneo 

Baltic  Sea  ... . 

Soudan  

Soudan 

Asiatic  RuMia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
South  America 

Soongaria 

Soongaria. .... 

Russia > 

Brit  America  . 
Polynesia. . . . 

Africa 

Turkey  .4.... 
Syria  .... 
Massachusetts . 


.\ 


Md| 

Vf 

N  e 

Me; 

Id 

Ka 

Lh 

Ui 

Ui 

Pf 

pr 

Ub 
Vb 
Pe 
Ui 
Ti 
Qo 
Rf 
Ha 
Fb 
Fa 
Fa 
Nk 

Ff 

¥i 

Ld 

Lb 

Mk 

Kb 

Nb 

Kb 

Ua 

Ua 

Ne 

Mb 

Ne 

Bf 

Gi 

Ka 

Th 

Th 

No 

Mg 

Mg 

Vb 

Vb 

V. 

Rd 
Oo 
Hb 


SI 


lOe 
Rd 


-« 

i 

m 

9^m 

*^: 

Sea 

md 

•  •    • 

Vf 

•  •  • 

N« 

•  •  * 

Al«« 

Dd. 

14 

^.. 

Ka 

•  •    • 

Lk 

•    •   • 

Ui 

•  •   • 

Ui 

f.. 

Pf 

•  •    • 

?( 

•  •   * 

Vu 

m. 

Ub 

lU. 

Vb 

•  •  • 

Pe 

•  »  • 

Ui 

•  •  • 

Tl 

•  •  • 

Q« 

•  •  • 

Rf 

»• 

Ha 

M  > 

Fb 

ca . 

Fa 

ca. 

Pa 

•  •  • 

Nk' 

•  ■  • 

fl 

•  •  • 

Ff 

d.. 

?i 

•  •  • 

•   •   ■ 

Ld 

■  . 

Lb 

•  •  • 

Mb 

I  •  • 

Kb 

Nb 

Kb 

a. 

Us 

a. 

Ua 

Ne 

Mb 

Ne 

Bf 

Si 

1.. 

Ka 

,  , 

Th 

,  , 

Th 

,  , 

No 

M« 

Mr 

,, 

Vb 

„ 

Vb 

1 

1.1 

Rd 

Rd 

Oo 

Hb 

t{ 

Itf  J 

1 

,■ 

Oe 

' 

Hd 

iiittiia 


OOMiOLTDfO  iNDftX. 


«ir 


■  •fnuHb**. 


BortoB 

lioayi  •  •  t  •  •  •  a^ 
Botamaiikoi. . . 

Botuy 

Botal  Tobago  .. 

Bodmis 

Kotiatiiieai  .... 

Itotoinia 

Ilotonkaja  ..< 
BottomlMaPit. 

liotna 

nombage..... 

BDOgainviUe... 

BoogainviUe. 

BoagainviUe. 

Bon^nTille. 

Boog 


T. 
T. 
T. 

Q. 
Mta. 

R. 
T. 

T. 

I. 

0. 

Rft. 

Str. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L 


T. 
T. 
I. 

la. 

a 

L 
Ft 
Cty. 
T. 

^' 


Boninak 
Boajah. 
Booka.. 
Bookioap  ..... .fT< 

Booktarminak 

BooUk 

Bonldyr 

Boulogne .... 
Boakma ..... 

Booat;^ 

Powaika  .... 

Bourbon 

Bourbon 

Boure.. 

Bonie 

Boutgaa 

Bonrgea 

Boorunan.... 
Bournand .... 

Booro 

Bouro 

Bouiygham  .. 

Boom 

Bootactoi  ...i 

Bouvet'a 

Boujran 

Boayour 

Bonnm 

Boni<nikHik  .. 

BOTTOV 

Bow 

Bov^en 
Bowen  . . 
Bumu  . , 
Bowen  .. 
Br»««n*r. 
iJowlea ., 
Boyacoa 
Boyanna 
Boypeha 

B'Brabuii 
n«dfield 
Bradora. 


'  •  •  a      a  •  • 


Riighnd 

Syria 

Aidatio  Russia. 
New  &WabM  , 
Eastern  Sea ..  • 


I «•  •      •  •  • 


Ifidagascar 
Auatio  Russia. 
Asiatic  Rnasia. 
Africa 
Austria 
Australaua.... 
New  Holland. . 
Austndasia  . 
Australasia  . 
Australasia.. 

Russia' 

Belffium .... 
Russia 


I. 

I. 

L. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

C. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L 

a 
a 

Po. 
Po. 

I. 

10. 
Dep 

G. 
Har 


Asiatic  Russia 

Persia 

AleooC  Arc.... 
France .  ■ . 
Aiiatib  Russia. 
Australasia... 
Russia ...     . 
Indian  Ocean 

Bolivia 

Africa 

Africa 

Turkey 

Ftaaoo 

Africa 

Australasia.... 

Malaysia 

Aahantee 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Soudan... .... 

Aaiatio  Ruskia 
Southern  Ocean 


\l 


Lo 
Oe 
Db 
Wl 
Uf 
Nb 
Pk 
Ub 
To 
Mi 
M4 
Wi 

"J. 

Wi 
Od 
Md 
Pe 

Asiatio  Turkey  N  a 
Australasia....  Wi 
B 

Pe 

Xc 

Me 

Ua 

Xm 

Pb 

Pk 

Ik 

Si 

Md 

in 

Ui 
Lh 
Vb 
M« 

Ub 
Mn 
Oe 
Td 
So 
Po 
Oo 
Gi 
Fa 
Oa 
Wk 
Brit.  Amerioa  .  O  a 


fSL 


as. 


oni 


ongolia .... 
Asiatio  Russia 
Asiaiio  Rnasia. 

Russia 

Polynesia 

Brit.  America  . 
Brit.  America . 
New  S.  Wales 


Polynesia . 
Clarence  Island 
New  Grenada  . 
Madagascar... 

Bniil 

Isle  of  FMnee. 
North  AmerioalC  a 
Labrador I  o 


Vf 
lo 
Hh 

Pk 


Brady Ft. 

Braga Oy. 

Braganea ^pT 

Bngama ...       ~ 
BrMatskoi.. 
Brafiestadt .. 

Braiga 

Brainerd.... 

Bnk 

Braknaka... 

Inmo 

"nnco 

jlrandenbmg 
Braadley's... 
Kandon .... 

Brandy .... . . 

Brandy  .wine 
Brannavik  .. 
ftaslaw  .... 

Bratton^.... 

BiratalaT  .... 

Brata 

firava  ...... 

BraTa 

Braiil 

Braaorla.... 

Bnoos 

Breaker  .... 

Kechin 

Breede 

Breemanger-land 
Bree  Sund  . . . 

Bremen 

Breneau 

Brest 

Brett 

Brerig.. 

Brewerii 

Brewster..... 
Bridgetown  . . 
Bridgewater. . 
Bridgman'a  . . 

Bridport 

Briesda 

Brindid 
Brind's . , 
Brintfbrd 
Brisbane 
Brisbane 
Bristol. . 
Bristol. . 
Bristol... 
Bristol.. 
IMrtol  Chain... 
Bristow's 
Britannia 
British  .. 
5.-it!sh  . . 
British  . . 
Britwine. 
Broach 


•  •  •      •  •  a 


??■ 

T. 

Bta. 

T. 

R. 

Tt. 

R. 

R. 

3: 

Ho. 
Pt 

^ 

T. 
Ri 
T. 

T. 
I. 

Ctr 

T. 

R. 

T. 
L. 

C. 
T. 

a 
I. 

In. 

VIL 

T. 

L 

Bay 

T. 

R. 


Mifliiigan... 
PorOwal... 
BratiT 


i^iirlftfal 
AsiattcRnB^. 
Russia  ...... 

Baica 

Tenneaseo  ... 

Aftiea 

Aftiea  ...... 

BoBvia 

BoliTia 

Pmsaia 

Awtralaaia .. . 
Brit  Amariea 
Btit  America 
Spitsbergen .. 
Iceland. 


ad 

tv 

tf-b'j 

N* 

N«> 

99' 

Nl 

WI 
P4' 

Kb 


Russia .......  N  e 

Ed 
04 


■•••••«• 


ass 


tsm 


Ch. 

?' 

Mts. 
Is. 
U. 
Is. 

Fob. 

a 

T.. 


Missouri  Ter. 

Rnasia 

Africa .{Oh 

Africa  ..i {Oh 

Cape  Verd  la. . 
Booth  Ameriea 

Texas 

Texaa 

Pktagonia  .... 

Scotiand 

loebmd 

Noiway 

Norway 

Germany..... 

Oregon  Ter.... 

F^nce....... 

New  Zealand. . 
Norway ...... 

Guatemala  .. . 
Sodresby'sLd.. 
Barbadoes  .... 

New  S.WaIe«  . 
Bontii  Shetland 
Brit  America . 

Mexico 

Naples 

Pdynesia ..... 
Brit  Amerioa . 
NewaWaiea. 
New  8.  Wales. 
BVfgland 
England 
North  America 
Sandwich  Ld, 
Nortii  America  ICb 
Australasia  ..'|Wi 
Australasia.... 

Europe 

Nctth  America 
Madansear. . . 
Norazembb. . 
IfittdooBtaA  ... 


if 
Ff 
Ff 
Hn 
L« 
Kb 
Mb 

M« 
Mo 

Ed 

Ld 
Xt 
N« 

I! 
W 

1* 

E« 

Ee 

N4 

Xh 

F« 

Wk 

Wk 

tn 

Lc 

Ba: 

Kn 


0m 


goNiVLTDio  unax. 


Hltlmm,l»., 


l^oqk't.... 
BRMiit 

Brow  8aja 
Broken.,.. 
Brakea.... 
BraBMm... 
Bfooklja  .. 
BraUien'... 

Brolben^... 


Bnpghtpn  .  < 
fiM«ghtoa*i 
Bra»n 


!••••••«>• 


I^ili^  NHHiilffhM^te     OiM. 


Inniwib  ••••••••< 

Broim. .«..•••< 

DVOWll  A  ••••••  • 

Brawn  ■  ••••••« 

Brawn's 

Brawn's....... 

Brawn's  Range . 
Bnyw  nssd .. .  < 

BrooB  • ' 

BragM ' 

Brunei  ........ 

Brabn  ........ 

Braisels 

firpiBwick .  .16 
Bfwuwick  .... 
,&tquwiek  .... 
Brunswick  .... 
Bran9w|ok  .... 
Braaswiek  .... 

^may.. 

Bnisa •  Cf. 

BrMslLitor....n;. 

B^bdker^ T. 

BuKWiwers Are. 

fiMuelli  ......Pa 

Bqehah I. 

Buchanan R. 

Bndiaxest Cj. 

Bwckaria .......  Cy. 

Bbeharia,  Great   Cty. 


R.    M«w  S.  Wales  .  V  k 

L     Poljrnesia Bi 

Bay  BritAmenoa  .Hb 

T.    Aostria No 

0:  Sooresl^y'sLd.  Ka 
R.  -  Brit  America .  F  e 
PL    Brit  America  .  H  b 

T.    Midiigan Qd 

Cy.  N«wYork.,.,H<i 
1.     Java  .........  k  I 

L     Brit  Aniericm  .  Q  e 
I.     liUayan  Sea  . .  T  h 
9iu  N.  Padftc  Oo. .  A  f 
C.     BrH.  America.  Hb 
Aro.  Oregon  Ter. .. .  D  « 

C     Brit  America  .  Q  b 
C     Brit  America  .  Q  a 
SiBoresby's  Ld..  K  a 
ftit  America  .  E  a 
New:  aWalea .  V 1 
Poiyqesia*  f  •  •  •  ^j 
Brit  America  .  F  » 
Greenland  ....  I  a 

Mantchooria  . .  V  o 


C. 
Mt 

Mt 
I. 

L 

I. 

Pt 

b. 

C. 

by. 
In. 

k 
5*y 

Pen 
Ho. 
L 


Ptdyneaia....^  Wg 
Newfbnndland.  I  d 


^ 


Buda. 

B«dda. 

Bpddown  ...... 

Baenaventura .. 
Bfienaventura.. 
Busnaventora .. 
Buonaivistii .... 

Jt^eq  Ayra  .... 

'Bneno ......... 

BueiKM  Ayrea  • 

Buenos  Ayres  . . 

~  Ayres  . 


Bnekland Mts. 

Cy. 

i: 

T. 
T. 
R. 
L. 
T. 
I. 


Rep. 
Pr. 


Brit  America . 

B^am 

Brit  America . 

Anstria 

Belgium 

Germany 

Bmnswiok  .• . . 

Georgia 

Newllolland, . 
Patagonia  .... 
Brit  America . 
y.Diemen'sLd 
Asiatic  Turknr 
FMand... 
Affica. . . . 
Aoatralaaia.. . . 
North  America 
Greenland  .... 
Brit  America  . 
Turkey..,. ... 
Great  Baofaaria 

Aria 

Brit  America  . 

Austria 

New  S.  Wales. 
Hindoo^tan  t  •  • 
New  Grenada  . 

Meiico 

Mexico. ...... 

IVIezico 

Venosuela  . . .  • 

Chili ,... 

South  America 
Buenos  Aym  ^ 
Boenos  Ayres  . 


Ha 

Me 

Fb 

Nd 

Me 

Me 

Me 

Ge 

Uj 

Hn 

Go 

Vm 

Od 

No 

Lg 

S^ 
Do 

la 

Fb 

Nd 

r. 

Cb 

Nd 

VI 

Rf 

6h 

Be 

Ee 

Ee 

Hg 

Urn 

Hk 

!!> 

II 


T. 

&• 

Is. 

L. 

Ha 

Ha 

T. 

C 

C 

T. 

Fd. 

Pr. 

Pt 

R. 

Tr. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Pa 

T. 

Sta. 

T. 

R. 


& 


CwpixiM lOe 

IfowYork....|&d 
Brit  America 
Ba^  of  Bengal 
Bnt  America 
Brit  Aaierica 
Brit  America 

Cindia. 

News.  Wales. 
Asiatic  RiHsia 

Jiva 

Norway  ..... 
Turkey 


Bull  Pound.... 

Bulag 

Bulwam 

Buamr  CaMim 

Bondmeer 

BoagBailak... 

Bodier's. 

Bunpore 

Buntingrille. . . 

BuraiU 

Burdokh  ....'. 

Bnidia 

Btardwan 

Burgeo 

Bwr^ 

Burgur 

Boigowa 

Burnampore... 

Bolrkha 

Buries 

BarUngton ... 

Barney 

Barnes 

Boraham  .... 

Bwnt 

Bamtwood... 
Borrampooler . 
Burrishol  .... 
Buahbara  ...t 

Buaheer 

Bushman's . . . 
Boahmen  .... 
Bpasorah  .... 

BHStar 

Bustard  .7.... 
Bastard  ,..*.. 
Busfagon 

Bate 

Bute'a  Three 

Bataa 

Butaan 

Butrarba.... 
Batterwarth....tSta. 
Battef  Lewis.. 
Bation'a 


I  •  •  •  •  •  I 


L 

2- 

T. 

s?- 

I. 
T. 
C. 

2fy 

T. 

I. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

a 

T. 
I. 
Tr. 

9- 

Bay 

R. 

I. 

I. 

Mts. 

T. 
T. 


mm 


fib 

I' 
Eo 

Ee 

Fe 

Ne 

VI 
Ua 
Ti 
Mo 

Nd 
North 'Ameriea  C  a 
Brit  Ameriea  .  F  b 

Africa Lh 

Brit  Ameriea  .  E  e 
Belooohistan  . .  P  f 

Mongolia 8  d 

Africa ...Pg 

Persia P  e 

LitOe Thibet..  R* 
Polynesia  .....  B  i 
Benochistan...  Pi 

Caffraria Nl 

Asiatic  Ronia  Te 
Asiatic  Ruaria  V  a 
Golf  of  Siam    S  g 

Hindoostan  ...  Ri 

Newfoundland.  I  d 

Spain Ld 

Hindoostan  ...Rf 

Hindoostan  . . .  R  f 

Hindoostan  . .  <  R  f 

Arabia |Pf 

Malayua  .... 

Vermont. .... 

New  Holland 

Nerth  America 

Samar.. .. ... 

Africa 

Brit  Ameriea 

Asia 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Bova 

Persia 

Brit  America 

Africa 

Asiatic  Turkey 

Hindoostan  . . . 

NewS.Walee. 

Sootli  CaroUna 

Malaysia  .... 

SoeUand 

Oregon  Ter. .. . 

Africa 

Mhidaaao  .... 

Barca 

Caffiraria 

Scotland iLe 

Brit  America  .|H  b 

mmmmmmmmm 


Dg 
Hd 
Tk 
Ce 

S» 

I' 
Fe 

Sf 

Rf 

N* 

Pf 

H« 

Nk 

P* 

R 

W 

He 

yg 

Sd 

uk 

N« 

Nl 


I 


•IHM 


OOmULTDfO  IMOBX. 


Buxkr 

Base 

iiyam  MuUn. 
Byam  Martin. 
Byun  Mutin, 

Byera*! 

Bynnbarry . . 

Byfot... 

Byron  •  •  •  •  •  •  • 

Byvon ....... 

Byron'* 

Bynn'a 

Byron'a 

Bytowm. . . . . . 


Cab»aaM.... 

CaiMn 

Cabenda .... 
Cafatiraben. . 

Cabea 

Cahea 

Cabrera  .... 

Cabul 

Cabal 

Cabul 

Cabanoakaya 

Caoado  

Carhar  

Cacheo 

Cachiaoi.... 
Cachipoor... 
Caehoun  .••• 
Qachynoohivenk 
Oaoonda ... 
CaooDgo .. 
Caoonfo.. 
Cacoroa  ... 

Gadix 

Chan 

CaomanroD 
Ckffii..... 
Gafihirii^.. 
CaAunaa.. 
Cafliari  •. 
Caffuan. .. 
Cnnawba  . 
Cahitt^.. . . 
Cohora  . . . 
CaiSk.... 
CBi.fbng .. 
CaiUng . . . 

I^Crire 
Uiro,.... 
CaiabnuaQ 
Galahasa 


R. 
Fd. 

a 

L 
L 

9tr. 

T. 

C 

G 

T. 

L 
I. 
T. 

T. 
T. 

T. 
T. 
T. 
G. 
L 
Cty. 

T. 

a 

Pr. 
T. 
T. 
Pt 
T. 
T. 
Ft 

T. 
T. 

^.' 

Pia. 
C^. 
Tr. 

O 


Hiodooatan  .. 
Qnenland  ... 
Brit.  America 
Palyneaia .. . . 
Brit.  Amerioa 


Ilii 

Brit  Aqierioa 

New  &  Wales 

Ueorfia 

Labradw  .... 
Polynesia.... 

Po^ireaia 

I^pper  Canada 


Ef 

lb 

Qa 

fa. 

Qn 

Bf 

Ob 

Wk 

Qe 

lo 

Xi 

Ai 

Gd 


......  •'• 


Boolti  Pern. . . . 
Africa 
L«ango 
Africa. 
Nabia. 
Tonia  . 

Medit^rran.  Sea 
Ana... 
Cabal.. 
Cabal.. 
Asiatic  Roaaia. 
Bt  Thomaa'a  L 

Birmah 

Senegambia. 

Asiatic  Roaaia. 

Bnsil... 

MEongolia 

Aaiatio  Russia. 

BengHoIa 

Africa... 

Loango.. 

Africa... 

Spain... 

france.. 

Wales 


Calabaio. 


?: 

T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 

T. 
T. 


Africa 

j&iaador 

Sagrdinia...... 

New  Grenada . 


Calais T. 


Calamian 
rvu 


Calatayttd. 
C^yan  .. 


I. 

m 

Aa 

I. 


.avto 


Ni 
Mi 

^i 

or 

Me 
Me 

Qe 

(»«. 
Q« 
Re 
Mb 

8f 

s« 

Re 

Lh 
Sd 
Be 
Ni 
Ni 
Mi 
Lh 
Le 
Ld 
Le 


t  •  •  a      •  • 


Abgrssinia Oh 

NI 
Hi 
Me 
Hh 
Oe 

Jfj 

Md 

Oe 

Te 

Tf 

Vh 

Oe 

Hh 
Mo 

U« 
r 


Brasil. 

Eranoe 

Syria  . 

CJhiua. 

China. 

Poly 

Egypt 

Luton 

New  Onnada  .|H 

Venesoela 

CVance ... 

Mvhtysia. 


Spain ... 
Malaysia 


5 


Cribongaa.. 

Celea 

GUea 

Galeasiu... 
GaloutU... 
CaUeleagh. 
Gahfera.... 
Caidero  ... 
Oddiera... 
ChldweU... 
Gblsdoa.... 
Celedoa.... 


T. 
T. 
L. 

Py. 


R. 


Call 

Calicut 

Califbrnia..... 
CaHfionia,  U^ . 
CaUibmia ..... 
Caliiqere^ 


•  •••■•< 


Uf 


CaKngapatam... 

Calinkina 

Callapoewab . 

Callao 

Calling 

Callow..   • 

Cafan 

Calni'tr 

Calmer 

Oakmas..  .. 
GaHhorpf. ... 

Oaltnra 

G^Hlweet .. 
Oalvert's 

Cahri 

Camabasi. 

Gamana  .. 

Camapuan 

Camargo  . 

Camaraaes 

Canbambe 

Ounbay  .. 

Ganbay  «. 

Gatabodia. 

Cambodia. 

Cambodia. 

Cambridge 

Cambridge 

Cambridge 

Ounbyna . 

Caanden 

Camden 

Camden 

Qamel 

Oamenea.. .. 
CaaiMtnakoie , 
Cyoenya . . . 
Canwnm.... 
Oamereoaa .. 

IOtuneroona  ., 
OaoMta 
Gamma.. ..1 


Africa.. 
Borneo. 
BMthPem 


Leaisisna....<  F 


Mh 

Tk 
HJ 


^tf^^fi^ ,  ^  •  • 
Ayieo 
Moaambiqas . 
Bncria  ...».•••. 
DtpeCoJon*  . 
New&WalM. 
BritAmeriea 
New  Grenada. 


•  •  •      •  ».e 


Pt 
T. 
T. 

?' 

T. 

T. 

Tet. 

Ter. 

6. 

Pt 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

Pt 

T. 

C. 

L 

Is. 

T. 

C. 

L 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Ti 

R. 

Ft 

Py. 

». 

Cty 

§■ 

1. 

T. 

G. 

1. 

I. 

T. 

Bay 

Mt 

T. 

T. 

L 

a 

MtsjAftica 


•  '•  •  •,•  •  • 


3 


■■■ 


R. 
T. 
Cty 


fit 


S4 

Ok 

Hk 

Ob 

i\ 

e 

sr 
I' 

&, 
F«- 
Ak 
Bo 
K»| 

w# 

.  Q  hi 


Hindooslaii 
Uindeeslaii 
AsiaticRnssia. 
Oiegwn  Ter.. . 

Pern 

Brit  Ameriea 
Polynesia.... 
New  Mezieo*. 
Sweden  ..... 

NQbia 

Pdyneaia .. . . 

Brit  Amerioa 
deirlon  ........  R  h 

Lundor ......  I c 

Gheg^Ter....  D«' 

Oonica........  Md 

Peru ..r»  Gix 

South  Pern  . . .  &  j J 
Btrasil.. ..c...  Hi' 

Mexico B  f 

Katagonia  .....  H'Sdl 

Angola  "•'••t>Vi^ 
,-•»..>■  Qi>C' 
ifiudoostaa  ...  E|f> 
....T# 
Cambodia...     ~ 
Cambodia... 
China  Sea  .. 
England .. . . 
NewUoDfad 
Malayaia  ... 
Phtagonia.  ....I&n 
SMith CaroUw.  Oe 
North  Amerioa  B  a 
Ibw  Zealand.  ^Zi 
Asiatie  Roseia.  S«> 
AsislicRnsria.Stfi 
Asiatie  Roaifr.  Rr*i 
OttatsmaU....  9^# 

Africa. ...iirjiii 

BraaU.. .|J 

Africa ..Mi 


m\ 

Le) 


GORIULTlllO  OfDiEL 


Gmf 


flbMpbefl 


inbiiphollV 
ihmfbaPr, . 


gmpo 

Ounpo  Maior .. . 
OunpocPveila. 
OuntoM  . . . . . . 

OMWbM  ...... . 

UppMT. . 

OuumU,  Lotvw  . 


R. 

T. 

Htt 

L 

T. 

T. 

a 
a 
m. 

PL 
b. 
b. 
T. 
R. 
T. 
lb. 


CUMnw.. -....,. 


Ooauian 


Ckuunr 

OuMobeOo 

OolMwia 

dviMarU...  . 

CanJlBniM 
Cutdu.... 
0mm 


•  •  * 


ChMavenl 

Onwing . . 

QiuniBg 

OwaonBaU.... 


Guiw 

Guilia..... 


V||^0».«  •  •  •  •  •  rT« 

Ca[p«  Brotoa. . . 

dt^CoaatCaatblFl. 
C-asFs 


Loango. 
Bniil.. 


Bay  Que 

OoL 

CoL 

B. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

It. 

T. 

T. 

Bk. 

L 

Of. 

L 

R. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

a 
I. 

R. 
R. 
T. 
6. 

a 
^' 

0. 

^' 

Pan 

^ 
T. 

T, 

GoL 

R; 

R. 

I. 

I. 


Mi 

Ji 

Vm 

am 

Nk 

Wl 

Hb 

Km 

(Ui 

Db 

Xu 

Db 

Ft 

Mb 

Ji 

B,, 

K 


Aaarioaiid 
Fe 
Ik 
Ik 
R 


AaiatieRuMia 
fatagaua  ...' 

Aftiea 

« ir«w  8.Wabi 
Brit  Ainarica 
Nmr  Zaaland. . 
KarfwIaa'aLd. 
NortB  Amerifla 
Aoatralaaia  .• . . 
Brit  AmeriM  . 

Mezim 

Aflioa 

Braril 

Sooth  Aoiariea 
Cobay  .. 
rambia... 
North  AinericalO 
North 
WoatemTer.  . 

BraaU 

Bnui 

Hiadooatan  ... 
Athntic  Ocaan 

Africa 

BoUvia 

Aoatralaaia  ... 
Mediterran.  Sea 

Oaadia 

Satodwioh  Ld. 
Indian  Ocean 
Hindooatan  .. 

Gmdia .. 

Oregon  Ter.  . 

Pern 

Africa 

Japan 

Bnt  America 

Braul 

Florida 

Scoreaby'a'Ld. 
North  AmeriealC 
Miaaoori  Tbt.  . 
Hindooatan  .. . 
North  Amnrica 
Nolva  Scotia. . . 

England 

Mbrocco 

China 

Seotland 

Librador 

Cteembo 

Africa 

Africa 

Brit  wAmeiica  > 
Ooatemala .. . . 
North  Amerioa 

Ireland 

Africa 

North  Carolina 


f 


f 


1 
Ik 
Wi 
No 

No 
Kn 
(ii 
Rf 
Ne 
fie 
Oi 
Nl 
Ue 
Ho 
Ji 
Of 
Ka 
a- 
Fd 
Rf 
Hd 
Hd 
Mc 
Le 
Tf 
Lo 
lo 
Nj 

^\ 
Nl 

Fo 

Si 


Le 
Lh 

Qo 


CapeHajtiaa... 
Cape  Town  .... 

Gape  Verd 

OapOiea 

Oipin. 

Capet  River .... 

Gapper'a 

Gapremeen .... 

Ckprera 

Oapricom.... 

^m 

Oaqoata  ..... 

Oiioocae 

Ganeoaa 

C^noo  «.... 

Cbragha 

Caraghinalroi. 

Garah 

Garaibaa 

Caiahhanakn. 
Oarunanb... 
Cbramavida .. 
Oaranaba.... 

Caraveb 

Cknndlaa. . . . 
Oarawang.... 

Carbon. 

Carbooaro  ... 
Cafoorelk. . . . 

Oanfenaa 

Gariiigan  .... 
Gaivnage .... 

c»wy 

Carey 

Obrir 

Cteil 

OuribcBof 

GkrilM 

Oarlmata  v 

CMmen  Java... 

OurHiafe 

OulUe. 

CarUak........ 

Carlo.  • 

Oarbpago 

Carbborg 

Cariacrona 

Csriagammen... 

Carhruhe 

Gariatadt....... 

Oariton ..."..... 

Gkurinaao 

Ganbel 

Garino 

Qurmo 

Canratio...  ... 

Gar  Nicobar... . 

Caroline 

Caroline ....... 

GarOni.  ••••.... 


T. 

T. 

la. 

T. 

R. 

It 

I. 

T. 

I. 

0. 

I. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

R. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

Pt 

C 

a 
c. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

lo. 

Sta. 

T. 

Boa 

Mt 

IV. 

b. 

b. 

?: 

So. 

I. 

•P. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

?: 

H« 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

I. 

I. 

Bit 

■  . 

R. 


Hayti 

Gm  Colony 


BraiU 

Brit  Amerioa  . 

P( 


Sardinu...* 
New&Waba 

Napba 

Voneaueb  ... 


Turkey  O 


Efoador 

Brasil 

AriatioRuaaia 
AdatieRoaua 

Syria 

BraaU 

AaiatioRuaab 
Aab^ 
CUU 
AdatbRuaab 
WOat  Indiea. . . 

BraaU 

Java ........ 

AlgiwB 

Sarainb 

Barea 

Coba 

Waba 

StLucb  .... 
Brit  America 
Miohigftr^.... 
Veneroeb.... 
North  America 
Bi- 1  Amwica 

Oobna 

Mabjraia .... 
Midayab  .... 

Kngliind 

Jamaica.... 
FaUdand  Ii.. . 
Roaab ...... 

Aoatrb 

Aoatrb 

Sweden 

Roaaia 

Baden 

Sweden 

Brit  America 
Soudan 


N 

r; 

Fo 

Wf 

Oj 

Md 

Wk 

Md 

Hi 

Hf 

Oi 

i 

We 
Wc 
Oe 
Ji 
Rb 


Georgia 

BruS 

Btaul 

Iflndooatan  . . 
Bay  of  Bengal 
P«yneab .... 
New  UoUand. 
Fmyneab. . . . 
Vwwmeb.... 


f 


e 
Hm 
To 

?/ 

Ti 
Me 
Me 

Ne 
Of 
Lo 
H« 
iHa 
Qd 
Hg 

S« 
Eo 

lh 

Ti 

Ti 

Le 

Of 
I  n 

Nb 

Nd 

Nd 

No 

Ob 

Md 

Mc 

Fo 

Mir 

Oe 
Hh 

"r 

Sh 

Bi 

TI 

Wh 

Hh 


fl,^ 


--  '^r^T^^T^^T:^  f'n^,  tv^ 


i«f*iy#SI#;^pi*fU--ljiJ|¥^Tl^fl^ii*t1 


i 

li 
1 
'hi 

[h 


1 


OONBULTDIO  INDSZ. 


tutlmmtfa. 


Cuon 

Cwori 

Cup 

Curptthiaa. 
CSinMBtaria 
CarpenUiu 
Cutiacoa.. 
Cutiogtob. 
Cartofo.... 
Cutafo..*< 
CarthiggiMi 
Cuthuena. 
CutimrTi... 
Corwar . . . . 
Cujaiat  .. 

Caa 

Caaabiiula> 

Caaala....^ 

CaninaTor 

Caaarin... 

Caaati.... 

Caaiuii  .... 

Caaboboa.. 

Caacada  .* 

Caaeade  .. 

Caahan.... 

Caahee  .. 

Caahgar  . 

Cadigar  . 

Caahmen 

Caahmeie 


T. 
R. 


Vamsoala  .... 

BniU 

frit  Amerim . 


•  •  a  »•  • 


Caaiqiiian 
Caa  Kor . . 


Caa^or 
Caapian.... 

Caaa 

Caaaadgath. 
Caaaange  .. 
Caaaajr 
Caaael. 


N«w  S.Walaa  . 
NewS.Walaa. 
Weat  Indiea .. . 
New  &  Walaa. 
Gnatemala  .. . . 
Ghiatamala .. . . 
Naw  Granada  . 
Boain ....... . 

Blalayaia 

ffindooatan  ... 


i 


Hh 
Hi 
Kb 
Nd 

Oh 
2» 

S' 

Polyneaia C 

Littk  BachariaQd 
Baenoa  Ayroa  .  H  k 

Mexico Bf 

Patagonia  ....  Hm 

Tonia... Ble 

Africa Ni 

Peraia Pe 

Polyneaia.....  Vb 
New  Zealand. .  X  m 
Oi-^q;onTer....  Do 

FwM Pe 

Bdoochiatan  . .  P  f 
Little  BoohariaQd 
little  BueharialQd 
Hindooatan 
Hindooataa 
Venexoela  . 
Mongolia.. 


Caaaiquin  ^_ 

CaaBTUle .|T. 


Mta.|Anatria. 

Cty. 

G. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Pa 

a- 

?• 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pt 

T. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

Pt 

In. 

T. 

T. 

&• 

Pr. 

L. 
Sea 

h. 

h. 

Cly. 

Plr. 

T. 

H. 


Caatahana Tr. 

CutelBoaa  ....  L 

Caatle Pt 

CaaUebar T. 

Caatleraagh  . . . .  C. 
Caatlcreagh  ...    R. 

Caatriea Bay 

Caatro T. 

Cat ..I. 

Cat ..L. 

Qatamarca .....  Pr. 

Catiunarca T. 

Catanduanea  . . .  !• 
Gatania. .......  Cy. 

Cataniaro 1\ 

Oataquioaa Tr. 

Cataatnqjihe 0* 

Catharine**,    .a^ 

Cttharine'a.....  lid. 
Calieh T. 


WiaconBinTBr. 
Brit  America . 

Africa.. 

ffirmah 

Heaae  Caaael . . 

PWu 

Wiaoonain  Ter. 
MiaaooriTer. 
Aaiatic  Turkey 
New  Zealand. 

Ireland 

Mt  America 
NewS.Walea. 
Mantdiooria  . 

OhiU 

Bahamas  .... 
Brit  America 
Bnenoe  Ayrea 
Bbnoa  Ayrea 
Maiayaia  .... 

EKoily 

N«|ite8 

Sofith  America 
NewS.Walea. 


Qe 
Qe 
Hh 
Rd 
Pd 
Fd 
Eb 

^j 
8f 


Mjruoua. 
Patagonia 
Egypt.  .. 


Mo 

Hi 

Fd 

Ed 

Ne 

Xm 

Lo 

6a 

VI 

Vo 

Hm 

Hf 

Fe 

Hk 

Hk 

Ug 

Ne 

Ne 

Hi 

VI 

Xh 

Hn 

Oe 


OaiLaka.. 
Cat  Lake.. 
CUflobe  ... 

Catopazi 

Catoa 

Cataka 

Gattaro 

Catl^at 

Cattnm  Currafbe 

Canca 

Canca 

Oancaaua 


R. 
H& 
C. 
Mt 


T. 

T. 

6. 

T. 

Dep 

R. 

Pr, 


Caucaaua 

Gatalis 

Cavalk 

CavaUy 

Ci.valoa 

Caraa 

Caviafta 

Cavite 

Cawnpore. . .   . . 

Cawoor 

Caxamarca 

Oaxamarqailla . . 
Gazatambo ..... 

Coriaa 

Oazones 

Cayagan  Sooloo 

Oaycara 

Cayoaa 

Cayenne  

Cayenne  

Cayetano 

Cayman 

Cayor 

Cayraau 

Caytete 

Cayobabaa  .... 
Caytini....... 

Ouembe 

Caaerobe 

Gelabean 

Celebea ...... . 

Celeatial 

Central  America 


Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Mexico...... 

Equador ....« 

Anatitfekaia.... 

4  Aaiatic  Roaaia 

Aaatria 

Europo 


L 
T. 


T. 

J" 

L 

Pt 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L 

L 

T. 

I. 

KH 

T. 
ViL 
L. 
Cty. 

T. 

L. 

R. 

Ter. 

T. 

Sea 

L 

Mta. 

R«p. 


Fe 

Fo 

Gf 

61 

Wk 

Bo 

iNd 

Me 

Afriok Mb 

Oh 
Hb 
Od 
Od 
Ne 
Nd 
Lb 
Lf 
Wi 
Ik 
Uh 

at 

Bi 


New  Grenada 
New  Grenada 
Aaiatic  Roaaia 


Mta,  Aaiatie  Rossia 


«•'•  •'■  •  •  I 


Barca 

Torkey 

Goinea .... 

Africa 

Anatrakaia. 

Bnai 

Mindanao  . 

Hindooatan 

Somatra... 

Pern...... 

Pern 

Pcra 

Braul 

Caribbean  Sea. 

Maiayaia 

Veneiuela  .... 


Centoriona ,  Bk. 

Oephaionia L 

Cehi L 

Ceram L 

Cerigo L 

Cemes T. 

Cerralbo L 

Oerro  Pasco ...    T. 

Cerroa L 

Caaaano T. 

Ceuta T. 

Cevuiua •  R* 

Ceveio  VoatachnoilC. 
uevero  Xepatam .  |C. 
Ceylon  ....  .i ...  L 
Chab Tw. 


Gi 

?? 

r 

Hh 

Hf 

Ik 

Ik 

Ee 

Ff 

Kg 
li 

^\ 
Uh 

Ui 

Rd 

NcrtE  America  &g 


Guiana 
Guiana. 
Mexico 
Mexico 
Africa. 
BrazU., 

BraxU 

ttn 

Venezuela  .  * . . 

Africa.. 

Oasembe 

Maiayaia  .. . . . 
Maiayaia  .  ^ . . 
Soongaria 


Indian  Ocean 
Ionian  lalea 
Aoainlacia  . 
Maiayaia  .. 
Ionian  laka 
Aaatria.... 

Mexico ..  • . 
Peru...... 

Mexico.... 

Naplea.... 

Morocoo... 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Aria. 
Peraia 


Ne 

Ui 

Ui 

Ne 

Nd 
Ef 
Gi 
Ef 

Ne 
Le 
Sb 

s«. 

Si 

Rk 

Pa 


■BBI 


■■ 


OONSra^TING  INDEX. 


Ctwbuf* 

Ghaeaa* 

GhaMMTU  .... 

GfaMiwt 

ClMuehow 

GhiM 

OiMtoale. 

frhwlrim  ...••. 

CtefH 

Qmm 

OwH* 

OhakiB 

dMia ......... 

Cawi-jra 

Clula 

Chakgikoi 

Oukor 

ClMlUhtaig>h .. . 

ChMlgiM.. 

GhNBula..  >...<• 
ChMBsr  DabfU. 
ChanwiMbM  .. 

Chnnda 

GiMunU 

Ghunil 

Chvnir 

Ohunlw 

CaMmphin 

CaHmpoD 

Chanmn-mng .. 

Caianeaj 

Ctunco .  >j.  • .  •  >. . 
GhwideniafDn  . 

C%M>f«i 

OhuiCaroeim  ... 
Cbaag-dtow .. . . 
ChavfTobow. . . . 
CMniiM ...... 

Obiduiw 

Chutraf 

C!iHio.«liaw . 
dnomuf .. 

Om^.. 

ChHwdt 

CSu^ak  ....... 

CIh^ 

Chipunn 

Catwabdi 

Ghiunilbp 

(%vamakot«n .. 
GhantiaiilMya  . 
OhuoM..  •  >•  .1. 
Ciwri^aUalMn. . . 

caiwiooee 

Caurlea 

CSitrbs  .... 
Cbttka.... 
GhariM.... 
CkarlM.... 
Ghttlea  .. 
Obarleaton  . 


MlaSapocaria. 


T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 

T. 

L 

T. 

R. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

0. 

S. 

??• 

Itte. 

Tir. 

T. 

Dia. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

T- 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Mta. 

Ter. 

V: 

T. 
T. 
Mt 

T. 
L. 

9- 

T. 

T. 

L 

T. 

D«p 

L. 

T. 

L 

I. 

I. 

a 

c. 

Mt 

Cy. 


ChUt, 


itan  .. 
BloDgolia . . . . 
Bnenaa  Ayrea 
North  Ainerica 
Aaiatio  RiMiia. 
Indian  Ooean .. 
Naw  Grenada  . 

China 

Little  Buoharia 
Potyneaia .. 

Siam 

South  Peru 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Brit  America  . 

Africa 

France. 

Mexico 

Mongolia 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Mong<^a 

Mooffolia ....  i 

Arabia 

Thibet. 

UnitodStatea.. 

Biam 

Thibet  . . . 

Peru 

ChiU 

Hindooatan  ... 
Mm^golia  .  •  • . . 

Africa 

China 

Mongolia 

Aaiatic  Roieia. 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Brit  America . 

China 

Moogtriia 

Cubiu... . . .  I  • « . 

Bcazil 

Mexioo 

Caiba 

Moiambique  . . 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Little  Bucharia 
Kiuila  lalanda. 
Aaiatic  Ruuia. 
Bolivia 


Rd 

Um 

Gl 

Rf 

Bd 

Ik 

Bb 

Re 

Qi 
Gb 
To 
Rd 

U 

Si 

Hd 
Nk 

Md 

Ff 
Rd 
Ee 

Ef 
Bd 
Bd 
O 


Tartary  .. 
GMat  Bucharia 
Brit  America  . 
Gallapagoa  .... 
Spitabergen  . . . 

lAbrador 

Virginia 

EndMrhj's  Ld. 
South  Carolina 


f 


B 
Hd 

Re 

^\ 
HI 

Rf 

Bd 

Te 

Be 

Vc 

Wc 

Fb 

Tf 

Bd 

HI 

i>, 

Ue 

Oj 
Pd 
Rd 


So 

SJ 

Qc 

Qe 

6b 

Fi 

Ma 

Ic 

Ge 
n 

Go 


ft*. 


! 


Charleaton. 
Charlotte  . . 
Charlotte  .. 
Charlotte  .. 

Charlotle 

Charkitte 

Charlotte 

Charkitte 

Charlotte 

CharhMte 

Charkitte'a 

Charkttte'e .... 

Chariton 

Charot 

Ghaae'a 

Chatham 

Chatham 

Chatham 

Chatham 

Chatham 

Chatham :'. 

Chatirka 

Chattahoochee.. 
Chaugalaf^noy . 

Chanmont; 

Chayboudirakaya 
Chaxura  .... 
Cheduba.... 
Cheeaadawd , 
Chdainaki  .. 
Chekeang .. . 
Chdekhof... 
Chelekhof .. , 
Chelenco. . . . 

Chdieot 

Chelm 

Chelmaford.. 
(%eionikowa 
Cbemokova  . 
Chenaub.... 
Gheen  Mahomed 
Chenaileaakaya 

Chepy  

Oberaf 

Cheraw 

Clieriwninni  . . . 
Cherbour)'  .... 
Cherepo . .    .... 

Ciieribdi^ 

Chemooaof . . . 

Qierokees 

Cherry 

CheaaiKffike 
CbeeBboard .... 

Qiester 

Cheater 

Cheaterfield  . . . 
Cheateriield  . . . 
CheatorfieM  . . . 


(%e-tBein 


T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

Mar 

Pt 

Rk. 

Bk. 

Ft 

I. 

Bk. 

I. 

T. 

la. 

L 

L 

L 

C. 

Str. 

t' 

R. 
L 
T. 

I. 
L. 

C. 

Pr. 

Str. 

L. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

■. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Bk. 

T. 

T. 

T 

T. 

Tr. 

I. 

Bay 

la. 

?• 

In. 
Ho. 
Bk. 
li. 

ley. 


Virginia 

North  Carolina 
Pr.  Edward'a  I. 
Brit  America . 
lafe  of  Georgia 

Florida 

Mantcheoria .. 
Malayap  Sea .  • 
Malayan  Sea  •  • 
North  Amerioa 

Polyneaia 

Poqrneaia 

Brit  America  • 
Manteheoria  • . 

Pidyneaia 

Gampanoa.... 
Patagonia  .... 
&  Pacific  Oc.. . 
New  Holland. . 
North  Amerioa 

Florida.. 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
United  Stataa .. 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

FVanco 

Ruaaia 

Boliria 

Ba^  of  Bengal. 
Brit  Amerioa  . 

Japan 

China  •.•••... 
North  America 
North  Ainerica 
Patagonia  .... 

Abyaainia 

Ruaaia 

Biigland 

Anatic  RuaBia  • 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Hindooatan  . . . 

Tartary 

Asiatic  Rimia. 
Brit  Atn«Yica  . 
Aaiatic  I'urkey 
South  Carolina. 

Asia 

France ..... ^ . 

Peru 

Java 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Western  Ter... 
Aa8tralasia..^. 
United  SUtes. . 
Australasia... . 

^gland 

Nova  Scotia  .. . 
Brit  Amerioa . 
Brit  America  . 
Australasia... . 

Maine 

China  .... 


Oa 
Gi 
Hd 
Oa 
Jn 
Of 
Ue 
Th 
Th 
Fd 

2^ 
Xj 

Gc 

Td 

Xi 

Gi 

Hn 

Am 

Tl 

Do 

Of 

Xb 

Ge 

Ua 

Md 

Pb 

Hj 

E% 
Ue 
Uf 
Bo 
Bo 
Hm 

Og 

Nc 
Mc 
Wb 
Vb 
Qe 
Pe 

y\> 

Gc 
Nd 
Ge 

gf 

Gi 
Ti 
Wb 
Fe 

X^ 
Ge 

Vi 

Le 

Hd 

Fb 
Pc 
Wi 

Ha 

Tf 


.Hd 
I  Jr 

.or 

.  Ue 
.Th 
.Th 
I  Fd 

.Xj 

.  Qc 

.Td 

.Xi 

.Qi 

.Hn 

.  Am 

.Tl 

I  Dc 

.Of 

.Xb 

.Oe 

.U« 


Hj 

Ua 
Uf 
Bo 
Bo 
Hm 

o« 

Nc 
Mc 
Wb 
Vb 
Qe 
.  Pe 
.VI, 
.  Oo 
^Nd 
.6e 

:gj 

Oi 

Ti 

,  Wb 

Fe 

J^ 
.  Ge 

Vi 

Le 

Hd 
Fb 
Pc 
Wi 

Ha 

Tf 


(xniBoLTiMa  index. 


thmmi>inmi,lm 


GtMtakoo... 

Cbmuhteo 

ChOTuoff 

CaMTT»t 

CbeTe 

Chhpa 

Chiapa 

Oueago  ....... 

Chicken 

Chidle7 

Chidlejr 

Chidley 

Chieti 

Cfaiffffra  . .  4  • . . . 

Chible 

Chiboabua 

Gbihuahua 

Chikotan....... 

CfailcoUiu 

Chikotiu , 

ChiU 

Chilian .... 

ChilUcothe 

Chiloe 

ChiJok 

Chilpansingo . . . 
Chilulan  Cuoi  . . 

Cbimaro 

ChimbonuEo  .... 

China 

Chinchilla 

Chinese  Empire 
Chinese  Turkes- 
tan   

Chinialskoy  .... 

Chinkun 

Chinnoor 

Chin-tan 

Cbbyanff 

Ghipewy4n 

Chipewjans .... 
Chippejraj  ..... 
Chippeways  .... 

Chiqultoa 

Chiricote 

Chitpore 

Chitral 

Chitral 

Chittaeong 

ChitteMroog .... 

Chiltore 

Chin 

Ch.  Kamennoi . . 
Choctawhatcbie. 
Choctaw  Land .. 

Choctaws 

Choiseuil 

Choiseuil  Pott . . 

Cholom 

ChonoB 

Choorwaur 


T. 
T. 

a 

T. 
T. 

at 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

Is. 

C. 

C. 

su. 

Pr. 

St. 

T. 

I. 

Tr. 

Fv 

Rep 

T. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

Tr. 

Po. 

Mt 

Sea 

T. 

C^, 

cty. 

C. 

ViL 

T. 

?^- 

Ft 

Tr. 

R. 

Tr. 

Dep 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Bay 

Dis. 

Tr. 

T. 
R. 
Afc 
T. 


Asiatic  Russia. 
AMatio  Rossia. 
Mantchooria  .. 

TWtary 

Africa. ....... 

Mexico 

Mexico 

IlUnois. 

JsTa 

Brit  America 
ftit  America 
Greenland  . . . 

Naides 

Nabia.. 

China 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Japan 

Otvgon  Ter. ... 
(^gouTer.... 
South  America 

ChiU... 

Ohio 

ChlU 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Mexico 

Patagonia  .••  - 
Nsw  Grenada  . 

Equador 

Ana 

Spain 

Asia 


Aua 

North  America 
Asiatic  Ruaa>a . 
Hindoostan    ■  ■ 

China 

Mantchooria  ■ . 
Brit  America . 
Brit  America  . 
Wisconsin  Ter. 
Wisconsin  Ter. 

BoUvia 

Mexico 

Hindoostan  .. 
Kafferistan... 
Kaschgur .... 
Hindoostan  .. 
Hindoostan  .. 
Hindoc^tan  . . 
Uruguay  .... 
Aaiatic  Russia 
Florida  Ter.. . 
Western  Ter.. 
Western  Ter.. 
Blast  Island  . . 
A^adagascar.. 
A*Utin  Rsssis 
Pataffonia^... . 
Hindoostan  . . 


Tl 

Hb 

Hb 

lb 

Md 

Of 

Te 

Ef 

Bf 

Vd 

Dc 

De 

HI 

HI 

Ge 

Hm 

Te 

Hm 

Hjr 

Qi 

Tg 

Le 

Sd 

Rd 
Bo 

iAb 

Ud 
Ec 
Eb 
Fd 
Fd 

V. 
Ff 

Qf 
de 
Qe 
Sf 

S« 

?.* 
Pc 
Ge 
Fe 
Fe 
In 

Pj 
Sb 
Hm 
Qf 


GhoriUu  . 

ChorlUoa.. 

GlMMroractts 

Chans 

Chosholes 

Choubar 

Choudau 

Chonpittou 

Cbourskoi. 

Chow-nhnan . 

Christian 

Christian 

Christiania . . . 

Cfaristiansand. 

Christiansand. 

Qiristiansbnrg 

Christiaostadt. 

Christiansund . 

Christie's 

Cbristincstad  . 
Christmas.... 

Cluistroas 

Obristmaa.... 
Christmas. . . . 

CJirystal . 

Chnapa 

QiUdutina  ... 

Chvlo 

Cfaoluwan. . . . 
Chtmibull .... 
Chamorah .... 

riiuan     

i.iiun.ning  . . . 
Cfanquisaca  . . 
Chnquisaca  . . 

Church 

Church 

Chinchill  .... 
Ghnrchill  .... 
Churchill  .... 
Oiui'chm  .... 

Chusan 

Chotchcoskoie 
Chutilaukni  . . 
CSiwangshan  . 

Gioaoole 

Cilimiti 

CiOebar 

Cimbebas  .... 
Cincinnati  ... 

Cinto 

Cintra 

Cinuchkinnia  . 

C^rcars  

Circawia 

Circular 

Cisaidskoi.. .. 
C%idad  Real . . 


1. 


Clag^ifbrt 
Clamet . . . 


39 


fit 


01 
Hk 
Hk 

Se 

Qf 
Va 

Be 
Vb 
Ud 

o« 

Ha 
Mc 
Mo 
Mo 

Lk 
Me 
Mb 

Eb 
Nb 

U 

K« 
Hn 
Th 
HI 
Wb 
•Hi 
..Ok 


Asiatic  Russia. bt  b 

Pera ...iGj 

BaGrla 

ctm 

MbnpjoUa ... 

BdkxMshistan 

AaiatieRassia. 

Thibet  ....;. 

Asj|atie  Russia 

Mantchooria  . 
I.  la  Pacific  Oe.. 
C.    Brit  America 

Cy.  Norway 

Div.  Norway 

T.     Norway 

Ft    Africa 

T.     Sweden 

I.     Norway 

Bay  Brit  America 

T.     Russia 

I.  Makyaia  .... 
L      Polynesia .... 

Southent  Ocean 
Bo.    Patagonia 
Mti.  Borneo . . 
T.     ChiU.... 
R.     Asiatic  RoMsa, 
T.    Sooth  Peru.. 
I.      Moiambique 
R.     Hindoostan  ...|Rf 

T.    Biam 

T;     Hindoostan  . . 

Cy.  China 

Diep  BoUvia . ..... 

Cv.  BoUvia 

rat  New  Guinea  ■ 
Mt  Sooreeby's  Ld. 
Dis.  Brit  America 
C.  Brit  America 
R.  Brit  America 
Ft    Brit  America; 

I.     China 

T.     Asiatic  Russia 
R.     IVtagonia  . .  ■ 
I.      Corea ... 
T.     Hindoostan  . . 
C.     Asiatic  Turkey 

T.     Sumatra 

Cty.  Africa... . 

Ct.  Ohio.... 

T.     New  Grenada  . 

Bay  Azanaga 

T.     Asiatic  Russia. 
Pr.    Hindoostan  . . . 
Cty.  Asiatic  Runia 
I.      Australasia  . . . 

Bay  Russia 

T.    jSpain 

T.     iiiscany ...... 

T.     Austria 

L.     Oregon  Ter.  .. 


R? 

Sf 

H4 

Vi 
Ka 

Fb 
Fc 
Fc 

(Fc 

Ue 

To 

Hm 

Ue 

g! 

Si 

Mi 

Ge 

"f 
Kf 

Tq 

Si 

Vi 

Pb 

L« 

Md 

Md 

Ed 


tm 


30 


OONSDLTINO  INDEX. 


Mkomaf  nMa^ta. 


Ghmet K. 

dan  William...  T. 

Glappe's I. 

datence I. 

CSonnco L 

Glannce T. 

darcnoe Mt 

Clarence T. 

darenoe C. 

darencfr C. 

darencs Str. 

darenoe Mta. 

dark's I. 

dark's Rf. 

dark's Fk. 

dark's Fk. 

darkston Pt 

dtrkston. Sta. 

darksrillo T. 

daosenburg....  T. 

dear C. 

dear L. 

dear  Water....  L. 

doaveland T. 

derko's Rks 

dermont Cy. 

Cletinont  Tonnere  I. 

develand Bay 

Clew Bay 

Clicsa T. 

Clifton ."  Pt 

dinton T. 

Clinton  Coluui.. .  L. 

Clipperton Rk. 

dincbe T. 

doates Pt 

dodiua I. 

Clonard C. 

Closterbay  ...    .  C. 

Cloud I. 

dowey I. 

Clowey R. 

Clyde R. 

Coahuila St. 

Coango R. 

Coanza R. 

Coava R. 

Cobal R. 

Cobbe T. 

Cobi Des. 

Cobija T. 

Coblents Cy. 

Coburg Cy. 

Coburg T. 

Goborg Bay 

Coburg Pen. 

Cocasai  Douane.  Sta. 

Cocari T. 

Coohabamba..9.  Dep 
XJochabambM  „  =  ^  T. 
Coohilla  GmnJa. 


Oregon  Ter... . 
Cape  Colony  . . 

Malaysia 

Brit  America . 
South  Shetland 
Fernando  Po  .* 
Australasia  .. 
New  Holland. 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
New  Holland. 


I-- 


Dd 

Nl 

Sh 

Fb 

lo 

Mb 

VI 

Ti 

Fa 

Ga 

V.i 


Brit  America  .  Q  a 
Bi 
Bi 
Ed 
Ed 
Ok 
Nl 
Oe 
Nd 
Lc 
Eo 
He 
Gd 
n 
d 

L  c 

S^ 

Eb 

Ff 

Eb 

Eg 

Wc 

Tk 

Ag 
Ue 
Kb 

if 

ti  D 

Eb 

Ha 

Ff 

Ni 

Mi 

Oi 

Mj 

N 

T 

Hk 

Mo 

Mo 

Od 

Oa 

yj 
Se 

H.h 

Si 

"J 
II 


Polynesia.. ... 

Polynesia 

Missouri  Ter.  . 
Oregon  Ter.... 
Mozambique  . . 

CnSraria 

Tennessee  .... 

Austria 

Ireland 

Brit  America  • 
Brit  America  . 

Ohio 

Isle  of  Georgia 

Prance 

Polynesia 

New  S. Wales. 

Ireland 

South  Peru  . . . 
Orit  America . 
Mississippi. . . . 
Brit  America  . 
S.  Pacific  Oc. . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
New  Holland. . 
Polynesia. .... 

Corea 

Iceland 

S.  Pacific  Oc.. 
Brit  America  ' 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 

Mexico 

Africa 

Benguela 

Africa 

Benguela 

Oarfur 

Mongolia 

Bolivia 

Prussia 

Saxe  Coburg  . . 
Upper  Canada . 
Brit  America  . 
New  Holland.. 

Thibet 

Venezuela  . . . . 
Bolivia 


odlaMikae. 


Mts.|Uruguay 


Cochin T. 

Cochin  China. . .  Cty. 

Coohrans C 

Cockbum L 

Ooekbum I. 

Cockburn C. 

Cockbum C. 

Cockbnm Mt 

Cooken So. 

Coeoa  Nut I. 

Cocorto .T. 

Coeos I. 

Cocoe I. 

Coeos Is. 

Cocospera T. 

Cod C. 

Codaya L. 

Codera C. 

Codinska T. 

Codoso T. 

Codrington Mt 

Coen .R. 

Coepang T. 

Coetivi I. 

Coffee Ft 

Cofibe's  Post....  Sta. 

Coffin I. 

Coffin I. 

Coffin's I. 

Coffin's Baj 

Coffin's Har 

Cogevnicova. . . .  T. 

Coghoica T. 

Coimbatoro T. 

Coimbra Cy. 

Coircs T. 

Coke  Mount. . . .  Sta. 

Colan T. 

Colberg T. 

Colding T. 

Collcan T. 

Colima T. 

Colivanskoi T. 

Coll I. 

Collegia T. 

Colloinandous  A- 

tdlon I. 

Colnett C. 

Colnett C. 

Cologne.... Cy. 

Colombia Cty. 

Colombo T. 

Coloni T. 

Colonne C 

Colorado R. 

Colorado R. 

Colter's R. 

Coluguape L. 

Columbia Cv. 

Columbia T*. 

Columbia T. 


Hindooatan  . . . 

Asia 

Japan  .^ 

Bnt  America . 
Polynesia. . . . 
Brit  America . 
ftit.  America  . 
Moaambique  . 
Greenland  ... 
Polynesia ..... 
Mongolia .... 
Malaysia  .... 
N.  Pacific  Oc. 
Bay  of  Bengal 

Mexico 

Massachusetts . 

Brazil 

Venezuela  .... 
Asiatic  Russia 
Buenos  Ayres  . 
E<nderby'B  Ld.. 
New  S.  Wales . 

Timor 

Indian  Ocean  . 
Western  Ter.  . 
Western  Ter... 
Indian  Ocean  . 
North  America 

Polynesia 

News.  Wales. 

Polynesia 

Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 
Hindooatan  . . . 

Portugal 

Brazil 

CaflTraria 

Peru 

Prussia 

Denmark ..... 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Mexico 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Scotland 

Brazil 


Si 


Tg 
Ue 

Ga 
Ck 
Fa 
Ga 

Oj 
lb 

tl 

Ee 
Hd 
Hi 

?«^ 

Sc 

HI 
Po 

Vj 

".{ 

Fe 

Fe 

Oj 
Hd 
Dl 
VI 

Vf 
Se 
Tb 

y, 

Gi 

Nc 
Mo 
Tb 

S« 
Re 

Lc 
Jj 


Maldives  . . . 

Mexico 

N.  Caledonia 

Prussia 

South  America 

Ceylon 

Africa 

Naples 

Buenos  Ayres 

Texas 

Oregon  Ter... 
Patagonia  . . . 
South  CarcUs: 
Alabama  .... 
Arkansas .... 


Qh 
Ef 
Xk 
Me 
Hh 
Rh 

Ne 

HI 

Ff 

Ed 

Hm 

Ge 

Ge 

Fe 


la 


OOmULTINO  INDEX. 


31 


Coiiunbta. 


T. 

ColambU T. 

B. 
L 

T. 
L 
C. 
Tr. 


Colombia 
Colombretea.. 
Goiumbua.... 
CoInmbuB. . . . 
Colambtu .... 

Colampi 

Colville . . . . . . 

ColviUe . . . . . . 

Comanches... 
CoinaTa|rua  . . 
Comb's 


Comfidah T. 

Comfort C. 

Comfort C. 

Comfort Bay 

Coroillah T. 

Comino C. 

Comniitteo !■• 

Como L* 

Comobo I. 

Comol T. 

Gomorin C 

Comoro la* 

Comoro,  Great ..  !>. 
Compostolla ....  Cy. 

Coraptah T. 

Compton Rka 

Comprida T. 

Comptroller's . . .  Bay 

Conccicao T. 

Conception Qr. 

Conception T, 

Conception ...   .  T. 

Conception Bay 

Conchos R. 

Concord Cy. 

Condaratne R. 

Condatohy T. 

Condondas T. 

Conejoa R. 

Confiiso  .......  R. 

Congo Cty. 

Congo R. 

Congoon T. 

Congress I. 

Coni T. 

Coninskoi T. 

Conitz T. 

Connecticut  ....  Bt 
Connecticut . . . .  R. 

ConoUy Ft 

Conomamas  ....  Mts. 

Constance Cy. 

Constance L. 

Constantine  ....  Cy. 
Constantinople. .  Cy. 
Conthoondsong,,  7% 
Contrarieties....  I. 
Contway L. 


Tennessee  . 

Teza 

Ongon  Ter. 
Mkditerran.  Sea 

Georgia 

Ohio 

Mississippi. . . 
Cambodia.... 
Brit  America 
New  Zealand. 

Texas 

Guatemala ... 
Brit  America 

Arabia 

Brit  America 
Greenland  ... 
Labrador  .... 
Hindoostan  .. 

Sardinia 

Brit  America 

Italy 

Mautysia 


Ge 

Ff 
Dd 
Le 
Ge 
Ge 
Ge 

tl 

XI 
Fe 

u 

lb 
He 

Sf 
Md 
Go 
Md 
Ti 
Nabia Of 


Rh 

^\ 
Oj 
Ld 
Rf 
Ri 
III 
Brit  America  .  C  b 


Hindoostan  . . . 
Indian  Ocean.. 
Indian  Ocean.. 
Spain  ........ 

Hindoostan  ... 
Indian  Ocean.. 
Brasil 


Brazil 

Chili 

Paraguay  .... 
Venezuela  .... 
Newfoundland. 

Mexico 

N.  Hamf  Iiire. 
News. Wales  . 

Ceylon 

Brazil 

Mexico 

Buenos  Ayres  . 

Africa 

Con^o 

Persia 

Polynesia 

Sardinia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Prussia 

United  SUtes.. 
United  States.. 
Brit  America  . 

Peru 

Baden 

Eoropo 

Algiers 

Turkey 

Thibet 

Australasia.... 
Brit  America  . 


Ik 

HI 

Ik 

Hn 

Id 

Ff 

Hd 

Wk 

Rh 

Ik 

Ni 

Mi 

Pf 

Vf 

Md 

Tb 

No 

Hd 

Hd 

Do 

Hi 

Md 

Md 

Me 

Nd 

□  ^ 

Wi 
Eb 


tatnmm,ia. 


a  •  •  •  • 


CoaTentoB.. 
Coaway  ... 
Coawayboro 
Cooybeare  . 
Cook's 

Cook's 

Cook's 

Cook's 

Cook's 

Cook's 

Coomassie 

Co(^r 

Cooper's 

Coopischegaw  . . 

Cowdoo 

Coosa 

Coosa  Combang. 

Coosy 

Copenhagen  .. . . 

Copiapo 

Copiapo 

Coptmescaw.... 
Copland    Hutch. 

inson 

Copleston 

Cqiororo 

Copper 

Cof^ier  Indians  . 
Coppermine  . . . . 
Coquin  ........ 

Cora 

Coral 

Coralline 

Corannas 

Corantine 

Corbet's 

Corohounoaskajm . 
Cordillera  Geral. 

Cordova 

Cordova 

Cordova 

Cordova  ....    . . 

Corea 

Corea 

Corean 

Corfii 

Corinth 

CturjadoB 

Cork 

Com  .A 

Comer 

Comom 

Comwallis 

Corawallis 

Comwallis 

Comwallis 

CiHro 

Corolcova 

Goromandei . . . . 

Coron 

Coronados 


Pr. 

9: 

Pt 
Cu, 

Str. 

Arc. 

I. 

In. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

cat 

O. 

Is. 


T. 
a 
T. 

Mt 

L 

I. 

Str. 

L. 

In. 

R. 

^- 

I. 

L. 

Pt 

R. 

I. 

R. 

9- 

t' 

Bay 

Mt 

R. 

I. 

Tr. 

R. 

So. 

T. 

Sea 

I. 

Tr. 

R. 

In. 

T. 

MtsJ  Brazil. 


Brazil 

New  &  Wales. 
South  Carolina 
Brit  America  . 

Polynesia 

Polyiiesia 

New  Zealand. . 
Brit  America  . 
North  America 
Brit  America . 
Aahantee ..... 
N.  Pacific  Oc. . 
Southern  Ocean 
Brit  America 
New  Guinea  . 
Alabama..... 
Malaysia  .... 
HiniUKwtan  .. 
Denmark .... 

Chili 

ChiU 

Brit  America 

Brit  America  . 
North  America 

Benguela 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Greenland  . . . . 

Soudan 

Australasia.... 

Africa.. ...... 

Guiana 

Brit  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 


Buenos  Ayres  . 

Spain 

Buenos  Ayres  . 
North  America 

Asia ; . . 

Corea 

Yellow  Sea  . . . 
Ionian  Isles. . . 

Greece 

Indian  Ocean.. 

Ireland 

Guatemala  .. . . 
News.  Wales. 
Gulf  of  Siam 
Brit  America  . 

Polynesia 

S.  Pacific  Oo... 
Sooth  Sbetiand 
Venezuela  •  •  •  • 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Greece 

Mexico 


SL 


Ik 

Vk 

Go 

6b 

Bk 

Xb 

Xm 

fib 

Bb 

Do 

Lh 

Df 

Jn 

He 

Vi 

Ge 

Ti 

Rf 

Mo 

Hk 

Hk 

He 

Db 
Gb 

X  0 

Eb 
Eb 
lb 

^? 
Wj 
Qh 
Nk 
Ih 
Fb 
|To 

,V. 

Le 
HI 
Cb 
Ue 
Ue 
Ue 
Ne 
No 

Lo 

vr 

Sh 
Fa 

5» 

Am 
lo 

?f 
Si 


CXUUniLTIMO  INUBX. 


<(nHM,te 


Cbmnatioa. 
GbrooMttoa . 
OoraooiiQa  . 
Coroveodoi  • 
CouiuUiS  •  ■ 
Oomotea  • . 
Corrienloa. . 
OorrientM. . 
CanioDlM. . 
GorrientM. . 
GbrricDtes. . 
Gpnientes.. 
Oorrau  .... 
Goniica .... 

GortiB 

Gonunba. .. 
Comnna . . . 
Gonuy  .... 

OarvD 

Corroeiro  . . 
CoMBxa...  .■ 
Goaigiraoimi 
CMinoIedo  . 
Coapore.... 
CoMuaortbeDon 
Cowwir ... 

GiMte 

Carta  Rica 
CtMtine... 
Cotifayta. 

Coti 

Gottah.... 
Cottar 


Couooiv . . .  * " 
Coadciaiuikoa . . 
Goadro^akaia .. 

Gangalia 

Ooojumb 

Coulunda 

Comoil 

Ccttaien 

Goorban  Tamtr 

Gourtica 

GoorUvd .. .  .98. 

Goutcha 

Contnki 

CouUkoio 

Coitts* 

GoviounGoum.. 

Coveir 

GdvoBtry 

Covintu 

Coxa'a 

Com 

Coy 

Cral) 

Graoow . 
Craoow . 
Gfadook 
Cradock 


L 

C 

Pt 

R, 

R. 

R. 

Pr. 

T. 

C. 

a 
c. 
a 

R. 

L 

T. 

T. 

T* 

T. 

I. 

C. 

5f 

la. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

R. 

St 

su. 

T. 

Dia. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

R. 

R. 

R. 

R. 

Pr. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

In. 

Dea. 

Or. 

?r' 

tjtr. 

I. 

In. 

la. 

Rep 


South  Sbetiand 
Nov  Caledonia 

CbOi... 

Asiatic  Rnaaia. 

Bniil 

Paraguay 

Bneaoa  Ay/ea . 
Baeocw  Ayrea . 
Boenoa  Ayrea  . 

Mexico 

Mooambique  . . 
N«w  Grenada . 
Mantchooria  . . 
Mediterran.  Sea 

Coraica 

Bnal 

Spain 

Hindooatan  . . 
Aiorea  ...   . . 

Africa 

Naplea 

Mexico 

Indian  Ocean 

fiirmah 

Rnaaia 

E«7Pt 

Guinea 

Ooatemala .... 
Nova  Zambia. . 
Boenoa  Ayrea. . 

Borneo 

HindooataiL . . . 
Hindooatan  ... 
NoTa  ZemUa. . 
Mongolia  . .  > . . 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Africa 

New  Holland. . 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Wiaconain  Ter. 
Mantchooria  . . 

Moncolia 

Aaiatto  Ruaaia. 

Ruaaia 

Thibet 

Arabia 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Brit  America  . 

T^irtary 

Polynoaia 

England 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Oregon  Ter.... 
Aronipelago. . . 

Patagonia 

Indian  Ocean  . 

Europe 

Cracow 

Cape  Colony  . . 


atriMi^te 


lo 
Xk 

Hh 
Wb 

u 

Ik 

HI 

II 

fif 

Ok 

Oh 

Ud 

Md 

Md 

V. 

Rf 

Je 

Lf 

Ne 

Ef 

Pi 

Sf 

Od 

Of 

lih 

Gg 

Pa 

Hk 

Ti 

S« 
R» 
Pb 
Td 
Re 
Po 

SJ 

Ro 
Fd 
Vc 
Sd 
Sb 
Ne 
Se 
Pf 
To 
Ha 
Qd 
Xh 
Lo 


So 
De 

Ne 
Hn 
Ok 
Nc 
No 
Nl 
Ni 


Cradoo  

Craig?B 

Oanberry 

Craaganoie  .... 

Granirton 

Grato 

Grato 

Graofiird 

Gree 

Creeka 

Creea 

Greacent 

Greaawell ...... 

Creatovakoie.... 

Grilkm 

Crimea 53. 

Crimaon 

Grixaa 

Crixaa 

Croatia ...... 

Croker 

Crokerra 

Crunatadt .... 

Crooked  

Croaa 

Croaa 

Croaa 

Croaa........ 

Croaa 

Croaa 

Crown....... 

Crow  Wing. . . 

Crozet'a 

Cms 

Crux 

Cuama 

Cuba 

Cubbabiah  Araba 

Gubcahea 

Cuoao 

Cucno  

Cuddalore ...;. 

Cuddapab 

Cuenca 

Cuanca 

Cniaba 

Cuiaba 

Cukbra 

Culican 

Cullen 

CUllOO  •  •  a  J  a  •  •  • 

Culm 

Culpeper'a  .... 

Culver 

Cumana  -. . .  . . 
Cumbocica .... 
Cumbe.rland . . . 
Cumberland . . . 
Cumberland . . . 
Cumberland . . . 
Cumberland . . . 


T. 
L 
L. 

rn 

c.' 

T. 

T. 

C. 

L. 

Tr. 

tr. 

I. 

T. 

C. 

Pr. 

Cla. 

T. 

R. 

Pr. 

I. 

ls^y 

T. 

la. 

I. 

I. 

C. 

Bay 

L. 

So. 

I. 

R. 

la. 

C. 

& 

R. 

I. 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

9: 

R. 
I. 
T. 
T. 
T. 

s?- 

Pt. 

T. 

Bay 

Dia. 

Ld. 

I. 

I. 

Bay 


Bania ■ 

Sooresby'aLd. 
Oregon  Ter.  . 
Hindooatan  ^. 
Oraenknd  .... 

Braxil 

Bitesil 

Brit  America 
Brit  America 
WeaternTer.. 
Brit  America 
Pdyneaia .... 
Rrit  America 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia 
Seghalien .... 

Ruaaia 

Brit  America 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Auatria 

Polyneaia  .... 
Brit  America 

Ruaaia 

fiahamaa  .... 
Nova  Zembla . 

Ruaaia 

Africa 

Nova  Zembla . 
Brit  America 
North  America 
EoaternSea... 
Wiaconain  Ter. 
Indian  Ocean .. 

Cuba 

Mexico 

Mozambique  . . 
Weatlndiea... 

Nubia 

Darfur 

CWU 

Thibet 

Hindooatan  . . . 
HindooRlon  . . . 

Equador 

Spain 

Braiil 

Braul 

Weot  Indiea. . . 

Mexico 

ScotUnd 

Africa 

Pruaaia 

Oallapagoa .... 
New  Holland.. 

Venezuela 

Brazil 

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
NewS.Walea. 

Polynesia 

lale  of  Georgia 


Mb 
Ka 
Bo 

r.' 

Ji 
Hi 

Oa 
P<b 
Fe 
Bo 
D.k 
Fa 
Tb 
Vd 
Od 
Ha 

Ga 

No 
Hf 
Pa 
Ob 

Pa 

Fo 
Cc 
Uf 
Fd 
Pm 

De 

Oj 
Of 

Og 

Ng 
Hm 
Sf 

S» 
Rp 

O? 
Le 

Lc 

No 
Fh 
Ui 

Hg 
Ik 
Fo 
Hb 

Vk 

V 
J  n 


mm 


OONBDLTINO  INDEX. 


1bmmtintcm,kt. 


Cumberland  ..  ^ 
Cumberland  .. . 
Cumberland  .. . 
Cumberland  .. . 
Cumberland  .. . 
Cumbrisbanm  . 

Cunda.. 

Condinamaroa . 

Cunene  

Cunffies 

Ciinninga 

Cunningfham . . 
Cunningham  . . 
Cunningham  . . 
Cunningham  . . 

Cupacaa ■ 

Cup>ohee 

Cupioo 

Curanaris 

Curasao  ...  . . 
Curiamuria.... 
Curiamuria.... 

Cuiituba 

Curituba • 

Current 

Curroyenos... 

Curtia 

Cnrtia's 

Curucu 

Curuguatty  .. 
Cuau  Louvu . 


Str. 

Bk. 

R. 

Ho. 

Mti. 

IT. 

T. 

Dep 

R. 

Tr. 

Cty 

C. 

Pt 

In. 

Mts. 

Tr. 

Pt 

Tr. 

I. 

Is. 

G. 

T. 

iw- 

I. 

T 

Po. 

Is. 

R. 

T. 

R. 


Brit  America 
Auatratasia  . . 
United  State* . 
Brit  America 
United  States. 

Sweden 

Bengaela .... 
New  Grenada  . 
Africa  ....... 

Equador 

Africa 

Brit  America  . 
New  Holland. . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 

Mexico.. 

China 

New  Grenada . 
South  America 
Caribbean  Sea 

Arabia 

<Urabia 

— q 


•  •••••  1 


Cutambela R. 

Cty, 

R. 

Pr. 

G. 

T. 

I. 


Cutato 

Cutato 

Cutch 

Cutch 

Cutchevelly  . . . . 
Cutler  Ferguson 

Cuttack 

Cutwa 

Cuvier 

Cuvier 

Cuvo 

Cuxhaven 

Cuzuru 

Cuyo 

Cusco    

Cuxco 

Cyldkeiskoi  . . . . 

Cymska 

Cyprus ........ 

Cyrene 

Czersk 

Czugliak 


Daaiosken  . 

Dabat 

Daben 

Dabo 

Sabrynlpte . 
Dacca . . . . . 


I. 
c. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Dep 

§r- 

T. 

1. 

Rns 

T. 

R. 

T. 
T. 
T. 

ro. 

Cy. 


.  £»ia. ... 

'Id 

New  S.  Wales 
Polynesia.... 

Brazil 

Paraguay .... 
Buenos  Ayres 
Benguela .... 

Africa 

Benguela  .... 
Hindoostan  .  >  • 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Cevlon 

Brit  America  . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Brit  America  . 
New  Holland.. 

Benguela 

Germany 

Brazil 

Malaysia 

South  Peru  . . . 
South  Peru  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Mediterran.  Sea 
Barca .... 
Russia  . . . 
Soongaria. 


Hb 
Wk 
Ge 
Fc 
Oe 
Mc 

Si 

gi 

Ga 

SJ 

Fa 
Ga 
Ee 
Tf 
Gh 
li 

S« 
I' 

Ik 

Ik 

Uh 

Hk 

Wk 

Al 

Hi 

Ik 

HI 

Mi 

n{ 

Nj 
Qf 
Gf 
Rh 
Fa 
Rf 
Rf 
Fb 
Tk 
Mj 
Mc 

Tb 
So 
Oe 
Ne 
No 
Rd 


fee. 


Sweden N  b 

Of 
Ob 
Lit 
Vm 
Sf 


Arabia 

Russia  . 

Afliica.. 

V.  Diemen's  Ld. 

Hindoostan 


Daorea  .... 
Dadazi .... 
Dagana.. .. 
Dagee.... . 
Dagelet.... 
Dageon.... 
Daghestan  . 

Dago ' 

Dagwumba 
Danadiny 

Dahl 

DaUonega .. 
Dahomey  ... 

Dahra ■ 

Da  Ines  . . . . 

Daker 

Dala 

Dalai.. 

Dalcahue . . 
Dalhonsie.. 
DaU's..... 
Dalrymple  . 
Damar  .... 
Damaras... 
Damaresq. . 
Damann . . . 
Damascus. . 
Dambarasi  . 
Darner  .... 
Damietta  . . 
Damloy.... 
Dampier's.. 
Dampier's.. 
Dampier's . . 
Dampier's . . 

Dana 

Daneali .... 

Dande 

Dande 

Dandur.... 
Danes'  .... 
Danger .... 
Danger .. . . 
Danger .... 
Danger .... 
Danger  .■ .. 
Dangerous  . 
Dangerous  . 
Dangerous  . 
DaniUoo . . . 
Dantzic . . .  • 
Danube. .. . 
Danville  . .  ■ 
Daoaus . . . . 
Doouria  _. . . 
Dapitan '. . . 
Da  Polvora. 

Darail 

Darheta  , 

Darby 

Dar  Couka . 


•  •  •  ■  t 


a 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Pr. 

I. 

C^. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

C. 

T. 

Tr. 

R. 

T. 

C 


Brit  Amerieii  • 
Asiatic  Russia, 
ibia. .. 


■i7' 


Cocea 
Bergod 
A^atic  Russia 
Roana  ...... 

Sbodan ...... 

Brit  America . 

Sweden 

Georji^a 

Guinea, 

Arabia . 

ChUt... 


Mongolia S  a 

MongoUa T  d 


T. 

T. 

T. 

lid. 

Str. 

Gr. 

I. 

Dis, 

T. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

Pt 

I. 

R. 

Pt 

Is. 

Rf. 

Rf. 
Sh. 
I. 

gr 

C. 

T. 

Cty. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

a 

Dis. 


Chili 

N.  Brunswick . 

Newfoundland. 

Seghalien 

Arabia 

Africa 

New  S. Wales. 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Syria 

Motapa 

Nubia 

Egyp* 

Russia 

New  Holland. . 
New  Guinea  . . 
Australasia.... 
Australasia...  4 
Malaysia  ..... 

Abyssinia 

Congo 

Congo 

Belooohistan  .. 
Spitsbergen  . . . 
OtM  Colony  . . 
Indian  Ocean  . 

Africa 

News.  Wales. 
Polynesia. . 
Australasia . 
Polynesia .. 
Polynesia. . 
Russia  .... 
Prussia.... 
Europe .... 

Japan 

Asiatic  Turkey 

Asia 

Mindanao  ... 
Indian  Ocean 
Arabia  • 


;;{ 

VI 

Q« 
Oe 

Oe 
Oe 

"4 

Vi 
Tk 
Vi 

Og 
Ml 
Mi 
Qf 
Ma 
Nl 
Qi 
Mh 
Wk 
A 


•  • •  •  •  • « 


North  America 
Soudan 


I 


T 

Ai 
Oh 
Ob 

No 
Nd 
Ue 
Ne 
Te 

Uh 

Ri 

Nh 


•mmmm" 


mm 


a4 


lu 


CONHULTINO  INOEX. 


Dvlhr  .... 
nirun  .... 
lluriea  .... 
Otuindtan  . . . . 

Duk..... 

Par  Kinnaiu... 

Durkalla 

Dvliof 

OuiingtoD 

Du  Mahus .... 
BarMiaMLad  . 
Dtar  HiaaeLad  . 

Il^amley 

Otooca 

DarRunga..... 
Dar  Tamurki .. . 

Daraigin 

Oarvel 

Daa  Conlaa  .... 

DMRoIaa 

DatiUiboo 

Daamat 

Dauphin ....... 

Uaophin 

Dauphia 

Davey 

David 

Davitis  Gilbert  .. 
Davla'a. ....... 

Davy's 

Day 

Dayfen 

Dead . 

Dead 

Deaid 

De  A!|(odonea  '. . 

Dean's 

Deaae's 

Ueaae's. 

Deua  Thompson 

Dfibai 

Dehrera 

Debretain 

Deceit , 

Deoeption 

Be  Oreux 

Dedaltts 

Dede  Faudgnei  . 

Deer 

Deer 

Deer 

D«r 

Deer  Lake 

De  OaU 

Debast ........ 

DehiNon 

Dah  Koondee. . . 
DiehZungee .... 

De)erowa 

Deikote 

Deir 


Cty. 

T. 

O. 

T. 

Hd 

Dis. 

Cty. 

R. 

T. 

Dia. 

Dis. 

R. 

^y 
T. 

Dis. 

Dis. 

C. 

1. 

T. 

T. 

Po. 

L. 

Ho. 

Po. 

Sh. 

Mt 

in. 

So. 

R. 

Pt 

Sea 

Sea 

G. 

I. 

I. 


R. 
Pt 
T. 
T. 

& 

I. 

C. 

Rks 

T. 

L. 

So. 

R. 

R. 

Ho. 

C. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T 

So- 

T. 

T. 


Africa 

Georgia 

New  Grenada  . 
Asiatic  Roaaia 
Greenluid  .... 

AfKc      

Sootl^  t 

New  &  Wales. 

England 

Nobia 

Bergoo 

Bergoo  

Brit.  America  . 

Spain 

Bergoo  

Bergoo 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Borneo 

Brazil 

Atlantic  Ocean 

Africa 

Arabia  • .  .... 
Madagascar... 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
y.  Diemen'sLd. 

Africa 1 

Brit  America  . 

Labrador 

Sooresby'sLd.. 
Oregon  Ter.... 
NewS.Wal6a. 

Russia 

Syria 

Tartary 

Mexico 

Polynesia 

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 

Arabia 

Africa 

Austria 

North  America 
South  [Zetland 

Spain 

Africa 

Arabia 

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Si 


Ge 
Gh 
To 
la 

nE 

VI 

Lo 

Og 

Ng 

Ng 

Db 

Ld 

Ng 

Ng 

Wc 

Th 

J 


Great  Bucharia 

Cabul 

Tartary 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Kordofan 


dflMi^ae. 


1 

f 
Pk 

Fo 
Fo 
Vm> 

k 

Ic 
Ka 
Ea 
Vj 
Od 
Oe 
Pd 
Ee 

Cj 

Eb 

Eb 

Dh 

Pf 

S5 

Bb 

Hh 

Md 

Oi 

Of 

Fo 

Gb 

Fo 

Fb 

Fc 

Le 

Qe 

Qd 

Qe 

Qe 

Na 

Qf 
Off. 


De  Itau . . . . 
De  Juen ... 
peKaya.... 
De  III  Aguja . 


Del 

De  Langle  . . . 
De  la  Vela  ... 
Delaware  .... 
Delaware  .... 
Del  Carbon... 
Del  Carmen  .. 
Bel  Choco  . . . 
Delf  Haven  . . 

Delhi 

Delhi 

Deli w.. 

Delibaba 

De  Limite  . . . 

Deliale 

Deliverance  .. 
Deliverance  .  ■ 
Deliverance  . . 
De  Lobos  .... 
De  los  Rryes  . 

Bo  Loss 

Del  Padre 

Bel  Peregrine 

Del  Rey 

Delta 

Del  Toro  .... 
Del  Valle  .... 
DeMadredeDioB 
Bemarara . . . 
Demarcation 

DeMata 

Demavend  . . 
Dembea  .... 

Dembo 

Dembo  Kiala  .. . 
Demyanska  .... 
Demyanska  .... 
De  Nahuelhuapi 
Denbigh ....... 

Dender 

Deneschino  .... 

Denial 

Deny's 

Denka 

Denmark 

D'Entrecastedux 

De  Pal» 

Do  Paxaroa 

De  Penaa 

Depeyster's  .... 

De  Piedras 

De  Piedras 

De  Principe 

Beira 

Der 

Dera  Tsmaal  Khss 


de 


R. 

2f' 

Pt 

St 
R. 
L. 
L 

Po. 
Pr. 

9: 

T. 

L. 

C. 

Is. 

L 

C. 

C. 

Pt 

Is. 

L 

L 

Pt 

Dis. 

Bay 

L. 

Arc 

CoL 

Pt 

C. 

Pk. 

L. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

L. 

C. 

R. 

T. 

Bay 

L 

Cty, 

Km 

Pt 

G 

L 

G. 

Gr. 

Pt 

Pt 

Pt 
T. 

T 


ChiU.. 

Braiil  .. . . .\. . 
New  Guinea . . 

Pern 

Africa 

Nubia 

Mantchooria  . . 
New  Grenada . 
United  States. . 
United  States. . 
Buenos  Ayres . 

Mexico 

New  Grenada  . 
Greenland  .... 
Hindoostan  . .  • 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Sumatra 

Asiatic  Turkey 
Buenos  Ayres 
Seghalien....^ 
Australasia  . . . 
Australasia  . . 
Looisiade .... 
Buenos  Ayres  • 

Bolivia • 

Africa........ 

Mexico 

Polynesia. ...  < 
Patagonia  .... 

Egypt 

New  Grenada 
Patagoui% .... 
Patagonia  .... 

Guiana 

Brit  America 

Luzon 

Persia 

Abyssinia ..... 

Congo 

Congo 

Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 
Pataeonia  .... 
North  America 

Africa 

Russia 

NewHoUand. 
Indian  Ocean . 

Africa 

Europe 

New  Holland. 

Spain 

N.  Pacific  Oc 
Patagonia. . . . 
Polynesia.... 

Brazil 

Patagonia  . . . 

Brazil 

Asiatic  Turkey 


HI 
Jk 
Vi 
Gi 
Ok 
Of 
Vd 

?« 
Oe 

Ge 

II 

Ef 

Gh 

lb 

Rf 

Rf 

Sh 

Od 

HI 

Vc 

Wj 

Vi 

Wj 

II 

Hk 

Lh 

Ff 

Bj 

Hm 

Oe 

Gh 

Hk 

Hm 

Ih 

Cb 

S« 
Pe 

Og 

n1 

Ni 

Qo 

Qc 

Hm 

Bb 

tl 

Ui 

Pi 

Oh 

Mo 

Ti 

Le 

Cf. 

Hm 

Xi 

Ji 

Hm 

Oe 
Qe 


■m: 

urn. 

HI 

Jk 

oea.. 

Vi 

6i 

Ok 

Of 

ria  .. 

Vd 

lada . 

Hjr 

atee.. 

Ue 

atea. . 

Ge 

yres. 

11 

Ef 

uda  . 

Gh 

1.... 

lb 

in  ... 

Rf 

in  ... 

Rf 

Rh 

Wkey 

Od 

yrea  . 

Ul 

V  c 

w.i 

ia... 

V: 

Wj 

yrea . 

11 

Hk 

Lh 

rf 

Bj 

Hm 

Oe 

lada  . 

Gh 

Hk 

Hm 

Ih 

ica  . 

Cb 

t  •  •  ■  1 

Ur 

•  •  •  • 

Fo 

•  •  •  • 

2? 

•  •  •  • 

Ni 

•  •  •  • 

Ni 

Qo 

nia. 

Qc 

•  •  •  • 

Hm 

mca. 

Bb 

•  •  •  • 

21 

•  •  •  • 

id.. 

Ui 

in.. 

PI 

•  •  • 

Oh 

•  •  • 

Mo 

d.. 

Ti 

•  •  • 

Le 

tc, . 

Cf, 

•  •  • 

Hm 

•  •  • 

Xi 

•  •    • 

Ji 

... 

Hm 

^  ^ 

Hj 

wy 

Oe 

..«.f 

oonsulthig  index. 


lof  )PbrJi,t& 


DeraGaxeoKhanT. 

Deraa C 

Derbent T. 

DerBund T. 

Deme T. 

Deriit T. 

Derr T. 

Denon R. 

Dervazeh R. 

Desaguadero  •  • .  Li. 
De  Santa  Clara  .  |C. 
Dea  Avas 


I. 

Desbrowe C. 


Pt 

I. 

Bay 


Deacobocida 

Deaeada 

Deaengana 

Deaert 

Deaertaa 

Deaerted 

Oea  Frangaia . . . 

DeafUl 

Deahkin 

Desierta 

Deeire 

Dea  Moinba  .... 

Deaolada 

Deaolation 

Deaolation 

Deatruction  .... 

Detkina 

Detouro 

Detroit 

Deux  Ponta  .... 

Devil'a 

Devil's 

DeTiPa  Thumb.. 

Do  Vriea 

De  Vriea 

De  Witt  Clinton. 

De  Wilt'a 

Dexter'a 

Dgerbinakoi .... 

Dhabi 

Dhalac 

Dhawalagiri .... 

Dholporo 

Diamaniino  .... 
Diamond  ...... 

Diana'a 

Diarbekir ..... 

Dibbah  

Dibbie 

Diedde |T. 

Diego  Alvares . . 
Diego  Garcia . . 
Diego  Ramirei 

Diely , 

Dieppe 

Dieu 

Digby 


I. 

I. 

Ia. 

Pa 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Po. 

R. 

Pt 

C. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

Pt 

&• 

R. 

C. 

Str. 

Bay 

Pt 

Ld. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Mt 

T. 

T. 

Pf. 

Sh. 

Sf- 

L. 


I. 

I. 

Is. 

T. 

T. 

I. 


Sinde 

Egjrpt..,. 
Asiatic  Rtiaaia. 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Barca 

Rusaia 

Nabia 

Mongolia .... 

Tartary 

Buenos  Ayrea 

Mexico 

Venezuela  . . . 
Sooieaby'a  Ld. 

Mexico 

Weat  Indiea.. 
Patagonia  ... 
Indian  Ocean. 
Maderiaa  .... 
Patagonia.. .. 
North  America 

Persia 

Russia    

Polyneflia 

Patagonia  .... 
Wisconsin  Ter. 
Guatemala  .... 

Patagonia 

Indian  Ocean.. 
Oregon  Ter... . 

Russia 

Brazil 

Michip;an 

Bavaria 

Wiaconsin  Ter. 
Wisconsin  Ter. 
Greenland  .... 
Knrile  Islands. 

Java 

Brit  America  . 
New  Holland.. 

Polyneaia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Arabia  . . . 
Red  Sea... 
Hindooslan 
Hindoostan 

Brazil 

Sumatra ... 
Atjstralaaia 
Aaiatio  Turkey 
Arabia  .... 
Africa  .... 
Senegambia 
Southern  Ocean 
Indian  Ocean.. 
Patagonia  .... 

Timor 

France 

Franco 

Nova  Scotia .. . 
Kerguelen's  Ld. 


Pd 

r. 

Nc 
Of 
Td 
Qa 
Hi 
Ee 
Hg 
Ka 
Ff 
Hg 
Hm 
Pm 
Ke 
Hm 
Cc 
Pe 
Oc 
Wf 
Hm 
Fd 
Gg 
Hn 
Qm 
Dd 
Sb 
i 
^d 
Md 
Fd 
Fd 
la 
Vd 
Ti 
Db 
Tk 
Wf 
Tb 
Pf 

Rf 
Rf 

li 
?.' 

Pf 
Lg 

Lm 

Qi 

Hn 

Ui 

Md 

Ld 

Hd 

Qm 


Dl 

DU 

Dllheo 

Diligence 

Dinutrovak 

Dimon 

Dimokea 

Dinagepore 

Diaapore 

Dindigul 

Dindory 

Dingle 

Dinquitos 

Dirloudskoi . . . 
Disappointment 
DiMppointment 
Disa{>pointment 

Disco 

Disco 

Dittean 

Diu 

Diu 

Dium 

DivRud 

Dixan ..% 

Dixon's 

Djar 

Djom 

Djbahah 

Dlof 

D'LuIz 

Dnieper 

Dniester 

Dobba' 

Doce 

Dootrina 

Dofiir 

Doftefield 

Dog..... 

Dog 

Dogdaa 

Dob  Rib  Indiana 
D^^anova 
Dolgoi.... 
Dolmatov , 
Dolonakoi 
Dolphin  . . 
Dolphin  . , 
Dolatoad.. 
Dombou  .. 
Domboo  .' 
Domel .... 
Domelana. 
Domet's  . . 
DmngM  .. 
Dominica 
Dan..,,.. 
Donna  Mariu .. . 
DonCoa8aoa.40 


T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 

^^ 
T. 

C. 

I. 

I. 

Bay 

Hk. 

T. 

I. 

Hd. 

C. 

R. 

T. 

Ent 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Di». 

R. 

R. 

R. 

C. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Mta. 

L 

L 

R. 

Tr. 

T. 

L 

T. 

T. 

C. 

Str. 

T. 

Dis. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

C. 

Tr. 

I. 

o 

l' 

Pr. 


Hindoostan 
Hindooatan  ... 
Hindooatan  ... 
Hindooatan  . . 

Ireland 

Chili 

Aaiatio  Runia 

Australasia  .. 

Polynesia.... 

Patagonia.... 

Greenland  >. . . 

Spitsbergen 

Hindoostan 

Hindooatan 

Hindooatan 

Japan 

Persia 

Abyaaiuia.. 
North  Amc/rica 
Arabia  .. 
Tartary  . 
Great  Bucheiia 

Arabia 

Brazil 

Ruasia 

Russia ...      »\ 
Brit  America 

Brazil 

Buenos  Ayrea 

Arabia 

Norway 

Greenland  . . . 
Polyneaia. . 
Asiatic  Rusaia. 
Brit  Amurica '. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
AsiatiiJ  Russia. 
Aaiatio  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Falkland  Is.. . . 
Brit  America  . 

Norway 

AfUoa 

Africa 

Bay  of  Bengal. 

Borneo 

New  HoUaud.. 

Afrite 

Weat  Indiea 


R? 


Lc 
Hk 
Wc 

Xn 

£i 
Hn 

lb 

Na 

Rf 

Qf 
Qf 
Ve 
Pf 

S« 
Do 

Of 

t^ 
Qd 

Pg 
if 

Do 
Nd 
Gb 
Ti 

h1 

Mb 
Tb 

H 

Dd 
Tb 
Tb 
Qo 
Re 

Eb 
Mb 
Nf 
Nf 

II 


N.  Pacifio  Oe. . 
Russia 


^t 


01 

Of 
Od 

HK 


86 


CXINBULTING  INl>EX. 


Donda 

DondnHe*d. 
Ogoegal ..... 
ZKnetiik  ..... 
Ik>apL......i 

VouipAM. 

DaBgota 

Dookin 

IXKiman 

Donnai 

poobaunt 

Doobaunt 

Dooranma . . .  ■ 

Dooahak 

Dorak 

Dorchester...'. 
Dorcheater .... 

Dornoch 

Doroiikoi 

Doroninak  ..... 

Dorre 

Dorset 

Doa  ForcadoB. . 
Dob  Montes  ... 

Dos  Patos 

Do  Sol 

DoUmes 

Douasso 

DoaUe 

Doable  Island  . 
Doabno....... 

Doabtcherskaya 

Doabt(ul 

Doubtftil 

Donda. 

Doodinskoi  ... 

DoaditU 

Dobffhty 

Doa|laa 

Douglas 

Douiflas 

Douives 

Doulagoulack.. 

Doulga 

Dduma 

Dooro 

DOTB 

Dover 

Dover 

Dover ........ 

Dow 

Dowlatabad  . . . . 

Downes 

Drah 

Draha 

Draha 

Dragon's 

Dram 

Dr-ak! 


Pt 

a 

T. 

T. 

C^. 

Cty. 

T. 

Dis. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

L. 

R. 

T. 

Des. 

f. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

a 

R. 

R. 

L. 

L. 

Tr. 

T. 

Pt 

Pt 

T. 

T. 

Is. 

Har 

R. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

C. 

Har 

Bay 

R. 

T. 

Sta. 

R. 

Bay 

T. 

Pt. 

Str. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

Dis. 

R. 

Mth 

T. 


Celebes 

Ceylim 

Iruand 

Russia 

Africa.. 

Nubia 

Africa 

Nubia 

Behgnela  ...'. 

Africa 

Norway 

Cambodia.... 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Cabdl 

Peffsia^ 

Lower  Canada. 
Brit  America  . 

Scotland 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Australasia... . 
Brit  America . 

Benin 

Brazil i 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Missouri  Ter.  . 

Africa 

New  S.  Wales. 
New  S.  Wales  . 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Australasia.... 
New  Zealand. 
Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
North  America 
Lower  Canada. 
North  America 
Brit  America 
Greenland  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Nubia 

Kordosan 

Portugal 

SpitsMrgen  . . . 

England. 

New  Holland. . 

Europe 

Rod  Sea 

Hindoostan  . . . 
S.  Pacific  Oo... 

Barbary 

Suso 

Barbary  .,'..., 
New  Grenada  . 

Norway. 

Asiatic  Kussia. 


nd. 


Uh 
Rh 
Lo 
Od 
Nh 

Og 

N 

0 

Mj 

Nk 

Mb 

U 

Fb 
Oe 
Qe 
Pe 
Hd 
6b 
Lc 
Td 
To 
Tk 
Gh 
Mb 

If 

Ji 

Pd 

Ly 

Vj 

Wk 

No 

Sb 

Tl 

Xm 

Sb 

Rb 

Sa 

Oc 

Hd 

Be 

Fb 

la 

Ub 

8' 

L 

Na 

Mc 

Ui 

Mo 

gf 

Gh 
Le 
Lf 
Lf 
Gh 
Mo 
Wc 


Otave 

Dresden 

Dresich 

Drewyer's 

D.  Roderigues . 

Drogheda 

Dromera 

Dronthisim .... 
Drontheim  .... 
Drummond.... 
Dmmmond.... 
Dmmmond's ,. . 
Drammondton . 

D^ 

Diy 

Dry  Fork  . .  . 
Dsake  Toupson 
Dsanlarkeng  . . 

Dsatchou 

Dschabekan . . . 

Dublin 

Dubuque 

Ducburo 

Duche 

Ducies 

Duck 

Dudley  Diggs  . 

Duff 

Duff's 

Duida 

Duillican 

Duke  of  Clarence 
Duke  of  Kent's 
Duke  of  York's. 
Duke  of  York's 
Duke  of  York's. 
Duke  of  York's. 

Dttkla 

Duke 

Dulce 

Dulwich 

Dumaran 

Dumfries 

Dunaburg 

Duncan 

Duncan's 

Duncansby's  . . 
Dundas....... 

Dundas 

Dundas 

Dundas% 

Dundee 

Duneira 

Duneira 

Dungui 

Duniop's  Range 

Dunrora 

DunTearan 

Dural(& 

Durando 

Durango 


R. 


F. 
Bk 
T. 
T. 


I' 

Pfc 
L 
T. 

Ik. 

'd. 
R. 
L. 
T. 
R. 
R. 
O 


Austria 

.^azony 

Egypt... 

Oregon  Ter.  .. 

Sooth  America 

Ireland 

Guinea 

DiT.  Norway 

Norway 

Michwan 

New  S.  Wales. 

Pdynesia 

Virginia 

Australasia.... 

Spitsbergen . . . 

Mexico 

Thibet 

Thibet 

Thibet. 

Mongolia 

Uy.  Ireland 

T.     Wisconsin  Ter 

Africa 

Mantchooria  . . 

Polynesia 

Brit  America  . 

Brit  America  . 

Polynesia 

Australasia.... 

Africa 

Luzon 

Polynesia 

Brit  America  < 

Brit  America  ■ 

North  America 

Polynesia .... 

Brit  America 

Austria 

Guatemala .. . 

Buenos  Ayres  . 

New  S.  Wales . 

Malaysia  .... 

Scotland 

Russia 

S.  Pacific  Oc.  . 

S.  Pacific  Oc.. 

Scotland 

Africa 

Oregon  Ter... 

Polynesia  .• .. 

Brit  America 

Scotland 

Greenland 


I. 

Ls. 

C. 

L 

Gr. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Bay 

Arc, 

L 

L 

Bay 

T. 

G. 

R. 

T. 

L 

T. 

T. 

L 

I. 

Hd. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

C. 

T. 

Bay 


R. 

Mts 

T. 

Ha 

T. 

ne. 


St 


Mts.  Brit  America 


Africa . 
I.  Now  S.  Wales 

Soudan 

Brit  America 
Buenos  Ayres 


Mexico. 


no. 


Nd 

Mc 
Na 
Ec 

?j 
o 
Lh 
Mb 
Mb 
Gd 
VI 
Xi 
Ge 
Vj 
Ma 
Fe 
Re 
Sf 
Se 
Sd 
Lo 
Fd 

Lg 
Ve 
Dk 
Fa 
Ha 
Ck 
Xi 
Ng 

Ai 
Fb 
Eb 
Dc 
Ai 
Gb 
Nd 
Gh 
Ek 
Wi 

L  c 

No 

Eh 

6i 

Lo 

Oi 

Dc 

Xi 

Ea 

Lo 

la 

Ha 

Ni 

Vi 

Mh 

Eo 

Hk 

Xk 

Ff 


CONSUL'nNG  INDEX. 


37 


atnaoi^kb 


Darango T. 


Duruso 


T. 


Diirbiun T< 


Dunifbrd 
Durnfbrd  ..... 
Ournford  Nobs. 

DuRoi 

Diuky 

Daueldorf  . . . . 

Dutoh 

Dutcheri 

DuTour^a 

Dwabin 

Dwi 

Dwight 

Dwiua 

D'Woirs 

Dyer's 

Djer'i 

Dyjr 


Eagle 

Eagle 

Eagle 

Eahei  Nomauwe 
EardleyWilmot 

Earo 

East 

East 

East 

East 

East 

East 

East 

East 

East 

East  Andaman's 
East  Bothnia  . . . 
East  Branch.. .. 

Easter 

Easter 

Eastern 

Eastern  Grrrp. . 
ESast  Grecu'iTJid  < 
East  India  Oi.'s, 

East  Main 

East  Main    . . . . 

East  Mam 

East  Mt  lifjirn 

Eastrn 

EastPenj..,.   , 

Eabtporl 

East  V.-ir.gco .     . 

Ebeloi 

Eboe 

Ebon .. , 

Eb/o 

Ebsanibal .  . . . , 

Ecli|i80 , 

Eddy  !3*jr.o  ... 
Edel's 


Pt. 

Ft 

C. 

I. 

Bay 

Tr. 

Is. 

T. 

L. 

Sta. 

R. 

I. 

L' 

C. 

Dis. 

I. 

Is. 

HI. 

I. 

C. 

R. 

Sea 

I. 

I. 

C. 

c. 

c. 

Pt 

Pt 

Pt 

Is. 

Dis. 

R. 

I. 

Cls. 

Sea 

Is. 

Cty. 

I. 

Cty. 

Ha 

R. 

MU 

T. 

Is. 

T. 

I. 

L. 

s- 

R. 
T. 
Is. 
I. 

Ld. 


Mexico 

forkey  

England 

Mica 

Cafiraria 

Madagascar .. . 
Oregon  Ter.... 
New  Zealand. . 

Prussia 

Indian  Ocean.. 
Mantchooria  . . 
Australasia  . . . 

Askantee 

Soudan 

Western  Ter... 

Russia 

Polynesia 

Cape  Colony  . . 
Bnt  America . 
Bergoo  


ludian  Ocean 
Indian  Ocean 
Brit  America 
N'ew  Zealand. 
Brit  America 
Madagascar. . 
Spitsbergen  . . 
Falkland  Is... 
Malaysia S  j 


UL 


Ff 
Nd 
Lo 
Oi 
Ok 

Pj 

Dc 

Xm 

Mc 

Oi 

Ud 

Vi 

Lh 

?f 

Ob 
Xi 

Nl 
Hb 
Nl 

Pi 

Qi 
Ec 
XI 
Fa 

Pj 

Na 
In 


Asiatic  Russia 
Madagascar. 
New  Zealeuid 
Anticosti  Island 

Java 

New  Guinea  . 
Bay  of  Bengal 

Russia 

Brit.  America 
Polynesia .... 

Africa 

Asia 

Australasia... 
Greenland  . . . 
Persian  Gulf . 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
New  Holland. 
Pennsylvania. 
Brit  America 

Maine 

Loffodcn  Isles 

Tartary 

Benin 

Polynesia .... 

Spain 

Nubia 

Australasia-.: 
Australasia... 
New  Holland  . 


otfluaktc. 


Ab 

l\ 

Hd 
Ti 
Vi 

Dc 

Ek 

Nk 

Uf 

Ul 

Ja 

Pf 

Gc 

Oc 

Gc 

Tl 

Gd 

Gc 

Hd 

Mb 

Qc 

Mh 

Xh 

Lh 

Of 

Tl 

Vm 
Tk 


Eden 

Edenton • 

EASau 

Edgar 

Edgecombe  .. 
Edgecumbe  . . 
Edgecumbe  . . 

Edua 

Edinburg 

Edir 

Edmonton  . . . 

Edsou 

Eelah 

Eelah 

Eelah 

Egatche 

Egedesminde . 

E^roe 

Ere 

Egg 

Eg^ 

Egina 

Eglinton 

Egmont 

Jp^mont 

foment 

Egmont 

Egmont 

Egmont 

Ejoy 

Eguan 

Egypt 

Ei 

Eia 

Eifbrd 

Eight  Degree. 

Eipieo 

Eiallfio 

Ekarroa 

Ekasitach 

Ekaterinburg.. . 
Ekaterinoslav  50 
Ekaterinoelav . . . 
Ekathorinipol  . . 
Ekatherinoidar . . 
Ekatherinograd. 

Ekehtagh 

Ekesio 

Eknas 

Ekrostrov 

Elaghoui 

Elance 

El  Araich 

El  Ared 

ElArish 

Elas 

Elatom 

Elba 


T. 
T. 

s^- 

Pt 

0. 

I. 

Bay 

T. 

9: 

Ho. 
R. 

Cty. 

^f 

R. 

Dis. 

I. 

Har 

R. 

T. 

G. 

C. 

I. 


Syria 


fiS. 


Oe 


North  Carolina  Of 

Qf 
In 


Elbe 

El  Biddah 


s. 
C. 
Po. 
Mt 
Is. 
R. 
Qy 
T. 
R. 
T. 
Ch. 
I. 
T. 
I. 
R. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

Dia 

T. 

L. 

T. 

I. 

MM 

I. 
R. 
T. 


i 


Fi^and  la.. . . 
North !  AmerieaiC  e 
Australaaia  ...  X 
NewS.Walea.  V 
Liberia.... . ..  Lh 

Scotland Lo 

Asiatic  Turkey  0  e 
Brit  America  .  E  o 
Asiatic  Russia.  U  b 

Asia.... Rd 

SooDgaria Qd 

Soongaria Q  d 

AsiaSc  Russia.  iKTb 
Greenland  ....  lb 

Norway >•  Mo 

New  Jersey  ...He 
Brit  America  .  F  b 

Soudan SI  h 

Greece N  e 

Brit  America  .  Ha 
Australasia  ...  X  J 
Indian  Ooeon ..  Q 1 

Polynesia Cj 

New  Zealand. .  X 1 
West  Indies.  ..In 
New  Zealand. .  XI 

Polynesia Vg 

Brit  America  .  G  e 
AfVica. .......  Of 

Asiatic  Russia.  Tb 
Asiatic  Russia.  Od 
Norway  ......  H  b 

Maldivels.  ...Qh 

Polynesia B  i 

Sweden N  b 

Kurile  Islands.  Wd 
Asiatic  Russia.  U  b 
Asiatic  Russia.  P  o 

Russia O  d 

Russia Od 

Russia O  d 

Asiatic  Russia.  O  d 
Asiatic  Russia.  O  d 
Asiatic  Russia .  U  b 

Sweden No 

Russia N  b 

Russia 10  b 

Asiatic  Russia.  R  b 
Oregon  Ter....  Ed 

Morocco L  e 

Arabia P  f 

Egypt Oe 

Sweden N  b 

Russia O  0 

Mediterran.  Sea  M  d 

iurir''y Nd 

Gormdny M  c 

Arabia P  f 


f 


A' 
\ 


38 


OONBOLTmO  INDEX. 


n 


^SMmg 

ET  Br&ken 

Etbpirua 

E|  CcMnboy  . . . 
El  Compaoto  •  • 

EUborg 

Eb 

Elepliaiit 

Eiephant 

Elephant 

Ebb: 

ESeathora 

Ekre 

Ebren 

ElFexn 

ElFow 

Elfwedal 

ElOanka 

ElOazie...... 

ElHamid..... 

13  Hammer  . . . 

Elim 

£SUaiane 

Eliaa 

■Eluabeth  . . . . . 

EKttbeUl 

Eluabeth 

Elinbeth 

Eliabeth 

Eliiabeth 

Elixaboth 

l^Uaabetli 

EUiabethgrad  . 
Eliaabeth'a.... 
Eliabeth  Town 

El  Jem 

El  Juncal 

%  Kaoul 

ElKastu* 

ElKhatiff..... 

Elk  Horn 

El  Lamdoa  . . . 
El  Laugumoot . 
Elleftena...... 

ETUce  

E!lice*8  Group . 

Etiiohpore 

ElHolt 

Ellore 

ElMakkarif... 
El  MeLf^nria. . . 

Etmu.      

famcT  .... 
"•^•- ,.  ^m.  . 

Ei  tii.tftu§ic .... 

El  SbaU 

Elaineut 

Eluths 

cdraa 


T. 

Tr. 

Mt 

I. 

C. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

Sha. 

Mt 

T. 

I. 

C. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Sto. 

T. 

T. 

Rka 

I. 

J. 

I. 

C. 

C. 

Bay 

Pt 

Har 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T, 

&• 

T. 

T. 

Har 

I. 

I>. 

T. 

T. 

T, 

T. 

T. 

Ft. 

I>. 


RaiHoa 


T, 

t. 

T. 

Pea 

T. 


Proasia 

Africa 

Aajatio  Ruaaia. 
Caribbean  Sea. 

BirfiTia 

Iceland 

Mantchooria  . . 
South  Shetland 
Mozambique  . . 
New  Guinea  . . 

Ruaaia 

fiahamaa 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Indian  Ocean  . 

Tibcaty 

Feszan 

Sweden 

Arabia 

Africa 

Barbary 

Africa 

Cape  Colony  . . 

Africa 

Auatralaaia.... 
Polynesia ...... 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

North  America 

Seghalien 

Africa 

Brit.  America  . 
Brit.  America . 

Russia 

Australasia  .. 
V.  Diemen'a  Ld. 

Tunia 

Chili 

Aaiatic  Russia. 
Morocco. . . . . . 

Arabia 

Missouri  Ter.  . 

Soudan  

Fezzan 

PowePs  Group. 
Brit  America  . 

Polynesia 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Mississippi.... 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Nubid 

Morocco... .. . 

Aahantee ..... 

Polynesia.. .. 

^'^hura 

iChili 

Chili... 

Mexico 

Algiers 

Now  Zealand. 
Mongolia . ,, : 
Portugal ...    . 


No 

Kb 
Vd 
lo 

oi 

Vi 

Oo 

6f 

Va 

Qi 

Nf 

Mf 

Mb 

Pf 

Kf 

Lf 

Mf 

Nl 

L« 
Wk 
Ak 

Si 

Be 
Vc 
Nk 

6b 

Fa 

Od 

Vi 

Vm 

Mo 

Hk 

Xb 

Le 

Pf 

Fd 

Lg 

Mf 

Jo 

Cb 

Xi 

Rf 

6e 

Og 
Le 
Lh 
Xh 
Mf 
Hk 
Hk 
Ff 
Me 
Mo 
Rd 
Le 


Htmm  amem,  tt,    IChM. 


Bafi. 


Oi. 
Sta. 
Mt 


ElWah  el 

ryeh  . . . 

ElWahr  . 

Elwend... 

ElWinega IT. 

Ely 

Elythia 

Emba 

Emba 

Embacca 

Embdon 

Embomma . . . 
Emboque  .... 

Emerald 

Emerald 

Emfraa 

Emicale 

Emit 

Ems 

Emuaen 

Enangen 

Enara 

Enara 

Enarea 

Encamacion.. 
Encounter  ... 
Encounter  ... 
Endeavour  . . . 
Enderby's. .  ■ . 
Enderl^'s. ... 
Endermo  .... 

Endian 

Endracht's .  . 
Endurman . . . 
Enfanto  Perdu 

Engano 

Engano 

Engano 

Engeloe 

England 

Englefield.... 
English 


English 

English 

English 

English 

English  River 
Eneousa . 


Enisei T, 


Enkasy^ 

Enkuysen. ... 
Ennves ...     . 

Eno 

Enon 

Ensenada  de  San 
Borombon .. 

Enaene 

Enturprize  . . . 
Entre  Rios . . . 


Eooa 


5f 

G. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L 

I. 

T. 

Str. 

R. 

R. 

Pt 

T. 

L 

T. 

Du. 

I. 

Bay 

Pt 

R. 

Ld. 

I. 

Har 

T. 

Ld. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

C. 

C. 

I. 


Km. 

C. 

Ch. 

Sh. 

Har 

R. 

R. 

Dis. 

T. 


Dis. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Ft 

Pr. 

i: 

L 


ica 

Persia 

Fezzan 

England ..... 

S»yp* 

Tartary  ..... 

Tartary 

Angola 

Hanover 

Loango 

Changamera  . 
Arabum  Gulf. 
SouUiera  Ocean 
Abyssinia.... 

Ruaaia 

Socmgaria.. .. 
Germany .... 
Aaiatic  Rufwia 

Sweden 

Ruaaia 

Ruaaia 

Abyssinia. . . . 
Polynesia .... 
New  S.Walea 
Btit  America 
News.  Wales 
Southern  Ocean 
Southern  Ocean 
Japan  .... 
Persia.... 
New  Holland. . 
Nubia .... 
Polynesia . 
Malaysia  . 

Hayti 

Iiuzon .... 
Norway  . . 
Great  Britain .. 
Brit  America 

Europe 

Southern  Ocean 
Guatemala .. . 

Africa 

Brit  America 
Brit  America 

Barbary 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Aahantee  .... 

Iceland 

Norway 

Russia 

Cape  Colony  . 

Buenos  Ayres 

Egypt 

Bnt  America 
Buenos  Ayrca 
Persia. ...... 

[Polynesia... . 


N' 

Mf 

Pe 

Mf 

Mc 

Of 

Pd 

Pd 

Ni 

Mc 

Mi 

Oj 
Of 
Wn 

8! 

Rd 
Mc 

Ab 
Nb 
Nb 
Nb 
Oh 
Dk 
VI 
Db 

V 
Po 

Xn 

Vd 

Pe 

Tk 

S> 

Hg 

Ug 

Ml» 

Lc 

Gb 

Lc 

Ki 

Gb 

Ok 

Fc 

Ec 

Me 

Sc 

Lh 

Kb 

Mc 

Ob 

Nl 

II 

Of 

Eb 

li 

Pe 

Ak 


Mf 
Po 
Mf 

Mc 
Of 
Pd 
Pd 
Ni 
Mc 
Mi 
Oj 
Of 
iWa 

;8! 

.Rd 
Mc 

.  Ab 
.  Nb 
.Nb 
.Nb 
.Oh 
.  Dk 
VI 
Db 

iPo 

iXn 

.Vd 

Pe 

.  Tk 

'  ^) 
.Si 

Mb 
Lc 
Gb 
Lc 
iKi 
Gh 
Ok 
Fc 
Ee 
Me 
So 
Lh 
Kb 
Mo 
Ob 
Nl 

II 

Of 

Eb 

li 

Po 

Ak 


CONSULTtNO  INDEX. 


3> 


IbMiof  rhCMikb- 


T. 
C. 


Clw. 


Epkroniov  . 
E^iphane  . . 
Epworth .. . 
Equador . . . 
Bqiudor . . . 
Erbinska  . . 
Eregup .... 

Erekli 

Erekli 

Eriurth 

Ergetu  .... 

Erghi 

Erie 

Erie  . . . .  t 

Erivan 

Erivan 

Erlau 

Eroubeia...... . 

Erromango 

Erronan 

Eneram 

Eni 

Escandon  

EschchoUz 

Eichholti 

Eiki  Shehr...-.«. 
Esmeraldaa  .... 
Esmeraldaa  .... 

Esneh  

Espenberg  ....-, 

Eaperance 

Eapirito  Santo . . 
Espirito  Santo . . 
EapinU}  Santo . . 
Esi^rito  Santo . . 

Eaquimauz 

Eaquimaax 

Esquimaux 

Esquimaux 

E«38eno 

Essequebo  ..... 
Essequebo  ..... 
EBthonia....l8. 

Estremoz 

Esutia 

Eszek 

Etawnej 

Etchin 

Ethiopian 

Etna 

EtonGol 

Eunice's 

Euphrates 

Euroen 

Eurepa 

Eustis 

Evans 

Evening 

Evrasheehey  • . . 
Kvora  ....  ^ ....  |T. 
Evreux T. 


Mtl 


Pt 

Rep. 
Dep 
T. 
I. 

S'- 

Bay 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

&• 

T. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

Ct. 

1\ 

T. 

I. 

^^ 
T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

Bay 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

Tr. 

I. 

C. 

ViL 

T. 

CoL 

R. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

R. 

Ara 

Mt 

T. 

I. 

R. 

C. 

Rks 

L. 

In. 

I. 

I. 


Russia 

Cyprus 

mt  America  . 
South  America 

Equador 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Polynesia 

Asiatic  Turkey 


Oo 
Oe 
Eb 
Hi 
Gi 
Ub 
Xh 
Od 


Asiatic  Turkey  O  d 
Mo 
Qd 
Td. 
Gd 
Gd 
Od 
Od 
Nd 
Qb 

Xj 
Od 
Oe 
Ff 

i( 

Oe 
6h 
Hh 
Of 
Bh 
Ul 

Ji 

Gf 

Gg 
He 
He 
Fb 
Ka 
Ni 
Ih 
Ih 
No 
Ji 

Fg 
Nd 
Fc 
Sd 

Pj 

Me 

Rd 

Ak 

Pe 

Vd 

Ok 

Ed 

Gb 

Uh 


Prussia 
Soongaria. .  • 
Mongolia . . . 
Pennsylvania 
North  America 
Aiiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Austria...... 

Asiatic  Russia 
Australasia... 
Australasia  . . 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Mexico 

Polynesia 

North  America 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Equador 

Venezuela  .... 

Egypt 

North  America 
New  Holland. 

Brazil .'. 

Brazil 

Cuba 

Mexico 

Labrador  .... 
Labrador  .... 
Brit  America 
Sooresby's  Ld 
Aftica 


tbmmttTltm,kt. 


Guiana 

Guiana 

Russia 

Brazil 

Mexico • 

Austria 

Brit  America  . 

Mongolia 

Indian  Ocean.. 

Sicily 

Soongaria. ...  ■ 
Polynesia ..... 

Asia 

Japan 

Indian  Ocean .  ■ 
Missouri  Ter.  . 
Brit  America  . 
Polynesia 


Portugal. 
France . 


Ewert... 
ExBler... 
Exeter... 

EXBMUth 

Expkuto. 
Eydd... 
tyto  .... 
EyUu... 


C. 

97" 


Le 
Md 


Ftdeftkoy... 
Faden-Hotun . . . 

Fadish 

Fadla 

Fagerbult .... 

Fahlun 

Fahneoo  

Faillee 

Fair 

Fairfield 

Fair  Foreland 
Fairweather .. 
Fairweather . . 
Fairweather . . 

Fairy 

Palaba 

Falalcp 

Falcon 

Falcon 

Falcon's 

Faleme 

Falkland.... 
Fall  Indians. 

Falls 

Fallf 

Falmouth ... 

Faloo 

False 

False 

False  Cape  Horn 
False  Washita 

Falso 

Falster 

Famagusta ... 

Family 

Fanami 

Fang-ming. . . 
Fang'tsiang . . 

Fanhoa 

Fanimboo. .. . 
Fanlingtao . . . 
Fanning's.... 
Fanshawe.... 

Fanteo 

Faraday 

Farafanghane 
FarahaMd  . . . 

Faralis 

Farallone .... 

Farcoi. 

Farewell 

Farewell 


I. 

T. 

t. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Pt 

L 

Sta. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

Mt 

L 

T. 

L 

C. 

In. 

L 

R. 

Is. 

Tr. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

L 

Bay 

Bay 

C. 

R. 

C. 

I. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

9: 

T. 

I. 

I. 

C. 

Dis. 

C. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

Is. 

L 

I. 

C. 


SooiesWsLd.. 

Qigland 

Brit  Ameriea  . 
New  Holland. . 
Newfoundland. 

Iceland 

Soudan 

Praasii 


Kb 

Lc 

Hb 

Tk 

Id 

KV 

Mb 

No 


Asiatic  Russia 

Corea 

Aftica. ...... 

Arabia 

Sweden 

Sweden 

Polynesia. . . . 

Borneo 

Sbotlpnd 

Western  Ter., 
Spiteberffen . . 
Patagonu.... 
North  America 
North  Amerioa 
Brit  America  . 
Senegambia .  ■ . 
Polynesia. «... 

Algiers 

Patagonia 

Polynesia 

Senegambia. . . 
Southern  Ocean 
Brit  America  . 
Oregon  Ter.... 
Oregon  I'er. .. . 

England 

Polynesia 

New  Zealand. . 

Afi-ica 

Patagonia  .... 
Western  Ter.  . 
Uruguay  .... 

Denmark 

^prus 

wit  America  . 

Brazil 

Mantchooria  . . 

China 

Corea : 

Africa 

Corea 

Polynesia 

Brit  America  . 

Ashantee 

South  Shetland 

Africa 

Persia 

Polynesia 

Mexico 

Asia 

Polynesia 

Greenland  .... 


Va 

Ud 
Ob 
Of 
No 
Nb 

V|r 

Ti 
Lc 
Fe 
Ma 

Un 
Cc 
Cc 
Eb 
Lh 

\fg 
Le 

Hn 

Bk 

I  n 

Bo 

Ed 

Dd 

Le 

Wh 

XI 

Nl 

Hn 

Fe 

II 

Mo 

Oe 

Fc 

Jj 

Ud 

Te 

Us 

Lg 

Ue 

Bh 

G 

Lh 

Jo 

Pk 

Pe 

Vh 

Da 

Qh 
I  0 


'J(i.  i^lVj'S'.,JLil-i: 


40 


CX>NSULTIN6  IMIEX. 


1 


Fknwell 

Fkribe 

Faro 

Fiuroe 

Fvqoluur 

Ferrari 

FtRoibp 

Fan 

Faituh 

FutMh 

Fatohio 

Fktaiaio 

FattaooDda 

FaUooba 

Fatuiva.. 

FkTorite 

Faze.. 

Fayal 

f%.7ette 

FayetteriUo  .... 
F^yetteville  . . . . 

Fear 

Fearnall 

Fedja 

Fedoticha 

Feejee 

Feid 

Feig 

Feu 

Feldkirch 

Feledy  AtoUon. . 

PeUx 

Felix 

FUlatas 

Fellfbot 

FeloBiou 

Fenatica 

F^jrue 

F^noara 

Ferbanna 

Ftomo 

Ftfroandina  . . . . 
Fernando  Noron- 

ha 

Fernando  Fo  . . . 

Ferrato 

Ferokabad 

Ferro 

Ferrol 

Ferrol 

Ferrol 

Fertit 

Ferrinskoy  Noes 

Fethaland 

Fetigo 

Fctlar 

Fetunha 

Feysarah  Arabs. 

Fez 

Fesmn 

Field 


C. 

T. 

T. 

la. 

C. 

T. 

I. 

Pr. 

T. 

C. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

T. 
T. 
C. 


Bay 

R. 

b. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

Mt 

C. 

Pea 

C. 

t. 

T. 

T. 

Is. 

T, 

9- 


I. 

C. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

Dis. 

IC. 

Pt 

Die. 

I. 

I. 

Tr. 

9l' 
Cty. 

R. 


New  Zealand 
Senegambia . 

Portugal 

Northern  Ocean 
New  Holland.. 

Africa 

Polynesia 

Persia 

Arabia 

Arabia 

Corea 

Polynesia 

Senegambia .. . 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Polrnesia 

Iceland 

Azores 

Oregon  Ter.  .. 
North  Carolina 

Arkansas 

North  Carolina 
Brit  America  . 

Nubia 

Asiatic  Russia 
Polynesia ,...'. 

Arabia 

Pfrfynesia ..... 

Polynesia 

Austria 

Maldives 

Africa 

Brit  America  . 

Soudan  

Brit  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia, 

Mexico 

Mantchooria  .  ■ 
Polynesia ..... 
Senegambia .. . 

Italy 

Cuba 


Brazil 

Africa 

Sardinia 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Canary  Islands 

Peru 

Spain 

Peru 

Africa 

Nova  Zembla. . 
Scotland. i... . 

Africa 

Scotland 

Polynesia 

Africa 

Morocco 

Africa 

New  S.  Wales . 


■K 


Xm 

Lg 
Le 
Lb 
Tk 

b' 

If 

?f 
Ue 
Ve 

Lg 

Ci 

Cj 

Ke 

Ed 

Ge 

Pe 

Ge 

Fa 

Of 

Wb 

Xj 

Of 

Vh 

Vg 

Md 

Qh 


?.' 

Sa 
Ff 
Ud 

Lg 

Md 
Gf 

Ji 
Mh 
Me 

gf 

Gi 
Ld 
6i 
Nh 
Ra 
Lc 
Nh 
Lc 
Ci 
Oh 
Le 
Nf 


Fierro 

^gf^Hf 

flgorm 

FiTdes 

FUek. 

Filning-ehow  .. . 

F!nisterre 

Finland 

Finlay 

Fmley 

Finmark 

Firando 

Fire 

Firouzabad 

First 

Firth  of  Forth .. 
First  Volcano.. . 

Fish 

Fish 

Fisher 

Filler's 

Fishar's 

Fisher's 

Fishing 

Flskeroe 

Flster  

Fltata 

FiUre 

Fitzgerald 

Flume 

Five 

Five 

Fizen 

Flamboro 

Flannan 

Flagstadoe 

Flat 

Flat 

Flat 

Flat 

Flat  Bow 

Flat  Bow 

Flat  Bows 

Flat  Heads 

Flat  Heads 

Flattery 

Flattery 

Flaxman 

Fleming 

Flinder's  Wreck 

Flint ..  V 

Flint's 

Flora 

Florence 

Florence 

Flores  

FlorcB  

Flores.. 

Flores. 

Florida 


C. 

T. 

Is. 

Str. 

T. 

&■ 

R. 

Div. 

L 

I. 

T. 


I. 

H. 

Bay 

C. 

C. 

I. 

I. 

L. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

Bay 

T. 

Is. 

Is. 

T. 

Hd. 

I. 

L 

L 

L 

C. 

Pt 

L. 

Ho. 

Tr. 

Tr. 

Ha 

C. 

C. 

Is. 

In. 

Rf. 

HL 

I. 

I. 

??■ 

T. 
I. 
I. 
R. 

Ter. 


f  lortaa C, 


Atgiera M  e 

Barbery L  e 

Asiatic  Russia.  V  a 
South  Shetland  I  o 

Nobia Og 

diina Uf 

Spain L  d 

EiUrope N  b 

Brit  America  .  F  c 
Brit  America  .  D  c 

Norway N  b 

Japan U  e 

Iceland Kb 

Persia Pf 

Madagascar.  ..Ok 

Scotland Lc 

Polynesia V  f 

Al'rica N  k 

Greonlani  ....lb 

Africa Ok 

Brit  America  .  E  a 

Polynesia V  f 

Russia N  b 

Brit  America  .  F  c 

Russia Nb 

Norway Mo 

Japan' V  e 

Soudan N  g 

Brit  America  .  G  a 

Austria M  d 

Polvnesia X  h 

Malaysia U  h 

Mantchooria  . .  V  c 

England Mo 

Scotland......  L  c 

Lofibden  Isles .  M  b 
Spitsbergen  . . .  N  a 
Ba^  of  Bengal.  S  g: 
Asiatic  Ruasia.  V  a 

Borneo T  i 

Oregon  Ter.  ...Ed 
Oregon  Ter....  Ed 
Oregon  Ter.  ..Ed 
Oregon  Ter....  E  d 
Oregon  Ter.  ..Ed 
Oregon  Ter.  . .  D  d 
New&Wales.  Vj 
North  America  C  a 
Scoresby's  Ld.  K  a 
Australasia  . . .  Wk 

Guiana I  h 

Polvnesia B  j 

Iceland Kb 

Tuscany M  d 

Alabama Go 

Mexico Fg 

Azores J  e 

Uruguay II 

Bolivia H  j 

United  States. .  G  f 
Florida Qf 


SB^ 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


41 


Florida 

Florida 

Floria 

Fludtt.. 

Foemund  ...... 

Foe  Petouno. . . . 

Fogo 

Fogo 

Foggy 

Foggy 

Foggy 

Fou 

Fokina 

Folderied 

Folf^er's 

Foliage 

Fond  da  Lac  . . . 

Fong.yang 

Fonteca  

Fontenoy 

Foota  Julon. . . . 

FootaToro 

Forbes 

Ford 

Foreland 

Forfar 

Forka  

Formentera 

Formigas 

Formigu 

Formosa 

Formosa 

Formosa 

Formosa 

Formosa 

Foro  Liua. . , . . . 

Forrestiers 

Forster 

Forster's.. 

FoMaventura  . . . 

Fortune 

Fortune... 

Fortune 

Fortune 

Fort  Wayne 

Forty  Four.  De- 
gree  

Foster's 

Feting 

Foul 

Foul 

Foul 

Foula 

Foaladongou 
Foul  weather. 
Foulwind  . . . 

Fourda 

Four  Island  Point 
Fourth  .... 


T. 

Rfs. 

Is. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

L 

I. 

L 

Is. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L 

T. 

Ft 

&• 

T. 

Cty. 
Cty. 

C. 

Fd. 

T. 

Ft 

I. 

Is. 

I. 

Ch. 

Str. 

R. 

L 

C. 

Bay 

nit 

Har 

L. 

I. 

Ld. 

Bay 

Bk. 

T. 

Is. 


Fowler's , 
4* 


Mexico 

Florida 

Malaysia 

Denmark 

Sweden 

Mantchooria  . . 
Newfoundland. 
Cape  Verd  Is. . 
North  America 
North  America 
North  America 

France  

Asiatic  Russia 

Norway 

Polynesia. . .. 

Sweden 

Brit  Aknerica 

China 

Goatemola  .. . 

France 

Africa 

Africa 

Polynesia 

New  Holland .. 
Spitsbergen . . . 

Scotland 

Orepron  Ter.  . '. 

Spam 

Peru 

Azores 

Elastem  Sea. . . 
Eastern  Sea .. . 

Africa 

Eastern  Sea. . . 

Africa 

Brit  America  . 
Australasia... . 
New  a  Wales  . 
Brit  Americia  . 
Canary  Isles  . . 
Indian  Ocean  . 
Brit.  America . 
Newfoundland. 
Indian  Ocean.. 
Indiana 


L, 

Bay 

So. 

Pt 

I. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

T. 

Faa 

I. 

str. 

Bay 


S.  Pacific  Oc... 
Scoresby'sLd.. 

Sweden 

Nubia 

Spitsbergen  . . . 

Africa 

Scotland 

Africa 

Oregon  Ter.. .. 
New  Zealand.. 
Mantchooria  . . 
Greenland  .... 
Madagascar .. . 
New  Zealand. . 
Brit  America . 


Ff 

Gf 

Vh 

Mo 

Mb 

Ud 

Id 

^« 
Ca 

Be 

Be 

Md 

Sb 

Mb 

Wg 

Nb 

Ec 

Te 

Ld 

if 

Ma 

Lc 
Dc 
Me 

Gj 

Ke 

Uf 

Uf 

Mh 

Uf 

Mh 

Fb 

Tk 

VI 

Hb 

Lf 

Qm 

Hb 

Id 

Pi 

Gd 

Am 
Ka 
Mb 
Of 

Na 

L  o 

Lh 

Dd 

Xm 

Ud 

la 

Ok 

Xm 

Eb 


fkmmMlHKm,lu. 


Out. 


Fowler's... 

Fox 

Fox 

Fox 

Foxes  

Foxness  ... 

France {Cty 

Francis 

Francis 

Francis 

Fran^ais 

Fragoso 

F^agua 

Frankfort,  Free 

Frankfort 

fVankfort 

Franklin 


Is. 
R. 

Ch. 
Tr. 
C. 


I. 

C. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

'^: 

C 


FVanklin 

Franklin 

Franklin 

Franklin 

Franklin 

Frazer 

Frazer's 

Fredenburg  . . . 
Fredensburg... 

Frederick 

Frederick 

Fredericksburg  . 
Fredericksburg  . 
Fredericksburg  . 
Frederickshall . . 
Fredericksham.. 
FVederickstadt . . 
Fredericksthal . . 
Frederickton  . . . 

Freel's 

Freestone 

Free  Town 

Freewill's 

Frejus 

Fremantle 

Fremona 

French 

French :... 

Fresnillo 

Freycinet's 

Friedland 

Friendly 

Friesland 

Frigid 

Frio 

Frio... 

Frisco 

Frisker-naer... . 

Frobisher's 

Frooeme 

Froyen 

Fmawn   J  ,  i .  . . . , 

Frozen 

Fry 


Si 


Bay iNew  Holland..  U  1  H 
(North  America  A  o 
Brit  America  .  F  c 
Brit  America  .  O  b 
Wiadbnsin  Ter.  F  d 

Biitabergen  . . .  N  a 
nrope M  4 

Indian  Ocean  .  P  i 

Pol];  jesia Bl 

Kerguelen's  Ld,  (^  m 
Upper  Canada  .  Q  d 

BrazU li 

New  Grenada  .  H  h 

Germany Mo 

Kentucky Go 

Prussia 

i^.  Missouri 

T.    Pennsylvania. 

Bay  Brit  America 

L.     Brit.  America 

C.     Brit  America 

Ft.    Brit  America 

Ft    Oregon  Ter... 

R.    Oregon  Ter... 

T.     Guiana 

T.     Africa....... 

Ha  &it  America 

Rfl    Australasia  .. 

T.    Virginia 

T.     Cape  Colony  . 

Ft    Africa 

T.    Sweden 

T.    RumU 

T.     Norway 

Sta.  Greenland  .... 

Cy.  N.  Brunswick . 

C.     Newfoundland. 

Is.    Labrador  ..... 

T.     Africa 

I.      Polynesia 

T.     Franco < 

T.    New  Holland.. 

T.     Abyssinia..... 

I.      Polynesia 

Sh.   Atlantic  Ocean 

T.     Mexico 

Har  New  Holland. . 

T.     Prussia 

Is.    Polynesia....  t 

Pk.  Sandwich  Land 

C.     Brit  America  . 

C.     Africa 

C.     Brazil 

R.    Guinea 

Dis.  Greenland  .... 

Str.  Brit.  America  . 

I.      Norway 

I.      Norway 

Is.     Spitauefgen  . .  • 

Str.  Brit  America  . 

C.     Brit  America . 


No 

Fe 

Gd 

Db 

Fb 

Ga 

Db 

Do 

Do^ 

Ih 

Mh 

Gd 

Wk 

Ge 

Nl 

Lh 

Mc 

Nb 

Mo 

Id 

Hd 

Id 

Uc 

Lh 

Uh 

Md 

Tl 

0^ 

Kh 
Ff 
Tk 

He 

^j 
Kn 

|6b 

Mj 

Jk 

Lh 

lb 

Mb 

Mb 

Mb 

Na 

Ob 

Hb 


CONSULTINO  INDEX. 


1 


■rifacMita. 


Fthoot  ... 

IWts.... 

fuga 

IViglaoe.. . 


Difc 

I, 
I. 
I. 

s^- 

Pr. 

FaUa Cy. 

Funertai C. 

rUtoc T. 

Fbachal T. 

Iiuiohu  •  •  •  •  •  •  X* 

FiMdB T. 

Ftandy Bay 

JVuen 

Fannro T. 

Fnnll T. 

Funinff-tihow . . .  Cy. 

Ftot-diow Cr. 

¥vn MU. 

F^unwuz .1. 

IWneaax I. 

Faro R. 

Fonah T. 

Fomh R. 

Fbrrackabad  . . .  T. 

Fmy Str, 

Futtebpore T. 


Oabida 

Oa|Mon 

Gaboon 

Qui 

Oadamia 

Gael  t&unkea 

0a«U 

Oaflk 

G«go 

Oafo 

-      ■  ki. 

or 

Gaines 

Galapagoa  Kay 

GalaU 

Gatega 

Galena 

Galeta 

Galieia 

Galisaioniera  .. 

GaUa 

GallapaffOB .... 

Gallatin'a 

Gallego 

GallegOB 

Galleona 

Gallinaa 

Gullipoli 

Galloon « 

Oaheat^n 


Magadoxa  .... 
New  Grenada  . 

Mal^yiiA 

Faroe  lalanda  • 

China 

China 

Brit  America  . 
Heaae  Caiael . . 
BriL  America  . 

Arkansas 

Madeira 

Denmark 

Africa  ....... 

North  America 

Denmark 

DarAir 

Braxil 

China 

China 

Africa 

Australasia.... 

Polynesia 

Braxil 

Cabal 

Cabul 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Br.^t  America  . 
Hindooetan  . . . 


T. 
Cty. 
R. 
Pr.. 

Cy. 

Biiy 

T. 

T. 

Km. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Ft 

I. 

T. 

I. 

IP,. 

Pr. 

Rk. 

Tr. 

Is. 

R. 

Is. 


k. 
Pt 
T. 
Bay 
Bay 


Galway |T. 

G'alwar. .., 


I^^* 


Soudan 

Afiriea 

Africa  ...... 

Arabia 

Tripoli 

Scoresby's  Ld. 

Italy 

Russia 

Africa 

Soudan 

AsiAic  Russia 
Beloochistan  . 

Gicorgia 

Bahamas  .... 

Turkey, 

Indian  Ocean. 

Illinois 

Mediterran.  Sea 

Austria 

Atlantic  Ocean 

Africa 

S.  Pacific  Oc... 
Missouri  Ter.  . 
S. Pacific  Oc... 
Patagonia  .... 
Atlantic  Ocean 
New  Grenada  . 

Turkey 

China 

Texas 

Ireland 

I.v«auu.  ...... 


Ph 
Gh 

il 

Tf 

Tf 

Gb 

Mc 

Ob 

Fe 

Ke 

Mo 

Mh 

Hd 

Mo 

?.' 

Uf 
Te 

y 

Qe 
Qe 
Rf 
Gb 
Rf 

L({ 
Mi 
Mh 

Pg 
Me 

Ka 
Md 

Mg 
Mg 

Qb 
Pf 
Go 
Gf 
Nd 

Pj 
Fd 
Me 
Nd 

U 
On 
Eh 
Ed 
Gh 
Hh 

Iff 
Hg 
Nd 

F? 
Lc 
L  o 


•f  HiMi^ta. 


Gamaley 

Gambia 

Gambia 

Gunbier's 

Gamble , 

Gamboes 

Garala  Carleby  . 

Gan , 

Ganam  . .  ^ 

Ganges 

Gangpore 

Gannwuy 

Ganjam 

Ganuet 

Oanthoaume's . . 

Gapsel 

Gara]ao8 

Gardafbi 

Garde 

Gardeia 

Gardiner 

Gardner's 

Gardner's 

Gardner's 

Gardner's 

Garjam 

Garnet's 

Gamier 

Garonne 

Garrett 

Garry 

Garry 

Garry 

Garry  Pelly  . . . 

Gartube 

Gaspar  Rico» . . 

Gaspe 

Gasper 

Gatel 

Gatineau 

Gatrone 

Gau  el  Kebir  . . 

Gauritz 

Gau  Shonkien  . 

Gavala 

Gavarea 

Gavenki 

Gaza 

Gaze 

Gdov 

Geba ...."..... 
Gebel  el  Kumri 

Gebraken 

Greelvinks 

Geesh 

Geeza 

Gefle 

Geip 

Gelesninskaya . 
Gelle  Damga .. 
Gellivar 


C. 
CoL 
R. 
I. 

Tr. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

ft. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

IR. 

I. 
c. 

Ft 
L. 
Is. 
T. 
I. 

Str. 

T. 

R. 

?.■ 

R. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

Pt 

T. 

T. 

Mts. 


Juan 

Africa 

Senegambia .. 
Polynesia .... 
Brit  America 

Africa 

Russia 


I. 
Bay 

Cy. 

&• 
T. 
T. 
T. 


Mongolia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Hindoostan  ... 
Hindoostan  . . . 

China 

Hindoostan  . . . 
New  Zealand. 
New  Holland. 

Russia 

Indian  Ocean. 

Africa 

Iceland 

Barbary 

Maine 

Polynesia 

GaUapagos .... 
Australasia  . . . 
N.  Pacific  Oc  . 

Africa 

Aaanaga 

Brit  America  . 

France  

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 

Mongolia 

Polynesia 

Lower  Canada. 

Malaysia 

Mindanao 

Lower  Canada. 

Fezzan  

Etgypt • . 

Cape  Colony  . . 

Egypt 

Cyprus, 

Asiatic  Rwsia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Syria 

Brit  America  . 

Russia 

Senegambia .. . 

Afiiica 

Japan  

New  Guinea  . . 
Abyssinia 

Sweden 

Africa 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Senegambia. .  * 
Sweden 


Vd 

f 
U 

Oa 

Nb 
Td 
Uc 
Rf 
Rf 
Te 
R< 

xr 

Tk 

Ne 

V 

ll 

Me 

Hd 

An 

Fi 

Wl 

Af 

Mn 

Lf 

Fa 

Ld 

Fa 

Fa 

Fo 

Fb 

Cb 

Rd 

X 

F 

Ti 

Uh 

Gd 

Nf 

Of 

Nl 

Of 

Oe 

Wc 

Wo 

Oe 

Fb 

No 

hi 

Vd 
Ui 

S« 
Oe 

Nb 

Nk 

Ro 

Lff 

NB 


<    I'tt.^.'J^r'  •*«,      ^     .^^/.Vm''^^'  4V  3fK^V    .'^-J.V«^*w-JV«Uiu'-9liPM.i.«.'.>iJif>f./.  .... 


■B 


CX)NSULTIIfO  UTDEZ. 


49 


G«iovt 

GenatM 

Genera 

Genera 

Genii 

Genoa  •■.. • . 
Geoprtpher'i 
Cveof fe  •  • • •  ■ 

George 

George  ..... 

George 

George 

George 

George 

George 

George 

George 

Gewge 

Gecvga  III.  . 
George  IV.'a  Co- 
ronation . 
Georgetown 
Georgetown 
Georgetown 
Georgetown 
Georgia.... 
Georgia.... 
Georgia.... 
Georgia .. . . 
Georgian  .. 
Georgievsk . 
Germa  .... 
Germanj  .. 
Gerona .... 
Geavetlan . . 

Ghad 

Gfaandygha 

Ghauts 

Ghelintchik 
Gher^nge  . 
Gheria  .... 

Gherri 

Ghezan .... 

Ghilan 

Ghillaka  .. . 
Ghimniea  . . 

Ghir 

Ghiriak .... 
Ghiznee.. .. 
Ghoftn .... 

Ghoor 

Ghoraut . . . 

Ghow 

Ghroat  .... 
Gliroodwa  . 

Ghyda 

Giadronissi. 

Gibeh 

Gibraltar. . . 
Gibraltar... 
Gibraltar. . . 


T. 

Sta. 

?.■ 

R. 

T. 
T. 
T. 

a 

R. 

L. 

Ft 

Ft 

I. 

I. 

Mt 

Arc. 


G. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

St 

Fr. 

G. 

L 

la. 

Cty, 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Mta. 

T. 

s?- 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

Tr. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

s?- 

Die. 
Mt 
Pr. 
T. 

?: 

R. 
L 
T. 
T. 
T. 
Str. 


Ronia  .... 
Kordofiui .. 
Switzerland 
New  York 

Bpdn 

Sardinia... 
New  Holland.. 
Tobago... 
v.  Diemen'iLd. 
Cape  Colony  . . 
Kergnelen'aLd. 
Brit  America  . 
New&Waka. 
Brit  America 
Oregon  Ter.  . 
Sootnem  Ocean 
Indian  Ocean 
Enderby'a  Ld.. 
North  AmericalC 


Pb 

Og 

Md 

Gd 

Le 

Md 

Tl 

5« 
Vm 

NI 

Qm 

He 

VI 

Be 

Dd 

Po 


Brit  America  . 
Aaoeniion  I.... 
Sooth  Carolina 

Guiana 

Bermuda 

United  States. . 
Asiatic  Russia 
Oregon  Ter.... 
Southern  Ocean 

Polynesia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Fezian 

Europe 

Spain 

Guatemala .... 

Africa 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Hindooetan  . .  ■ 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Nubia 

Arabia 

Persia 

Mantchooria  . . 

Barca 

Barbary 

Cabul 

Cubol .  ^ , . 

Ashantee 

Persia 

Tartarr 

Belooohistan  . . 

Fezzan 

Fezzan 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Candia 

Arabia  . . . 
Snun  ,  ^, . 
Venezuela . 


Eb 

LI 

6e 

Ih 

He 

Ge 

Pd 

Dd 

Jn 

Cj 
Od 
Mf 

Mc 
Md 

5f 

Vb 

§1 

Sf 

^« 
^« 

Pe 
Uo 
Ne 
Le 
Qe 
Qe 
Lh 
Qe 
Qe 
Qf 
Mf 
Nf 
Ra 
Ne 
Of 
h' 
Hh 
Le 


••rriMi^ac. 


GibwMi C. 


Gibson 


Gidid rr. 

Giesrar. . . . 


Ft 


Giflbrd iR. 


Mt 
I. 

•  •     •  •  •  •  AFC* 

R. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

Pr. 

Cty 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

s^- 

T. 
T. 
C. 
C. 

^'- 

Is. 

T. 

L 

L 

Ho. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

9: 

T. 

L 

R. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

Oodt-haab ISta. 

C. 
I. 
R. 
T. 

T 

A* 

Cst 
T. 


Gifford  . 
Gigansk 
Giflferi . . 
Gijon... 
Gila.... 
Gilbert's 
Gilbert's 

Gilera 

Giljrit 

Gilion 

GUliskaal . . 

Gilolo 

Oinga 

Gingiro.... 
Girana  .... 

Gii;ge 

Girmnti . . . 

Giriau 

Gisma 

Givet 

Giatok 

Gladstone . . 
Glasgow  .. . 
Glasgow  .  . 
Glazov.... 
Glocester  .. 
Glocester  .. 
6k>gau .... 
Glommen  .. 
Gloriosa . . . 
Gloucester  . 
Gloucester  . 
Gloucester  . 
Gloucester  . 
Glonkhor  . . 
Gluckstadt . 
Gnadenthal . 

Gnarp 

Gnaungrue. 
Gnesen  .... 

Goa 

Groa-Choung 
Goabattee . . 

Goat 

Goat  Pen  . . 
Godavery  . . 
Goderich... 
Godin 


God's  Mercy 
Grod's  Mercy 

Oiwra 

Goleonda  . . . 


Gold 

Goldingen . 


Brit  Ameriea 
Miaaoori  Ter. 
Nubia 


Norwaif 

Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Algiers 

a  mm 
Bzico 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Kasehgur 

MalarsU 

Sweden 

Malaysia 

Congo • . 

AiKca 

Abyssinia 

Egypt 

SicUv    

Turkey 

Japan 

France   

Ruaoia 

Scoresby's  Ld. 

Scotland 

Kentucky 

Russia  .^ 

Patagonia 

NewS.WaIea. 

Prussia 

Sweden 

Indian  Ocean 

England 

Pcdynesia. . . . 
Polynesia. . . . 
Brit  Ameriea 
Rtnsia  . 
Denmar!!'    ... 
Cape  Cbloiiy  . . 

Sweden 

Birmah 

Pnw^ja 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Birmah 

Hindoostan  . . . 
a  Pacific  Oc. . 
Wisconsin  Ter. 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Upper  Canada . 
Oregon  Ter.'.. . 
Greenland  .... 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America . 
Hindoostan 
Hindoostan 
Polynesia 

Gmnea IL  h 

Russia Nb 


Oe 
¥• 

Na 
Q« 

Ob 

Ub 

Me 

L4 

Be 

Xh 

Xh 

Bb 

Qe 

Tl 

Mb 

Uh 

Ni 

Oh 

°f 
Of 

Me 

Nd 
Ye 

Me 
Oo 
Ka 
Le 
Ge 
Pe 
Hb 
Vk 
Ne 
Mb 

Le 


Gc 
Do 

Mc 
NI 
Nb 
Sf 
Ne 

Qff 

If 

Gl 
Pd 

Qd 
Ed 
b 
Hb 
Ob 
.Rf 

Rf 

vn 


:;;! 


44 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


oTPUmis*^ 


S 


GdUad 

Golovin 

CroloTnin 

Ch^watacheff..  ■ 

Golza 

Gomberoon. .  • . . 

Oomcn 

Gouul 

Gon&ve  ........ 

Gandar 

Gonea 

Goniuh 

Gonules 

Goobei' 

Goodenough.... 

Gooderoo 

Goodcroo 

Good  Fortune  . . 

Good  Hope 

Good  Hope 

Good  Socoeu. . . 

Ocois 

Gootnah 

Goonopg  Telia.  < 

Goes 

Gooty . . 

Goram 

^irordon 

Gordon's 

Grore 

Goreo 

Gore's 

Gore's 

Gorpona 

Qvn  Karaumet . 

Gorizia 

Gorodetz 

Gorodetik 

Gorodislelie  . . . . 

Goroiloi 

GSoroo 

Goroo 

Gorruckpore. ... 

Gortope 

Gosir 

Gotha 

Oothem , 

Gothland 

Gothland 

Qotoijogo 

Got  Sands 

Gottenburg..... 

Gottlngon 

Gotto 

Gougli's 

GouTbum 

Goulburn 

Goulburn's 

Qouriov 

Qournion 

Gousiimv.  Noi'ti: 


T. 

Mt 

Bay 

C 

T. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

I. 

?r- 

T. 

T. 

Cty. 

Mt 

Dia. 

T. 

I. 

C. 

Bay 

a 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Mt 

Bay 

Bay 

I* 

I. 
Bay 

Mt 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

9.- 

Div. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

Cv. 

1\ 

I. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

Ct. 

1*. 

n 


Iteiika. 


Texas. 

.Nova  iZembla. . 
North  America 

S'jghalien 

Soongaria. .... 

Persia 

Canary  Isles  . . 

Ciibul... 

West  Indies.., 

Abyssinia 

Abyssinia 

Asiatic  Turkey 

Texas 

Africa 

Brit  America  . 

Abyssinia 

Abyssinia 

Malaysia 

Capo  Colony  . . 

Japan 

Patagonia 

Arabia 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Celebes 

Nubia 

Hindoostan  . .. 
Australasia  . . . 
Enderby's  Ld. 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Senegambia. . . 
North  America 
New  Zealand. . 
New  Grenada  . 

Tfcrtary 

Austria 

Russia  ....... 

Russia 

Russia 

North  America 
Polynesia. .... 

Polynesia 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Thibet 

Arabia 

Saxe  Gotha  . . . 

Gothland 

Sweden 

Baltic  Sea 

Soudan 

Baltic  Sea  ... . 

Sweden 

Hanover 

Japan  

Southern  Ocean 
NcwS.Wolc8. 
Now  S.  Wales  . 
Australasia.... 

j  I'artary 

iSoudan 

Nova  Zembia  •• 


Raf. 


Ff 
Pa 
Bo 
Vc 
Rd 
Pf 
Kf 
Qe 

^« 

8g 

Od 

Ff 

Mg 

Cb* 

Oh 

Oh 

Si 

Nl 

Vd 

Hn 

Of 

Rf 

Uh 

S« 
R? 

Ui 

Po 

Eb 

Gb 

Xra 

Gh 

Pd 

Md 

Go 

Ob 

Pc 

Ac 

xj 

Rf 
Re 

Pff 

Mc 

No 

Mo 

Nc 

Mg 

No 

Me 

Mc 

Ue 

L  m 

VI 

VI 

Uj 

Pd 

Mg 
Pa 


Gouainay,  South 
Gov.  Farqnbar's 

Gower's 

Goyanna 

Goyaz 

Gixao 

Groxxo 

Groof  Reynet  . . 
Gracios  a  Dioa. . 

Graciosa 

Graciosa 

Gradiska 

Grafton 

Graham  Moore's 
Graham  Moore  . 

Graham's 

Graham's 

Grampus 

Granada , 

Granada 

Granard 

Grand 

Grand 

Grand 

Grand 

Grand  ..••...>  . 

Grand 

Grand 

Grand 

Grand  Bassam .. 
Grand  Canary . . 

Grande 

Grande 

Grande 

Grande 

Grande 

Grande 

Grande  del  Norte 
Grand  Port. . . 
Grand  Sesters 

Grane 

Granger's .... 

Grant 

Granlley 

Granville  .... 

Grass 

Gratiot 

Gratz 

Gravcsend  . . . 

Gray 

Gray's ,~ 

ureasy 

Groat 


Great 

Groat 

ijiroat 

Great 

Great 

Great 

Great 

Great  Aloui 


Clus. 


C. 

Gr. 

I. 

T. 

Pr. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

C. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

'^' 
T. 
Ld. 
I. 

T. 
Mt 

R. 

R. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

L. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

R. 

R. 

R. 

L. 

L. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Ha 

H«.r 

L. 

T. 

Ft. 

Cv. 

T. 

Hk. 

Har 

L. 

Des. 

Bay 

Bay 

&• 

I. 
I. 
L. 


Nova  Zembia 
Australasia  . 
Australasia.. 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Candia 

Mediterran.  Sea 
Cape  Colony  . . 
Guatemala  .... 

Azores 

Caaary  Isles  . . 

Turkey 

New  S.  Wales  . 
Brit  America . 
Brit  America  . 
Cape  Colony  . . 
South  Shetland 

Polynesia 

Spain 

Guatemala  .... 
New  &  Wales  . 
Buenos  Ayros . 
Missouri  Ter.  . 

Michigan 

Paraguay 

Lower  Canada. 
Missouri  Ter.  . 

Michigan 

N.  Brunswick  . 

Guinea 

Canary  Isles  . . 
Senegambia  .. . 
South  America 

Mexico 

Brazil 

Bolivia 

Buenos  Ayres . 

Mexico 

Isle  of  France. 

Liberia 

Arabia 

Polynesia 

Brit  America  . 
North  America 
Brit  America  . 

France  

Michigan 

Austria 

England 

Spitsbergen  . . . 
Oregon  Ter... . 
Brit  America  . 

Africa 

Now  Guinea  ■ . 

AfVica 

Auslrulasia  . . . 
Australasia... . 
Spitsbergen  . . . 
Brit  America  . 
Auitriilasia .... 
Asiatic  Russia. 


pT 

Wj 
Wi 
Ji 
li 

Me 

Nl 

Gg 
Ko 

Lf 

Nd 

V 

Fa 
Ga 
Nl 
Ho 
Vf 
Le 

?f 

Hk 
Fe 
Gd 
Ik 
6d 
Fd 
Gd 
Hd 
Lh 
Kf 

•ii 

Ef 

Ji 

Ik 

HI 

Ff 

Pk 

Lh 

Pf 

?J 

Ab 

Fo 

Md 

Gd 

Nd 

Mo 

Ma 

Dd 

Db 

Mf 

Vi 

Kf 

Vm 

Vj 

Na 

Db 

Ui 

Wb 


Hit 

Mh 

nbla .. 

Pa 

ia  .. 

la.... 

Ji 

y. 

m.Sea 

Me 

my  .. 

Nl 

a.  .... 

«R 

Ko 

ilea  .. 

Lf 

Nd 

'vies. 

Vj 

irica . 

Fa 

jrica  . 

Ga 

>ny  .. 

Nl 

itland 

Ho 

Vf 

Le 

a. .... 

G«r 

VI 

alea. 

yros . 
Per.  . 

Hk 

Fe 

Gd 

Ik 

nada. 

Gd 

Fd 

Gd 

Hd 

Lh 

eg  .. 

Kf 

la  ... 

a 

3nca 

• .  '•  • 

Ef 

.  •  • . 

Ji 

•  • . . 

Ik 

HI 

•  ■  •  • 

Ff 

noe. 

Pk 

•  •  •  • 

Lh 

Pf 

•  •  • 

Fd 

ca  . 

■ica 

Ab 

ca  . 

Fo 

•  •  • 

Md 

... 

Gd 

•  •  • 

Nd 

•   •   • 

Mc 

•  ■  • 

Ua 

•  •   • 

Dd 

a  . 

Db 

Mf 

, , 

Vi 

Kf 

•  • 

Vm 

•  • 

Vj 

... 

Via 

I . 

Db 

..  i 

Ji 

a.! 

iVb 

CONSULTING  INDEX. 


45 


■  otrbcMite. 


Groat  AlUu  .... 
Great  American 
Gnat  Andaman. 
Great  Bahama . . 

Great  Bear 

Great  Bear 

Great  Bucharia  . 
Great  Cayman .. 
Great  Comoro . . 
Great  Doom. ..  • 
Great  Natonas .. 

Great  Fuh 

Great  Fiah 

Great  Fish 

Great  Ganges... 
Great  Indian  . . . 
Great  Kooropar. 

tachia 

Great  Nicobar  . . 
Great  Ouzen.... 
Great  Pearl  . . . . 
Great  Portage  ■ . 
Great  Saline.... 

Great  Salt 

Great  Sandy . . . . 
Great  Slave  . . . . 
Great  Swan  . . . . 
Great  Talba... 
Great  Volcano  • 
Great  Wardein  ■ 
Great  Whale  . . . 
Greece  ........ 


Mt 

Des. 

L 

I. 

L. 

Mt. 

Cty. 

L 

I. 

R. 


II 


Green 

Green 

Green 

Green 

Green 

Green 

Green 

Green  Lake  . . . 

Greenland 

Greenough  . . . . 
Greensboro. . . . 

Greenville 

Greenville 

Greenville 

Greenwich  . . . . 

Gregory 

Greiga 

Grenada 

Grenadines.. .. 

Grenna   

Grennae 

Gronoblo 

Grot-chakovka. 

Griazovits 

Griffin 

Griffith 

Griffith's 

Grimth's.....'^ 
Grigan 


I. 
R. 
R. 
Bay 

Des. 

R. 

I. 

R. 

Bk. 

L. 

Fk. 

Des. 

Des. 

L. 

Pt 

R. 

Is. 

T. 

R. 

Cty. 

C 

Bay 

R. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

Ho. 

Cty 

Mt. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

R. 

L 

C. 

C. 

L 

Is. 

Sta. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pt 

C. 

Pt 

I. 

I. 


Mongolia 

Missouri  Ter.  . 
Bav  of  Bengal. 
Bahamas  ..... 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 

Ana 

West  Indies .. 
Indian  Ocean  . 
Cape  Colony  . . 

Malaysia 

Brit  America  . 
Cape  Colony  . . 

Aflrica 

Polynesia 

Uindoostan  .. . 

Asiatic  Rtunia. 
Bay  of  Bengal. 
Asiatic  Russia . 


Persian  Gulf 
Wisconsin  Ter. 
Missouri  Ter. 

Persia 

Mongolia .... 
Brit  America 
V.  Diemen's  Ld. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Polynesia .... 

Austria 

Brit  America 

Europe 

News.  Wales. 
United  States.. 
Cape  Colony  . . 
Australasia  . . . 

Labrador 

Polynesia  ..... 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
North  America 
North  America 
North  Carolina 
South  Carolina. 
New  S.  Wales  . 

Asia 

South  Shetland 
Oregon  Ter... . 

Cyprus 

West  Indies. . . 
West  Indies... 

Barca 

Denmark 

France 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

North  America 
Brit.  America 
Brit  AmeriGn 
Brit  America 
Polynesia.... 


Rd 
Fe 

%i 

Db 
Db 
Qe 
Gg 

Nl 
Th 
Fb 

Nl 

Bj 
Qf 

Wa 

Sh 

Pd 

Pf 

Fd 

Fo 

Pe 

Re 

Eb 

Vm 

Ub 

SI 

Go 

Ne 
Wl 
Gd 
Nl 
Wi 
Ho 
Ch 
Hb 
Eo 
Ja 
Cb 
Ge 
Ge 
V 


iornaM,k«. 


a 

lo 
Dd 
Oo 
Hg 
Hg 
Ne 
Mo 
Md 
Pb 
Oo 
Cb 
Ob 
E- 
Fa 
Vg 


.30. 


GriUon 

Grim 

Grimble  . . . 
Grimington 
Grinuey . . . 
Grimstadt.. 
Griqua  .... 
Grisselhamn 

Grita 

Griwhee  . . . 
Grodno .... 

Grodno 

Groenkloof 

Gromiezicha.. . . 

Groningen 

Group 

Grousnyklo  . . . . 

Growa 

Guachipas 

Guadalaxara  .  • . 
Guadalcana  ■ . .  ■ 
GuE^laloupe  . . . . 
Guadalquiver  •  •  • 

Guadalupe 

Guadalupe 

Guadel 

Guadiana 

Guadigmata  .. .. 

Guaib 

Guahan 

Guaiteca 

Gualata 

Guanachuco . .   . 
Guanacache ... 
Guanahani . . . . . 
Guanaxuato . .  • 
Guanaxuato  ... 

Guanchaco 

Guapindayes  . . 
Guapi  Quilan. . 

Guapore 

Guarda 

Guardian 

Guaria 

Guarmey 

Guascama  .... 
Guatemala  .... 
Guatemala .... 
Guatemala  .... 
Guatemala  .... 

Guaviare 

Giiaxam 

Guaxiniquilapa . 
Guayancco .... 
Guayaquil  .... 
Guayaquil  .... 
Guayaquil  .... 
Guaycurus... . 

Guayiiiaa 

Guasacoaco  . . . 
Guaiumiri .... 


Cltm. 


T. 

C. 

Is. 

C. 

L 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

a 

?■ 

T. 
T. 
R. 

?• 

L 

R. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

L 

L 

G. 

Dis. 

T. 

Ls. 

Is. 

St 

5r- 

Tr. 

L 

R. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Pt 

Rep. 

St. 

^^^ 

Bay 

R. 

I. 

T. 

Is. 

Dop 

o. 

Tr. 
L. 


Senegambia 
V.Diemen'sLd. 
Brit  America 
Labrador  .... 

Iceland 

Iceland 

Africa 

Sweden 

Venezuela  . . . 
Dahomey  .... 

Russia 

Russia 

Cape  Colony  . . 

Russia 

Holland 

Polynesia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Guinea 

Buenos  Ayres  . 

Mexico 

Australasia  • . . 
West  Indies.. . 

Spain 

Polynesia 

Mexico 

Beloochistan.. . 

Portugal; 

Tripoli 

Chili 

Polynesia 

Patagonia  .... 

Aftica 

Peru 

Buenos  Ayrci . 

Bahamas 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Peru 

South  America 

Chili 

Bolivia 

Portugal 

Polynesia 

Soudan  

Peru 

New  Grenada  . 
North  America 
Guatemala .. . . 
Guatemala  . . . . 
Guatemala . . . . 
New  Grenada  . 

Polynesia 

Mexico 

Patagonia 

Equador 

Equador 

Equador 

South  America 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Bolivia 


IM 

UK 

Lg 

Vm 

Fa 

He 

Kb 

Kb 

Nk 

Nc 

Hh 

Mh 

Nc 

Nc 

Nl 

Pb 

Mc 

Dl 

To 

Lh 

Hk 

Ff 

Wi 

Hg 

L  e 

Vf 

Ef 

Qf 
Le 

Ne 
Hm 

I' 
Hm 

Lf 

Gi 

HI 

Gf 

Ff 

Ff 

Gi 

li 

Hm 

Hj 

Ld 

Dk 

Mg 

u 

I' 
I' 

Gm 

Gi 

Gi 

Gi 

Ik 

Kf 

Ef 

Hj 


ttn^m^mpf^ 


■HIMRpnv^iBippmp 


46 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


Gaberlintk .. 
Gubraioh  .  < . 

Oaelph 

6iier«)t  ...  . 
Goenuey . . . 

Oofruan 

Giuana 

Goielop 

Gailfbrd..... 

Gainak 

Goinea 

Guinea 

Goiriri 

Gaitivas  .... 
Guisara..... 

Gujerat 

GiA 

Gulakin 

Gumma 

Gumsoor.... 
GimdaTa. . . . 
Gunduok  ... 
Gundwana . . 
Gondy's  .... 
Guntoor  .... 
Goraray  .... 

Goreru 

Guria 

Gurlen 

Gunah 

Guroifuea  .. . 
Gorumskach 
Gurumakach 
Gurupaluba  . 

Garapa 

Gurupy 

Garwal 

Gaysboro  ... 

Gusiaa 

Gwalior 

Owattur ..... 

Gwrdir 

Gjrdroa 

Gydyr 


Hft  ••••••  ••■ 

Ha 

Haabai 

Haarlom  .... 
Haarlem  . . . . 
Hadadid  . . . . 
Ha^ji  Caleb . 
Hadramaut. . 
Hadraraaut.. 
Hagedia  . . . . 

Hague 

Hatfus 

Haner 

Hai.choir . . . 

Hainan 

Haitan 


Cba. 

tT 

T. 

T. 

T., 

I. 

I. 

Cty, 

A* 

T. 

g^ 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

&■ 

Pr. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Pt. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Bay 

T. 

T. 

la. 

T. 

In. 

Sta. 

T. 

Pr. 

?'• 
& 

Dea. 


I. 


Aaiatio  Russia  P  o 
Bekxtchistan  . .  P  f 
Upper  Canada  .  G  d 

France   M  d 

English  Chan..  Ld 

Polynesia V.g 

Squth  America  I  h 

Polynesia Vh 

New  Holland..  Tl 

Mongolia Re 

Africa L  h 

Africa Lh 

Braxil I  i 

Mexico E  f 

Barca Nf 

Hinduostan  . . .  Q  f 
Beloochistan  . .  Q  f 

Tartary Q  d 

Little  Bucharia  R  d 
Hindoostan  . . .  R  r 
Beloochistan  . .  Q  f 
Hindoostan  ...  Rt 
Hindoostan  . . .  R  f 
New  Zealand . .  X  m 
Hindoostan  . . .  R  g 

Equador i  Hi 

Brazil,  i li 

Buenos  Ayres '.  H  k 

Tartary P  d 

Hindoostan  . . .  R  f 

Brazil J  i 

Little  BuchariaRe 
Little  Bucharia  R  d 
Brazil ........  I  i 

Brazil I  i 

Brazil li 

Hindoostan  ...Re 
Nova  Scotia  ...  Hd 

Russia P  b 

Hindoostan  . . .  R  f 
Beloochistan  . .  Q  f 
New  S.  Wales  .  V  k 
Asiatic  TurkeylO  d 
North  America  C  a 


Africa 

Laos 

Polynesia 

Holland 

New  Guinea  . . 

Africa 

Tartary 

.\rabia 

Arabia 

Malaysia  . . . . . 

Holland 

Indian  Ocean.. 

Africa 

China 

China  Sea 

China 


Sp 

A 

Mo 

Vi 

Nf 

Qd 

U 
Mo 
Ok 
Mf 
Te 


Hi— rfiiM»,ai. 


Hajar 

Hajar 

Hajatou 

Hakluyt'i 

Halcyon 

Haldane's 

Hale 

HaUkia ...... 

Haifinoon 

Hali 

Halibut 

Halifax 

Halifikz 

HaUfaz 

Halkett....... 

Ha>l 

Hallanga 

Halleit  Allele .. 

Hallnwell 

Hall's 

Hall*a 

Hall's 

Halnioe 

Halmstad 

HalouPatou.. . 

Hals 

Halsoe 

Hamad 

Hamadan 

Hamah 

Haman 

Hamburg 

Hamburg 

Hamelin's 

Hami 

Hamilton 

Hamilton 

Hamm 

Hammamct . . . 

Hamman 

Hammerfbst. . . 

Hammet'a 

Hamskar 

Han-chong.... 

Han>chow 

Handech 

Handle 

Hang-chow ... 

Hango 

Hango  

Hankey 

Han  Kfang  . . . 
Hannali  Bay  . . 

Hanover 5 

Hanover 

Hanmer 

HaoeoHl 

HapU 

Hara 

Harashor 

Hants! 


Pr. 

Cv. 

l*. 

I. 

L 

R. 

Is. 

T. 

Is. 

T. 

Is. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

Is. 

T. 

Dit. 

T. 

C. 

Is. 

Gr. 

In. 

Is. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Is. 

L. 

??• 

T. 

Bay 
Har 

Bay 

Is. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

9: 

T. 
T. 

9: 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Ho. 

Km. 

?'• 

T. 
T. 
L. 

toy. 


Arabia.......  Pf 

Arabia |Of 

Mantchooria  . . 
Baffin's  Bay.. . 

Polynesia 

Brit  America  . 
Brit.  America . 

Nubia 

Spitsbergen . . . 

Arabia 

North  America 
North  Carolina 
Nova  Scotia. . . 
News.  Wales. 
Brit  America  . 
Wirtemburg  . . 

Nubia 

Nubia 

Brit.  America  . 

Polynesia 

Corea 

Scoresby's  Ld. 

Norway 

Sweden 

Mongolia 

Iceland 

Norway 

Soudan  

Persia..., 

Syria 

Asiatic  Turkey 
Germany..... . 

Spitsbergen  . . 
New  Hulaud. . 

Mongolia 

Brit  America  . 
Atlantic  Ocean 

Prussia 

Tunis 

Algiers 

Norway...  ... 

Australasia... . 

Sweden 

China 

Corea 

Nubia 

Arabia 

China 

Russia 

Matemba 

Cape  Colony  . . 

China 

Brit  America  . 

Germany 

Hanover 

Patagonia 

Mongolia 

Mongolia 

Mongoliii 

Little^Bucharia 
iMongoiia I 


Ud 
Ha 
Wg 
Db 
Hb 

Og 

Na 

Og 
Bo 
Ge 
Hd 

li 

Md 

Og 

Og 

Ga 

Xh 

Ue 

Ka 

Mb 

Mc 

Se 

Kb 

Mb 

Ng 

Pe 

Oo 

Od 

Mc 

Wa 

Tb 

Sd 

Ha 

He 

Mc 

Me 

Me 

Na 

VI 

No 

Te 

Ue 

0« 
OF 

Tf 

No 

^i 

Nl 
Te 
Go 
Mo 
Mc 
Hn 
Td 
Sd 
Sd 
Rd 
ISd 


au. 

>• 

Mn 

Pf 

t     •  •  • 

Of 

>ria  .. 

Ud 

lay... 

Ha 



Wg 

srica  . 

Db 

erica . 

Hb 

Off 

en  •  • . 

Na 

2« 

nerica 

Bo 

rolina 

6e 

tu... 

Hd 

ITales. 

li 

9rioa  . 

arjr  .. 

Md 

Og 

Or 

inca  . 

Ua 

I 

Xh 



Ue 

•  Ld. 

Ka 

Mb 

Mc 

Se 

Kb 

Mb 

Ng 

#  •  •  •  • 

Pe 

Wkey 

Oo 

Od 

..'. . . . 

Mr. 

!n  ..   jua  n 

Bud. .  .'>'  li  11 

Sd 

Ha 

icean 

He 



Mc 

•  •  * . 

Me 

.  *  •  • 

Me 

.  ■ «.  • 

Na 

k...   . 

VI 

•  •  •   • 

Nc 

t  •  •  • 

Te 

•  ■  •  • 

Ue 

•  ... 

Off 
0? 

•  >  •  • 

Tf 

•  •  •   . 

Nc 

1  •  •  • 

Ni 
Nl 

I'  •• 

Te 

oa  . 

Go 

.  •  • 

Mo 

.  •  • 

Mo 

•  • . 

Hu 

•  •  • 

Td 

•  • « 

Sd 

•  •  * 

9d 

iria 

Rd 

... 

Sd 

■i.^«^^e!i'»T '  P' ' " "  ■;■»*  '■"■  • 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


,47; 


Clia. 


Harbagi .... 
Harcaih  .... 
Hard  wick... 

Hardy 

Hardy's  .... 

Haro 

Hare 

Hare  Indiana 
Hargiah .... 
Harlech  .... 

Harinin 

Hannin 

Harmony . . . 

Harper 

Harran 

Harriet 

Harrisburg. . 
Harrisburg.. 
Hartag's .... 
Hortebeeste  . 
Hartford.... 
Hoe....;... 

Haser 

Haascla 

Haui-fkrsil. . 
Hastings.... 
Hastings. ... 

Hat 

Hatakool. . . . 
Hatchet ..... 
Hdtteras .... 
Hatt^n's  Headland 

Havanna 

Havre 

Ha^vau 

Haweis 

Hawkes 

Hawkesburr  . . . 
Hawkinsville . . . 

Hawaah 

Hay 


Hay 

Hay 

Hay 

Hay 

Hay.cock  . . 
Hay-cock 
Haydon's  . . 

Hayes 

Hays 

Haystack  . . 

HayU 

Hazey 

Hean 

Heame  .... 

Heath 

Heberawul . 
Hebrides... 
Hebron . . . , 
Heohosoa  , 
Heda 


T. 

T. 

C. 

Pen. 

I. 

f' 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

Sta. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

9- 

I. 
R. 

?• 

T. 

T. 

Sta. 

R. 

Arc. 

I. 

R. 

L. 

C. 

C. 

Cy. 

?• 

Is. 

Bay 

I. 

T. 

R. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

R. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

Pk. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

§■ 

Pt 
Tr. 
Is. 

Sta. 

IT. 


Nubia 

Soongaria.. .. 
Brit  America 
Patagonia.. .. 
New  &  Wales 
Newfoondi'utd 
Greenland  ... 
Brit  America 

Arabia 

Wales 

Arabia 

Arabia 

Missouri 

Liberia  

Asiatic  Turkey 
Brit.  America . 
Pennsylvania. . 

Texas 

New  Holland. . 

Africa 

Connecticut  .. . 

Arabia 

Arabia 

Sweden 

Afirica 

New  S. Wales. 
Gulf  of  Siam  . 
Malaysia  . .  . . 
Mantchooria  . . 
Brit  America . 
Nortli  Carolina 
Brit  America  . 

Cuba 

Franco 

Polynesia .... 

Polynesia 

New  Zealand. . 
bregon  Ter.... 

Georgia 

Abyssinia 

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 

Malaysia 

Malaysia 

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
New  S.  Wales. 

Poljmesia 

West  Indies... 

Mongolia 

Tonquin 

Brit  America  . 
Antiflostils.... 

AiVioa 

Scotland 

Labrador 


SI 

6a 
Hn 

I  o 
la 
Eb 
Pg 
Lo 

l« 
Fe 

Lh 

Oe 

Fb 

Gd 

Ff 

Tk 

Nk 

Hd 

2« 
Pj 

Nb 

Mf 

Wl 
Sh 
Th 
Uo 
Fo 
Go 
Hb 
Gf 
Md 

n 

XI 
Do 
Go 

2« 
Ea 

Ga 

Fb 

Eo 

Fo 

Uh 

Th 

Hb 

Fo 

Wk 

Vf 

?f 

Tf 
Eb 
Hd 
Ph 
Lo 
Ho 


Hede 

Hedemora... 
Hedgehog. . . 
Hediaa .... 

Hedra 

Heibuck ... 

Hekla 

Helena .... 
Helen's.... 
Helicon's  . . 
Heligoland . 

Helis 

Helmund  . . 
Hebingborg 
Hekingibrs 
Helvellin... 

Hems 

Henderson  . 
Henderson  . 
Henderson's 
Henkon.... 
Henkon .. . . 
Henkonni  Sekim 

Henley ^ 

Henlopen 

Henning 

Henry 

Henry 

Henry 

Henry 

Henrv 

Henslow 

Herat 

Hercules 

Hereford 

Hergest's 

Hermanstadt . . 

Hermit 

Hermit's 

He'rmoso 

HermoBO 

Hem 

Hemosand  .... 

Herschel 

Horvey'e 

Hervey's 

Hervey's 

Hesn  Dharie  . . 
Hesse  Cassel  .8 
Hesse  Darmstadt  9 

Hetoo 

Hesne 

Hewetl 

Heymaey 

Heywood  Range 

Hey  wood's 

Hiau 

Hibemia. ...... 

Hicks' 

nigh 

High 


Mt 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

Mt 

T. 

Sh. 

I. 

Is. 

Sd. 

R. 

r. 

T. 

Mt 

T. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

Mt 

R. 

Ho. 

C. 

T. 

C. 

Pt 

Ho. 

R. 

I. 

C. 

Cy. 

Rk. 

Cy. 

Rke 

?'• 

Is. 

T. 

Mt 

I. 

I. 

L 

Is. 

I. 

Bay 

T. 

El, 

G.D 

T. 

T. 

C. 

I. 

Mts, 

I. 

I. 

Ft 

Bay 

L 

L 


■•£ 


Sweden.... 
Sweden  . . . 
Spitsbergen 
Arabia  .... 

Tunis, 

Tartary  . . . 
Iceland.. .. 
Arkansas . . 
Polynesia . . 
Polynesia. . 
North  Sea  . 
Spitsbergen 

Cabul 

Sweden .... 
Russia  . .  ■  ■ 
New  S.  Wales. 
Syria  .... 

Kentucky 

|N.  Pacific  Oo. . 

Polynesia 

Mantchooria .  • 

Mantchooria  . . 

MBnt<;houria  .  • 

Brit  America . 

Delaware 

Norway 

Virginia 

Brit  America  . 

Brit  America  . 

Oregon  Ter... . 

Scoresby'sLd.. 

Solomon's  Arc 

Cabul 

Peru 

England 

Polynesia 

Austria 

Patagonia  .... 

Australasia  . . . 

Mexico 

Buenos  Ayres  . 

Afirica 

Sweden 

Brit  America  . 

Polynesia....  k 

Polynesia 

News.  Wales. 

Arabia 

Germany 

Germany 

Mantchooria . . 

Norway 

Brit  America  . 

Iceland 

Brit  America . 

South  SheUand 

Pdynesia.o.. 

Brit.  America  . 

New  Zealuid. . 

Polynesia 

Australasia.... 


Mb 

Nb 

Ma 

Of 

Mo 

Qe 

Kb 

Fe 

Uh 

Xf 

Mc 

Na 

Qe 

Me 

Nh 

VI 

Oe 

Gfr 

Df 

Dk 

Vc 

Uo 

Uo 

Go 

Go 

Mb 

6e 

Fo 

Ec 

Ed 

Kb 

Wi 

Qe 

Lo 

Ci 

Nd 

Hn 

Vi 

Fff 

HI 

Kf 

Nb 

Cb 

B 


i 


B 

Wk 

Of 

Mo 
Mo 

Ud 

Mb 

Ha 

Kb 

Eb 

lo 

Ci 

Fo 

X' 

Ok 

Vi 

mmm 


48 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


ttinam,k». 


CUob 


Hiffh. 

High 

HiO 

flului  ••••••••# 

HUlU  AratM  .. . . 

Himmaleh 

HincuL-brook  . . 

Hindia 

Hindoen 

Hindoo  Koosh . . 
Hindoostan..... 
Hingan-ohow  .• . 

Hing>ohow 

Hing-hoa 

flinka 

Hin-kianf^ 

Hinloopen 

Hinskoi 

Hiorinf 

Hippa 

Hiraova 

Hiasar 

Hissar 

Hit 

Hitoh 

Hitteren 

Hivaaa 

Hoa-chow 

Hoailfo 

Hoa-king 

Hoang  Hai 

Hoong  Ho 

Hoatoiang 

Hobart 

Hobhouae 

Hoohland 

Ho^show 

Hocingaupuo  .. . 

Hodeida 

Hoden 

Hoei-cbow 

Hof 

Hor 

Hoff 

Hog 

Hogan's 

Hogoleu 

Moin>flrnan 

Hojoa 

Holr    

Hok.  

Holin 

Hdkham 

Holland 

HoUamsBird.  . 
Holloway . . . 
Holmen  .... 
Holouan  ..... 
Hblpotohi ... 
Holiteinburg . 


I. 
I. 
R. 

Mte 

u 

T. 

I. 

Mts. 

Cty. 

Cy. 

^' 

?!• 

R. 

Str. 

C. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

9.' 

T. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

&• 

Cy. 

Sea 

R. 

T. 

T. 

In. 

I. 

su. 

9: 

I. 
I. 

PL 
b. 

I- 

T. 
L. 

Bay 

Km. 

I. 

Bay 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Sta. 


Bay  of  Bengal 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Azanoga.... 
Asia 


nriUoB* 


Hi 
Fc 
Oe 
Lf 
Re 
North  America  C  b 


Hindoostan  . . . 

Norway 

Cabul 

Asia 

China 

China 

China 

Mantchooria  . 

China 

Spitsbergen  . . 
Asiatic  Russia 
Denmark .... 
Oregon  Ter, .. 

Turkey 

Hindoostan  . . 

Tartary 

Arabia 

Russia 

Norwpv 

Polynesia. . .. 

China 

China 

China 

Asia 

China 

Mongolia .... 
V.Diemen'sLd. 
Brit  America 
Russia 


China 

Cliina 

Arabia 

Africa 

China 

Iceland 

Malaysia  .... 
Malaysia  . . . , 

Sumatra 

Australasia  . . 
Polynesia .... 

China 

Mexico. .'.... 

Iceland 

Brit  America 
Mongolia .... 
North  America 

Europe 

Africa 

Scorosby's  Ld. 

Norway 

Asiatic  Turkey 
Mongolia . . . 
Greenland  . . 


Rf 

Nb 

Qe 

Rf 

Te 

To 

Tf 

Ud 

Tf 

Na 

Xb 

Mc 

Dc 

Nd 

Rf 

Qe 

Oe 

Pb 

Mb 

Ci 

Te 

Te 

Te 

Ue 

Te 

Sd 

Vm 

Gn 

No 

Te 

Te 

L* 

Kb 
Ui 
Sh 
Ti 

Xj 

Wh 

Te 

Ff 

Kb 

Fc 

Td 

Do 

Mc 

Mk 

Ka 

Nb 

Oe 

Sd 

lb 


•orructiiftc. 


Holstein  St,  Lau- 
enborg  . . 

Holt's 

Holum  .... 

Holy  » 

Homant's . . 

Home 

Home 

Honan 

Honan 

Honda 

Honda 

Hondon.... 
Honduras . . 
Honduras  . . 
Honduras  .. 
Honduras  Kays. 
Hong-tse  Hou 
Hougvcn ..... 
Honinoso  .... 

Hood 

Hood 

Hood's 

Hood's 

Hood' 

Hood' 

Hooker 

Hoon 

Hoonan 

Hooper 

Hooper 

Hoopih 

Hoormara .... 

Hooshu 

Hope 

Hope 

Hope 

Hope 

Hope 

Hopedale  .... 
Hope's  Advance. 
Hope's  Monument 
Hopewell . . 
H.^iewell  Head  . 
Hopkins'.. . 
Hopo-so  . . . 
Hoppner . . . 

Horeb 

Horeul  .... 

Hori 

Horn.. J... 

Horn 

Horn 

Horn 

Horn 

Horn 

Home 

Horn  (False)  . . . 

Horsburg 

Horse'*  Head . . . 


D 

I. 

T. 

Mt 

T. 

C. 

Bay 

Pr. 

°^: 

T. 

I. 

St 

6. 

C. 

Is. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

Mt 

I. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

Mt 

T. 

Pr. 

C. 

In. 

Pr. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

Pt 

Sta. 

C. 

Mt 

Ch. 

C. 

Po. 

T. 

C. 

Mt 

T. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

R. 

L. 

So. 

Mts. 

I. 

C. 

C. 

C. 


Germany .... 
Polynesia. . . . 

Iceland 

Mongolia .... 

Russia 

Brit  America 
Brit  America 
China ....... 

China 

Cuba 

New  Grenada 
Polynesia. ... 
Guatemala . . . 
North  America 
Guatemala .... 
Caribbean  Sea. 

China 

Corea 

Mongolia 

New  Guinea  . . 
Oregon  Ter.  . . 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Gallapagos  .... 
Brit  America  . 
Brit.  America  ■ 

Tripoli 

China 

Brit  America  < 
Brit  America  . 

China 

Beloochistan  . . 
Mantshooria  . . 
Spitsbergen  . . . 
South  Shetland 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

North  America 
Labrador  .... 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Oregon  Ter.. . 

China 

Brit.  America  ■ 

Arabia 

Mantchooria  . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Patagonia 

Austria 

Brit  America  . 

Sweden 

Spitsbergen  .  .\ 
Brit  America  . 

Polynesia 

Terra  del  Fuogo 
Brit  America 
Greenland  . . . 


Red 


Mc 

Cj 

Kb 

Sd 

Ob 

Ga 

Hb 

Te 

Te 

Gf 

Hh 

Cj 

^« 

S^ 

Te 

Ud 

Sd 

Vi 

Dd 

Ci 

Ck 

Gi 

Eb 

Ec 

Nf 

Tf 

Hb 

Gb 

Te 

Qf 

Ud 

Na 

lo 

Xn 

Xi 

Ab 

He 

Hb 

Ga 

Go 

Go 

Do 

Tg 
Ha 
Of 
Ud 
Od 
Hn 
Md 
Eb 
Nb 
Ma 
Eb 

Aj 
Hn 
Ga 
la 


Reft 

Lctk 

Mc 

.... 

c,j 

•  •  •  • 

Kb 

•  •  •  t 

3d 

^ 

Ob 

rica  • 

Ga 

rica . 

Hb 

Te 

Te 

Gf 

ada  • 

Hh 

•  ■  •  ■ 

Cj 

I.... 

(id 

lenca 

«<r 

1.... 

«R 

Sea. 

«K 

Te 

Ud 

Sd 

fiea .. 

Vi 

er.  .. 

Dd 

Ci 

Ck 

B  ...  . 

6i 

rica  . 

Eb 

rica  . 

Ec 

Nf 

Tf 

rica  . 

Hb 

rica  . 

Gb 

Te 

an  .. 

Qf 

■la  .. 

Ud 

n  ... 

Na 

Hand 

lo 

Xn 

*  ■ . . 

Xi 

erica 

Ab 

. .  * . 

He 

ica  . 

Hb 

tea  . 

Ga 

loa  . 

Go 

ica  . 

Go 

r.. .. 

Do 

. . .  • 

Tff 

oa  . 

Ha 

■  •  •  • 

Of 

s  . . 

Ud 

■ia. 

Od 

•  *  ■ 

Hn 

.  .  t 

Md 

in. . 

Eb 

•  •  • 

Nb 

Ma 

la  . 

Eb 

• .  * 

Aj 

BffO 

Hn 

Ga 

U 

CONSDLTINO  INDEX. 


"■iLlS^  /^-'■i^i''  •-■  ^/i4^--t,-i:Ajt;. 


48 


lornMMiM. 


iMthN). 


Hone  Shoe Bk. 

Hoaeaaona I. 

Hotham C. 

HotoooBsa T. 

Hottentota Peo. 

Hoa-chow Cy. 

Houdoj L' 

Houghton Ft 

Hou|roa T. 

Houiar R. 

Houinar R. 

Houpater C7, 

Houraki Bay 

Hourha R. 

Hourha  Douane.  Sta. 

Houaaa Cty 

Housaa T. 

Iloat Bay 

Houting T. 

Houtmans  Abrol 

hoB 

Howe 

Howea ......... 

Howo'a  Foreland 

Hoy 

Hrolangs.... 

Huacho 

Huahine .... 
Huakuha  . . . 
Huallaga  . . . 
Huamanga . . 
Huanuco.. .. 
Haarare  .... 

Huaraa 

Huari 

Huasaoualco . 

Huaaco 

HubetU  . .  . 
Huchuetan .. 
Hudeeana... 
Hudiksvall . . 

Hudaon 

Hudson's  . . . 
Hudson's  . . . 

Hue 

Huekiun... . 

Hucsca 

Huesoar  .... 
Huffhos' .... 

Hutqui 

Hull 

Hull 

Humaree  ... 

Humbe 

Humbor  .... 
Humboldt... 

Hume 

Hummock  . . 
Humphroy . , 
Humphrey  Davy'ill, 
Hungary jcty 


Australasia  .  •  • 
Sooth  Shetland 
Brit  America  . 
MimgoUa  . . . . 

Afiica 

China 

Mongolia 

North  America 

Mongolia 

Mantchooria  . . 
Mantchooria  . . 

Mohgolia 

New  Zealand. . 
Mantchooria  . . 

Thibet 

Soudan ..;.... 

Abyssinia 

Cape  Colony  . . 
Mongolia 


Rks 

C. 

Cty. 

C. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

Str. 

^' 

T. 

Bay 

R. 

?: 

Tr. 

Cty. 

R. 

C. 

R. 

I. 

T 


Australasia... 
New  S.  Wales 

Aftica 

Kerguelen'slid. 

SooUand 

Iceland 

Peru 

Polynesia. ... 
Polynesia. . .. 

Peru 

South  Peru  . . 

Peru 

Equador 

Peru 

Peru  

Mexico 

Chili 

Africa 

Mexico 

Hindooetan  .. 

Sweden 

New  York ... 
BriL  Americv. 
Brit.  America 
Cochin  China 

China 

Spain 

Spain 

Palmer's  Land. 

Mexico 

England 

Lower  Canada. 
Mantchooria  . . 

AiVica 

England 

Sc(H«Bby's  Ld. 
New  S.  Wales  . 
Kurilo  Islands. 


roiynesia .. . 
Brit  America , 
Europe 


Wk 
Ho 
Fa 

Rd 
Nk 

Ue 

Td 
Do 
Sd 
Ud 
Uc 
Sd 
XI 
Ud 
Se 
Mg 

Sf 

Sfl 

Tk 

Wl 

Ph 

Qta 

Lc 

Kb 

Gj 

Ci 
61 

}i 
Hi 
Gi 
Gi 

Oh 

Sf 

Nb 
Hd 
Go 
Hb 

l« 
Te 

Md 

Le 

Ho 

Ef 

Lo 

Gd 

Uo 

N.j 

Lo 

Kb 

VI 

Wd 

?i 

Nd 


K>BM«f  Fkca^te. 


Huosteen L. 

Hunter I. 

Hunter's Ck 

Hunter's I. 

Huntington  . . . .  T. 
Huntington  .  •  •  •  I. 

Huntmlle Cy. 

Hnon I. 

Huon Sh. 

Kurd C 

Kurd a 

Htird'B I. 

Hurdwar..        .  T. 

Hurnee T. 

Huron L. 

Hurricanaw  ....  R. 

Hurrispore T. 

Hurmnd T. 

Hurrur Cy. 

Hurry's In. 

Huskisson Mt 

Husseinabad....  T. 

HusUd T. 

Husum T. 

Husit T. 

Button's L 

Hvaloe I. 

Hvidsalen I. 

Hycatu T. 

Hyderabad Cy. 

Hydrabad Pr. 

Hydrabad T. 

Hyeres I. 

Hyguarrassu  . . .  Bay 

Hyllestad T. 

Hyryusolmi . . . .  T. 


lakono  Sima  . . . 

lamba 

larmongha 

lartaovskoio . . . . 

larvi  

Ib&^:-.^& 

Ibarra 

Ibbe 

Ibbe 

Ibbetson's 

Ibeit 

Ibera 

Ibex 

Ibitayaa 

Ibo 

Ibo 

Ibrahim 

Ibraila 

Ibrira 

Ica 

Ica 

Ice 

loa 

loe 


Brit  America  . 
Aoitralasia..  • . 
AiH^alana  .. 
V.Diemcn'sLdi 
Indiana  ...... 

Labrador ..... 

AlAbama...... 

Aoitralasia  . . . 
Australasia.... 

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 

Polynesia 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Ifindoostan  . . . 
Nwth  America 
Brit  America . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Sinde 

Africa 

Scoreaby's  Ld.. 
Nwth  America 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Norway 

Denmark 

Austria. ...... 

Cnea 

Norway 

Greenland  .... 

Brazil 

Sinde 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

France 

Brazil 

Norway 

Russia 


L 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cty, 

T. 

La. 

A 

L. 
R. 
T. 
I. 
T. 
C. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
p, 

I. 

So. 
Hav 


Japan 

Russia ... 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

New  Grenada  . 

Equador 

AlVica 

AiHoa 

OrenmTer.... 

Kordoian 

Buenos  Ayres  . 
Wisconsin  Ter. 

Bolivia 

Mozambique  . . 
Ibo  Island  . . . . 

Arabia 

Turkey 

Nubia 

Peru 


Fb 
Xk 

Vm 
Vm 
Ga 
Ic 

Ge 

Ga 
Fa 
XI 
Rf 

§8 

Ge 

Sf 

Qf 

Oh 

Ka 

Cb 

Rf 

Mb 

Mo 

Nd 

Ue 

Na 

Jb 

Ji 

Qf 

S« 
Rg 

Md 

Ji 

Mb 

Nb 

Ue 
Ob 
Ub 
So 
Ob 
Gh 
Gh 
Nh 

Sf 

\' 

Ik 


I. 


5lM|i.auul .  .  .  .  .  . 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Spitsbergen  . . . 
Nova  Zembia .. 


T 


Nd 
Of 

a  I 

Wa 

Ma 

Ri 


'sss:? 


50 


CX»raULTIN6  INDEX. 


loeknd I. 

Ichaboe !• 

loinskoi T. 

leo T 

Icy C. 

lOT L. 

Icy Pt. 

—  limaxno T. 

1    IdtBOTO T. 

I    Idra T. 

Idri T. 

leoeiska.. JT. 

Israou  •%•>•.  t  •  iT« 

lemma  ........  R. 

!««. •     •!«• 


x 


•^Igatim>  . 

Igighin;it 

Igifhinek. 

Igii '  T. 

IgUu T. 

Iglesias T. 

Ignac.9 T. 

Ignom Bay 

Iffnatieva T. 

IkaiBki . T. 

Ikearal L. 

Ikermiut *  !• 

{ Ikimda K- 

V.  Ikovska T. 

Tktiao-ilf R. 

li-k R. 

Ijtu'  uiaZaschita  T. 
,„     liiu^  «o  Aixo.. .  la. 

*      IlhWHT ,,..T. 

Hi ft. 

Ilir. U. 

,  .    Iliaaova T. 

'>'    Ilima L. 

lUahabad T. 

lUimani Mt 

I  llUnum St 

lUinoJD il. 

il'yriau. .......  Is. 

Ilmen L. 

ilongotea T. 

Imandi'a L. 

Imba T. 

Irabaohiniikoi. . .  T. 
Imbro  ..       ....  I. 

Imerina Km. 

Imniach ......  T. 

SlmurU T. 
InaeoMwible ....  I. 
InaeeeMiUo ....  I. 

iLnagoa I. 

Inlmtakaya T. 

ladependence...  I. 
Independence ...  I. 
Indeiiendenae .. .  T. 
India R. 


NortliemOoean 

Africa 

Anatic  Ruasia 

Brazil 

North  America 
Brit  America 
Nova  ZemUa  ■ 
i\.8iatic  Russia 
Ariiatic  Russia 

Sweden 

Fiixan 

Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Aeiotic  RusHib. 

Paraj^iuy 

A.aiiiv\i  J'UiPsia. 
..tUiiaMc  ''v'j.'isiji. 

j  Austria  ,..,,. 

■Mjrsioo.    ... 
1  isia'io  Riiao.'u. 
i  45ii).).ic  Bu.i.Tfi. 
'iPiBiio  ltus.?ia. 

M'Uigolia 

Greenland  .... 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Nurtli  America 
Tertary  ...... 

Tarfiry 

Indian  Ocean.. 

Brazil 

Soongaria 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
North  America 

Persia 

Bolivia 

Unite<4  Sta'ica.. 

Illinois 

Austria 

Russia  .    

South  Poru  . . . 

Luzon 

Kussia ........ 

Japan 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Archipekgo. . . 
Madagascar  .. . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Mexico 

Southern  Ocean 
South  Shetland 

Bahamas 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Missouri 

Russia 


Kb 
Mk 

Ub 

Ui 

Pi  A 

F  :;. 

Qa 

Sa 

Tb 

Mb 

Mf 

Sb 

Tb 

Tb 

Uc 

Ik 

Wb 

Wb 

(if 


Jfimm«ITUam,lu, 


)•>/« 
i'o 
Pb 
Rd 
Jb 
Uc 
Qc 
lie 
Po 
Po 
Pi 

JJ 
Rd 

Sc 

Qc 

B  c- 

Po 

Ik 

Gd 

Gd 

Nd 

Oo 

Hi 

Vg 

Ob 

Ve 

Ub 

Nd 

Qb 

Ee 

LI 

Lo 

Hf 

Sb 

C 

Nb 


ms 


Indian 

Intiikn 

lui^t.ina 

Indiinapolis .. 
India  a  River  . 
Indi<:i{,  West  . 
Iudi(;!iirca  ... 

Indiiek 

Indis(vnEab]e . 

Indoro 

ludrapore  ... 

Indschi: 

Indii^ 

Indus 

Ineb>ili 

Infimta 

Ingale ....... 

Ingenoe  ..... 

Inghe 

Jugwla 

infittuibiVie... 
lr.-..'!ifmbaae... 
InSambane... 
Tiihampflra .'. . 

Inichi 

Inichi 

Inigrin 

Inmelick 

Inn 

Inner  Vigteu  . 

Insara  

Insprack  

Insoa  

Interniedios  (the) 
ItiverneBb  . . . 
Investigator's 
Investigator's 
Group  .... 
Invisible  .... 

Inyak  

logen  

logenskoi ... 

lona 

Ionian 

Ionian  Isles . 

lowas 

Ipane 

Ipswich  .... 

Iquape  

Iquique 

Irak  Ajemi . . 
Irak  Arabi  .. 

Irbit 

Irbit 

Ireland 

Tr^hiz 

-tsh 

:  toutsk .... 
i.ikoutsk  .... 
Ifkouisk .... 
Irmenskoe  . . 


Bay 
L. 

St 

Cy. 

In. 

I. 

''?. 

L. 

KS 

T. 

T. 

C. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

C. 

Mts. 

L 

L. 

R. 

^ 
T. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

Bay 

Vil. 

Bay 

R. 

L 

T. 

C 


New  Gergia.  • . 
Brit  America  . 
United  States. . 

Indiana 

Florida  Tw.. . . 
Nort'  Ari?rica 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Itrtary  .  • .  . . 
i'JstralasiB  . . . 
i*i<>dooatan  .. . 


W 

F  i.    , 

G  A  i| 

Qv 

Gi 

H; 

Vd 

Pd 

II 

Si 
Asiatic  Tfirkey  O  d 
LittbTfcIi:.t..«.. 

Ask- iQi 

Asiatic  Tl!Ao^•  O  <? 


fe'.-4natra .. . 

Asiatic  T>ii 


Pr. 

T. 

Str. 

Is. 

Pt 

C. 

R. 

L. 

h 

Sea 

Rnp 

Tr. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

Pr. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

R. 

Sea 

Gov 

ft. 

1'. 

T. 


olia  . 


Cape  Colcr^ 

Aff  ica 

Norv?a' 

M(Hlgo1 

Asiatic  Russia 

Africa 

Inhambane... 
Inharabane... 
Inhambane... 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Asiatic  Turkey 
North  America 
Brit  America  . 

Austria 

Norway 

Russia  ....... 

Austria 

Brazil 

South  Peru  . . . 

Scotland 

New  S.  Wales. 

AustmlasTa.... 
OregimTer.... 

Africa 

Asiatic  Ruasia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Scotland 

Mediterran.  Sea 
Mediterran.  Sea 
Wisconsin  Ter. 
Paraguay .. . 
England.... 

Brazil 

South  Peru.. 

Persia 

Asiatic  Turkey 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Great  Britain .. 
Tartary  . ,  - 
Europe.... 
Asiatic  Ruo.  . 
Asiatic  Ru^.  k 
Asiatic  Biur'.e. 
Asiatic  ¥:uai^ 


Ni 

Nk 

Na 

Se 

To 

Ok 

Ok 

Ok 

Ok 

Od 

Od 

Ab 

Ua 

Md 

Mb 

Oc 

Md 

L  c 

Vi 

Ui 
Dc 
Ok 

Qc 
Qc 
Lc 
Ne 
Ne 
Fd 
Ik 
Mc 
Jk 

Hj 
Pe 
Ot 
P 

Q 
I  > 


'-'i 


!'»■..  :i-,ii.-i 


Trirkef  O  d 

IQ 1 

Ti.Aov  O  ^ 
Ocny  .".iNi 
.......!Nk 

■ Na 

la pe 

Huseia.  To 

jOk 

lane..  •  >iOk 
iane.>  ..lOk 
iane..>.  Ok 
Turkey lO  d 
Turkey!*:*  d 


America 
raerica 


•  •  •   • • • 

eru  . . . 

J 

Walea. 

ft  ••  •  t 

Per.... 

[luasia. 
[luasia. 

»n.  Sea 
an.  Sea 
inTer. 


ru.. 

[\irkoy 
luRtfia. 
lunia 
tain . 


Ua 

Md 
Mb 
Oc 
Md 

L  0 
Vi 

Ui 

Do 

Ok 

Q« 

Qc 

Lc 

Ne 

Ne 

Fd 

Ik 

Mo 

Jk 

Hi 

Fe 

Ot 

P 

Q 

(•I 


msssssBSissssssseaBssas 
CONSULTING  INDEX. 


■■■aliiaMii 


Sli 


iroa 

!r.\<.vraddy  ... 

h  ^.  f  .'.ddy  . . . 

SirJ'/vj 

!lf'V-li:ton..i.. 

liia 

Ih 

Iwmco 

laaba? 

Is&'v^Ua 

iBCi'id 

Iselook 

Is^raour 

Ishaun 

Idltimps 

Isiaoiabad.... 

Island 

Island  Head. . 

Ilaphanie  .... 

Islay 

Isle  of  Man  . . 

Isle  of  Wight. 

Ismail ,. 

Isnikmid 

Isolette 

Ispahan 

Issana 

Issete 

Issim 

Issim. ....... 

Issim 

Istabel  Anton. 

Istmo 

Itabagua 

Ita|rwira 

Itaiuba 

Italy 

Itamaraca.... 

Itapicara 

Itapua 

Itasca  

ItaU 

It  hs 

I^cha 

Ithaca 

Ithaca 

Itonu 

Itu 

Itze-hadze .... 

lunoksa  

larieva 

Ivanouchkova 

Ivasohkin .. .. 

Ivashno 

Ivi 

Ivica 

Ivimiut. .     .. 


ClMh 


R 
Mts. 

R. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

Sta. 

Fd. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

I. 

Is. 

f. 

R. 

a 

T. 
Dis. 

C. 

c. 
I. 

L 
I. 
T. 
T. 

C. 

^- 

R. 
T. 
R. 

Sto. 

T. 

Dep 

R. 

R. 

T. 

Cty. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

C. 

I. 

L 

«. 

Cst 

In. 


Mongolia. ....  Bd 
-     *  Ha 

i« 

Se 

Qc 
Go 

Ne 
Kb 

gI 

Md 
Vh 
Od 
Xb 
Fb 
f 
Fc 
Wk 
Od 
Lo 
Lc 
Lc 
Nd 
Nd 

l« 
Pe 

Hh 

Qo 

Qc 

Qc 

Qd 

Of 

6h 

li 

R 

Md 

Ji 

I 


Brit  America 

Birmah 

Thibet 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Alabama 

IVipoU 

Iceland 

Soudan 

Guatemala  .. . . 
Brit  America  . 

Naples 

Polynenia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit  America  . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Brit  America  . 
Nov  S.  Wales. 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Scotland 
EJngland 
England 
Russia  .' 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Arabia 

Persia 

Venezuela  .... 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Tartary 

Arabia 

New  Grenada  . 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Europe 

Brazil 

Bvazii 

Paraguay 

Wisconsm  Ter. 
Buenos  Ayres . 

Mongolia 

Mongolia 

Ionian  Isles. . . 
New  York .... 

Brazil 

Brazil 

lirit  I'i. 
Rur 

V'    to  Russia. 

iiiatic  Russia. 

static  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Algiers 

Mediterran.  Sea 
Greenlantt  .... 
\siatic  Russia. 

Guinea 

Liabrador 


i 


I 

Fd 
Ik 

Se 

Sd 

Ne 

Gd 

li 

Ik 

'iij/  .iI>C 

Ob 
tb 
Tc 

Wf. 

Xb 

Le 

Mo 

Jb 

Qb 

Lh 

lc 


In.., 
Iier. . . 
Izium 


Jacca 

Jack 

Jackson  

Jackson 

Jackson  

Jackson  

Jacksonville  .. . 
Jackson 'ille  ... 
Jacksonv.lle  ... 

Jacoba  

Jacobin? 

Jacob's 

Jacobsharen. .. 

Jacome 

Jacques  

Jacunia 

Jaen 

Jaen 

Jafik 

Jaffa 

Jafferabad 

Jainapatam.. .. 

Jaik 

Jakan  

Jakan  Ouvaian 

Jalapa 

Jalisco 

Jallinder 

Jallonkadoo  . . . 

Jalmal 

Jalofis 

Jamaicft  .... .. 

Jambara 

Jambi 


James 

James 

James 

JVmes 

Jamfls 

James 

Jameson 

Jameson 

Joiieri 

J.-ngada 

J".  Thiir 

JiR  Mayen . . . 

Jnnnah  

Jai>u"   

Japan  

Japara. ...... 

Japomsk 

Jaquemel . . . . 
Jaquesila  . . . . 
JaquRt, , : :  w  . 
Jaravinskoie . . 
Jardbe's.. .. . 
Jari 


T. 
T. 
T. 

T. 
Ho. 

9: 

T. 

Po. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

Dis. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

9: 

C. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

C. 

C. 

T. 

St 

T. 

Cty. 

C. 

Peo. 

L 

ay. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

Bay 

R. 

Pk. 

C. 

Ld. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Cty. 

K-a 


Mantchooria 

AfUca 

Russia  ...:. 


L. 
T. 

R. 

» 
«. 

T. 

Is. 

R. 


Ud 
Nf 
Od 


Spain 

Birit  America 
Miafissippi... 

Missouri 

Arkansas .... 
News.  Wales 
Florida  ...... 

Gcor^a 

Ulinois ...... 

Soudan  

Brazil ....... 

Greenland  . . . 
Greenland  . . . 

Mexico 

Wisconsin  Ter. 

Bolivia 

Peru 

Spain  .- 

Syria 

New  S.  Wales 
Hindoostan  . . 

Ceylon 

Tartary 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia 

Mexico 

Mexico ...... 

Hindoostan  .. 

AfVica.. 

Asiatic  Russia 
Senegambia .. 
West  Indies.. 
Africa ...... . 

Sumatra 

St  Helena  . . . 
Patagonia.. .. 
Sooresby's  Ld.. 
Brit  America 

Virginia 

Western  Ter. 
Brit  America 
Sooresby's  Ld.. 

Brazil 

Brazil .. . . . 
Hindoostan 
Northern  Ocean 

Dahomey 

Asia 

Attia. 

JaTa 

Russia 

Hayti 

Mexico 

Aiuuiiic  Orean 
Asiiiiic  Russia. 

Polynesia 

'isiatio  Rur^ia. 


Ld 
Fc 
Fe 
Ge 
Fe 
Wi 
Ge 
Ge 
Fe 
Mb 

la 
lb 

Ee 
Fd 

«J 
Gi 

Le 

Oe 

VI 

Qf 
Rli 
Pc 
Xb 
Xb 

If 

Re 

Qa 

Si 

Lr 

Hn 
Ka 
Go 
Ge 
Ee 
Ha 
Ka 
Hi 

I' 

La 

Mh 

Ve 

Ue 

Ti 

Ub 

Ee 
d 
To 
Wf 
Ra 


2?itk_J -^ 


SOB 


CONSULTIMO  INDEX. 


Jaijakaai K. 

Jarm..... T. 

Jania ,,....,. 

Janr 

JbA 

Jaak 

Jaasu 

iamj 

Java 

Jtmi 

Java 

Java 

JavaHead  . .. 
Jarary  ...... 

Jayna  

Ja/iulmere.. . 
Jem  Hamons . 

Jedburar 

Jeddo... 

Jeddore 

Jedo. 

Jeendana  .... 

Je^raon 

Je^raon..... 
Je&non's  ... 
Jeflfonon's  . . . 
Jenolah.... .. 

Jona 

Jenet 

Jeniken 

Jenno  

Jeno 

fcx 

joramio 

Jenbovsk |T. 

Jericoacoara 
Jermain  . . . 

Jersey 

Jerria  ..... 

Jerris 

JeniB  . .  . . 
Jenruis  .... 
Jeratnenha. 
Jeraaalem.. 

Jeno 

Jeana... ... 

Jeraa  Maria 
Jenrire  ... . 

Jewnee  .... 

Je 
Ji 

Jidensalmi 
Jiga-g^oanggar  . 

Jigat 

jm 

Jillip 

Jlqdiiukoi  .... 
Joal.......... 

iJoannea. 

I  J'wquini 

Joauim 


R. 
T. 
C. 
T 

&• 

Sea 

T. 

I. 

Pt 

C. 

R. 

T. 

Cy. 

Rk. 

T. 

^ 

Dis. 

I. 

Mt 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

9: 

Pt 
T. 


R. 
C. 
I. 

c. 
I. 
I. 

R. 
T. 

?.■ 

I. 
R. 
T. 
T. 
T, 

9: 

T. 

Pt 

T. 

T. 

Pt 

T. 

I. 

Ft. 

T. 


Tartaiy 

Africa 

Polynesia 

Brazil 

Ptorsia 

Persia 

Tartary 

Turkey 

Malaysia 

Africa 

Malaysia 

Bolivia 

Java 

Peru 

Mexico 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Atlantic  Ocean 

Scotland 

Japan 

Nova  Scotia.. . 

Africa 

Malaysia 

Oregon  Ter... . 

Missouri 

Missouri  Ter.  . 
N.  Pacific  Oo. . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Germany 

Africa 


Africa  ...... 

Austria 

Mexico 

Hayti 

Russia 

Brazil 

Brit  America  . 
English  Chan.. 
New  S.  Wales. 
Gallapagoe ... . 
Australasia... . 
Brit  America  . 

Ihazil 

Syria 

Japan 

Pmynesia 

Mexico 

Japan 

Beloocbistan  .'. 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Arabia 

Russia 

Thibet 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Arabia 

Magadoxa  .... 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Sene^mbia... 

Brazil 

Brazil  ,■..::  ^-.i 
Brazil 


Qd 
hf 
Bi 
h 
Pf 
Pf 
Qd 
Nd 
Ti 

t1 

Hk 

Ti 

Hi 

Ff 

Qf 

Ke 

Lo 

Ve 

Hd 

Ph 

Ui 

Dd 

Ee 

Ed 

Eg 

R? 

Me 

Mf 

Lf 

hi 
Si 

Pb 

Ji 

6b 

Ld 

VI 

Fi 

Wi 

Fb 

Ji 

Oe 

Vd 

Xi 

De 

Vd 

Qf 

Sf 

Nb 
Sf 
Qf 
Pf 
Oh 

Td 

Kg 
Lf 
!h 
Jj 


tir$m,U. 


Jobie 

Jockmock .... 

Jodsumo 

Johanna  

Johannes  .... 
John  de  NoTa 
John  Martin's 
Johnston's  . .  ■ 
Jqio  Karta ... 

Jolil>a 

Jones 

Jones*..... .. , 

Jones* 

Jones* 

Jonesboro .... 

Jonga  

Jonkoping  ... 
Joodpore... .. 
Joonaghor  ... 

Jooneer 

JoOTee 

Jordon 

Jorhat 

Joros 

Josephine  ... 

Josyna  

Jowar  . . .  .^ . 
Joan  de  Fuca. . . 
Juan  de  Lisboa 
Juan  Fernandez. 

Juba 

Juban  

Juby 

Judge's  Clerk . 
Judge  (the)  .. . 

JucUth 

Jndjang  -.... 
Juggernaut  . . 

Jnui 

Jukkas  

Julia 

Julalabad'... . 

Julian 

Julianas-haab . 
JulianaS'haab . 
Jiilnapore .... 

Jumua 

Junffo  

Junin 

Junin. 

Jurien 

Juruay  

Jutay  ....... 

Jutland 

Jyepore 

Jykill 

Jylum 


Kaarta  .. 
K.  Abaka-- 
Kabanaya. 


T. 
I. 
I. 
Is. 

I. 

Is. 

T. 

R. 

C. 

So. 

Pk. 

Hs. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

H. 

T. 

C. 

Bay 

Rk. 

T. 

Str. 

I. 

Is. 

R. 

T. 

C. 

Rf. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

Sta. 

Dis. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Dep 

T. 

Bay 

R. 

R. 

Pr. 

T. 

L. 

R. 

Cty. 

T. 

T. 


Australasia  . . 

Sweden 

Japan  

lodiau  Ocean 
Polynesia.... 
Indian  Ocean 
Indian  Ocean 
Polynesia. . . . 

Java 

Africa. 

Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Asiatic  Russia. 
News.  Wales. 
Texas. ,,. . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Sweden 

Hindoostan  .. 
Hindoostan  .. 
Hindoostan  .. 

Birmah 

Seoresby's  Ld. 
Hindoostan  .. 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Brit  America . 
Atlantic  Ocean 
Senegambia ... 
Oregon  Ter.. . . 
Indian  Ocean 
S.  Pacific  Oc. 

Africa 

Formosa  .... 

Africa 

Southern  Ocean 
Southern  Ocean 
'  Missouri  Ter. 

Java 

Hindoostan  .. 
Buenos  Ayres 

Sweden 

Russia 

Cabnl 

Little  Thibet . . 
Greenland  . . . 
Greenknd  ... 
Hindoostan  .. 
Hindoostan  .. 

Russia 

Pern 

Peru 

New  Holland. 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Denmark .... 
Hindoostan  .  • 
Brit  America 
Hindoostan  .. 


Africa.^..... 
Asiatic  Kussia 
Asiatic  Russia. 


■•£ 


Vi 
Nb 
Ue 

^i 

Uh 
^\ 

Ti 

Gc 

Ga 

Vo 

VI 

Fe 

To 

Mc 

Qf 

Qf 

Q 

S 

Ka 

Sf 

Od 

Fh 

Ke 

fcs 

Pk 

Gl 

Oh 

Uf 

Lf 

Wn 

Wn 

Ed 

Ti 


f 


U 

Nb 
Pb. 
Qe 
Qe 
lb 
lb 
Rf 
Rf 
Nb 

Hj 

^\ 
TI 

Hi 

Hi 

Mc 

Rf 

Fb 

Qe 

He 
Qo 


CONQDLTIMG  INDEX^ 


S3 


ofFlacWiftc. 


Kabanklak... 
Kubardia  .  •  • . 

Kabiji 

Kabra 

Kacanda. ... 
Kacanda. ... 

Kadbir 

Kadnikon... 
Kae-chow ... 
Kafforifltan .. 

Kaffo 

Kafzo 

Kagalag  .... 
Kafff alwalla . 
KanUcha.... 
Kahurawa  . . 

Kaia 

Kaibobo  .... 
Kai^chow  .... 

Kain 

Kaia's 

Kaipara  .... 
Kaipoudra  . . 
Kairwan .... 
Kajachsba  . . 
Kajachsar... 

Kaiana 

KaJtisaigan.. 
Kaktana .... 
Kakua  . ... . 
Ka'aat  Eslen 
Kelabsho  . . . 

Kalar 

Kolatoa 

Kaleg 

Kalgan 

Kalffuew.... 
Kalfiat  ..... 
Kalinga  .... 

Kaliseh 

Kalitva 

Kalix 

Kaliz 

Kalka 

Kalkoa  ...... 

Kalkatargher 

Kalkol 

Kalkoons  . . . 
Kalta 

Kallunga  . . . 

Kalmikova . . 

Kalmuks  . . . 

Kalmysk  . . . 

Kalouga . . , 

Kalouga . . . 

Kalpee  .... 

Kalpeni .. . . 

Kalaee .  ■    . 

Ka!ta 

Kama . ...  ■ 

Katea 


33. 


Kail 

KaL 
Ks>! 


L. 

Dia. 

T. 

9: 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cty. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

&■ 

I. 

Har 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

?■ 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

Tr. 

?• 

Is. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

Ste. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

v. 

R. 

R. 


Tartary  ..... 
Anatic  RoMia 

Japan 

Soudan 

Senegambia .. 

Sondan 

Russia 

Russia 

Mantchoorift  • 

Asia 

Soudan  

Tunis 

Little  Bucharia 

Cabul 

Asiatic  Russia 
Sandwich  Is. . . 
Senegambia 
Ceram  .... 

China 

Tartary  . . . 
Soutiiem  Ocean 
New  Zealand. . 

Russia 

Tunis 

Befgoo 

Bergoo 

Russia    

Lower  Canada. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Sandwich  Is.. . 

Arabia 

Nubia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Malaysia 

Beloochistan.. . 

China 

Russia 

Arabia 

Malaysia 

Prussia 

Russia 

Sweden . . . 

Sweden 

Mongolia 

Mongolia 

Mongolia 

Tartarjr 

Malaysia 

Russia 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Asia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Russia  ..... 
Russia 
Hindoos ..'  . .. 

Asia 

Ilindoostan  . . . 

Arabia 

Cabul........ 

Russia  .   


Qd 
Pd 
Ve 

l' 

Oc 

Oo 

Ud 

Qe 

Mg 

Me 

Qd 

Qe 

Ub 

Bf 

Lp 
Oi 
8e 
Qd 
In 
XI 
Pb 
Me 
Ng 

u 

Hd 
Wo 

B? 
Of 

Of 

Vo 

Ui 

Pf 

Td 

Pb 

Pf 

Uh 

Nc 

Oc 

Nb 

Nb 

Td 

Td 

Td 

Qd 

Ti 

Nb 

Re 

Pd 

Rd 

Pd 

Oc 

Oc 

Rf 

Qg 

Re 
Of 
Qe 
Pb 


Man  of  nam,  te.    Iciaa. 


ICanna  

Kamafkt 

Kamalia 

Kamaranka  .... 

Kamass 

Kafflbesk 

Kanicbang 

Kamechlu 

Kamel 

Kamen 

Kainenaya 

Kamenletz 

Kamini 

Kaminoi 

Kamisch 

Kamisiov 

Kamourasca. .. . 
Kampatchai . . .  • 

Karapion 

Kampur 

Kamtie 

Kamtschatka . . . 
Kamtschatka . . . 
Kamtschatka,Up. 
Kamtschatka . . . 
Kamtschatka . . . 

Kamyshin 

Kan 

Kanadey 

Kanaga 

Kan^how 

Kan-chow 

Kandahar 

Kandalaskaya  . . 
Kandalaskaya . . 

Kandiz 

Kandy 

Kanem 

Kangaroo 


Kangertlut 

Kangkao  

Kanm  Noss  . . . 

Kanjuljak 

Kan  Kian^. . . . 
Kankiatchm  • . . 

Kankoevi 

Kankoukou  . . . 
Kannazava . . . 

Kano 

Kansara 

Kanseli 

Kanskoi 

Kansuh 

Kansuh 

Kansas 

Kao-chow 

Kaon-chow .... 
Kaotoasi  . 
Kao-yeou.chow 
Kapiteb 


L 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Sta. 

T. 

Pt 

L. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

9: 

T. 

Lt. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

9- 

T. 

Pr 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Mt 

T. 

R. 

T. 

L 

Sy- 

G. 
T. 

Cy. 

|ty. 

I. 
C. 
T. 
C. 
R. 
R. 

7: 

R. 
T. 

2- 

C. 

&• 

Cy. 
Cy. 


ForiUaa. 


Japan 

Siam 

Africa 

Benegamfaia. . . 

Africa 

Amatic  Russia. 

Java 

Tartary...... . 

Tartary  ...... 

Aidatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Russia 

Axiatic  Russia. 
Asiatie  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 
Lower  Canada. 
Asiatic  Russia 

China 

Iceland 


■K 


:( 


V. 

I' 

L 
Nk 

Rb 
Ti 

9« 
Pd 

Re 

Ob 

Nd 

Wo 

Wb 

Pd 

Qe 

Hd 

Ub 

Be 

Kb 

Asiatic  Turkey  0  d 

Asiatic  Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Asiati    Russia. 

Russia 

North  America 

China  ........ 

China 

Cabul 

Russia 

Russia. 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Ceylon 

Soudan 

New  &  Wales  . 

Malaysia 

Labrador 

Cambodia 

Russia 

Soongaria 

China 

China 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Japan 

Soudan  ....... 

Mongolia 

Arabia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

China 

China 

Western  Ter. 

China 

onina 

China 

China 

New  Zealand. 


f-: 


5* 


^0^k 


■"r- 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


of  ntca^to. 


Kapiti 

Kara 

ICan 

Kanbogaa  . . . 
Kangaeva  . . . 

Karagui 

Karah 

Kaniah 

Kjnk 

Kank 

Kaimkakua... 
Kar4kisoh  . . . 
KanKoorum 
Karakam  . .  •  • 
Karakum .  •  •  • 
Kankum  .... 


1^ 


Karanff 

Kan  Soabauk . 

Ka/aaou 

Karatishey  .... 
Karateghin.... 

Kaibanda 

Karohee 

Kardbortnakot  • 

KareA 

Karempe 

Karifalik 

Korgapol 

Kanatain 

Karin  ........ 

Karme 

Karobkaia  . . . . 

Karoaia 

Kanxnakaia  ... 

Karoon 

Kan^  ....... 

Karowa 

Karri  Karri . . . 

KarrioQ 

KarakakoTska . 
Kankaya  . . . . . 

Karakoe 

Kanonne 

Kartchina 

KJartoon 

Kamga 

Kaaachey 

Kaschgur 

Kaschngir  . . . . 
Kafchau.. .. .. 

Kashia 

Kaahna 

Kaskaskia  . . . . 
Kaskomenia... 
Koslov  . . , . . 

Kaason . 

Kaotamuni  . . . . 
Kataffoom .. . . . 
Katcnintzi  . . . . 
KateM-Ias  i  i . . , 
Kater 


R. 

T. 

Bay 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Bay 

T. 

Mts, 

& 

Dea. 

L. 

T. 

B 

T 

Cy. 

T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
C. 
T. 
T. 

9: 

I. 

T. 

R. 

G. 

L. 

R. 

Cy. 

Cty. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

Sea 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

£'• 

T. 

T. 

Cy. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cty. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

T 

«  . 

c. 


aM. 


Greenland  ....  J  b 

Rtuaia Q  b 

AIoDjrolia...     ''^  <* 

TarUry i     d 

Asiatic  Rufi&ii>..|Q  o 
Asiatic  Rusuu    W  c 

Arabia Of 

Little  Bucharia 

^ria 

nraian  Gtilf 
Sand.vich  Is. 
Little  Bucharia 

Thibet 

Mongolia  . ... . 
Mongolia ..... 

.1  nrtary 

" '.  ngolia .... 

^ ) ria  

Lii.itic  Russia 

Russia 

Tartary 

Asiatic  Russia 
Great  Bucharia 
Asiatic  R>:<:!<ia 
Asiatic  Ru^isia. 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Russia 

Arabia 

Russia 

Norway 

Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia 

Egypt-: 

Mongolia  .... 

Soudan  

Africa 

Hindoostan  . . 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia 

Asia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia 

Nubia 

Tartary 

Asiatic  Russia 

Asia 

Mongolia .... 
Austria 


Wiaa  of  FluM^tc. 


Russia 

Soudan 

lUinoin 

Russia 

Russia 

Africa 

Asiatic  Turkey 

Soudan  

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia  < 
Brit.  America 


Re 
Oe 
Pe 

2« 
Re 

Re 

Td 

Sd 

Qe 

Rd 

Oe 

Re 

Oc 

Qe 

Wb 

Qe 

Sc 

Od 

Od 

Nd 

Ob 

Of 

Nc 

Mc 

Re 

V  a 

Va 

Of 

Sd 

Mh 

Nk 

Qf 

O 

Qb 

Qe 
Pc 
Wc 

o«r 

Qd 

Wb 

Qe 

Sc 

Nd 

Oc 

Mg 

Fe 

Ob 

Od 

Lg 
Od 

Re 
U  fa 
lib 


".  •  '* 

Kat-r     

...auieriaa. . . 
Katmandoo  . 
Katcngwa  .  • 

Kauai 

Kaaa>Kaua  . 
Kautokeino.. 

Kavio 

Kaw 

Kawar 

Kawaa 

Kawen 

Kay 

Kayaye 

Kayee 

Kayea 

Kaygorod . . 
Kaynsk....  ■ 
Kaypia .... 
Kavane  • . . .  • 
Keangse ... 
Keangsoo . . . 

Keats 

Keats 

Kcbskoi  . . . 

Kedio 

Kceheetsa.. 
Keeling.... 
Keelwa  .... 
Keerchang . 
Kcerweer  . . 
Keffing .... 

Kefoe 

Kegorhaven 

Kehl 

Kehoa 

Keil 

Kein-f ''  jw  . 
Kcin-ning. . 
Keiskumma 
Keith's  .... 
K.>..y.... 
iCokoumoy . 
Keksglotn . . 
Kelangtow  . 

Kelat 

Kelat 

Kelegfave. . 
Kclmscoli. . 
Kemar  .... 

Keiu: 

Kemi 

Kemi 

Kemi 

Keminoom  .< 
Kemitrask  . 
Kemmoo. .  ■ 

Kemp 

Kompendria 


34. 


C. 
R. 
Pt 
L. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Is 

'  I 

T. 

T. 

Pt 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Pr. 

Pr. 

Pr. 

Po. 

I't. 

T. 

Is. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

I. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

T 

T 

( 

C    . 

R. 

Bay 

T. 

Pt. 

T. 

T. 

Cy. 


V. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Cy. 

I.' 

R. 


BriL  America 
Scoresby'a  Ld. 
Brit.  America 
New  Holland. 

Nepaul 

Soudan  

Sandwich  Is. . 
New  Zealand. 

Norway 

'■  ,'  'isia  . . 
ani.  Ai  aerie... 

f  iibya 

Hindoostan  .. 
Polynesia .... 
Brit  America 

Africa 

Senegambia.. 
North  America 
Russia  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia 

Russia 

China 

China 

New  Holland. 
Brit  America 
Asiatic  Russia 
Beloochistan  . 
Missouri  Ter. 
Malaysia  .... 

Africa 

Little  Bucharia 
New  S.  Wales. 

Malaysia 

Tonquin 

Russia 

Baden 

Tonquin 

Denmark    .... 

China 

China 

Caf&aria 

Brit  America  . 
Asiatic  Russi-  . 
j Asiatic  Russia. 

iRussia 

JFonnosa 

'^<  loochistan  . . 

11  ersia 

r rurkey  

^ew  Holland . . 

'e'  oes 

J     ^sia 

Russia 


Russia 

Russia 

Africa 

Russia 

AfVica 

S.  Pacific  Oc . 
Asiatic  Russia. 


Ga 

Ka 

Eb 

Tl 

Rf 

Mg 

Bf 

XI 

Nb 

XI 

Fe 

Nf 

Qf 
Xh 
Cb 
Lg 

Cc 
Pc 
Re 
Xb 
Pc 
Tf 
To 

HJ 

Db 

Sc 

Qf 
Fd 

Sj 
Ol 
Qd 

V^ 
Ui 

Sf 

Ob 

Md 

T? 

Me 

Te 

Tf 

Nl 

Db 

Sc 

Xb 

Ob 

Uf 

Qf 

Pe 

Nd 

Tl 

Uh 

Nb 

Ob 

Nb 

Nb 

hi 
hi 

Tb 


■MNHHllllHiM 

oonsuluno  index. 


55 


)Ld. 


Kemaka 

Keuaiakaya  . . 
Kenbouloun . . 

Kendall 

Kendall 

Kendall 

KendaU 

Kendrick'a ... 
Kenmare  .... 

Kenn 

Kennebeck... 
Kennedy's  . . . 

Keneh 

Keni.     

Kenogumraise 

Kenoua 

Kenpou 

Kent 

Kental 

Kent's  Group . 
Kentucky. .    . 

Keppel 

Keppel 

Kerdje  ...... 

Koreguz 

Keret 

Kergueit 
Kerin  . . 
Kerkeni  . 
Kerkisieh . .  ■ 
Kerkook . . .  ■ 
Kerlaja .... 
Kermady  . . . 
Kerman  .... 
Kerman  .... 
Kerman  .... 
Kermanahah 
Kermiae .... 

Kemnk 

Kem 

Kenio 

Keroh 

Keshanao  . . . 
Keahin  ..... 
Keahin  ..... 
Ke-aho  .... 
Keanoe  ..... 
Ket 

Ketohing  . . 

Ketian  .... 

Ketoy 

Ketshin... . 

Ketskoi .... 

Kewenaw .. 

KeW'lung  Kiang 

Key  Woat.. 

Key  West.. 

Khaff 

Khaibar  . . . 

Khalanskoie 


T. 

In. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

la. 

I. 

IR. 

I. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

C. 

R. 

Du. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

St 

Bay 

l! 

Dia. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

T. 


Aaiatic  Roaaia. 
North  America 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

England 

Brit  America 


So 
Cb 
Tb 
Lc 
Eb 


Brit  America  .  6  b 


Su. 
Pr. 
Cy. 
Des. 

?^- 

T. 

Hla. 

I. 

R. 

Bay 

Dia. 

Cy. 

9: 

R. 
Tr. 
T. 
I. 

?f 

Pt 
R. 

?■ 

T. 
T. 
T. 


Brit  America 

Polynesia 

Ireland 

Peraian  Gulf . . 

Maine 

Australaaia  .  •  • 

Egypt 

Japan  

Brit  America  . 

Nubia 

Thibet 

Mi'-higan 

A.  latic  Russia. 
Australasia.. . . 
United  States. . 
New  S.  Wales  . 
New  S.  Wales. 
Sandwich  Ih  .  ■ . 

Arabia 

Persia 

K'lssia 

Indian  )cGan.. 
Ma  tchairia  . . 
Mcuiterra)}.  Sea 

Syria 

Aaiatic  Turkey 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Africa . 

Pcf  ia 

p.       > , 

F.       

Porttia 

Arabia 

Soudan 

New  S.  Wales 
Aosilralasia  . . 
Peraia. ...... 

China 

Arabia 

Arabia 

Tonquin 

Tonquin 

Aaiatic  Ruasia 
iMantchooria  . 
Little  Bucharia 
Kuriln  Iblanda. 

China 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Michigan 

China 

Florida 

Florida 

Persia  J  i  4 .... . 

Arabia 

Aaiatic  Russia. 


|Cb 

Uf 

Lo 

Pf 

Hd 

Xi 

Of 

Ve 

He 

Of 

Se 

Gd 

Ab 

VI 

Ge 

Wk 

Wk 

^j. 
Pf 

Pe 

Ob 

Qm 

Uo 

Me 

Oe 

Oe 

Xb 

?f 

Po 
Pe 
Pe 
Pf 

Ng 

Vj 

Wi 

?o 

Ue 

Tf 

Sf 

So 

Vd 

Rd 

Wd 

To 

Re 

Gd 

Sf 

Gf 

Gf 

n  - 

Of 

Sa 


laf  IlMii^fte. 


Out. 


.49. 


Khalnyrea  . . . 
Khamabad  . . . 
Khamrinakoi . 
Khmdeah.... 
Khantanakoie. 

Khara 

Kbaratologoi  . 

Kharasm 

Kharaam 

Kharkov 

KharkoT 

Kharma 

Kharnaora 

Khaaaa 

Khatanga 

Khatanska 

Khatanf  l<a 

Khatan^    aya  . . . 

Kheeroo 

Kheressoun  . . . . 
Kherson  . ..  .52. 

Khcraon 

Khikata 

Khimni 

Khingan 

KhirmoT 

Khiva 

Khiva 

Khiva 

Khizarisk 

Khodon 

Khoi 

Khojend 

Khojusalu 

KhoKan 

Khokan  

Kholdom 

Kholm 

Kholmogori . . . . 

Khoper 

Khoraaan 

Khord 

Khotsim 

Khoutche 

Khozdar 

Khusistan 

Khvalvnsk 

Khyrpore 

Kiachta 

Kia-Kiang 

Killing 

Kiama 

Kiantheen 

Kiaokee 

Kiat 

Ki-chow 

Kickapooa 

Kiddeekiddee . . . 

jVKrti  8...i....i 

Kidnapper 

Kiematur 


R. 

T. 

T, 

Pr. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Cty. 

Dea. 

Pr. 

9- 

T. 
T. 
R. 
T. 
R. 
G. 
T. 
T. 
Pr. 

s;. 

R. 
Mta 
R. 
Cty. 

Si 
Dea. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

9: 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Pr. 

T. 

Cy. 

Cy. 

Cy. 

Dis. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

&■ 

T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 

S: 

Sta. 
I. 
C. 
Bay 


Aaiatic  Ruasid 

Tartary 

Aaiatic  Ruaait 
Uindooetan  . .  . 
Asiatic  Roasia. 

Mongolia 

Mantchooria  . . 

Tartaiy 

TarUry  ...... 

Ruasia 

Ruasia 

Sondan  

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Turkey 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 


Let*. 


Xb 
Qe 
Tb 
Rf 
Ra 
Td 
Td 
Pd 
Pd 
Od 
Oo 

t' 

Wo 

Nd 
Sa 
Rb 
Rb 


Asiatic  Russia .  S  a 


Hindoostan  . . . 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Ruasia 

Russia 

Mantchooria  . . 
Mantchooria  . . 

Mongolia 

Russia 

TarUry 

Tartary 

Tartery 

Twtary 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Persia 

Tartary 

Great  Bucharia 
Tartary  .. 
Tartary  . . 
TarUry  .. 
Russia  . . . 
Russia  . . . 
Russia  . . . 
Persia.... 
Russia  . . . 

Ruaaia 

Little  Bucharia 
BeloochiaUn... 

Persia 

Russia 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

China 

China 

Soudan 

Laos ....;.... 

Corea .'. . 

Tartary 

China 

Western  Ter... 
New  Zealand. . 

Polynesia 

New  Zealand. . 
Brit  America  • 


Rf 
Od 
Od 
Od 
Vd 
Ud 
Td 
Pb 
Pd 
Pd 
Pe 

Qd 
To 
Pe 
Qd 
Qc 
Qd 
Qd 
Qe 
Oo 
Ob 
Oc 
Re 
Od 
Nd 
Rd 

Qf 

Po 

Pc 

Qf 

Tc 

Tf 

Te 

Mh 

Sf 

Ue 

Pd 

Te 

Fa 

XI 

Vf 

XI 

He 


M 


C»N8ULTIMO  INDiX 


.47. 


KwB  •  •  •  •  • 

KiAkertan 

KUwi 

KiUeba 

Kikkerlanoak.. 
yn^Ufi 

KUaMatoaevakoi 

Kildamakoi 

KUdwin 

Kilkajarri 

Kilkkw 

KiU«ef 

Kiliion .: 

KiloBga 

Kiloaga 

Kikngo 

KiltuMva 

JCimUlaks 

Kim-him 

lamikkya 

Kimilo 

Kimilo  ■ 

Kimmenegard?. 

Kin 

Kin  Ho 

Kinaealakaya. . . 
Kineha  Kiang . . 

Kin-ehing 

Kin  chow 

Kin  chow 

Kioderlinsk  .... 

Kindin 

Kinerbek 

Kineshma 

King 

Kingan  '. 

King   Charles' 

South 

King-chow 

King  Greorge  . . . 
King  George's  .. 
King  George's .. 
King  George's .. 
King  George's .. 

Kinghele 

King-ki'tao 

Kingleching... . 

King's 

King's 

King's 

King' 

King's 

Kingsmills 

Kingston 

Kingston 

King'tong 

King  Wmiam  . . 
King  William's . 
Kinjr-yang..... 
Kinian  , 


L. 

Pr. 

L 

I. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L 

T. 

T. 

R. 

L. 

Dis. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L 

I. 

Pr. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

G. 
T. 

a 

T. 
Ft 
Cy. 

Ld. 


Thibet 

Rossis 

Greenland .. . . 

Japan 

Asiatic  Russia 
Greenland  . . . 

Ireland 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Russia 

Ireland 

Africa 

Thibet 

Loango 

Loango 

Benguela .... 
Asiatic  Russia 


Corea 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Arabia 

China 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Thibet 

China 

China 

Mantchooria  . . 

Tartar  y 

Mantchooria  . . 
Greenland  . . . . 

Russia 

Fbrida 

China 


Is. 
Is. 

I. 

So. 
T. 

Bay 

C. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

Gr. 

Sea 
C. 


Re 
Od 
Jb 
Uf 
Tb 
Jb 
Lo 
Td 
Ub 
Ob 
Nb 
Le 

gj 
Re 

Mi 

Mi 

Sa 


Russia Ob 

Ud 

Nb 

No 

Nb 

Nb 

Of 

Te 

Vb 

Se 

Tf 

Uf 

Ud 

Pd 

Ud 

Jb 

Oc 

Gi 

Tf 


Patagonia 

China 

Africa 

Poljrnesia 

BriL  America  . 
South  Shetland 
New  Holland.. 

Loango 

Corea 

China 

Spitsbergen  . . . 
Brit  America  . 
North  America 
Australasia.... 
Bay  of  Bengal. 

Polynesia 

Jamaica 

Upper  Canada . 

China 

Brit  America  . 
New  Guinea . . 

China 

Ajiiatic  Russia. 


Hn 
Te 
Ok 

^j 
Gc 

lo 

Tl 

Mi 

Ue 

Tf 

Ma 

Gb 

Ab 

VI 

If 
g5 

Sf 
Fb 
VI 
Te 
Uc 


ItfRMMiftc. 


Kinnaird's . . . 
Kinsanov  .... 

Kintan 

Kiobvig 

KiokmiA 

Kioog'Chow  .. 
Kiragassi  .... 

Kirensk 

Kirgius 

Kirin 

Kirin  Oula  ... 

Kiriatch 

KirkShehr... 

Kirkwall 

KirkwaU 

Kirlou 

Kirree 

Kiaeligh 

Kisliin 

Kiska 

Kiskina 

Kistnah 

Kistrandt . . . . 

Kitchko 

Kites 

Kitka 

Kittan 

Kittila 

Kittis 

Kiusiu 

Kiva 

Kiyavalski . .  • 
Kiyavalski . . . 
Kizal-agatch .. 
Kizil  Coum ..  • 

Kizliar 

Kizzil  Irmak  > 

Klin 

Klutchefsky  .. 
Kmelevinsk  .  ■ 
K.  Moilah.... 
K.  Nahal  . . . . 
Knap's  ....f. 

Knee 

Knighton  . . . . 

Knight's 

Knight's 

Knight's 

Knistcnoaux. . 
Kuivanifmi  . . 

Knob 

Knoxville  . . . . 

Knoy's 

Koation 

Kodiachinb'k.. 

Kodiak 

Kodinskoi  . . . 

Kocena 

Koei-chow  . . . 

KociHo 

Koei'yang . . . . 


Hd. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

S: 

Cty, 
Pr. 

9: 


T. 

T. 

Bay 

T. 

T. 

Rk. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

L. 

Tr. 

L. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Bay 

T. 

T. 

G. 

Des. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Vol. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

li. 

Bay 

I. 

In. 
Tr. 
T. 
C. 

{;'■ 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

s^- 

Cy. 


Scotland 

Russia 

Mongolia 

Norway 

Russia 

Hainan 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

TartaiT 

Mantchooria  . . 
Mantchooria  . . 

Russia 

Asiatic  Turkey 

Scotland 

Brit  America 

Russia 

Benin 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Persian  Gulf . . 
Aleoutian  Arc. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Hindooetan  . . . 

Norway 

Russia 

Missouri  Ter.  . 

Russia 

Asia 

Russia 

Russia 

Japan  

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Tartary 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia 

Russia    

Arabia 

Arabia 

Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Scorcsby's  Ld., 
Australasia  . . 
Brit  America 
Oregon  Ten. . 


Russia 

New  Holland. . 
Tennessee  .... 

Polynesia 

Cochin  China  . 

Russia : 

North  America 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Africa 

China 

China 

Chba 


Lc 
Oc 

Se 
Nb 
Nb 

I' 
Sc 

Tc 

Qo 

Ud 

Ud 

Oc 

Oe 

Lc 

Hb 

Oc 

Mb 

Va 

Pf 

Xc 

Wc 

Rr 

Na 

Ob 

Fd 
Nb 

8{ 

Nb 

Ue 

Ob 

Qb 

Qb 

Pe 

Qd 

Pd 

Od 

Oc 

Wc 

Ob 

Ob 

Of 

Fb 

Fc 

Kb 

Xm 

Fb 

Do 

Eo 

Nb 

Ti 

Ge 

Xh 

T 

P 

Be 

Qb 

l« 
Te 

To 

Tf 


J 


Koenigprati 

Koeto 

KoT 

Kolwt 

KohuUn 

Koidere 

Koiff 

KoiloTak 

Koin 

Komin 

Kouilin 

Kokahlahiahket. 

KokikU 

Kokin? 

KokoNor 

Koka 

KokMh 

Kola 

Kola 

Koldagi 

Koleab 

Kolhyan 

Kolhyan 

Kolinia 

KoUmskoi 

Koliulebon 

Koliaaches 

Kolira 

Kolno 

Kologriv 

Kolokolikovskoi . 

Kolomna 

Kolp 

Kolpinakom  .... 

Kolpitcha 

Kolryn 

Kolvercia 

Kolym  Joujan  . . 
Kolzdroleva  .... 

Komaggas 

Kon 

Konang-nan.... 

Konbo 

Konda 

Kondinskaya . . . 

Kong 

Kong 

Kong 

Kongnan 

Kongsberg 

Kone-tchang  . .  ■ 

Kouieh 

Konig 

Konigsburg  .... 
Kontnschua .... 

Konkere 

Konutop 

Konrat 

Konstantingrad . 
Konstantinov  . . . 
Konup 


T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Dia. 

L. 

Fd. 

T. 

R. 

Mta. 

C. 

R. 

L. 

^,. 

I. 
R. 
Bay 

9: 

'V. 


Vt. 

Cy. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

Tr. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Sta. 

L. 

Cy. 

Jj. 

R. 

T. 

Cty. 

TAtn. 

9: 

c. 

&■ 

T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
R. 


Autria 

Arabia •' 

Japan 

Cabal 

Cabul 

Roiaia • 

Norway 

Roaaia 

Mantchooria  . 

Thibet 

Roaaia 

Oregon  Ter... 

Tartary 

China 

China 

Auatralasia... 
Brit  America 

Ruaaia 

Roaaia 

Daribr 

Altera 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia 
Aaiatic  Roaaia. 
Aaiatic  liuasia 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Brit  America 
Roaaia 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


n 


Roaaia  ... 
Ruaaia  ... 

Ruaaia 

Roaaia 

Roaaia 

Aaiatic  Roaaia. 
Aaiatic  Roaaia. 

Roaaia 

Norway 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Roaaia 

Cape  Colony  . . 

Ruaaia 

China 

Ruaaia 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Soodan  

Soodan 

Africa 

China 

Norway 

China 

Asiatic  Turkey 
Brit  America  . 

Pmasia 

Russia 

Mongolia 

Russia 

Tartary 

Ruaaia  ....... 

Aaiatic  Rusaia. 
Africa 


Ne 

Pf 

V« 

Qe 

(ie 

Ob 

Na 

Pb 

Vc 

Re 

Od 

Ed 

Qe 

Sf 

Sfl 

Tk 

Ho 

Ob 

Ob 

Ng 

Me 

Re 

Re 

Wb 

Wb 

Ab 

Cb 

PT) 

No 

Od 

Pb 

Oc 

Oc 

Pd 

Pd 

No 

Mb 

Qb 

Pb 

NI 

Nb 

Sf 

Ob 

Qc 

Qc 

Mg 

Mg 

Lf 

Te 

Mc 

Se 

Oe 

Gb 

No 

Pb 

Sd 

Oc 

Pd 

Od 

Ta 

Nk 


KoQTinger  . 
KoofBhan... 
Kooloj..... 
Kooloobdea. 

Koom 

Kooma .... 


Koondooi... 

Keener 

Kooniakary  . 
Koonaha .. . . 

Koop 

Kootanko  .. . 
Kooreenar... 

Kopani 

Kopaul 

Kopen 

Kopi 

Kopyaa 

Kordo&n  . . . 
Korennoe . . . 

Korgaa 

Korf^in 

Konaka  . . . . 
Korilvaya . . . 
Kornegalle  .. 

Koma 

Korolaikha .. 
Koronaa  . .  •  • 

Korot 

Kortchin. ... 

Korti 

Kororoabad . 
Koaheleff . . . 

Koaima 

KoaloT 

Koaogal  . . . . 
Koaorra  .... 
Koatanie.... 
Koatrom  .. .. 
Koatroma  •  • . 
Koatroma . . . 

Koava 

Kotah 

Kotai 

Kotelnitch  . . 
Kotelnoi . . . . 

Koten 

Koten 

Kotaka 

Kottojourea  . 
Kotzebue'a . . 
Kooangrsi . . . 
Kouangsin  .. 
Koobinskoe  . 
Koodarinaka 

Koudon 

Kuodoagour. 
Kcudcu^tctt  < 
Kooe-hoa  . . . 
Kooe>te 


14. 


T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T 

T. 

T. 

Cty. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

Pt 

I. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

Ft 

T. 

Pr. 

9: 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Dia. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

So. 

T. 
T. 
T. 

T 

Cy. 


Norway  .... 

Peraia 

Beloochiatan 
Hindoqat»n  . 

Peraia 

Aaiatic  Roaaia. 

Perna 

Tartary 

Cabal 

Auioa ........ 

Aaiatic  Roaaia. 
Polyneaia. . 

AMca 

Hindoealan 
Tartaiy  ... 
Hindooetan 
Aaiatic  Roaria. 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Ruaaia 

Africa 

Aaiatic  Roaaia 
Soon^ia.. .. 

Aaiatic  Roaaia. 
Aaiatic  Roaaia 
Indian  Oo^an. 
Ceylon  ...... 

Aautic  Turkey 

Roaaia 

Roaaia  '.•... 

Siam 

Mantchooria 

Nobia 

Peraia 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Japan . . . 
Ruaaia  .. 
Mongolia 
Africa... 
Oregon  Ter. 


Mb 
Pe 

Qf 
Bf 
Pe 
Od 

Qe 
Qe 
L 
P 


5 


Wh 
Lh 
Hf 
Pd 

5» 

8  c 

Od 
Oc 

2' 

8a 

Rd 
Ta 
Xb 
Ok 
Rh 
Pe 
Pb 
Nb 

S5 
?'. 

Wo 
Vd 
Oc 
8e 

!:« 

Eo 


Aaiatic  Turkey  N  d 


Roaaia 
Ruaaia 
Roaaia 
Hindooatan 
Siam 


Oc 
Oo 
Pc 
Rf 

8f 

Roaaia P  d 


Aaiatic  Roaaia. 
Little  Buoharia 
Little  Bucharia 
Aaiatic  Roasia 

Norway 

North  America 

China 

China 

Ruaeia 

Aaiatic  Roaaia. 
Aaiatic  Roaaia. 
Mongolia 

irAGugO^ia  ..... 

China 

China 


V» 
Rd 
Rd 
8c 
Nb 
Bb 
Tf 
Tf 
Oc 
To 
To 
Td 
Td 
Bf 
To 


H 


58 


CONSULTIN6  INDEX. 


itinum,ta. 


Koonbacka.  • .  ■ 

Kouitoan 

Kouka 

Koakiri 

Kottkoaderenoa 

Kouktoi 

Koalarka 

Konloimdrinakoe 

Koaatfcmt 

Kqnminikovi . . . 
Kounf-akka... . 

Koonto 

Koopentk.....  • 

Kouraba 

Konreli 

Kou:-en  ........ 

Kour^an 

Koonskarki .. . . 

KourmiiM 

Koarojogina.... 

Kouroo 

Koank  ,....43. 

Koursk 

Kourtchoum.... 
Kouakoguin .... 

Kmnmoi 

Koiunetzk 

KouMie 

Kouatchanka . . . 

Koutais 

KoU'tao 

Koutchigaiska . . 

KoQwan 

Kou>yaen 

Koijxa 

Konznetek 

Kovdo 

Kordo 

Komo 

Kowan 

Kraooi 

Kroanoborak . ... 

Krasnoi-lar 

Krasnoy 

Kraaqoyarsk  . . . 
Krasnoy-kholtn  . 

Kraw 

Kremenichoug  ■ . 

Kreetora 

Krestovaya 

Krestovoy 

Kreatovoy 

KrestoTskoo  . . . . 

Kriaei 

Kromy 

Kronenborg  . . . . 

Kronotskoi 

Krook 

Kroo  Towns.. .. 

Kroatzi 

Kruroen 


T. 
T. 

9: 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

La. 

T. 

R. 

C. 

T. 

9: 

R. 
R. 
T. 
Pr. 

sr- 

R. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

Bay 

T. 

Is. 

T. 

R. 

9: 

Cv. 

f. 

L. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cy. 

T. 

Ist 

T 

I.  . 

T. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Mi 

Cy. 

T. 
R. 


Sweden 

Mongfolia 

Soudan 

M(kig(^a 

Mongolia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Rosaia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Mongolia 

Russia  • .  •     . . 

Russia 

Africa 

Asiatic  Turkey 

Mongolia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Ouiana 

Russia 

Russia 

Mongolia 

North  America 

Ru»ia 

Russia 

Cape  Colony  . . 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

dorea 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Tartary 

China 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia  .' 

Russia 

Russia 

Great  Bucharia 

Arabia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

RuBoia 

Asia 

RuMia  ....... 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Aleoutian  Arc. . 
Russia  . . . 
Russia  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Persia .... 
Liberia . . . 
Russia  .    . 
Afl-iea.. . . 


Mc 

Td 

Mg 

Sd 

Td 

Vc 

To 

Re 

Pc 

Qb 

Td 

Ob 

Od 

Td 

Qc 

Qb 

Xb 

Va 

Ih 

Oc 

Oo 

Rd 

Bb 

Pb 

Pc 

Nk 

Pb 

Od 

Ue 

Tc 

Qd 

Te 

Oc 

Ro 

Ob 

Ob 

No 

Qe 

Of 

Od 

Pd 

Oc 

Sc 

Oc 

3Sf 

Od 

Wc 

Pb 

Ua 

Wa 

Sa 

Xc 

Oc 

Nb 

Wc 

Pf 

Lh 

Oo 

Nk 


OfRMG^feC. 


Krusenstcrn ... 
Krusenstem  .. . 
Krusenstern  .. . 
Kruaenstem's.. 

Kua 

Kuban 

Kudgonki .... 

Kuen-lun 

Kukar 

Kuku 

Kulbah 

Kull 

KuUeespelm ... . 

Knlno 

Kulon 

Kulon 

Kulukak 

Kumi 

Kunkuy 

Kunsamo 

Kucjjio 8. 

Knopio 

Kur 

Kurachee 

Kuraiit 

Kurdistan 

Kurffha 

Kunat 

Kurile 

Kurilo 

Kumaul 

Komool 

Kurrechane  . . . . 
Kurry  Kurry . . . 

Kuridon 

Kura 

Kusserkund . . . . 

Kustrin 

Kutaiah 

Kutshuga 

Kutsinff 

Kuwadi 

Kwadden ...... 

Kwangse 

Kwoniftung  . . . . 

Kweic.iow 

Kwettah 

Kwies 

Kwyhoo 

Kyberg 

KyUe....'. 

Labezu 

Labiaeei 

Labook  

Labrador 

Laby 

Labyrinth 

Labyrinth 

La  Cache 

La  Cala 


Cha. 


C. 

C. 

ML 

I. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

Mts. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

L. 

T. 

R. 

L. 

Cv. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

Pr. 

Cy. 

R. 

T. 

Mt 

Pr. 

L. 

T. 

L. 

Is. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Dis 

R. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

C 


7: 

I. 
Pr. 
Pr. 
Pr. 
T. 
T. 


T. 
T. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

Cty. 

T. 

Bay 

L. 

R. 

T. 


i«t 


North  America 
Brit  America  ■ 
NovaZembla .. 

Polynesia 

Aaiatio  Rcsitia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Mongolia 

Little  Bucharia 
Libya ....'.,.. 

Arabia 

Brit  America  . 
Oregon  Ter... . 

Poland 

Mongolia 

Mongolia 

North  America 
Eastern  Sea .. . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Sinde  .... 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Soonearia 

Arabia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Asia 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindooetan  . . . 

Africa 

Soudan 

Mongolia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Bcioochistan.. . 

Prussia 

Asiatic  Turkey 
Asiatic  Russia 

China 

Japan 

Polynesia. ... 

China 

China 

Ciiina 

Cabul 

Africa 

Africa 

Russia 

Celebes 


Mongolia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Borneo  

Brit  America  . 
Senegambia .. . 

Nubia 

Lower  Canada. 
Brit.  America  . 
Tunis 


Bb 
Eb 
Pa 

2^ 

So 

Qd 

Qb 

Se 

Rd 

Nf 

Pf 

Fb 

Ed 

No 

Td 

Td 

Be 

Uf 

Xb 

Nb 

Nb 

Nb 

Pd 

Qf 

Wc 

Oe 

Qd 

Pf 

Wo 

Wd 

Rf 

U 

M 
T 

Vb 
Qf 
Nc 
Ne 
Tc 
Sf 
Ue 
Xh 
Tf 
Tf 
Tf 
Qe 
Nk 
Oi 
Nu 
Ti 

Sd 
Re 
Th 
He 

k« 

SS 
Db 

i><e 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


69 


LaCaadima.... 

Laccadives 

Lachlan 

Lacker 

La  Conception .. 
La  Crosse  Lake  ■ 

Ladak 

Ladak 

Lbdak 

Ladanarska  . . . . 
Ladey  noye  Pole 

Ladikieh 

Ladoga 

La  Itominica .. . 

Ijadrone 

Ladrone 

Lady  Anne's  . . . 

Lady  Grey 

Lady  Julia's .... 
Lady  Nelson's  .. 

La&yette 

Lagbu's 

Lagens  

Lagoa  

La  Goleta 

Lagoon  

Lagos 

La  Gozalta  . . . . . 

Lu  Grange 

Laguillas 

La  Guayra .... . 

Lagrnedo 

Lagullas 

Lagiillos 

Lagumar 

Laguna 

Laguna 

Lahore 


am. 


Lahore 

Lahou 

Lahou  

Lahsa 

LohsB 

Lahtie 

LaLohow  

Lainio 

Lakeneig 

Lalcha 

Lalmamon  . . . . 

Lalsk 

Lama 

La  Magdalena . 

Lamas 

Lambay 

Lambayque  . . . 

Lambuika 

Laniego 

La  Mira7 

Lamock 

Lamoel 

Lanioo 


T. 

la. 

R. 

1. 

Vil. 

Ft. 

Dii 

gf- 

T. 
T. 

E 

I. 
Is. 
Is. 
Bay 

a 

L 

Sh. 

T. 

Sh. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Bk. 

T. 

C. 

fik. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

Cy. 

C. 

R. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Sla. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

Sea 

L 

T. 

Sh. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

L 

U 

I 

J. 


Mexico 

Asia 

New  S.  Wales 
Mdaysia  .... 

Mexico 

Brit.  America 
Little  Thibet . 
Little  Thibet . . 
Little  Thibet 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Sfria 

Russia 

Polynesia 

Ghma 

Polynesia 

Brit.  America  . 
Mozambique  . . 
Australasia  . . . 
A'Jetralasia... . 

Indiana 

Australasia.. . . 
Pico  Island  . . . 
Inhambone . . . . 

Tunis 

Polynesia 

Portugal 

Buenos  Ayres 

Arkansas 

Indian  Ocean. 
Venezuela.... 

Assanoga 

Indian  Ocean 
Capo  Colony  . 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Equador 

Hindooston  .. 
Hindoostan  . . 

Guinea 

Guinea 

Arabia 

Arabia 

Hindoostan  .. 

China 

Sweden 

Africa 

Russia    

Abyssinia .... 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia 
Polynesia .... 

Peru 

Malaysia  .... 

I'eru 

Asiatic  Russia 

Brazil 

Polynesia. . .. 

China 

Polynesia .... 
Africa 


LMi. 


Ff 

?f 

Ui 

Ee 

Ec 

Re 

Re 

Re 

Vb 

Ob 

Oe 

Ob 

Ci 

Tf 

l« 
Ga 

Ok 

VI 

Wl 

Gd 

Wj 

Ke 

Ok 

Me 

L  0 
HI 

Fo 

Nl 

Hsr 

Kf 
Nl 
Nl 

Hi 
Qe 
Qe 
Lh 
Lh 
Pf 
Pf 

Qf 
Ue 
Nb 
Lf 
Ob 

Vo 

Cj 
Hi 

Gi 

Vb 

Hj 

Wf 
Tf 
Wg 
Oi 


Muwi  at  Hum,  fee. 


Lamor 

Lampedoea. . . . 

Lampione 

Lampon 

Laropong 

Lamurek 

Lamuti 

Lancaster 

Lancaster 

Lancaster 

LaU'Chow 

Landa 

Landrail 

Landfall 

Landsberg  . . . . 
Land's  End  . . . 

Lanepou  

Langanoes  . . . . 

Langara 

Langara 

Langeness  . . . . 

Langley 

Langoen ...... 

Lan-Ho 

Lankao 

Lankeran  . . . . . 

Lannes 

Lantchang . . . . 

Lanzarota 

Laos 

Lapa 

La  Paz 

La  Paz 

Lapcheva 

Lai^'^inska  . . . . 

Lapitclm 

Lapiuga 

Lapland 

La  Plata 

Laporte 

Lapteff 

La  Pucbla  . . . . 
La  Puebia  . . . . 
La  Purissima. . 
Laquoha  ..'.... 

Lar 

Laraat 

Larak 

Larch  ....... 

Lari ..., 

Larissa 

Laristan  . . . 

Laritchi 

Larkenting. ... 
Larkhunu... ., 

Lamica 

Iia  Roche 

La  Roclielle  . . . 

La  Rouge 

La  Rougo 

Larrov 


T.     Rnssia 


I. 

I. 

Bay 

Dis. 

I. 

Tr. 

So. 

Rf. 

Cy. 

T. 

I. 

L 

T. 

C. 

L. 

C. 

Bay 

I. 

C. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

I. 

Cty. 

Bay 

Dep 

^^: 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Cty. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

St 

T. 

T. 

I. 

?• 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Str. 

S'- 

Ft 
C= 


■•r. 


lilediterran.  Sea 
Mediterran.  Sea 

Luzon 

Sumatra 

Polynesia.... 
Asiutic  Russia 

England 

Briit  Americii 
Polynesia.. .. 

China 

Borneo 

Bay  of  Bengal. 
Patagonia  .... 

Prussia 

England 

Thibet 

Iceland 

Patagonia 

Oregon  Ter.  . . 
Nova  Zembla. . 
Newfoundland. 
LofToden  Isles . 
Mantchooria  . . 

Russia 

Prrsia 

New  S.  Wales . 

Laos 

Canary  Isles 

iVfllft  ••••••• 

Benguela  . . . 

Bolivia 

Bolivia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Europe 

New  Grenada 

Indiana 

Asiktic  Russia. 
Mexico . . . 
Mexico .. . 
Mexico. ...... 

Polynesia 

Perria 

Australasic  .. 
Persian  Gulf . . 
Brit  America  . 

Soudan  

Turkey 

Persia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Thibet 

Sinde 

Cyprus 

Isle  of  Georgia 

France    

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Now  Holland  i  ^ 


Oe 
Me 
Me 

i 
Vh 
Vb 
Lo 
Ga 
Ck 
Se 
Th 

»g 

Hn 

No 

Lc 

R'j 

Kb 

Hm 

Dc 

Pa 

Id 

Mb 

Td 

Nb 

Pe 

VI 

Sg 

Lf 

Sg 
Mj 

HJ 

Wb 

Qo 

Vb 

Pb 

Nb 

Gh 

Gd 

Wb 

S« 

Ui 
Pf 
Ho 
Ml 
Nc 
Pf 
Rb 
Sf 
Qf 
Oe 
Jn 
Ld 
Eo 
Eo 


J 


w 


00N8DLTINO  INDEX. 


MuMiaCnaa^te 


Lts  Bruacas ..  ■ 
Lu  Juntas.... 

Luker 

Lu  NueviUa .. 

La  Sola 

LaSoledad.... 
La  Soiifriere  • .  • 
Las  Penaelas . . 
Laaaa 


Last  Hope 

Late 

Iifttham's  , 
Latoor. . . . 
Lalouche  T reville 
Lattakoo..: 
Latta  LatU 
Laoj^blan's 
Lanoceston 
Laurie's  . .  i 
Lausaunne , 

Lava 

Laval 

Lavapie.... 
Lavento  . . . 

Lavra 

Lavras  .... 
LavrlUki .  • . 

Lavroff IC, 

Lawson |C. 

Lax 

Lazara 

Lay 

Laybacb 

Laysan 

Layschev  .... 

Le 

Leaotong  .... 

Loatong 

Leayenworth  . 

Leba.. 

Lebanon  

Lebda 

Lobcginskaya 

Lebotse 

Lcbida 

Lebyagya  . 

Lecosova 

Lcdn 

Leech 

Leods 

Loojifetan 

Leeland 

Lrordal 

Lee's  Foreland. 

Loeuwin 0. 

Lecuwin'a Ld. 

Leeward Ii. 

iHjtfouw T 

Lefououekli  ....  T. 
Lefliga  ...- L 


T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

L 

T. 

Mt 

T. 

Pr. 

Cy. 

In. 

L 

I. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

L 

L 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 


•  ••••• 


Fd. 

I. 

Pt 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

G. 

Ft 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

L. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

T. 


Buenos  Ayres  . 

Mexico 

Polynesia 

Cuba 

Polynesia 

Mexico 

St  Lucia 

Mexico 

Thibet 

Thibet 

Patagonia  .... 

Polynesia 

Indian  Ocean  . 
Hindooetan  . . . 
New  Holland.. 

Africa 

Malaysia  . .  t  . . 
Australasia... . 
V.Diemen'sLd, 
South  Shetland 
Switzerland . . . 

Borneo 

France 

Chili 

Peru 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Brazil 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Nova  Zembla. . 
Greenland  .... 

Norway 

N.  Pacific  Oc. . 
North  America 

Austria 

N.  Pacific  Oc. 

Russia 

Laos 

Montchooria  . 
Mantchooria  . 

Missouri 

Prussia 

Virginia 

Tripoli 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Aft-ica 

Tripoli 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Benguela 

Wisconsin  Ter. 

England   

Malaysii. 

Denmark 

Norway 

Spitfllicrgen  . . . 
Now  Holland . . 
Now  Holland .. 
West  Indies.. . 

Timor 

Mantchooria  . . 
Polynesia 


R«C 


II 

Fe 

Xf 

Of 
Ak 
De 

Ee 

Se 
8f 
Hn 

Oi 

Rfr 

Nk 

Ui 

Wi 

Vm 

Jo 

Md 

Th 

Ld 

HI 

6i 

Uo 

Ji 

iQb 

Pa 

la 

Nb 

Bf 

Bb 

Md 

Af 

Pq 

Ssr 

Ud 

Ud 

Fe 

No 

6e 

Me 

Vb 

Nf 

Me 

Qc 

Qb 

Mi 

Fd 

Lc 

Th 

Mo 

Mb 

Na 

Tl 

Tl 

Hf 

Vi 

Ud 

Ck 


Lughea 

Leghorn 

Le  Grand 

Leh 

Leifle 

Leige 

Lein>chow  .... 
Lein-ping-chow 

Leipzig 

Leja 

Lekma 

Lekoe  

Lelundo 

Lema 

Le  Maire 

Lomberg 

Lemlum 

Lemnos 

Lemus 

Lemvig 

Lena 

Lena  (of  the) .. . 

Leng 

licngerout 

Ijengua  de  Baca 

Leon  . . . . , 

Leon 

Leon 

Leona  Vicario .  < 

Leoo-keoo 

Leopold 

Leopoldstadt. . . . 

Lepers 

Le  Fuy 

Lernia 

Lerwick 

Loaan 

Leschcnault  .... 
L»schenault  .... 

Le  Sparre 

Lenseps 

Lesser  Slave .... 
Lcss'r  Slave  Lake 
Less'r  Slave  Lake 
LoBsoe .... 
Lesuour  . . 
Letes. .... 
Letons .... 
Lettce  .... 
Leuba  .... 
Leutschau 
Levanoe  . . 
Lcvala  . . . 
Lo  Vela... 
Lewis  .... 
Lewis  .... 
Lewis  .... 
Lewis  .... 
Lewisburg 
Lowthwaite's 


am. 


SU. 
Bay 

9l- 

^^ 
&• 

L. 

h 
R. 
L 
St. 

T. 
I. 
I. 
T. 
R. 
G. 
T. 
T. 
C. 

§'• 

R. 

c. 

T. 

L 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L 

C. 

Pfc 

T. 

C. 

L. 

Dis 

Ft. 

I. 

Mts. 

L. 

Rk. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

C. 

T. 

Str. 


Lexington |Cy. 


Turkey  O 


Africa 

l\iscany 

New  Holland.. 
Little  Thibet .. 
Greenland  .... 

Belgium 

China 

China 

Saxony 

Syria 

Russia 

Nqrway  ...... 

Congo 

China 

Patagoqia 

Austria 

Asijitic 
Archipelago 
Patagonia 
Norway . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Laps 

Persia 

Chili 

Spain 

Guatemala  .. . . 

Bolivia 

Mexico 

Eastern  Sea. . . 
Brit  America  . 

Austria 

Australasia  v. 

France 

Spain 

Scotland 

China 

New  Holland. . 
New  Holland. . 

France  

Mantchooria  . . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 

Denmark 

New  Holland. . 

Russia 

Cape  Verd  Is. . 

Malaysia 

Chili 

Austria 

Norway 

Africa 

Caribbean  Sea. 

Scotland 

Illinois 

Oregon  Ter.. .. 
Greenland  .... 

Arkansas 

Powel's  Group. 
Kentucky 


BaC 
LM. 

Nf" 
Md 
Ul 
Re 
lb 
Mc 
Tf 
Tf 
Mc 
Oe 
Ob 
Mb 
Mi 
Tf 
Hn 
Nd 
e 
Ne 
Hm 
Nb 
Ub 
Ua 

Pe 
111 
Ld 

Ff 
Uf 
Ga 
Nd 

Xj 

Md 

Ld 

Lc 

Uf 

Tl 

Ti 

Ld 

Vd 

Ec 

Ec 

Ec 

Mc 

Tl 

Ob 

Kjr 
Ui 
HI 
Nd 
M  b 
Nf 
Gg 
Li  '?■ 
Fd 
Ed 
la 
Fe 
o 
Ge 


ddik 

Nf 

f 

Md 

>lland.. 

Ul 

"hibet .. 

Re 

nd  . . . . 

lb 

1 

Mc 

Tf 

Tf 

Mc 

•••••. 

Oe 

Ob 

Mb 

Mi 

Tf 

la 

Mn 

•••••• 

Nd 

Turkey 

Oe 

lago. . . 

Ne 

la 

Hm 

Nb 

Rossia. 

Ub 

Ua 

Sff 

Fe 

HI 

Ld 

lia  .. . . 

Hk 

Ff 

Uf 

erica  . 

Ga 

Nd 

iia  v.. 

Xj 

iMd 

Ld 

Lc 

Uf 

and. . 

Tl 

and. . 

Ti 

Ld 

na  .. 

Vd 

Ec 

ica  . 

Ec 

Ec 

.... 

Mo 

Tl 

.... 

Ob 

K(r 

.... 

ji 

.... 

ii 

... 

^d 

,...] 

Ab 

...: 

se 

ioBL.i 

^R 

... : 

J1>. 

Fd 

... 

Sd 

a 

...1 

Fe 

up.  1 

0 

...  < 

iSe 

CiONSULTING  INDEX. 


^ 


KUMOirtlCMifek 


Lexington 

Leyden  .....«• 
Leyaon ....... 

Leyto 

Liadonskoi ..  •• 

Liaga 

Liaghoff 

Liant 

Liard'B 

Liatamkovi.. .. 

Libau 

Liberia 

Liberty  

Liberty 

Libyan 

Lichtenau 

Lida 

Liddon's 

Lidkoping  . . . . 

Lie 

Light  

Ligiep 

Ligor  

Likiang 

Lilabarouba . . . 
Lilleflund  . . . . . 
Lilly  Fountain. 

Lima 

Lima 

Lima 

Limeri 

Limerick 

Limesoe 

Limcsol 

Limmens 

Limoges 

Linapacan  . . . • 

Linares 

Lincoln 

Lincoln 

Lincoln 

Lincoln's 

Lindesay  

Lindesnoes .. .. 

Lindsay 

Lindsay 

Linds-dal 

Lindy 

Lingayen  .,.,• 

Ling'Chow  .  ■ . . 

Ling-hein ..... 

Lingin 

Lingnang 

Lin>kiang 

Linosa  

Lintz . . 

Lintzin 

Lion's 

Lipa 

Llpari 

Lipes 


T. 

T. 

Pt 

L 

T. 

R. 

L 

C. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Cty. 

T. 

T. 

Des. 

T. 

T, 

6. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

?■ 

T. 

Sta. 

Dep 

&• 

R. 

?• 

T. 

Bgt. 

T? 

I. 

T. 

?• 

Po. 

L 

R. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

T. 

R. 

Bay 

9.y- 

Str. 

?' 

T. 

T. 

Bk. 

T. 

I 

T. 


MiMOuri 

Holland 

Brit.  America  . 
Malaysia  ..... 
Aaiatio  Russia. 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Siam 

Brit  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Africa 

Texas 

Missouri 

Africa 

Greenland  .... 

Russia    

Brit  America  . 

Sweden 

Thibet 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Polvnesia 

Malaysia 

China 

Africa 

Norway 

Cape  Colony  . . 

Peru 

Peru 

Sweden 

Chili , 

Ireland 

Norway 

Cyprus 

New  S. Wales  . 

France 

Malaysia  .... 

Mexico 

England 

Chma  Sea  . . . 
News.  Wales 
Polynesia .... 
NewS.Wa:es 

Norway 

Brit  America 
Elephant  Island 
Sweden  . . 
Quiloa  . .  I 
Luzon . .. 
China  .... 
China  .... 
Malaysia  . 
China  ... 
China  .• . 
Meditcrran.  Soa 

Austria 

Russia 

Atlantic  Ocean 

Bolivia . 

Meditorrar.  Sea 
New  Grenada 


Fe 
Mo 

Gb 

S« 
Po 

Pb 

Va 

l« 
Do 

Qo 

No 

Lh 

Ff 

Fe 

Nf 

lb 

No 

Ea 

Mo 

Re 

Ua 

Xh 

Sh 

Sf 

Nk 

Mo 

Nk 

®j 

Gj 

Mb 

HI 

Lc 

Mb 

Oe 

Vj 
Md 

?f 

Lc 
Tp 

Xi 

VI 

Mo 

Ga 

lo 

Nb 

Oj 

}l« 
Te 

Te 

Sh 

Sf 

Tf 

Mo 

Md 

No 

Ko 

Hk 

Mo 

Hh 


NHBdof  Flaa^te.     Clao. 


T. 
T. 
T. 


Lipetsk 

Lipovety 

Lipatadt 

Liptchani 

Liptrap 

Lisbon 

Lisbume 

Lisianskoy's  Ld. 

Lisle 

Lister's 

Listen ■ 

Lichtenfela ..... 

Litkina 

Little 

Little 

Little 

Little  Altai 

Little  Andaman 
Little  Big  Horn 
Littie  Bucharia 
Little  Cayman . 
Little  Fish  .... 
Little  Ganges.. 
Little  Inaqua .. 

Little  Key 

Little  Kooropar- 

tachia  .... 
Little  Laut .. 
Little  Marten 
Little  Misscuri.. 
Little  Mistissinny 
Little  Ouzen . . . 
Little  Portandick 

Little  Rock 

Little  Seal 

Little  Sea  Otter. 
Little  Sioux  .... 
Little  Thibet  . . . 
Little  Whale  . . . 

Litza 

Liubim 

Liu-'Sima 

Livcnsk 

Liverpool 

Liverpool 

LiveriMol 

Liverpool  

Liverpool 

Liverpool 

Liverpool 

Liverpool  ...... 

Livingston 

Livingston's .... 
Livingston's. ... 

Livonia 19. 

Lizard 

Lizard. ....... 

LlanoH 

Llunos.. ,. 
Llera ...... 

Lloyds  ./■ 


T. 

C: 

f 

k 

Is. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

L. 

Des. 

Mts, 

I. 

R. 

Cty. 

la 

Bay 
x« 
L 
t 


Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia  ....... 

New  9.  Wales. 

Portugal 

North  America 
N.  Pacific  Oc  • 

Frauce 

Now  S.  Wales 
Brit  America 
Greenland  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 
Brit  America 
Hindoostan  . . 
Mongolia .... 
Bay  of  Bengal 

Missouri 

Asia 

West  Indies.. 
Benguela  .... 
Polynesia.. .. 
Bahamas  .... 
Australasia.. . 


•tf 


L 

R. 

Cty. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

f. 

?f 

T. 

T. 

C. 

Cst. 

Bay 

R. 

C. 

I. 

I. 

Pr. 

Pt 

L 

T. 


Sfft 


R.     Asiatic  Russia. 
I.      Malaysia 
L.     Brit  Ameriua 
R.     Missouri 
L.     Brit  America 
R.     Asiatic  Russia. 
T.     Africa 

Arkansas 

Brit  America  . 

North  America 

Wisconsin  Ter. 

Adiia 

Brit.  America  . 

Russia 

Russia 

Japan  

Russia 

England 

Nova  Scotia. . . 

N.  Brunswick  . 

Senegambia .. . 

Brit  America  . 

Scoresby's  Ld.. 

Brii.  America  . 

New  Holland. . 

New  Guinea  . . 

Polynosia  . . . . . 

South  Shetland 

Rumia 

England 

Australasia  .. 

Spai.n 

Plsr-  Naw^ronada  . 


^ 


Oo 

Nd 

Mc 

Nd 

VI 

Le 

Ab 

Af 

Mo 

Wk 

Eb 

lb 

Sa 

Va 

Eb 

Qf 

Sd 

Ed 

Rd 

Gg 

Ml 

Bi 

Hf 

Ui 

Wa 

Ti 

Eb 

Fd 

He 

Pd 

Fe 
Fe 
Ao 
Fd 
Re 
He 
Ob 
Oo 
Vo 
Oo 
Lo 
Hi 
Hd 

h« 

Ga 
Ka 
Dd 

"J 
Vi 

Wh 

Ho 

No 
Lo 

Vj 
Ld 
Hh 
Ff 

Ho 

mtmd 


/Jiij^'^ 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


Hum  of  TUcm,  fee. 


Lloyd's 

Loango  

Loango 

Lobos 

JLoboa 
Lobua 
Lobos 

Loboe 

Lobos 

Lobos 

Lobos 

Locker  

Loch  Fine  . . . . 

Lock'it 

Loclevskoi  . . . . 

Lodnjar.     

Lodeeana    . . . . 

Lodmundar  . . . 

Lofaugar 

hoBbaen 

Logan 

Logansport... . 

Logfun 

Logninova  ■ . . . 

Logoe 

Loeot 

Lohcia 

LoHo 

Loire 

Lokhan  

Lombardy  . . . . 

Lotnblem 

Lombock 

Lombock 

Lommen  Berg . 

Lomsele 

London 

London 

London 

London 

London 

Londonderry  . . 

Londonderry  . . 

Londor 

London  

Long 

Long 

Tiong 

Long 

Long 

Long 

Long . . 

"'f  Longawan  . . . 
'  Longchamps  . . 

Long  Ittland  . . 

L'Ong  island . . . 

Long  Lakf- . . . . 

Lungnan 

j  Longuerud  . . . . 

I  Looboa 

II  Loo-ohoo 


Clw. 


Prm 
Cty. 

T. 

Pt 

PL 

I. 

I. 

L 

Is. 

Is. 

C. 

L. 

I. 

T. 

Dis. 

T. 

Fd. 

T. 

Is. 

Po. 

T. 

Cv. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Cy. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

Km 

I. 

St. 

I. 

Mt. 

T. 

^y- 

T. 
T. 
Cst 
Rk. 
Cy. 
Is. 
Mt 
T. 
I. 
I. 
I. 
I. 
I. 
I. 
I. 
T. 
Rk 
I. 
ibo. 

Ho. 

Cy. 
c. 
T. 
le. 


Kaltioa. 

South  Slietland 

Africa 

Loango 

Buenos  Ayres  • 
Buenos  Ayrcs  . 
Patagonia  . . . . 

Polynesia 

Uruguay  

Azanoga 

Peru.; 

Mexico 

New  Holland. . 
Scorcsby's  Ld. . 
Brit.  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia . 

Azanaga 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Iceland 

Sweden 

Norway 

Brit.  America  . 

Indiana 

Soudan 

Asiatic  Russia . 
Cbangamcra  .  ■ 

Guinea 

Arabia 

China 

France    

Russia 

Italy 

Malaysia 

Malaysia 

Malaysia 

Spitsbergen  . . . 

Sweden 

England 

Upper  Canada . 
Guatemala .. .  ■ 
Greenland  . . . . 
Malayan  Sea . , 

Ireland 

Patagonia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 

Mdliysia 

Eastfirn  Sea. . . 
Australasia  . . . . 
Australasia.. . . 
Brit  America  . 

Celebes 

Atlantic  Ocean 
United  States. . 
United  States., 
lirit  America  . 

China 

Now  Guinea  . 

Celebes 

Eastern  Sea  . . . 


tut 
Ub. 

lo 

Mi 

Mi 

11 

HI 

Hm 

Vf 

11 

Kf 

Gl 

Ef 

Tk 

Ka 

Hb 

Re 

Lf 

Re 

Kb 

Nb 

Mb 

Fa 

Gd 

Qc 

Mh 

9,s 

Te 

Ld 

Pb 

Md 

Ui 

Ti 

Ti 

Na 

Nd 

Lc 

Gd 

Gg 
I  a 

Th 

Lc 

Hn 

Vc 

Ob 

Hb 

Go 

Uf 

Vi 

Vi 

Go 

Ui 

Jh 

Hd 

lid 

Go 

'N*aM(  of  Fhoi^fec, 


Claa. 


•  e 

/I 

Ui 

U  i 


Lookayanoy 

Lookers-on \l. 

Lookout . . . 


Lookout 

Lookout 

Lookout 

Lookout  

Loon 

Loon 

Loony 

Lopatka 

Leper's 

Lopez 

Lop  Nor 

Loppen 

Loquez 

Lora 

Lord  Auckland's 
Lord  Howe's  . . . 
Lord  Howe's  . . . 
Lord  Howe's  . . . 
Lord  Mayor's .. . 
Lord  Nelson's  .  ■ 
Lord  North's  . . . 

Lorcto 

Loreto 

L'Orient 

Lorma 

Los  Coquillas  .  • . 
Los  Hermanos  .. 
Losinogorska .. . 
Los  Martires  . . . 
Los  Patillos  . . . . 

Lessen 

Lostange 

Lot's  Wife 

Loucheux 

Lougan 

Loughborn 

Louis 

Louis , 

Louisa 

Louisburg 

Louisiado 

Louisiana 

Louis  PhilUp  . . , 
Louisville  ...... 

Louisville 

Louit-chow 

Loumbov 

Louristan 

Lourondsong  . . . 

Loutzk 

I>ouza 

Love 

LoTo 

Lovenorn 

Lovisa 

Low 

low 

Low 


f^KtrnttMOBssa 


C. 

c. 
c. 
c. 
Pt 

R. 

L. 

R. 

0. 

I. 

C. 

L. 

I. 

Po. 

R. 

Gr. 

I. 

I. 

Gr. 

Bay 

St 

I. 

9: 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Is. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

Tr. 

a- 

C. 

Po. 

Rk. 

C. 

I. 

St 

c. 

Dis, 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Bay 

Bay 

C. 

T 

..  . 

I. 
I. 

^- 


Podtioii* 


Russia 

Australasia  . . . 
Patagonia  . . . . 
Brit  America  ■ 
North  Carolina 
Oregon  Ter.  . . 
New  S.  Wales  . 
Wisconsin  Ter. 
Brit.  America  . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Polynesia 

Afirica 


Little  Buckrria 
Norway .... 
Madagascar  . 

Cabul 

Southern  Ocean 
Australasia . . . 
Polynesia.  ■ .. 
Australasia  . . 
Brit  America 
Patagonia.. . . 
Polynesia .... 
Mexico .' 


Bet 


Bolivia 

France 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Patagonia  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia 
Polynesia .... 
South  Peru  . . 

Norway 

Polynesia  .... 
Polynesia .... 
Brit  America 

China 

Oregon  Ter... 
Kerguelen's  Ld. 
Isle  of  France. 
Malaysia  ...  . 
Cape  Breton  I. . 
Australasia... . 
United  States . . 
Brit  America  . 

Kentucky 

Georgia 

China 

Russia 

Persia 

Thibet 

Russia 

Russia  .  -  .... 
Greenland  .... 
Spitsbergen  . . . 

Seghaiien 

Russia 

Polynesia 

South  Shetland 
Malaysia  ...    . 


Oc 
Xm 
Hm 
Gc 
Gc 
Dd 
Wk 
Fd 
Ec 

Qf 
Wc 
Xi 

Mi 
Rd 

Na 

Qe 

Xn 

Wl 

Bj 

Wi 

Fb 

Gn 

Uh 

Ef 

Hj 
Ld 

l« 
Ec 

Hm 

Re 

Vh 
Hk 
Mb 

PJ 
Wf 

Db 

Te 

Dc 

Qm 

Pk 

Th 

Hd 

Wj 

Fe 

Fb 

Ge 

Ge 

Tf 

Pb 

Po 

Se 

Nc 

Pe 

lb 

Ma 

Vd 

Nb 

Aj 

Ho 

Ui 


1 

DdUML 

Bet 

I 

.Oc 

ilasia  . . 

.  Xm 

)nia  . . . 

.  Hm 

America 

.Gc 

Carolina 

Go 

tiTer.  . 

Dd 

.Wales 

Wk 

nsin  Ter 

.Fd 

imenca 

Ec 

}stan  .. 

Qf 

'  Russia 

Wc 

sia 

Xi 

Mi 

Buckrria 

Rd 

y 

Na 

ascar  .. . 

1*1 

Qe 

rn  Ocean 

Xn 

Wl 

sia 

Bj 

lasia  . . . 

Wi 

merica  . 

Fb 

nia 

Gn 

9ia 

Uh 

El- 

Hj 

Ld 

Ffi: 

Ee. 

ua  .... 

Hm 

Russia. 

Re 

la 

Vh 

eru  ... 

Hk 

Mb 

la 

^\    1 

a 

Wf  i 

icrica  . 

Db  i 

Te  i 

Ter.... 

Dc 

m'sLd. 

Qm 

Pk 



Th 

Hd 

iia... . 

Wj 

;atcs. . 

Fe 

3rica  .  ] 

Vh 

' ( 

ie    \ 

( 

»  e   1 

r 

rf  1 

1 

*»>  ! 

'e  " 

s 

)e 

I 

4c 

...,1 

'e 

....  I 

b 

1...  J 

la 

^d 

....^ 

fb 

i 

j 

land  I 

['o| 

..    .1 

i    1 

CONSULTING  INDEX. 


lof  FtecM^te. 


Low 

Low 

Lowang 

Lowashan 

Lowat 

Lowatte 

Lowdeoh 

Luwenstern  . . . 

I<ower 

Lower  Angara . 
Lower  Canada . 
Lower  Inbatskaya 
Lower  Nippowan 
Lower  Oudinsk  . 
Lower  Savage  . . 
Lower  Suso  .... 
Lower  Tchoum- 
skaya  ....... 

Lowther 

Low  Woody .... 

Loxa 

Loxe 

Loyalty 

Luan 

Luban 

Lubbcn 

Lubeck  , 

Lubeck 

Lublin 

Lubo 

Lubo 

Lubolo 

Lubreck 

Lucaya 

Lucca 

Lucerne 

Luoknow  

Ludamar 

Luenburg 

Lugartos. 

Lugh  a  Sumroa . 

Lupo 

Lui-chow 

Luidini 

Lukin 

Lulea 

liulea 

Lulea 

Lunenburg 

Lupata 

Lutoo 

Luxan 

Luxcni'jurg  .11 . 
Lu!:eniburg    ... 

Lu^ur 

Luzon 

Lyana 

Ijyareo 

Lycksele 

Lycomedis ..... 
Lydins 


CUa. 


Is. 

I. 

Pr. 

T. 

Mt 

L. 

C. 

L. 

R. 

Pr. 

T. 

Ho. 

T. 

Is. 

Dis. 

T. 

I. 

Is. 

T, 

Fd. 

Is. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

?• 

R. 
Pr. 

Sto. 

I. 

D. 

T. 

Cy. 

Cty. 

?!■■ 

L. 

T. 

Cy. 

T. 

Vil. 

T. 

R. 

L. 

T. 

Mts. 

R. 

T. 

G.D 

I. 
T. 
T. 
T. 


Australasia... 
Australasia... 

China 

Birmah 

Barbary 

Barbary  ..... 

Tunis 

Seghalien .... 
Oregon  Ter... 
Asiatic  Russia 
North  America 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit.  America  . 
Sose 


Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit  America  . 

Polynesia 

Equador 

Norway 

Austrolaaia... . 

Mindanao 

Malaysia 

Prussia 

Germany 

Malaysia 

Poland 

Mozambique  . . 
Mozambique  . . 

Benguela 

Tripoli 

Bahamas  . . . . : 

Italy 

Switzerland  . . . 
Hinduostan  . . . 

Aftica 

Hanover 

Mexico 

Abyssinia 

Spain 

China 

Asiatic  Russia. 
AsiatH  Russia . 

Sweden 

Ctveden 

Sweden 

Nova  Scotia  .. . 

AfVica 

Russia 

Buenos  Ayrcs  . 

Germany 

Belgium 

Egvpt 

iMalaysia 

Barbary  

Beloochistan  . . 

Sweden. 

AfVica 

Polynesia 


La^ 


Xj 

Wk 

Uf 

Sf 

Me 

Le 

Mo 

Vc 

fid 

So 

Hd 

Sb 

Fo 

Sc 

Hb 

Lf 

Sb 
Fa 
Ch 
Gi 
Na 
Xk 
Uh 

Ug 
Mc 
Mc 
Ti 

No 

S^ 

^\ 

Nj 

Ne 

Gf 

Md 

Md 

Rf 

Lg 

Mc 

Gf 

Oh 

Ld 

Te 

Pb 

Ab 

Nb 

Nb 

Nb 

Hd 

Oj 

Ob 

II 

Md 

Md 
Of 

Ug 
Me 
Qf 

Nb 
Nf 
Xh 


K« 


lotriacMiftc. 


Lydra 

Lynchburg . 

Lynn 

Lynn 

Lyon 

Lyons 

Lyons 

L^'ons 

Lytin 


Maab 

Maadan 

Maasoe 

Maatsuyker's , 

Mabah 

Mabbrook. . . . 

MabU 

Macaa 

Macahe 

Macao 

Macar 

Macartney  . . . 

Macas 

Macassar  . . . . 
Macassar  . . . . 
Macassar  . . . . 
Macauley's. .. 

Macava 

Maccai ....... 

Macclesfield .. 
Macdougall  . . 

Maceyo 

Machias  . . . . . 
Machidcs  . . . . 
Machidcs  . . . . 
Machigosta  . . 
Macbigma  . . . 
Machiguine . . 
Machistan  . . . 
Machoura. . . . 
Mackenzie  . . . 
Mackenzie's . . 
Mackinaw  . . . 
Mackintosh  . . 

Macon 

Macon 

Macouar 

Macowar  . . . . 
Maoquari«  . . . 
Macquarie  . . . 
Macquarie<  . . 
Macquarieii  . . 

Macri 

Macy's 

Madagascar  . . 
Madawasca  . . 

Madeira 

Madeira 

Madeiras  . . . . 

Maden 

i  Madina 


Cla 


I. 

T. 
T. 

Cnl. 
C. 

g'- 

Ch. 
T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Is. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

?■ 

C. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Str. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

Bk. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

Cty. 

R. 

T. 

Vil. 

Bay 

L« 

T. 

R. 

In. 

Cy. 

Is. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

R. 

I. 

Is. 

T. 

T. 


Polynesia. . 
Virginia ... 
England . . , 
North  AmcricalC 
Brit  America  . 

fVanco 

Franco  

3tit  America  . 
Russia 


Ge 
Mc 
o 
Db 
Md 
Md 
6b 
Nd 


Greenland 
Arabia  . . . 
Norway  . . 
V.Diemen'sLd. 

Soudan  

Africa 

Barca 

Hayti 

Brazil 

China 

Asiatic  Russia. 

China 

Equador 

Cambodia 

Celebes 

Malaysia 

Polynesia 

Venezuela  .... 
Mozambique  . . 
China  Sea  .... 
Brit  America  . 

Brazil 

Maine  ....... 

Africa , 

Brazil 

Buenos  Ayres  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Nova  Zembla .. 
Brit  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit  America  . 
Scoresby's  Ld.. 
Michigan ..... 
Brit  America  . 

Georgia 

France 

Arabian  Gulf. . 
Nubia. .. . 
V.  Diemcn's  Ld. 
V.  Diemcn's  Ld. 
News.  Wales. 
Southern  Ocean 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Polynesia 

Indian  Ocean  . 
Upper  Canada . 

Brazil 

Atlantic  Ocean 
Atlantic  Ocean 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Scneiram'iU 


lb 
Of 

Na 
Vm 

Ng 
Mf 
Ne 

?i' 

Tf 
Va 
Ue 
Gi 
Tf 
Ti 
Ti 
Ak 
Hh 

Fb 

Ji 

Hd 

Oh 

li 

Hk 

Ab 

Pa 

He 

Wc 

Db 

Ka 

6d 

Hb 

|Ge 

Md 

Of 

Of, 

Vm 

Vm 

VI 

Wn 

Ne 

Ak 

Pj 

Gd 

Hi 

Kb 

Ke 

Oe 

T.  » 


•% 

*■ 


64 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


ttttumilH, 


Madi*on 

Mkdiaon 

Msdjicoaemah 

Madtu 

Madrid 

MadoTK 

Madara 

Madrego 

Magadoza  • . . 
Magadoza  . . . 

Magaini 

Magatooff .  i . . 
Magdalen  .•.. 
Magdalera  . . . 
Magdal:i^<  .  . 
Magdaleua... 
Magdalena ... 
MagdeJurg'  . . 
"fui^'Cilaf!  , . . 
^j  xyeilii'a  . . . 

\      '.eoc 

L,     '  iuakaya . 
l^i%iietic  .... 
Mi4piitra< 
Magnukti..... 

Magnose 

Magop 

Magus 

Managan  .... 
Mahanuddy . . 

Maho 

Mahe 

Mahe 

Mahee 

Mahirka  Preistang 
Mahmora .... 

Mahou '. 

Mahrali 

Mahrea  Arabs 
Mahuhiah .... 
Mahunga .... 
Maia ...'. .... 

Maiaoiti 

Maimatchin  .. 

Main 

Mainagua. . . . 

Maine 

Mainland .... 

Maiaon'a 

Maidand 

Majambo  .... 

Majoor 

Majorca 

Ma]n 

MaiiMsa 

Malcamie  .... 
Makoko  .... 
Makooana .... 
Makosees  .... 

Makova 

Makulla 


Cba. 


R. 
T. 
I. 

I 

I. 
I. 

Cty. 

S^- 

T. 

L. 

Is. 

Dep 

Bay 

T. 

R. 

Str. 

Arc. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

L. 

T. 

Sh. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

Is. 

Bk. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cy. 

Dis. 

Tr. 

T. 

£'■ 

I. 

I. 

St 

I. 
I. 

T. 
Bay 

l! 

T. 

R. 

R. 

Cty. 

Tr. 

Tr. 

Tr. 

Dis. 


Missouri  Ter.  . 

Indiana 

Eastern  Sea. . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Spain 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Malaysia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Afiica 

Magadoxa  . . . . 

Japan  

Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit  America  . 
New  Grenada  . 
Spitsbergen . . . 
Buenos  Ayres  . 
New  Grenada . 

Prussia 

Patagonia  .... 

Polynesia 

Norway 

Asiatic  Russia. 
New  S.  Wales  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America . 

Persia 

Polynesia 

Ceylon 

Hindo(»tan  . . . 
Indian  Ocean.. 
Indian  Ocean  . 
Indian  Ocean .. 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Morocco 

China 


\rabia 

Africa 

Russia 

Africa 

Asiatic  Russia 
Polynesia. . . . 
Mongolia .... 
Asiatic  Russia 
Polyncbia .... 
United  SUtes. 
Shetland  Is.  .. 

Polynesia 

New  S.  Wales 
Madagascar. . . 
Polynesia. .... 
Mediterran.  Sea 
Barbary  .... 

Peru 

Soudan 

AfVica 

Africa 

AfVica 

Africa 

Arabia 


ft 

Ed 

Od 

Uf 

Rg 

Ld 

Rh 

Ti 

Wa 

Ph 

Ph 

Ve 

V» 

Hb 

Hg 

Ma 

II 

Hh 

Mc 

Hn 

Vf 

Na 

Tb 

^j 
Pc 

Eb 

Eb 

Pf 

Uf 

Rh 

Rf 

Pi 

Pi 

Pi 

Uc 
Le 
Sf 

P«r 

Ng 
Pc 

Ni 
Vc 

Pq 

Xb 

II 

Lb 
Bh 

Wl 

Pj 

Wh 

Me 

Me 

Hj 

Mb 

Ni 

^i 

Nk 


Hi—  of  FkCMkae. 


Makulla 

Mala 

Malabriga 

Malacca 

Malacca 

Malaga 

Malanca 

Malanta 

Maiaskerd 

Malayan 

Malaysia 

Malcolm 

Malabar 

Maiden 

Maldivas 

Maldonado 

Malcbum 

Malenillo 

Malespina 

Maletivo • 

Malfin , 

Malhada 

Malheur 

Malik 

Malimba 

Malin 

Malines 

Malkin 

Mallar 

Mallicola  ...   . 

Mallon 

Malloodo 

Mallooin 

Malmo 

Malone 

Maloppo 

Malplo 

Mais 

Malstrom 

Malta 

Malung 

Malwa 

Mamach 

Mamadysk .... 
Mamafale  .■ .  M 
Mama  Inferior . 

Mamola 

Mamaleek  .... 

Mamas 

Mama  Superior 
Msmbookics . . . 
Mamchii) ..... 
Matninisca .... 

Mamorc 

Mampoor  ..... 

Man 

Mana 

Manachan  .... 

Manai 

Manambatou  . . 
Manamboure  . . 


T. 
Pt 
I. 

Cy. 

Str. 

Cy. 

T. 

I. 

T. 


Cbu*. 


Div, 

R. 

Cst 

I. 

Is. 

T. 

T. 

Bk. 

C. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

Bks. 

R. 

Har 

T. 

T. 

U 

I. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

Ch. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Tr. 

T. 

L. 

R. 

Cty. 

R. 
E. 
I. 
C. 
R. 


Arabia  ..;... 
New  Grenada 
Polynesia. ... 

Malaya 

Malaysia  ... 

i^in 

Brazil 

Australasia  .. 

Turkey 

Asia 

Oceanica  .... 
Brit  America 
Hindoostan  .. 
Polynesia. . . . 
Asia • 


■•t 


Uruguay  .... 
Hindoostan  . . 
Bahamas  .... 

Japan 

Ceylon 

Buenos  Ayres 

Brazil 

Oregon  Ter... 

Asia 

Africa 

llreland 

Belgium 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Sweden 

Australasia .... 

Polynesia 

Borneo 

Polynesia 

Sweden 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Africa 

New  Grenada  . 

Norway 

LofTodoy  Is. .. . 
Mediterran.  Sea 

Sweden 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Mozambique  . . 
Asiatic  Russia . 

Asia 

Soudan  

E>]uador 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Africa 

Siam 

Brit  America  . 

Bolivia 

Africa 

Chili  ....r... . 

Guiana 

Madagascar  .. . 

Polynesia 

Madagascar.. . 
Madagascar. . . 


U 

Vf 
Sh 
Sh 
Le 
li 
Wi 
Oe 
Th 
Th 
Cb 
Qh 
Bi 
Qh 
11 
Rf 
Gf 
Vd 
Rh 
Hk 

Jj 
Ed 

Qh 
Mh 
Lc 
Mc 
Wc 
Nc 

Ag 
Th 

Ag 
Md 
Wc 
Nk 
Gh 
Nb 
Mb 
Me 
Mb 
Rf 
Od 
Pc 

SJ 

To 
Qh 
Mg 
Hh 
To 
Nk 

Sg 
Gc 

Hj 
Nj 
Lo 
Ih 
Pk 


Maa. 

LUt. 

renada  . 
lia 

ia".".!"! 

aaia  . . . 

a 

nerica  . 
itan  ... 
ia 

U 

Vf 
Sh 
Sh 
Le 
li 
Wi 
Oe 
Th 
Th 
Cb 
Qh 
Bi 

Y  •• 
Itan 

a  .. 


Ayres 

I  •  I  •  •  • 

Ter... 


Russia. 


sia. 
I. 


uussia. 


nada 


Is.... 
n.  Sea 


isHia. 


ue  . 
issia 


BBia. 


ica 


Qh 

II 

Rf 

Gf 

Vd 

Rb 

Hk 

Jj 
Ed 

Qh 

Mh 

Lo 

Mc 

Wo 

No 

Th 

Asr 

Md 

Wc 

Nk 

Gh 

Nb 

Mb 

Me 

Mb 

Rf 

Od 

Pc 

2J 

Tc 
Qh 
Mff 
HIT 

Tel 
Nk 

s«r 

Gc 
Hj 

Nj 
Lo 
Ih 
Pk 

li 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


65 


Numof  rhcMito. 


Ch» 


Manantengha . . .  C. 

Mananzari T. 

Manaoo 

Manas 

Manasarovara  . 
Manavolka .... 

Manby 

Manchester  . . . 
Manchester  . . . 
Manchester  . . . 
Manchineel . . . 

Manda 

Mandal 

Mandan 

Mandans 

Mandara 

Mandera 

Mandhaar 

Mandhaar 

Manding 

Mandinga 

Mandinsk 

Mandivee 

Mandrere 

Mandrouckha  . 

Manetsok 

Manfredonia.. . 
Mangalore  . .    . 

Mangaza 

Mangeea 

Mangeray .... . 
Mangeray 

Manghaliey  . . . 

Manglarcs  .... 

Mangoulskoi  • 

Mang's 

Manguora  ... 

Manguera  . . . 

Manheim  .... 

Maniana 

Manica 

Manica 

Manicouagan . 

Manicouagan  . 

Manilla. ..... 

Maninski  .... 

Manipi 

Manisova  .... 

Manitoba L. 

Manitou T. 

Manitou I. 

Manitouline  ....  L. 

Manitoulino  ....  Is. 

Manitsch R. 

Manivoul T. 

Manna T. 

Manna Pt 

Manning Pt' 

Manning's Sh. 

Manoel  Gonzalves  T. 

Manoel  Gonzalves  I. 

6« 


Tr. 

T. 

L. 

I. 

L 

I- 

Ho. 

Pt. 

T. 

T. 

Ft. 

Tr. 

Dis. 

T. 

Dis. 

Pt 

Cty. 

Bay 

T. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

Sta. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

Str. 

C. 

Pt 

T. 

Bks 

I. 

L. 

Cy. 

Cty. 

Cty, 

T. 

R. 

L. 

C 


V: 

T. 
T. 


Madagascar.. 
Madagascar.. 

Brazil 

Soongaria.... 

Thibet 

Australasia  .. 
Scoresby's  Ld. 

E2ngland 

Mississippi. .. . 
Brit  America . 

Jamaica 

Brazil 

Norway 

Wisconsin  Ter. 
Wisconsin  Ter. 

Soudan 

Nubia 

Celebes 

Celebes 

Africa 

New  Grenada  . 

Russia    

Hindooston  . . . 
Madagascar. . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Greenland  .... 

Naples 

Hindooetan  . . . 

Africa 

Polynesia 

Malaysia 

Malaysia  ..... 
Madagascar . . . 

£!quador 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Polynesia 

Malaysia 

Uruguay 

Baden 

Africa 

Malapa 

Manica 

Lower  Canada. 
Lower  Canada. 
Phillipine  Is. . . 
Asiatic  Russia . 

Malaysia 

Brazil 

Brit  America  . 

Mongolia 

Brit  America  . 
Upper  Canada  . 
Upper  Canada . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Madagascar.. . 

Sumatra 

Senegambia  .. . 
North  America 
New  Georgia.  • 

Brazil 

Brazil 


Pk 
Pk 
Hi 
Rd 
Re 
Ui 
Kb 
Lc 
Fe 
Ec 

«g 

Ik 

Mc 

Fd 

Fb 

Mg 


t 


UI 
Ti 

h« 
Gh 

Ob 
Qf 
k 
Ub 
lb 
Nd 
Qg 

Si 

Ui 

Ti 

P 

G 

Td 

Ui 

II 

Md 

Oj 

I 

Ho 

Ug 

Pb 

Ui 

Ji 

Fc 

Rd 

Db 

Gd 

Gd 

Od 

Si 

Lh 

Ca 

Wi 

Ji 

Ji 


H*aae(FUa%fee.     Clai. 


Manoiy |C. 

Manonoo 

Manotoba 

Manael 

Mansfield 

Mansfield 

Mansiatre 

Mantalagooso. . 
Mantanzas  .... 

Mantatees 

Mantohooria.. . 
Mantohooa  .... 

Mantua 

Manuigh 

Manzora 

Maoaca 

Maomo 

Mapez 

Mapima 

Mapoota 

Mara 

Mara 

Maracaybo .... 

Maracaybo  .... 

Maracatos..... 

Maragha 

Marampaya . . 

Maranca 

Maranhara . . . 

Maranham . . . 

Marapi  ...... 

Maratuba .... 

Maravi 

Maravi 

Maravi 

Marbf  "ry  .... 

Marble 

Marburg 

Marburg 

Marcus 

Marcus 

Mar  din 

Mareb 

Maretimo  .... 

Ma-'etskoo  . . . 

Margaret's  . . . 

Margaret's  . . . 

Margarita .... 

Maria 

Mariaberg  . . . 

Maria  Louisa. 

Marian 

Marianna .... 

Marias 

Marias 

Marias 

Marias 

Maria  V.  Diemen 

Muriban  .... 

Marica 

Mariogalante 


I. 

L. 

L 

T. 

I. 

Bay 

L. 

T. 

Tr. 

Cty, 

Tr. 

?• 

R. 

L. 

T. 

Mt 

T. 

R. 

Dis. 

T. 

?• 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Pt 

?• 

Is. 

T. 

L. 

Tr. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Is. 

I. 

I. 

C. 

Mt 

C. 

Is. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

Bk. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

I. 


MIdagascar. . . 

Polynesia 

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 

Ohio.. 

Brit  America  . 
Madagascar..  ■ 
Lower  Canada, 

Cuba 

Africa , 

Asia , 

Mantchooria  . , 

Italy. 

Asiatic  Russia 

Motapa 

Florida 

Mongolia .... 

Braul.. 

Mexico 

Mapoota 

Abyssinia .... 

Dar  Air 

Venezuela  . . . 
Venezuela.... 
Africa 


I 


Rtt 


Persia 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brazil , 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Malaysia  .... 

Africa 

Africa 

Africa 

Soudan  

Brit  America 

Austria 

Hesse  Cassel . 
Polynesia  .... 
Polynesia  .... 
Asiatic  Russia 

Arabia 

Mediterran.  Sea 

Russia 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Venezuela     . . . 

Seghalien 

Japan 

Brit.  America  . 

Polynesia 

Florida 

MisBo  :ri  Ter.  . 

Polynesia 

V.  Diemen'sLd, 

Africa 

New  Zealand. . 

Persia 

Brazil ...  ^ ... . 
West  Indies.. . 


Pk 

^j 
Fo 

Gb 

Gd 

6b 

Oj 

Gd 

Gf 

Nk 

Ud 

Ud 

Md 

Va 

Oj 

Gf 

Sd 

lb 

Ff 

Ok 

SI 

Pe 

Jk 

Ih 

Ji 

Ji 

Hi 

Th 

9} 

Oj 

Mg 

Fb 

Nd 

Mc 

Wf 

Bh 

Oe 

Pg 
Me 
Ob 
Ck 
Vf 
Hg 
Vc 
Ud 
Fb 

l^ 
G  0 

Ed 

Bk 

Vm 


If 


Sfi 


9fm 


Po 
Jk 
Hg 


66 


€X)NS(m.TIN6  INDEX. 


■•rrtaM^ke. 


Muienbarg . . 
Marienweraer 

MuieUa 

Marknuma  •• . 

MariLm 

Maringa 

Sw>iuu 


Marion 

Marioa'a.... 
Marioupoule. 
Markarie  . . . 
Markaakap.. 
Markhinakoi 
Mannar  .... 
Marmello . . . 
Marmora . . . 
Marmorice .. 
Marmorioe .. 
Maro....... 

Maroa 

Maros 

Marowyne  . . 
Marquesas  . . 
Marseilles... 
Marshairs  . . 
Martaban . . . 

Marten 

Martha's .... 
Martha's....     . 
Martha's  Vineyard 
Martin  ...... 

Martin 

Martin 

Alartin 

Martinique .. . 
Martin  Vas... 

Martirea 

Martyr 

Marvam 

Marville 

Mary  Anne  . . 
Mary  Bulcott's 
Mary  Jones  . . 
Maryland .... 
Maryland  .... 

Mary's 

Maa>a.Fuero..< 
Mas-a'Tierra  •  < 

Masbate 

MaKara 

Mascaranha . . . 

Masera 

Moshow 

Maaing;loe..... 
MasaachuaeUa . 
MaMachoaetta . 

Massacre 

Maaaangano... 
Maaaanezanee . 

Maaai 

Maasiua 


T. 
T. 
T. 
I. 
L 
T. 

?• 

L 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Bta. 

R. 

Sea 

fiay 

T. 

Rk. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

Is. 

?• 

Bay 

L. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

L. 

Is. 

Mts. 

I. 

Rka 

R. 

C. 

T. 

Bay 

C. 

I. 

St. 

Col. 

Bay 

I." 
I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

St 

I. 

Is. 

F. 

Bay 

Cty. 

T. 


Prussia.. 
Pmaaia.. 
Ohio .... 
Bahamaa 


Kurile  Islonda 

Africa *. 

Miasouri 

Aaiatic  Rosaia . 
Indian  Ocean 

Russia 

Russia 

Missouri  Ter. 
Asiatic  Russia 

Africa 

Brazil 

Europe 

Turkey 

Turkey 

N.  Pacific  O3. 
Venezuela  ... 

Austria 

Guiana 

Polynesia  • . .  • . 

France  

Pdynesia .... 
Birmah .(.... 
Brit  America 
Missouri  Ter. . 
Polynesia  .  . .  ■ 
Massachusetts ' 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
West  Indies. . 
Southern  Ocean 

Mexico 

Brit  America 

Brazil 

Falkland  Is... 
Brit  America 
Polynesia .... 
Brit  America 
United  Stotes. 

Liberia 

New  Zealand. 
S.  Pacific  Oc 
S.  Pacific  Oc. . 
Malaysia  .... 

.ilffiers 

Indian  Ooean., 

Arabia , 

Africa 

Luzon  Islands , 
United  States,, 
Polynesia ,. . 
Australasia.  < 

Anglo 

Mozambique 

Africa 

Africa 


■.Tl 


No 
No 
6e 
Hf 
Wd 

2J 

Fe 

Ab^ 

Om 

Od 

Ob 

Ed 

Ub 

Ng 

Hi 

Nd 

Ne 

Ne 

Af 

Hh 

Nd 

Ih 

Ci 

Md 

Xh 

Sg 

Eb 

Ed 

Dk 

Hd 

Eb 

Fc 

Fa 

Ga 

Hg 

Kk 

Ee 

Ea 

Ji 

In 

Ha 

Ai 

Fa 

Ge 

Lh 

Xm 

Gl 

61 

Ug. 

Li 

Pk 

Qf 

Nk 

lUg 

Ud 

Xf 

Wi 

Ni 

01 


oCrba%kc 


Maasuah T. 

Maaay Dia. 

Mastofska T. 

Maaulipatam.. . .  T. 

Matagorda Bay 

Mati^rda T. 

Matamcras T. 

Matapan C. 

Matava I. 

Matea  .*.    I. 

Matelota la. 

MateloU Rf. 

Matemba Cty. 

Matera T. 

Mathews's I. 

Matiev I. 

Matifo C. 

Matilda Bk. 

Matimo L 

Matisma .......  I. 

Matiucbkin  ....  C. 

Matochkine  ....  St 

Matoll ay. 

Matsmay Cy. 

Matsmay [I. 

Matsmay iSt 


Mattabellas.. ...  I. 

Matthias I. 

Mattogrosso  .. . .  Pr. 

Mattootee I. 

Mattura T. 

Matty's L 

Matumbagh  . . . .  T. 

Maturin Dep 

Maturu R. 

Maturuoa Tr. 

Matwi I. 

Maty L 

Matzol C. 

Maudarness  ....  C. 

Mauhes Tr. 

Maui I. 

Maule R. 

Maulmein T. 

Maumee R. 

Maupiti I. 

Mauritius I. 

Maurua I. 

Mauti I. 

Maximova T. 

Maxwell Bay 

iTtay  .  ~. C. 

MajTi R» 

MayagTW* T. 

Mayara..  ./••••  T. 
Mayaveran...'*  f' 

Mayhaw T. 

Mayo  . . ,  > I> 

Mayobambft ....  T. 
Mayorgo,..,,. .  I. 
Mayotta  ....,,  ,jj. 

msmssofiBssssm 


Nubia 

Aahantee 

Aaiatic  Russia. 
Hindooatan  . . . 

Texas 

Texaa 

Mexico 

Greece 

Kurile  Island*. 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Africa 

Naples  . . . 

Pdynesia 

Russia 

Aleiers 

Polynesia 

Mozambique  .. 

Japan 

Aaiatic  Russia. 
Nova  Zembla. . 

Africa 

Japan 

Japan 

Japan 

Australasia ... . 
Australasia.... 

Brazil 

Australasia .... 

Ceylon 

Australasia... . 
Madagascar .. . 
Venezuela  •  •  •  • 

Brazil 

Brazil 

North  America 
Brit  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia . 

Iceland 

South  America 
Sandwich  Is.. . 

ChUi 

Birmah 

Ohio... 

Polynasia 

Inuan  Ocean  . 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit  America  . 
New  Jersey  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Porto  Rico.... 

Barbary  

Hindooatan  . . . 
Mtasiaaippi. . . . 
Cape  Verd  Is. . 

Peru 

Polynesia 

In^an  Ocean  . 


Qe 

R 

F 

Ff 

Ff 

Ne 

Wd 

C 


i 


V 

Vh 
Ni 
Nd 
Xh 
Pb 
Me 
Ck 

Oj 
Ve 
Xb 
Pa 
Ok 
Vd 
Vd 
Vd 
Ui 
Vi 

i'i 

Rh 

Vi 

Oj 

Hb 

Hi 

Hi 

Ab 

Fb 

Ra 

Kb 

li 

Bf 

Hi 

Sir 

Gd 

2^ 

Pj 

B 

B 

Tb 

Ga 

He 

Vo 

s; 

Ka 
Oi 

^) 
Pj 


i 


>C6  •  •  •  •  I 

1  Russia. 
Mtan  ... 

I 

Islaiidii. 

sia 

sia 

sia 

sia 

I 

sia 

tbique  . 

'.  Russia 
Sembla. 

lasia  ... 
lasia... 

lasia... 

[asia... 
iscar .. 
ela  • •  •  • 

^.merica 
nerica  . 
Russia . 

jnerica 
shls... 

a 

>cean  . 

la 

a 

oasia. 
lerica  . 

ly... 


O 
L 
Qe 

?f 

Ff 

Ff 
Ne 
Wd 
C 


i 


Id  Is. . 


Ban 


V 

Vh 
Ni 
Nd 
Xh 
Pb 
Me 
Ck 

Oj 
Ve 

Xb 

Pa 

Ok 

Vd 

Vd 

Vd 

Ui 

Vi 

Rh 

Vi 

Oj 

Hh 

Hi 

Hi 

Ab 

Fb 

Ra 

Kb 

li 

Bf 

Hi 

Sf 
6d 

2J 

PJ 

B 

B 

Tb 

Ga 

He 

Vc 

Ka 
Oi 

^) 


i 


MMMMMMIiiliMaMHiW 
CONSULTING  INDEX. 


HoMi  of  Ptao*,  te. 


Mayrchlat 

Mayro 

Maysi 

Maysville 

Mayumba 

Mayumba 

Mayvitle 

Maxagaa 

Mazagao 

Mazamba 

Mazanderan  .. . . 

Mazanillo 

Mazapil 

Mazappa 

Mozatlan 

Mazavainba  . . . . 

Mazeira 

M  azeira 

Mazerooney  . . . . 

Mazula 

Mazura 

McAskill's..;.. 

McCarty's 

McCluer's 

McCuUoch 

McDonnel  ...... 

McDoual 

McGillivray . . . . 

McGillivray . . . . 

Mclntire 

McKay's 

McKinley 

McKiiiley 

McLeod 

McTavish's  . . . . 

MoVicar 

Meaksima 

Meangia . , 

Mccan  Selasse  .. 

Mecatina 

Mecca 

Mecklenburg 
Schwerin  .18. 

Mecklenburg 
Streiitz  ...19. 

Mecon 

Medde 

Medicine 

Medielana 

Medina 

[Medina 

liMedinct  Sultan  . 
"Mediterranean  .. 

Mcdiurc  ........ 

Medroosa 

Medwa 

Meeaday 

Meerpore 

Megna 

Mon&Jin 

Meherran 


O. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

Dis. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

Pt 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Dis. 

G. 

Is. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Is. 

I. 

In. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

R. 

I. 

C. 

Pk. 

Bay 

R.^ 

Ft 

Bay 

G.' 

I. 

Is. 

T. 

Har 

Cy. 

G.D 

G;D 
R. 
T. 
R. 

Vil. 

sr- 

T. 

Sea 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Cty. 


Tartary 

Peru 

Cuba 

Kentucky. . . . 

Loongo 

Loango 

New  York... 

Morocco 

Brazil 

Africa 

Persia 

New  Grenada 

Mexico 

Mozambique  . 

Mexico 

Africa 

Arabia 

Arab  a 

GuiuM 

Congo 

Mozambique  . 
Polynesia .... 
Sonegambia . . 
Australasia  . . 
BriL  America 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Oregon  Ter.  . 
Brit  America 
Polynesia. . . . 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Brit  Amer><*« 

Japan 

Malaysia  . .' . . 
Abyssinia .... 
Labrador  .... 
Arabia 


Germany. 


Germany .... 

Laos 

Hindoostan  .. 
Missouri  Ter. 
Patagonia  ... 

Arabia 

New  Grenada . 
Tripoli 


Polynesia . . 
Fezzan .... 

Afi-ica 

Birmah.... 

Siiide 

Hindoostan 
Arabia  .... 
A&ica 


Pd 
Hi 
Hf 
Ge 
Mi 
Mi 
Gd 
Le 
li 

?j 
Pe 

Gh 

Ff 

^l^ 
Ef 

Oj 
Pf 

Qf 

Ih 
Mi 

Bf 

Ha 

Sb 
Fa 
Ed 
Db 
Gm 
Fb 
Db 
Fb 
Dc 
Eb 
Db 
o  e 
Ufa 

Og 
He 
Of 

Mc 

Mc 

Ry 

Ed 
Hm 
Of 
Hh 

Ne 
Ne 
Xh 
Nf 

^« 
Sff 

Qf 

Sf 

Of 

Oh 


^'i-ponte 

<i.  'noocharsky 

Aukdnak 

Mekran 

Meh 

Melamo 

Melano 

Mel|rhig 

Meliana 

Melinda 

Melinda 

Melinque 

MeliU 

Melkini 

Mellilla 

Mellipelli 

Mellish's 

Mellish' 

Mellish's 

Melo 

Melville 

Molville 

Melville 

Melville 

Melville 

Melville 

Melville 

Melville 

MelvUle 

Memba  Koma . 

Memel 

Memphis  ..... 
Menangkaboo  . 
Mendawee .... 

Mende 

Mendeli 

Mendocino  .... 

Mendoza 

Mendoza 

Meng 

Mennomoniea.. 
Menorandre  • . . 

Menuf 

MenzaMi 

Menzelirak.... 

Meoiak 

Meoobanish  . . . 

Mequinas 

Merasche 

Merawe 

Mercedes 

Merohar.tn' .... 
Merohai  j'.... 
Merchooskin  . . 

Mercury 

Mercury , 

Merguen  Hoton 

Mergui 

Meriato 

Meribowhey. .. 
Merida 


T. 

I. 

Cty, 

Pr. 

Po. 

Pt 

L 

L. 

T. 

Cty. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

Rfs. 

T. 

Bay 

Bay 

C. 

Pen. 

I. 

I. 

So. 

Mt 

Mts. 

Pt 

?.■ 

T. 
T. 

9: 

C. 
Pr. 

9: 

T. 

R. 

T. 

L 

T. 

T. 

L. 

?r- 

T. 
T. 
Bay 
Is. 

IC. 
Bay 

T. 

Arc. 

Pt 


Braal 

Nova  Zeiabia .. 

Aftiea , 

Bdoocbiatan  .. 
Patagoais  .... 
Monmblqae  .. 
Malaysia  . . .   . 

Barbaiy 

Alffiers , 

Amca 

Africa 

Boenoa  Aytea  . 

Africa 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Morocco 

Chili 

Aastralasia  . . . 
FJynesia. 


Australasia... . 
Buenos  Ayres  . 
New  aWales  . 
Greenland  .... 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
New  Holland. . 
Brit  America . 
Brit  Am^^rica  . 
Brit  America  . 
Greenland  .... 
Mozambique  . . 

Prussia. 

Tennessee  .... 
Sumatra ...... 

Bofppo  •  • 

Fru'i.  ■> 

Fett'  , .   

Mexico     

Buenos  Ayrea  . 
Bu>.aos  Ayres  . 

Tonquin 

Wisconsin  Ter. 
Madag!kscar. . . 

S«ypt 

Egr  ^>f 

Asit'icRiMsia. 

Arabia 

Brit  America 

Morocco 

Asiatic  Turkey 

Nubia 

Buenos  Ayres 
Erit^  irica 
Greenland  . . . 
Asiatic  Rrisia 
New  Zealand. 

Africa 

Mantehoorta  . 
Bay  of  Beng  1 
New  G.<«nada 


CO 


'A 

Oh 
Qf 
Hm 

°4 

VI 

M« 
Me 

Oi 

01 
Hi 
Nk 
Qb 
Le 
Hi 
Vi 
Xe 
Wi 
HI 

Vj 
Ha 
Ha 
Gb 

Uj 
Ea 

Bb 

Db 

la 

01 

Ne 

Ge 

Sh 

Ti 

Md 

Pe 

Dd 

HI 

HI 

Sf 

Gd 

Ok 

Oe 

Oe 

Po 

Of 

Gd 

Le 

Oe 

Oa 

HI 

Hb 

la 

V* 

XI 

Mk 

Vi 

li 

Nk 
Gf 


68 


0ON8ULTIMO  INDEX. 


1 


n4nem,kt 


Mwida |T. 

Iferidft  ••••.•< 

M erinoTK 

Meritan 

BCerla  Eavoo  . . 
M ermantaa  . . . 

Mem 

Bfamioengowa 
Meta  al  Rud  . . 

Mer  t.. 

Merre ........ 

Meacala 

Mflseriti.. 

Meahuril 

Meajid  AU  • . . . 
Memid  Hoasein. 
Meakamy . 
Meaaa .... 
Measina .-. 
Meatoota. . 

Meaorata |T. 

Meaurata  . . . 

Meta 

Meta 

Metelin  .. . . . 

Methjre 

Metbye 

Metko 

Metverakaya 

Metz 

Mewar  ..... 


.  T. 
.  T. 

.a 
.  I. 

.L. 
.  T. 
.  Tr. 
.  T. 
.  T. 

:^- 

:?: 

.  T. 
T. 
L. 
T. 

?.- 


.  C. 
T. 


I'm.m  o(  Ttum,  te. 


Mezia 
Mexico . . 
Mexico . . 
Mexico . . 
Mexico .. 
'  Mexairi  .. 
Mexene  .. 
Mexene .. 
Mexene . . 
Mexierea. 
Mexrax .. 
Mslin  ... 
Mnyahkin 
Miaco . . . 
Miali..., 
Miamia .. 
Miana ... 
Mianrin.. 
Miaanija . 
Michigan 


R. 

I. 

L. 

L. 

Dia. 

T. 

&• 
Pr. 

R. 

Rep. 

St. 

G. 

T. 

Bay 

R. 

T. 

Dia. 

T. 

T. 

? 

Tr. 
T. 
R. 
R. 

St. 


Venexuda  ....  H  h 

Hpain L  e 

Aniatic  Riiaaia.  R  c 

Arabia P  f 

Polynesia A  j 

Louisiana F  f 

Syria O  • 

Aftica Oi 

Tartary Q  e 

Mindooatan  . . .  R  f 
Great  Bucliaiia  Q  e 

Mexico Fg 

Prussia No 

Mozambique  ..  Oj 

Arabia O  e 

Arabia O  e 

Qrit  America  .  G  c 

Suae L  f 

Sicily N  e 

Fezzan N  f 

Tripoli N  e 

Tripoli N  e 

Asiatic  Rossia.  V  c 
New  Grenada  .  H  h 
Archipelago. . .  N  e 
Brit  America  .  E  c 
Brit  America  .  E  c 

Soudan N  g 

Russia Ob 

FVance....    ,  .JM  d 
Sindo  ........  Q  « 

Africa ,   \M  i 

North  .A.nv--^rt,>4a;-;'« 
Mflxico W  g 


Miehigan Cy. 


Michigan 
Miehipicotton.. . 
Miehipicotton.. . 
Miehipicottqn.. . 

Miohoncan 

Middeiaia 

Middle 

Middle 

Middle 


L, 
Bay 

u. 

I. 

St 

T. 

L. 

I. 

I. 


North  Amertc  i 

Mexico 

Oregon  Ter.... 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

France  

Soudan 

Russia 

Russia  ....... 

Japan 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Michigan 

Persia 

Brazil 

Russia 

United  States. . 

Indiana 

United  Statea. . 
Upper  Canada . 
Upper  Canada . 
Upper  Canada . 

Mexico 

BergOD  

Lower  Canada. 
South  Shetland 
Australasia  . . . 


Fg 
Dd 
Ob 
Ob 
Ob 
Md 

^' 
Oc 

Oc 

Ve 

Tc 

Gd 

Pe 

li 

Pb 

Gd 

Gd 

Gd 

Gd 

Gd 

Gd 

Fg 

Ng 

Ho 

lo 

Ul 


ClMi. 


Middleburg  . . . 
Middle  Savage. 
Middleton'a  . . . 
Middleton'a  ... 
Middle  Vigten . 

Midia 

Midian 

Midroe 

Mier 

Miijerthejm  . . 
Mikhalora  ... 

Mikulin 

Mikulin 

Milam 

Milan 

Mildred 

Milk 

MUkof. 

Mill 

MiUe 

Milledgeville  . 
Milbburg . . . . 
Mill's  Point . . 

Milne 

MUo 

Milovloyskik  . 

Miltsin 

Milwalky  .... 
Minas  Creraea. 
Minchimadiva . . 
Minch  (the)  .... 

Mindanao 

Minden 

Mindoro 

Mindoro 

Mineral  Point . . 

Minerva 

Mingan 

Ming  Kiang .... 

Mingrelia 

Minno 

Minicoy 

Miniet 

Minorca 

Minsk 31. 

Muisk 

Mintow 

Miosen 

Miquelon 

Miitdor 

Miranda 

Mirepole \ 

Miri 

Mirim 

Mirimichi 

Miscou 

Misener's 

Miss&o 

Misselad 

Missevri 

Miasieasy 


la. 

Is. 

I. 

Str. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

Bay 

C. 

T. 

I' 

R. 
T. 
I. 
I. 
C 


V: 

T. 

Ld. 

I. 

T. 

Mt 

T. 

Pr. 

VoL 

T. 

Sea 

L 

T. 

L 

VU. 

R. 

Cty. 

R. 

Rks 

T. 

I. 

Pr. 

9: 

L. 
I. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
R. 
L. 
Bay 

Bks. 
T. 
R. 
T. 

C. 


Polynesia  .... 
Brit  America 
Australasia... 
Aostralasia  . . 

Norway 

Turkey 

Arabia 

Algiers  

Mexico 

Africa 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Russia 

Texa 

Italy 

Brit  America  . 
Missouri  Ter.  . 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Brit.  America  . 

Polynesia 

Georgia 

Liberia 

Kentucky 

Scoresby's  Ld. 

Archipelago .. . 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Morocco 

Wisconsin  Ter. 

Brazil 

Patagonia 

Scotland 

Mindanao  .... 

Prussia 

Malaysia 

Malaysia 

Wisconsin  Ter. 

Polynesia 

Lower  Canada. 

China 

Asia 

Portugal 

Asia '. 

Egypt 

Mediterran.  Sea 

Russia 

Russia    

Banca 

Norway 

Newfoundland. 

Brazil 

Portugal 

Russia  ....... 

Venezuela 

Uruguay 

N.  Brunswick  . 

Lower  Canada. 

Asia 

Brazil 

Africa 

Turkey 

New  Holland .. 


Ak 
Hb 
Wk 
Wk 
Mb 
Nd 
Of 
Me 
Ff 

U 

Pb 

Pb 

Ff 

Md 

Fb 

Ed 

Wc 

Gb 

Xh 

Ge 

Lh 

Ge 

Ka 

Ne 

Sc 

Le 

Gd 

Jj 

Hm 

Lc 

Uh 

Mc 

Uh 

E§ 

Cj 

He 

Se 

Od 

Ld 

^^ 
Of 

Md 

Nc 

No 

Ti 

Mb 

Id 

li 

Ld 

Oc 

Hh 

LI 

Hd 

Hd 

Ri 

Hi 

Ng 

Nd 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


Miatima 

Misainaby  . . . . 
Miaiinnippi  . . . . 
Mississauga  .  • . . 

MisaiMippi 

MiwiBaippi 

Miaaolonghi .  ■  ■  ■ 

MisMMiri 

Missouri 

Missouri 

Mistaken 

Mistepec 

Mitau 

Mitch'/il's 

Mitc'J 

Mitiaro 

Mitoe 

Mitre 

Mittun 

Mitucheff 

Miyas 

Mizen 

Mizimbatty  . . . . 

Moa 

Moab 

Moars 

Mobatee 

Mobile 

Mobile 

Mnbota 

Mocambira 

Mocangoelas  . . . 

Mocarango 

Mocha 

Mocha 

Mock 

Mocoa 

Mocomoco 

Mocroslobodska . 

Modena 

Modena 

Modon 

Moe 

Moen 

Moffen 

Mogarra 

MogaiiH 

Moggoaok 

Moghilev  ...32. 

Moghilev 

Mogholskaya . . . 

Mogi 

Mogincale... ... 

Mogodore 

MografTtt  Arabs. 

Mograt 

Mohani 
Mohawl 
MohiUa. 
Mohin . . 
Mohylov 


T. 

L. 

R. 

L. 

St 

R. 

T. 

St 

Ter. 

R. 

Bay 

T. 

S; 
I'- 

L. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

Hd. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

Bay 

T. 

S^ 
Bay 

Cty. 

T. 

Tr. 

Cty. 

?' 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

D. 

9: 

T. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Is. 

T. 

Tr. 

I. 

T. 

R. 


,|t. 


Japan 

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Upper  Canada. 
United  States.. 
North  America 

Greece 

United  Sutes.. 
United  States. . 
Wisconsin  Ter. 
New  Zealand. . 

Mexico 

RoBsia 

Polynesia .... 

China 

Polynesia 

Thibet 

Australasia . . .  ■ 

Sinde 

Nova  Zembla. . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Ireland 

Africa 

Malaysia 

Syria 

Brit  America  . 

Africa 

Alabama 

Alabama 

Africa 

Brazil ........ 

Afi'ica 

Africa 

Arabia 

ChiU 

Norway 

New  Grenada  • 

Sumatra 

Asiatic  Russia . 

Italy 

Italy 

Greece 

Norway 

Denmark 

Spitsbergen  . . . 

Egypt 

Birmah 

Labrador 

Russia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Brazil 

Mozambique  . . 

Morocco 

Africa 

Nubia 

Laos 

New  York . . . 
Indian  Ocean 
Mantchooria  . 
Russia 


Ue 
Gd 
Eo 
Gd 
Oe 
Gf 
Ne 
Fe 
Fd 
Fe 
Xm 

F«r 

Nc 
Xi 
Te 

?j 
Se 

Xj 

Qf 

Pa 

Qc 

Lc 

Oj 

Ui 

Oe 

Gc 

Nk 

Ge 

Ge 

Ok 

li 

Nj 

JJJ 
Off 

HI 

Mb 

Mh 

Si 

Sc 

Md 

Md 

Ne 

Mb 

Mc 

Ma 

Ne 

Sf 

Ic 

Oc 

Oc 

Tc 

k 

L  o 
Lf 

2^ 

Sg 
Hd 

Oj 
Ud 

Nd 


nmmotntam,kt. 


M(Hgolotskoi  . 

Mojabra 

Moiaysk 

Mokomba .... 
Mokanrushy  . 
Moklijenakaya 

Mokur 

Molcou 

Moldavia..... 
Molineaiu  . . . 

MoUer 

MoUer 

Moluccas  .... 
Molucque  Atollon 

Moma 

Mombas 

Mombas 

Mombas 

Mompoz 

Mona 

Mona 

Monado 

Mona  Passage . . 

Moncao >m  . 

Monchaboo 

Mondego 

Monfia 

Mongalla 

Mongaro 

Mongeaboong.. . 

Mongcarts 

Mongella 

Monge's 

Mon^hadjar .... 

Monica 

Monkey  Key  . . . 

Monk's 

Monmouth..... 

Monmouth 

Monneron 

Mono  Emugi .. 

Monpan 

Monroe 

Monroe 

Monrovia 

Monselmines  . . 

Monsol 

Monta&r 

Montague 

Montague 

Montague 

Montague 

Montague 

Montakgre .... 

Montargis 

MontauK 

Montdovez. . . . 
Monte  Christo . 

Montego 

Monterey 

Monterey 


Clui. 


G. 

T. 

T. 

T, 

L 

T. 

T 

ty- 

Bay 

Bi 

I. 

Is 

I. 

R. 

^^^ 
T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Str. 

T. 

&• 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

I. 

Pt 

Mt 

R. 

L 

Is. 

C. 

I. 

L 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

Pt 

L 

C. 

C. 

L 

Po. 

T. 

T. 

Pt 

T. 

L 

Bay 

T. 

T. 


Aaiatic  Russia. 

Borca 

Russia 

Mozambique  . 
Kurile  Islands. 

Russia 

Ri'  "iia 

3         Hooria  . 

'Se  ■'. 


Va 
Nf 

Uo 

V. 

Pb 
Na 

Vd 
i>Jd 
Xm 
Pa 

Qh 
Vb 
Oi 
Oi 
Oi 
Hb 
Bf 

gf 
fi' 

Bf 
Ld 
Oi 

24 


i\siB  ia< 

Africa 

Africa 

Africa 

New  Grenada . 

fiirmab 

West  Indies. . . 

Celebes 

West  Indies .. . 

Brazil 

Birmah 

Portugal 

Indian  Ocean  . 

Afi-ica 

Africa 

Borneo 

Africa c 

Persian  Gulf.. 

Segholien 

Tartory 

Paraguay 

S.  Pacific  Oc. 
New  Grenada  . 
Patagonia  .... 

Malaysia 

SMfholien 

Aujca . , 

Laos 

Louisiana 

Michigan 

Liberia 

Africa 

Africa 

Luzon 

North  America  |C  e 

Patagonia JGm 

Sandwich  Ld. 
Australasia... 
New  Britain  . 

Brazil 

France    

Long  Island . . 

Mexico 

Mediterran.  Sea  ] 
Jamaica  . . 
Mexico ... 
Mexico Do 


?t 

Lf 
Pf 
Vd 
Pd 
Ik 
IGI 

Hg 
Hn 
Uf 
Vd 
Oi 
Bf 
Fa 
Gd 
Lh 
Lf 
Ni 
Uff 


Kn 

Wl 

Wi 

li 

Md 

Hd 

Ff 

Mdl 

Gi 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


!.0 


I.I 


I 


<^  Uii   122 
£f   11°    12.0 


1.25  II  1.4 


1^ 


6" 


'-S^ 


<? 


/ 


HiotDgraphic 

Sdraices 

Corporation 


23  WIST  MAIN  STRUT 

WnSTM.N.Y.  145S0 

(716)  S73-4S03 


4^ 


I 

I 


.* 


w 


^ 


OONBDLTIMO  INDEX. 


tirmm,»a. 


MontoHT 

Bionteaik 

M  ootSTOids  •  •  I 
ManteTidM..*. 
M  aiitg<oaMf]r  •  < 
M otttgomery't  • 
MootMliwr . . . . 
BioatiidlUr.... 


Montfod... 
Montnal... 
MoQtnddy. 
MontioM  •  • 
MontfMo  •  •! 
Moataemt. 

BfoDIB 

MooooowMi 


MoQROOfS  c 

ModltT.... 


MooloM 
Mttm  (of  tiw) . . 
mnqn^fih 

ModM's 

Mbora's 

Moorgh&b 

IMoawbtab .. . . . 
PMoora 
Moonhedtbad . . 

BfooM 

Moon 

14oaM^ 

MOOM 

MOOM 

MooM  Head.... 
Moove  Lake.... 

Mooab...« 

M^u 

Moqaehua 

Moqaem 

Sioqnu 

Man.... 

Mora 

Moraiie 

Moraukoi 

Morant 

Monnt  Kaya . . . 
Mordwinov  .... 

Moiaa 

Mortbat 

MbrMbv'a 

MoraUsh 

Monton 

Moraton 

Monayra 

MoriiliBi 

Morlaiz 

Morlay 

Morley 

Morningtuii .... 
MorningtoB .... 
Moraooo 


Tr. 
I. 

9- 

6r. 

R. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
I. 

a 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Cty. 

Mte. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Cy. 

JSa. 

R. 

R. 

li. 

L. 

L. 

Ft 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

Mta. 

T. 

Pt 

la. 

Pan 

T. 

Mta. 

T. 

T. 
L 
T. 
T. 

a 
I. 

Po. 
Km. 


Mezioo... 
Arabia . .. 
Polyneaia . 
Uraguay  . 


SaaUraSea... 

Vermont 

crazi^ife ....... 

Lower  Canada. 
United  Statea .. 
Upper  Canada . 
fiundooatan  . . . 
Peanaylvania. . 

Scotland 

Weat  Indiea. . . 
Beloochiatan  .. 
Brit  America  . 

Africa 

Hindsoatan  . . . 

Africa 

Africa 

Afr'^-a 

Polyneaia. .... 

Pnlyneaia 

Tartary 

Peraia ^. 

Africa 

Hindooatan  . . . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Wiaconain  Ter. 
Oregon  Ter.  .. 
Brit  America . 

Maine 

Brit  America . 
Aaiatio  Ruaaia. 

Coraa 

South  Peru  . . . 

Braail 

Mexi,oo 

Sweden 

Soudan 

Africa........ 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Jamaica 

Jamaica 

Seghalien 

Greece 

Arabia 

New  Holland. . 

Ruaaia 

NewS.Vyalea. 
Auatroluaia  . . . 

Bmsil 

Sandwich  la.. . 

FVance  

Cafflraria 

CafiVaria  .... 
New&Walea 

Nubia 

Africa 


SI 


De 

Oe 

Wh 

II 

Qe 

Uf 

Hd 

Md 

Hd 

Fd 

Qd 

SS 

Lo 

Q* 
Ee 

NI 

Nh 

Mh 

Xi 

Ve 

Qo 

Pe 

kf 

Go 
Go 
Pd 
Eg 
Fc 
Hd 
Fc 
Oe 
Ud 

I' 

Mb 

^9 

Nf 
Qb 

?5 

Ne 

'A 

No 

Wk 

Wk 

Hi 

Bf 

Ld 

Ni 

Ok 

X^ 
Of 
L  e 


Morocco |Cy< 

MoroHermoao.   ~ 

Morokai 

Moroouma .... 
Moroaoaima ... 
Momanehna  .... 

Morotoi 

Morphil 


C. 
L 

T. 
R. 
I. 
L 

Morria C 

L 
Pt 


Morria 

Morro  Carretaa 
Morro  de  MeziU 

lonea 
Mnrro  Jorgo. . 


Cha. 


Morocco.. 

Mexico 

Sandwich  la. . . 
Moumbique  .. 
Aaiatio  Ruaaia. 
Atiatic  Ruaaia. 
Sandwich  la. . . 
Senegambia 
Gremland  . 
Pdynesia.. 
Peru 


Pt 

Pt 


Morrooe T. 


Morro  Pooa 
Mortain 

Morty 

Morty 

Morual 

Momaa ........ 

Morumbidgee.. . 
Momndava..... 

Moachi 

Moaeovy 

Moaoow  ....35. 

Moaccw 

Moadok 

Moae 

Moahowa 

Moakenea 

Moaquitia 

Moaquito 

Moaquito 

Moaquito 

Moaa 

Moaael 

Moatagh 

Moatar  ........ 

Moaul 

Motao 

Motapa 

Moticlenakoi  ... 

Monat. 

Mouia 

Mouaden 

Monkhtouiskoi.. 
Moukainofka . . . 

Moulin 

Moulina 

Mottlon 

Moultafl iCy. 

Mouna R. 

Mounah  Kaah . .  Mt 
Mmmah  Roa  . . .  Mt 
Mounlnorria....  In. 

Moupti R. 

Moupty . .  R, 

Mourn T. 

Mouren R. 

Mourinakoi T, 


Cty 

T. 

Btr. 

I. 

L 

Tr. 

R. 

T. 

Mt 

Pr. 

?: 

I. 

R. 

I. 

Dia. 

Bay 

Or. 

Pt. 

T. 

T. 

?• 

Cty 

C. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

R. 


Ls 

Ef 

Bf 

Ok 

We 

Wo 

Bf 

Lg 

Ha 

Xi 


Bolivia 

BoUvta 

Pern 

Africa 

Firanoe . . . . . . 

Malayaia  ... 
Malayaia  .... 

Polyneaia .... 

New  Grenada 
New  8.Waloa 
Madagaacar.. 

Nubja 

Spibibergen . . 

Rioaaia 

Rniwia 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Auatralaaia  .. 

Africa 

Loflfoden  la. .. 
Guatemala  .. . 
Brit  America 
Polyneaia.... 
New  Grenada 

Norway 

Spitsbergen  . . 
Asiatic  Russia 

Austria 

Aaiatic  Turk.ey 
Corea .... 
Africa. . . . 
Asiatic  Ruaaia. 
Brit  America 

Soudan  

Mantohooria  . 
Aaiatio  Ruaaia. 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia 
Auotralaaia... 

France  

Aaiatic  Ruaaia 
Hindooatan  . . 
Aaiatio  Ruaaia. 
Sandwich  la. . 
Sandwich  la. . 
Scortaby'a  Ld.. 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Soongaria 

Brazil 

Mantcfhnoria  . . 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 


KL 


Hk 
Hk 

Gi 

Uh 
Vh 

U 

VI 
Ok 
Og 
Ma 

Oo 
Oc 
Od 

ill 
Nk 
Mb 

U 

Xh 
Gb 
Mo 
Ma 

Ua 
Nd 
Oe 
Ue 

Nj 

Wo 

Ga 

hi 

Tb 
Va 
Wj 
Md 
Qb 
Qe 
Ub 

S« 
Bg 

Ka 

Vb 

Qd 

Hi 

Ud 

rb 


f^ 

fi. 

ceo 

Le 

CO 

£f 

vich  la. . . 

Bf 

mbiqiM  .. 

lOk 

ioRuasU. 

We 

kRoaua. 

Wo 

vich  la. . . 

Bf 

punbU .. . 

P^f 

lUnd  .... 

Ua 

leaia 

Xi 

Hk 

la 

>a 

Hk 

Gi 

I 

Nf 

» 

Ld 

Uh 

raia 

Uh 

lesia 

v« 

Grenada 
B.Waiea 
gaacar.. 

I 

lergen .. 

a 

a 

io  Roaaia. 


leu  la. .. . 
naala  .. . . 
America  . 
Mia ..... 
reniada . 

y 

srgen  . . . 
Ruasia. 


Turlr^y 


Ruaaia. 
merica  , 


looria  . 
Ruaaia 
Ruaaia. 


Ruaaia. 
itan  .. 
RuMia 
ih  la. . 
hia.. 
r'a  Ld. 
uaaia 


ria 


VI 
Ok 

Og 
Ma 

Oo 

Oc 

Od 

Ji 

Nk 

Mb 

Oar 

Gb 

Xh 

Gb 

Mc 

Ma 

Ua 

Nd 

Oe 

Ue 

Nj 

Wo 

Ga 

L 

U 

Tb 

Va 

Wj 

Md 

Qb 

Qe 

Ub 

S» 
Bg 

Ka 

Vb 

Qd 

Hi 
Dd 
rb 


OCWSULTINO  INDEX. 


71 


Mourakaya T. 

Mourzuk Cy. 

MoufaiDi Bay 


Moviza-. 

Mowee 

Moxos.. 

Mosambique .... 
Mozambique.... 
Mouunbique.... 
Mozambique.... 

Moicyr 

Mount  Cannel .. 
Mount  Deaert.. . 
Mount  Meadow. 

Muohima 

Muckie 

Mucuizea 

Mncwaivpore . . 

Mud 

Mudago  ....... 

Mttdge  

Mu  Galla 

Mugford 

Mugheaa 

Mugna 

Muuon 

Muktar 

Mulat 

Mn]gr»ve 

Mulgrave  ....<• 

MulgraTo 

MuH 

Multnomah  .... 
Mumbaraok .... 

Mumilla 

Mundlah 

Mungari 

Munich 

MuNimigi  .... 

Munliipore 

Monater 

Muonloniaka . . . 

Muonio 

Muroia 

Mnrdook 

Murmur 

Mnrot 

Murray 

Murray  Firth... 
Murray  Maxwell 
Murray'a  . 
Murrqy'a  . 
Mnrtaao  . 
Murucuru 
Muruauru. 
Muaa...., 
Muaangani 


R. 

T. 
Dia. 
Muacat ICy. 


Muaola 
Muaoua 


R. 
I. 


Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Fezzan 

Aaiatio  Ruaaia. 
Nova  Scotia. . 

Africa 

Sandwich  la.. 

Bolivia, 

Africa 

Mozambique  . 
Indian  Ocean 
Mozambique  . 

Ruaaia 

Illinois 

Maine 

Brit.  America 
Benguela .... 

Sumatra 

Africa 

Hindooatan  .. 
Greenland  . . . 

Soudan  

Brit.  America  . 

Africa 

Labrador  ..... 

Africa........ 

BuenoB  Ayrea  . 
Auatralaaia  . . . 

IVipdi 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Polyneaia 

Poiyneaia 

North  America 
Scotland ...... 

Oregon  Ter.... 

Nubia.. 

Aaiatio  Turkey 
Hindooatan  . . 

Africa 

Bavaria 

\fri<:«. ..;... 

Birmah 

Frufsia 

Ruaaia 

Sweden.. .... 

Spain 

Greenland  . . . 

Soudan 

Magadoxa  . . . 
NewaWalea 

Scotland 

Brit  America 
Auatralaaia ... 
Auatralaaia... 

Ruaaia 

Cazembo 

Africa 

Arabia 

Africa 

Arabia 

Miaaouri 

Bay  of  Bengal 


So 
Nf 
Qfc 
Hd 

SI 

8i 

Oj 
No 
6e 
Hd 
Fb 
Mi 
Sh 
Mi 
Rf 
lb 

S« 
Ea 

01 

He 

Nf 

HI 
Tk 
Ne 
Uc 
Xh 
Xh 
Co 
Lc 
Dd 

2« 
Pe 

Rf 

Ng 

Md 

Oi 

Sf 

M« 

Nb 

Nb 

Le 

Ha 

Mg 

Ph 

VI 

Lo 

Ob 

Wi 

Vi 

Od 

Nj 

Ed 

Sg 


thtmatnmmtm. 


Mua&ia 

MoH'nve'a...., 

Muaked 

Musk  Ox 

Mnatdimy 

Muaaendom  . . .  ^ 

Muaair 

Muihy 

Muataohewan.. 

Muatavaa 

Mnstoong 

Mtttra 

Muttra 

Mutukano 

Muzimba 

Muzimbaa 

Myandung .... 
Mygrgenea..,,. 

Myn 

Myrick 

Myaol 

Myaore  .. . .  t . . 

Myaore 

Myaory 

MywooUa 


Nabajoa 

Nabajoa 

Nabajoas 

Nabel 

Naohack ....... 

Nachtegal 

Nacimiento  . . .  ■ 

Naokiloo 

Nacogdoohea  . . . 

Nadanfoen 

Nadeachda 

Nadeabda 

Nadrama 

Nagel 

Nagercoil 

Nagoja 

Nagore 

Nagpore 

Nasy  Bania 

Nanney 

Nain 

Nain 

Nakaauauklok . . 

Nakahivan 

Natoea 

Nalym 

Nalymakoi 

Namaqua,  Great 
Namaqua,  Little 

Nambu 

Nambu 

Namoh.. < 

Naiaroo  ....... 

Namnr 

Namuriok 


St 


T. 
L 

^■ 
?' 

L 

T. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

R. 

Tr. 

T. 

L 

T. 

C. 

I. 

Pr. 

T. 

I. 

h 

T. 

R. 

Tr. 

T. 

C. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

9: 

Str. 

T. 

L 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Sta. 

L 

T. 

Tr. 

R. 

T. 

Ld. 

Ld. 

T. 

a 

I. 

r. 

T. 
Is. 


Soudan 

Pdyneaia 

Peraia 

Brit  America . 
Arabia*....... 

AraUa 

Korile  lalaada. 

Africa 

Brit  America . 
Bnmoc  Ayrea . 

Cabol 

Arabia 

Hindooatan  .. 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia 
Monmbique  . 

Africa 

Birmah*..... 
Faroe  Islanda 
AsiaMc  Turkey 

Africa.. 

Malaysia .... 
Hindooatan  .. 
Hindooatan  .. 
Auatralaaia... 
Poly 


Mb 
Vh 
P« 
b 
Pf 
FT 
Wd 
Mf 
Go 
Hk 
Qf 
Pf 
Rf 
Wc 

Ne 

uT 

f 

Xj 


Mexico 

Mexioo ...... 

Mexico 

Tunia 

Labrador  . . . , 
Indian  Ocean 

Chili 

Peraia. 

T«as....... 

Mantchooria  < 
Mantchooria  . 
Kurile  lalanda. 

Borbary 

Ruasia  *. 

Hindooatan  . . . 

Japan 

Hmdooatan  . . . 
Hindooatan  . . . 

Auatria 

Brit  America  . 

Penia 

t<abrador 

Labrador 

Aziatio  Ruaaia. 
Sonegambia . . . 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Africa 

Africa..; 

Japan  ........ 

Japan 

China 

Little  Thibet.. 

Belgium 

Polyneaia 


Ef 

Ea 

Eo 

Me 

Ho 

Pm 

HI 

Pf 

Fe 

Ud 

Vo 

Wd 

Mo 

Ob 

RJ 

Vo 

Qf 

Rf 

Nd 

Db 

Pe 

Ho 

Ho 

Pe 

L 


Qb 
Nk 
Nk 
Ve 
Vd 
Tf 
R« 
Me 
Xb 


mm 
79 


00N6ULTIN6  INDEX. 


lIuMiofnMniM. 


Nana 

Nan>chang  • 

Nanc^ 

Naiunn .  • . 
Nan^asaki 1*. 


Nangdar 

Nan^ang 

NaD>kianj^ 


L. 


R. 

9J' 


Nankin .'C^. 


I 


Nanking 
Nan^ning  . .  •  • 
Nano  Balondo 

Nannjm 

Nan>tchang  * . 

Nantos 

Nutuoket  . . . 
Nan-yang .... 
Nkn-yoog .... 
Naoaqoisoaw  . 
Naooo  Sanpoo 
Napakiang ... 
Napamac  .... 
Naparima  . . . 
Napashiah.... 

NaphU 

Naples 

Nafdes 

Napo 

Napoli 

Narborough's , 
Narbonne .... 

Narcisaa 

Nafcondam  . . 
Nareenda .... 
Nareenda  .  • . . 

Nargan 

Narnol 

Narrow 

Narva 

Narym  .....*. 

Naaca 

Naahville  .... 

Naai 

Nasoon  k 

Naaaaa 17> 

Naaaaa....; 

Naaaau 

Naaauok .... 

NaU 

NaUl 

Natal 

Natal 

Natal 

Natal 

Natal 

Natal,  First  . 
Natal,  Laat.. 
Natashkwen. 
Natohoz  .... 
Nacthitochea 
NaUionz .... 


9^- 

Pr. 
L. 

R. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
L. 
I. 
Km. 

£'• 

T. 
I. 
T. 
I. 
I. 
T. 
Bay 

Aa 

T. 
I. 
T. 
T. 
T. 

&• 

C. 

D. 

C. 

I.. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cat 

Po. 

Q 

I. 

PL 

Pt. 

R. 

T. 


taiilM. 

& 

Thibet 

Re 

China  ...<.... 

Tf 

FVanoe  

Md 

Hindooaton  . . . 

Rff 

Japan  

Ue 

Asiatic  Rnaaia. 

V  c 

China 

Tf 

China 

Te 

Mdntohooria  ■  ■ 

Ud 

China 

To 

China 

Tf 

Benguela 

??j 

Tartary 

Qc 

China 

Tf 

France 

Ld 

M aasachusetto . 

Hd 

China 

Te 

China 

Tf 

Brit  America  . 

He 

Thibet 

Re 

Loochoo  

Uf 

Luzon  t 

Vg 

Trinidad  Is.... 

Hg 
F6 

Brit  America  . 

Caspian  Sea. . . 

Pe 

Italy 

M  d 

Naples 

Md 

Equador 

Hi 

Greece 

Ne 

Gallapagos .... 

Fi 

France 

Md 

Polynesia. .... 

Cj 

Bay  of  Bengal. 

If 

Madagascar. . . 

Madagascar. . . 

Pi 

Rnssia 

Nc 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Rf 

South  Shetland 

lo 

Russia    

Nc 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Re 

Peru...' 

Gj 

Tennessee  .... 

Q% 

Russia 

Nb 

Guinea. 

Ih 

Germany 

Mc 

Nova  Zembla. . 

Qa 

Bahamas 

Gf 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Qg 
GE 

New  Grenada  . 

Brazil 

Ji 

Sumatra...... 

Sh 

Africa 

01 

Africa.. 

Ok 

Caffiraria 

Ok 

Indian  Ocean  . 

Pi 

CaiiVaria 

Nl 

Caffraria 

Oi 

Labrador 

Ho 

Mississippi. .. . 

Fe 

Louisiana 

Fe 

Persia 

Pe 

MtaMi  ofRaee^ac 


Natividad T. 

Natividad.....    Pt 

Natki Tr. 

Nattavar T. 

Naturaliste C. 

Natnraliste Mt 

Nausa T. 

Navacot T. 

Navarino T. 

Navarino T. 

Navasa I. 

Navia T. 

Navigators* .....  Is. 
Navihedavoo ...  I. 

Navnas Tr. 

Navy  Board ....  In. 

Naxio I. 

Nayanola T. 

Naystad T. 

Nazaret T. 

Nazareth T. 

Nazareth R. 

Nazareth Bk. 

Naze C. 

Neacote  ^ T. 

Neoau T. 

Nechea R. 

Nceker I. 

Nederlandich ...  I. 
Nedjeran.. .....  Dis. 

Nedaied Pr. 

Needle Rk. 

Needles I. 

Needveditza  . . . .  R. 


Glut. 


Neembuco T. 


Neepigon  . . 
Neepigon  . . 
Negapatam . 
Negombo  . . 
Negracka  .. 
Negrais. . . . 
Negrete..., 

Negril 

Negrillo  . . . 

Negro 

Negro 

Negroponto . 
NerroB  .... 
Nenaund.. . 
Neishloi  . . . 


Nciaac T. 


Nellore  . 
Nelson  ..  . 
Nelson  .... 
Nelson  .... 
Nelson's  . . . 
Nelson's . . 
Nemiskaw  . 
Nemoy  .... 
Nemtchicov 
Neosho  .... 


Bay 

Ho. 

T. 

T. 

Fk. 

C. 

T. 

Pt 

I. 

R. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

T. 


T. 

Dis. 

R. 

Ft. 

Ch. 

Is. 

L. 

Tr. 

T. 

Sta. 


^ 


Brazil 

Mexico.. .... 

Mantchooria  . . 

Sweden.^ 

New  Holland^. . 
NeW  Holland. . 
Aaiatic  Turkey 
Hindoostan 
Wisconsin  Ter. 

Greece • 

West  Indies. .  ■ 
Spain  ........ 

Polynesia 

Polynesia....  • 

Peru 

Brit  America 
Archipelago  .. 

Mexico 

Russia ...... 

Brazil 

Brazil. 

Africa 

Indian  Ocean. 

Norway 

Hindoostan  .. 

Barbary  

Texas 

N.  Pacific  Oc . 
Polynesia , 

Arabia 

Arabia 

Australasia  . . . 
Southern  Ocean 

Russia 

Paraguay 

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Hindoostan  ... 
Ceylon  ....... 

Missouri  Ter.  . 

Birmah 

Chili 

Jamaica 

Mexico 

Uruguay  ..... 

Brazil 

Archipelago. . . 
Malaysia  ...   . 

Persia 

Russia 

Prussia 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
Australasia.... 
South  Shetland 
Brit.  America  . 
Missouri  Ter.  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Western  Ter... 


Vc 

Nb 

Tl 

Tk 

Oe 

Rf 

Gd 

Ne 

G 

L 

A 

X 

Hi 

Gd 

Ne 

ll 

Ik 
Ji 
Mi 

Qj 
Mo 
Rf 
Me 
Ff 
Bf 
Xi 

?f 

Vm 

LJ 
0«? 

I 

G 

Gc 

n 

Fe 

HI 

F? 

II 

li 

Ne 

Pe 

Nb 

Nc 

Fc 

Fo 

Fo 

VI 

lo 

Go 

Ed 

Qb 

Fe 


■ m tiaBgaattaaeiaa 

COSeOLTBIG  INDEX 


•aatam 


73 


oTItaM^te. 


Neow 

Nep^ol 

Nepibjee.... 
Nepinita .... 
Nepisaing ... 
Nepomaceno. 

Nera 

Nerbnddoh . . 
Nereklita  .  • . 

Nerja 

Nerpa 

Nerpitchie  .. 
Nertchinak. . 
Nertchinsk. . 
Nertchinskoi . . . 

Nervoski 

Nesoe 

Nesseby 

Nesuhetonga . .  • 

Nesriz 

Neuse 

Neuatadt 

Nevel 

Nevera 

NevU'a 

Nevia 

New 

New  Albany  . . . 
New  Amaterdam 
New  Archangel . 

Newark 

Newark 

New  Balade .... 

Newborn 

New  Boston  .. . . 
New  Britain.... 
New  Brunawick 
New  Brunswick 
Newbury  port . . . 
New  Cacerea  . . . 
New  Caledonia  . 
New  Caledonia  . 

New  Castle 

New  Caatit . . . . . 

Newcastle 

NewCoimbra.. . 
New  Cornwall . . 
New  Discovery  . 
New  Dongola.. . 
New  Echota.... 
Newfoundland . . 
Newfoundland . . 
New  Frioaland. . 
New  Georgia  . . 
New  Georgia . . . 
New  Grenada... 
New  Guinea.... 
New  Hampahiie 
New  llanovo'  . . 
New  Hanover  . . 
New  Haven .... 


I. 

C^, 

R. 

R. 

L. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

L. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Cy 


ClMli 


I, 
I. 

T. 
T. 
Sta. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Cty. 

Ho. 

T. 

T. 

Cty. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cty. 

I. 

5f- 

I. 

Bk. 

Dia. 

Col. 

la. 

Rep, 

St. 
Cty. 

Cy, 


Polynesia .... 
Hindooatan  . . . 
Brit  America . 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Upper  Canada . 

Brazil: 

Asiatic  Ruaaia . 
Hindooatan  . ... 

Ruaaia 

Ruaaia 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Norway 

Ruaaia 

Miaaouri  Ter. . 

Ruasia 

North  Carolina 

Auatria 

Ruaaia 

France  

Brit  America . 
Wert  Indiea. . . 

Polyneaia 

Indiana 

Guiana 

North  America 
Upper  Canada 
Labrador  .... 
N.  Pacific  Oc . 
North  Carolina 

Illinoia 

Auatralaaia... . 
North  America 
Brit  America  . 
N.  Hampshire . 

Luzon 

North  America 
Auatralaaia  . . . 
N.  Brunawick  . 
NewS.Wale8. 

En((land 

Brazil 

Brit  America . 

Polyneaia 

Nubia 

Georeia 

North  America 
Newfoundland. 
Spitabergen  . . . 

Liberia 

Australasia... . 
South  America 
Auatralaaia.... 
United  Statea.. 
Oregon  Ter.  .. 
Auatralaaia  . . . 
Connecticut  .. . 


Xj 
Rf 
He 
Ta 
6d 
HI 
VI 
Rf 
Oc 
Pv 
To 
Xb 
To 
Tc 
To 
Pb 
Nb 
Ta 
Fe 
No 
Ge 
Nd 
No 
Md 
Fb 
Hg 

l« 
Ge 

Lh 

Co 

Gd 

Ho 

Eg 

gI 

Fd 
Wi 
Hd 
Gd 
Hd 

S« 
Do 

Xk 

Hd 

Wl 

Lo 

y. 

Xi 

2» 
Ge 

Id 

d 

Na 

Lh 

Wl 

Hh 

Vi 

Hd 

Do 

Wi 

Hd 


•fflmLta. 


New  Hebridea . .  Is. 
New  Hemhnt . .  Bta. 
New  Holland  .. .  Cty 
New  Hobieinboix  Cty. 
New  Ireland  . . . 
New  Jeraey  .... 
New  Lattakoo . . 

New  Leon 

New  Macao .... 
New  Madrid  . . . 
Newmanaville  . . 
New  Mexico.. .. 
New  Nantucket. 

Newnham 

New  Norfolk  . . . 


I, 

St 

T. 

St 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Ter. 

L 

C. 

Cty 

Cty 

T. 

?■ 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 


New  North  Walea 
NewOran  ..... 
New  Orleana  . . . 

Newport 

New  Providence 

Newry 

New  Santander . 
New  Segovia  . . . 
New  Segovia  . . . 
New  Shumachie 
New  Siberia. . . . 
New  Smyrna... 
New  South  Green- 
land   , 

rewSonthWalealCty 
N«)w  South  Walea  Cty 
New  Tcherkaak.  ~ 
New  Work  .... 

New  Year 

New  Year'a .... 

New  Year'a 

New  York 

New  York 

Neyoor 

Neyva 

Nezpercea < 

Nezpercca...... 

Ngantong 

Nha-triang 

Niagara Falls 

Niaa C. 

Nicaragua  . .  ■ .    St. 

Nicaragua T. 

Nicaragua L. 

Nice T. 

Nidioloa  First . .  C. 

Nicholson's Sh. 

Nickol Bay 

Nicobar la. 

Nioolskoe T. 

Nicopol T. 

Niooaia 0. 

Niootera T. 

Nidoya 6. 

Niegin T. 

Nieuwvelda  ....  Bgn 


Aoatralaaia.. .. 
GrMnland  .... 

Australia 

Brit  America  . 
Auatralaaia.... 
United  Statea .. 

Aflka 

Mexico , 

Tonquia 

Miaaouri 

Florida 

Mexico 

Polyneaia 

North  America 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America . 
Buenoa  Ayiw  . 
Louiaiana..... 
Rhode  laland. . 

Bahamaa 

Ireland 

Mexico 

Guatemala  .. . . 

Loson 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Aaiatic  Ruaria. 
Florida 


Cty. 


I. 

Har 

I. 

St 

9: 

T. 
Ft 
Tr. 

9- 


Southern  Ocean 
Brit  America  . 

Auatralia 

Ruaaia 

Newfoundland  • 
Auatralaaia.... 
Stften  lalond .. 

Patagonia 

United  Statea. . 
New  York .... 
Hindoostan  . . . 
New  Grenada . 
Oregon  Ter.. . . 
Oregon  Ter.. . . 

China 

Cochin  China  . 
Upper  Canada . 
Brit  America  . 
Guatemala .... 
Guatemala  .. . . 
Guatemala ..... 

Sardinia 

Brit  America  . 
Polyneaia. .... 
New  Holland .. 
Bav  of  Beng^. 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Turkey 

"yprua 

aplea 

Guatemala .... 

Ruaaia 

Okpe  Colony  . . 


Xj 

lb 

Uk 

Fb 

Wl 

N» 

Ff 

Tf 

Go 

Of 

F« 

Ab 

Bo 

D« 

Fb 

Hk 

Ff 

Hd 

Of 

Lc 

Ff  I 

Qg 

"A 

Va 
Of 

lo 

Fo 

Vk 

Od 

Id 

Uj 
Hn 
Hn 
Gd 
Hd 
Rh 
Hh 
Ed 
E4 
T« 

ll 

Hb 

GC 

»f 
Qg 

Md 

Fa 
Ak 

tk 
Sh 
Ro 
Nd 
O* 
N« 
Gh 
Go 
Ni 


74 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


•rikcattk 


nmo 

N^fikta.... 

Niirer 

NightiagalA 

NHrhtiDfale 

NIgritk. . . . 

N^a.... 

NtiorM  •  ••• 

Nuitfaukaia. . . . 

Nikitak.... 

NikoluT... 

Nlkohavika .... 

Nikolak.... 

Nikobkaya. 

NiU. 

Nile 

Nilea 

NUdinaki.. 
mUandooi  Atol. 

km 

NUmat 

Nimaa 

NimgouU... 

Ninatea 

Nine  Degree 

Ning 

Ninghai-wei. 

Ningo 

Ning-po  .... 
Niajenioaii.. 


T. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

Cty 

I. 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

la. 

T. 

T. 

B. 

Ch. 

9: 

T. 

?• 

R. 
Bay 

u. 

I. 
I. 

T. 
T. 
T. 


Liberia 

Japan 

Africa 

Tonquin 

Southern  Ocean 

Africa 

Sandwich  la... 

Mexico 

Aaiatio  Roaaia. 

Raada  

Roaaia 

Aaiatio  Ruaaia. 

Ruaaia 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Matavaia 

Africa 

Michigan 

Aaiatio  Ruaua. 


Nkina 

mpartelik 

Nipaahe « 

Niphon  

Nirie  

Niahapore 

NiahneyViUuiah 

Nuibeen 

Nismea Cy. 

Niinedwitik....'r 

Niaaa T. 

Niaaa T. 

Nitoheguon  . . . .  L. 

Nitxi C 

Nioohotiik T. 

Niuk. L. 

Ninmen R. 

Nixon €. 

Niaabad T. 

Nizapatam T. 

Nianei   Novgo- 
rod  93.  Pr. 

Nianei  Novgorod  T. 

Noai^g T. 

Naana  .>.•....  I. 
Noalove  .     . . . .  T. 

Noel la. 

Nogal R. 

Nogden C 

Nov  ..•• C. 

Nokinaka T. 


Aaia 

Oregon  Ter.. 
Mantehooria 
Mantchooria 

Birmah 

Aaia 


IM 


Lb 
Ve 

*•# 
Tf 

LI 

if 

Ee 
Po 
Qo 
Od 
Qo 
Po 
Pd 
Ui 
Of 
6d 
Qb 

Qh 
Dd 
Ud 
Ud 
Sf 
Qh 


Mongolia Te 

Dahomey Mh 

China Uf 

Aaiatio  Ruaaia.  V  o 
Mantchooria  . .  U  o 
Brit  America  .  H  o 
Brit  America  .  F  b 

Japat.. V  t 

Polyneaia X  j 

Peraia Pe 

Asiatic  Russia.  U  b 
Aaiatic  Turkey  O  e 

France   M  d 

Roaaia O  c 

Tartary P  e 

Turkey N  d 

Brit  America  .  H  c 

Japan U  e 

Russia  .......Ob 

Ruaaia Ob 

Mantchooria  . .  U  e 
Patagonia  . . . .  O  m 


Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Hindooatan 


Russia 

Russia 

Hindooatan  . . . 
Australasia  . . . 
Madagascar.  ■ . 
BdT  of  Bengal. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Patai^ia  .... 
Asiatic  Russia  ■ 


Pd 
Rff 

Oc 
Do 
Rf 
Vi 
Ok 

S» 

Wb 

Vo 

Hn 

Ub 


Noki.aima X 


Nolinak 
Nombre  de  Dioa 

Nomoa 

Nonoowry 

Nonoijev 

Noon 

Noon 

Nooaa  Baron  . . . 

Nooahky 

Nootka 

Nordland 

Nordmaling . . . . 

Nordvik 

Norfolk 

Norfolk 

Norfolk 

Norfolk. 


T. 

T. 

T. 

la. 

T. 

T. 

G. 

h 

T. 

Sa 

Div. 

T. 

C 

?'• 

I. 

Sa 
Norfolk .Mt 


Norija 

Norkoping 

Norkaalik 

Norman  ....... 

Noro 

Noro 

Norcf ame 

Norrland 

Noraio. 

North 

North 

North 

North 

North 

North 

North 

North 

North 

North 

North 

North 

N<»th 

North 

North 

North 

North 

North 

North 

North 

North 

North 

Northaan 

North  Arran.. .. 
North  Branch  . . 
North  Branch  . . 
North  Cape  . . . . 
North  Cape  .  •  •  ■ 
North  Cape  Del- 

gtda 

North  Carolina.. 
North  Devon  . . . 
North  Enat 


T. 

T. 

T. 

Ft 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Div. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

a 
c. 
a 
I. 
I. 

L 

I. 
I. 

Sea 

R. 

R. 

Ch. 

Bay 

Bay 

Pt 

Bl. 

Fk. 

Fk. 

Fk 

T. 

Is. 

R. 

R. 

C. 

C. 

C 

St 


Japan 

Roaaia 

Mexioo 

Africa 

Bay  of  Bepgal. 

Roaaia 

Suae 

Suae 

Java 

Beloochistan  . . 
Oregon  Ter.. . . 

Norvfay 

Swe«)en 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Virginia 

Australasia.... 
Gallapagoa .... 
North  America 
V.Diemen'aLd. 

Ruasia 

Sweden 

Greenland  .... 
Brit  America  . 
Mantchooria  . . 
Mantchooria  . . 

Mexico 

Sweden 

Sweden 

Isle  of  Georgia 

Iceland 

Norway 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Brazil 

N.  S.  Greenland 
Oregon  Ter.  . 
Indian  Ocean . 
Malaysia .... 
Malaysia  .... 
Polynesia. ... 

Europe 

Brit  America 
Asiatic  Ruaaia 

Europe 

Brit  America 
Seghalion . . . « 
Oregon  Ter... 
Brit  America 
Missouri  Ter. 
Missouri... .. 

Oregon  Ter.  . 
New  Holland. 
Ireland ...... 

Brit  America 
Brit  America 
New  Zealand. 
N.  Caledonia . . 


Ajan 

United  SUtes . 
Brit  America 
Spitsbergen  . . 


Vo 

Pc 
Ff 
Lg 

Sh 
Nc 

l! 

Ti 

Qf 

Dd 

Nb 

Nb 

Ta 

Ge 

Xk 

Fi 

Cc 

Vm 

Pb 

No 

lb 

Db 

Ud 

Yd 

Ef 

Nb 

Nb 

Jn 

Kb 

Na 

Ab 

Ih 

lo 

Do 

Oi 

Sj 

Uf 

Vf 

Mo 

Go 

Ub 

Lc 

Hb 

Vc 

Dc 

Hb 

Fc 

Fd 

Ed 

Tl 

Lc 

Dc 

Ec 

XI 

Wk 

S« 
Ge 

Gd 

Na 


CONMJLTDIO  INDEX. 


7ft 


North  EMt. 
NortlMrn  Triui> 

(le 

North  Foreland . 
North  Oooiffia  •  • 
North  Graenund 

North  Kyn 

NortbliiMd 

North  Nfttanw.. 
Nvth  MiddleMZ 
North  Mountain 
North  Poyiu..  •  < 
North  Roqiwpix . 
North  Shoal ... . 
Ncnrth  Somenet . 
North  Thaom. . 

North  Uiat 

Northumberland 
Northumberland 
North- Woat.... 
North  West .... 
North  Weat .... 

Norton 

Norway 

Norway 

Norwioi 

NoM 

Noa  Labou ..... 

Noaovoe 

Noaaa  Senhora  de 

Porto  Calvo  . . 
Noaaa  Senhora 

Deaterro 

Noaaa  Senhora 

do  Roaario . . . 

Not 

Notchek 

Noting  ham 

Nolo 

Noto 

Notre  Dame. . . . 

Notway 

Noaba 

Nouboueoulagh  . 

Nouk 

Nookan 

Nouraen 

Nouraea 

Nouraoak 

Nova  da  Bladie 

de  Dice 

Nova  Dereonva . 
Nova  Redonda .. 
Nova  Scotia .... 
NovayaLadogo. 
Nova  Zcmbla . . . 
Nov.  Bicltza .... 
Novjrorod . .  .16. 

Novi  Bazar 

Nov  Lepel 

Novocetskoie  . . . 


L 

a 

g' 

L. 

I. 

Oty, 

Cr. 

Tr. 

L 

I. 


R. 
L 

a 

L 

Pa 

Pt 

C. 

Bo. 

Cty 

Dia. 

&• 

Mta. 

T. 


Pay  Oraenland  ■ 


Caribbean  Sea 
K.  Oeorge'a  Sd. 
Brit  America  . 
Ghreenland  .... 

Norway 

Brit  Xinecica  . 

M alayaia 

Brit  America . 

Miaaouri > 

Patagonia 

Indiui  Ocean.. 

Caribbean  Sea. 

Cty.  Brit  America  . 

Brit  America . 

Scotland 

New&Walea. 
Australaaia ... . 
lele  of  France. 

Africa 

New  Holland.. 
North  America 

Europe 

Brit  America . 
Engknd. ..... 

Arabia 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 


T. 

T. 

L. 

Bay 

I. 

T. 

C. 

Bay 

R. 

Dia. 

R. 

I. 

Vil 

R. 

R. 

Ifl. 

T. 

T. 

Ft 

Cty. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 


Brazil. 
Brazil, 


Brazil 

Ruaaia 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Brit  America  . 

Japan 

Japan 

Newfoundland. 
Brit  America  . 

Nubia 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Greenland  .... 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Mantchooria  . . 

Africa 

Greenland  .... 


Brazil 

Asiatic  Ruaaia. 

Benguela 

North  America 

Ruaaia    

Arctic  Ocean.. 

Ruaaia 

Ruaaia 

Turkey 

Ruaaia 

Aaiatic  Russia. 


tfikM^a*. 


la 

lo 
Fd 
Id 
N« 

Fb 
Th 
Fd 
Ed 
Hm 
Pi 

fl 

Fa 

Lc 

VI 

Wk 

Pk 

Mj 

Tk 

Bb 

Mb 

Fo 

Mo 

Of 

P 

R 

Ji 

Ik 

Ik 
Ob 
Xb 
Gb 
Ve 
Ve 
Id 
Go 
Of 
Ua 
Jb 
Ab 
Ud 
Mj 
Jb 

Ih 
Qe 

Si 

Ob 
Pa 
Oc 
Oc 
Nd 
No 
So 


Novodvnwk  . . . . 
Novogradok .... 
Novo  Khoperak^. 
Novomoakovak. . 
Novo  Troki .... 
Novotzourokai* 

tooevakoi  . . . . 
Nov.Volhynakoi 

Now-ohow 

No#agrod 

Noyakana 

Noyen 

Nubia 

Nubian 

Nuheemabad  . . . 

Nuiakoi 

Nnkahivah 

Nukhzia 

Nulobai 

Numei 

Nun 

Nnneraoi.. 

Nunnivaek 

Nura 

Nurembnrg  . . . . 

Nurmia 

Nuttletartio  . . . . 
Nuwee  Bunder.. 

Nuyt'a 

Nuyt'a 

Nuyt'a 

Nyamez 

Nybundan  ..... 
Ny  Carleby  . . . . 

Nyfib... 

Nykoping 

Nyland 

Nymphs 

Nyons.  ...>.•.. 


Oahn 

Oak 

Oanna 

Oaxaoa 

Oaxaca 

Oban 

Obderakoi. . . . , 

Obe 

Oberabtk 

Oboino 

O'Brien'a 

Obakaya  ....,, 
Obaervatory . . . 

Obva 

Obvinak 

Oby 

Oca 

Ocana 

Ocean 

Ooeanakie 

Ochotak  . .   . . , 


r. 

T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 

T. 

Cty, 

Dea. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

C. 

R. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

Arc. 

Ld. 

Rfi. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Dia. 

T. 

Pr. 

Pt 

T. 

L 
R. 
I. 

St 

9: 

Cy. 

R. 

L. 

T. 

I. 

G. 

In. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

la. 

Pr. 


Ruaaia 
Ruaaia 


Ruaaia . . . 
Rnaaia  ..., 


Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 


China....... 

Ruaaia  ..'.... 

Aaiatic  Russia 

Corea 

Africa 

NnUa 

Persia 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Pdyneaia 

Aaiatic  Russia. 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Senegambia . . . 

Africa 

Greenland  .... 
North  America 

Tartary 

Bavaria 

Ruaaia 

Labrador 

Hindooatan  ... 
Auatialaaia.... 
New  HoUand. . 
Auatralasia  . . . 

Turkey 

Peraia 

Ruaaia 

Soudan 

Sweden 

Ruaaia 

Patagonia  .... 
France 


Sandwich  la. .. 
Brit  America  . 

Polyneaia 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Scotland 

Asiatic  Ruaaia. 
Aaiatic  Russia. 
Bolivia ....... 

Asiatic  Ruaaia. 
South  Shetland 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Brit  America  . 

RusaU 

Ruaaia 

Malaysis.  ...  . 

Brazil  <   

Mexico 

Polynesia..... 
Nova  Zambia .. 
Asiatic  Ruaaia. 


Ob 
No 
Oe 
Od 
Nc 

Xc 

Nc 

Tf 

Nc 

Wb 

Ud 

Of 

Of 

Pf 

Tb 

Ci 

Ue 

Vc 

iil 

lb 

Ab 

Qe 

Md 

Nb 

He 

Qf 

Ul 

Ul 

Ul 

Nd 

Pa 

Nh 

Mb 

Ne 

Nb 

Hm 

Md 

Bf 
Fo 

Si 

ff 

L  o 
Qb 

l> 

Ra 

lo 

Qb 

Do 

Po 

Po 

Ui 

y. 

Xi 

Qa 
Wb 


imam 


76 


OONSULTINO  INDIX 


Ochotak  .. 
OchoUk.. 
Oolito .... 
Oeneoek  . 
Oeroni  ... 
OdAib.... 

Odde 

Oddj 

OdeMft  .., 
Odeypore  . 

Odja 

Oddi 

Odomuri .. 
Oedenborg 
Oei-cbow  . 

Oeina |C: 

Oeins 

Oohmd 

Oeoo. ...... 

ObmI 

OAden 

Ogtpook.... 

Ogden's 

C^ensborg . 

whao 

(Matooah  ... 

Ohia 

Obio 

Ohio 

Ohila 

Oioun 

OiUma 

OiU 

Ojem. ...... 

(hogbiaa.... 

Ofcbaiuk.... 

Oki 

Okinagan . . . 
Okinagan . . . 
Okinagan . . . 
Okinskoi  ... 

Okkak  

Okkak 

Okkakaio . . . 
OkladnikoTo. 
OkcMki  .... 

Oktwir 

Okota 

Okal 

Ola........ 

Olanobe  .... 

Old 

Old 

OidBengaela...|T. 

Old  Birnee Cy. 

OldCaconda  ...rl\ 
Old  Calabar 

OldCroee IT. 

OldOongoIa^...  Cy. 


Sea 

L. 

T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 

?: 

I. 
T. 

?.■ 
^■ 

sr 

L 

I. 

I.^ 

T. 

R. 

liar 

T. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

St 

R. 

?• 

T. 

L. 

Pt 

IL 

R. 

T. 

L 

L. 

R. 

Ha 

T. 

I. 

Sta. 

ET' 

T. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

Dia. 

T. 

Ft 

Ho. 


M 


Oldenburg  ..13.  Q.D.Germany 


Asiatic  Auaaia.  W  o 
.iiiiktic  RiMua.  Wc 

Roaua Ob 

North  Carolina  Oo 

Meiico E  f 

Arabia O  • 

Iceland <  Kb 

Benin. • M  h 

Roaaia Od 

Hindooatan  . . .  Q  f 
Polyneaia .  . . .  X  h 
M antobooria  . .  U  d 

Japan Ve 

AoBtria Nd 

China Te 

Brazil J  i 

Brazil ........  I  i 

Baltic  Sea  ....  N  c 

Pdynesia Dk 

Baltic  Sea  ....  N  c 

Norway N  b 

GuiAna I  h 

Africa M  k 

New  York  .. . .  O  d 
Polynesia.....  A  j 
Polynesia .....  A  a 

Polynesia C  j 

United  States. .  C  d 
United  SUtes..|Ge 

Africa 

Asiatic  Russia 

Japan /   « 

Japan  ...  '  . 

Japan  ...       . .  V  e 
Asiatic  Russia.  W  >> 
Asiatic  Russia.  C  . 

Russia P  o 

Japan  ........  U  e 

Oregon  Ter.  . .  E  c 
Oregon  Ter.  ...Ed 

Oregon  Ter....  Dd 

Asiatic  Russia.  S  o 

Labrador He 

Labrador Ho 

Brit  America  .  H  o 

Russia P  b 

Japan V  e 

Japan V  d 

Asiatic  Russia.  V  c 

Cabul Q  e 

Africa Nh 

Ghiatewala . . . .  G  d 
Brit  America  .  D  d 
Brit  America  .  6  d 

Benffuela M  j 

Soudan M  g 

Benguela N  j 

Aftica Mb 

Sumatra Si 

Nubia Og 

.Mc 


Ml 
Ub 


OU  Porto  Seguro 
OM  Timinskoi 
Old  Tripoli. . . 

OloiU 

Olekmia 

Olekminsk . . . 

Olem 

Olenei 

Olenoi 

Olensk 

Oknsk 

Oieron 

Olgppol 

CNDcoi 

Oliphant's. . . . 
Olimaran  .... 

Olinda 

Olinviro 

Ollrin 

Olmutz 

Okmiate 

OlcneU 10. 

Olonetz 

01o>:  Koudouk .. 
Olouto-roTskoi . . 
Olouto-rovskoi . . 
Olon  Tourghai. . 
Olog  Yulduz . . . 
OluuNTsky . . 
Olvispol  .... 
<Mympus... 

oi.: 

Omaguas ... 
Omahas  ... 
Ombay  .... 
Ombay .... 
Ombos  .... 
Omecon  .... 
Omenak  . . . 
Oraerpore .. . 
Ommanney  . 

Omoa 

Omoko  .... 
Omolon.... 
Omoloy. ... 

OmpB 

Omon 

Omona ..... 
Omorigeskoi 

Omsk 

Otnskarka  . . 
Omolewka . 

Ona 

Onango..... 

Onega 

Onega 

Onega 

Onega 

Onega.  ^...■ 
Oneimen  .... 
Ongole 


T. 
T. 
T. 
L. 
R. 

?• 

a 

L 

T. 

R. 

Is. 

T. 

L 

R. 

L 

&• 

C. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

S!' 

T. 

C. 

T. 

Mt 

R. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Str. 

T. 

T. 

Dis. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

Pr. 

Sea 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

L 

T. 

C. 

G. 

L. 

R. 

^^ 
T. 


Brazil 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Tripoli 

Mongolia 

Aaiatio  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 


Asiatic  Russia. 
Aaiatie  Russia. 

Fhuace 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
CapeColwy  .. 

Polynesia 

Brazil 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Auatria .« 

Mexico 

Russia 

Russia  ... 

Mongolia 

Aaiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 


Tartary 

Mongolia.... . 
Asiauo  Russia. 

Russia 

Oregon  Ter.  .. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Bquador 

Western  Ter.  . 
Malaysia  ; . . . . 
Malaysia 

Egypt—- 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Greenland  .... 
Hindooatan  . . . 
North  America 
Guatemala  .. . 
Mantchooria  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Arabia 

Asia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Polynesia. .... 
Russia 


Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Hindoostan  . . . 


IM 


Bo 
Me 

Bd 

Tc 

Ub 

Ta 

Qa 

Ob 

Ta 

Ta 

Ld 

Nd 

Wo 

Nl 

Vh 

Ji 

Wb 

Wc 

Nd 

Ef 

Ob 

Ob 

Td 

Xb 

Xb 

Qd 

Rd 

Xb 

Od 

Dd 

Re 

Hi 

Fd 

Ui 

Ui 

Of 

Vb 

la 

Rf 

Do 

Gg 

Vc 

Wb 

Ua 

Pf 

Qf 

Vb 

Re 

Qc 

Qb 

Vb 

To 

Ve 

Ob 

Ob 

Ob 

Ob 

Ob 

Xb 

Rg 


dl 

itic  Ruaua. 


i^oUa 


itio  RuMUl* 
Uio  Raasia. 
itio  Riuaia. 
Itic  RoMW' 


itieRuMUt. 
ktie  Rusiia. 
Dce  • 


IM 


ttio  RoaaU. 
eCokwy  • 
irneaia .... 

zil 

alio  RuMia. 
atio  Ruaua. 

itria .« 

xico 

laia 

isia 

Dj^olia 

atic  Ruaaia. 
latic  Ruaaia. 


rtaiv  ■■ 
tiiroiia. 


iatic  Ruaaia. 
■aia  •••. 
igon  Ter. 
atio  Ruaaia. 

lador 

•tern  Ter.  . 
laysia  ; . . . . 
layaia 

'Pt- -  •••,•• 

itic  Ruaaia. 
enland  .... 
dowtan  . . . 
th  America 
itemala  .. . . 

itchooria  . . 

Ltic  Ruaaia. 

[tic  Ruaaia. 
bU 


ltic  Ruaaia. 
ltic  Ruaaia 
ltic  Ruaaia. 
ltic  Ruaaia 
ltic  Ruaaia. 
,tic  Ruaaia. 
neaia. . . 

lia 

tia 


na 

lia 

lia 

tic  Ruaaia. 
looatan  . . . 


Be 
Me 

Bd 

Tc 

Ub 

Ta 

Qa 

Ob 

Ta 

Ta 

Ld 

Nd 

We 

Nl 

Vh 

Ji 

Wb 

Wc 

Nd 

Ef 

Ob 

Ob 

Td 

Xb 

Xb 

Qd 

Rd 

Xb 

Od 

Dd 

Re 

HI 

Fd 

Ui 

Vi 

Of 

Vb 

la 

Rf 

Dc 

Gg 

Vc 

Wb 

Ua 

Pf 

Qf 

Vb 

Re 

Qc 

Qb 

Vb 

To 

Ve 

Ob 

Ob 

Ob 

Ob 

Ob 

Xb 

Rg 


OONHULTUrO  INDSX. 


77 


tirttcmitm. 


Oagaa 

Onniao 

Onnekotan . . 

One 

Onocuae  .  • . . 

Onon 

Onooafow... 

Onora 

Ontario 

Ontong  Java. 
OnTaraaiuea 

Ony 

Onsa 

Ooch   

Ooder 

Oogda 

Ooglit 

Oo^lit 

Ooicin 

Oaikatiaha... 

Oolee 

Oolool ...... 

Oomercote  .  • 
Oonalaahka  . 
Oonesmak. . . 
Oorakantaha 
Oorookor  .  •  • 
OortuDg  .  •  •  • 
Oiiai  ....... 

Oo-aima  .  • . . 

Opala 

Oparo 

Opeloosaa  ... 
Operniwick  . 

Ophir 

Oporto 

Opotohka . .  ■ 

Oppeln 

Oqnitao 

Oraiatm . .  - . . 
Oran ....... 

Orange 

Orange 

Orange 

Orangeburg  . 
Orangerie... 
OrohiUa  .... 

Orchon 

Oreava 

Orebro' 

Oregon 

Oregon 

Oregrund  . . . 
Oreguatua... 
OreguatuB... 

Orel 

Orel , 

Oremjatcha  . 
Orenburg . . . 
Orenburg . . 
Orenie  .... 


.R. 

.a 
.1. 
.1. 
.1. 

.R. 

.1. 

.T. 

.L. 

.la. 

Pt 

R. 
T. 
T. 
T, 


la. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

L 

T. 

I. 

L 

Mta. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

L 

Vel. 

I. 

T. 

Sta. 

Mt 

9: 

I 
T. 
I. 

a 

R. 

T. 

Har 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Ter, 

R. 

T. 

Tr. 

R. 

Pr. 

T. 

R. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 


Mantehooria  . . 
Aaiatie  Ruaaia. 
Kurile  lalaoda. 

Pdyneaia 

Pofyneaia 

Aaiatie  Ruaaia. 

Polyneaia 

Hindooatan  . . . 
North  Aojerioa 
Anatralaaia  . . . 

Iceland 

New  Guinea  . . 

Congo 

Hinooostan  ... 
Hindooatan  ... 

Peraia 

Brit  America . 
Brit.  America  . 
Hindooatan  . . . 
Aaiatie  Ruaaia. 

Polyneaia 

Polynesia 

Hindooatan  . . . 
North  America 
North  America 
Aaiatie  Ruaaia. 

Pdyneaia 

liittle  Bucharia 

Jt^MU 

Japan 

Aaiatie  Ruaaia. 

Polyneaia 

Looiaiana 

Greenland  .... 
Sumatra  .•..;. 

Portugal 

Ruaaia 

Pruaaia 

Mexico 

Anatralaaia  . . . 

Algiera 

Muayaia 

Brazil 

Africa 

South  Carolina 
Auatralaaia.... 

Venezuela 

Mongolia 

Turkey 

Sweden 

United  States. . 
Oregon  Ter.... 

Sweden 

South  America 

Brazil 

Ruaaia 

Ruaaia. 

Ariatio  Ruaaia. 
Aaiatie  Russia. 
Asiatic  Ruaaia. 
[Spain 


Uo 

Ab 
Wd 
Ak 

^\ 
Td 

§3 

Wi 
Kb 
Ui 
Mi 
Qf 
Qf 
Pe 
Gb 
6b 
Rf 
Ta 
Vh 
Wh 

Qf 
Ac 
Be 
Vb 
Uh 
Qd 
Ue 
Ve 
We 

SJ 

Fe 
Aa 

Sb 
Ld 
Ne 
Nc 
Ee 
Wi 
Le 
Uf 
Lh 
No 
6e 
Wi 

?f 

Nd 

No 

Ed 

Dd 

Nb 

Li 

li 

On 

Oe 

Wb 

Po 

Po 

Ld 


Orfk 

Orfhi 

Orfiii 

Orgain  . . . 
OT.^y . . . . 

Ori 

OrienUl  . . 
OrinNoi.. 
Orinoco... 
Orinoco.. . 
Oriatagno. 
Oriaaa .... 
Orkney . . . 
Orleana .. . 
Orleans ... 
Orlianak . . 
OrioT 


T. 

C. 

1st 

R. 

T. 

L. 

C. 

L. 

Dep 

R. 

T. 

T. 


OrktT  Noea €, 

Ortova 

OrloToi .... 
Orlowka .. 
Ormond  .. 
Ormua.... 

Oroe 

Oromon.... 
Orontea... 
Oroolong.. 
Oropeaa  . . 
Orakaia... 
Ortegal... 
Ortebburg 
Ortigas . . . 

Orto 

OrUm 

Ortoos.... 

Orna 

Oruro  .... 
Oaaca  .... 
Oaaca  .... 
Oaages 


Asiatic  Turkey  O  e 
Pg 
Hm 
Td 
Nd 
Nb 
Wi 
Be 
Hb 
Hh 
Me 
Rf 
Lc 
Hd 
Md 
Tc 
Po 


Oabome Q 


Oabome'a . . 

Oacar 

Oaear 

Oaen 

Oaepua  . . . . 
Oaerejnoy . . 
Oaerma.... 

Oaima 

Oaima 

Oaita 

Oaka 

Osketanaio 
Oamandjik  . 

Oma 

Oanaburg  .. 
Oanaburg  .. 
Oanaburg  .. 
Oaomo  .... 
Oaomo  . . . . 
Oaaa 


Africa 

Patagonia  .. 

MooffoUa . . . 

Ruaaia  .,.,. 

Ruaaia 

New  Britain 

China 

Venezuela  .. 

Venezuela  .. 

Sardinia .... 

Hindooatan  .  • . 

Scotland 

Lower  Canada. 

France    

Aaiatie  Ruaria. 

Ruaaia...  •.'>. 

Ruaaia :Ob 

R.     Aaiatie  Ruaaia .  IX  b 

C.     Ruaaia 'Ob 

R.     Asiatic  Ruaaia.  |X  b 
I.      Brit  America 
I.      Peisian  Gulf . 
L.     Mongolia .... 
T.     Mongolia .... 

R.     Syria 

L      Polyneaia.... 

T.     Bolivia 

T.     Tartary 

C.     ^Min 

T.    Pruaaia 

T.     Brazil 

T.  Mongolia .... 
T.  Mongolia  .... 
Tr.  Mongolia .. .. 
L      Venezuela.... 

T.,    Bolivia 

Cy.  Japan 

G.     Japan ...... 

Tr.   Miaaouri 

Brit  America 

Polyneaia .... 

Brit  Ameriea 

Polyneaia 

Norway 

Persia 

Ruaaia 

Aaiatio  Ruaaia. 

Eaatem  Sea. . . 

Japan 

Mezioo 

MongoUa 

Brit  America  . 

Aaiatie  Turkey 

Ruaaia 


Rf. 

Bay 

L 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Mt 

L 

L 

VU. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

L 

S; 

T. 

Vol. 

T. 


Gb 
Pf 
Bd 
Rd 
Oe 
Uh 

SJ 

Po 
Ld 
No 

iV 

Sd 
Te 

Ve 
Ve 

Fe 

Ga 

Ck 

Fb 

XI 

Mh 

Pe 

Ob; 

Wo 

Uf 

Vd 

Ee 

Td 

Gb 

Od 

Ob 

Pblyneaia Ok 

Me 

Fe 

Hra 

Hm 

Pc 


Hanover. 
Brit.  America 

ChUi 

Chili 

Ruaaia 


T*^ 


■n 


78 


OONMJLTINO  INDEX. 


ntrmm,»». 


I 


OHnna T. 

OrtMhkoT T. 

Ortmid T. 

Orteroa I. 

Oatenoad T. 

Ortuks Tr. 

OMroonoi T. 

Oatrov T. 

Oftrovnoi C. 

Otago Pa 

Oti£eite I. 

OtehakoT T. 

Otdia la. 

Oteewhy I. 

Otoea Tr. 

Otntnto T. 

Otnur T. 

Otter Bay 

Otter L. 

Otter >Sh. 

Otter Cr. 

Otter  Tail L. 

Ottowa ;T. 

Ottowaa Tr. 

Otway C. 

Oaaliu T. 

Ouba ...L. 

Oubinskoi T. 

0|i.chow Ct. 

Ou-chow T. 

Ouda Cy. 

Odda R. 

Oude Pr. 

Oude Cy. 

Oudakoi Cy. 

Ooe R. 

OneUming Cy. 

Ouen-chow Cy. 

Oufii Pr, 

Ouik.. Cy. 

Oofii R. 

Ougalaghmioot .  Tr. 

Ougden R. 

Ooj^ene T. 

Oman R. 

Ouieatai R. 

Oninboucou . . . .  T. 

Ooinakoie T. 

Ooiatkouitoun  . .  T. 

Ookakee L. 

Oakeaima I. 

Ouki T. 

Oaki  Kitoha....  R. 

Oakinakoi C. 

Oalenmouren .. .  R. 
PuIaiMaanmondan  T. 
OometPerelaitoa  T. 

On-mong Cy. 

Ounaa R. 

Omdo L. 

Oo^ja T. 


Spain 

Roaaia 

Belgium 

Faroe  lalanda 

Sweden 

Aaiatio  Ruaaia. 
Aaiatic  Roaaia. 

Roaaia    

Aaiatio  Ruaaia. 
New  Zealand.. 

Polyneaia 

Roaaia 

Polyneaia 

Polyneaia 

Miaaouri  Ter.  . 

Naplea 

Tartary 

North  America 
Brit  America . 
Indian  Ocean.. 
Wiaoonain  Ter. 
Wiactmain .... 

lUinoia 

Michigan .... 
New  aWalaa 
Mantchooria  . 
Asiatic  Ruaaia 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia 

China 

Corea 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Hindooatan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Braiil.... ... 

China 

China 

Aaiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Rusaia. 
North  America 
Aaiatic  Ruasia. 

Norway 

Asiatic  Ruaaia. 

Mon^Iia 

Aaiatic  Roaaia. 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Mongolia 

Brit  America . 


Oulf  of  TonquinjT  g 
Aaiatio  Ruaaia.  ~" 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Aaiatio  Roaaia. 

China 

Mantchooria  . . 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

China 

Ruaaia 


We 
Tb 
Wc 
e 
Uc 
Po 
Bf 
Nb 
Roaaia Ob 


Ruaaia . 


Ki 


Le 

Oo 
Mc 

Ld 
Mb 
Bb 
Xh 
No 
Wo 
Xm 

Cj 
Od 
Xh 

Aj 

Fd 

Nd 

Qd 

Do 

He 

01 

Fd 

Fd 

Qd 

Gd 

VI 

Ud 

Re 

Ro 

Tf 

Ue 

Vc 

Vo 

Rf 

Rf 

Vc 

Ik 

Sf 

Uf 

Pc 

Po 

Po 

Cb 

Rb 

Mo 

Wb 

Sd 

Tb 

To 

Td 

Oc 


Oo 


Oup 

Oorak 

Oural 

Ouralak 

Curat 

Ourcan..  .. 
Ourdabad . . . 

Onrena 

Oorpim 

Ooriamakaia 
Ouriankaia  .. 
Oorjoom .... 

Ooro 

Ourrokoop  .  ■ 

Ouraou 

Oury'a 

Oua 

Ouaa 

Ouaa 

Ooaamane... 
Ooat  Camenagor' 

akaya  ..;... 
Ooatchelmakoe . 
Ouateourovakaya 
Ouate  Siaaolk . . . 

Onatiazoa 

Ousting  VelikOT 
Oust  Motchenak 
Ouat  Ouakaya . . 
Oust  Tungouakoie 

Oust  Vaga 

Outchou 

Guichoumoutchin 
Outer  Vigten . . . 
Outger  Repa.... 
Ootshi  Ferman  . 
Outahochkoi  Noaa 

Ouvalakoi 

Ouy 

Ouzene 

Ovah 

Oyando 

Oveido  ........ 

Ovena 

Ovidoa 

Oto 

Ovroutch 

Owari 

Owen 

Owhyee 

OwOThee 

Owl 

OwKtteeweek. . . 

Oxford 

Oxford 

Oxford.... 


T. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
R. 
T. 
I. 


Oxfbrd C. 


Oxford... 
Oxnea . . . 
Oxoa . . . . 
Oyapock . 


Aaiatio  Ruaaia. 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
lytary  .. 
Aaiatio  Ruaaia. 

Mongolia 

Mantchooria  .. 
Aaiatio  Ruaaia. 

Brazil 

Mongolia 

Aaiatio  Roaaia. 

Mon^lia 

Roaaia 

N.  Pacific  Oc. . 

Polyneaia 

Mantchooria  . . 
Aoatralaaia.... 
Aaiatio  Roaaia. 

Ruaaia 

Ruaaia 

Ruaaia  ....... 


I. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Pr. 

Pr. 

&• 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Bay 

L. 

R. 

I. 

R. 

I. 

^• 
C 

C. 


Ha 
I. 
R. 
T. 


Aaiatio  Ruaaia. 

Ruaaia 

Aaiatio  Roaaia. 

Roaaia 

Ruaaia 

Ruaaia 

Ruaaia 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Ruaaia 

Thibet 

Mongolia 

Norway 

Spitsbergen  . . . 
Little  Kicharia 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Aaiatic  Ruasia. 
Aaiatic  Russia. 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Madagaapar. . . 

Congo 

Spain 

New  S.Walea  . 

Brazil 

Archipelago. . . 

Russia 

Japan 

Brit  America  . 
Oregon  Ter.  . . 

Polyneaia 

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America . 

England 

New  Britain;'. . 
Oregon  Ter.... 

Falkland  I 

Brit  America  . 
Loffoden  lalea . 

Tartary 

Guiana 


& 


Be 

Vc 

Fe 

Po 

Td 

Vc 

Pe 

li 

Td 

Re 

Se 

Po 

Af 

Vh 

Uo 

Be 
Pb 
Pb 
Oc 

Ro 

Pb 

To 

Pb 

Oc 

Po 

Ob 

Qc 

Ba 

Ob 

Re 

Td 

Mb 

Na 

Qd 

Wc 

Pc 

Qc 

Po 

Ni 

Ld 

VI 

li 

Ne 

No 

Ve 

Fa 

Ed 

S« 
Fo 

Ob 

Lo 

Wi 

Dd 

Hn 

Fo 

Mb 

Pd 

Ih 


:..--Lj-iij::^„_ 


iatio  Russia, 
iwia  .... 
iatic  Rnnia. 
issia  .... 


nn 


CONBULTmO  INDEX. 


79 


Qyo 

Oiark... 
Oxee.... 
Ozee .... 
Oiee  .... 

Own 

Oieroa  . . 
Oziernoie 
Oxigina.. 
Oziginak. 


R. 
Mti. 

T. 
R. 
R. 
R. 
R. 
T. 
R. 
T. 


RuMia  ... 
United  Sutea. . 
Africa.... 
Africa.. . . 
Africa. . . . 
Peraia.. .. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia. 


Tr. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 


T. 

C. 


Pa 

Paarl 

Pacaies .... 
Pacaltsdorp 
Pacaza  .... 
Pacchino  .. 

Pachi 

Pachitea... 
Pacsong  . . . 

Padamo |R. 

Tadang .... 
Padaran  ... 
Padaviri ...'. ...|R. 
Paderborn .... 
Padgagana ... 
Padgorodna  ■ . 
Padomist  .... 
Padoucah  .... 

Padron 

Padstonr 

Padua  

Padur 

Padypolo  .... 
Pagahm  Mew 
Pagansane . . . 

Pugoes 

Pagon  

Paha 

Pahang...... . 

Pnha'toni'kol . 

PaiiAan 

Paidmatta.... 

Pailas 

Paimoni 

Paisley 

Paitaire 

Pajane 

Pakhia ^ 

Paknam |T. 

Palamos . . . 

Palamow IT. 

Palana ^. 

Palaoa 

Palawan... 

Paica 

Paloati.  .. 
Palcipas ... 

Palembang |T. 

Palencia T. 

Palenque T. 


T. 
T. 
R. 
C. 
T. 

T. 

Is. 

T. 

I. 

Tr. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Sta. 

L. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

L. 


Is. 

I. 

T. 

L. 

L. 


Pb 
Fc 
Oi 
Oi 
Oh 
Pe 
Rs 
Sc 
Vb 
Vb 

8f 
Nl 
li 
Nl 
i 
Sc 
Sd 
Hi 
Sf 
Hk 
Si 
T 
H 

Mc 
Wb 
Qo 
No 
Fd 
Mi 
Lo 
Md 
Re 
Qh 

Birmafa Bf 

Ui 

h« 

Se 

Sh 

Se 

Ud 

XI 

Nb 

Hi 

Lo 

Sd 

Nb 

Xb 

Sg 

Md 

kf 

Wb 

Vh 

Th 

Hj 

it 

Si 
Ld 


Thibet 

Cape  Colony  . . 
South  America 
Cape  Colony  .. 

BrazU 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Mongolia 

Peru 

Thibet 

Venezuela  .... 

Sumatra 

Cambodia 

Buenos  Ayres . 

Prussia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
A^atic  Russia. 

Russia 

Missouri  Ter.  . 

Conso 

England 

Itafy 

Hindeoetan 
Asia 


Malaysia 


Polynesia 

Mongolia 

Malaya 

Thibet 

Mantchooria  . . 
New  Zealand. . 

Sweden 

Peru 

Scotland 

Mongolia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Siam 

Spain 

Hindoostan  .  • . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Polynesia 

Malaysia  ...   . 

Bdim 

Soongaria 

Buenos  Ayres  . 
Sumatra 


lofrtaM^a*. 


Palermo  .... 
Pkhsthie.... 
Pkleskhoa... 
Palhassan... 
Pallamcottah 

Pallas 

Pallena 

Pklliaers .... 

Palliaser 

Palm 

Palma 


'.   Spain 
'.    JMexic 


exico. 


Pahna 

Palma 

Palma 

Palma 

Palmareinha.. .. 

Palmas 

Palmer 

Palmer 

Palmer's 

Palmcro 

Palmerston 

Palmyra 

Palmyra 

Palmyras 

Faloloo 

Paloe 

Palos 

Palte 

Palumbi 

Pama 

Pamer 

Pampas 

Pampelona 

Pampelona 

Pamplico 

Panama 

Pancma 

PanaroK 

Panchina  . , . . . . 

Panctou 

Pandora  . 

Pandora's 

Pandora's 

Panga 

Pangany 

Pan^iootaran. . . . 

Paniany 

Fanicheira 

Fannavia 

Fanot 

FanoTskaya . . . . 

I^anaa 

Pontar 

Fantelaria 

Pantura 

Fannoo 

Fany.... 
FaoJung. 


Cty. 

T. 

T. 

Sta. 

Mt 

T. 

la. 

C. 

Is. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

p. 

Ft 

Ld. 

C 

L 

Rns 

Ft 

Is. 

1. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

L 

L 

Dis. 

Pis. 

9: 

So. 

s^- 

Bay 

Is. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

Ld. 

R. 

Fr. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

R. 

T. 

T. 

L 


Fao>Bing. 
Faoo .... 


BioUy 

Syrii 

cSkbul 

Mooi 

Hi 

Japan 

Ceylon 

Polynesia 

New  Zealand. . 

'Australasia.... 

Canary  Isles  . . 

Canary  Isles  .. 

Cbili 

Soaia 

Mexico 

Angola 

Liberia 

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Southern  Ocean 

Sardinia 

Polynesia 

Syria  ........ 

lundoostan  ... 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Celebes 

Spain 

'Hiibet 

Barca 

Eastern  Sea .. 

Tartary 

Buenos  Ayres  . 

Spain 

New  Grenada . 
North  Carolina 
New  Grenada . 
New  Grenada  . 

ChUi 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Thibet 

Australasia.... 
New  Guinea  . . 

Fdynesia 

Congo 

Africa 

Malaysia 

Hindoostan  . . . 

AiKca 

Africa 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Sooth  Peru  . . . 
Malaysia 


Sta. 

T. 

L 

9J' 


•  •  •  •  • 


M« 
Oa 
Q« 
Sd 
Rh 
Vd 
Rh 

Cj 
Xm 

Vj 

Kf 

Kf 

Hh 

Me 

Ef 

Mi 

Lh 

Gb 

Ea 

He 

Ma 

Bk 

Oa 

Rf 

Bb 

Wg 

Ti 

Ld 

Sf 

Na 

Vf 

Qa 

HI 

Ld 

Hh 

G 

Gh 

Gh 

Hk 

Re 

Se 

VI 

Xj 
Ni 
Oi 
Th 
Rg 

Oj 
Mh 
Ob 
To 

Hj 

Ui 


Mediterran.  Sea  M  a 


Ceylon . 
Mexico. . . 
Malaysia . 
CUna.... 
China . . . . 
Polyneaia. 


Rh 
Ff 

Tf 
Ta 

Xj 


M 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


tttrutm,f. 


Pioto-«how 

Paoting 

l»ffH[*70 

Papamyoa 

Papauwa 

Papuquivo. . . . 

Papey  

Papa  of  Pindea . 
Papoj ......... 

Paqqaah 

Para 

Para 

Para 

Paracatn 

Paracela 

Pardo 

Paragua 

Paraguay 

Paraguay 

Paraguay 

Para  Hotun  .... 

Paraiba. 

Paraiba 

Paraiba 

Paraiba.d(MuI . . 
Paraniaribo  . . . . 

Paramatta 

Parana 

Parana 

Parana 

Paranaffuay  . . . . 
Parananyba  . . . . 
Parana  Fanema. 

Pardo 

Paitee  Vela . . . . 
Paribouaca..... 
Parin  ....;.... 

Parinaoota 

Paris 

PariU 

Parker*! 

Parma 

Parma 

Parmatchouaon  . 

Pamaiba 

Pan^misan  . . . 

Parorakoie 

Pftrral 

Parry 

Parry 

Pany 

Parry 

Pany 

Pury'a 

Piiiny'a 

Pimry*! 

Parnr'a 

7art{da 

Pararo 

Paa...^....... 


%l 

T. 

L 

T. 

I. 

MU 

T. 

L. 

Pr. 

'^ 

T. 

Bk. 

R. 

R. 

Rep. 

R. 
T. 
Pr. 

&• 

R. 

9: 

R. 

Bay 

R. 

R. 

R. 

L 

R. 

T. 

Mt 

?• 

I. 
D. 

?: 

R. 

Mt» 

T. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

So. 

Po. 

Gr. 

I. 

I. 

Bay 

I. 

T. 

Fd. 


Pando........  C 


China 

China 

Guatemala .. . . 

Brazil 

Senegambia. .  • 

Mexico 

Iceland 

Patagonia  . . . . 

Chili 

Brit  America . 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brazil 

China  Sea  . .  ■ . 

Brazil 

Venezuela  . . .  ■ 
South  America 

Halayaia 

Bolivia 

Monnlia 

BrazU 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Guiana ....... 

New  S.  Wales  . 
Buenos  Ayrea  . 
Buenos  Ayres  . 
Brazil 


Brazil 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Polynesia 

Lower  Canada. 
Mantchooria  . . 
South  Peru.... 

France 

New  Grenada  . 

Polynesia 

Italy 

Italy 

Thibet 

Brazil 

Peraia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Mexico 

Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Scoresby's  Ld. 
Upper  Canada 
Brit  America 
Poljmesia .... 
Polynesia ... 
Polynesia .... 
Brit  America 
N.  Pacific  Oo. 
South  Pom... 

Russia 

Equador 


re 

ITe 

Kb 
Hm 
HI 
Mo 

I 

i 
li 

V. 

Ik 

Hh 

Ik 

Th 

Ik 

Td 

Ji 

\^ 
J  1 

Jk 

Ih 

Wl 

II 

II 

Ik 

Ik 

11 

Ik 
Vf 
Hd 
Td 

Hj 

Md 

Gh 

Xi 

Md 

Md 

So 

Ji 

Qe 

Sc 

Ff 

Da 

Ha 

Ka 

Gd 

Fb 

Vf 

Bk 

^« 
Eb 

Eg 

H] 
Na 
Gi 


Cha. 


Paso  del  Norte  ..  T. 

Paasandava T. 

PaasandaTa C. 

Paasanee T. 

Pasaara T. 

Paasaro C. 

Passau T. 

Passe T. 

Passier T. 

Passion Rks 

Pasto T. 

Pastol Bay 

Patabiica T. 

Patagonia Cty. 

Patalan T. 

Patanagoh T. 

Patanee T. 

Patani .  C. 

PaUni It. 

Patohacha R. 

Patchachinskoi  .b. 

Patohatka R. 

Patchnsan I. 

Paternoster  ....  I. 

Paterson's I. 

Patience C. 

Patixa R. 

Patki T. 

Patna Cy. 

Patquashaguina.  JL. 
Patrick Po. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Gr. 

C. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

L 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Ci 


Patrocinio . 
Patroschilka.. 

Patta 

Patterson's . . . 

Patton 

Patypo 

Pau 

Paucartambo  ■ 
Paujang  . 
ilia 


Paulista 

Paumoor 

Paunch 

Pavia 

Pawneo 

Pawnee  Picts. 

Pawnees 

Payan  

Paylovsk 

Payta 


Tr. 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Paysandu T. 

_  pj^ 

R. 

Ha 

His. 

I. 

I. 

Ch 

Bay 

R. 

Mts. 


Pays^del  Diablo. 

Peace 

Peace  River  . . . . 

Peacock  

Peak..... 

Peak 

Peak 

Peak 

Peak 

Peak 


Mexico 

Madagascar.. 
Madagascar. . 
Beloochistan  . 

Borneo. 

SicUy 

Bavaria 

Sumatra 

Borneo 

N.  Pacific  Oc. 
New  Grenada 
North  America 

Peru 

South  America 

Java 

lUrmah 

Africa 

Mdlaya 

Malaya 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia . 
Eastern  Sea. . . 

Malaysia 

Aiutralasia.... 

Seghalien 

Brazil 

Java 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Upper  Canada . 

Scotland 

Polynesia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Melinda 

Polynesia 

News.  Wales. 

Brazil 

Franco 

Bolivia 

Malaysia  .... 

Brazil 

Hindoostan  . . 
Hindoostan  . . 
Lombardy  .  ■ . 
Missouri  Ter. 

Mexico 

Missouri  Ter. 
Mon^folia .... 

Russu 

Peru 

Uruguay  .... 
Buenos  Ayres  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America . 
Brit  America  . 
Canary  Isles  . . 
Kurile  Islands 

Japan 

Upper  Canada 
Upper  Canada 
Azanaga 


Rat 


Fe 

pj 

Qf 
Th 

Ne 

Md 

Sh 

Ti 

Eg 

Gh 

Bb 

Gj 

Hin 

Ti 

'nI 

Sh 

Sh 

Xb 

Xb 

Xb 

Uf 

Ti 

Xm 

Vd 

Jj 

Ti 

Rf 

Gd 

Lc 

Xf 

Sc 

Oi 

Xh 

VI 

?i 

Jk 
iRg 
Qe 
Md 
Fd 
Fo 
Fd 
Se 
Oc 
Gi 
LI 
II 
Ec 
Ec 
Eb 
Kf 
Wd 
Vd 
Gd 
Gd 
Lf 


:Ui_^i:iit:^ik 


0ON8ULTIMO  INIXEX. 


81 


•  tf  IhMkta^ 


Paalwil 

PmH 

Paul 

PmH 

PflUl.. 

PMiotnah 

Peoiiou 

Pedder's 

PednrcDW*  •  t  •  • 
Pederoeiru  ... 

Padir 

PedrH 

Pedru 

Pedfo 

Pedro 

Peeblea 

Peodur  KoKier. 

Peel. 

Peel.. 

Peel 

Peel 

Peel's 

Peel'a 

Peg bina 

Pegne  

Per  Ho 

Peiae 

Peitohing 

Peiraakanta  . . 

Peking 

PeU 

Pelbr 

Pelohne 

Pelebff 

Pelew 

Pelhampore  . . . 

Pelican 

Pelican 

Pe-ling 

Peling'a 

Pfellew 

Pellj 

Peloraia 

Pelnhi  ....... 

Pemba. ....... 

Pemba 

Pemba 

Pemba. 


f 

la. 

R£ 

I. 

R. 

la. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pt 

Ft 

C. 

Sfaa. 

h 

T. 

T. 

R. 

B. 

T. 

I. 

In. 

T. 

Cy 

B. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

^' 

SUu 

Ft 
T. 
I. 
la. 
T. 
Pt 
L. 


L 

Pt 

L. 

K. 

R. 

Cty, 

P». 

I. 

T. 

Pembina Set 

Pembina [R. 

Pembroke 

Pembroke |C. 

Pembroke C. 

Pena  de  loa  Plco|i[l. 

Penantipode  . 

Pcnaa  

Penda 

Pendnlam..  • 

Penetangoaht 

Pengina  .... 


Mta.  Thibet 


Brit  America . 
New  S.  Waka . 
North  Amarioa 

Poljpeaia 

Canbbean  Sea. 
N.  Pacific  Oo. . 

PolTneaia 

IMwt 

Polynesia 

France  

Brazil 

Sumatra 

Loango 

Angola 

Arabia 

Caribbean  Sea . 
Falkland  la.... 
Beloochistan.. . 
New  S.Walea  . 
Brit  America  . 
NewS.Walea  . 
New  HoUand. . 

Polynoaia 

Patagonia  .... 
Aaiatic  Rossia. 

Binnah 

China 

Russia 

Corea 

Norway 

China 

Africa 

Brit  America 

Chili 

Polynesia.... 
Pdynesia.... 
Hindoostan  . . 

Africa 

Brit  America 


T. 


I. 

C. 

T. 

U. 

T. 

R. 


Malaysia 

North  America 
Brit  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Mongolia 


De 
Wk 
Ba 

Ci 

O 

Af 

Bk 

Be 
Xh 
Ld 
li 

Bh 
Mi 

Ni 

P« 
Gg 

I  D 

Qf 
Tl 
Db 
Tl 
Tl 
Vf 
Hn 
To 

To 
Ob 
Ud 
Nb 
Te 
Nk 
Fo 
HI 
Uh 
Vh 

Qf 
Mk 

Fo 
Se 
Ui 
Cb 
Fb 
Rb 
Ed 


Afiica N  j 


Congo 

Indian  Ocean.. 

Congo 

Wisconsin  Ter. 


N.I 

oi 

Ni 
Fd 


Wisconsin  Ter.  F  d 
Ito 
'Gb 
In 
Vo 
Xm 
Ld 
Ob 
Km 
6d 
Wb 


Wales........ 

Brit  America  . 
Falkland  Is.. . . 

Polynesia..... 

Aoatralaaia  . . . 

Spain 

Ruaaia 

Scoreaby'a  Ld. 
Upper  Canada . 
Aaiatic  Rnaaia. 


Pngipdiva  ... 

Pangnin 

Poidw 

Peiqinak 

Ponasytraa.. .. 
Penaaylvania . . 

Penoiiacot 

Panrhya 

Panriiyn 

Penaacola 

Pentaooat 

Pantland 

Penai 37 

Penia  

Peoria 

Pepin 

Pera 

Pera  Head 

Paras  .^ 

Percival 

Perdido 

Pcraocm.. .. .... 

Peregrine 

Pergnioaa 

Per^olak 

Penm  ......... 

Perigoeuz 

Perlovakoie  .... 

Perme 13. 

Perme 

Pemagna 

Pemagua 

Pemaiba 

Pemambuco.... 
Pemambuoo. . . . 

Penm 

Peroa  Banhos. . . 

Perouae 

Perpetua 

Perpignan 

Pera 

Peraepolis 

Persia 

Persian 

Perth 

Perth 

Pera 

Pera 

Peru 

Peseadorea 

Pescara 

Peachan 

Peaenmagnisa . . 

Peahawur 

Peat.:.. 

Pertelcina 

Petaaaras 

Petohelee 

Petohora 

Petoliora 

Peteraburg 


H 
T. 


Coi^LIMa- 


Cnraoation  la. 

Portugal 

A4atio  Ruaaia. 


United  States. . 

m^iff 

PijIyiMaia. . . . . 
Bnt  Amafioa . 
Florida  Ter.. . . 

Roaaia 

Scotland. 


Si 

ft' 

a 

?• 

Fr. 
Pr. 

9: 

L. 
T. 
C. 
la. 
G 

a- 

L 

9: 

?r. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

Pr. 
Mt 

L 

Str. 
G 

Rna 
Cty. 
6. 

?• 

Rep 

T. 

L 

T. 

ViL 

L. 

?■ 

T. 

L 

6. 

T. 

R. 

C. 


Ruaaia 

Ruaaia 

Olinoia 

Wiaoonain  Ter. 

Malaya 

Now  aWalee . 

Brazil 

Falkland  la.... 
fWida  Ter.. . . 


Brit  America 

Bnsil 

North  America 
Rod  Sea.... 
France ..... 
Ariatic  Russia. 
Russia 


Russia 

Brasil 

Braul 

BrasU 

Brazil 

Birazil 

New  Holland 
Indian  Ocean.. 

Japan 

OragonTer. 
F^ce  .. . . 
Russia  .... 
Fema 


A#ia 

Seotland 

Now  HoUand. 
South  America 
Polynesia. 
Indiana  .. 
Polynesia . 
Naides... 
North  America 
Patagonia  ... 

Oabia 

Austria 

Asiatic  Russia 
Polynesia-.... 

China 

Russia 

Russia 

Virginia ■ 


\ 


Wb 

lo 

L« 

We 

Lb 

04 

Ud 

Bi 

Gb 

Ga 

Ob 

Lo 

Oc 

Oc 

Gd 

Fd 

8h 

11 

Hn 

Gd 

Od 

Gh 

li 

Be 

Off 
Md 

tb 

Po 
Pe 

a 

Ji 
Ji 
Ji 
Ji 
Tk 

9i 

Pd 
Me 
Oa 
Ff 
Pe 
tt 

Gd 

XgJ 

V:4 

Ab 
Hn 

Qa 
Nd 
Tb 

To 
Ne 

Fb 

Qe 


i: 


:aa 


OONSULTtNG  INDEX. 


lotFlMn,**. 


Peter  Pint..... 

Petic 

Petite  Terra.... 

Ptttorca 

Petoroa 

Petotlan 

Petowack 

Peraeos 

Petoone  Hotun 

Petrikau 

Petriu 

Petro  Bauloaritaia 

Petrozavodsk  . . 
MPetropaubvakoie  T^. 
RPetropaulovskoie  'T. 


T. 


T. 
T. 

Sh. 

9: 

T. 
T. 

Cj. 


Petrovsk. 
Petrovsk .... 
Petrovsk .... 

Peym 

Peza 

Philaddphia. 
Philadelphia . 
Philip  Broke 
PhilippopoUa 

Phillip. 

PhiUip 

Phillipine  . . . 
Phiilipolis . 


PhiUips. I. 

Phillips.... 
PhiUips.... 
PhiUipstadt, 
Phippe  .... 
PhoBoix.... 
Phugcn .... 
Phu^en.... 
Piacina.... 
Piacinskoie . 
Pialilza.... 
Piatnitskoie 

Piaohi 

Piauhi 

Piavo  

Picada 

Pidiai 

Piohauo  . . . 
Pickaninny  Baa- 

earn 

PiokerBgill 

«co 

Picombaa 

Picoa 

Pictou 

Piotored 

Piekouramia  . . . 

Pielis 

Pielia 

Piem  au  Calumet 

Pigeon 

Pih-kwan 

Pijin 


S.PacificOc.. . 

Mexico 

West  Indies. . . 

Chili 

VoL  iBuenoB  Ayres  ■ 

Mexico 

Brit  America . 
Atlantic  Ocean 
Mantchooria  . . 

Poland 

Siam 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Little  Bucharia 

Russia 

Pennsylvania. 
N.  Pacific  Oc. 
Shannon  Is. . . 

Turkey 

Australasia  .. 
News.  Wales 
Malaysia  .... 

Africa 

Polynesia .  . . 
Polynesia .... 
Brit  America 

Sweden 

North  America 

Poljrnesia 

Cochin  China  . 
Cochin  China  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Akiatic  Russia. 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Russia 

Brazil 

Siam 

Buenos  Ayros  . 


T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
R. 

J'- 

.C. 
T. 
I. 
Po. 
Is. 
Sta. 


I 

Bay 

T. 

C. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

R. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

T. 


T. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

Pt 

T. 

Rka 

R. 

T. 

L. 

Ho. 

I. 

Hor 

T. 


(vuinea 

Isle  of  Georgia 

Azores 

Brazil 

Peru 

Nova  Scotia. . . 

Michigan 16  d 

-  -      -     Hd 

Ob 
Ob 
Fo 
Vf 
Df 
Ud 


Lower  Canada. 

Rassia 

Russia    

Brit  America  . 

Polynesia 

China 

Mantchooria  . . 


sSww^wi 


Fo 
Ef 

H? 
Ml 

HI 

Fg 
Ha 
Kd 
Ud 

Nc 

l« 
Pc 

Ob 

So 

Wo 

Od 

Pc 

Oo 

Rd 

Pb 

6d 

Af 

Ka 

Nd 

XI 

VI 

Nk 
Vh 

P^ 
Cb 

Mc 

Co 

Ai 

Tg 

t| 

a 
Sb 
Ob 
So 
Ji 
Ji 
Ob 

li 

Lh 
Jn 
Ke 

y, 

Hd 


Mhmi  af  Fheii^  fet. 


CUa. 


Fike L. 

Pike Lb. 

Pike R. 

Pike's L 

Pike'B Pk. 

Pilar T. 

Pilaya T. 

Pilcomayo R. 

Piicomayo R. 

Pilemetz T. 

Pilgrim I. 

PilWs C. 

Pillar C. 

Paiar C. 

Pillau T. 

PUoutai T. 

Pilsen T. 

Pina I. 

Pinare R. 

Pinchaboa T. 

Pinches I. 

Pine Pt 

Pine R. 

Pinega T. 

Pinega R. 

Pine's 1. 

Pine's L 

Piney I. 

Pmg-hai T. 

Ping'leang Cy. 

Ping-lo Cy. 

PingloBO Cy. 

Ping'ting Cy. 

Ping'tou Cy. 

Ping>yuen Cy. 

Pinnacle I. 

Pino T. 

Pinsk T. 

Pinyang Cy. 

Pinzon's Bay 

Pipestone R. 

Pipley T. 

Piramides R. 

Piranhns R. 

Pirate Is. 

Pirotibbi L. 

Pirtan R. 

Pirtchina T. 

Pi L 

Pisa Cy. 

Pisa^a T. 

Pisonia T. 

Pisco T. 

Pisgah Is. 

Pisfluk T. 

Pisaou R. 

Pit R, 

Pitangui T. 

Pi'tcoirn's I. 


PSfnhan  . 


Pitea. 


T. 


Brit  America  . 
Brit  America . 
Brit  America  . 
S.  Pacific  Oc.. . 
Missouri  Ter. .. 

Brazil 

Bolivia 

Bolivia 

Buenos  Ayrea  . 

Russia 

S.  Pacific  Oc... 
Scoresby'sLd.. 
Patagonia  .... 
V.Diemen'sLd. 

Prussia 

Mongolia 

Austria 

Africa 

Brazil 

Peru 

E<^uador 

Bnt  America  . 
Wisconsin  Ter. 

Rassia 

Russia 

Australasia... . 

Cuba 

Australasia.... 

Corea 

China 

China 

China 

China 

China 

China 

North  America 

Mexico 

Russia 

China 

Brazil 

Brit  America  . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Mexico 

Brazil 

Tonquin 

Lower  Canada. 
Mantchooria  . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Polynesia. .... 

Tuscany 

South  Peru.... 
Senegambia. .. 

Peru 

Southern  Ocean 

Siam 

Liberia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Brazil 

Polynesia 


Sweden  , 


Fo 
Dc 
Oo 
Ek 
Ed 

^k 

Hk 

Hk 

Pb 

Fk 

Kb 

Hn 

Vm 

Nc 

Td 

Md 

?i' 

Hi 
6i 

Fd 

Ob 

Ob 

Xk 

Gf 

Ui 

Ue 

Te 

Tf 

To 

Te 

Ue 

Tf 

Ab 

Ee 

Nc 

Te 

Ih 

Fc 

Rf 

Ee 

Ji 

Tf 

He 

Uo 

Rb 

Wg 

Md 

Lg 

Gj 
Ho 


i 


L 

So 

Jj 
Dk 

Vo 
Nb 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


IbM>o(nteM^*>.     Clm 


Pitoa 

Pitt 

Pitt  •■•»•••••    • 

Pitt 

Pitt 

Pittarski 

Pitt's 

Pitt's 

Pittsburg 

Piura 

Plaatberg 

Placentia 

Placentia 

Placentia 

Placentia 

Plakina 

Plantain 

Planto 

Plasket's 

Plate 

Platte 

PlattonSee 

PlatUburg 

Play  Green 

Pleasant 

Plettenbergs .... 
Pioskie  Koshki  . 

Plotxk 

Plymouth 

Pobideuna 

Pocantins 

Pocatka 

Po-chow 

Pocrovskoc 

Pocrovskoi 

Podcatnennaia  .. 

Podolia 46. 

Podolsk 

Podor  

Podpousknoi... . 
Podvolochnavo .. 

?:^::::::::: 

Point 

Point  do  Gallo  .. 
Pointed  Heart . . 

Poison 

Poitiers 

Poivre. 

Pola 

Poland 

Polangen 

Polar 

Poiioaatro 

Polimska 

Pollard 

Polotsk 

Polomi 

Polonkir  Moren  > 
Polony 


Sweden N  b 

Brit  America  .  C  b 

Polynesia X  h 

Indian  Ocean  .  P  i 

Mexico E  d 

Asiatic  Russia.  Q  b 
Oregon  Ter... .  D  c 
S. Pacific  Oc. .  Mo 
Pennsylvania. .  G  d 

Peru 6i 

Africa Nk 

Newfoundland.  I  d 

Spain L  d 

Newfoundland.  I  d 
Guatemala  ....  Gg 
Asiatic  Russia.  T  c 
Senegambia  .. .  L  h 
Oregon  Ter.  , .  E  d 

Polynesia X  i 

Indian  Ocean  .  P  i 
Missouri  Ter.  .  F  d 

Austria Nd 

New  York  ....Hd 
BriL  America  .  F  c 

Polynesia X  i 

Colony  . .  N  1 

Riusia P  b 

Poland No 

England Lo 

Italy Md 

Asiatic  Russia.  Q  c 

Brazil I  i 

Asiatic  Russia.  R  b 

China T  e 

Asiatic  Russia.  R  o, 
Asiatic  Russia.  U  b 
Asiatic  Russia.  S  b 

Russia N  d 

Russia O  0 

Sonogambia  .• .  L  g 
Asiatic  Russia.  R  c 
Asiatic  Russia.  T  c 

Malaysia Si 

Little  Bucharia  R  e 
Brit  America  .  E  b 

Ceylon R  h 

Oregon  Ter....  Ed 
Senegambia...  Kg 

France M  d 

Indian  Ocean  .  P  i 

Austria M  d 

Russia No 

Prussia No 

Brit  Amerioa  .  E  a 

Naples Nd 

AslBtio  Russia.  Qo 
N.  Pacific  Oc. .  A  f 

Russia N  c 

Mantcheoria  . .  V  c 
Mongolia  .....  S  d 
Asiatic  Russia.  Q  b 


R. 

I. 

I. 

Bk. 

R. 

T. 

Arc 

I. 

?• 

T. 
T. 
T. 
Bay 

1m 

T. 

I. 

L. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

L. 

T. 

L. 

I. 

BayjCape 

T. 
T. 
R. 
T. 
R. 
R. 

9: 

T. 

R. 

Pr. 

T. 

Ft 

T. 

T. 

Is. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

L. 

L 

T. 

Is. 

T. 

Km. 

T. 

Sea 

T. 

T, 

I. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

R. 


JIal 


!!■■•§  of  FlMM,  ae. 


PolouyBki 

PoIoTninaia  .... 

Poltava 48. 

PolUva 

Polynesia 

Pomabomba  .... 

Pomba  .  • 

Pomba 

Pombo 

Pomeri 

Pomeroon 

Pomona 

P(»ia  Molubque  . 

Ponce  

Pondang  

Pondicherry... . 

Pond's.. 

Pond's 

Poneviez 

Pong 


Ponijen 

Ponou 

Ponta  Delgada. 

Pontal 

Ponte  de  Lima . 
Pontevedra .... 

Pontiac 

Pontianah 

Pontianah 

Pontotoc 

Poodi 

Pool 

Poole 

Poolkee 

Poolop 

Poolout 

Poonoh 

Poonar  ..... 

Poonga  

Poor  Bunder. 

Pooree 

PooshtaKur  Ridge 
Poo-to 


PoouBong  . . . . 
Popadieskina . 

Popayan  

Poplar 

Popova  

Pora 

Porco 

Porcupine.... 
Porcupine. . . . 
Porcupine.  • . . 

Pore 

Poreemo 

Porinta 

Porkhov 


T. 
R. 
Pr. 

Div. 
T. 

R. 

I. 

L 

T. 

L 

^ 

In. 

T. 

i'. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Dis. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

9: 

T. 
T. 
T. 
Mts, 

I. 
R. 
T. 

&■ 

T. 

L 

T. 

R. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

T. 


Poro  Hotun  . . . . 
Poromutchir.... 


I. 


Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Oceanioa  > . . . 

Bolivia 

Mozambique  . 
Mozambique  . 

Africa 

Indian  Ocean 

Guiana 

Scotland 

Aaiar 

Porto  Rico... 
Malaysia  .... 
Hindoostan  . . 
Labrador  .... 
Brit  America 

Russia 

Mongolia  .... 
Senegambia .. 
Mantchooria  . 
Mantcheoria  . 
St  Michael  L 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Spain 

Michigan...! 

Borneo 

Borneo 

Mississippi... 

Russia 

Hindoostan  .. 

England 

Cabul 

Polynesia.... 
Polynesia .... 
Hindoostan  .. 
Hindoostan  . . 

Siam 

Hindoostan  .. 
Hindoostan  .. 
Little  Thibet . . 
China  .... 
Thibet  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
New  Grenada  . 
Brit  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Malavsia 

Bolivia 

Brit  Amerioa  . 
Brit  America . 
Missouri  Ter. . 
New  Grenada  . 
Polynesia 
Asutic  Russia. 

Russia 

MHntchooria  . 
Mantchooria  . 
Kurile  Islands 


Qb 
Ub 
Od 
Od 
Ch 
Hk 

8j 

Ni 
PI 
lb 
Le 
Qi 


_  C 

G« 
Nc 
Sd 

hi 

Ue 
K« 

!l 

Ld 
6d 
Th 
.Th 
Ge 
Ob 
Qf 
Lo 
Qe 
Wh 
Wh 

g! 

Sh 
Qf 

5« 

Ro 

Ue 

8e 

Ro 

Gh 

Fc 

Ra 

Si 

H 

f; 

G 

E( 
HI 

Tl 
N< 
T( 
T. 


I? 


'■I 

(h 


We 


S4 


CXWSULTINO  INDEX. 


a(nM%ta. 


PoraoffM L. 

PorpMw .Pt 

PocMnger Fd. 

Ponken T. 

Port Po^ 

PoiUlegre 

VmUlem 

Portandiok 

Port  au  Prince  . 

PortCanlda 

PortCresaon.... 
Port  Pesire  .... 

Portillo 

Port  La  Nasoa. . 

Portland 

Portland 

Portland 

Portland 

Portland 

Portland 

Portland 

Portlock'a 

Pwt  Longo 

Port  Macquarie . 
Port  Mahon .... 
PortNambu.... 

PbrtoBelb 

Porto  fiello 

Porto  BucareUi  . 
Porto  CabeUo. . . 
Porto  Cahro  .... 
Porto  Cordova . . 
Porto  de  Ano 

Nuevo 

Porto  de  Casma. 
Porto  de  Ooqoini' 

bo 

Porto  del  Huaaoo 
Porto  do  Mos. 
Porto  Grande . 
Porto  Nipe... 
Porto  Praya.. 
Porto  Rioo . . . 
Porto  Santo  . . 
Porto  Seguro . 
Porto  Vecchio 
Port  Rafael  . . 
Port  Royal... 
Port  San  Jago 
Portamouth  .. 
Portamouth  . . 
Port  Spain . . . 
Portagal 

Man 

MOl  t  •  •       •  •  • 

Poaaeaaion  ... 
Poaaeaaioa  ■ . . 
PoaaeMion  . . . 
Poaaeaoion  • . . 


K 


T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
R. 
Pt 
T. 
b. 

s- 

Bay 

Pt. 

Pt 

Pt 

Can. 

Har 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Cy. 

VU. 

T. 

T. 

Str. 

T. 

T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 

?/• 

I. 

^- 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

c?- 

I. 
I. 

C. 
Bay 

Bay 


Boenoa  Ayraa . 
Falkland  la.. . . 

Norway 

Norway 

Newfoundland. 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Africa 

Hayti 

Cuba 

Liberia 

Patagonia  .... 

Cuba 

South  Peru. . . . 

Iceland 

Maine 

New  S.  Wales 
Brit  America 

Jamaica 

v.  Diemen'sLd. 
Brit  America  . 
North  America 

News.  Wales. 

s^n . . : 

Japan 

Malaysia 

New  Grenada . 

Mexico 

Venezuela  .... 

Brazil 

North  America 


Mexico , 
Peru... 


Chili 

ChiU 

Brazil 

Braail 

Cuba 

St  Jago  .... 
Weat  Indies... 

Madeira 

Brazil 

Corsica 

Ver  .2uela... 
Martinique.. 

Mexico 

England.... 
N.  Hampshire . 
IVinidad  ... 

Europe 

Prussia 

China 

Africa 

Indian  Ocean.. 
South  Shetland 
Brit  America  . 
isie  of  Georgia 
Patagonia  .... 


HI 
In 
Na 

Nb 

Id 

Ik 

gf 

Lh 
Mm 

H? 
Gj 
Kb 
Hd 
VI 
Gc 

Gg 
Vm 
Do 
Ce 

Wl 
Ld 
Ve 
Ti 
Gh 
Ee 

J  1 
Do 

Ef 
Oi 

Hk 

Hk 

li 

li 

Gf 

Kg 

Hg 

Ke 

lUC'd 
Hh 

?» 
Fg 

Lo 

Hd 

Hg 

Le 

No 

Tf 

Nk 

Pm 

Ho 

Ga 

Jn 

Mn 


at. 


PoBseasion  ... 

Post... 

Potapovakaya. 

Potoai 

Potosi 

Potoei 

Potschinak . . . 

Potadam 

Pottawatomies 

Potter's 

Poty 

Pouca  

Poughkeepsie. 
Ponlisdua .... 

Pouljon 

Pour 

Pourhatou.... 
Pousoulan. . . . 

Poustaia 

Poustoretsk  . . 
Poostgcn  .... 
Poota  Quia. . . 
Poverty  • . .  •  • 
Povienetz  .... 
Pov<dgsiti .... 
Porrovska.... 

Powder 

Powell's 

Poxina 

Poyang  Hou.. 

Prida. 

Prodea 

Pruffue 

Prairie  du  Chien 
JPraleika  . . . 
Traalin  .... 
Praslin .... 

Pratas 

Praya  das  Pedr^s 
Proya  das  Neves 

Predpriati 

Pregnogorska.. . 

Preparis 

Presburg 

Pres.de  Carizal.. 

Presnovska 

Preaqiie 

Presto 

Preston 

Priaman 

Pribuiloif 

Prilooki 

Primeau 

Prince  Edward  . 
Prince  Edward  . 
Prince  George  .. 
Prince  Leopold's 
Prince  of  Wales 
Prince  of  Wales 
Prince  of  Wales 
Prince  of  Wales 


Mt 

T. 
T. 
Dep 

^- 

T. 

5?: 

I. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

Is. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Gr. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L 

Pt 

I. 

C. 

C. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

^ 

T. 

L 

R. 

C. 

T. 

Is. 

T. 

L. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

Is. 

Is. 

I. 

Arc. 

C. 


ftrit  America 
Mantchooria  . 
Asiatic  F 
Bolivia  . 
Bolivia . 

Missouri 

Russia 

Prussia ....   . 
Wisconsin  Ter, 
Southern  Ocean 
Asiatic  Russia 

Thibet 

New  York... 

Asia 

Mantchooria  . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Mantcturaria  . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Mantchooria 


ma 


Oa 
Ud 
To 
Hk 

Fe 
Pb 
Mc 

Fd 

Kn 

Od 

Re 

Hd 

Qh 

Ud 

Rb 

Ud 

Ub 

Wb 

Wb 

Pb 

Ud 


New  Zealand.  .XI 


Russia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Oregon  Ter.... 
SouUiem  Ocean 

Brazil 

China 

Brazil 

FVance  

Austria 

Wisconsin  Ter. 

Russia 

Indian  Ocean.. 
New  Georgia.  • 
Eastern  Sea .. . 

Africa 

Africa 

Polynesia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Bay  of  Bengal. 

Austria 

Mexico 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Michigan 

Brazil 

New  Holland. . 

Sumatra 

North  America 

Russia 

Brit  America  . 
Indian  Ocean.. 
North  America 
Brit.  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
New  S.  Wales . 
St  of  Malacca. 
North  America 


Ob 
Oc 
Qo 
Ee 
lo 

Jj 
Tf 

n^d 

Mo 
Fd 
Od 
Pi 
Wi 
Tf 
M^ 

Qo 

Sg 
Nd 
Ee 
Qo 
Od 

'A 

Si 

Ac 

Oe 

Eo 

Ore 

Hd 

Fb 

Fa 

s'^ 

Do 


North  America  A  b 


ithern  Ocean  K  n 


w  Zealand.  .XI 


GONSCHiTmG  INDEX. 


85 


Prinee  of  Wales* 
Foreland 

Prince  Regent's. 

Prince  R^ent's. 

Prince  Regent's. 

Prince's 

Prince's 

Prince's 

Princess  Angosta 

Princess   Char- 
lotte'  

Princess   Char- 
lotte's   

Princess  of  Wales 

Princess  Ro^al 

Prinee  William's 

Prince  William's 

Prince  William's 

Pr.Wm.  Henry's 

Principe  Regente 

Pripri 

Prisrend 

Pristina 

Probaschenija  . 

Procoueivskaya 

Prome 

Propria 

Proskuroy 

Prostoy 

Prouzana  

Providence .... 

Providence .... 

Providence  .... 

Providence  .... 

Providence .... 

Providence  .... 

Providence  .... 

Providence  Wreck 

Providentia.... 

Prune 

Prussia 

Pruth 

PrypeU 

Pskov 30 

Pskov  

Psyche  

Ptolemeita  .... 

Paachun 

Pudiva 

Puelchea 

Puerco 

Pueaortok 

Puget 

Puget's 

Puficat 

Pulmerola 

Pulo  Anna .... 

Pulo  Itaniack.. 

Pulo  Tiir.tir.g  . . 

PbloBouton... 

Pulo  Brala 


C.     N.  Caledonia . 
Bay  Brit  America 


In. 

R. 

I. 

L 

L 

Sh. 

Bay 


BriL  America  . 
New  Holland.. 

Africa 

Malaysia  ...  . 
Southern  Ocean 
Indian  Ocean 


Man 

Is. 

Is. 

Ld. 

I. 

8a 

L 

T. 

T, 

T. 

T. 

a 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

L 

&• 

Ch. 

Rkc 

L. 

Rk. 

Sh. 

I. 

Km. 

T. 

R. 

Pr. 

?• 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Tr. 

R. 

C. 

a 

So. 

T. 

L 

I. 

I. 

Y 

I. 
I. 


New  a  Wales 

Brit  America 
Polynesia.... 
Oregon  Ter.  . 
Brit  America 
Polynena .  . . 
North  America 
Polynesia .... 

Braxil 

Siam 

Turkey 

Turkey 

Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Birmah.... 

Brazil 

Russia  .... 
Russia .... 
Russia  .... 
Australasia 
Malaysia  . . 
Rhode  Island. . 
Brit  America 
Bahamas  .... 
Indian  Ocean. 
Brit  America 
Eastern  Soa. . 
Australasia ... 
Madagascar. . 
Europe 


MA 


Xk 
Ma 
Fa 

Wj 
Mh 

Ti 

Kn 

01 

Vj 

Qa 

£^ 
Do 

Ca 

U 
V, 
l\ 

Nd 
Ta 
Tc 

S 


f 


Russia 
Russia 
Russia 
Russia 

Persian  Gulf . . 

Barea 

Chili 

Australasia .. 
Patnpronia.. . 

Mexico 

Greenland  ....  J  b 
North  America  C  c 
Oregon  Ter  . . .  D  d 
Hindoostan  . . .  R  g 

Naples M  d 

Polvnesia U  h 

Malaysia S  h 

Malaysia  .....  iS  h 
Str.  of  Malacca  S  h 


Nd 
Pb 
Ne 

Vi 
Uh 
Hd 
Ec 
Of 
Pi 
Eb 
Uf 

^J 

No 

Nd 

Nc 

Nc 

Nc 

Pf 

Ne 

HI 

Xk 

Hm 

Fe 


Malayan  Soa . 


Th 


RHMi  of  riHi^  ae. 


Pulo  Braase .... 
Pulo  Camba .. . . 

Pulo  Capas 

PuloCaro 

PttloCondore ... 

Pulo  Laut 

PuloLingin .... 

Pulo  Lozin 

Pulo  Mankap .  . 
Pulo  Mariere  .  ■ . 
Pulo  Mintaon.. . 

PuloNyas 

Pulo  Ouro 

Pulo  Panjang.. . 
Pulo  Pinang. . . . 
Pulo  Rondo  .... 
Pulo  Sapata .... 

Pulo  Taya 

Pulo  Timon  .. . . 

PuloUbi 

Pulo  Ubi,  False . 

Pulo  Way 

Puna 

Punilla 

Eunjaub 

Punjgoor 

Puno 

Puno 

Punta  de  Tore .. 

Puolango 

Purcell 

Purdie's 

Purdy's 

Pureg 

Purratory. 

Purificaocao... . 

Purneak 

Puru 

Purus 

Putton 

Puttnsk 

Putu  Mayo 

Putrig 

Puula 

Puzulatka 

Pybajocki 

Pyhea 

Pylstaarts 

Pyramid 

Pyrenees 

Pyroncos.... ... 

PytkovB 


Om. 


I. 

I. 

I. 

L 

Is. 

L 

I. 

h 

I. 

I. 

I. 

L 

Kk. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

I. 


T. 

Dis. 

T.    iBekrachistan 

Dep  Sooth  Peru 


Quadra I. 

Qualan 1. 

Quallah  Battoo  .  T. 

Qualo T. 

Qualoon I. 

Quangtang  T. 

Quarken I. 

Quorrellers |Tr. 


Malaysia  .... 
Malaysia  .... 
Malayan  Sea. 
Gulf  of  Siam 
Malayan  Sea  ■ 
Malayria .... 
Malaysia . . . 
Malayan  Sea. 
Malaysia  .... 
Pdvnesia^... 
Malitysia  .... 
Malayna  .... 

AsU 

Malaysia  ... 
Str.  of  Malacca 
Malaysia 
Malayan  Sea . . 

China  Sea nr 

Malayan  Sea ..  S  b 
Gulf  of  Siam..  Sh 
Gulf  of  Siam..  Sh 

Malaysia B  h 

Equaidor G  i 

iChUi 

Hindoostan 


Sh 

Ui 

Sb 

Sh 

Th 

Ti 

Si 

Sh 

Ti 

Uh 

Si 

Sh 

Rh 

Sh 

Sh 

Sh 

Th 

Ti 


HI 
Qe 


Pt 

T. 

Bay 

Is. 

L 

T. 

Bay 

T. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

L. 

Har 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Rk. 

MU 

Mts 

Mt 


South  Peru.... 

ChiU 

Russia 

Brit  America  . 
New  Holland. . 
Australasia.... 
Beloochistan  . . 

Patagonia 

Uruguay  

Hindoostan  . . . 

Russia 

Brazil 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Poland 

Equador 

Russia 

Russia    

Russia 

Russia  .  °. 

New  Zealand.. 

Polynesia 

V.Diemen'sLd. 

Europe 

South  America 
Russia 


..Qf 
21 


Oregon  Ter..'. 
Polynesia .... 

Sumatra 

Senegambid .  i 
Norway  ,  -  =  =  = 

Birmah 

Sweden 

Brit  America 


HI 
Nb 
Fa 

Ul 

Vi 

Pf 

Om 

II 

Rf 

Nb 

Hi 

Qf 

Ne 

Hi 

Nc 

Nb 

Ob 

Nb 

XI 

Ak 

Vm 

Md 

H 


J  : 


Dd 

Wh 
Sh 

S! 

Sf 
Nb 
Db 


8 


oosmJLTmo  index. 


?6 


otlhf,>» 


Qoehao.... 
QnBohombi 


ft 

joaen  Adek^de's  Ara. 
Qiwea  Adekide's] 

Kuigo  t  •  •  •  • 
Queen  AnneVi 
QmenCluurlotte'a 
QueenChurlotte'e 
QoeenCharlotte** 
(^wenCharlotte's 
(tneen's 
Qpei-Iiogr 


>•••«•< 


Qaei|Mert 

Qneretaro 

QuereUro 

Qnerimba 

Qnerimba. 

QnenieP'a 

Quibaxe 

Quibdo..... 

Quibo 

Qoickjock  . 
Quickmeo.. 
Qiwloa...... 

Qidliman  . . 
Quiilimuui . 
QoUloto  ... 

Quiloa 

QoUoa 

Qoiton  .... 
Qa^bamby 
Quimper..,. 

Qaipa 

Qnincoy  ■ . . 
Qoindonea . 
Qa^ffemba  . . . . 

Soiltnon .... 
ointao  .... 
Qui  Parle... 
Quipungo .. . 
Quirpon  .... 
Qniaimaftigo 
QuiMama ... 

Quiteve 

Quito 

Quitta 

Quimngo . . . 

Quoin 

Quom 

Qoorri...... 


Raab.:. 

Rabac 

Rabat.. 

lUhba.. 

Rteoa... 

Haoooon  ■ 


Raohov  . 


Mta. 

C. 

Ai& 

L 

So. 
So. 
CL 

?'■ 

St 

^' 
Cty 

la. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Sta. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

U 

T. 

I. 

R. 

Pr. 

T. 

C 


V: 

R. 
I. 
R. 
T. 

T. 
T. 

5f 

T. 

Fk. 

T. 


Lower  Canada. 
Patagonia  .... 
Malaya....... 

Chili 

Patagonia  .>.. 

Brit  America . 
Greenland  ., 
Auatralaaia  . 
Oregon  Ten. 
New  Zealand 
Oregon  Ter.  . . 
BriL  America . 

China 

Coiea 

Mexico < 

Mexico 

Africa 

Mozambique  ..^ 
Oregon  "I^r. ... 
Matemba  . . . . . 
New  Orenada  • 
New  Grenada  . 
Sweden........ 

Birmah ,. . 

South  Peru.... 

Chili 

Mozambique  . . 

Chili 

Africa 

Quiloa 

Hindooatan  . . . 

Africa 

France  

Congo 

Illinois  .... . .. 

Matemba 

Congo 

Cochin  China  . 

Brazil 

Wisconsin  Ter. 

Africa 

Newfoundland. 

Africa 

Benguela 

Mozambique  . . 

Equador 

Dahomey 

Mozambique  .. 
Bay  of  Bengal. 

Africa 

Soudan 


Auatria 

Arabia 

Morocco 

Soudan  

Asiatic  Turkey 
Wisconsin  Ter. 
Newibundiand. 
Poland 


Hd 

Hm 

Fh 

Hm 

Hn 

Fb 
lb 

Do 
Xm 
Do 
6b 
Tf 
Ue 
Ff 
Ff 

Do 

Ni 

Oh 

Gh 

Nb 

8g 

II J 

HI 

^i 

HI 

Oj 
Oi 

Rh 

Nj 

Ld 

Ni 

Fe 

Ni 

Ni 

I? 

Fd 

I  c 
Oi 
Mi 

Oj 
Gi 
Mh 

2i 

Mg 

Mg 

Nd 

Of 

Le 

Mh 

Oe 

Fd 

I  d 

No 


larrNBkte. 


Raenach T. 


Omi. 


Radack  Chain 

Radama 

Radama 

Radmanso  . . . 

Radoe 

Radom 

Radstock  .... 

Raffles    

Raft 

Ragea 

Raguaa 

Raiatca  .....^ 

Roiny 

Rainy  Lake . 
Raivaivai  . . . 
Rajamundry. 

Raiemal 

Rajour 

Rajpoor 

Rajpootana . . . . . 

Rakkoriak 

Raleigh 

Raleigh 

Ra^igh'a 

Ralick  Chain . . . 

Ralmanow 

Ramalt 

Ramas 

Rameda 

Ramgur 

Ranuer 

Ramleah 

Rampoora 

Romree 

Ranai 

Rancador  

Rancagua 

Ranea 

Rangamatty .... 

Rannfazvak 

Pangheehoo  .... 

Rangoon 

Ranter 

Rankin's 

Raonl .' 

Raoutan 

Rapa 

Rapalovakoe.... 

Rappen 

Raratoa 

Rarotogna 

RasalGat 

Rasat 

Raa  Asooad  .... 

Ras  Awath 

Ras  Banna 

Ras  el  Ain 

Ras  el  Jidid .... 

Ras  uiHa 

Raa  Goroe 


la. 
Is. 
Mts. 

L 

I. 

T.' 

Bay 

Fa 

R. 

T. 

?'■ 

L. 

Dia. 

L 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

C. 

Mt 

Pk. 

Is. 

C. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

T. 

L 

Mt. 

T. 

L 

I. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Mt 

In. 

I. 

Bay 

L 

T. 

L. 

L 

L 

C. 

C. 

C. 

c. 

C. 
T. 
C. 
C. 
T. 


St 


Mezioo. 

Polyneaia 

Madagaaear.. . 
Madagascar. . . 

Sweden 

Norway 

Poland 

Brit  /  'nerica  . 
NewHoiland. . 
Brit  America  . 

Bdivia 

Austria 

Polynesia 

North  America 
Brit  America  . 
Polyneaia..... 
Hindooatan  . . . 
Hindooatan  ... 
Hindooatan  . . . 
Hindooatan  . . . 
Hindooatan  . . . 
Brit  America  . 
North  Carolina 
Brit  Amerioa  . 

Guiana 

Polynesia 

Seghalien 

Arabia 

Hindooatan  . . . 

0s>Cft  •••-•■••• 

Hindooatan  . . . 
West  Indiea .. . 

Arabia 

Hindooatan  ... 
Birmah ....... 

Sandwich  Is. . . 
Caribbean  Sea . 

Chili.... 

Sweden 

Hindooatan  . . . 
Madagascar... 
New  Zealand. . 

Birmah 

Oregon  Tor.  . . 
Brit  America  . 

Polynesia 

Aaiatic  Russia. 

Polynesia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Sweden 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Arabia 

Barcnt 

Africa 

Ajan 

Africa 

Asiatic  Turkey 

Nubia 

Arabia 

Africa 


Xh 

V 
Pj 

No 

Mb 
Nd 
Fa 

HJ 

Go 

^i 

Nd 

Bj 

Fd 

Fd 

Ck 

R 

R 

Qe 

Qf 
Hb 
Ge 
Hb 
Hh 
Xh 
Vc 
Pf 

Qe 

Ne 
Rf 
Hj 
Of 
Rf 

s«r 

Bf 

Gf 
HI 
Nb 
Sf 
Pk 
XI 

Sg 
Dd 

Fb 
Ak 
Xb 
Ck 
Qb 
Nb 
Bk 
Bj 
Qf 
No 
Ph 
Ph 

S» 
Qo 

Of 

Pf 

P« 


GONSilLTING  INDESL 


m 


inmm»t. 


Rm  Ha&an  . . . 
RuXiUah..... 
Ras  Mabber . . . 
Raa  Maohsroeb 
Koa  Muohaat. . . 
Raa  Reccan  . . . 
Raarfrpoor  .... 
Raa  Tonhora . . 
RaaUlKhyle.. 
Raa  Umbea  . .  ■ 

Rat 

Ratehin  Sopa . . 

Rathbone 

Ratibor 

Ratiabon 

Raodaneaa  . . ; . 

Rankoke 

Raamo 

Ravee 

Raven... 

RaTenna 

Rawa  ........ 

RawK •  •  ^ 

Rawan  Hrad  . . . 
Ray... 

Rajra 

Raynpore . . 
Rasatin.... 
Ramohina  . 

Re 

Real 


Realejo .... 
Reaper  .... 
Reanoa  ... 
Rebnesoe  .. 
Recbarche  (of  the; 

Reoif 

Recreation  . 

Red 

Red 

Red     

Red 

Red ...... . 

Red 

Red 

Red 

Red 

%ed  Deor . . 
Red  Head.. 
Red  Knife  . 
Red  Lake  .. 
Rodondo.... 
Redondo .... 
Redoutkale. 
Red  River.. . 
Red  Rook.., 
Red  Suid  . . . 

Refbn 

Regan 

Regiato 

Regrnevadsoe 


CL 
C. 
C 
G. 
C. 
C. 
T. 
C. 
C. 

c 

R. 
L. 
I. 
T. 

&•• 

I. 

T. 

ft. 

Is. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

C. 

R. 

t. 

C. 

R. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

Arc. 

C. 

I. 

Sea 

Mta 

R. 

R. 

Fk. 

Fk. 

L. 

L. 

Pt 

R. 

C. 

R. 

Ho. 

I. 

Mt 

T. 

Db. 

L. 

His. 

I. 

T. 

T. 


Africa 

Arabia 

Aj»n 

Arabia 

Arabia 

Arabia 

"TartaTy 

Arabia 

Ajan..., . 

Africa 

Oregon  Ter.  . . 

Thibet 

Sooresby's  Ld. 

Pmsaia 

Bavaria 

Iceland 

Korilo  lalanda. 

Riusia 

Hindooetan  . . . 

Polynesia 

Itidy 

Austria 

Poland 

Thibet 

New^undland. 

Java 

Hindooetan  • . . 

Barca 

Asiatic  Russia. 

France  

Brasil 

Ooatemala .... 
Polynesia. .... 

Polynesia 

Norway ...... 

Aaatralasia... . 

Cape  Colony  . . 

Polynesia 

Africa 

Madagascar .. . 
United  States. . 
Wisconsin  Tor. 

Texas 

Missouri  Tcr.  . 
Wisconsin  Ter. 
Brit.  America  . 
New  Holland.. 
Brit  America  . 
Greenland  .... 
Brit.  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
GoUapa^ .... 
Patammia  .... 
Asiatic  Russia. 
BriL  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brava Oh 


•  oUkM^te 


?f 

Ph 
Pf 
Pf 
Pf 
Pe 
Pf 
Ph 

Pg 
Ed 
Re 
Ka 
Nc 
Md 
Kh 
Wd 
Nb 
Qe 
Wh 
Md 
No 
No 
Re 
Id 
Ti 
Rf 
Ne 
Xb 
Ld 

Jj 
Gjr 

Bi 

Bj 

Na 
Ul 

Nl 

Rj 

Op 

Pj 

Fe 
Fd 
Fe 
Fd 
Fd 
Fc 
Tk 
Ed 
la 
Db 
Fc 
Eh 
Hm 
Od 
Fd 
Eb 


Jai 


pan  .. 
,V..i 

Brasil . . 

Norway  ■ 


Vd 
Qf 
li 

Na 


Reid 

Reid 

Reikionoea . . 
Reikiaviig  . . 
R.ln  Deer..  ~ 
Rein  Deer... 
Rein  Deer.. . 
Reliance .... 
Remedioe... 
Rennell.,... 

Reimell 

RenaeU's.. .. 
Reanell's.... 

Rennea 

Republican .. 

Repulse 

Repulse 

Requena .... 

Rehioa 

Resofk 

RefleIe....^. 

Reshd 

Resolution  .. 
Resolution  .  • 
Resolution  . . 
Resolution  . . 

Retimo 

Retino 

Rettenbenk . . 

Reunion 

Revel 18. 

Revel 

Revilla 

Revillagigedo . . 
Revilioffigedo.. 

Revj.:.! 

Rewah 

Rey 

Rhio 

Rhode  Island .. 

Rhodes 

Rhone 

Rhybinsk 

Rhylak 

Riaha 

Riatsk 

Riasane  ....  35 

Riazane 

Ribe 

Ribnoe  

Rica  de  Oro . . . 
Rica  de  Plata. . 

Ricarees 

Rioeboro% 

Rice  Trevor's. . 

Richords' 

Richards' 

Richardson .... 
Richardson's  .. 

Riche 

Richmond 


R. 

Bfty 

C. 

T. 

L 

IlV 

Ld. 

Ft 

T. 

Mt 

C. 

I. 

So. 

T. 

Fk. 

Bay 

^^ 
T. 

r. 

T. 
T. 

?• 

1. 

L 

Ft 

L 

T. 

Db. 

1. 

Pr. 

9: 

Is. 

L 

T. 

T. 

L 

S. 

St 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

s?- 

T. 


L 

L 

Tr. 

T. 

I. 

Bay 

1. 

Ch. 

Bay 

C. 

Cy. 


QragoaTer... 
Brit  Ameruja 
leeiond. ..... 

lieehnd....  . 

S^berg^n  . . 
Ont  America 
Spitsbergen  . . 
Brit  America 
New  Grenada 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Aaatralasia... 
Oregon  Ter.  . 

France 

Missouri  Ter. 
Brit  America 
New  S.  Wales 

Spain 

Polynesia .... 

Syna 

Sweden  ..... 

Persia 

Pofyhesia.... 
Brit  America 
Awtralasia... 
Brit  America 

Candid 

Now  Grenada.. 
Grreenland  .... 
Ipdion  Ocean  . 

Rosna > 

Russia • 

Mexico.. 

N.  Pacific  Oc . 
N«rth  America 

Russia 

Hindoostan  .  . 
New  Grenada  . 

Malaysia 

United  States. . 
Mediterran.  Sea 

France 

Russia 

Russia 

Mongolia 

Ri|ssia 

Russia 

Russia 

Denmark 

Auatic  Russia. 

Polynesia 

Pofynesia 

MiMouri  Ter.  . 

Georgia 

Patagonia  .... 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Now  Guinea  . . 
Virginia 


Edt 

Hi* 

Kb; 
Kb 

N*:- 
Eb: 

Mai 

fii»: 
Di>; 

F». 

Do 

Ld, 

Fdi 

Ob, 

Vk 

Lei 

Ri- 

Ott 
Nb, 

p«; 

St; 

Wm 
Bb 

Nd 
Qh 
la 
Pk 

No, 

No. 
Ft. 

Er 

Do 

Oo 

Rf 

6h 

Sh, 

Rd 

No 

M4 

Oo 

Oo 

Td 

Oo 

Oo 

Oo 

Mo 

Sk 

Xf 

Xfl 

Fd 

Go' 

Hn 

6b 

Db 

Cb 

Gb 

VI 

Oo 

UBil 


gg^ 


OOmCLTIMQ  IinXBX. 


larrMMi'te. 


Sidhinood.. 
Blebmond.. 
Sioorakaya. 
fiidaor.... 

Bider 

lUdohitxa.. 
ftiodtsi.... 


Rin 


tiby 

Sioutan 

Siinba 

Rimini 

Rimnik 

Rinde. 

Rinki<mi6g 

Rio  ..T..! 

RioCoIonih> ... 
Rb  de  la  Haelia 
KodeUnato.. 
Rio  Grande  .... 
Rio  Gimnda  do 
Norte 


T. 
b. 
T. 
T. 
T. 

&• 

ft' 

&■ 

I. 

Pn 

T. 

C. 

Is. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

RioGrandedoSuiPr. 

Rida Pr. 

RitfjadelaNueralCy. 
RioJaadro  ...    ~ 
Rio  Janeiro  ... 
RioMagdalena 

Rio  Negro 

Rb  Negro  .... 
Rb  Negro  .... 
Rb  Negro  .... 

Rimi 

Rioo'a 

Ripfuroonee .. . . 
RlpoD  ....... 

Rivera 

RivoU 

Riaeli 

R.  McLeod'a  . . 
Roanoke ...... 

Robelb.. 

RoIwrU* 

RiAerts* 

Robertson 

RobinB<Mi 

Rblaon'k 

Rooailleox |C. 

Roeeas 

Rociwfbrt . . . 
Ropiicster .. . 
Roeliookoko . 

Rook 

Ulock 

Rook 

Rookinghani 

Rocky 

Rooky 


Brit.  America  . 
New  &  Wales  . 
Asiatic  Rnsria. 
Malayan  Sea . . 

Arabia 

Russia 

Rdssia 

Russia 

Russia 

Brit  America  . 

Dtoiiir 

Brit  America . 
Polynesia ..... 

Ben^foela 

Italy 

Segnalien 

Rossia 

Denmark 

Japui 

Afexioo 

New  Grenada  . 
South  America 
Mexico 


Pr. 

&• 

T. 

R. 

R. 

R. 

Pa 

I. 

nS. 

L 
C. 

T. 

I. 

Rks 

C. 

Mt 

Rf. 


I. 

9- 

I. 

R. 

I. 

Ho. 

Bay 

I. 

I. 


Bnril 

BraxU 

Buenos  Ayres  . 
Buenos  Ayres  . 

tirazil 

Brazil  .*••»... 
New  Grenada . 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Buenos  Ayres  . 
New  Grenada.. 
North  America 
Polynesia  .■ 

Gmnea 

Brit  Amenca  . 

Celebes 

NewS.Waks. 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Brit  America  . 
North  Carolina 

Brazil 

South  Shetland 

Polynesia 

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Southern  OcMn 
Asiatic  Russia 
Venezuela.... 

France  

NewYorkl... 
Eastern  Sea. .  • 

Illinois 

Oregon  Ter.  . 
Brit  America 
New  S.  Wales 
Brit  America 
iPoIynesia .  . . 


Oe 
Wl 
Tc 
Bh 

S« 
Oo 

No 

Ne 

No 

Fa 

Pa 

Bk 

Mj 

Md 

Vc 

Ob 

Mo 

Vd 

Ee 

n 

Ff 

Ji 

Ik 

Hk 

Hk 

J 


iflhMiilft. 


\ 

H» 
Hi 
Hi 
HI 
Hh 
Cc 
i 

Ih 
Fb 
Uh 
VI 
Od 
Eb 
Ge 
Jk 
lo 
Ci 
Ha 
Cb 
Ml 
Wa 

Hf 

Gd 
Uf 
Fd 
Do 
Fc 
Vi 
Go 


f*««  •■  •• 


Rodiy 

Rooky 

Rocky 

Roeky 

Rooky 

Rocky 

Ro^y  Mountab 

Rocky  Mountab 

Roclnr.  Mountab 

Indians 

Rodbar 

Rodda 

Rode 

Rodney 

Rodney 

Rodney 

Roelrack 

Roe  Buck 

Roes 

Rognaguado. . . 

Rokell 

Rokol 

Rokol 

Romai 

Romaguas  .... 

Romaine 

Roman 

Romandos  .... 

RomonoT 

Romans 

Romanzoff .... 
Romanzoff .... 
Romanzoff .... 
Romanzoff .... 
RomanzoT  .... 

Romberg 

Rome 

Rome 

Romciros   dos 

Castilbanos.. 

Rouel 

Romelia' 

Romen 

Romsdal 

Romsdal 

Rona 

Ronda  

Rondo........ 

Rcnehamn  .... 

Romflsima  .... 

Rooapooa 

Roostam 

Rope^ 

RcuuoT 

Rorstad 

Rosa 

Rosaretta 

Rosas 

Rosooe 

Rose 

Rose 


I.  Mabysb  .... 
Bay  Labrador  .... 
Ls.   Brit  America 

Bhs.  Malaysb 

Pt   New  Zealand. 
Mts.  North  America 
Ho.  Brit  America 
Ho.  Brit  America 


IV. 

T. 

T. 

Fd. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

Bay 

Ld. 

R. 

L. 

R. 

Bk. 

Rk. 

I. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

c 
I. 

Mt 

Po. 
C. 

T. 

I. 

Pa 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

Is. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

Pt. 

Sh. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

I. 


Brit  Ameriea  . 
Ckbol.. ...... 

Arabia 

Iceland . 

Mississippi .... 

North  America 
New  Gubea  . . 
New  Holland. . 
Spitsbergen  . . . 
New  Hdland. . 
Peru......... 

Senegambia ... 
Atlantic  Ocean 
Atlantic  Ocean 
Malaysia .... 

Peru 

South  Carolina 

Turkey 

!>diria 

RUBSU 

Florida 

Japan 

North  America 

Polynesia 

North  America 

Mexico 

Mnntchooria  . . 

Italy 

New  York.... 

Indian  Ocean.. 
Greenland  .... 

Turkey 

Russia 

Norway 

Norway 

Scotland 

Spain 

Indian  Ocean.. 

Gothland 

Eastern  Sea .. . 

Africa 

Tartary 

Brit  America  . 

Rusiila 

Norway 

Buenos  Ayres  . 
Australasia.... 

Spain 

BriL,  America  : 

Polyneaia 

North  America 


mmmm 


le 

Bb 

Ti 

Xm 

Ec 

Do 

Ee 

D« 

Qe 

Fe 
Ab 

V] 
Ma 

Le 
Lc 
Ul 

Oe 
Nd 

y. 

Gf 

Vd 
Ab 

Cb 
BSe 
Vo 
Md 
Gd 

Qk 

lb 

Nd 

Oo 

Mb 

Mb 

Le 

Ld, 

Pj 

No 

Uf 

Pe 
Ha 
Ne 

Mb 

Hm 

XI 

Md 

D>> 

A  J 
Co 


America  C  e 


iiilii 


m 


m 


■MMiiiiMa 


OOmCLTING  IMi>BZ. 


T. 

Pt 

L 

Bk. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

?.■ 

T. 
I. 
I. 


RoMwu T. 

RoMnAth |In- 

Rowtta.... 

Roaier 

RiMUvle . . . 

Rom 

Rom 

RoMd 

RootMl**. . . . 
RoMiena .. . 
BoMOcba  .. 

Rost 

Rortak  . . 
Roatook.. ;. 
Rostov  .... 
ROBTIg  .... 

RoUee 

Rotterdam  . . . .  •  Cy< 
Rotcmah  .. 

Rouen Cy. 

Rooge 0. 

Roam Pr< 

Romid I. 

Round I< 

Round  HiU I. 

Rouni .1. 

Roraniemi T. 

Rovboe........  I. 

Romo .........  T. 

Rowley'a BhK 

Roxbar|r L 

Rozo 0. 

Roxo C. 

Royal Po. 

Royal Po. 

Royal Bay 

Royal 

Royal  Company's  I. 

Royala I* 

Ruao ..........  I. 

Ruataa •..'."..  !• 

Roengas 

Rofua 

Rujren 

Rugcnwalde .... 

Rum 

Rum 

Rum 

Rumby 

Rum  Key 

Runaway ...... 

Rungpore 

Rnnnmg  Water . 

Rucvear 

Rupande 

Rupert 

Rupert  River . . . 
Rupert  River . . . 

Rupert's 

Rnrutu 

Russia 


Tr. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

L. 

Mt 

Is. 

C. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Cty. 

R. 

Dis. 

Ho. 

Cr. 

I. 

Cty. 


Dominica  L..< 
Sooresby's  Ld. 
Egypt....... 

Lower  Canada 

Russia 

Brit.  America 
Brit  America 
Australasia  .. 
Bay  of  Bengal 

Russia    

Asiatic  Russia. 
Loflbdoa  Isles . 

Arabia 

Mecklenburg 

Russia 

Norway 

Malaysia  • . . 
Holland.... 
Polynesia... 
France ..... 

Arabia 

Asiatic  Turkey 
Polynesia.... 
Capo  Verd  Is. 
Labrador .... 
Kurile  Islands 

Russia 

Norway ..... 

Russia  ...... 

Anstralsria... 
Polynesia .... 

Mexico 

Senegarabia  .< 
Jamaica  ..... 
South  Carolina. 
Isle  of  Georgia 
inoian  Ocean  : 
Southern  Ocean 
Wisconsin  Ter. 
Polynesia .... 
Guatemala  ..  • 

Africa 

News.  Wake 
Baltic  Sea  . . . 

Prussia 

Scotland 

Wisconsin  . . . 
Brit  America 

Africa 

Bahamas  .... 
New  Zealand. . 
Hindoostan  . . 
Missouri  Ter. 

Russia 

Africa 

Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 

Brit  Amnrinn 

Polynesia. . . . 
Europe 


5* 

Ka 
Oo 
Hd 
Oc 
Ga 
Ba 

S/b 

Nc 
Mb 
Pf 
Me 
Oc 
Mb 

Mc 

Xj 

Md 

Qf 
Oo 

Xj 

I  o 
Wd 
Nb 
Na 


Ff 
Kg 

6e 

Jn 

Qm 

Vn 

Gd 

y« 

Qf 

or 

VI 

Mc 

Nc 

Lo 

Fd 

Eb 

Mh 

Gf 

XI 

Rf 

Fd 

Nb 

Nk 

Go 

Ho 

Go 
p. 

Bk 
Oo 


Rasiian 

Russian 

Rotrian  Lapland 
Rutland ;....... 

Rntlanm 

Rntschuck 

Rutbarapore .«.. 

Ruttti 

RykYse 


C. 

Ter. 

Pr. 

Is. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L' 

L 


Saade  

Saate. ..... 

Saba 

Sabannon .. 
Sabanqui  .. 
Sahara  .... 

Sabart 

Sabi 

Sabia 

Sabia 

Sabine 

Sabine 

Sabine 

Sabine 

Sabine's  . . . 
Sabinesv. .. 

SaUa 

SaUe 

SaUe 

SaUe 

Sable 

SaUe 

Saboui .... 
Sabounsky  . 

Sabrao 

Sacahuchen 
Saoalit;^  . . . 
Saehanine.. 
Sachama  .. 
Saokett's  Har. . . 
Saokwa.... 
Sacramento 
Sacramento 

Sacs 

Sadadoo  . . . 

Saddle 

Saddle 

Saddle 

Sado 

Sadras 

Saeglek. . . . 

Safe 

Safibe 

Saften 

S>g«n 

Sagarawida 
Saginaw . . . 
Saginaw .. . 


T. 
T. 


<a--:- 


Japan 

North  Amerioi 

KQMIA  •  s  •  •  •  •  • 

Bay  of  Bai^. 
Hfaidoootan  ... 
Ttarkey  ...... 

Hiiwiooaton  ... 

Polyneria 

S^vbergen  ... 


V« 

Bb 

Ob 

B 

R 

Nd 

Rf 

Ck 

Na 


Pt 

T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

Cty, 

R. 

0. 

Is. 

R. 

Pb 

L 

T. 

T. 

L 

a 
a 
c. 
Pt 

T. 
T. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

Is. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Tr. 

T. 

L 

L 

Pt 

I. 

T. 

Bay 

Har 

T. 

T. 

T. 

^y 
T. 

n. 

R. 
Das. 


& 


f 


Arabia . 
Austria. 
West  Indies... 

Borneo 

Meadco 

Bmil 

Tripdi 

Axanaga.... 

Africa...... 

MosambiquB 
North  Amerkia 
Gfareenlaad  .... 

Louisiana.... 

Rrit  America 
Brit  America 

Blezico 

Persia 

Nova  Septia. . . 
Nova  Scotia .. . 
Fknrida 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Ttttary  ...... 

Africa 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Malaysia  ...  . 

Mexico. ...... 

Madagjucar. . . 
NovaZeml;Ia. . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
New  York 
Soudan ... 
Urufpiay  . 
Mexico. . . 
Wisconsin  Ter. 
Senegambia ..  • 

Malaysia 

Malayan  Sea . . 
Spitsbergen . . . 
Japan  ...... ., 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Labrador 


a.. 

Lf 
Ok 
Ok 
Rb 
Ha 
ff 
Cb 
Ea 
Efl 
Pa 
Hd 
H* 
6f 
Xk 

Pd 
Rl 


orocco 
Sweden 
Prussia........ 

Java 

Michigan..*.. 

Michigan 

Tariary 

Lower  Canada. 
Africa 


f 


ui 

F 

0 

pb 
Pd 

Gd 
Ht 

II 

Ee 

F4 

Th 
Ma 

Ve 

Ul 
M« 

La 

Mb 

Nc 

V, 

Qi 

r  d 

Ha 

Lf 


8» 


f 


ML  — . 

urn.    I     *■••' 


ttl  n-m,*^     Ckib 


Bh. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

L. 

I. 

I. 


fl*h^ 

Bdkl . , 

8«kkbad 

Stilor'i  Ham . 

SaioM 

8t  Aignan . . . 
8t  AloMudro 

8t  Amuo IT. 

6bAmaro<.....T. 
St  Ambrouo ...  I. 
iSt  Andreia  ....  I. 
Bb  Andrew  . 
'St  Andraw'* 
Sti  Andrew's 
St- Andrew's 
St  Andrew'* 
St  Angelo  .. 
1st  Anuia .. . 

St  Ann 

St  Anna.... 

St  Anns IT. 

St  Anna |T. 

St  Anna 
St  Anna 

St  Ann* jr. 

St  Anna's  . . 
St  Anthony. 
St  Anthony. 
St  Antico. . . 
St  Antoine.. 
St  Antonio.. 
St  Antaiio.....|C. 
St  Antonio 
St  Antonio 
St  Antonio 
StAntonloJaviUJT. 
St  Aof  o*tin 
St  Augnstin 
St  AoguBtine 


C. 
T. 
I. 
la. 

T. 
Q. 
L. 
T. 


Malaysia U  j 

Snia Oe 

G&eaV  Bucharia'Q  e 

Denmark Mo 

Rossia [N  b 

Australasia.... 

Polynesia 

Brazil.. 

Bruil 

S.PtioificOc.. 
Asiatio  Russia.  S  a 
Madagascar  .•  •  iO  j 
N.  Brunswick. 'Ud 
Caribbean  Sea.  6g 
Uh 


T. 


2"y 

a 

Fatis 
I. 
T. 
C. 


I. 

Po. 

Hh. 


C. 
I. 


St'Atignstin«...C 


St  Augustine. . 
St  Augustine's  . 

StBaAara 

Si  Barbara 

St  Bamabe  .... 
8^  Buthobmea. 
St  Barthdoinew 
St  bartolOme .. . 
St  Bartolomeo .. 
St  Benedieto  . . . 

St  Benito 

St  Bernardo. . 
StBlu...... 

St  Bidden  . . 
St  Bri6uz. . . . 

St  iDarlos 

SL  Cdrlos  de  Jo. 
.  cuhy.... . 
St  Catharine 
5t  Oitharine 
St  Catherine 


iBay 

& 

I. 

I. 

I. 

Ptt. 

I, 

I. 

R. 

T. 

C. 

Rks 

T. 

Cy. 


II 

lot 


Polynesia 

Fkvida ..IG  e 

Umguar Ik 

Aaiatio  Russia.  V  a 
Brit  America  .  O  d 

BoUvia Hj 

BoBvia |I  k 

Brazil Ij 

Btasil Ij 

Brasa I  j 

Lower  Canada.  H  d 
Nova  Zembla ..  Q  a 
Arabia  . . . . . . .  O  g 

Wisconsin  Ter.  F  d 

Sardinia Me 

Lower  Canada.  Hd 

Cuba 6f 

Bnenofl  Ayrea  .11 
Cape  Verd  Is. .  K  g 
Patagonia  . . . .  ;H  m 
Patagonia  ....  H  m 
Vttieniela  . . . .  H  h 

Brazil J  i 

Polynesia |V  f 

Florida.......  6  f 

Mindanao  ....  U  h 

Labrador I  o 

Madagascar.  ..Ok 
Venezuela  ....  H  h 

Guinea I  h 

Polynesia Vy 

Australasia ....  V  i 
West  Indies...  H 

Mexico E 

Polynesia Wg 

N.  Pacific  Oc.  Eg 

Africa Mh 

Brazil Ji 

Florida 'O  f 

19 

L 


Indian  Ocean 

France  

Chili.. 


.  ra 

.!c. 


Brazil 

Brazil 

Guatemala . 
Loango.. .. 


Hm 


Ik 
I^k 

«g 
Ml 


St.  Catherine...  IC. 

St  Charles T. 

St  Christopher. .  I. 
St  Christopher. .  I. 
St  Christanl .. .  T. 
St  Christoval ...  I. 
StOair C. 

T. 

Rks 

Vol. 

L 

R. 

R. 

l. 

T. 

a 

T. 

^- 

T. 

Pt 

Pt 

Pt 

Mt 

L 

K 

BL 


StClairsville... 

St  Clare 

StClemente. ... 

St  Croix 

St  Croix. 

St  Cyprian's  . . . 

St  David's 

St  Denis    

St  Diego 

StDie^odeGua. 

Dies 

St  Domingo.... 
St  Domingo .. . . 

St  Elena 

St  Ekna 

St  Elena 

St  Elena 

St  Elias 

St.  Elmo 

St  Esprit 

St  Esprit 


St^taca a 

1. 

T. 

T. 


StEusttttius 

St  Fadeia 

St  Felipe 

St  Felipe 

St  Felipe  de  Ben 

goela Cy. 

St  Felix T. 

St  Felix .......  C. 

St  Felix I. 

St  Felix Is. 

St  Fernando  . . .  T. 
St.  Fernando  . . .  T. 
St  Fernando  . . .  T. 
St  Fernando  i..T. 
St  Fernando  do 

laSelva..i...:T. 

StFoi |T. 

St.Franci C. 


St  Francis 
St  Francis... 
St  Francis ... 
St  Francis ... 
St  Francisco . 
St  Francisco . 
St  Francisco . 
St  Francisco . 
St  Francisco . 
St  Francisco . 
St.  Francisco  BoijB 
St  Francisco  de 

Atacama.. 
Bt.Franei ICO  Solano 


C. 

I. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

I. 

L 

R. 

&• 
Pt 


Brit  America  . 

Missouri 

Wfst  Indies. . . 
Indian  Ocean  . 
New  Grenada.. 
Australasia.... 
Brit  America  . 

Ohio 

Madagascar. . . 
Patagonia  .... 
West  Indies.. . 
Wisconsin  Ter. 

Axana^ 

Polynesia 

Bourbon  Isle  • . 
Patagonia..... 

Equador 

Hayti 

Mexico 

Buenos  Ayres  . 

Spain 

Patagonia 

Equador 

Brit  America . 

Polynesia 

Malayan  Sea . . 
Malayan  Sea . . 

tain  ...;.... 

'est  Indies... 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Chill 

Buenos  Ayres  . 


Fa 

F« 


Brazil . 
Madagascar. . . 
S. Pacific  Oc. . 
S.  Pacific  Oc. 

Venezuela 

Venezuela  .... 

Chili 

Equador 


Chili 

|Guiana 

Cape  Colony  . . 

Labrador 

Australasia  . . . 

Arkansas 

Lower  Canada. 

Brazil 

Bonguela 

Equador 

Mexico 

BtKol .  • 

Brazil 

Uruguay 


Bolivia 

New  Grenada 


Wj 
Hb 
On 
Pk 
Hn 

?f 

Kf 
Vk 
Pk 
Hn 

Hh 

E? 

II 

Le 

Hm 

Gi 

Cb 

Ck 

Th 

T 

L 

?« 

Sa 

HI 
Ik 

?/ 

Ok 

Gk 

Gk 

Hh 

Hh 

HI 

Hi 

Hk 

Ih 
|N1 
o 
Ul 
Fe 
Hd 

i-i 

Gh 

Ef 

k 

PTi 


Hk 

Gh 


XMHSULTDIO  mPEK. 


mm 
»l 


nltimh*»> 


I. 
L 

S" 

c. 

T. 


StF^anouville..  T. 

StOeorge |T. 

StOeorge  . 
StOflorgv  . 
StOwrge  . 
St  George  . 
St  George  . 
St  George's 
St  George's 
St  George's 
St  George's 
St  George's 
St  George's 
St  George's 
StHuion.. 

St  Helena Bey 

St  Helena I. 

St  Helen's Mt 

StHennenegildo  Pt 
St  Ignacio. . . . .  T. 
Stirdefi»so....Is. 

Stines CX 

St  Jago T. 

St  Jago T. 

St  Jago I. 

St  James C. 

St  James C 

St  Jame Ft 

St  James Ft. 

St  Joachim  ....T. 

StJoao T. 

StJoaodelRey  T. 
StJoao  do  PaknaT. 
St  Joaqnim  . . . .  T. 
St  Joaquim  . . . .  T. 
SfJoaquim  . . . .  R> 

St  John .& 

St  John C. 


Ch.  vSnai  Britain .. 
CSh.  Amtraioaia..  •  • 
I.     North  Ameriea 
B. 
h 


e  «  •  e  e  •  • 


Fe 

y. 

Hm 
Od 
Wi 

?! 

Id 
Lo 
Wi 

Ae 

{Hm 
Asia&o  Russia'  p  a 


BraiU.... 
Bnuil.... 
Amres  ... 
Patagonia 
RnsBia  ... 
New  Zealand. 
New  Grenada 
Newfoundland. 
iNewfoundhmd. 


22:  I    mmintmttm. 


Patagoi 


Cape  Colony  .  •  N  1 
Soothem  Ocean  L  j 
Oregon  Tor.  . .  D  d 
Baenos  Ayres  .  1 1 

Equador. Hi 

Patagonia  ....  Hn 

Patagonia Hn 

Peru »:6j 

St  Jago Kg 


Cape  Verd  Is. 
Cambodis IT 


St  John 

St  John • 

St  John  

St  John's ...... 

St  John's 

St  John's 

St  John's 

St  John's. 

St  John's 

St  John's 

St  John's 

St  Jose 

St  Jose. 

St  JoBo  de  May> 

pure 

St  Jose  de  Mos> 

samody 

St-Josed'Encoche 

St  Joseph 

St.  Joseph 

St  Joseph.. 
St  Joseph.. 
St  Joseph.. 


C. 

L. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

Bay 

Is 

R. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

T. 


T. 

Ft 

T. 

Ft 

I. 

L. 

Pt 


Oregon  Ter. 
Senegambia 
Oregon  Ter. 

BrasU 

Brazil 

Brazil 

BrasU I 

Bolivia 

Bolivia 

Mexico 

Statcn  Island .. 

Africa 

Newfoundland. 
Lower  Canada. 

Africa 

N.  BmnswicI:  . 
NewfoundlanG 
Newfoundland. 
Spitsbergen . . . 
West  Indies. . . 
N.  Brunswick  . 

Michigan 

Australasia  . . . 

Brazil 

Brazil 


Do 

^' 
Do 

Hi 

Ik 

Jk 


i 

De 
Hn 
Mh 
lo 
Hd 

§! 

Id 
lo 
Ma 
H 
H 
6d 
Wi 
II 
Ik 


Veneraela 


Brazil 

Congo 

Florida 

Senegambia  • . 
Indian  Ocean. 
Brit  America 
Florida 


Hh 

^i 

Of 

i? 

Fe 
Of 


St  Joseph's  ....IT. 
St  Joseph's  ....  Pin, 

at  Joan Cy. 

St  Juan Cr. 

St.Jaai>  .......  T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Pa 

R. 

R. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

L 

T. 

Pa 

I 

T. 

T. 

L 

G. 

I* 
R. 
C. 
C. 


St  Juan 

St  Jnan 

St  Jnan 

St  Juan  

St  Juan 

St  Juan 

St  Juan 

St  Jnan  Baptista 
StJoandeJaebun 
St  Juan  de  Ulna 

St  Julien 

St  Julien 

StKiUa 

St  Kooslantinov 

StKo^ 

St.  Laurent .... 
St  Lawrence . . . 
St  Lawrence . . . 
St  Lawrence . . . 
St  Lawrence . . . 

StLazaro 

StLorenia 


StLorenza.....iR. 
L 

Cy- 


st Lorenzo 
St  Louis 

St  Louis '^. 

St  Louis .{Ti 

St  Louis C. 

St  Louis R. 

St  Lucas C. 

St  Lucia Bay 

St  Lucia 'Bay 

St  Lucia C. 


Michigan.. 
PUaffania.. 
Bolivia .... 
Porto  Ripo. 
Gnatemalai..  •• 

Mexico 

New  Grenada 
Polynesia.... 
Oaatemala  ... 
Guatemala  >. . 

Bolivia 

New  Grenada 
Pdynesia .... 
Boonos  Ayres 

Mexico 

Fkrance 

Patagonia.... 

Sootland 

Russia  ....... 

Russia  ...... 

Indian  Ocean 
Asiatic  Russia. 
North  America 
North  Amertea 
North  Ameriea 

Mexico. 

ESquador 

Brazil 

Peru 

Missouri...... 


6d 
Urn 


St  Lucia 

St  Lucia 

St  Lucia 

StLnaia 

StLnzia 

St  MaloQs  . . . . . 
St  Mamclino .. . 
St  Marpforiht... 
St  Maria  Maior 

St  Mark's 

St  Martin  ..... 
St  Martin  ..... 
Str  Martin's... 

St  Mary .-. 

St' Mary...... 

St  Mary 

St  Mary 

St  Mary's 
St  Mary's 
St  Mary's 
St  Mary's 
St  Mary's 
St  Mary's 


5 


Senegambia .. 
HavU 


vf 

Hb 
Vt 

g{ 

6k 

Ck 

Hk 

F 

L 

H 

L« 

N4 

Ne 

PI 

Ab 

Hd 

AV 

H« 

Ef 

Oi 

y. 

Gi 
F« 

S» 
?f 
I« 
Fd 
Bf 
Th 
Pk 
Ok 

H. 


Ul 

Wisconsin  Ter, 

Mexico 

Borneo 

Madagascar. . . 

Oafiraria 

I.      West  Indies... . 

I.      Cape  Verd  b. .  Kg 

R.    Caffiraria Ok' 

T.     Brazil Jf 

T.     Brazil I] 

r.    Fhmce .Ld 

T.    Brazil H  h 

I.      Mexico Ef 

T.     Bnenoe  Ayres  .  I  k 

T.    Fferida 6  e 

1.  Patagonia  . . . »  6  n 
I.  West  Indies. . .  Hg 
Pt  CapeColonT  ..  Nl 
T.    Bourbon  Idp   .  P  k 

C.     Portugal Le 

G.     Senegambia  .. .  K  f ' 

I.     Azores X  e 

Cy.  Georgia U  e 

Bay  Newfoundhnd.  I  d 
~      Africa Ok 

Msdsgssc»...k}k 
I.  Madagascar. . .  P  j 
Is.    Labrador  .....  I  0 


C. 
.  f! 


mm 


OONSDLTINO  INDEX: 


lifriM^Mb 


ttMathw.. 
StMatlMoa  .• 
StMathiu.. 
8t  iCattlwir . 
at  Maun... 
8t  Maurioa  . 
atMkshMl.. 
StMicbMl.. 
8b  MidMsra 
8l  MiohasTa 
fit  Migoel  .  ^. 
8L  Miraal  •. 
SL  Miguel.. 
ft.  Miiuel  . . . 
St  Negis  ...• 
St  Nicholaa . . 
8t  Niooka 


St  Patrick's  lid.  a 

St  Paul T. 

St  Paul I. 

St  Paul  .......  L 

StPaaldeLoandoCj. 
■U  Paulo  de  Oli- 
venoo.... 

StPad'a.. 


I. 

T. 

Bay 

A«  - 

h 

R. 

C. 

I. 

Bay 

Bk. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L 


StPauTa 
St  Paul'a 
St  Paul'a 
St  Paul'a 
St  Paul'a 
St  Paul's 
8t  Pedro 
St  Pedro 
St  Pedro 
St  Pedro 
St  Pedro  del  Ray 
St  Pedro  de  No. 

lasoo 
St  Pedro  de  Rb 

Oraade 
St  Porta. 
at  Peter . 
St  Peter** 
St  Peter'a 
St  Peter's 
St  Petersburg  17 
St  PeteAburg 
StPhiUlp.... 
St  Pierre.... 
St  Pierre .... 
St  Pierre .... 
StPiotro.... 
St  Roman  ... 
St  Roque .... 
StRoque.... 

StRoaa 

StSafarador  .. 


....!> 


St  Salvador 

St  Salvador 
I  St,  Salvador 
I  St  Sebastian  ...|T. 


T. 

C. 

C. 

I. 

L 

I. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

?• 

L. 
T. 
Ft 
R. 
Pr. 

&• 

T. 
I. 
I. 
I. 
G 

a 

Bk. 
Bk. 
Cy. 


Polynesia Ve 

Jj 

Hm 

Sh 

Ne 

Hd 

Ic 

Ke 

lo 

PI 

Of 

Hi 

Ik 

Ik 

Hi 

Hg 

Kf 

Via 

Pk 

Kb 

Be 

Mi 


Brasil 

Patagonia..... 
Bajr  of  Bengal. 
Ionian  Isles .. . 
Lower  Canada. 

Labrador 

Aiores 

Labrador 

Indian  Ocean  . 
Ghutomola 

Equador 

Braail 

Poraguay 

Equuor 

Hayti 

Cape  Verd  Is.  . 
V.Diemen'sLd. 
Bourbon  Island 
Atlantic  Ocean 
North  America 
Angola 


Braail _. 

Patagonia  ...I 

Dahomey 

North  Ajnerica 
Polynesia .... 
Inuan  Ocean.. 
6.  St  Lawrence 

Africa 

Buenos  Avres  . 
Atlantic  Ocean 

Polynesia 

Guuiea 

Braail 


I  ofniM^ab 


Brazil. 


Btazil 

N.  Pacific  Oc. . 
Lower  Canada. 
O.  St  Lawrence 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Wisconsin  Tor. 
Russia ....... 

Russia  ....... 

Falkland  Is.. . . 

Martinique .. . . 

Polynesia 

IncUan  Ocean.. 

Sardinia 

Venezuela 

Brazil 


Hi 
lin 

Mh 

Ac 

Ei 

Rl 

Hd 

Lh 

II 

Kh 

tl 
Ij 

li 

II 

Fg 

Hd 

Hd 

Qo 

Fd 

No 

Oc 

In 

Ajr 
Pi 

Me 
J  1 


South  America  J  i 


Polynesia. 

Bnml.... 
f^.  Congo.... 
T.    Brazil.... 

Rahainna  . 

Spain  . . . . 


J} 

Ni 

k 
ne 

Ld 


St  Sebastian  . . . 
St  SebMtiait  . . . 
St  Sebastian  . . . 
St  Sebastian  . . . 
St  Sebastian  . . . 
St  Ssbastian  . . . 
St  Sebastian  . . . 
St  Stephen's  . . . 
St  Susan's . . . 
St  Thaddeus . 
St  Thomas  .. 
St  Thomas  .. 
St  Thomas' . . 
St  Thome  . . . 
St  Thome  ... 
St  Tomas.. . . 

St  Ubes 

StUUt 

St  Vincent... 
St  Vincent... 
StVincont... 
StVinoont... 
St  Vincent... 
St.  Vincent ... 
St  Xavier. . . . 
St  Xavier:... 

StYnes 

Saintes 

Saintes 

Sakhuria 

Sakmarskaia  . 

Saktalla 

Sal 

Sal 

Sal 

Sal 

Salaooila 

SahulUlo 

Salado 

Salado 

Salado 

Salaka 

Salamanca  . . . 
Salamanca . . . 
Salamanca . . . 

Solanga 

Salangoro .... 
Salas  y  Gomes 

Salatan 

Salayea 

Saldanha 

Saldenha 

Salee 

Salem 

Salem 

Salem 

Salem 

Salengo 

Salerno  ...... 

SaksTreu 

Saliw 


C.  Spain 

C.  Patagonia  .... 

C.  Moaarobique  . . 

C.  Oregon  Ter.  . . 
Bay  Cape  Cofeny  . . 

L  Braul 

Is.  Chili 

T.  Alabama 

Is.  Bav  of  Bengal. 

C.  Anatic  Russia. 

T.  Lower  Canada. 

I.  West  Indies. . . 

I.  Africa 

T.  Buenos  Ayres  . 

C.  BrazU 

I.  Polynesia 

Cy.  Portugal 

I.  Seotland 

T.  Braail 

C.  Portugal 

C.  Falkland  Is.... 

C.  Patagonia 

I.  West  Indies. . . 

la.  Cape  Verd  Is.  . 

T.  Equador 

I.  Patagonia 

I.  Mexico 

T.  FVance 

Is.  West  Indies... 

R.  Asiatic  Turkey 

T.  Asiatic  Russia. 

T.  Africa 

L  Gape  Verd  Is.  . 

L.  Soongaria 

L.  Brit  America . 

R.  Asiatic  Russia. 

T.  Soudan 

R.  'Buenos  Ayres . 

R.  jMezioo 

R.  Buenos  Ayres  . 

R.  Chili 

T.  iNubia 

^.  Spain  ........ 

T.  Mexico 

T.  Mexico 

L  iSiam 

T.  Malaya 

I.  8.  Pacific  Oc. . 

Pt  Borneo 

I.  {Malaysia  .... 
Bay  Cape  Colony  . 

T.  Brazil 

T.  Morocco 

Cy.  Masscchuselts 

T.  Now  Jersey  . . 

T.  Cape  Colony  . 

T.  Hindoostan  . . 

Pt  Equador 

^.  Naples 


Asiatic  Russia. 


&. 


Md 

Mb 

Ok 

Dd 

Nl 

Ik 

Hm 

Ge 

II 

Hd 

Hff 

Mh 

Ik 

Jk 

Vo 

Lo 

Le 

Ik 

Le 

In 

Hn 

Hg 

Hi 
Hm 
Ee 
Md 
Hg 
e 
Pc 
Oh 


Fc 
Od 

%' 

Ee 
Hk 
Hk 

Of 

Ld 

Ff 

Gg 

Sh 

Sh 

Ek 

Ti 

Ui 

Nl 

Ji 

Le 

Hd 

Ge 

Nl 

Rf 

gT 

Md 


Pe 


lI 


OQNBULTOfO  INDSX. 


M 


■  Qfrfaoikte     Om. 


Salibtbo It. 

Saliddm T. 

Sdine L. 

Chlkbary  . .  .^ . .  L 

Salkbary Pt 

CWkuw I. 

Sdmon R. 

Salmoa R. 

Salonica |Cj 

Saloor 

Salwtte 

Salt 

Salta 

SalU 

Salten 

Sdthidak 

Salt  Kay 

SalTa((es 

Salvatierra    .... 

Salwatty 

Salwen 

Salsburg 

Samana. 

Somana  Kay  . . . 

Samanco 

Samar 

Samaranjr 

SaroaroT.. 

SamaroT 

Sambaa........ 

Sambaa. 

Sambelong 

Sambio 

Sambro 

Sambnloi 

Sameil 

Samercand 

Sami^iiooda.... 

Samt 

Samina  Cora  . . . 

Samoa 

Samoilovo 

Samow 

Samoyeda 

Samaanna 

Samsoun 

Sana 

Sana 

San  Andrea  .... 
San  Antonia. . . . 
San  Antcmio. . . . 
San  Antonio. . . . 
San  Auffostin... 
San  Baroara. . . . 
San  Barbara. . . . 
San  Bernard! . . . 

SanBU^ 

San  BuenaventuralTl 
Son  Buenaventura 
HSanCatalina,... 
San  Catherina  . .  iPr. 


L 

L. 

Pr. 

T. 

Fd. 

L 

I. 

la. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

?: 

L 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

INa. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

C. 

G 

T. 

& 

T. 

T. 

L 

T. 

I. 

Tt. 

I. 

T. 

ST- 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L 

T. 

Cf. 


R. 


Bfalayiia 

Norway 

Taxaa 

Brit.  Aoiericft  . 
North  Amerisa 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Orefon  Ter... . 
Oieffon  Ter.... 

Torkey 

Hindooatan  . . . 

Aaia 

Africa 

Bqenoa  Ayr«i . 
Buenoa  Ayrea  . 

Norway 

North  America 

Babamaa 

Atlantic  Ocean 

Brasil > . 

Aoatralaaia.... 

Birmah 

Aoatria 

HayU....;... 

Banamaa 

Pera 

Malayaia  ...   . 

Ja>ii 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Borneo 

Malayaia 

Bay  of  Bengal. 

Ruaaia 

Nova  Scotia ... 
Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Arabia 

Great  Bucharia 
North  America 

Africa 

Soudan 

Polynesia 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Malaga 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Eaatem  Sea .. . 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Arabia  . . . 

Peru 

Mexico ... 

Teza 

Mexico. . . 
Mexico .. . 
Texas.... 
Mexico .. . 
Mexico ... 
Mexico . . . 
Mexico... 
Mexico .' . 
Mexico .. . 
Mexico. .. 
Braail .... 


Vk 
Mb 
Fo 

Ob 
0e 
T» 
Ed 
Be 
Nd 

S« 

Nf 

Hk 

Hk 

Md 

Bo 

Hf 

Ke 

li 

Ui 

Bf 

Md 

Hf 
Oi 

tT 

Po 
Qb 
Th 
Th 
Sh 
Nb 
Md 
Ra 
Pf 
Qe 
Ac 
Lg 
Mg 

£1 

Uf 
Od 
Og 
6? 
Ed 
Ff 
Ds 
Ff 
Be 
Be 
Be 
Be 
Bf 
Be 
De 

Ik 


Sancjan 

Baa  Clemonte. . 

Sanool 

Saaeori 

gud 

Sandalwood  ... 


Sanday  

Sandera* 

San  IXego  .... 
San  Diego  .... 
San  Diogo  .... 

Sandoe  

San  Domingoa 

Soriano 

Sandomir 

Sandown 

Sondowey 

Sanduaky  . .  . . 

Sandvig 

Sandwich 

Sandwich 

Sandwich 

Sandwich 

Sandwich 

Sandwich 

Sandwich 

Sandy 

Sandy 

Sandy 

Sandy 

Sandy 

Sandy  

Sandy  

Sandy........ 

Sandy 

Sandy'. 

Sandy 

Sandy  

Sandy 

Son  Felipe  .... 
San  Felipe  .... 
San  Felipe  de 

Austin 

San  Fernando  . 
San  Franciaco . 
San  Francisco . 
San  Francisco . 

SMg» 

3«ig» 

San  Gabriel ... 

Songallan 

Sangar 

Sangara  

San  Gertrodis  . 
Sangexuga .... 
Sangoulina .... 

Sanguay  

Sangwin 

mSmIiO    •  a  .....    . 

San  Isabel 


I. 

L 

T. 

I. 

Bb. 

I. 

C. 

L 

L 

T. 

T. 

Po. 

I. 

T. 
T. 
Ft 
T. 

^: 

T. 

C. 

Bay 

Bar 

Ld. 

L 

Is. 

Bay 

g" 

Das. 

Des. 

Hk. 

L 

I. 

I. 

I. 

Is. 

L. 

Pt. 

T. 

T. 

I' 
|T. 

Bay 
|Bay 

|T. 
St 
iT. 
I- 

Cly. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

rwa 

t. 

ViL 


China 

Mexico 

BUndanao  ... 
Oulfof  Siain. 
Brit  Amfr^ 
Malaysia .... 

Java 

Scotland 

Sindwich  Ld. 
exico 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Faroe  Islands 

Uruguay  .... 

Poland 

Japan 

Birmah 

Ohio 

Norway 

Upper  Canada . 
ew&Waks. 

Labrador 

Africa 

Sonthem 
Aoatralaaia.... 
N.  Pacific  Oc . 
New  Zealand. . 
Michigan ..... 
New  aWalea  . 
Buenoa  Ayres . 

Mexico 

New  Jersey... . 
Indian  Ocean '. 
Australasia.... 

Polynesia 

Indian  Ocean.. 

Mexico 

Brit  America  . 
Massachusetts . 

Mexico 

Brmxil 


t 


Tf 

Bo 

Ub 

B 

P 

Ui 
ti 

Le 
Kn 
Be 
Bo 

Bo 
Lb 

II 

Ne 

?o 

B< 

Qd 

Mb 
Od 

lo 
Mk 


OoeanKn 

if 

XI 

Od 

Wk 

HI. 

Bo 

Hd 

Pj 


Texas.. 
Mexico . 
Mexico . 
Mexico. 
Mexico . 
Sweden 
Japan.. 
Mexico. 
Peru... 


ica 

Mexico 

Brazil 

Asiatic  Russia  > 

Malaysia 

Liberia 


Mexico . 


W 


? 


A 

Ql 
t 

c 
Hd 
Ff 
Hi 


? 


Fr 

&o 
Bf 
Bo 
Do 

5* 
Vd 

Bo 

?i 

Lh 
BY 

\\. 

Vh 
|Lh 
Ue 
Be 


NTSULTING  INDEX. 


T. 
U. 


Sanh 

]&  Ani 

8«a  Ja(o ICv. 

aw  Jag*..         T. 

Gkn  Jago 
I  S«a  Joaodasduaa 

BUTU 

J8a0  JoM 
Stth  JoM 


amJoNdePimu  T. 


la 


Baa  Joan 
Sui Juan 
jSan  Joan  . .  •  • 
San  Juan  do 

Frontcra... 
Sanki  Sampoo 

SanLuia 

SanLoia 

Saa  Lqia  da 

Punta 

Ban  Luk  Obupo 
BanLabPotoai. 
San  Luia  Rey  . . 

San  Maria 

San  Marino  .... 

San  Mifuel 

Ban  Miguel  .... 
San  Miguel  .... 
Ban  Miguel  .... 
Sim  Miguel  .... 
San  Patrico  ■ . .  ■ 

San  Paulo 

San  Paulo 

San  Pedro 

Ban  Pedro 

Son  Pedro 

Ban  Pedro 

Sanpou 

San  Raphael.... 

Ban  Rosa 

Saa  Salvador  . . . 
BanMuding  .... 
&nta  Catalina. . 
Santa  Christiana 

Santa  Cruz 

Santa  Cruz 

Santa  Cruz 

Santa  Cruz 

Santa  Cruz 

Santa  Cruz 

Santa  Cruz 

Santa  Cruz 

Santa  Cruz 

BaataCruz 

SaataCniz 

Saata  Cruz. .... 
Santa  Cruz  do  la 

Sierra 

Santa  Criu  de  la 

Sierra 
a.>».  v.. 


Pr. 
T. 
T. 

T. 
R. 
Pr. 
T. 

T. 
T. 

St 

T. 

R. 

Rep. 

T. 


Caba 

Aaiatio  Rnasia. 

iCuba 

Mexico 

Mexico 


T. 
I. 

Sta. 


T. 
T. 
6. 
I. 
T. 
Pr. 

9: 

T. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

la. 

§ 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Bav 

I.' 

I. 

Pa 

Dap 


Brazil 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Buenoa  Ayrca 

Mexico 

Cuba 


Buenoa  Ama 

Thibet 

Buenoa  Ajrres 
Mexico 


Buenoa  Ajrres . 
Mexico 


Mexico 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Italy '. 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Texas 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Polynesia .... . 

Mexico 

Corea 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Cuba 

Africa 

Caribbean  Sea. 
Polynesia  .... 

Morocco 

Venezuela 

Capo  Verd  Is.  . 
Canary  Isles  .  • 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Luzon 

Menco 

« 

&"«•*    i 

Kuk: .      c  . ,, 

*■■.,*«  jj\*-:  ..'.  . 

B--iiivvi ,. . 


Bolivia 


±nM*^u\m  xmjrroB 


Gf 

iGf 
Ef 
Ff 

It 
Ef 

Ef 
Ef 
HI 
Ee 
Gf 

HI 
Re 

HI 
Ff 

HI 
De 

Ff 

Be 

Ee 

Md 

Ef 

Ee 

De 

Ef 

De 

Ff 

Ik 

Ik 

Ef 

Fg 

Ci 

Ee 

Ue 

Do 

Ef 

Gf 

h' 
Gg 

Ci 
Le 
Hh 

^S 
Kf 

Ee 

Nk 
Ee 

Xj 

Hi 
I*  f 


Santa  Fe Bt. 

Saata  Fe Cy. 

.Santa  Fe ~ 

Siinta  Fe 

Santa-lbu  . . . 
Santa  Maria. . 
Santa  Maria. . 
Santa  Martha. 
Bantander... . 

Satttarem |T. 

Santa  Rosa. . . 
Santa  Rosa. .. 

Suntee 

San  Tereaa. . . 
San  Thomas.. 
Santiago 


9: 

T. 
I. 

.  C. 


R. 
T. 
I. 
Pr, 

C 


Santiago 
Santiago 
Santiago 
Santiago 
Santiago  del  Es- 

terro  .. 
Santillana 
Santoce.. 
Santona.. 
Sontorino 
Santos... 
Sanybel.. 
San  Ynes 
Saona  ... 
Saonnes  . 
Sapagua  ■ 
Sapporo IT. 

R. 

T. 

Btr. 

Cy. 

Is. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Pr. 


r. 

T. 

T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
I. 

?• 

T. 

I 


.39. 


Saptin 
Sapy.... 
Sapy.... 
Saragossa 
Saranga  . 
Sarano  . . 
Saransk  . 
Sarapoole 
Sarasoo.. 
Saratoga . 
Saratov .. 

Saratov 

Sarawan 

Saiayacu 

Sardinia  

Sardinia 

Saree  .^ 

Sarepta 

Sargasso 

Sarnou  Keim . 

Sarigon 

Sariguan 

Same 

Saminas |Tr. 

Barp^  

Sorter  J  Ourei 
Sartarinov IT. 


T. 

Km 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Sea 

T. 

T. 

I. 


R. 
T. 


Mexico 

Mexico 

Boenoa  Ayres 

CUli 

China 

CfaiU 

Omguay 

New  Grenada.. 

Spain 

FVirtugal 

Mexico 

N.  Pacific  Oc. 
Booth  Carolina. 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Buenos  Ayres . 

Chili 

Eqnador 

New  Grenada  . 
New  Grenada.. 

Buenos  Ayres  . 

Spain 

Brazil 

Spain i, 

Axchipclago. . . 

Brazil 

Florida 

Mexico 

Hayti 

Mozambique 
BuanoB  Ayres 

Russia 

Oregon  Ter. . 
Sumbava  . . . 
Malaysia  . . . 

Spain 

Malaysia ... 

Afi-ica 

Russia 

Russia 

Tartaiy  .... 
Now  York .. 

Russia 

Russia 

Beloochistan  . 

Peru 

Italy 

Mediterran.  Sea 

Persia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Atlantic  Ocean 
Mantchooria  . . 

Cambodia 

Polynesia 

Africa 

Booth  America 
Asiatic  Rnaaia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Norway 


K 


F« 
Fa 

II 
HI 

Bf 
HI 
II 

H! 

Le 

Ee 

^« 
6e 

Ef 

e 

Hk 

HI 

Oi 

Hh 

Gh 

Hk 
Ld 

Jy 

Ld 
No 
Ik 
Gf 
Ee 
Hff 

oj 

Hk 

Nb 

Ed 

Ti 

Ti 

Ld 

Uh 

k« 
Oc 

Po 

Qd 

Hd 

Pr, 

F 

Qf 


Md 

Pe 

Od 

Je 

Ud 

?l 
f,' 

Od 
Rb 
Qb 
Mb 


I 


- 

K 

1 

r« 

1 

r« 

Ayraa.l 

[I 

1 

11 

If 



11 

T 

11 

enada.. 


n 

a 

[je- 

Be 

ificOc. . 

Ef 

:!arolina. 

Ue 

Bf 

■■••••■ 

Ee 

Ayrea . 

Hk 

HI 

>r 

Oi 

Hh 

renada.. 

Oh 

1  Ayrea  . 

Hk 

Ld 

n 

Ld 

clago. . . 

Ne 

Ik 

I 

Gf 

> 

Ee 

ibiqae  . . 

Hff 

2? 

Ayrea.. 

Hk 

Nb 

Ter.... 

Ed 

Ti 

la 

ri 

Ld 

la  . . . . 

Uh 

Lr 

Oc 

Pc 

r 

Qd 

Hd 

Pr,  ! 

P       t 

listan  .. 

Qf  t. 

r  ;  I- 

'.'..'.'.'.'.lr..^.'i 

Mtl 

Pe 

Od 

lOcean 

Je 

ooria  .. 

Ud 

la 

T» 

ia 

I' 



K( 

merica 

Ii 

Rwaia. 

Od 

Rosua. 

Rb 

Ruiaia. 

Qb 

Mb 

OONBULTUrO  IKDEX 


M 


,ttHiem,f. 


Rarvteheff 

Sauatohawan . . 
Saekatchawan  . . 

SaMari 

SaUlia 

SdUlia 

S^tara 

SdUafactioo..... 

SaQna  ...... 

SauItdeSt.  ..U  J 

Saamarri 

SauB  !c»  J 

Sannder'. . .. 
^  \>uidenonahot> 
H  .M     


Pk. 
Dii. 
R. 
T. 

i- 

T. 


i", 


b  irau • 

Savannah  . . . .   . 

Savannah  

Savanna  la  Mar. 

Save 

Savona  

Savonol 

Ravoy  

Sawarcama  . . . . 
SazeCoburjr.lS. 
Saxe  Gotha..l4. 
Saze  Weimar  13 

Saxony  

Saya  de  Malha.. 

Sayanik  

Sayansk  

Sayor  

Saypan  

Sbica. 

Soanderoon 

Scarboro 

Soarboro  

Scarborough*!  . . 

Soarbro 

Scarcies 

Soarpanto  

Scatari 

Soela  Balando . . 

Schamer 

P'''»T»k ........ 


.  :.aniU 

Schenectady... . 
Schetchmaa  . . . . 

Sohewhap 

Sohiacha 

Sehiaahkotan . . . 

Sehiatam    

Schirinki 

Schiaehanareff . . 

Schitka 

Schliaielbiug . . . 

Schoneck 

Sehoo^ 

Schoomaghii . . . 


la 

a 
i. 

L 
L. 

9- 

T. 
R. 
T. 
T. 

g,. 

D. 

D. 

O.D 

Km. 

Bk. 

mL 

la. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Mt 

Sh. 

R. 

L 

L 

Pr. 

Mt 

L 

T. 

C 


Nova  Zembia. . 
Brit  America  . 
Btit  America  . 

Sardinia 

Aaiatio  Turkey 
Aaiatio  Turkey 
Hindooatan  .. 

Miatralaaia... 

A  I'.bia 

r-,>;r  Canada 

fi  .u  America 
New  Zealand. 
Falkland  Is.. . 
Greenland  . . . 
Malaysia . . . 
Polynesia. ... 
Brit  America 

Oeorria 

HayU 

Jamaica 

Auatrla 

Sardinia 

Persia 

Europe 

Missouri  Ter.  . 

Germany 

Germany ..... 
Gksmany...... 

Gormanv 

Indian  Ocean.. 
Anatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Bar  of  Bengal. 

Pdynesia 

Arabia 

Syria 

gland 

Tobago 

Polynesia 

Malaysia 

Sene^ambia... 
Archipelaga .. . 
Cape  Bnton 


Pa 

Ec 

Ee 

Md 

Oc 

Oe 

Q 


ocnouien's 


L. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

Bay 

R.' 

T. 

I 


2J^   I     tkmm  «/  FhiT,  >». 


*5 

5 


P 
6 
Ha 

Xm 
Hn 
la 

Fc 
Oe 

Md 
Pf 
Md 
Fd 
Mc 
Mc 
Mo 
Me 

?j 
Sc 

<Bc 

Sh 

Sf 

Oe 
Lo 

Hjr 

Xh 

T 

L 

iNe 
Id 


Bengnela M  j 


Arabia O  e 

Australasia  . . .  W  i 

Austria N  d 

New  York....  Hd 

Russia P  b 

Oragwi  Tor.  . .  E  o 

Barca.. Nf 

Kurile  Islands.  W  d 

Thibet S  f 

Kurile  Islands.  Wc 
Nwth  America  JA  b 
Asiatic  Russia    T  c 

Russia      Ob 

Pmaaia iN  c 

Polynesia iWh 

North  America  IB  o 
V.DiemRn'BLd.|Vm 


Sohonten'b  . 
Seiiwerht  . . 

SdUy 

Soilly 

Scio 

Scopia 

Sooresby .. . 

Scoresby's !Sot 

ScoresOT's  Land  'Cly. 
Scodand Km 


I. 

i': 

Is. 

I. 

T. 

•c. 


ScoUs. 

Scott's Ila.' 

Rf. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

Bk. 

L 

L 

L 

Pt 

C. 

L. 

Is. 

£ 

la. 
L 


Auntralaala . . . 
Mecklenourg . 

Kngland 

1  'olynesia .... 
Archipelago.' 

Tiirkoy 

Brit  America 
OtMnland  ... 
Greenland  . . . 
Cheat  Britain . 
Bay  Otegon  Ter. 


Scott's 

Scutari  .... 
Scutari .... 
Sdorovskoie 
Seafbrth  . . . 
Sea  Horse.. 
Sea  Horse.. 
Sea  Horse.. 
Sea  Horse.. 
Sea  Horse.. 

Seal 

Seal 

Seal 

Seal 

Seal 

Sea  Lions.. 

Scab 

Sea  of  Azov 

Seara Pr. 

Scan... Cy. 

Searle IC. 

Sebaldine Is. 

Sebastian <C 

Sebastian  Lopes. 'L 
SebostianVascaino  Bay 
Sebenico T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 


R. 
L 
L 


Sebez  

Sebha , 

SeUia  Reua  . . . , 

Somehow 

Seohura 

Seokoo , 

Second  ....,.: 
Second  Volcano .  ,— 

Sedang T. 

Seddon p. 

Sedfrwick 'Mt 

Sediaga R. 

T. 
Dis. 

ay. 

Sea 


See 

Segedden . 
Seger  . . . . 
Seger  . . . . 
Seghalien. 
Seghalien . 
Seghalien 
Hotun  .■ 
Sego 

— a  *-*-'"" 

Seguro  . 


Oula 


Otegon  Ter.. 
Aurtralaaia  . 
Aaiatic  Turkey 

Turkey 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 
Sooresb^'s  Ld.. 

Malaysia 

Sf^tabergen  . . . 
G^tsbergen  . . . 
^tsbergen  . . . 
Sirit  America . 
Aaiatic  Rusaia. 
Brit  America 

Labrador 

Brit  America  . 
Nova  Scotia . . . 
Falkland  Is.. . . 
Spitsbergen  . . . 

Rusaia 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brit  America  . 
Falkland  Is.. . . 
Madagascar... 

Polynesia 

Mexico 

Austria 

Russia 

Fczzan 

Algiers 

Ouna 

Peru ... 

Little  Thibet .. 
Madagascar.. . 

Polynesia 

Borneo 

Greenland  .... 
Brit  America  . 

Russia 

Rusaia 

Africa 

Arabia 

Arabia 

Asia 
AaU 


T. 

as* 

Pr. 


Mantchooria 
Africa 


Brazil , 


VI 
Me 

Ld 

Bj 
No 
Nd 
Fa 

Ka 
Ka 
Lo 
De 
Dc 

Uj 

Nd 

Nd 

Ra 

Ka 

Tf 

Na 

Na 

Nk 

Ob 

V* 

Re 

lo 

^e 

Hd 

In 

Na 

Od 

3i 

Ji 

Hb 

Hn 

Vt 

Ef 

Nd 

Ne 

Nf 

Me 

Tf 

61 

Re 

Ok 

Vf 

Th 

la 

Cb 

Pb 

Ob 

Mf 

I' 

y% 

Vd 

Ud 

hg 

AO 
Jj 


.3*. 


\'.''  r.'n'fw  •'["  V"' 


■"PPI 


■H 


B« 


^Pftpppnp 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


odlao^ta. 


L- 


SehouiCuni.... 

Sehwon 

Seine 

Seittan , 

Sejinmessa . . . . . 
Seiinmesaa . . . . . 

SeUe , 

Selboe 

Selefkeh 

Selema 

Selemskoi 

Solontai 

Selenti 

Sciime 

Selinga 

Selinga 

Scliaginsk 

Sellach 

SeUempore 

ScU«rood 

Semancelha  . .  ■  ■ 

Semcr 

Serabewghew.  •  • 

Sembo 

Semenoffskoy... 

Semenov 

Semeva 

SemiarBkoe 

Seminoles 

Semi  OstroT  .. . . 
Semi  Palatyne . . 
Semi  Polotskaya 
Semisoposhnoi  • . 

Semitsoti 

Semlin 

Sona 

Sena 

Se-nan 

Senegal 

Senegal 

Senugambia . . . . 

Se>ngan 

Senr  Miaoee.... 

Senhora 

Scnien 

Senxemi 

Senlis 

Senna 

Senna - . . . 

Sennaar  

Sennaar 

Sonnerut 

Sena 

Senta 

Sentinel 

Separation 

Seppinga 

SepplngB 

Scrajcvo 

i>36runip0i6 

Sorar 


am. 


Tr. 
T. 
R. 
Pr. 

^'- 

T. 
I. 
T. 

R. 
L. 
R. 
T. 

Sta. 

R. 

R. 

&■ 

T. 

^y 
T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T, 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

Gov. 

T. 

Cy. 

Col. 

R. 

Cty. 

S: 

Bay 
I. 
R. 
T. 

9: 

Die. 

?• 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Pt 

C. 

C. 

T. 


Patagonia 
Sinde  .... 
France  . . 
Cabul .... 
Barbary . . 
Barbary  .. 
Arabia  . . . 
Norway  . . 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia . 

Tartary 

Asiatic  Turkey 

Africa 

Mongolia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Brit.  America  . 

Brazil 

Asiatic  Rossia. 

Birmah 

Congo 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia . 
Asiatic  Russia . 

Florida 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia . 
Alcoutian  Arc. . 
Aleoutian  Arc. . 

Austria 

Africa 

Afozambiquo  . . 

China 

Africa 

Scnegambia  • . . 
Afirica ........ 

China 

China 

Bolivia 

Norway 

Mantchooria  . . 

France 

Persia 

Russia 

Nubia 

Nubia 

Greenland  . . . 

France 

Buenos  Ayrcs 
Ba^  of  Bengal 
Brit  America 
Brit.  America 
North  America 
Turkey  ... 


■aC 


IIIIIIUUUSUUI 

Hindoostan 


Hm 

Qf 

Md 

Qe 

Le 

Le 

Of 

Mb 

Oe 

Ta 

Ta 

Qc 

Oe 

Of 

Sd 

To 

Tc 

Vb 

Rf 

Db 

li 

Wb 

Sf 

Mi 

Ua 

Oc 

Pe 

Qb 

Gf 

Ob 

Re 

Re 

Xc 

Xc 

Nd 

Oj 
Oj 
Tf 

Kfi: 

Tf 

Tf 

Hk 

Nb 

Vo 

Md 

Po 

No 

R» 

Off 
lb 
Md 
Hk 

II 

Fa 
Ab 
Nd 
n  I 
Rg 


Vimmot?btm,kc. 


Serchucha  . 
Serdobol . . . 
Serdze  Kamen . . 
Sereana.... 

Sereth 

Sereth 

Sergatch  ... 
Sergbeisk . . 
Sergiev .... 
Sergippe . . . 
Sergippe  del  Rcy 
Seringapatam 
Seringapatam 
Scrinpale  . . . 

Seritza 

Serjaika  .... 

Series 

Sermatta... . 
Sermonoua  . . 

Seroa 

Scrouge  .... 

Serpa 

Serramobim  . 
Serranilla .... 

Serreek 

Serro  Borborema 
SerroCubutam.. 
Seiro  Estrondo . . 
Serro  Hibiapaba 

Serroor 

Serro  Tabatinga 
Serro  Tromtm  . . 

Seruk 

Servia 

Sesters 

Se-tching 

Setcoel 

Setia 

Settee 

Settee 

Setting 

SenheTipar  ..... 

Sevanoe  

Sevastopol 

Seven  

Seven  

Seven  

Seven  Stones  . . . 

Severn 

Severn 

Severn 

Severn 

Sevilla 

Seville 

Soychello 

Seychelles 

Seychelles 

Shabee 

Shackleton 


CtauL 


Shadrbi. 


C. 

T. 

C. 

la. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

Cy. 

Sh. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

C. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Mts 

Mts. 

Mts. 

Mts 

T. 

Mts 

Mts 

T. 

Pr. 

R. 

?■ 

f. 

Dis. 

T. 

L. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

Is. 

Is. 

Is. 

Rks 

Dis. 

Ft 

Ha 

R. 

Pt 

?'• 

Is. 
Bk. 
T. 
C. 

n. 
1. 

T. 


taitta. 


Rossia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Caribbean  Sea . 

Austria 

Turkey 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Hindoostan  . . 
Australasia . . . 
Senegambia .. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia 
Polynesia .... 
Malaysia  .... 
Greenland  . . . 
Malaysia  .... 
Hindoostan  .. 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Caribbean  Sea 
Persia 


Brazil 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Syria 

Turkey 

Lil>eria 

China 

Polynesia 

Candia 

Africa 

Africa 

Brit  America  . 

Asia 

Norway 

Russia 

Russia 

Polynesia 

Lower  Canada. 
Jan  Mayen  Is.. 
Brit  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 

Cuba 

Spain 

Indian  Ocean.. 
Indian  Ocean.. 
Indian  Ocean.. 

Arabia 

Greenland  . . . . 


UL 


Pb 
Ob 
Ab 

Gg 
Nd 
Nd 
Po 
Pc 
Pc 

u 

Ta 

Cj 

Ui 

Jb 

Ui 

Rf 

li 

Ji 

?F 

Ji 
Ik 

I' 

Oe 

Nd 

Lh 

Tf 

Wh 

Ne 

Mi 

Mi 

Fc 

Qh 

Mb 

Od 

Ob 

Wh 

He 

La 

Go 

Go 

Fo 

Go 

Gg 

Lo 

Pi 

Pi 

PI 

Pf 

la 


iiindoostan  . . .  U4  e 
Asiatic  Russia.  Q  0 


■::;•#.■,:■«'■-•-;,"■  '  r ■■■y^- \ri: -  ^ -f  ■  ;■-;-■-«■,-■'■  :.>.7-v 


CONSCLTINO  INDEX 


9? 


Humttntm,**. 


Shaq> 

Shalirood 

Shakn 

ShaUuraTo 

SbBlkw 

Shallow 

Shamatawa  .  • . . 

Shamba 

Shamo 

Shanagur  

Shanday  

Sbangalla 

Shong'hae 

ShangPeoan ... 

Shangra 

ShaDnon  •••.•■• 

Shannon 

Shanae 

Shantebon 

Shantung 

Shantung 

Shark's 

Sharma. 

Sharhaa 

Sliarra 

Sfaarrock 

Shary 

Shat-ul  Arab..!. 

Shavli 

Shawnee 

Shawneeli 

Shawpore ..... 

Shayuk 

Sheb 

She&r 

Sheffield . . 

Sheibon 

Shelburne 

ShelUr 

SheWook's  .... 

Shendy  

Shenkoursk  . . . 

Shenae 

Sherbro 

Sherbrook 

SherdofF's 

Sheri  Subz  .... 

Shershell 

Shetion's 

Shethawney . . . 

Shetland 

Shibam 

Shienne 

Shiennea 

Shih.poo 

Shikarpore . . . 

Shikanga 

SUlkanokoi . . . 

ShiUuka 

Shinlen 

Ship 


ClMi. 


a 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Pt 

R. 

R. 

Dei 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

\ 

Tr. 

R. 

I. 

Pr. 

T. 

Pr. 

C. 

Bay 

T. 

Tr. 

Tr. 

Mt. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

R. 

Sta. 

T. 

Bay 

T. 

C. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

L. 

la. 

T. 

R. 

Tr. 

9: 

T. 
T. 

T. 
Ch. 


Japui ..;.... 

Peraia 

Arabia • 

Ajdatic  Russia 
Anstralasia  . . 
Seghalien.... 
Brit  America 

M  elinda 

Mongolia .... 
Asiatic  Roasia 

Japan. 

Abyssinia.... 

China 

Mantchooria  . 

Africa 

Ireland 

Northern  Ocean 

China 

Siam 

China  ... 

China 

New  Holland , 

Arabia 

Missouri  Ter. 
Mongolia  .... 
Brit  America 

Soudan  

Arabia 

Russia 

Illinois 

Missouri  Ter. 
Hindoostan  .. 
Little  Thibet . 

AiHca 

Arabia 

Brit  America 

AfHca 

Nova  Scotia .. 

Algiers 

Mexico 

Nubia 

Russia 

China  .. ..... 

Sanegambia .. 
Nova  Scotia. . . 
Polynesia . 
Great  Bucharia 

Algiers  

Polynesia .... 
Brit  America 

Scotland 

Arabia 

Missouri  Ter. 
Missouri  Ten 

China 

SiBde 

AfHoa 

Asiatic  Russia 

Iniriua 
Tonquin 
Babanias  .... 


RaC 


Vd 
Pe 
Of 
Wb 

5J 
Vc 

Fc 

Oi 

Sd 

V» 

Ve 

Og 
Ue 
Ud 
Nj 
Lo 
Ka 
Te 

l« 
To 

Ue 

Tk 

P«r 

Fd 
Sd 
Gc 

?f 

No 
6e 
Fe 
Rf 
Re 
Of 
Of 
Hb 

Og 
Hd 
Me 

Ef 

SE 

Te 
Lh 
Hd 

Qe 
Me 
Xi 
Fo 
Lo 

l« 

Fd 

Fd 
Uf 

Qf 

Nk 
Vo 

T? 
Gf 


IbMt  at  riMi^  Im. : 


Ship 

Shipako  . . . 
Shippegan  . 

Shiraz. 

Shire 

Shirreff. . . . 

Shirvan 

Shoal 

Shoal  Haven.... 
Shoal  Water.... 

Shoban  

Shoomaee 

Shoshones 

Shourlong 

Shouya 

Showy 

Shrewsbury  . . . . 

Shumla 

Shun-te 

Shurali 

Shurukhs  

Shuster 

Siak 

Siak 

Sialutok 

Siam 

Siam 

Siam 

Siang-yang 

Siono 

Siao... ......... 

Siapia  . ... . .. .. 

Siattoke 

Sibb 

Siberia  

Sibicia 

Sibilleta 

Sibungoo 

Sicasica 

Sichoui 

Sicily 

Sickly 

Sicuana 

Sidby 

Sidmouth 

Sidney 

Sidney 

Sidney's 

Sidon 

Sidra 

Sienega 

Sienna 

Sierra  Aricua. . . 
Sierra  Chappuda 
Sierra  de  Acho.. 
Sierra   de   laa 

Grullas 

SierradelosMim. 

bres 

Sierra  Leone  . . . 
Sierra  Madro  . . . 


Clan. 


L 
T. 
L 

c 

Pr. 

?' 

L. 

Sta. 

R. 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cy. 

?: 

T. 

Dis. 

T. 

L 

Cty 

T. 

G. 

I. 

R. 
I. 

T. 

Cty 

T. 

T. 

Dis. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

Cv. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

I. 

Is. 

T. 

G. 

T. 

T. 

Mts 

Mto, 

Mts. 

Mto. 

Mts. 
Col. 
Mto 


Africa 

N.  Brunswick  . 

Peraia 

Africa 

Sooth  Shetland 
Aaiatio  Russia. 
New  S.  Wales . 
New  S.  Wales  . 
Brit  America  . 

Barca 

Birmah 

Oregon  Ter.... 

Thibet 

Russia 

Soudan 

England 

Turkey 

China 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Peraia... .. ...iQe 


M 


Persia 

Sumatra 

Sumatra 

Greenland  ... 

Ama 

Siam 

Siam.. 

China . 

Russia 

Malaysia .... 

Brazil 

Brit  America 
Bdoochistan  . 

Asia 

Barbary 

Mexico .... . . . 

Borneo  

Bolivia 

Corea 

Mediterran.  Sea 
Oregon  Ter.  . 
South  Peru... 

Russia 

News.  Wales 
New  S.  Wales 
Polynesia. . . . 
Polynesia .... 

Syria 

Mediterran.  Sea 
New  Grenada.. 

Tuscany 

Guinea 

Brazil 

Mexico 


Mexico . 

Mexico . 
Africa- 
Mexico  . 


P« 

Sh 
Bh 
Jb 

Te 
Ob 
Uh 
Hh 
Gb 
Qf 
Tb 
Lf 
Ee 
Ti 

Ui 

Me 

Ed 

Si 
V. 

Ai 
Ai 
Oe 

N« 

Hg 
Md 
Ih 

Ee 

Ee 

Be 
Lh 
Bf 


f 


i 


N 


it    ; 


HH 


96 


CONSULTINO  INDEX. 


RnMornHaita^ 


Siflm  Verde.... 
SiemVuIcan... 

SicTBk 

Siftna 

Sighmen 

Sihon  .........' 

Si  Kiang 

SikirUk 

Sikki 

Sikkim 

Bikni 

Sikoke 

Silan 

Sileda 

Silhet 

Silimpdi 

Silipica 

Silittria 

Silivria 

SiUa 

Silova 

Stiver 

Silver  Kays  .... 

Simari 

Simbinik....38. 

Simbirsk 

Simeoe 

Simimo  ....... 

Simla  .: 

Simo 

Simpang 

Simpheropol... . 

Simpson 

Simpson 

Simpson's 

Simpson's 

Sinai 

Sinaloa 

Sinaloa 

Sinoaporo 

Sinoapore 

Sinoapore 

Sindal 

Sinde 

Sindfl  ......... 

Sinde 

Sines 

Si-n^an 

Sinhoa 

Sinia 

fiiniaveiw 

Sinjar  

Sin-kae  

EUnkel 

Sinkesa 

Sinnamari 

Sinope 

Siolka, 

Sion 

SlOUt 

Sioux 


Mts. 

Mts. 

T. 

Tr. 

C. 

R. 

R. 

L. 

^• 
T. 

T. 

L 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

Sh. 

Vol. 

Pr. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Ft 

R. 

I. 

Is. 

Mt 

St. 

St 

T. 

L 

Ch. 

Cty. 

R. 

R. 

C. 

9: 

R. 
C. 
T. 

9: 

I. 

T. 

Ct. 

Mt 

T. 


Mexico 

Buenos  Ayres . 

Russia 

MoDgolia .... 

Icelimd 

Tartary 

China 

Tartary 

Arabia 

Hindoostan  . . 

Guiana 

Japan 

Mexico 

Sumatra 

Hindoostan  -. . 
Mantchooria . 
Buenos  Ayres 

Turkey 

Turkey 

Africa 

Russia 

Polynesia. . . . 
Bahamas  .... 
Buenos  Ayres 

Russia 

Russia  ...... 

Upper  Canada  . 
Asiatic  Russia 
Hindoostan  .. 

Russia 

Sumatra 

Russia  t 

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Arabia 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Asia 

Sinoapore  I. . . . 

Asia 

Asia 

Asia 

Sinde  

Kaschgur 

Portugal 

China 

Cochin  China.. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Seghalien 

Asiatic  Turkey 

China 

Sumatra 

Malaysia ...   . 

Guiana ....... 

Asiatic  Turkey 

Mongolia 

Switzerland . . . 

ypt 

isconsin  Ter. 


Bit 


^2 


Ed 
HI 
Oc 

Se 
Kb 
Qd 
Tf 

Qd 
Pf 
Rf 
Ih 
Ue 
Gf 
i 

Sf 
Uc 
Hk 
Nd 
Nd 

Sf 

Xe 

Hf 

Hk 

Pc 

Pc 

6d 

Wa 

Re 

Nb 

Si 

Od 

Db 

Dc 

Ah 

Xh 

Of 

Ef 

Ef 

Sh 

Sh 

Sh 

Qh 

Qf 

Qf 

Qe 

Le 

Te 

ll 

Vd 

Oo 

Ue 

Sh 

Si 

Ih 

Oe 

Td 

Md 

or 

Fd 


ItaMi  or  FbMt,  te. 


Sioux 

Sipalay 

Siparbonee .... 

Sir 

Sir&Killa 

SiraMouren... 
SiraPouriton.. 

Sir  Bibys 

Fire 

Sir  Ed.  PeUews 

Siret  

Sir  6.  Clerk's.. 
SirG.Cockburn's 

Sirgoojah 

Sirruntchi  .... 

Sirnind 

Sir  H.  Martin's 

Sirohi 

Sisal  

Sisal  

Sisters 

Sisters 

Sitchevsk 

Sitka 

Sitka 

Sitoe 

Sitomlia 

Siutei 

Siverna 

Siwah 

Siwas 

Sizeboli 

Skagen 

Skagen 

Skager  Rack  .  • 

Skalholt 

Skara 

iSkaw 

Skedatskoi .... 

Skelleft 

Skeleflea 

Skeoch  

Skiddy's 

Skiddy's 

Skin  Lodge  . .  ■ 
Skioerstad  .... 

Skopin  • 

Skougsoe 

Skvira 

Sky- 

Sla 

Slave.... 

Sleeve 

Sleswiok 

Sligo 

SUne 

Slipper  Table.. 
Slobodskoya ... 

Slonym 

Smoky 

Small 


R. 
T. 
R. 
R. 
T. 
R. 
T. 
I. 

^^• 
Gr. 

Bay 

Bay 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

9: 

Bk. 
Is. 
I. 
T. 
Is. 
I. 
C. 
T. 
C. 
R. 
.  Cy. 

9: 

T. 

C. 

Str. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Bay 

Or. 

Sh. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

&■ 

Str. 

9: 

Hd. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

I. 


Wisconsin  Ter. 

Nenos 

Guiana 


Tartary 

Cabul 

Mantchooria  . 
Mongolia.... 
Brit  America 

Abyssinia 

Australasia... 
Asiatic  Russia 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Hindoostan  .. 
Mongolia ..... 
Hindoostan  .. 
Polynesia .... 
Hindoostan  ■ . 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Arabian  Sea.. 
S.  Pacific  Oc.. 

Russia 

North  America 
North  America 
Spitsbergen  . . . 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Barca 

Asiatic  Turkey 

Turkey 

Denmark 

Iceland 

Denmark 

Iceland 

Sweden 

Denmark 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Sweden 

Sweden 

Brit.  America  . 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Missouri  Ter.  . 

Norway 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Scotland 

Morocco 

Brit  America  . 

Denmark 

Denmark 

Ireland 

Ireland 

Bay  of  Bengal. 


Fd 
Uh 
Ih 
Qd 
Qe 
Ud 
Sd 
Fb 
Of 

Vb 

Eb 

Fb 

Rf 

Se 

Re 

Ci 

Qf 
Gf 
Ff 

Am 

Oc 

Co 

Cc 

Ma 

Oo 

Vb 

Ub 

Nf 

Oe 

Nd 

Mc 

Kb 

Mo 

Kb 

Mc 

Mo 

Sc 

Nb 

Nb 

Ob 

Wh 

Vh 

Ed 

Mb 

Oc 

Nb 

Nd 

Lo 

Le 

Eb 

Mc 

Mc 

Lo 

Lo 

8g 


Russia P  0 

No 
Wl 
Af 


Russia 

New  S.  Wales 
N.  Pacific  Oc. 


lonsin  Ter.  I 

fd 

OB I 

Jh 

na 1 

h 

vy < 

id 

A ( 

ie 

tcbooria  . .  I 

Jd 

grolia.....£ 

}d 

America  .  J 

Pb 

Minia * 

^<f 

ralasia....  ^ 

Vj 

tic  RuRsia.  ^ 

Wh 

America  • 

Bb 

America  .  ] 

Vh 

loostan  . . . 

Rf 

golia 

3e 

loostan  ■ . . 

Re 

nesia 

Oi 

dooetan  ■  ■  • 

Qf 

ico 

Of 

Ff 

bian  Sea.>> 

PR 

Am 

sia 

Oc 

Cc 

th  America 

Co 

Ma 

eia 

Oo 

itic  Russia. 

Vc 

itic  Russia. 

Ub 

Nf 

itic  Turkey 

Oe 

key 

Nd 

mark 

Mo 

and 

Kb 

mark 

Mc 

uid 

Kb 

den 

Mc 

mark 

Mc 

itic  Russia. 

So 

den 

Nb 

den 

Nb 

,  America  . 

Gb 

nesia 

Wh 

nesia 

Vh 

louri  Ter.  . 

Ed 

iray 

Mb 

lia 

Oo 

lia 

Nb 

lia 

Nd 

land 

Lo 

MSCO 

Le 

America 

Eh 

nark 

Mo 

Mc 

nd 

Lo 

Lo 

of  Bengal 

I' 

la 

Po 

ia 

No 

S.Walea 

.Wl 

acific  Oc 

.  Af 

CONSULTING  INDEX. 


9ff 


HUMOfilMiikte.        CiMi. 


Smaloe 

Smith 

Smith 

Smitli's 

Smith's 

Smith's 

Smith's 

Smoelen 

Smoke 

Smoky    Hill.... 
Smolensk . .  .26. 

Smolensk 

Smooth  Rock .. . 

Smyrna. 

Smyth 

Smyth's 

Snake  

Snake  

Snapper  

Snares 

Sneeuw  Bergen 

Snelltng 

Sncttisham  .... 

Snow 

Snowy  

Snowy 

SnugCorner  Cove 

Soak 

Sobair 

Sobboo  

Society  .... 
Society  .... 
Sockatoo . . . 
Sockna .... 
Socorro .... 
Socorro .... 
Socotra .... 
Socovalo . . . 
Sodankyla  . 
Soderfors  . . 
Soderhamn . 
Sodiya  .... 

Soevig 

So&la  .... 
SoFala  .... 

Sofala 

Sofdo 

Sofin 

Sofostute.. . 
Sohogepore . 

Sohar 

Sohorab. . . . 
Sohnpore  . . 
Soijun  .... 
Soimovnov  . 

Soin 

Soke  Assa  . 
Solander's . . 
Solar 


R. 

C. 

R 

Bay 

So. 

Is. 

I. 

I. 

C. 

Fk. 

Fr. 

&■ 

I. 

Tr. 

R. 

I. 

Is. 

Mt. 

Ft 

Ft 

I. 

MU. 

Mts, 

T. 
Dis. 

Sta. 
Is. 
Is. 
Cy. 

s^- 

T. 


ooidin . 
Soleim 


I. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cty. 

R. 

Bay 

T. 

Dis. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

L 

T. 

I. 

L 

i'. 

T. 


Asiatic  Russia 
Brit  America 
Missouri  Ter. 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Southern  Ocean 
Scoresby's  Ld.. 

Norway 

Africa 

Missouri  Ter... 

Russia 

Russia 

Brit  America  . 
Asiatic  Turkey 
North  America 

Polynesia 

Oregon  Ter.  . . 
Oregon  Ter... . 
News.  Wales. 
Brit  America  . 

Africa 

Wisconsin  Ter. 
North  America 
South  Shetland 
Oregon  Ter.  .. 
New  Zealand. . 
North  America 

Persia 

Barbary 

Bergoo  

Brit  America  . 

Polynesia 

Soudan  

Tripoli 

New  Grenada.. 
N.  Pacific  Oc. . 
Arabian  Sea. . . 

Bcnguela 

Russia 

Sweden 

Sweden 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Norway .... 

Africa 

Mozambique 
Mozambique 
Norway  .... 

Celebes 

Africa 

Hindoostan  . 

Arabia 

Beloochiston 
Hindoostan  . 
Mantchooria 
Seghalien... 
Polynesia. . . 

Suse 

Australasia  . 
Malaysia  ... 
Prussia.., ,. 
Norway  .... 


tut 


Ua 

Gb 

Fo 

Db 

6a 

Ho 

Ka 

Mb 

Ok 

Fe 

Oc 

Oc 

Ho 

No 

Ba 

Xg 
Ed 
Ed 

li 

Fa 

Nl 

Fd 

Do 

Hd 

Ee 

Xm 

Cb 

Pe 

Le 

N« 

Fb 

Bj 

Mg 

Nf 

Hh 

Eg 

Pi 
Mi 
Nb 
Nb 
Nb 
Sf 
Mb 

Oj 
Ok 

Ok 

Mb 

Ui 

Me 

Rf 

Pf 

Qf 

Rf 

Vd 

Vd 

Vh 

Lf 

Xm 

Ui 

No 

Mb 


Solenoe 

Sol  Galitskaya .. 

Solianoi 

Soliharask 

Solitary 

Solo  Karte 

Sokimbo 

Solomon's 

Solomon's 

Solomon's 

Soiovebkoi 

Solsogan 

Solt 

Sol  Vitchegodsk 

Solway 

Somanlies 

Somberete 

Sombokbut 

Sombrero 

Somer 

Sompil 

Sondre  Grande. . 

Sondrevalle 

Songari 

Songari  Oula  . . . 
Songa  Songa  . . . 

Songora  

Sonno 

Sonmeanee 

Sonmeanee 

Sonora 

Sonora 

Sonsonate 

Soohoy '. . 

Sooka  Congo  . . . 

Suolimana 

Sooloo 

Sooloo 

Sobngaria 

Soor 

Soosoo 

Sophia 

Sophia 

Soposhna 

Soposhna 

Sorat 

Sorata 

Soratchie 

Sorell 

Sorelle 

Soroe 

Soroto , , . . 

Sorotbanga 

Sorsele 

Sotimola 

Sosnovetz 

SosnoTskoe 

Sosva 

Sothin  ,...,  =  =  =  . 
Soto  do  la  Marina 
Sou 


Mt 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L 

T. 

L 

Is. 

Arc. 

Fk. 

Is. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Fth 

Peo. 

T. 

T, 

L 

Is. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

St 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cty. 

Aro 

I. 

ay. 

T. 
T. 

5f 

T. 

R. 

C. 

Mt 

T. 

C. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 


I. 
T. 
R. 

T. 

T. 


Ro 
Oc 
To 
Pc 

Ti 
Ti 

Qi 

Wi 

Fe 

Ob 

Vg 

Nd 

Pb 

Lo 

Oh 

Ff 

Sg 

Hg 

He 

Sf 

Cj 

Mb 

V4 

Ud 

Oi 

Sh 

Ml 

Qf 

Qf 

Ef 

Ef 

Of 

Xb 

Mi 

Lh 

Uh 

Uh 

Rd 

Pf 

Sh 

Nd 

Oo 

Wc 

Wo 

Me 

SJ 

To 
Vm 
Hd 

Ni 
Sd 
Sd 
Nb 
Nb 
Ob 
Asiatic  Russia.  R  o 


Tartary 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia 

Russia « 

Polynesia 

Java 

Malaysia  .... 
Indian  Ocean. 
Australasia... 
Missouri  Ter.. 

Russia 

Luzon 

Austria 

Russia 

Scotland 

Africa 

Mexico 

Cambodia.... 
West  Indies. . . 
Atlantic  Ocean 

Thibet 

Polynesia 

Norway 

Mantchooria  . . 
Mantchooria  . . 
Indian  Ocean.. 

Malaya 

Congo , 

Beloochistan  . . 
Beloochistan.. . 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Guatemala  .... 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Congo 

Africa 

Malaysia 

Malaysia 

Asia 

Arabia 

Sumatra 

Turkey 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Tunis 

Bolivia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
V.  Diemen's  Ld. 
Lower  Canada. 

Norway 

Mongolia 

Mongolia 

Sweden 

Russia 

Russia 


Asiatic  Russia . 


Mexico . 
Persia. . 


Qb 

TT   -1 

XJ  u 

F 
P 


^^mmm'.n  itiL'mKifSSrmfmfifi 


^SmBmsm 


11 


100 


CX)N8(JLTIIiG  INDEX. 


,ainmm,»». 


Sonadou  AtoUon 

Soobotina 

Soao 

Souchoff 

Soaohoy  

Sou-chovr ...   . 

Sottohow 

Soachukale 

Soadan 

Soudeiskoe 

Soado|fda 

Sonichout 

Soui-chow 

SoukhoroukovBko 

Soukouo  

Sookouni'kale 

Soulima 

^oulraene 

Soaloudenaia . . . 
Soumoitrov  .... 

SounoT  > 

Soumy 

Soapoa  

aoar 

Sourabaya 

Soare 

Soorman. ...... 

Sooth 

South 

Sonth 

South 

South 

South    

South 

South 

Southampton  k . . 
Southampton  . . 
South  Arran. . . . 
South  Branch.. . 
South  Branch .. . 
South  Branch  . . 

South  Cape 

South  Carolina.. 

South  East 

Southeast 

South  East 

Southern 

Southern  Alps 


L 

T. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

9^- 

Cty. 
T. 
T. 
T. 

?. 

L. 

:.9: 

Bay 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L. 


Southern  Auatralia  Cty, 
Southern  Gieorgia 
Southern  Thule . 
South  Greenland  Cty 
South  Hook  . . . .  C. 
South  Hook  . . . .  C. 
South  Hook  . . . .  C, 
South  Natunaa. .  I. 
South  Orkney  . .  la. 

South  Peru Rep 

South  Poyafi. . . .  Tr. 
iiUi>«k  nsvn*         fr 


Sttuth's . 


L. 

T. 
T. 
T. 

^' 

U. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

Fk. 

C. 

la. 

It. 

R. 

R. 

Ho. 

C. 

St 

Bay 

Ld. 

Pt 

Po. 

Mta. 


Aua 

Aaiatic  Ruasia. 

Thibet 

Nova  Zambia .. 
Nova  Zembla. . 

China 

China 

Aaiatic  Rusaiu. 

Africa 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia. 

Russia 

Mong^a 

China  ...•.••. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Mongolia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Liberia 

Nova  Zembla .. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Russia 

Aaiatic  Russia. 

Mongolia 

Syria 

Java 

Brazil 

Thibet 

iGreenland  .... 
Spitsbergen  . . . 
Falkland  Is.. . . 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Australasia  . . . 
Missouri  Ter.  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 

Ireland 

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
New  Caledonia 
United  States.. 
Greenland  .... 
Spitsbergen  . . . 

Japan  

New  Zealand. . 
New  Zealand. . 
Australasia  • . . 
Southern  Ocean 
Sandwich  Ld. 
Antarctic  Oc 
Jan  Mayen  I. 
Spitsbergen  . . 
Spitsbergen  . . 
alaysia  .... 
Soutliern  Ocean 
South  America 
Patagonia 


Rri<      A 


mAwtna 


Bay  Brit.  America  .  E  b 


Qh 

Qb 

Be 

Pb 

Pa 

Te 

Ue 

Od 

Mg 

Ra 

Oo 

Sd 

Tf 

Qb 

Sd 

Od 

Lh 

Pa 

To 

Ob 

Oo 

Ro 

Sd 

Oo 

Ti 

Ji 

Se 

lb 

Ma 

In 

Vf 

Vf 

v* 

Xj 

Fe 

Gb 

Ob 

Lo 

Do 

Eo 

Eo 

Xk 

6e 

lb 

Na 

Vd 

Xm 

Xm 

VI 

Jn 

Kn 

lb 

La 

Ma 

Na 

Th 

lo 

Hj 
Hm 
a. « 


South  Shetland.. 
South  South  West 
South  Waygat 
South  West  . . 
South  West  . . 
Sotiworoff.... 

Soutel 

Sovel 

Soverek 

Sowallick  .... 

Soyoti 

Spafariefs .... 

^Min 

S|>anberg  .... 

Spandau  

Spanish 

^anish... .. . 

^artan 

^Murtivento  • . . 

Spask  

Spask 

Speaker's  .... 
Speedwell .. . . 

Speight's 

Spencer. 

Spencer 

Spencer's  .... 
Spencer's  .... 

Spice 

Spirido  Nova  . 

Spiti 

Spitsbergen  . . 
Spitsbergen  (West) 

^lit 

Split 

Simkain 

Spokain 

Springfield 

Springfield 

^»>7^. 

Squally 

Squillace 

Sradny  Kolymsk 
Sredny  Novgorod 
Sredny  Villuisk 
Sredny  Yanskoi 

Saida 

Staalbierg 

Stadt-land 

Staotiitns 

Stag 

Stair  

Stall 

Staminberg  .   . 

S  anis 

Stannovoy  ..... 

Stanova 

Stapylton 

Star 


Is. 

Kay 

Str. 

C. 

Pt 

Is. 

T. 

L 

T. 

Mts. 

Tr. 


....  o 
Starbuok's 


CitM. 


Southern  Ocean 
Caribbean  Sea 
Spitsbergen  . . 
V.  Diemen'sLd. 
Lower  Canada. 

Polynoaia 

Brazil 

GulfofTonquin 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Brit.  America 
Asiatic  Russia 


■•t 


lo 

Gg 
Na 
Vm 
Hd 

f! 

li 

Ha 

So 


Bay  North  America 

Cty.  Europe 

I.      Japan 

T.     Prussia 

T.     Jamaica 

Pks.  Mexico 

I.      Polynesia 

C.     Naples 

T.     Russia  ....... 

T.  Asiatic  Russia. 
Bk.  Indian  Ocean .. 
C.     Nova  Zembla. . 

T.     Barbadoes 

C.  North  America 
C.     Brit  America . 

Bay  Africa 

G.     News.  Wales. 
Is.    Malaysia  .... 
T.    Asiatic  Russia. 
Dis.  Little  Thibet . . 
I.     Arctic  Ocean. 
Dis.  Spitsbergen  .  < 
C.     Oregon  Ter..  . 
Ft    Brit  America  . 
R.     Oregon  Ter.    . 
Ho.  Oregon  Ter. .  . 

T.     Illinois 

T.     Missouri ...... 

C.  Nova  Scotia  .  . 
I.      Australasia...  . 

T.     Naples 

T.     Asiatic  Russia. 

T.     Russia 

Cy.  Asiatic  Russia. 
Cy.  Asiatic  Russia. 

'I\     Japan 

C,     Iceland 

C.     Norway 

Tr.  Missouri  Ter... 
Bk.  Indian  Ocean .. 
C.     Brit  America  . 

I.      Sweden 

C.     Russia 

T.     Austria 

Mts.  Asiatic  Russia. 
T.  Asiatic  Ruasia. 
Bay  jBrit  America  . 
Bk.  Indian  Ocean  . 


iftmm 


• .  Gr.   Polynesia  ■ 


Bb 
Ld 
Vd 
Mc 

En 

Wh 

Ne 

Oc 

Pc 

Qi 

Pa 

l« 
Cc 

Fa 

k 

VI 

Ui 

Ra 

Re 

Na 

Ma 

Dd 

Fo 

Ed 

Ed 

Ge 

Fe 

Hd 

Wj 

Ne 

Wb 

Oo 

Ub 

Vb 

Ve 

Kb 

Mb 

Fd 

Pi 

Ha 

Nb 

Oa 

Nd 

Wb 

Qc 

Eb 

Ok 

Bi 


ira  Ocean 
lean  Sea 
ergen  •  • 
unen'aLcL 
r  Canada 
Oflia .... 


ifTonqnin 
ic  Turkey 
A.merica  . 
ic  Russia. 
I  America 

pe 

I 

ia 

ica 

CO 

icaia 

ea • 

ia 

tic  Russia 
in  Ocean . 
L  Zembla. 
adoes  . . . 
h  America 

America  . 
M 

S.  Wales . 
ivBia  .  ■ .  ■ 
Itic  Russia 
•  Thibet . 
ic  Ocean. 

bergen  .  • 

on  Ter. . 

America 
'on  Ter. 
-on  Ter. . 

>ig 

ouri 

Scotia . 

ralasia... 


tic  Russia. 


la 


tic  Russia, 
tic  Russia 


nd 

ray 

ouri  Ter. 
in  Ocean 
America 
Icn 


la 
ria. 


lie  Russia . 
tic  Russia. 
America  . 
Ocean  . 


Bat 
Mi. 

rr 

Gg 
Na 

Vm 
Hd 

f^ 
Sf 

Ha 

Sc 
Bb 
Ld 
Vd 
Mc 

S« 
En 

Wh 

Ne 

Oc 

Pc 

Qi 
Fa 

Ig 
Cc 

Fa 

Mk 

VI 

Ui 

Ra 

Re 

Na 

Ma 

Dd 

Fo 

Ed 

Ed 

Ge 

Fe 

Hd 

Wj 

Ne 

Wb 

Oc 

Ub 

Vb 

Ve 

Kb 

Mb 

Fd 

Pi 

Ha 

Nb 

Oa 

Nd 

Wb 

Qc 

Eb 

Ok 


nesia  < 


■■■■ 


■BMiiii 


OCH^ULTING  INDEX; 


101 


NuMotnacHta. 


Slarbuck's 

Stargard 

Staritza 

Starochantalakoe 
Starotzouroukai' 

louevkoi 

Staroy 

Start  

Staten 

SUten 

Staten 

States    of  tlie 

Church 

Stats  Foreland .. 

Staunton 

Stavanger ...... 

Stavropole 

Stavropole 

Stavum 

Stool 

Steep 

Stellenbosch .... 

Stensele 

Stephens 

Stephens 

Stephens 

Stephens 

Stephens 

Stephenson 

Stettin 

Steubonville  .... 

Stevenson 

Stewart.. 

Stewart 

Steyer 

Stinking  Water^. 

Stockholm 

Stockton 

Stolbovoy 

Stolpe 

Stone 

Stone  Wall 

Stony 

Stor ..... 

Stora 

Stora 

Stordal 

Storko 

Storm 

Strait  of  Pover  . 
Strait  of  Gibraltar 

Strabund 

Strasburg 

Streaky 

Strekatda  . . .  .n  . 

Strelitz 

Strogonov 

Strom 

Strome 

Sirommen 

Strong's 


I. 
T. 
T. 
T. 

T. 

T. 

Pt 

I. 

I. 

Hk. 


Polynesia 

Prussia 

Russia  • 

Aaiatic  Russia. 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Livingston .... 
Patagonia  . . . . 
Kurile  Islands. 
Greenland  .... 


C. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I.  • 

C. 

T. 

L. 

C. 

C. 

I. 

I. 

Po. 

T. 

5f 

C. 

Is. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

?f 

I. 

T. 

R. 

Cr. 

Des. 

L. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

I. 

Bay 


T. 

Cy. 

Bay 

R. 

T. 

Day 

T. 

I. 

T. 

I. 


RtC 


Italy 

Spitsbergen  . . . 

China 

Norway 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Norway 

Eastern  Sea. . . 
New  Holland.. 
Cape  Colony  . . 

Sweden 

New  Zealand. . 
North  America 
Oregon  Ter.... 
Australasia... . 
Falkland  Is.... 

Illinois 

Prussia. 

Ohio 

Scoresby's  Ld. . 
Australasia... . 
Australasia.... 

Austria 

Missouri  Ter. . 

Sweden 

Liberia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Prussia 

Brit  America  . 

Missouri. 

Africa. 

Sweden 

Algiers  

Sweden 

Norway  ...... 

Russia 

V.  Diemen'sLd. 
England . . 


Prussia • 

France 

New  Holland  ■ . 
Asiatic  Russia  < 
Mecklenburg . 

Japan 

Sweden 

Faroe  Islands  . 

Norwoy 

Polynesia 


Bi 
No 
Oc 
Sb 

Td 
Oo 
Ho 
Hm 
Vd 
Jc 

Md 

Na 

Ue 

Mr 

Od 

Pc 

Mb 

Uf 

Tk 

Nl 

Nb 

Xm 

Bb 

Do 

Vi 

Hn 

Fd 

Mc 

Gd 

K^ 

Wi 

Vi 

Md 

Ed 

Nc 

Lh 

Va 

Nc 

Eo 

Ed 

Mf 

Mb 

Me 

Nb 

Mb 

Nb 

Vm 

Mo 

Le 

Mo 

Md 

UI 

Ub 

Mc 

Vd 

Nb 

Lb 

Mb 

Wh 


Stuart 

Stuart 

i  Stuart's 

Btukka 

Sturgeon 

Sturgeon 

Stut^fard  .... 

Suabo  Grande 

Suadiva  AtoUon. 

Suakem  ...    . 

Subzawar .... 

Succadena  ... 

Success 

Suchitepic  . . 

Suchtelen .... 

Suckling  .... 

Sucuru  

Suderoe 

Suenhoa  

Suez 

Suifren 

Sufkowallick . 

Sugaree 

Sugar  Loaf. . . 

Sugar  Loaf. . . 

Suick 

Suifbng 

Suigutoi 

Suipacha 

Sukkertop.... 

Sukkot 

Sulcn 

Sulimania. . . '. 

Sullapilla  .... 

Sulphur 

Sulphur 

Sultania 

Sultin 

Sultus 

Sumasinta  . . . 

Sumatra 

Sumbatikila . . 

Sumbava 

Sumbava 

Sumbhulpore  < 

Sumschu 

Sun&van  

Sunda 

Sunday  

Sunday  

Sundsio 

i  Sundswald  . . . 

Sunflower .... 

SuomuBsalmi  • 

Superior 

Surat 

Suriago 

Suriago 

Surinam 

Surinam 

Surinam 


CUM. 


R. 

L. 

L 

T. 

L. 

L. 

&• 

I. 

?• 

T. 

Bk. 

T. 

Bay. 

C. 

R. 

L 

?: 

Bay 

C. 

T. 

L 

Pt 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Sta. 

T. 

L 

T. 

T. 

L 

I. 

T. 

Pt 

Des. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Str. 

Is. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

L. 

T. 
Is. 

T. 
R. 


Oregon  Ter.  . . 
Brit  America  . 
North  America 

Sose 

Brit  AmeiSea  . 
Brit  America  . 
Wirtemburg  . . 

Africa 

Asia 

Nubia 

Cabul 

Borneo 

Indian  Ocean  . 
Guatemala  .... 

Japan 

North  America 

Brazil 

Faroe  Islands  . 

China 

Bgypt 

antchooria  . . 
Brit  America . 
Liberia .  m  . . . . 
Australasia.... 
St  Helena  .... 
Arabia  .-.  . . .  • 
Mantchooria  . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Bolivia 

Greenland  . . . . 


Norway  .... 
Asiatic  Turkey 
Hindoostan  . 
Polynesia .. . 
Eastern  Sea. 

Persia 

Africa 

Little  Bucharia 

Mexico 

Malaysia 

Africa 

Sumbava  ...... 

Malaysia 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Kurile  Islands. 

Persia 

Malaysia  . . .  < . 
Malaysia  . .  > . . 

Polynesia 

Sweden 

Sweden 

Mississippi. . . . 

Russia 

North  Aroirica 
Hindoostaji  . . . 
Mindanao  .... 

Malaysia 

Guiana 

Guiana 

Guiana 


Do 
Dc 
Bb- 
Lf 
Fd 
Fd 
Md 

Rj 

Qe 
Ti 
Pi 

Fg 
Vd 
Cb 
Ik 
Lb 
Td 
Oe 
Vd 
Ha 
Lh 
XI 

Lj 

Pf 

Ud 

Qb 

Hk 

lb 

Nubia lOf 

Mb 
Oe 

?f 

Uf 
Pe 
Nf 

Rd 

Fg 
1 
Lh 
Ti 
Ti 
Rf 
Wc 
Pe 
Ti 
Si 
Ak 
Nb 
Nb 
Fe 
Nb 
Gd 
Qf 
Uh 

F.ff 

1  n 
lh 
lh 


9* 


103 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


Surra 

Sum 

Sum 

SUBOM 

SUHOZ 

SoMez 

SoHex 

Sutlega 

Sutton  Mill.... 
Sventziana  . . . . 

Sviatk 

Sviatoi 

Sviatoi 

Sviatoi 

Svilamskoy.... 

Svinoe 

Svinoe 

Swains 

Swampy 

Swampy 

Swampy  Lake . 

Swan 

Swan 

Swan  River  . .  ■ 
Swan  River  . .  ■ 

Swan's 

Swearah 

Sweden 

Sweden 

Swedes 

Sweini 

Swia's 

Switserland  . .  ■ 

L'yang 

S}  dney 

Syi^ 

Sylte  Wig 

Sylves 

Syracuse 

Syria 

Syrian 

^ecnuen  . . . . . 

Szegedin 

Szeredna. . . . . . 

Szisakit 


Tabalak  . . . 
Tabarca  . . . 
Tabasco  ■ . . 
Tobasco  . . . 
Tabacoiir  .. 
Tabatinffa . . 

Table 

Table 

Table 

Table 

Table 

Taboo 

Tabootaboo. 

JTabra  ■'!!!! 


T. 

T. 

Cty. 

Tr. 

I. 

L. 

Har 

R. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

T. 

L. 

I. 

L 

Is. 

Pt 

Ho. 

I. 

Ho. 

Dis. 

Col. 

I. 

I^. 

Dlv. 

Is. 

T. 

Bb 

Rep 

L 

T. 

I. 

G. 

T. 

9^ 

cty. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

T. 


St. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Bay 

Bay 

C. 

I. 

Mt 

T. 

L 

Pi. 

t'' 


Azanaga 

Tunis 

Africa 

Sonegambia  • . . 
BriL  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
New  S.  Wales. 
Hindoostan  . . . 
Brit  America  . 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Faroe  Islands.. 
S.  Pacific  Oc.  . 
Caspian  Sea.. . 
Buenos  Ayres . . 
Brit  America  . 
Falkland  Is.... 
Brit.  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
New  Holland. . 
Caribbean  Sea. 

Morocco 

Europe 

Sweden 

Polynesia 

Darfur 

Indian  Ocean.. 

Europe 

Polynesia 

Cape  Breton  I. 

Denmark 

Norway 

Brazil 

Sicily 

Asia 

Birmah 

China 

Austria 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Mongolia 


Asiatic  Russia. 

Tuni 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Mantchooria  . . 

Equador 

Labrador 

Cape  Colony  . . 
New  Zealand. . 

Polynesia 

Mantchooria  . . 
Africa 


» 


nosia . 


■  «Aassvt*    I 

Soudan  . 


Kit 

Utfc 

Lf 

Me 

Lf 

Lh 

Hb 

Eb 

Wi 

Qe 

Gc 

No 

Pc 

Pb 

Va 

Ob 

Ub 

Ob 

Lb 

Fn 

Pd 

HI 

Fc 

Hn 

Fo 

Fc 

Tl 

Gff 

Le 

Nb 

Mb 

Vh 

N? 

Qi 

Md 

Uh 

Hd 

Mc 

Oa 

li 

Ne 

Oe 

Sff 

Te 

Nd 

Ub 

So 

Vb 

Me 

Fff 

*'J? 

Ud 

Hi 

lo 

Nl 

XI 

A] 

Vd 

Mg 

^\ 

U   11 

Mh 

KwMi  of  Plieti,a«. 


Tabreez Cy. 

Tabua T. 

Tabuuemanu  ...  I. 

Tabuai I. 

Tabucana..     . .  T. 

Tacai T. 

Taoanova I. 

Tacazze R. 

Tacoutche  TesM  R. 

Tadmor Rns 

Tadsong T. 

Tafel  Berg Mt 

Tafilelt T. 

Tafilelt "R. 

Tagai L 

Tagangrog Cy. 

Tagan  Tala Ste. 

Tagloe Bay 

TagouUa.. I. 

Tagua Cty. 

Tagua Cy. 

Taguira T. 

Tagura Tr. 

Tttgua R. 

Tahaa I. 

Tahiti I. 

Tahoora I. 

Tahuata I. 

Taiba T. 

Tai-chow Cy. 

Taigonos C. 

Taimour  .......  Prm 

Taimoura R- 

Taimourskaya  ..  Bay 
Taimourskoi  . . .  L. 

Tainotskoi C. 

Taipein Cy. 

Tai-ping Cy. 

Taiping Cy. 

Taissughan  . . . .  jR. 
Taitong Cy. 

...Cy. 

...Cy. 

...T. 
. . .  Dis. 
...  IT. 


aw. 


Tttit>sing 
Taiwan. . 
Tai-yuen 
Tajay  . . . 
Taka.... 
Taka..., 
Takang  Besseys  |L 
Takhma !R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cv 


Taki. 

Tak-mao 

Takokaguin. .. . 

Takoo 

Takoo 

Taksul 

Takum 

Tala 

Talabo -.*. 

Talarho  Kara  . . 


^- 

T. 
T. 
R. 
C. 
T. 


Talbot C. 


Persia 

Brazil 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Guatemala .... 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Polynesia 

Nubia 

Oregon  Ter.  . . 

Syria 

Thibet  ....... 

Spitsbergen  . . . 

Barbary 

Barbary 

Polynesia 

Russia 

Mongolia 

Mindanao 

North  America 

Africa 

Africa 

Tripoli 

Mantchooria  . . 

Spain 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Sandwich  Is... 

Polynesia 

Syria 

China 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

China 

China 

China 

Tartary 

China 

China 

Fjorraosa 

China 

Russia 

Nubia 

Japan  

Malaysia  ...  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Mongolia 

Cambodia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

China 

CafiVaria  . .    . . 

Algiers 

Russia 

Tartary 

Celebes 

Mongolia 


poiu 

New  Holland.. 


Pe 

U 

De 
Oe 
Se 
Na 
Le 
Le 

55 

Sd 
Uh 
Ac 
Nff 
Ng 
Me 
Uc 
Le 

Bj 

Ck 

Bf 

Ci 

Oe 

To 

Wo 

Sa 

Sa 

'Sa 

Sa 

Wb 

Uf 

Te 

Tf 

Pd 

Sd 

Se 

Uf 

Te 

Pc 

Og 
Ue 
Ui 
Vb 
Sd 
Th 
Ab 
Te 
01 

Me 

Nc 
Qd 
Ui 
Sd 

T       _ 

u  u 


CX>NSULTINO  I^DEX. 


1(»> 


Hum  «(  riMH,  kc. 


Taloa 

Talcahnana  .  ■  • 

TalcoUn 

Talcotina 

TaU... 

Talig 

Talighan 

Tallahasace  ... 

Talovka 

Talaam's 

Tama 

Tamalma 

Tamarida . . . .  • 

Tamatave 

Tamaulipas  ... 
Tamaulipaa  . .  ■ 

Tambelon 

Tambcz 

Tambobamba.. 
Tambookiea . . . 

Tamboo 36 

TamboT 

Tatncosa 

Tamhou 

Tamiagoa 

Tampa 

Tampico 

Tamuchy 

Tana 

Tana.. 

Tana 

Tana 

Tananarivou  . . 
Tanao-sima  ... 
Tanaffiierim  . . . 

Tandaff 

Tandal 

Tandeh 

Tanoga^ima .  • 

Tanga 

Tangalle 

Tangia 

Tangier 

Tangrera 

Tanjong  Dato  . 
Tanjong  Sambar 

Taniore 

Tanaerfong  . 
Tankisso.... 

Tanna 

Tannaa 

Tanscy 

Tantalem . . . 
Tantamune .  • 

Taos 

Taotchuen  . . 

Taoui 

Taouinska  . . 
Taouinakoi .. 

Tapajos 

Tapajos 


T. 
Bay 
ViL 
Tr. 

9: 

T. 

i" 

L 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

St 

T. 

la. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

Pr. 

5f 

R. 

L. 

Bay 

T. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

R. 

5*- 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

^- 

C. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Bay 

T. 

R. 

Tr. 


Chili 

CbiU 

Oregon  Ter.  . . 
Oregon  Ter.. . . 

China 

lAfrica 

Tartary 

Florida 

Aaiati6  Russia. 
Polynesia .  • . . 
Thibet 


Africa 

Socotra 

Madagascar . 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Malaysia . . . 

Peru 

South  Peru  . 
Cai&aria.... 

Russia 

Russia 

Little  Bucharia 
Mantchooria  . . 

Mexico 

Florida 

Mexico 

Bolivia 

Norway 

North  America 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Madagascar.. . 
Eastern  Sea .. . 

Siam 

Mindanao 

Buenos  Ayres  . 
Hindoostan  • . . 

Japan 

Zanffuebar .... 

Ceylon 

Arabia 

Morocco 

Africa 

Borneo  

Celebes 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Thibet 

Africa... 

Australasia  . . . 

Sweden  

Missouri  Ter... 

Malaya 

Madagascar.  ■ . 

Mexico 

Corea 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 


RrnTil 


South  Amcriba 


»d. 


HI 
HI 

Dc 

Do 

8f 

Lf 

Qe 

Ga 

Wb 

Xh 

Se 

Nf 

Pj 
Ff 

Ff 

Th 
Gi 

Nl 
Oc 
Oc 
Rd 
Ud 
Ff 
Gf 
Ff 
Hj 
Na 
Ac 
Nb 
Vo 

V. 

SI 

II 

Rf 
Uo 
Oi 
Rh 
Of 
Lo 
Lh 
Th 
Ti 

?f 

i? 

Xj 
Mb 
Ed 
Sh 

Pj 

Ee 

Ue 

Wb 

We 

Wb 
I  i 

li 

OiMi 


of  rhMikte. 


Tapi 

Tapleatey 

Tapisa 

Tappaiiooly  .... 

Taptee 

Taquari 

Taquari 

Tara 

Tara 

Taracapa 

Taramandi 

Taranto 

Taranto 

Tarapol 

Taras 

Tarbe 

Tarohinskoi . . .  • 

Tarei 

Tarei 

Taremdaong... . 

Tarifo 

Tarija <. . 

Taritzin 

Tarktt.. 

Tarma 

Tama 

Tamopol 

Tamow 

Tamowitz 

Taroucyomdsou . 

Tarquin 

Tarragona 

Tarsus 

Tartary 

Tartary 

Tasenpol 

Tashkent 

Tasmania 

Tassisudon 

Taswell 

Taswcll's 

Tatee . 

Tate's 

Tatong 

Tatta 

Tattah 

Tauag. 

Tauakeke 

Taudeny 

Taunu 

Taura 

Taura 

Taurida  ....51. 

Taurus 

Tavai  Poenamoo 

Tavastehus 

Tavda 

Tavdinsk 

TaTolara.. 

m_ 

M.  V  vuy 

Tavoy  • 

smmmmsmmsssa 


T.     Corea 

R.    Brazil 

R.    Pern  

T.    Sumatra 

R.  Uindnostan, . . . 
R.    Brazil ........ 

R.    Brazil 

T.  Asiatic  Russia. 
R.  Asiatic  Russia. 
T.    ISooth  Peru. . . 

L.     Brazil 

T.     Naples 

G.     Naples 

R.    Asiatic  Russia 

T.    Tartary 

T.    France 

T.    Asiatic  Russia. 
L.     Mongolia .... 
R.     Mongolia  .... 
T.     HintkKMtan  .. 
T.    Cochin  China 

T.    BoUvia 

T.    Russia 

Asiatic  Russia 

Peru 

Sweden 1 

Russia 

Austria 

Prussia 

Thibet 

Polynesia .... 

Spain 

Asiatic  Turkey 

Asia 

Mantchooria 

Russia 

Tartary  .... 

Australasia.. 

Bootan 

Polynesia .. . 

Polynesia . . . 

Polynesia... 

Australasia  . 

Corea 

Suae 

Sinde 

North  America 

Celebes. . . 

Africa  • . . 

Birmah... 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Sandwich  Is. 

Russia  ..... 

Asiatic  Turkey 

New  Zealand. 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 


T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
L. 
I. 
T. 

^ 
Cty. 

G. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Cy. 

Is. 

I. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

Pr. 

Mts. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

T. 


,Sardinia . 
Birmah.. 
Birmah.. 


Ud 

11 

Hi 

Bh 
Qf 

!i 

Hk 
Ik 

Nd 

Ne 

Wb 

Qd 

Md 

Tc 

Td 

Td 

8f 

l\ 

Od 
Pd 

^\ 
Nb 

Nd 

Nc 

No 

Re 

Wg 

mS 

Oe 

Qd 

Vd 

Nc 

Qd 

Vm 

Rf 

Xi 

XI 

Uh 

Vi 

Ue 

Lf 

af 

Ac 
Ti 
Lf 

i« 
Sc 

Bf 

Od 

Oo 

Xm 

Nb 

Qo 

Qc 

Md 


1«4 


i*. 


CONSULTOfO  INDiX 


Tawkllj  ...•••  • 
'Xawee  Tawee .. 

Tnj 

Tayf 

Tazovskaya  . . . . 
Tazovskaya  . . . . 
TaaoTskoo  . . . . . 

Tchaooaa 

Tchad 

Tchadobaka . . . . 
Tchadobets..... 

Tchagan 

Tchagma 

Tchanaia 

Tchahan  Poukc 
Tchahoasan  . . . . 

Tcbaiteng 

Tohalei... 

Tehamnayomdou 
Tchang>cha  . . . 
Tchang-chow.. 
Tchangchow  . . 

Tchang-to 

Tchang>te  .^ . . . 
Tchankonrt ... 

Tchantoi 

Tchany ....... 

Tchao-chow .... 

Tchao-king  . . 

Tchaon 

Tchaounakaia 
Tchapogiraka. 
Tchaptou  .... 

Tchara 

Tcharin  Nor  % . . 
Tcbelyabinsk.. . 
Tchemaehersko . 

Tohempol 

Tchordyne 

TcheremchoTkoi 

Toheremi 

Tcherepbvetz . . . 

Tcherkosk 

Tcherikov. 

TcherikoTs. . . . . 

Tchernaia 

Tchernigov..44. 
lIchemi^oT..... 

Tcliernoi 

Tchemorotakoi.. 
Tcbernoyarsk  . . 

Tchortoila 

Tcheskaya . . . 
Tcholuca  .... 

Tohija 

Tcliin-chnw . . 
Tching-chow . 
Tchinghenoh  . 
Toliing-hiang . 
Tching.kiang . 

iiii  I  ■ - 


I. 

la. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

G. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

C. 

Ft 

L. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

L. 

9: 

Is. 
L. 

&• 

L. 

R. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

Pr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

G. 

T. 

T. 

Cy, 


IMUaa. 


Rfalaysia 
Malaysia 


Ul 
Th 


Arabia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Mongolia  . . . .  • 

Soudan 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Mongolia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Mantchooria  . . 

Mongolia 

Mantchooria  . . 

Mongolia 

Mantchooria  . . 
Thibet  ... 
China  .... 
China  .... 
Corea .... 
China  .... 
China  .... 
Thibet  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

China 

China  ....... 

Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 
Mongolia  .... 

Asiatic  Russia 

Thibet 

Asiatic  Russia . 
Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Russia  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Russia  . . . 
North  America 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Russia  .  • . 
Russia  . . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Mantchooria  . . 

Thibet 

China 

China 

Turtary 

China 

Chinn  , . .'  . , , , 


Scotland Lc 

Of 

Rb 

Rb 

Rb 

Rb 

Se 

Ng 

Sb 

Sc 

Td 

Wo 

Vo 

Td 

Ud 

Se 

Ud 

Se 

Tf 

Tf 

Ud 

Tf 

Te 

So 

Vc 

Re 

Tf 

Tf 

Xb 

Xb 

Tb 

Td 

Tc 

Se 

Qc 

Qb 

Uo 

Pb 

kc 

Ub 

Oo 

Od 

Oc 

Be 

To 

Oc 

Oo 

Ro 

Ro 

Pd 

Pc 

Fb 

Ud 

Se 

Te 

Tf 

Ud 

Sf 


MasM  of  riMnk  *& 


Tching-ting . 
Tohing-ton.. 
Tchinnan  .. . 

Tohinsk 

Tchinskaya . 

Tchinypou 

Tchiraki 

Tehiriki 

Tchirindeskoi  . . 

Tchirkin 

Tchistopobyie... 

TchitU 

Tchi-ynen 

Tchoang 

TchoUHotun... 

Tchona 

Tchongking.... 

Tchontori 

Tchori 

Tchomaja 

Tchosan 

Tchougatchi.... 
Tchougatchi... . 
Tchougoulkhak. 
Tchouktoma  . . . 

Tchoulgue 

Tchoulgue 

Tchoulkova  . . . . 

Tchouna 

Tchourinskoi .. . 

Tchouskoi 

Tchudskoe 

Tchuisova 

Tchuktchi 

Tchuktchi 

Tchuktchi 

Tchusa 

Tci-chow 

Tci-nan 

Tcitchouam  . . . . 

Teapy 

Tebes 

Tebur 

Tecolatlan 
Tedeles... 
Teen>tsiri  . 
Teenfung . 
Teerawitlo 
Teetcnguy 

Tccz 

Tefelneh .. 

Tefflis 

TeHe 

Tegazza  .. 
Tegerhy  . . 
Tegorarin . 
Tegorarin. 
Teffulet... 
Tehama . . 
Teheran . . 


.  Cy. 
Cy. 


V: 

.  C. 

?: 

R. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 

R. 

9: 

R. 

R. 

T. 

Pen 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

J. 

A. 

C. 

C. 

R. 

T. 
I. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 

?■ 

C. 
T. 
T. 
T. 

&• 

T. 

Cy. 

Dis. 

T. 

T. 

Dis. 

Cy. 

T 


rwtini. 


China 

China 

China 

Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 

China 

Mongolia .... 
Mantchooria  . 
Asiatic  Russia 
Abyssinia.... 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia 

China 

China 

Mantchooria  . 
Asiatic  Russia 

China 

Mongolia .... 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia 

Cmea 

North  America 
N»tli  America 

Soon|^ria 

Russia 

Mantchooria  . . 
Mantchooria  . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

China 

China 

Mongolia 

Polynesia 

Algiers 

Arabia 

Mexico 

Aleiers 

China 

Hainan 

New  Zealand. . 
Mantchooria  . . 
Bcloochistan  . . 

Morocco 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Brazil 

Africa 

Fezzan 

Barbary 

Barbary 

Abyssinia 

Arabia 

Persia 


Te 

Se 

Tf 

Wc 

Wo 

Se 

Td 

Uo 

Tb 

2« 

Po 

Tc 

Tf 

Se 

Ud 

Tb 

Tf 

Sd 

Re 

Xb 

Ue 

Cc 

Bb 

Rd 

Oc 

Ud 

Ud 

Sb 

Sc 

Ub 

Tc 

Nc 

Po 

Xb 

Wa 

Ab 

Uc 

To 

Te 

Sd 

Ek 

Me 

Of 

Ff 

Me 

Te 

Xm 
Ud 

Qf 
Le 
Pd 
Hi 
Lf 
Nf 
Me 
Me 
Oh 

2» 
Pa 


taitiai. 


i 

k 

I ••  • 

ic  Russia, 
io  RuasU' 

I 

^lia . .  ■ 
xhooria 
ic  Russia. 

ainia I 

ia 

Lie  Russia. 

a 

a 

tchooria  . . 
lie  Russia. 

a 

golia 

tic  Russia, 
tic  Russia. 

la ■• . 

h  America 
III  Ameiica 

i^ria 

aia 

itchooria  .  • 
itchooria  . . 
ktic  Russia, 
itic  Russia, 
itic  Russia, 
itic  Russia. 

lia 

Ma 

.tic  Russia. 

tic  Russia. 

tic  Russia. 

tic  Russia. 


golia . 
nesia . 
en ... 
)ia  •  • . 
ieo. .. 
ers  ... 


lan 

Zealand, 
tchooria  . 
)chistan  . 

tcco 

;ic  Russia 
11 


a. . .  • 
in . . . 
ary  . . 
»ry  .. 
sinia. 
ia  .  • 


Te 

Se 

Tf 

Wo 

Wc 

Se 

Td 

Uc 

Tb 

2« 
Po 

To 

Tf 

Se 

Ud 

Tb 

Tf 

Sd 

Re 

Xb 

Ue 

Cc 

Bb 

Rd 

Oc 

Ud 

Ud 

Sb 

Se 

Ub 

Tc 

Nc 

Po 

Xb 

Wa 

Ab 

Ue 

Te 

Te 

Sd 

Ek 

Me 

Of 

Ff 

Me 

Te 

Xm 
Ud 

Qf 
Le 
Pd 
Hi 
Lf 
Nf 
Me 
Me 
Oh 

2« 
Pa 


MH 


00N8DLTINO  INDIX 


V» 


Tehuantepec... 
Tehuel  ...<... 

Tehy 

Teimoli 

Tein-ohow  .... 

Tejam 

Tejoas  ....... 

Tejuco 

Tekis 

Tekrit 

Telak 

Telav 

Telebinskoi  ... 

Tcleonts 

TelliaKuess.... 
Tellicnerry.... 

Tcllin 

Telmin 

Telmsoe 

Telsh 

Tembo 

Tembe 

Tembo 

Temdeguo  . . . . 

Temenak  

Temenos 

Temesvar 

Temetam 

ITemiscaming.. 
Temiscaming.. 
Tempest 
I  Tenacai 

Tench's.. 

Tendcnni 

Tenember 

TenerifTe 

TeneriflEb 

Tenery 

Tenez 

Tcnis 

Tcnkourguin . . 

Tennessee 

Tennessee 

Tensift 

Teposlo 

Tepio 

Tepoli 

Teramo 

Terange , 

Terboo 

Tcrccira 

Tercero 

Tereboli , 

Tcree , 

Terefsa 

Terek , 

Terkiri 

Termez 

Terminos . .... 


Ternay  ,. 

Ternenia 


T. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Cty 

R. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

L. 

Ho. 

^^ 
T. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

L. 

Pt. 

St. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

L. 

T. 

L. 


Bay  Mexico 

L.     Patagonia... 

T.    Tripoli 

T.    Naples 

Cv.  China 

T.     Mantehooria 

Tr.  Mexico 

Cy.  Brazil 

R.  Soongaria. . . 
T.    Asiatic  Turkey 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Africa 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Russia 

Mantehooria  . . 

Norway 

Russia 

Africa 

Tembe 

Mozambique  . . 

Mantehooria  . . 

Greenland  .... 

Candia 

Austria 

Polynesia 

Lower  Canada. 

Lower  Canada. 

Newfoundland. 

Mongolia 

Australasia.... 

Africa 

Australasia.... 

New  Grenada.. 

Canary  Islea  . 

Paraguay .... 

Algiers 

Tartary 

Asiatic  Russia 

United  States. 

United  States. 

Morocco 


Hm 
Me 

Nd 
Tf 
Ud 
Fe 

Jj 

Rd 

Oe 

Wb 

Pd 

Te 

Re 

Mf 

Rff 

No 

Vc 
Na 
Nc 
Ok 
Ok 

Oj 

Ud 

lb 

Ne 

Nd 

Wh 

Gd 

6d 

Id 

Sd 

Wi 

Nh 

Ui 

Hh 

Kf 

Ik 

Me 

Qo 

Ab 

Ge 

Ge 

Le 


OfPtaCMifeS. 


Russia N  b 


Mexico 

Paraguay .... 

Italy 

Australasia... 

Fezzan 

Azores 

Buenos  Ayros . 
Asiatic  Turkey 

Cabul 

Bar  of  Bengal. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Thibet 

Great  Bucharia 
Mexico 


Ff 

Ik 

Md 

Vi 

Nf 

Ke 

HI 

Od 

Qe 

Sh 

Pd 

Se 

Qe 

Fjf 
XJay  'nantchooria  . .  IV  d 

Bay  ISeghalien Yd 


Terodant  ...;..  iCy. 

Terracina |T. 

Terre  Haute.... iT. 
Torres  des  Arsa- 

eides I. 

Tersekan R. 

Tersi R. 

Terwola T. 

Teschen T. 

Teshoo  Loomboo  Pr. 
Teshoo  Loomboo  Cy. 

Tessermint C. 

Tessowa T. 

Tct T. 

Tete T. 

Tete T. 

Tetuan T. 

Tetuaroa • .  I. 

Teulada C. 

Tevego IT. 

Texada Pt 


Morocco. 

Ital^ 

Indiana  . 


Texas 

Texeiros 

Texel 

Texopa 

Teyoa 

Tejnren 

Tezcuco 

Tesoiras 

Thames 

Tharatougha . . . 

Thasos 

Thectinah 

Theiss 

Theopolis 

Theresienstadt. . 
Theveholekved.. 
Theyeholekyek  . 
Thian-chan  . . . . 
ThianChan  .... 

Thibet 

Thiers 

Thieweyarayeth 
Thineh 


Cty. 

^ 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

L 

R. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

L. 

Mt 

Mts. 

Cty 

T.^ 

L. 

T. 


Aastralatta.... 
Tartary  ...... 

Tartary 

Rosaia 

Austria 

Thibet 

Thibet 

Greenland  .... 

Fezzan 

Moroeco 

Bengnela 

Mozambique  . . 

Morocco 

Polynesia 

Sarmnia 

Paragu  y 

Baenor  Kjrea . 
North  ^imerica 
Atlantic  Ocean 

Holland 

Mexico 

Pdynesia  .. . . . 
Corea  ........ 

Mexico; 

Brazil 

England 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Archipelago. . . 
Brit  America . 

Austria 

Cape  Colony  . 

Austria 

Brit.  America 
Brit  America 
Soongaria. . . . 
Mongolia .... 

Asia 

Flrance 

Brit.  America 


Third L 


Third  Volcano 
Thirteen  low  . . . 

Thistle 

Tholiosary 

Thom 

Thomas's  Kay .. 

Thompson 

Thompson 

Thompson's . . . . 

Thorn 

Thousand 

Thousand 

Thousand  (the)  . 
Three  Brothers*. 
Three  Kings  . . . 
Three  Paps  . . . 


L 

Is. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

Ft. 

Har 

R. 

T. 

Is. 

L. 

Is. 

L 

I. 

Mt 


&*• 


adpgascar. . 
Polynesia  .... 
Polynesia .... 
New  6.  Wales 

Russia 

Greenland  . . . 
Caribbean  Sea 
Oregon  Ter.  . 
Brit.  America  . 
Oregon  Ter... . 

Prussia 

Malaysia 

Brit  America . 
Spitsbergen  . . . 
Indian  Ocean . . 
Australasia.... 
Oregon  Ter... . 


Le 

Md 

Ge 

Wi 

Qc 

Qd 

Nb 

Nb 

Re 

Rf 

lb 

Nf 

Le 

^^ 
Le 

Cj 

Me 

Ik 

HI 

Fe 

J» 

Mo 

F 

W 

Ue 

Mo 

Tb 

Nd 

Eb 

Nd 

Ni 

Nd 

Fb 

Fb 

Rd 

Rd 

Se 

Md 

Eb 

Oe 

Ok 

Vf 

Vh 

Vi 

Po 

la 

S» 
Dc 

Gb 

Do 

Nc 
Ti 
Fd 

Na 

o  : 

".*  • 

XI 
Dd 


wmm 


106 


CONSULTWO  INDEX. 


Three  PoinU . . .  C. 
Thiee  River* . . .  T. 
Three Sitteni ...  la. 

Thmm  Cap I. 

11iaoung<liiig . . .  Mta. 

Thnrw) T. 

Tiaoka I. 

Tiaoyu-aa la. 

Tiani Mts. 

Tibboo  Bergoo. .  Tr. 
Tibboo  Rachade.  Tr. 

Tibbooe Tr. 

Tibbooa Tr. 

Tiber R. 

Tibeaty Cty, 

Tibaron I. 

Ti«Aeley T. 

Tiounaa Tr. 

Tider I. 

Tider' la. 

Tidon T. 

Tidai T. 

Tiepenna PL 

Tieret T. 

Tierra  del  Fuego  la 

Tiete R. 

Tiev T. 

Tiger I. 

Tiger la. 

Tiger's L 

Tiger's I. 

Tiggerindama . .  T. 

TigTdftt T. 

Tigil T. 

Tigil R. 

Tigre Pr. 

Tigre R. 

Tigris R. 

Tikhvin T. 

Tiliqm T. 

Tilear T. 

Tilla  dou  Madon  Is. 
TilladouMatis.  Is. 
Tillanchong ....  I. 

Tillen Hd. 

Tibit T. 

Tim T. 

Tim R. 

Tima T. 

Timballier Bay 

Timbo T. 

Timbuctoo Cy. 

Time T. 

Timoka T. 

Timou T. 

Timor I. 

Timorlaoet I. 

Timpanagos....  L. 

Tinareh T. 

Tinching Cy. 

Tindcl Bav 


CiMb 


Ashantee 

Lower  Canada. 
Aostralaaia  . .  ■ 
Polynesia .... 

Mongolia 

Sootlond 

Polynesia 

Eastern  Sea. . . 

Seghalien 

Africa 

Africa 

Africa 

Senegambia .. . 

Italy 

Africa.,  i 

Mexico 

Hindoostan  ■ . . 

Equador 

Africa 

Brit  America . 

Celebes 

Morocco 

Russia 

Tripoli 

South  America 

Brazil 

Russia 

Australasia... . 

Malaysia 

China  Sea  .... 
Eastern  Sea. . . 

Africa 

Fezzan 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Abyssinia 

Equador 

Asiatic  Turkey 

Russia 

Mexico 

Madagascar .. . 

Maldives 

Maldives 

Bay  of  Bengal. 

Ireland 

Prussia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Arabia 

Louisiana 

Senegambia  • . . 

Africa 

Africa 

Florida 

Thibet 

Malaysia  .... 
Australasia... . 

Mexico 

Nubia 

China 

Africa 


Lh 
Hd 

Re 
Lc 

Cj 

Uf 

Vc 

Ng 
Ng 

Nf 
Lh 
Md 
Nf 
Ef 

Rff 
Hi 

^« 
Go 

Uh 

Le 

Ob 

Me 

Hn 

Ik 

Oe 

Vi 

Ul 

T? 
Mf 
Mf 
We 
We 

Og 
Hi 
Oe 
Oc 

u 

Qh 
Qh 
Sh 
Lc 
No 
Oc 
Rb 
Of 
Ff 
Lg 
Lg 
Lh 
Gf 
Sf 
Ui 

Uj 
Fd 
Of 
To 


MkMi  of  rUo^  te. 

Ting>hae 

Tinhosa 

Tinian 

Tinney 

Tintuma 

Tioak  Karasou.. 
Tiouk  Karagan . 

Tiraspol 

Tireymeg 

Tiriberskoi. . . . . 

Tiroon 

Tirree 

Titicaca 

Titmeg 

Titoe 

Tiumene 

Tivoli 

Tiak 

Tlemsen 

Tlinpieskaya  . . . 

Tobago 

Tobin 

Tobol 

Tobolsk 

Tobolsk 

Tobolsk 

Tobuco 

Tocia 

Tocuyo 

Todos  loB  Santos 
Todos  Santos  .. . 
Todos  Santos  .. . 

Tokat 

Tokay 

Toker 

Toktoi 

Tolaga 

Toledo 

Toledo 

Tolo 

Tolten 

Tolu 

Tolu , 

Toluco 

Tom 

Tomb 

Tomchina 

Tomio 

Tominec 

Tomo 

Tom's. 

Tomsk 

Tomsk 

Tonala 

Tonamaca 

Tonca 

Tondano 

Tonder ,., 

Tondon 

Tonga 


ClU 

¥ 

I. 

Pt 

Dea. 

G. 

C. 

T. 

L. 

C. 

Dia. 

I. 

L. 

L. 

Bay 

T. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

Is. 

C. 

R. 

Gov 

Pr. 

??• 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Bay 

Sta. 

T. 

T. 

Pt 

R. 

Bay 

Cy. 

T. 


China 

Hainan 

Polynesia 

Brit  America  . 

Africa 

Tartary 

Tartary 

Russia 

Brit  America  . 

Russia 

Borneo 

Scotland 

Bolivia ... 

Brit  America  . 
Patagonia  . .  •  • 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Italy 

Sweden 

Algiers 

Asiatic  Russia. 
West  Indies.. . 
Scoresby'sLd.. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 


■at 


Mexico 

Asiatic  Turkey 

Venezuela  .  - . . 

Polynesia . .   . 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Asiatic  Turkey 

Austria 

Brit  America  . 

Asiatic  Russia. 

New  Zealand. . 

Spain 

Ohio 

Bay  Celebes 

R.    Chili 

T.  New  Grenada . 
T.     New  Grenada  . 

T.     Mexico 

R.  Asiatic  Russia. 
I.  Persian  Gulf . . 
T.     Asiatic  Russia. 

T.    Suse 

Bay  Celebes 

T.  Venezuela  .... 
I.  Brit.  America  . 
|Pr.  Asiatic  Russia. 
T.     Asiatic  Russia. 

T.     Mexico 

T.     Mexico 

T.     Asiatic  Russia. 

T.     Celebes 

T.     Denmark 

Cy.  Mantchooria  . . 
I.      Polynesia 


f>^i 


Tf 
Tg 

£b 

Mg 

Pl 

Pd 

Nd 

Eb 

Ob 

Th 

Lo 

n 

Hm 
Qc 
Md 

Nb- 

Le 

Sb 

Hg 
Ka 
Qc 
Re 
Qc 

Qc^ 

Ff 

Od 

Wg 

Ve 

Ee 

Ef 

Oe 

Nd 

Db 

Wb 

XI 

Le 

6d 

Ui 

HI 

6h 

Gh 

Fg 
Re 
Pf 
To 
Lf 
Ui 
Hh 
Gb 
Sa 
Re 

l« 
Sc 
Uh 
Mc 
Vd 
Ak 


Tongalia 

TangtUboo  .... 

Tong<cbow 

Tongoi 

Tong-ahan .... 
ToDff.ting  Hou.. 

Toniien 

Tonqoin 

Tonquin 

Tonaberg 

Tonyn 

Tonyn 

Toou 

Toofoa 

Toola 34. 

Toola 

Toomalooa 

Toomanooan  . . . 

Toonheez 

Toosi 

Tootawney 

Tootonez 

Top 

Topham 

Topinambas  ..   . 

Topolevia 

Toquedos 

Tor 


Toraito T. 


T. 
I. 

s?- 

I. 
L. 
T. 

g' 

T. 

T. 

C. 

Sta. 

I. 

Pr. 

T. 

I. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

r: 

L. 

C. 

Tr. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 


Torapa 

Torda 

Torfane 

Torgi  Bazar . 

Toma 

Tomea t^y. 

Tomea 

Tomea 

Tomea  (Upper) 

Toro 

Torom R. 

Toromanaa jTr. 

Toromlar L. 


T. 

Bar 

T. 

R. 

Bay 


L. 
R. 
T. 
T. 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


107 


Toronto 

Toropetz 

Torp 

Torrenate 

Torres 

Torres 

Torres 

Torres 

Torro 

Tortola 

Tortoratillo.... 

Tortosa 

Tortuga 

Tortugas 

Tortuga  Salada 

Tory 

Tostack 

Totara 


Soudan 

Polynena 

China 

Mongtdia 

China 

China 

Hainan 

Asia 

China  Sea  . . . . 

Norway. 

Wales 

Seghalien 

Tibesty  

Polynesia 

Russia 

Russia 

Pdynesia 

Polynesia 

Persia 

Japan 

Brit  America  . 

Mexico 

Russia 

Scoresby's  Ld. 
South  America 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Peru 

Arabia 

Mongolia 

Siam 

Mexico 

Barca 

Soongoria 

Russia 

Russia 

Sweden 

Sweden 

Sweden 

Spain 

Ajiialic  Russia. 

Peru 

Asiatic  Russia. 


Cy.  jUpper  Canada  .  G  d 


T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Is. 

Str. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Is. 


R. 
R. 
Bay 


Russia 
Sweden . 


11 

Ue 
Rd 
Tf 
Tf 

If 

Tg 
Me 
Lc 
Vd 
Nf 
Ak 
Oc 
Oc 

Pe 

Vo 

Fo 

Ed 

Ob 

Ka 

li 

Pd 

Hi 

Of 

Sd 

Sh 

Ff 

Nf 

Rd 

Ob 

Nb 

Nb 

Nb 

Nb 

Ld 

Qb 

Hi 


Oc 
Nb 

Mexico F  e 

Ik 
Wh 

^} 

Vj 

Oh 

Hg 

Hk 

Md 

Hf 

Gf 

Hg 

L  c 

Vb 

Ue 

Xm 


Brazil 
Polynesia .... 
Australasia  . . . 
New  S.  Wales 

Brava 

West  Indies... 

ChiU 

Spain 

Bahamas  .   . . , 

Florida 

Venezuela  . . . . 

Ireland 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Mantchooria  , 
New  Zealand. . 


of  niai,a*. 


Totma T. 

Totnam C. 

Totoman T. 

Totska T. 

Totza T. 

Touchamska  . . .  T. 

Toudsong T. 

Toner T. 

Tougianski T. 

Touglemsk T. 

Toukoulan Mts. 

TouU T. 

Touloma R. 

Toulon Cy. 

Toulouse Cy. 

Touman L. 

Toumani T. 

Toumateck I. 

Toumen R. 

Toumet T. 

Tounge R. 

Toungouinskoi..  T. 

Tounkat T. 

Tour R. 

Toura R. 

Tourbede  ......  T. 

Tourchan .....".  R. 

Tourinsk jT. 

Touroukhan ....  R. 
Touroukhan8k..{T. 

Tours Cy. 

Touryga 'R. 


Tousea 
Toutsitchamsia- 

ing 

Tou-yucn 

Touzant 

Tovsa 

Towa 

Towergfa 

Towneend 

Towson 

Tozer 

Tracy's 

Trafalgar 

Trail 

Traill 

Trajeet 

Transfiguration . 
Transylvania . . . 
Tranqucbar  .... 

Trap 

Trapani 

Traps 

Trasarts 

Travancore 

Travers 

Traversoy 

Traverse 

I  Trcbisonde 

Tree 


T. 

Cv. 

T. 

T. 

L 

T. 

C. 

Ft 

T. 

I. 

C. 

Pt 

I. 

T. 

In. 

Pr. 

T. 

Rk. 

T. 

Rks 

Tr. 

T. 

L. 

Bay 

Is. 

r 


Russia O  c 

BriL  America  .  F  e 

Formosa U  f 

Japan V  • 

Amatic  Ruana.  P  « 
Asiatic  Russia.  S  o 
Hindooaton  . . .  S  f 

T«nary P  d 

Asiatic  Ruaaia.  Q  b 
Rnsaia  .......  P  b 

Aaiatic  Ruaaia.  U  b 

Mmgolia S  « 

Rnaua  .......Ob 

France M  d 

France    M  d 

Aaiatic  Russia.  Q  b 
Asiatic  Russia.  W  b 
Asiatic  Russia.  U  a 
Mantchooria  . .  U  d 

MongoUa T  d 

Missouri Ed 

Asiatic  Russia.  S  c 

Tartary Qd 

Asiatic  Russia.  Q  c 
Asiatic  Russia.  Q  c 
Mantchooria  . .  U  d 
Mantchooria  . .  U  d 
Asiatic  Russia.  Q  c 
Asiatic  Russia.  R  b 
Asiatic  Russia.  R  b 

France M  d 

Aaiatic  Russia.  S  b 
Thibet Re 


Thibet........ 

China 

Tripoli 

Russia 

Australasia... . 

Tripoli 

New  S.Wak:s  . 

Missouri 

Tunis 

Polynesia 

Spain 

Brit.  America  . 
Scoresby's  Ld.. 

Africa 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Austria 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Kurilo  Islands. 

Sicily 

Australasia.... 

Africa 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Wisconsin  Ter. 
Nova.Zcmbla  .. 
SouthcrnOcoan 
Asiatic  'i'urkey 
Polynesia 


Se 

Tf 

Me 

Nb 

Ui 

Ne 

Wk 

Fe 

Me 

Xi 

Lo 

Da 

Ka 

Mg 

Ab 

Nd 

Rg 

Wd 
Me 
Xm 

'A 

Fd 
Pa 
Kn 
Od 
Vf 


108 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


Treoi C. 

Tre  jfosMs Ii. 

Tremouille . 

Trent [Qf. 

Trenton 

TrepasMjr 

Treptow 

Tree  Barru  . . . 
Tree  Colanas . . 
Tree  Fbrcae . . . 
Tree  Mariaa. .. 
Tret  Montee... 
Tree  Montes... 
Treveniana  .... 

Treves 

Triangles 

Tribe 

Tribulation.... 
Trichinopolj  . . 

Triego 

Trieste 

Trincala 

Trincomalee... 
Tringano 


TtMim. 


py. 

Bay 

T. 

R. 

I. 

C. 

Is. 

C. 

Pen. 

Is. 

T. 

Is. 

R. 

C. 

T. 

T. 

9: 


T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 

I. 
R. 
Bay 
Bay 

Is. 


Trinidad 
Trinidad 
Trinidad 
Trinidad 
Trinidad 
Trinidad 
Trinidad 
Trinity  . 
Trinity  . 
Trinity  . 
Trinity  . 

Tripasore IT. 

Tripoli 'Cty, 

Tripoli Cy. 

Tripoli  ........  jCy. 

Tripolizza Cy. 

Tristan  d'Acunha  I. 

Troenen I. 

Trotlom I. 

Troitsk T. 

Troitska T. 

Troitzk T. 

Trotnbotas R. 

Trouo Pt 

Troosthoek Pt. 

Troppau T. 

Trouskoo T. 

Trout L. 

Trout R. 

Trout  Lako  ....  Ho. 

Troy Cy. 

Troyos Cy. 

Truro T. 

Trnxillo Dcp 

Truxillo T. 

Truxillo T. 

Truxillo T. 


Win  i)lt*um,kt. 


Celebes 

Australasia... . 
Australasia .... 

Austria 

New  Jersey  . . . 
Newfoundland . 

Prussia 

Brazil 

Poljmeeia 

Morocco 

Mexico 

Patagonia 

Patagonia  .... 

Polynesia 

Prussia 

Mexico 

Brit.  America  . 
New  S.  Wales  . 
Hindoostaii  . . . 

Darfur 

Austria 

Ceylon 

Coylon 

Malaya 

Cuba 

Bolivia 

Guatemala  .... 

Mexico 

West  Indies. . . 
Southern  Ocean 

Texas 

New  a  Wales. 
Newfoundland. 
Brit  America  . 
North  America 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Africa 

Tripoli 

Syria 

Greece 

Southern  Ocean' 

Norway 

Polynesia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Brazil 

Madagascar.. . 
NovaZembla  .. 

Austria 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
New  York .... 

Franco 

Nova  Scotia  .. . 

Peru 

Peru 

Guatemala  .... 
Venezuela  .... 


Uh 

Wj 

Tk 

Md 

Hd 

Id 

Nc 

li 

Wf 

Le 

Ef 

Gm 

Gm 

Ci 

Md 

Ff 

Do 

V 

Njr 

Md 

Rh 

Rh 

Sh 

Gf 

Ff 

}'i 

Gb 
Be 

Me 
Me 
Oe 

Ne 
LI 
Mb 

X« 
Oc 

Sb 

?.° 

Si 

Nd 

Qb 

Fc 

Db 

Fc 

II  d 

Md 

Hd 

Gi 

Gi 


Clii 


Tryal 

Tryal . 

Tsadda :  'R 


Bay 

Rks 


Tsahai  Kiamen . 

Tsakildan 

Tschahar  Nor . . 

Tschelya 

Tschdotiska . . . . 
Tschinkotan... . 


T. 
T. 
L. 
T. 
T. 
I. 


New  S. Wales. 
Australasia... . 

Africa 

Mantchooria    . 

Mongolia 

Mongolia 


Tschirikov C. 

Tschondsong  . . .  T. 
Tsohourkin  ...    C. 

Tschulin R. 

Tsebid T. 

Tseoulka T. 

T.  Siampa Dis. 

Tsi-chow Cy. 

Tsifouy I. 

Tsin-chow T. 

Tsingcl  iR. 

Tsita 'L. 

Tsitchicar Ipr. 

Tsitchicar T. 

Tsotforkeng T. 

Tsung-ming ....  I. 

T8an.;y iCy. 

TsU'^ima I. 

Tsypa iR. 

Tuabei Sta. 

Peo. 

Dis. 

I. 


Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Kurile  Islands. 

Japan  

Thibet 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Barbary jM  o 

Asiatic  Russia.  Q  b 


Tuaricks 
Tuat ... 
Tubal . . 

Tubbus IT. 

Tubeldie JT. 

Tucapel iVol 

Tuck's L 

Tuck's Rk. 

Tuck' 'Rf. 

Tuclawi 'Dis. 

Tucopia jl. 

Tucuman Pr. 

Tucuman iT. 

Tudela T. 

jT. 

Ste. 

T. 

T. 

Ls. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Sea 

Tr. 

R. 

R. 

Cty. 

C 


Tuggala 

Tujrgert 

Tulong  Bawing. 

Tulbagh 

Tule(the) 

Tulncer 

Tumbul 

Tunai 

Tunbat 

TungHai 

Tnngouscs 

Tungouska 

Tunguragua  . .  ■ 

Tunis 

Tunis 

Tunja 

Tumuyan 

Tunizn  .-,  =  =  =  .. 


V: 

R. 


Wl 

Tk 

Mb 

Ud 

Td 

Sd 

Pb 

So 

Wd 

Ue 

8f 

Va 

Re 


Anani 

China 

GulfofTonquin 

Corea 

Mongolia 

Thibet 

Mantchooria  . . 
Mantchooria  . . 

Thibet 

China 

China 

Corea 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Africa 

A&ica 

Africa 

Polynesia 

Pei«ia 

Darfur 

ChUi.., 

Polynesia 

Australasia .... 

Polynesia 

Africa 


Australasia .... 

Buenos  Ayres  . 

Buenos  Ayres . . 

Spain 

Kordofan 

Africa IM  f 

Sumatra Si 

Nl 
Ee 
Qf 


I' 
Te 

Tg 

Ue 

Rd 

Re 

Ud 

Ud 

Sf 

Ue 

Tf 

Uo 

To 

Mf 

Mg 

Mf 

SJ 

Pe 

N| 
HI 

Wg 
Wl 
Xf 

Xj 
Hk 
Hk 
Ld 


Cape  Colony 

Mexico 

Hindoostan  . 

Africa 'O 

Sweden jNb 

Indian  Ocean  ..  O  i 

Asia U  e 

Asiatic  Russia.  S  b 
Asiatic  Russia.  S  b 

Equador G  i 

Africa i..  Me 

Tunis iM  e 

New  Grenada..  |H  h 
Buenos  Ayres  .  JH  1 


SuC.ius  xivrcs 


.|n 


rS.  Wales, 
itralaaia... . 

ica 

ntehooria    . 

igolia 

iffolia 

laia 

itic  Russia, 
rile  Islands. 

an 

bet < 

atic  Russia 
atic  Russia 

bary 

atic  Russia 
im 


na 


IfofTonquin 


'ea 

ngolia 

ibet 

ntehooria  • . 
ntehooria  . . 

ibct 

ina 

ina 

'ea 

iatic  Russia. 

ica 

ica 

ica 

ncsia 

ia 

fur 

i ..  •. 

nesia 

itralasia .  • .  ■ 

nesia 

ica 

itralasia.... 

|nos  Ayres  . 
los  Ayres.. 

n 

lofan 

|ca 

atra 

Colony  . . 

ICO 

oostan 


Uen 

kn  Ocean 


Wl 

Tk 

Mh 

Ud 

Td 

Sd 

Pb 

|8o 

Wd 

Ue 

Sf 

IVa 

iRc 

|Mo 

Qb 

iTe 

Tjr 

Ue 

Rd 

Re 

Ud 

Ud 

Sf 

Ue 

Tf 

Ue 

Tc 

Mf 

Mg 

Mf 

SJ 

Pe 
N» 
HI 

Wjr 

Wl 
Xf 

Hk 
Hk 
Ld 

iMf 
Si 
Nl 
Ee 
Qf 
.Ob 

.InS 


ic  Russia, 
kic  Russia. 
Ldor 


Oi 
Ue 

Sb 
Sb 
Gi 
Me 
Me 
l6renada..|H  h 
08  Ayres  .  iH  1 

6  n.y  I  cs  ■  I  n  K 


C0M8LILTEN6  INDEX. 


109 


MuMi  g(  rU«M,  ftk 


Turoomania .... 

Turikn 

Tarftn 

Tur^ 

Turin 

Turke- 

Turkestan 

Turkestan 

Turkestan   (Cbl 

nese) 

Turkestan  (Uibek) 

Turkey 

Turkey 

Turkey 

Turk's ... 

Tumagain  . . .  • 
Tumagain  . . .  • 
Tumagain  .... 

Turon 

Turon 

Turtle 

TurUe 

Turtle 

Turtle 

Turtle 

Turtle  Dove... 

Tury 

Tuscaloosa .... 

Tuscany 

Tuaoumbia.. .. 

Tuskui 

Tuspan 

Tustepec 

Tustia 

Tutnilla 

Tuy 

Tuzla 

Tuzur 

Tver 21. 

Tver 

Twelve  Apostles 

Twin 

Twins 

Two 

Two  Bays 

Twofold 

Two  Groups .... 

Two  Peaks 

Twunt 

Tydore 

Tyniskaya 

l^pansan 

Tyre 

Tyrol 

Tyrun 

Tys 

Tzai 

Txarevokokgnoisk 

Tzilima 

Tzokurin 

Tzng 


CiM 


Cty. 
Dia. 
T. 
R. 

^y- 

Sta. 
Cty. 
T. 

Dis. 

Dia. 

Cty. 

Cty. 

Is. 

Is. 

C. 

Pt 

R. 

T. 

Ho. 

I. 

Is. 

Is. 

L. 

Pt 

Rk. 

T. 

^' 
D. 

T. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

L. 

R. 

Pr. 

T. 

Is. 

R. 

Is. 

Is. 

C. 

Bay 

Is. 

Mts. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

Pr. 

R. 

Fd. 

R. 

T. 

R. 

Des. 

L, 


e& 


Twtary P  d 

Little  Buchari'i  R  d 
Little  BuchaiiajQ  d 


Tartary  . 
Sardinia. 
Africa... 
Asia  • 


Qd 
Md 

N 


5 

Tartary IQd 


Chinese  Empire 

Tartary 

Asia 

Europe 

Malaysia 

Bahamas 

Now  2<caland . . 
Brit.  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Cochin  Cliina  . 
Cocliin  China  . 
Polynesia  .... 

Malaysia 

Australasia  . . . 
Brit  America  ■ 

Java 

Australasia    . . 

Brazil 

Alabama 

Italy 

Alabanm 

Little  Bucharia 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Polynesia ... 

Spain 

Asiatic  Russia 
Mantchooria  . 

Russia 

Russia 

Wisconsin  . . . 
Wisconsin  . . . 
Brit.  America  . 
Polynesia 
Patagonia 


New  S.  Wales 


Polynesia. . .. 
Brit  Aiherica 

Algiers  

Muaysia  .... 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Eastern  Sea 

Syria 

Austria .... 
Little  Bucharia 
Nwway  . . 
Tartary  . . 
Russia  . . . 
Russia  . . . 
Mongolia . 
Rusflia  , 


Rd 

Qd 

Oe 

Nd 

Ti 

Hf 

Xm 

Eb 

Dc 

l« 

Ui 

V 
Ec 

Ti 

Tk 

Ji 

6e 

Md 

Ge 

Qd 

Ff 

l« 

Aj 

Ld 

Oe 

Vc 

Oc 

Oc 

Fd 

Fd 

Go 

Wh 

Hm 

VI 

SJ 

Ec 

Le 

Uh 

Rb 

Uf 

Oe 

Md 

Rd 

Nb 

Qd 

Po 

Pb 

Sd 


In  k 


KrfrkM^ka. 


Uaupes R. 

Ubai L. 

Ubatiba T. 

Ucayalo R. 

R. 

L 

I. 

L. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

L. 

R. 

Pr. 

T, 

R. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

L. 

R. 


Udaisai 

Udiai-miLii 

Udirick 

Udoma 

Udoma 

Udoma  Cross . . . 

Uolille 

Uitenhage 

Ujon 

Uianda 

Ulea 

Ulea 

Uleaborg 3 

Uleaborg 

Ulentai 

Uiia 

Ulkan  

Ulm 

Umba 


CiM. 


Umbre  ..... 

Umea 

Umea 

Umea 

Umerapoora 
UmmesQgier 
Umgua .... 

Umritsir 

Unaub 

Underoot 

Unp^ava...   .... 

Unicorn 

Union 

Union 

Union  . . , 

Unjigah 

Unraak 

Uast 

Up«lta 

Upernavik  ..... 
Upernavik  .  < . , . 

Upola 

Upper 

Upper  Abbetibbe 
Upper  Canada  . . 
Upper  Halix. ... 
Upper  Irtysh  . . . 
UpperKamtchatka 
Upper  Nippewau 
«Upper  Oudinsk 
Upper  Tornco  , 

Upright 

UpsB , 

Upsa , 

Upeal 

Upstart , 

Urak , 


9: 

R. 

I" 

I. 
B. 
Bay 
Rks 
SU. 
Str. 
R. 
I. 
L 
T. 
Dis. 
Sta. 
I. 
L. 
L. 
Pr. 
T. 
R. 
T. 
Ho. 
T. 
T. 
C. 
L. 
R. 
T. 
C. 
R. 
...IK. 


rMtta. 


Venezuela  .... 

Bolivia 

Brazil 

Equador 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
SoutliPeru.... 
Cape  Colony  . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Tartary  ...... 

Asiatic  Russia . 
Asiatic  Ruskia . 
Wirtemburg 
Russia  ..... 

A&ica • 

Sweden 

Sweden 

Sweden 

Birmab 

Borca ........ 

OreguiTer.... 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Polynesia 

Asia 

Brit  America  . 
Spitsbergen  . . . 
Indian  Ocean  . 
Missouri  Ter... 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
North  America 

Scotland 

Buenos  Ayres  . 
Greenland  .... 
Greenland  .... 

Pdynesia 

Oregon  Ter. .. . 
Brit  America  . 
North  America 

Sweden 

Mongolia .... 
Asiatic  Russia 
Brit  America 
Asiatic  Russia 
Svveden  . .  ... 
North  America 

Mongolia 

Mongolia  ..... 

Sweden 

New  S.Waly^  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
I'artary , 


R«r. 

LMi. 


Ui 

Hj 
Jk 
Hi 
Uc 

?s 

Vo 
Vc 

Nl 

Uc 

Wb 

Nb 

Nb 

Nb 

Nb 

Qc 

Vc 

Vo 

Md 

Ob 

Ni 

Nb 

Nb 

Nb 

Sf 

Nf 

Dd 

Qe 

Vh 

Q? 
He 
Na 
iOl 
Fe 
Eb 
Ec 
Ac 
Lg 
HI 
la 
la 

^j 
Ec 

6d 

Gd 

Nb 

Rd 

Wc 

Ec 

To 

Nb 

Ca 

Sd 

Sd 

No 

Dj 
Vo 
Pd 


w: 


i«^ 


.'"4*'S^^-|V^*i»';^ 


no 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


NumorFUMi,ta. 


Mts. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
Mts. 
Mts. 
T. 
R. 
L. 
I. 

Hd 
T. 
R. 
Rop, 
R. 
T. 
L. 
I. 
R. 
Usbok  Turkestan  Cty 


Ural 

Urarinas .. . . 
Uratuppa  . . . 

Urbana  

Ures 

Urgan  Daba. 
Urgan  Daga. 
Urghendj  . . . 
Urghundab  .. 
Urjungunar  . 

Urracas 

Urris 

Uruba 

Urucuya.. .. 
Uruguay.. . . 
Uruguay.. . . 

Urumia 

Uramia 

Urup 

Urupadi 


Fgdttiia. 


Useless 

Ush 

Ussa 

Ustica 

Ust  Mayo ... 
Ust  Yanskoi 

Usuri 

Utica 

Utrecht 

Utwas 

Ujandina ... 


Vacarapi 

Vacaasar 

Vach 

Vachourei. .. . 

Vada 

Valday 

Valdes 

Valdivia 

Valence 

Valencia 

Valencia 

Valencia 

Valentia 

VatetU 

Valinoo 

Valk 

ValladoUd.... 
VaUadolid. . . . 
ValladoUd... 
ValladoUd. . . . 

Valles 

Valley  Towns 

VaUona 

Valparaiso  . . . 

Valsche 

Van 


Vss  Burcn 
VaH'Ohow . 


Bay 

T.^ 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

?^ 

R. 
R. 

R. 

Bay 

R. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

Pt 

T. 

T. 

§r- 

T. 
I. 

k 

T. 
Cy. 

9: 

T. 
T. 


Europe 

E>]uador .... 
Great  Bucharia 
Venezuela  . . .  ■ 

Mexico 

Tartary 

Mongolia 

Tartary 

Cabul 

MongoUa 

Polynesia 

Ireland 

Brazil 

Brazil 

South  America 

Uruguay 

Persia 

Persia 

Kurile  Islands. 

Brazil 

Tartary 

Patagonia  .. 

Tartary 

Aahantee  . . . 
Mediterran.  Sea 
Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 
Mantchooria  . 
New  York ... 

Holland 

Lower  Canada. 
Asiatic  Russia. 


Brazil 

Florida 

Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Rus9ia 

Tunis 

Russia 

North  America 

Chili 

France 

Spain 

Brazil 

Venezuela  .... 

Ireland 

Malta 

Corsica 

Russia 

Spain 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Equador 

Mexico 

North  CaroUna 

Turkey 

ChiU 

New  Guinea  . . 
Asiatic  Turkey 


T. 
L. 

T 

T.     Hainan 


Rat 


Pc 
Hi 
Qd 
Hh 
Ef 
Qd 
Sd 
Qd 
Qe 
Rd 
Vf 
Lc 

ll 

II 

Pe 

Pe 

Wd 

li 

Qd 

Hn 

Qd 

Lh 

Me 

Ub 

Va 

Ud 

6d 

Mc 

Gd 

Vb 

li 

Gf 

Rb 

Qb 

Me 

Oc 

Cb 

HI 

Md 

Le 

Ji 

L  c 
Me 
Md 
Nc 
Ld 

^K 
6? 

Gi 

Ff 

Oe 

Nd 

HI 

Vi 

Oe 

E*  - 

A'  a 

Tg 


of  nMM,ae. 


Vancouver 

Vancouver's  .... 
Vancouver's  . . . . 

Vandalia 

VanDiemen'sLd. 
Van  Diemen's  . . 
Van  Diemen's . . 

Vanheim 

Van  Keulcn's ..  • 

Vannen 

Vannes 

Vansittart 

Vanve 

Vapna 

Varandei 

Varbot 

Varcla 

Varinas 

Varinos 

Varna 

Varoe 

Varoonda 

Vasil 

Vasquez 

Vasse 

Vassigan 

Vassikov 

Vaujaas 

Vavov  

Vcisenstein 

Vekshina 

Vel 

Vela 

Vela-rctc 

Velasco 

Veldho 

Velika 

VeUkaya  Looki . 

Velsk 

Velsk 

Venden  

Vendome 

Venezuela 

Venezuela 

Venice 

Vepoiy 

Vera  Cruz 

Vera  Cruz 

Vera  Paz 

Vera  Paz 

Vcrde-k 

Verde 

Verde 

Verde 

Verdun 

Verinejo 

Verkholenskoi . . 
VerkhoOnralsk. 
Vorkhotouriye . . 

T  emu  X  BiisKOl .  • 

Verleegan  Hook 


CUm. 


|c. 
I. 

Ft 

^r 

G, 

Str. 

Bay 

T. 

I. 

I. 

Fd. 

T. 

R. 

Pt 

T. 

T. 

?• 

Cty, 

T. 

I. 

Pt 

R. 

T. 

Pt 

I. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Rks 

I. 

T. 

R. 

Bay 

T. 

^- 

T. 
T. 

Rop 
Dep 

?f 

St 

Cy. 

St 

T. 

C. 

C. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

I. 

C. 


North  America 
Oregon  Ter.  .. 
Oregon  Ter.  . . 

IlUnois 

Australasia... . 
New  Holland. . 

Japan  

China 

Si 


orway 

France , 

Brit  America  . 

Norway 

Iceland 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Patagonia 

Venezuela  .... 

Equador 

Turkey 

Norway 

Africa 

Russia 

Poljmesia 

New  Holland. . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Mantchooria  . . 

Polynesia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Polynesia 

Eastern  Sea. . . 

Texas 

Asiatic  Russia . 
Russia 


Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

France   

South  America 
Venezuela  .... 

Italy 

Hindoostan  . . . 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Guatemala  .... 
Guatemala .... 
Senegambia  .. . 
St  Thomas's  I. 

Brazil 

New  Grenada  . 

France 

Buenos  Ayres  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatio  Russia. 
Spitabergen  . . . 


Hat 


Bb 
D4 
Dd 
Ge 
Vra 

Uj 

V6 

To 

Ma 

Na 

Ld 

Gb 

Mb 

Kb 

Pb 

Vo 

Hn 

Hh 

Hi 

Nd 

Mb 

Pc 

Ak 
Ti 
Ro 
Oo 
Vo 

Aj 

Nc 

Qc 

Ob 

Vf 

Uf 

Ff 

Vb 

Pb 

Oo 

Ob 

Po 

Nc 

Md 

Hh 

Hh 

Nd 

S« 
l« 

^« 

K% 
Mh 
Ik 

G« 

Md 

Hk 

To 

Pc 

Pc 

Ub 

Na 


■^'SfTVi  iPf  '■':i[yvj>'i^''-',n^'-r--7--^-'r- 


1 

ttoa. 

flSi 

Lmerica  1 

ih 

Ter.  ..1 

[)d 

Ter.  . .  ] 

)d 

( 

ie 

asia...  •  ^ 

Vm 

olland..  1 

^\ 

1 

J6 

r 

To 

rgen ...  1 

Ma 

r ] 

Na 



Ld 

morica  . 

Sb 

f 

VIb 



Kb 

Pb 

Riuaia. 

Vc 

nia 

Hn 

ela  .... 

Hh 

ar 

Hi 

f 

Nd 

y 

Mb 

Nj 

Pc   1 

Bia 

Ak 

[olland.. 

Ti 

;  Russia. 

Ro 

Oo 

Iiooria  . . 

Vo. 

Ai 



Nc 

Qo 

Ob 

sia 

Vf 

fi  Sea. . . 

Vf 

.«•••■•> 

Ff 

Russia . 

Vb 

Pb 

Oo 

Ob 

Po 

No 

Md 

Hh 

cla  .... 

Hh 

Nd 

Stan  . . . 

Rk 

Fff 

t'ff 

«ir 

lala .... 

gr 

nbia ..  • 

.Mh 

mas'a  1 

Ik 

renada 

Gff 

Md 

Ayres 

Hk 

To 

Russia 

Po 

.Po 

Kusaia 

Ub 

.Na 

CONSULTING  INDEX. 


Ill 


Nmh  o(  Fhea,  fee. 


Vermelha .... 
Vermillion  . .  • 
Vermillion  . . . 

Vermont 

Verona  ...... 

Verro 

Versailles  .... 
Vembny  Kolymsk 
Versbny  Villuisk 
Vesenburg  . . . 
Vesicgonsk. . . 

Vesoul 

Vester  Horn. . 

Vesuvius 

Veszprin 

Vctlooga 

Vevay  

Veyros    

Vhytogra  .... 

Viana 

Viasma 

Viasniki 

Viatka 13. 

Viatka  ....... 

Viborg 9. 

Viborg 

Vichada 

Vioiosaa 

Vicksburg 

Vicsa 

Victoria 

Victoria 

Vidal 

Vidal 

Vienna 

Viesoa 

Vigeroo 

Vigia 

Vigia 

Vigo 

Vigo 

Vij^ten 

Vijima 

Viloabamba  .... 

Vilkomir 

Villa  Delia 

Villa  Boa 

Villa  Boim 

Villach 

Villa  Clara 

Villa  deC.  Frio. 
Villa  del  Forte  . . 
VilladolaPurifi. 


oaoion 

Villa  del  Puerto. 
VilU  del  Principe 
Villa  do  Contaa 
Villa  do  Principe 
VinaGtdsna.. 
Villa  Maria  . . 


Cba. 


Bay 
Bay 

Ft 
St 

?: 

T. 

T. 

C. 

Mt 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

Har 

C. 

Rk. 

?i" 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

L. 

Is. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Cy. 

T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 

m 

T. 


Benguela .... 
Louisiana.... 
Brit  America 
United  States.. 

Italy 

Russia 

France 

Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

France 

Iceland 

Naples 

Austria ....;. 

Russia 

Indiana 

Brazil 

Russia 

Brazil ■ 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

New  Grenada  . 
Caribbean  Sea. 
Mississippi. .. . 

Brazil 

Africa 

Brit  America  . 

Africa 

Atlantic  Ocean 

Austria ; 

Texas 

Norway ...... 

Mexico 

Brazil ........ 

Spain 

Ruaaia 

Norway 

Russia 

Peru 

Ruaaia 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Austria 

Cuba 

Brazil 

Brazil 


Mexico  .■ . 
Mexico ... 

Cuba 

Braxil.... 
Braiil . . . . 
Venesueia . 
BruU.... 


Mj 

Ff 

Ec 

Hd 

Md 

Nc 

M.d 

Wb 

Ub 

No 

Oc 

Md 

Kb 

Nd 

Nd 

Po 

6e 

li 

Ob 

11 

Oc 

Oo 

Pc 

Pc 

Nb 

Nb 

Hh 

S« 
Fe 

Ji 

Fa 
Ok 
Lc 
Nd 
Fe 
Mb 

fi' 

Ld 
Ob 
Mb 
Pb 

Hj 

No 

II 

Md 
Gf 
Jk 
Ji 


? 
Qf 

D 

Hh 


HnM  or  Flaao,  ftc 


da 


da 


ViUa    Nova 

Princeza  . 
ViUa    Nora 

Princeza , 
Villa  Nova  del  Rey 

Villa  Nova 

Villarct.... 
Villa  Rica. . 
Villa  Rica. . 
Villarica . . . 
Villa  Salado 

Villui 

Vincennes.. 

Vingorla 

Virgin 

Virgin 

Virgin  Gorda .. . 

Virginia 

Virgin's 

Virgin's 

Virlzerv 

Viscavna 

Vischer's 

Viseu 

Vistula 

Vitchegda 

Vitebsk 27. 

Vitebsk 

Vitim 

Vitimskaya 

Vittoria 

Vizagapatam  . . . 
Vizianagnam  . . . 
Vizierabad  . .   . . 

Vladimir S3. 

Vladimir 

Vladimir 

Vofsen 

Vogenoe 

Vohemaire 

Voikoski 

Voja 

Voiigorska 

Voknavolotz .... 

Volcano 

Volcano 

Volcano 

Volga 

Volgina 

Volhynia...  .45. 

Volkhov 

Volmar 

Vologda  ...11. 

Vologda 

Volomki 

VolU 

Voltes . . . 
Vollri  . . . 
Volunteer 
Vornavin 


Otm. 


T. 

T. 
T. 
T. 

C. 

?.- 

T. 

va. 

R. 

?: 

Is. 

Bka 

L 

St 

Bay 

C. 

L. 

C. 

I, 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Pr. 

Sr- 

T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
Pr. 

??• 

Bay 

Bay 

T. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

l! 

R. 

T. 

Pr. 

R. 

T. 

Pr. 

?: 

R. 
C. 
T. 
I. 
T. 


Brazil 

Brazil 

Brazil ........ 

New  Holland.. 

Brazil . '. 

Buenos  Ayres : 

Chili 

Mexico 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Indiana 

Hindoostan  . . . 
West  Indies.. . 
Newfoundland . 
West  Indies.. . 
United  Stetcs .. 

Mexico 

Patagonia 

Russia 

Mexico 

Australasia... . 
Brazil 


raiita. 


Brazil .. 


Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Spain 

Hindoostan  . . . 
Hindoostan  . ; . 
Hindoostan  . . . 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Si 


orway 
Madagascar .. . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Japan  

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Russia  ....... 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Guinea 

Africa 

Sardinia  >  -.  >  ^ . . 

Polynesia 

Russia 


Bat 
ItHt 


Ik 

Ji 
It 

li 

HI 
Ee 
Tb 
Ge 

Qff 
Hg 
Id 

?« 
Go 

Ee 

Hn 

No 

De 

Wl 

Hj 
Nc 
Pb 
No 
Oc 
To 
To 
Ld 

S« 

Re 
Oo 

o« 

No 
Na 
Mb 

Pj 

Qb 

Ob 

Pb 

Nb 

Vd 

Vf 

Wf 

Oo 

Ra 

Nc 

Oo 

No 

Pb 

Oo 

Oo 

Mh 

Nk 

Nd 

Ff 

Po 


113 


CX>NSVLTINO  INDEX. 


o<  Hw,  ke. 


,.4L 


Vorofskaya. 
Voronez 

Voronei 

Voronez 

Voronia.....  . . 

Voronov  ...   . . 

Vorya 

VoMninsk ..... 
Vosnecenskoo.. 
Voutchang .... 

VoU'tiiur 

Vo» 

Vym 

Vyn 


CUa. 


rtaUkJa. 


Waago. 

Wabash 

Wadan 

Waday 

Wadraag  .... 

Wadme 

Wady  al  Kora 
WadyDakhe 
WadyelKhargeh 
Wady   el  Lugh- 

Ihaman 

Wady  Farafi-eh . 
Wady  Kawar... 
Wady  Noon .... 
Wady  Zemzen .. 

Wa^r 

WaiunkA 

Wakasli 

Wake'B 

Wake's  Ledge . . 
Waldeck....23. 

Wales 

Walet. 

Walgnind 

Walffomas 

Walker 

Walker 

Walker' 

Wallace 

Wallaohia 

Wallah  Wallah  . 

Wallis's 

WaUis's 

Walmsley 

Walpole 

Waiabak 

Walnnffham... . 
Walter  Bathurst 

Walwioh 

Wamba 

Wamkrore 

Wamwax 

Wangel 

Wapucacnos... . 

Wara 

Waranger 


T. 
Pr. 

9: 

R. 
C. 
R. 

s^y 

T. 
Cy. 

&• 

R. 

R. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

Dis. 

T. 

T. 

Os. 

T. 

T. 

O. 

L. 

T. 

T.. 

R. 

Cty. 

Tr. 

I. 

Bks. 

Cty. 

Cty. 

T. 

I. 

L. 

C. 

C. 

Bay 

Bay 

Pr. 

R. 

I. 

I. 

L. 

I. 

I. 

C. 

C. 

Bay 

Dis. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

R. 

Cy, 

n 


Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia    ' 

Russia  ...... 

Russia 

Russia 

Russia 

Asiatic 
Russia 
Asiatic 

China 

China 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Russia 


Faroe  Islands 
United  States. 

Tripoli 

Africa 

Barbary  

Russia  ...... 

Arabia 

Egypt 

Egypt 


I  Russia. 
I  Russia 


Fezzan ....... 

Egypt 

Africa 

Suse 

Tripoli 

Brit  America  . 

Africa 

Oregon  Ter... . 

Polynesia 

Polynesia 

Grermany 

Great  Britain .. 

Africa 

Russia 

Sweden 

Brit  America  . 
Greenland  . . . . 
Cape  Colony  . . 
Scoresby's  Ld. 

Turkey 

Oregon  Ter... . 
Polynesia ..... 
Isle  of  Georgia 
Brit  America  . 
Australasia... . 

Iceland 

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 

Afi-ica 

Africa 

Senegambia  ■ . . 
Australasia... . 

Sweden 

Oregon  Ter.. .. 

Bergoo 

Runia 


Wc 
Oo 
Oc 
Ob 
Ob 
Ob 
Qb 
Pb 
Ro 
To 
Te 
Ob 
Qb 

P> 

Lb 
Ge 

Nf 

Ng 
Me 
Na 
Of 
Nf 
Nf 

Mf 

Nf 

Mg 

Lf 

Me 

Gb 

Ng 

Dd 

i'^ 
Xg 

Mc 

Lc 

S? 

Nb 
Fc 
la 

Nl 
Ka 
Nd 
Ed 

Jn 
fib 
Xk 

Kb 
Hg 
Oa 

Mk 
Ni 
Kff 
VI 

Nb 
Ed 

N«r 

Nn 


of  FlH«,ft<. 


Warangol 

Warasmn 

Warberg 

Wardehuus  .... 

Wardoe 

Waree 

Wargala.i..... 

WWgala 

Wargela 

Warning 

Warreconne  .... 

Warren 

Warren... .. .. 

Warren ....... 

Warrender .... 

Warrow 

Warsaw 

Warsaw 

Wasa 4 

Wasa 

Wasalmy 

Wash  (the).... 
Washagamy... 
Washington . . . 
Washington  .. . 
Washington ... 
Washington  .. . 
Washington .. . . 
Washington  .. . 
Washita  (False) 
Washoo. ...... 

WasiliefTe 

Wnsiliefiskoy.. 
Waskayow . . . . 

Waskur 

Wassaw 

Wasseen 

Wassela 

Wassiboo 

Wasteras 

Watdiman's... 

Waterford 

WaUings'Kay. 

Wawa 

Waygat 

Waygat 

Waygatch  .... 
Waygatch  .... 
Waygeeoo  .... 

Webbe 

Webuck 

Weeks' 

Weeks' 

Wehisk 

Wei 

Weldo 

Weide 

Weihai-wei.... 
Weldychuok  . . 
Wsljmley's.... 
Wellington. . .. 


CiMi. 


T. 
T. 
T. 
T. 
L 

Dis. 

T. 

Sta. 

Mts 

R. 

T. 

R. 

Pt 

C. 

Cty. 

Pr. 
T. 
R. 

L. 

5f 

T. 

T. 

Is. 

L 

R. 

T. 

C. 

I. 

L. 

R. 

Dis. 

Pks 

Cty. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

I. 

Sta. 

I. 

Str. 

I. 

R. 

C. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

Pr. 

Bay 

R. 

T. 

L. 

Tn 

Oi. 


Hindooatan  . . . 

Austria 

Sweden 

Russia 

Russia 

Benin 

Barbary 

Barbary 

Africa 

New  S.  Wales. 
Wisconsin  Ter. 
Pennsylvania. . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Guiana 


Poland 

Illinois 

Russia 

Russia 

Brit  America  ■ 

England 

Brit.  America  . 
D.  of  Columbia 
Pennsylvania. . 

Arkansas 

Texas 

Polynesia 

Pdynesia 

Western  Ter.., 

Soudan 

Kurile  Islands. 
Asiatic  Russia . 
Brit  America . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Ashantee 

Africa 

Africa 

AfricH 

Sweden 

Patagonia 

Irelwd 

Bahamas 

Soudan  

Greenland  . . . . 
Greenland  . . . . 

Russia 

Russia 

Polynesia 

Africa 

Labrador  . . . . . 
Polynesia .... 
Polynesia.  ■ . . . 
Brit  America 

Thibet 

Spitsbergen  . . . 
Greenland  ... 

China 

Brit  America 

Brit  America 


Rat 


S5 

Mc 
Oa 
Oa 

Mh 
Me 
Me 
Mf 
Wk 
Fd 
Gd 
Fb 
Db 
Ga 
Ih. 
Nc 
Fd 
Nb 
Nb 
He 
Mc 
He 
Ge 
Gd 
Fe 
Fo 

Cj 

Bh 

Fe 

Mh 

Wd 

Ua 

Fo 

Qb 

Lh 

Oi 

Lg 

I'g 

No 

Hm 

Lc 

Hf 

Mh 

la 

la 

Pb 

Pb 

Uh 

Oh 

lc 

Wf 

^« 
Oo 

Sf 

Ma 

lb 
Ue 
Eb 

tr  J 

Fi 


CONSULTING  INDEX. 


113 


Simaotritmitt. 


Wellington.    . 

WcUs' 

Welsford 

Wener 

Wenerborg. . 

Wen  man's  . . . 

Werner 

Wesel 

Weser 

Wesley  viUo.. 

Wessol'a . ,. .. 

Wosaera  ...,■ 

West..- 

West 

West 

West 

West 

West 

West  Bothnia 

West  Cape  Howe 

Western 

Western 

Western 

Western 

Western 

Western 

Western  Austral' 
asia 

Western    Spits- 
bergen  

Westervelts  .... 

West  Fork 

Westaianna .... 

West  Mt.  Barren 

Weston 

West  Pens 

Westray 

West  Sleepers  . . 

West  Vaagcn.. . 

Wetter 

Wettcrn 

Wexford 

Wexlo 

Weymouth 

Wey wongy  .... 

Whaco  Indians  . 

Whale 

Whale 

Whale 

Whale 

Whale 

Whale 

Whale 

Whittle  River  . . . 

Whale's 

Whale's 

Whaiieekas  .... 

Wheeling 

Whidbey 

Whldbey 

White 

10« 


Clui. 


I. 

Rf. 

C. 

L. 

T. 

Is. 

Mts. 

T. 

R. 

Sta. 

Is. 

I. 

C. 

C. 

I. 

Pt 

Rf. 

Fd. 

Dis. 

C. 

Ter. 

Is. 

Is. 

I. 

Po. 

Ter. 

Cty. 

Dis. 

Gr. 

R. 

I. 

Mt 

C. 

Is. 

I. 

Is. 

I. 

I. 

L. 

T. 

T. 

C. 

I. 

Tr. 

Bay 

Bay 

So. 

Pt 

Is. 

R. 

Bk. 

Ho. 

Bay 

Hi 

T. 

ri^'r 

Is. 

Sea 


IMUia. 

Bat 

Hm 

Patagonia  .... 

Australasia.... 

Wj 

Brit  America  . 

Gb 

Sweden 

Mc 

Sweden 

Mc 

Gallapagos  ... . 

Fh 

Scoresby's  Ld.. 

Ka 

Prussia 

Mc 

Mc 

Caffraria 

Nl 

Australasia... . 

Vj 

Australasia  . . . 

u! 

New  Zealand. . 

Xm 

Coronation  .... 

lo 

Falkland  Is.... 

In 

Brit  America  « 

Hd 

South  Shetland 

lo 

Norway 

Mb 

Sweden.... ... 

Nb 

New  Holland. . 

TI 

United  States. . 

Fe 

Atlantic  Ocean 

Ke 

Scotland 

Lc 

Australasia.... 

Vm 

News.  Wales. 

VI 

United  States. . 

Fe 

Australasia .  . . 

Ul 

Spitsbergen  . . . 

Ma 

Polynesia 

Wh 

Oregon  Ter.  . . 

Ed 

Iceland 

Kb 

New  Holland.. 

Tl 

Brit  America  . 

Gb 

Brit  America  . 

Fo 

Scotland 

Lc 

Brit  America  . 

Gc 

Loffoden  Isles . 

Mb 

Malaysia  ...    . 

Ui 

Sweden 

Mc 

Ireland 

Lo 

Sweden 

Mc 

News.  Wales. 

l{ 

Malaysia 

Texas 

Fe 

Afirica 

Mk 

Kerguelen's  Ld. 

Qb 

Brit  America  . 

Ha 

Brit  America  . 

Gb 

Greenland  .... 

lb 

Brit  America . 

Ho 

Newfoundland. 

Id 

Brit.  America  . 

Go 

Spitsbergen  . . . 

Na 

Spitsbergen  . . . 

Na 

Africa 

Oi 

Virginia  

Ge 

Orairnn  Ter.  =  -.  ■. 

Dd 

Australasia  . . . 

VI 

Russia 

Ob 

NiBM  0(  FUCM,  kc. 


White 

White 

White 

White 

White 

White 

White 

White 

White 

White 

White  Bear  . . 
White  Earth  . 
White  Fish  . . 
White  Fiah  . . 
White  Fish  Lake 

Whitehall 

White  Haruteh 

Whitshed 

Whitsuntide... 

WhitUe 

Wholdvahad... 

Whydah 

Whylootacke  . . 

Wick 

Wicklow 

Wide 

Wideroe 

Widin 

Wight 

Wiirst 

Wilb<irforce  . . . 

Wilcox 

Wild 

Vt'ilkesbarre... 
Willersted  .... 

Willey's 

William 

William 

William 

William 

William 

WiUiamlV.'s.. 

Williams' 

Willow  Lake . . 
Wilmington  ... 

Wilna 29. 

Wilnu 

Wilson's 

Wingoos 

Winchester.. . 
Wincoop's  . . . 
Wincoop'a  . . . 

Windalo 

Windau 

Windsor 

Windward  . . . 
Windward  . . . 
Winebah 


VUi 1 

?v  fliiiicua^u  .  . 

Winnebago  . . 
Winnebagoes  ... 


Claa. 


rMiUoa. 


Bay 

C. 

R. 

R. 

L. 

L. 

I. 

Is. 

Cr. 

Mts. 

Bay 

R. 

R. 

L. 

Ho. 

T. 

Mts. 

C. 

L 

C. 

L. 

T. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

Bay 

I. 

T. 

I. 

C. 

C. 

Pt 

Is. 

T. 

L. 

I. 

C. 

Pt 

Mt 

Ft. 

Ft 

Ld. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

Pr. 

Pr. 
L. 

Bay 

Pt 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Ch. 

Is. 

T. 

T 

Ft 
Tr. 


Newfoundland. 
Brit  America  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Missouri 

Mongolia 

Brit  America  . 

Bolivia 

Australnsi:!  . . . 

Missouri 

New  S.  Wales  . 
Brit  America  . 
Wisconsin  Ter. 
Brit  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
New  York... . 

Africa........ 

North  America 
Australasia .... 

Labrador 

Brit  America  . 

Dahomey 

Polynesia 

Scotland 

Ireland 

New  S.  Woles  . 
Faroe  Islands  . 

Turkey 

England 

Se^alien 

Mozambique  . . 
Greenland  .... 
Greenland  ■ . .  • 
Pennsylvania. . 
Brit  America  . 
Southern  Ocean 

Celebes 

Mozambique  . . 
New  Holland.. 

Scotland 

Brit  America  . 
Brit  America  . 
Missouri  Ter.  . 
Brit  America  . 
Nortli  Carolina 

Russia 

Russia 

News.  Wales. 
Btit  America  . 

Virginia  

Java 

Java 

Russia 

Russia 

Vermont. ..... 

Western  Ocean 
West  Indies. . . 
Aslianteo 


msconsm  I'er. 
Wisconsin  Ter. 
Wisconsin  Ter. 


lc 

Ha 

Xb 

Fe 

Sd 

Fb 

Hk 

XI 

Fd 

VI 

Hb 

Fd 

Eg 

Ec 

Ec 

Hd 

Nf 

Cb 

Xj 
He 
Fb 
Mb 

L  c 

Lo 

Wk 

Lb 

Nd 

Lo 

Vc 

Ok 

la 

lb 

Gd 

Fb 

Kn 

Ti 

Tl 
Lo 
Fd 
Fb 
Ed 
Db 
Ge 
No 
No 
VI 
Fe 
Go 
Ti 
Ti 
Nb 
No 
Hd 

SI 

ud 
Gd 
Fd 


114 


CONSVLTIN6  INDEX. 


NiBttoT  riaeai,  fee. 


Winnepeek., 
Winnopeck . . 
Winslow. ..,. 
Winter  ..... 

Winter 

Winter 

Wirtemburg. 
Wisbaden .. . 

Wisby 

Wisconsin  . . 
Wisconsin  . . 
Withelms . . . 
Wittangi.... 
Wittenberg  . 
Woahoo  .... 

Wodio 

Wogadeen  . . 
Wofchich . . . 
Wolchousky . 
Woled  Aboussoba 
WoledAIy  Arabs 
Woled  Deleym. 
Woled  Deleym . 
Woled  Gormeh 
Woled  Has.    n 

Wolf 

Wolf 

WoUaston 

WoUoslon 

WoUaston. .... 
Wolstenholme  . 
Wolstenholino . 
Wolstenholme  . 
Wolter  Thymens 
Woman's  . . . 

Womba 

Wood 

Wood 

Wood 

Wood 

WoodaU'B .. . 
Woodburg  . . 
Woodbury  . . 

Woodia 

Woods 

Woody  Head 
Worth's  .... 

Wrath 

Wupperthal . 
Wurzburg... 
Wyborg  .... 

Wynn 

Wyragur  . . . 


Xagaa 

Xanacy  . . . . 
Xarayes  . . . 

Xercz 

Xingu 

Xiquexique. 
Xoiotas . . . . 


Chib 


R. 

L. 

I. 

L. 

I. 

His. 

Km 

T. 

T. 

Ter. 

R. 

I. 

T. 

?'• 

L. 

Tr. 

Mts, 

I. 

Tr. 

Tr. 

Tr. 

Sta. 

Tr. 

Tr. 

I. 

I. 

L. 

L. 

I. 

C. 

So. 

I. 

Fd. 

Is. 

T. 

Bay 

Bay 

T. 

C. 

Bk. 

Bay 

C. 

T. 

L. 

C. 

Is. 

C. 

Sta. 

^- 

C. 
T. 

Bay 

L. 
T. 
R. 
T. 
T. 


Brit  America 
Brit  America 
Polynesia  .... 
Brit  America 
Brit  America 

Russia 

Germany.., .. 

Nassau 

Gothland 

United  States. 
Wisconsin  . . . 
Nova  Zembia . 

Sweden 

Prussia.  ...>.. 
Sandwich  Is.. 

Russia    

Africa 

Brit  America 
Polynesia. . . . 
Africa 


tailta. 


Barca 

Africa 

Africa 

Africa 

Africa 

Labrador  .... 
Labrador  , . . . 
Brit  America 
Brit  America . 
Patagonia  .... 
Brit  America  . 
Brit  America . 
Brit  America  . 
Spitsbergen  . . . 
Greenland  . . . . 

Soudan  

Spitsbergen  . . . 
Jan  Mayen  I... 

Nubia 

Scoresby's  Ld. 
Atlantic  Ocean 
New  Guinea  . . 
New  Guinea  . . 

Soudan  

Brit  America  . 
New  Zealand . . 

Polynesia 

Scotland 

Cape  Colony  . . 

Bavaria 

Denmark 

Scoresby's  Ld.. 
Hindooetan  . . . 


Cuba 

Brazil 

Bolivia  .... 
Guatemala . 

Brazil 

Brazil  ■.. J  j 

Bolivia    |H  k 


Fc 
Fo 

E^ 
6b 
Ob 
Md 
Md 
Nc 
Pd 
Fd 
Pa 
Nb 
Mc 
Bf 
Oh 
Oh 
He 

Cj 

Lf 

Ne 

Lf 

Lf 

Lf 

Lf 

Ic 

He 

Fc 

Eb 

Hn 

Gb 

Ha 

Ha 

Na 

la 

Mg 

Ma 

La 

Og 

Ka 

Kd 

Vi 

Vi 

Mg 

Fc* 

XI 

Wh 

Lo 

Nl 

Md 

Mc 

Ka 

Rf 

Of 


I  of  Flaca,  ke. 


XuUa  Besscy  . . 
Xulla  M  angola . 
Xuila  Talyaboo 


Yablanoy .... 

Yachan 

Yackman .... 
Yacobstat.... 

Yacootat 

Yacsa 

Yacuy 

Yaguari 

Yai-chcw .... 
Yakoutes  .... 
Yakoutsk .... 
Yakoutsk .... 

YaU 

Yalnsness .... 

Yalo 

Ya-Iottg 

Yaloutorovsk . 
Yamayas  .... 

Yambo 

Yamburg .... 
Yamskaya . . . 
Yamskoi  .... 
Yamychcvskoy  . 

Yana 

Yandy  

Yang-chow  .... 

YangomCz 

Yang-tse  Kiang 

Yanni 

Yao-chow 

Yao-ngan 

Yaoorie 

Yap 

Yapelhue 

Yaransk 

Yarboro 

Yarcou  Tsanpoo 

Yarensk 

Yari 

Yarkand 

Yarkand 

Yarmouth 

Yarmouth 

Yaroslavl .  ..15. 
Yaroslavl .... 

Yarriba 

Yartobe 

Yaaashna .... 
YathKyed... 

Yazoo 

Y-chow 

Ycdinsk 

Yeh 

Yell 

Yell 


Claa. 


I. 

Mts. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

Bay 

T. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

Tr. 

Pr. 

T. 

R. 

C. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

BaV 

T.^ 

T. 

R. 

T. 

?. 

R. 
R. 

?• 

T. 
T. 
In. 
R. 
T. 
R. 

&■ 

T. 

T. 

Pr. 

T. 

Cty. 

T. 

R. 

L. 

R. 

T. 
T. 

So. 
I. 


Malaysia 
Malaysia  ■ 
Malaysia 


Yellow R. 


FBdaai. 


Asiatic  Rnssia. 

Corea 

Oregon  Tor.  .. 

Russia 

North  America 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Brazil 

Brazil 

Hainan 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Mantchooria  . . 

Iceland 

Mantchooria  . . 

China . 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Mexico 

Arabia  . .   . . .' . 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Soudan 

China 

Uruguay  . . . 

China 

Mantchooria 

China 

China 

Soudan  .... 
Polynesia. . . 

Chili 

Russia 

North  America 
Thibet  . . . 
Russia  . . . 
Brazil .... 
Little  Bucharia 
Little  Bucharia 
Nova  Scotia. . . 

England 

Russia 

Russia 

Soudan 

Little  Thibet . . 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Brit  America  . 
Mississippi. .. . 

China 

Asiatic  Russia. 

fiirmah 

Scotland 

Scotland 


Africa. 


:>* 


Ui 
Ui 
Ui 

V.c 
Ue 
Dd 
Nc 
Co 
Uc 
Ik 
Ik 

Tg 

Ub 

Ub 

Ub 

Ud 

KS 

Ud 

Sf 

Qc 

Eo 

Of 

Nc 

Wb 

Wb 

Re 

Vb 

Mh 

Te 

II 

Uo 

Uc 

Tf 

Sf 

Mg 

Vh 

HI 

Pc 

Ca 

Re 

Pb 

Ik 

Qd 

Rd 

Hd 

Mc 

Oo 

Oo 

Mh 

Re 

Vb 

Fb 

Fb 

Te 

Vb 

Sg 

Lo 

Lo 

Uo 

Nk 


r 


CONBULTINO  INDEX. 


US 


NuMafnuMita. 


Yellow...., 

Yellow 

Yellow  Knife... 
Yellow  Mongols 
Yellow  Stone .. . 

Yemana 

Yemen 

Yen 

Yen  chow 

Yengi 

Yenisei 

Yenisei 

Yenisei 

Yen-ngon 

Yen-ping 

Yeou 

Yoppe 

Yezd 

Yezdikhast 

Yhirrita 

Yikarova 

Yligan 

Ylijaska 

Ymile 

Yobaty 

Yo-chow 

Yong-chow  .... 
Yong.ning.chow 

Yon.ping 

Yopoz 

York 

York 

York 

York 

York 

York 

York 

York 

York 

York 

York  Minstor  . . 

York's 

Yorobieva 

Youghall  . . 

Yod 

Young  William's 

Yourih 

Youxpell.... 

Yozo 

Ypilay 

Yrcoo 

Yrcoulou  . . . 

Yshoek 

Yucatan .... 
Yu-chow  . . . 
Yuen.chow  . 
Yuen  Kiang . 
Yuen.yang. . 

Yuma 

Yungepo  ... 
Yung  Ling  . 


Cha. 


R. 

L. 

R. 

Tr. 

R. 

T. 

Pr. 

Sta. 

T. 

a 

T. 
R. 

I" 

Tr. 

&• 
T. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

T. 

9.^' 

9,^- 

I" 
Dim. 

?!" 

T. 

C. 

C. 

C. 

Is. 

So. 

Ft 

I. 

Pen 

T. 

T. 

I. 

Is. 

C. 

L. 

R. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

PU 

Sta. 

9y' 
9y' 


m. 


China • 

Wisconsin  Tor. 
Brit  America . 

Mongolia 

Missouri  Ter... 

Arabia 

Arabia 

Africa 

China 

Corea 

Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 
Asiatic  Russia. 

China 

China 

Soudan  

Missouri  Ter... 

Persia 

Persia 

New  Grenada  . 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Mindanao 

Russia 

Mantchooria  .  ■ 

Ashantce 

China 

China 

China 

China 

Mexico 

Brit  America  . 

England 

Now  Holland. . 

Virginia 

Brit  America  . 
Brit.  America  . 
New  S.  Wales 
Australasia... 
New  Holland 
Brit.  America 
Patagonia  . . . 
New  S.  Wales 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Ireland 

Polynesia  .... 
Polynesia. . .. 
Brit  America 
Oregon  Ter.  . 
Mantchooria  . 
Paraguay  .... 
Mantchooria  . 
Mantchooria  . 
Nova  Zembla. 

Mexico 

China 

China 

China 

China 

Bahamas  .... 

China 

Thibet 


B«C 


Te 

Fd 
Eb 
Se 
Fd 
Ft 
Og 

S« 
Te 

Ue 

Ra 

c 

Sc 

Te 

Tf 

Mg 

Ed 

Pe 

Pe 

Hh 

Sc 

Uh 

Nb 

Vc 

Lh 

Tf 

Tf 

Tf 

Te 

l« 
Fo 

Lc 

Tl 

6e 

Ga 

Ha 

Vj 

Vj 

Uj 
Ec 

Hn 

VI 

So 

Lc 

Uh 

Wh 

Gb 

Ed 

Vd 

Ik 

Vd 

Vd 

Qa 

S« 
Te 

Tf 

Tf 

Te 

Of 

Sf 


S< 


Muw  cirbem,lu.  ' 


Yungniug  .....  T. 
Yung-ning-chow  Cy. 

Yu.nhing Cy. 

Yunnan Pr. 

Yunnan Cy. 

Yunshan Pr. 

'V  un.tai.cfaan  . . .  Cy. 

Yupeo. Pr. 

Yurie  /elz T. 


Zab 

Zabara 

Zacatecas .... 

Zacatecas 

Zacatula 

Zacatula 

Zacheo  

Zacbivcrsk  .... 

Zagany  

Zaguanagos . . . 

Zaire 

Zaitsova 

Zaizan 

Zak 

Zambezo 

Zambezi ...,.,, 
Zanguebar  . . . . . 

Zante 

Zanzibar 

Zanzibar 

Zaria 

Zarnsk , 

Zavara 

Zawaja 

Zealand 

Zebato , 

Zebce  

Zebid 

Zebu 

Zechoe  

Zeertwin-zeriman 

Zoghawa 

Zeglien 

Zcgzeg 

Zekhova  

Zclania 

Zemee 

Zendoro 

Zerbi 

Zerib 

Zeyla 

Zhe-hol 

Zimba 

Zimbao 

Zimbuas ....... 

Zimora 

Zinti 

Ziriancst 
Zirmte  , 
Znaym  . 


Cb«. 


Thibet 

China 

China 

China 

China 

Birmah 

China 

Mantchooria 
Russia 


I  •  ■  «  •  • 


Die. 
T. 

St 

7: 

R. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

R. 

R. 

T. 

L. 

R. 

R. 

R. 

Cty. 

I. 

?" 

T. 

T. 

Pt 

L. 

I. 

I. 

R. 

T. 

I. 

R. 

Sta. 

T. 

T. 

Dis. 

Bay 

C. 

T. 

Cty. 

I. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

n 

M. 

T. 
T. 


Sf 
To 
Te 
Sf 
Sf 
Sf 
Te 
Ud 
Oc 


Biurbary 

Arabia 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Mexico 

West  Indies... 
Asiatic  Russia. 

Soudan 

Mexico 

Congo 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Mongolia 

Africa 

Cazembo 

Mozambique  . . 

Africa 

Ionian  Isles .. . 

Africa 

Indian  Ocean.. 

Soudan 

Russia 

Mozambique  . . 

Africa 

Denmark 

Now  Grenada  . 

Africa 

Arabia 

Malaysia  . . . 

Afrjca 

Sahara  


IteC 


Darfiir 

Fezzan 

Soudan  

Russia 

Nova  Zembla .. 

Birmah 

Africa 

Tripoli 

Earbary 

Abyssinia 

Mantchooria  . . 

Africa 

Motapa 

South  America 

Russia 

Bolivia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Soudan  

Austria 


Me 

Pf 

Ff 
Ff 

I' 

Hg 

Vb 

M*g 

Eo* 

Mi 

So 

Rd 

Nk 

Nj 

Oi 

Ne 

Oi 

Oi 

Mg 

Oo* 

Ok 

Oh 

Mo 

Gh 

Oh 

Og 

Uff 

NT 

Lf 

Ng 

Nf 

Mg 

Pb 

Qa 

Sf 

Dh 

.Me 

Me 


?5 

?l 

No 
Hk 
No 
Mg 

N«r 


mtm 


116 


w 


>  CONSULTING  INDEX. 


-:*Ti-^r  •  .■^:-«VPff';: 


Zoar  ..«. 
Zoara  ... 

Zogmg.. 
Zoobakie. 
Zoolos ... 
ZoUna... 
ZoubisoT . 
Zowon... 
Zuela.... 
Zulia.... 
Zumba  . . 
Zumbas.. 
Zumbo  . . 


CfaMl 


t: 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Tr. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

T. 

Dep 

T. 

T. 

T. 


ttMim. 


Syria 

Tripoli 

Soudan  

Africa 

Cain-aria 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Russia 

Tunis 

Fczzan  

Venezuela  . . . . 

Bcng;ucla 

Africa 

Cbangamcra  . . 


Rat 


Qe 

Me 

Mff 

Oh 

Ok 

Sb 

Oc 

Me 

Nf 

nJ 

Oj 
Nj 


Zurinli.... 
Zurpane  . . 
Zurrah  . . . 
Zuurcbiak 
Zuyder  Zee 
Zvenigorod 
Zverinogolevsl 
Zvomik .... 
Zwartlintjes  . . . . 
Zwartcn  Kock . . 
Zwellendam  . . . . 

Zwoll 

Zytomlr 


kayaT, 


CUa. 


L. 
T. 
G. 
T. 


T. 
R. 
C. 
T. 
T. 
T. 


ruriUak 


Switzerland .  • . 

Polynesia 

Cabul 

Capo  Colony  . . 
German  Ocean 

Russia 

Asiatic  Russia. 

Turkey 

Cape  Colony  . . 
Nova  Zombla .. 
Capo  Colony  . . 

IloUand 

Russia 


RaC 


Md 

I' 
Pe 

Nl 

Mc 

Oc 

Qc 

Nd 
Nk 
Pa 

Nl 
Mc 

Nc 


^.■A^,! 


\:t\'n't!.<- 


.^f-. 


f+s-jiS^^lr-'ft- 


A'- . 


■  jv;. ;  S  sj 


itfiA^li 


-■tJrJtK. 


w. 


END  OF  CONSULTINQ  INDEX. 


•<■  V-. 


».i*^?t.' 


■M^i-^v' 


:«;•». 


;^:5. 


s-A 


if.' 


fiikif. 


iX  '-li 


,  .1. 


,  •.vfiJ'i,.:' 


■     >'#^1,. 


i.'tei.  1. 


t^A'r.< 


u     i'  '.  ■  '^     - 


<:-3/\^  (?,' 


«..^ 


.■M% 


■>i. 


,.«  S 


'1 H'-' 


..r-i' 


•,V-.—  '  -h      t' 


,i.  ,    V-.|*f  1- 


lurland  • 


icsia  . 


I 

Colony  . . 
lan  Ocean 

ia 

tic  Russia. 

Colony  . 
iZombla . 

Colony  . 
ind 


fM. 


Md 

Vg 

Pe 

Ni 

Mc 

Oc 

Qc 

Nd 

Nk 

Pa 

Nl 

Mc 

Nc 


,1,  ;.  v(«>'v.  J- 
.    ,  F.'..;-f 


Mi.  fA-i/f.'-y 


^y^'^'*' 


■  trh'A  u 


;.i  ,.*«/S.s:^4*wi.,ia(;.^' '  5>*#'' 


1 


GENERAL  VIEW 


or 


THE     WORLD. 


The  World  comprises  five  ^eiX  divisions,  viz. :  America,  Europe,  Asia, 
Africa,  and  Qceanica  :  the  second,  third,  and  fourth  of  them,  comprised  all  that 
was  known  to  the  ancients:  hence,  this  part  of  the  earth  is  frequently  called  the 
Old  World,  and  also  the  Eastern  Continent;  and  America,  by  way  of  distinction, 
is  often  called  the  New  World,  and  likewise  the  Western  Continent. 

America  is  a  vast  continent,  entirely  separated  from  the  other  parts  of  the  earth. 
Though  inferior  either  to  Europe,  Asia,  or  Africa  in  population,  and  particularly  to 
the  former  in  knowledge,  refinement,  and  importance ;  yet  its  vast  extent,  great 
natural  capabilities,  and  the  freedom  of  its  political  institutions,  will,  in  time,  enable 
the  nations  of  the  Western  Continent,  not  only  to  equal,  but  probably  much  to 
surpass,  the  greatest  monarchies  of  the  Old  World. 

America  was  unknown  to  the  civilized  world  until  conoparatively  recent  times. 
Greenland  was  discovered  by  the  Icelanders  as  early  as  A.  D.  982  ;  and  either  New- 
foundland or  New  England  appears  to  have  been  discovered  by  Biorn,  a  Norwe- 
gian, in  1002,  under  the  name  of  Vinland.  It  is  also  supposed  that  the  brothers 
Zeno,  of  Venice,  discovered  the  same  region,  which  they  called  Estotiland,  in 
1390 ;  but  still  the  existence  of  a  Western  Continent  was  not  believed  in  by  the 
civilized  world,  until  the  first  voyage  of  Columbus,  in  the  year  1492.  His  subse- 
quent voyages,  in  1493,  1498,  and  1503,  with  those  of  the  Cabots,  Magellan,  and 
others,  shortly  established  the  existence  of  a  New  World. 

Europe,  though  the  smallest  of  the  three  great  divisions  of  the  Eastern  Conti- 
nent, is  the  first  in  importartse,  the  most  thickly  peopled,  and  the  best  cultivated. 
In  modern  times  it  has  been  the  point  from  which  civilization  and  knowledge  have 
been  extended  to  other  nations,  and  its  emigrants  have  peopled  all  the  civilized 
couTi trios  of  the  other  parts  of  the  world. 

Though  Europo  was  the  latest  portion  of  the  Eastern  Continent  that  received 
the  light  of  civilization,  yet  it  ronst  now  be  considered  as  the  centre  of  refinement 
and  learning.  The  most  useful  inventions  in  the  arts,  the  finest  productions  of 
genius,  and  the  impiovement  of  all  the  sciences,  belong  to  the  people  of  this 
region. 

The  southern  and  central  parts  of  Europe  only  were  known  to  the  ancient  civi- 
lized nations.  The  early  Christian  missionaries  explored  the  regions  of  northern 
Europe,  and  first  made  the  world  acquainted  with  them.  The  most  ancient  ac- 
count cf  northern  Europe  was  written  by  Alfred  the  Great,  king  of  England,  who  in 
A.  D.  901  sent  Other  to  sail  around  the  North  Cape  to  the  White  Sea,  and  Wulstan,  to 
explore  the  Gulf  of  Finland ;  both  of  which  objects  were  attained.    Iceland  was 

017) 


..A.    .^-,.-»:,W- 


:"«fc «..^-a.<ismJ'..'.-i  _:'.■-*;: 


118 


GENERAL  VIEW  OF  THE  WORLD. 


diseovered  about  840,  by  Nadod,  a  Danish  or  Norwegian  pirate ;  Spitzbergen,  in 
1553,  by  Sir  Hugh  Willoughby ;  and  Nova  Zembla,  by  English  navigators,  in  1556. 

Asia  is  the  largest  and  most  populous  of  the  great  divisions  of  the  globe.  It 
has  been  the  seat  of  some,  of  the  most  powerful  empires  of  ancient  times,  and  the 
theatre  of  many  of  the  most  interesting  events  recorded  in  history. 

Ii  was  here  our  first  parents  were  created,  and  from  this  quarter  the  descendants 
of  Noah  peopled  the  world  after  the  flood.  It  was  also  the  birth-place  of  our  Sa- 
viour, the  scene  of  his  miracles  and  death,  and  the  field  on  which  the  Apostles 
first  published  salvation  to  man. 

In  Asia  all  has  continued  fixed  as  if  by  enchantment  We  see  empires  whose 
origin  is  lost  in  the  unknown  beginnings  of  time ;  laws,  institutions,  and  ideas, 
which  have  remained  unaltered  during  thousands  of  years,  exhibiting  a  picture  of 
the  domestic  life  of  man,  as  it  existed  in  the  earliest  ages. 

Central  Asia  became  known  to  the  Greeks  by  the  expedition  of  Alexander  the 
Great.  The  navigation  to  India,  via  the  Red  Sea,  &c.,  which  began  about  the 
commencement  of  the  Christian  era,  made  the  Romans  acquainted  with  Hindoos- 
tan  and  Thibet.  China  became  known  to  them  at  a  later  period,  and  to  the  Ara- 
bians about  A.  D.  850.  The  Crusades  made  the  nations  of  Europe  more  familiar 
with  western  Asia;  and  the  travels  of  Marco  Polo,  and  other  travellers  who- suc- 
ceeded him,  opened  up  Eastern  Asia  to  their  view.  The  discovery  of  the  passage 
to  the  East,  by  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  soon  made  the  southern  and  eastern 
coasts  of  Asia  familiar  to  Europeans,  and  the  conquest  of  Siberia,  by  the  Rus- 
sians, with  the  exploration  of  its  shores,  have  made  the  world  acquainted  with 
northern  Asia ;  there  are  still,  however,  extensive  regions  in  Central  Asia,  that 
are  but  little  known. 

Africa  is  a  vast  peninsula,  joined  to  Asia  by  the  isthmus  of  Suez.    It  com- 

f irises  nearly  one-fourth  part  of  the  land  surface  of  the  globe,  being  about  one-third 
ess  than  Asia,  and  three  times  larger  than  Europe. 

This  quarter  of  the  world  is  almost  wholly  in  a  state  of  barbarism,  yet  in  ancient 
times  its  northern  countries  were  among  the  most  enlightened  in  the  world,  and 
still  have  written  languages.  They  are  now,  however,  among  the  lowest  of  the 
half-civilized  nations. 

Africa  is  the  hottest  region  of  the  globe,  and  lies  mostly  within  the  tropics.  The 
influence  of  a  tropical  climate  extends  even  to  those  portions  which  are  in  the 
temperate  zones. 

The  knowledge  which  the  ancients  had  of  Africa  was  confined  to  the  regions  on 
the  north  side  of  the  equator.  The  more  southern  coasts  were  gradually  explored 
by  the  Portuguese.  Zarco  discovered  Madeira  in  1419.  Noel  discovered  the 
Cape  de  Verde  islands  in  1446.  Escovar  coasted  Guinea  in  1471 ;  Deigo  Cam 
sailed  to  Congo  in  1484 ;  and  Bartholomew  Diaz  reached  the  southern  point  of 
Africa  in  I486.  Vasco  de  Gama  first  sailed  aroun(]  that  Cape,  and  reached  India 
in  1498.  Since  that  time  many  enterprises,  both  by  sea  and  land,  have  been  un- 
dertaken, for  the  purpose  of  exploring  Africa ;  still,  our  knowledge  of  it  is  ex- 
ceedingly imperfect. 

OccANicA  is  the  last  established  and  least  important  of  the  great  divisions  of  the 
earth.  It  comprises  a  vast  assemblage  of  islands,  situated  partly  to  the  south  of 
Asia,  and  partly  in  the  wide  Pacific  between  Asia  and  America. 

The  discovery  of  this  quarter  of  the  globe  commenced  after  America  and  the 
Pacific  Ocean  were  known  to  Europeans.  The  interior  of  some  of  its  larger 
islands  are  among  the  least  known  portions  of  the  earth,  and  many  of  the  inhabit- 
ants are  still  in  a  state  of  the  most  savage  and  degrading  rudeness. 

The  discovery  of  Oceanica  began  with  the  Portuguese,  who,  immediately  after 
they  had  found  their  way  to  the  East  by  the  Cape  ot  Good  Hope,  commenced  the 
work  of  exploring  the  adjacent  insular  regions.  Magellan  followed,  in  1521,  and 
first  gave  an  idea  of  the  vast  extent  of  the  Pacific  Ocean.  Many  ad  venturous 
navigators,  since  that  period,  have  from  time  to  time  explored  all  parts  of  tiie 
Pacific  Ocean ;  so  that  probably  very  little  remains  to  be  known. 


AMERICA. 


119 


ftV  >■; 


V.>'.»- 


AMERICA. 


Ambrica  is  a  vast  continent  comprising  one  of  the  grand  divisions  of  the  globe ; 
it  contains  an  extent  of  territory  nearly  equal  to  half  the  area  of  the  Lastem 
Continent,  constiruting  about  three-tenths  of  the  dry  land  on  the  surface  of  the 
earth ;  it  is  washed  on  both  sides  by  vast  oceans,  on  the  east  by  the  Atlantic,  and 
on  the  west  by  tho  Pacific.  It  ranges  from  north  to  south  through  135  degrees  of 
latitude,  and  in  its  widest  part  1 13  degrees  of  longitude,  being  ir.  length  about 
9000  miles,  and  in  average  breadth  about  3000;  the  extent  of  surface  lias  been 
variously  estimated  at  from  14,632,000  to  17,303,000  square  miles. 

America  comprehends  the  whole  of  the  tropical  and  temperate  climates,  with 
part  of  the  arctic  on  both  sides  of  the  ecjuator.  The  whole  of  the  continent  north 
of  latitude  55°  may  be  considered  as  a  trozen  region.  In  Greenland,  and  around 
Hudson's  Bay,  mercury  freezes  in  winter,  and  ioe  and  snow  accumulate  on  the 
land  and  water,  and  covers  a  great  part  of  the  country  throushout  the  year.  Ttie 
winter  begins  in  August,  and  continues  for  nine  months.  In  summer  the  heat  is 
as  ^reat  as  in  New  England ;  it  continues,  however,  for  too  short  a  period  to  bring 
gram  to  maturity,  ana  cultivation  is  very  little  practised.  Vegetation  is  too 
scanty  to  supply  the  inhabitants  with  any  considerable  part  of  their  food :  they 
therefore  live  chiefly  on  seals  and  other  productions  of  the  sea. 

Between  55°  and  44°  north,  the  climate  of  North  America  is  still  severe.  In 
winter  the  cold  is  intense,  and  the  snow,  which  begins  to  fall  in  November,  re- 
mains till  May.  The  summer  advances  with  such  rapiuiiy,  that  the  season  of 
spring  is  hardly  known.  In  June  the  fields  and  forests  are  covered  with  luxuriant 
verdure:  grain  is  abundant,  and  in  some  distric!^  is  cultivated  with  success. 
The  temperate  portions  of  North  America  may  be  considered  as  extending  from  46^* 
to  37°  north  latitude.  These  regions  are  prolific  in  grass,  the  various  descriptions 
of  grain,  and  a  variety  of  fruitB  are  produced  in  great  abundance.  From  37  de- 
grees north  to  the  latitude  of  40  degrees  south,  the  climate  is  hot,  and  the  pro- 
ducts constitute  some  of  the  most  valuable  articles  of  commerce,  being  chiefly 
tobacco,  cotton,  rice,  indigo,  coSee,  sugar,  and  the  various  tropical  fruits.  Beyond 
latitude  40°  south,  the  climate  again  oecomes  cold,  and  at  Terra  del  Fuego  it  is 
severe.  At  the  South  Shetland  Islands,  in  latitude  63°  and  64°  south,  the  climate 
le  that  of  Greenland  and  Spitzbergen ;  islands  of  ice  are  tossing  through  the  seas, 
and  the  land  is  peopled  only  by  those  animal  forms  peculiar  to  the  Antarctic  Circle. 
Nature  in  this  continent  assumes  an  aspect  of  peculiar  magnificence :  for  whether 
we  consider  its  mountains,  its  rivers,  its  lakes,  its  forests,  or  its  plains,  America 
appaars  to  be  distinguished  in  all  those  leading  features  by  a  grandeur  not  to  be 
found  in  the  other  parts  of  the  globe.  This  continent  contains  a  great  variety  of 
wild  animals,  and  since  its  discovery  the  species  usually  domesticated  in  E"*ope 
have  been  introduced,  and  are  now  found  in  great  abundance.  The  birds  are 
exceedingly  numerous,  and  are  said  to  be  more  beautiful  in  their  plumage  than 
those  of  the  old  continent,  but  in  their  notes  less  melodious. 

The  yegetabia  kingdom  of  the  Western  Continent  is  in  the  highest  degree  rich 
and  varied ;  many  of  the  trees  are  amongst  the  most  ornamental  and  useful ;  the 
fruits  are  rich  and  in  great  profusion ;  the  plants  and  flowering  shrubs  exceedingly 
diversified  and  beautiful,  and  almost  all  the  various  species  of  grain  necessary  to 
sustain  life  are  cultivated,  and  afford  abundant  crops. 

The  Old  Worid  is  indebted  to  the  New  for  some  of  its  most  useful  vegetable 
productions.  Potatoes,  though  not  introduced  into  the  Eastern  Continent  until  a 
century  after  the  time  of  Columbus,  already  form  an  important  part  of  the  food  of 
most  European  nations ;  and  tobacco,  also  of  American  oriffin,  has  been  diffused 
from  one  extremity  of  the  Old  World  to  the  other.  The  Western  Continent  has 
likewise  furnished  the  ^ugar-oane,  maize,  or  Indian  corn,  millet,  vanilla,  pimento  or 
allspice,  and  the  cinchona  or  Peruvian  bark,  so  usei'ul  in  medicine,  with  copaiba, 
jalap,  nux  vomica,  &c  On  the  other  hand  America  is  indebted  to  the  Old  World 
for  a  great  number  o."  the  Cereal  grasses,  trees  and  fhiits.    At  the  head  of  the 


130 


AMERICA. 


former  may  be  placed  wltea,  barley,  oats,  and  rice.  The  coffee  plant,  now  a 
staple  American  production,  is  also  derived  from  the  eastern  continent,  besides 
oranffes,  lemons,  peaches,  apples,  and  most  kinds  of  fruit  trees.  The  apples 
of  the  eastern  and  middle  states  are  very  superior  to  any  raised  in  Britain;  yet 
they  are  derived  from  plants  brought  from  that  country. 

In  mineral  treasures  America  surpasses  all  the  other  quarters  of  the  globe. 
Sct.^h  America  and  Mexico  abound  particularly  in  the  precious  metals,  and  such 
ample  supplies  have  been  carried  to  European  markets  that  their  value  has  been 
greatly  diminished  since  the  discovery  of  tho  American  mines ;  all  the  more  com- 
mon metals,  minerals,  and  precious  stones,  are  found  in  great  profusion,  and  many 
of  them  furnish  tho  materials  for  extensive  and  important  manufactures. 

The  inhabitants  of  this  continent  have  been  estimated  by  various  writers  at 
from  30  millions  to  50  millions;  but  are  now  probably  about  46  millions;  of  this 
number  about  20  millions  are  supposed  to  be  whites,  9  millions  of  the  aborigines 
9  millions  of  negroes,  and  8  millions  of  the  mixed  race,  as  mulattoes,  zam- 
hoes,  &c.  The  'whites  are  chiefly  English  in  the  north,  and  Spaniards  in  the 
south,  with  some  French,  Portuguese,  German,  Dutch,  Danes,  Swedes,  &c.  The 
negroes  are  Africans,  whom  the  cupidity  of  the  European  races  has  dragged  into 
slavery,  or  descendants  of  the  earlier  victims  of  a  barbarous  traffic. 

The  aboriginal  population  consists  of  two  distinct  races,  the  Esquimaux,  inhab- 
iting the  maritime  districts  of  the  Arctic  regionj,  and  the  copper-coloured  Indians, 
who  are  spread  over  all  the  rest  of  the  continent;  their  origin  has  been  a  subject 
of  much  investigation,  but  the  total  absence  of  historical  records  among  the 
Indians  themselves,  renders  it  difficult  to  arrive  at  any  satisfactory  result  It  has 
been  discovered  that  there  arc  remarkable  resemblances  between  some  of  the- 
languages  of  Asia  and  those  of  the  Indians,  and  hence  it  becomes  nearly  certain 
that  they  came  from  the  Asiatic  continent,  buc  at  what  period  they  emigrated  it 
is  impossible  to  determine.  It  is  evident  that  they  are  a  distinct  people,  being 
essentially  different  in  several  respects  from  any  of  the  existing  races  on  the 
eastern  continent. 

The  natives  in  some  parts,  particularly  Mexico  and  Peru,  were  considerably  ad- 
vanced in  civilization.  Those  inhabiting  Mexico  were  denominated  Aztecs ;  their 
government  was  a  sort  of  feudal  monarchy,  in  which  the  nobles  and  priests  mono- 
polized the  power,  the  mass  of  the  peoplo  being  mere  serfs  attar!i«;d  to  the  soil. 
The  Aztecs  hod  neither  tame  animals,  money,  nor  artificial  roads ;  but  they  were 
acquainted  with  the  arts  of  weaving  cloth,  hewing  stone,  cart  ing  in  wood,  and  of 
modelling  in  soil  substances.  Their  method  of  picture  writing,  though  rude,  com- 
pared with  the  alphabets  of  the  nations  of  the  old  world,  was  superior  to  any 
thing  else  found  in  the  new,  and  enabled  them  to  transmit  intelligence  and  to  re- 
cord events  with  sufficient  distinctness.  Their  calendar  wa&  more  acc<'.rate  than 
that  of  the  Greeks  and  Romans,  and  evinced  a  degree  of  scientific  skill  that  has 
created  suspicions  of  a  foreign  origin. 

The  government  of  the  Peruvians,  or  Quichuas,  was  a  theocracy  of  the  most 
despotic  character ;  the  sacred  Incas,  descendants  of  the  eun,  were  at  once  tem- 
poral and  spiritual  sovereigns,  and  the  people,  or  children  of  the  earth,  were  kept 
in  a  state  of  complete  servitude,  living  according  to  minute  regulations  wliich  re- 
duced them  to  mere  machines,  labouring  in  common,  and  holding  no  property. 
The  Quichhas  employed  the  lama  as  a  beast  of  burden;  constructed  roads  of  great 
extent  and  solidity ;  built  suspension-bridges  gf  a  most  ingenious  kind ;  formed 
chisels  of  a  hard  alloy  of  copper  and  tin ;  understood  the  art  of  moving  large 
masses,  and  excelled  the  Aztecs  in  the  perfection  of  their  masonry,  but  were  in- 
ferior to  tho  latter  in  their  mode  of  computing  time  and  in  their  method  of  record- 
ing events. 

The  political  state  of  America  presents  some  striking  features  and  contrasts. 
The  native  tribes  who  still  survive,  are  partly  held  in  subjection  by  European 
Americans ;  but  the  greater  number  wander  over  their  extensive  wilds,  either  in 
rude  independence,  or  ruled  despotically  by  their  chiefs  and  caciques.  The  Eu- 
ropean colonists,  who  form  now  by  far  the  most  numerous  and  important  part  of 
the  population,  were  long  held  in  subjection  to  the  mother  countries,  the  chief  of . 


NORTH  AMERICA. 


131 


which  were  Spain  and  Great  Britain ;  but  the  greater  part  of  them  have  now  ei- 
tablished  their  independence,  and  have  generally  adopted  the  republican  form  of 
government 

Another  political  element  is  formed  by  the  negroea,  who  are  mostly  in  a  state 
of  slavery ;  a  numerous  body  of  them,  however,  in  one  of  the  finest  West  Indian 
Islands,  have  emancipated  thehiselves  and  become  a  free  people ;  while  Great 
Britain  has  recently  bestowed  restricted  liberty  on  the  largo  numbers  by  whom 
her  islands  are  cultivated.  There  yet  remain  about  5  millions  of  blacl^  slaves  in 
Brazil  and  the  United  States,  besides  a  considerable  number  in  the  other  Europea. 
colonies. 

Many  of  the  indigenous  tribes  have  become,  at  least  in  name  and  outward 
forms,  converted  to  Christianity ;  but  a  great  number  still  cherish  the  crude  no- 
tions and  rude  ceremonials  of  their  native  faith.  The  European  Americans  have 
commonly  retained  the  religious  creed  of  their  mother  country,  so  that,  while  in 
the  French,  Spanish,  and  Portuguese  colonies,  the  Roman  Catholic  is  the  prevail- 
ing system,  those  countries  that  have  been  settled  by  English  colonists  are  chicly 
of  the  Protestant  persuasions.  The  negroes  have  generally  been  instructed  in 
the  elements  of  Christianity.  The  whole  number  of  Roman  Catholics  may  ^e 
estimated  at  about  27. millions,  of  Protestants JlOj millions,  and  of  unconverted 
Indians  1^  millions :  on  this  estimate,  however,  the  negroes  are  considered  as  be- 
longing to  the  denomination  embraced  by  their  masters. 

No  part  of  the  world  presents  so  great  a  number  of  languages  spoken  by  so 
few  individuals,  as  the  American  continent  It  is  estimated  that  more  than  438 
languages,  and  2000  dialects,  are  here  spoken  by  about  10  millions  of  indigenous 
natives,  and  consequently,  'bout  one  half  of  the  known  tongues  in  the  world  are 
spoken  by  about  one  eighth  <.f  the  population.  An  analogy  of  structure,  however, 
so  remarkable,  has  been  found  to  perVade  all  the  American  languages  as  far  as 
they  are  yet  known,  that  they  have  been  designated  polysynthetic,  a  term  descrip- 
tive of  their  remarkable  powers  of  composition.  No  class  of  languages  equals 
the  American  in  its  astonishing  capacity  for  expressing  several  ideas  and  modifi- 
cations of  ideas,  in  one  word ;  and  idioms  of  naked  savages  are  not  less  regular 
and  complicated  in  structure  than  rich  in  words.  From  the  country  of  tiie  Esqui- 
maux to  the  Straits  of  Magellan,  mother  tongues,  in  their  roots  have,  if  the  ex- 
pression may  be  allowed,  the  same  physiognomy.  It  is  in  consequence  of  this 
similarity  of  structure,  that  the  Indians  of  the  missions  could  learn  the  tongue  of 
a  diflferent  tribe  much  more  easily  tlian  the  Spanish,  and  the  monks  bad  once 
adopted  the  practice  of  communicating  with  a  great  number  of  hordes  through  the 
medium  of  one  of  the  native  languages. 


NORTH  AMERICA. 


':J:XX". 


North  Ahesica  comprises  that  portion  of  the  New  World  extending  from  8° 
to  70°  north  latitude,  and  IVom  55°  to  168°  west  longitude.  Tne  area  of  this  vast 
region  is  about  7,200,000  square  miles,  exclusive  of  the  islands  lying  west  and 
north-west  of  Baffin's  Bay  and  Barrow's  Strait  Presenting  a  broad  front  to  the 
Arctic  Seas,  it  gradually  expands  in  width  to  about  50°  north  latitude,  when  it 
again  contracts  its  dimensions  until  it  torminates  in  the  Isthmus  of  Darien. 

Its  winding  outline  presr^^ts  a  great  extent  of  sea  coast,  which  is  estimated  to 
amount  to  about  9500  miles  on  the  eastern,  and  somewhat  more  on  the  western 
side,  exclusive  of  those  on  the  frozen  shores  of  the  northern  border. 

Mountain  ranges,  peculiarly  distinguished  by  their  magnitude  and  continuity, 
pervade  this  quarter  of  the  world.  Those  of  North  America  consist  of  two  great 
chains,  the  eastern  and  western ;  the  latter,  or  Rocky  Mountain  range,  known 
also  08  the  Chipewayan.  Passing  through  Guatemala  from  the  Isthmus  of  Darien-, 
ii  Bpfeads  out,  in  Mexico,  into  extensive  table-lands,  crowned  by  lofly  volcanic 
peaks :  running  thence  through  the  western  regions  of^  the  United  States,  and  the 

11  tt 


KM 


mmmmmm 


NORTH  AMERICA. 


BritMi  poMeMiom,  it  finally  tinki  to  a  level  oo  the  shorn  of  the  Pokv  Sea,  weat* 
wud  or  the  Ifackeuie  River.  Its  extent  is  prdbablj  not  leea  than  6000  milea^ 
and  in  its  ffeneral  course  it  is  nearly  parallel  to  the  Pacific  Ocean,  filming  the 
great  dividing  ridge,  or  line  of  sepaiation,  between  the  eastern  and  western 
waters,  the  principal  o(  which  have  their  origin  in  its  rugged  oeclivities. 

The  only  other  extensive  range  is  the  Aueffhany  or  Appalachian,  which,  run- 
ning parallel  to  the  eastern  coast  of  the  United  States,  throws  oflP  some  irreffular 
and  rather  slightly  connected  branches  diverging  into  Canada,  Labrador  ana  the 
vicbity  ot  Hudson's  Bay.  This  consists  princi|«lly  of  two  parallel  chains,  the 
Alleghany  and  the  Blue  Ridge.  These,  however,  are  not  so  extensive  in  their 
range,  nor  do  they  attain  the  elevation  of  the  great  western  chain. 

The  rivers  of  America  constitute  perhaps  her  grandest  natoral  features,  or  at 
least  those  in  which  she  may  claim  the  most  decided  pre-eminence  over  the  other 
quarters  of  the  globe.  They  are  unequalled,  both  in  their  length  of  course  and 
in  the  vast  masses  which  they  pour  into  tiie  ocean.  The  principal  of  these  take 
their  rise  in  the  great  western  chain,  from  its  eastern  skle,  whence,  being  swelled 
by  nnmeiDus  streams,  they  roll,  broad  and  spacious,  across  the  great  interior  plain, 
until  they  approach  the  eastern  range  of  mountains :  thence  they  derive  a  fresh 
and  copious  series  of  tributaries,  till,  bearing,  as  it  were,  the  waters  of  half  a 
continent,  they  reach  the  ocean.  Tlius,  the  Missouri  (which,  notwithstanding  the 
error- which  has  given  the  name  of  the  Mississippi  to  the  united  channel,  is  un- 
doubtedly, in  a  physical  view,  the  main  stream)  takes  its  rise  in  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains, then  flows  eastward  into  the  great  central  valley,  where  it  is  joined  by  the 
Mississippi,  and  there  receives,  from  the  Alleghany  chain,  the  copious  tribute  of 
the  Ohia  In  its  course  thence  southward,  it  receives  tributaries  both  from  the 
eastern  and  western  range. 

The  St  Lawrence  aiS  Mississippi  prcoer  derive  their  ample  stores  not  from 
any  oicuntain  chain,  but  from  that  cold  watery  region  of  swaimn  and  forests 
which  fimns  the  northern  prolongation  of  the  great  central  plain.  The  Mackenzie 
and  Great  Fish  River  which  flows  through  the  north  into  the  Arctic  Sea,  tave  a 
long  diversified  course,  but,  from  the  barren  regi(mB  which  they  traverse,  are  of  no 
commercial  value. 

The  Lakes  of  North  America  are  numerous  and  important ;  they  are  not,  how- 
ever, mountain  lakes,  nor  formed  by  mountain  streams.  They  originate  in  those 
great  wooded  and  watery  plains  whence  the  Mississippi  and  the  St.  Lawrence 
take  their  rise.  The  chain  of  cwtnected  lakes  on  the  upper  course  of  the  latter 
river,  Ontario,  Erie,  Huron,  Michigan  and  Superior,  form  the  largest  bodies  of 
fresh  water  in  the  world.  Communicating  with  the  sea  by  the  brnul  channel  of 
the  St  Lawrence,  and  in  a  country  whose  population  is  rapidly  increasing,  they 
are  becoming  of  Uie  greatest  importance  to  commerce.  Similar  lakes  extend  to 
the  northward  as  far  as  the  Arctic  Sea ;  the  Lake  of  the  Woods,  the  Athabasca, 
the  Great  Slave,  and  the  Great  Bear  Lake ;  but  these,  unconnected  with  any 
other  sea,  and  firozen  for  the  greater  part  of  the  year,  cannot  serve  any  commer- 
cial purpose. 

The  Plains  of  the  New  World  form  abnoet  as  great  and  remarkable  an  object 
as  its  mountains.  In  North  America,  of  those  more  especially  worthy  of  atten- 
tion, the  fint  is  the  plain  along  the  Atlantic,  between  that  ocean  and  the  eastern 
range  of  mountains.  To  that  belongs  the  ori|rinal  territ  ry  of  the  United  States. 
It  is  a  region  of  natural  forests;  of  mixed,  but-rather  poor  Boil,-and  of  but  mode- 
rate fertility.  The  second  is  that  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  ccmtinent,  between 
the  Rocky  Mountains  and  the  Pacific  Ocean ;  a  country  with  a  mild  and  hnmid 
atmospliere,  as  fiir  north  as  55°,  but  inhospitable  beyond  that  latitude.  The  most 
extensive  is  the  great  pentral  valley  of  the  Mississippi,  rich  and  well  wooded  on 
the  east  side ;  hue,  but  not  unfertile  in  the  middle ;  dry,  sandy,  and  almost  a 
desert  on  the  west  This  vast  plateau  is  prolonged  without  interruption,  from  th^ 
Gulf  of  Mexico  to  the  shores  of  the  PoUr  Sea,  so  that,  as  has  been  observed,  one 
iitf  its  borders  is  covered  with  the  palms  and  the  splendid  foli'^ge^  of  the  tropics, 
while,  in  the  other,  the  last  YniAst  of  arctic  ye^ets**""  <>▼>»;»»  ttt»«  •!»«.•  r-f  »••■! 
I  great  plain  is  estimated  at  3,240,000  square  miles. 


NORTH  AMERICA. 


133 


lar  8fla,wctto 

nSOOOoiilei, 

,  fiMiniDg  the 

and  weatern 

ities. 
1,  which,  ruD- 
Din«  irreffoltr 
mdor  and  the 
si  chaina,  the 
naive  in  their 

isaturea,  or  at 
over  the  other 
of  course  and 
of  these  take 
being  swelled 
interior  plain, 
derive  a  fresh 
,tera  of  half  a 
thstanding  the 
bannel.  ia  nn- 
Rocky  Moun- 
I  joined  by  the 
Dua  tribute  of 
I  both  from  the 


able  an  object 
fftby  of  atten- 
id  the  eastern 
Jnited  States, 
of  but  mode- 
sent,  between 
Qd  and  humid 
The  most 
ell  wooded  on 
and  almost  a 
tion,  from  this 
observed,  one 
)f  the  tropica. 


It  was  formerly  believed,  on  the-authority  of  Buffi»,  that  the  animals  of  Ame- 
rica were  inferior  in  size  to  those  of  the  eastern  continent  The  researches  of 
modem  naturalisti  have  not  only  refhted  this  error,  but  have  estaUiahed  the  fiict, 
that  where  any  difference  of  size  exists  in  animals  of  the  aame  elaaa,  the  auperi- 
ority  in  most  cases  is  on  the  American  side.  The  animal  kic^om  of  North  Ame- 
rica embraces  a  considerable  variety  of  species,  some  <^  which  ore  no^  fqund  in 
oUier  parts  of  the  world. 

Of  the  Bear  species  those  peculiar  to  North  America  are  the  Griizlv,  Barren 
Ground,  and  Black  Bears.  The  great  Polar,  or  White  Bear,  is  found  auo  in  the 
Arctic  regions  of  Europe  and  Asia.  In  North  America  it  inhabits  the  cootiaent 
as  far  south  as  Labrador  and  Hudson's  Bay,  its  principal  residence  ia  oo  fields  of 
ice,  with  which  it  frequently  floats  a  great  distance  from  land.  Theae  huge  crea> 
turea  feed  mostly  on  animal  substances,  and  as  they  swim  and  dive  wel],  they 
hunt  seals  and  other  marine  animals  with  great  succesa.  The  White  Bear  poa- 
aesses  prodigious  strength,  and  oflen  attacks  sailors  who  visit  the  Arctic  seas.  It 
is  also  remarkable  for  its  attachment  to  its  young,  and  is  of  a  dirty  or  yellowish 
white  colour.  The  Grizzly  Bear,  the  inoet  powerful  and  dangeroua  animal  of  North 
America,  inhabiting  both  sides  of  the  Rockv  Mountains,  is,  when  fbll  grown, 
reported  to  exceed  800  pounds  in  vreight,  and  its  strength  so  great  that  it  hu  been 
known  to  drag  to  a  considerable  distance  a  bu&lo  weighing  1000  pounds ;  the 
cubs  of  this  species  can  climb  trees,  but  the  adult  animal  cannot:  the  hunter  may 
thus  escape,  but  the  infuriated  beast  will  sometimes  keep  watch  below,  and  thus 
confine  his  enemy  for  many  hours.  This  is  a  carnivorous  species,  but  will  occar* 
sionally  eat  vegetables.  The  Barren  Ground  Bear  receives  its  name  from  tiie 
circumstance  of  its  inhabiting  only  that  section  of  the  continent  called  the  Barren 
Lands,  or  grounds  situated  north  of  60° ;  this  is  a  formidable  animal,  and  ia  much 
dreaded  by  the  Indians,  who  are  very  careful  to  avoid  burning  bones  in  their  .  *- 
campmenta,  or  any  thing  that  might  attract  its  notice.  It  fVequents  the  sea  coast 
in  autumn  in  considerable  numbers,  for  the  purpose  of  feeding  on  fish.  In  size  it 
is  between  the  Grizzly  and  the  Black  Bear.  The  Black  Bear  of  North  America 
is  different  from  the  European  animal  of  the  mvnp  nitiito.  It  has  a  milder  disposi- 
tion, and  lives  more  on  vegetables:  its  favoun'  ooA  is  the  different  kinds  of  ber- 
ries, and  it  will  not,  except  from  necessity,  su.istst  on  animal  substances.  The  Cin- 
namon Bear  of  the  traders,  and  found  in  the  vicinity  of  Hudson's  Bay^  is  consi- 
dered only  an  accidental  variety  of  the  Black  Dear. 

Of  the  Oeer  kind  there  are  several  species  not  found  in  the  old  continent.  The 
Moose  Deer  resembles  the  Elk  of  Europe,  but  is  of  a  different  species;  it  is  Uie 
largest  of  the  Deer  kind  found  in  America,  and  perhaps  in  the  world,  being  in 
height  to  the  shoulder  full  six  fe«t,  and  weighs  when  full  grown  fit>m  1000  to 
12M)  pounds ;  it  is  a  solitanr  animal,  and  the  most  shy  and  wary  of  all  the  Deer 
species :  it  was  formerly  round  as  fhr  south  as  the  Ohio  River,  but  now  occurs 
most  frequently  in  the  countries  north  of  the  great  lakes  and  in  the  unsettled 
parts  of  Cfanada,  and  also  occasionally  in  the  nor^em  sections  of  New  Hampehirf 
Maine,  &c.  The  Wapiti  or  American  Elk  is  second  in  size  only  to  the  Mooae, 
and  formerly  ranged  over  all  the  middle  parts  of  the  continent :  it  is  now  found 
only  in  the  remote  western  districts  of  the  United  States  and  Canada,  and  also 
west  of  the  Rocky  Mountains.  The  size  and  appearance  of  the  Elk  are  imposing ; 
his  air  denotes  confidence  nf  great  strength,  while  his  towering  horns  exhibit 
weapons  capable  of  doing  much  injury  when  offensively  employed.  The  Elk  ia 
shy  and  retiring,  and  has  very  acute  senses ;  the  flesh  is  hu^ly  prized  as  food,  and 
the  horns  when  in  a  soft  state  are  considered  a  delicacy.  The  Indiana  make  bows 
of  the  perfect  horn,  which  are  highly  serviceable  firom  their  elasticity;  and  fh>m 
their  skins  they  prepare  various  articles  of  dress,  and  epply  them  uao  to  other 
purposes.  The  Caribou,  or  American  Reindeer,  ia  a  different  apeciea  fliom  the 
Reindeer  of  the  old  continent ;  it  ia  found  in  all  the  high  northern  latitudes  of 
North  America,  and  haa  never  been  domesticated  or  us^  as  a  beast  of  draught 
by  the  natives,  being  considered  only  as  game;  there  are  two  species,  the  Wcrad- 
land  and  the  Barren  Ground  Caribou.    The  Virginia  Deer  is  one  of  the  most  ele- 


134 


NORTH  AMERICA. 


gant  of  the  American  animals  of  its  class ;  it  lives  in  large  herds,  and  is  found 
over  a  considerable  portion  of  North  America;  it  is  said  to  display  great  enmity 
to  the  Rattlesnake,  which  it  contrives  to  crush  by  leaping  with  its  rore-feet  con- 
joined and  dropping  perpendicularly  on  the  serpent,  bounding  away  with  great 
lightness,  and  repeating  this  attack  until  his  enemy  is  destroyed. 

One  species  of  Antelope,  the  pi^ng-homed,  is  peculiar  to  America ;  it  is  a 
gracefcl  and  fleet  animal,  so  swift  that  it  seems  rather  to  fly  than  leap.  iVom  rock 
to  rock  in  the  rugged  regions  which  it  inhabits ;  they  live  in  small  families,  and 
are  found  in  the  vast  plam  of  the  Missouri  and  Saskatchawan,  in  the  vicinity  of 
the  Rocky  Mountaina 

The  American  Bison,  or  Buflalo,  once  common  in  the  United  States,  has  gra- 
dually disappeared  before  the  white  population ;  it  now  only  exists  to  the  west  of 
the  Mississippi,  and  roams  over  the  vast  grassy  plains  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains;  here  it  is  found  in  immense  herds,  amounting,  it  is  eaid,  oftentimes 
to  from  5000  to  10,000  head ;  the  flesh  is  tender  and  juicy,  and  the  tongue  and 
hump,  or  wig,  are  in  particular  esteemed  great  delicacies.  The  Musk  Ox  derives 
its  name  from  its  flesh,  when  in  a  lean  state,  smelling  strongly  of  that  substance. 
It  is  truly  an  Arctic  animal,  being  found  only  in  the  barren  lands  beyond  the 
Great  Slave  Lake,  and  as  far  north  as  Melville  Island  in  Td**.  In  size  the  Musk 
Ox  scarcely  equals  that  of  the  small  Highland  cattle,  the  carcase  when  cleaned 
not  weighmg  more  than  3  cwt. ;  it  assembles  in  herds  and  flees  at  the  sight  of 
man ;  it  is  much  hunted  both  by  the  Indians  and  Esquimaux. 

Herds  of  wild  Horses  roam  over  the  great  plains  on  both  sides  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  and  like  those  existing  under  similar  circumstances  in  the  southern 
continent,  are  the  oflspring  of  the  European  animal,  imported  soon  after  the  first 
settlement  of  the  country.  They  are  found  from  Texas  to  the  plains  of  the  Sas- 
katchawan, and  are  of  great  importance  to  the  Nomadic  Tribes,  who  train  them 
not  only  for  transporting  their  tents  and  families  from  place  to  place,  but  also  for 
the  purposes  of  war,  the  chase,  and  of  food ;  the  flesh  of  the  horse  beine  thus 
mostly  used  by  the  Spokains  and  several  fitet  tribes,  and  likewise  at  times  by  the 
resider>«s  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  s  posts  on  the  Columbia  River  and  its 
branches.  A  few  individuals  of  the  Wild  Horse  purchased  by  citizens  of  the 
United  States  from  the  Indians,  have  been  found  remarkable  for  their  speed  and 
bottom. 

Of  the  Cat  kind  this  continent  contains  several  species,  all  equally  remarkable, 
like  their  congeners  of  the  old  world,  for  the  beauty  and  diversity  of  their  colour, 
and  the  treachery  of  their  disposition.  The  cougar,  or  puma,  called  also  the  pan- 
ther, is  the  largest  and  most  formidable  of  its  class  found  in  North  America ;  it  is 
about  one-third  less  in  size  than  the  lion,  and  of  sufiicient  strength  to  carry  a  man 
up  a  tree ;  though  now  rare  in  the«more  settled-  parts  of  the  continent,  it  is  occa- 
sionally met  with  in  the  remote  districts  of  the  United  States.  It  preys  upon 
calves,  sheep,  &c.,  but  has  also  been  known  to  attack  man.  The  jaguar,  an  ani- 
mal of  the  cat  kind,  resembling  the  panther,  is  found,  though  rarely,  in  Mexico ; 
also  the  ocelet  and  tiger-cat.       • 

The  Rocky  Mountain  sheep  and  goat  inhabit  the  same  range  of  mountains 
from  which  they  derive  their  name ;  the  latter  is  about  the  size  of  the  domestic 
sheep,  its  fleece  hanging  down  on  both  sides  like  that  of  the  merino  breed,  the 
hair  is  long  and  straight,  coarser  than  that  of  the  sheep,  but  finer  than  that  of  the 
domestic  goat;  the  lUicky  Mountain  sheep  is -larger  than  any  domestic  sheep ;  the 
horns  of  the  ram  are  immense,  in  some  of  the  old  ones  so  much  so  as  to  prevent 
the  animal's  feeding  on  level  ground.  The  hair  is  like  that  of  the  reindeer,  at 
first  short,  fine  and  flexible,  but  as  the  winter  advances  it  becomes  coarse,  dry  and 
brittle,  though  it  feels  soft ;  it  is  then  so  close  as  to  become  erect ;  they  collect  in 
flocks  from  three  to  thirty,  the  young  rams  and  females  herding  together,  while 
the  old  rams  form  separate  flocks. 

The  princi^l  fiir-bearing  animals  of  North  America  are  the  beaver,  musquash, 
or  inupkrat,  pme-marten,  pekan;  or  fisher,  the  Canada  lynx,  raccoon,  and  stoat,  or 
ermine.  Tiiese  animals  are  all  diligently  hunted,  both  by  Indians  and  the  inha> 
bitants  of  those  settled  parts  of  the  continent  in  which  any  of  them  are  yet  found ; 


NORTH  AMERICA. 


135 


I,  aod  ia  found 
'  great  enmity 

I  rore-feet  con» 
vf  with  great 

erica;  it  is  a 
eap.  iVom  rock 

II  families,  and 
the  vicinity  of 

tates,  has  gn- 
to  the  west  of  I 
y  of  the  Rocky 
jaid,  oftentimes 
he  tongue  and 
usk  Ox  derives  j 
that  Bubetance. 
ids  beyond  the  I 
size  the  Musk 
)  when  cleaned 
I  at  the  sight  of  | 

»  of  the  Rocky 

in  the  southern 

}n  after  the  first 

dins  of  the  Sas- 

who  train  them 

ace,  but  also  for 

lorsc  beinff  thus 

5  at  times  by  the 

River  and  its 

citizens  of  the 

leir  speed  and 


ly  remarkable, 
of  their  colour, 
ed  also  the  pan- 
America  ;  it  is 
to  carry  a  man 
nent,  it  is  occa- 
It  preys  upon 
aguar,  an  ani- 


ely. 


ely,  in  Mexico ; 

e  of  mountains 

of  the  domestic 

erino  breed,  the 

than  that  of  the 

istic  sheep ;  the 

so  as  to  prevent 

the  reindeer,  at 

coarse,  dry  and 

they  collect  in 

together,  while 

aver,  musquash, 

18  and  the  inha>  I 
are  yet  found  Ml 


their  skins  make  an  importsint  item  of  export  to  Europe,  particularly  from  Canada; 
some  of  these  animals  are  evidently  decreasing  with  great  rapidity.  The  well 
known  beaver  is  now  almost  exclusively  confined  to  Canada  and  the  north-west 
districts  of  America ;  even  here,  however,  their  numbers  are  daily  dimiui&hing. 
In  the  year  1743  the  imports  of  beaver  skins  into  the  ports  of  Ix>ndon  and  Ro- 
chelle  exceeded  150,000 ;  in  1827  the  import,  though  from  four  times  the  extent 
of  fur  country  known  in  1743,  was  less  than  60,000;  of  the  musqua^k  between 
400,000  and  500,000  skins  are  annually  exported  firom  Canada,  and  of  the  pine- 
marten  100,000  skins ;  the  latter  are  used  for  trimmings,  and  will  dye  eo  well  aa 
to  imitate  sables  and  other  expensive  furs,  hence  they  have  always  been  an  im- 
portant article  of  commerce.  The  sea-otter  also  furnishes  a  large  amount  of 
valuable  furs,  principally  to  the  Russians  on  the  north-west  coast. 

The  dog  kind  exhibits  several  varieties  not  follnd  in  other  parts  of  the  world ; 
of  these  uie  Newfoundland  dog  is  remarkable  for  its  sagacity,  great  bulk  and 
strength.  The  Esquimaux  dog,  also  a  large  variety,  is  very  useful  to  the  Esqui- 
maux and  the  traders  in  drawing  their  fiirs  and  baggage.  The  North  American 
dog  is  used  in  the  Hudson's  Bfty  countries  both  as  a  beast  of  draught  and  in  the 
chase,  and  also  for  food,  its  flesh  being  esteemed  by  the  Canadian  voyagers,  or 
canoe-men,  superior  to  all  other. 

Foxes  and  wolves  abound  in  most  parts  of  the  central  and  northern  regions  of 
the  continent ;  of  the  former  there  are  the  arctic,  sooty,  cross,  black,  gray,  and 
red  fox,  and  of  the  latter,  the  Mexican,  the  gray,  red,  black,  dusky,  and  barking, 
or  prairie-wolf.  Of  the  opossum,  found  from  Pennsylvania  to  Brazil,  there  are 
several  species,  of  which  the  Virginia,  or  common  opossum,  is  well  known  in  the 
United  States ;  also,  the  skunk,  marmots  of  different  species,  squirrels,  hares,  and 
a  great  variety  of  other  smaller  animals. 

The  whale  species  are  numerous  on  the  northern  coasts ;  the  most  useful  and 
remarkable  are  the  common  and  spermaceti  whale,  and  the  narwhale,  or  sea- 
unicorn.  The  common  seal  frequents  the  sea  coasts  perhaps  throughout  the 
worldv  but  is  in  North  America  most  numerous  in  high  northern  latitudes,  and  is 
of  the  greatest  use  to  the  Elsquimaux  and  other  inhabitants  of  those  frozen  regions, 
furnishmg  them  with  all  the  necessaries  of  life ;  they  are  of  various  kinds,  as  the 
hooded,  harp,  fetid,  ursine,  and  great  seal. 

Most  of  tlie  Birds  of  North  America,  and  especially  those  of  the  United  States, 
are  now  rendered  as  familiar  to  the  European  naturalist  as  those  of  his  own  coun- 
try ;  for  they  have  been  more  ably  and  more  fully  illustrated  than  those  of  any 
.part  of  the  world.  Rapacious  bird,  are  here  as  numerous  as  in  other  parts  of  the 
earth,  and  of  a  great  many  different  species,  including  eagles,  vultures,  hawks, 
falcons,  owls,  &c.  The  white-headed  or  bald-headed  eagle  is  well  known  aa  be- 
ing the  chosen  emblem  of  our  own  republic.  It  is  common  to  both  contiQents ; 
hut,  while  it  seems  almost  entirely  confined  to  the  arctic  regions  of  the  old  world, 
it  abounds  in  the  milder  regions  of  the  United  States,  in  the  new.  It  is  notorious 
for  its  lawless  habits ;  robbing  the  fish-hawk  of  his  hard-won  victim,  and  even 
compelling  the  vulture  to  disgorge  its  filthy  prey.  The  vultures  are  the  great 
Californian  vulture,  black  vulture,  and  turkey  buzzard.  The  first  seems  to  be  con- 
fined to  California  and  the  adjoining  regions  west  of  the  Rocky  Mountains :  they 
build  their  nests  in  the  most  secret  parts  of  the  pine  forests :  they  measure  from 
four  to  four  and  a  half  feet  in  length.  Their  food  is  carrion  or  dead  fish,  and  they 
will  in  no  instance  attack  any  living  animal,  unless  it  be  wounded  and  unable  to 
walk.  In  searching  for  their  prey,  they  soar  to  a  great  height ;  and,  on  discover- 
ing a  wounded  deer  or  other  animal,  they  follow  its  track  until  it  sinks  disabled 
to  the  ground.  Although  only  one  laird  may  be  first  in  possession,  it  is  soon  sur- 
rounded by  great  numbers,  who  all  fall  upon  the  carcase,  and  devour  it  to  a  skele- 
ton within  an  hour,  even  though  it  be  a  horse  or  a  stag.  The  black  vulture  and 
turkey  buzzacd  are  both  well  known  and  numerous  in  the  southern  States  of  our 
Union,  where,  notwithstanding  their  filthy  habits,  they  are  protected  by  law  and 
common  usage,  being  of  great  utility  in  devouring  putrid  animal  matter  which 
would  otherwise  be  highly  offensive  and  injurious. 
The  wild  turkey  is  peculiar  to  America:  it  is  a  fine  large  bird,  of  brilliant 


11* 


*-',S 


196 


NORTH  AMERICA. 


blftckish  plamage.  It  breeds  with  the  domestic  one ;  and  when  the  latter  is  reared 
near  the  range  of  the  former,  it  is  sure  to  be  enticed  into  the  woods  by  it.  Of 
this  bird,  Dr.  Franklin  observed,  it  would  have  been  a  much  fitter  emblem  of  our 
counlry  than  the  white-headed  eagle,  a  lazy,  cowar^My,  tyrannical  bird,  living  on 
the  labours  of  others,  and  more  suited  to  represent  an  imperial  despotic  govern' 
ment  than  the  republic  of  America. 

Of  the  duck  kmd,  of  which  there  are  many  species,  the  best-known  is  the  can' 
vas-back.  It  is  peculiar  to  America,  and  is  more  celebrated  than  any  other  for 
the  excellent  flavour  of  its  flesh:  they  are  found  mostly  in  Chesapeake  Bay  and 
the  neightxniring  rivers.  In  winter,  they  are  occasionally  so  numerous  as  to 
cover  the  water  to  the  extent  of  several  acres :  this  bird  is  an  expert  diver,  and 
lives  on  the  bulbous  root  of  a  water-grass  resembling  garden  celery  in  taste,  to 
which  is  attributed  its  peculiar  flavour :  they  dive  in  from  6  to  8  feet  o."^  water, 
and  are  frequently  attended  by  the  widgeon,  or  bald-pate  duck,  who  never  dives 
himself,  but  watches  the  rising  of  the  canvas-back,  and,  before  he  has  his  eyes 
well  opened,  snatches  the  delicious  morsel  from  his  mouth  and  makes  oflT:  on  this 
account,  the  two  species  live  in  continual  contention. 

Perhaps  the  most  characteristic  of  American  birds  is  the  humming-bird,  re- 
markable alike  for  its  diminutive  size  and  the  brilliant  metallic  lustre  of  its  plu- 
mage :  they  are  most  numerous  in  South  America,  but  are  found  in  the  northern 
continent  as  ikr  north  as  45<^. 

Vast  flights  of  pigeons  migrate  periodically  to  difierent  parts  of  the  continent, 
frequently  extending  for  many  miles  on  each  side,  darkening  the  entire  atmo- 
sphere, and  oflen  requiring  four  or  five  days  to  pass  over  a  particular  place. 

Of  the  birds  of  g&me,  the  principal  are  the  grouse,  pheasant,  partridge,  &c. 
The  species  of  grouse  are  more  numerous,  and  entirely  distinct  from  tiiose  of  Eu- 
rope. The  largest  and  most  valuable  is  the  Cock  of  the  Plains.  Some  other  of 
the  peculiar  American  birds  are  the  mocking-bird,  blue  jay,  and  whip-poor-will. 
Parrots  and  parroquets  abound  in  Mexico ;  and  in  the  United  States  there  is  one 
species  of  parrot. 

The  seas,  lakes,  and  rivers  of  North  America  swarm  with  a  great  variety  of 
delicious  fish.  The  cod,  'so  well  known  in  commerce,  is  found  only  in  the  north- 
ern seas.  Their  great  rendezvous  is  on  the  Bank  of  Newfoundland  and  other 
sand-banks  that  lie  ofi^  the  coasts  of  the  northern  parts  of  the  United  States :  these 
situations  they  prefer  on  account  of  the  number  of  worms  {Hroduced  in  those  sandy 
bottoms,  which  tempt  them  to  resort  there  for  food.  Some  conception  may  be 
formed  of  their  amazing  fecundity,  from  the  fact  that  nearly  ten  millions  of  eggs 
have  been  counted  in  one  fiah  of^  a  moderate  size.  The  mackerel  and  alev/ife 
fisheries,  along  the  coasts  of  the  United  States,  also  give  employment  and  food 
to  great  num^rs  of  persons.  The  shad  is  taken  in  large  quantities  in  all  the 
rivers  of  the  Atlantic  States,  and  in  the  proper  season  is  highly  esteemed.  The 
salmon  is  also  found  in  the  northern  rivere  of  the  United  States  and  Canada,  on 
both  sides  of  the  continent,  and  is  especially  plentiful  in  Columbia  River.  The 
white-fish, or  titameg  of  the  traders,  is  caught  in  all  the  great  lakes  from  Canada 
to  the  Arctic  Ocean.  It  is  a  delicious  article  of  food,  and  as  many  as  000  barrels 
have  been  taken  at  a  single  fishery  on  Lake  Superior. 

The  Reptiles  of  America  are  numerous,  and,  like  the  generality  of  this  class  in 
other  parta  of  the  world,  the  majority  are  apparently  useless,  and  some  dangerous. 
In  North  America,  the  alligator  does  not  occur  north  of  the  Carolinas  and  the 
Red  River  of  Louisiana.  In  severe  winters  he  buries  himself  in  the  mud,  and 
lies  in  a  torpid  state.  The  rattlesnakes  are  peculiar  to  the  New  World,  und  are 
particularly  formidable  on  account  of  the  deadly  venom  of  their  bite.  There  are 
RHir  or  five  species  of  this  reptile,  all  of  which  reach  the  length  of  five  or  six 
feet.  The  common  species  of  the  United  States  is  extremely  numerous  about  the 
sources  of  the  Columbia  River. 

There  are  several  kinds  of  land  tortoises,  but  they  are  all  of  a  moderate  size. 
Some  curious  salamanders  have  been  recently  discovered,  and  the  celebrated  siren 
ia  an  inhabitant  of  the  muddy  lakes  of  Georgia  and  South  Carolina.    This  sin- 


NORTH  AMERICA. 


127 


galar  reptile  has  long  perplexed  naturalisfas  some  thinking  it  a  tadpole  or  imper- 
fect frog;  it  IS  aow,  however,  fully  ascertained  to  be  an  adult  animal 

The  aboriginal  Americans  all  constitute,  at  the  present  day,  by  their  physical 
characters  not  less  than  by  their  languages,  a  race  different  from  those  known 
before  the  discovery  of  America,  and  preserve  throughout  this  vast  extent  of  coun- 
try and  variety  of  climates,  the  same  essential  characteristics.  They  have  a  cop- 
per colour,  resembling  that  of  rusty  iron  or  cinnamon,  coarse,  straight,  bktck  hair, 
high  cheek-bones,  and  sunken  eyes;  it  has  been  affirmed  that  they  are  without 
beards,  biit  it  is  well  ascertained  that  llJiis  is  not  the  case  naturally,  but  that  most 
of  them  take  great  pains  to  pluck  them  out.  Almost  all  the  Indians  near  Mexico, 
and  those  on  the  north-west  coast,  wear  mustachioo.  The  American  Indians  are 
generally  erect  and  of  fine  forms,  with  few  instances  of  decrepitude  or  deformity ; 
they  have  cleaner  limbs,  not  so  muscular,  and  with  less  tendency  to  corpulence, 
than  the  whitea  As  a  race  they  have  countenances  that  are  generally  unjoyous, 
stem  and  ruminating ;  it  is  with  them  either  gloomy  taciturnity  or  bacchanalian 
revel.  Their  impassible  fortitude  and  endurance  of  suiTering,  their  contempt  of 
pain  and  death,  invest  their  character  with  a  kind  of  moral  grandeur.  It  is  to  be 
doubted,  however,  whether  some  part  of  his  vaunted  stoicism  be  not  the  result  of 
a  more  than  ordinary  degree  of  physical  insensibility.  Like  all  ignorant  people 
unable  to  trace  the  relation  between  results  and  causes,  they  are  beyond  all  other 
superstitious.  It  may  be  laid  down  as  an  universal  trait  of  Indian  character.  The 
warrior  who  braves  death  a  thousand  times,  and  in  every  form  in  the  fury  of  battle, 
carries  with  him  to  tu>  ■-  '  \t  a  little  charmed  bag  of  filthy  and  disgusting  ingre- 
dients, in  which  he  y-  .  -y  little  reliance  or  security  against  the  bub  and 
arrows  that  are  direc  ->:.  '>;f-.inst  hun;  all  savages  in  this  region  are  hospitable : 
even  the  enemy  whom  luey  would  have  sought  and  slain  Tar  from  their  cabins, 
who  presents  himself  fearlessly  there,  claims  and  receives  their  hospitality.  They 
accord  to  the  cabm  hearth  the  honours  and  the  sanctity  of  an  asylum. 

Since  the  mtrodnotion  of  the  horst*  bj[  Europeans,  many  of  the  Indian  tribes 
have  acquired  an  astonishing  degree  of  skill  in  the  management  of  that  noble  ani^- 
mal ;  among  these  are  the  Pawnees,  the  Comanches,  the  Sioux,  the  Apaches, 
Shodionees,  Enneshoors,  and  other  tribes :  some  of  theoe  have  also  borrowed  the 
use  of  fire-arms  from  their  European  neighbours,  but  in  general  they  have  rejected 
the  arts  of  peace  and  civilization. 

Perhaps  there  is  no  tribe  among  the  American  Indians  so  degraded  that  it  has 
not  some  notion  of  a  higher  power  than  man,  and  in  general  they  seem  to  have 
entertained  the  idea  of  a  Great  Spirit  as  a  master  of  life,  in  short,  a  Creator,  and 
of  an  Evil  Spirit,  holding  divided  empire  with  him  over  nature ;  many  of  them 
have  priests,  prophets,  and  sorcerers,  in  whose  supernatural  powers  they  trust, 
and  most,  if  not  p.li,  appear  to  believe  in  a  future  state ;  many  attempts  have  been 
made  by  benevolent  pwsons  to  convert  the  aboriginal  tribes  to  the  christian  reli- 
gion, to  teach  them  the  arts  of  peace  and  civilized  life,  and  to  train  them  to  habits 
of  industry ;  but  so  little  has  been  the  effect  of  those  effiirts,  that  .nany  do  not 
hesitate  to  pronounce  it  impossible  to  engraft  the  European  civilization  on  tho 
Indian  character.  Some  doubtful  exceptions  to  this  general  failure  of  the  attempts 
to  effect  the  civilization  of  the  Indians  occur  in  the  United  States,  where  some  of 
the  Cherokees  and  other  tribes  hold  property,  cultivate  the  grouud,  and  practise 
the  useful  arts. 

There  are  some  circumstances  which  invest  the  present  missionary  efforts  with 
stronger  probabilities  of  success  than  any  that  have  preceded  them.  The  number 
of  Indians  that  are  half-breeds,  or  mixtures  of  the  blood  of  the  whites,  is  great, 
and  continually  increasing.  These  generally  espouse,  either  from  conviction  or 
fi'om  party  feeling,  the  cause  of  civilijsation  und  Christianity.  It  is  more  univer- 
sally believed  than  it  once  was,  that  Christianity  is  the  religion  of  social  and 
civilized  man.  Instead  of  relying  much  on  the  hope  of  the  conversion  of  adult 
huntin^r  and  warrior  navages,  the  effort  is  chieny  directed  towards  the  young. 
Schools,  the  Icx)m,  the  anvil,  and  the  plough,  are  sent  to  them ;  amidst  the  comfort, 
stability  and  plenty  of  cultivation,  they  are  to  be  imbued  with  a  taste  for  civilized 


128 


RUSSIAN  POSSESSIONS  IN  NORTH  AMERICA. 


inetitutions,  arts,  industry,  and  religion;  attha  same  time  every  philanthropic  man 
will  wish  these  eSbits  of  benevolence  all  possible  success. 

North  America  is  politically  divided  into  the  Republics  of  the  United  States, 
Mexico,  and  Guatemala,  which  occupy  the  central  and  southern  parts  of  the  con- 
tinent. The  northern,  the  eastern,  and  central  parts,  contain  the  possessions  of 
Great  Britain ;  and  the  ex    '-me  north-western  section  those  claimed  by  Russia. 

The  following  estimattic  of  the  areas  in  square  miles,  and  the  population  of  the 
respective  divisions  at  the  present  time,  is  probably  as  near  an  approximation  to  the 
truth  as  circumstances  will  permit :  >;    • 


r; 


eq.milea.  '  Population. 

United  States,  indad-                  *  ^'^^'^ 

ingTexas 2,500,000 19,800,000 

Mexico 1,450,000     7,000,000 

Guatemala 200,000     2,000,000 

Westlndieg 95,000     3,305,000 

British  PosseiiuouB . .  2,300,000     1,550,000 

RuMian  PossewionB .  _  650,000     50,000 

Total..., 


■<y*  ■: 


7,255,000        ToUl 33,705,000 


Tie  white  inhabitants  are  supposed  to  amount  to  20,500,000. 
S,500,000 ;  and  the  negro  and  mixed  races  to  about  7,700,000. 


The  Indian,  to 


RUSSIAN  POSSESSIONS  IN  NORTH  AMERICA. 


That  part  of  North  America  claimed  by  Russia  is  a  territory  of  considerable 
I  extent,  and  comprises  the  north-western  portion  of  the  continent,  being  that  part 
'  of  it  adjacent  to  Asia;  it  is  bounded  north  by  the  Arctic  Ocean,  east  by  the  Brit- 
ish possessions,  from  which  it  ia  separated  by  the  141°  of  longitude,  west  from 
Greenwich ;  south  by  the  Pacific  Ocean  and  the  Oregon  Territory ;  west  by 
Bhcring's  Strait  and  the  Pacific  Ocean.  The  coast  seems  to  be  chiefly  alpine,  in 
some  parts  rising  into  snow-capped  summits,  of  which  the  most  remarkable  moun- 
tain is  St  Elias ;  it  is  probably  a  volcanic  peak,  and  is  elevated  to  the  height  of 
17,850  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  is  said  to  be  visible  60  leagues  from 
the  coast.  In  this  region  there  are  computed  to  be  1000  white  inhabitants,  who 
ore  mostly  traders;  the  savages  are  estimated  at  near  60,000;  they  barter  the 
furs  obtained  in  hunting  with  the  Russians,  for  fire-arms,  beads,  tobacco,  and  other 
articles.  The  Russians  have  a  number  of  factories,  or  trading  establishments,  on 
various  parts  of  the  coast :  the  principal  of  those  are  at  Sitcha,  or  New  Arch- 
angel, Kodiak,  and  Oonalaska. 

The  Aleoutian  Islands  may  be  considered  as  belonging  to  this  region ;  they 
form  a  long  and  numerous  group,  extending  westward  from  the  Peninsula  of  AH- 
aska  to  Kamtschatka.  They  appear  to  be  a  continuation  of  the  loily  volcanic 
ranges  which  traverse  the  opposite  regions  of  the  two  continents.  These  islands 
are  inhabited  by  a  race  sharing,  in  a  measure,  the  features  and  aspect  of  the  Mon- 
gols and  Esquimaux.  Considered  as  savages,  they  are  mild  in  their  manners  and 
deportment,  and  display  a  considerable  degree  of  industry  and  ingenuity :  they 
dwell  in  large  subterranean  mansions,  or  rather  villages,  partitioned  mto  numerous 
apartments,  and  containing  from  60  to  100,  or  even  150  inhabitants.  These  abodes, 
covered  with  turf,  are  almost  on  a  level  with  the  surrounding  country,  from  which 
tliey  are  scarcely  to  be  distinguished. 

Sitcha,  or  New  Archangel,  on  one  of  the  islands  belonging  to  the  Archipelago 
of  George  HI.  may  be  considered  the  capital  of  the  territories  of  Russia  on  this 
continent ;  it  is  a  village  of  about  1000  inhabitants,  the  houses  of  which,  includ- 
ing the  fortifications  and  public  buildings,  are  built  of  wood,  and  are  neat  and  well 

Ironf  ^K^  mannrvAmonfr    nP  tha    fi*a/lA  af   ^liia   anA    fVia    'nfhoi*    n/%vfa     lias    VkAon     inilt. 

diciously  veslod  by  the  Russian  government  in  an  exclusive  company,  resident  at 


?be  Indian,  to 


EBI^lSh   POSSESSIONS  IN  NORTH  AMERICA. 


'M 


IrkootBk.  The  mod  object  <^  their  trade  is  to  ediect  the  skina  of  the  aearotter 
and  other  animius,  for  the  market  of  Canton,  where  they  are  in  very  eztenaire 
demand.  The  annual  value  of  the  furs  drawn  by  Ruana  from  her  North  Ameri- 
can poeooaoiono  baa  been  eatimated  at  #200,000. 


BRITISH  POSSESSIONS  IN  NORTH  AMERICA. 


ny,  resident  at 


Thi  possessions  of  Great  Britain  in  North  America  are  an  assemblage  of  vast 
ill-defined  and  stragrgling  territories,  the  remnant  of  that  mighty  empire  of  which 
the  great  revolution  deprived  her.  Even  in  their  present  diEimembered  state,  how- 
ever, their  extent  and  capabilities  might,  and  probaUy  will,  enable  them  one  day 
to  surpass  some  of  the  greatest  of  the  now  existine  European  monarchies. 

This  country,  taken  in  its  full  extent,  is  bounded  north  by  the  Arctic  Sea,  east 
by  the  AUantic  Ocean  and  Baffin's  Bay,  south  by  the  United  States  and  the  At- 
lantic Ocean,  and  west  by  the  American  possessions  of  Russia.  Its  area  is  equal 
to  about  that  of  the  United  St&tea  About  one  tenth  part  only  of  this  vast  terri- 
tory is  ae  yet  settled  by  a  civilized  population.  The  actual  occupation  by  white 
settlers  extends  along  the  northern,  and,  in  the  lower  part  of  its  course,  the  south- 
em,  bunk  of  the  St  Lawrence,  the  northern  shores  of  Lake  Ontario  and  Lake 
Erie,  and,  in  part,  the  eastern  coasts  of  Lake  Huron :  it  reaches,  though  only  io 
some  instances,  thirty  or  forty  miles  into  the  interior.  The  Company  which  en- 
joys the  exclusive  trade  of  Hudson's  Bay,  maintains  several  forts  on  its  west«m 
ohore;  they  have  also  small  forts  on  the  leading  lakes  and  riven  of  the  interior, 
•wJled  Houses,  where  they  are  secure  against  we  attack  of  the  Indians  scattered 
over  the  expanse  of  these  desolate  wilds,  and  can  form  a  store  of  the  articles  ne- 
cessary for  the  fur  trade.  Beyond  this  occupancy  they  have  not  attempted  ts  ex- 
ercise any  jurisdiction,  nor,  as  has  lately  appeared,  could  a  peaceabln  colony  form 
itself  without  imminent  danger  from  these  rude  tenants  of  the  wild. 

The  climate  is  vei^  severe,  much  exceeding  what  i<?  felt  under  the  same  lati- 
tude in  the  dd  continent  Lower  Canada  for  six  and  Upper  Canada  for  five 
months  of  the  year  have  a  mean  temperature  below  the  freezing  pomt,  and  are 
buried  in  perpetual  snow ;  yet  after  that  period  the  sun  breaks  out  with  such  force, 
that  large  crops  of  the  most  valuable  grain  can  be  raised  on  the  great  extent  of 
fertile  land  of  which  the  territory  consists.  Upper  Canada  is  finely  watered,  clad 
with  immense  forests  of  valuable  timber,  and  contains  about  ten  millions  of  acres 
capable  of  culture.  Nova  Scotia  and  New  Brunswick  are  well  wooded  countries, 
but  less  fertile ;  and  though  the  winters  are  less  severe,  the  heavy  fogs  that  pre- 
vail for  a  great  part  of  the  year  are  still  more  disagreeable  than  the  firosts  and 
snows  of  Cantida. 

The  river  St.  Lawrence  is  the  principal  feature  of  this  region,  and  one  of  the 
noblest  river  channels  in  the  world.  It  is  difficult  to  say  where  it  begins,  it  has 
been  held  to  issue  from  Lake  Superior,  a  vast  body  of  water,  fed  by  about  fifty 
streams,  of  which  the  St  Louis  and  Grand  Portage  Rivers  are  the  principal ;  but, 
in  &ct,  the  lakes  are  merely  connected  by  short  canalu,  through  which  the  surplus 
waters  of  one  are  poured  into  the  other.  These  canals  bear  the  local  names  of 
St  Clair,  Detroit,  Niagara,  &c.  The  last  is  distinguished  by  its  falls,  '!ie  most 
magnificent  in  the  world.  From  Lake  Ontario  to  Montreal  the  river  is  broken  by 
a  succession  of  rooks,  cataracts,  and  rapids,  which  render  navigation  very  danger- 
ous. It  is  after  passing  Montreal  that  it  rolls  in  full  grandeur  in  a  deep  contmu- 
ous  channel,  conveying  Icrge  ships  and  rafts  down  -to  Quebec.  The  navigation  is 
blocked  up  for  half'^the  year  by  the  ice,  which  even  in  spring  encumbers  it  for 
some  weeks  with  fioatinff  fragments. 

The  other  riven  of  Lower  Canada  are  its  tributaries.  On  the  north  are  the 
Utawas  and  the  Sagnenay,  large  navigable  riven  flowing  through  a  region  little 
known :  the  former  is  guppcsed  to  have  s  ccurss  cf  about  800  miles,  but  its  navi- 
gation is  much  intorrupteo  by  rapids ;  the  latter  is  remarkable  for  its  great  depth 


130 


miTIS^  POSSESSIONS  IN  NORTH  AA       ICA. 


aad  width,  uid  u  naTigable  for  90  mfles  to  its  Alls ;  for  the  diitaiiee  of  about  SO 
miles  it  has  the  appearance  of  a  long  mountain  lake.  The  St  Maurice  is  also  a 
considerable  stream  fiom  the  north,  and  the  Montmorency,  which  foils  into  the  St 
Lawrence,  is  celebrated  for  its  beautiftil  cataract,  which  pourr  a  lai^  vdome  of 
water  over  a  precipitous  ledc^e.  On  the  south  are  the  8*.  Francis;  the  Chao- 
diere,  with  a  fine  cascade  rushing  down  a  precipice  100  fr  Jt  in  height;  and  the 
Sorelle  or  Richelieu,  the  outlet  of  Lake  Champlain. 

Tie  Thames,  flowing  into  Imhe  St  Clair,  and  the  Ouse,  are  the  principal  rivers 
of  tipper  Canada.  The  St  John,  which  rises  in  Maine,  is  naTUrable  80  miles  hj 
sea  vessels,  but  its  course  is  much  broken  by  foils  and  rapids.  The  Miramichi  is 
the  other  principal  river  of  New  Brunswiclc. 

The  lakes  which  separate  Canada  and  the  United  States  are  on  a  greater  scale 
than  elsewhere ;  and  the  united  chain  forms  a  vast  inland  sea  of  fresh  water.  The 
largest  of  these,  and  the  largest  fresh-water  lake  in  the  world,is  Lake  Superior,  which 
is  420  miles  in  length  by  170  in  breadth ;  havhig  a  circuit  of  1500  miles,  and  covering 
an  area  of  35,000  square  mOes.  It  dischaiges  its  waters  through  the  river  or 
Strait  of  St  Mary,  50  miles  long,  into  Lake  Huron,  which  likewise  receives  those 
of  lake  Michigan.  Lake  Huron  is  280  miles  in  length,  and  90  in  breadth,  ex- 
clusive of  the  large  bay  on  the  north-eastern  shore,  called  Greorgian  Bay,  which 
is  aoout  80  miles  in  length  by  50  in  breadth.  An  ouUet,  called  the  river  St  Clair, 
expands,  after  a  course  of  40  miles,  into  a  lake  of  the  same  name,  24  miles  in 
length,  and  30  in  breadth,  which  again  contracts,  and  enters  Lake  Erie  under  the 
name  oi  the  river  Detroit,  25  miles  in  length.  Lake  Erie,  the  next  link  in  this 
great  chain,  is  270  miles  in  length,  by  from  25  to  50  in  breadth.  The  river  Nia- 
gara, 36  miles  long,  carries  its  surplus  waters  over  a  perpendicular  precipice  165 
feet  high,  into  Lake  Ontario,  which  is  about  190  miles  in  length,  by  40  in  breadth. 
The  surfoce  of  Lake  Superior  is  about  625  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea ;  its 
medium  depth  900  feet ;  the  descent  to  Lake  Huron  is  by  the  Sault  or  Fall  of  St 
Mary  23  feet  and  by  rapids  and  the  gradual  descent  of  the  river,  21  feet,  giving 
580  feet  for  the  elevation  of  the  surface  of  Lake  Huron,  whose  depth  is  equal  to 
that  of  Lake  Superior.  Lake  Erie  is  much  shallower,  not  exceedmg  a  mean  of 
120  feet  and  having  its  surfoce  560  feet  above  high  water,  while  lake  Ontario 
has  a  depth  of  500  feet,  and  its  surface  is  330  lower  than  that  of  Lake  Erie.  The 
waters  of  these  lakes  are  clear  and  potable,  and  they  abound  with  fish,  among 
which  are  trout,  weighing  from  75  to  100  pounds,  sturgeon,  white  fish,  pike,  bass, 
&c.  They  arc  navigable  by  large  vessels,  and  a  great  number  of  steamboats  na- 
vigate their  waters.  Lake  Simcoe,  which  is  connected  with  Lake  Huron,  is 
already  disturbed  by  the  plash  of  the  steamboat  Lake  Nepissing  is  a  considerable 
body  of  water,  which  a  rapkl  and  broken  stream  unites  with  Lake  Huron.  In  the 
interior,  are  several  smaller  lakes,  of  which  the  principal  is  the  Lake  of  the 
Woods,  whose  winding  shores  are  300  miles  in  circumference.  Farther  to  the 
north-west  is  LakeWinnipeek.  The  name  signifies  muddy,  and  is  descriptive  of 
its  waters.  There  is  a  water  communication  with  Lake  Superior  by  the  rivers 
Winnipeek  and  La  Pluie.  Still  forther  to  the  north-west,  a  number  of  lakes  ex- 
tend nearly  in  a  line,  at  various  distances  from  each  other,  connected  by  a  water 
oommunication,  except  in  two  or  three  cases,  where  portages  or  carrying-places 
intervene.  This  is  the  principal  navigable  route  to  the  waters  of  the  Arctic  Sea, 
and  is  much  firequented  by  the  for  traders  during  the  short  period  of  summer  in 
these  regions. 

The  principal  divisions  of  British  America  are  New  Britain,  with  the  provinces 
of  Canada,  I^ew  Brunswick,  Nova  Scotia,  Prince  Edward's  Island,  and  Newfound- 
land.   The  population  of  the  whole  is  probably  about  1,600,000. 

The  constitution  of  government  for  the  provinces  has  been  modelled  on  that  of 
the  mother  country.  £]ach  province  has  a  governor  and  a  legislative  council  ap- 
pointed by  the  crown,  and  a  house  of  commons  or  representatives  chosen  by  the 
mhabitants,  upon  moderate  (qualifications.  At  length,  after  a  lapse  of  fifty  years, 
an  act  was  passed  by  the  British  Parliament  (1841)  once  more  uniting  the  two 
provinces,  and  appointing  a  governor  for  the  whole.  The  seat  of  irovemment  was 
at  the  same  time  removed  from  Quebec  to  Kingston,  and  then  to  Montreal,  where, 


I  graater  scale 
1  water.    The 
aperior,  which 
i,aiidcoTering 
l»  the  river  of 
receives  those 
n  breadth,  ex- 
m  Bay,  which 
river  St  Clair, 
e,  24  miles  in 
Brie  ander  the 
5xt  link  in  this 
Phe  river  Nia- 
precipice  165 
'  40  in  breadth. 
)f  the  sea;  its 
t  or  Fall  of  St 
21  feet,  giving 
^pth  is  equal  to 
ing  a  mean  of 
( Lake  Ontario 
ike  Erie.   The 
ith  fish,  among 
Ssh,  pike,  bass, 
steamboats  na- 
ake  Huron,  is 
a  considerable 
luron.    In  the 
e  Dike  of  the 
'artber  to  the 
descriptive  of 
r  by  the  rivers 
er  of  lakes  ex- 
ited by  a  water 
carrying-places 
the  Arctic  Sea, 
of  summer  in 

1  the  provinces 
utd  Newfbund- 

lUed  on  that  of 
ve  council  ap- 
choaon  by  the 
of  fifty  years, 
niting  the  two 
avemment  was 
ontreal,  where, 


O^aaSBIBBaEBSBaBBanBBBBaaSSBBgBBaBBBaBBBBBHaBaMBBK 

BRITISH  POSSESSIONS  IN  NORTH  AMERICA.  131 


from  the  importance  and  central  situation  of  the  place,  it  will  most  probaUy  re- 
main. Since  the  union,  the  names  of  Upper  and  Lower  Canada  have  been  changed 
to  Canada  West  and  Canada  East;  but  the  old  names  will  no  doubt  long  remain 
in  popular  use. 

In  the  different  colonial  legislatures,  bills  become  laws  when  passed  by  the  two 
houses,  and  agreed  to  by  the  governor;  thouffh,  in  certain  cases,  the  royal  sanctkm 
is  required,  and,  in  others,  reference  must  be  nad  to  the  imperial  parliament  The 
supreme  legislative  authority  is  vested,  therefore,  in  the  King,  and  the  t^  houses 
of  the  British  parliament;  Umited,  however,  by  their  own  acta  The  act  31  of 
Gea  III.,  ch.  13,  declares  that  no  taxes  shall  be  imposed  on  the  colonies  but  far 
the  regulation  of  trade,  and  that  the  proceeds  of  such  taxes  shall  be  applied  f<a  the 
use  of  the  province,  iu  such  manner  as  shall  be  directed  by  any  laws  made  by  his 
majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  legislative  council  and  the 
house  of  assembly.  This  point  is  one  of  the  chief  causes  of  the  dissatis&ctiixi  in 
the  Canadas,  the  colonists  demanding  the  exclusive  control  over  the  monev  raised 
within  the  provinces.  In  Canada  E^t,  trial  by  jury  is  universal  in  criminal  cases ; 
but  a  very  smallproportion  of  the  civil  cases  are  tried  in  this  manner.  Law  pro- 
ceedings are  in  French  and  English ;  and  it  is  not  unusual  to  have  half  the  jury 
English,  and  the  other  half  French.  In  Canada  West,  the  laws  are  wholly  Eng- 
lish, as  is  also  the  case  in  the  other  provinces. 

The  natural  resources  of  British  America  are  more  ample  than  would  be  inferred 
from  ita  dreary  aspect,  and  the  vast  snows  under  which  it  is  buried.  Canada 
has  a  very  fertile  soil,  especially  in  its  upper  colony ;  and  though  it  be  five  from 
snow  only  during  five  months  of  the  year,  the  heat  of  that  period  is  sufficient  to 
ripen  the  most  valuable  kinds  of  grain.  The  vast  uncleared  tracts  are  covered 
with  excellent  timber.  Nova  Scotia  and  New  Brunswick  are  less  fertile,  yet  they 
contain  much  good  land,  and  are  well  timbered.  Newfbnndland  has  on  its  shores 
the  most  valuable  cod-fishery  in  the  world.  Even  the  immense  northern  wastes 
are  covered  with  a  profiision  of  animals,  noted  fer  their  rich  and  beautifiil  fiirs, 
which  form  the  foundation  of  an  extensive  and  valuable  trade.  The  commerce 
of  British  America  is  of  vast  importance :  the  fur  trade,  the  original  object  fer 
opening  an  intercourse  with  this  part  of  the  world,  was  carried  on,  in  the  first 
place,  chiefly  Smm  the  shores  of  Hudson's  Bay ;  but  it  was  there  injudiciously 
placed  in  the  hands  of  an  exclusive  company,  which  greatly  diminished  its  ac- 
tivity. 

Upwards  of  fifty  years  ago,  some  enterprising  merchants  of  Montreal  established 
the  North-west  Company,  who,  employing  numerous  and  active  agents,  carried 
on  their  business  with  spirit  and  enterprise.  The  eager  rivalnr  of  the  two  com- 
panies, opierating  in  regions  beyond  the  pale  of  law,  gave  biru  to  many  deeds  of 
finud  and  violence :  within  these  few  years,  however,  an  union  has  healed  the 
deadly  enmity  between  them,  and,  by  acting  in  concert,  they  have  determined  to 
diminish  the  issue  of  ardent  spirits,  and  even  to  adopt  every  practical  means  for 
the  moral  and  religious  improvement  of  the  Indians. 

The  timber  trade,  the  value  of  which,  forty  years  ago,  did  not  exceed  j£32,000, 
has  now  surpassed  all  others  in  magnitude.  The  timoer  is  obtauied  from  the  im- 
mense forests  on  the  shores  of  the  great  interior  lakes.  The  trees  are  cut  down 
during  the  winter  by  American  axemen,  who  are  peculiarly  skilful ;  and  the  busi- 
ness is  attended  with  great  hardship,  both  fi-om  the  work  itself,  and  the  inclemency 
of  the  season.  The  trees,  when  felled,  are  put  together  into  immense  rafts,  which 
often  cover  acres ;  and  on  them  are  raised  small  nuts,  the  residence  of  the  wood- 
men and  their  families.  Ten  or  twelve  square  sails  are  set  up,  and  the  rafts  are 
navigated  to  Quebec  through  many  dangers,  by  which  nearly  a  third  of  them  are 
said  to  be  destroyed.  Those  which  survive  are  ranged  along  the  river  in  fixmt  of 
Quebec,  ^rming  a  line  four  or  five  miles  in  extent,  till  they  are  taken  dowik  and 
exported  in  the  shape  of  timber,  deals,  and  staves.  The  business  is  also  carried 
on  to  a  great  extent  from  Nova  Seolia,  New  Brunswick,  and  even  fixMU  Cape 
Breton. 

To  the  West  Indies  the  colonies  export,  of  their  timber  and  agricultural  sta- 
ss,  a  considerable  amount,  and  receive  in  return  the  well-known  produce  of  these  I 
islands ;  and,  with  the  United  States,  Canada  holds  a  great  intercourse  across  I 


n\t%a 


*i 


1S9 


BRITISH  POSSESSIONS  IN  NORTH  AMERICA. 


Lake  Charoplain,  aendinff  mootly  salt  and  peltries,  and  in  return  taking  chiefly 
tea,  tcdncco,  and  other  luxuriee,  clandestinely,  which  the  strict  colooial  rules 
would  require  her  to  receive  from  the  mother  country. 

Hie  fisheries  are  pursued  upon  these  shores  to  an  extent  not  surpassed  anywhere 
dse  upon  the  globe.  The  rich  supply  of  cod  on  the  Newfoundland  banks  is 
wholly  unparalleled :  although  all  the  nations  of  Europe  have  been  lading  cargoes 
of  fish  for  centuries,  no  sennble  diminution  of  them  has  been  felt  During  the 
first  half  of  the  last  century,  the  fishery  was  carried  on  by  the  English,  Anglo- 
Americans,  and  French;  but  the  capture  of  Cape  Breton,  and  other  possessions  in 
America,  gave  a  severe  blow  to  the  fishery  of  the  latter.  The  American  war 
divided  the  British  fishery,  that  portion  of  it  that  had  been  jneviously  carried  on 
fW>m  New  England  being  thereafter  merged  in  that  of  the  United  States;  but 
still  the  English  contrived  to  preserve  the  largest  share.  The  French  were 
exduded  firom  the  fishery  during  the  French  war,  in  consequence  of  which  the 
English  had  almtet  a  monopoly  of  the  business;  but  dince  the  peace  it  has  been 
carried  on  chiefly  b^  the  French  and  Americaas,  that  of  the  English  having 
declined  fully  three-rourths  since  the  peace.  The  seal  fi^Uery,  which  has  arisen 
within  the  last  thirty  years,  has  become  of  considerable  value.  The  fields  of  ice 
which  are  annually  swept  by  the  currents  from  the  polar  seas,  Wing  with  them 
myriads  of  seals.  These  animali^  which  are  of  several  species,  are  valuable  only 
tat  their  fat  and  skins.  The  fishing  season  commences  early  in  April,  and  is  car- 
ried on  in  vessels  varying  fh>m  80  to  120  tons  burthen,  with  crewi  of  20  or  30 
men  each.  The  whale  fishery,  also,  is  pursued  to  a  limited  extent  on  the  south 
side  of  Newfoundland,  and  in  the  Guli.of  St  Lawrence.  There  is  likewise  a 
pretty  extensive  salmon  fishery. 

The  interior  communications  of  Canada  are  almost  solely  by  the  river  St  Law- 
lence  and  the  lakes,  which  open  a  very  extensive  ^vigation  into  the  country. 
It  is  seriously  obstructed,  however,  between  Montreal  ami  Lake  Ontario,  where  a 
series  of  rapids  occur,  over  which  only  canoes  can  shoot,  and  all  heavy  goods 
must  be  landed  and  shipped.  Great  exertions  have  been  made  to  improve,  by 
canals,  the  irterior  communications  of  Canada.  The  chief  object  has  been  to 
obviate  the  continual  series  of  obstructions  in  the  navigation  of  Uie  St  Lawrence 
River,  above  Montreal.  One  canal  has  been  constructed  fhrni  that  city  to  La 
Chine,  a  distance  of  eight  miles,  at  an  expense  of  £130,000 :  another  is  the 
Chreenville  canal,  eight  miles  long,  constructed  to  avoid  certain  obstructions  in  the 
navigation  of  the  I/)wer  Utawas  River.  The  principal  operation,  however,  is 
the  Rideau  canal,  reaching  from  the  Ottawa  River  to  Kingston.  It  is  185  miles 
long,  connecting  together  a  chain  of  lakes,  which  admit  of  steam  navigation;  and 
the  dimensions  are  such  as  to  allow  vessels  of  from  100  to  125  tons  to  pass.  The 
estimated  expense  vma  Jt486,000.  The  enterprise  of  private  individuals  has  con- 
structed the  Welland  canal ;  which,  at  an  expense  of  £270,000,  has  united  the 
laLes  Ontario  and  Erie.  It  is  42  miles  long,  and  is  more  capacious  than  the  New 
York  canal:  it  will  allow  vessels  of  125  tons  to  pass  through.  The  Chambly 
canal  opens  a  navigation,  by  the  Sorelle  River,  from  Lake  Cfaimplain  to  the  St 
Lawrence.  -v,    ■■■•,,-„         ^  .    ,■  '.'■.'.. 

Ana  in  iqnHO  milei.  PopuUtioiu 

NewBritaia 1,900,000 60,000 

UpperCanadK 1.40,000 460,000 

LpwerConada 937,000 600,000 

New  Brunswick 37,000 1S20,000 

Nora  Sootla,  with  Cape  Braton       18^00  195,000 

?.*<nee  Edward's  Island 3,100  35,000 

Nawfimndland 35,000  80,000 


..n- 


«!■.- 


4-, 


n^A  ■^H^ 


Total 9,360,000 


1,550,000 


f^jmsKBrnam 


NEW  BRITAIN. 


183 


NEW   BRITAIN. 

Nkw  Bbitain  is  that  large  portion  of  British  America  situated  north  <^  the 
Canadas  and  the  United  States,  and  stretching  northward  to  the  dreary  and  deso- 
late shores  of  tlie  Arctic  Sea.  It  comprises  Labrador,  New  North  aid  New 
South  Wales,  Prince  William's  Land,  Boothia  Felix,  latelv  discovered  by  Captain 
Rose,  and  the  North  Georgia  Islands.  Hudson's  Bay  divides  the  country  into  two 
great  divisions:  on  the  east  is  Labrador  and  East  Main,  and  on  the  west  New 
North  and  New  South  Wales;  these *have  been  fiirther  subdivided,  by  the  traders 
of  the  Hudscm's  Bay  Company,  into  various  smaller  districts,  which  are,  however, 
of  no  political  importance.    Population  of  the  whole  region  probably  60,000. 

The  &ce  of  the  country  is  generally  a  vast  plain,  intersected  with  numerous 
lakes  and  rivers,  some  of  which  roll  into  the  unexplored  seas  of  the  north,  and 
others  into  Hudson's  Bay :  among  the  former  are  the  Mackenzie,  the  Copper  Mine, 
and  Thleweecbd,  or  Great  Fish  River,  lately  explored  by  Captain  Back;  and  into 
the  latter  the  principal  are  Churchill,  Nelson,  Severn,  and  Albany  Rivers.  The 
interior  streams  are  the  Saskatchawan,  Winnipeek,  and  Red  River,  flowing  into 
Like  Winnipeek ;  and  the  Athabasca  and  Peace  Rivers,  emptying  into  Lake 
Athabasca:  these  may  properly  be  considered  head  branches  of  the  Mackenzie, 
as  their  waters  finally  reach  the  ocean  through  its  channel. 

The  lakes  are  exceedingly  numerous;  some  are  extensive,  and  second  only  to 
the  great  Canadian  lakes,  and  afibrding,  during  the  brief  period  of  summer,  a  uwg 
and  almost  continuous  canoe  navigation  iiom  Lake  Supwrior  to  the  Arctic  Sea. 
Of  these  Winnipeek,  or  Muddy  Lake,  Athabasca  Lake,  Great  Slave,  and  Great 
Bear  Lakes,  are  the  principal :  they  are  situated  in  a  range  lying  N.  W.  from 
each  other,  and  afibrd,  for  a  short  period,  an  almost  uninterrupted  navigation  from 
Lake  Superior  to  the  Arctic  Ocean.  Lake  Winnipeek  is  270  miles  long,  wad 
from  15  to  18  broad :  it  receives  numerous  rivers  and  enjoys  a  considerable  extent 
of  canoe  navigation.  Athabasca  Lake,  lying  between  600  and  600  miles  N,  W. 
of  Lake  Winnipeek,  is  in  length  about  2(J0  miles,  with  a  breadth  of  from  16  to  18 
miles:  it  receives  several  large  streams,  and  is  connected,  by  Slave  River,  with 
Great  Slave  Lake,  still  fkrther  to  the  N.  W.,  which  is  one  of  the  largest  bodies 
of  fresh  water  m  North  America,  excepting  Lakes  Superior  and  Huron,  and  per- 
haps Lake  Michigan.  From  Great  Slave  Lake  flows  Mackenzie's  River,  which, 
in  its  course  to  the  ocean,  receives,  from  the  eastward,  the  water  of  the  Great 
Bear  Lake :  it  is  about  200  miles  in  extent  each  way,  and  is  deeply  indented  by 
several  large  peninsulas. 

In  winter  such  is  the  severity  of  the  climate  in  this  region,  that  even  in  57**  the 
lakes  freeze  8  feet  thick;  brandy  and  mercury  congml;  the  rocks  sometimes 
split  with  a  noise  like  that  of  the  heaviest  artillery,  scattering  the  fragments  to  a 
great  distance.  The  temperature  is  capricious  and  the  changes  sudden.  The  Au- 
rora Borealis  sheds  a  light  sometimes  equal  to  that  of  the  full  moon.  The  vege- 
tation in  the  northern  parts  is  very  scanty,  but  adjoining  the  northern  boundary 
of  the  United  States  there  are  some  fertile  spots  along  the  Red  River  of  liike 
Winnipeek.  Lord  Selkirk  purchased  from  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  a  terri- 
tory of  116,000  acres,  and  formed  the  settlements  of  Pembina  and  Assiniboia : 
the  soil  has  been  found  tolerably  fertile,  but  the  great  distance  from  a  market, 
being  2800  miles  from  New  Orleans,  and  1900  from  Buffiilo,  must  long  prevent  it 
from  rising  to  much  importance.  It  has  suffered  severely  from  contests  with  the 
Indians,  fomented  by  the  jealouqr  of  the  fur-traders.  Moreover,  in  consequence 
of  the  recent  settlement  of  the  boundary  line  with  the  United  States,  half  of  it 
has  been  included  within  their  territory. 

The  only  trade  in  these  regions  is  that  of  furs ;  to  facilitate  which,  the  Hud- 
son's Bay  Company  have  establisbed  fo^  and  trading-houses  in  various  quarters, 
extending  from  Hudson's  Bay  west  :.ito  the  territories  clniined  by  the  United 
States.  On  the  shores  of  the  Pacific  Ocean,  and  to  the  north,  almost  to  the  Arc- 
tic Sea,  from  these  forts,  &c.,  agents  aro  sent  amongst  the  Indians  to  collect  furs, 

■"~"i2 


jt^< 


134 


NEW  BRITAIN. 


m  exchaii|[e  for  auch  European  commodities  •■  are  prized  Inr  them.    The  fura 
exported,  in  1882,  from  Hudson'a  Bay  amounted  to  the  value  of  £110,000. 

The  coasts  of  Labrador,  and  indeed  the  whole  of  the  northern  parts  of  this 
region,  from  Greenland  to  Bbering's  Strait,  is  inhabited  by  the  Esquiinaux,  a  race 
of  savages  who  sustain  existence  chiefly  by  feeding  on  whales  and  seats,  except 
in  the  more  southern-parts  of  Labrador :  of  the  skins  of  the  latter  they  make 
their  boats  and  clothes,  and  of  his  sinews  they  make  thread.  They  travel  over 
the  snow  in  sledges  drawn  by  dogs,  of  which  they  have  a  very  hardy  and  saga- 
cious breed,  and  will  draw  a  considerable  load  6U  miles  in  a  day.  Their  huts 
have  been  met  with  as  far  north  as  76°.  Little,  squat,  and  feeble,  the  complexion 
of  these  polar  men  has  little  of  the  copper  colour  of  the  other  American  abori- 
gbes,  and  is  rather  of  a  dirty,  reddish  yellow.  Their  summer  huts  are  circular, 
covered  with  deernskins,  and  entered  by  creeping  on  the  belly.  Yet  these  iso- 
lated and  simple  beings  have  been  taught  by  necesHii/,  many  inventions,  which 
are  highly  creditable  to  their  ingenuity.  They  make  their  winter  habitations  of 
frozen  snow,  in  a  few  hours,  exceedingly  comforUible,  and  which  remain  durable 
till  melted  by  the  heat  of  the  ensuing  summer.  Some  of  the  tribes  have  canoes, 
made  of  the  skin  of  the  sea-calf,  with  which  they  sail  with  amazing  swiftness. 
They  also  work  a  gny  &nd  porous  stone  into  neat  pitchers  and  kettles,  and  those 
in  the  vicinity  of  Storing's  Strait  display  great  ingenuity  in  the  manufacture  of 
trinkets  and  utensils  of  the  fossil  ivory,  with  which  some  parts  of  those  regions 
abound. 

The  Esquimaux  met  with  bv  Captain  Parry,  in  North  Georgia,  were  exceeding 
lively  and  cheerful,  more  so  than  even  the  negro,  the  native  of  a  sunny  climate, 
and  of  a  region  producing  spontaneously  all  the  fruits  of  the  earth.  They  are  so 
fbnd  of  dancing  that  it  seems  almost  their  natural  gait ;  and  they  are  always  ready 
to  return  raillery  or  mimicr/.  They  are,  far  more  than  the  Indians,  a  social  and 
domestic  people.  This  is  apparent  in  their  good  treatment  to  females,  and  their 
care  and  affection  for  their  children.  Among  these  people,  on  the  coast  of  Labra- 
dor, the  Moravian  missionaries  have  established  several  settlements ;  Nain,  Okkak, 
Hopedale,  &c.,  and  have,  besides  teaching  them  many  usefbl  things,  buUt  a  ma- 
gazine, in  which  each  of  the  natives  might  deposite  his  useless  stores,  prevailing 
on  them  to  set  apart  a  tenth  for  widows  and  orphans.  This  is  the  true  way  to 
convert  a  savage  people,  by  showing^  them  the  palpable  fruits  of  the  gospel. 

The  Indians  occupying  this  region  are  principally  the  Assinibomes,  Kniste- 
neaux,  or  Crees,  Chippewayans,  Beaver,  Hare,  Dog-rib,  Copper  Indians,  die.  The 
Assiniboines  are  a  tribe  of  Sioux ;  they  are  divided  into  several  smaller  tribes,  as 
the  Black-foot,  Fall,  and  Blood  Indians,  &c.  They  rear  many  horses,  and  subsist 
chiefly  on  the  buf&lo. 

The  Knisteneaux,  or  Crees,  inhabit  a  wide  extent  of  country  in  the  vicinity  of 
Lake  Athabasca :  they  were  once  numerous,  but  are  now  reduced  to  about  500  in 
number ;  they  are  a  well-formed  race,  and  their  women  are  the  handsomest  of  all 
the  Indian  females ;  they  are  hospitable,  generous,  and  mild,  when  not  infuriated 
by  spirits ;  they  do  not,  however,  consider  chastity  a  virtue,  and  are  not  unkind  to 
their  women. 

'  The  Chippewayans  live  to  the  north  of  the  latter,  and  near  the  Great  Slave 
Lake :  their  appearance  is  singular,  with  high  projecting  cheek-bones,  broad  faces, 
and  wide  nostrils ;  they  are  persevering,  incorrigible  beggars,  yet  not  dishonest, 
and  so  deeply  imbued  with  national  pride,  t>n>t,  while  they  give  to  other  nations 
their  proper  names,  they  call  themselves,  by  way  of  eminence,  the  people ; 
amongst  them  the  lot  of  the  female  is  ^ievous,  and  mothers  have  been  known  to 
destroy  their  female  offiipring  that  it  might  escape  the  same  servitude.  Aged  and 
sick  people  are  abandoned  to  perish.  They  are  said  to  be  the  same  people  as  the 
Chippeways  of  the  United  States,  and  are  much  reduced  in  numbers.  The  Cop- 
per, Hare,  and  Dog-rib  Indians,  occupy  the  country  north  of  Great  Bear  Lake ; 
they  much  resemble  the  Chippewayans,  but  are  of  a  more  friendly  and  amiable 
disposition ;  their  humanity  and  faithful  attachment  were  experienced  by  the  recent 
travellers  (Captain  Franklin,  &c.)  in  those  regions,  on  occasions  of  extreme  dis- 
tress. 


BBBSSa 


UPPER  CANADA. 


13» 


UPPER  CANADA,  or  CANADA  WEST. 

Ufpib  Canada,  commencing  at  Lake  St.  Francis,  above  Montreal,  extends 
along  the  whole  chain  of  the  great  lakes,  almost  to  the  western  boundary  of  Lake 
Superior.  Until  1781  it  was  a  mere  district  attached  to  Quebec,  at  which  period 
a  nnmbor  of  American  loyalists  and  disbanded  soldiers  were  setUed  in  it,  and  the 
name  of  Upper  Canada  bestowed.  Comparatively  but  a  small  part  of  this  province 
is  settled,  and  many  portions  of  it  are  yet  unexplored.  The  settlements  are 
chiefly  along  the  rivers  St.  Lawrence  and  Utawas,  and  lakes  £rie  :^nd  Ontario. 
The  soil  is  in  general  excellent,  and  yields  abundant  crops  of  grain,  wheat,  Indian 
corn,  hops,  flax,  &c.    Population  estimated  at  460,000. 

Cultivation,  in  Upper  Canada,  is  still  in  an  incipient  state,  but  is  rapidly  ad- 
vancing in  consequence  of  the  influx  of  British  settlers.  Government,  for  some 
time,  allowed  to  every  settler,  fifty  or  even  a  hundred  acres  of  land,  upon  pay- 
ment of  fees  amounting  to  about  a  shilling  per  acre ;  but  since  1827  Uie  .ands 
have  been  disposed  of  by  public  auction.  Among  emigrants  possessed  of  capital, 
a  great  proportion  have  (rf*  late  made  their  purchases  from  the  Canada  Company. 
This  body,  mcorporated  in  1826,  bought  from  government,  tracts  of  land  equal  to 
2,300,000  acres,  for  which  they  engaged  to  pay  the  sum  of  £295,000,  by  sixteen 
annual  instalments.  These  lands  are  dispersed  through  every  part  of  Upper 
Canada;  but  the  largest  portion,  amounting  to  about  a  million  of  acres,  and  ex- 
tending about  sixty  miles  in  length,  is  along  the  eastern  shore  of  Lake  Huron. 
The  Company  found  towns  and  villages,  form  roads,  and  lay  out  the  ground  in 
convenient  lots,  and  have  agents  on  &e  spot,  who  affinrd  every  information  and  aid 
to  emigrants. 

The  climate  of  Upper  Canada  is  salubrious,  and  epidemic  diseases  almoet  un- 
known. The  winters  are  shorter  and  less  rigorous  than  in  the  lower  province : 
the  spring  opens,  and  agricultural  labours  commence,  from  six  weeks  to  two 
months  earlier  than  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Quebec.  The  summer  heats  are  also 
more  moderate,  and  the  autumn  pleasant  and  favourable  for  securing  the  produce 
of  all  the  late  crops.  Population  is  advancing  with  great  rapidity :  it  has  hitherto 
been  confined  to  the  St  Lawrence  and  the  shores  of  the  lakes,  but  is  now  becom- 
ing more  difibsed  over  the  interior.  New  towns  are  extending  in  the  fertile  for- 
est, some  of  w^hich,  in  rapidity  of  increase,  vie  with  those  of  the  United  States. 
Great  extents  of  fertile  land  are  yet  unoccupied,  and  the  parent  country  is  fur- 
nishing every  &cility  for  transporting  to  these  forests  her  surplus  population,  great 
numbers  of  whom,  however,  finally  make  their  way  to  the  United  States. 

Toronto  and  Kingston,  on  the  northern  shore  of  Lake  Ontario,  are  the  tWQ 
principal  towns  of  Upper  Canada.  Toronto,  formerly  York,  near  the  north-west 
«)nd  of  the  lake,  owes  its  support  to  its  being  the  seat  of  government  and  of  the 
courts,  and  to  the  extensive  settlements  recently  formed  to  the  north  and  east  of 
it  Population  10,000.  Kingston,  near  the  north-east  point  of  the  lake,  has  a 
commodious  harbour,  and  is  a  neat  little  town  with  about  5000  inhabitants.  Some 
of  the  other  towns  on  Lake  Ontario  are  Cobourg,  Port  Hope,  and  Hamilton.  On 
the  Niagara  River  are  the  villages  of  Niagara,  Queenstown,  and  Chippewa. 
Sandwich,  in  the  western  part  of  the  province,  and  opposite  to  Detroit,  is  a 
thriving  little  town ;  as  is  also  London,  on  the  Thames,  with  a  population  of  2000 
inhabitants.  On  the  east  shore  of  Lake  Huron  is  the  neat  and  flourishing  town 
of  Groderich,  with  a  good  harbour  at  the  mouth  of  the  Maitland  River ;  and  at  the 
bottom  of  Lake  Manitouline,  or  Georgian  Bay,  is  Penetanguishene,  a  British  naval 
station,  from  which  a  steamboat  runs  occasionally  to  St  Joseph's  Island,  at  the 
west  end  of  the  lake,  on  which  is  kept  a  small  detachment  of  British  troops. 

Upper  Canada  is  divided  into  17  districts,  which  are  subdivided  into  coun- 
ties. It  is  bounded  on  the  north-east  by  Lower  Canada,  north  by  New  Britain, 
west  and  south  by  the  United  States.  The  lines  of  division  are,  from  Lower 
Canada,  the  Utawas  River :  from  New  Britain,  an  imaginary  line  separating  the 
waters  flowing  into  the  lakes  firom  those  of  Hudson's  Bay ;  and,  from  the  United 


136 


LOWER  CANADA. 


Sutea,  a  nominal  line  extending  through  the  centre  of  Lake*  Superior,  Huron, 
Erie  and  Ontario,  and  their  connecting  atreama,  and  thence  down  the  middle  of 
the  River  St  Lawrence  to  Lake  St  Fnncia,  and  thence  north-weat  and  north-eaat 
to  the  Utawaa  River. 

In  thia  province  ia  exhibited  one  of  the  meat  anblime  and  magnificent  of  Na- 
ture'a  worn,  by  the  Niagara  river.    The  accumulated  waten  flowing  from  four 

Seat  lakea  and  all  their  tributariea,  are  precipitated  over  the  Falla  of  Niagara, 
e  mightieat  '^taract  in  the  world.  The  whole  maaa  ia  poured  in  one  tre- 
mendoua  plun,  i  of  165  feet  in  height  The  noiae,  tumult,  and  rapidity  of  thia 
&Uing  aea ;  the  rolling  clouda  of  fiiam,  the  vaat  volumea  of  vapour  which  riae  into 
the  air,  the  brilliaocy  and  variety  of  the  tinta,  and  the  beautiful  rainbowa  which 
apan  the  abyas ;  the  lofty  banka  and  immenae  wooda  which  aurround  thia  wondeN 
nil  acene,  have  been  considered  by  experienced  travellera  aa  eclipsing  every  airoi- 
lar  phenomenon.  The  noise  is  heard,  and  the  cloud  of  vapoura  aeen,  at  the  dis- 
tance of  several  miles.  The  fiiU  on  the  Canadian  side  is  630  feet  wide,  of  a  aemi« 
circular  form ;  that  on  the  American  aide  only  810  feet  ud  165  feet  in  height 
being  six  or  aeven  feet  higher  than  the  former.  The  one,  called  the  Crescent  or 
Horae-shoe  Fall,  descends  in  a  mighty  sea-green  wave ;  the  other,  broken  by  rocka 
into  foam,  reaembles  a  sheet  of  molten  silver.  Travellera  descend,  with  the  cer- 
tainty of  being  drenched  to  the  skin,  but  without  danger,  to  the  foot  of  the  &11, 
and  even  beneath  it  There  are  now  excellent  inns  on  both  sides  of  the  &lls, 
which  are  crowded  with  visitants  during  the  summer  monthai 


LOWER  CANADA,  or  CANADA  EAST. 

Lown  Canada  extends  along  the  River  St  Lawrence,  on  both  aidea,  flt>m  its 
mouth  to  Lake  St  Francia,  a  short  distance  above  Montreal.  A  considerable  part 
of  the  province  extends  nominally  into  unexplored  regions  that  are  unoccupied  by 
white  mbabitants.  At  the  mouth  ~f  the  St  Lawrence  the  country  ia  rugged  and 
mountainous,  and  the  climate  very  severe ;  but  the  upper  and  more  southerly  por* 
tiona  of  the  province  are  well  watered,  fertile,  and  with  a  milder  climate  than  the 
lower  part  All  aections,  however,  have  the  winters  of  Sweden,  though  in  the 
latitude  of  France.  The  summers  are  warm  and  short  and  the  transition  firom 
winter  to  summer  ia  very  rapid,  leaving  scarcely  more  than  a  month  for  the  aea- 
aon  of  spring.      Population  about  600,000. 

More  than  three-fourths  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  country  are  of  French  de- 
acent  and  apeak  the  French  language ;  they  are  all  Catholics,  and  much  attached 
to  (heir  priesta:  the  remainder  are  mostly  natives  of  Great  Britain  and  their  de- 
acendanta.  Education  is  much  neglected,  and  the  maaa  of  the  people  are  very  ig- 
norant and  illiterate.  The  Quelle  Mercury  lately  gravely  propoaed  the  estab- 
lishment of  a  seminary  for  the  instruction  of  thoee  members  of  their  parliament 
who  could  neither  read  nor  write.  The  native  French  Canadians  are  called 
hMtatu.  They  are  gay,  satisfied  with  a  little,  and  strongly  attached  to  their  re- 
ligion and  native  country.  In  the  management  of  periogues  and  canoes  on  tiie 
ukea  and  long  rivers,  they  have  no  rivals.  They  are  also  remarkably  ingenious 
in  making  their  own  domestic  implements.  The  countenance  of  the  Canadian  ia 
long  and  thin ;  hia  complexion  aun-burnt  and  swarthy,  inclining  towards  that  of 
tae  Indian ;  his  eyes  black  and  lively ;  with  lank  and  meagre  cheeks,  a  sharp  and 
prominent  chin,  and  such  easy  and  polite  manners,  as  though  he  had  always  lived 
m  the  great  world,  rather  than  amid  thick  forests.  Their  intercourse  with  each 
other  is  to  the  last  degree  affectionate,  and  a  French  Canadian  village  constitutes 
one  family.  Their  cheerfulness,  whether  in  prosperity  or  adversity,  is  inexhausti- 
ble, and  more  valuable  to  them  than  all  the  boasted  attainments  of  philosophy. 

In  winter,  their  drees  is  that  of  the  Russians ;  their  social  intercourse  that  of 
the  age  of  Louis  XIV.  As  soon  as  the  penance  of  their  long  &8t  is  ended,  their 
fating  beg^ins.  The  firiends  and  relatives  assemble.  Turkeya,  pies,  and  all  the 
dainties  of  the  season,  decorate  the  board.    Conee  is  introduced.    The  violin  is 


LOWER  CANADA. 


1S7 


keard,  and  those  gij  and  aifflple  people  an  the  moat  ioTeterate  danecn  in  the 
world. 

There  ia  a  marked  difference  between  this  province  and  the  United  Statea  in  the 
habita  of  the  people,  their  buildinga,  and  their  modea  of  living.  An  individoal  from 
the  latter  country,  who  happena  to  be  in  Canada,  will  be  reminded  by  ererythioff 
about  him  that  he  ia  not  at  home.  Thia  province  ia  aeparated  from  New  York  aud 
Vermont  by  the  45**  of  north  latitude;  from  New  Hampahire  and  Maine,  by  the 
highlanda  running  between  the  rivera  which  flow  into  the.  St.  Lawrence,  and  thoae 
emptying  into  the  Atlantic  Ocean ;  from  New  Brunawick  by  the  river  Riatigouche ; 
from  New  Britain,  by  the  ridge  separating  the  waters  of  Hudson's  Bay  from  thoee 
of  the  St.  Lawrence ;  and  from  Upper  Canada  by  the  Ottawa  river. 

The  city  of  Quebec  was,  from  the  fint  settlement  of  Canada  until  the  union  of 
the  two  provinces  in  1841,  tlie  capital  of  the  countrv.  It  is  singularly  situated, 
half  on  a  plain  along  the  northern  bank  of  the  St.  Lawrence,  and  the  other  half 
on  the  top  of  a  steep  perpendicular  rock,  350  feet  high.  These  are  called  the  Upper 
and  Lower  towna.  Quebec,  as  a  military  atation,  ia  very  strong;  its  fortificatione 
render  it  almost  a  second  Gibraltar.  It  waa  one  of  the  most  brilliant  acenes  of 
British  glory.  Near  it,  on  the  plains  of  Abraham,  Wolfe,  at  the  cost  of  his  life, 
gained  toe  splendid  victory  which  annexed  Canada  to  the  Britiab  empire.  The 
population  of  Quebec  is  about  35,000 ;  its  commerce  is  considerable,  as  all  the 
vessels  that  enter  the  St  Lawrence  stop  there  and  unload  their  cargoes.  A  great 
fire  occurred  here.  May  28,  1845,  and  another  on  the  29th  of  the  following  month ; 
by  these  disasters  more  than  half  the  ci^  was  destroyed,  and  16,000  individuals 
were  rendered  houseless.  The  town  of  lliree  Rivers,  containing  3000  inhabitants, 
is  situated  on  the  St.  Lawrence,  90  miles  above  Quebec. 

The  commercial  and  political  capital  of  Canada  is  Montreal ;  it  is  situated  im' 
mediately  below  the  rapids,  at  a  point  where  the  Ottawa  river  flows  into  the  St. 
Lawrence.  Most  of  the  business,  even  of  Quebec,  is  carried  on  by  branches  from 
the  Montreal  houses.  It  derives  a  great  impulse  from  the  transactions  of  the 
Hudson's  Bay  Fur  Company ;  and  it  la  the  centre  of  the  commerce  with  the  United 
States,  carried  on  by  Lake  Champlain  and  the  Hudson.  Vessels  of  600  or  700 
tons  can,  notwithstanding  some  difficulties,  come  up  to  Montreal ;  its  wharf  presents 
a  busy  scene, — the  tall  masts  of  merchantmen  from  the  Thames,  the  Mersey,  and 
the  Clyde,  with  the  steam-packets  which  ply  between  Quebec  and  Montreal.  Tlie 
island  of  Montreal  is  about  thirty  miles  in  length,  and  seven  in  breadth ;  it  is  of 
alluvial  soil,  the  most  fertile  in  Lower  Canada,  and  also  the  most  highly  culti- 
vated. The  view  over  it,  of  fruitful  fields,  gay  country-houses,  and  the  streams 
by  which  it  is  encircled,  is  one  of  the  most  pleasing  that  can  be  imagined.  The 
interior  of  the  town  is  not  so  attractive.  It  is  substantially,  but  gloomily,  .>.,'!*  of 
dark  gray  limestone,  with  roofs  of  tin,  the  only  kind,  it  is  said,  which  -  .r  land 
the  intense  cold  of  winter ;  while  the  windowa  and  doora  are  shut  in  with  massive 

Elates  of  iron.  The  streets,  though  tolerably  regular,  were  inconveniendy  narrow; 
ut  of  late  several  have  been  formed,  extending  the  whole  length  of  the  town,  that 
are  commodious  and  airy.  The  new  cathedral,  opened  in  1829,  is  <:  nsidered  one 
of  the  handsomest  structures  in  America.  It  is  255  feet  long,  134  broad,  320  feet 
high  in  its  principal  front;  and  it  is  capable  of  containing  10,000  perepns.  Two 
Catholic  seminaries,  the  English  church,  and  the  general  hospital,  are  also  hand« 
some  structures.    The  population  amounts  to  50,000. 

The  village  of  La  Prairie,  on  the  south  bank  of  the  St.  Lawrence,  is  the  medium 
of  communication  between  Montreal  and  the  United  States.  Dorchester,  on  the 
Sorelle,  ia  a  considerable  village. 

La  Chine,  above  the  rapids,  which  interrupt  the  navigation  above  Montreal,  ia 
an  important  depAt  for  the  interior  trade.  A  number  of  townships  have  been  formed 
along  the  northern  bank  of  the  Ottawa,  the  part  of  Lower  Canada  chiefly  resorted 
to  by  emigrants.  The  country  is  level  and  fertile,  but  its  progress  is  much  obstract- 
ed  by  the  number  of  old  unimproved  grants ;  so  that  thevpopu^attiwijloes  not  much 
exceed  5300.  Hull  and  By  town  are  suiaii  improving  tBrtti»^9itfAAfti^»;  the  latter 
on  the  south,  and  the  former  on  the  norUt  side.  '  ^ 


«„ 


138 


NEW  BRUTTSWICK. 


The  tract  oi  country  lying  to  the  aooth-eaBt  of  the  St  Lawrence,  on  the  bor« 
dera  of  Vermont,  New  Hampshire,  and  Maine,  has  of  late  years  attracted  many 
settlers,  to  whom  it  is  known  under  the  name  of  the  Eastern  Townships.  The 
lands  here  are  held  in  free  and  common  soccage,  and  the  English  law  prevails. 
The  population  of  the  townships  is  now  about  60,000.  Stanstead  and  Sherbrooke 
are  the  principal  towns  of  this  fine  and  flourishing  region.  On  the  south  side  of 
the  St.  Lawrence  River  are  the  neat  and  thriving  villages  of  St  Thomas  and 
Eamouraska;  the  former  about  20  and  the  latter  90  miles  below  Quebec.  Ka- 
mouraska  is  pleasantly  situated,  and  much  resorted  to  by  the  citizens  of  the  capi- 
tal for  the  benefit  of  sea-bathing. 

The  district  of  Gaspe  remains  to  complete  the  description  of  Lower  Canada. 
It  is  on  the  south  side  of  the  St  Lawrence,  near  its  mouth,  bordering  on  New 
Brunswick.  It  is  a  country  of  irregular  and  sometimes  mountainous  surface,  con- 
taining numerous  lakes,  and  watered  by  several  rivers,  of  which  the  Restigouche 
is  the  principal.  The  territory  is  covered  with  dense  forests,  inhabited  by  7000 
or  8000  woodmen  and  fishermen,  and  exports  some  fish,  oil,  and  timber.  The 
cod-fishery  employs  1800  men,  and  produces  about  50,000  quintals  of  fisb,  and 
20,000  barrels  of  oil ;  and  about  4000  barrels  of  herrings,  and  2000  of  salmon  are 
shipped  for  Quebec.  Douglas,  Bouaventure,  and  New  Carlisle,  are  small  villages 
of  forty  or  fifty  huts  each.  ^ 


i 


.'('S'-.KS  .'i:^.. 


NEW   BRUNSWICK. 


Nkw  Brunswick  is  situated  to  the  east  of  the  State  of  Maine,  and  to  the  north- 
west of  N  rva  Scotia,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  the  Bay  of  Fundv ;  on  the 
north  it  has  part  of  Lower  Canada,  the  boundary  betwer:n  the  two  being  the 
River  Restigouche.  It  has,  on  the  east,  a  winding  coast  slong  the  Gulf  of  St 
Lawrence,  indented  by  navigable  bays  and  inlets.  The  country,  towards  the  sea- 
coast  and  along  the  St  Joh^s  River,  is  level,  but  the  western  and  northern  parts 
are  somewhat  hilly.    Population,  in  1834,  120,000;  now  probably  150,000. 

This  colony  is  still  almost  one  magnificent  unbroken  forest  and,  under  the  en- 
couragement affi)rded  by  the  mother  country,  almost  all  tlie  energies  of  the  inha- 
bitants are  directed  to  the  lumber  trade.  The  borders  of  the  rivers,  where  culti- 
vated, are  fertile  in  grass  and  grain,  though  agriculture  is  not  yet  greatly  advanced. 
The  sea-coast  abounds  in  cod  and  otiier  fish ;  the  river  St  John's  is  thronged  with 
herring,  shad,  and  salmon.  The  fisheries  are  a  source  of  considerable  wealth 
and  employment  to  the  inhabitants ;  the  produce  of  these  being,  with  timber,  the 
great  staples  of  export 

The  town  of  St  Johns,  on  a  fine  harbour  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  St  John,  is 
the  most  considerable  place  in  New  Brunswick.  The  population  is  about  25,000. 
Ship-building  is  extensively  carried  on ;  in  1839, 164  snips,  of  an  aggregate  bur- 
then of  46,000  tons,  were  constructed.  St  Andrews,  at  the  head  of  Possamaquoddy 
Bay,  besides  its  timber  trade,  lias  a  considerable  fishery,  atid  contains  about  6000 
inhabitants.  Frederickton,  the  seat  of  government,  is  about  85  miles  up  the  St 
John's  river,  which,  being  navigable  for  vessels  of  50  tons,  is  the  seat  of^  a  consi- 
derable inland  trade ;  the  population  is  2000 ;  it  is  rather  regularly  built  of  wood, 
with  government  offices,  several  churches,  and  a  college. 

The  river  Mirimichi  is  di6tingui8li«>d  by  the.  extensive  forests  on  its  banks, 
whence  large  shipments  of  timber  are  made  at  the  port  of  that  name,  as  well  as  nt 
those  of  Chatham,  Douglas,  and  Newcastle.  This  tract  of  country  was,  in  Octo- 
ber 182.5,  the  scene  of  one  of  the  most  dreadful  conflagrations  on  record.  The 
flames,  kindled  by  accident  at  several  prints  at  once,  were  impelled  by  a  violent 
wind,  and  fed  always  with  new  fuel,  till  they  spread  over  about  100  miles  of  terri- 
tory, involving  it 't  smoke  and  flame,  and  reducing  to  ashes  the  towns  of  Douglas 
and  Newcastle ;  nearly  200  persons  are  said  to  have  perished,  and  more  tnan 
2000  to  have  been  reduced  to  entire  destitution.  The  natural  advantages  of  the 
counti'y,  however,  have  enablsd  thein  to  recover  with  Surprising  rapidity.    New 


-~,j^.- 


NOVA  eCOTlA. 


ia» 


Bmnawkk  wu  originally  settled  by  German  troope  in  the  aenrice  of  Great  Bri- 
tain, and  hence  its  name.  It  was  included  in  Nova  Scotia  until  1784.  Dalhousie 
and  Bathurst,  on  Chaleur  Bay,  and  Liverpool,  on  the  east  coast  south  of  Mirimichi 
Bay,  are  small  villages. 


NOVA    SCOTIA. 

NoTA  SooTiA  was  first  settled  by  the  French,  and  named  by  them  Acadia.  It 
was  granted  by  James  L  to  Sir  William  Alexander,  a  Scottish  nobleman,  by  whom 
it  was  called  Nova  Scotia ;  but  was  not  confirmed  to  England  untU  1718.  It  in- 
cluded New  Brunswick  until  1784,  when  it  was  divided  into  two  province?.  This 
colony  is  a  lara^e  peninsula,  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  narrow  strait  separating 
it  ftom  Cape  Breton  and  Prince  Edward's  Islands,  on  the  south-east  by  the  Atlan- 
tic Ocean,  and  on  the  north-west  by  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  which  penetrates  so  deep 
as  to  leave  only  an  isthmus  about  nine  miles  broad,  connecting  it  with  New 
Brunswick. 

Nova  Scotia  is  about  280  miles  long,  and  from  50  to  100  broad,  comprising  about 
16,000  square  miles,  or  upwards  of  10,000,000  acres.  The  surlkce  of  the  country 
is  moderately  uneven,  and  in  some  places  hilly.  The  climate  is  cold,  but  healthy, 
and,  with  the  progress  of  cultivation,  is  gradually  ameliorating.  Spring  is  late 
and  irregular  in  its  approach ;  but  when  vegetation  commences,  it  is  very  rapid, 
and  in  a  few  days  changes  the  whole  fiice  of  nature.  On  the  coast  the  soil  is 
generally  poor,  but  in  the  interior  and  northern  parts  it  is  well  adapted  to  cultiva- 
tion. Wheat  and  other  grains  are  raised  to  some  extent,  and  large  quantities  of 
the  finest  potatoes. 

The  population,  in  1834,  was,  includinff  Cape  Breton,  about  195,000;  it  is  now 
probably  not  less  than  330,000.  The  inhabitants  are  about  one-fourth  Acadians, 
or  descendants  of  the  first  French  settlers ;  a  fourth  from  Scotland,  some  Ger- 
mans, free  negroes,  and  a  few  of  the  aboriginal  race  of  Indians;  the  remain- 
der of  the  population  are  mostly  from  different  parts  of  the  British  empire. 
The  principal  exports  to  Europe'  are  timber  and  fish,  and  to  the  West  Indies 
and  the  neighbouring  States,  timber,  provisions,  coal  of  fine  quality,  gypsum  and 
freestone. 

The  administration  of  the  colony  is  vested  in  a  governor,  council,  and  house  of 
assembly.  There  are  colleges  at  Halifax,  Windsor,  and  Pictou ;  also  numerous 
schools,  partly  supported  by  government,  fi)r  the  instruction  of  the  lower  classes. 
The  religious  denominations  are  Episcopalians,  Presbyterians,  Methodists,  Baptists 
and  Catholics. 

Halifax  is  the  capital,  situated  on  one  of  the  noblests  harbours  in  the  world, 
capable  of  containing  any  amount  of  shipping  of  any  burthen.  It  was  founded  in 
1749,  by  General  Cornwallis,  and  has  since  carried  on  almost  all  the  trade  of  the 
colony.  At  the  close  of  the  last  war,  the  population  was  estimated  at  12,000,  and 
in  1883  at  18,000.  The  most  extensive  dock-yard  in  British  America  has  been 
formed  here,  where  a  number  of  ships  of  the  line  and  armed  vessels  are  generally 
lying,  either  stationed  here  or  for  repairs.  A  considerable  number  of  troops  are 
always  in  garrison,  who,  with  the  naval  officers,  give  it  the  air  of  a  military  place. 
Lunenburg,  the  chief  of  the  German  settlements,  contains  a  population  of  about 
2000  inhabitants,  and  has  a  brisk  trade.  Liverpool  also  carries  on  a  considerable 
trade;  but  Shelburn,  which,  at  tlie  end  of  tlie  American  revolutionary  war,  was 
the  largeet  place  in  Nova  Scotia,  has  sunk  to  a  mere  village.  The  north-east- 
ern coast  has  Pictou,  from  which,  and  the  neighbouring  bays  on  this  coast,  is 
shipped  the  largest  quantity  of  timber  and  coal.  On  a  river  falling  into  the 
Bay  of  Fundy  is  Annapolis,  the  original  French  capital ;  but  since  the  transfer- 
ence of  the  government  to  Halifiu,  it  has  sunk  mto  a  mere  Beconda,ry  place. 
The  trade  of  this  great  bay  is  now  carried  on  from  Yarmouth,  at  its  mouth ;  the 
population  of  which,  since  1701,  has  riseu  fW)ra  1800  to  4600.    Gypsum  is  the 


nrinninni 


1  »rt:"!s  nf 


>.».%«.«    Ul    OA|JVli. 


140 


PRINCE  EDWARD'S  ISLAND— NEWFOUNDLAND. 


Cape  Bretoa  is  t  large  island,  separated  from  Nova  Scotia  by  St  George's  Gulf 
and  the  Gut  of  Canso,  a  groat  part  of  which  is  not  more  than  a  mile  broM.  The 
island  is  about  100  miles  in  length,  and  from  30  to  80  in  breadth,  tt  is  penetrated 
by  an  arm  of  the  sea,  called  the  Bras  d'Or,  whicli  divides  it  nearly  into  two  equal 
portions,  and  is  throughout  navigable.  The  surface  is  diversified  by  hills,  none  of 
which  rise  above  1600  feet;  and  the  soil  is  fully  eoual  to  that  of  the  neighbouring 
countriea  Only  the  coasts,  including  those  of  the  "iBras  d'Or,  have  yet  ^en  culti- 
vated ;  and  the  population  in  general  is  in  a  less  improved  state  than  in  the  other 
colonies.  The  climate  resembles  that  of  the  neighbouring  countries  in  the  in- 
tensity of  the  cold  in  winter,  and  of  the  heat  in  summer;  l>ut  these  follow  more 
irregularly,  and  a  fortnight's  thaw  occurs  often  in  the  midst  of  froet  and  snow. 
Yet  these  variations  are  not  disadvantageous  to  agriculture,  which,  however,  is 
still  in  its  inftncy,  the  valuable  cod-fishery  attracting  the  chief  indiistry  of  the 
people.  Cape  Breton,  therefore,  imports  wheat  flour,  though  it  afibrds  a  small 
surplus  of  oats  and  potatoes.  There  are  coal-mines  of  great  value,  which  have 
been  worked  fat  fifty  years;  about  70,000  tons  are  annually  exported.  About 
fifty  vessels,  averaging  fifty  tons  each,  are  annually  built  Cape  Breton  has 
excellent  harbours,  and  commands,  in  a  great  measure,  the  navigation  of  the  St 
Lawrence.  Of  the  population,  exceeding  25,000,  the  most  numerous  portion  con- 
sists of  Scottish  highlanders,  and  next  to  them  of  Acadians.  The  island  was,  in 
1820,  politically  united  to  Nova  Scotia,  and  sends  two  members  to  the  house  of 
assembly.  Louisburg,  which  the  French  carefully  fortified,  and  made  one  of  the 
principal  stations  in  their  "  New  France,"  is  now  entirely  deserted,  and  Sydney,  a 
village  of  1000  inhabitants,  is  all  the  capital  which  Cape  Breton  can  boast  St 
Peters,  on  the  south  coast,  and  Arechat,  a  small  fishing^town  on  Isle  Madame,  are 
the  other  principal  settlements. 

To  the  south-east  of  Nova  Scotia  lies  Sable  Island,  a  dangerous  sand-bank  in 
the  track  of  vessels  sailing  between  Europe  and  America. 


PRINCE   EDWARD'S    ISLAND. 

Prince  Edward's,  formerly  St  Johns,  k  a  fine  fertile  island  in  the  Gulf  of  i^^t 
Lawrence,  lyinff  nearly  parallel  to  the  coasts  of  Nova  Scotia  and  New  Brunswick. 
It  is  135  miles  long  and  84  broad.  It  is  deeply  indented  by  bays  and  inlets.  The 
area  is  computed  at  1,400,000  acres.  The  surface  of  the  island  is  level,  and  va- 
ried only  by  gentle  undulations.  It  has  shorter  winters  than  the  neighbouring 
colonies,  and  is  exempt  from  those  extremes  of  heat  and  cold,  and  heavy  fogs, 
which  render  them  often  so  gloomy.  The  soil  is  good  and  well  adapted  to  agri- 
calture,  especially  wheat  and  aat%  of  which  it  affi>rds  a  surplus.  In  1768,  the 
island  contained  only  150  families  The  population  is  now  35,000,  chiefly  Scotch 
highlanders,  and  some  Acadians,  and  English  from  Yorkshire.  Charlottetown  is 
the  capital,  with  «  population  of  3500.  There  are  several  other  small  towns  in 
the  island :  some  of  them  are  Georgetown,  Belfast,  Dartmouth,  Prince  Town,  dtc. 


M*- 


NEWFOUNDLAND. 


This  largo  island  is  420  miles  long  and  300  broad,  situated  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Gulf  of  St  Lawrence,  and  is  the  most  eastern  part  of  North  America.  The  in- 
terior of  Newfoundland  has  never  been  thoroughly  explored.  It  presents  a  bold 
and  rocky  shore,  abounding  in  harbours.  The  soil  is  mostly  barren,  and  the  tim- 
ber scanty  and  stunted.  Some  tracts,  however,  are  supposed  to  be  well  fitted  for 
pasturage.  The  climate  is  severe,  and  the  country  is  frequently  visited  by  dreary 
fogs  and  storms  of  sleet  and  snow. 

This  island  owes  its  importance  to  its  coil-fisheries,  which  are  the  most  valuable 
in  the  world.  The  fish  are  taken  singly,  with  baited  hooks,  upon  the  banks,  which 
are  shaiiow  places,  probably  formed  by  the  deposites  of  sand  brought  down  from 


NEWFOUNDLAND. 


141 


I 


the  tropics  by  the  gulf  stream,  which  alao  bears  down  on  its  bosom  countless  mil- 
lions of  the  animal  on  which  tie  fish  feed. 

The  Grand  Bank  of  Newfoundland,  situated  to  the  eastward  of  the  island,  is 
the  greatest  submarine  elevation  known.  It  is  from  600  to  GOO  miles  in  length, 
and  in  some  places  near  200  in  breadth.  Some  distance  farther  fiom  the  Grand 
Bank,  is  the  Outer  Bank,  or  Flemish  Cap,  about  90  miles  in  length,  by  50  wide ; 
and  to  the  westward  are  the  Green  and  Whale  Banks.  These  are  the  great  ren- 
dezvous of  the  codfish,  and  form  the  fishing-ground  for  some  2500  to  SOW)  vessels, 
and  from  85,000  to  40,000  Americans,  English,  and  French,  chiefly,  however,  the 
first  and  last  The  banks  are  frequently  enveloped  in  dense  fogs  from  April  to 
December. 

So  early  was  the  value  of  the  Newfoundland  fisheries  discovered,  that  in  151T, 
only  twenty  years  after  the  first  voyage,  upwards  of  fifty  vessels,  of  different  na- 
tions, were  found  employed  in  it.  The  British  soon  took  the  most  active  part,  and 
formed  colonies  on  the  island.  Their  sovereignty  was  acknowledged  by  the  treaty 
of  Utrecht,  which  reserved,  however,  to  the  French,  the  right  of  fishing  on  the 
banks.  This  was  confirmed  in  1763,  when  the  small  islands  of  St.  Pierre  and 
Miquelon  were  allowed  to  them  to  dry  their  fish.  Th«)  Americans  have  the  right 
to  take  fish  at  any  three  miles  from  the  shore,  and  to  dry  them  on  any  of  the 
neighbouring  coasts  unoccupied  by  British  settlers.  The  fishing  season  begins  in 
A^ril  and  ends  in  October:  the  business  is  lucrative,  dangerous,  and  an  admirable 
nnrserv  for  our  hardy  and  adventurous  eeamen,  and  furnishes  one  of  the  consider- 
able elements  of  our  trade.  Many  English  and  French  vessels  are  her'<  in  com- 
pany. Every  part  of  the  process,  from  taking  the  hungry  animals  from  the  water, 
and  curing  Uie  fish  and  delivering  it  in  all  parts  of  the  world,  is  specific,  and  em- 
ploys its  specific  process.  The  English  and  French  dry  their  fish  on  the  ishnds. 
We  bring  great  portions  of  ours,  pickled,  to  our  own  ports,  and  dry  them  there, 
particularly  at  Marblehead,  Glou<*ester,  and  Beverly.  A  great  number  of  acres 
around  those  towns  are  covered  with  the  flakes  or  scafS)lds  on  which  those  fish 
are  dried.  A  vessel  with  twelve  men  usually  takes  from  20,000  to  50,000  fish. 
The  whole  employment  not  only  rears  thousands  of  men  to  consider  the  sea  their 
home,  and  storms  their  clement,  but  many  other  thousands  are  employed  in  the 
business  to  which  this  gives  birth ;  and  our  share  of  the  business,  in  good  years, 
imounts  to  some  millions  of  dollars.  Nothing  can  be  more  unioue  than  the  modes 
of  life  of  these  men,  whose  abode  is  on  the  sea.  They  are  hale,  healthy,  honest, 
intrepid,  and  of  reckless  cheerfiilness  of  character. 

Newfoundland  contains  about  60,000  inhabitants.  They  are  honest  and  indus- 
trious, but  often  addicted  to  drunkenness.  Capital  ofibnces  are  rare,  and  petty 
thefts  are  scarcely  known.  The  people,  consisting  chiefly  of  Irish,  Scotch,  and 
the  inhabitants  of  Jersey  and  Guernsey,  or  their  descendants  (the  Indian  aborigines 
havine  been  lone  all  but  extinct),  are  employed,  either  wholly  or  occasionally,  in 
the  fiuieries.  The  pasture  of  cattle  and  shee]),  and  the  cultivation  of  small  spots 
of  land,  are  likewise  partial  sources  of  occupation. 

There  is  no  church  establishment  in  Newfoundland,  all  sects  hnving  equal  pri- 
vileges; but  titular  Roman  Catholic  bishop  resides  at  St  Johns,  and  a  vicar- 
Soneral  ace  Harbour.    The  Roman  Catholics  are  the  prevailing  body ;  but 

lere  are  also  Episcopalians,  Presbyterians,  and  Wesleyan  Methodists. 

St  Johns,  the  principal  place  in  the  island,  is  little  more  than  a  large  fishing 
station,  the  whole  shore  being  lined  with  wharves  and  stages  for  landing  and  (dry- 
ing fish.  It  is  defended  by  several  forts,  one  of  which,  FortTownsend,  ia  the 
residence  of  the  governor.  The  houses  are  built  moatly  of  wood.  This  construc- 
tion exposed  the  town  to  a  series  of  dreadful  conflagrations,  in  1616, 1817, 181R, 
and  1837.  In  one  of  these  (Nov.  7, 1817),  property  to  the  amount  of  half  a  million 
sterling  was  destroyed.  The  stationary  population  of  St  Johns  is  estimated  at 
12,500,  but  varies  according  to  the  season  of  the  year. 

The  uninhabited  island  u  Anticosti,  in  the  Gulf  of  St  Lawrence,  and  the  coast 
of  Labrador,  are  dependencies  on  Newfoundland.  Near  its  southern  coast  are  Uie 
litUe  •••--- 

uihefmen. 


islands  of  St  Pierre  and  Miquelon,  belonging  to  France,  and  inhabited 


"/ 


143 


UNITED  STATE& 


.Jt<»4Sir  >fcr*i 


UNITED   STATES. 


f'ji^ji'j't^ ^'if  ■;■(  fi'Xii, 


The  UmTED  States  are  the  most  interesting  and  important  division  of  the 
westem  cor.tiiier.t  They  are  distinguished  for  the  excellence  of  their  govern- 
ment, the  rapid  increase  of  the  population,  and  for  the  intelligence,  industry,  and 
enterprise  of  the  inhabitants.  They  occupy  the  most  valuable  and  productive 
portion  of  North  America,  and  rank  amongst  the  most  powerful  commercial  and 
wealthy  nations  of  the  globe. 

The  United  States  are  situated  between  24°  20'  and  54°  40'  N.  latitude,  and 
longitude  17°  E.,  and  125°  W.  longitude,  extending  through  29  degrees  of  lati- 
tude and  68  degrees  of  longitude,  and  comprise  a  superficial  area  of  upwards  of 
2,300,000  square  miles.  The  firontier  line  has  a  length  of  10,000  miles,  of  which 
about  3600  are  sea-coast,  and  1200  lake-coast.  A  line  drawn  across  from  the  At- 
lantic to  the  Pacific,  through  the  centre,  is  about  2500  miles  in  lensth. 

So  vast  a  region  of  course  includes  a  great  variety  of  surface,  soil,  and  climate. 
It  abounds  in  navigable  rivers,  and  a  large  proportion  of  it  is  susceptible  of  culti- 
vation, and  is  of  a  quality  calculated  to  repay  the  labour  bestowed  upon  it,  more 
than  almost  any  other  region  of  the  same  extent  in  the  world :  but  a  small  portion 
of  its  surfiice  is  occupied  by  mountains,  which,  firom  their  height  or  ruggedness, 
forbid  all  attempts  to  render  them  productive  in  the  means  of  subsistence  to  man. 
There  are  no  great  deserts,  and  few  barrens;  nothing  like  the  vast  sterile  plains 
which  exist  in  other  parto  of  the  world.  The  basins  of  the  rivers  are  exceed- 
ingly productive :  that  of  the  Mississippi,  including  the  Missouri,  is  undoubtedly 
Uie  finest  valley  on  the  globe.  It  is  abundantly  watered  by  streams,  which  not 
only  give  fertility  to  their  borders,  but  are  ready  to  waft  the  giils  of  the  soil  to  the 
ocean,  and  bring  back  to  the  inhabitants  the  products  of  all  other  climes.  The 
soil  returns  an  ample  harvest  for  all  that  is  planted  in  it,  and  the  climate  is  &vour- 
able  to  almost  every  production  of  the  earth  that  can  sustain  life  or  increase  its 
luxuries. 

Though  lying  within  the  temperate  zone,  the  United  States  embrace  a  great 
variety  of  climate.  In  the  northern  parts,  the  winters  are  long  and  severe ;  snow 
often  fiiUs  to  the  depth  of  two  or  three  feet,  and  the  cold  is  so  piercing  as  to 
oblige  the  inhabitants  to  make  very  diligent  provision  against  it  Spring  returns 
here  in  April,  and  in  summer  the  heat  is  great.  In  the  southern  parts  of  the 
country,  snow  is  seldom  seen,  ice  is  rarely  formed  in  the  rivers,  and  those  fruits 
which  shrink  from  a  northern  climate,  and  flourish  only  in  warm  regions,  are 
scattered  over  the  soil.  In  Georgia,  the  inhabitants  may  collect  the  figs  which 
grow  before  the  windows,  and  may  load  their  tables  with  oranges,  lemons,  and 
other  exquisite  fruits  that  grow  in  their  ^.irdens  and  groves,  while  in  parts  of 
Maine,  New  Hampshire,  and  Vermont,  even  peaches  will  not  flourish.  Between 
these  extremities,  as  in  Virginia,  Kentucky,  Missouri,  and  Illinois,  there  is  a  re- 
gion adapted  to  the  wine-grape,  which  thrives  best  in  places  removed  from  both 
the  torrid  and  frigid  zones. 

'j'he  United  States  are  intersected  by  two  principal  and  two  subordinate  ranges 
|(-t'  mountains,  the  Rocky  and  Alleghany,  the  Ozark  and  Green  Mountaiiu.  'The 
Rocky  Mountain,  or  Chippewayan  range,  forms  the  great  dividing  ridge  of  North 
America,  separating  the  waters  which  flow  in  opposite  directions,  towards  the 
great  oceans  which  bound  the  opposite  sides  of  the  continent  They  are  situated 
at  a  medium  distance  of  about  600  miles  from  the  Pacific ;  the  highest  rise  above 
the  line  of  perpetual  congelation,  being  estimated  at  about  12,000  feet  in  height 

The  Alleghany,  or  Appalachian  nnge,  runs  in  a  north-easterly  direction  from 
the  northern  part  of  Alabama  to  New-lfork,  stretching  along  in  uniform  ridges, 
at  the  distance  of  from  250  to  80  miles  from  the  sea-coast,  and  following  its  gene- 
ral direction.  It  occupies  in  breadth  a  space  of  from  60  to  120  miles,  and  sepa- 
rates the  wattirs  whirh  run  into  the  Atlsntic  Ocean,  from  those  which  flow  into 
the  Mississippi  und  its  tributaries.     The  highest  elevation  in  this  range,  and  the 


i-  \  'I  Bf'-'*!'^:-.: 


so.  of  the  I 
r  govern- 
istry,  and 
[Toductive 
trcial  and 

tude,  and 
es  of  latU 
pwards  of  I 
I,  of  which  I 
)ra  the  At- 1 

id  climate, 
le  of  cuUi- 
jn  it,  more  I 
[lall  portion 
uggedness,  j 
ice  to  man. 
:erile  plains 
ire  excced- 
indoubtedly  I 
3,  which  not  I 
e  Boil  to  the  I 
limes.    The] 
ite  is  favour- 
increase  its  I 

race  a  great 
evere ;  snow 
iercing  as  to 
iring  returns 

parts  of  the 
1  those  fruits 

regions,  are 

B  figs  which 

[lemons,  and 

in  parts  of 

Between 

„iere  is  a  re- 

|ed  from  both 

kinate  raiiges 
Wiiw.    The 
Bge  of  North 
[towaida  the 
'  are  situated 
tst  rise  above 
et  in  height 
lirection  tVom 
piform  ridges, 
ling  its  gene- 
hes,  and  sepa- 
lich  flow  into 
Inge,  and  the 


UNITED  STATES. 


143 


most  prominent  in  the  Atlantic  States,  is  Black  Mountain,  in  the  western  part  of 
North  Carolina :  it  is  6476  fc&t  in  height 

The  Green  Mountains  extend  from  Connecticut,  through  Massachusetts  and 
Vermont,  to  Canada,  dividing  the  Atlantic  rivers  from  those  of  Lake  Champlain 
and  Uie  St  Lawrence.  Some  of  the  peaks  of  this  range  attain  considerable  ele- 
vation. In  New  Hampshire  and  Maine,  are  found  many  considerable  peaks,  which 
are  not  connected  with  any  systematic  range,  but  are  scattered  in  detached 
groups.  The  White  Mountains,  in  New  Hampshire,  are  the  most  elevated'  in 
New  England.  Mount  Katahdin,  or  Ktaadin,  near  the  centre  of  the  state  of 
Maine,  is  the  highest  in  that  state.  The  view  from  its  summit  is  fine  and  varied, 
and  extends  over  80  or  100  miles.  The  other  principal  heights  in  Maine  are 
Wassataquoik  Mountain,  Mount  Abraham,  Mount  Bigelow,  Speckled  Mountain. 

The  Ozark  Mountains  extend  from  Texas,  through  the  western  part  of  Arkan- 
sas, into  the  lead-mine  region  of  Missouri.  Their  general  direction  is  nearly 
similar  to  that  of  the  Alleghany  range,  and  their  altitude  is  supposed  to  be  about 
2000  feet  above  the  sea. 

The  territory  of  the  United  Stales  is  washed  by  three  seas,  the  Atlantic  Ocean 
on  the  east,  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  on  the  south,  and  the  Pacific  Ocean  on  the  west. 
The  principal  bays  and  sounds  on  the  Atlantic  border,  are  Passamaquoddy  Bay, 
which  lies  between  the  state  of  Maine  and  the  British  province  of  New  Bruns- 
wick ;  Massachusetts  Bay,  between  Cape  Ann  and  Cape  Cod,  on  the  coast  of 
Massachusetts ;  liong  Island  Sound,  between  Long  Island  and  the  coast  of  Con- 
necticut ;  Delaware  Bay,  between  Cape  May  and  Cape  Henlopen,  which,  sepa- 
rates New  Jersey  from  Delaware ;  Chesapeake  Bay,  which  communicates  with 
the  ocean  between  Cape  Charles  and  Cape  Henry,  and  extends  in  a  northern  di- 
rection for  200  miles,  through  the  states  of  Virginia  and  Maryland ;  and  Albe- 
marle and  Pamplico  Sounds,  on  the  coast  of  North  Carolina.  In  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico,  the  principal  lays  are  Chatham  Bay,  near  the  southern  extremity  of  the 
peninsula  of  Florida ;  Appalachie  Bay ;  and  Mobile  Bay,  in  Alabama.  In  the 
Pacific,  the  Gulf  of  Georgia  is  the  most  important  inlet  on  the  western  coast  of 
the  United  States.  It  separates  Qudra  and  Vancouver's  Island  from  the  main 
land,  and  is  about  120  miles  in  length  from  north  to  south,  and  from  5  to  20  miles 
in  width. 

The  great  lakes  Superior,  Huron,  Erie,  and  Ontario,  not  being  altogether  in  the 
United  States,  have  been  described  elsewhere.  The  boundary  between  the  Bri- 
tish and  American  territories  passes  through  their  centre,  allotting  about  an  equal 
share  of  their  vast  waters  to  each  nation.  Lake  Michigan  is  wholly  within  the 
territory  of  the  United  States.  It  is  connected  with  Huron  by  the  Strait  of 
Michillimackinac,  and  is  about  320  miles  in  length,  and  from  55  to  60  miles  wide, 
with  an  area  of  16,200  square  miles.  The  country  around  the  head  of  this  lake 
is  settling  rapidly ;  and  the  mildness  of  the  climate,  the  excellence  of  the  soit. 
and  the  probable  speedy  junction  of  its  waters  with  those  of  the  Mississippi,  wii, 
shortly  fill  this  portion  of  the  west  with  pjnulation  and  wealth.  By  the  St  Clair 
River,  of  35  miles  course,  the  waters  of  liuron  rapidly  descend  to  the  St.  Clair,  a 
shallow  lake  about  00  miles  in  circuit  Detroit  River  connects  Lakes  St.  Clair  and 
Erie.  The  other  lakes  of  any  magnitude  in  the  United  States  are  Champlain  in 
New- York,  Winnipiseogee  in  New  Hampshire,  and  Moo^e  Head  in  Maine. 

Lake  Champlain  separates  the  States  of  New  Yo'a  xoSl  Vermont,  and  is  in 
extent  140  miles  nearly  north  and  south.  It  is  connected  with  the  Huds;  ?  river 
by  the  Champlain  canal,  and  with  the  St  Lawrence  river  bv  the  Sorelle,  c.  :iiche> 
lieu.  Large  and  elegant  steam-boa^a  ply  daily  between  Whitehall  and  St  John's, 
Lower  Canada,  which  touch  nt  thd  principal  places,  and  numerous  travellers  are 
constantly  passing  and  repaftsincr  this  route  during  the  season  of  navigation. 

Lake  Wmnlpiseogce  is  one  of  the  most  picturesque  sheets  of  water  in  New 
England.  It  is  very  irregular  in  form,  and  contains  a  number  of  islands,  some  of 
which  are  cultivated.  The  lake  is  about  22  miles  long,  and  from  1  to  8  miles 
wide. 

Moose  Head  Lake  xn  situated  in  the  centfol  paTi£  of  Maine.  It  is  of  an  irre- 
gular form,  about  38  miles  in  length,  and  from  2  to  12  wide.    The  main  branch 


144 


UNITED  STATES. 


o(  Kennebeck  met  '-1  hs  from  it    Around  it,  at  various  distancefi,  are  situated 
some  of  the  highest  u  uat^ais  in  Maine. 

The  Rivers  which  Wd'^er  the  teraitory  of  the  United  States  are  numerous,  and 
some  of  them  amouj;  the  most  important  in  the  world.  No  portion  of  the  grlobe 
possesses  greater  facilities  for  inland  navigvt^ca  and  trade,  or  is  more  {[enerally 
utersectea  with  Isrge  and  navigable  streamfik  They  may  be  divided  mto  four 
great  classcts :  Ist.  The  streams  which  rise  o  t  the  east  side  of  the  Allegliany 
mountains,  &nd  flow  into  the  Atlantic  Ocean ;  2d.  Those  south  of  the  Alleghany 
range,  which  discharge  themselves  inl<.  the  GulC  of  Mexico;  3d.  Tb*^  A' i 'sissippi 
and  i*s  wide  tributarieR>  which  drain  the  waters  of  the  va'^.  valley  mcUided  be^ 
tween  the  K«3cky,and  AHeghany  ranges ;  and  4th.  The  rivers  whicli,  rising  nn  the 
western  declivity  of  the  Roclqr  Mountains,  dirt^et  their  conts^i  to  the  Pacific 
Ocean. 

The  Pen>->!x3ec>t.  is  the  largest  river  that  has  it^  rcane  who!iv  m  the  State  of 
Maine.  It  joins  the  Penobscot  Bay  between  the  k>wns  of  Penobscot  and  rrosntict 
It  is  navijfi'ble  (or  vessels  of  considerable  burden  to  Bangor,  where  navigsiijn  mo 
the  tide  teruiiwtcj.  Large  quantities  of  timber  are  e^Tfjorted  from  tae  soa-poiia 
on  the  rjTcn-  &\vl  mj.    Thff  course  of  thi'  river  is  near  300  miles. 

Kennehev !  Alver  is,  nsmi  la  llie  Peii'bscot,  the  largest  in  Maine,  it  is  ;he 
outlet  of  Mxee  Uf-.iii  uk^,  ^hi  yarat  coiHitierable  in  the  State.  It  is  navigable 
for  vessels  of  liiO  turu  to  B  <':o?/eii^  4A  nnlea  fera  the  sea.  Its  whole  course  ie 
about  1i30  miles. 

Ck>ciecticut  Riser,  the  m&st  .'Mporuii)'  stream  ivi  New  England,  rises  in  the 
highlands  separating  ilie  Uniced  &  ,ti%?  itvm  Canada,  and  flows  into  Long  Ifland 
Sound,  aCbr  a  course  on'  iipwar'-s  c:'40O  miles.  It  is  navigable  to  Hartford  for 
lirge  steari-boat^,  fxj*.  veaschoi  8  feet  draught;  also  for  small  steam-boats  to 
Wells  river,  ui  Vennoni;,  more  than  200  miles  above  Hartford.  The  head  waters 
of  this  river  are  elevated  1600  foet  above  Long  Island  Sound.  Its  banks  pre&eitt 
to  the  eye  every  variety  of  scenery ; — magnificent  mountains  and  hills,  delightful 
vallejrs  and  meadows,  unsurpassed  in  beauty  and  fertility,  and  many  of  the  most 
banutifcl  towns  and  villivfres  in  New  England. 

Vhe  Hudson  River  thv.'i  west  of  Lake  Champlain  in  numerous  branches,  and 
pofijuing  neairly  a  straigiil:  southerly  course  of  about  320  miles,  unites  with  the 
AUauU'.  lis'ow  the  city  of  New  York.  This  is  one  o^  the  most  important  rivers 
in  the  i[Ji-i<i<3^  Htates.  The  navigation  and  commerce  on  its  waters  are  very  great, 
and  annuc'iv  mcieasing.  By  means  of  the  Erie  and  Champlain  canals,  it  is  con- 
nected witit  Lake  Erie  and  the  St.  Lawrence  river.  It  is  navigable  for  ships  of 
large  burden  </<  Hudson  city,  and  for  the  largest  steam-boats  to  Albany  and  Troy. 

Delaware  Iliver  rises  in  New  York,  and  flowinp:  south,  separates  Pennsylvania 
irom  New  York  and  New  Jersey,  and  falls  into  Dc.av.'aro  bay,  afler  a  course  of 
about  310  miles,  below  New  Castle.  It  is  navigable  tor  vessels  of  the  greatest 
burden  to  Philadelphia,  and  for  small  craft  to  ue  head  of  the  tide  at  Trenton, 
abcve  which  ciity  it  is  navigable  100  miles  for  boats  of  8  or  9  tons. 

Susquehannab  River,  one  of  the  largest  in  Pennsylvania,  is  formed  by  its  north 
%nd  west  branchea,  which  unite  at  Northumberland.  Its  north,  or  longest  branch, 
rises  in  Otspgo  7ake,  New  York,  from  whence  to  its  mouth  is  about  460  miles. 

The  Potomac  River  rises  in  two  branches  in  the  Alleghany  Mountains,  and 
forms,  during  its  course  to  Chesapeake  bay,  the  boundary  between  Virginia  and 
Maryland.  It  is  navigable  for  vessels  of  large  hurthen  to  Wariiington  city.  Its 
junction  at  Harper's  Ferrv  with  the  Shenandoah,  is  regarded  as  a  great  curiosity. 
Its  leng  ii  is  about  335  miles;. 

James  River  pursues  a  course  of  upwards  of  400  miles,  and  unites  with  tin 
aoutli  part  of  Chesapeake  Boy  at  Hampton  Roads.    It  is  navigable  for  sloop     / 
Richmond,  where  the  Great  Falls  formerly  presented  an  obstruction,  but  a  ru 
has  been  made  around  them,  and  th<>  river  is  now  navigable  for  batteau-  -^ 
miles  above  the  city. 

Savannah  River  separates  South '     <  ;na  fW)m  Georgia,  and  enters  f'    . 
17  miles  below  Savannah,  to  whib..  ..ij  it  is  navigable  for  vessels  o'  ^ 
de>L    Bteam-botts  ascend  the  river  to  Aumista  falu. 


!«ieiai 


re  situated 

lerooBi  and  I 
'the  globe  I 
I  gwneraHy 
d  into  four' 
Allegliany 
Alleghany  j 
Ml  sisaippj  • 
nc  Hided  biB-  i 
ising  on  the 
the  l^acific 

the  State  of  1 
nd  Prosnect.  U 

jigfiiijn  ""11^  1 
ae  80B-poii8 

s.    it.  is  ;!iei 
is  navigable 
lole  course  ie 

rises  in  the! 
I  Long  IslMd 
» Hartford  for 
eam-boats  to 
(  head  waters 
banks  preeejtt 
Us,  delightful  I 
»  of  the  most  j 

branches,  and  >| 
ites  with  the 
portant  rivers 
re  very  great, 
lals,  it  is  con- 
fer ehipfl  of 
.jy  and  Troy.  ' 
I  Pennsylvania  I 
a  course  of  | 
the  greatest  I 
le  at  Trenton, 


lites  with  Vi 
for  sloop 
ii,butaf         < 
I  batteaiv.7  % 


TifJ 


lo:;  i 


UNITED  STATES. 


145 


Appalachicdla,  which  discharges  itself  into  the  bay  of  the  same  name,  in  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico,  is  formed  by  the  union  of  the  Chattahoochee  and  Flint  river& 
The  former  is  navigated  to  Columbus  by  steam-boats :  on  its  head-waters  are 
^Mtnerous  ^Id-mines.  The  Appalachicola  and  Chattahoochee  united,  are  about 
425  miles  in  length. 

The  Mobile  River  is  formed  \n  the  junction  of  the  Alabama  and  Tombeckbee 
ri  \^,  40  miles  above  Mobile.  The  head-waters  of  the  Alabama  rise  in  the  gold- 
r  :;''Mi  of  Georgia,  not  far  from  the  sources  of  the  Chattahoochee,  and  after  a  south- 
vr.i  course  of  near  500  miles,  form  a  junction  with  the  Tombeckbee.  Steam- 
boa  cs  ascend  to  Montgomery,  a  distance,  by  the  meanders  of  the  rivers,  of  near 
300  miles. 

Tha  Mississippi  is  the  largest  river  of  North  America,  and  one  of  the  noblest 
in  the  world — watering  a  more  fertile  region,  and  having  a  larger  course  of  unin- 
tervipted  navigation,  than  any  other  known  8trc:m.  Its  course-— 'taken  in  con- 
nexion with  its  mighty  auxiliary,  the  Missouri — ,8  estimated  at  4490  miles  in 
longth.  The  spacs  drained  by  its  waters  is  supposed  to  exceed  1,300,000  square 
miles,  being  upwards  of  two-thirds  of  the  whole  l.;rritory  of  the  Unitt^  States,  or 
stjout  one  twenty-eigiith  part  of  the  terraqueovi  5  urface  of  the  globe.  In  no  por- 
tion of  the  world  has  the  triumph  of  art  over  the  obstacles  of  nature  been  so  com- 
plete. The  introduction  of  steam-navigation  has  been  productive  of  immense 
advantages,  and  has  been  carried  to  a  greater  extent  than  on  any  other  river. 
Mississippi  proper  rises  west  of  Lake  Superior,  in  a  dreary  and  desolate  region, 
amidst  lakes  and  swamps,  and,  after  pursuing  a  south-east  course  of  about  600 
miles,  reaches  the<  falls  of  St  Anthony,  where  it  descends  perpendicularly  16  feet, 
and  where  are  58  feet  of  rapids.  Thence  it  flows  a  south-easterly,  and  then 
southerly  direction ;  and  after  forming  the  boundary  between  Missouri,  Arkansas 
Territory,  and  Louisiana,  on  the  west,  and  Illinois,  Kentucky,  Tennessee,  and 
Mississippi,  on  the  east,  discharges  its  waters,  through  many  mouths,  into  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico.  It  is  nearly  30^  miles  long,  and  is  navigable  for  steam-boats  lo 
the  falls  of  St.  Anthony.  The  following  are  the  principal  tributaries  of  the  Mis- 
sissippi from  the  west : — ^The  St.  Peter's,  which  joins  it  at  Fort  Snelling,  is  a 
stream  of  about  400  miles,  flowing  a  south-east  course.  The  Des  Moines,  a  river 
of  about  400  miles  in  length,  enters  the  Mississippi  about  130  miles  above  the 
Missouri. 

The  Missouri  enters  the  Mississippi  river  about  18  miles  above  St.  Louis,  after 
a  course  of  3217  miles.  Although  it  loses  its  name  at  its  confluence  with  the 
latter,  it  is  much  the  longer  stream  of  the  two ;  but  the  Mississippi,  having  been 
first  discovered  and  explored,  has  retained  its  name  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  This 
error  being  now  past  remedy,  the  Missouri  must  be  considered  as  a  tributary  of 
the  Mississipi.  It  is  formed  oi  numerous  branches,  which  rise  among  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  between  the  parallels  of  4^°  and  48°  N.  Latitude.  The  most  remote 
are  the  Jeflbrson,  Madison,  and  Gallatin  livers.  The  only  obstruction  that  occurs 
to  its  navigation  is  at  the  Great  Falls,  a  distance  of  2575  miles  from  the  Missis- 
Lippi.  Here  the  river  descends  362  feet  in  18  miles :  the  descent  is  by  four  great 
pitches  or  cataracts,  of  08, 19,  49,  and  26  feet,  respectively.  The  width  of  the 
river  is  about  350  yards,  and  the  cataracts  are  considered  to  be,  next  to  those  of 
Niagarr,  the  grandest  in  the  world.  About  100  miles  above,  is  the  place  called 
th^  Gates  of  the  Rooky  Mounto'ns.  1  iiit  river  was  lately  ascended  by  a  steam- 
vessel  300  miles  al> ovo  t^-  Yc'lc.v  fiitoiie,  u  distance  from  the  mouth'of  the  Mis- 
sissippi of  3460  miles. 

The  larf'-'it  trib"  "'a  of  the  Missouri  run  the  Yellow  Stone,  of  1100  miles  in 
length,  the  Platte,  >r  Shallow  river,  of  1600  miles  cour  ',  and  the  Kanzas,  of 
12(K)  miles  in  lengtl-.  They  all  rise  in  the  Rocky  Motr  ains,  and  flow  throngh 
a  flat  prairie  country,  inhabited  by  a  widely  scattered  Indian  population. 

The  Arkansas  is,  after  the  Mir^souri,  the  most  considerable  tributary  of  the  Mis- 
sissippi r  :<m  the  west.  It  rises  in  the  Rocky  Mountains,  and  its  course  is  com- 
puted  to  be  a!x)ut  2000  miies.  It  enters  the  Mississippi  river  about  540  miles 
Delow  the  Miseouri.    Steam-boats  can  generally  ascend  this  river  to  the  mouth 

pii 


13 


T 


146 


UNITED  STATE 


of  the  Canadian,  its  largest  tributary,  and  occasionally  to  Cantonment  Gibson,  640 
miles  from  the  Mississippi  river. 

The  Red  River  is  the  first  tributary  stream  of  any  note  which  enters  the  Mis- 
sissippi, in  ascending  from  its  mouth.  It  has  a  course  of  about  1500  miles,  and 
flows  through  immense  prairies  of  a  red  soil. 

The  principal  tributaries  of  the  Mississippi  which  flow  into  it  from  the  east- 
ward are  as  follows : — 

Chippeway  River,  200  miles  in  length,  enters  the  Mississif^i  at  the  lower  end 
of  Lake  Popin. 

The  Wisconsin  River  joins  the  Mississippi  about  4  or  5  miles  below  the  town 
of  Prairie  du  Chien.  In  part  of  its  course  it  approaches  so  near  the  Fox  River 
of  Green  B&V;  oa  to  leave  a  portage  of  only  1^  miles.  It  is  one  of  the  great  natu- 
ral channels  of  communication  between  the  lakes  and  the  Mississippi. 

The  Illinois  River  enters  the  Mississippi  18  miles  above  the  Missouri,  after  a 
course  of  more  than  400  miles.  It  is  near  a  quarter  of  a  mile  wide  at  its  mouth, 
and  has  a  remarkably  smooth,  gentle  current 

The  Ohio  River  is  the  largest  eastern  tributary  of  the  Mississippi.  At  its 
junction,  and  for  100  miles  above,  it  is  as  large  as  the  parent  stream.  This  river, 
from  its  commencement,  affords  the  most  delightful  prospects.  Tributaries  of 
romantic  and  beautiful  character  come  in  almost  at  equal  distances,  as  lateral 
canals.  The  Ohio  is  formed  by  tlie  union  of  the  Alleghany  and  Monongahela 
rivers  at  Pittsburg.  It  flows  in  a  south-westerly  direction  for  945  miles,  separa- 
ting the  States  of  Ohio,  Indiana,  and  Illinois,  from  Virginia  and  Kentucky,  and 
&lls  into  the  Mississippi  193  miles  below  the  Missouri.  Its  current  is  gentle, 
and  is  nowhere  broken  by  any  considerable  falls,  except  at  Louisville,  in  Ken- 
tucky, where  the  water  descends  22^  feet  in  2  mile&  This  obstruction  is  now 
obviated  by  the  Louisville  and  Portland  canal,  which  affords  a  passage  to  steam- 
boats of  small  draft,  at  all  seasons,  to  the  upper  parts  of  the  river  at  Pittsburg. 

The  chief  tributaries  of  the  Ohio  are  the  Wabash,  a  fine  navigable  river,  which 
rises  in  the  north-east  part  of  Indiana.    It  is  in  length  about  450  miles. 

The  Cumberland  River  rises  in  the  mountains,  on  the  eastern  boundary  of 
Kentucky.  At  high  water,  it  is  navigable  for  boats  almost  to  its  source,  and  for 
steam-boats  to  Nashville  at  all  seasons. 

Tennessee  River  is  formed  by  the  union  of  several  large  branches,  which 
rising  in  the  mountainous  country  in  western  Virginia  and  North  Carolina,  unite 
in  one  in  the  vicinity  of  Knoxville,  enters  the  Ohio  46  miles  above  thtf  Mississippi, 
and  12  below  the  Cumberland.  Its  entire  course  from  the  source  of  its  longest 
biibich,  is  850  miles  distant  from  the  Ohio.  It  is  navigable  for  steam-boats,  in 
most  stages  of  the  water,  to  Florence,  at  U\e  foot  of  the  Muscle  Shoals.  This  is 
S|  xhe  most  important  of  all  the  tributaries  of  the  Ohio. 

The  Yazoo,  the  most  southern  of  the  principal  eastern  tributaries  of  the  Mis- 
sissippi, has  a  course  of  240  miles,  and  discharges  its  waters  into  the  Mississippi 
about  12  miles  above  the  Walnut  Hills. 

The  most  considerable  river  on  the  Pacific  side  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  is  the 
Columbia,  or  Oregon.  Its  head-waters  interlock  with  the  Arkansas,  Rio  del 
Norte,  Sus. :  it  is  abDUt  1400  miles  in  length,  itoprincipal  branches  are  Lewis's  or 
Saptin  river,  1000  miles  in  extent ;  Clark's  or  Flat  Head  river,  700  miles  long, 
M'Gillivray's,  Okinagan,  &c.  Fort  George  or  Astoria,  Fort  Vancouver,  and 
others,  on  these  waters,  are  trading  establishments  belonging  to  the  British  Hud- 
son's Bay  Company.  Vessels  of  WO  tons  may  ascend  the  Columbia,  125  miles ; 
and  large  sloops  ma^  go  up  to  the  head  of  tide,  183  miles  from  the  Ocean. 

Minerals  abound  m  the  United  States  in  great  variety  and  profusion.  Iron  is 
very  generally  diffused,  and  is  very  abundant  Lead,  limestone,  and  coal  both  of 
the  anthracite  and  bituminous  kind,  abound  in  quantities  supposed  to  be  inex- 
haustible, especially  of  the  former  description.  Gold  has  recently  been  found  to 
a  considerable  amount  in  Virginia,  North  and  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  Alabama, 
and  Tennessee.  The  most  valuable  mines  are  in  North  Carolina  and  Georgia. 
It  is  difficult  to  ascertain  the  amount  of  erold  found  in  the  United  States ;  but  the 
I  value  of  the  metal  sent  to  the  Mint,  Irom  1823  to  1836,  was  94,377,500,  pro- 


UNITED  STATES. 


U7 


bably  not  one  half  of  the  produce  for  that  period,  as  larse  amounts  of  it  are  sent 
to  Europe  uncoined.  The  lead-mines  of  Missouri,  Illinois  and  Wisconsin,  are 
said  to  be  the  richest  in  quality  in  the  world ;  and  the  quantity  of  that  metal  ex- 
tracted from  the  ore,  within  the  last  few  years,  has  been  so  great  as  to  exclude 
almost  entirely  the  foreign  article  from  our  markets.  The  annual  produce  of  the 
MiHsouri  mines  is  estimated  at  5^  million,  and  of  the  Illinois  and  Wisconsin,  34 
million  pounds. 

Salt  springs  abound  in  many  parts  of  the  Union,  and  large  quantities  are  manu- 
factured in  New  York,  Western  Pennsylvania,  Westefn  Virginia,  Ohio,  and  Illi- 
nois :  it  is  also  made  from  sea-water  in  some  parts  of  New  Emgland.  The  whole 
amount  made  in  1840  was  6,179,174  bushels. 

The  United  States  form  a  federal  republic.  Each  of  the  States  is  independent, 
and  has  the  exclusive  control  of  all  concerns  merely  local ;  but  the  defence  of  the 
country,  the  regulation  of  commerce,  and  all  the  general  concerns  of  the  confede- 
racy, are  committed,  by  the  constitution,  to  a  general  government. 

The  legislative  power  is  vested  in  a  Congress,  consisting  of  a  Senate  and  House 
of  Representatives.  The  Senate  is  composed  of  2  members  from  each  State, 
chosen  every  two  years,  for  a  period  of  six  years,  so  that  one-third  of  the  Senate 
is  renewed  biennially.  The  members  of  the  House  of  Representatives  are  chosen 
every  two  years.  Their  number  is  proportioned  to  the  number  of  inhabitants,  and 
the  ratio  has  been  fixed  at  one  for  every  70,680  inhabitants,  three-fifths  of  the 
slaves  being  omitted  in  the  enumeration.  The  House  of  Representatives  repre- 
sents the  people;  the  Senate  represents  the  States. 

The  jucliciary  is  composed  of  a  Supreme  Court,  of  one  chief  and  eight  associate 
judges ;  of  35  District  Courts,  of  one  judge  each,  except  that  seven  of  the  States 
are  divided  into  districts  (New  York,  Pennsylvania,  Virginia,  Alabama,  Missis- 
sippi and  Louisiana,  are  divided  into  two  districts  each,  and  Tennessee  is  divided 
into  three  districts) ;  there  are  9  Circuit  Courts,  composed  of  the  judge  of  Uie  dis- 
trict, and  one  of  the  judges  of  the  Supreme  Court 

The  executive  power  is  vested  in  a  President,  who,  together  v.  ith  the  Vice- 
President,  is  chosen  for  four  years,  by  electors  from  all  the  States.  The  principal 
subordinate  officers  of  the  executive  department  are  the  Secretaries  of  State,  of 
the  Treasury,  of  W^r,  and  of  the  Navy,  the  Postmaster-General,  and  the  Attor- 
ney-Cieneral.  The  President  must  be  a  native-born  citizen,  or  have  been  a  citizen 
at  the  adoption  of  the  constitution,  of  35  years  of  age,  and  have  resided  in  ^he 
United  States  14  years.  The  present  constitution  of  the  United  States  was 
adopted  in  1789,  and  has  since  been  amended.  It  secures  to  the  people  the  grand 
principles  of  freedom,  liberty  of  conscience  in  matters  of  religion,  liberty  of  the 
press,  trial  by  jury,  and  the  right  of  choosing  and  being  chosen  to  office. 

The  principal  executive  officers  are  the  Secretaries  of  State,  of  the  Treasury,  of 
War,  and  of  the  Navy,  the  Postmaster  General,  and  the  Attorney  General.  They 
are  removable  at  the  will  of  the  President,  and,  with  the  Vice-President,  form  the 
cabinet.  The  Department  of  State  was  created  in  1789.  The  Secretary  conducts 
the  negotiations  with  foreign  powers,  and  corresponds  with  the  public  ministers  of 
the  United  States  abroad,  and  with  those  of  foreign  states  near  the  United  States. 
He  has  the  charge  of  the  United  States  seat,  preserves  the  originals  of  laws  and 
treaties,  and  of  the  public  correspondence  growing  out  of  the  intercourse  between 
the  United  States'  and  foreign  nations ;  he  grants  passports  to  American  citizens 
visiting  foreign  countries,  has  the  control  of  the  patent  office,  and  preserves  the 
evidence  of  copy-rights.  There  are  attached  to  the  Department  of  State,  a  Diplo- 
matic Bureau,  a  Consular  Bureau,  a  Home  Bureau,  and  the  Patent  Office. 

The  Treasury  Department  was  created  in  1789.  The  Secretary  superintends 
the  fiscal  concerns  of  the  government ;  he  is  required  to  report  to  Congress  annu- 
ally the  state  of  the  finan"**^  ?  ^  recommends  such  measures  as  he  thinks  proper 
for  improvingthe  conditic;  .  a  revenue.;)  The  Treasury  Department  comprises 
the  offices  ofthe  Secretary, '  >ur  Controllers, ten  Auditors,  the  Register,  the  Trea- 
surer, tb    Solicitor  of  the  I'rcasury,  and  the  Land  Office. 

As  th<  e  is  at  present  no  direct  taxation  by  the  general  gOTemrueni,  the  revenue 
has  arisen  chiefly  from  the  customs  on  imports,  aad  from  the  sale  of  the  publio 

ST? 


-Jf% 


148 


UNITED  STATES. 


lands.  By  these  means  the  national  government  wau  enabled,  January  1st,  1837, 
not  only  to  complete  the  payment  of  tnr  public  debt  contracted  during  two  wars 
with  Great  Britain;  but,  after  reserving  $5,000,000,  they  were  able  to  distribute 
to  the  States  the  sum  of  $37,468,85<'.  '•  >      i  act  of  June  23d,  1836,  was 

deposited  with  them  according  to  the  dui.  >  *  t  i.o.r  electoral  votes,  liable  to  be 
recalled  in  case  of  necessity,  .bu'  ^viiioh  wil'  probably  never  be  recalled.  The 
great  expense  of  the  Indian  war  in  V'lonua,  and  the  diminution  of  the  customs 
in  consequence  of  commercial  onl-airassments,  caused  the  expenses  of  the  govern- 
ment temporarily  to  exceed  the  revenue ;  so  that  a  small  debt  was  contracted, 
amounting,  on  December  1st,  1844,  to  $23,850,673.03. 

The  public  lands  have  recently  been  a  great  source  of  revenue.  These  lands 
have  been  ceded  to  the  United  States  by  the  new  States,  or  hav»  been  derived 
from  the  purchase  of  Louisiana  in  1803,  and  of  Florii'  i  i  :.,  i  iiey  tp  con- 
sidered as  belonging  to  the  native  tribes  of  Indian i  who  inhabit  them,  until  the 
title  has  been  regularly  extinguished  by  purchase  and  treaty.  When  this  is  done, 
they  are  surveyed,  and  sold  at  $1.25  the  acre,  as  the  lowest  price.  This  source 
of  revenue  is  muc'  '  ;cO  considerable  than  formerly.  In  183G,  it  amounted  to  the 
large  sum  of  $25,1(<*' 000;  but  it  has  now  diminished  to  less  than  $3,000,0U0 
annually.  Tho  law  ibr  the  distribution  of  the  proceeds  among  the  States  has 
been  repealed.  Th  .  ravenue  of  the  United  States  fur  the  year  ending  July  1st, 
1844,  amounted,  with  a  balance  in  the  treasury  at  the  commencement  of  tlie  year, 
to  $40,816,207.53,  and  the  exrorditure  to  $32,958,827.94;  leaving  a  balance  in 
the  treasury,  on  the  1st  of  July,  1844,  of  $7,857,379.61.  The  United  States  have 
372,645,356  acres  of  public  land  surveyed  and  unsold,  and  much  more  which  is 
not  surveyed. 

The  mint  of  the  United  States  was  established  at  Philadelphia  in  1793;  and, 
in  1838,  branches  were  established  at  Charlotte,  N.  C.  at  Dahlonega,  Ga.,  and 
at  New  Orleans,  La.  At  the  mint  in  Philadelphia,  the  whole  coinage,  from  the 
commencement  to  the  end  of  the  year  1842,  amounted  to  255,087,171  pieces,  with 
a  value  of  $85,873,052 ;  at  the  branch  of  Charlotte,  162,118  pieces,  with  a  value 
of  $666,030;  at  the  branch  cf  Dahlonega,  178,534  pieces,  with  a  value  of  $827,- 
C38 ;  nt  the  branch  of  New  Orleans,  14,179,656  pieces,  with  a  value  of  $3,155,443 ; 
making  a  total  of  269,60'',479  pieces,  with  a  total  value  of  $90,522,163. 

On  June  30th,  1844,  there  were  14,103  post-offices  in  the  United  States;  the 
amount  of  transportation  during  the  previous  year  was  35,409,624  miles,  at  a  cost 
of  $2,938,551.  The  expenditure  for  the  year  waa  $4,296,867.70;  gross  amount 
of  Tovenne,  $4,337,285.83.  •  The  General  Post  Office  is  under  the  superintendence 
of  the  Postmaster-General,  who  has  the  appointment  of  the  postmabters  tnrough- 
out  the  country,  and  the  power  of  making  contracts  for  c?r  ying  the  mail. 

The  War  Department  was  creat  .;  in  178'^  To  this  artment  belongs  the 
direction  and  government  of  the  army  of  the  United  Stat*  ,  the  erection  of  forti- 
fications, the  execution  of  topographical  surveys,  and  the  suiierintendenne  of  Indian 
affairs,.  Attached  to  it  are  a  Bureau  of  Indian  Affairs,  Pension  Bureau,  Head- 
Qnarters  of  tho  Army,  Quarter-Mas*  =r'i-  ilureau,  Subsirtonce  Bureau  General 
Subsistence,  Pay  Bureau,  Medical  and  Surgical  Bureau,  ^'iPgineer  Bureau,  Topo- 
graphical Bureau,  and  Ordnance  Bureau. 

The  Army  of  the  United  States  consisted,  in  1844,  of  2  reci.nents  of  dragoons, 
4  of  artillery,  and  8  regiments  of  infantry,  containing  at  t».  nd  of  the  year  1844, 
8,616  men,  viz.,  dragoons  1,298,  artillery  2,34,0,  ir '^  'ry  4,45H;  the  whole  being 
vmder  the  command  of  one  major-general,  and  tw-i         idier  ^enerals. 

The  office  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy  was  crcL  a  i  17  .  The  Department 
consists  of  a  Bureau  of  Docks  and  Navy  Yards,  of  Ordnam  id  Hydrography, 
of  Construction,  Repairs  and  Equipments,  of  Provisions  a.iJ  Clothing,  and  of 
Medicir     and  Surgical  instruments. 

The  Navy  of  the  United  States,  though  on  a  small  scale,  acquired  great  repu- 
tation during  the  last  three  years'  war,  when  the  American  ships  successfully 
encountered  those  of  the  mistress  of  the  ocean.  Much  has  since  been  done,  both 
in  enlarging  the  number  of  vessels,  and  extending  and  constructing  suitable  dock-, 
yards ;  but  the  naval  force  is  not  considered  adequate  to  the  exigencies  of  the 


UNITED  STATES. 


149 


country.  In  the  year  1844  it  consisted  of  fi  ships  of  the  line,  1  razee,  14  frigates, 
*21  sloops  of  war,  16  brigs  and  schooners,  3  store-ships,  and  8  steamers,  afloat. 
There  are  on  the  stoclis,  in  an  unfinished  state,  4  ships  of  the  line,  3  frigates,  1 
store-ship,  an  iron  steamer  at  Pittsburg,  and  one  at  the  navy-yard  at  Washington, 
to  be  used  as  a  water-tank.     Total,  78. 

There  are  eight  navy-yards  belonging  to  the  United  States,  viz. :  at  Ports- 
iiiouth,  N.  H. ;  at  Charlestown,  in  Boston  harbour;  at  Brooklyn,  on  Wallabout 
Bay,  opposite  New  York;  at  Philadelphia;  at  Washington  City;  at  Gospoit, 
opposite  Norfolk,  Va. ;  at  Pensacola,  Fl. ;  and  at  Memphis,  Ten.,  on  the  Mi»- 
sissippi  river :  the  latter  is  not  yet  completed.  There  are  graving  or  dry-docks 
at  CharloStown  and  Gosport,  and  a  third  is  erectln?  at  Brooklyn. 

In  its  commerce,  the  United  States  is  the  second  country  on  the  globe,  being 
inferior  only  to  Great  Britain.  In  1840,  the  capital  invested  in  foreign  trade,  by 
importing  and  commission  merchants,  was  $119,295,367 ;  in  domestic  retail  dry- 
goods  and  other  stores,  $250,301,799 ;  in  the  fisheries,  $16,429,6-20.  The  regis- 
tereu  tonnage  of  the  United  States,  for  the  year  ending  September  30th,  1842,  was 
975,358  ;  the  enrolled  and  licensed  tonnage  was  1,045,753;  and,  of  fishing  ves- 
sels, 71,278;  making  a  total  of  2,092,390.  Of  the  registered  abd  enrolled  ton- 
nage, there  were  employed  in  the  whale  fishery,  1    7,612  tons. 

The  value  of  the  i  ..ports  into  the  United  biates  for  the  year  1844,  was 
$108,434,702.  The  value  of  the  exports  for  the  same  period,  was  $111,128,278; 
of  which  $100,183,497  was  domestic  produce. 

The  United  States  are  (  iiiefly  an  agricultural  people,  to  which  they  are  led  by 
the  extent  of  their  territory,  and  the  fertility  of  the  soil ;  and  the  agricultural 
resources  of  the  nation  are  bcuoiuing  yearly  more  and  more  developed.  The 
I  following  agricultural  statistics  are  derived  from  the  census  of  the  United  States 
for  1^10:  There  were  1,335,699  horses  and  mules;  14,971,586  neat  cattle; 
1 9,3 1 1  ~  (  sheep ;  26,3G  I  ,>"  i  swine ;  poultry  was  raised  to  the  value  of  $9,344,- 
110.  '11  re  were  produ.  od,  84,823,272  bushels  of  wheat;  7,291,743  of  buck- 
wheat; •  531,875  nf  dlan  corn;  18,645,567  of  rye;  4,161,504  of  barley; 
123,071,3.  of  oats;  108,298,060  of  potatoes;  35,802,114  pounds  of  wool; 
219,163,319  of  tobacco;  80,841,493  of  rice;  790,479,370  oPcotton ;  155,100,809 
of  sugar;  1,  02of  hops;  622,303  of  wax;  61,552  of  silk  cocoons;  10,248,108 

tons  <jf  hay ;  \)^,'^jl  of  hemp  and  flax.  There  were  29J  bushels  of  edible  grains, 
exclusive  of  potatoes,  to  try  individual  of  its  population.  The  products  of  the 
dairy  were  valued  at  $:<  -t7,008;  of  the  orchard,  at  $7,256,904;  of  lumber,  at 
$12,943,507.     And  ther>    .ere  al^^o  made,  124,734  gallons  of  wine. 

The  manufactures  of  the  United  States,  though  not  equal  to  its  agriculture  and 
commerce,  and  of  recent  origin,  have  already  risen  to  great  respectability.  A 
large  amount  of  property  has  been  invested  m  them,  machinery  has  been  exten- 
sively introduced,  and  tliey  supply  a  great  amount  of  articles  for  home  consump- 
tion, and,  already,  considerable  for  exportation.  No  country  in  the  world  can 
compete  with  the  United  States  in  the  article  of  coarse  cotton  goods,  neither  as 
toquality^or  price.  Cottons  which,  in  1812,  were  worth  25  cents  a-yard,  can 
now  be  bought,  of  a  better  quality,  for  8  cents.  And,  even  in  the  finer  quality 
of  goods,  great  advancement  has  been  made.  It  is  only  since  the  peace  of  1815 
that  manulactiires  have  made  great  progess,  though  they  were  commenced  in  Rhode 
Island  many  years  before,  and  had  made  some  advances.  It  was  the  policy  of 
the  British  government,  before  the  revolution,  to  discourage  American  manufac- 
tures, and  thus  to  keep  the  country  in  a  state  ct  great  dependence.  But  that  has 
gone  by  ;  and,  should  eve\il9  ever  cut  off  a  supply  of  British  manufactures,  the 
country  would  be  able  to  do  without  them.  Unless  Great  Britain  and  other  coun- 
tries shall  consent,  in  a  fair  way,  to  receive  American  bread-stuffs  in  exchange 
for  their  manufactures,  the  Americans  will  be  compelled  to  become  their  own 
manufacturers,  and  they  will  thus  secure  their  substantial  independence. 

Home-made  or  family  goods  were  product  i!,  in  the  year  1840,  to  the  amount  of 
$•29,023,380.  There  were  1240  cotton  factories  with  2,284,631  spiudles,  which 
omployed  72,119  persons,  and  produced  articles  to  the  amount  of  $46,350,453,  with 
a  capital  of  $51,102,359.     1420  woollen  manufactories  employed  21,342  persons, 

13» 


150 


UNITED  STATES. 


produoin;  goods  to  the  amount  of  $30,696,999,  with  a  capital  of  $15,765,^34 ;  436 
paper>mill8  employed  a  capital  of  $4,745,339 ;  hata  and  caps  were  manufactured 
to  the  amount  of  $8,704,343,  and  straw  bonnets  to  the  amount  of  $1,476,504; 
90,018  persons  were  employed  in  tanneries,  with  a  capiul  of  $15,650,939;  sad- 
dleries, and  other  manulactories  of  leather,  employed  a  capital  of  $13,881,363; 
carriages  and  wagons  employed  31,994  persons,  and  produced  to  the  amount  of 
$10,897,887,  with  a  capital  of  $5,551,633;  mills  of  Tarious  kinds  employed 
60,788  persons,  and  produced  to  the  amount  of  $76,545,346,  with  a  capital  of 
$65,858,470;  vessels  were  built  to  the  amount  of  $7,016,094;  furniture  was 
made  by  18,003  persons,  and  employed  a  capital  of  $6,989,971.  There  were 
1553  printing-offices,  447  binderies,  138  daily,  135  semi-weekly  or  tri-weekly, 
and  1141  weekly  newspapers,  and  337  periodicals;  the  whole  employing  11,523 
persons,  and  a  capital  of  $5,874,815.  Iron  manufacture^  employed  .  capital  of 
^0,433,131,  and  30,497  persons;  glass  manufactures  employed  3336  persons, 
and  a  capital  of  $3,084,100,  producing  articles  to  the  amount  of  $3,890,393.  The 
anthracite  coal  employed  a  capital  of  $4,355,603,  and  3043  persons;  bituminous 
coal,aoapital  of  $1,868,863,  and  3768  persons;  and  lead,  a  capital  of  $1,346,756, 
and  1017  persons.  The  total  amount  of  capital  employed  in  manufactures  was 
$367,736,579.  For  a  more  particular  account  of  the  manufactures,  see  the  articles 
on  the  respective  States. 

The  whale,  cod,  mackerel  and  other  fisheries  have  long  been  an  interest  of  great 
national  importance.  They  are  carried  on  chiefly  from  the  New  England  States, 
and  in  New  England  ships.  The  whale-fishery  is  prosecuted  in  the  Atlantic 
ocean,  chiefly  south  of  the  line,  for  the  right  or  black  whale ;  and  in  the  Southern, 
Indian,  and  Pacific  oceans,  for  the  spermaceti  whale.  In  the  year  1841, 600  ves- 
sels, of  193,000  tons,  were  employed  in  this  business;  and,  in  the  course  of  the 
same  year,  spermaceti  and  whale  oil  was  brought  home,  of  the  value  of  about 
$7,400,000.  Seal  oil  and  furs  are  also  obtained  in  the  Antarctic  seas  by  these 
adventurous  seamen.  The  fishery  is  carried  on  chiefly  from  the  ports  of  Nan- 
tucket and  New  Bedford,  and  also,  but  on  a  less  scale,  from  New  London,  Sag 
Harbour,  Warren,  Bristol,  Hudson,  &c.  About  16,000  men  are  engaged  in  it, 
and  the  seamen  are  paid,  not  by  fixed  wages,  but  by  a  certain  share  in  the  profits 
of  the  voyage.  Those  in  the  Pacific  and  Southern  oceans  are  generally  absent 
from  two  to  three  years  at  a  time.  The  cod-fishery  is  pursued  on  the  banks  and 
coasts  of  Newfoundland,  and  on  the  Labrador  coasts.  It  employs  many  thousands 
of  tons  of  small  craft,  some  of  which  make  several  trips  a  year;  those  on  the 
coast-fisheries  generally  remain  longer.  The  mackerel-fishery  also  employs  a 
great  amount  of  shipping.  In  1840  the  fisheries  nroduced  773,967  quintals  of 
smoked  or  dried  fish,  and  473,359^  barrels  of  picklea  fish. 

No  part  of  the  world  presents  such  an  extensive  river  commerce.  Steam-ves- 
sels, first  introduced  in  America  on  the  Hudson  river,  ply  on  all  the  principal 
streams;  and  upwards  of  100,000  tons  of  this  species  of  craft  belongs  to  the 
United  States,  almost  the  whole  of  which  is  on  the  interior  waters.  The  Missis- 
sippi and  its  tributaries,  comprising  alone  an  extent  of  8000  miles,  is  trSlVersed  by 
350  steamboats.  Neither  the  States  nor  individuals  have  been  slow  in  improving 
and  extending  these  natural  advantages;  and  the  spirit  with  which  they  have 
undertaken,  and  the  perseverance  they  have  shown  in  executing  the  most  magni- 
ficent plans,  have  shed  a  lustre  on  the  American  name.  The  great  land-locked 
bays  of  the  coast  have  been  connected  by"a  chain  of  canals,  afibrding  a  safe 
internal  water-route  from  Narragansett  Bay  to  Albemarle  Sound.  The  eastern 
and  western  waters  have  been  united  by  several  channels,  which  either  turn  the 
Alleghanies,  or  surmount  their  summits.  The  waters  of  the  lakes  and  the  Mis- 
sissippi have  been  connected  at  various  points,  and  the  obbtacles  in  the  navigation 
of  the  most  important  rivers  have  been  overcome  by  removing  the  bars  or  ledges 
which  obstructed  their  channels,  or  by  side-cuts,  locks,  and  dams.  The  whole 
length  of  this  artificial  navigation  is  not  less  than  4000  miles ;  all  of  which,  with 
one  or  two  trifling  exceptions,  has  been  executed  in  the  short  space  of  twenty-five 
ycsrs.  These  great  works  have  already  given  frflsh  life  to  manufactures,  and 
encouraged  the  establishment  of  new  ones;  invigorated,  and  in  many  places 


UNITED  STATES. 


ISl 


created,  inleroal  trade ;  proinoted  agricultura,  which  requires  a  cheap  and  easy 
transportation  for  the  bulky  articles  which  it  conanmes  and  produces ;  and  der^ 
loped,  in  an  astonishing  degree,  the  mining  industry  of  the  country. 

The  Americans  have  equally  surpassed  all  other  people  in  the  number  and 
extent  of  their  rail-roads,  havins,  in  about  fifteen  years,  constructed  4500  miles 
of  these  artificial  levels,  over  which  carriages  are  propelled  by  locomotiTe  stranir 
engines  at  the  rate  of  from  20  to  30  miles  an  hour.  Although  this  cobtrivance  is 
less  adapted  than  canals  to  the  conveyance  of  bulky  articles,  yet  it  possesses 
some  advantages  over  that  mode  of  transport,  such  as  that  of  not  being  interrupted 
by  ice,  and  of  being  suited  to  certain  localities  in  which,  artificial  water  commu- 
nication would  be  impracticable. 

The  people  of  the  United  States,  from  the  first  settlement  of  the  country,  hz70 
been  very  attentive  to  the  cause  of  popular  education,  and  this  cause  is  continually 
gaining  a  stronger  "hold  on  the  community.  It  is  recommended  by  all  the  goveir- 
non  of  the  States,  in  their  annual  messages  to  their  respective  Legislatures. 
Most  of  the  older  States  bare  respectable  funds  devoted  to  the  support  of  common 
schools,  and,  in  the  new  States,  the  general  government  have  presided  funds  for 
the  support  of  schools,  by  setting  apart  one  36th  section  in  each  township,  con- 
taining each  one  square  mile,  for  the  purposes  of  common  education.  The  amount 
of  land  already  set  apart  for  educational  purposes,  east  of  the  Mississippi,  is  com- 
puted to  amount  to  8,000,000  of  acres.  The  same  spirit  is  also  extending  west 
of  the  Mississippi,  and  has  penetrated  even  to  the  Indian  tribes ;  and  the  Choctaw 
nation  has  applied  $18,000  per  annum  out  of  the  moneys  which  they  receive  from 
the  United  States,  to  the  support  of  schools.  Knowledge  and  virtue  are  regarded 
as  the  main  pillars  of  the  re{  ublic.  In  less  tiian  twenty  yeara  from  the  landing 
at  the  rock  of  Plyqaouth,  Cambridge  College  was  founded,  and  numerous  similar 
institutions  have  been  successively  established,  from  that  day  to  this. 

The  following  are  among  the  principal  colleges  and  universities  in  the  country, 
with  the  date  ot  their  establishment :  Cambridge  College,  now  Harvard  Univer- 
sity, in  1638;  Yale  College,  at  New  Haven,  in  1700;  Nassau  Hall,  or  College 
of  New  Jersey,  at  Princeton,  in  1746;  Brown  University,  at  Providence,  in 
1764;  Dartmouth  College,  at  Hanover,  New  Hampshire,  1769;  the  University 
of  North  Carolina,  at  Chapel  Hill,  in  1739 ;  Bowdoin  College,  at  Brunswick, 
Maine,  in  1794 :  and,  among  the  more  recent  institutions,  the  University  of  Nash- 
ville, Tennessee,  in  1806;  the  University  of  Virginia,  at  Charlottesville,  in  1819; 
Amherst  College,  at  Amherst,  Massachusetts,  in  1821 ;  and  many  oihera.  Per- 
haps, if  fewer  institutions  had  been  chartered,  and  they  had  been  more  liberally 
endowed,  the  beneficial  results  would  have  been  greater,  though  the  number  edu- 
cated would  probably  have  been  less. 

According  to  the  census  of  1840,  there  were  in  the  United  States  173  colleges, 
or  univeraities,  with  16,233  students ;  3342  academies,  with  164,159  students; 
47,209  common  and  primary  schools,  with  1,845,244  scholars.  In  the  above 
enumeration,  theological  and  medical  schools,  where  they  are  separate  from  col- 
leges, are  ranked  among  univeraities  and  colleges.  In  the  academies,  tl.:.  ancient 
and  modem  languages,  grammar,  history,  logic,  rhetoric,  natural  and  moral  phi- 
losophy, &c.,  are  taughL  The  common  schools  are  extensively  provided  with 
libraries,  and  appropriate  apparatus  for  illustrating  the  sciences  taught  in 
them. 

There  are  38  theological  seminaries,  belonging  to  different  denominations, 
designed  to  succeed  a  collegiate  course;  some  of  which  are  connected  with  col- 
leges. The  principal  of  them  are  the  theological  seminary  at  Andover,  Mass., 
Congregational ;  the  theological  seminary  at  Princeton,  Presbyterian ;  the  theo- 
logical seminary  at  Auburn,  Presbyterian ;  the  theological  seminary  of  the  Epis- 
copal Church,  New  York,  Protestant  Episcopal ;  the  theological  institution  at 
Newtown,  Massachusetts,  Baptist;  and  the  theological  departments  of  Yale 
College  and  Harvard  University. 

There  are  eight  law  schools  in  different  parts  of  the  count.y.  The  earliest 
institution  of  this  kind  was  founded  in  1798,  by  the  Hon.  Tapping  Reeve,  and 
taught  afterward  by  him  in  connection  with  the  Hon.  James  Gould,  both  judges 


153 


UNITED  STATES. 


of  the  Supreme  Court  of  Connecticut.  At  this  institution,  many  of  the  principal 
oivilians  in  the  United  States  have  been  educated.    It  ia  now  discontinued. 

There  are  38  medical  schools,  some  of  them  connected  with  colleges.  The 
principal  are  the  medical  departments  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania;  of 
Harvard  University ;  of  Yale  College ;  of  Dartmouth  College ;  of  Transylvania 
University;  of  the  University  of  Maryland,  at  Baltimore;  of  the  University  of 
New  York ;  the  College  of  Surgeons  and  Physicians,  New  York ;  the  Louisville 
Medical  Institution ;  the  Vermont  Academy  of  Medicine,  at  Castleton,  &c. 

There  is  no  established  church  in  the  United  States,  religion  being  left  to  the 
voluntary  choice  of  the  people.  No  sect  is  favoured  by  the  laws  beyond  another, 
it  being  an  essential  principle  in  the  National  and  State  governments,  that  legisla- 
tion may  of  right  interfere  in  the  concerns  of  public  worship  only  so  far  as  to  pro- 
tect every  individual  in  the  unmolested  exercise  of  that  of  his  choice.  Nor  is  any 
legislative  provision  made  for  the  support  of  religion,  except  that,  in  Massachu- 
setts, the  Legislature  is  enjoined  to  require,  and  in  New  Hampshire  is  empowered 
to  authorize,  the  several  towns  and  parishes  to  make  adequate  provision,  at  their 
own  expense,  (jor  the  support  of  protestant  ministers.  The  same  was  the  case  in 
Connecticut  until  1818,  when  it  was  abolished  by  the  new  constitution.  But,  in 
all  the  other  States,  the  support  of  religion  is  left  entirely  to  the  voluntary  zeal  of 
its  professors. 

The  numbers  of  established  churches,  or  congregations,  are  estimated  at  over 
20,000,  and  the  ministers  at  about  25,000.  The  Baptists  are  the  most  numerous 
denomination.  The  Methodists  are  reckoned  as  second  in  numerical  amount ; 
and  the  Presbyterians,  Congregationalists,  Roman  Catholics,  Episcopalians,  Uni- 
versalists  and  Lutherans,  probably  rank,  in  point  of  numbers,  in  the  order  in  which 
they  are  mentioned  Other  sects,  respectable  in  amount  of  numbers,  are  the 
Dutch  Reformed,  Christians,  Unitarians,  Friends  or  Quakers,  Moravians,  &c. 
In  fact,  almost  all  the  sects  of  Christianity  are  represented  in  our  country. 

To  the  State  governments  is  committed  that  branch  of  legislation  which  relates 
to  the  regulation  of  local  concerns.  These  bodies  make  and  alter  the  laws  which 
regard  property  and  private  rights,  appoint  judges  and  civil  officers,  impose  taxes 
for  State  purposes,  and  exereise  all  other  rights  and  powera  not  vested  in  the 
federal  government  by  positive  enactment.  They  are,  in  their  composition,  very 
similar  to  the  federal  gorernment.  The  legislature  consists  always  of  two 
branches,  both  of  which  are  returned  by  the  same  electore ;  and  these  electors  may 
be  said  to  comprise  the  whole  adult  white  population,  the  usual  qualifications  being 
citizenship,  with  one  or  two  ycare'  residence,  and  payment  of  taxes. 

There  are  no  early  enumerations  of  the  population  on  which  mUch  reliance  can 
be  placed ;  but,  in  1753,  the  number  was  estimated  at  1,051,000.  A  re[fular 
decennial  census,  taken  since  1790,  gave,  at  that  period,  3,929,827 ;  in  1800, 
5,305,925 ;  in  1810, 7,339,814  ;  in  1820,  9,638,131.  It  is  most  interesting  to  con- 
sider, as  the  immensity  of  unoccnpied  land  leaves  full  scope  for  this  power  of 
multiplication,  how  vast  the  future  numbers  may  be  with  which  this  region  will 
be  peopled,  and  which  will  render  it  much  the  greatest  state  that  ever  existed  in 
ancient  or  modem  times.  It  is  calculated,  upon  good  grounds,  that  in  a  century 
it  will  contain  160,000,000 ;  and  still,  being  only  hsHf  so  dciisely  peopled  as 
Britain  or  Franco,  leave  ample  scope  for  future  increase.  The  Americans,  should 
they  continue  united,  would  then  become  the  greatest  nation  in  the  world,  and  the 
most  powerful  iStates  of  Europe  would  rank  ag  secondary  to  them. 

The  population,  exclusive  of  the  Indians,  whose  numbers  are  not  comprised 
in  the  above  statements,  consists  of  three  classes — whites,  free  coloured  persons, 
and  slaves — whose  relative  proportions  at  six  different  periods  are  here  given : 


Whitea.  8la>eii. 

3,172,464 697,897 

4,304,489 893,041 

5,863,004 1,191,364 

7,861,710 1,538,038 

10,526,348 3,009,043 319,599 

1840 14,189,705 3,487,355 386,f!93 


1790. 
1800. 
1810. 
1820. 
1830. 


Free  cnlnurad. 

. .  69,465 

..  108,395 

..  186,446 

333,524 


— Ji 


UNITED  STATES. 


158 


'  In  regard  to  these  numbers,  it  is  to  be  observed,  that  in  the  census  of  1790  are 
not  included  the  inhabitants  of  the  Mississippi  and  North-west  Territories,  esti- 
mated at  about  12,000;  and  that,  between  1800  and  1810,  Loubiani  was  acquired 
with  about  50,000  inhabitants ;  and  39,000  Africans  were  brought  into  the  coun- 
try. The  following  statement  shows  the  relative  rate  of  increase  of  the  whole 
population,  and  of  each  of  the  three  classes,  in  the  three  periods  from  1810  to 
1820,  from^  1820  to  1830,  and  from  1830  to  1840 : 

1810-1830.        1830-1830.        1830^1840. 

Increase  of  whole  population. . .  .33.3  per  ot 33.4  per  ct.. . .  .30  per  ct. 

Whites 34    .." 33.9.." 36     " 

Slaves 38.6. .  " 30.6. .  " 21      »• 

Free  Blacks 24.8. .  " 37.4. .  " 23.75" 

Blacks 38.5..  " 31.6.," 23      " 


Maine.. 
N.  H... 
Verm't  . 
Mas8.... 

R.  I 

Conn.  .. 
N.  York 
N.  Jer. 
Penn'i 

De! 

Maryl'd 

D.  ofC. 

Virginia 

N.  Car. 

8.  Car. 

Georgia 

Florida 

Alab'ma 

Misa'ppi 

Ijouis'a 

Ten'see 

Kenl'y 

Ohio  . . . 

Indiana 

Illinoia . 

Missouri 

Michg'n 

Arliaii's 

Iowa . . . 

Wis.  T. 

U.  8.  N. 


Totals. 


Total. 


]51,719 
183,768 
134,465 
433,343 

00,133 
331,003 
380,780 
311,049 
003,363 

64,373 
341,348 

14,093 
880,300 
478,103 
343,591 
163,101 


8350 


103,603 

330,055 

43.365 

4,875 


Tool. 


381 

OS) 

30,343 

13,433 

1,70« 

6,133 

105,033 

3.344 

343,700 

133,396 

146,131 

39,404 


3,489 


13,584 
40,343 


135 


388,703 
814,360 
317,713 
473,040 

77,031 
363,043 
950,949 
«49,5M 
810,091 

78,674 
380,346 

34,033 
974,633 
335,500 
415,113 
333,433 


40,353 

76,556 

261,787 

406,311 

330,760 

94,530 

13,383 

30,843 

4,703 


103 

310 

15,107 

10,851 

795 

4,177 

111,503 

5,393 

398,318 

168,834 

190,365 

105,318 


17,088 

34,660 
44,535 
80,361 


837 

168 

3,011 

34 


308,333 
844,161 
333,764 
533,387 
83.039 
875,303 

1,378,813 
377,375 

1,049,438 

73,749 

407,S50 

33,036 

1,005,379 
638,839 
308,741 
340,087 


187,901 

73,448 

133,407 

433,813 

564,317 

581,434 

147,178 

53,311 

60,386 

8,806 

14,873 


48 

97 

10,088 

7,357 

SII 

4,500 

107,398 

6,377 

485,133 

303,017 

338,475 

149,030 


41,879 
33,814 
60,064 
80,107 
136,733 

190 

917 

10,83-2 


1,617 


5,303,933  893,041  7,839,814 1,101.364  0,638.131  1,338,038  13,866.030  3,000,043  I7,060,4a3|8,487335 


300.«S5 
860,338 
380,633 
610,408 
07,190 
307,663 

1,918,608 
320,823 

1,348,238 

76.748 

447,040 

30,834 

1,311,403 
737,987 
381,1P3 
516,833 
34,730 
300,537 
136,681 
813,73d 
681,904 
687,917 
937.903 
343,031 
137,445 
140,455 
30,639 
30,388 


14 
35 

76 

2.254 

403 

3,308 

103,04 

6,H9 

460,757 

847.601 

315,401 

817.531 

1.1,501 

117.549 

65.059 

100.588 

141.603 

165,213 


85,081 
4,570 


301,073 

384,574 

891,048 

737,699 

108,830 

300.078 

3.488.031 

373.300 

1.784.033 

78,085 

470,010 

43,713 

1,839,707 

753,410 

304,398 

691,393 

54,477 

590,750 

375,631 

338,411 

839,810 

779.838 

1,519  467 

685.866 

476,163 

383,703 

818,867 

97,574 

43,113 

30,045 

0,100 


5 

17 

4 

674 
64 

3:60S 

89,737 
4,004 
448,087 
843,817 
387,036 
380,944 

33,717 
953,333 
1S3.S11 
168.43S 
183,039 
183,338 
3 

a 

331 
38,840 


10,033 


Ages,  ^c.  of  the  different  Classes  of  the  Population  in  1840. 


FRKK  WUITE  POPULATION. 


Under  5  years  of  age 
OfSio    10 

lOto    IS 

IKto    80 

30(0    30 

30  to    40 

4010    50 

50to    60 

mi  to    70 

70  to    80 

80to    00 

80  to  100 

Upwards  of  IOC  .... 


1,370,743 

1,024,030 

807,530 

730,100 

1,338,433 

800,45'.2 

336,606 

314,538 

174,3,18 

80.067 

91,677 

3,508 

476 


Totals 7,340,876  0,930,948 


1,803.310 
986,940 
836,030 
703.88:1 

1.233,400 
77il,130 
£03,183 
304,833 
17l',33U 
80,363 
83,068 

3,3:ia 

310 


COLODHKD  POPULATION. 


Under  10 

Of    10  to    84... 

84  to    30... 

36  to    35... 

33  to  100. . . 
Upwards  of  100. 


Totals 180,437 


rrr«  Miln.  PrM  FtoulM.  Mala  SISTaa.  Pamala  Slaraa. 


36,884 
33,803 
33,321 
88.374 
13.,M3 
384 


33.003 

56,508 

1,688 

0.371 

13.753 

303 


190,778 


433.584 
391,306 
835,386 
145,360 
31,331 
730 


431.463 
390.117 
339.835 
139,904 
40.746 
381 


1.846,408  1,840,703 


laaaoa  and  MIoU.  Blind, 

Whites 14,308 5,034. 

BiacliB 8,086 1,803. 

Totals....  17,434 0,016 7,659 

Revolutionary  and  military  pensioners 90,79? 

Whites  over  80  unabie  to  read  and  write. . .  .549,693 


u 


154 


UNITED  STATES. 


The  whole  number  of  aborigines  existing  within  the  territorial  jurisdiction  of 
the  United  States,  was  estimated  in  1844  at  335,350;  ot  whom  perhaps  50,000 
'  reside  in  the  Oregon  territory,  west  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  and  the  residue  east 
of  that  region.  Of  those  on  the  Atlantic  side  of  the  Mississippi  river,  85,348 
have  removed  from  its  eastern  to  its  western  bank,  and  settled  in  the  Western  or 
Indian  territory,  assigned  to  them  by  the  government  of  the  United  States ;  and 
31,587  an  still  east  of  thet  stream.  Of  the  Indians  residing  east  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains  and  west  of  the  Mississippi,  168,290  are  indigenous  to  that  region, 
nowise  under  the  control  of  our  government :  of  these,  the  principal  ate  the  Sioux, 
Pawnees,  Camanches,  Minatarees,  Blackfeet,  Crows,  Gros  Ventres,  and  Assini- 
boines.  The  most  humane  exertions  have  constantly  been  in  operation,  on  the 
part  of  the  general  government,  to  preserve  the  race  from  extinction,  by  severe 
provisions  to  prevent  their  obtaining  ardent  spirits,  and  by  unwearied  efforts  to 
train  them  to  the  arts  and  agriculture,  and  to  impart  to  them  the  blessings  of  edu- 
cation and  Christianity.  Under  the  system  adopted  by  the  government,  agents 
and  sub-a|»«nts,  interpreters  and  mechanics,  are  employed  among  the  different 
Indian  tribes,  to  carry  these  purposes  into  effect;  and  the  President  is  authorized 
to  cause  the  stores  of  the  licensed  traders  to  be  searched,  and,  if  ardent  spirits 
are  found  among  the  articles  for  sale,  the  Whole  goods  are  forfeited  to  the  govern- 
ment. 

The  whole  number  of  Indian  schools  established  among  them,  partly  by  chari- 
table associations  of  the  different  religious  denominations,  and  partly  by  pecuniary 
aid  from  the  government,  is  78.  The  sum  of  $10,000  was  appropriated  in  1844, 
by  the  U.  S.  government,  to  assist  in  their  maintenance.  Of  the  foregoing 
schools,  63  were  reported  in  1844,  with  2667  scholars  and  100  teachers,  including 
those  in  the  Spencer  academy  and  Fort  Coffee  academy,  in  the  Choctaw  nation ; 
the  first  of  these  contained  3  teachers  and  110  pupils,  and  the  latter,  1  teacher 
and  36  pupils.  Two  of  the  schools  at  Fort  Leavenworth  are  manual  labour 
schools,  one  of  which,  under  the  direction  of  the  Methodists,  is  the  largest  of  all 
the  Indian  schools,  containing  159  scholars. 

The  territory  of  the  confederacy  is  at  present  divided  into  twenty-eight  States, 
one  Territory,  and  one  Federal  District,  which  contains  the  seat  of  government. 
This  does  not  include  the  extensive  tract  assigned  to  the  Indians,  called  the  West- 
era  Territory;  the  region  west  of  the  Missouri  and  north  of  the  Platte;  and  the 
residue  of  the  late  Iowa  Territory,  of  which  the  State  of  Iowa  now  forms  a  part; 
and  that  west  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  in  which  the  white  population  is  yet  of 
small  amount,  and  which  has  received  no  political  organization.  The  States 
are  divided,  for  municipal  purposes,  into  sections,  styled  counties;  except  in 
South  Carolina,  where  they  are  called  districts;  and  in  Louisiana, where  they  are 
called  parishes.  In  the  States  of  New  England,  in  New  York,  Pennsylvania, 
New  Jersey,  Ohio,  Indiana  and  Michigan,  the  counties  are  subdivided  into  town- 
ships (in  some  States  these  are  called  towns),  and  in  Delaware  into  hundreds. 


THE  EASTERN,  or  NEW  ENGLAND  STATES. 

New  England  comprises  the  six  States  situated  enst  of  the  Hudson,  viz., 
Maine,  New  Hampshire,  Vermont,  Massachusetts,  Rhode  Island  and  Connecticut. 
The  inhabitants  are  aln.ost  exclusively  of  unmixed  English  origin,  and,  though 
never  united  as  a  political  whole,  they  have  at  different  periods  been  connected 
for  their  common  interests.  From  the  earliest  settlement  of  their  country,  they 
have  enjoyed  peculiar  advantages  for  literary  and  religious  instruction,  and, 
trained  to  habits  of  industry,  economy,  and  enterprise,  by  the  circumstances  of 
their  peculiar  situation,  as  well  as  by  the  dangers  of  prolonged  wars,  thoy  present 
traits  of  character  which  are  considered  as  remarkable  abroad,  as  they  are  common 
at  home. 

The  surface  of  tiie  country  is  infinitely  varied.    In  the  interior  it  is  mountain 
ous,  with  fertile  valleys  between.     The  land  along  the  sea-shore  presents  in  ge- 
neral an  irregular  surface,  consisting  of  hills  and  ridges,  with  flats  of  moderate 
extent.  The  inland  portion  towards  the  mountains  presents  an  almost  constant  sue 


'I 


UNITED  STATES. 


155 


cession  of  short  hills  and  narrow  valleys.  There  are  no  extensive  plains  through- 
out the  whole  of  New  England.  Much  of  the  soil  is  good,  yet  in  general  it  re- 
quires diligent  cultivation,  and  compels  the  farmer  to  use  great  industry  to  pro- 
cure tolerable  crops;  and  although  it  well  repays  the  labour  of  the  husbandman, 
it  is  on  the  whole  less  fruitful  than  many  other  parts  of  the  United  States. 

Most  of  the  New  England  States  are  largely  engaged  in  manufactures.  The 
different  establishments  of  various  kinds  are  too  numerous  to  specify.  The  cotton 
factories,  in  particular,  employ  a  vast  number  of  hands  and  a  great  amount  of 
capital.  A  proof  of  the  result  of  these  great  establishments  may  be  found  in  the 
fact  that  twenty-five  years  ago  the  chief  cottons  of  the  United  States  were  im- 
ported from  ludia.  New  England  now  sends  her  manufactured  cottons  there,  and 
finds  the  trade  profitable.  Since  the  manufacturing  system  has  prevailed,  this 
part  of  the  Union  has  rapidly  increased  in  population  and  business. 

The  New  Englanders  are  extensively  engaged  in  the  Bank  and  whale  fisheries. 
This  pursuit  employs  many  thousands  of  hands,  furnishes  one  of  the  most  impor- 
tant itemu  in  this  section  of  the  United  States,  and  trains  vast  numbers  of  the  most 
experienced  and  intrepid  mariners  in  the  world. 

An  active  commerce,  is  carried  on  from  the  ports  of  New  England  with  all 
parts  of  the  world ;  their  ships  spread  their  sails  in  every  sea,  and  her  lumber 
manufactures  and  the  produce  of  her  fisheries  are  extensively  exported.  Almost 
every  village  carries  on  some  handicraft,  and  the  farmer  ofleu  employs  the  long 
winter  evenings  in  some  gainful  task.  Thus  are  produced  many  little  objects 
which  although  in  appearance  of  small  value,  yet  in  the  aggregate  constitute  a 
source  of  considerable  wealth  to  the  community,  and  are  produced  to  such  an  ex- 
tent as  almost  to  rival  in  value  the  products  of  the  large  manufacturing  establish- 
ments. 

From  the  first  settlement  of  the  country,  the  inhabitants  of  New  England  have 
been  a  religious  people.  The  entire  freedom  of  opinion  enjoyed  by  them  has  led 
to  a  diversity  of  religious  denominations.  In  almost  every  town  and  village  are 
several  places  of  public  worship  belonging  to  the  different  sects  common  in  the 
country,  among  which  are  Congregationalists,  Baptists,  Episcopalians,  Methodists, 
Unitarians,  &c.  It  is  disreputable  for  a  man  to  have  no  religious  belief,  and  tliere 
are  few  who  do  not  give  their  support  to  some  one  mode  of  religious  worship. 
The  sabbath  is  strictly  observed,  and  the  people  generally  attend  public  worship 
twice  during  the  day. 

Education  is  more  universal  here  than  in  any  part  of  the  world.  It  is  exceed- 
ingly hard  to  find  persons  of  mature  age  who  have  not  been  iiistructed  in  the 
common  branches  of  school  learning.  Institutions  of  learning  and  education  were 
established  at  an  early  period  by  the  first  settlers  of  New  England,  some  of  which 
at  the  present  day  are  the  most  respectable  and  eflScient  in  the  Union.  A  large 
part  of  the  distinguished  men  of  the  United  States  havr  been  educated  at  Har- 
vard and  Yale  colleges,  and  though  there  are  many  similar  institutions  in  other 
States,  still  many  students  from  the  south  and  west  are  annually  taught  in  the 
colleges  of  New  England. 

The  population  of  New  England  has  been  giadually  increasing.  In  1700  it 
was  about  120,000,  and  in  1755  was  estimated  at  345,000,  not  including  the  troops 
at  that  time  in  the  provinces.  The  amount  in  1820  was  1,659,854;  in  iSSO, 
1,954,609;  and,  in  1840,  2,235,002;  of  which  number  23  were  slaves. 


STATE    OF    MAINE. 


-1.1!- 


Maine  is  tna  most  northern  and  enstom  of  the  United  States,  Previous  to  the 
year  1820,  it  formed  a  part  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Massr.chusetts,  at  which 
period  it  was  received  into  the  Union  as  an  independent  State.  Maine  is  in  length 
fiom  north  to  south  about  216  miles,  and  from  east  to  west  162;  the  arco  is  dilier- 
ently  estimated  at  from  32,000  to  35,000  square  miles.  On  the  sea-coast,  the 
country  is  generally  level;  at  some  distance  in  the  interior,  hilly ;  and  in  the  cen- 
tral parts  of  the  State  are  many  mountainR  of  OQ!«.siderab!e  elevation. 

28 


15G 


UNITED  STATES. 


The  principal  rivers  are  the  St.  Johns,  with  its  branches,  the  Allagash,  Wal- 
loostooK,  ana  the  Aroostook;  with  the  Penobscot,  Kennebec,  Androscoggin, 
Saco,  Pleasant,  Damariscotta,  and  Union  rivers. 

,  The  sea-coast  of  Maine  is  remarkably  indented  with  bays  and  inlets,  which 
afford  great  facilities  for  navigation  and  commerce.  The  principal  are  Casco, 
Penobscot,  Frenchman's,  Englishman's,  Machias,  and  Passamaquoddy  Bays. 

The  lakes  are  so  numerous,  that  it  is  estimated  one-sixth  of  the  surface  of  the 
State  consists  of  water,  and  indeed  they  form  one  of  the  characteristic  features  of 
the  country.  Some  of  them  are  remarkable  for  their  picturesque  beauties,  and 
ma.iy  of  them  will  no  doubt  be  useful  mediums  of  communication  when  their 
vicinity  is  more  populous.  The  most  noted  are  Moosehead,  Umbagog,  Sebago, 
the  Schoodic  LaKes,  and  Lake  Chesuncook. 

Tlie  soil  on  the  coast  is  various,  and  of  but  moderate  fertility  :  in  the  interior, 
most  of  the  land  is  more  productive,  and  some  of  it,  especially  on  the  Kennebec 
and  Pe  nobscot  river,  is  fertile,  and  well  adapted  to  agriculture  and  grazing.  One 
of  the  most  important  productions  of  this  State  is  white-pine  timber,  which  is 
found  chiefly  on  the  Upper  Kennebec  and  Penobscot  rivers,  and  also  on  the  Alla- 
gash. As  there  is  no  other  tract  of  country  yielding  this  lumber  to  any  considera- 
ble extent  in  the  Atlantic  States,  the  lands  producing  it  have  lately  much  advanced 
in  price. 

The  population  in  1790  was  96,540;  in  1800,  151,719;  in  1810,  228,705;  in 
1820,  298,335 ;  in  1830,  399,955 ;  and  in  1840, 501,793.  Of  these,  252,989  were 
white  males,  and  247,449  white  females ;  720  were  coloured  males,  and  635  coloured 
females.  Employed  in  agriculture,  101,630;  in  commerce,  2921;  in  manufac- 
tures and  trades,  21,879;  in  navigating  the  ocean,  10,091 ;  in  the  learned  profes- 
sions, 1889. 

According  to  the  census  of  1840,  there  were  in  the  State  59,208  horses  or  mules ; 
227,255  neat  cattle;  649,264  pheep;  117,386  swine.  Tlisre  were  produced, 
248,166  bushels  of  wheat;  137,941  of  rye;  950,528  of  Indian  corn;  355,161  of 
barley ;  1,076,409  of  oas ;  10,392,380  of  potatoes ;  and  601,358  tons  of  hay.  The 
products  of  the  dairy  amounted  to  $1,496,902,  and  of  lumber  to  $1,808,683. 

The  exports  of  Maine,  for  the  year  ending  September  1841,  were  $1,078,633, 
and  the  imports  $700,961.  There  were,  in  1840,  70  commercial  and  14  commis- 
sion houses  in  foreign  trade,  employing  a  capital  of  $1,646,926 ;  2220  retail 
dry-goods  and  other  stores,  with  a  capital  of  $3,973,593  ;  2068  persons  employed 
in  the  lumber  trade,  with  a  capital  of  $305,850. 

The  manufactures  of  Maine  are  considerable.  Home-made  or  family  manufac- 
tures amounted,  in  1840,  to  $804,397;  there  were  24  woollen  manufactories, 
which  employed  532  individuals,  producing  goods  to  the  amount  of  $412,366, 
with  a  capital  of  $316,105 ;  6  cotton  manufactories  produced  goods  to  the  amount 
of  $970,397,  with  a  capital  of  $1,398,000.  Flouring,  grist,  saw  and  other  mills, 
employed  3630  persons,  and  produced  to  the  amount  of  $3,161,592,  with  a  capital 
of  $2,900,565.  Ships  were  built  to  the  amount  of  $1,884,902;  3610  persons 
were  employed  in  the  fisheries,  with  a  capital  of  $526,957.  Total  amount  of 
capital  employed  in  manufactures,  $7,147,224. 

The  principal  colleges  in  Maine  are  Bowdoin,  at  Brunswick,  founded  in  1794 ; 
Waterville  College,  at  Waterville,  founded  1820 ;  Bangor  Theological  Seminary, 
a*  Bangui,  founded  1816;  Wesleyan  Seminary,  at  Readfield,  founded  1829. 
Thest  institutions  had,  in  1840,  260  students. ""  There  were  in  the  State  86  ac"  Jo- 
mies,  with  8477  students;  3385  common  and  primary  schools,  with  164,477 
scholars.  There  were  3241  persons,  over  twenty  years  of  age,  who  could  neither 
read  nor  write. 

The  principal  riili^ious  denominations  are  the  Methodists,  Baptists,  and  Con- 
gregationaliats.  The  Baptists  had,  in  183G,  2a'2  churches,  145  ordained  minis- 
ters, and  15,000  communicants;  the  Metiiodists,  115  travelling  preachers  and 
15,493  communicants;  the  iJongregationp.lists,  161  chnrcbes,  119  ministers,  and 
12,370  communicants.  There  aro  also  some  Free-will  Baptists,  Friends,  Episco- 
palians, Unitarians,  Universaliots,  and  P,omnn  ('atholics. 

The  chief  works  of  in'^rnal  improvement  are  the  Cumberland  and  Oxford 


MAINE. 


157 


Canal,  completed  in  1839,  20 j|  miles  loqg;  Bangor  and  Orono  Railroad,  com- 
pleted in  1836,  10  miles  long ;  the  Portland,  Saco  and  Portsmouth  Rail-road, 
incorporated  in  1837.  This  work,  in  connection  with  the  Eastern  Rail-road,  con- 
nects Boston  with  Portland ;  it  was  completed  in  1842.  Several  other  lines  of 
rail-roads  are  contemplated,  the  ipost  important  of  which  is  a  rail-road  from  Port' 
land  to  Quebec. 

The  city  of  Portland  is  the  largest  and  most  important  place  in  th6  State.  It 
is  beautifully  situated  on  Casco  Bay,  is  well  laid  out  and  handsomely  built,  and 
has  a  capacious  harbour,  which  is  defended  by  two  ibrts.  Here  are  six  banks, 
sixteen  churches,  a  court-house,  city  hall,  custom-house,  jail,  athenaeum,  with  a 
public  libran^  containing  5000  volumes.  The  population,  in  1840,  was  15,218. 
The  city  of  Bangor,  the  most  important  place  on  the  Penobscot,  h^s  trebled  its 
population  since  1830;  in  1840  it  contained  8627  inhabitants.  From  300  to  400 
million  feet  of  lumber  are  said  to  be  annually  exported  from  this  place. 

Augusta,  the  capital  of  the  State,  occupies  both  sides  of  the  Kennebec  river, 
50  miles  from  its  mouth  :  it  contains  a  handsome  State-house  of  granite,  and  an 
United  States  Arsenal.  Below  Augusta  are  Hallowell  and  Gardiner,  both  flourish- 
in?  towns;  and  at  the  head  of  ship  navigation,  and  about  15  miles  from  the  sea, 
is  Bath,  noted  for  its  ship-building.  From  Thomaston  is  exported  large  quantities 
of  lime,  marble,  and  granite.  Some  of  the  other  principal  towns  in  Maine,  are 
Eastport,  Machias,  Calais,  Orono,  Belfast,  Brunswick,  Saco,  and  York. 


:^:.^v: 


STATE  OF  NEW   HAMPSHIRE. 


This  State  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  Lower  Canada ;  on  the  east,  by  Maine 
and  the  Atlantic  Ocean ;  south  by  Massachushetts ;  and  west  by  Vermont.  It  is 
in  length,  from  north  to  south,  about  160  miles;  and  from  east  to  west,  70  is 
about  the  average  breadth.  It  is,  in  area,  8500  square  miles.  Tho  sea-coast  of 
this  State,  from  Piscataqua  Harbor  to  the  south  boundary,  is  but  18  miles  in 
extent. 

The  country  on  the  coast  is  level :  in  the  interior,  the  surface  is  greatly  diversi- 
fied by  hills  and  valleys,  and  contains  several  mountains  of  considerable  height ; 
among  which  are  the  White  Mountains,  the  most  elevated  of  any  in  the  New 
England  States.  The  other  considerable  elevations  are,  Moosehillock,  Monad- 
nock,  Kearsarge,  Sunipee,  Ossipcs,  &c. 

The  White  Mountains  are  distinguished  by  the  names  of  Washington,  Frank- 
lin, Adams,  Jefferson,  Mauison,  Monroe,  and  Pleasant.  Mount  Washington  is 
6,428  feet  in  height.  They  are  covered  with  snow  ten  months  in  the  year,  and 
are  often  seen  from  a  great  distance  at  sea,  and  frequently  before  any  intermediate 
land,  although. they  are  at  least  65  miles  in  the  nearest  direction  from  the  coast. 
The  wild  and  sublime  character  of  their  scenery  causes  them  to  be  annually 
visited  by  numerous  travellers.  The  ascent  to  their  summits  is  attended  with 
considerable  fatigue,  but  has  been  surmounted  in  a  few  instances  by  ladies.  The 
view  is  rendered  uncommonly  grand  and  picturesque  by  the  magnitude  of  the 
eltivation,  the  extent  and  variety  of  the  sunounding  scenery,  and,  above  all,  by 
the  huge  and  desolate  piles  of  rocks  extending  to  a  great  distance  in  every  direc- 
tion. In  the  western  pass  of  these  mountains,  there  is  a  remarkable  gap,  called 
the  Notch,  which  is  esteemed  one  of  the  grandest  natural  curiosities  in  the  United 
States.  To  an  admirer  of  the  wonders  of  nature,  the  passage  through  the  Notch, 
and  the  views  from  the  summit,  afford  a  rich  repast.  Though  iuferior  to  the 
Andes  or  the  Aips  in  elevation,  yet  ♦hey  display  the  grandest  mountain  scenery. 
sur/uSfaing  everything  of  the  kind  to  be  seen  elsewhere  in  this  country. 

The  principal  rivers  of  New  England  have  their  orikin,  either  wholly  *(r  in 
part,  in  this  State.  These  are,  the  Connecticut,  Merrimadt,  Androscoggin,  Saco, 
and  Piscataqua  The  other  motl  considerable  streams  are,  the  Upper  and  Lower 
Amonoosuck.  Sugar  Piver,  Ashuelot,  Contoooook,  Magallaway,  end  Nashua, 
rincipal  lakes  are  the  Winnipiaeogee,  Lmbagog,  Ossipce,  Sunap*^* ,  " 


and  Newfound  Lake. 


T 


158 


UNITED  STATES. 


The  inhabitants  of  New  Hampshire  are  principally  engaged  in  agriculture ;  the 
chief  products  are  Indian  com,  wheat,  rye,  oats,  barley,  &c. ;  and  horses  and 
cattle,  beef,  pork,  butter,  cheese,  &c.,  are  largely  exported.  There  are  some  large 
manufacturing  establishments,  chiefly  in  the  southern  part  of  the  State. 

The  mineral  resources  of  New  Hampshire  are  not  great.  Copper  is  found  at 
Franconia,  and  iron  is  abundant  in  Lisbon  and  Franconia ;  plumbago  or  black 
lead  also  occurs  in  several  places,  particularly  at  Bristol.  A  fine-grained  granite, 
which  is  quanied  in  many  places,  affords  an  excellent  building  material.  The 
forest  affords  abundance  of  excellent  timber,  and  the  white  pine  sometimes 
attains  the  height  of  200  feet,  with  a  straight  trunk  six  feet  and  upwards  in 
diameter. 

About  eight  miles  from  the  coast  are  the  Isles  of  Shoals,  belonging  partly  to 
New  Viampshire,  and  partly  to  Maine.  They  lie  between  Portsmouth  and  New- 
burypuT',  (.nd  are  hardly  more  than  a  cluster  of  shoals  rising  above  the  water. 
The  inhabitants  are  about  100  in  number;  they  live  solely  by  fishing,  and  sup- 
ply Portsnouth  and  the  neighbouring  towns  with  fresh  fish. 

The  Dopulation  of  New  Hampshire,  in  1790,  was  141,855;  in  1800,  183,858; 
\n  1910,214,460;  in  1820,244,161;  in  1830,269,328;  and  in  1840,  284,574. 
O-  tfi<;se,  139,004  were  white  males,  and  145,032  white  females;  248  were 
c  jred  males,  and  290  coloured  females.  Employed  in  agriculture,  77,949; 
in  commerce,  1379 ;  in  manufactures  and  tradeti,  17,826 ;  in  navigating  the  ocean, 
455 ;  lie  '-    3S,  rivers  and  canals,  198;  in  the  learned  professions,  1640. 

The  experts  for  the  year  1841  were  $10,384,  and  the  imports  $73,701,.  The 
tonnage  entered  was  11,129,  cleared  3805  tons. 

In  1840  there  were  43,892  hors6s  or  mules,  275,563  neat  cattle,  617,390  sheep, 
and  121,671  swine.  There  were  produced,  432,124  bushels  of  wheat ;  308,148  of 
rye;  105,103  of  buckwheat;  1,162,573  of  Indian  com;  121,899  of  barley; 
1,296,1 14  of  oats;  and  6,306,606  of  potatoes ;  1,260,5^  pounds  of  wool;  1,162,368 
of  sugar;  and  496,107  tons  of  hay.  The  produce  ol  ihe  dairy  was  $1,638,543 ; 
of  lumber,  $433,217. 

Home-made  or  family  goods  were  manufactured  to  the  amount  of  $538,303. 
There  were  66  woollen  manufactories,  153  fulling-mills,  and  58  cotton  factories. 
The  total  amount  of  capital  employed  in  manufactures  was  $9,252,448. 

The  princinal  literary  institution  of  the  State  is  Dartmouth  College,  in  Hano- 
ver, founded  m  1770 ;  to  which  is  attached  a  flourishing  medical  department. 
The  Gilmanton  Theological  Seminary  was  founded  in  1835,  under  the  direction 
of  the  Congregationalists.  In  those  institutions  there  were,  in  1840, 433  students. 
There  were  in  the  State  68  academies,  vvith  5799  students;  2127  common  and 
primary  schools,  with  82,63-3  scholars.  There  vere  942  white  persons,  over 
twenty  years  of  age,  who  could  neither  read  nor  wite. 

The  principal  religious  denominations  are  the  Congregationalists,  Baptists,  and 
Methodists.  In  1836,  the  Congregationalists  had  159  churches,  143  ministers, 
and  18,932  communicants;  the  Baptists  had  90  churches,  til  ordained  ministers, 
and  6505  communicants;  the  Free-will  Baptists  had  100  congregations,  and  81 
ministers ;  the  Methodists  had  75  ministers.  Besides  these,  there  are  Presbyte- 
rians, Unitarians,  Episcopalians,  Universalists,  and  some  Roman  Catholics,  wiih 
two  societies  of  Shakers. 

Portsmoi7th,  the  only  sea-port,  and  the  largest  t'^wn  in  the  State,  is  pleasantly 
situated  on  the  Piscataqua,  three  miles  from"  th(  I'ea.  It  has  one  of  the  finest 
harbours  in  the  world,  affording  40  feet  o'.  water  in  the  channel  at  low  tide,  and 
being  easily  accessible  to  vessels  of  the  largest  size,  and  completely  landlocked 
It  is  protected  by  several  firts.  The  tide  rises  ten  feet.  The  town  stands  on  a 
peninsular  elevation,  sloping  towards  the  hurbour,  ar.d  is  well  built.  It  contains 
seven  churches,  seven  banks,  the  county  buildings,  &cc.,  and  is  well  supplied 
with  good  water  brought  from  the  neighbourhood.  Two  wooden  bridges  have 
been  built  across  the  Piscataqua,  one  of  which  is  1750  feet  long.  There  is  hero 
a  navy-yard  belonging  to  the  United  States,  situated  on  Navy  Island,  on  the  east 
side  of  the  river,  but  within  the  limits  of  Maine.  Popula  io.i  in  1840,  7887; 
beii:<r  195  lesfi  than  in  1830. 


NSW  HAMPSHIRE. 


159 


Concord,  the  capiul  of  tha  State,  on  the  west  side  of  the  Merrimack  river,  is 
handsomely  built  on  two  principal  streets ;  has  the  State-house  and  State  prison 
of  grranite,  besides  banks,  churches,  hotels,  &c. ;  population,  4897.  In  the  south- 
east  part  of  the  State,  are  several  towns  largely  engaged  in  manufactures ;  these 
are,  Dover,  Somersworth,  Newmarket  and  Exeter ;  the  latter,  besides  its  mills  and 
manufactures,  contains  Phillip's  Academy,  a  well-known  and  respectable  semi- 
nary. These  are  all  on  navigable  rivers,  furnishing  fine  mill-seats,  and  constant 
communication  with  the  sea.  Nashua,  near  the  south  line  of  the  State,  contains 
several  large  cotton-mills ;  population  in  1840, 6054.  Hanover  and  Haverhill  ar« 
towns  of  between  2000  and  3000  inhabitants  each.  Amherst  and  Keene  are 
neat  and  thriving  towns  between  the  Merrimack  and  Connecticut  rivers.  Man- 
chester, on  the  former,  is  a  manufacturing  town,  with  3235  inhabitants. 


STATE  OF  VERMONT. 


Vermont  is  bounded  N.  by  Lower  Canada;  E.  by  New  Hampshire;  S.  by 
Massachusetts ;  W.  by  New  York ;  from  which  it  is  separated,  in^part,  by  Lake 
Champlain.  It  is  157  miles  in  length,  from  north  to  south  ;  90  miles  in  breadth 
on  the  northern,  and  40  on  the  southern  boundary ;  and  contains  an  area  of  10,212 
square  miles,  or  6,535,680  acres. 

The  Green  Mountains,  from  which  the  State  derives  its  name,  on  account  of 
the  evergreens  with  which  they  are  covered,  occupy  a  large  part  of  the  State ; 
and  most  of  its  surface  is  uneven.  The  range  pa^s  through  its  whole  length, 
about  half-way  between  Lake  Champlain  ana  the  Connecticut  river. 

From  these  mountains,  many  streams  take  their  rise :  the  most  important  i>rr, 
Otter  creek.  Onion  river,  La  Moile,  and  Missisque,  which  uripty  into  Lake  Cham- 
plain, on  the  west ;  the  White,  Pasumpsic,  and  West  rvers,  which  flow  into  the 
Connecticut,  on  the  east 

The  scenery  of  this  State  is  romantic  and  beautiful,  the  air  pure  and  healthful, 
and  the  natives  industrious,  intelligent  and  hospitable. 

The  soil  is  fertile,  and  all  sorts  of  grain  suited  to  the  climate  are  produced  in 
great  abundance.  Dark,  rich,  and  loamy,  it  is  admirably  calculated  to  sustain 
drought,  and  affords  the  finest  pasturage  of  any  State  in  the  Union.  Wool  is 
beconiing  an  important  product  here.  Cattle  of  various  kinds  are  raised,  with 
great  facility ;  and  nowhere  is  finer  beef  to  be  seen,  than  is  fed  on  the  rich  white 
clover  pastures  of  Vermont.  The  butter  and  cheese  are  universally  known  for 
their  excellence. 

Vermont  is  entirely  in  the  interior ;  yet,  by  the  system  of  internal  improvementi, 
the  Champlain  Canal,  and  the  Lake,  vessels  and  steamboats  have  brought  her  ter- 
ritory almost  in  contiguity  with  the  sea.  Part  of  the  trade  goeia  by  canal  to 
Albany,  and  part  down  the  lake  to  M  -treal :  much  of  that  which  formerly  went 
to  Boston  and  Hartford,  is  now  drawn  by  the  Champlain  Canal  to  New  York. 
This  canal  has  been  of  incalculable  advantage  to  the  State. 

The  population  of  Vermont  in  1790  was  85,589 ;  in  1800,  154,465 ;  in  1810, 
217,895;  in  1820,  235,764;  in  1830,  280,679;  in  1840,  291,948.  Of  these, 
146,378  were  whiUi  males ;  144,840,  do.  females ;  364  were  coloured  males ;  366, 
do.  females.  Employed  in  agriculture,  73,150;  in  commerce,  1303;  in  manu- 
factures and  trades,  13,174;  in  mining,  77;  in  navigating  the  ocean,  41;  do. 
lakes,  rivers  and  canals,  146 ;  in  the  learned  professions,  1563. 

In  1840  there vrere  in  the  State,  60,402  horses  and  mules;  384,341  neat  cattle ; 
1,681,619  shssp;  203,800  swine.  There  were  produced,  495,800  bushels  of 
wheat;  1,119,678  of  Indian  com;  230,993  of  rye;  54,781  of  barley;  288,416  of 
buckwheat;  2,222,548  of  oats;  8,869,751  of  potatoes ;  3,699,236  pounds  of  wool; 
4,647,934  of  sugar ;  836,739  tons  of  hay.  The  products  of  the  dairy  amounted  to 
$2,008,737  ;  ofthe  orchard,  to  $213,914 ;  of  lumber,  to  §349,939. 

The  exports  of  this  State,  for  the  year  ending  Sept.  30th,  1841,  were  $277,987, 
and  the  impcrU  were  246,759 ;  the  tonnage  entered  was  13,560,  and  the  tonnage 
cleared  of  the  same  amount. 

Vermont  is  an  agricultural,  rather  ihan  a  commercial  and  manufacturing  State. 


■  w 


160 


UNITED  STATES. 


There  were,  in  1840,  747  retail  stores,  with  a  capital  of  $2,964,060;  the  lumber 
trade  employed  a  capital  of  $45,506 ;  home-made  or  family  ffoods  were  produced 
to  the  amount  of  $674,548 ;  95  woollen  factories  and  239  fulling-mills  produced 
articles  to  the  amount  of  $1,331,953,  with  a  capital  of  $1,406,950;  7  cotton  fac- 
tories, with  a  capital  of  $118,000,  produced  articles  to  the  amount  of  $113,000. 
Tile  luial  amount  of  capital  employed  in  manufactures  in  the  State,  was 
$4,326,440. 

There  are  three  colleges  in  Vermont.  The  University  of  Vermont,  at  Burling- 
ton, was  founded  in  1791 ;  Middlebury  College,  at  Middlebury,  was  founded  in 
1800 ;  Norwich  University  was  founded  in  183i.  In  these  institutions  there 
were,  in  1840, 233  students.  There  were  in  the  State  46  academies,  with  4113 
students,  and  2402  common  and  primary  schools,  with  82,117  scholars.  There 
were  in  the  State  2270  white  persons,  over  twenty  years  of  age,  who  could  neither 
read  nor  write. 

The  principal  religious  denominations  are  the  Congregationalists,  Baptists  and 
Methodists.  In  1836,  the  Congregationalists  had  186  churches,  114  ministers, 
and  20,575  communicants ;  the  Baptists  had  125  churches,  78  ministers,  and 
10,535  communicants ;  the  Methodists  had  75  itinerant  preachers ;  the  Episcopa- 
lians had  one  bishop,  and  18  ministers.  Besides  these,  there  is  a  considerable 
number  of  Universalists  and  Christians,  and  a  few  Unitarians  and  Roman 
Catholics. 

There  are  19  banks  in  the  State,  with  an  aggregate  c&pital  of  $1,325,530,  and 
a  circulation  of  $1,966,812.  Vermont  has  a  State  debt  of  about  $250,000,  about 
one-half  of  which  was  contracted  in  the  building  of  the  new  State-house. 

The  capital  of  the  State  is  the  little  town  of  Montpeliei',  situated  in  a  wild  and 
rugged  region,  at  the  junction  of  the  north  and  south  branches  of  the  Onion 
river.  Here  is  a  handsome  State-house  of  granite,  recently  erected,  together 
with  the  public  buildings  of  the  county.  The  population  of  the  town  is  3725. 
West  of  the  mountains  are  several  flourishing  towns,  which  enjoy  the  advantage 
of  an  easy  communication  with  Lake  Cliamplain,and,  through  it,  with  the  Hudson 
and  St  Lawrence.  St.  Albans  is  a  neatly  built  town,  on  a  small  bay,  with  an 
active  and  increasing  trade,  and  containing  700  inhabitants.  Further  south  is 
Burlington,  the  largest  town  in  tlie  State,  and  the  principal  commercial  place  on 
the  lake.  It  is  pleasantly  situated  on  a  gently  rising  slope,  overlooking  the  lake, 
and  it  has  an  excellent  harbour.  Here  are  the  county  buildings,  and  the  Univer- 
sity of  Vermont ;  and  at  the  falls  of  the  Onion  river  there  are  some  manufactories. 
The  population  is  4271.  The  city  of  Vergennes,  with  1017  inhabitants,  is  acces- 
sible to  lake  vessels ;  and  the  American  squadron  on  the  lake  was  fitted  out  here 
in  1814.  The  falls  in  the  river  afford  some  good  mill-seats.  Above' Vergennes 
is  Middlebury,  which  contains  some  mills,  and  a  college.  Marble  of  a  good 
quality  is  quarried  here.  Population,  3162.  Higher  up  the  river  is  Rutland, 
containing  quaniea  of  marble,  several  manufacturing  establishments,  and  the 
public  buildings  of  the  county,  with  2708  inhabitants.  On  the  same  side  of  the 
mountains,  but  farther  south,  is  Bennington,  near  which  are  found  limestone,  mar- 
ble, and  iron.  Here  are  some  mills  and  iron-works.  Population,  3429.  This 
place  is  noted  for  the  victory  gained  in  1777  by  General  Stark. 

Crossing  the  mountains,  and  entering  the  rich  valley  of  the  Connecticut,  we 
find  a  nuinber  of  thriving  towns  and  neat  villages,  lining  its  fertile  meadows.  By 
means  of  several  short  canals,  boats  are  enabled  to  ascend  the  river  above  New- 
bury ;  the  principal  of  these  cuts  is  at  Bellows'  Falls,  where  a  fall  of  fifty  feet  is 
overcome  by  nine  locks.,  and  an  excavation  of  half  a  mile  in  length.  Brattleboro' 
is  a  busy  place  of  2624  inhabitants,  and  containing  some  manufactories.  V^ind&or 
is  a  neat  town  in  a  picturesque  situation,  with  the  lofty  peaks  of  Ascutney  Moun- 
tain towering  above  it.  A  small  stream  which  runs  through  the  town,  serves  to 
carry  the  machinery  of  several  manufacturing  establishments ;  and  there  is  a  State 
pris6n  built  of  granite,  and  conducted  on  the  Auburn  plan.  Population,  2744. 
At  the  little  village  of  Bellows'  Falls,  the  river  is  suddenly  contracted  from  300 
to  16  or  20  feet  wide,  and  rushes  with  great  impetuosity  through  a  narrow 
ehasm  cot  in  the  solid  rock,  havmg  a  fall  of  nearly  fifty  feet  in  a  half  of  a  mile. 


MASSACHUSETTS. 


161 


Woodatock,  with  3816  inhabitants,  liea  a  little  oflf from  tiie  river;  and  higher  up, 
but  on  the  Conneoticut,  is  Norwich :  civil  «">7ineeriug  and  other  practical  sciences 
receive  particular  attention  in  the  institu; '  -..  '^ere,  styled  the  Norwich  University. 
Popalauon,  9S18. 


COMMONWEALTH  OF  MASSACHUSETTS. 

This  State  is  bounded  north  bv  Vermont  and  New  Hampshire ;  east  Mr  the 
Atlantic  Ocean ;  south  by  Rhode  Island  and  Connecticut :  and  west  by  New  York. 
The  average  estent,  from  north  to  south,  is  70  miles,  and  from  erst  to  west  140; 
area,  8500  square  miles.  The  Groen  Mountains  ranj^e  through  the  central  parts 
of  the  State,  from  north  to  south.  These  mountains,  in  their  whole  extent, 
abound  in  noble  elevations,  dark  grsen  forests,  pleasant  and  sheltered  valleys,  and 
an  infinite  variety  of  impressive  scenery.  The  highest  peaks  are  Saddle  Mt, 
Taghkonic,  Mt.  Tom,  Mt.  Hol3roke,  &c. 

Massachusetts  has  no  lar^e  rivers  wholly  within  her  bounds.  The  Merrimack 
passes  out  of  New  Hui-Dshtre  into  the  northern  division  of  the  State,  emptying 
into  the  sea  at  Newb.i<"port.  The  Connecticut,  in  traversing  it  from  north  to 
south,  nearly  bisects  the  State.  The  Honsatonic,  Charles  and  Ipswich,  Neponset 
and  Taunton,  though  they  have  short  courses,  are  pleasant  streams.  The  deep 
bay,  between  Cape  Ann  and  Cape  Cod,  which  has  given  name  to  the  St^ite,  has 
caused  it  to  be  known  in  the  other  States  by  the  name  of  the  Bay  State.  Cape 
Ann  bounds  it  on  the  north,  and  Cape  Cod  on  the  south. 

Agriculture  receives  here  great  attention,  and  is  conducted  with  a  superior 
degree  of  skill  and  intelligence.  Massachusetts  is  no  doubt  the  best  cultivated 
State  in  the  Union.  Both  the  Legislature  and  agricultural  societies  have  made 
great  eflbrts  to  encourage  a  skil^l  and  thrifty  husbandry,  and  to  introduce  die 
best  foreign  breeds  of  sheep  and  cattle.  Commerce,  manufactures,  and  the  fish- 
eries, are,  however,  the  great  objects  of  pursuit. 

The  population  of  the  State  of  Massachusetts,  in  1790,  was  388,737 ;  in  1800, 
423,845;  in  1810,  472,040;  in  1820,  523,287;  in  1830,  610,408;  in  1840, 
737,699.  Of  these,  360,679  were  white  males,  and  368,351  whit^  females ;  4654 
were  coloured  males,  and  4015  coloured  females.  Employed  ^.  agriculture, 
87,837;  in  commerce,  8063;  in  manufactures  and  trades,  85,176  <-  navigating 
the  ocean,  27,153 ;  do.  rivers  and  canals,  372;  in  mining.  499;  in  ^he  learned 
professions,  3804. 

In  1840,  there  were  in  the  State,  61,484  hornios  or  mules;  282,574  neat  cattle; 
378,226  sheep ;  143,221  swine.  There  were  produced,  157,923  bushels  of  wheat; 
536,014  of  rye;  1,809,192  of  Indian  corn;  87,000  of  buckwheat:  165,319  of 
barley ;  1,319,680  of  oats ;  5,385,052  of  potatoes ;  and  569,396  tons  of  hay.  The 
products  of  the  dairy  were  valued  at  $2,373,299 )  of  the  orchard,  t389,177. 

Massachusetiis  is  extensively  engaged  in  the  fisheries.  There  were  produced, 
in  1840, 389,715  quintals  of  dried  or  smoked  fish ;  n4,7b5  barrels  of  pickled  fish ; 
3,630,972  gallons  of  spermaceti  oil;  3,364,725  gallons  of  whale,  o.  other  fish  oil. 
In  its  shipping  Massachusetts  is  the  second  State  in  «he  Union,  being  inferior 
only  to  New  York. 

The  exports  in  1840  amounted  to  $10,186,261,  aod  the  imports  to  $16,513,858. 
There  were  241  commercial  and  123  commission  houses  engaged  in  foreign  trade, 
with  a  capital  of  $13,881,517;  3625  retail  dry  r- rods  and  other  b  es,  with  a 
capital  of  $12,705,038;  the  lumber  trade  employed  a  capital  of  $1,022,360;  the 
fisheries  employed  a  capital  of  $11,725,850. 

The  manufactures  of  Massachusetts  are  equally  distinguished  with  its  com- 
merce. Home-made  or  family  goods  were  produced  to  the  amount  of  $231,942 ; 
27  fulling-mills  and  144  woollen  manufactories  produced  articles  to  the  !«mount 
of  $7,082,898,  employing  a  capital  of  $4,179,850;  278  cotton  factories  produced 
articles  to  the  amount  uf  $16,553,423,  and  employed  a  cxr'  f^'  $17,41  S099; 
1532  saddleries  and  other  manufactorie!^  of  leather  pvoducei  >:  ■.*  to  the  amouni 
of  $10,553,826,  employing  a  capital  of  $3,318,544 1  flouring      i      and  saw-uiills 


I 


-w 


"T 


fOBt 


IM 


UN1T»  t      IVi'KS. 


ntnufMlurtKi  to  th«  amount  of  1 1,77 1,1 8ftt  and  •muloyed  a  capital  of  $1,440,161); 
•hlpa  wan  built  to  the  Kn.yunt  of  $1,S40,B94.  Tna  total  amount  of  capital  am- 
ployad  In  manu()Mtun«  waa  $41,774,446. 

Varloua  worka  of  internal  improvement  have  beun  oxeoutcd,  whloh  ifford 
great  oonvonienoe  ond  facility  to  travoliinff  and  trnnnportation.  They  are, 
1n«  Midclloinx  Canal,  which  oxtenda  from  Uniiton  to  the  MerrimacV.  river,  3G 
Itiilea ;  the  Ulackaione  Canal,  from  Wornoslor  tu  I'rovidcnce,  R.  I.,  45  miloa ; 
•nd  the  Hampden  and  Hampahire  CannI,  SO  miloa  in  length,  which  ia  a  continua- 
tion of  the  Farmington  Canal,  from  the  Conneotiout  north  boundary  to  North- 
tmuton. 

The  following  rail-roada  have  been  oonatructed,  via. :  from  Quinoy  to  Neponaet 
river,  S  mtlea ;  the  Arst  work  of  the  kind  in  the  United  Statea.  From  Doaton  to 
Lowall* 96 miloa,  with  n  continuation  through  Naahua  to  Concord,  N.H. ;  abranch  of 
thla  Una  (torn  Wilmington  ia  curried,  through  Andovor  and  Exetor,  to  North  Ber- 
wick, Me.,  60  mllna.  From  Uoaton  to  Providence,  49  miloa,  and  thence  to  Sto- 
nlngton,  Ct. ;  n  branch  lino  oxtnnda  from  Manafleld,  through  Taunton,  to  New 
Bedford,  S3  miles.  From  Doaton  to  Woroeator,  43  milca ;  then  commenoea  the 
Weatern  Uail-road,  through  Springfield  to  tho  weat  boundary  of  the  State,  where 
It  oonneota  with  Albany,  Hudaon  and  Troy,  by  rooda  lately  finiahed.  From 
Woroeater  to  Norwich,  (^t.,  50  milea.  The  Eaatern  llail-road,  through  Salem 
and  Portamouth,  to  Portland,  Me.,  104  tiloa.  The  Fitohburg  Ruil-rond,  leading 
titrough  ConoonI,  ia  in  nrogreas.  A  rail-road  from  Springfield  to  Hartford,  96 
mileai  ia  on  the  point  of  oeing  completed. 

Maasnchiiaotts  hns  three  oollegea,  and  two  theological  aeminariea.  Harvard 
Univoraity,  nt  Cambridge,  la  the  oldoat  and  btmt  endowed  seminnry  in  the  coun- 
try, hAVltig  been  founded  in  IU38,  about  eightpon  yonra  after  the  first  landing  on 
the  rook  of  Plymouth ;  Williama  College,  nt  VVillianiatown,  in  the  norili-weat 
oomer  of  th<i  State,  waa  ft>und'^U  i>i  793,  and  ia  flouriahing:  Amherst  College, at 
Amhorat,  waa  founded  in  18^1,  u^^i  iaa  hud  an  unexampled  growth,  ranking  witli 
the  firat  collngoa  in  New  F>:  >i.  ut.  The  tliuologiual  seminary  at  Andovcr,  under 
the  din^lion  of  the  Gon(^'A,'j,>UAt>iv.  ijta,  haa  been  munitioondy  endowed  by  a  few 
individuals,  ami  ia  one  of  t!ni>i  iMffi,  and  moat  respectable  of  tho  kind  in  the  United 
Statea.  It  waa  opened  for  atuci.n(-,8  in  the  autumn  of  1808.  Tho  Itaptista  have 
A  flouriahing  theological  institution  at  Newtown,  founded  in  IB'iS.  All  these 
inatitutiona  had,  in  1840,  769  atudenta.  There  wore  951  academies  and  grammar 
•ohoota  in  the  State,  witli  16,746  students  $  and  3369  common  and  primary 
•ohools,  with  160,957  scholars.    Tliere  woro  4448  white  porsons,  over  twenty 

5 Bars  of  age,  who  could  neitlier  read  nor  write.  These,  as  in  most  casea  in  tiie 
talea,  ware  prinoipally  mnde  up  of  foreign  immigrants. 
The  principal  religioua  denominations  are  Congregationalists,  Unitarians,  Bap- 
tiata,  Methodists,  Kpiscopniians,  and  llniversalists.  In  1836,  the  Orthodox  Con- 
gregationaliata  had  about  .193  churches,  991  mini3ter8,and  46,950  communicants ; 
Uie  Unitarians  had  about  190  ministers;  the  Bnfitists  had  199  churches,  160 
m'niatere,  and  90,900  communioanta;  the  Methodiats  had  87  ministers;  the 
Bpiaoopalians  had  one  bishop,  and  37  ministers;  the  Universaliata  had  100 oon- 
gregationa,  and  44  ministers;  the  Frienda  had  ISaooietiea;  the  Roman  Catholics 
had  one  bishop,  and  1 1  ministers.  Besides  these,  there  are  a  few  Preabyteriane, 
Chriatinna,  Swedenborgian  or  New  Jerusalem,  and  Shakers. 

Boston,  the  capital  of  Massachusetts,  and  tho  principal  city  of  New  England, 
{•  pleaaantly  situated  upon  n  small  hilly  peninaula  on  Beaton  Bay,  with  a  safe 
and  commodious  harbour,  deep  enough  to  admit  the  largest  Tessels,  capable  of 
containing  500  ships  at  onc}>,  and  so  completely  landlocked  as  to  be  perfectly 
aeouro.  Several  forts,  erected  on  these  islands,  command  the  approaches  to  the 
eity.  Beside  the  main  peninsula,  the  <>ity  comprises  another  peninaula,  called 
South  Boston,  connected  with  the  Ibrmer  by  two  free  bridges ;  and  the  island  of 
Ewt  Boston,  with  which  communication  is  kept  up  by  steam  ferry-boats.  Four 
wooden  bridges  also  connect  the  city  with  Charlestown  and  Cambridge;  a  solid 
causeway  of  earth  unites  it  to  Brookline ;  and  a  narrow  neck  of  land,  which  has 
been  raised  and  widened  by  artificial  cosstrijctiona.  joins  it  to  Roxhury. 


■,  f^y '■"'■■ 


-— >->-;- -r-^-f 


■MM 


MASSACHUSETTS. 


163 


ivet,96 
i  inUoB;) 
ontlnua- 
,  North- 

i)u8tontoL 
branch  ofu 
[orth  Dei- 1 
BetoSto-| 
I,  U)  New! 
lenoes  th«| 

Bd.    Vroro 
igli  Sftleml 
ttd,  Icadinffl 
l„«otd,«» 

,.    Harvard  1 
inthoooun-l 

landing  on  I 
I  norlh-weatl 
,t  College,  at  I 
ranking  wjtln 
Idovcr,  under 

ed  by  a  few 

niljoUwtedl 

Upti»w*»*'® 
,.    AU  ti>e8«l 
and  gramronr  1 
and  piimnty 
over  twenty 
oases  in  tlie| 

itariana,  Bap- 
rthodox  Con- 
iinrounioanta ;  1 
ihurchea,  160 
Inisteraj  the| 
had  100  con- 
Bnan  Catholics  I 
Pithy  terlane, 

gievf  England,! 

ly,  with  a  aafej 

Tels,  capable  of 

S  be  perfectly 

roaches  to  the 

mlnaula,  called  , 

Id  the  island  of 

i4.oat8.    Four 

bridge;  «»»»'* 
lnd,Nrhlchha8| 


The  population,  in  IROO,  was  34,037;  in  1830,  43,398;  in  1830,  64,393;  and 
in  IBIO,  03,383  :  but,  if  the  adjnoent  towns  are  included,  which  in  fact  hn  so 
many  Bubiirbs  of  the  city,  the  population  exceeds  130,000.  The  State-house, 
fronting  a  flne  park  of  75  acres,  called  the  Common,  and  standing  on  tlie  inost 
elflvatml  part  of  tlui  city;  the  market^house,  a  handsome  granite  edifice,  two 
stories  high,  536  feet  by  60;  the  court-house,  whit'h  is  also  of  granite,  176 
feet  long,  57  high,  64  wide;   the  city  hall,  or  old  St.  (vb'  and  I    iruil 

Hall,  more  interesting  from  historical  associations  than     om  '  'tectural 

merits;  and  the  Massachusetts  Oenoral  Hospital,  a  hanUdom  ilding, 

168  fnot  in  length ;  the  Institution  for  tite  Blind,  in  which  'ipils ; 

the  Boston  Athennum,  which  has  a  library  of  30,000  v<  o- 

gnllnry ;  the  Medical  School  of  Harvard  University ;  the  F^j  r^uar y ; 

the  liouRos  of  Industry,  Reformation,  and  Coneotion,  are  t.      ,  public 

buildings  that  deserve  mention. 

The  bridges  and  wharves  are  romarkabie  for  their  great  length,  i  ne  Canal 
bridge  is  liBOO  foet  long;  tho  West  Boston  bridge,  37G0  feet;  and  some  of  the 
others  exceed  1600  feel.  'I'he  wharves  have  been  constructed  in  a  somevviiai 
similar  manner.  Central  wharf,  1380  feet  long,  bv  150  wide,  contains  54  large 
warehouses,  four  stories  high.  Long  wharf,  1800  long,  by  300  in  width,  has  76 
warniiouHes,  equally  spacious.  Commercial  wharf  is  1100  feet,  by  160,  with  a 
range  of  34  granite  wareiionses. 

As  a  commercial  city,  Boston  is  tho  second  in  the  Union,  in  amount  of  business. 
In  1840,  the  shipping  belonging  to  tho  port  amounted  to  330,343  tons;  value  of 
imports,  fIG,000,000;  exports,  $10,000,000.  Banking  institutions,  36,  with  an 
aggregate  capital  of  f  17,800,000;  insurance  companies,  36,  with  a  capital  of 
$6,000,000;  36  newspapers,  13  of  which  are  published  daily.  This  city  has 
ever  been  distinguished  for  its  attention  to  education.  The  free  schools  are,  the 
Latin  School,  the  Hi|{h  Sciiool,  nine  grammar  and  writing  schools,  57  primary 
i  schools,  and  one  African  sciiool  for  iHacks.  There  are  also  numerous  private 
schools  for  children  of  both  sexes.  Boston  has  106  literarv  and  charitable  socie- 
ties. The  American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  the  Historical  Society,  and 
the  Natural  History  Society,  are  among  the  learned  societies.  There  are  75 
churches,  3  theatres,  an  Odeon,  &c.     ^ 

Charlestown,  which  is  connected  with  Boston  by  three  bridges,  stands  on  a 
lofty  peninsula,  tho  centre  of  which  is  occupied  by  Bunker  Hill.  Though  irre- 
gularly built,  it  commands  many  fine  views  of  the  harbour  and  the  surrounding 
country.  The  Bunker  Hill  Monument  is  an  obelisk  of  sranite,  rising  to  the  height 
of  230  feet  from  its  base,  which  is  50  feet  square.  The  United  States'  Dock- 
yard, comprising  a  number  of  store-houses,  arsenals,  magazines,  barracks,  and 
slips,  with  a  graving  or  dry-dock,  built  at  a  cost  of  $677,000,  covers  an  extent  of 
about  sixty  acres.  The  population  of  the  town  is  11,484.  Adjoining  Charles- 
town  is  Cambridge,  the  seat  of  Harvard  University,  with  8,409  inhabitants.  At 
Watcrtown,  adjoining  Cambridge,  there  is  an  United  States'  Arsenal. 

To  the  south-west  is  tho  littlo  town  of  Brighton,  noted  for  its  cattle  market,  in 
which,  in  1840,  the  sales  of  cattle,  calves,  bheep,  and  swine,  amounted  to 
almost  $3,500,000.  Lynn  is  a  neat  and  thriving  town,  whose  inhabitants,  be- 
side making  3,500,000  pair  of  shoes  annually,  oarry  on  the  cod  and  whale  fish- 
eries. Population  in  1840,  9367.  A  long  beach  of  smooth,  hard  sand, 
terminates  in  the  rooky  little  peninsula  of  Nahant,  a  favourite  watering-place 
of  the  neighbouring  towns.  Marblehead,  long  the  prihcipat  seat  of  the  cod 
fishery,  has  of  late  turned  its  attention  partly  to  mechanical  industry,  particularly 
to  shoemaking,  which  occupies  the  winter  leisure  of  many  of  its  hardy  fishermen. 
100  sail  of  small  vessels  are  employed  in  the  fishing,  coasting,  and  foreign  trade. 
Population,  5575. 

The  city  of  Salem,  with  15,083  inhabitants,  is  noted  for  the  commercial  enter- 
prise and  industrious  spirit  of  its  citizens.  It  was  long  largely  engaged  in  the 
East  India  and  China  trade,  and  its  ooasting  and  foreign  trade  is  still  consider- 
able ;  but  it  labours  under  the  disadvantage  of  not  having  a  sufficient  depth  cf 
I  water  for  the  largest  veaaels.    The  inhabiiants  have  lately  engaged  in  the  whale 


nPiSllil  LIU  J 


■WP 


?? 


^ 

jy^ 
'^7^?^-'^' 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


11.25 


lu 


itt  liii   |22 
£   |i£    12.0 

a 


I; 
1 


llJi 

U    11.6 


"1^ 


7 


Hiotographic 

Sciences 

Corporalion 


as  WIST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14SS0 

(7t6)S72-4S03 


4 


•^ 


:\ 


\ 


\ 


i\ 


f4^ 


j-.^-U— ^k'-'-  ■ 


164 


UNITED  STATES. 


flaherjr,  in  which  they  employ  13  ship*;  the  whole  shippiDg  of  the  port  amounts 
to  37|031  tons,  llie  city  is  neatly  built,  and  it  contains  an  athenteu.-n,  a  marine 
inuseam,  a  valaable  bolUwtion  of  natural  and  artificial  curiosities,  belonging  to 
the  East  India  Marine  Sooie^;  which  is  composed  wholly  of  nautical  men;  8 
banking  institotions,  with  an  aggregate  capital  of  $3,350/J00 ;  3  insurance  conip 
^paniest  with  a  capital  of  $570,000 ;  18  churohes,  und  several  charitable  insUtu- 
tions.  The  manufhotuies  an  also  considerable.  Beveriy,  connected  with  Salem 
by  a  biidge  1600  feet  in  length,  has  4689  inhabitants,  chiefly  occupied  in  com- 
:merae  aba  the  fisherfes ;  and  Danven  is  a  busy  town,  with  a  population  of  5020, 
eontaining  31  tanneries,  a  rolling  and  slitting  mill,  ttc.  Cape  Anne,  the  north 
pdnt  of  Massachusetts  Bay,  is  occupied  by  the  fishing-town  of  Gloucester :  ton* 
nage  owned  here,  17,079 ;  population,  6350.  A  few  miles  north  of  the  cape  is 
tiie  handsome  town  of  Newbnryport,  situated  at  the  moutn  of  the  Merrimack.  Its 
foreign  commerce  was  formerly  more  extensive  than  it  is  at  present,  but  its  trade 
is  still  important ;  and  the  whale,  mackerel  and  cod  fisheries  are  alf  o  carried  on 
ftom  this  place :  tonnage,  83,965.    Population,  6716. 

The  south  point  of  the  great  bay  from  which  the  State  takes  its  name,  is  Cape 
Cod,  a  long  irregular  peninsula,  of  75  miles  in  length,  by  from  5  to  20  in  breadth. 
lit  consists  chiefly  of  liills  of  white  sand,  mostly  destitute  of  vegetaUon. '  The 
houses  are  in  some  places  built  upon  etakes  driven  into  the  ground,  with  open 
spaces  between,  for  the  sand  to  drift  through.  The  cape,  notwithstanding,  is  well 
inhabited,  and  supports  a  large  population,  the  majority  of  which  subsists  by  the 
fisheries  and  the  coasting^trade.  South  of  Cape  Cod  is  the  island  of  Nantucket, 
eontaining  the  town  of  we  same  name,  wiUi  9013  inhabitants,  all  crowded  toge- 
ther dose  upon  the  harbour,  which  Jies  on  the  northern  side.  The  island  is  merely 
a  sand-banK,  16  miles  in  length,  by  about  6  or  6  in  breadth,  slightly  elevated 
above  the  ocean.  There  are,  however,  some  productive  spots ;  and  about  7000 
sheep  and  500  cows  are  raiseid,  which  feed  in  one  pasture,  th^"  land  being  held  in 
fcommon.  The  inliabitants  are  distinguished  for  their  enterprise.  They  have 
about  76  ships  engaged  in  the  whale-fishery,  and  a  considertible  number  of  small 
'vessels  in  the  coastipg^trade ;  34,342  tons  of  shipping  are  owned  here,  and  3000 
men  and  boys  belonging  to  the  island  are  employed  in  navigation.  Martha's 
Vineyard  is  somewhat  longer  than  Nantiwket.  and  contains  considerable  wood- 
land. The  inhabitants  are  mostly  pilon  and  fishermen ;  but  some  salt  and 
woollen  cloth  are  made.  Holmes'  Hole,  a  safe  and  capacious  harbour  on  the 
northern  coast,  is  an  important  station  for  ships  waiting  for  favourable  weather  to 
jiass  Cape  Cod. 

Fi%-«even  miles  south  of  Boston,  and  situated  on  Bnzxard's  Bay,  is  New 
Bedford,  the  great  seat  of  the  whale-fishery.  It  is  a  handsomely  built  town,  and 
has  a  safe  and  capacious  harbour.  The  population,  in  1840,  amounted  to  12,087. 
The  shipping  of  the  district,  which  incluoes  several  other  towns  on  the  bay,  is 
89,069  tons ;  neariy  the  whole  of  this  is  employed  in  the  whale-fishery ;  and  in 
1841,  64,860  barrels  of  sperm  and  49,555  of  whale  oil  were  brought  in  here. 
iCapital  employed  in  the  fisheries,  $4,512,000.  There  are  4  banks,  with  a  capital 
>of  $1,300,000 ;  3  insurance  offices,  14  churches,  an  academy,  &c.  A  rail-roaa,  24 
miles  long,  connects  this  place  with  Taunton. 

Lowell  is  the  greatest  manufacturing  town  in  the  United  States,  and  may  be 
«tonsidered  the  Manchester  of  America.  It  was  commenced  in  1813,  but  its  prin- 
:Cipal  increase  dates  from  1828 ;  it  now  contains  35,000  inhabitants.  In  1844, 
the  capital  employed  in  its  various  manufactures  amounted  to  $10,850,000.  Its 
«eotton  and  woollen  factories  alone  give  employment  to  near  9000  operatives,  the 
'greater  part  of  whom  are  females.  About  24,000,000  pounds  of  eotton  are 
«xpended  annually  in  the  production  of  76,000,000  yards  of  cloth,  llie  iitrerage 
amount  of  wages  paid  per  month  is  $138,600.  Tlie  supply  of  watery ower  from 
l^the  Merrimack  is  convenient  and  unfailing.  Lowell  also  contains  powder-mills, 
flannel-works,  grist  and  saw-mills,  glass-works,  &;c. 

Amotii  the  other  places  noted  for  manufactures  are  Fall  River  village,  near  the 
mouth  of  Taunton  river;  this  town  was  almost  wholly  destroyed  by  fire  on  the 
Sd  of  July,  1843,  but  was  almost  immediately  rebuilt;  the  loss  was  estimated  at 


«x 


RHODE  ISLAND. 


165 


$700,000.  Taunton,  on  the  river  of  the  same  name,  and  33  miles  sooth-west 
from  Boston;  Wonester,  west  from  Boston;  Springfield  and  Northampton,  both 
on  Connecticut  river,  the  former  on  its  eastern,  and  ue  latter  on  its  western  side ; 
Pittsfield  in  the  western,  and  Adams  in  the  north«westem,  part  of  the  State. 


STATE  OF  RHODE  ISLAND. 

Rbodk  Island  is  bounded  north  and  east  by  Massachusetts,  sonth  by  the  Atlan- 
tic Ocean,  and  west  by  Connecticut.  Its  extent,  from  north  to  sonth,  is  aboat  48 
miles,  and  from  east  to  west,  43 ;  area,  1500  square  miles.  The  face  of  the 
country  is  mostly  Ievel,'ezcept  in  the  north-west,  part  of  which  is  hilly  and  rocky. 
The  soil  is  generally  better  adapted  to  grrazing  than  tillage.  A  larse  proportion 
of  the  north-western  and  western  part  of  the  State  has  a  thin  and  lean  soil,  but 
the  islands  and  country  bordering  on  NarrapnsStt  Bay  are  of  gr^at  fertility,  and 
are  c(Jebr&ted  for  their  fine  cattle,  and  the  abundance  and  excellence  of  thar  bat- 
ter and  cheese.    The  products  are  com,  rye,  barley,  oats,  and  some  wheat. 

The  island  of  Rhode  Island  is  celebrated  for  its  beantiful,  cultivated  appear- 
ance, abounding  in  sipooth  swells,  and  beinv  divided  with  great  nniformity  into 
well-tilled  fields.  The  climate  much  resembles  that  of  Massachusetts  and  Con- 
necticut in  its  salubrity :  the  parts  of  the  State  adjacent  to  the  sea  are  favoured 
with  refreshing  breezes  in  summer,  and  its  winter  is  the  most  mild  of  any  of  the. 
New  England  States. 

The  rivers  are  small,  with  courses  of  not  more  than  fifty  or  sixty  miles,  and 
discharging  an  inconsiderable  quantity  of  water ;  but  as  they  descend  from  two 
hundred  to  four  hundred  and  fifty  feet,  and  are  steady  in  their  supply  of  water, 
they  furnish  a  great  number  of  valuable  mill-seats ;  and  they  have  been  exten- 
sively applied  to  maopfaeturing  purposes.  The  Pawtucket,  Pawtuxet,  and  Paw- 
catuck,  are  the  principal  streams. 

The  population  of  Rhode  Island,  in  1790,  was  58,825;  in  1800,  69,133;  in 
1810,  76,931 ;  in  1820,  83,059;  in  1830,  97,313;  in  1840,  108,830.  Of  these 
51,363  were  white  males;  54,335  white  females;  1413  were  coloured  males; 
1825  coloured  females.  Employed  in  agriculture,  16,617;  in  commerce,  |S49;' 
in  manufactures  and  trades,  31,371 ;  in  navigating  the  ocean,  1717 ;  in  the  learned 
professions,  457.  It  is  the  only  State  in  the  Union  in  which  the  number  employed 
in  manafactnres  and  trades  exceeds  those  employed  in  agriculture. 

There  were  in  the  State,  in  1840,  8034  horses  and  mules ;  36,891  neat  cattle ; 
90,146  sheep;  30,659  svirine.  There  were  produced  3098  bushels  of  wheat; 
34,531  of  rye;  450,498  of  Indian  corn;  3979  of  buckwheat;  66,490  of  bariey; 
171,517  of  oats;  911^973  of  potatoes;  183,830  pounds  of  wool. 

The  exports  for  the  year  ending  September  30th,  1841,  wasf;'78,465 ;  and  the 
imports  were  $339,593.  The  tonnage  entered  was  35,195  tons,  and  the  tonnage 
cleared  was  31,698  tons. 

The  manufactures  of  this  State,  small  as  it  is,  are  deserving  of  particular 
notice.  According  to  the  census  of  1840,  home-made  or  family  goods  were  pro- 
duced to  the  amount  of  $57,180;  41  woollen  factories,  with  46  fulling-mills, 
produced  goods  to  the  amount  of  $843,173,  employing  a  capital  of  $686,350; 
309  oottonYactories  produced  goods  to  the  amount  of  $7,116,793^.empl<nring  a 
capital  of  $7,360,000 ;  various  mills  produced  articles  to  the  amount  of  $83,683, 
employing  a  capital  of  $153,310;  vessels  were  built  to  the  amount  of  $41,600; 
four  distilleries  produced  885,000  gallons  of  distilled  spirits,  and  3  breweries 
produced  89.600  gfallons  pf  beer,  with  a  capital  of  $139,000;  capital  employed 
in  the  finheries,  $1,077,157.  The  total  amount  of  capital  employed  in  manufac- 
tures was  $10,696,136. 

Brown  University,  at  Providence,  founded  at  Warwick,  in  1764,  and  per- 
manently located  at  Providence,  in  1770,  is  the  only  college  in  the  State,  and  is 
a  flourishing  institution.  The  president  "nd  a  majority  of  the  trustees  are  required 
to  be  of  the  Baptist  denomination.  The  common  schools  of  this  State,  formerly 
less  attended  to  than  in  the  other  New  England  States,  have  latterly  received 


saaa 


166 


UNITSP  STATES. 


much  attention,  and  are  impronng.  In  1843,  there  was  expended  for  instruction' 
in  tlie  State,  $43,944.  Tlte  State  iias  a  permanent  soliool-fund  amounting  to  over - 
$50,000.  The  aam  of  $35,000  annually  is  paid  from  tiie  State  treasury  to  the 
scliool  committees  of  tlie  several  towns,  for  the  support  of  the  public  schools. 
In  1840,  th^re  were  in  Brown  University,  and  in  a  High^chool,  which  partakes 
of  the  nature  of  a  college,  3S4  students.  There  were  52  academies  or  grammar* 
schools,  wiUi  3664  students ;  434  common  and  primary  schools,  wiSi  17,355 
scholars. 

The  principal  religious  denominations  are  Baptists,  Congregationalists,  Epi&- 
copaliuns,  and  Methodists. 

Until  recently,  the  only  Constitatton  of  this  State  was  the  Charter  granted  by 
Charles  II.,  in  1663.  Several  attempts' have  been  made  within  the  last  20  years 
to  form  a  Constitution  more  suitable  to  ttie  spirit  of  the  age,  all  of  which  railed 
until  November,  1843,  when,  after  a  displav  of  much  party  rancour,  a  new  Con- 
stitution was  adopted  by  a  majority  of  the  legal  voters. 

Tlie  principal  citjr  of  Rhode  Island  is  Providence,  the  second  in  New  England 
in  point  of  population,  wealth,  and  commerce.  It  is  situated  at  the  head  of  Nar- 
ragansett  Bay,  and  is  accessible  to  the  largest  merchantrvessels :  it  carries  on  an 
active  coasting  and  foreign  trade.  The  population  of  ihe  city  increased  from 
16,833  in  1630,  to  23,171  in  1840.  Here  are  15  banks  with  a  capital  of  about 
$5,000,000 ;  also  a  number  of  cotton-mills,  bleacheries,  dye-houses,  machine- 
shops,  iron-foundenes,  &c.  Amons  the  public  buildings  are  the  State  House, 
the  Halls  of  Brown  University,  the  arcade,  a  handsome  granite  edifice,  17 
churches,  &c.  Steam-boats,  of  the  largest  and  finest  class,  keep  up  a  daily  com- 
munication with  New  York,  during  tlie  greater  part  of  the  year ;  the  Blackstone 
canal,  and  Boston  and  Providenpe  rail-road,  terminate  here ;  the  latter  is  conti- 
naed  to  Stonington,  in  Connecticut.  Pawtucket  River,  above  Providence,  is  the 
seat  of  extensive  manufactures.  North  Providence,  on  the  Massachusetts  bor- 
der, contains  the  manufacturing  village  of  Pawtucket,  opposite  which  is  the 
town  of  Pawtucket  in  that  State.  The  whole  manufacuiring  district  is  also 
commonly  called  Pawtucket,  and  it  contains  a  number  of  cottcsn-mills,  beside 
machine-shops,  calico-printing  works,  iron-works,  &o.  I'htre  is  a  population  of 
about  8000  souls  on  both  sides  of  the  river.  Above  this  the  Pawtucket  takes  the 
name  of  the  Blackstone,  and  furnishes  mill-seats  which  have  created  the  village 
of  Woonsooket  Falls,  also  situated  on  both  sides  of  the  riv  the  townshipa 
of  Smithfield  and  Cumberland.    There  are  also  manufacture  dblishments  in 

other  parts  of  Smithfield.    Warwick,  on  Uie  Pawtuxet  RIv«     ^id  Narragansett 
Bay,  is  a  manufacturing  and.fishinff  town,  with  6726  inhabitants. 

Bristol,  on  the  eastern  shore  of  the  bay,  is  a  busy  town,  with  3490  inhabitants 
actively  engaged  in  the  foreign  and  coasting  trade  and  whale  fishery.  Neariy  at 
the  south  end  of  the  island  of  Rhode  Island  is  Newport,  once  one  of  the  princi- 
pal towns  in  the  oolonieiti,  and  still  a  favourite  summer  resort,  on  account  of  its 
pleasant  situation,  the  refreshing  coolness  of  the  sea-breezes,  and  its  advantages 
for  sea-bathing.  The  harbour  is  one  of  the  finest  in  the  world,  being  safe,  capa- 
Gtou$,  and  easy  of  access,  snd  is  defended  by  an  important  work  called  Fort 
Adams ;  but  trade  has  mostly  deserted  the  town,  add  now  centres  chiefly  in  Pro- 
vidence. Population,  8331.  Prudence  and  Conanicut  Islands  in  the  Bay,  and 
Block  Island,  at  the  entrance  of  Long  Island  Sound,  belong  to  this  State.  The 
latter  is  destitute  of  a  harbour ;  the  inhabitants,  1069  in  number,  are  chiefly  fish- 
ermen. 


*• 


STATE   OF    CONNECTICUT. 

This  State  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  Massachusetts,  south  by  Long  Island 
Sound,  east  by  Rhode  Island,  and  west  by  New  York.  It  is  90  miles  in  length, 
70  miles  in  breadth,  and  contains  4764  square  miles.  The  principal  rivers  are, 
the  Connecticut,  Housatonie,  Thames,  Farmington,  and  Naugatuck.  The  face 
of  the  country  is  generally  hilly,  and,  in  the  north-western  parts,  mountainous. 
[The  soil  is  good,  and  the  industrious  inhabitants  have  not  neglected  its  cultiva- 


OONNBOTKOT. 


sBona 


lion.    The  tBlloy^f  ConoeeUout.  River,'  from  MiddtBtown  to  the  aorUiern  bonndi. 


aiy  of  the  StstB,  is  a  iiixariant  meadow,^  ohequeiad  by  patehM'  of  wheat,  oorn;, 
and  other  grain.  Some  other  yarte  of  the  State  are  well  oaltivated  and  fmitfhl; 
and  some  portions  are  beautiful,  as  welt  from  the  gifts  of  natme  as  the- imprcnrei* 
ments  of  art.     , 

The  chief  prodaetions  are  Indian  eom«  ije^  wheat,  in  many  parts,  eats,  ImrleVi 
buoltwheat,  nax  in  larse  quantities,  &o.  Orahsfds  are  numefovs,  and  ciderls 
made  for  exportation.  The  i^ta  is,  however,  genaaliy  better  «da|)ted  to  grtuag 
than  tillage,  and  its  fine  imiadows  and  pastmes  enable  the  faiowr  to  few  fna| 
numbwt  of  neat  cattle,  horses,  and  #heep.  The  q«tantity  of  batter  wttA  elwesai 
annually  made,  is  great,  and  of  well>knowii  exoellence. 

The  whale  and  other  fisheriea  are  carried  on  from  several  of  the  ports  in  this 
State ;  and  there  are  valuable  shad  fisheries  on  the  larger  rivers. 

The  population,  in  1790,  was  3734N$;  in  ISOO*  351,003;  in  1810,  Ml,948t 
in  1820, 376,248 ;  in  1830,  391,711 ;  in  1840,  300,015.  Of  these,  148,300  wei« 
white  Ditdesj  153,556  white  females ;  3881  were  free  coloured  males  {  4813  free 
coloured  females.  Employed  in  agricioUure,  56,995;  in  commerce,  3743  rici 
manufactures  and  trades,  27,933 ;  in  navigating  the  ocean,  3700;  do.  rivers  sod 
canals,  4131 ;  in  the  learned  professions  and  engineers,  1697. 

According  to  the  census  cf  1840,  there  were  in  the  State,  34,650  horses  And 
mules;  238,650  neat  cattle;  403,467  sheep;  131,961  swine.  There  were  ptor 
duced  87,009  bushels  of  wheat;  737,434  of  rye;  33,759  of  barley;  1,500,441 
of  Indian  corn;  303,043  of  buckwheat;  1,453,263  of  oats;  3,414,3^ of  pot»< 
toes;  889,870  pounds  of  wool;  471,667  of  tobacco;  486,704  tons  of  hay; 
17,538  pounds  of  silk  cocoons.  The  products  of  the  dairy  amounted'  to  $1,376,634, 
and  of  the  orchard  to  $396,232;  the  value  Of  lumber  was  $147,841 ;  and  8666 
gallons  of  wine  were  made. 

The  exports  of  this  State,  in  1840,  amounted  to  $518,310 ;  and  the  imports  to 
$237,072.     Capital  employed  in  the  fisheries,  $1,301,640. 

The  niiinufactures  of  Connecticut  are  still  more  extensive  than  its  commenM» 
Home-made  or  family  mpuufdctures  amounted,  in  1840,  to  $336,168 ;  there  were 
119  woollen  manufactories,  producing  articles  to  the  amount  of  $2,494,313,001^ 
ploying  a  capital  of  $1,931,335;  116  cotton  factories  produced  articles  to  the 
amount  of  $3,715,964,  ^d  employed  a  capital  of  $3,153,000 ;  408  saddle,  shoe, 
and  other  leather  manufactories,  produced  articles  to  the  amount  of  $3,017,93t| 
employing  a  capital  of  $839,267 ;  vessels  were  built  to  the  amount  of  $438,900., 
The  total  amount  of  capital  employed  in  manufactures  in  the  State  was  $13,- 
669,139. 

This  State  has  3  colleges.  Yale  College,  at  New  Haven,  founded  in  1701« 
is  one  of  the  oldest  colleges  in  the  United  States.  Washington  OoUege,  at  Hart- 
ford, is  under  the  direction  of  the  Episcopalians,  founded  in  1836.  The  Wesr 
le3ran  University,  foDdded  in  1831,  is  under  the  direction  of  the  Methodists.  In 
1840,  the  three  colleges  had  700  students,  more  than  two-thirds  of  whom  were 
in  Yale  College ;  there  were  127  academies  and  grammar-schools,  with  4686 
students.  The  best  endowed  of  these  are  Bacon  Academy,  at  Colchester,  and 
Ae  Episcopal  Academy,  at  Cheshire.  There  were  1619  common  and  primary 
schools,  with  65,739  scholars;  536  persons,  over  SO  years  of  age,  could  neither 
read  nor  write ;  the  loast  number  in  proportion  to  its  inhabitants  in  any  State  in 
the  Union.  This  State  has  the  largest  school-fund  in  proportion  to  its  population 
of  any  State  in  the  Union ;  it  amounted,  in  1813,  to  $2,044,354. 

The  principal  religious  denominations  are  the  Congregationalists,  Baptists, 
Methodists,  Episcopalians,  with  a  few  Roman  Catholics,  TJ'niversalists,  and  Uni- 
tarians. In  1836,  the  Congregationalists  had  833  churches,  371  ministers,  and 
39,679  communicants ;  the  Baptists  had  93  churches,  77  ministers,  and  10,039 
communicants;  the  Methodists  had  73  ministers;  the  Episcopalians  had  one 
bishop  and  63  ministers. 

The  chief  works  of  internal  improvement  in  Connecticut  are,  tiie  Farmingten 
canal,  extending  from  New  Haven  to  Northampton,  Mass.,  78  miles ;  the  rail- 
road from  Stonington  to  Providence,  46  miles,  chiefly  in  Rhode  Island ;  this  worit 
connects  with  the  Long  Island  rail-road  at  Greenport,  by  a  steam  ferry  of  84 


168 


UNITED  8TATE& 


mile*.  The  Norwioh  and  Woieeeter,  fi9  miles.  The  New  Haven  vid  Hartfoid, 
S6  miles ;  bow  extended  to  Springfield,  Mass.  The  Honsatonic,  from  Bridgeport 
to  West  Stookbridgs,  Mass.,  96  miles.  The  three  last  connect  with  the  great 
lailHroad  system  leading  from  Boston  to  Bufialo. 

New  Haven,  a  semi<«^pital  of  the  State,  is  situated  on  a  bar  of  the  same  name. 
The  harbonr  is  mfe  and  spaoioos,  bat  it  is  shallow  and  mduallj  filling  op.  The 
ei^  is  regalarivlaid  ont  and  neatly  built:  manyofthe  ftboses  have  fine  gardens; 
some  of  uie  principal  streets  are  bordered  by  rows  of  shade  trees,  and  the  princi- 
pal  square  is  finely  ornamented  in  the  same  manner.  Among  the  pablie  buildings 
are  the  State-house,  the  State-hospital,  the  Halls  of  Yale  College,  ten  chorehM, 
&c.  One  of  the  wharves  here  is  394$-  feet  in  length.  The  coasting  and  foreign 
trtide  of  New  Haven  is  considerable :  steam-boats  ahd  packets  keep  up  a  regalar 
communication  with  New  York ;  and  there  are  some  extensive  manufactories  of 
fiie«rms,  carriages,  &c.  Population,  13,960.  Bridgeport  is  a  tiirivhig  town  near 
the  mouUi  of  Housatonic  river,  with  4570  inhabitants ;  it  contains  6  churches,  3 
banks,  a  number  of  manufacturing  establishments,  8  academies,  and  13  schcols. 
The  capital  employed  in  manufactures  amounts  to  half  a  million  dollars.  The 
Housatonic  rail-road  commences  here.  In  the  interior  are  Danbury  and  Litch- 
field, with  some  manufiustures. 

Hartford,  also  a  semi-capital  of  the  State,  is  built  on  the  west  bank  of  Con- 
neetiegt  rive^  It  stands  in  a  fertile  district,  abounding  in  neat  villages,  which 
enjoy  the  advantages  of  numerous  mill-seats  and  easy  communication  with  the 
sea ;  population  in  1840, 9468.  Stramboats  run  daily  between  Hartford  and  New 
York,  and  several  small  steam-packets  and  tow-boats  are  employed  on  the  river 
above.  The  principal  branches  of  industry  are  printing  ana  publishing,  shoe- 
making,  the  manuracturing  of  saddlery,  cuds,  and  wire,  wearing  apparel,  &e. 
Among  the  public  buildings  are  the  State-house,  city  halt,  13  churches,  6  banks, 
savings  bank,  &c.,  the  Asylum  for  the  deaf  and  dumb,  retreat  for  the  insane.  Sic. 
The  Asylum  for  the  .deaf  and  dumb,  the  first  institution -of  the  kind  established  in 
America,  was  founded  in  1816,  and  has  about  140  pupils,  who  receive  instruction 
in  various  branches  of  useful  learning,  and  acquire  a  knowledge  of  the  useful  arts. 
Washington  College,  founded  in  1824,  has  7  professors  and  73  students. 

Middlntown,  a  few  miles  below  Hartford,  is  accessib^  to  vessels  drawing  ten 
ftetof  water,  and  its  coasting  and  foreign  trade  is  considerable.  The  situation  of 
the  town  is  pleasant,  and  the  houises  and  public  buildings  neat  Its  manufactures 
comprise  cotton  and  woollen  goods,  powder,  cordage,  paper,  machinery,  &c. : 
population,  3511.  Saybrook,  at  the  month  of  the  Connecticut  river,  was  the  first 
spot  occupied  bv  Europeans  in  Connecticut,  and  the  ground  was  regularly  laid 
ont  for  a  large  city ;  but  thb  anticipations  of  its  founders  have  not  been  realised. 

New  London,  near  the  mouth  of  Thames  river,  is  the  principal  commercial 
place  in  Connecticut,  with  one  of  the  best  havbours  in  the  country.  Its  trade  is 
considerable;  upwards  of  fifty  ships  sail  hencj  to  the  whale-fishery.  Population, 
5519.  Norwich,  13  miles  above  New  London,  is  a  flourishing  manufacturing 
city.  The  water-power  is  ample,  and  is  extensively  employed.  There  are  in  the 
township  17  manufacturing  establishments,  8  churches,  4  banks,  &c.  Population 
of  the  city,  4700;  of  the  township,  7339.  Stonington,  in  the  south-east  comer  of 
the  State,  has  a  considerable  number  of  vessels  engaged  in  the  whaling  and  seal- 
ing business.    Population,  3898. 


a'-t;i:i~?«»!^ 


■■■.'•     ■  fifiy'jifxiyf-^jfi' 


MIDDLE  STATES. 


The  Middm  Statks  are  bounded  on  the  north  by  Canada,  the  river  St.  Law- 
rence, and  Lakes  Ontario  and  Erie}  south  by  Virginia;  east  by  the  Atlantic 
Ocean  and  Ndw  England ;  west  by  the  State  of  Ohio  and  Virginia.  As  a  reeion, 
the  Middle  States  comprise  New  York,  New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania,  Maryland  and 
Delaware ;  it  extends,  from  north  to  south,  about  490  miles,  and  from  east  to  west, 


miBm 


BBiaae 


UNITED  STAHS. 


169 


860  mileti  with  an  area  of  110,000  square  mttea,  and  oeenpies  one  of  the  finest' 
parts  of  the  Union.  ^^ 

The  Boriaee  presents  every  variety  of  mountain,  hill,  plain  and  valley.  The 
Appalachian,  or  Alleghany  Range,  extends  through  this  region,  ftom  south-west 
to  northeast,  in  several  parallelridges,  which  attains  in  Pennsylvania  its  widest 
limits ;  none  of  these,  however,  reach  the  devation  of  the  highest  sammits  of  thOi 
B!i*e  Ridge  in  North  Ca>  tlina,  or  the  White  Monntvns  in  New  Hampahire.  The;^ 
Alieghany  is  genenlly  covered  with  fitrests,  and  contains  many  wiU  sditodes^ 
seldom  trodden  by  the  foot  of  man,  afibidin^  shelter  to  various  species  of  gUM.  ^ 

The  most  prominent  rivers  of  the  Atlantic  seetions  Of  the  United  StatS  are  m; 
this  region.  The  Hudson  and  Delaware  rank  amongst  the  most  important  and 
usefiil  of  our  navigable  streams;  but  the  Susqnehannah  is,  notwithstanding  its 
length,  but  litUe  amiable  without  the  aid  of  artificial  navigation. 

The  mineral  fooductions  are  various  and  valuable.  Bituminous  and  anthracite 
coal,  several  kinds  of  inm  ore,  salt,  lime,  excellent  building  materials,  and  clays 
useftil  in  the  arts,  are  among  the  treasures  in  which  it  abounds.  Mining  industry 
has  acquired  importance  tKoa  the  activity  and  success  with  which  itnas  lately 
been  pushed;  and  the  public  w<»rks  of  this  section  are  particularly  remarkable  fat 
their  number  and  magnitude. 

bi  general  the  soU  is  fertile,  and  particularly  fiivourable  to  the  production  of 
every  species  of  grain :  wheat  is  the  principal  object  of  culture;  tobacco  is  exten- 
sively raised ;  also  Indian  com,  rye,  barley,  &c.  The  fimits  comnKyi  to  the  tem- 
perate regions  are  abundant,  and  of  excellent  quality.  The  commerce  of  the 
Middle  States  is  extensive,  and  chiefly  carried  aa  through  the  cities  of  New  York 
and  Philadelphia,  to  which  ii  centres ;  the  trade,  however,  of  a  considerable  part 
of  Pennsylvania  and  Delaware  flows  to  Baltimore.  Manuikctnring  industty  is 
carried  to  a  greater  extent,  in  proportion  to  the  population,  than  in  any  part  of  the 
United  States,  excepting  New  England ;  it  empl<^  a  vast  amount  of  capital  and 
labour,  and  affi)rds  generally  a  competent  remuneration  to  thousands  of  b(^  swcei. 

The  Middle  States  were  originally  settled  hj  people  of  various  countries,  hav- 
ing different  habits,  feelings,  and  opini(Hu:  society,  therefore,  does  not  possess 
that  uniform  character  which  admits  of  a  general  description.  The  peotde  have 
not  that  unity  of  feeling  and  interest  which  is  observed  m  the  New  cngland  and 
Southehi  States;  and  the  only  reason  for  their  being  claased  together  is  their 
contiguity:  they  seldom  unite  for  any  public  purpose,  and  there  seems  to  be  but 
little  sympathy  or  common  feeling,  which  prompts  them  to  act  in  concert  for  pub- 
lic a&irs.  The  ereat  body  is  of  British  descent,  but  in  New  York  nnA  Maryland 
there  are  many  Germans;  and  in  Pennsylvania  they  are  so  numerous  as  to  con- 
stitute, in  some  respects,  a  separate  community,  retaining  their  own  language,  and 
being  often  ignorant  of  Enriisb.  In  New  York  and  New  Jersey  thore  are  many 
descendants  of  the  original  Dutch  settlers  of  New  Amsterdam;  and  in  some  sec- 
tions the  Dutch  language  is  partially  spoken. 

After  the  close  of  the  revolutionary  war,  the  emigration  from  the  New  England 
States  into  New  York  continued  to  set  so  strongljr  for  many  years,  that  a  majo- 
rity of  the  present  population  of  that  State  are  natives  of  New  England,  or  their 
descendants.  There  is  also  a  large  body  of  New  England  emigrants  in  Pennsyl- 
vania. Population  of  the  Middle  States,  in  1830, 4,151,386 ;  in  1840, 5,118,076 ; 
of  whom  97,778  were  slaves. 


STATE  OP  NEW  YORK. 

This  great  State,  the  most  flourishing,  wealthy,  and  populous  in  the  Union, 
combining  with  almost  unequalled  natural  advantages  of  soil,  internal  navigation, 
and  easy  acce«  by  sea,  public  works  executed  on  a  scale  of  imperial  grandeur, 
exhibits  one  of  those  amazing  examples  of  growth  and  prosperi^,  that  are  seen 
nowhere  on  the  globe  beyond  our  own  borders. 

New  York  is  the  most  northern  of  the  Middle  States,  and  is  bounded  nortk  by 
Lake  Ontario,  the  St  Lawrence  River,  and  Lower  Canada;  east  by  Vermont, 


15 


W 


,170 


UNITSD  nrATBS. 


|lMaaehoMtts,.and  Cannfletioat;  south  by  the  Atlsntio  Oc«an,  Kew  Jeiaey,  «nd 
PemuylTania ;  and  west  by  Lake  Erie,  Pennsylvania,  and  Uie  Niagan  river. 
IieBgto,  816  miles ;  bteadtb,  304  i  containipg  afaiout  46,000  square  miles. 

This  State  forsas  a  poriion  of  the  elevated  tabMand  of  the  United  Sutes, 
bmlMfn  in  soin0  plaeef  ,by  mountsiBoos  ridges  of  iooonsideiable  eleivatioD,  and 
oonlainiag  some  rematkable  d^resstms,  wfakh  form  the  basins  of  lakes,  or  the. 
eiwnBeU  of  ^e  rivers. 

The  priaowal  rivers  are  the  Hudson,  8t.  libwrenoe,  Delaware,  Susqoebanna, 
AUegbany,  Uenesee,  Niasara,  Oswego,  and  the  Mohawk.  A  part  of  the  lakes 
JEMie,  Ontario  and  Champlain,  are  in  this  State.  The  other  ptmeipal  lakes  are 
Lake  Geoirge,  Cayuga,  Seneca^ Oneida,  Oswegatehie,  Canaadaigua,  &c. 

The  soil  in  the  maritime  pert  of  the  Stat»  is  sandy,  in  the  middle  beautifully 
undulating,  and  in  the  western  and  southern  division  remarkably  level,  rich,  and< 
inelioing  to.  alluvial  formatiop. 

Iron  ore  is  found  in  inexhaustible  quantities,  and  of  a  good  quality,  in  the  north- 
eastern part  of  Uie  State ;  it  occurs  also  in  some  of  the  central,  eastern,  and  south- 
western counties.  Lead  is  found  in  some  parts;  also  gypsum,  in  the  central 
eounUes,  where  it  is  extensively  used  for  agricultural  purposes.  Limestone  like- 
wise occurs.  Salt  is  procured  in  abundance  from  the  Onondaga  salt-springs,  in 
the  township  of  Salina;  the  brine  is  conducted  to  Salina,  Syracuse,  and  other 
nriffhbouring  villages,  where  die  salt  is  obtained  by  boiling,  by  solar  evaporation, 
ana  by  artificial  evaporation,  45  gallons  of  water  yielding  a  bushel  of  salt.  The 
well-known  springs  of  Ballston  and  Saratoga  are  partly  saliTie,  partly  chalybeate ; 
and  the  water  is  exported  in  considerable  quantities,  not  only  to  other  States,  but 
to  foreign  countries.  In.  the  western  part  of  the  State  there  are  burning  springs, 
yielding  caiburetted  hydrogen,  which  is  applied  to  economical  uses  in  uie  neigh- 
booring  villages. 

Wheat  is  the  great  agricultural  staple  of  the  State,  and  flour  and  provisions  are 
largely  exported.  The  manufactures  are  extensive  and  flourishing.  The  capital 
employed  in  that  branch  of  national  industry,  in  1840,  was  over  955,000,000,  in- 
depenaent  of  home-made  articles  produced  to  the  amount  of  more  than  $4,600,000. 
The  cotton  and  woollen  factories  alone  employed  a  capital  of  about  $8,400,000, 
and  produced  articles  to  the-^value  of  near  $7,^00,000. 

The  commerce  of  New  York  is  on  a  great  scale,  as,  beside  supplying  her  own 
wants,  and  exporting  her  surplus  productions,  she  imports  a  large  share  of  the 
foi*ign  articles  consumed  in  the  neighbouring  Atlantic  States,  as  well  a»in  many 
of  the  Western  States,  to  which  her  natural  and  artificial  channels  of  communi- 
cation give  her  access ;  and  her  great  commercial  emporium  is  the  outlet  for  the 
produce  of  the  same  regions. 

Tlie  inhabitants  consist  in  part  of  the  descendants  of  the  original  Dutch  settlers, 
who  have  at  present,  however,  lost  in  a  great  measure  their  national  characteris- 
tics, and  the  descendants  of  the  German  palatines,  who  removed  thither  iti  the 
beginning  ofthe  last  century,  with  some  emigrants  from  Great  Britain,  and  other 
European  countries.  But  the  mass  of  the  people  are  of  New  England  origin  or 
descent,  and  they  are  favourably  distinguished  for  enterprise,  intelligence,  and 
-virtue. 

The  population  in  1790  was  340,120;  in  1800,  586,050;  in  1810,959,049;  in 
1820, 1,372,810 ;  in  1830,  1,913,508 ;  and  in  1840, 2,428,931.  Of  these,  853,929 
were  white  males,  and  81 6,276  white  females ;  6435  were  coloured  males,  and  6428 
coloured  females.  Employed  in  agriculture,  455,954 ;  in  commerce,  28,468 ;  in 
manufactures  and  trades,  173,193;  in  mining,  1898;  in  navigating  the  ocean, 
5511 ;  do.  lakes,  rivers  and  canals,  10,167 ;  in  the  learned  professions,  14,111. 

There  were  in  the  State,  according  to  the  census  of  1840,  475,543  horses  and 
mules;  1,911,244  neat  cattle;  6,118,777  sheep;  1,900,065  swine ;  poultry  to  the 
Talue  of  11,153,143.  There  were  produced,  12,286,418  bushels  of  wheat;  2,979,323 
of  rye ;  10,973,286  of  Indian  com ;  3,520,060  of  barley ;  2,287,885  of  buckwheat ; 
30,133,614  of  potatoes ;  9,845,295  pounds  of  wool ;  10,048,109  of  sugar ;  447,235 
of  hops;  1735  of  silk  cocoons;  3,127,047  tons  of  hay ;  and  1130  of  hemp  or  flax. 


mem 


MEW  YORK. 


171 


Tlie  produouofUiedauy  amounted  to  910^96,031  f  of  the  orchard,  to  9 1,701,935  ( 
of  lumber,  to  •3,891,303. 

The  commere*  of  N'  w  York  greatly  •nrpaaaea  .that  of  any  other  State  in  the 
Union.  The  exports  of  1841  were  •33,139,833,  and  the  imports  were  •75,713,436 ; 
the  tonnage  entered  waa  1,111,680;  the  tonnage  cleared,  965,548. 

The  manufactorea  of  the  State  are  also  extensive.  Home-made  or  fiimily 
manttfeotures  amounted  to  •4,636,647 ;  333  woollen  manafaetories,  with  890^ 
fulling^miUa,  produced  artidee  to  the  amount  of  •3,537,837,  with  a<  capital  «f 
•3,469,349;  117  cotton  factoiiea,  with  811,669  spindUa,  employed  4407  peraona, 
and  a  capital,  of  •4^900,778,  and  produced  articles  of  the  value  of  •3,640,937; 
339  persons  produced  8,867^84  bushels  of  salt,  with  a  capital  of  •5,601,000 ;  186 
furnaces  produced  99,088  tons  of  cast-iron ;  130  forges  produced  53,693  tons  of 
bar-iron,  and  employed  a  capital  of  •9,003,418 ;  9  smelUng-houses  produced 
670,000  pounds  of  lead,  and  employed  a  capital  of  •331, 000;  boota,  shoes,  sad- 
dles, tie.,  were  produced  to  the  amount  of  •6,333,934 ;  machinery  was  produced 
to  the  amount  of  •3,895,617 ;  hardware  and  cutlery,  to  the  value  of  •1,566,974 ; 
precious  metals,  to  the  value  of  •1,106,303 ;  313  distilleries  produced  11,973,815 
gallons  of  spirita ;  83  breweries  produced  6,059,133  gallons  of  beer,  and  employed 
a  capital  of  •3,107,066;  338  flourinff-mills  produced  1,861,385  barrels  ot  flour, 
and,  with  other  mills,  produced  articles  to  the  amount  of  •16,953,380,  and  em- 
ployed a  capital  of  •14,648^14  f  vessels  were  built  to  the  amount  pf  •797,317; 
amount  cf  capital  employed  in  the  fisheries,  •949,350.  The  total  amount  of 
capital  employed  in  manuractures  was  •55,353,779. 

This  State  has  several  important  literary  institutions :  Colombia  College,  in 
New  York  city,  founded  in  1754 ;  Union  College,  at  Schenectady,  founded  in 
1795;  Hamilton  College,  in  Clinton,  founded  in  1813;  Geneva  College,  at  Ge- 
neva, founded  in  1893;  Universitv  of  the  City  of  New  York,  founded  in  1831. 
The  Hamilton  Literary  and  Theological  Seminary  was  founded  by  the  Baptist» 
in  1819 ;  the  Theological  Institute  of  the  Episcopal  Church  was  founded  in  1819, 
in  the  city  of  New  York ;  the  New  York  Theological  Seminary,  at  Auburn,  was 
founded  in  1831 ;  the  Hartwick  Seminary,  at  Hartwick,  Otsego  cpunty,  founded 
1816;  the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  in  the  citv  of  New  York,  was 
founded  in  1807 ;  the  Albany  Medical  College  was  founded  in  1839.  In  the 
above-named  institutions  there  were,  in  1840,  1385  students.  There  were  in  the 
State  505  academies,  with  34,715  students,  and  10,539  common  and  primary 
schools,  with  503,367  scholars.  There  were  44,453  white  perpons,  over  twenty 
years  of  age,  who  could  neither  read  nor  write. 

In  1838,  the  Presbyterians,  with  a  few  Congregationnliots,  had  6f .'  n'nisters,; 
and  86,000  communicante ;  the  Duteh  Reformed  had  143  ministers,  aa-.  i5,800: 
communicante;  the  Methodista  had  591  ministers,  and  30,700  commu.iicanta ;' 
the  Baptists  had  483  ministers,  and  67,183  communicante ;  the  Episcopalians  had! 
307  ministers,  and  about  10,000  communicante ;  the  Associate  Reformed  had  30l 
ministers ;  the  Lutherans  had  37  ministers ;  the  Roman  Catholics  had  33  minis-i 
ten ;  the  Unitarians  had  8  ministers ;  the  Universaliste  had  35  ministers. 

The  State  of  New  York  is  distinguished  for  ita  magnificent  public  workp,  con-i 
struoted  for  the  purpose  of  connecting  the  great  central  basin  of  the  lakes  and  the; 
St  Lawrence  with  the  Atlantic ;  663  miles  of  canal  navigation  have  been  ob« 
tained,  at  a  tost  of  •13,497,568.  The  great  trunk  is  the  Erie  canal,  extending' 
from  Buffalo,  on  Lake  Erie,  to  the  Hudson,  364  miles.  The  Champlain  canali 
extends  from  Lake  Champlain,  at  AA/hitehall,  to  the  junction  of  the  Erie  canal 
with  the  Hudson,  64  miles,  with  a  navigable  feeder  of  13  miles ;  lockage,  188 
feet,  by  31  locks.  Other  branches  of  this  work,  pervading  different  parte  of  the 
State,  are  the  Oswego  canal,  38  miles,  connecting  the  Erie  canal  at  Salina  with 
Lake  Ontario ;  Cayuga  and  Seneca  canal,  33  miles,  extending  from  Geneva  to 
Montezuma,  on  the  Erie  canal,  and  thus  continuing  the  navigation  through  those 
two  lakes ;  Crooked  Lake^  eieht  miles,  connecting  that  lake  with  Seneca  Lake ; 
Chemung  canal,  from  the  head  of  the  latter  to  the  river  Chemung,  or  Tioga,  at' 
Elmira,  33  miles,  witli  a  navigable  feeder  from  Painted  Post  to  Elmira,  of  16 
miles ;  Chenango  canal,  97  miles  in  length,  from  Binghamton,  on  the  Chenango, 
■      =^=saB==BaBsaa=a»i^BB=    ^^ 


173 


UNITED  STATES. 


to  Utiea ;  the  Black  Rirer  oanal,  88  milea  in  length,  firom  Rome,  on  the  Erie 
eanal,  to  High  Falii,  on  Black  river;  and  the  Geneeee  Valley  eanaU  from 
Rochester  to  Olean,  on  the  AlieshanT  river,  107  mile*. 

Beside  the  works  ednstmoted  oy  the  State,  the  principal  canal  made  by  a  pri- 
Tate  company  is  the  Delaware  and  Hudson,  extending  from  the  moath  of  Round- 
oat  ereek,  on  the  latter  river,  to  Port  Jervis  on  the  Delaware,  up  that  river  to  the 
month  of  the  Lackawazen,  and  along  the  latter  to  Honesdale,  in  Pennsylvania; 
total  length  109  milee,  of  which  96  are  in  Pennsylvania.  From  Honesdale  a  rail- 
road nms  to  the  coal-mines  at  Carbondale,  a  distance  of  16  miles. 

The  following  are  the  principal  rail-roads  completed  in  the  State  jof  New  York : 
From  Albany  to  Schenectady,  16  miles;  from  Seheneetady  to  Utica,  78  miles; 
from  Utica  to  Syracuse,  53  milea ;  from  Syracuse  to  Auburn,  36  miles ;  from 
Auburn  to  Rochester,  78  miles ;  from  Rochester  to  Attica,  44  miles;  from  Attica 
to  Bnflhlo,  36  miles.  All  the  foregoing  roads  form  one  continuous  line  from 
Albsny  to  Buffalo  of  331  miles,  and,  in  connection  with  the  rail-road  from  Albany 
to  West  Stockbridge,  Ms.,  of  38  miles,  and  thence  to  Boston,  163  miles,  the  whole 
forms  a  splendid  connected  rail-road  of  531  miles  in  length.  The  other  chief  rail- 
roads in  tne  State  extend  from  Schenectady  to  Saratoga  Springs,  39  miles ;  from 
West  Troy  to  Schenectady,  30  miles;  from  Troy  to  Ballston  Spa,33|  milea; 
from  Hudson  to  West  Stockbridsre,  Ms.,  33  miles;  from  Brooklyn  to  Greensort, 
90  miles;  from  New  York  to  White  Plains,  39  miles ;  from  Coming  to  Bloss- 
burg.  Pa.,  40  miles;  from  Buffalo  to  Niagara  Falls,  33  miles;  from  Lockport  to 
Niagara  Falls,  34  miles;  from  Ithaca  toOwego,  39  miles;  and  from  Piermont 
tb  Dunkirk,  on  lake  Erie,  .446  miles :  this  road  is  finished  and  in  use  from  Pier- 
mont, about  45  miles.  , 

The  city  of  New  York  is  the  largest,  most  wealthy,  an4  most  flourishing  of  all 
American  cities ;  the  greatest  commeruial  emporium  of  America,  and,  after  Lon- 
don, .the  greatest  in  the  world. 

No  city  in  the  world  possesses  equal  advantages  for  foreign  commerce  and 
inland  trade.  Two  long  lines  of  canals,  stretching  back  in  every  direction,  have 
increased  its  natural  advantages,  and  rendered  it  the  great  mart  of  an  almost  inde- 
finite extent  of  country ;  while  its  facilities  of  communication  with  all  parts  of  the 
world  have  made  it  the  thoroughfare  of  the  same  vast  region.  The  progress  of 
its  population  has  never  been  paralleled :  in  1790  it  was  33,131 ;  in  1810, 96,373 ; 
in  1830,  303,007 ;  and  in  1840,  313,710;  or,  including  Brooklyn,  neariy  350,000. 

New  York  is  well-built  and  regularly  laid  out,  with  the  exception  of  the  older 
part,  in  which  the  streets  are  crowded,  narrow,  and  crooked ;  but  this  now  forms 
only  a  small  portion  of  the  city.  It  is  chiefly  as  a  great  mart  of  foreign  and  inland 
commerce  that  New  York  is  most  advantageously  known. 

The  arrivals  from  foreign  ports  are  about  3000  annually,  9nd  of  coasters  near 
4800.  The  passengers  that  arrived  in  1843  were  46,303  jn  number,  of  whom  only 
341  were 'Americans.  The  imports  in  the  same  year  amounted  to  $50,308,680, 
the  exports  to  $33,440,336,  and  the  duties  collected  to  $11,300,407.  There  is  a 
line  of  steam-packets  to  Liverpool,  besides  which  there  are  line-ships  that  sail  for| 
Liverpool  every  five  daysr  to  London  evcty  ten  days,  and  to  Havre  every  eight 
days.  Regular  lines  of  packets  are  also  established  to  all  the  chief  cities  of  the 
United  States,  the  West  Indies,  and  South  America.    Steamboat-lines  to  all  the 

laeent  maritime  towns  are  numerous. 

rhere  are  in  New  York  35  banks,  with -an  sggregate  capital  of  more  than 
$37,000,000;  seyeral  marine  insurance  companies,  with  a  capital  of  about 
$3,000,000;  33  fire  insurance  companies,  with  a  capital  of  about  $6,000,000, 
besides  several  mutual  insurance  companies.  There  are  4  ssvings  banks,  15 
markets,  6  theatres,  a  circus,  and  3  museums.  Among  the  public  build- 
ings are  the  City  Hall,  a  handsome  edifice  of  white  marble,  with  a  front  of  316 
feet;  the  Hall  of  the  Universitjr,  a  splendid  building,  180  by  100  feet;  the  Hall 
of  Columbia  College;  the  Hospital;  the  City  Lyceum;  185  churches;  the  Aster 
House,  a  vast  hotel  of  Quincy  granite,  300  feet  by  150,  and  77  feet  hish,  contain- 
ing 390  rooms;  the  Almshouse  at  Bellevue,  oh  East  river;  the  Penitentiary  on 
Blackwell's  Island,  in  the  same  river,  severel  miles  from  the  city ;  the  Custom- 


adi 


NEW  YORK. 


17» 


hooM,  an  elegmnt  bailding,  177  feet  long  bv  89  wide,  on  the  nodel  of  the  Par> 
thenon ;  the  new  Ezohuige,  reoently  ereeted  in  pitee  of  the  one  deetrojed  by  fire 
in  1839 ;  the  Hall  of  Jiutice,  built  in  the  EgjfliMa  atyle,  and  usually  called  the 
Tomb*. 

The  benevolent  aoeietiea  are  nnmerous  and  well  aapported.  They  eompiiae  a 
hospital,  with  whieh  is  eonnected  a  Innatie  asylum,  at  Bloomingdale;  •  hospital 
at  Bellevoe,  for  the  siek  and  insane  poor,  conaeMed  with  the  oity  aUnshousei 
three  dispensaries ;  an  institudon  for  the  blind ;  one  for  the  deaf  and  dumb ;  and 
a  great  number  of  orphan  asTlnms,  relief  associations,  education,  bible,  and  tract 
societies,  ko.  Neither  is  Nsw  York  behind  her  sister  cities  in  her  literary  and 
scientific  establishments.  Beside  the  educational  institutions  already  mentioned, 
the  Historical  Society,  the  New  York  Society  Library,  with  40,000  Tolumes;  the 
Lyceum  of  Natural  History,  and  the  American  Lyceum,  have  published  some 
valuable  papers ;  while  the  Mercantile  Library  Association,  and  the  Apprentices* 
Library,  show  that  the  merchants  and  mechanics  are  not  indifferent  to  the  intelleo- 
tnal  improvement  of  their  clerks  and  apprentices. 

Thbre  are  here  tdso  an  Academy  of  Fine  Arts,  and  an  Academy  of  Desii^n.  The 
American  Institute,  for  the  promotion  of  domestic  industry  hj  the  distribuUon  of 
premiums  and  other  rewards,  holds  annual  fairs  for  the  exhibition  of  the  products 
of  American  industry. 

The  most  splendid  work  undertaken  by  the  citjr  corporation  is  the  Croton 
Water*works.  An  aqueduct  built  of  stone  and  bnck  conveys  the  water  of  the 
Croton  river  to  the  city.  It  commences  five  miles  from  the  Hudson,  at  a  dam 
built  in  the  river  for  the  purpose  of  creating  a  supply,  and  which  contains  600 
million  gallons.  The  aqueduct  is  40  miles  long,  has  a  descent  of  about  13  inches 
per  mile,  and  will  discharge  60  million  gallons  of  water  in  34  hours.  The  r»< 
oeiving  reservoir,  two  miles  from  the  city,  covers  35  acres,  and  contains  150  mil> 
lion  gallons.  The  Croton  water  is  of  the  purest  kind  of  river  water,  and  is  suffi- 
cient to  supply  a  population  five  times  as  numerous  as  that  of  New  York.  It  is 
carried  to  all  parts  of  the  city  in  iron  pipes,  laid  deep  enough  to  be  unaffected  by 
the  frost. 

The  city  of  Brooklyn,  on  Iiong  Island,  opposite  to  New  York,  is  situated 
on  a  rising  ground  which  commands  an  agreeable  view,  and  it  partakes  in 
the  commercial  activity  and  prosperity  of  its  neighbonn  Here  is  a  navy-yard  of 
the  United  States,  on  Wallabout  Bay.  There  are  in  Brooklyn  30  churches, 
3  banks,  3  insurance  companies,  &e.  Steam  ferry-boats  are  eonstandy  run- 
ning across  the  Blast  river  to  New  York,  and  a  rail-road  extenda  to  Greenport,  90 
miles,  at  the  eastern  end  of  Long  Island,  whieh  forma  a  portion  of  the  nearest 
route  to  Boston.  Population  in  1830,  15,394 ;  and  in  1840,  36,233.  About  60 
miles  above  the  city  of  New  York,  and  on  the  west  side  of  the  Hudson,  is  West 
Point,  a  celebrated  military  pos".  du>iag  the  war  of  independence,  and  now  tfie 
seat  of  the  United  States'  Milit  uy  Aradem^  for  the  education  of  ofllcera  a£  dw 
army.  Newburffh,  10  miles  above  West  Point,  and  on  the  right  bank,  with  6000 
inhabitants,  and  Pougbkee'paie,  14  miles  higher,  on  the  left,  with  7600,  are  neat, 
thriving  villages,  with  considerable  trade,  and  several  ships  engaged  in  the  whale- 
fishery.  Near  the  head  of  ship  navigation,  jl  17  miles  from  the  sea,  stands  the  city 
of  Hudson,  on  a  commanding  eminence  on  the  left  bank  of  the  river.  Its  trade 
and  manufhcturea  are  extensive  and  increasing,  and  it  has  eleven  ships,  with  an 
aggregate  of  about  4000  tons,  engaged  in  the  whale-fishery.  The  cit^  is  well 
laid  out  and  prettily  built,  and  the  neighbourhood  presents  many  charming  pros- 
pects.   Population  in  1840,  6673. 

On  the  western  bank  of  the  Hudson  river,  145  miles  above  New  York,  is  the 
city  of  Albany,  the  capital,  and,  in  point  of  qize,  the  third  oitjr  of  the  State.  Its 
wealth  and  trade  have  been  greatly  increased  by  the  Erie  and  Champlain  canals, 
which  terminate  in  a  large  basin  in  the  city;  and  its  situation  renders  it  a 
great  thoroughfare,  not  only  for  traders,  but  also  for  travellers  on  th^  northerto 
route.  It  contains  several  handsome  public  buildings,  ainong  which  are  the  cani^ 
tol,  a  fine  stone  edifice;  tiie  State-hall,  and  the  city  hall,  both  of  white  marble; 
the  Academy,  of-ied  freestone ;  30  churches,  &c.    A  medical  college,  female  seaf 


^94 


UNITED  STATES. 


fl 


deny,  and  exchange,  are  also  imporfant  public  buildings.  Twentjr  steamboata 
and  fiAy  tow-boats  plr  between  tnis  city  and  New  York,  and  tlie  intermediate 
places  OB  the  river.  Bj  the  Erie  oanal  and  a  continnous  line  of  rail-roads,  Albanj 
is  connected  witl)  Buflplo,  and  shares  extensiTeljr  in  the  trade  of  the  far  Wesu 
By  the  Champhin  eaiial,  it  receives  the  trade  of  the  North.  Rail-roads  also 
extend  to  Saratoga,  and  another  great  line  of  rail-roads  extends  eastward  to 
Boston.  PopolaUni  in  1840, 33,791.  The  city  of  Troy,  six  otOes  above  Albany, 
Is  shoated  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  river.  The  tra^  and  manufactures  of  this 
plaee  ate  both  considerable.  The  city  Is  regularly  laid  ont  and  prettily  built. 
PopolatioB  in  1840,'  19,334.  Nearly  north  from  Albany,  at  a  distance  of  S9  and 
89  milee  respectiTely,  are  the  most  frequent«^  of  American  watering-places, 
Ballston  Spa  and  Saratooa.  At  the  eaatern  end  of  Lalie  Ontario,  at  the  bead  of 
a  deep  bay,  is  Saeket*s  Harbour,  an  important  naval  station  during  the  three 
years*  war;  and  on  the  Black  river,  7  miles  from  its  mouth,  is  the  flourishing 
Tillage  of  Watertown,  with  about  4000  inhabitants.  The  water-power  derived 
from  the  river  is  computed  at  10,000  cubic  feet;  the  fall  is  88  feet  in  a  mile,  and 
fonns  an  immense  hydraulic  power,  which  is  iust  beginning  to  be  used ;  here  are 
a  number  of  mills  and  factories  of  different  kinds. 

Up  the  valley  of  the  Mohawk,  and  along  the  line  of  the  canal  and  its  branches, 
are  a  number  of  cities  and  towns,  which  nave  s|>runs  up,  as  if  by  enchantment, 
in  the  bosom  of  a  witdemesa.  Schenectady,  Utica,  Syracuse,  Oswego,  Auburn, 
Ithaca,  Seneca,  Canandaigua,  Rochester,  Lockport,  and  Buffalo,  are  the  jirinci- 
pal.  The  ciur  of  Schenectady,  aitnated  in  thtf  midst  of  a  fertile  tract,  afllording 
numerous  mill-seats,  traversed  by  the  canal,  and  connected  by  rail-roads  wim 
Albany,  Saratoga,  and  Utica,  has  an  extensive  and  increasing  trade,  and  seme 
luannnctures.  It  is  the  seat  of  Union  College,  one  of  the  principal  collegiate 
institutions  in  the  State.    Population  in  1840, 6784. 

Upwards  of  90  miles  north-west  from  Alb.Miy,  on  the  Erie  canal,  is  the  city  of 
Utica.  In  1794,  the  spot  contaimd  only  four  ot  five  log  houses,  in  the  midst  of 
ja  wilderness :  in  1840,  the  city  had  a  population  of  19,783  souls,  18  churches,  a 
«oort-house,  offices  for  the  clerks  of  the  Supreme  and  United  States'  Courts,  an  ex- 
''  hange,  2  academies,  the  Utica  library,  apprentices'  library,  n^useum,  Protestant 
iud  H<unan  Catholic  orphan  asylums,  and  various  other  charitable  institutions ;  4 
ks,  a  savinn  bank,  mutual  insurance  company,  and  1600  dwellings :  it  dates 
its  prosperity  from  the  completion  of  the  Erie  canal. 

Still  far^r  west,  on  the  canal,  are  the  villages  of  Salina,  Syracuse,  Geddes, 
ioi  Liverpool,  the  seat  of  the  Onondaga  salt-springs,  which  are  the  property  of 
U»  State :  the  manufieturera  pay  a  duty  of  six  cents  a  bushel,  and,  in  the  year 
^840,  made  699,335  bushels,  much  of  which  is  sent  out  of  the  State.  The 
>?lrorks  are  capable  of  producing  3,000,000  bushels  a  year.  Population  of  Syra- 
buse  in  1840, 6500 ;  oi  Salina,  9600.  From  Syracuse,  a  branch  canal  extenu  to 
JDawego,  on  Lake  Ontario,  one  of  the  most  flourishing  villages  in  the  Stale :  the 
liver  of  the  same  nanke  furnishes  an  inexhaiisUble  water-power,  which  is  very 
^tensively  employed  for  useful  purposes,  and  ati  excellent  harbour,  protected  by 

iers,  constructed  br  the  general  government.    Since  the  opening  of  the  Welland 

1,  a  considerabro  portion  of  me  trade  of  the  upper  lakes,  as  well  as  that  of 

Ontario,  enters  at  Oswego,  and  laVm  quantities  of  wheat  are  brought  in  to 

r  ground  here.    The  populntMn  of  the  village  mora  than  doubled  between  1830 
ind  1840,  havinff  increased  from  9117  to  4500  tnhabitant^. 

RddiisMMr,  situated  on  the  CrenMee  river,  seven  miles  from  its  mouth,  and 

iversed  liy  the  Erie  canal,  is  a  flourishing  town.  The  river  has  here  a  fall  of 
kp\Rria48  of  90  feet,  and,  a  few  miles  below,  it  descends  by  a  fall  of  75  feet  to  the 
level  of  Lake  Ontario.  The  water-power  thus  produced  is  immense,  and  there 
Ire  how  in  the  city  99  large  flour-mills,  several  cotton  and  woollen  manufactories, 
|nd  a  great  number  of  other  manufacturing  establishments.  The  aqueduct  over 
ttie 'river  is  upheld  by  ten  arches  of  hewn  stone.  The  population  increased  from 
1809  in  18^,  to  20,191  in  1840.  The  city  contains  33  churches,  6  banks,  a 
litVlngs  bank,  mnseum,  a  collegiate  institute,  and  various  other  institutions. 
Tha  city  of  Buffalo,  at  the  western  termination  of  the  canal,  has  a  harbour 
-^^•------— — " ^  '  '   — 


NEW  JERSEY. 


17« 


on  Lake  Erie,  protected  by  m  long  pier.  The  oity  is  well  boilt  and  0nel  j  aitaated, 
Of  erlookioff  the  lake ;  and  it  contain*  a  great  nomber  of  large  waiehouaea  and 
manufaetoiie*.  The  population  in  1830  was  9095;  in  1830^  63Si ;  and  in  1840, 
18,313.  The  lake-trade  is  Terr  extenaire.  In  1817,  there  werai  but  35  vessels, 
and  no  steamboat,  on  Lake  Erie;  and  in  1840  ther  amounted  to  360  sloops, 
schooners  and  brigs,  and  60  steamboats,  most  of  which  exceeded  300  tons  boi^ 
then;  beside  several  ships,  tie.  Baflklo  contains,  in  addition  to  its  nnmerons 
ehnrohes,  an  ezehanae,  a  theatre,  orphan  asylum,  young  men's  association,  tie. 
Ithaca,  at  the  head  of  Cayuga  Lake,  increased  its  population  from  3394  in  1830, 
to  5660  in  1840.  By  the  Owego  rail-road,  it  is  connected  with  the  Susquehanna, 
and,  by  the  lake,  with  the  Erie  canal  and  tide-water.  Its  situation  is  highly  pie^ 
toresqne.    There  are  numerous  manufacturing  eatablishments  here. 


STATE  OP  NEW  JERSEY. 


Tub  State  of  New  Jersey  is  bounded  north  by  New  Yoric,  east  by  the  Adantic 
Ocean  and  New  York,  south  by  Delaware  Bay,  and  west  by  Pennsylvania.  It  is 
138  miles  in  length,  and  60  miles  in  breadth ;  the  area  ia  atioat  6600  square  miles. 
The  soil  of  this  State  is  not  naturally  well  adapted  to  agricultural  pursuits,  ranch 
of  the  land  being  either  sandy  or  marshy ;  yet  its  proximity  to  two  of  Uie  largest 
markeu  in  the  United  States,  and  the  industry  of  the  inhabitants,  have  rendered 
it  exceedingly  productive  of  all  sorts  of  grain,  fruits,  and  vegetables,  common  to 
the  climate.  New  Jeraey  is  intersected  by  many  navigable  nvere,  and  has  numew 
ous  streams  for  mills,  iron-works,  and  every  species  of  manufactures  requiring 
water-power.  The  principal  of  these  streams  are  the  Raritan,.  Hackensaok,  Pas- 
saic, Salem,  Tom,  Cohanaey,  and  Maurice  riven. 

New  Jersey  abounds  in  valuable  iron  ores ;  rich  veins  of  xinc  ore  occur  in  the 
northern  part  of  the  State ;  copper  also  abounds,  and  has  been  extensively  worked. 
The  greater  part  of  the  sandy  tract  is  cohered  with  extensive  pine  forests,  wbieb 
have  afforded  supplies  of  fuel  for  the  numerous  furnaces  of  the  State,  and  the 
steamboats  of  the  neighbouring  watera ;  the  middle  section  is  the  most  highly 
improved  and  wealthy  part  of  the  State,  being  divided  into  small  farms  and 
kitchen-gardens,  which  are  carefully  cultivated,  the  produce  of  which  finds  a  ready 
market  in  the  manufacturing  towns  of  the  district,  and  in  the  great  cities  of  the 
adjacent  States.  The  northern  counties  contain  much  good  pasture-land,  with 
numerous  fine  farms.  The  apples  and  cider  of  the  north  are  as  noted  for  their 
superior  quality  as  the  peaches  of  the  south.  The  industry  of  the  inhabitants  is 
chiefly  devoted  to  agriculture,  commerce  being  mostly  canied  on  through  the 
ports  of  New  York  and  Pennsylvania ;  the  north-eastern  r«mer  is,  however,  the 
seat  of  flonrishinff  manufactures.  The  shad  and  oyster  fisheries  in  the  riven  itod^ 
great  estuaries  that  border  on  the  State,  afford  a  profitable  employment  to  many 
of  the  inhabitants. 

The  population  of  New  Jersey,  in  1790,  was  184,189;  in  1800,  311,149;  in 
1810,  345,693 ;  in  1830,  377,575 ;  in  1830, 330,779 ;  in  1840, 373,306.  Of  these, 
177,055  were  white  males;  174,533,  white  females;  10,780  were  free  coloured 
males;  10,361,  free  coloured  females.  Employed  in  agricnltorp,  56,701;  iii 
commerce,  3383;  in  manufkotures  and  trades,  37,004;  in  mining,  966;  in  navi>- 
gating  the  ocean,  1143;  in  navigating  riven  and  canals,  1695;  in  the  learned' 
professions,  1697. 

There  were  in  the  State,  in  1840,  70,503  horses  and  mules;  930,303  neat  cat<< 
tie;  319,385  sheep;  361,443  swine.  There  were  produced,  774,3(0  busheh  of 
wheat;  1,665,830  of  rye;  4,3&1,976  of  Indian  com;  3,083,594  of  oats ;  13,501 
of  bartey;  856,117  of  buckwheat;  3,073,069  of  potatoes;-  397,307  pounds  of 
wool ;  1966  of  silk  cocoons.  The  products  of  the  dairy  amounted  to  ftt,338,033 1 
of  the  orchard,  to  $464,006;  of  lumber,  to  $371,591 ;  9416  gallons  of  wine  wen 
made. 

The  home-made  or  family  mnnufaetUres  amoiinte^  to  $901,635;  3rw6oJleU 
manufactories,  and  49  fultingHnills,  produced  goods  to  the  amonint  of  $440,710^ 


176 


UNITED  STATES. 


employing  a  capita]  of  $314,650;  43  cotton  factories  produced  articles  to  the 
amount  of  $3,066,104,  employing  a  capital  of  •1,723,810 ;  hats  and  caps  were 
manufactured  to  the  amount  of  $1,181,663;  saddles,  boots,  shoes,  &c.,  were  pro- 
duced to  the  amount  of  $1,683,746 ;  64  flouringr-mills  manufactured  168,797  oai^ 
rels  of  flour,  and,  with  other  mill*,  employed  a  capital  of  $3,641,300 ;  ships  were 
built  to  the  amount  of  $334,340 ;  capital  employed  in  the  fisheries,  $93,375.  llie 
total  amount  of  capital  employed  in  manufactures  was  $11,517,583. 

The  College  of  New  Jersey,  or  Nassau  Hall,  at  Princeton,  is  one  of  the  oldest 
•nd  most  distin^ished  in  the  country,  and  has  educated  many  eminent  men.  At 
the  same  place  is  the  Theolooical  Seminary  of  the  Presbyterian  Church,  more 
recently  founded,  but  equally  distinguished.  Rutgers  College,  in  New  Bruns- 
wick, was  founded  in  1770,  and  latterly  has  been  flourishing.  Connected  with 
it  is  the  Theological  Seminary  of  the  Reformed  Dutch  Church,  founded  in  1784, 
which  is  respectable.  In  these  institutions  there  were,  in  1840,  433  studente ; 
there  were  in  the  State  66  academies,  with  3027  students,  and  1307  common  and 
primary  schools,  with  53,583  scholars.  There  were  6385  white  persons,  over  20 
years  of  age,  who  could  neither  read  nor  write. 

In  1835,  the  Presbyterian«>  had  100  churches,  and  105  ministers ;  the  Dutch 
Reformed  had  48  churches,  and  43  ministers ;  the  Episcopalians  had  35  churches, 
1  bishop,  and  39  ministera ;  the  Methodists  had  64  ministers,  and  about  twice  as 
many  congregations ;  the  Baptists  in  1833  had  61  churches,  and  54  ordained 
ministera;  the  Friends  had  67  meeting;  the  Roman  Catholics  had  4  ministers. 
Thtte  are  also  Congregationalists,  Univerealists,  and  othera. 

There  areiWTeral  important  works  of  internal  improvement  in  this  State.  The 
Morris  canal  proceeds  irom  Jersey  city,  opposite  to  New  York,  westwardly,  101^ 
miles,  to  Easton,  Pa.  The  Delaware  ana  Hudson  canal  commences  at  Borden- 
town,  proceeds  north-west  to  Trenton,  and  thence  north-east  to  New  Brunswick, 
on  the  Raritan  river.  The  Camden  and  Amboy  rail-road  commences  at  Camden, 
opposite  to  Philadelphia,  and  proceeds  north-east  to  Ambo^,  61  miles ;  it  has  a 
branch  from  Bordentown  to  Trenton,  8  miles,  and  another  from  Craft's  Creek  to 
Jobstown,  13  miles.  The  Paterson  and  Hudson  rail-road  proceeds  from  Jeraey 
city  to  Pateraon,  16^  miles.  The  New  Jersey  rail-road  proceeds  from  Jersey 
city,  through  Newark,  34  miles,  to  New  Bninswick ;  here  it  joins  the  New 
Brunswick  and  Trenton  rail-road,  which  connects  the  two  places,  27  miles  dis- 
tant. The  Morris  and  Essex  rail-road  extends  from  Newark,  33  miles,  to  Monis- 
town.    A  rail-read  extends  irom  Elizabethport,  35  miles,  to  Somerville. 

The  city  of  Trenton,  on  the  east  bank  of  the  Delaware,  at  the  head  of  sldop 
navigation,  is  the  capital  of  the  State.  It  is  regularly  laid  out,  and  contains  the 
State-house,  State-prison,  and  seven  churches.  A  wooden  bridge,  1100  feet  in 
length,  here  crosses  the  river,  just  below  the  falls ;  and  the  Delaware  and  Raritan 
canal  passes  through  the  city.  The  falls  afford  extensive  water-power  for  manu- 
faeturinff  purposes,  and  Uiere  are  ten'  mills  and  manufactories  in  the  vicinity. 
Population,  4035.  Ten  miles  from  Trenton  is  the  village  of  Princeton,  the  seat 
of  New  Jersey  College,  and  celebrated  in  th^  revolutionary  history  for  the  action 
of  January  3d,  1777.    Population,  3055. 

The  city  of  New  Brunswick,  at  the  head  of  sloop  navigation  on  the  Raritan, 
and  at  the  termination  of  the  Delaware  and  Raritan  Canal,  is  the  depdt  of  the 
produce  of  a  fertile  district,  and  a  place  of  considerable  trade.  The  upper  streeto 
are  spacious  and  handsome,  and  command  a-fine  prospect.  Here  are  Rutgers 
College,  and  a  theological  seminary  of  the  Dutch  Reforcaed  Churoh.  Population 
in  1840, 8693.    If  contains  8  churohes,  3  banks,  130  stores,  and  800  dwellings. 

At  the  mouth  of  the  Raritan  ktands  the  city  of  Amboy,  or  Perth  Amboy,  with 
a  good  harbour,  which  is,  however,  little  used.  Elizabethtbwn  is  a  pretty 
and  thriving  town  near  Newark  Bay,  with  about  2500  inhabitants ;  it  contains 
several  manufactories,  mills,  &;c.    It  is  intereected  by  two  rail-roads. 

The  city  of  Newark,  the  largest  and  most  important  town  in  New  Jersey, 
stands  on  the  Passaic,  three  miles  from  Newark  Bay,  and  has  easy  communication 
with  New  York  by  means  of  steamboato  and  the  New  Jersey  rail-road ;  the  Morris 
canal  also  passes  through  the  city.    Newark  is  prettily  situated  and  well  built. 


■P 


m 


PENNSYLVANIA. 


177 


with  spacious  streets  and  handsome  honses,  many  of  which  are  ornamented  with 
fine  shadextrees.  The  manufactures  are  extensive ;  the  capital  employed  in  1840 
'  mounted  to  $1,51 1,33&.  Carriages,  shoes  and  boots,  cutlery,  saddlery,  jewelry, 
*!  bats,  furniture,  &o.,  are  among  tlie  articles  pii>duced.  The  population  in  1830 
was  10,963,  and  in  1840,  17,390.  Paterson,  at  the  falls  cf  the  Passaic,  is  one 
of  the  principal  manufacturing  towns  in  the  country;  it  has  an  immense  water- 
power,  which  is  extensively  applied  to  economical  purposes.  Here  are  oottoi^ 
mills,  with  numerous  other  works,  such  as  paper-mills,  machine-shops,  button 
factories,  iron  and  brass  founderies,  nail  factories,  woollen-mills,  Ito.  The  town 
contains  nine  churches,  a  philosophical  society,  and  also  a  mechanics*  society 
for  improvement  in  the  mechanic  arts.     Population,  7596. 

Below  Trenton,  on  the  Delaware,  is  Bordentown,  pleasantly  situated  on  ele- 
vated ground  overlooking  the  river,  and  standing  at  the  termination  of  the  Delar 
ware  and  Raritan  canal.  Population,  about  1800.  The  city  of  Burlington,  below 
Bordentown,  is  also  a  neat  little  town,  situated  on  the  bank  of  the  river,  with 
3434  inhabitants.  Steamboats  from  Philadelphia  touch  at  these  places  several 
times  a  day.  The  city  of  Camden,  opposite  to  Philadelphia,  carries  on  some 
branches  of  manufacturing  industry;  several  steam  ferry-boats  are  constantly 

E lying  between  the  two  cities.  It  contains  6  churches,  an  academy,  bank,  court- 
ouse,  &c.  Population  in  1840,  3,371 ;  in  1845,  4306,  with  836  dwellings. 
Woodbury,  7  miles  south  of  Camf^n.  is  connected  with  the  latter  by  a  rail- 
road ;  it  is  a  neat  village  of  120  dwellings,  and  about  800  inhabitants.  Salem, 
on  Salem  creek,  35  miiea  south  of  Camden,  is  a  town  of  350  houses,  and  had  a 
population  in  1840  of  2007  inhabitants.  It  was  founded  in  1675,  and  was  the 
first  place  that  was  settled  by  English  emigrants  in  West  Jersey. 


COMMONWEALTH    OF   PENNSYLVANIA. 

This  State,  which,  from  her  central  position,  her  dimensions,  her  natural  re- 
sources, her  great  lines  of  communication,  and  her  population,  may  rank  as  one 
of  the  most  important  in  the  Union,  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  New  York  and 
Lake  Erie,  east  by  New  Jersey,  south-east  by  Delaware,  south  by  Maryland  and 
Virginia,  and  west  by  part  of  Virginia  and  Ohio.  Its  greatest  length,  from  east 
to  west,  is  307  miles,  and  its  breadth  157;  area,  46,000  square  miles. 

The  principal  rivers  are  the  Delaware,  Schuylkill,  Lehigh,  Susquehanna, 
Juniata,  Alleghany,  Monongahela,  and  Ohio.  The  various  ridges  of  the  Alle- 
ghany range,  whose  geneid  direction  is  from  south-west  to  north-east,  intersect 
the  central  parts  of  this  State.  The  valleys  between  many  of  these  ridges  are 
often  of  a  rich  black  soil,  suited  well  to  the  various  kinds  of  grass  and  grain 
Some  of  the  mountains  admit  of  cultivation  almost  to  their  summits.  No  State 
in  the  Union  shows  to  the  traveller  a  richer  agriculture  than  Pennsyh <»;:?.  It 
is  emphatically  a  ^rain  country,  raising  the  finest  wheat.  It  produces  all  the 
fruits  and  productions  of  the  northern  and  middle  States,  ana  is  particularly 
famous  for  the  size  and  excellence  of  its  breed  of  draught  horses. 

The  inhabitants  of  Pennsylvania,  though  composed  of  all  nations,  are  distin- 
guished for  their  habits  of  order,  industry,  and  frugality.  The  passing  stranger, 
as  he  traverses  the  State,  is  struck  with  the  noble  roads  and  public  works,  with 
the  well-cultivated  farms,  and  their  commodious  and  durable  stone  houses,  and 
often  still  larger  stone  bams.  An  agricultural  country,  alike  charming  and  rich, 
spreads  under  his  eye. 

The  mineral  wealth  of  Pennsylvania  is  very  great.  Coal,  Iron,  and  salt,  occur 
in  vast  quantities.  The  coal  of  Pennsylvania  is  of  two  kinds,  the  anthracite  and 
bituminous,  which  are  quite  distinct  in  their  qualities  and  localities.  The  first  is 
found  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  State,  between  the  Delaware  and  Susquehanna 
rivers,  and  is  estimated  to  cover  an  extent  of  about  624,000  acres.  The  bitumi- 
nous coal  is  found  in  the  western  parts  of  the  State,  on  the  Ohio,  All^ghscjr,  and 
ether  riven  in  that  region. 

Iron-ore  of  an  excellent  quality  is  abundant,  and  extensively  wrought.    The 


UNfTBD  tfPATBB. 


ijr0iHniM«  in  th«  cMtern  part  of  th«  Stat*  warn  explored  and  woriied  at  an  eaily 
ptaibd  of  eolonial  Mttlement,  and  had  baooBM  an  inlaraat  of  valoe  befom  thio 
KcrplntioD.  Sinee  the  peace  of  178S,  wfth^aradi  fluotoatioa,  iron  has  at  all  timet 
employed  in  PennnWania  a  eenaideiable  amooot  of  eapital  and  labear;  whiht 
the  raoent  aoeeeaafal  Mpplieaticn  of  antbraoite  eoal  to  the  ftiMon  of  the  ore,  and 
the  abnindanee  of  both  materiala  in  eloae  proximity,  promise  a  rast  extension  ti 
dM  baHineia. 

The  popaladon  in  1790  was  434,373;  in  1800, 609,S45:  in  1810, 810,091 ;  in 
1890,  1,049,313;  in  1830,  1,346,673;  in  1840,  l,7S4,<a3.  Of  these,  884,770 
inat  white  males;  831,345^  white  feihales;  89,763  were  coloured  males;  35,109, 
odound  females.  Employed  in  agriculture,  307,538;  in  commerce,  15,338;  in 
mthulaotaies  and  tredea,  105,883;  in  mining,  4608;  in  naTigating  the  ocean, 
181^;  in  navigating  canals,  riTera  and  lakes,  3951 ;  in  the  leanMd  professions, 
6706. 

There  wen  in  the  State,  in  1840,  361,558  horses  and  mules;  1,161,576  neat 
cattle ;  l;755,597  riieop ;  1,485,360  swino.  Poultry  was  produced  to  the  amount 
of  11681,979:    There  were  pi-oduced,  13,993,318  bushels  of  wheat;  6,644,654  of 

Se;  3,096,016  of  buckwheat;  14,077,363  of  Indian  com;  306,858  of  barley; 
»,485,744ofoats;  9,477,343  of  potatoes ;  3,038,657  pounds  of  wool ;  48,694  of 
hops;  335,018  of  tobacco;  3,366,755  of  sugar ;  7963  of  silk  cocoons ;  1,303,685 
tons  of  hay.  The  products  of  the  dairy  were  valued  at  $3,153,987 ;  of  die  orch- 
aM,at  $610,519;  of  lumber,  at  $1,146,355.  There  were  made  14,338  gallons 
of  Vine. 

The  exports  for  the  year  ending  September  30th,  1841,  were  $5,153,501,  and 
the  imports  $10,346,698.  The  tonnage  entered  was  99,385 ;  and  cleared,  83,593 
tons. 

The  manufactures  of  PennsylTania  are  extensive.  According  to  the  census  of 
1840,  home-made  or  family  manufactures  amounted  to  $1,393,439;  335  woollen 
manufoetories  and  337  fulling-mills  produced  articles  to  the  amount  of  $3,398,861, 
maploying  a  eapital  of  $1,5(K>,546 ;  106  cotton  manufactories  produced  articles  to 
the  amount  of  $5,013,007,  employing  a  capital  of  $3,335,400;  3997  persons  pro* 
dnced  859,686  tons  of  anthracite  coal,  with  a  capital  of  $4,334,103;  1798  persons 

tirodueed  11,630,654  bushels  of  bituminous  coal,  with  a  capital  Of  $300,416 ;  913 
hrnaeea  produced  98,395  tons  cast-iron,  and  169  forges,  &c.  produced  87,944  tons 
of  bar-iron,  employina  a  eapital  of  $7,781,471 ;  1149  tanneries,  and  3133  other 
||Uinulactorie*,  as  saddleries,  Ac.,  produced  articles  to  the  amount  of  $3,463,943, 
employing  a  capital  of  $3,979,459;  30  powdei^mills  manufactured  1,184,335 
pottad*  of  powder,  employing  a  capital  of  $66,800;  drugs,  paints,  &c.,  were  pro- 
cneed  to  the  amount  of  $3,100,074 ;  38  glass-houses  and  15  glass-cutting  estab- 
blishmantf  produced  articles  to  the  amount  of  $773,400,  employing  a  capital  of 
$714,100;  machinery  was  produced  to  the  value  of  $1,993,763;  precious  metals 
to  the  Tslne  of  $9,679,075;  1005  distillariea  produced  6,938,768  gallons  of  dis- 
tilled spirits;  87  breweries  produced  19,765,974  gallons  of  beer,  employing  a 
oapital  of  $l385,771 ;  735  flounng-aiills  produced  1,181,530  barrels  of  flour,  and 
with  other  mills  produced  articles  to  the  amount  of  $9,333,615,  employing  a 
oapita:.  of  $7,779,784.  The  total  amount  of  capital  employed  in  manufactures  in 
dM  State,  was  $31,815,106. 

Tha  eollMfes  are  nnmsrous.  The  University  of  Pennsylvania,  in  Philadelphia, 
wu.fettnded  in  1756 ;  Diokinson  College,  inXTarliale,  in  1783 ;  Jefferson  Collaae, 
Ut.  Canonsbnrg,  in  1803;  Waahington  Oollega,  in  Washington,  in  1806;  Alle- 
ghany College,  in  Meadviile,  in  1815 ;  Pennsylvania  College,  in  Gettysburg,  in 
1839 ;  La  Fayette  College,  in  Eaaton,  1839;  Manhall  College,  at  Meroersburg, 
1836.  Besides  these,  are  the  Medical  Department  of  the  Univenity  of  Pennsyl- 
iffutia.  founded  at  Philadelphia,  in  1766;  Jefferson  Medical  College,  at  Philadel- 
|Ma«  ii»  l{i94 ;  the  Medical  Department  of  Psansylvania  College,  at  Philadelphia, 
la  1889 ;  the  Theological  Seminary  of  the  Lutheran  Churoh,  at  Oenyabui^,  in 
i896 ;  the  Seminary  of  the  German  Refitrmed  Churoh,  at  York,  lo  1895 ;  the: 
Western  Theoiogicai  Seminary,  at  Cancnsburg,  and  the  Theologieal  Seminary 
•t  Pittsburg.    In  all  these  seminaries  there  were,  in  1840, 9084  studc^nti.    Thers 


mm 


mm 


PJENNBYLVANIA. 


m 


wen  in  the  State  890  academies,  with  16,970  •todents;  and  4968  comne*  a|*d 
primaiy  iehoola,  with  179,^89  seholars.  Tliefe  Were  33,940  white  persona,  o?^ 
SO  years  of  age,  who  could  neither  read  nor  write. 

Of  the  relisioos  denominationa,  the  Presbytmans,  inclading  tiie  Aasoeiati 
Reformed,  had,  in  1836,  400  ministers ;  the  Methodists,  350 ;  the  Baptists,  140*} 
the  German  Reformed,  73 ;  the  Epiacopaltans,  70 ;  the  Friends,  100  eoogragf^ 
tions.  Besides  these,  then  are  aeveral  other  denominations  whieh  ;are  Ism 
nttOMnoiis. 

By  a  splendid  coarse  of  internal  improrementa,  .Pennsylvania  has  greatly^ 
extended  and  facilitated  her  trade,  but  has  contracted  the  laigiest  debt  of  any  Sttts 
in  the  Union  which  she  is  abiudantly  able  to  diactiar|e,  hot. caa  only  do  it  by  mods* 
rate  taxation.  The  central  division  of  the  T'ennsy  1  vaua  canal  oommenoea  at  the  to- 
mination  of  the  Columbia  and  Philadelphia  rail-road,  at  Colombia,  and  extends 
along  the  Soaquehanna  and  Juniata  rivers,  173  miles,  to  Hollidaysbai]^,  wh«i«  ft 

f  asses  over  the  Alleghany  mountain  by  a  rail-road.  The  western  division  cf  th* 
'ennsylvania  canal  extends  from  Johnstown  to  Pittsburg,104  miles.  This  completes 
the  line  of  lail-roads  from  Philadelphia  to  Pittsbura,  395  miles.  A  canal  extends 
from  the  Pennsylvania  canal,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Juniata  river,  and  proceeds  39 
miles  to  Northumberland,  where  it  connects  with  the  North  and  West  Branch 
canals.  The  West  Branch  canal  extends  fW>m  Northumberland,  along  the  Wort 
branch  of  the  Susquehanna  river,  75  miles,  to  Farrandsville,  in  Clinton  connty, 
reaching  the  bituminous  coal-fields  in  that  vicinity.  The  Nortfi  Branch  diviaion 
extends  from  Northumberiand,  73  miles,  to  a  little  above  Wilkesbarra.  Thai 
Delaware  division  of  the  Pennsylvania  canal  extends  from  the  tide-water  at  Bris- 
tol, 30  miles  above  Philadelphia,  to  Easton,  at  the  mouth  of  Uie  Lehigh,  where  It 
joins  the  navigation  of  the  Lehigh  company,  extending  to  the  coal  legtoa,  SS 
miles.  The  Schuylkill  navigation  commences  at  the  Fainhount  dam,  near  PhUai- 
delpbia,  and  extends  to  Port  Carbon,  in  Schuylkil.l  countv,  the  heart  of  difi 
antnracite  coal  region.  The  Union  canal  extends  from  the  Schuylkill,  near  Read- 
ing, to  Middletown,  on  the  Susanehaninn,  83  milea ;  it  has  a  navigable  feeder  o^ 
33  miles  on  Swatara  creek,  which  communicates  with  the  coal  regmn.  The  Stts^ 
quehanna  or  Tidewater  canal  commences  at  Wrightsville,  opposite  to  Columbia* 
and  extends  45  miles  to  Havre-de»Grace,  in  Maryland,  ana  eonnects  die  Penn- 
■ylvania  canal  with  the  tide-water  of  Cheaapeake  bay.  The  Philadelphia  and 
Reading  rail-road  extends  from  the  west  side  of  the  Schuylkill,  near  Philadelphia, 
to  Pottaville,  in  Schuylkill  countv,  90  miles,  giving  read/^accesa  to  the  coal  region. 
There  are  many  minor  rail-roads,  which  have  relation  to  the  transportation  of 
coal.  The  Alleghany  Portage  rail-road  extendi*  from  HoUidaysburg  to  Johns- 
town, 36^  miles,  and  connects  the  eastern  and  western  divisions  of  the  Pennsyl- 
vania canal.  The  Philadelphia  and  Columbia  rail-road,  one  of  the  most  import* 
ant  in  the  State,  extends  from  Philadelphia,  88  miles,  to  Columbia  on  the  San-, 
Quehanna.  A  rail-road  extends  through  the  south*«astern  part  of  the  8tate,1eadiiiif 
Rom  New  York  to  Baltimore  and  Waahington. 

The  city  of  Philadelphia,  the  principal  city  of  the  State,  and  one  of  the  most 
regularly  laid  out  and  nandsomely  built  in  the  world,  stands  between  the  Dela- 
ware and  tiie  Schuylkill  rivers,  abont  5  miles  above  their  Junction,  and  100  milea 
from  the  sea  by  the  course  of  the  former.  It  yields  to  none  in  we  Union  iii  th« 
wealth,  industry,  and  intelligence  of  its  citiaens.  Philadelphia  has  the  advaiiiafs 
of  a  double  port,  connected  with  very  remote  aections ;  that  on  the  Sehuylkin  It 
accessible  to  vessels  of  300  tons,  and  Is  a  vreat  depAt  for  the  coal  ot  the  int^ 
rior;  the  other,  on  the  Delaware,  admits  the  largeat  merehant-vesads  to  dre  doop 
of  the  warehouses,  and  is  spacious  and  secure. 

The  streets  are  broad  and  straight,  crossijig  each  other  at  right  angles,  and 
dividing  the  city  into  numerous  squarea,  some  of  which  have  been  reaerrsd  fov 

Sublio  walks,  and  are  ornamented  with  line  ahade  an4  flowering  trees.  Ilm 
welling-houses  are  neat  and  commodious,  and  the  public  buildiiiffSi  generally, 
constructed  of  white  marble,  are  the  most  elegant  in  the  country.  Three  hriditat 
cross  the  Schuylkill ;  the  wire  auspension  brMge  i*  rssssrkabls  for  iU  itgki  anf 
beantifai  appearance.    Nuroeious'  steam-boats  aflTord  constant  communieatloi 


tn 


mm 


a^i^i 


UNITED  STATES. 


wiUi  Baltiinon  and  New  York,  and,  with  the  lail-toade  into  the  interior,  render 
tfiie  elty  the  great  thorragfafare  between  the  novdi  and  aouth,  and  the  east  and 


Philadelphia  inelndea  the  City  Proper,  with  Southwark,  Mojrameming,  and 
Piasynnk,  on  the  soaiK ;  and  Kensington,  Northern  Liberties,  Spring  Garden,  and 
Pean  Township,  on  the  north ;  haring  a  population,  in  1790,  <H  4S,5S90;  in  1814^ 
orM,664;  in  1630,  of  167,811 ;  and  in  1840,  of  988,690^ 

The  manniaetaTes  of  Philadelphia  are  rarions  and  extensive :  her  foreign  com* 

Biee  is  considerable,  the  arrivals  from  foreign  ports  in  1835  having  been  499, 
and  the  value  of  her  imports  being  $5,000,000  a  year;  her  inland  eomroeree  is 
Mac  vely  extensive,  and  rapidlv  increasing,  in  consequent  :>  of  the  fiunlities  afford* 
ed  by  die  numerous  canals  and  raU<roads  ihat  centre  here,  affording  an  easy  com- 
naaioation  With  all  sections  of  the  State,  and  with  the  great  western  valley. 
Time  are  about  500,000  barrels  of  flour  and  3600  hogsheads  of  tobacco  inspected, 
and  upwards  of  800,000  bushels  of  grain  iceasuied  here,  annually. 

The  shipping  belonging  to  the  port  in  1843,  was  104,349  tons.  There  are  in 
the  eity  14  banks,  with  a  capital  of  913,000,000. 

-  Philadelphia  is  not^  for  the  number  and  excellence  of  its  benevolent  insUtU' 
tions.  Among  these  are  the  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  the  Dispensary,  Wills' 
Hospital  for  the  lame  and  blind ;  the  institutions  for  the  deaf  and  dumb,  and  for 
the  blind }  the  Almshouse,  Magdalen  Asylum,  Oq>han  Asylums,  Girard  College 
for  Orphans,  &e.  The  Society  for  alleviating  the  miseries  of  public  prisons,  has 
not  only  distinguished  itself  by  its  successful  efforts  in  reforming  the  penal  code 
of  die  State,  but  in  improving  the  conditions  of  the  prisons :  the  discipline  adopt- 
ed by  the  ii^uence  of  this  sodiety  consists  in  solitary  confinement  with  labour; 
and  the  penitentiaries  of  Pennsylvania  are  conducted  on  this  plan.  The  learned 
inatitutiona  of  Philadelphia  are  equally  distinguished ;  they  an  the  American 
F^loaopliieal  Society,  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  the  Pennsylvania  His* 
tpfieal  Society,  and  the  Fnnklin  Institute ;  all  of  which  have  published  some 
valoable  volumes.  The  medical  schools  are  also  much  frequented,  and  highly 
eel^rated.  Th6  City  Library,  inoludiuff  the  Loi^nian  eolleotion,  consists  of 
53,000  volumes.  There  is  also  an  Academy  of  Fine  Arts  here.  Free  schools 
are  supported  at  the  public  charge,  and  educated,  in  1843,  33,130  scholara,  at  an 
expense  pf  #199,000.  The  principal  public  buildings  are  the  Custom-house,  late 
the  United  Sta*«s  Bank,  on  the  model  of  the  Parthenon,  and  the  Pennsylvania 
Bnnk,  of  the  Ionic  order,  both  elegant  specimens  of  dassi'^al  arehitecture ;  the 
Blint,  a  handsome  building,  with  Ionic  porticoea  69  feet  long  on  each  front;  the 
Bxohange,  95  feet  by  114,  containing  a  spacious  hall,  news-room,  the  postKtffice, 
(bo. ;  the  Girard  Bank;  the  Girard  Coll^,  a  splendid  structure,  111  feet  by  1G9, 
with  a  colonnade  of  Grecian  Corinthian  columns  entirely  surrounding  it.  All  of 
thsM  buildings  are  of  white  marble. 

The  United  States  Marine  Asylum,  capable  of  accommodating  400  men,  with 
a  front  of  385  feet;  the  Almshouse,  on  the  west  bank  of  the  Schuylkill,  consist* 
Ing  of  four  distinct  buildinss,  with  neariy  400  rooms ;  the  State-house,  interelting 
from  its  havine  been  the  place  where  the  Declaration  of  Independence  was  adopt- 
ed, and  'prom^gated;  the  United  States  Arsenal,  &c.,  also  deserve  mention. 
"Iliera  are  here  144  churohes  and  places  of  public  worship,  including  3  syna- 
pies.  The  State  penitentiary  and  the  county  prison  are  not  less  remarkable 
their  aiehitecture,  than  for  their  discipline.  The  county  prison,  built  of  Quincy 
tnite,  has  a  front  of  310  feet,  by  696  in  depth.  There  is  a  navy-yard  here,  but 
iips  of  war  of  the  largest  class  cannot  ascend  to  the  city  with  their  armament. 
The  inhabitants  are  liberally  supplied  with  water,  raised  from  the  Schuylkill 
nver,  by  the  Fainnount  works,  constructed  at  an  expense  of  §432,600;  the  daily 
oounmptibn  in  summer  is  about  4,600,000  gallons,  and  supplies  96,649  tenants. 
Rneently,  the  corporations  of  Spring  Garden  and  the  Northern  Liberties  have 
Muplejied  a  similar  work,  on  a  smaller  scale,  for  the  supply  of  their  districts  n'ith 
iln^t  independent  of  the  city.    The  city  proper  and  the  Northern  Liberties  are 

a|htad  with  gas,  and  the  district  of  Kenslagton  is  about  to  be  illinsfnated  in  the 
me'manner. 


■ni 
«bii 


p 


■■ 


FENNHTLVAIOA. 


in 


IWnkford  mad  GeraMntown  am  flouzuhiiiK  towns  in  the  Tieinity  of  PbiladM- 
phia.  Tho  fonner  eonttim  aeroral  miuaa&etafinf  ottabliohmenta,  iaelndiag  «*• 
ton-milla,  ealieo-print  wotIu,  Jte.  Neat  it  aie  an  aianal  of  the  United  Sutao, 
and  a  Innatie  aaylnm  belonging  to  the  Friends.  Gennantofwn  is  a  ilovrishii^  and 
j^easant  town,  with  6489  inhabitants,  containing  a  twnk,  aome  nanoftelana,  Iw. 
Tbe  Mher  moot  important  places  in  Pennsylvanu  are  Luteastn  eity,  Haniabaig, 
Reading,  Eaaton,  and  Pottsrille,  in  the  eastern  sectioa  of  the  State ;  in  the  wesv 
em  are  rittsbnrgh,  Beaver,  Stc. 

The  eity  of  Lancaster,  69  miles  west  of  PhUadelphia,  pleasantly  sitiMted  in  tte 
feMIe  and  higbly  cultivated  Conestoga  Talley,  is  (me  or  the  handsomest  in  tfie 
State :  the  streets  are  regular,  and  among  the  public  buiraings  are  IS  chaieheif 
an  academy,  &c.  Its  tnde  is  eztensiTC,  and  the  manufactures  various  and  06*> 
siderable ;  it  is  noted  for  the  superior  quality  ci  its  riflee,  coaches,  rail-road  cars, 
stockings,  saddlerr,  &».  The  pi^ulation  amounts  to  8417.  Lancaster  is  coH^ 
nectod  with  Philadelphia  and  Harrisbuig  by  lail-roads,  and  with  the  Susquehanna, 
below  Columbia,  by  a  canaL 

Harrisburg,  the  capital  of  the  State,  stands  on  die  left  bank  of  Uio  Snaque- 
hanua.  Tbe  State^^ioose  is  a  neat  and  eommodiona  building,  fiom  the  cupola  of 
which  is  one  of  the  finest  panoramic  views  in  the  United  States.  Here  are  also 
a  court-house,  and  a  number  of  churches.  Population  in  1840,  5980.  Beyond 
the  Suequehanna  are  the  thriving  towns  of  Carliue  and  Cbambersburg ;  the  former 
containing  4361,  and  the  latter  4030  inhabitants.  Carlisle  is  the  seat  of  Diekin* 
son  College. 

Reading,  about  60  miles  north-west  from  Philadelphia,  ia  a  raosperans  town- on 
the  left  b«ik  of  the  Schuylkill,  and  at  the  termination  of  the  Union  eanaU  The. 
town  wao  laid  out  in  1748  by  Thomas  end  Riehard  Penn,  govemcHW  and  propria 
tors  of  the  province ; '  it  is  regularly  built,  and  waa  origin^y  settled  by  Germaai>  { 
several  newspapera  are  still  printed  in  that  language,  though  English  is  fmtaiJ^ 
understood.  More  than  60,000  dosen  wool  hats  have  been  manufactured  hare  u 
a  year,  for  the  southern  and  western  markets ;  naila  are  also  made  to  a  conaidep> 
able  extent    Population,  8410. 

Easton,  at  the  confluence  of  the  Lehiffh  and  the  Delaware,  and  tbe  termination 
of  the  Morris  canal,  is  one  of  the  most  Qourishing  inland  towns  in  the  State.  In 
its  immediate  neighbourhood  are  numerous  flour-mills,  oil-mills,  saw-mills,  <be. 
The  situation  is  highly  pictoreeque,  and  it  contains  9  banka,  6  churches,  and  La 
Fayette  College,  founded  in  ld33,  which  has  164  students.  The  population  in 
1840  was  4865.  Pottsville  is  situated  in  a  wild  district  on  the  Schuylkill,  in  the 
midst  of  the  coal  region.  It  contains  many  Landsome  dwellings,  and  its  popu- 
lation, which  in  1836  did  not  exceed  300,  amounted  in  1840  to  4345.  Maueh 
Chunk,  first  settled  in  1891,  is  also  built  on  very  broken  ground ;  but,  in  addition 
to  the  coal  trade,  it  enjoya  the  advantage  of  an  extensive  water-power,  which,  ia 
used  for  manufacturing  purposes ;  and  its  population  at  present  exceeds  1800. 
Wilkesbarre  stands  in  the  delightTul  valley  of  Wyoming,  whose  rural  beauty  and 
peaceful  diades,  once  stained  with  blood  and  desolated  with  fire,  have  been  con- 
secrated by  the  deathless  muse.  The  population  of  Wilkeabarre  in  1840  was  1718. 

PitUburg,  the  principal  city  of  Western  Pennsylvania,  is  bnilt  at  the  junction 
of  the  Monongahela  and  the  Alleghany.  The  ci^  proper  includes  only  the  traot 
between  the  nvers ;  but,  aa  the  towns  of  Alleghanytown,  Birmingham,  dec,  nally 
form  a  part  of  Pittaburg,  they  must  properly  be  included  in  its  description.  Perh 
haps  its  site  is  unrivalled  in  the  world,  commanding  a  navisation  of  about  60,Q00 
miles,  which  gives  it  access  to  the  most  fertile  region  on  the  face  of  the  globe, 
sorrounded  by  inexhaustible  beds  of  the  most  useful  minerals.  Connected  by 
artificial  works  which  top  the  great  natural  barrier  on  the  east,  with  the  three 
principal  cities  of  the  Atiantic  border  on  one  side ;  and  by  others,  not  less  exten- 
Bive,  with  those  great  inland  aeaa  that  already  bear  on  their  bosoms  the  trade  of 
industrious  millions,  Pittsburg  is  doubtiess  destined  to  become  one  of  the  most 
important  centres  of  population,  industry  and  wealth,  in  the  United  States.  The 
population  of  Uie  phtce.  Is  18C0,  was  about  ISCv;  in  1530, 10,000;  in  183«, 
13,568 ;  and,  according  to  the  census  of  1840,  31,115.    There  are  here  90  large 


w 


.  -  -v^,-.*f/.'»sp.w*r"^'vv 


MB 


UNITED  aTATBB. 


ftoadariM  and  cngiM  ftetoriM,  with  Bomafou  ■««!!  work*  t  iolUap>mtM%eoHoii 
•MiblMiBientSf  white>lMd  hatinoM,  brawmea,  mw  aad  gimt^niUs,  glass-workfei 
with  bfiM  fooaderiM,  stad  manUfoetoriea^  tannarias,  aalt-woika,  papar«intHa( 
anninfiuitoriaa  of  entliBry  and  agrieoltiHal  im^amantai  ice.,  aia  among  th^  374 
manoiaetaring  eatabuahmanta  of  Pittaburg .  Tha  citv  ia  ragplarljr  buiU;  but  tha 
ehmda  of  amoke  in  whtoh  it  ia  eonatantly  anvBli^ped,  giva  it  rathar  a  dingy  a|^ 

Kianaab  Among,  tha  pnblic  eatairiiahmanta  hare,  aie  the  AUegliany  araensK 
mging  to  tka  United  Slatea ;  the  Weatern  Penitentiary  of  tha  State,  the  Waali> 
ant  Im^iait^,  a  Pnabytarian  and  a  Raformed  theologieal  aemiaary,  35  ehiuehea 
aad  plaeaa  of  worahip,  60  oommoa>  and  IS  aalact  acboola,  &c.  A  ateam-engina 
asppUaa  tha  city  with  3,0(00,000  galloBa  of  water  daily.  One  of  tha  moat  lieatriM* 
tiva  fiiaa  that  baa  oqcurred  in  the  United  Statea,  took  plaee  here  on  the  17th  of 
April,  1846.  Aboat  1000  buildings  were  conaamed,  besidea  a  great  amount  of 
macefaaBdiae.    The  entire  loaa  is  eatimatad  at  firom  aiz  to  nine  million  doUara. 

In  tha  diatrict  to  the  aonth  of  Pittaburg,  Waahington,  Brownarilla,  and  Union, 
are  thriving  towna.  Canonsbnrg  is  the  seat  of  Jefferson  Golle^.  Below  Pittas 
bufg  in  tha  bnoag^  of  Beaver,  at  tha  mouth' of  BeaTer  river;  in  the  Tioini^aro 
aavaral  amall  but  thriving  towna,  which  are  indebted  for  their  proaperity  to  the 
giaaiwater-powar  afforded  by  t..o  falla  of  that  atream.  Numorona  mute  and 
■nnaftcturing  aatritliahmenta  have  recendy  been  erected  on  both  aidea  of  tha 
livar,  and  the  whole  population  of  tha  neighbourhood  ia  about  5000.  The  falla 
araSoiilaa  firom  the  Ohio  river;  their  deaoent  ia  about  69  feet.  FallBton  and 
New  Biighton  at  their  foot,  and  Brighton  and  Sharon  lower  dowq,  are  all  within 
a  abort  (Cutanea  firom  each  other. 

Eria,  on  tha  lake  of  the  aama  name,  ia  important  on  aeoount  of  ita  harbour, 
wbvita  ia  ptoaaoted  by  several  piara.  This  {dace  ia  inereaaing  rapidly,  and  bida 
ftit  to  bacomv  ot  conaidarabla  eomnieicial  importance.  By  the  eompletion  of  dia 
|Ma  aslanaion  of  the  Pannaylvania  canal,  it  ia  uom  uonneetad  with  Pittaburg,  on 
the  Ohio  rivar«    Population,  841S. 


STATIS  OF  DELAWARE. 

tit  boundariea  of  thia  State  are,  on  the  north,  Pennaylvania;  on  the  south, 
Maryland ;  6n  tha  eaat,  Delaware  Bay  and  the  Atlantic  Ocean ;  and,  on  the  west, 
Pentia^lvania  and  Maryland. 

Tha  extent  from  norm  to  aonth  is  90  milea^  from  east  to  west,  25  miles ;  area 
fai  square  miles,  2130.  The  principal  streama,  besides  the  Delaware,  whieh  forms 
a  part  of  ita  boundary,  are  Brandy  wine  creek,  Chriatiana  creek,  Duck  creek,  Mis- 
piilion  creek,  and  Indian,  Choptank,  and  Nanticoke  rivers. 

The  general  aapeot  of  Delaware  is  that  of  an  axtended  plain,  mostly  favourable 
fin  eulnvation.  On  the  table-land  forming  the  dividing  ridge  between  the  Dels- 
ware  and  Cheaapeake  Baya,  is  a  chain  of  swamps,  from  which  the  waters  descend 
in  one  direction  to  Chesapeake,  and  in  the  other  to  Delaware  Bay.  The  upper 
part  of  tha  State  is  senerally  a  fine  tract  of  country,  and  well  adapted  to  the 
growing  of  wheat  and  other  grain.  The  staple  commodity,  however,  ia  wheat, 
Which  is  produced  of  a  auperior  quality.  Brandy  wine  creek,  in  the  upper  part  of 
the  State,  Atmishes  water>-power  for  great  and  growing  manufacturing  establish- 
nants.  The  chief  articlea  are  flour,  cottona,  woOllens,  paper,  and  gunpowder. 
Oalaware  contains  but  few  minerala ;  in  tha  county  of  Sussex,  and  among  the 
bvaaohea  of  the  Nanticoke,  are  large  quantities  of  bog  iron-ore,  well  adapted  for 
eaating;  but  it  is  not  wrought  to  any  extent. 

Tha  population  of  Delaware  in  1790  was  59,094 ;  in  1800,  64,272;  in  1810, 
72,674 ;  in  1820, 73,749 ;  in  1830, 76,739 ;  in  1840, 78,085.  Of  these,  2605  were 
slavea;  29,259  were  white  males;  29,302,  white  females;  8626,  firee  coloured 
saales;  8293.  free  coloured  females.  Employed  in  agriculture,  16,015;  in  com- 
meree,  467 ;  in  manufactares  and  trades,  4060 ;  navigaung  the  ocean,  401 ;  navi 
gating  rivers  and  canals,  236 ;  in  the  learned  professions  and  engineers,  199. 


.'.^..'^^     MVt^r'iitii,\iL 


harkovirt  i 
snd  bid*  I 

ri>urg,  on] 


the  south,  1 
the  west,  I 

^lles;  areal 
lich-jrinBl 
freelc,Ml9- 

|fatouTab1e| 
the  Dela- 


bra 

>rhe  uppBTt 
Lted  to  the| 
k  is  wheat,| 
bper  part  of  J 

Junpowder.l 
famong  *«l 
[adapted  M»| 

(;  in  1910. 
,8605  were  1 
eolonredl 
|l5;  incom-I 

W  iw- 


nmMWjoa. 


i«» 


In  this  State  Uieie  were,  in  1640, 14,4*1  iMmei  mi  iaMtest  58,8»^^eatMt<8tfj| 
39,347  sheep;  74,938  swine;  ponltiy  was  valoed  at  $47,S6S.  There  wert  pti^ 
doeed,  315,165  bushels  of  wlMat;  98^546'  ^  ije;  9,0W,S69  of  Indian  CQlrn; 
987,405  of  oats ;  5960  of  barl«3r ;  11,999  of  boehwheat,  and  900,719  oPpot«to«i  I 
38,483  tons  of  hay ;  64,404  pooiMls  of  wool ;  1456  of  sQlt  eooooiw.  llie  pMdncill 
of  the  dairy  tiOioaated  to  #113,698;  and  of  the  orchard,  to  f96,9II.  Th«  ex^Mti 
in  1840  amonnted  to  t37,601,  and  the  inpoHa  to  $609.  Capital  ftuplbijrwl  th  Ihi 
fisheries,  #170,000.  "^ 

The  manaftetnres  of  Delaware  ai*  tdonre  extchriTe  than  its  eoiniMiee.  HettM^ 
made  or  family  soods  Were  piodoeed  to  the  amount  of  #69,116 ;  9  woollen  fteio^ 
ries  prodooed  arSeles  to  the  amount  ot  #104,700,  emj^Ming  a  eapital  of  #l07,000't 
i  1  cotton  factories  produced  articles  to  the  tahie  of  #339,!nv,  employing  a  capital 
of  #330,500 ;  Id  tann^riea  employed  a,eapital  of  #89,900;  75  Y>ther  manufaetoriea 
of  leather,  as  saddleries,  fte.,  manuihetared  articles  to  the  amount  of  #166,037, 
employing  a  eapital  of  #161,630 ;  97  powder-mills  manufhctnrsd  9,100,000  pounds 
of  gunpowder,  amploying  a  eavital  <n  #890^000;  91  flonring-mills  manniactMred 
76,194  barrels  of  flour,  and,  with  other  mills,  produced  mrttdes  to  tte  amount  of 
#737,971t  emplc^ing  a  eapital  of  #991,150;  ships  wen  built  to  the  amount  of 
#35,400.  The  total  amount  of  capital  employed  in  manafaeturas  was  #1,569,919. 
There  is  but  one  eolleee  in  the  State — Newark  GoUece,  at  Newark,  founded 
in  1833;  it  has  100  students,  and  a  library  of  3500  ToTumes.  There  were,  tti 
1840, 90  acadeniies  in  the  State,  with  761  students,  and  153  primary  and  eomineil 
schools,  with  6994  seholara;  there  were  ih  the  State  4839  white  perSoils,  abctt*: 
the  age  of  90,  who  could  neither  read  nor  write. 

Of  the  principal  nUgioua  denominations,  the  PresbytMnans,  in  1836,  had  15 
ministers;  the  Methodists,  15;  the  Episcopaliaiis,  6  ministers;  the  Bmtista  had 
9  churches,  and  5  ministers ;  tiie  Reomn  Cathdioi  had  9  miikistera.  Tiiem  woUt^ 
also  some  few  FHends. 

Several  important  works  of  interna)  impravenent  have  been  completed.  The 
Chesapeake  and  Delaware  canal  commences  at  Delaware  city,  oti  die  Delaware 
river,  and  extends  14  miles  to  Bade  eieek,  a  tributary  of  Elk  fiver.  It  is  60  ft«t 
wide  at  the  top,  and  10  feet  deep;  ha^  two  lift  and  twd  tide-looks,  100  feet  by  99 
feet  in  the  chmnbei;  competed  in  1999,  and  oo«i#9,750,000.  It  is  navigable  for 
sloopa  and  steamboats.  The  New  Castle  and  Fimchtown  rail-road  extends  from 
New  Castle,  on  the  Delaware,  36  milea  below  Philadelphia,  to  Frenohtown,  on 
the  Elk  river,  which  entera  Chesapeake  B^.  It  is  16i  miles,  and  coimecta  with 
steamboats  on  the  Delaware  and  Chaaapeake. 

The  city  of  Wilmington,  pleasantly  situated  near  the  jnootion  of  the  Brandy- 
wine  and  Christiana*  is  a  well-built,  growing  town,  and  the  most  important  in  the 
State.  It  contains  an  arsenal,  hospitaU  16  churches,  dec,  and  is  supplied  witfi 
water  by  water-works  on  the  Brandy  wine.  Its  trade  is  considerable,  and  it  sends 
several  ships  to  the  whale-fishery.  In  the  immediate  vicinity  tiiere  are  about  100^ 
mills  and  manufectories,  produdng  flour,  i»aer,  iron-ware,  powder,  and  cotton 
snd  woollen  goods ;  the  Brandywine  flour-mills  are  among  the  most  extensive  in 
the  United  States.  Population  in  1840, 8367.  New  Castle,  below  Wilmington, 
is  at  the  eastern  termination  of  the  lidlnroad  toFrcnchtown;  it  contains  about 
1300  inhabitanta.  Dover,  the  seat  of  government,  contains  the  State-house,  and. 
about  600  inhabitants.  Lewistown  u  a  viUage  near  Cape  Henlppen,  in  front  at 
whioh  has  been  erected  the  Delaware  Breakwater.  The  work  conaista  of  two 
mere,  an  ice-breaker  1600  feet  in  length,  and  a  breakwater  3600  feet  long;  cost, 
#3^16,950. 


STATE  OF  MARYLAND. 

MAariMn)  is  bounded  north  by  Pennsylvania  and  Delaware ;  east  bv  Dela- 
ware and  the  Atlantic ;  South-west  and  west  by  Virginia,    Length  !96  miles.  Sua 
190  miles  in  brraqth ;  area  in  square  miles'  10,950,  in  acres  7,008,000.    The. 
I prindpd  rivers  are  the  Potomac,  which  divides  it  firom  Virginia;  the  Sutquck 


UNrnBDKTAITEa 


kaww,  PitepMo,  Pawtozaot,  Elk,  SHMfitM,  ClMM«r,  Cboptutk,  Naatieolw,  and 

PoWMDOkOi 

Tbe  mvitisie  part  of  tki*  State  is  paiiatntad  far  into  the  intorior  by  Chesa- 
paaka  Bay,  aa  a  vaal  wnr  dinding  it  into  two  diatioet  portiona,  called  thio  eaaton 
and  waatam  ahoraa.  Ttiaae  ahona  ineloda  a  larol,  low,  and  aUuvial  eountiy, 
lotaraoeted  by  tid»>water  mtn  and  eraeka,  and,  liko  tbo  aamo  tneta  of  couBt^ 
ftfthar  aootb,  an  aobjeet  to  intenoittanta.  Above  the  tide-watera,  the  land  again 
becomea  agreeably  undulating.  Beyond  ihia  commence  the  Aileshany  moiw 
taiaa,  with  their  nnmerooa  lidgaa ;  the  vallm  between  them  aie  of  a  loamy  and 
rich  aoil,  yielding  fine  wheat  and  all  tiieproauetiona  of  tbe  middle,  together  with 
fome  of  thoae  of  the  aoutbem  Statea.  The  national  road  paaaea  through  the  wide 
and  fertile  valleya  in  which  Frederick  and  Hagerstown  are  aituated,  being  broad 
balta  of  the  same  admirable  aoil  which  ia  aeen  in  Lancaater  county,  PennsyiTania. 
Among  theae  mountaina  and  hilla  the  ait  ia  elaatic,  the  climate  Mtlubrioua,  and 
the  watera  clear  and  tranaparent. 

In  maattfootarea  and  oonuneree,  Maryland  auataina  a  very  reepeptable  rank; 
Bumaroaa  woollen  and  eottaMnmilla,  copper  rod  iron  rolUnginilla,  are  eatabliahed 
in  and  near  Baltimore,  and  are  alao  scattered  over  other  parte  of  the  State.  Floor 
and  tobacco  are  tlw  ataple  prodaotiona;  the  eznorta  of  tne  former  are  veiy  great, 
•nd,  of  the  latter,  tbe  product  ia  eonaiderable  and  of  excellent  quality.  The 
herring  aqd  abad  fiaheriea  aie  aetivdy  carried  on,  and  yield  valuable  returna,  ooa> 
•titating  an  imoortant  article  of  trade,  aa  well  aa  of  home  conaompUon ;  tbe  eom- 
meieeof  Maryland  ia  extensive,  and  her  porta  serve  aa  the  outleta  of  large  tracta 
of  productive  conntiy  in  Virginia,  Pennsylvania,  and  the  western  States,  whose 
jeonstimptbn  ia  alao  in  part  suppUisd  through  the  same  channels. 

<  The  population  in  1790  waa  319,798 ;  in  1800,  346394;  in  1810, 380,546;  in 
f|!690,407,3&0;  in  1830,446,913;  in  1840, 469,939,  of  whom  89,496  were  alavea. 
Of  tbe  free  population,  158,636  were  white  malea,  and  159,061  white  femalea; 
>S9il73  were  cobuied  malea,  and  39,847  oolouied  females.  Employed  in  agri- 
eultora,  60,651;  in  commerce,  3949;  in  manufaeturea  and  traoea,  91,396;  i* 
navigatingthe  ocean,  731 ;  in  navigating  canala,  rivers,  &e.,  1519 ;  in  the  learned 
professiona,  1647. 

There  were  in  the  State,  in  1840,  99,990  horaea  and  mules;  395,714  neat  eat^ 
lie;  967,933  sheep;  416,943  swide;  poultry  was  raised  to  the  value  of  •318,?66. 
^There  were  produced,  3,346,783  bushels  of  wheat;  793,577  of  rre ;  8,333,086  of 
Indian  com ;  73,606  of  buckwheat ;  8594  ol  bariey ;  3,534,91 1  of  oats ;  1,036,433 
of  potatoea;  488,301  pounda  of  wool;  94,816,013  of  tobacco;  6673  of  cotton; 
9390  of  rilk  cocoona;  36,966  of  angar;  106,687  tons  of  hay.  The  produeta  of 
the  dain  amounted  to  #457,456 ;  of  the  orehard,  to  9106,740 ;  of  lumber,  to 
•966^977 ;  and  7586  gallona  of  wine  were  made.  The  exports  of  this  State  in 
1840  amounted  to  $6,768,768,  and  the  importa  to  $4,910,746. 

Of  the  principal  mannfhetores,  home-made  or- family  articles  amounted  to 
$176,050;  39  fuiling-milla  and  39  woollen  manufactories  produced  articles  to  the 
amount  of  $395,900,  employing  a  capital  of  $117,690 ;  31  cotton  manufactories 
produced  articles  to  the  value  of  $1,150,680,  employing  a  capital  of  $1,304,400; 
19  furnaces  produced  8876  tone  of  cast-iron,  and^  17  ftamacea  produced  7901  tons 
of  bar-iron,  and  employed  a  capital  of  $795,650t'  73  distilleries  produced  366,313 
Itallons  of  spirits,  and  11  breweries  produced  898,140  gallons  of  beer,  the  whole 
employing  a  capital  of  185,790;  406  saddleries  and  other  manufaetoriea  of  leather 
produced  articles  to  the  amount  of  $1,050^176,  employing  a  capital  of  $434,137; 
189  flour-mills  produced  446,708  barrels  of  flour,  and,  with  other  mills,  produced 
(trtieles  to  the  amount  of  $3,367,350,  and  employed  a  capital  of  $4,069,671 ;  ships 
were  buik  to  the  amount  of  $979,771 ;  capital  employed  in  the  fisheries,  $88,947. 
The  total  amount  of  capital  employed  in  manufactures  in  this  State  was 
$6,450,384. 

St  John's  College,  at  Annapolis,  waa  founded  in  1784.  St.  Mary's  Collef^, 
Jit  Baltimore,  was  founded  by  the  Roman  Catholics,  in  1799.  The  Baltimore 
Medical  School,  founded  in  1807 ;  and  in  1819  there  w«k  added  to  it  the  faculties 
of  general  science,  law,  and  divinity,  and  it  received  the  name  of  the  University 


MM 


MARTLAND. 


of  MarjrlMid.    Mourn  St.  Mtiy't  Colbg*  wu  oMtblfslwd  at 

1880,  l^  the  RMau  Catliolie*.    TheM  iattitatioiw  had,  in  1840, 400 

There  wore  in  the  Stale  137  eeademiee,  or  (mumr^ebools,  with  4178  etadaata  r 

and  507  eommon  and  primary  aehoola,  with  18,989  aehobra.    In  Aia  State  tiiera 

wefa,in  1840, 11,605  white  |iefaon8,aboT«  90  ycaia  of  age,  whocoaldneMMriaad 

nor  write. 

Of  religions  denominationa,  the  Roman  Catholic*  are  the  moat  namenwa.  Tbij 
haT6  an  archbishop,  who  is  metropolitan  of  the  United  States,  icd  60  chorehe*. 
The  Ilpiseopalians  hare  77  ministers;  the  Piekbyterians  have  95  ministen;  the 
Baltimore  Methodist  conference,  which  extends  into  netghtwnring  States,  has  179 
travelling  preachera ;  the  Baptists  have  90  ministers ;  the  German  Reformed  hare 
9  ministers.  .  There  are  also  Lntherans,  Friends,  Unitariana,  ftc 

Two  of  the  greatest  works  of  internal  improTement  in  the  United  States  haVd 
been  projectea  and  commenced  in  Maryland';  the  first  is  the  ChesaiMike  and 
Ohio  oamil,  which  commences  at  Georgetown,  D.  C,  and  irdesignea  to  extend 
341 1  miles  to  Pitteboiy.  This  Is  the  work  of  a  iqint^tock  company,  duurtetM 
by  the  Statea  of  Maryund,  Virginia  and  Pennsynrania,  and  aane^bned  by  Coi^ 
sress.  It  was  commenced  in  1838,  and  is  completed  to  Haneodi,  136  miles. 
Considerable  work  haa  been  done  between  this  and  Cumberland,  where  a  spaeiooa 
basin  is  in  process  of  erection.  It  is  extended  7j<  miles  to  Alexandria,  on  the 
southern  part.  A  com|^tion  to  Camberland  will  open  a  yast  and  rich  coal  region. 
The  Baltimore  and  Ohio  rail>road  is  deaigned  to  extend  from  Baltimore  to  ^e 
Ohio  river  at  Wheeling,  360  miles,  and  is  thd  second  great  work.  It  was  ineov- 
potated  by  the  legislatures  of  Maryland,  Virginia  and  Pennsylvania,  in  1897,  and 
commenced  July  4th,  18S8.  It  is  completed  from  Baltimore  to  Cumberiaiid. 
There  is  a  side^nt  over  3}  miles  to  Frederick.  A  nil-road  extenda  across 
the  State,  passing  throng^  Baltimore,  and  which  forms  part  of  the  great  chain 
from  New  York  and  Philadelphia  to  Washington.  Tills  road  procmds  on  the 
Baltimore  and  Ohio  rail-road,  8  miles,  from  uie  former  place.  The  Baltimore 
and  Susquehanna  rail-road  extends  56  miles  from  Baltimore  to  York,  Fa.  A 
rail-road  19}  miles  long  extends  from  the  Baltimore  and  Wariiington  ran«ttiad  to 
Annapolis.  A  rail-roaid  extenda  from  Prenehtown  to  New  Castie,  Del.,  eoanef^ 
log  the  Delaware  and  Chesapeake  Baf  s.  The  same  ia  eflbeted  by  a  canal  extend- 
ing fVom  Back  creek,  a  tributary  of  E3k  river,  to  Delaware  city^  on  the  Delaware, 
43  miles  below  Philadelphia.  It  is  66  feet  wide  at  the  top,  10  feet  deep,  and 
affords  a  passage  to  veasels  requiring  that  depth  of  water.  '    -  '",      '   '"^ 

Baltimore,  the  principal  city  of  the  State,  and,  in  point  of  population,  the  Aird 
in  the  Union,  stiands  on  an  arm  of  Patapseo  Bay,tU>out  14  miles  from  tiie  Chesar 
peake,  uid  300  from  the  sea,  by  the  ship  channel.  The  harbour  ia  capaoioua  aoA 
safe,  and  consists  of  an  inner  basin,  into  which  vessels  of  300  tons  can  enter,  «nd 
an  outer  harbour,  at  Fell's  Point,  accessible  to  the  largest  menhant^hipa;  :  Th« 
entrance  is  coi  nnanded  and  defended  by  Fort  M*Henry.  Baltimore  possesses 
nearly  the'whol  trade  of  Maryland,  that  of  part  of  Western  Virginia  and  Penn- 
sylvania, and  the  Western  States ;  and  its  inland  communication  has  been  ex- 
tended and  facilitated  by  tiie  construction  of  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio  rail-road. 
Manufactures  of  cotton,  woollen,  paper,  powder,  chemicals,  pottery,  &c.,  an  also 
carried  on  in  the  city  and  neighbonrhood.  Baltimore  is  the  greatest  jSonnmarkM 
in  the  world;  in  1840,  there  were  inapeeted  764,115  barrels,  and  31,606  balf 
barrels  of  flour.  Its  tonnage  in  1840  was  76,033.  The  foreign  trade  employed 
a  capital  of  #4,404,500 ;  the  retail  trade,  $6,706,611 ;  and  the  manufacturea, 
$3,739,983.  Baltimore  haa  9  banks,  with  an  aggregate  capital  of  $3,500,000, 
and  9  insurance  companies.  The  public  buildings  are  105  churehes,  3  hospitals, 
S  theatres,  a  cirous,  museum,  penitentiary,  exchange,  the  college  and  university 
halls,  &c.  The  Battle  Monument,  erected  in  memory  of  the  successful  defence 
of  the  city,  when  attacked  by  the  Britiah  in  1814,  ia  an  elegant  marble  obelisk, 
35  feet  hieb,  on  which  are  inscribed  the  names  of  those  who  fell  in  that  gallant 
affair.  The  Washington  Monument  is  the  most  spleitdid  structure  of  the  kind  tn 
the  country ;  it  is  a  Doric  column  of  white  marble,  with  a  oironlar  staircase  insidaw 
by  which  yon  ascend  to  the  top ;  the  column  is  180  feet  in  height,  and  30  feet  io 


16^ 


UMf iwr  nAVBB, 


;  it  rttHtit  mptm  •ham  SS  hm  lri|h«  tadi»  ■unDourtMi  ky  • 
ookMil  jrtitM  of  Um  Vwihu  of  bto  CMntfjr.    Th*WBlno|e  is  •  Itrg*  •nd  iiUMi' 


S66  iMt  by  U0{  «ka  RMoan  OitlMlie  MdMdnd  ia,  Mrinpa,  tk* 
ia  tlM  country,  nd  it  enmrim  mm*  good  imiaiiiig*.  The  eitix«M 
MM  n»iwt  B«i«  distinnMMd  fcr  Huh  mm  and  poneming  enlifrpriM, 
dima  for  boopitality  fend  agraoablo  maonera.  In  1765,  there  were  not  nmre  than 
fifylioaMa  «•  the  aita  of  the  city;  in  ISM^tiia  nomilatioa  bad  ineieaaed  to 
SMTl  I  tad  in  1840,  to  108,811. 

TbaeitT  of  AamapoUa,  agreeably  ritnated  on  the  Sr^em  river,  three  milee  from 
CbeaapMka  Bay,  w  the  eapitiil  of  the  State.  It  ia  regdarly  laid  out,  with  the 
stMOta  divemkiK  fimn  the  8tat*4KHMe  and  the  Episeopal  eboreh.  The  Sute- 
honee  ia  a  banaaeme  bnildiBg,  in  which  the  Old  Congreaa  held  some  of  their 
sessions;  and  the  Senate  chamber,  in  which  Washington  resigned  his  commis- 
sioa»  Ims  been  pieserved  unaltered ;  here  is  likewise  the  State  library  of  10,000 
Totamea.  Annapolis  is  also  the  seat  of  St  John's  College.  The  channel  to  the 
cij^  is  osrrcnr  and.  difltcult.  Population,  S79S.  Fredenck  citr,  47  milee  west 
of  Baltimore,  ia,  in  point  <^  wealth,  elennee,  and  population,  tM  second  city  in 
Maryland.  It  is  sonneeted  with  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio  rail-road  by  a  branch 
road  of  Similes.  Tie  ^topulation,  in  1840,  S189.  Nottb-west  firom  Frederick  city, 
and  near  tbe  north  line  'J  the  State,  is  Hageratown,  a  well-built  and  lluoriehing 
town,  containing  \i\e  usual  county  buildings,  several  churches  and  academiei, 
and  a  pbpolatioB  of  8750  aoub.  Williameport,  at  the  mouAl  of  the  Conococheague, 
is  a  iBoonshing  village  on  the  route.of  tbe  Baltimore  and  Ohio  rail-road,  and  the 
Cheaapeaka  and  Ohio  cansl.    Population,  500. 


DISTRICT  OF  COLUMBIA. 

Tua  is  a  territnj  of  tan  milea  aqnave,  under  the  immediate  ^vemnient  of 
CoBfress,  snd  thersrore  is  not  represented  in  that  body.  It  is  divided  into  two 
tpnmm  end  three  citMC,  the  coontiee  and  oitiea  being  sqmrate.  The  cities  are 
WftsbingtOB,  Alexandria,  and  Georgetown;  the  counuea,  Waahington  and  Alex- 
uidria.  This  district  lies  on  both  sides  of  the  Potomac,  ISiO  miles  from  ita 
Vwuth,  between.  Msryland  and  Virginia,  and  was  ceded  to  tbe  general  govern- 
ment by  those  States  in  1790.  The  population  of  tbe  District  amounted,  in  1840, 
|p  43,719,  of  which  4694  were  slavee,  and  8361  free  blacks.. 

The  eit|r  of  Wasbington  was  laid  out,  under  the  superintendence  of  tbe  great 
man  wtiMe  name  it  bears,  in  1791,  and  became  the  seat  of  government  in  the  year 
1800.  It  Stilndi  in  the  centre  of  the  District,  upon  the  north  bank  of  the  Potomac, 
between  the  river  and  the  East  Branch,  one  of  ita  tribntariea.  The  plan  of 
tilie  city  combines  regularity  with  variety,  and  ia  adapted  to  the  variations  of  the 
surface.  So  that  the  spaces  allotted  to  public  buildings  occupy  commanding  poai- 
Udns,  and  the  monotonoua  sameness  of  a  rectangular  design  is  avoided,  while  all 
its  advantages  are  secured.  The  minor  atreets  run  at  right  angles,  bat  the  larger 
avenuee  diverge  from  several  centres,  intersecting  the  streets  with  various  degrees 
(i>f  obliquity,  and  opening  spaces  for  extensive  squares.  Hie  smaller  streets  nm 
north  and  south,  east  aind  west,  and  are  from  90  to  110  feet  wide.  The 
grand  avenuea  are  from  130  to  160  feet  in  width,  and  are  planted  with  trees. 
Several  of  the  largest  unite  at  tbe  hill  on  wTiich  the  Capitol  is  situated.  These 
liear  the  names  of  the  several  Ststes  of  the  Union.. 

Wasbington  is  the  residerce  of  the  President  of.  the  United  States,  and  of  the 
otber  chierexectttfve  officers  of  the  Federal  Government,  and  of  foreign  ministers 
fOltbe  United  States.  Congress  meets  here  a^nuslljr  on  the  first  Monday  of 
Depember,  and  the  Supreme  Federal  Court  hoMs  its  aAnual  sessions  here, 
.  Tbe  pQ|pl«Uon  of  the  ci^  is  S3,364,  including  4806  free  blacks,  and  1713 
flaves;  but,  during  the  session  of  Ccngrtss,  the  city  is  thronged  with  visit^a 
tem  all  parts  of  tlM  world.  The  buildings  which  it  contains  sre  in  three  distinct 
^^Bita;  onepprlien  being  in  the  neigiibouriiOQu  of 


savy-jaidj  another  in  that 


Pi 


mmmm 


=iv  ■^l^-l.-Odii'-it^'i'J'iji  : 


DUTBlOr  or  OCNJDMBIA. 


m 


•r  dM  Oaptel,  md  MMKiMr  <nk 
OmitiA  to  Om  PimUnif* 


U 


wUeh  «itmds  fioa  lb» 

tlM  Oaptel  to  •  toif*  md  aMgoiAonH  baildlnf  of  fiMttoM,  t6S  ftal  loog^  !• 
Um  rinpa  of  a  oiaMi  with  th*  lUpnMaltiivM'  Hall  uti  Iba  Santo  C%anibat  ia 
the  two  wiiMpt  ud  a  apaeioaa  rotaada  fa  tha  eaatra.  Tha  HaM  af  Bapmaaia 
tivaa  to  aaaueiimitor,  M  faal  in  tongth,  aad  60  ia  heightt  lightad  fcan  tiw  tap }  it 
to  ooa  of  tha  noat  atagant  haito  in  tb»  world.  Tha  Saaato  ChuOiiir  la  of  tha 
Huna  shapa^  aad  74  fhet  loag.  Tha  rotanda  to  M  fiiet  in  dianatart  akd  to  M  ftal 
high  to  tha  top  of  the  dome  within.  It  to  all  of  marble,  and  the  floor  ia  b«aati« 
fttllT  paved ;  the  wlide  haa  a  moat  grand  aad  impoaing  affeet  Serefal  pieeea  of 
Hcnfptora  aia  placed  in  ntohea  in  tha  wallas  repneeating  eventa  ia  American 
hittor^T'  Th*  aoond  of  a  aingia  voiea  ottered  in  thia  apartment  ia  echoed  from 
the  dome  aboTO  with  a  rnmbliog  BIm  dtotant  thnnder.  The  National  Library 
is  contaiaod  in  the  Capitol,  aad  embraoea  also  a  aeriee  of  national  paintiaga  bjf 
Tremball. 

The  President's  hoose,  also  of  freestone,  is  two  atoriea  high,  with  a  \atiy  baaap 
ment,  and  it  haa  a  ftont  ef  180  ftet,  adorned  with  an  lonie  portieo ;  it  to  surroanded 
by  extensive  groande.  On  each  aide  are  the  four  offices  of  the  exeeative  dtmart* 
meats ;  on  the  west  are  the  War  and  Navy,  and  on  the  eaat  the  State  and  Trea^ 
sury  departments.  The  General  Post«offioe,  recently  bnilt  of  marbto,  to  aitoated 
about  half-way  between  the  President's  hoose  and  the  Capitol ;  near  it  to  the 
Intent  Office,  a  handaome  edifice  of  freestone,  the  upper  part «(  whioh  to  ooeapied 
by  the  National  Inatitata.  There  are  also  here  an  arsenal  and  a  mvy^jard^  with 
a  city  hall,  an  hoapital,  penitonttonr,  insane  aaylojn,  SI  eburefaee,  the  hatld  ef 
Colnmbto  Collage^  ko.  A  branch  of  the  Cheeapeake  and  Ohio  canal  terasinatea 
in  the  city. 

Georgetown  is  about  three  miles  west  of  the  Capitol,  and  to  pleasantly  sitoated, 
eommandinff  a  proapaot  of  the  river,  the  neighbooring  city,  and  the  diverged 
country  in  the  vicinity.  The  houaea  are  ehie^  of  brioE,  and  there  are  many  elf> 
j|ant  villas  in  different  parte.  The  Catholto  College  here  to  a  reapectoble  instlta- 
tion.  Georgetown  is  a  thriving  ptoee,  and  haa  conaiderabto  cqnimaica } '  bat  the 
navigation  m  the  river  ia  obMmoted  by  a  bar  Just  below  the  town  {  bees  to  alaea 
cannon  fonndenr,  4  banks,  7  oburebes,  tte.  The  Chesapeake  and  Ohio  Oaaal 
commencee  at  thto  place.  Population,  7313.  The  eity  of  Alexandria,,  aix  milea 
below  Washington,  on  the  oppoeito  side  of  the  Potomac,  earriea  on  an  qxteasivi^ 
trade  ia  flour,  tobacco,  dec  The  city  to  rwnlarly  laid  out ;  it  has  a  good  harbonc, 
with  commodious  wharvea,  and  ia  acoesatole  to  the  largest  ahips.  Here  ara  ia 
Hi^  School,  a  girla'  boardingi^ehool,  under  the  charge  of  the  Sistera  of  •Clarity, 
an  Orphan  Asylum,  10  churcBea,  several  tanneriea,  engine  manufactories,  foai^ 
denes,  cotton-miUs,  &c.  Population,  6459.  A  branch  of  the  Chesi^eaka  and 
Ohio  Canal  extends  from  Georgetown  to  thia  place. 


SOUTHERN  STATES. 

Thk  States  of  Virginia,  North  Carolina,  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  Florida,  Ala- 
bama, Mississippi,  and  Louisiana,  are  those  usually  tormfid  the  Southern  States ; 
the  whole  region  extends  from  the  Potomac  to  the  Sabine  river :  ita  eoasts  an 
washed  on  the  east  by  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  and  on  the  south  by  the  Gulf  of  Mexieo. 
The  area  of  the  whole  region  ia  about  430,000  square  milea. 

The  tract  of  country  in  the  Southern  Statea  bordering  on  the  Atlantic,  to  a  low 
sandy  plain,  from  60  to  100  milea  broad,  and,  in  general,  ooveied  with  pine  foreats. 
Beyond  this,  towards  the  Alleghanies,  it  becomes  elevated  and  kdliy,  and  than 
monntainous.  Those  portiona  m  Atobama,  Mississippi,  and  Louiarana,  which  bov.' 
der  on  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  are  low  and  level.  In  the  interior  thtf  are  divwai': 
fied,  and  in  some  parte  mountainous.  The  low  coantriea  in  all  die  Southern  Statea 
are  mostly  barren,  except  on  the  bordera  of  rivera,  where  the  aoil  ia  very  fevtile.  ' 

The  inhabitento  of  the  Southern  Statea  are  nearly  all  ooeapied  with  aniaal- 
I  tare.    The  commeree,  which  is  sztensive,  ia  principally  in  the  bands  of  foraiM' 


mmmmm 


msmam 


IM 


UMTBD  miTBS. 


«■«  or  of  tiwir  dotUiotii  coanteymM,  and  mrried  on  ia  MrtiMrn  tmmIs.  TIm| 
gnat  •taplca  of  thia  region  are  cotton,  rice,  su^,'  ,  and  tobaeeo :  fMariy  tb«  whole  I 
M  the  eoltoB  erop  of  the  United  Stataa  ia  raised  b«re,  wliieli«  with  IIM  and  aagar,  | 
b  confined  to  ita  aouttverr  )wetion :  in  tiM  northarn  the  principal  prodootioaa  an  j 
'obaoeo,  wheat,  and  corn :  m  the  low  ragiona  of  the  Caiolinaa,  piteh-pine  growa 

great  perfeodon;  and  tar,  pitch,  tarpentine,  and  lomber,  are  no  atapiea  of  tiMoe 
diauici  Gold  ia  almoat  exelusiralT  eo  fined  lo  ttie  upper  and  miadle  poitiona 
ef  tlna  region,  and  ia  now  ao  eztenuTely  found  aa  to  have  become  an  oojeet  of 
natioBal  importance. 

The  rivera  of  the  Sootham  Statea,  aouth  of  Cheaapeake  Bay,  am  senenlly  dia- 
tingniahed  by  alnggiah  currenta,  and  aand-bara  at  their  moutha.  Althoagh  there 
ia  no  atraam,  ezclouTely  belonging  to  thia  aeotion  of  the  Union,  that  can  be  ranked 
in  point  of  extent  with  the  great  rivera  of  the  eoontry,  th«re  are  aarenl  which, 
firooa  the  length  of  their  courae  and  the  Tolome  of  watera  which  they  flow,  would 
in  otiier  countriea  be  eonaidered  aa  large  atreama ;  and  there  are  not  a  fbw  which 
fividah  naefut  naTigable  channela. 

Hie  population  ia  chieflr  of  Engliah  deaeent,  but  ia  in  aome  plaoea  aomewhat 
mixed.  TheM  are  many  deacendanta  of  the  French  and  Spaniah,  particularly  in 
Loniaiann  and  Florida.  In  Louiaiana  the  French  language  la  extenaively  apoken, 
and  the  lawa  and  aome  of  the  newapapera  aie  printed  both  in  that  tongue  and  i)i 
Burtiah. 

The  negroea,  wlio  form  more  than  two-fiftha  of  the  popiilation,  eonatttute  a 
aepante  elaaa,  and  are  moatly  held  in  alaveiy.  The  Indiana  wen  fofueriy  nu- 
meroua  and  coo^riaed  ae^eral  powerful  tribea,  but  they  liaTe  moatly  emigrated 
weatward.  A  few  Cherokeee,  Ghictawa,^nd  Chickaaawa,  atill  raoMin,  but  are 
all  under  treaty  atiptdationa  to  remove,  and  will  doubtleaa  aoon  rejoin  the  tribea 
beyond  the  MisaiaaippL 

The  inhabitanta  of  the  Southern  Statea  are  aeldom  collected  together  in  ▼illagea 
and  towna,  like  their  northern  countrymen,  but  lire  in  a  acattered  manner  OTer 
the  country.  Thia  ia  in  a  meaanre  owin^'  to  tlie  predominance  of  agrioultore  over 
eommeniu  and  meehanica]  occupado.^,  but  principally  to  the  eireumatance  tint 
tbk  bulk  of  the  labour  ia  performed  by  slaTea.  Inatead  of  email  proprieton  tilling 
Iheir  little  ham  with  thar  own  Iiunda,  Wj  here  find  extenaive  plantaiiona  culu- 
▼ated  under  the  direction  of  the  owner  or.  hie  agent,  who  meraly  atlenda  to  the 
pMmdaqr  efftin,  dtraeta  the  operattona  and  OTeraeea  the  labouien.  Thia  state  of 
thinga  haa  a  decided  influence  upon  the  mannera  and  character  of  the  people,  yet 
ihen  are  individtial  difierencea  ao  great  that  no  general  deacriptioQ  will  apply 
equally  to  the  Virginian,  the  Caroliman,  and  the  Looisianian.  Generoeity,  great 
heapiteli^,  a  high  aenae  of  hoirour,  and  a  manly  independence  of  thought  and 
eoBdn6t,  are  among  the  favourable  traits  of  the  aouthern  character.  The  poorer 
<*.laaa  of  whites  are  in  general  leaa  frugal  and  indnstrioua,  and  enjoy  fewer  advan- 
tagea  in  reapect  to  education  and  religious  instruction  than  Uie  aame  class  in  the 
Northern  Statea.  Population  of  the  Southern  States,  in  1840, 4,648,991,  of  whom, 
1,944,748  were  slaves,  and  113,710  free  blacks. 


■  «•**,. 


COMMONWEALTH   OF   WlRQUsilA  _4r 

Natdrb  haa  bestowed  on  Virginia  advantage  of  position,  soil,  climate,  and  navi' 
fr&ble  riven.  She  is  often  distinguished  by  the  title  of  the  Ancient  Dominion, 
^/-i^nbly  from  the  eireumatance  of  her  having  been  the  first  settled  of  the  colonies. 

'i .  i  State  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  Mar^and,  Pennsylvania,  and  Ohio ;  south 
h'fi)^.  b  OfiroHira  nnd  Tennessee ;  eaat  by  Maryland  and  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  and 
e^  ^  ^  .  '  V  IrKea^wky  agd  Ohio.  Extent  irom  north  to  south,  330  milea ;  from 
Mb  r  ':i  n  .  .If  97?  n jles.    Aiea,  about  64,000  square  milea. 

bvikin  i  '.Tti-Ai  of  Virginia  !s  penetrated  by  fine  riven  and  streams,  useful  either 
•a  ct^aot'.-t'  i  oi'  navigauoD,  ^r  f^r  mechanicu  purposes.  The  principal  riven  are 
the  Potomm ,  Shenandoah,  James,  Rappahannock,  Mattapony,  Flunky,  York, 
^vasBS,  App«sa*ttox,  Elitabeth,  Nottoway,  Meherrin,  Staunton,  Ohio,  Sandy, 
Gnat  Kanawha,  Little  Kanawha,  and  the  Monongahera  and  iia  pjineipai  branches. 

BaaMBBMHBSBBttitiiaBBaBi^BBBBBBHB&aUSaEaBBB^ 


I«1 

>f1 

it 

ml 
»d\ 
abJ 
aid) 
ieh 

taatl 

Ken, 

ite» 
r  Bo- 

ratedl 
It  are! 
LribMJ 

ltag«»| 
r  oTer  I 
»oterl 
etinti 
lilUnpl 
ealu- 
totbej 
late  of  i 
le,fet 

X  and  I 
poorer  I 
advan-l 
inthel 
wboniil 


jid  naTi- 

Iminion,! 

olonies. 

BOttiht 

an,  and  I 
from  I 

ill  either  I 

Irera  arei 

r,  YorV,| 

,  Sandy, 

|rar.ch?5. ! 


Vl&QimK. 


m 


The  AlleghsBy  nag»  of  moout:  <.  with  its  nuRMroaa  ridgee,  eovera  the  whole 
middle  ■eetioa  of  this  State,  and  givna  it  a  rugged  aarfaco.  The  ooontrr  OMt  of 
the  moontain*  descends  gradtially  to  the  fl»'  nnd  aandy  allaTioB  of  the  eoast. 
Tbedislriet  weetofthsoMHintaii  ii  hilly,  'i  nu  soil  vsries  frsady,  being  sandy 
snd  sterile  on  the  eosst,  very  fertile  on  the  banlte  of  riven,  and  prodoctiTe  in  the 
valleya  of  the  Alleghaniee.  The  climate  ie  eqoally  varied,  belef[  ti«H,  roois%  and 
aabealthy  in  the  lower  allnvial  eoontry,  and  300I  and  sslabiloas  amonc  the  mooiip 
tains*  TO  the  prodoetions  eommon  to  the  northern  and  middle  seeooBs  of  the 
Union*  this  Stats  sdds  the  swee«>potato,  the  flneet  tobacco,  and  in  the  soalhern 
parts  eottoa  as  •  erep.  The  pndoAtions  of  the  north  and  the  smith,  applea  and 
I  w'\e8t,  eotton  and  tobaeoo,  meet  hers  as  in  Tennessee  in  the  wcetem  ooitntiy. 
Ti'  I  tempeiatars,  soil,  and  cireamstsnees,  are  supposed  to  be  faToorable  in  the 
^'  oif  oat  oegree  to  the  onltiva^on  of  the  grape  and  the  silk  mnlberry. 

'  .iO  mineral  wealth  of  Viirginia  ia  boandless ;  gold,  copper,  lead,  iron,  coal,  aalt, 
limo^tone,  marls,  gypsum,  magnesian,  eoppens,  and  alum  eartha,  thermal,  chaly> 
b««te,  and  sulphnretted  springs,  excellent  marblea,  naniles,  soap-stones  viA  sand- 
stones, dto.,  am  atnonff  ths  treasures  as  yet  for  the  most  part  Iving  idle  in  the 
bowele  of  Uie  earth.  Mining  industry  has,  however,  reeenUv  taken  a  start,  and 
will  doubtless  soon  afford  profitable  employment  to  many  of  the  inhabitants. 

Of  the  metallie  products  of  Virginis,  gold  is  one  of  the  meet  important.  It 
is  found  on  both  sides  of  the  North  and  Rapid  Aon  rivers,  of  the  North  and 
South  Anna  near  their  heads,  of  the  Rivanna  in  the  lowerpart  of  its  coi  -so,  and 
of  the  James  river  above  and  below  the  mouth  of  the  Rivanna.  The  bdt  at 
eonntrj  ill  which  this  inatal  exists,  extends  through  Spottsylvania,  and  aome 
neighbouring  countiee,  in  a  sonth-west  direetion,  into  North  and  South  Carolina, 
Georgia,  and  Alabama.  In  this  Stats  the  gold  ia  diffused  over  large  aaiftees,  and 
has  not  been  found  suffioisntly  in  mass,  exeept  in  a  few  places,  to  make  coining 
profitable )  about  $5it,000  worth  was  obtnined  in  1840. 

Vast  fields  of  coal  exiat  in  Virginia,  botb  of  the  bitnminons  and  anUiraoite 
kinds ;  of  the  former,  great  beds  have  bcnn  found  spreading  over  an  extent  of  many 
miles,  in  which  the  seama  are  sometimes  30,  40,  and  even  60  feet  thick,  and  m 
excellent  ^nali^.  Coal  has  been  mined  and  exported  in  eonsiderable  quantities 
from  the  vicinity  of  Richmond,  for  many  years  past.  Iron  ore  exists  also  in'  vast 
quantities,  in  various  parts ;  in  some  places  it  is  found  between  immense  layers 
of  coal. 

Salt  springs  occur  at  varioua  plaees ;  at  some  of  which  works  for  manuiaetnring 
the  water  into  salt  have  been  erected :  tho  most  important  are  on  the  Great  Ka- 
nawha river,  in  the  vicinity  of  Charleston.  The  quantity  made  here  is  about 
1,500,000  bushels  annually ;  70  gallons  of  brine  yieldiqg  1  buehel  of  salt.  Vir- 
ginia contains  a  profusion  of  mineral  springs,  of  greet  and  various  virtues,  maqr 
of  which  have  acquired  much  reputation  for  their  medicinal  properties,  and  soms 
of  them  are  much  resorted  to^ 

The  populatioQ  in  1790  was  747,610;  in  1800,  886,149;  ip  1810*  974,689;  in 
1830,  1,065,36«;  in  1830,  l,911,5r7S;  in  1840,  1,939,797;  of  whom  448,987 
were  slaves.  Of  the  free  population,  371,393  were  white  males ;  369,745  white 
femalea;  33,814  were  coloured  males;  36,090  coloured  females.  Employed  in 
aurriculture,  318,771 ;  in  mining,  1995 ;  in  commerce,  6361;  in  manufactures  and 
trades,  54,147 ;  in  navigating  the  ocean,  583;  do.  canals,  rivers,  dec,  9969 ;  in 
the  learned  professions,  3866. 

There  were  in  the  State,  in  1840,  396,438  mules  and  horsce ;  1,094,148  neat 
cattle;  1,993,779  sheep;  1,999,155  swino.  Poultry  was  raised  to  the  value  of 
$764,698.  There  were  produced,  10,109,716  bushels  of  wheat;  1,489,799  of 
rye;  87,430  of  bariey;  943,899  of  buckwheat;  34,577,591  of  Indian  com; 
13,457,069  of  oats;  9,944,660  of  potatoes ;  9,638,374  pounds  of  wool ;  75,S47,tOS 
of  tobacco;  3Mb6  of  rioe;  3,494,483  oi  cotton;  1,541,833  of  sugar;  3191  of  silk 
cocoons;  '^(>4,T08  tons  of  hay;  95,594  of  hemp  and  flax;  1,500,000  bnshsls  ofl 
salt.  The  products  of  the  dairy  wwe  val  dd  at  $1,480,488;  of  the  orohaidr  acj 
t705,765;  of  lumber,  at  $638,0M;  and  13,911  eallons  of  wine  were  made. 


.      , ,     -  gallo __ 

Ine  exporte  of  the  State  for  tk*  jm;  ending  Ssptouiuer  SGih,  1841,  weiel 


190 


UNITED  STATEa 


96,630,286,  and  tho  imports  were  $337,337.    The  tonnage  entered  was  34,976 ; 

I  and  the  tonnave  cleared  was  63,343. 

The  manuractures  of  Vireiida  are  not  so  extensive  as  those  of  many  States 

[inferior  to  it  in  territory  and  population.  Home-made  or  family  manufaotures 
amounted,  in  1840,  to$M41,C72;  47  fulling-mills  and  41  woollen  manufactories 
employed  a  capital  of  f  1 18,350,  and  produced  articles  to  the  amount  of  $147,793 ; 
98  cotton  manufactories  produced  articles  to  the  amount  of  $446,063,  with  a  capi- 
tal of  $1,399,920;  43  furnaces  produced  18,810  tons  of  east-iron,  and  63  forges 
E reduced  5886  tons  of  bar-iron,  employing  a  cspiul  of  $1,346,660;  11  smelung 
ouses  produced  gold  to  the  amount  of  $61 ,768,  employing  a  capital  of  $103,650; 

'  6  smelung  houses  produced  878,648  pounds  of  lead,  with  a  capital  of  $31,600; 
13  paper-mills  produced  articles  to  the  amount  of  $316,346;  3343  persons  manu- 
factured tobacco  to  the  amount  of  $2,406,671,  employing  a  capital  of  $1,536,080; 
764  flouring^mills  produced  1,041,526  barrels  of  flour,  and  with  other  mills  pro- 
duced articles  to  the  amount  of  $7,856,499,  employing  capital  to  the  amount  of 
$5,184,669;  vessels  were  built  to  the  amount  of  $136,807;  capital  employed  in 
the  fisheries,  $38,383.  The  total  amount  of  capital  employed  in  manufactures  in 
the  State,  was  $1 1,360,861. 

William  and  Mary's  College,  at  Williamsburg,  is  the  oldest  in  the  State,  and 
one  of  the  oldest  in  the  countiy,  founded  in  1691 ;  Hampden  Sydney  College,  in 
Prince  Edward  county,  was  founded  in  1783,  and  is  nourishing ;  Washington 
College,  at  Lexington,  was  founded  in  1812 ;  Randolph  Macon  College,  at  Boyd- 
town,  was  foundM  in  1832.  There  are  theological  schools  at  Richmond,  in 
Prince  Edward  and  Fairfax  counties.  The  most  important  literary  institution  in 
the  State  is  the  University  of  Virginia,  at  Charlottesville,  founded  in  1819.  In 
the  above  colleges,  and  a  few  othSrs,  there  were,  in  1840, 1097  students ;  there 
were  in  itie  State,  383  academies,  with  11,083  students;  and  1561  common  and 
primary  schools,  with  35,331  scholars.  There  were  in  the  State,  58,787  white 
persons  over  20  years  of  age  who  could  neither  read  nor  write. 

The  Baptists,  the  most  numerous  religious  denomination,  had,  in  1836,  435 
churches,  961  ministers,  and  54,302  communicants;  the  Methodists  hod  168 
ministers  and  41,763  communicants;  the  Presbyterians  had  117  churches,  90 
ministers,  and  11,413  communicants;  the  EpiscopalianR  had  one  bishop,  one 
assistant  bishop,  06  ministers,  and  about  3000  communicants ;  the  Lutherans  had 
34  congregations  and  7  ministers;  the  Reformed  Baptists  (Campbellites)  had 
about  10,000  communicants;  the  Roman  Catholics  had  10  congregations;  the 
Unitarians  had  one  minister ;  there  were  also  some  Friends  and  Jews. 

Virginia  has  undertaken  several  important  works  of  internal  improvement,  by 
ohartering  private  companies,  which  have  been  aided  liberally  by  the  State.  The 
Dismal  Swamp  Canal  connects  Chesapeake  Bay  with  Albermarle  Sound,  extend- 
ing from  Deep  Creek,  a  tributary  of  the  former,  to  Joyce's  Creek,  a  branch  of 
Pasquotank  nver,  of  Albermarie  Sound,  23  mil^s  long.  It  has  branches  of  11 
miles.  A  canal  extends  along  James  river,  from  Richmond  to  Lynchburg ;  and 
this  communication  is  desieuM  to  he  extended  by  canal  and  rail-road  to  the  Ohio 
river,  by  the  Great  Kanawha.  No  other  spot  between  New  York  and  Georgia 
presents  an  equally  favourable  country  for  a  line  of  communication  across  the 
Alleghany  mountains.  The  whole  length  will  be  about  425  miles.  A  rail-road 
extends  from  the  Potomso  river,  «.t  the  n^outh  of  the  Aquia  Creek,  to  Fredericks- 
burg, and  thence  to  Richmond,  in  the  whole  76  miles.  It  proceeds  from  Rich- 
mond to  Petersburg,  23  miles,  snd  from  Petersburg  to  Weldon,  on  the  Roanoke 
river,  59  miles,  where  it  unites  with  the  rail-road  to  Wilmington,  N.  C.  A  rail- 
road proceeds  from  a  point  on  the  Fredericksburg  and  Richmond  road,  north-west 
to  Oordonsville,  50  miles.  A  rail-road  extends  from  Petersburg  to  City  Point,  12 
miles.  Another  extends  from  Winchester  32  miles  to  Harper's  Ferry,  where  it 
ttnitea  with  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio  rail-road.  Greensville  rail-road  connects  the 
Petersburg  and  Roanoke  rail-road  with  the  Raleigh  and  Gaston  rail-road,  N.  C, 
extending,  from  Hioksford,  18  miles  to  Gaston.  The  Chesterfield  rail-road,  13^ 
miiea  long,  extends  from  the  Chesterfield  coal-basin  to  tide-water  in  James  river, 
at  Manchester,  opposite  Richmond. 

Richmond,  the  capital  of  the  State,  and  its  principal  city,  stands  on  several 


^gamimmmm 


iatetj 

tore*  I 

tOTtMl 

,798;  I 
capi- 

foTOMl 

elung  I 
t,6&0; 
1 ,500;  I 
manu- 
6,080;  I 
la  pro-! 
ount  of  I 
jyed  in  I 
lures  in 

ite,  and 
lege,  in 
iliington  I 
It  Boyd- 
uond,  in ' 
lution  in  I 
319.    In 
LB ;  there 
mon  and  I 
87  white 

1836,  435 1 
had  168 
rches,  90 
jhop,  one! 
erans  had  I 
lites)  had  I 
lions;  the| 

etnent,  by 
ate.    The 
d,  extend- 1 
branch  of  | 
shes  of  Hi 
burg;  and 
0  the  Ohio  I 
id  Georgia  | 
across  thei 
A.  rail-road  | 
i'redericks- 
from  Rich- 1 
le  Roanoke  | 
D.    A  rail- 
north-west 
ly  Point,  19 1 
ry,  where  it  I 
onnects  thei 

oad,  N.C,I 
ll-road,  ISM 
lames  river, 


YISOINIA. 


191 


eminenees,  which  command  fine  Tiews  of  the  snRoundiiig  country,  and  give  to 
the  city  an  air  of  singular  beauty.  The  western  division  oooupie*  »  high  plain 
called  Shoekoe  Hill,  overlooking  the  lower  town,  and  containing  a  beautiful 
square  of  about  ten  acres,  which  is  adorned  with  fine  shade  trees,  and  laid  out  in 
gravelled  walks ;  here,  in  a  commanding  situation,  stands  the  Capitol  or  State* 
Housit,  one  of  the  most  elegant  structures  in  the  United  States,  eontaiuing  a 
statue  of  Washington  by  Houdon ;  and  contiguous  to  it  is  the  City  Hall,  a  neat 
edifice  of  the  Doric  order.  The  other  public  buildings  are  the  Amory,  Pent 
tentiary,  16  churches,  a  theatre,  tio.  The  city  is  supplied  with  pure  water  from 
three  reservoirs,  each  containing  1,000,000  gallons,  and  filled  by  two  pumps, 
which  raise  at  the  rate  of  800,000  gallons  in  the  34  hours.  Richmond  is  110 
miles  from  the  mouth  of  the  river,  which  carries  15  feet  of  water  to  within  a  few 
miles  of  the  city,  and  affords  boat  navigation  for  220  miles  above  the  falls.  These 
advantages  enable  it  to  carry  on  an  extensive  trade,  both  inland  and  by  sea ;  the 
annual  value  of  the  exports  being  about  6,000,000  dollars,  in  addition  to  a  valu- 
able coasting  trade.  Large  quantities  of  wheat,  flour,  tobacco,  &c.,  are  brought 
down  by  the  James  River  Canal.  The  falls  of  the  river  immediately  above  the 
city  afibrd  an  unlimited  water-power,  which  is  largely  applied  to  manufacturing 
purposes;  there  are  here  21  nouring-mills,  making  annually  76,000  barrels  of 
Eour ;  an  extensive  iron-works,  with  which  is  connected  rolling  and  slitting  mills, 
and  nail  factories,  besides  numerous  tobacco  factories,  a  large  cotton  mill,  paper 
mill,  &o.  The  capital  employed  in  manufacturing,  in  1840,  amounted  to  $1,372,960. 
Population,  in  1840,  21,153.  Manchester,  on  the  south  side  of  James  river,  is 
connected  with  Richmond  by  Mayo's  Bridn.  It  contains  several  factories,  360 
houses,  and  about  1500  inhabitants.  A  rail-road  extends  from  this  place  13  miles 
westward,  to  the  coal-mines,  which  yield  a  million  bushels  of  coal  annually. 

The  principal  sea-port  of  this  State  is  Norfolk,  which  is  situated  on  the  Eliza- 
beth river,  eight  miles  from  Hampton  Roads.  Its  harbour  is  deep  and  capacious, 
easy  of  access,  and  perfectly  secure ;  the  Road,  an  expansion  of  James  nver  just 
above  its  mouth,  affords  the  finest  anchorage  in  the  world,  and  is  capable  of  con- 
taining its  united  navies.  The  entrance,  between  Old  Point  Comfort  and  a  sand- 
bar called  the  Rip  Raps,  is  rather  more  than  a  mile  in  width,  and  is  defended  by 
Fort  Monroe  and  Fort  Calhoun.  The  favourable  situation  of  Norfolk,  in  regard 
to  the  sea,  and  its  connexion  with  the  interior  by  means  of  the  Dismal  Swamp 
Canal  and  the  Portsmouth  and  Roanoke  Rail-road,  have  made  it  the  chief  com- 
mercial depdt  of  Virginia,  and,  in  1840, 19,079  tons  of  shipping  belonged  to  the 
port.  The  town  is  built  on  low  gfound,  and  the  neighbourhood  is  marshy ;  the 
principal  streets  are  well  paved  and  clean,  but  the  others  are  less  commodious 
and  more  irregular.  The  buildings  are  not  distinguished  for  elegance,  but  some 
improvements  have  been  made  of  late  years  in  this  respect.  There  are  8  churches, 
3  banks,  a  marine  hospital,  a  theatre,  lyceum,  &o.,  and  a  population  of  10,990. 
At  Gosport,  in  Portsmouth,  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  river,  is  one  of  the  most 
important  navy-yards  of  the  United  States,  containing  a  magnificent  dry-dock,  of 
hewn  granite,  constructed  at  a  cost  of  974,356  dollars.  Population  of  Portsmouth, 
6500.  Sufiblk  is  a  thriving  little  town  to  the  south-west,  with  1500  inhabitants ; 
it  stands  on  the  Nansemond  river,  and  is  accessible  to  vessels  of  100  tons. 

Petersburg,  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Appomattox  river,  is  a  handsome  and  flou- 
rishinsr  town,  with  11,136  inhabitants,  combining  an  active  trade  in  cotton,  flour, 
and  tobacco,  with  manufacturing  industry  Vessels  drawing  seven  feet  of  water 
come  up  to  the  town,  but  large  ships  unload  at  City  Point,  at  the  mouth  of  the 
river.  The  falls  of  the  Appomattox  furnish  ample  water-power,  and  there  are 
here  several  cotton-mills,  merchant  flour-mills,  grist,  and  saw-mills,  rope-walks, 
woollen  factory,  &u.  Some  distance,  above  Petersburg,  and  also  on  uie  Appo- 
mattox river,  is  Farmville,  a  flourishing  town,  incorporated  in  1832;  it  contains 
3  large  tobacco  warehouses,  6  tobacco  factories,  and  various  mechanic  shops. 
Population  about  1000. 

North-west  from  Richmond,  and  on  the  Rivanna  river,  is  Charlottesville,  r/ith 
about  1000  inhabitants.  It  is  pleasantly  situated  in  n  cbannlng  valley,  and  ;~ 
rivei  ii«  interest  from  its  beinjg  the  seat  of'the  Virginia  University.  The  halls  of  this 
valuable  institution  form  a  fine  collection  of  buildings.    Three  miles  from  Char- 


qm 


198 


UNITED  STATES. 


lottMTille  is  Montioello,  the  seat  of  the  late  President  Jefferson.  The  inansion 
oeoupies  a  lofty  summit  of  the  South-West  Mountain,  500  feet  above  the  Rivanna, 
and  oommands  a  Tiew  of  the  Blue  Ridge  on  the  west,  and  of  the  low  country  as 
far  as  the  eye  oan  reach  on  the  east.  A  simple  granite  obelisk  over  the  grave  of 
Jefferson  brars  this  inscription,  written  bv  himself:  7%>ma$  Jeffenon,  Author  of 
the  Declaration  of  Independence,  md  Founder  of  the  Univereitu  of  Virginia.  Nearly 
west  from  Riohmona,  and  ISO  miles  distant,  is  Lynchburg,  situated  on  the 
fouthem  bank  of  James  river.  It  is  a  neat  and  flourishing  town,  carrying  on  an 
active  trade,  and  containing  some  manufactories.  The  water-power  worded  by 
the  river  is  partially  employod  in  propelling  a  cotton-mill,  and  several  saw  and 
flour-mills ;  and  there  are  here  tanneries,  tobacco  factories,  &c.  Several  hand- 
some packet-boats  plv  daily  on  the  river,  between  this  place  and  Richmond. 
The  town  is  supplied  with  water  from  a  reservoir  containing  400,000  sallons, 
fed  by  a  double  rorcing-pump,  and  placed  at  such  an  elevation  as  to  throw  a 
copious  stream  over  the  tops  of  the  houses.  Lynchburg  is  one  of  the  largest 
tobacco  markets  in  the  worid ;  from  15,000,000  to  80,000,000  pounds  are  inspected 
annually.  Population,  6395.  Danville,  on  the  Dan  river,  which  is  navigable 
by  boats  some  distance  above,  is  a  flourishing  village,  with  1300  inhabitants ; 
its  position  commands  some  trade,  and  there  are  some  manufactories  here. 

The  Great  Valley  Section  consists  of  an  elevated  table-land  between  the  Blue 
Ridge  and  tlie  Alleghany  chain,  from  1300  to  1500  feet  above  the  sea.  It  is, 
ho'.4rever,  traversed  by  several  mountain  chains,  forming  numerous  subordinate 
valleys,  at  once  fertile  and  picturesque,  and  constituting  a  regnon  of  singular 
wildness  and  beauty.  Its  rare  combination  of  great  agricultural  resources  with 
extraordinary  mineral  riches,  must  one  da^  render  it  the  seat  of  a  populous  and 
wealthy  community.  At  the  loMrer  end  or  the  valley  stands  the  town  of  Harper's 
Ferry,  celebrated  ror  the  majestic  scenery  in  its  vicini^.  The  town  has  a  popu- 
lation of  about  3000  inhabitants,  and  contains  three  churches,  an  academy,  two 
Masonic  halls,  one  of  the  largest  flouring-mills  in  the  Union,  an  Arsenal  of  the 
United  Stvtds,  containing  about  85,000  stands  of  arms,  and  an  Armory  for  the 
manufacture  of  fire-arms.  A  rail-road  extends  from  this  place  to  Winchester, 
one  of  the  most  flourishing  towns  in  the  State,  with  3454  inhabitants.  It  stands 
on  the  site  of  old  Fort  Loudon,  in  the  midst  of  a  very  rich  and  highly-cultivated 
tract,  inhabited  by  an  industrious  and  thriving  population.  Winchester  is  the 
dep^it  of  the  surrounding  country,  and  its  trade  and  manufactures  are  extensive. 

Fredericksburgr  is  a  flourishing  town  at  the  head  of  navigation  on  the  Rappa- 
hannock river,  which  admits  vessels  of  140  tons  up  to  the  town.  Its  situation 
makes  it  the  dep4t  of  a  well-cultivated  tract,  and  its  trade  is  considerable.  To- 
bacco, wheat,  flour,  com,  &o.,  are  the  principal  articles  of  exportation.  Popula- 
tion, 3974.  Falmouth,  Port  Royal,  Tappahannock,and  Urbanna,are  small  villages 
on  the  Rappahannock.  In  Westmoreland  county,  on  the  Potomac,  is  shown  the 
•pot  where  Washington  was  born;  the  house,  which  stood  on  Pope's  creek, 
about  half  a  mile  from  the  river,  on  a  plantation-called  Wakefield,  is  now  in  ruins. 
A  simple  stone,  with  the  inscription.  Here,  on  the  lllh  of  Fdtruary  1733,  Otorge 
Waehtngton  woe  bom,  designates  the  consecrated  spot.  Further  up  the  river, 
eight  mues  from  Alexandria,  is  Mount  Vernon,  the  seat  and  the  tomb  of  that 

Sreat  and  good  man.  The  mansion-house  is  a  simple  wooden  building,  two  sto- 
es  hiah,  jviUi  a  plain  portico  extending  the  whole  length,  and  commanding  a 
view  of  the  river ;  the  tomb  is  merely  a  walled  exoavation  in  the  bank,  with  a 
brick  front  and  closed  by  an  iron  door. 

Leesburg,  a  few  miles  east  of  the  Potomac  river,  is  a  neat  and  thriving  town, 
with  about  3000  inhabitants,  situated  in  a  productive  and  hiahly  cultivated  dis- 
trict. Fairfax,  further  south,  is  a  flourishing  village,  and  further  on  is  Barbours- 
ville,  in  the  vicinity  of  which  are  the  seat  and  tomb  of  the  late  President  Ma- 
dison. 

In  the  western  part  of  the  State  is  the  city  of  Wheeling,  surrounded  by  rich 
eoal-beds  and  a  highly  fertile  country ;  and,  standing  at  the  head  of  steam-boat 
navigation  on  the  Chic  during  the  season  of  low  water,  is  one  of  the  most  flour^ 
ishing  trading^  towns  in  the  country.  The  population  increased  frora  1557  in 
1830,  to  7885  in  1840.    Over  90  steam-boats  are  owned  here,  and  great  quantities 


Dtlonl 
anna,! 
iry  »»| 
,ve  of  1 
horof] 
Jearlyl 
>a  the  I 
'  on  an  I 
led  by  I 
lw  and  I 
hand- 
iimond.  I 
{allons,  I 
htow  a  I 
largest  I 
«pected  I 
ivigablel 
bitante ;  | 

e.  , 

LheBlue 

.    It  i»»  I 

)ordinate  I 

BinRular  I 

rcea  with  | 

ilous  and! 

Harpei's 

kB  a  pop«-l 

lemy,  two] 

(,a\  of  the 

ryfor  the 

incheBter,! 
It  stands  I 

cultivated  | 

iter  is  the] 

Ktensive. 

heBappa- 

B  situation  | 

able.   To-1 

,    Popula- 

all  villages  I 
shown  the  j 
>e'8  creek, 
iw  in  ruins.  I 
33,  6eorge\ 
>  the  river, 
mb  of  that  I 
ig,  twosto-| 
imanding  a| 
ink,  with  a  I 

iving  town, 
^tlvateddis-1 
gBarbours-| 
'esident  Ma- 

dedbyrichl 
Bteam-boatl 
Ol08tflou^l 

(atquantitiesj 


VIRGINIA. 


19S 


of  goods  are  forwarded  to  this  point  in  wagons  by  the  National  Road  from  the 
east,  and  by  keol-boats,  flat-boats,  and  steamers  down  the  river.  Iron-foundeiies, 
steam-engine  factories,  cotton  and  woollen-mills,  glass-houses  and  cutrslass  works, 
flour,  paper,  and  saw-mills,  copperas,  whitu-lead,  sheet-lead,  and  tobacco-manu- 
factories, are  among  the  manufacturinsr  eetablishments.  There  are  exported 
from  Wheeling  annually  1,600,000  bushels  of  bituminous  coal. 


STATE  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA. 

North  Carolina  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  Virginia,  east  by  the  Atlantic 
Ocean,  south  by  South  Carolina,  and  west  by  Tennessee.  Lene^th  363  miles,  and 
breadth  131  miles;  area,  43,800  square  miles.  The  country, Tor  more  than  60 
miles  from  the  coast,  is  a  low  plain,  with  many  swamps  and  inlets  from  the  sea. 
The  greater  portion  of  this  district,  except  along  the  water-courses,  is  a  vast  forest 
of  evergreens.  The  rich  lands  near  tne  swamps  and  rivers  are  insalubrious. 
Having  passed  this  monotonous  region,  we  emerge  to  the  pleasant  and  mild  parts 
of  the  State,  at  the  base  of  the  Alleehanies,  from  whose  summits  the  eye  tra- 
verses an  immense  extent  of  beautiful  country  to  the  west,  and  vijion  is  lost  in 
an  agreeable  succession  of  hill,  dale,  forest,  and  valley. 

In  the  western  part  of  the  State  the  Blue  Ridse,  which  forms  the  separating 
line  between  the  waters  of  the  Atlantic  and  the  Mississippi,  attains  an  elevation 
of  about  5500  feet.  The  western  boundary  of  the  State  is  formed  by  the  pro- 
longation of  the  same  ridse ;  its  diflferent  parts  are  known  by  various  local  names, 
one  of  which,  the  Black  Mountain,  has  been  recently  ascertained  to  be  the  most 
lofty  in  the  United  States,  oast  of  the  Rocky  Mountains ;  iu  height  is  6476  feet, 
or  48  feet  more  elevated  than  Mt.  Washington:  another  summit  of  the  Blue 
Ridge,  the  Roan  Mountain,  is  6038  feet  in  height.  The  tract  between  the  two 
ridees  is  an  elevated  table-land,  from  3000  to  8500  feet  above  the  sea. 

North  Carolina  abounds  in  considerable  rivers,  but  enjoys  few  facilities  for  navi- 
gation in  proportion  to  the  number  and  size  of  the  streams,  which  are  shallow  or 
broken  in  their  course,  or  lose  themselves  in  lagoons  difficult  of  access,  or  are 
obstructed  by  bars.  The  Chowan  flows  into  Albemarle  Sound,  and  admits  small 
vessels  to  Murfreesboro*.  The  Roanoke  also  empties  itself  into  the  same  shallow 
basin.  The  Tar  River  and  the  Neuse  both  flow  into  Pamplico  Sound  :  the  first  is 
navi^ble  90  miles,  to  Tarboro',  and  the  latter  to  Kingston.  Cape  Fear  river,  the 
principal  stream,  which  has  its  whole  CQurse  within  the  State,  rising  on  tho  north- 
ern border,  pursues  a  south-easterly  course  of  380  miles,  and  enters  the  ocean  at 
Cape  Fear;  the  Waccamaw,  the  Lumber,  and  Yadkin,  which  take  the  names 
of  the  Little  and  Great  Pedee,  and  the  Catawba,  which  rises  in  the  Blue  Ridge, 
all  flow  into  South  Carolina ;  while  the  French  Broad,  Little  Tt  inessee,  Hiwas- 
see,  and  New  river,  descend  in  an  opposito  direction  from  the  s&me  range. 

The  swamps  are  a  striking  feature  in .  the  eastern  part  of  the  State.  The 
Dismal  Swamp  lies  in  the  north-eastern  part  and  extends  into  Virginia.  It  is  30 
miles  in  length  and  10  in  breadth.  In  tne  centre,  on  the  Virginia  side,  is  Lake 
Drummftnd,  15  miles  in  circuit;  a  canal  is  carried  through  it  from  Norfolk  to  Al- 
bemarle Sound.  Between  Albemarle  and  Pamplico  Sound  is  another,  called  Alli- 
gator Swamp ;  this  has  been  partly  drained,  and  the  land  rendered  fit  for  the  cul- 
tivation of  rice.  These  swamps  have  a  clay  bottom,  over  which  lies  a  thick 
stratum  of  vegetable  compost.  The  drained  lands  are  (bund  to  be  exceedingly 
fertile. 

The  pine  forests  of  North  Carolina,  which  cover  nearly  the  whole  of  the  east- 
ern part  of  the  State,  yield  not  only  much  lumber  for  exportation,  but  also  nearly 
all  the  resinous  matter  used  in  ship-building  in  this  country.  The  resinous  pro- 
ducts are  turpentine,  spirits  of  turpentine,  rosin,  tar,  and  pitch ;  turpentine  is 
merely  the  sap  of  the  tree  obtained  by  making  an  incision  in  the  bark;  the  tur- 
pentine flows  out  in  drops,  which  fall  into  a  box  placed  to  receive  them. 

Amon^  the  mineral  proluctions,  the  most  important  appear  tc  ba  geld  and  iron. 
The  goio  region  of  North  Carolina  embraces  the  section  on  both  sides  of  the  Blue 
Ridge,  and  extends  to  the  east  of  the  Yadkin.    The  surface  mines  are  the  iqoBt 


■If 


. 


194 


UNITED  STATES. 


Miily  workedt  but  the  vein  minea  are  the  moet  durable.  In  almoet  any  part  of 
thia  diatriot,  gold  may  be  found  in  greater  or  lesa  abundance.  It  exiats  in 
graina  or  maaaee  fVom  almoat  imperceptible  particlea,  to  piecea  of  one  or  two 
pounda  weight;  one  of  the  largeat  lumpa  ever  found,  waa  dug  up  in  Cabarraa 
eounty^t  waa  worth  between  7  and  8000  dollars.  Lumpa  from  the  Talue  of 
100  or  SOO  to  1000  doUara,  are  not  uncommon. 

The  great  diveraity  of  climate  between  the  eaatern  lowlanda  and  the  weatem 
high  country,  pnducea  a  oorreaponding  diveraity  in  the  agricultural  productiona 
or  the  two  aeotiona ;  while  the  former  yielda  cotton,  rice,  and  inditfo,  the  more 
northern  graina  and  fruita  thrive  in  the  latter,  which  yielda  wheat,  Indian-corn, 
tobaoco,  and  hemp. 

The  population  of  North  Carolina,  in  1790,  waa  393,764;  in  1800,  478,103; 
in  1810,  555,500;  in  «830,  638,829:  in  1830,  738,470;  in  1840,  763,419;  of 
whom  345,817  were  alavea.  Of  the  nee  population,  240,047  were  white  malea ; 
944,823  white  femalea;  11,226  were  coloured  malea;  10,505  were  coloured 
femalea.  Employed  in  aericulture,  217,095;  in  commerce,  1734 ;  in  manufao- 
turea  and  tradea,  14,322 ;  fn  navigating  the  ocean,  327 ;  do.  canala,  rivera,  lio., 
879 ;  in  the  learned  profeaaiona,  1086. 

There  were  in  thia  State,  in  1840, 166,608  horsea  and  mulea;  617,371  neat 
cattle;  538,279  aheep;  1,649,716  awine.  Them  were  produced,  1,960,885 bush- 
ela  of  wheat;  15,391  of  buckwheat;  213,971  of  rye;  23,893,763  of  Indian-corn ; 
3574  of  barley;  3,193,941  of  oats;  2,609,239  of  potatoes;  625,044  pounds  of 
wool;  16,772,359  of  tobaoco;  2,820,388  of  rice;  61,926,190  of  cotton;  3014  of 
ailk  cocoons;  101,369  tons  of  hay.  The  products  of  the  dairy  were  valued  at 
$674,349 ;  of  the  orchard,  at  #386,006 ;  of  lumber,  at  $506,766.  There  were 
made  28,752  gallona  of  wine.  The  exports  of  the  State,  in  1840,  amounted  to 
$387,484,  and  the  imports  to  $252,532. 

The  amount  of  home-made  or  family  manufactures,  in  1840,  was  $1,413,246; 
25  cotton  manufactories  produced  articles  to  the  amount  of  $438,950;  10  smelt- 
ing^houses  prodnced  gold  to  the  amount  of  $255,619 ;  hats  and  caps  "were  manu- 
factured to  the  amount  of  $38,170 ;  353  tanneries  employed  a  capital  of  $271,979 ; 
240  other  manufactories  of  leather,  as  saddleries,  &o.,  produced  articles  to  the 
amount  of  $185,387;  323  flouring-milla  produced  87,641  barrela  of  flour,  and 
with  other  milla  produced  artidea  to  the  amount  of  $1,652,096;  vessels  were 
built  to  the  amount  of  $62,800;  2802  distilleries  produced  1,051,979  gallons  of 
apirita;  tar,  pitch,  turpentine  and  rosin,  593,461  barrels.  Amount  of  capital 
employed  in  the  fisheries,  $213,600.  Total  amount  employed  in  manufactures, 
$3,838,900. 

The  Universitv  of  North  Carolina,  at  Chapel  Hill,  was  founded  in  1791 ;  Da- 
vidson College,  in  Mecklenburg,  founded  in  1837.  In  these  institutions  there 
were,  in  1840,  158  students.  There  were  in  the  State  141  academies,  with  4398 
atudenta;  and  632  common  and  primary  schools,  with  14,960  scholars.  There 
were  in  the  State  56,609  white  persons  above  the  age  of  20  who  could  neither 
read  nor  write. 

Of  religious  denominations,  the  Methodists  and  Baptists  are  the  most  numerous ; 
they  have  each  about  20,000  communicants;  the  Presbyterians,  about  11,000 
communicants.  The  Episcopalians  have  a  Bishop  and  20  ministers ;  the  Luther- 
ans have  18  ministers,  38  congregations,  and  1890  communicants.  Besides  these, 
there  are  some  Moravians,  Friends,  and  Roman  Catholics. 

A  rail-road  extends  from  Wilmington,  1^1  miles,  to  Weldon,  on  the  Roanoke 
river.  Another  also  extends  from  Raleigh,  87  miles,  to  Gaston.  Theae  works 
unite  with  others  from  Virffinia.  The  Dismal  Swamp  Canal  of  Virginia,  extends 
into  North  Carolina,  (aee  Virginia). 

Raleigh,  the  capital  of  the  State,  not  fiir  from  the  west  bank  of  the  Neuse,  is  a 
thriving  town  with  2244  inhabitants.  A  fine  State-House  of  granite  has  been 
wreoted  here,  in  place  of  the  one  destroyed  by  fire  in  1831,  when  Canova's  statue 
of  Washington  was  unfortunately  ruined.  Fayetteville  is  a  busy  and  flourishing 
tcws;  at  the  head  of  boat  navigation  on  Cape  Fear  river,  with  4285  inhabitants. 
tt  contains  an  United  Slates  Armory.  Salem,  Salisbury,  and  Charlotte,  are 
amall  towns  in  this  section.    The  last  mentioned  has  of  late  rapidly  increased  in 


'V^'^' 


of 


Roanoke! 
leee  works  I 
i»,  extends 


te  has  been  I 
ova's  stotue  | 
flourishing! 
inhabitants, 
larlotte,  arei 
increased  in  | 


NORTH  CAROLINA. 


195 


importance  on  account  of  ita  proximity  to  the  gold  mines.    Population  about 
1000.    It  containa  a  United  States  B^int  tor  the  coinage  of  gold. 

Beaufort,  the  only  port  of  North  Carolina  directly  upon  the  sea,  admits  Teasels 
drawing  13  feet  of  water,  and  the  harbour  ia  aafe  and  commodioua ;  but  the  town 
is  inconsiderable.  Wilminston,  40  miles  from  the  sea  on  Cape  Fear  river,  ia  the 
most  important  commeroiaf  town  of  the  State,  and  it  carries  on  a  considerable 
trade  with  the  West  Indies.  The  population  is  about  4744.  Newberiji,  on  the 
south  bank  of  the  river  Neuse,  80  miles  from  Pamplico  Sound,  is  a  place  of  aome 
commerce,  although  large  vessels  cannot  come  up  to  the  town,  and  toe  navigation 
is  tedious  and  difficult  for  smaller  crafU  Population,  3690.  Washington  and 
Tarboro*,  on  the  Pamplico  river,  Plymouth  and  Haliftx,  on  the  Rranoke,  Eden> 
ton,  on  the  Chowan,  and  Elixabeth,  on  the  Pasquotank,  are  small  trading  towns. 


»&.  :^-^'yf'i*' 


STATE  OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA. 


The  State  of  South  Carolina  is  bounded  on  the  north  and  north-east  bv  North 
Carolina,  south-east  by  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  and  south-west  by  Georgia,  from 
which  it  is  separated  by  the  Savannah  river;  it  is  in  length  188  miles,  by  160  in 
breadth,  the  area  being  about  30,000  square  miles.  The  rivers  of  South  Carolina 
afford  some  considerable  navigable  facilities  for  small  river-craft;  but,  in  the 
lower  part  of  their  course,  they  are  shallow,  and  obstructed  by  bars.  The  prin- 
cipal are  the  Waccamaw,  Pedee,  Black  river,  Santee,  Cooper,  Ashley,  Stono, 
Edisto,  Ashepoo,  Combahee,  Coosaw,  Broad,  and  Savannah. 

The  harbours  of  this  State  are  generally  of  little  value;  but  the  coast  presents 
numerous  entrances,  which  are  accessible  to  small  vessels,  and  which  afford 
advantages  for  an  active  coasting  trade.  The  harbour  of  Charleston  is  obstrna^ 
at  the  entrance  by  a  dangerous  sand-bar,  and  that  of  Georgetown  will  only  aomit 
small  vessels.  The  harbour  of  Beaufort,  or  Port  Royal,  is  the  best  in  the  State, 
and  is  sufficient  to  receive  a  navy,  but  is  little  frequented.  St  Helena  Sound  ia 
!the  most  spacious  opeping  for  a  great  distance  along  the  coast ;  but,  although 
about  three  miles  wide  and  ten  miles  long,  it  is  too  much  beset  with  shoals  to 
be  of  any  great  commercial  value. 

The  sea-coast  is  bordered  with  a  fine  chain  of  islands,  between  which  and  the 
shore  there  is  a  very  convenient  navigation.  The  main  land  is  by  nature  divided 
into  the  lower  and  upper  country.  The  low  country  extends  80  or  100  miles 
from  the  coast,  and  is  covered  with  extensive  forests  of  pitch-pine,  called  pine 
barrens,  interspersed  with  swamps  and  marshes  of  a  rich  soil ;  beyond  this  is  the 
sand-hill  region,  60  miles  in  width,  the  sterile  hills  of  which  liave  been  compared 
to  the  arrested  waves  of  the  sea  in  a  storm.  To  this  distance  the  broad  extent  of 
country  is  denominated  the  lower  country ;  beyond  it  we  approach  the  ridge,  or 
upper  country,  the  Atlantic  ascent  of  which  is  precipitous.  From  the  summit 
stretches  a  fine  belt  of  table-land,  fertile  and  well  cultivated,  watered  by  rivers, 
and  irrigated  by  smaller  streams,  extending  from  the  Savannah  to  Broad  river. 
The  country  beyond  the  riiae  resembles  in  its  scenery  the  most  interesting  of  the 
northern  States.  The  traveller  is  gratified  by  the  pleasant  alternation  of  hill  and 
dale,  the  lively  verdure  of  the  hills  is  contrasted  with  the  deeper  tints  of  the 
extensive  forests  which  decorate  their  sides,  and,  in  the  valleys,  broad  rivers  roll 
their  streams  through  the  varied  beauties  of  luxuriant  and  cultivated  fields.  The 
ascent  hence  to  the  mountains  is  gradual  and  imperceptible.  A  number  of  moun- 
tains of  strikinff  forms,  here  swell  with  their  peaks  to  a  very  considerable  eleva- 
tion. Table  Alountain  is  the  most  conspicuous ;  its  summit  is  supposed  to  be 
4000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 

The  low  country  is  infested  with  many  of  the  diseases  which  spring  from  a 
warm,  moist,  and  unelastie  atmosphere.  Of  these,  th  ;  most  frsquent  are  fevers, 
from  which  the  inhabitants  suffer  more  than  from  any,  or  perhaps  from  all  other 
diseases  together.  The  districts  of  the  upper  country  enjoy  as  salubriona  a  cli- 
mate as  any  part  of  the  United  States.  During  thA  most  unheslthfj!  period  cf  ths 
year,  it  ia  customary  for  the  wealthy  South  (farolinians  to  seek  relaxation  in  ^ 


196 


UNITED  STATES. 


tour  tbrongh  the  northern  States,  or  in  a  tojourn  at  aome  of  the  wat«riog-places 
in  the  upland  eountry. 

The  staple  commodhies  of  this  State  are  cotton  and  rice;  the  latter,  fifst  intro- 
duced in  1693,  is  raised  only  in  the  low  country,  where  the  immense  swamps  in 
which  it  is  urown  may  be  easily  irrigpated,  by  means  of  the  rise  of  the  tide  in  the 
riTers.  Inoigo  was  for  some  time  an  important  staple ;  its  culture  was  introduced 
in  the  middle  of  the  laHt  century,  and,  at  the  breaking  out  of  the  revolutionary 
war,  about  1,000,000  pounds  were  exported  annually ;  but,  toward  the  close  of 
the  century,  the  price  was  so  maeh  lowered  by  large  importations  from  the  East 
Indies  into  England,  thet  it  gave  way  to  cotton,  which  is  raised  on  the  same 
lands. 

There  are  no  manufactures  of  any  importance  in  South  Carolina,  but  the  com- 
merce is  extensive ;  it  consists  in  the  exports  of  rice,  cotton,  lumber,  &c.,  and  of 
large  quantities  of  the  productions  of  Georgia  and  North  Carolina,  and  in  the 
import  of  manufactured  articles,  wines,  tropical  fruits,  &c.,  for  home  consumption. 

The  region  in  which  gold  is  found  extends  through  this  State.  Although  the 
mines  are  abundant,  the  diggings  have  been  less  numerous  than  in  North  Caro- 
lina. Various  ochres,  usea  in  painting,  are  found  near  Yorkville.  Marble,  lime- 
stone, iron  and  lead  ore,  potters'  clay,  fullers'  earth,  nitrous  earth,  talc,  and  most 
of  the  useful  fossils,  are  common. 

The  population  in  1790  was  249,073;  in  1800,  345,591 ;  in  1810,  415,115 ;  in 
1830,  503,741;  in  1830,  681,186;  in  1840,  694,398;  of  whom  337,038,  or 
something  more  than  one-half  of  the  population,  were  slaves.  Of  the  free  popu- 
lation, 130,496  were  white  males);  138,588  white  females ;  3864  were  coloured 
males;  4413 coloured  females.  Employed  in  agriculture,  198,363;  in  commerce, 
1958 ;  in  manufactures  and  trades,  10,3-25 ;  iti  navigating  the  ocean,  381 ;  do. 
nvfp,  canals,  &c.,  348 ;  in  the  learned  professions,  1481. 

According  to  the  census  of  1840,  there  were  in  the  State  120,931  horses  and 
mules;  573,606  neat  cattle;  333,981  sheep;  878,533  swine.  There  were  pro- 
duced 968,354  bushels  of  wheat;  44,738  of  rye;  14,733,805  of  Indian  com; 
3967  of  bariey;  1,486,308  of  o^ts;  3,698,313  of  potatoes;  399,170  pounds  of 
wool;  60,690,860  of'rice ;  61,710,374  of  cotton;  61,519  oC, tobacco;  30,000  of 
sugar;  2080  of  silk  cocoons;  34,618  tons  of  hay.  The  products  of  the  dairy 
were  valued  at  $577,810;  of  the  orchard,  at  $53,375;  of  lumber,  $637,684. 

The  exports  of  this  State,  for  the  year  ending  Sept.  30,  1840,  amounted  lo 
$8,043,384;  and  the  imports  to  $1,667,431.  The  tonnage  entered  was  55,620 
tons,  and  the  tonnage  cleared  92,185. 

The  amount  of  home-made  or  familjr  manufactures,  was  $930,703 ;  there  were 
3  woollen  factories  which  produced  articles  to  the  amount  of  $1000;  employing  a 
capital  of  $4300 ;  16  cotton  factories  produced  articles  to  the  amount  of  $359,000, 
and  employed  a  capital  of  $617,450;  4  furnaces  produced  1260  tons  of  cast-iron; 
0  forges  produced  1166  tons  of  bar-iron;  the  whole  employing  a  capital  of 
$113,300;  6  smelting-houses  produced  gold  to  the  amount  of  $37,418,  and  em- 
ployed a  capital  of  $40,000 ;  one  paper-mill  produced  to  the  amount  of  $20,800, 
with  a  capital  of  $30,000;  164  flouring-mills  produced  58,468  barrels  of  flour; 
and,  with  other  mills,  produced  articles  to  the  amount  of  $1,201,678,  and  em- 
ployed a  capital  of  $1,668,804  ;  250  distilleries  produced  102,288  gallons  of  dis- 
tilled spirits,  employing  a  capital  of  $14,34€ ;  vessels  were  built  to  the  ^amount 
of  $60,000.  Tne  total  amount  of  capital  employed  in  manufactures  was 
$3,316,970. 

Of  religious  denominations  the  Methodists  are  the  most  numerous ;  at  the 
commencement  of  1836  they  had  37,503  communicants;  the  Baptists  had  314 
churches,  226  ministers,  and  36,270  communicants;  the  Presbyterians  had  90 
churches  and  70  ministers  ;  tho  Episcopalians  had  60  churches,  one  bishop,  and 
43  ministers;  the  Lutherans  had,  in  1840,  34  ministers,  34  congregations,  and 
1667  communicants;  there  were  also  Roman  Catholics,  Unitarians,  Friends, 
Universalists  and  Jews. 

The  most  important  literary  institution  in  the  Siaie  is  the  College  of  South 
Carolina,  founded  in  1804.    There  is  a  theological  seminary  connected  with  the 


•  at  tho 
had  314 
IB  had  90 
ishop,  and 
tions,  and  | 
Friends, 

of  South! 


SOUTH  CABOLINA. 


J97 


inttitution.  In  both  departments  there  were,  in  1843,  816  students.  Charleston 
College  was  founded  in  1796,  and  has  about  60  students.  The  medical  institu- 
tion in  Charleston  has  8  professors  and  168  students.  There  were  in  the  State, 
in  1840,  117  academies  or  ^[rammar-schools,  with  4336  students;  and  666  com- 
mon or  primary  schools,  with  13,6S0  scholars.  There  were  20,616  free  white 
persons,  over  20  years  of  age,  who  could  neither  read  nor  write. 

South  Carolina  has  several  Important  works  of  internal  improvement.  The 
Santee  jcanal,  extending  22  miles  from  Charleston  harbour  to  Santee  river,  was 
finished  in  1802.  Through  this  canal,  and  the  improvement  of  the  Santee  and 
Congaree  rivers,  a  steamboat  communication  has  been  opened  from  Charleston 
to  Columbia.  Winyaw  canal  extends  from  Winyaw  bay,  7^  miles,  to  Kinlock 
creek,  a  branch  of  the  Santee  river.  The  navigation  of  Catawba  river  has  been 
improved  by  five  short  canals,  with  an  aggregate  length  of  11}  miles.  The  South 
Carolina  rail-road  extends  136  miles,  from  Charleston  to  Hamburg.  It  was 
commenced  in  1830,  and  completed  in  1834.  It  has  since  been  sold  to  the 
Charleston,  Louisville,  and  Cincinnati  Rail>road  Company.  This  company  con- 
template the  formation  of  the  longest  rail-road  yet  undertaken  in  the  United 
States.  Its  entire  length,  from  Charleston  to  Cincinnati,  will  be  718  miles. 
The  Branohville  and  Columbia  rail-road  extends  from  BranefaviHe,  or  the  South 
Carolina  rail-road,  66  miles,  to  Columbia,  and  is  to  form  a  part  of  the  Charles- 
ton, Louisville,  and  Cincinnati  rail-road. 

Charleston,  the  principal  city  of  South  Carblina,  and  the  largest  city  in  the 
Atlantic  States  south  ot  the  Potomac,  stands  on  a  point  of  land  between  the 
Ashley  and  Cooper  rivers,  six  miles  from  the  ocean.  It  is  regularly  laid  out, 
with  streets  running  east  and  west  from  river  to  rivor,  and  others  intersect- 
ing them  nearly  at  risht  angles,  from  north  to  south.  Among  the  public 
buildings  are '  36  churclies,  the  City  Hall,  Exchange,  two  Arsenals,  Theatre, 
College  Halls,  Alnis-House,  Orphan  Asylum,  &c. ;  the  City  Library  contains 
about  18,000  volumes,  and  the  Orphan  Asylum  supports  and  educates  250  desti- 
tute children.  The  city  is  healthier  than  the  surroundinj^  country,  and  the 
planters  from  the  low  country,  and  many  opulent  West-Indians,  spend  the  sum- 
mer here.  Its  commerce  is  extensive,  comprising  nearly  the  whole  of  that  of 
the  State,  and  its  shipping  amounted,  in  1840,  to  29,350  tons.  The  population 
increased  from  18,711,  in  1800,  to  29,261,  in  1840;  of  which  number  14,673  were 
slaves ;  including  the  Neck,  which  is  adorned  with  numerous  plantations  in  a 
high  state  of  cultivation,  the  population  is  estimated  to  excued  40,000  souls. 
The  approach  to  the  city  is  defended  by  Fort  Moultrie,  on  Sullivan's  Island,  at 
the  mouth  of  the  harbour,  and  by  Castle  Pinckney  opposite  the  extreme  point 
of  the  city  within. 

Columbia,  the  capital  of  the  State,  is  pleasantly  situated  on  the  Congaree, 
below  the  junction  of  the  Saluda  and  Broad  rivers.  It  is  regularly  laid  out 
with  very  wide  streets,  and  is  a  neatly-built  town  with  3500  inhabitants.  It 
contains  a  handsome  State-House,  a  Lunatic  Asylum,  the  Halls  of  South  Caro- 
lina College,  and  several  churches.  Granby  is  a  little  town  on  the  opposite  side 
of  the  river.  Camden  is  a  place  of  some  trade,  situated  on  a  rising  ground  on 
the  Wateree,  with  about  1000  inhabitants.  It  is  noted  for  the  two  battles  fought 
near  it  during  the  Revolutionary  war,  in  the  first  of  which  the  Baron  De  Kalb 
was  slain. 

Beaufort,  to  the  south  of  Charleston,  is  a  little  town  on  Port  Royal  Island, 
about  16  miles  from  the  sea,  with  a  fine  harbour,  which  is  little  used.  Georse- 
town,  to  the  north,  on  Winyaw  Bay,  being  the  depdt  of  an  extensive  and  well- 
cultivated  district,  has  considerable  trade,  out 's  not  accessible  to  vessels  drawing 
more  than  II  feet  of  water.  It  is,  however,  unhealthful,  and  during  the  autumn, 
many  of  the  inhabitants  resort  to  North  Island  at  the  mouth  of  the  bay.  Popu- 
lation about  2000.  Cheraw,  on  the  Pedee,  near  the  North  Carolina  line,  is  a 
town  of  about  1000  inhabitants;  its  trade  is  very  considerable.  Greeneville,  in 
the  upper  part.of  the  State,  is  a  neat  town  of  about  1000  inhabitants ;  it  is  situ- 
ated in  the  midst  of  a  salubrious  and  fertile  country. 


%  ■^^::iiL'i  ritj 


iT* 


198 


UNITED  BTATE& 


STATE  OF   GEORGIA. 

GioRou  is  bounded  north  bv  TenneMM  and  North  Carolina,  north-eaat  by 
South  Carolina,  and  aouth^aat  by  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  aouth  by  Floridb,  and  weat 
by  Alabama.  Length*  300  milea ;  breadth,  900;  area,  68,000  aquare  milea.  The 
principal  rirera  of  Georgia  are  the  Savannah,  (which  forms  the  boundary  between 
It  and  South  Carolina,)  Alatamaha,  Ogeeoliee,  SatiUa,  Ockmulgee,  Oconee,  St. 
Mary's,  Chattahoochee,  Flint,  Tallapooaa,  and  Coosa.  The  coast  of  Georgia,  for 
four  or  Ato  milea  inland,  is  a  salt  raarah,  mostly  uninhabited.  In  front  of  thia, 
towards  the  sea,  there  is  a  chain  of  ialnnds  of  a  grey,  rich  aoil,  covered  in  their 
natural  atate  with  pine,  hickory,  and  liva>oak,  aira  yielding,  on  cultivation,  the 
finest  quality  of  sea-island  cotton.  The  principal  are  Wassaw,  Oasabaw,  St 
Catherine,  Sapelo,  St.  Simon's,  JekyI,  and  Cumberland.  Beyond  the  swamps 
which  line  the  ooaat,  commences  that  extensive  range  of  pine-barrens  closely  re- 
sembling thoBC  of  South  Carolina ;  above  this  range  the  country  begina  to  be 
EleasantlT  diversified  bv  gentle  undulations.  This  region  is  bounded  on  the  west 
y  the  Blue  Ridge,  which  here  swells  into  elevations  1500  feet  in  height,  which 
thence  subside,  and  are  loat  in  the  sea.  Beyond  the  mountains  is  an  extensive 
and  rich  tablcHsountry,  with  a  black  soil  of  great  fertility. 

The  climate  of  Georgia  difTers  but  little  from  that  of  South  Carolina.  The 
low<country  plantera  have  their  sickly  season  and  aummer  retreats  in  the  high 
pine  woods.  The  districts  central  to  the  rioe-awamps,  in  the  Carolinas  and 
Georgia,  are  universally  insalubrious.  There  are  districts  in  thia  State  that  ap- 
proach nearer  to  tropical  temperature  than  any  pait  of  South  Carolina,  and  better 
adapted  to  the  augar-cane,  olive,  and  aweet  orango.  The  hilly  and  weatem  parte 
•re  as  healthy  as  any  in  America.  As  an  average  of  the  temperature,  winter 
may  be  said  to  commence  in  the  middle  of  Decemoer,  and  terminate  in  the  mid- 
dle of  February.  Tlie  climate  of  the  low-country  compares  very  nearly  with 
(hat  of  Loutaiana. 

The  mineral  reaouroea  of  Georgia  are  but  imperfectly  known ;  copper  and  iron 
have  been  found,  but  the  most  valuable  r  .aeral  producUon,  hitherto,  has  been 
gold.  It  occurs  in  the  northern  part  of  tl.4  State,  on  both  sides  of  the  Chattahoo- 
chee river  aa  for  north  aa  the  Blue  Ridge,  and  to  a  considerable,  but  not  well- 
ascertained  diatance  on  the  south. 

The  great  agricultural  staples  of  Georgia  are  cotton  and  rice.  Thb  sotton  crop 
has  amounted  to  400,000  bales,  and  the  rice  to  35,000  casks.  Some  augar  and 
tobacco  are  alao  raised.  The  fruits  are  figs,  oranges,  melons,  pomegranates, 
lemons,  citrons,  pears,  peaches,  &c. 

The  population  of  Georgia,  in  1790,  was  83,584;  in  1800,  163,686;  in  1810, 
363,433;  in  1830,  348,989;  in  1830,  518,667;  in  1840,  691,393;  of  whom 
880,944  were  slavea.  Of  the  free  population,  310,534  were  white  mdea ;  197,161 
white  females;  1374  were  coloured  males;  1379  coloured  females.  Employed 
in  agriculture,  309,383 ;  in  commerce,  3488 ;  in  manufactures  and  trades,  7984; 
in  mining,  674 ;  in  navigating  the  ocean,  363 ;  do.  rivers,  canals,  &c.,  353 ;  in 
the  learned  professions,  1850. 

There  were  in  tiiis  State,  in  1840,  167,540  horses  and  mules;  884,414  neat 
cattle;  367,107  sheep ;  1,457,755  swine.  Poultry  was  raised  to  the  value  of 
$449,693.  There  were  produced,  1,801,830  bushels  of  wheat;  60,693  of  rye; 
80,905,198  of  Indian  corn;  13,979  of  barley;  1,610,030  of  oats;  1,311,366  of 
potatoes;  168,894  of  tobacco;  13,384,733  of  rice;  163,393,396of  cotton;  339,744 
of  sugar.  The  products  of  the  dairy  were  valued  at  ^^606,173 ;  of  the  orchard 
at  $156,183;  of  lumber  at  $114,050.  There  were  made  8647  gallons  of  wine. 
The  exporter  of  the  State,  in  1840,  amounted  to  $6,863,959,  and  the  importe  to 
$491,438. 

The  family  or  home-made  articles  amounted  to  $1,467,630.  The  capital  em- 
ploved  in  manufactures  amounted  to  $3,889,565,  chiefly  in  flouring  and  other 
mills,  cotton  factories,  tanneries,  &o. ;  14  furnaces  produced  494  tons  of  cast-iron, 
and  employed  a  capital  of  $34,000. 

The  University  of  Georgia,  located  at  Athens,  is  the  principal  literary  institu- 


.,353;  tn| 


capital  em- 1 

and  other  I 

)f  cast-iionJ 

My  InsUtu- 


OEOROIA. 


tion  in  the  Sl»t«,  mmI  wm  designed  to  have  en  Mademio  bnneh  in  each  eoanty, 
A  few  only  of  thoee  have  been  opened.  It  wee  founded  in  1788,  and  has  been 
well  endowed.  In  this  inetitatioa  and  ite  branehee,  then  weie,  in  1840,  693  etn- 
dents.  There  were  in  the  State  176  aoademiea  or  mmmar^^nhools,  with  7878 
■tudente,  and  601  common  or  primary  eehools,  with  16,661  acholars.  Of  the 
population,  30,717  white  persona  orer  90  years  of  age  eoald  neither  read  nor 
write. 

The  Baptists  are  the  most  numerous  of  the  nligious  denominations ;  Ihey  had, 
in  1836,  683  ohurchee,  998  ministers,  and  41 ,810  communicants.  The  Methodists 
in  Georgia  and  Florida  had  80  traTelling  preachers,  33,443  eomnunicants,  of 
whom  96,006  were  whites,  8436  were  coloured.  The  Presbvterians  had  76 
churches,  46  ministers,  and  4889  communicants.  The  Episcopalians  had  4  minis- 
ters; the  Protestant  Methodists  had  90  congregations  and  16  ministers;  the 
Christians  had  16  or  90  ministers;  the  Roman  Catholics  4  ministers;  the  Uni- 
tarians 9  ministers.  There  are  also  some  few  Lutherans,  Associate  Reformed 
Presbyterians,  Friends,  and  Jews. 

Georgia  has  several  important  works  of  internal  improTsment  The  Savannah 
and  Ogeeohee  canal  extends  16  miles,  from  Savannah  to  Ogeechee  river ;  it  was 
completed  in  1899.  The  Brunswiolc  canal  extends  19  miles,  from  the  Alata- 
mana  river  to  Brunswick.  The  Georgia  rail-road  extends  westward  from  Au- 
gusta, 170  miles,  to  Marthasville.  The  Athens  branch  extends  from  the  Georgia 
rail-road  93  miles,  to  Athens.  The  Western  and  Atlantic  rail-road  is  designed 
to  continue  the  Georgia  rail-road  to  Chattanooga,  <  i  the  Tennessee  river,  130 
miles.  The  Central  rail-road  extends  from  Savannr  :  197  miles,  to  Macon,  rnd 
is  now  in  progress  of  completion  from  Macon  to  be  united  with  the  Georgia  .ail- 
road  near  Decatur.  The  Hiwassee  rail-road,  also  in  progress,  will  begin  at  ft 
point  on  the  Western  and  Atlantic  rail-road,  and  will  be  carried  thence  to  Knox- 
ville,  in  Tennespee. 

The  city  of  Savannah  is  advantageously  situated  for  a  commercial  town,  being 
accessible  to  larffe  ships  from  the  sea,  and  communicating  with  the  interior  by  the 
noble  river  on  wliich  it  stands.  It  is  built  on  the  southern  side  of  the  Savannah, 
on  a  high  bank  rising  about  60  feet  above  the  water,  from  which  it  makes  a  fine 
appearance,  with  its  qpaoioos  and  regular  streets,  and  its  handsome  public  build- 
ings, mingling  pleasantly  with  the  groves  of  trees  which  surround  them  and 
adorn  the  squares  and  principal  streets.  The  site  was  formerly  unhealthy,  on 
account  of  the  surrounding  swamps,  but  this  evil  has  been  cured  by  judicious 
drainings.  In  1890  it  suffered  much  from  a  terrible  fire,  but  it  has  recovered  from 
this  shock,  and  is  at  present  one  of  the  most  flourishing  cities  in  the  Southern 
States.  It  contains  13  churches,  a  Court-House,  ExchaiTge,  Arsenal,  Jail,  U.  S. 
Barracks,  an  Academy,  Theatre,  3  Asylums,  a  Poor-House,  Hospital,  Market- 
House,  besides  banks,  lie.  Population  in  1840,  11,314.  Savannah  is  the  chief 
commercial  depdt  in  the  State,  and  most  of  the  cotton  and  rice,  with  large  quan- 
tiUes  of  the  otner  articles  of  exportation,  pass  through  this  port.    There  was  ex- 

Sorted,  in  1843,  about  300,000  bales  of  cotton,  95,000  tierces  of  rice,  and  near 
,000,000  feet  of  lumber.  Two  companies  employ  on  the  Savannah  river  alone 
17  steam-boats,  some  of  which  are  of  iron,  and  more  than  70  tow-boats,  some 
being  as  large  as  160  tons  burthen.  In  1840,  the  tonnage  of  the  port  was  17,930 
tons. 

The  city  of  Aueusta,  the  great  interior  emporium  of  the  State,  stands  on  the 
Savannah,  at  the  head  of  steam-boat  navigation.  It  is  handsomely  built,  and  con- 
tains a  City-Hall,  7  churches,  an  Hospital,  Arsenal,  Theatre,  &o. ;  a  bridge 
across  the  Savannah,  1300  feet  long,  connects  it  with  Hamburg.  The  population 
amounted,  in  1840,  to  6500.  Augusta  is  the  depAt  of  an  extensive  tract  of  pro- 
ductive and  populous  eountrv,  and  is  connected  with  the  sea  by  the  Charleston 
and  Hamburg  rail-road,  and  the  Savannah  river. 

Milledgevule,  the  capital  of  the  State,  is  pleasantly  situated  on  the  Oconee,  at 
the  head  of  steam-boat  navigation,  and  is  a  place  of  some  trade.  Population  in 
1840, 3096.  .  It  contains  the  State-House,  the  Penitentiary,  on  the  Auburn  plan. 
State  Arsenal,  &o.  Athens,  a  thriving  little  town  above  Milledgeville,  is  the 
j  seat  of  the  University  of  Georgia     -^      •    • 


Population,  1300. 


I 


mm 


900 


Dnited  states. 


Macon  ii  situated  at  the  head  of  navigation  on  the  Ocmulgae ;  it  eonnsted  in 
1833  of  a  single  cabin ;  in  1830  it  bad  a  pop*xlation  of  3600  souls,  and  in  1840, 
J937.  Its  tnule  is  exteneiTe  and  increasing ;  there  is  a  considerable  number  of 
saw  and  grist-mills  in  the  vicinity.  A  great  amount  of  cotton  is  shipped  from 
this  place. 

Columbus  is  situated  on  the  Chattahooohed,  at  the  head  of  naTisation,  and  430 
miles  from  the  sea.  The  town  was  first  laid  out  in  1838,  when  the  site  was  ye 
coTered  with  the  native  forest ;  in  1843  it  contained  over  4000  inhabiunts,  with 
several  churches,  newspapers,  Ito.  Steam-boats  run  regularly  from  here  to  New 
Orleans,  and  60,000  bales  of  cotton  were  shipped  from  the  town  in  1843,  when 
15  steam-boats  were  employed  on  the  Chattahoochee.  Dahlonega,  in  the  north- 
em  part  of  the  State,  between  the  Chestatee  and  £towa,  is  the  seat  of  one  of  the 
offices  of  the  United  States  Mint. 

Darien  is  a  neat  and  thriving  little  town,  with  an  active  trade  in  cotton,  and  in 
the  lumber  which  is  brought  down  the  river  in  large  quantities.  Its  population 
is  about  3f  00.  Brunswick,  with  a  spacious  harbour,  is  situated  on  Turtle  river 
about  10  miles  nearlv  due  west  from  thb  opening  between  St.  Simon's  and 
Jekyl  islands.  St  Maiy's,  a  small  town  on  the  rivor  of  the  same  name,  iust 
above  its.entrance  into  (Cumberland  Sound,  derives  importance  from  its  fine  deep 
harbour,  the  most  southerly  on  the  coast  from  Georgia  to  Florida. 


THE  STATE  OF  FLORIDA. 

Flomdi  is  bounded  north  by  Alabama  and  Georgia;  east  by  the  Atlantic 
Ocean ;  south  and  west  by  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  Formerly  the  name  of  Florida 
was  applied  to  the  whole  country  oast  of  the  Mississippi,  and  south  of  the  parallel 
of  31°  north  latitude.  The  river  Appalachicola  divided  it  into  East  and  West 
Florida.  The  part  lying  between  the  Mississippi  and  Pearl  river  is  now  included 
in  the  State  of  Louisiana ;  the  part  between  Pearl  rivor  awA  Uie  Perdido,  belong 
to  the  States  of  Mississippi  and  Alabama ;  and  the  part  ."iust  of  the  Perdido  la 
the  country  that  is  now  called  Florida.  Its  mean  length,  I'rom  north  to  south,  is 
380  miles,  and  the  mean  breadth  ISO,  the  area  being  57,750  square  miles. 

The  surface  of  Florida  iu  in  general  level,  and  not  much  elevated  above  the 
sea.  It  is  intersected  by  numerous  ponds,  lakes,  and  rivers,  of  which  the  prin- 
cipal are  the  St.  John's,  Appalachicola,  jSuwanee,  Ocklockony,  Choctawhatuhie, 
Eteambia,  and  Yellow- Water  rivers.  The  southern  part  of  the  peninsula  is  a 
mere  marsh,  and  terminates  at  Cape  Sable  in  heaps  of  sharp  rocks,  interspersed 
wit  i  a  scattered  growth  of  shrubby  pines. 

The  gulf  stream  setting  along  the  coast  has  here  worn  away  the  land,  forming 
those  islands,  keys  and  rocks,  known  by  the  eeneral  name  of  Reefs,  or  Keys, 
between  which  and  the  main  land  is  a  navigable  channel.  These  islands  con- 
tain some  settlements  and  many  good  harbours.  One  of  the  most  important  is 
Key  West,  6  miles  long  and  two  in  breadth,  on  which  is  the  town  of  Key  West, 
a  naval  station,  and  the  seat  of  an  admiralty  court :  the  harbour  is  good,  well 
sheltered,  and  of  sufficient  depth  of  water  to  admit  the  largest  vessels. 

The  eddies  which  set  towards  the  shore  from  the  gulf  stream  cause  many  ship- 
wrecks on  this  part  of  the  coast,  furnishing  employment  to  the  Bahama  wreckers. 
The  soil  of  Florida  is  in  some  parts,  especially  on  the  banks  of  the  rivers,  equal 
to  any  in  the  world ;  in  other  parts,  it  is  indifferent ;  and  there  are  large  tracts 
which  are  represented  to  be  of  little  value. 

Live-oak  timber  is  one  of  the  most  valuable  products  of  Florida.  The  6g, 
pomegranate,  orange,  and  date,  are  among  the  fruits ;  cotton  is  the  chief  agricul- 
tural staple ;  the  augar-cane  is  also  pretty  extensively  cultivated ;  rice  is  raised 
in  large  <||uantities;  and  indigo  formerly  furnished  a  valuable  article  of  exporta- 
tion, Dvit  IS  now  only  raised  for  family  use.  But  Florida  is  on  the  whole  better 
suited  fdr  a. grazing  country;  and  its  vast  herds  of  cattle,  horses,  swine,  &c., 
I  find  a  boilp^less  ^^nt  of  range  in  its  fine  pastures. 
I     Th^'^ciHirioto,  frcm  October  to  June,  is  generally  salubrious ;  but  the  months  of 


71? 


iscd 
thei 
it  is  I 
lagol 
sacol 
8  ml 


xpoTia- 
e  belter  I 

16,  &C., 

ntbs  of 


amamsamm 
FLORIDA. 


901 


July,  Angust,  and  September,  are  hot  and  uncomfortable ;  and  during  this  aeason, 
fevers  are  prevalent  At  St.  Aagustine,  however,  the  climate  is  delightful,  and 
this  place  is  the  resort  of  invalids. 

In  the  year  1823  Spain  ceded  Florida  to  the  United  States,  in  compensation 
for  spoliations  committed  on  the  commerce  of  the  latter.  From  that  time,  it  was 
governed  as  a  territory  until  1845,  when  it  became  a  State.  Florida  was  lately, 
for  several  years,  the  theatre  of  a  war  between  the  United  States  and  the  Semi- 
nole Indians.  In  1818  this  tribe  was  conquered  by  General  Jackson,  and  agreed 
to  abandon  the  territorv  and  remove  west  of  the  Mississippi.  Preparations  were 
made  for  their  removal  in  1835,  but  being  reluctant  to  leave  their  country,  they 
commenced  hostilities  under  Osceola;  but,  after  a  protracted  war,  they  were  at 
length  subdued.  The  Indians  are  now,  for  the  most  part,  removed  to  a  desirable 
country  beyond  the  Mississippi,  where,  it  is  hoped,  that  they  will  remain  uiidis> 
turbed  and  at  peace  with  their  neighbours. 

The  population,  in  1830,  was  34,733  ;  in  1840,  54,477;  of  which  16,456  were 
white  males,  and  11,487,  females;  free  coloured  persons,  males,  398;  females, 
419;  slaves,  males,  13,038;  females,  13,679.  There  were  employed  in  agri- 
culture 13,117;  in  commerce  481 ;  in  manufactures  and  trades  1177;  in  navi- 
gating the  ocean  435 ;  on  canals  and  rivers  118 ;  *in  the  learned  professions,  and 
engineers,  304. 

There  were  in  the  State  in  1840, 13,043  horses  and  mules;  118,081  neat  cat- 
tle; 7198  sheep;  93,680  swine;  poultry  was  raised  to  the  value  of  $61,007; 
bushels  of  Indian  corn  698,974;  75,374  pounds  of  tobacco;  481,430  of  rice; 
13,110,533  of  cotton;  and  375,317  of  sugar.  A  small  amount  of  rye  and  hay 
was  produced. 

The  manufactures  are  inconsiderable ;  the  amount  of  capital  employed  in  that 
blanch,  it*  1840,  was  $669,490 ;  and  in  home-made  or  family  articles  $30,305. 
There  in  no  college,  at  present,  in  Florida.  In  1840  there  were  18  academies 
and  grammar-schools,  with  732  students ;  and  51  common  and  primary  schools, 
with  935  scholars.  There  were  1303  white  persons,  over  30  years  of  age,  who 
could  neither  read  nor  write. 

St.  Augustine  is  the  oldest  town  in  Florida,  and  also  in  the  V-nited  States ;  it 
was  settled  by  the  Spaniards  in  1565;  it  stands  at  the  junction  of  two  small 
creeks,  called  the  Matanzas  and  the  North  River.  It  is  regularly  built,  but  the 
streets  are  narrow ;  the  houses  are  generally  two  stories  high,  surrounded  with 
balconies  and  piazzas ;  it  contains  4  churches ;  a  U.  S.  Barrdcks,  and  Land 
Office.  It  is  commanded  by  Fort  Marion,  which  stands  at  the  mouth  of  the  har- 
bour. On  Amelia  island,  the  north-eastern  corner  of  Florida,  is  the  little  village  of 
Femandina»  which,  during  the  embargo,  and  the  late  war,  was  an  important  depdt. 
Jacksonville,  on  the  St  Johns  river,  is  a  flourishing  town,  forming  the  depAt 
of  the  trade  of  the  surrounding  country ;  it  is  also  a  considerable  thoroughfare. 
In  the  middle  section  of  the  territory  are  St.  Marks,  Tallahassee,  Quincy,  Mari- 
anna,  Monticello  and  Appalachicola.  St.  Marks  is  the  shipping-port  of  a  popu- 
lous and  productive  district,  and  is  a  growing  town,  with  a  good  harbour;  the 
entrance  affords  13  feet  water;  but  up  to  the  town,  6  miles  from  the  sea,  the  bay 
canies  only  8  feet 

Tallahassee,  the  capital  of  Florida,  stands  on  an  eminence  in  a  fertile  district, 
and  contains  3  churches;  a  bank;  a  State  House;  jail;  market,  and  an  aca- 
demy. The  population  in  winter  is  about  2500.  Appalachicola  is  a  flourishing 
little  town,  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  of  the  same  name.  It  has  a  good  harbour, 
and  its  trade  in  cotton  is  considerable ;  about  30  steamboats  navigate  the  river, 
besides  other  craft;  it  has  an  Episcopal  church,  and  two  banks. 

St  Joseph's,  on  the  bay  of  the  same  name,  is  also  a  place  of  growing  trade ; 
the  bay  affords  35  to  33  feet  of  water,  and  is  well  sheltered  from  all  winds ;  this 
is  connected  with  Jola,  on  the  Appalachicola  river,  by  a  rail-road.  Pensacola,  on 
the  bay  of  the  same  name,  is  important  as  a  naval  station  of  the  United  States ; 
it  is  accessible,  to  small  vessels,  through  Santa  RosA^ftWlfflT^xiflng.  shallow 
lagoon,  sheltered  by  the  island  of  Santa  Rosa,  whMfalso  frflp  ^TOipj^I/*^'''' 
sacola,  and  through  the  main  channel  to  ships  of  irar,  up  to  the  natfytyjUU^hput 
8  miles  below  the  town.     The  population  of  Pen#Qaip  is  about  3fl00.    "/J 


UNITBD  STATES. 


STATE  OF  ALABAMA. 

Tbk  SUt«  of  Alabama  i«  boandad  north  by  Tennaaaae,  east  by  CSaorgia,  aouth 
by  Florida,  and  wett  by  th«  Stata  of  Miiaiaaippi.  Length  S80  miles ;  breadth 
160  milas ;  ana  46,000  squara  miles. 

Tbe  principal  rirers  an  the  Alabama,  Tombigby,  Blaek  Warrior,  Coosa,  Td- 
lapooaa,  Tennessos,  Chattahoochee,  Perdtdo,  aiM  Cahawba. 

The  southsrn  part  of  the  country,  which  borders  on  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and 
West  Florida,  for  the  space  of  60  miles  wide,  is  low  and  level,  coTered  with  pine, 
cypress,  &c. ;  in  the  middle  it  is  hilly,  with  some  tracts  of  open  land ;  the  nor- 
thern part  is  somewhat  broken  and  mountainous,  and  the  country  generally  is 
more  elerated  above  the  sea,  than  most  other  parts  of  the  United  States  at  equal 
distance  from  the  ocean.  The  Alleghany  mountains  terminate  in  the  north-east 
part.  The  forest  trees  in  the  middle  and  northern  part  consist  of  black  and  white 
oak,  hickory,  poplar,  cedar,  chestnut,  pine,  mulberry,  &c. 

Alabama  posMsses  ^eat  diveraity  of  soil,  climate,  natural,  vegetable,  and 
mineral  productions.  Occupying  tbe  valley  of  tbe  Mobile,  and  its  tributary 
streams,  together  with  a  fine  body  of  land  on  both  sides  of  the  Tennessee  river, 
its  position  in  an  agricultural  and  commercial  point  of  view  is  hiebly  advan- 
tagrous.  A  considerable  portion  of  that  part  of  the  State  which  lies  between  the 
Aubama  and  Tombigby,  of  that  part  watered  by  the  Coosa  and  Tallapoosa,  and 
of  that  on  the  Tennessee,  consists  of  very  excellent  land.  On  the  margin  of  many 
of  the  rivera  there  is  a  considerable  quantity  of  cane-bottom  land,  of  great  fertility, 
generally  from  a  half  to  threeH}oartera  of  a  mile  wide.  On  tlie  outside  of  this,  is 
a  space  which  is  low,  wet,  and  intersected  by  stagnant  water.  Next  to  t^e  river 
swamp,  and  elevated  above  it  ten  or  fifteen  feet,  succeeds  an  extensive  body  of 
level  land  of  a  black,  rich  soil,  with  a  growth  of  hickory,  black  oak,  post  oak, 
dogwood,  poplar,  tie.  After  this  come  the  prairies,  which  are  plains  of  level, 
or  gently  waving  land,  without  Umber,  clothM  with  grass,  herbage,  and  flowers, 
and  exhibiting  in  the  month  of  May  the  most  enchanting  scenery. 

The  sugar-cane  has  been  found  to  succeed  very  well  in  the  extreme  southern 
strip,  between  Florida  and  Mississippi,  and  indigo  was  formerly  raised ;  rice  also 

Sows  well  on  the  alluvial  bottom  near  the  Gulf;  but  cotton,  which  thrives 
roughottt  the  State,  is  the  great  agricultural  staple.  The  cotton  raised  in  1840 
amounted  to  117,138,823  pounds.  There  are  five  principal  and  several  other 
minor  mines  of  gold  and  silver  in  Randolph  county,  producing  about  9135,000 
annually,  and  employing  from  300  to  500  people.  There  are  inexhaustible  beds 
of  fine  uon  ore  in  the  same  county.  There  are  also  rich  mines  of  gold  and  silver 
in  Tallapoosa,  and  gold  has  also  been  found  in  Coosa,  I'alladega  and  Chambers 
counties.  Iron  foundries  have  been  established  in  Benton  and  Talladega.  Nitre 
is  found  in  abundance  in  Blount.  There  are  immense  quantities  of  coal  near 
Tuscaloosa  and  in  many  other  places.  Salt  can  be  manufactured  near  Jackson, 
in  Clarke  county ;  iron  ore,  marble,  granite,  limestone,  &c.,  are  also  found  in  \h4 
same  county.  Lead  ore,  in  large  quantities,  and  of  excellent  quality,  is  found 
in  the  bed  of  the  Tennessee,  on  the  Muscle  Shoals. 

Alabama  has  a  searcoast  of  only  60  miles,  which,  however,  contains  Mobile 
Bay,  one  of  the  deepest  basins  on  the  Gulf.  It  is  about  30  miles  long,  and  from 
3  to  18  broad,  and  uie  main  entrance  has  15C?etof  water  at  low  tide ;  but  vessels 
drawing  more  than  8  or  9  feet  cannot  approach  nearer  than  1 1  miles  from  the  town 
of  Mobile,  except  at  high  water. 

The  population  in  1800  was  only  2000 ;  in  1810,  10,000 ;  in  1830,  127,901 ; 
in  1830,  308,997 ;  in  1840,  590,756,  of  whom  253,532.  were  slaves.  Free  while 
males  176,692;  do.  females  156,493;  free  coloured  males  1030;  do.  females 
1009.  Employed  in  agriculture  177,439 ;  in  commerce  2213 ;  in  manufactures 
and  trades  7195;  navigating  the  ocean  256  ;  do.  canals,  rivere,  &c.  758;  learned 
professions  1514. 

'  There  w^, in  this  State,  in  1840,  143,147  horses  and  mules;  668,018  neat 
cattle;  .163^43  sheep;  1,433,873  swine.  Poultry  was  raised  to  the  value  of 
9404,904.    Tnere   were  produced,  638,053   bushels   of  wheat;  20,947,004  uf 


=i|B 


ALABAMA. 


sot 


Indisnoorn;  1,406,353  of  Mto;  1,708,356  of  potatoM;  117,138,893  pounds  of 
eotton;  373,309  of  tobacco;  149,019  of  rice.  The  ezporie,  in  1840,  amoanted 
to  $19,854,694,  and  the  imporU  to  $574,651. 

Domeatic  or  family  articles  made  in  1840,  amounted  to  $1,656,119.  The  capi- 
tal employed  in  manufaotares  was  $3,130,064,  a  large  portion  of  which  was  eir> 
ployed  in  flouring  ind  other  mills. 

The  University  of  Alsbama,  at  Tuscaloosa,  La  Grange  College,  at  La  Orange, 
and  Spring  Hill  College,  near  Mobile,  are  the  principal  literary  institutions  in  the 
State;  these  had,  in  1844,  351  students.  There  were  in  the  State,  in  1840, 114 
academies  and  grammar-schools,  with  5018  scholars,  and  639  common  and  pri- 
mary schools,  with  16,343  scholars.  There  were  in  the  State  33,693  white  persons 
over  90  years  of  are  who  could  neither  read  nor  write. 

Of  the  religious  denominations,  the  MethiDdiats  are  the  most  numerous ;  in  1843 
thev  had  34,868  communicants ;  the  Baptists  had  535  churches,  354  ministers, 
and  35,934  communicants.    There  were  also  Episcopalian,  Roman  Catholics,  Im. 

This  State  has  not  neglected  works  of  internal  improTement.  Muscle-Shoals 
canal  is  desiitned  to  overcome  an  obstruction  in  Tennessee  river,  and  extends  from 
Florence  36  miles,  to  Brown's  Ferry,  at  the  head  of  the  shoals.  Huntsville 
canal  extends  from  Triana,  on  Tennessee  river,  to  Huntsville,  16  miles.    Mont- 

Stmery  and  West  Point  rail-road  extends  from  Montgomery  to  West  Point,  at 
e  head  of  the  rapids  on  Chattahoochee  river,  87  miles.  The  Tuscumbia,  Cort- 
land and  Decatur  rail-road  extends  from  Decatur  to  Tuscumbia,  44  miles.  The 
rail-roads  in  progress  of  construction  are  the  Selma  and  Tennessee,  from  Selma 
to  Gunter's  landing,  on  Tennessee  river,  170  miles.  The  Wetumpka,  from  We- 
tumpka,  56  miles,  to  Fort  Williams,  at  the  head  of  the  falls  of  Coosa  river,  and 
is  designed  to  unite  with  the  Selma  and  Tennessee  rail-road.  The  Cahawba  and 
Marion,  35  miles,  will  connect  the  two  places. 

The  city  of  Mobile  is  a  flourishing  commercial  town,  being  the  depdt  for  nearly 
the  whole  State  of  Alabama  and  part  of  Georgia  and  Mississippi;  it  is  built  on  a 
dry  and  elevated  spot,  but  was  formerly  rendered  unhealthful  by  the  surrounding 
marshes ;  these,  however,  have  been  drained,  and  the  streets  have  been  pnved  wiu 
shells,  and  of  late  years  Mobile  has  not  suflfered  from  diseases.  The  harbour  is 
good,  and  numerous  steam-boats  run  on  the  Alabama  and  Tombigby  rivers  and 
to  New  Orleans.  Mobile  is  next  to  New  Orleans  the  largest  cotton  market  in 
the  United  States ;  320,000  bales  have  been  exported  here  in  one  year.  This 
city  contains  a  Court-House,  Jail,  Cudtom-House,  a  U.  S.  Naval  Hospital,  a 
City  Hospital,  3  banks,  the  Barton  Academy,  and  7  churches.  The  exports 
amount  to  from  13  to  16  millions  of  dollars  annually.  It  suffered  severely  by  fire 
in  1827  and  in  1839;  at  the  latter  period,  600  houses  were  burnt,  but  it  has  been 
rebuilt  with  increased  convenience  and  beauty.  Population,  in  1840,  12,672 ;  in 
1845,  over  17,000.  Blakely,  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  bay,  on  a  high,  open, 
and  healthy  site,  with  deeper  water  and  a  harbour  easier  of  access  than  that  of 
Mobile,  has  not  thriven  in  the  same  manner,  and  is  only  a  little  village.  It  con- 
tains a  Court-House,  10  stores,  &;c. 

Montgomery,  near  the  head  of  the  Alabama,  is  a  busy,  growing  place,  with 
about  2300  inhabitants.  Wetompka,  on  the  Coosa,  at  the  head  of  steam-boat 
navigation,  was  cut  out  of  the  forest  in  1833,  and  in  1835  it  was  a  place  of  con- 
siderable business.  Population  in  1840,  2600.  Gainesville,  on  tne  Tombigby 
river,  is  a  thriving  place,  lately  settled.    Population,  about  1200. 

Tuscaloosa,  the  capital,  stands  in  a  rich  district,  on  a  fine  site,  near  the  centre 
of  the  State.,  on  the  Black  Warrior  river,  and,  being  accessible  to  steam-boats,  is 
a  place  of  considerable  trade ;  it  contains  the  State-House,  the  halls  of  the  Uni- 
versity, the  county  buildings,  &c.    The  population  of  the  town  is  about  3000. 

Florence,  below  Muscle-Shoals,  at  the  head  of  steam-boat  navigation  on  the 
Tennessee,  is  a  growing  place  of  about  2000  inhabitants,  with  a  prosperous  trade. 
Tuscumbia,  opposite  to  Florence,  is  also  a  thriving  town.  Population,  2000. 
Above  the  Shoals,  and  about  ten  miles  north  of  the  nver,  is  Huntsville,  situated 
in  a  very  fertile  and  beautiful  region,  with  about  3500  inhabitants. 


w 


|ao4 


UNITED  STATES. 


:^.  tiimiisi^  f!j^Ti»,S|;4 


STATE   OF   MISSISSIPPI. 


!-jK,<h!i»,-iE    :«t.'!fh^»Htei*,t, 


The  State  of  Mississippi  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  Tennessee,  east  by  Ala- 
bama, south  by  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  Louisiana,  west  by  Louisiana  and  Arkan- 
sas. It  is  about  300  miles  in  average  length,  and  160  in  breadth;  area,  about 
48,000  square  miles.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Mississippi,  Pearl,  Pasisagoula, 
Yazoo,  Big  Black,  and  Tombigby.  The  Mississippi  foims  the  western  boundary 
from  lat.  31°  to  35°  north ;  308  miles  in  a  right  line,  but  by  the  course  of  the 
river  near  700  miles. 

-The  Yazoo  or  Mississippi  Swamp  is  an  extensive  tract  of  country  between 
the  Yazoo  river  and  the  Mississippi,  about  175  miles  in  length  and  50  in  breadth, 
with  an  area  of  7000  square  miles.  A  considerable  part  of  it  is  annually  over- 
flowed by  the  waters  of  the  Mississippi,  and  at  that  period  it  assumes  the  appear- 
ance of  a  vast  marine  forest.  Many  parts  of  it  have  an  excellent  soil,  and  prcKJuce 
large  crops  of  cotton,  &c. ;  it  is  also  intersected  by  numerous  creeks  and  bayous, 
leading  to  and  from  the  Mibsissippi  and  Yazoo  rivers.  Numerous  mounds,  walls, 
and  enclosures,  are  found  in  it,  attesting  the  existenpe  of  a  considerable  population 
at  some  former  period.  The  Cold  Water  river,  the  head  branch  of  the  Yazoo, 
communicates  with  the  Mississippi  by  a  bayou  or  creek  called  the  Yazoo  Pass, 
through  which  boats  of  considerable  burthen  pass  and  repass  during  periods  of 
high  water. 

The  southern  part  of  the  State,  extending  about  100  miles  north  from  the  Gulf 
of  Mexico,  is  mostly  a  champaign  country,  with  occasional  hills  f  moderate  ele- 
vation, and  is  covered  with  forests  of  tne  long-leaved  pine,  interspersed  with 
cypress  swamps,  open  prairies,  and  inundated  marshes.  A  considerable  portion 
of  this  part  is  susceptible  of  cultivation.  The  soil  is  generally  sandy,  sometimes 
gravelly  and  clayey.  It  is  capable  of  producing  cotton,  com,  indigo,  sugar,  gar 
den  vegetables,  plums,  cherries,  peaches,  figs,  sour  oranges,  and  grapes. 

In  proceeding  north,  the  face  of  the  country  becomes  more  elevated  and  agree- 
ably diversified.  The  growth  of  timber  consists  of  poplar,  hickory,  oak,  black 
walnut,  sugar-maple,  buckeye,  elm,  hackberry,  &c.,  and  the  soil  is  exceedingly 
fertile,  producing  abundant  crops  of  cotton,  com,  sweet-potatoes,  indigo,  garden 
vegetables,  and  fruit.  Nearly  all  the  country  watered  by  the  Yazoo  is  described 
as  incomparably  fertile  and  well  watered. 

Tobacco  and  indigo  were  formerly  the  staples  of  Mississippi,  but  cotton,  at  pre: 
sent,  is  the  chief  production  of  the  State,  and  it  absorbs  nearly  all  the  industry 
of  the  inhabitants,  to  the  exclusion  even  of  corn  and  cattle.  The  crop  of  1840 
amounted  to  nearly  half  a  million  bales.  Some  sugar  is  produced  in  the  southern 
strip,  but  the  cane  does  not  appear  to  thrive. 

The  population,  in  1816,  was  45,921 ;  in  18-20,  75,448;  in  1830,  136,806;  in 
1840,375,651;  of  whom  192,211  were  slaves.  Of  the  free  population,  97,256 
were  white  males ;  81,818  white  females;  free  coloured  males,  715 ;  do.  females, 
654.  Employed  in  agriculture,  139,724;  in  commerce,  1303;  in  manufactures 
and  trades,  4151 ;  in  navigating  the  ocean,  33;  do.  rivers,  canals,  &c.,  100;  in 
the  learned  professions,  1506. 

There  were  in  this  State,  in  1840,  109,227  horses  and  mules ;  623,197  neat 
cattle;  128,367  sheep;  1,001,209  swine.  Poultry  was  raised  to  the  value  of 
$369,482.  There  were  produced,  196,626  bushels  of  wheat;  11,444  of  rye; 
13,161,237of  Indian  corn;  l654  of  barley  ;-«68,624  of  oats;  1,630,100  of  pota- 
toes; 175,196  pounds  of  wool ;  6835  of  wax;  83,471  of  tobacco;  777,195  of 
rice ;  193,401,577  of  cotton.  The  produce  of  the  dairy  was  valued  at  $359,585; 
of  the  orchard,  at  $14,458  ;  of  lumber,  at  $192,794;  tar,  pitch,  and  turpentine 
amounted  to  2248  barrels. 

The  amount  of  home-made  or  family  articles,  was  $682,945 ;  53  cotton  manu- 
factories produced  articles  to  the  amount  of  $1744,  employed  a  capital  of  $6420; 
hats  and  caps  were  manufactured  to  the  amount  of  $5140,  employing  a  capital  of 
$8100 :  128  tanneries  employed  a  capital  of  $70,870;  42  other  manufactories  of 
leather,  as  saddleries,  &c.,  produced  articles  to  the  amount  of  $118,167,  employ- 
ing a  capital  of  $41,945;  two  persons  produced  confectionary  to  the  amount  of 


ton  manu- 
of$6420; 
capital  of 
ictories  of 
1,  employ- 1l 
amount  bfjl 


MISSISSIPPI. 


SOS 


$10,500;  374  persons  produced  machinery  to  the  amount  of  9242,225;  133  per- 
sons produced  carriages  and  wagons  to  the  amount  of  $49,693 ;  16  flouring-mills 
produced  1809  barrels  of  flour,  and  with  other  mills  manufactured  articles  to  the 
amount  of  $486,864;  vessels  were  built  to  the  amount  of  $13,935.  The  total 
amount  of  capital  employed  in  manufactures  was  $1,797,737. 

There  are  three  colleges  in  this  State.  Jefferson  College,  at  Vfashinston,  6 
miles  east  of  Natchez,  was  founded  in  1802,  and  has  been  liberally  ^noowed ; 
Oakland  College,  at  Oakland,  was  founded  in  1831,  and  is  prosperous;  Centeo- 
nary  College,  at  Brandon  Springs,  was  founded  in  1841,  by  the  Methodists,  and 
is  flourishing.  The  colleges  existing  in  1840  had  about  250  students.  There 
were  in  the  State  71  academies,  with  2553  students;  and  383  common  and  pri- 
mary schools,  with  8236  scholars.  There  were  in  the  State  8360  white  persons 
over  20  years  of  age  who  could  neither  read  nor  write.       ^ 

The  Methodists  and  Baptists  are  the  most  numerous  religious  denominations. 
In  1836,  the  Methodists  had  53  travelling  preachers,  and  9707  communicants ; 
the  Baptists  had  84  churches,  34  ministers,  and  3199  communicants ;  the  Episco- 
palians had  4  ministers ;  the  Presbyterians,  of  different  descriptions,  had  33 
churches  and  26  ministers. 

A  rail-road  extends  from  Yicksburg,  50  miles,  to  Jackson,  and  is  extended  14 
miles  farther,  to  Brandon.  A  rail-road  extends  from  Natchez,  and  is  designed 
to  be  continued  through  Jackson  to  Canton,  a  part  only  of  which  is  completed. 
Several  other  rail-roads  have  been  projected,  and  some  work  done  on  them. 

Natchez,  the  largest  town  in  the  State,  is  situated  on  the  oast  bank  of  the  Mis- 1 
sissippi,  300  miles  above  New  Orleans.  It  consists  of  two  distinct  parts ;  the 
lower  town,  called  Natchez  under  the  Hill,  and  the  Upper  town;  the  former  is 
built  on  the  margin  of  the  river,  about  half  a  mile  in  length,  and  from  100  to  300 
yards  in  breadth ;  it  is  occupied  by  warehouses,  tippling-shops,  boarding-houses 
for  the  boatmen,  &c. ;  the  upper  town  stands  on  a  lofty  bank  or  bluff,  rising 
abruptly  to  the  height  of  300  feet,  and  is  the  residence  of  the  better  class  of  citi- 
zens. The  streets  are  wide,  regularly  disposed,  and  adorned  with  fine  shade- 
trees,  and  it  is  during  the  greater  part  of  the  year  an  agreeable  and  healthful  resi- 
dence. Natchez  contains  a  Court-House,  Jail,  4  churches,  3  banks,  an  Academy, 
a  Female  Seminary,  Hospital,  anOrphan  Asylum,  Masonic  Hall,  Theatre,  3  steam- 
mills,  ^c.  It  is  a  great  cotton  mart,  and  in  the  busy  season  the  streets  are  blocked 
up  with  bales  of  cotton.     Population,  4800. 

Yicksburg,  106  miles  above  Natchez,  stands  on  the  declivity  of  several  consider^ 
able  eminences,  called  the  Walnut  Hills,  rising  abruptly  from  the  river.  It  is  sur- 
rounded by  numerous  plantations,  and  is  the  dep6t  of  a  large  tract  of  ountry,  which 
a  few  years  since  was  occupied  solely  by  Indians.  The  city  contains  a  Court- 
House,  Jail,  4  churches,  3  academies,  100  stores,  and  3200  inhabitants.  A 
number  of  steam  and  other  boats  are  constantly  in  harbour,  loading  and  unloading 
their  cargoes ;  and  a  large  amount  of  cotton  is  annually  shipped  from  hence. 
All  the  trade  of  the  Yazoo  country  centres  in  this  place.  Yiclcsburg  is  upwards 
of  500  miles  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  by  the  Mississippi  river. 

On  the  west  bank  of  Pearl  river  is  Jackson,  the  capital  of  the  State :  it  is 
situated  in  a  plain  about  a  half  mile  square,  on  which  stand  the  State-House,  the 
Penitentiary,  and  some  other  public  buildings.    It  contains  about  3100  inhabitants. 

Woodville,  in  the  south-western  part  o?  the  State,  18  miles  from  the  Missis- 
sippi, is  a  very  pretty  village,  with  800  inhabitants.  The  little  village  of  Fort 
Adams  id  considered  as  its  port  on  the  Mississippi,  but  Woodville  is  now  con- 
nected with  the  river  at  St.  Francisville  by  a  rail-road. 

Port  Gibson  is  a  flourishing  little  town,  prettily  situated  on  the  Bayou  Pierre, 
and  laid  out  with  great  regularity.  Population,  1200.  The  river  is  navigable 
for  steam-boats  to  this  place  In  time  of  hign  water,  an4  a  rail-road  conneets  it  with 
Grand  Gulf,  its  port  on  the  Mississippi.  The  latter,  finely  situated  on  a  natural 
terrace,  takes  its  name  from  a  remarkable  eddy  in  the  river,  and  is  a  thriving 
town  with  1000  inhabitants.  Yazoo  city,  on  the  Yazoo  river,  and  Grenada,  on 
the  Yalabusha,  are  thriving  places,  as  are  also  Aberdeen  and  Columbus,  on  the 
Tombigby :  the  latter  place  has  a  population  of  more  than  3000,  and  an  extensive 
commercial  business  is  transacted  here. 

IB    ' 


ao6 


UNITED  STATEa 


STATE  OP  LOUISIANA. 


'>k'<m!B 


I40UMUNA  it  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  States  of  Arkanna  and  Mississippi ; 
on  the  east,  by  the  latter  State ;  on  the  south,  by  the  Gulf  of  Mexico ;  and  on  the 
west,  by  the  .republic  of  Texas.  The  33d  degree  of  north  latitude  is  the  northern 
boundary,  west  of  the  Mississippi  river;  and  the  31st  degree  on  the  east  of  that 
river  {  the  Pearl  river  is  its  extreme  eastern  boundary,  and  the  Sabine  iu  western. 
It  is  i»length  940  miles,  by  810  in  breadth  s  and  contains  48,980  square  miles. 

Three^fourths  of  the  State  are  without  an  elevation  that  can  be  properly  called 
a  hill.  The  pine  woods  ffonerally  have  a  surface  of  a  very  peculiar  character, 
rising  Into  fine  swells,  with  table  surfaces  on  the  summit,  and  valleys  intervening 
fl^om  30  to  40  feet  deep.  The  alluvial  soil  is  level,  and  the  swamps,  which  are 
the  only  inundated  alluvions,  are  ()ead  flats.  The  prairies,  which  constitute  a 
large  portion  of  the  surface  of  the  State,  have,  in  a  remarkable  degree,  all  the 
distinctive  ••PMta  of  prairioa.  To  the  eye  they  seem  as  level  as  the  still  surface 
of  a  lake.  Tney  are,  except  the  quaking  prairies,  higher  and  drier  than  the  savan- 
naa  of  Florida. 

The  Mississippi,  aAer  having  formed  the  boundary  of  the  State  for  about  450 
milel,  enters  its  limits,  350  miles  fVom  the  sea  by  tlie  course  of  the  river  channel. 
Throughout  this  distance  of  800  miles,  its  western  bank  is  low,  and  flooded  in 
high  stages  of  the  river.  Outlets,  or  boyou$,  receive  its  surplus  waters  during 
the  period  of  the  annual  inundation,  which  are  carried  off  l>y  them  to  the  sea : 
the  principal  of  these  bayous  are  the  Atohalafa^a,  Plaquemine,  La  Fourche,  ttc. 
The  rivers  in  this  Statu,  in  addition  to  the  Mississippi,  are,  the  Red  river;  the 
Washita,  flowing  into  the  Red  river ;  the  Teche,  Vermillion,  Mermentau,  and 
Calcasieu,  run  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  together  with  the  Pearl,  on  the  east,  and 
the  Sabine,  on  the  west.  The  Red  river  is  the  roost  important.  Soon  after  en- 
tering Louisiana,  its  bed  was  formerly  choked  up  by  an  immense  accumulation 
of  fallen  timber,  called  The  Baft,  which  extended  over  a  distance  of  160  miles; 
but  a  large  part  of  it  has  been  removed  by  the  exertions  of  the  general  govern- 
ment,  and  the  whole  mass  will  soon  be  cleared  away. 

On  the  banks  of  the  Mississippi,  La  Fourche,  the  Teche,  and  the  Vermillion, 
below  lat.  30<>  13'  north,  wherever  the  soil  is  elevated  above  the  annual  inunda- 
tions, sugar  can  be  produced ;  and  the  lands  are  generally  devoted  to  this  crop. 
In  all  other  parts  of  the  State,  cotton  is  the  staple.  Rice  is  more  partioularlv 
confined  to  tne  banks  of  the  Mississippi,  where  irriaation  can  be  easily  performed. 
The  amount  of  augar  lias  gradually  increased  in  tms  State,  from  1783  to  the  pre- 
aent  time.  The  crop  of  sugar  is  now  about  100,000  hhds.  The  prairies  of  the 
western  parishes  afford  fine  pastures,  and  here  are  found  large  heras  of  cattle  and 
horses.  Rice,  corn,  tobacco  and  indigo  are  also  produced.  In  the  eastern  part 
of  the  State,  between  the  Mississippi  and  Pearl  rivers,  lumber  is  cut  for  exporta- 
tion, and  aome  tar,  pitch,  and  turpentine  are  prepared. 

Tlie  population  of  liOuisiana  in  1810  was  76,556;  in  1830,  163,407;  in  1830, 
S18,575;  in  1840, 353,41 1 ;  of  whom  168,458  were  slaves.  Of  the  free  population, 
89,747  were  white  males ;  68,710  do.  females ;  1 1,596  coloured  males ;  13,976  do. 
females.  Employed  in  afirriculture,  79,389 ;  in  commerce,  8549 ;  in  manufactures 
and  trades,  7565;  in  navigating  the  ocean,  1388;  do.  canals,  lakes,  and  rivers, 
669;  in  the  learned  professions,  1018. 

lliere  were  in  the  State,  in  1840,  98,888  horses  and  mules;  381,848  neat 
cattle ;  98,078  sheep ;  333,320  swine.  Poultry  was  raised  to  the  value  of  9983,569. 
There  were  produced,  60  bushels  of  wheat;  1819  of  rye;  5,969,919  of  Indian 
com;  107,353  of  oats;  834,341  of  potatoes;  119,894  pounds  of  tobacco;  3,604,534 
of  rice;  159,555,368  of  cotton;  1 19,947,730  of  siigar;  34,651  tons  of  hay  ;  49,383 
pounds  of  wool.  The  products  of  the  dairy  were  valued  at  (163,069;  of  the 
orchard  at  $11,769;  of  lumber  at  •66,106.  There  were  made  3884  gallons  of 
wine,  and  8833  barrels  of  tar,  pitch  and  turpentine. 

The  exporta  of  this  State  amounted,  in  1840,  to  $34,336,936 ;  but  thes?  be- 
long to  the  gro  u  and  fertile  Siates  of  the  Mississippi  vnllny.  Its  imports 
amounted  to  $10,673,190. 


LOUISIANA. 


907 


Imports  1 


Home-made  or  family  manufactures  amounted  to  $66,190 ;  two  cotton  factories 
produced  articles  to  the  amount  of  $18,900,  witli  a  capital  of  $SS3,000 ;  six  far« 
naces  produced  1700  tons  of  cast-iron,  and  two  furnaces  produced  1366  tons  of 
bar>iron,  employing  a  capi&l  of  $357,000 ;  35  tanneries  employed  a  Qapital  of 
$132,035 ;  seven  otlier  manufactories  of  leatlier,  as  saddleries,  &c.,  produced 
articles  to  the  amount  of  $108,500,  and  employ«d  a  capital  of  $89,560;  5  sugar 
refineries  produced  to  the  amount  of  $770,000 ;  hardware  and  cutlery  was  pro- 
duced to  the  amount  of  $30,000 ;  mills  of  various  kinds  produced  articles  to  the 
amount  of  $706,785,  and  employed  a  capital  of  $1,870,795 ;  vessels  were  built 
to  the  amount  of  $80,500;  5  distilleries  produced  385,530  gallons  of  distilled 
spirits ;  and  one  brewery  3400  gallons  of  beer.  The  lotsl  amount  of  capital  em^ 
ploved  in  manufkctures  was  $G,430,699i 

Louisiana  College,  at  Jackson,  was  founded  in  1835 ;  Jefferson  College,  at 
Bringiers,  founded  in  1831 ;  St  Charles  College,  at  Grand  Coteau,  is  under  the 
direction  of  the  Roman  Catholics;  Baton  Rouge  College,  at  Baton  Rouge,  was 
founded  in  1838;  Franklin  College,  at  Opelousas,  was  founded  in  1839.  In 
these  institutions  there  were,  in  1840,  437  students.  There  were  in  the  State  58 
academies,  with  1996  students ;  179  common  and  primary  schools,  with  3573 
scholars.  There  were  4861  white  persons,  over  30  years  of  ave,  who  could 
neither  read  nor  write.  In  1835  the  legislature  granted  to  thtge  colleges  $363,776, 
to  be  paid  out  of  the  State  treasurv ;  viz.,  $48,775  to  Jefferson  College,  to  defray 
the  expense  of  its  buildings,  and  $16,000  annually,  for  the  period  of  10  years;  to 
Louisiana  College,  $15,000  annually,  for  the  same  period,  to  pay  the  salaries  of 
their  professors,  and  to  lower  the  rates  of  tuition,  and  other  expenses ;  and  $15,000 
also  to  Franklin  College. 

The  State  was  originally  settled  by  Roman  Catholics ;  and  they  are  still  the 
most  numerous  religious  denomination.  In  1835  they  had  37  ministers.  Metho- 
dists, Baptists,  Presbyterians,  and  Episcopalians,  exist  in  considerable  numbers 
and  are  increasing. 

Several  works  of  internal  improvement  have  been  undertaken.  Pontchartrain 
Rail-road  extends  from  New  Orleans,  4^  miles,  to  lake  Pontchartrain,  and  cost, 
oriffinally,  $300,000,  and  with  its  improvements  $500,000.  West  Feliciana 
Railroad  extends  from  St  FranoisviCe,  on  the  Mississippi  river,  30  miles,  to 
Woodville,  Miss.  Orleans  street  Rail-road,  throi^rh  Orleans  street,  is  1^  miles 
long,  and  connects  New  Orleans  with  the  Bayou  St  John's.  New  Orleans  and 
Carrolton  Rail-road  extends  from  New  Orleans,  6^  riles,  to  Carrolton,  passing 
through  Lafayette.  It  has  city  branches,  making  its  whole  length  11^  miles. 
Various  other  rail-roads  and  canals  have  been  projected,  and  some  work  has  been 
done  upon  them,  but  they  are  at  present  suspended. 

New  Orleans,  the  third  commercial  mart  in  the  Union,  and  the  capital  of  Lou- 
isiana, stands  on  the  left  bank  of  the  Mississippi,  100  miles  from  the  ses  by  the 
course  of  the  river,  and  four  miles  from  Lake  Pontchartrain.  Steamboats  and 
small  vessels  come  up  to  the  landing  on  the  latter,  where  an  artificial  harbour  has 
been  formed,  and  whence  a  rail-road  and  two  canals  extend  to  the  rear  of  thetowiK 
In  the  front  of  the  city,  on  the  river,  the  largest  merchant-ships  lie  dose  up  to 
the  levee  or  bank,  so  that  no  what  ires  are  necessary  to  enable  them  to  load  and 
discharge.    The  river  is  here  from  100  to  160  feet  deep,  and  a  half-mile  wide. 

New  Orleans  is  the  dep6t  of  the  whole  Mississippi  Valley,  and  must  increase 
in  importance  with  the  daily  growing  wealth  and  population  of  that  vast  region. 
Thousands  of  huge  arks  and  flat-boats  float  down  its  mighty  artery,  loaded  with 
the  produce  of  New  York,  Pennsylvania,  and  Virginia,  as  well  as  with  that  of 
the  more  western  States.    The  number  of  steamboat  arrivals  and  departures  is 

8 raster  here  than  in  any  other  city  in  the  United  States.  The  exports,  including 
le  foreign  and  coasting  trade,  are  not  less  than  $40,000,000  annuallv ;  but  its  im- 
ports are  vasdy  less.  Much  of  the  western  country,  which  exports  Its  produce  by 
the  way  of  New  Orleans,  imports  iu  goods  from  New  York.  In  1848, 740,867  bales 
of  cotton  were  exported  to  foreign  ports  and  coastwise.    The  licensed  and  enrolled 


«i>j.. 


tonnage,  in  1840,  was  186,613  tons.  Aeeordi!»f  to  the  censsaof  that  yea.., ^- 

tal  engaged  in  foreign  trade  amounted  to  $16,490,000 ;  and  in  the  retail  trade 


f08 


UNITED  STATES. 


to  911,018,325.  New  Orleans  depends,  ffeneralty,  for  mnnufac^ited  srticles, 
ikpoa  other  places ;  in  1840,  the  capital  employed  in  manufactures  was  $1,774^200. 

The  city  stands  on  a  dead  leTeUand  is  regfularly  l^d  out  with  the  streets  inter- 
secting each  other  sit  right  angles,  as  the  surface  of  the  water  is  from  two  to  four 
feet  above  the  level  of  the  city,  at  high  water,  and  even  in  low  stages  of  water  is 
labove  the  swamps  in  the  rear;  a  levee,  or  enibanliment,  from  four  to  jight  feet 
high,  has  been  made  all  along  the  river,  to  prevent  inundations ;  a  breach  or  cre~ 
v«sse  sometimes  occurs  in  this  dilce,  but  it  is  rarely  permitted  to  do  much  da-iage 
b^ore  it  is  closed.  Among  the  public  buildings  are  the  Cathedral  of  S^.  Louis, 
ft  massive  and  imposing  building  with  four  towers,  and  9  other  churches,  the 
State-House,  Cnstom-House,  Exchange,  United  States  Mint,  and  Land~OfBee ; 
16  banks,  with  an  aggregate  capital  of  940,000,000;  12  insurance  companies, 
with  a  capital  of  93,600,000 ;  3  theatres,  some  of  which  are  splendid  structures ; 
4  markets,  and  a  number  of  hotels,  two  of  which  are  very  splendid,  and  cost 
;9600,000  each ;  the  ITrsulino  Convent ;  the  Chari^  Hospital ;  Orphan's  Asy- 
|(im,  &c.  Tlie  charitable  institutions  are  numerous,  and  well  conducted.  ,  There 
are  two  colleges,  with  106  students ;  10  academies,  440  students ;  25  schools, 
^Ith  d75  scholars.  Regular  lines  of  packets  are  established  to  all  the  chief  At- 
lantic cities,  as  well  as  to  Galveston,  &c.  Population  in  1810,  *  7,242 ;  in  1820, 
37,176;  in  1830,  46,3107;  and  in  1840,  102,193. 

Donaldsonvitle,  for  some  time  the  capital,  is  one  of  the  healthiest  towns  in  the 
State,  with  about  1000  inhabitants,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Lafourche  outlet.  Baton 
Rouge,  130  miles  by  the  river^ above  New  Orleans,  contains  a  military  poat  and 
ftn  arsenal  of  the  United  States.  It  stands  on  the  first  highland  or  bloiT  point 
passed  in  ascending  the  river.  The  population  in  1840,  was  2269.  St.  Francis- 
ville,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Bayou  Sara>  is  a  neat,  busy,  and  thriving  village,  con- 
•istirig  chiefly  of  one  street. 

Alexandria,  on  Red  River,  100  miles  from  the  Mississippi  by  the  windings  of 
the  stream,  is  a  pleasant  little  village  in  the  centre  of  a  rich  cotton  region,  and 
vhips  large  ouantities  of  that  staple  for  New  Orleans.  Natchitoches,  80  miles 
»bove,.wa8  rounded  in  1717.  It  was  formerly  the  centre  of  the  trade  with  the 
Mexican  interior  provinces,  receiving  bullion,  horses,  and  mules,  and.  sending  off 
manufactured  soods,  tobacco,  and  spirits.  St  Martinsville,  and  New  Iberia,  on 
the  Teche,  and  Opelousas  or  St.  Landre,  to  the  north,  are  small  villagea  contain- 
ing from  300  to  500  inhabitants,  but  surrounded  by  a  fertile  and  well  cultivated 
ooontry. 

WESTERN  STATES  AND  TERRITORIES. 

This  section  of  the  United  States  comprises  the  States  of  Ohio,  Kentucky, 
Tennessee,  Indiana,  Illinois,  Michigan,  Missouri,  Arkansas,  and  Iowa,  the  orga- 
nised Territory  of  Wisconsin,  together  with  the  nominal  Territories  of  Missouri 
and  Oregon,  tiie  Western  or  Indian  Territory,  and  the  region  north  of  Iowa,  which 
has  not  as  yet  received  any  distinctive  name.  It  includes  the  whole  of  that  vast 
miaee  extending  flrom  the  western  base  of  the  Alleghany  Mountains  to  the  Pacific 
Ocean,  and  from  the  Red  river  of  Louisiana  and  the  42d  degree  of  latitude  on 
the  south,  to  the  parallels  of  49°  and  54°  40'  on  the  north,  extending  from  east  to 
w«ct3300  miles,. and  from  north  to  south  1100  miles,  comprising  an  area  of 
1,688,000  aqaare  miles. 

The  Ohipewayan  or  Rocky  Mountain  range  are  the  most  important  mountains 
in  this  region.  They  are  but  imperfectly  known  to  us,  and  present  a  very  rugged 
and  stMile  appearance,  and  oppose  generally  a  formidable  barrier  to  an  interoourse 
between  the  countries  on  their  opposite  sides.  The  other  elevations  are  the  Oaark 
Mountains,  extending  from  Missouri  south-west  to  Mexico ;  the  Black  Hills, 
ittftween  the  Missouri  and  Yellow-Stone  rivers;  and  between  the  former  river  and 
«hk  St  P^r*fl  river  a  low  ridge  intervenes,  known  as  the  Coteau  des  Prairies ; 
ftnher  to  the  eastward,  and  immediately  south  of  Lake  Superior,  the  Poreupine 
Mountains  extend,  eeparaiing  the  rivsiS  cf  LskeSu^<Mior  from  those  of  the  Mis- 
sissippi and  Lake  Michigan. 


I  and 


on 


■i 


WESTERN  STATES  AND  TERRITORIES. 


The  immense  pniries  of  this  region  omwtitate  thie  most  nmarkaUs  fbatura  of 
the  eovitry.  These  are  lerel  plains  sttetehing  as  far  as  dte  eye  ean  reseh,  totally 
destitute  of  trees,  and  covered  with  tall  grass  or  flowering  shrobs.  Skme  hare  an 
undulating  sarfaect,  and  are  called  rollinv  prairies ;  these  are  the  most  extensive* 
and  are  the  foTdurite  resort  of  the  buflfuo.  Here,  without  a  tree  or  a  stream  of 
water,  the  traveller  may  wander  for  dam,  and  discover  nothing  but  a  grassy  oeeu 
bounded  on  all  sides  by  the  horiion.  In  the  dry  season  the  Indians  set  fire  to  th* 
grass ;  and  the  wide  conflagration  which  ensues,  ofien  surprises  the  bispn,  dser, 
and  other  wild  animals,  who  are  unable  to  escape  from  the  names,  and  are  bumsd 
to  death.  , 

Much  of  this  great  country,  especially  the  northern  and  western  parts,  remains 
to  be  explored.  Of  the  region  west  of  the  Mississippi,  hardly  anything  was 
known  before  the  beginning  of  the  present  century,  when  thiB  goT«niment  of  ths 
United  States  dispatched  Captains  Lewis  and  Clark  on  an  expedition  of  disot^ 
very.  These  oflicers,  at  the  head  of  a  large  party,  Weil  equipped,  proceeded  up 
the  Missouri  in  boats  to  its  source,  crossed  th«  Koeky  Mountains  to  the  Paoifltt 
Ocean,  and  returned  by  the  same  course.  The  southern  part  was  explored  by  an 
expedition  under  Lieut.  Pike ;  and  at  a  later  period,  Major  Long  and  otiier  traveV 
lers  have  visited  different  parts  Of  the  country. 

But  the  great  physical  features  of  this  region  are  its  giant  rivers,  with  dieb 
hundred  arms  spreading  for  thousands  of  miles  through  every  comer  of  the  tMrri> 
tory,  and  bringing  its  most  remote  recesses,  ^n  the  very  heart  of  a  vast  eontiiient, 
almost  into  contact  with  the  sea.  The  main  trunk  of  this  great  system  of  rivers 
has  been  already  described.  The  Ohio,  on  the  east,  and  the  Arkansas,  Red  river, 
and  Platte,  on  the  west,  are  the  ffreatest  of  the  subordinate  streams.  The  first, 
^thering  up  the  waters  of  one  of  the  most  fertile  regions  of  thevlobe,  bears  upon 
Its  gentle  current  the  products  of  a  highly  cultivated  countnr.  The  last  mentioiMd 
take  their  way  for  a  considerable  part  of  their  course  through  barren  tracts  of 
sand.  The  Arkansas,  however,  has  vast  tracts  of  productive  territory  for  many 
hundred  miles  in  the  lower  part  of  its  course.  The  Red  river  also  passes  tbronm 
a  less  desert  region  than  the  Platte,  the  country  in  its  lower  part  beimgr  higUy, 
fertile.  The  Alleghany  and  Monongahela,  rising  in  Pennsylvania  and  Yimnia, 
unite  at  Pittsbnr;;,  and  take  the  name  of  Ohio.  From  Pittsburg  to  the  Afissis- 
sippi,  the  river  has  a  course  of  950  miles,  receiving  numerous  navigable  streams, 
from  the  two  great  inclined  planes  between  which  It  runs. 

The  great  nvers,  which  form  so  striking  a  natural  feature-  of  this  region,  give 
to  the  mode  of  travelling  and  transportation  in  general,  a  peculiar  oast,  and  have 
created  a  peculiar  class  of  men,  called  boatmen.  Craft  of  all  descriptions  are 
found  on  these  waters.  There  are  the  rude,  shapeless  masses,  that  denote  the 
infancy  of  navigation,  and  the  powerful  and  richly  adorned  steam-boat  which 
makes  its  perfMtion;  together  with  all  the  intermediate  forms  between  thistfe 
extremes.  Since  the  use  of  steam-boats,  numbers  of  the  other  cr&ft  have  dia^ 
peared,  and  the  number  of  river  boatmen  has  been  diminished  by  many  thousands. 
The  first  sleam-bost  on  these  waters  was  built  at  Pittsburg,  m  1811 ;  since  ttet 
time,  about  800  have  been  built  at  different  places,  some  of  which  are  from- 400 
to  500  tons  burthen,  but  the  greater  number  are  from  90  to  160,  300,  and  300' 
tons ;  there  are  at  present  not  far  from  400  steam-boats  on  the  Mississippi  and  its 
tributaries,  making  an  aggregate  6f  about  90,000  tons. 

Lead,  iron,  coal,  salt,  and  lime  abound  in  the  western  States;  and  probably  no 
re^on  in  the  world  exhibits  such  a  combination  of  mineral  wealUi  ana  fertility  of 
soil,  united  with  such  rare  facilities  of  transportation.  Tobacco,  Indian  com, 
hemp,  cotton,  salted  provisions,  flour,  whiskey,  hides  and  furs,  coarse  bagging, 
and  lead,  are  the  most  important  artioles  of  export ;  and  all  sorts  of  mannfMUnsd, 
goods  and  colonial  produce  are  imported. 

The  character  of  the  western  States  is  mixed,  but  the  predominaint  tmits  are 
those  of  Virginia,  snd  of  New  England.  Kentucky  was  settled  from  Virginia  an4 
North  Caronna ;  while  Ohio  is  a  scion  of  New  England.  These  two  States  have 
in  turn  sent  their  population  farther  wnat.  But  there  is  much  sectional  charaotsr, 
Ihuch  of  the  openness  and  boldness  of  the  men  and  their  descendants,  who  oniv 
iesied  every  inch  of  territory  with  savages,  whose  houses  were  garrisons,  and  I 

■MiMBBBiBMBMpMHns«V«§ 


T 


M*^ 


T¥: 


tio 


imiTED  sTATiaa 


who  fonghttt  the  thrathold  for  thairhMrtht  and  altars.  Tb«  popolatioii  of  the 
western  States  and  Twritories,  in  1840,  was  4,458,154;  of  whom  44336$  wen 
slaves.  The  inhabitants  of  this  section  are  rapidly  increasing  in  number,  and 
afspndiably  not  less  than  5,000,000. 

Tiie  negroes  constitlite  abont  a  tenth  part  <rf'  the  population.  They  are  held  as 
slaves  indl  the  States  but  Ohio,  Indiana,  Uinois,  Anehigan  and  Iowa.  A  few 
bdians  yet  remain  within  th»  limits  of  the  western  States. 


STATE  OP  OHib. 


Tbis  enterprisinff  and  populous  State  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  Lake  Erie 
and  the  Stato  of  Michigan;  east  by  Pennsylvania  and  Virginia;  sooth  by  the 
Ohio  river,  which  separates  it  from  Western  Virginia  and  Kentucky ;  and  west 
by  Indiana.  Its  length  is  310  miles,  and  mean  breadth  SMX),  containing  about 
40,000  square  miles.  The  Ohio  river  forms  the  boundary  of  this  State,  on  the 
aoath-eaM  and' south,  for  near  500  miles. 

The  rivers  which  flow  into  Lake  Erie  on  the  north,  are  Manmee,  Sandusky, 
Huron,  Vennillion,  Black,  Cuyahoga,  Grand,  and  Ashtabula;  those  on  the  south 
flowing  into  the  Ohio,  are  the  Muskingum,  Hockhocking,  Little  and  Great  Mi- 
amL  The  Au-Glaize  and  St.  Mary's,  in  the  western  part  of  the  State,  are  branches 
of  the  Maumee. 

The  interior  and  northern  parts  of  the  country,  bordering  on  Lake  Erie,  are 
generally  level,  and  in  some  pla|Bes  marshy.  Nearly  one*thira  of  the  eastern  and 
south-eastern  part  is  hilly  and  broken,  llie  hills  are  numerous,  but  they  seldom 
rise  to  anjr  considerable  height.  Immediately  upon  the  banks  of  the  Ohio,  and 
several  of  its  tributaries,  are  numerous  tracts  of  interval  or  meadow  land,  of  great 
fertilitjjr.  In  the  interior,  on  both  sides  of  the  Scioto,  and  un  the  Great  and  Little 
Miami,  are  perhaps  the  most  extensive  bodies  of  level  and  rich  land  in  the  State. 
In  many  parts  there  are  large  prairies,  particularly  on  the  head  waters  of  the 
Muskingum  and  Scioto,  and  hetween  the  Scioto  and  the  two  Miamis.  Some  of 
these  prairies  are  low  and  marshy ;  other  prairies  are  elevated,  and  are  frequently 
called  barrens ;  not  always  on  account  of  their  sterility,  for  they  are  often  fertile. 
The  most  elevated  tracts  of  country  between  the  rivers,  are  the  wettest  and  most 
miarshy  in  the  State;  and  the  driest  land  is  that  which  borders  on  the  various 
streams  of  water. 

Ohm  produces  abundantly  everything  which  grows  in  the  middle  States.  Flour 
is  exported  in  vast  quantities  by  the  Ohio  and  Lake  Erie  to  southern  and  eastern 
markets.  Msny  steam-mills  have  been  erected,  especially  in  the  vicinity  of  the 
Ohio  rivers  for  the  manu&cturing  of  that  article.  Mills  for  the  same  purpose, 
pvopelled  by  water,  are  to  be  found  in  every  part  of  the  Sute.  Rye,  oats,  buck- 
wheat, &o.,  are  produced  abundantly ;  and  to>>acco  is  raised  to  the  amount  of 
60,000  hogsheads  annually.  Horses,  cattle,  and  hogs  are  <here  raised  in  great, 
numbers,  and  driven  to  an  eastern  market;  and  thousands  of  barrels  of  beef  and 
pork  are  boated  frcm  all  the  towns  on  the  navigable  streams,  for  the  southern 
part  of  the  valley,  or  to  New  York. 

Coal  is  found  in  great  quantities  in  the  eastdrn  parts.    Iron  ore  has  been  disco-, 
vered,  and  wrought  pretty  extensively  in  several  places.    Salt-springs  are  found 
on  some  of  the  eastern  waters  of  Muskingnm,  and  on  Salt  creek,  88  miles  south- 
east of  Chillicothe,  where  there  are  considerable  aalt-works. 
-  The  manufactures  of  the  State  are  rapidly  increasing  in  importance.    The  local' 
I    positbn  of  Ohio  gives  it  sreat  facilities  tot  trade ;  the  Ohio  river  affords  direct 
eommunioation  with  all  the  country  in  the  valley  of  the  Mississippi,  while  by 
means  of  Lake  Erie,  on  the  north,  it  communicates  with  Canada  and  New  York., 
The  Borthem  and  eastern  counties  export  great  quantities  of  agricultural  produce 
to  Montreal  and  New  York,  and  since  the  construction  of  di»  Ohio  and  Pennsyl* 
I    vania  canals,  many  of  the  productions  of  the  southern  and  western  eounties  also 
Sou  &el7  way  to  New  York  and  Philadelphia ;  an  aotive  expa't  trade  is  also 
learned  on  down  the  river,  by  way  of  New  Orleans. 


m 


a 


mmmmmmsf. 


•w 


m 


■*" 


Iieai] 
.     tall 


OjHIO. 


911 


The  rapid  growth  of  the  popuUtion  of  Ohio  has  never  been  parallfled ;  in  59 

J  ears  flrom  the  time  when  it  reeeifed  its  first  white  settlers,  the  nnmber  of  its  itir 
abitints  was  a  million  and  a  half,  and  is  now  (1846)  estimated  at  1^00,000. 
Its  fertile  and  unoccupied  lands  attracted  imminants  not  only  from  the  other 
States,  chiefly  the  Eastern  and  Middle,  but  large  bodies  of  Swiss  and  Germans^ 
and  great  numbers  of  British  emigrants,  haye  settled  themseWes  in  its  smiling 
TSlleys  and  rich  plains. 

The  population  in  1790  was  3000;  in  1800,  45,365;  in  1810,  S30i»76O;  in 
1820,  681,434;  in  1830,937,637;  in  1840,  1,519,467 ;  being  the  third  in  popu- 
lation in  the  United  States.  Of  these,  775,360  were  white  males ;  726,769  white 
females;  8740  coloured  males;  8609  coloured  females.  Employed  in  agricul- 
ture, 372,579 ;  in  commerce,  9201;  in  manufactures  and  trades,  66,265 ;  in  Qavi- 
rating  the  ocean,  213 ;  do.  rivers,  canals,  and  lakes,  3323 ;  in  mining,  704 ;  in 
the  learned  professions,  5663. 

There  were  in  this  State  .  1840, 430,537  horses  and  mules;  1,917,874  neaf 
cattle;  9,098,401  sheep;  9,1.  (,746  swine.  Poultry  was  produced  to  the  valae 
of  $551,193.  .There  were  produced  16,571,661  bushels  of  wheat;  814,905  of 
rye;  33,668,144  of  Indian  com;  913,440  of  barley;  633,139  of  buckwheat; 
14,393,103  of  oats;  5,805,031  of  potatoes;  3,686,315  pounds  of  wool ;  5,942,974 
of  tobacco;  6,363,386  of  sugar;  62,195  of  hops;  38,950  of  wax ;  4317  of  silk 
cocoons;  1,032,037  tons  of  hay.  The  products  of  the  dairy  were  valued  at 
•1,848,869;  of  the  orchard,  at  $475,271 ;  of  lumber,  at  $262,821.  There  were 
made  11,524  gallons  of  wine;  6809  tons  of  pot  and  pearl  ashes. 

The  exports  of  the  State,  in  1841,  were  $793,1 14 ;  and  the  imports  were 
$11,318.  This  includes  but  a  small  portion  of  its  trade,  having  relation  only  to 
its  foreign  commerce. 

Home-made  or  family  goods  were  manufactured  to  the  amount  of  $1,853,937 ; 
130  woollen  manufactories  and  306  fulling-mills  produced  articles  to  the  value  of 
$685,757,  and  employed  a  capital  of  $537,985 ;  8  cotton  manufactories  produced 
articles  to  the  amount  of  $139,378,  with  a  capital  of  $1 13,500 ;  73  furnaces  manu- 
factured 35,336  tons  of  cast-iron,  and  19  forges  produced  7466  tons  of  bar-iron, 
and  employed  a  capital  of  $1,161,900;  434  persons  produced  3,513,409  bushels 
of  bituminous  coal,  with  a  capital  of  $45,535 ;  14  paper-mills  produced  articles 
to  the  amount  of  $270,202,  with  a  capital  of  $208,200 ;  31  persons  manufactured 
hemp  or  flax,  producing  to  the  amount  of  $11,737 ;  hats  and  caps  were  manu- 
factured to  the  amount  of  $738,513 ;  812  tanneries  employed  a  capital  of  $957,383  } 
1160  other  manufactories  of  leather,  as  saddleries,  sc.,  produced  articles  to  the 
amount  of  $1,986,146,  with  a  capital  of  $917,245  ;  187  persons  manufactured 
tobacco  to  the  amount  of  $212,818,  with  a  capital  of  $68,810;  289  persons  pro- 
duced hardware  an'l  cutlery  to  the  amount  of  $393,300;  390  distilleries  produced 
16,329,467  gallons  of  distilled  spirits,  and  59  breweries  produced  1,499,584  galloQ^ 
of  beer,  the  whole  employing  a  capital  of  $893,119 ;  carriages  and  wagons  were, 
manufactured  to  the  amount  of  $701,228,  and  employed  a  capital  of  $290,540; 
536  flouring-mills  produced  1,311,954  barrels  of  flour,  and,  with  other  mills,  pro- 
duced articles  to  the  amount  of  $8,868,213,  employing  a  capital  of  $4,931,024 1 
vessels  were  built  to  the  amount  of  $522,855.  The  total  amount  of  capital  emr 
ployed  in  manufactures  was  $16,906,267. 

The  University  of  Ohio,  at  Athens,  was  founded  in  1821 ;  the  Miami  Univer- 
sity, at  Oxford,  in  1809.  These  institutions  have  been  publicly  endowed  with 
large  grants  of  land.  Franklin  College,  at  New  Athens,  was  founded  in  1825 ; 
the  Western  Reserve  College,  at  Hudson,  in  1896 ;  Kenyon  College,  at  Gam- 
bia (Episcopal),  in  1826 ;  Granville  College,  at  Granville  (Baptist),  in  1839  » 
Marietta  College,  at  Marietta,  in  1839 ;  the  Oberlin  Collegiate  Institute,  at  Oberf, 
lin,  in  1834;  Cincinnati  College,  at  Cincinnati,  in  1819;  as  was  also  Wood-, 
ward  Colls||e,  at  the  same  place.  Willoughby  College,  at  Willooghby,  is  %; 
medical  institution,  it  was  fminded  in  1834;  Lane  Theological  Seminary,  at, 
Cincinnati,  in  1829.  There  are  theoloeioal  departments  in  Kenyon,  Western 
Reserve,  and  Granville  colleges,  and  in  tne  Oborfrn  Institute ;  a  Lutheran  theolo- 
gical school  at  Columbus,  and  two  medical  and  one  law  school  at  Cincinnati 
At  all  'ihsss  instituuoiis  there  were,  in  1840,  1717  students.    There  were  in 


-^ 


X' 


S13 


UNITED  STATES. 


State,  7S  aeademies,  with  4310  student* ;  and  5186  eommon  and  primary  ichoola, 
with  318,609  scholan.  Then  were  in  the  Stete  35,394  white  persons,  oyer  SO 
yaats  of  age,  who  eonid  neithei  read  nor  write. 

In  1836  the  Presbyterians  bad  947  ministers ;  the  Methodists  hsd  200  minis- 
ters ;  the  Baptists  had  170  ministers  i  the  Lutherans  had  47  ministers ;  the  Epis- 
eoptdians  had  one  bishop  and  95  ministers ;  the  German  Reformed  hiad  36  minis- 
ters ;  and  there  were  besides,  a  considerable  number  of  Friends,  Roman  Catho- 
lic*, and  a  few  otters. 

This  State  has  some  important  works  of  internal  tmproTement  The  Ohio 
Canal  extends  from  Clereland  on  Lake  Erie,  307  miles,  to  Portsmouth  on  the 
Ohio.  It  has  the  following  navigable  branches;  14  miles  to  Zanesville;  10 
miles  to  Columbus ;  9  miles  to  Lancaster;  50  miles  to  Athens ;  the  Walholding 
branch  of  S3  miles;  Eastport  branch  of  4  miles,  and  one  of  3  miles,  to  Dresden. 
This  important  work  was  begun  in  1835,  and  finished  in  1833.  The  Miami 
Canal  extends  from  Cincinnati,  178  miles,  to  Defiance,  where  it  meets  the  Wa- 
bash and  Eric  Canal;  thus  completing  a  second  line  of  canal  from  Lake  Erie  to 
Ohio  riTer.  The  whole  distance  from  Lake  Erie  is  265  miles.  The  Mahoning 
Canal  extends  from  the  Ohio  Canal,  88  miles,  eiolit  of  which  are  in  Pennsylva- 
nia, to  Beaver  river.  The  Sandy  and  Beaver  Canal  extends  from  the  Ohio 
Canal,  at  Bolivar,  76  miles,  to  Ohio  river,  at  the  month  of  Little  Beaver  creek, 
and  is  but  partially  completed.  The  Milan  CamI  extends  from  Huron,  3  miles, 
to  Milan,  to  which  stea^iboats  now  ascend.  The  Mad  River  and  Sandusky 
City  Rail-road  extends  from  Tiffin,  36  miles,  to  Sandusky  city,  and  is  designed 
to  be  continued  to  Cincinnati ;  but  is  finished  only  38  miles  from  Cincinnati. 
Several  other  railroads  have  be«n  projected. 

Cincinnati,  the  largest  city  in  the  Western  States,  hence  often  called  the 
«<  Queen  of  the  West,"  is  situated  on  the  north  bank  of  the  Ohio,  opposite  the 
month  of  Licking  river.  The  streets  are  drawn  with  creat  regularity,  in  lines 
parallel  and  at  right  angles  to  the  Ohio.  Its  growth  has  been  uncommonly  rapid ; 
It  was  founded  in  1789,  and  liad,  in  the  year  1800,  750  inhabitants;  in  1830, 
9643 ;  in  1830,  34,831 ;  and,  in  1840,  46,338;  including  Fulton,  Covington  and 
Newport,  which  are  properiy  suburbs  of  Cincinnati,  the  population  amounted  to 
60,000.  One-third  of  the  adult  population  is  computed  to  be  German.  There 
are  in  Cincinnati  43  churches ;  7  banks ;  4  market-houses ;  a  theatre ;  museum ; 
3  colleges ;  a  Mechanics*  Institute ;  Academy  of  natural  sciences ;  3  libraries, 
and  3  Orphan  Asylums.  The  city  is  supplied  with  water  that  is  raised  from  the 
river,  by  steam-power,  into  reservoirs  that  are  elevated  150  feet  above  low -water 
mark.  Cincinnati  is  the  greatest  pork  market  in  the  Union,  160,000  hogs,  valued 
at  #3,173,000,  have  been  slaughtered  here  in  a  year.  The  capital  employed  in 
the  foreign  commercial  and  commission  business  amounted,in  18^0,  to $54200,000; 
by  1035  retail  stores,  f  13,877,0(K) ;  the  manufactures  employ  10,647  persons ;  a 
capital  of  $14,541,843,  and  produce  articles  to  the  amount  of  $17,433,670;  this 
also  includes  some  of  the  manufactures  of  Fulton,  Covington  and  Newport 

Columbus,  the  capital  of  the  State,  is  pleasantly  situated  on  the  Scioto,  in  a 
rich  and  beautiful  district,  at  the  intersection  of  the  river  by  the  National  Road, 
and  a  branch  of  the  Ohio  Canal.  It  is  built  on  a  regular  plan,  with  a  square 
in  the  centre  of  the  town,  round  which  stand  some  of  the  principal  public  build- 
ings. Here  are  the  State-House,  a  Lunatic  Asylum,  an  Asylum  for  the  Deaf 
and  Dumb,  an  Institute  for  the  Blind,  a  Penitentiary,  conducted  on  Uie  Auburn 
plan,  Cburt-House,  seven  churches,  a  bank,  &c.     Population  in  1840,  6048. 

Chillicothe  stands  between  Paint  Cieek  and  the  Scioto,  and  the  streets,  ex- 
tending across  the  neck  from  river  to  river,  are  intersected  at  right  angles  by 
others  running  parallel  to  the  Scioto.  Population,  in  1840,  3977.  The  manu- 
faotnres  of  the  place  are  prettv  extensive,  and  are  rapidly  increasing.  Ports- 
mouth, at  the  southern  end  of  the  Ohio  Canal,  derives  importance  from  its  situa- 
tion ;  its  trade  is  considerable,  and  there  are  here  several  iron-founderies,  nail- 
Antones,  raw  and  grist-mills,  &o.  Population,  in  1840,  1500. 
:  Zanesville  is  situated  at  the  head  of  steamboat  navigation  on  the  Muskingum,  by 
which  and  the  Ohio  Oanai  it  has  a  water  ccmmunicatlon  with  New  Orleans  and 
New  York.    The  falls  in  the  river  have  made  Zanesville  the  seat  of  numeroug 


■■ 


OHIO. 


31S 


mills  and  mamifMturiiif  MtabUahmenti,  inoladlnff  floafiniilBT  saw-milli,  iron- 
foandenet,  paper,  eotton,  and  oil-mil)'^ .  glaaa-worka,  ttc.  Population,  ia  1840, 
including  the  village  of  Putnam,  on  .•»  oppoaite  side  of  the  nrer,  7000.  Two 
bridoea  eroas  the  nver  here,  and  the  town  eontaina  9  ehurchea,  an  athenaeum,  two 
ueuiemeMt  kc  Marietta,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Maakingam,  ia  the  oldeat  town  in 
the  State;  it  ia  pleaaantly  aituated  pardy  on  a  lower  and  partly  on  an  upper 
plain,  with  wide  strrots,  shaded  witti  treea,  gieen  squares,  and  neat  buldinga. 
There  are  numerous  mounda  and  embankments  in  and  around  the  town.  Ship- 
building was  formerly  canied  on  here,  and  many  ateamboata  are  sUll  built ;  seve* 
ral  saw-mills,  an  iron«foundery,  tanneriea,  &e.,  also  fumiah  occupation  to  the 
inhiabitants,  1814  in  number.  Steubenville,  on  the  Ohio,  in  the  midat  of  a  rich 
and  populoua  district,  contains  a  cumber  of  woollen  and  cotton  manufaetoriea, 
iron  aiui  braaa  fouaderies,  steam-engine  and  machine  factories,  copperaa  worka, 
several  tanneries,  and  saw  and  flour-mills,  cotton  and  wodlen  factoriea,  with  a 
population  of  &fU^  souls.  CleveUnd,  the  most  important  lake-port  of  Ohio, 
stutds  at  the  mouth  of  the  Cuyahoga  river  and  of  the  Ohio  Canal.  Ita  harbour 
has  been  secured  by  artificial  piers,  and  is  commodious  and  easy  of  aooeaa. 
Popnlatioo,  in  1840,  8071.  Brooklyn,  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  river,  eontaiiied 
1409  inhabitants.  In  1843,  at  Cleveland,  there  were  34£8  ateamboata  and  other 
arrivals,  and  3463  departurea.  Ebcporta,  $6,851,898.  In  the  aame  year  there 
were  80  sail  of  vessels  bdonging  to  this  por^  of  which  6  were  steam-boats. 

Huron,  a  thriving  town  further  west,  is  the  depdt  of  a  rich  and  flourishing 
district;  Norwalk,  m  iurear,  contains  some  manufacturing  establishments,  and 
1800  inhabitants.  Sandusky  city  is  situated  on  a  fine  boy,  with  a  good  harbour, 
and  is  a  busy  and  growing  ^ace.  Perrysbarg,  at  the  head  of  steamboat  naviga- 
tion on  the  Maumee,  is  situated  upon  a  high  bank  below  the  falls  of  the  river; 
its  situation  combines  great  advantages  both  for  navigation  and  manufactures. 
Population  of  eaoh,  3000.  Toledo,  Turmerly  Fort  Lawrence,  is  a  flouriahing  town 
further  down  the  river,  with  1333  lAhabitanta. 

DaytOD,  on  the  Miami,  at  the  junction  of  the  Mad  river,  which  fumiahes  a 
great  number  of  mill-seats,  is  a  rapit'ly  growing  town,  in  a  highly  productive 
region.  It  carries  on  an  active  trade  ov  the  miami  Canal,  and  it  vontaina  numerous 
saw  and  grist-mills,  several  woollen  and  cotton  factories,  an  oil-mill,  and  other 
manufaetoriea.    Population*  in  1840,  C067. 


COMMONWEALTH    OF  KENTUCKY. 

KtMTuoKT  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  Ohio  river,  which  separates  it  from 
the  States'  of  Ohio,  Indiana,  and  lUinoiia ;  easw  by  Virsinia,  south  ny  Teoneaaeo, 
and  west  by  tlie  Mississippi,  which  separates  it  from  uie  State  of  Missouri;  the 
greatest  length  is  about  400  miles,  breadth  170,  area  40,500  square  milea. 

The  principal  rivers  of  Kentucky  are  the  Ohio,  Mississippi  Tennessee,  Cum- 
berland, Kentucky,  Green,  Licking,  Big  Sandy,  Salt,  and  Roiling. 

The  Cumberland  Mountains  form  the  south-east  boundary  of  the  State.  The. 
eastern  counties,  borderinff  on  Virginia,  are  mountainous  and  rugged.  A  tract 
from  5  te  30  miles  wide,  luong  the  banks  of  the  Ohio,  is  hilly  aiid  broken  land, 
interspersed  widi  many  ferUle  valleys.  Between  this  strip,  uieen  river,  and  the 
eastern  oounties,  lies  what  has  been  c^led  the  garden  of  the  State.  This  is  the 
most  populous  part,  and  is  about  150  miles  long,  and  from  50  to  100  wide.  The 
surface  of  this  district  is  agreeably  undulatins,  and  the  soil  black  and  friable, 
producine  black  walnut,  black  cherry,  honey  locust,  buckeye,  pawpaw,  sugar- 
tree,  mulberiy,  elm,  ash,  cotton-wood,  and  white  thorn.  The  whole  State,  below 
the  mountains,  rests  on  an  immense  bed  of  limestone,  usually  about  eieht  feet' 
below  the  surface.  There  are  eveiywhere  apertures  in  this  limestone,  through 
which  the  wafers  of  the  rivers  sink  into  the  earth.  The  large  riyers  of  Ken- 
tucky, for  this  reason,  are  more  diminished  during  the  dry  seaaon,  than  tiiose  o0 
My  other  part  of  the  United  States,  and  the  small  streams  entirely  dissppear. 
ITie  banks  of  the  rivers  are  natural  curiowties ;  the  rivers  having  generally  worn 


914 


UNITED  flTATES. 


Vety  deep  channels  in  the  ealoaraoos  roeln  orer  which  they  flow.  Tlie  preeipieee 
formed  by  Kentuolcy  river  are  in  many  piaees  awfnily  sublime,  presenting  pei^ 
pendioalar  rocks  of  800  fbet  of  solid  limestone,  surmounted  with  a  steep  and 
difficolt  ascent,  four  times  as  high. 

The  principal  productions  of  Kentneky  are  com,  hemp,  wFreat,  and  tobacco.  Salt 
sjwings  are  numerous,  and  supply  not  only  this  Sta^,  bnt  a  great  part  of  Ohio 
and  Tennessee,  widi  this  mineral.  The  principal  mannfiustures  are  cloth,  spirits, 
cordage,  ult,  and  maple-sugar.  Hemp,  tobacco,  and  wheat,  are  the  principal 
exports.  These  are  carried  down  the  Ohio  and  Mississippi  to  New  Orleans,  and 
foreign  goods  received  from  the  same  place  in  return.  Louisville,  on  the  Ohio, 
is  the  centre  of  this  trade. 

In  the  sonth-west  part  of  the  State,  between  the  Qreen  and  Cumberland  rivem, 
are  several  wonderful  caves.  The  Mammoth  Cave,  130  miles  from  Lexington, 
on  the  road  to  Nashville,  is  one  of  the  most  remarkable  caves  in  the  world ;  it 
has  been  explored  to  a  great  distance,  and  is  with  good  reason  supposed  to  extend 
for  8  or  10  miles.  The  earth  at  the  bottom  is  strongly  impregnated  with  nitre, 
which  has  been  to  a  considemble  extent  manufactured  from  it. 

The  population,  in  1790  was  73,677 ;  in  1800,  330,859:  in  1810,  4i>l,5U ;  in 
1830,  564,317;  in  1830,  688,844;  in  1840,  779,838;  of  whom  138,358  were 
slaves.  Of  the  free  population,  305,333  were  white  males ;  384,930  white  fe- 
males ;  3761  were  oolourad  males ;  3556  coloured  females.  EJmployed  in  agricul- 
ture, 197,738;  in  commerce,  3448;  m  manufactures  and  trades,  33,317;  in  navi- 
gating the  ocean,  44 ;  do.  canals,  rivers,  and  lakes,  968 ;  in  mbing,  331 ;  In  the 
{earned  professions,  3487. 

There  were  in  the  State,  in  1840,  395,853  horses  and  mules;  787,098  neat 
catde;  1,008,340  sheep;  9,310,533  swine;  poultry  to  the  Value  of  $536,439. 
There  were  produce(|,  4,803,153  bushels  of  wheat;  17,491  of  barlev ;  39,847,130 
of  Indian  com;  1,331^373  of  rye;  7,155,974  of  oats;  8169  of  buckwheat; 
1,055,085  of  potatoes;  1,786,847  pounds  of  wool;  38,445  of  wax;  53,436,909 
of  tobacco;  16,376  of  rice;  691,456  of  cotton ;  1,377,835  of  sugar;  88,306  tons 
of  hay ;  9993  of  hemp  and  flax.  The  products  of  the  dairy  amounted  to  ^31,363 ; 
of  the  orchard,  to  $434,935 ;  of  lumber,  to  $130,339.  There  were  3309  gallons 
of  wine  made. 

Among  the  mineral  productions,  iron<K>re,  ooai,  salt  a'.id  lime  are  abundant. 
Salt  was  produced,  in  1840,  to  the  amount  of  319,695  bushels.  Home-made  or 
family  manufactures  amounted  to  $3,63&,163.  The  other  manufactures,  consisting 
chiefly  of  cotton  and  woollen  goods,  iron,  tohacco,  cordage,  spirits,  salt,  &c., 
amounted  to  $5,945,689. 

Transylvania  Universitv,  at  Lexington,  was  founded  in  1798,  and  is  a  flourish 
ihg  institntion.  Centre  College,  at  Dauville,  was  founded  in  1833 ;  St.  Joseph's 
CoIle|p^,  at  Bardstown,  was  founded  in  1819;  Augusta  College,  at  Augusta,  was 
founded  in  18^5;  Georgetown  College,  at  Georgetown,  vras  founded  iii  1839; 
Bacon  College,  at  Harrodsbnrg,  was  founded  in  1836 ;  St.  Mary's  College,  Ma- 
rion county,  was  founded  in  1837.  Transylvania  University  has  a  flourishing 
medical  department,  and  there  is  a  medical  institution  at  Louisville.  In  the  forego- 
ing institotions  there  were,  in  1840,  1419  students.  There  were  116  academies 
^nd  grammar-schools,  with  490S  students ;  953  common  and  primary  schools, 
with  34^641  scholars.  There  were  in  the  State  40,010  white  persons  ovet  30  years 
of  age  who  could  neither  read  nor  write. 

The  Baptists,  the  most  numerous  religions  denomination,  had  in  1836,  500 
bhnrches,  300  ministers,  and  35,000  communicants.  The  Methodists  had  100 
travelling  preachers  and  31,400  communicants.  The  Presbyterians  had  130 
''churches  and  about  10,000  communicants.  The  Episcopalians  had  one  bishop 
and  13  ministers.  The  Roman  Catholics  had  a  bishop  aira  34  ministers.  There 
were  a  considerable  number  of  Cumberland  Presbyterians  and  Reformed  BaptistSt 
two  societies  of  Shakers,  and  one  of  Unitarians. 

The  most  important  work  of  internal  improvement  is  the  Louisville  and  Port- 
hnd  can*!}  3A  miles  long,  around  the  rapids  iii  Ohio  river.  It  admits  steam- 
boats of  the  largest  class,  is  50  feet  wide  at  ihe  sarfac?,  is  excavated  10  feet  deep 
in  a  compact  limestone,  and  has  an  entire  lockage  of  33  fe^t.    The  navigation  of 


■.,;'ij\Cu"'^-jifc*tt 


per- 1 
)  and  I 

,  Salt  I 

Ohio 

pWtt, 

noipal 

B,  andi 

Ohio, 

riTef8,| 
ington,! 
rid ;  it 

extendi' 
I  nitre,  I 

HI;  M 
8  werel 
rhite  {tf\\ 
agricul- 
in  naTi- 
;  in  the  I 

098neat|| 

636,489. 

1,947,180 

ikwheat; 

M36,9<», 

,306  tons  I 

931,363; 

9gaUon8{ 

ihnndant. 
)«made  or| 
sonsistingl 
salt,  &c.,l 

a  flouriflh- 

uJoeeph'slI 
niata,  was! 

in  1829; 

lege,  Ma- 1 
Boarishingl 
the  forego- 
aeadetniesi 
ry  schools,! 
-etaOyearB] 

,  1836,  500  I 
ts  had  100 
IS  had  130 
one  bishop! 
M.    There  I 
ed  Baptists.  I 

le  and  Port-l 
mits  8teatn-| 
10  feet  deepy 
lat^tionolj 


KENTUCKY. 


ais 


the  Kentoeky,  Green  and  Lickinff  rivers  has  been  ezteneiTely  improTed  by  dami 
and  locks.  A  rail-road  extends  mm  Lexington  to  Frankfort  It  is  designed  to 
be  continued  to  Louisville,  bot  is  for  the  present  snspended.  Several  other  rail* 
roads  have  been  projected. 

Lexington  is  the  oldest  town  in  the  State,  and  was  for  many  years  the  capital  ( 
it  is  situated  in  the  centre  of  a  rich  tract  of  country,  about  90  miles  east 
of  Kentucky  river.  The  streets  an  spacious  and  regularly  laid  out,  and  the 
houses  and  public  buildinga  are  neat  hmI  elegant.    This  city  is  more  distin- 

Snished  for  its  hospitable  and  polished  soeiety,  and  as  an  agreeable  place  of  real* 
enoe,  than  for  bnatle  of  business.  The  public  buildings  oomnriae  the  Halla  of 
Transylvania  Univeraity,  the  State  Lonatie  Asylum,  9  oburehes,  Coart^Hdiise, 
JaU,  9  banks.  Orphan  Aaylnm,  Poor-Hoose,  City  School-House,  lie.  There  are 
a  number  of  bagging  and  rope-faotories,  iron-founderies,  &e.    Popnlatioii,  7000. 

Frankfmt,  the  capital  of  the  State,  stands  on  the  right  bank  of  Kentucky  river, 
on  an  alluvial  bottom,  above  which  the  river  hills  rise  abruptly  to  the  height  of 
more  than  900  feet.  Steam-boats  go  up  to  Frankfort,  60  milea  from  the  mouth 
of  the  river,  and  keel-boats  much  higher.  The  State-House  is  a  handsome  edi- 
fice, built  of  white  marble,  taken  from  the  banks  of  the  river ;  and  there  is  hem 
a  penitentiary  eonducted  on  the  Auburn  plan. 

Louisville,  the  principal  city  in  Kentucky,  is  situated  on  the  south  bank  of 
the  Ohio  river,  jost  above  the  falls  of  that  river.  The  Louisville  and  PorW 
land  canal  enables  large  ateam-boats  to  reach  Louisville  at  all  atages  of  the 
water.  This  city  carries  on  an  extensive  and  valuable  trade,  many  thousand  flat* 
boats  arriving  here  yearly  from  all  parts  of  the  upper  Ohio,  and  steamboats  an.' 
ing  and  departing  daily.  The  population,  which  in  the  year  1800  amounted  U, 
600,  was  in  1840,  9MiO,  and  ift  1843,  98,643.  The  public  buildinn  are  M 
charohes,  ^  City  Hall,  Court-House,  Ci^  and  Coun^  Jail,  Marine  Hospital, 
Medicfd  Institute,  6  banks,  4  markets.  City  Work-House,  HospitaJ,  9  oiphan 
asylums,  School  for  the  Blind,  &c.  Some  of  the  hotels  are  among  the  finest  in 
the  Union.  The  manufactures  of  Louisville  are  extenoive,  and  include  founde- 
ries,  steam-bagging  fectories,  rope-walks,  cotton  and  woollen  factories,  flouring^ 
mills,  &o.    Poraand  is  a  growing  village  at  the  lower  end  of  the  canal. 

Maysville  is  the  firat  considerable  town  of  Kentucky  which  is  passed  in  de- 
scending the  river  Ohio.  It  is  the  depOt  of  the  upper  part  of  the  State,  and  it» 
trade  is  pretty  extensive.  Population  in  1840, 2,741.  Newport  and  Covington 
are  thriving  towns,  situated  on  the  opposite  banks  of  the  Lickingr  river,  and  oppcH 
site  to  Cincinnati ;  they  are  the  seats  of  some  manufacturing  industry,  as  well 
as  of  an  active  trade.  The  streets  of  Covington  are  so  laid  out  that,  but  for  the 
intervention  of  the  Ohio  river,  they  would  be  a  continuation  of  those  of  Cincinnati. 
Population,  2026.  Amonff  the  other  towns  in  Kentucky  are  Harrodsburg,  noted 
for  its  mineral  springs,  Danville,  the  aeat  of  Centre  College,  Berdstown  and 
Georgetown,  the  seats  of  Roman  Catholic  colleges,  and  Princeton,  the  seat  of 
Cumberland  College. 


STATE  OP  TENNESSEE. 

Tennessie  is  bounded  north  by  Kentucky ;  east  by  North  Carolina ;  south  by 
Georgia,  Alabama,  and  Mississippi ;  and  west  by  Arkansas.  It  is  430  miles 
long,  and  104  broad,  and  contains  40,000  square  milesl 

The  principal  rivers  are  the  Mississippi,  Tennessee,  Cumberland,  Clinch, 
Duck,  Holston,  French-Broad,  Nolichucky,  Hiwassee,  Tellico,  Reelfoot,  Obion, 
Forked  P»er,  Wolf,  and  Elk. 

Tennessee  is  washed  by  the  Mississippi  on  the  west,  and  the  rivers  Tennessee 
and  Cumberland  pass  through  it  in  very  serpentine  courses.  West  Tennessee, 
lying  between  the  Mississippi  and  the  Tennessee  rivers,  is  a  level  or  slightly  un- 
dulating plain :  east  of  this  section  is  Middle  Tennessee,  of  a  moderately  hilly 
surface.  The  eastern  part  of  the  State  adjoining  North  Carolina,  is  known  by 
the  name  of  East  Tennessee :  it  abounds  in  mountains,  many  of  them  lot\y,  and 

Of  these  mountains  the 


wpresenting  scenery  pecaiiaTiy  grasd  asd  piciureiiqae 

'^ —  -..     .         -  ..  .    I.  ,— ^— 


"'  ■'V^' 


•If 


UIUna>ITATE& 


Cambflriuid,  or  gnat  Laartl  Ride*,  is  th*  moM  nowrkable.  StoMt  Iron,  Bald, 
Baiidiy,  or  Uraks  nouDtaiM,  Join  onek  othnr,  and  form,  in  t  dinotion  nmrij 
Boitli-«Mt  nod  Moth-wMt,  Um  outnm  bonadwty  ^Um  State. 

The  «oU  in  a  oountif  to  uneven  mutt  be  very  varioue.  The  weatem  part  of 
tin  State  baa  a  blaek,  rieh  ami ;  in  the  middle  there  is  mneb  ezeellent  land ;  in 
tbe  eastern,  part  of  the  nwmntains  are  barren,  bat  there  are  many  fertile  valleya. 
,  The  elimate  ia  generally  healthful.  In  East  Tennessee,  the  heat  is  so  tem- 
pered by  the  nu)ttntai»«ir  on  one  aide,  and  br  refreshing  breeaes  from  the  Gulf 
of  If  esioo  on  the  other,  that  this  part  of  the  State  has  one  of  the  most  desirable 
dtm^tiiia  in  North  America.    The  middle  part  resembles  Kentucky  in  elimate. 

The  great  business  of  Tenneesse  is  sgrienltore.  It  is  the  largest  eomxgrowing 
State  in  the  Union ;  in  the  year  1640,  the  erop  amounted  to  almoet  4ft  million 
bushels,  or  about  63  bushels  to  every  individual  in  tbe  Stale.  The  exports  are 
ootton,  com,  UAaoto,  flour,  &e.  The  prineipal  eommeree  is  carried  on  through  the 
Tsnaessec  and  Cumberiand  Rivera,  and  from  them  through  tbe  Ohio  and  Missis- 
sippi to  New  Orieana.  This  State  also  supplies  Kentucky,  Ohio,  &e.  with  eoV- 
ton  for  inland  manufiwturas ;  and  ^m  Eaat  Tennessee  coasiderable  numbei*  of 
ottle  are  sent  to  the  ssapporta  on  the  Atlantie. 

Tlie  most  valuable  mineral  produeta  of  Teonessee  are  iron,  gold,  coa),  and  aalt. 
Geld  ia  found  in  the  south-eastern  section,  but  it  has  not  been  syatematioally 
worked.  Iron  occurs  throughout  the  Stste  east  of  the  Tennessee ;  there  is  a  num- 
ber of  fumaeee  both  in  East  and  Middle  Tennessee,  wiiioh  produced,  in  1840, 
above  96,000  tons  of  metal.  Coal  is  found  in  the  Cumberland  Mountains  of 
excellent  quali^.  Marble,  mari,  buhr-stone,  nitrous  earth,  and  other  oseful  min^ 
rals  are  met  with,  and  there  are  iome  valuable  mineral  spAngs. 

The  pqtulation  of  Tennessee,  in  1790,  waa  35,691 ;  in  1800, 105,603 ;  in  1810, 
861,787;  in  1880,  438,813;  in  1830,  681,904;  in  1840,  839,810;  of  whom 
183,039  were  slaves.  Of  the  tree  population  385,434  were  white  males ;  315,193 
do.  females;  8796  coloured  males;  8788  do.  females.  Employed  in  agriculture, 
887,739 ;  in  commerce,  8317 ;  in  manufactures  and  trades,  17,815 ;  in  navigating 
die  ocean,  55 ;  do.  riVers  and  canals,  303 ;  in  the  learned  professions,  8048. 

There  were  in  the  State  in  1840,  341,409  horses  snd  mules;  833,857  neat 
cattle;  741,593  sheep;  8,936,707  swine.  Poultry  was  valued  at  9606,969. 
There  were  produced  4,569,698  bushels  of  wheat;  304,330  of  rye;  44,986,188 
of  Indian  com ;  17,118  of  buckwheat,  7,035,678  of  oats ;  190,370  of  potatoes ; 
%fiW^9  pounds  of  wool ;  89,550,438  of  tobacco ;  7977  of  rice;  37,701,877  of 
ootton;  868,073  of  sugar;  314)33  tons  of  hay.  The  products  of  the  dairy  were 
valued  at  1(478,141 ;  of  the  orchard  at  $367,105 ;  value  of  lumber  produced 
9917,606;  3366  barrels  of  tar,  pitch,  &e.,  were  made. 

Home-made  or  fiuniljr  manufectures,  in  1840,  amounted  to  93,886,661.  There 
were  36  wooflen  factories  and  4  fulling-mills,  producing  articles  to  the  amount 
of  $14,390;  38  cotton  fartories  producM  articles  to  the  amount  of  9335,719;  34 
furnaces  produced  16,138  tons  of  cast-iron ;  and  99  forges  produced  9673  tons  of 
bar-iron;  81  persons  produced  13,943  bushels  of  bituminous  coal;  5  paper-mills 
produced  articles  to  the  amount  of  946,000,  and  otiier  manufactories  of  paper 

{roduced  to  the  amount  of  $14,000 ;  the  whole  employing  a  capital  of  993,000 ; 
17  persons  produced  hats  and  caps  to  die  amount  of  9104,949 ;  454  tanneries 
(^ployed  a  capital  of  94(H,114 ;  374  other,  manufaetories  of  leather,  as  saddle- 
ries, &e.,  produced  articles  to  tbe  amount  of  9369,060,  with  a  capital  of  9154,540 ; 
99  potteries  produced  to  the  amount  of  961,600;  hardware  and  cutlery  was 
proauced  to  the  amount  of  957,170;  machinery  to  the  amount  of  9857,704; 
1436  distilleries  produced  1,109,107  gall  >ns  of  distilled  spirits;  and  six  breweries 
produced  1835  gallons  of  beer ;  carnages  and  wagons  to  the  amount  of  9319,897 ; 
98  rope-walks  produced  cordage  to  tM  amount  of  9133,630 ;  835  flouring-mills 
produced  67,881  barrels  of  flour;  and,  with  other  mills,  produced  articles  to  the 
amount  of  91,030,664^  with  a  capital  of  91,310,195.  The  total  amount  of  capi- 
tal employed  in  manufactures,  in  the  Stete,  waa  93,731,580. 

Greenville  College,  at  Greenville,  in  East  Tennessee,  was  founded  in  1794; 
Washington  Ooiiege,  in  Wasuingtca  esssty^  waa  founded  in  1794;  the  Univer- 


TBHMEBBBB. 


UT 


•ity  of  NMliTiUe,  the  principal  iMtitation  in  the  Sute,  waa  founded  nnder  Cna- 
berland  College,  in  1606 ;  the  Eaat  Tenneaaee  College,  at  KnozvUle,  waa  founded 
in  1807 ;  Jaokaon  College,  near  Columbia,  waa  founded  in  1830 ;  the  aouthweat- 
era  Theological  Seminary,  at  Mayarille,  waa  fonnded  in  1891  {  the  number  of 
atndenta  in  theae  inatitutiona,  in  1840,  waa  369.  There  were  in  the  State  IBS 
academiee,  with  6M9  atndenta;  and  983  common  and  primary  achoola,  with 
96,099  acholara.  There  were  in  the  State  58,631  white  peraona,  over  90  yean 
of  age,  who  could  neither  read  nor  write. 

In  1836  the  Methodiata  had  197  tiATelling  preaeheia,  and  34,966  ooomnni- 
eanta;  the  Baptiata  had  413  ehurehea,  919  miniatera,  and  90,479  eommnnieanta ; 
the  Preabyteriana  had  190  ohnrchea,  90  miniatera,  and  10,000  eommunieanta ; 
the  Epiaeopaliana  had  a  biahop  and  eight  miniatera.  There  were  beaidee  many 
Cumberland  Preabyteriana,  ana  aome  Lutherana,  Friendu,  Chriatiana,  and  Roman 
Catholioa. 

Some  worka  of  internal  ImproTement  have  been  commenced,  bat  are  at  preaent 
saapended.  A  railroad  fVom  Memphil,  on  the  Miaaiaaippi,  50  milea,  to  La 
Grange,  in  Lafayette  county,  ia  in  progreaa.  Somerrille  branch  will  extend  from 
the  main  road,  at  Moacow,  16  milea,  to  Somerrille.  The  Htwaaaee  Rail-road, 
from  KnozTille,  98i  milea,  to  the  Oeorria  line,  ia  intended  to  unite  with  the 
Weatem  and  Atlantio  Rail-road  <^  Georgia. 

Naahville,  the  capital,  and  the  moat  eonaiderable  city  of  the  State,  ia  aituated 
on  the  aouth  bank  of  Cumberland  river.  The  aite  ia  elevated  and  uneven; 
the  town  ia  well  built,  containing,  beaide  aome  elegant  dwelling-houaea,  a  Court- 
House,  MarkeuHouae,  Jail,  Lunatic  Asylum,  State  Penitentiary,  3  banka,  10 
ehurehea,  the  Halla  of  N&ahvUIe  Univeraity,  a  female  academy,  and  variona 
other  achoola.  The  city  ia  anpplied  with  water  from  the  Cumberlartd  river, 
which  ift  raiaed  by  a  ateam-engine  into  a  reservoir  that  ia  elevated  66  feet  above 
low-water  mark ;  near  a  million  gallona  can  be  raised  every  94  hours.  Popula- 
tion, in  1840, 6900. 

Clarkesrille,  below  Na8hTille,i8  a  thriving  little  town.  Franklin,  to  the  aouth 
of  Nashville,  is  a  busy  town  with  1500  inhabitants,  who  carry  on  aome  branches 
of  mechanical  and  manufacturing  induatry  pretty  extenatvely. 

Knoxville,  which  atandn  >  the  nght  bank  of  Holaton  river,  was  for  some  time 
the  seat  of  government,    ..<>  a  place  of  considerable  trade;  ita  commercial  im- 

Eortance,  however,  has  of  late  diminiahed.  Population  1500.  It  conlaina  the 
[alls  of  ^st  Tennessee  College,  a  useful  and  flouriahin^  institution.  The  other 
toyms  of  this  section,  Blonntville,  Joneaboro,  Rogersville,  and  Ma'jville,  are 
little  villages  of  500  or  <£00  inhabitants  each. 

In  the  Bouthera  part  of  the  State,  'Wincheater,  Fayetteviile,  at  the  head  of 
navigation  on  the  Eak  river,  and  Pulaski,  are  thriving  little  towns ;  the  last  men- 
tioiuM  haa  900  inhabitanta,  and  the  two  othera  about  700  each.  Columbia  on  the 
Duck  river,  is  one  of  the  meet  flourishinff  towns  in  the  State,  and  has  about  1900 
inhabitants ;  it  is  the  seat  of  Jackson  College.  Murfreesboro,  for  some  time  the 
capital  of  the  State,  is  pleasantly  aituated  in  a  very  rich  and  highly  cultivated 
district,  and  it  has  a  population  of  1500.  BoliVar,  at  the  In  ad  of  navigation  on 
the  Hatchee,  is  a  very  growing  and  bus^  town ;  Randolph,  on  the  seeona  Chicka- 
saw Bluff,  below  the  mouth  of  the  Big  Hatchee  river,  has  a  good  harbour  for 
steamboats  in  all  stages  of  the  water,  and  is  conveniently  placed  for  the  outlet  of 
a  productive  region.  Memphis  is  situated  on  the  east  bank  of  the  Mississippi 
river,  on  the  fourth  Chickasaw  Bluff,  where  old  Fort-  Piekerin^  stood.  It  has 
one  of  the  best  sites  for  a  commercial  emporium  on  the  Mississippi  river.  The 
bluff  is  30  feet  above  the  highest  floods.  The  trade  of  this  place  is  already  equal 
to  that  of  any  town  between  St  Louis  and  New  Orleans.  It  contains  4  ehnrohes ; 
an  academy ;  63  storea,  and  6000  inhabitante.  A  United  States  navy-yard  ia 
to  be  located  here,  and  it  is  already  commenced.  A  rail-road  to  La  Grange  is  in 
use :  it  is  designed  to  form  a  part  of  the  M^mphia  and  Charieston  Rail-raid. 


918 


UNITED  STATES. 


STATE  OP  INDIANA. 

;  Indiama  is  bounded  on  th«  north  by  the  State  of  Michigan  and  Lake  Michigan ; 
east  by  Ohio;  south  by  the  Ohio  river,  which  separates  it  from  Kentuclcy,  and 
;west  by  Illinois,  from  which  it  is  separated  in  part  by  the  Wabash  river.  The 
mean  length  is  about  860,  and  mean  breadth  140  miles ;  area,  about  36,000  square 
!  miles. 

The  Ohio  river  flows  for  360  miles  along  the  southern  extremity  of  the  State. 
Next  to  the  Ohio  is  the  Wabash,  which  with  its  braaehes,  the  White,  Patoka, 
iTippecanoe,  Eel,  Salamanic  and  Mississinewa  rivers,  water  all  the  central  parts 
of  tne  State.  In  the  north-west  is  the  Kankakee  river,  a  tributary  of  the  Illinois ; 
in  the  north  and  north-eant  are  the  rivers  St.  Joseph  of  Michiofan,  and  the  St.  Jo- 
seph of  Maumee;  tlie  former  flows  into  Lake  Michi^n,  and  the  latter,  uniting 
with  the  St.  Mary  at  Fort  Wayne,  forms  the  Maumee  river,  which  flows  into  Lake 
Erie.  In  the  south-east  is  the  White  Water  river,  a  tributary  of  the  Miami.  In 
the  south  are  a  number  of  small  rivers  and  creeks  which  flow  into  the  Ohio,  none 
of  which  are  of  importance. 

There  are  no  mountains  in  Indiana ;  the  country,  however,  is  more  hilly  than 
Illinois,  particulariy  towards  Ohio  river.  A  range  of  low  hills,  called  the  Knobs, 
extends  from  the  falls  of  the  Ohio  to  the  Wabash,  in  a  south-west  direction,  which 
in  many  places  produce  a  broken  and  uneven  surface.  North  of  these  hills  lie  the 
Flat  Woods,  70  miles  wide.  Bordering  on  all  the  principal  streams,  except  the 
Ohio,  there  are  strips  of  bottom  and  prairie  land ;  both  together,  from  three  to  six 
miles  in  width. 

For  a  wide  extent  on  the  north  front  of  the  State,  between  Wabash  river  and 
Lake  Michignn,  the  country  is  generally  an  extended  plain,  alternately  prairie  and 
timbered  land,  with  a  great  proportion  of  swampy  lands,  and  small  lakes  and 
ponds.  The  prairies  bordering  on  Wabash  river  are  particularly  rich,  having 
ordinarily  a  vegetable  soil  from  2  to  5  feet  deep.  Perhaps  no  part  of  the  western 
world  can  show  a  greater  extent  of  rich  land  in  one  body  than  that  portion  of  the 
White  river  country,  of  which  Indianapolis  is  the  centre.  The  natural  growth  of 
the  soil  consists  of  oak  of  several  kinds,  ash,  beech,  buckeye,  walnut,  cherry, 
maple,  elm,  sassafras,  linden,  honey-locust,  cotton-wood,  sycamore,  and  mulberry. 
The  principal  produetions  are  wheat,  rye,  Indian  com,  oats,  buckwheat,  barley, 
potatoes,  beef,  pork,  butter,  cheese,  &c. 

Iron  and  coal  have  been  found  in  the  State ;  and  there  are  some  salt^springs, 
and  epsom-salts  are  found  in  a  cave  near  Corydon ;  but  the  mineral  productions 
have  no  great  interest. 

The  population,  in  1800,  was  5641;  in  1810,34,630;  in  1830,  147,178;  in 
1830,  341,583;  in  1840,  685,866.  Of  these  there  were  353,773  white  males; 
335,925  white  females;  3731  coloured  males ;  3434  coloured  females.  Employed 
in  agriculture,  148,806 ;  in  commerce,  3076 ;  in  manufactures  and  trades,  30,590 ; 
in  mining,  333 ;  in  navigating  the  ocean,  89 ;  do.  canals,  lakes,  and  rivers,  677 ; 
in  the  learned  professions,  3257.  " 

In  1840  there  were  in  this  State  346,036  horses  and  mules ;  619,980  neat  cattle ; 
676,983  sheep ;  1,633,608  swine ;  poultry  to  the  value  of  $357,594.  There  were 
produced,  4,049,375  bushels  of  wheat;  139,631  of  rye;  28,155,887  of  Indian 
corn;  38,016  of  barley;  5,981,606  of  oats r  1,635,794  of  potatoes;  1,337,919 

Sounds  of  wool;  1,830,306  of  tobacco;  3,737,795  of  sugar;  38,591  of  hops; 
0,647  of  wax ;  178,647  tons  of  hay.  The  products  of  the  dairy  were  valued  at 
$743,369;  of  the  orchard,  at  $40,055;  of  lumber,  at  $430,971;  of  furs  and 
skins,  at  $330,883.    There  were  made  10,365  gallons  of  wine. 

In  1840,  the  amount  of  capital  engaged  in  foreign  trade  was  $1,307,400;  in 
the  retail  trade,  $5,664,687. 

The  amount  of  home-made  or  family  manufactures  was  $1,389,803 ;  34  fulling- 
milla  and  37  woollen  manufactories  produced  articles  to  the  amount  of  $58,867 ; 
19  cotton  factories  produced  articles  to  the  uniGunt  of  $136,400;  7  furnaces  pro- 
duced 810  tons  of  cast-iron;  1  forge  produced  30  tons  of  bar-iron;  47  persons 
mined  343,040  bushels  of  bituminous  coal ;   paper  was  manufactured   to  the 


IKDIAITA. 


ai9 


amount  cf  ^86,457 ;  tobacco  to  the  amonnt  of  $65,650 ;  hats  and  caps  to  the 
amoant  of  $133i844;  shoes,  boots,  saddleriea,  &o.,  to  the  amount  of  9730,001 ; 
machinery  to  the  amount  of  $183,808 ;  333  dtstilleriea  produced  1,787,108  gallons 
of  distilled  spirits;  30  breweries  produced  188,393  gallons  of  beer;  carriages 
and  wagons  were  manufactured  to  the  amonnt  of  $163,135;  304  flouring-mills 
manufactured  334,634  barrels  of  flour,  and,  with  other  mills,  produced  articles  to 
the  amount  of  $3,339,134 ;  vessels  were  built  to  the  amount  of  $107,9123.  The 
total  amount  of  capital  employed  in  manufactures  was  $4,133,043. 

Indiana  College,  at  Bloomington,  was  founded  in  1837 ;  South  Hanover  Col- 
lege, at  South  Hanover,  in  1839 ;  Wabash  College,  at  Crawfordsville,  in  1833 ; 
the  Indiana  Asbury  University,  in  1839.  In  these  institutions  there  were,  in 
1840,  333  students.  There  were  in  the  State  54  academies,  with  3946  students, 
and  1531  common  and  primary  schools,  with  48,189  scholars.  In  1840,  there 
were  38,100  white  persons  over  30  years  of  age  who  could  neither  read  nor  write. 

In  1836,  the  Baptists  had  334  churches  and  318  ministers;  the  Presbyterians 
had  109  churches  and  70  ministers;  the  Methodists  about  70  circuit  preachers; 
the  Lutherans,  in  1830,  had  30  congregations  and  8  ministers.  Besides  these 
there  are  many  Friends,  some  Episcopalians,  Roman  Catholics,  and  some  Presby- 
terians, Methoidists  and  BapUsts  of  dinerent  descriptions,  not  included  in  the  above. 

The  principal  work  of  internal  improvement  undertaken  by  this  State  is  the 
Wabash  and  Erie  canal,  which  extends  from  Lafayette,  at  the  head  of  steam-boat 
navigation  on  the  Wabash,  187  miles,  to  the  navigable  waters  of  Lake  Erie  at 
Tolrao,  on  Maumee  Bay.  The  Whitewater  Canal  extends  from  Lawrenceville, 
at  the  mouth  of  the  river,  76  miles,  to  Cambridge  city,  on  the  National  Road. 
It  is  also  to  be  extended  by  a  branch  to  Cincinnati,  which  is  in  progress.  The 
Madison  and  Indianapolis  rail-road,  from  Madison  on  the  Ohio  river,  95  miles  to 
Indianapolis,  is  in  progress  and  nearly  completed.  Other  works  of  internal  im- 
provement have  been  projected  and  begun,  but  are  at  present  suspended. 

Indianapolis,  the  capital  of  the  State,  stands  on  the  left  bank  of  the  west  fork  of 
White  river ;  it  is  laid  out  with  much  regularity,  and  with  wide,  spacious  streets. 
The  public  buildings  are  the  State-House,  Governor's  House,  a  bank,  1 1  churches, 
10  schools,  4  libraries^  1  county  seminary,  with  philosophical  and  chemical  ap- 
paratus, 4  printing-offices,  48  stores,  10  mills  of  various  kinds,  and  various  other 
manufacturing  establishments.  Population,  in  1843,  abou^  3500.  The  national 
road  passes  through  the  town. 

New  Albany  is  the  largest  town  in  the  State ;  it  is  on  the  Ohio  river,  a  few 
miles  below  the  falls.  Population,  4336.  The  principal  buildings  are  a  Court- 
House,  Jail,  9  churches,  bank,  insurance  office,  Lyceum,  male  and  female  semi- 
nary, theological  college,  &c. ;  there  are  also  a  number  of  manufactories  of  va- 
rious kinds.  JefTersonville,  which  stands  opposite  to  Louisville,  is  a  thriving 
town,  with  800  inhabitants.  It  contains  the  State  prison.  Madison,  on  the  Ohia 
river,  some  distance  farther  up,  is  a  flourishin{|r  town  with  3798  inhabitants;  it 
ha!i  6  churches,  a  Court-House,  Jail,  Bank,  Savings  Bank,  50  stores,  with  several 
manufactories,  mills,  &c.  Vevay  was  founded  by  a  Swiss  colony,  with  1300 
inhabitants.  The  grape  has  been  successfully  cultivated  here,  and  the  town  is 
surrounded  by  vineyards.  Lawrenceburg,  on  the  Ohio,  just  below  the  mouth  of 
White  Water  river,  carries  on  an  extensive  trade,  but  its  site  being  low,  it  is 
sometimes  subject  to  inundation  during  very  high  stages  of  the  water. 

New  Harmony,  on  the  Wabash  river,  was  founded  by  the  German  sect  called 
Harmonites,  under  the  direction  of  Mr.  Rapp.  In  1834  it  was  bought  by  Mr. 
Owen,  of  Lanark,  who  attempted  to  put  in  operation  here  his  new  Social  System : 
the  scheme  failed,  and  his  followers  were  dispersed,  but  the  village  is  now  a 
flourishing  place  in  other  hands.  Vincennes,  higher  up  the  river,  is  the  oldest 
town  in  the  State ;  it  was  founded  by  the  French,  in  1730.  It  contains  2000 
inhabitants,  about  a  fifth  of  whom  are  French.  Terre  Haute,  Lafayette,  and 
Logansport,  are  small  but  flourishing  towns  on  the  Wabash  river.  Richmond, 
on  the  National  Road,  near  the  Ohio  State  line,  is  also  a  populous  little  town. 
""  ---...         -       ....-_         ^j__  j___j  ^j.  j^^i-^  Michigan,  is  the 

is  well  situated  for  trade,  and  has 


The  cit"  of  Michigan,  f< 

only  harbour  on  the  lake  in  the  State. 

about  700  inhabitants. 


AUUt/,    Ob 
It 


m 


3fi 


tM 


UNITED  STATES. 


1 


STATE  OF   ILLINOIS. 

This  fertile  and  improTing  State  is  bounded  north  by  Wisconsin  Tenitoiy,  east 
by  Indiana,  south  by  Kentucky,  and  west  by  the  States  of  Missouri  and  Iowa. 
Its  medium  length  is  about  3S0  miles,  and  medium  breadth  170;  the  area  being 
59,500  square  miles. 

The  Mississippi,  Ohio,  and  Wabash,  form  about  two-thirds  of  the  whole 
boundanr  of  the  State.  The  other  most  considerable  rivers  are  tlie  Illinois,  Kas- 
kaskia.  Muddy,  Little  Wabash,  Rock,  Sangamon,  Ihnbarras,  Fox,  Des  Plaines,  &c. 

The  southern  and  middle  parts  of  the  State  are  for  the  most  part  level.  •  The 
north>westem  section  is  a  hilly,  broken  country,  though  there  are  no  high  bills. 
The  climate  resembles  that  of  Indiana  and  Ohio.  The  noil  is  generally  very 
fertile,  and  yields  abundant  harvests. 

Com  is  the  staple  agricultural  production  of  the  State.  Wheat  is  also  raised 
in  large  quantities,  ana  yields  flour  of  superior  c|uality ;  rye  is  much  used  for  dis- 
tUIation.  Hemp,  tobacco,  and  cotton,  are  cultivated ;  the  latter  is  mostly  con- 
sumed in  household  manufactures.  Large  herds  of  cattle  are  kept,  and  great 
numbers  are  driven  out  of  the  State,  or  sent  down  the  river  in  flat-boat'i.  Thou- 
sands of  bogs  are  raised,  and  pork  is  largely  exported. 

Coal,  jsalt,  and  lime,  iron,  lead,  and  copper,  are  amon^  the  mineral  productions 
of  Illinois.  Coal  is  abundant  in  many  quarters,  and  is  worked  to  some  extent. 
Lead  is  found  in  the  north-western  come/  of  the  State  in  exhaustless  quantities. 
The  Indians  and  French  had  been  long  accustomed  to  procure  the  ore,  but  it  was 
not  until  1823  that  the  process  of  separating  the  metal  was  begun.  Since  that 
time  the  business  has  been  actively  pursued,  and  as  much  as  6000  tons  of  lead 
have  been  smelted  in  one  year.  Some  salt  is  made  near  Shawneetown ;  near 
Danville,  on  the  Little  Vermillion ;  and  near  Brownville,  on  Mjuddy  creek.  The 
salt  springs  aro  owned  by  the  United  States,  and  leased  to  the  manufacturers. 

The  population  of  Illinois  has  increased  with  the  same  amazing  rapidity  as  that 
of  the  neighbouring  States.  The  constitution  provides  that  neither  slavery  nor 
involuntary  servitude  shall  hereafter  be  introduced  into  the  State,  otherwise  than 
for  the  punishment  of  crimes ;  and  as  negroes  coming  into  the  State  are  required 
to  give  bonds  with  security,  that  they  will  not  become  chargeable  as  paupers, 
there  are  few  blacks. 

The  population,  in  1810,  was  12,882;  in  1820,  55,211 ;  in  1830,  157,576;  in 
1840,  476,183;  of  whom  255,235  were  white  males;  217,019  do.  females;  1876 
coloured  males ;  1722  do.  females.  Employed  in  agriculture,  105,337 ;  in  com- 
merce, 2506;  in  manufactures  and  trades,  13,185;  in  mining,  782 ;  in  navigating 
the  ocean,  63;  do.  lakes,  rivers,  and  canals,  310;  in  the  learned  professions, 
8021. 

There  were  in  the  State,  in  1840,  199,235  horses  and  mules;  626,274  neat 
cattle;  396,672 sheep ;  1,495,254  swine.  Poultry  valued  at  9309,204.  There 
were  produced,  3,335,393  bushels  of  wheat ;  82,851  ofhariey;  4,988,008  of  oats ; 
88,197  of  rye;  57,884  of  buckwheat ;  22,634,211  of  Indian  corn;  8,025,520  of 
potatoes;  650,007  pounds  of  wool ;  17,742  of  hops ;  800,947  of  cotton ;  664,326 
of  tobacco;  399,813  of  sugar;  1150  of  silk  cocoons;  1976  tons  hemp  and  flax; 
164,932  of  hay.  The  products  of  the  dairy  were  valued  at  $488,175 ;  of  the 
orchard  at  $186,756;  or  lumber  at  $803,666;  of  skins  and  furs  at  $39,418. 

Home-made  or  family  manufactures  amounted  to  $993,567;  4  fulling-mills 
and  16  woollen  manufactories  produced  goods  to  the  amount  of  $9540;  5  fur- 
naces produced  158  tons  of  cast-iron;  20  smelting-houses  produced  8,765,000 
pounds  of  lead  ;  88  persons  produced  80,000  bushels  of  salt ;  hats  and  caps  were 
manufactured  to  the  amount  of  $88,395;  166  tanneries  employed  a  capital  of 
$155,679 ;  686  other  manufactories  of  leather,  as  saddleries,  &c.,  produced  arti- 
cles to  tiie  amount  of  $847,817;  machinery  was  produced  to  the  amount  of 
$37,720;  150  distilleries  produced  1,661,684  (gallons  of  distilled  spirits;  11 
breweries  produced  90,300  gnllons  of  beer:  carriages  and  wagons  were  produced 
to  the  amount  of  $144,362 ;  98  flourin^-mills  produced  172,65?  barrels  of  flour, 
and,  with  other  mills,  manufactured  articles  to  the  amount  of  $2,417,826;  vessels 


ILLINOIS. 


SSI 


vessels 


were  built  to  the  amoant  of  $39,800.  The  total  amount  of  capital  employed  in 
manufactures  was  $3,136,513. 

Illinois  College,  at  Jacksonville,  was  founded  in  1839 ;  Shurtleff  College, 
in  Upper  Alton,  in  1835 ;  M'Kendree  College,  in  Lebanon,  in  1834 ;  M'Donough 
College,  at  Macomb,  in  1837.  In  these  institutions  there  were,  in  1840,  311 
students.  There  were  in  the  State  43  academies,  with  1967  students;  1941 
common  and  primary  schools,  with  34,876  scholars,  and  37,503  white  persons, 
over  31  years  of  age,  who  could  neither  read  nor  write. 

The  Methodists  are  the  most  numerous  denomination ;  the  Baptists  and  Pres- 
byterians are  the  next  in  point  of  numbers ;  the  Episcopalians  and  Roman  Ca- 
tholics are  less  numerous ;  and  there  are  some  other  denominations,   n 

In  1836  this  State  adopted  an  extensive  system  of  internal  improvements,  con- 
sisting  of  canals  and  rail-roads,  most  of  which  must  be  left  to  another  generation 
to  complete.  The  Illinois  and  Michigan  Canal,  the  most  important  of  them  all, 
is  in  progress,  and  will  probably  be  completed.  It  extends  rirom  Chicago  river, 
about  5  miles  from  Chicago,  to  the  head  of  steamboat  navigation  on  the  Illinois 
river,  at  Peru,  106  miles;  it  is  60  feet  wide  at  the  top,  and  6  feet  deep.  A  rail- 
road extends  from  Springfield,  53  miles,  to  Merodosia,  on  Illinois  river.  Coal 
Mine  BluflTs  Rail-road  extends  from  Mississippi  river,  6  miles,  to  the  coal  mine. 
Other  rail-roads  have  been  commenced,  but  they  are  at  present  suspended. 

The  principal  town  in  Illinois  is  Chicago,  on  Lake  Michigan,  at  the  mouth  of 
a  small  river  of  the  same  name.  The  canal  now  in  progress  from  this  city  to  Ae 
Iliiitois  river,  when  completed,  will  bring  to  it  a  vast  increase  of  trade.  It  is 
oa  *r*  on  bpth  sides  of  the  river.  An  artificial  harbour  has  been  made 
\jj  -  instruction  of  piers,  which,  extending  some  distance  into  the  lake, 

p'  V-  >  e  accumulation  of  sand  on  the  bar.  The  town  has  grown  up  withiii 
It  J.  kji  years,  and  contains  6  churches,  a  Conrt-House,  Jail,  U.  S.  Land-Office, 
an  academy.  Fire  Insurance  Co.,  with  numerous  stores  and  manufactories.  The 
city  is  supplied  with  water  from  the  lake.    Population,  in  1840,  4500. 

Vandalia,  the  late  capital  of  the  State,  is  a  small  town  with  800  inhabitants. 
It  is  on  the  route  ai  the  National  Road,  on  the  west  bank  of  the  Kaskaskia  river, 
about  80  miles  north-east  of  St.  Louis.  Alton,  situated  two  miles  and  a  half 
above  the  mouth  of  the  Missouri,  and  eighteen  below  that  of  the  Illinois,  on  the 
Mississippi  river,  is  the  most  commercial  town  in  the  State.  Possessing  a  com- 
modious  harbour,  with  an  excellent  landing  for  steamboats,  it  has  become  the 
centre  of  an  active  and  growing  trade.  Population,  3340.  There  are  here  6 
churches,  a  bank,  Lyceum,  Mechanics*  Association,  8  schools,  a  penitentiary,  and 
3  printing-offices ;  and  the  picturesque  site  of  the  town  is  well  set  off  by  its  neat 
houses,  surrounded  by  tasteful  piazzas  and  gay  shrubbery.  Upper  Alton,  3  miles 
in  the  rear  of  Alton,  is  the  seat  of  Shurtleif  College,  and  a  theological  semina'y. 
Edwardsville  is  a  neat  and  thriving  village,  to  the  north  ofAlton. 

Cahokia  and  Kaskaskia  are  old  French  villages  on  the  American  Bottom,  set- 
tled as  early  as  the  year  1683,  with  from  600  to  800  inhabitants  each,  most  of 
whom  are  French. 

Springfield,  the  capital  of  Illinois,  is  near  the  centre  of  the  State,  on  the  border 
of  r.  beautiful  prairie,  and  surrounded  by  one  of  the  most  fertile  tracts  in  the 
Union.  It  contains  the  State-House,  Court-House,  market-house.  Jail,  U.  S. 
Land-Office,  3  academies,  6  churches,  34  stores,  one  iron-foundery,  4  carding 
machines,  3  printing-offices.    Population,  3579. 

Jacksonville  is  one  of  the  largest  inland  towns  in  the  State ;  it  is  on  an  ele- 
vated ground,  in  the  midst  of  a  delightful  prairie.  Population,  3500.  Carroll- 
ton,  farther  south,  is  also  a  growing  village. 

Peoria  is  situated  at  the  foot  of  the  lake  of  that  name,  and  on  the  Illinois  river. 
It  ooiiteins  1467  inhabitants.  Ottawa,  above  the  Rapids,  and  near  the  western 
termination  of  the  Illinois  and  Michigan  Canal,  is  also  a  flourishing  village,  with 
deep  water  and  a  good  landing. 

Quincy  is  on  the  east  bank  of  the  Mississippi,  104  miles  west  of  Springfield ; 
it  is  a  thrivinff  town,  and  has^lSOO  inhabitants.  Rock  Island  city  is  at  the 
junction  cf  themiBBiSBippi  and  Brock  riven ;  it  is  laid  out  on  an  extensive  scale, 
and  includes  Stephenson  village.    Population,  700.    Galena  city,  near  the  north- 

13' 


998 


UNITED  STATES. 


west  corner  of  the  State,  is  the  metropolis  of  the  lead  legion  of  Illinois  and  Wis- 
consin ;  it  is  on  Fever  river,  6  miles  froua  the  Mississippi,  and  is  accessible  to 
steamboats  at  all  stages  of  the  water.  Large  quantities  of  lead  are  shipped  from 
Galena  every  season.     Population,  1600.  . 

Nauvoo,  'i9  cit^  of  the  Mormons,  is  situated  on  the  east  bank  of  the  Missis- 
qippi  river,  i^  miles  north-west  of  Springfield ;  it  is  4  miles  by  3  in  extent,  and 
oontaioa  more  than  1000  buildings  ana  7000  inhabitants.  The  chief  public 
buildings  are  the  Nauvco-House,  a  spacious  hotel,  iii  part  of  which  Joe  Smith, 
the  late  Mormon  prophet,  resided ;  the  Nauvoo  Temple,  an  edifice  130  by  100 
feet,  designed  as  the  grand  Cathedral  of  the  Mormon  sect ;  and  a  university,  with 
a  president  and  several  professors.  A  military  body,  called  the  Nauvoo  Legion, 
consisting  of  firom  2000  to  3000  men,  properly  officered,  armed  and  disciplined, 
has  been  organized  here.  About  3000  Mormons  reside  beyond  the  bounds  of  the 
city.  It  is  proposed  to  call  this  place  the  City  of  Joseph,  in  honour  of  the  de- 
ceased prophet. 


STATE  OF  MICHIGAN. 


'^ 


j*y  iik.xA.'.'.-  ,< 


The  State  of  Michigan  consists  of  two  distinct  peninsulas.  The  southemmoot, 
or  Michigan  Proper,  has  its  base  resting  upon  the  States  of  Ohio  and  Indiana,  and 
is  bounded  on  the  east  and  northeast  by  Lake  Huron,  for  a  distance  of  350  miles ; 
Lake  Michigan  is  its  western  boundary  for  an  extent  of  260  miles.  It  is  in 
length  about  288,  and  in  breadth,  at  the  widest  part,  190  miles.  Area,  38,000 
square  miles. 

The  northern  peninsula  lies  north-west  of  the  southern ;  it  was  nominally  at- 
tached to  Michigan,  while  under  a  territorial  government,  and  was  added  perma- 
nently to  her  territory  when  admitted  into  the  Union  as  a  State.  It  is  bounded 
north  by  Lake  Superior ;  east  by  St.  Marr's  river ;  south  by  Lake  Michigan ; 
and  south-west  by  the  Mennomonie  and  Montreal  rivers ;  length,  from  east  to 
west,  about  320  miles ;  breadth,  from  160  to  30  or  40  miles ;  area,  28,000  square 
miles ;  area  of  the  State,  66,000  miles. 

The  northern  peninsula  is  yet  but  imperfectly  known ;  the  surface  is  more  irre- 
gular than  that  of  the  southern  section,  and  is  much  less  suited  for  agricultural 
purposes  ;  but  it  is  nevertheless  important  on  account  of  the  Quantities  of  pine 
timber,  and  minerals,  which  abound  in  various  parts ;  and  also  trom  the  valuable 
fisheries  on  the  shores  of  Lake  Superior.  The  shores  of  the  latter  are  mostly 
low,  and  but  little  indented  by  bays  and  harbours ;  and  as  the  prevailing  winds 
are  from  the  north-west,  and  sweep  with  great  fury  over  the  lake,  navigation  is 
more  stormy  and  dangerous  than  along  the  Canada  shore. 

The  Pictured  Rocks  are  a  remarkable  natural  curiosity,  and  extend  along  the 
southern  shore  of  Lake  Superior,  a  distance  of  12  miles.  They  form  a  perpen- 
dicular wall,  300  feet  high,  presenting  a  great  variety  of  romantic  projections  and 
indentations,  having  the  appearance  of  landscapes,  buildings,  and  various  objects 
delineated  by  the  hand  of  man;  among  the  features  that  attract  admiration  are 
the  cascade  La  Portaille,  and  the  Done  Arch.  The  cascade  consists  of  a  con- 
siderable streaniprecipitated  from  the  height  of  about  70  feet,  by  a  single  leap, 
into  the  lake.  The  Doric  Rock,  or  Arch,  has  the  appearance  of  a  work  of  art, 
consisting  of  an  isolated  mass  of  sandstone,  ^ith  4  pillars,  supporting  a  stratum 
or  entablature  of  stone^  covered  with  soil,  and  giving  support  to  a  handsome 
growth  of  spruce  and  pine  trees,  some  of  which  are  60  or  60  feet  high. 

The  native  inhabitante  of  this  rejgion  are  some  bands  of  the  Chippeways,  on 
the  shores  of  Lake  Superior,  comprising  only  about  1400  or  1600. 

The  southern  peninsula  is  generally  a  level  country,  having  no  elevation  that 
can  properly  be  called  a  hill ;  its  centre  is  a  table-land,  elevated  30  or  40  feet 
above  t^e  level  of  the  lakes.  Along  the  coast  of  Lake  Huron  there  are  in  places 
high  bluffs :  and  along  the  east  shore  of  Lake  Michigan  are  hills  of  pure  sand, 
or  from  50  to  several  hundred  feet  in  height,  which  have  been  blown  up  by  the 
almost  constant  western  winds  sweeping  over  the  lake. 


J 


I  by  thel 


i 


MICHIGAN. 


393 


L 


I'he  peninsula  abounds  in  riTers :  none  of  them  tiave  much  extent  of  course, 
and  but  few  are  navigable  to  any  considerable  distance  inland.  Grand  river  is 
the  lar^st:  it  empties  into  Lake  Mictiigan :  its  whole  course  is  about  150  mites, 
and  it  is  navigable  50  miles  from  the  lake  to  tha  rapids  for  sloops  and  steaoB- 
boats,  and  above  that  point  there  is  sufficient  depth  of  water  for  boats  50  miles 
farther.  The  St  Joseph's  river  is  a  considerable  stream,  and  empties  into  ha)^e 
Michigan  at  the  south-west  angle  of  the  territonr.    It  is,  like  Grand  river,  navi- 

Kble  Tor  large  sloops  to  the  rapids,  and  above  them  has  a  still  farther  extent  of 
at  navication.  It  flows  through  a  very  fertile  region,  variegated  by  praiiiss 
and  high  forests ;  the  oountnr  on  this  river  is  not  surpassed,  in  point  of  beauty 
and  fertilitv,  by  any  in  the  Xnion.  The  other  considerable  streams  which  flow 
into  Lake  Michigan  are  the  nlalamazoo.  Grand,  Maskegon,  Pentwater,  Maaistic', 
and  Aux  Betises.  Those  which  flow  into  Lake  Erie  are  the  Raisin  and  Huraa 
rivers.  The  Clinton  is  -thp  only  considerable  river  which  falls  into  Lake  St.] 
Clair.  The  Belle,  and  Black,  or  Dulude,  fall  into  St.  Clair  riveW  The  Saginaw,  ] 
running  northward,  falls  into  Saginaw  Bay,  of  Lake  Huron.  Many  oUier,  but 
smaller  streams,  fall  into  the  same  lake,  such  as  the  Thunder  Bay,  Sandyt  Aux 
Caipe  and  Cheboeigon  rivers. 

Wheat,  Indian  com,  and  the  other  productions  of  this  section  of  the  Union,  are 
raised  easilVi  and  in  abundance.  It  is  a  country  highly  favourable  to  cultivated 
grasses.  No  inland  country,  according  to  its  age,  population,  and  circumstances, 
has  a  greater  trade.  A  number  of  steam-boats  and  lake  vessels  are  constantly 
plying  in  this  trade,  which  is  with  Detroit,  Chicago,  Ohio  and  I^ew  York. 

The  climate  of  this  region,  in  consequence  of  its  being  level  and  peninsular, 
and  adjacent  to  such  large  bodies  of  water,  is  moie  temperate  than  could  be  ex- 
pected from  its  latitude.  The  southern  counties  have  mild  winters,  and  the  spring; 
opens  as  early  as  in  any  part  of  the  United  States  in  the  samo  latitude :  tlie  po- 
sition of  the  northern  division  subjects  it  to  a  Canadian  tecnperatare.  The  winter 
commences  early  in  November,  and  does  not  terminate  until  the  end  of  March. 

The  population,  in  1810,  was  4528;  in  1830, 9048;  i;:.  1830,31,639;  in  1840, 
212,367.  Of  these  113,395  were  white  males;  98,165  do.  females;  393  co- 
loured males ;  314  do.  females.  Employed  in  agriculture,  56,531 ;  in  commerce, 
728 ;  in  manufactures  and  trades,  6890;  in  navigating  the  ocean,  34 ;  do.  canals, 
lakes,  and  rivers,  166;  in  mining,  40;  in  tho  learned  professions,  904. 

Thore  were  in  1840,  30,144  horses  and  mules ;  185,190  neat  cattle ;  99,618 
sheep ;  395,890  swine ;  poultry  was  pioduced  to  the  value  of  $83,730.  There 
were  produced  3,157,108  bushels  of  wheat;  127,802  of  barley;  3.114,057  of 
oats;  34,336  of  rye;  2,237,039  of  Indian  corn;  113,593  of  buckwheat;  3,109,305 
of  potatoes  j  153,375  pounds  of  wool ;  1,339,784  of  sugar;  130,805  tons  of  hay  ; 
755  of  hemp  or  flax.  The  products  of  the  dairy  were  valued  at  $301,053 ;  of  the 
orchard  at  $16,905 ;  and  of  lumber  at  $392,335. 

The  exports  of  Michigan,  in  1840,  araounted  to  $163,339  ;  and  the  imports  to 
$138,610.  Capital  employed  in  foreign  trade  $177,500 ;  capital  employed  in  the 
retail  trade  $3,338,988 ;  capital  employed  in  the  lake  fisheries  $38,640. 

The  amount  of  home-maoe  or  family  articles  was  9113,965 ;  capital  employed 
in  manufactures,  in  1840,  $3,113,340 ;  more  than  $3,400,000  of  which  was  in- 
vested in  flouring,  and  other  mills. 

Michigan  University,  at  Ann  Arbor,  has  departments  of  literature,  science,  and 
the  <irts,  and  of  law  and  medicine.  It  has  academic  branches  at  Detroit,  Ann 
Arbor,  Monroe,  Kalamazoo,  White  Pigeon,  and  Tcumseh.  Marshall  College, 
at  Marshall,  s^nd  St.  Philip's  College,  near  Detroit,  are  respectable  institutions. 
Those  colleges  had,  in  1840,  158  students.  There  were  in  the  State  13  acade- 
mies, with  485  students;  and  975  common  and  primary  schools,  with  39,701 
bckolars.  There  were  3173  white  persons,  over  SO  years  of  age,  that  could  nei- 
ther read  nor  write. 

In  1836  the  Presbyterians  had  49  churohes  and  19  ministers ;  the  Baptists  had 
17  ohurehes  and  1 1  ministers ;  the  Roman  Catholics  had  one  bishop  and  18 
ministers;  the  Episcopalians  had  one  bishop  tind  4  ministers;  and  the  Metho- 
dists were  considerably  numerous. 

The  most  important  works  of  internal  improvement  are  the  Central  Rail-road, 


.    M 


284 


UNITED  8T/       3. 


now  completed  from  Detroit  to  Jackson,  80  miles;  the  Southern  Railroad  is 
eoiopleted  and  in  operation  from  Monroe  to  \drian,  36  miles.  The  Erie  and 
Kalamaioo  RaiNroad  is  in  operation,  30  miles,  frotn  Toledo  to  Adrian.  The 
Detroit  and  Pontiao  Rail-road  is  in  operation,  35  jiiles,  from  Detroit  to  Pontiae. 
Other  works  which  haVe  been  projected  are,  (r.  the  present,  suspended  or  aban- 
doned. 

The  city  of  Detroit,  the  capital  of  MichiKan,  stands  on  the  western  shore  of 
Detroit  river,  which  unites  Lakes  Erie  and  St.  Clair.  Few  places  are  better  situ- 
ated for  a  commercial  city,  and  few  have  a  more  solid  promise  of  permanent  pros- 
perity. It  is  regularly  laid  out  with  the  stkiets  crossing  each  other  at  right 
angles.  The  chief  public  buildings  are  the  State-House,  City  Hall,  8  churches, 
4  banks,  3  market-houses,  a  theatre,  circus.  State  Penitentiary,  County  Jail,  6o- 
Temment  Magazine,  Mechanics'  Hall,  &c.  There  are  3  female  seminaries,  seve- 
ral high  schools  for  boys,  and  12  public  schools.  The  Michigan  State  Library 
contains  3000  volumes.  Detroit  is  finel;^  situated  for  trade ;  the  navigation  of  the 
river  and  lake  are  open  about  8  months  in  the  year.  The  arrivals  of  vessels  and 
steam-boats  is  about  300  annually,  and  clearances  the  same.  Tlie  tonnage  of 
the  port,  in  1840,  was  11,432.    Population,  9102. 

Monroe,  on  the  river  Raisin,  2^  miles  from  its  mouth,  is  a  town  of  consider- 
able trade.  A  ship  canal,  100  feet  wide  and  12  deep,  connects  it  with  the  lakes; 
steam-boats  from  Buffalo  and  Detroit  stop  here.  Population,  1703.  Adrain, 
higher  up  on  the  same  river,  has  2496  inhabitants.  St.  Joseph's,  at  the  mouth 
of  Uie  Sl  Joseph's  river,  is  the  m'>st  important  town  on  the  east  shore  of  Lake 
Michigan.  Marshall,  on  the  Kalamazoo  river,  and  Pontiae,  at  the  northern  termi- 
nation of  the  Detroit  and  Pontiae  Rail-road,  are  thriving  towns  in  the  interior. 
Mackinaw,  on  Michillimackinac  Island,  in  the  noithem  part  of  Lake  Huron,  was 
long  noted  for  its  fur  trade.  Sault  St.  Mary  (pronounced  Sob  St.  Mary)  is  on 
the  river  St.  Mary,  near  to  where  it  flows  out  of  Lake  Superior ;  it  is  the  most 
northern  town  in  the  State,  and  has  about  900  inhabitants.  Great  quantities  of 
white  fish  and  lake  trout  are  caught  here;  they  are  salted  and  exported  to  a  con- 
siderable amount  The  navigation  is  closed  irom  the  middle  of  November  until 
the  1st  of  May.  In  winter  the  thermometer  oflen  sinks  to  20°  or  30°  below  zero, 
and  the  mercury  sometimes  freezes. 

v,,f^^  STATE   OF   MISSOURI.  sf     ^" 

Missouri  is  bounded  north  by  Iowa ;  west  by  the  Western  or  Indian  Territory ; 
east  by  the  Mississippi  river,  which  separates  it  from  Illinois,  Kentucky,  and 
Tennessee ;  and  south  by  the  State  of  Arkansas.  Its  length  is  about  380  miles, 
and  medium  breadth  230,  the  area  being  about  65,000  square  miles.  The  Mis- 
sissippi river  forms  the  whole  of  the  eastern,  and  the  Missouri  a  portion  of  the 
v^estem  boundary  of  the  State.  The  western  line  of  the  State,  south  of  the  Mis- 
souri river,  is  the  meridian  which  passes  through  the  point  of  junction  of  the 
Kansas  and  the  Missouri  rivers. 

Besides  the  great  rivers  Mississippi  and  Missouri,  this  State  is  watered  by 
others  of  smaller  magnitude.  The  largest  are  the  Osage,  Grand,  Salt,  Chariton, 
Gasconade,  Merrimac  or  Maranec,  Big  Black,  and  St.  Francis.  The  Osage  is  a 
large  river,  navigable  for  boats  660  miles,  between  the  Osage  and  Missouri,  and 
north  of  the  latter,  the  country  is  undulating  and  agreeably  diversified;  while  in 
the  south-east,  between  the  Big  Black  river  and  the  Mississippi,  the  whole  tract, 
with  the  exception  of  a  narrow  strip  on  the  border  of  the  latter,  is  a  low,  inan- 
dated  morass,  forming  a  portion  of  the  great  swamp  of  which  the  principal  part 
Is  in  the  State  of  Arkansas. 

The  lands  bordering  on  the  Missouri  are  very  fertile.  They  consist  of  a  stra- 
tum of  black  alluvial  soil,  of  unknown  depth.  On  receding  from  the  banks  of 
the  rivers,  the  land  rises,  passing  sometimes  gradually,  and  sometimes  abruptly, 
into  elevated  barrens,  flinty  ridges,  and  rocky  cliffs.  A  portion  of  the  State  it, 
therefore,  unfit  for  cuUivaiion;  but  this  psrt  cf  it,  however,  is  rich  in  mineral 


!  na 


umaoum. 


treasares.  Th«  land  it  either  veiy  ftrtile  or  very  poet;  it  m  either  botton  land 
or  cliff,  either  prairie  or  l>arren :  there  is  very  little  of  an  intermediate  quality. 
The  climate  is  remarkably  serene  and  temperttle,  and  very  faTonrable  to  health. 

Miasoori  is  admirably  adapted  for  a  graxitae  coantry,  and  large  herds  of  eattle, 
horses,  and  swine  are  raised.  Beef,  pork,  tallow,  hides,  and  IlTeHstock  constitote 
important  articles  of  export.  Cotton  is  produced  in  the  southern  part  of  rtie 
State,  but  not  in  considerable  quantities;  tobacco  is  more  extensiyely  grown,  and 
hemp,  wheat,  Indian  com,  and  the  othOr  cereal  grains  are  eultltated  with  snceess. 

The  lead  mines  of  Missouri  are  estimated  to  cover  an  area  of  3000  square 
miles ;  the  centre  of  the  lead  district  is  about  70  miles  south-west  from  St.  Louis. 
These  mines  were  wrought  bv  the  French  100  years  ago.  In  1840,  there  was 
made  here  about  3400  tons  of  lead.  South  of  the  lead  region  is  the  noted  iron 
moantain,  one  of  the  ffreatest  curiosities  of  the  kind  in  the  world ;  it  is  a  mil^ 
broad  at  its  base,  3  miles  long,  and  from  300  to  450  feet  high,  filled  with  micii- 
ceous  oxide  of  iron,  which  yields  80  per  cent,  of  the  pure  metal.  Not  far  distafit 
is  another  body  of  iron  ore  equally  rich,  called  the  Pilot  Knob,  a  mile  and  a  half 
wide  at  the  base,  and  300  feet  high.  In  this  region  are  likewise  found  copperi 
zinc,  manganese,  antimony,  calamine,  cobalt,  dec. 

Numerous  shot-factories  are  established  along  the  high  rocky  bluffs  of  the  Mis- 
sissippi, which  renders  the  erection  of  towers  unnecessaiy.  Iron  is  found  in 
inexhaustible  qirantities,  and  is  pretty  extensively  wrought.  Goal  also  abounds 
particularly  along  the  Missouri,  and  aluminous  and  nitrous  earth,  marble,  salt- 
springs,  sulphuretted  and  thermal  waters,  &c.,  occur. 

The  population  of  the  State,  in  1810,  was  19,833;  in  1820,  66,586;  in  1830, 
140,074;  in  1840,  383,702;  of  whom  58,340  were  slaves.  Of  the  free  popula- 
tion, 173,470  were  white  males ;  150,418  white  females ;  883  coloured  niales ; 
691  coloured  femaief .  Employed  in  afjriculture,  93,408 ;  in  commerce,  2533 ;  in 
manufactures  and  trades,  11,100;  in  mining,  742;  in  navigating  the  ocean,  39; 
do.  rivers,  lakes  and  canals,  1885;  in  the  learned  professions,  1496.  By  a  cen- 
sus taken  by  authority  of  the  State  in  1844,  the  population  was  found  to  have 
increased  to  511,937,  of  whom  70,300  were  slaves. 

There  were  in  1840,  196,133  horses  and  mules;  433,875  neat  cattle ;  348,018 
sheep;  1,371,161  swine.  There  were  produced,  1,037,386  bushels  of  whOat; 
68,608  of  rye ;  17,333,524  of  Indian  corn ;  15,318  of  buckwheat ;  9801  of  bariey ; 
3,234,947  of  oats;  783,768  of  potatoes;  562,265  pounds  of  wool ;  9,067,913  of 
tobacco;  121,131  of  cotton;  274,853  cf  sugar;  49,083  tons  of  hay;  18,010  of 
hemp  or  flax ;  poultry  valued  at  $370,647.  The  products  of  the  dairy  were  valued 
at  $100,433;  of  the  orchard,  at  $90,878  ;  of  lumber,  at  $70,355. 

Home-made  or  family  manufactures  amounted  to  $1,K9,544 ;  9  woollen  manu- 
factories produced  articles  to  the  amount  of  $13,750;  2  furnaces  produced  180 
tons  of  cast-iron,  and  4  forges  produced  118  tons  of  bar-iron ;  21  smelting-houses, 

E reduced  5,295,455  pounds  of  lead ;  69  persons  produeed  249,303  bushels  of 
ituminous  coal;  36  pereons  produced  13,150  busnels  of  salt;  machinery  was 
produced  to  the  amount  of  $190,412;  293  distilleries  produced  508,368  gallons 
of  distilled  spirits ;  7  breweries  produced  374,700  gallons  of  beer ;  wagons  and 
carriages  were  produced  to  the  amount  of  $97,112;  64  flouring-mills  prodiiced 
49,363  barrels  of  flour,  and,  with  other  mills,  produeed  articles  to  the  amount  of 
$960,058.  The  total  amount  of  capital  employed  in  manufactures  was  $3,704,405. 
The  University  of  St.  Louis  was  founded  in  1829 ;  Kemper  College,  at  St. 
Louis,  in  1840;  St.  Mary's  College,  at  the  Barrens  in  St.  Genevieve  county,  in 
1S30 ;  Marion  College,  in  Marion  county,  in  1831 ;  St.  Charles  College,  in  1839 ; 
and  Missouri  University,  at  Columbia,  in  1840;  Fayette  College,  at  Fayette,  is 
a  new  institution.  In  the  colleges  founded  before  1839,  there  were,  in  1840,  495 
students.  There  were  in  the  State,  47  academies  With  1926  students;  and  643^ 
common  and  primary  schools,  with  16,788  scholard.  There  were  19,45;  white 
persons  over  30  years  of  age  who  could  neither  read  nor  write. 

In  1836,  the  Methodists  Iiad  51  travelling  preachers,  and  8693  members  i  thajjl 
Baptists  had  146  churches,  86  ministers,  and  4972  commc^nicants ;  the  PresbriO^i 
- —  H-J  53  -»..,~.«>=a  -r-.A  in-ta'r-.jsfcjirs;  tho  RoiTian  Caiholies  had  onebimop 


MV%nmnU^m     a»J     1 1V   •^X—i 


»6 


UNITED  STATES. 


•nd  30  ministen;  the  Episcopaliana  had  three  aunistera.  There,  were  besides,  a 
number  of  Cumberland  and  Associate  Reformed  Presbyterians. 

St  Louis  is  the  cqpamercial  capital  of  Missouri,  und  the  largest  town  west  of 
the  Mississippi.  It,  is  built  on  two  banks,  the  first,  not  much  raised  above  the 
level  of  the  nver,  contains  two  narrow  streets  running  patallel  with  its  course, 
and  the  second,  or  higher  bank,  which  spreads  out  into  a  wide  plain  in  the  rear, 
comprises  the  rest  of  the  city.  The  upper  part  is  well  laid  out,  with  spacious  and 
wide  streets.  This  city  was  founded  in  1764,  but  it  uontinued  to  be  an  inconsi- 
derable Tillage  while  the  country  remained  in  the  hands  of  the  Spaniards  and 
French.  It  is  the  emporium  of  the  Upper  Missouri  and  Mississippi,  and  must 
continue  to  increase  in  importance  as  the  vast  regions  to  the  north  and  west 
become  settled.  The  lead  mines  in  its  vicinity,  and  the  establishments  connected 
with  the  Indian  agencies,  land-ofSces,  &o.,  also  create  a  good  deal  of  business. 
The  population  is  now  chiefly  composed  of  Americans,  besides  French,  Ger- 
mans, &c.  The  city  contains  21  churches,  a  Land-OfSee,  Theatre,  Bank,  2  In- 
surance Companies,  Museum,  Masonic  Hall,  2  Orphan  Asylums,  thd  St.  Louis 
University,  Western  Academy  of  Nature!  Sciences,  80  schools,  and  a  United 
States  Arsenal.  The  city  is  supplied  with  water  raised  by  steam-power  from  the 
Mississippi  to  a  reservoir  on  an  elevated  ancient  mound,  w°hence  it  is  distributed 
over  the  town  in  iron  pipes.  A  company  is  also  formed  for  lighting  the  streets 
with  gas.  St.  Louis  is  the  principal  depAt  of  the  American  Fur  Company,  who 
have  a  large  establishment  here  with  1000  men  in  t^eir  employ,  who  collect  and 
dispose  of  a  vast  amount  of  furs.  The  arrivals  of  steam-boats  at  this  port  have 
amounted  to  800  in  a  year,  with  a  tonnage  of  100,000  tons.  Population  in  1830, 
6853 ;  in  1840,  16,469 ;  in  1844,  34,140.  Jefferson  United  States'  barracks  are 
on  the  bank  of  the  Mississippi,  10  miles  below  the  city,  and  can  accommodate 
about  700  men. 

St.  Charles,  20  miles  above  the  mouth  of  the  Missouri,  and  the  same  distance 
from  St.  Louis,  is  a  pleasant  village,  with  1042  inhabitants,  of  whom  man^  are  of 
French  descent ;  it  consists  of  five  streets  that  run  parallel  with  the  nver,  on 
which  are  some  handsome  buildings.  St.  Charles  was  for  a  number  of  years  the 
capital  of  the  State. 

Jefferson  city,  on  the  south  side  of  the  Missouri  river,  and  near  the  centre  of 
the  State,  h  the  capital  of  Missouri ;  it  contains  the  State-House,  and  a  Peniten- 
tiary ;  its  site  is  not  a  fortunate  selection,  and  it  has  not  in  consequence  pros- 
pered. Population,  1175.  Higher  up  the  stream  are  tiie  villages  of  Franklin, 
Booneville,  Keytesville,  Lexington,  and  Liberty. 

Independence,  a  town  south  of  the  Missouri  river,  and  near  the  western  boun- 
dary or  the  State,  is  the  point  from  whence  the  traders  to  Santa  Fe  and  the  emi- 
grants to  Oregon  commence  their  respective  journeys.  Such  numbers  sometimes 
collect  on  these  occasions,  that  they  cannot  be  accommodated  with  lodgings  in 
the  town,  but  encamp  in  the  fields  in  the  vicinity.  Platte  city,  on  Platte  river, 
and  Weston  on  the  Mississippi,  above  Fort  Leavenworth,  are  thriving  towns. 
Herculaneum,  30  miles  below  St  Louis,  ie  a  small  town,  which  contains  nume- 
rous shoVworks,  and  serves  as  one  of  the  ports  of  the  lead  district.  Population, 
1607.  St  Genevieve  is  another  old  French  village,  built  on  a  high  alluvial  bank 
which  the  river  is  now  washing  away.  Cape  Girardeau,  situated  on  a  high  bluff 
in  the  midst  of  a  rich  district,  is  the  depdt  of  the  southern  part  of  the  State.    Po- 

EulntioLi,  1728.  New  Madrid  is  an  inconsiderable  Tillage,  on  a  high  alluvial 
apli,  which,  like  that  of  St.  Genevieve,  has  been  mostly  carried  away  by  the 
river.  The  village  also  suffered  from  the  earthquake  of  1811.  Population,  about 
SOO, 

Abkanbas  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  Missouri,  east  by  the  Mississippi  river, 
which  separates  it  from  Tennessee  and  the  State  of  Mississippi,  south  by  Lou- 
isiana, and  west  by  the  Western  or  Indian  Territory  and  the  northern  part  of 
'lezas.    Its  southem  lins  is  the  33**  of  north  latitude:  the  northern  36°  30'.    Its 


:e  besidest  a 

own  west  of 
si  above  the 
,h  its  course, 
1  in  the  rear,  I 
spacious  and  1 
e  an  inconsi- 1 
paniards  and 
ipi,  and  must 
rth  and  west 
nts  connected 
of  business. 
French,  Ger- 
),Bank,8ln- 
thd  St.  Louis 
and  a  United 
lower  from  the 
t  is  distributed 
ng  the  streets 
Company,  who 
;ho  collect  and 
t  this  port  have 
ilation  in  1830,| 
b'  barracks  are] 
a  accommodate 

B  same  distance 
om  many  are  of 
th  the  nver,  on 
her  of  years  the  I 

jar  the  centre  of 
and  a  Peniten- 
jnsequence  pros- 
res  of  Franklin, 

e  western  boun- 
Fe  and  the  emi- 
nbers  sometimes 
?ith  lodgings  in 
,  on  Platte  river, 

thriving  towns. 

contains  nume- 
ict.  Population, 
gh  alluvial  bank 
id  on  a  high  bluff 
f  the  State.  Po- 
i  a  high  alluvial 
ried  away  by  the 
Population,  about 


Mississippi  river, 
pi,  south  by  Lou- 
,  northern  part  »' 
hem  36°  30'.    m 


ARKAtiSAB. 


997 


length,  from  north  to  south,  is  346  miles,  and  mean  breadth  about  918;  its  are* 
is  51,960  square  miles. 

The  principal  river,  besides  th*  Mississippi,  is  the  Arkansas.  Its  oonr*e  in 
nearly  through  the  centre  of  tlw  State  from  west  to  east ;  and  it  affords  at  all 
times  steam-boat  imvigation  to  Little  Rock,  300  miles  front  its  mouth,  and  occa- 
sionally to  Fort  Gibson,  nearly  350  miles  farther.  The  other  important  streams 
are  the  Red  river,  St.  Francis,  White,  and  Washita  rivers. 

The  sur&ce  of  the  country  exhibits  much  variety.  In  the  eastern  portion, 
along  the  Mississippi  river,  it  is  level,  and  often  overflown  by  that  noble  river. 
In  the  central  part  it  is  undulating  and  broken,  and  in  the  western  section  it  is 
traversed  by  the  Ozark  Mountains,  which  are  estimated  to  attain  an  altitude  of 
about  3000  feet  above  the  ocean.  The  other  considerable  e!evations  are  the  Black 
Hills,  north  of  the  Arkansas,  and  the  Washita  Hills,  on  the  head  waters  of  the 
Washita  river.  The  soil  is  of  all  qualities,  from  the  most  productive  to  the  most 
sterile ;  much  of  it  is  of  the  latter  description.  It  has,  however,  a  sufficient 
amount  of  excellent  land  to  enable  it  to  become  a  rich  and  populous  State. 

Of  the  products  of  Arkansas,  cotton  is  the  staple ;  com  and  sweet-potatoes 
thrive  wsli ;  wheat,  and  other  small  grains,  have  not  been  cultivated  to  a  great 
extent;  poaches  are  remarkably  fine ;  but  apples  do  not  succeed  so  well.  The  wild 
fruits,  grapes,  plums,  &c.,  are  abundant  Among  the  curiosities  may  be  men- 
tioned the  vast  masses  of  sea-shells  that  are  found  in  different  places:  they 
answer  a  valuable  purpose  to  the  inhabitants,  who  collect  and  burn  them  for  lime. 
The  hot  or  warm  springs,  on  the  head  waters  of  the  Washita  river,  are  amonv 
the  most  interesting  curiosities  of  the  country ;  they  are  remarkably  limpid  ana 
pure,  and  are  used  by  the  people  who  resort  there  for  health,  for  culinary  purposes. 
They  have  been  analyzed,  and  exhibit  no  mineral  properties  beyond  common 
spring-water.  Their  efficacy  undoubtedly  results  from  the  refreshing  mountain 
breezes,  the  conveniences  of  warm  and  tepid  bathing,  and  the  novel  and  romaniic 
scenery  of  the  surrounding  regions. 

The  population  of  Arkansas  in  1830,  was  30,388 ;  in  1840,  97,574 ;  of  which 
19,935  were  slaves.  Of  the  free  population,  43,311  were  white  males;  34,963 
white  females ;  348  coloured  males ;  317,  coloured  females.  Employed  in  agri- 
culture, 36,355 ;  in  commerce,  315 ;  in  manufactures  and  trades,  1173;  navigating 
the  ocean,  3 ;  do.  rivers,  canals,  &0t,  39 ;  in  the  learned  professions,  301 . 

There  were,  in  1840,  51,473  horses  and  mules;  188,786  neat  cattle ;  43,151 
sheep;  393,058  swine.  There  were  produced,  105,878  bushels  of  wheat; 
4,846,643  of  Indian  com;  189,553  of  oats;  393,608  of  potatoes;  6,038,643 
pounds  of  cotton;  148,439  of  tobacco.  The  capital  employed  in  foreign  trade 
amounted  to  $91,000;  capital  in  the  retail  trade,  $1,578,719. 

The  home-made  or  family  articles  made  in  184U  amounted  to  $489,750.  There 
is  but  little  attention  yet  bestowed  on  manufactures ;  the  capital  employed  in 
them  amounted  to  $434,467. 

There  is  no  college  in  this  State.  There  were  8  academies,  with  300  students ; 
113  schools,  with  3614  scholars.  The  principal  religious  denominations  are  Me- 
thodists and  Baptists ;  there  are  also  Presbyterians,  Episcopalians  and  Roman 
Catholics. 

LUtle  Rock,  the  capital  of  Arkansas,  is  on  the  south  bank  of  Arkanstis  river, 
and  at  the  head  of  permanent  steam-boat  navigation  on  that  stream.  It  is  on  a 
high  bluff,  elevated  from  150  to  300  feet  above  the  river,  and  is  the  first  place  in 
which  rocks  occur  above  its  mouth.  It  is  regularly  laid  out,  and  contains  a  State- 
House,  Court-House,  Jail,  5  churches,  3  banks,  a  theatre,  an  academy,  a  United 
States  Arsenal,  United  States  Land  Office,  Penitentiary,  31  stores,  3  steam  saw- 
mills, 500  dwellings,  and  about  3000  inhabitants. 

Helena,  on  the  west  bank  of  Mississippi  river,  contains  a  Court-House,  Jail, 
U.  S.  Land  Office,  10  stores,  and  500  inhabitants.  Fayetteville  contains  *  Court- 
House,  Jail,  a  U^  S.  Land  Office,  and  about  460  inhabitants.  Columbia,  on  the 
Mississippi  river,  has  a  Court-House,  Jail,  75  dwellinn,  and  500  inhabitants.  | 
Arkansas,  on  the  north  bank  of  Arkansas  river,  on  a  hiffi  bluff  with-  flats  in  the 
viQinitj,  »h:ch  are  inuadaied  at  times  by  the  White  river,  contains  a  Court* 

37 


UNITED  STATES. 


HoDM,  JaU,  «boBt  60  dwellbgt,  and  SOO  inbabitantfl.  Theae  an  tbe  m«al  im- 
portant town*.  Sinee  the  opening  of  the  Great  Raft,  and  the  improvement  of  the 
navigation  of  Red  river,  thia  aeetuMi  of  tbe  State  baa  been  improving. 


THE  STATE  OP  IOWA. 

This  State  comprtaea  about  a  foorth  part  of  the  late  Territory  of  Iowa,  it  lies 
immediately  east  of  the  Missisaippi  river  and  north  of  the  State  of  Missouri.  It 
has  nn  area  of  45,000  square  miles.  The  soutlt-eaatem  section  of  ttie  territory  is 
the  only  part  yet  settled,  and  is  a  beaotiful,  fertile,  healthful  resion,  interspersed 
with  timber  land  and  prairie,  and  abounding  in  springa  and  mill-streams. 

The  principal  rivers  of  Iowa,  besides  the  Mississippi,  which  forms  its  eaatera 
boundary,  are  the  Blue-Ea'rth.  tTpper  Iowa,  Turjcey,  Olaquekota,  Wapsipimecon, 
Red-Cedar,  Iowa,  Cbieagai\  or  Skunk,  and  Des  Moines. 

llie products  of  the  soil  are  the  same  as  those  of  the  neighbouring  States: 
wheat,  corn,  r^e,  oats,  and  poiatoes,  all  grow  with  (freat  luxuriance,  and  are  of 
excellent  quality.  The  mineral  region  or  Iowa  appears  to  be  connected  with  that 
of  Wisconsin,  and  is  equally  rich  in  metal.  The  limits  of  the  country  containing 
the  lead  ore  are  unknown,  but  it  probably  cxtei^da  hundreds  of  miles  towards,  ano 
into  the  State  of  Missouri :  besides  lead ;  copper,  iron  and  coal  are  known  to 
abound. 

Few  portions  of  the  United  States  have  excited  so  much  attention  as  Iowa ;  it 
is  settling  more  rapidly  than  any  other  portion  of  the  western  country  with  enter- 
prising and  industrious  inhabitants.  A  number  of  towns  have  been  laid  out ;  of 
whieh  some  diat  are  situated  on  ttie  Mississippi,  are  inereasing  very  fast. 

Iowa  was  erected  into  a  separate  territorial  government  June  1838,  and  an  act 
was  pasaed  by  Congress  and  approved  March  3, 1846,  admitting  it  into  the  Union 
as  a  State,  subject  to  the  condinon  of  being  approved  of  or  rejected  by  the  people 
at  the  next  ensuing  election.  The  population,  in  1840,  was  43,111.  Of  these 
there  were  employed  in  agriculture  10,469 ;  in  commerce  366 ;  in  manufactures 
and  tradea  16S9 ;  in  mining  'il7 ;  in  navigating  the  ocean,  rivers,  and  canals  91 ; 
in  the  learned  professions  366. 

There  were  in  Iowa,  in  1840, 10,794  horses  and  mules ;  38,049  neat  cattle ; 
16,354  ^eep;  104,899  swine ;  poultry  was  valued  at  $16,639.  There  were  pro- 
duced 154,698  bushels  of  wheat;  S79S  of  rye;  1,406,341  of  Indian  com;  6312 
of  buckwheat ;  316,386  of  oats ;  738  of  bariey ;  234,063  of  potatoes ;  33,039 

Eounds  of  wool ;  8706  of  tobacco ;  41,450  of  sugar ;  17,953  tons  of  hay;  313  of 
emp  or  flax.  The  products  of  the  dairy  were  valued  at  $33,609 ;  of  lumber  at 
$50,380 :  of  skins  and  furs  at  $33,694. 

Home-made  or  family  manulactnres,  in  1840,  amounted  to  $36,966.  The 
total  amount  of  capital  employed  in  manufbotures  was  $199,646. 

This  University  of  Iowa,  at  Mount  Pleasant,  has  been  chartered  by  tbe  territo- 
rial legislature,  under  the  direction  of  31  trustees ;  7  academies  have  been  incor- 
porated. In  1840  there  was  in  operation  one  academy  with  96  students.  There 
were  63  common  and  primary  schools,  with  1600  scholars. 

Iowa  City,  the  capital  of  the  territory,  is  at  the  head  of  navigation  on  Iowa 
river,  atid  70  miles  from  the  Mississippi:  population  800:  houses  150.  The 
eapitol  ia  a  handsome  edifice  built  in  the  Doric  style  of  architecture,  ISO  feet  by 
60.  Burlington,  the  first  capital  of  Iowa,  is  on  the  west  bank  of  the  Mississippi 
river,  350  miles  above  St.  Louis.  The  town  is  regularly  laid  out,  and  contains 
several  public  buildings  ;  the  stores  are  numerous,  and  the  business  is  very  con- 
siderable. Population,  1400.  Dubuque  is  also  on  the  west  bank  of  the  Missis- 
sippi, ;ind  about  180  miles  higher  up  niat  stream  than  Burlington ;  it  is  the  com- 
meifeial  capital  of  the  mining  district  of  Iowa,  and  some  of  the  finest  lead  mines 
in  the  United  States  are  in  its  vicinity.  Among  its  churches  is  a  Roman  Catho- 
lic cathedral  of  stone :  there  are  various  public  buildings,  and  a  number  of  citores : 
the  trade  of  the  town  is  important  and  valuable.  Population,  1300.  Peru,  Da- 
Ivenport,  Bloomington,  Fort  Madison,  Montrose,  ana  Mount  Pleasant,  are  the 
other  principal  towns. 


I 


on  Iowa 
50.    The 
0  feet  hj 
ississippi  I 
contains! 
very  con- 
le  Missis- 
the  com- 
jd  mines  | 
in  Catho- 
of  Btores :  j 
Peru,  Da- 
t,  are  the 


ma^aamesaasasaammimaem 
WISCONSIN  TKRBITORY. 


WISCONSIN  TERRITORY. 

This  territory  waa  erected  into  a  separate  goTernment  in  1836,  and  for  two 
years  afterwards  included  Iowa  within  its  limits.  It  strelohes  from  the  Missis- 
sippi river  en  the  west  to  Lake  Miehigan  on  the  east,  and  from  the  northern  boun- 
dary of  the  Unioa  to  the  State  of  Illinois  on  the  sooth.  It  is  in  length  near  COO 
miles,  and  from  100  to  200  miles  in  breadth;  containing  probably  an  area  of 
100,000  square  miles.  A  considerable  portion  of  this  territory  is  still  inhabited 
by  Indians. 

The  principal  rivers  are  the  Mississippi  and  its  tributaries,  the  St.  Croix,  Chip- 
peway,  Wisconsin,  Rocic  river,  &e. ;  the  St.  Louis,  Montreal,  and  other  streams, 
flowing  into  Lake  Superior ;  the  Mennomonie  and  Fox  rivers  of  Green  Bay,  and 
others.  In  some  parts  of  the  territory  the  soil '  i  very  fertile,  and  prodnees  large 
crops  of  Uie  varioua  grains  common  to  this  section  of  the  Unioih  In  the  vicinity 
of  Lake  Michigan  the  water-courses,  ponds,  and  marshes,  are  covered  with  wild 
rice,  which  constitutes  a  considerable  part  of  the  food  of  the  Indians. 

Wisconsin  is  rich  in  minerals :  lead  it  found  in  great  a!  jnoance,  and  also 
copper  and  iron.  The  lead  region  comprises  a  portion  of  the  richest  lead  deposits 
in  the  world :  it  extends  on  the  east  side  of  the  Mississippi  from  the  Wisconsin 
to  the  Rock  river,  and  on  the  west  it  connects  with  the  lead  region  of  Iowa. 
Lead  mining  is  carried  on  extensively,  as  well  as  that  of  copper :  about  6400 
tons  of  lead  were  made  here  in  1840. 

The  population,  in  1840,  was  30,945;  of  these  18,768  were  white  males; 
11,993  do.  females;  101  were  coloured  males;  64  do.  femalM;  employed  in 
agriculture,  7047;  in  commerce,  479;  in  manufactures  and  trades,  1814;  in 
miningt  479 ;  in  navigating  lakes,  rivers,  canals,  &e.,  823 ;  in  the  learned  pro* 
fessioos,  359. 

There  were  in  die  territory,  in  1640,  5735  horses  and  mnlea;  30,369  neat 
cattle;  3462  sheep;  51,383  swine;  poultry  was  raised  to  the  value  of  #16,167. 
There  were  produced  913,316  bushals  of  wheat;  1965  of  rye;  379,359  of  Indian 
corn;  10,654  of  buckwheat;  11,062  of  bariey;  406,514  of  oats;  419,608  of 
potatoes;  6777  pounds  of  wool;  135,388  of  sugar.  The  products  of' the  daii^^ 
were  valued  at  935,677 ;  the  atamint  of  lumber  prodaced  was  $303,393 ;  of  skins 
and  furs  $134,776. 

Home-made  articles  amounted  to  $13,567 ;  and  the  capital  employed  in  manu- 
factures to  $635,936 ;  40  smelting-houses  produced  15,139,350  ponnds  of  lead. 

No  college  has  been  establishea  in  Wisconsin ;  but  33,040  aeies  of  land  htve 
been  grantM  for  a  university.  The  land  has  been  advantageously  located.  There 
were,  in  1840,  two  academies,  with  65  students;  and  77  common  and  primary 
schools,  with  1937  scholars. 

Fort  Winnebago,  a  United  States*  garrison,  stands  at  the  portage  between  the 
Wisconsin  and  Fox  rivers ;  the  waters  of  the  two  streams  here  approach  so  close 
to  each  other,  and  are  so  nearly  on  a  level,  that  boats,  in  vtet  seasons,  have  beien 
floated  from  one  to  the  other.  A  canal  is  i|i  progress  of  construction  for  the  pur- 
pose of  connecting  these  rivers.  In  the  vicinity  of  Green  Bay  are  the  thriving 
villages  of  Green  Bay,  Navarino,  and  Depere.  The  former  has  a  fine  harboOr, 
and  is  a  place  of  considerable  business. 

The  principal  settlements  on  the  Mississippi,  are  Prairie  du  Chien,  Cassville, 
&o. :  the  former  is  about  five  miles  above  the  mouth  of  the  Wisconsin  river :  it 
is  situated  on  a  beautiful  prairie,  and  has  been  long  inhabited,  mostly  by  French 
traders  a||d  their  descendants,  half-breeds,  &c.  Cassville  is  some  distance  south 
of  the  Wisconsin  river ;  Belmont,  Mineral  Point,  and  Dodgeville  arc  at  various 
distances  east  of  the  Mississippi,  and  between  it  and  Lake  Michigan :  they  are 
situated  in  a  rich  mining  district. 

Madison,  the  capital  of  Wisconsin,  is  situated  between  the  3d  and  4th  lakes 
of  the  chain  ealled  the  Four  Lakes,  and  on  a  branch  of  the  Rock  river.  It  was 
laid  out  in  1837,  and  contained,  in  1840,  about  70  houses  and  ?76  inhabitants. 
The  most  important  public  building  is  the  capital,  a  fine  stone  edifice  built  at  the 
expense  of  the  General  Government:  it  may  be  seen  from  a  distance  of  10  uiilee 


\\ 


15- 


9M 


inflTED  STATE& 


in  erery  diraetion.  MUwankie,  on  the  west  aide  of  Lake  Miehigan,  ia  the  moat 
important  town  in  the  territory ;  it  ia  a  place  of  conaiderable  trade,  and  haa  the 
beat  liarbour  on  the  weat  aide  of  the  lake  between  Chicago  and  iQreen  Bay. 
Population^  in  1843,  2800. 

The  aboriginea  in  'Wiaoonain  are  the  Chippewaya,  Mennomoniea,  and  Stock- 
bridge  Indiana :  the  latter,  from  New  York,  are  aettled  in  the  ricinity  of  Green 
Bay.  Among  theae  tribea,  the  American  Bkmrd  of  Foreign  Miiaiona  haa  a  num- 
ber of  miaaionariea  in  different  parte  of  the  territory. 


WESTERN   OR  INDIAN  TERRITORY. 

Thi  Western  or  Indian  Territory  ia  the  country  aaaigned  by  the  gOTcmment 
of  the  United  Statea  for  the  future  reaidence  of  tlie  Indiana  who  have  emigrated 
firom  the  eastern  part  Of  the  Union.  It  ia  about  600  miles  in  extent  from  north  to 
aooth  in  the  eastern,  and  in  the  western  part  about  300 ;  and  from  east  to  weat, 
immediately  bf^ond  Arkanaaa,  it  is  about  320 ;  but,  westward  of  the  central  and 
northern  parts  of  Missouri,  it  is  full  600  miles  in  breadth.  It  contains  an  area  of 
about  240,000  square  miles. 

A  belt  of  about  200  milea  of  thia  region,  adjoining  Arkansas  and  Mfssonri,  is 
favourable  for  settlement :  the  soil  is  generally  fertile,  and  it  is  watered  by  nu- 
meroua  rivers,  none  of  which,  however,  are  suitable  for  navigation.  The  chief 
atreams  are  the  Red,  Arkansas,  Kansas,  Platte,  and  Mississippi  rivers.  The 
country,  in  its  general  character,  is  high  and  undulating,  rather  level  than  hilly. 

The  atmosphere  is  salubrious,  and  the  climate  precisely  such  as  is  desired ; 
being  about  the  aame  as  that  inhabited  by  the  Indians  to  the  east  of  the  Missis- 
vippi.  It  contains  coal,  some  lead  and  iron  ore,  and  many  aaline  springs,  suitable 
for  manufacturing  aalt  The  most  serious  defect  is  a  want  of  timber;  but  it  is 
one  which  time  will  remedy,  as  has  been  demonstrated  by  the  rapid  growth  of 
timber  in  prairie  countries  which  have  been  settled  ;  where  the  grazing  of  stock, 
by  diminiahin';  the  quantity  of  graas,  renders  the  annual  fires  less  destructive  to 
the  growth  of  wood :  the  prairies  are  covered  with  grass,  much  of  which  is  of 
suitable  length  for  the  acythe.  This  country  will  prMuce,  it  is  believed,  all  the 
varieties  of  grain,  vegetablea,  and  agricultural  products,  which  are  raised  in  the 
States  of  the  same  latitude  east  of  the  Mississippi.  It  is  also  admirably  adapted 
for  the  raising  of  domestic  animals  of  every  description. 

At  the  close  of  the  year  1844,  the  population  of  the  Western  Territory  amounted 
to  94,537  Indians,  three-fourths  of  whom  have  emigra'ed  from  the  States  east  of 
the  Mississippi  river.  The  remainder  appertain  to  tribes  long  resident  in  this 
region.   The  numbers  belonging  to  each  class  and  tribe  respectively  are  as  follows : 

IKDIQBIIOUS   TBIBES.  EMIGRANT  TBIBES. 


Pawnees 19,300 

OMgei 4.II9 

KauHi 1,700 

OmtliM 1,400 

Otoee  and  Mitsouriea  9S0 

PanealM 800 

auapawi. 400 

,TV>Ul  st,8as 


Cherokee! 95.911 

(>eelM 94.904 

Cboeiawi tS,410 

Florida  or  Seminole  Ind.    4,111 
Cbippewaf  ,Ottawaa,  and 

Pottawatomiea 9,006 

Delaware* l,OSB 

Bhawaneee S87 

KIckapooa 903 


Benecas  aad  8baws< 

neei 311 

Wea m 

Feoriat  aad  Kaakaa- 

kia« ISO 

Benecas |£i 

Piankeebawi W 

Total  7S,S6S 


In  addition  to  the  above,  there  are  21,587  Indians,  of  various  tribes,  now  east 
of  the  Mississippi,  under  treaty  stipulations  to  remove  west  of  that  stream :  many 
of  them  are  maKing  preparations  for  that  purpose ;  and  the  whole,  no  doubt,  will 
in  a  few  years,  be  permanently  settled  in  the  territory  assigped  them. 

The  Cfhoctaws,  Creeks,  and  Cherokees,  are  the  most  advanced  towards 
civilization  of  any  of  the  foregoing  tribes.  They  have  generally  good  houses, 
well-fenced  and  well-tilled  fields,  and  own  horses  and  cattle  to  a  considerable 
extent:  they  have  also  native  mechanics  and  merchants.  They  carry  on 
spinning  and  weaving,  and  have  some  saw  land  grist-mills  and  cotton-gins.  They 
hVf^  adopted  an  improved  system  of  government :  the  Choctaws  and  Creeks 
have  a  written  constitution ;  and  the  former  have  introduced  trial  by  jury. 


PBWW 


imounted  I 
east  of  I 
nt  in  this 
follows: 


MISSOURI  TEKBITORY. 


981 


The  oountiy  of  the  Chootawe,  or  Choctawland,  the  meet  Boothern  in  this  TerrU 
tory,  ii  situated  between  the  Red  river  on  the  aouth,  and  the  Canadian  river  and 
the  Arkansaa  north :  it  ia  330  milea  in  length,  and  from  66  to  110  in  breadth.  It 
is  divided  into  three  districts,  each  of  whicfa  has  ila  chief. 

The  Creek  country  is  north  of  Choctawland,  and  west  of  the  Neosho,  a  branch 
of  the  Arkanaas:  it  is  about  twcvthirds  the  area  of  Choctawland,  and  extenda  to 
the  western  boundary  of  tho  Territory.  The  ffovemment  is  administered  by  a 
general  council  of  the  nation,  in  accordance  witn  the  provisions  of  a  written  con* 
stitution.  The  Cherokee  country  is  north  and  east  of  the  Creek :  the  eastern 
part  extends  to  the  river  Arkansas,  and  also  to  the  west  boundary  of  the  State  of 
Arkansas;  this  tract  is  about  the  same  in  area  aa  the  Creek  country.  The 
Cherokees  manufaeture  salt  from  the  springs  on  the  Illinois  and  other  s|^ms, 
and  own  a  large  number  of  horses  and  cattle. 

The  Osages  are  indigenous  natives,  and  a  portion  of  them  have  as  yet  made 
but  little  improvement  m  the  arts  of  civilization :  some  of  them,  however,  parti- 
cularly  a  band  on  the  Neosho,  have  tolerable  houses,  own  some  cattle,  and  have 
begun  to  use  the  plough. 

Adjoining  the  south-west  comer  of  Missouri,  and  extending  to  the  Neosho,  are 
the  Quapaws,  the  united  band  of  Senecas  and  Shawanees,  and  the  ban)  of 
Senecas  and  Mohawks.'  Farther  north,  on  the  head-waters  of  the  Osagn  river, 
are  the  small  bands  of  Piankeshaws,  Weas,  Kaskias,  and  Ottawas ;  all  >.  1  these 
have  made  some  progress  towards  civilization. 

On  the  south  bank  of  the  Kansas  river,  and  adjoining  the  State  of  Missouri,  | 
are  the  Shawanees  :  they  are  among  the  most  improved  of  the  Indian  tribes.  'On  jv 
the  opposite  side  of  the  river  are  the  Delawares,  whose  condition  is  e'-^Uar  to 
that  of  the  Shawanees.    The  Kansas,  an  indigenous  tribe,  inhabit  hot)  v>:.    i  of 
the  Kansas  river :  the^  live  principally  by  the  chase.    The  Kickapoos  esid  .  on 
the  Missouri,  north  of  the  Delaware  country. 

The  Otoes,  between  the  Platte  and  the  Little  Nemahaw ;  the  Omahas,  between 
the  Platte  and  the  Missouri,  the  Puncahs,  further  north-west,  and  the  Pawnees, 
on  the  northern  side  of  the  Platte,  further  west,  are  indigenous  tribes,  who  retain 
their  original  barbarous  habits  of  life,  with  little  or  no  change. 


«'wft-  i-y^t^!- 


ISSOURI  TERRITORY. 


MiseroiTRi  Territory  extends  from  north  to  south  about  530,  and  from  east  to  west 
600.  miles,  and  contains  an  area  of  probably  300,000  square  miles ;  it  is  bounded 
on  the  north  by  the  British  possessions,  south  by  the  Western  or  Indian  Territory, 
east  by  Iowa,  and  west  by  Oregon. 

It  is  a  vast  wilderness,  thinly  inhabited  only  by  different  tribes  of  Indians, 
many  of  whom  appear  to  have  no  fixed  residence,  but  'ollow  the  migrations  of 
the  game  from  place  to  place. 

The  grreater  part  of  this  region  has  been  but  partially  <  a,,  ored.  It  consists  of 
vast  prairies,  fringed  along  the  lower  courses  oi  the  rivers  with  patches  of  wood 
land.  A  large  portion  of  it  may  be  likened  to  the  great  steppes  of  Central  Asia. 
There  is,  however,  in  the  most  sterile  parts  a  thin  pward  of  grass  and  herbage : 
droves  of  buffa'io,  elk,  and  deer,  range  upon  these  vast  prairies.  They  will,  per- 
haps, at  some  future  period,  be  replaced  by  herds  of  domestic  cattle,  and  flocks, 
of  sheep,  followed  b^  moving  bands  of  shepherds. 

West  of  these  plains,  the  Rocky  Mountains  rise  up  abruptly,  presenting  a  steep 
front  with  frowning  rocky  precipices,  and  having  their  summits  covered  witn 
perpetual  snow.  The  only  elevation  in  the  great  plain,  which  stretches  from 
the  Missouri  river  to  the  Rocky  Mountains,  is  the  Black  Hills,  a  spur  of  the 
former  range,  extending  to  the  north-east  about  400  miles,  and  separating  the  east- 
em  tributaries  of  the  Yellow-Stone  from  those  that  run  westward  into  the  Missouri. 

The  Missouri  is  the  principal  stream,  which,  with  its  tributaries,  drains  the 
whole  of  this  region.  The  Yellow-Stone  is  the  largest  of  its  upper  tributaries; 
it  rises  near  the  South  Pass,  and  flowing  generally  a  north-east  course  enters  the 
Missouri,  upwards  of  3000  miles  from  the  ocean.    Those  tributaries  entering  on 


UNITED  STATES. 


'I 


the  west  eidevfthe  MiBsouii,  are  the  Cannonball,  Weterhoo,  Shieone,  Running 
Water  riyer,  and  others. 

Oar  knowledge  of  this  eonntiy  is  mostly  derired  from  the  accounts  of  Messrs. 
Lewis  and  Clark;  in  their  journey  to  the  Pacific  Ocean,  these  enterprising  tra- 
vellers passed  tfieir  first  winter  at  the  Mandan  towns,  1600  miles  above  St.  Louis, 
from  November,  1804,  until  the  following  April. 

The  Great  Falls  of  the  Missouri  consist  of  a  succession  of  cataracts,  the  whole 
descent  of  which  is  350  feet.  In  one  instance  the  entire  body  of  the  river  falls 
tn  a  perpendicular  sheet  to  the  depth  of  87  feet  The  place  where  the  Missouri 
passes  from  the  mountains,  called  the  Gates  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  displays  a 
stupendous  work  of  nature.  The  river  is  compressed  to  the  width  of  450  feet, 
between  perpendi'-  uiar  rocks  1200  feet  in  height;  for  three  miles  there  is  but  one 
•pot  where  a  man  can  find  footing  betweer  ;ne  water  and  the  mountainous  preci- 
pices. About  100  miles  below  the  great  falls  in  the  Missouri  there  are  immense 
piles  of  rock,  300  feet  in  height,  presenting  the  appearance  of  an  artificial  wall ; 
they  are  nearly  perpendicular,  and  the  beholder  can  discern  amid  the  various 
forms  which  they  exhibit,  the  shapes  of  ruined  castles  and  other  edifices. 

The  principal  tribes  are  the  Pawnees  and  Ricarees,  Black  Feet,  &c. ;  most  of 
whom  are  nomadic  in  their  habits,  and  roam  from  place  to  place  in  quest  of  bufialo 
and  other  game. 


OREGON  TERRITORY. 

This  territory  extends  westward  from  the  Rocky  Mountains  to  the  Pacific 
Ocean,  and  from  43''  to  54°  40'  N.  latitude.  On  the  north  and  on  the  east,  as  far 
tenth  as  the  49*',  it  is  bounded  by  British  America,  and  southward  of  the  49*^  on 
the  east  by  Missouri  Territory ;  south  by  Mexico,  and  west  by  the  Pacific  Ocean : 
it  is  in  length  about  880  miles,  with  an  average  breadth  cf  550;  area  about  450,000 
square  miles. 

Much  of  the  surface  of  the  country  is  broken  and  mountainous ;  on  its  eastern 
boundary  it  is  traversed  by  the  Rooky  Mountains,  many  of  the  peaks  of  which 
•re  estimated  at  from  12,000  to  18,000  feet  in  height.  Westward  of  these  moun- 
tains the  country  is  divided  into  three  belts  or  sections,  separated  from  each 
other  by  ranges  of  monntains  running  very  nearly  parallel  with  the  shores  of  the 
Pacific  Ocean.  The  first  range,  which  is  about  250  miles  westward  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  is  the  Blue  Mountain  range.  The  second,  whieh  is  200  miles  farther 
west,  and  from  80  to  110  mile?  from  the  coast,  is  the  Cascade  or  President  Range ; 
its  highest  peaks  are  Mount  Jefierson,  Mount  Hood,  Mount  St.  Helen's,  Mount 
Rlainier,  and  Mount  Baker ;  some  of  these  are  from  12,000  to  14,000  feet  in  height 
above  the  sea. 

■  The  region  lying  between  the  Rocky  and  the  Blue  mountains  is  rocky,  broken 
and  barren;  stupendous  mountainous  spurs  traverse  it  in  all  directions,  affording 
but  little  level  grouiid,  and  in  its  most  elevated  parts  snow  lies  nearly  all  the 
year.  It  rarely  rains  here,  and  no  dew  falls.  The  second  or  middle  section  con- 
sists, for  the  most  part,  of  -s  light  sandy  soil,  in  the  valleys  a  rich  alluvion,  and 
barren  on  the  hills.  The  third  section,  which  lies  along  the  coast,  is  well  adapted 
for  agriculture ;  m jst  parts  of  it  are  well  timbered  with  fir,  pine,  spruce,  oak, 
poplar,  maple,  &o.  Near  the  coast  the  firs  grow  to  an  amazing  size,  trees  from 
900  to  280  feet  in  Height,  and  from  20  to  40  feet  in  circumference,  are  not  uncom- 
mon; and  a  tree  300  feet  high,  216  feet  from  the  ground  tc  its  lowest  limbs,  and 
57  feet  in  circumference,  grew  some  years  since  near  Astoria.  This  section  of  the 
territory  is  also  well  adapted  for  the  raising  of  cattle ;  they  subsist  in  good  condi- 
tion on  the  green  and  dried  grass,  which  is  abundant  throughout  the  year. 

The  climate  on  the  coast  of  the  Pacific,  is  believed  to  be  milder  than  on  the 
same  parallels  of  latitude  on  the  Atlantic.  When  Lewis  and' Clark  left  this 
country  in  March,  the  prairies  were  in  blosscm,  and  the  forwardness  of  the  sea- 
son seems  to  have  corresponded  with  that  of  North  Carolina  at  the  same  period. 

The  chief  rivers  of  Oregon  are  the  Columbia  and  its  branches.    This  noble 


WittmSSSBBBBmBSSBSS 
OREXSON  TBRRirOBLY; 


9n 


•ttean  has  its  head  waters  near  these  of  the  Missouri,  and  collects  its  tribute  ft>r 
a  wide  extent  along  tho  western  dividing  ridces  of  the  Rooky  Mountains;  its 

Erinoipal  tributaries  are  Lewis'  or  Saptin,  Ctark's  or  Flathead,  Kootanie  or  Fla^ 
ow,  Okonagan,  John  Day's,  Ghnteft  or  Falls,  and  Willamette  rivers ;  the  valley 
of  the  last  oontuns  perhaps  the  best  land  in  Oregon,  and  produces  wheat  (rf*  tm 
first  quality ;  it  has,  for  some- time  past,  attracted  the  notice  of  emigiuts.  The 
Columbia  u  Bavig^le  from  the  falls  where  it  breaks  through  the  Cascade  range 
of  mountains  to  the  ocean»  for  vessels  drawing  IS  feet  water,  at  its  lowest  stago, 
though  it  is  obstructed  by  numerous  sand-bars.  The  river  increases  ui  width, 
in  the  last  twen^  miles  oi  its  course,  and,  where  it  enters  the  ocean,  is  seven  miles. 
A  sand-bar  extends  from  Point  Adams  to  Cape  Disappointment,  which  renders 
its  entrance  often  dangerous.  In  the  ^ear  1841,  the  U.  S.  sloopof  war  Pea- 
cock, belonging  to  the  exploring  expedition,  was  wrecked  here.  The  salmon  of 
the  Columbia  and  its  tributaries,  of  which  there  are  5:everal  varieties,  are  very 
fine ;  they  constitute  a  large  portion  of  the  food  of  the  natives. 

The  only  other  rivet  of  any  note  is  Fraser's,  or  Tacoutchee  Tesse,  which  flows 
from  the  Rocky  Mountains  into  the  Gulf  of  Georgia.  It  has  a  course  of  about 
700  miles.  Its  chief  tributaries  are  Thompson's  and  Stuart's  rivers ;  on  these 
streams  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  has  several  trading-houses  or  forts.  South 
of  the  Columbia  are  the  Umpqua  and  Klamet  rivers,  which  flow  into  the  Pacific 
Ocean ;  the  latter  has  a  course  of  about  300  miles. 

Of  the  lakes  in  Oregon,  those  connected  with  the  Columbia  river,  and  its 
branches,  are  the  Flathead,  Kulluspelm,  Flatbow,  and  Okonagan.  The  prin- 
cipal of  those  which  unite  with  Fnier's  river  are  Stuart's,  Quaw,  St.  Francois, 
Quesnell'a,  Kamloops,  and  Soushwap. 

The  principal  islands  are  Vancouver's,  and  Washington,  or  Queen  Charlotte's. 
The  former  is  a  large  island,  being  near  300  miles  in  length,  and  from  40  to  75 
miles  wide;  it  is  separated,  on  the  south,  by  the  Strait  of  Juan  de  Fuca;  and,  on 
the  west,  by  the  Gulf  of  Georgia.  From  the  straits  before-mention^  to  the 
northern  extremity  of  the  territory,  the  coast  is  indented  with  innumerable  bays 
and  inlets,  which  form  a  multitude  of  small  islands. 

Many  parts  of  Oregon  are  well  adapted  for  agricultural  purposes.  At  some 
of  the  trading  establishments  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company,  extensive  farms 
are  in  succeseful  operation.  At  Forts  Vancouver,  Colville,  and  Nisqually,  wheat, 
barley,  and  potatoes  of  excellent  quality  are  raised  in  abundance.  The  farm  at 
Vancouver  is  9  miles  square :  there  are  here  3000  head  of  cattle,  2500  sheep,  and' 
300  brood  mares ;  100  cows  are  milked  daily. 

The  coasts  of  Oregon  Territory  were  first  explored  by  the  Spaniards,  who, 
however,  did  not  penetrate  into  the  interior.  In  1792,  Captain  Gray,  of  the  ship 
Columbia,  at  Boston,  entered  the  great  river  of  this  region ;  and,  from  him,  it 
received  the  name  of  his  ship.  The  celebrated  navigator.  Captain  Vancouver, 
was  then  at  Nootka  Sound,  and  the  discovery  being  very  frankly  and  fortunately 
communicated  to  him,  he  sent  one  of  his  principal  officers  to  examine  the  channel, 
and,  in  his  narrative,  admits  the  fact ;  thus  placino;  the  right  of  prior  discovery  irt 
the  United  States,  beyond  dispute,  on  British  evidence.  In  1805  Messra.  Lewis 
and  Clark  were  sent  out  by  the  United  States  government,  for  the  express  pur^ 
pose  of  exploring  this  countnr.  They  navigated  th?  Missouri  to  its  source,  and 
crossing  the  Rocky  Mountains,  descended  the  Columbia  river  to  the  Pacific, 
and  spent  the  winter  on  its  shores ;  they  ret;imed  by  the  same  river  to  the  moun- 
tains, and  most  of  the  exact  informatipn  that  we  have  of  the  country  is  from  them. 

To  this  region,  therefore,  the  'Inited  States  have  acquired  an  undoubted  title 
by  the  discovery  of  the  principal  river,  and  by  an  interior  exploration,  as  well  as 
by  tlie  Louisiana  tteatv.  It  is,  however,  contested  by  Great  Britain,  who  claims, 
not  that  the  title  is  in  her,  but  that  the  region  is  unappropriated,  and  open  to  the 
first  comer.  By  a  convention  concluded  m  1818,  to  last  13  yean,  it  was  aneed 
between  the  United  States  and  Great  Britain,  that  neither  government  should 
take  possession  of  it,  or  occupy  it,  to  the  exclusion  of  the  other,  during  the  pe- 
riod of  the  convention,  whinh  either  party  might  renounce  upon  giving  twelrs 
months'  notice,  in  1827  this  convention  was  renewed  indefinitely,  or  to  cease  at 
the  option  of  the  contracting  parties. 


20 


3E 


994 


UNITED  eTATES. 


Seroal  attempt*  were  made,  by  different  indiTidaals  from  the  United  States, 
^0  Mttle  in  this  territon.  In  1806  the  M isaonri  Fur  Company  established  a 
'^lading^oose  mi  Lewis's  river,  the  first  ever  formed  <m  anv  of  the  watera  of  the 
Columbia.  In  1810  the  Pacific  Fur  Company,  under  John  J.  Astor,  of  New  York, 
was  formed;  and  in  1811  Astoria  was  established  at  the  mouth  of  Columbia 
rirer.  In  consequence  of  the  expooare  of  this  post,  by  the  last  war  with  Great 
Britain,  it  was  sold  to  the  Hudson  Bay  Company ;  but  was  restored  to  its  origi- 
nal proprietors,  by  order  of  the  British  government,  at  the  close  of  the  war,  agree- 
ablT  to  the  first  articles  of  the  treaty  of  Ghent  Within  the  laat  few  years,  many 
•ougnnta  from  the  United  States  have  taken  up  their  residence  in  this  region. 

(hMra^  city,  a  town  of  300  or  300  inhabitants,  chiefly  Americans,  ia  laid  out 
at  the  Falls  of  Willamette;  it  contains  already  several  stores  and  mills,  and  it 
to  pnmoaed  to  construct  a  canal  around  the  Falls.  A  government  and  legislature 
have  been  organized  by  the^  seuders  in  the  vicinity,  and  suitable  measures  adopted 
for  a  permanent  settlement. 

The  question  of  settling  Oregon  Territory,  and  organising  a  government  for 
the  security  of  the  inhabitants,  has  been  more  than  once  debated  in  congress. 
Were  such  settlement  authorized,  and  rendered  secure  by  the  requisite  military 
establishments,  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  it  would  immediately  receive  large 
aeoBSsions  of  settlers;  and  in  the  Sessions  of  1844,  '46,  a  bill  passed  the  House 
of  Representatives  for  that  purpose;  but  further  action  In  the  matter  was  deferred, 
until  the  twelve  months*  notice  of  an  intention  to  take  possession  of  the  territory 
is  given  to  Great  Britain,  according  to  the  terms  of  the  treaty. 

On  the  coast  of  this  territory,  north  of  Columbia  river,  are  the  countries,  denomi- 
nated by  British  navigators,  New  Georgia  and  New  Hanover ;  and  immediately 
north  of  the  northern  nead-waters  o^  the  Columbia,  and  west  of  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains, is  New  Caledonia ;  the  climate  of  which  is  severe  in  winter,  and  hot  in 
summer.    The  soil  is  poot',  but  the  fur-bearing  animals  are  numerous. 

On  Frazer's  river  are  the  Takali  or  Carriers,  and  the  Atnahs  or  Soushwaps 
On  the  Columbia,  anO  its  tributaries,  are  the  Kootanies,~Flathead8,  Wallawallas, 
Nezperces,  Shoshones  or  Snakes,  and  Boonacks.  Alone  the  coast,  and  in  its 
vicinity,  are  the  Clalams,  Chickelees,  Nisquallia,  Cowlit-'.,  Chinnook,  Calla- 
pugra,  Umpqua,  Klamet,  i<nd  Shaste  Indians.  The  rest  .f  the  population  con- 
lists  of  American  emigrants,  perhaps  3500  or  3000  in  nu4r:ber ;  Canadian  and 
half-breeds  800  or  1000,  besides  the  officers  and  servants  of  the  Hudson's  Bay 
Company.  The  Indians  in  the  territory  are  estimated  at  from  30,000  to  40,000, 
in  number. 

On  Frazer's  river,  and  its  trihutariesj  are  Forts  Langley,  Thompson,  Alexan- 
dria, and  George;  and  there  are  others  i/i  different  parts  ofthe  country.  At  Fort 
Vancouver,  on  the  Columbia,  there  is  a  village  of  300  or  400  inhabitants ;  these 
eooaprise  the  labourers  and  aervants  attached  to  the  fort,  with  their  Indian  wives 
and  slaves.  From  this  place  a  direct  trade  is  carried  on  with  the  Sandwich 
Islands  and  Great  Britain,  which  employs  several  vessels.  A  small  steam-boat 
plies  on  the  river  and  along  the  coast,  between  the  different  trading  posts. 

The  first  emigration  from  the  Atlantic  States,  for  the  purpose  of  occupying  any 
part  of  Oregon  Te.  tory,  was  hiade  in  1833;  since  that  period,  the  number  of 
annual  emigrants  has  considerably  increased.  The  exploration  of  the  South  Pass, 
by  Lieutenant  Fremont,  of  the  U.  S.  army,  has  rendered  the  business  of  crossing 
the  mountains  comparatively  safe  and  easy.  This  pass  is  in  40^^  30^  norUi  lati- 
tude, at  the  head  or  the  Sweet  Water  branch  of  Platte,  river;  it  is  of  smooth  and 
easy  ascent  and  descent,  and  can  be  travelled  in  wagons  without  any  difficulty. 
Emigrants  from  the  United  States  generally  unite  for  the  sake  of  mutual  safety 
against  the  Indians,  in  considerable  parties,  with  horses  and  light  wagons ;  th^y 
proceed  from  Independeiuse,  or  some  other  town  in  western  Missouri,  in  a  north- 
western direction,  to  the  Platte  or  Nebraska  river,  ascending  that  stream  by  its 
north  branch  and  the  Sweet  Water  river.  They  cross  the  mountains  by  the  South 
Pass,  to  Lewis's  river;  thence  they  proceed  to  Fbrt  Wallawalia;  then  down  the 
I  banks  of  the  Columbia  to  Willamette.    The  distance  from  Independence  is  be- 

Itwesn  1700  and  iSOO  rii"~  ="■-  ~-=-  " 
in  about  18  or  30  weeks. 


Hiutm,  ana  irisy  as  seccmplishsd,  by  moderate  traveI!iD<r. 


hoi 


H". 


w^ 


TEXAS, 


STATE  OF  TEXAS. 


29» 


illinir.  i 


-  Thi  late  Republic  of  Texas  fonned,  from  the  year  1636  until  184S,  an  indepen- 
dent State ;  but  it  is  now  annexed  to  the  United  States.  Previona  to  the  first 
mentioned  period,  it  comprised  an  integral  portion  of  Mexico,  and  fonned,  in  con^ 
jdnetion  with  Cohahnila,  one  of  the  States  ef  that  confederacy.  To  the  ]^ople  of 
the  United  States,  the  progfress  of  this  infant  republic  was  always  inteiesfang,  from 
the  circumstar^s  attending  its  struggle  with  the  parent  State,  its  contiBiuW  to 
our  own  territory,  and  also  on  account  ot  Anglo-Americans  forming  the  bulk  bf  its 
population.  •  •  , 

It  extends  north  and  south  from  ths  Arkansas  and  Red  rirers  to  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico ;  and  east  and  west  from  the  Sabine  to  the  Rio  del  Norte ;  area  3Sfi,060 
square  miles,  or  about  seven  times  the  surface  of  Pennsylvania. 

Texas  possesses  a  soil  of  great  fertility,  and  a  Beographioal  position  highly 
favourable  to  commercial  intercourse  with  the  United  States,  as  well  as  with  other 
parts  of  the  world.  The  sea^oast  is  400  miles  in  length,  and  affords,  by  means 
of  its  numerous  rivers,  communication  at  a  number  of  points  with  the  Oulf  of 
Mexico.  The  face  of  the  country  is  generally  level,  and  a  great  portion  of  it 
consists  of  immense  prairies,  the  soil  of  which  is  a  deep  black  mould,  mixed  with 
sand ;  the  bottom  lands  on  many  of  the  rivers  are  of  a  rich  red  texture,  of  great 
depth,  and  well  timbered  with  cotton-wood,  walnut,  cellar,  &c.  Most  of  the 
productions  of  tropical  clicfates  grow  here  in  great  perfection,  and  the  cotton  is 
equal  to  the  finest  produced  in  the  United  States :  the  other  products  are  sttgar, 
tobacco,  rice,  indigo  wheat,  &c.  This  region  is  one  o;  the  finest  stock  counmes 
in  the  world :  cattle  are  raised  in  (freat  abundance,  and  with  but  little  trouble. 

The  country  along  the  coast  is  low,  but  free  from  swamps,  and  composed  of 
good  arable  prairie,  interspersed  with  well-wooded  river  bo.toms,  and  fine  pasture 
lands.  Until  the  late  emigrations  from  the  United  States,  ttiis  section  was  filled 
with  immense  Jlroves  of  mustangs,  or  wild  horses,  and  wild  cattle;  but  their 
numbers  are  now  considerably  lessened.  In  the  south-west,  the  country  is  e!e- 
rated,  being  traversed  by  a  range  of  mountains,  extending  northward  uoni  the 
head  waters  of  the  Neuces,  and  westward  of  the  sources  of  the  Brazo«,  Colorado, 
&c.  To  the  west  and  north  are  vast  prairies,  in  which  immense  herds  of  buflTalo 
supply  the  mounted  Gomanches  with  abundance  of  game.  In  the  nortk-east,  t^e 
country  is  more  undulating  and  better  wooded.  J* 

The  climate  of  Texas  is  mild  and  agreeable ;  and,  as  the  country  is  {t^fioil 
swamps,  and  the  wooded  tracts  are  quite  open  and  destitute  of  underwood,  is 
more  healthful  than  the  corresponding^  sections  of  the  United  States.    The  seasons 
are  two ;  the  dry,  from  April  to  September;  and  the  wet,  which  prevails  durin{ 
the  rest  of  the  year:  the  cold  is  pretty  sevmo  fvi  u  ahbrt  time  in  Peoember  an 
January. 

The  rivers  are  numerous,  but  none  are  of  much  importance  fornavigation,  beinff 
in  the  dry  season  extremely  low,  and  during  the  fioods  a  good  deal  itnpedcd  with 
floating  timber.  The  Rio  del  Norte,  which  forms  the  western  boundary  of  Texas, 
is  the  largest  river ;  it  has  a  course  of  from  1500  to  1800  miles ;  it  is  much  im* 
peded  by  rapids,  and  cah  be  forded  in  nearly  all  parts  of  its  course,  except  for  a 
distance  of  about  200  mileu  from  its  month.  The  Sabine,  Neches,  and  Trinidad 
rivers,  are  respectively  360,  300,  and  410  miles  in  length;  they  are  all  navigable 
to  a  certain  extent  during  a  part  of  the  year.  The  river  Brazos  is  considered  the 
best  navigable  stream  in  Texas  :  vessels  drawi|g  six  feet  water  can  ascend  it  to 
Brazoria;  and  steam-boata  of  light  draught  to  oan  Felipe  de  Austin,  90  miles 
higher.  The  Rio  Colorado  rises  in  the  high  prairies  east  of  the  Puercc  river; 
and,  after  a  course  of  500  miles,  flows  into  Matagorda  Bay.  About  IS  miles 
above  its  mouth  the  navigation  Is  obstructed  by  a  raft  of  a  mile  in  extent:  be- 
yond this  liffht  vessels  may  ascend  it  SOO  miles.  The  La  Baca,  Quadalupe,  San 
Antonio,  and  river  Nueces,  are  more  or  less  navigable  part  of  the  year ;  they  are, 
however,  but  imperfectly  known. 

The  principal  towns  are  Galveston,  Houston,  Bexar,  Goliad,  Nacogdoches  and 
Austin ;  the  laiier  was  lome  years  ago  laid  out  as  the  capital ;  it  is  on  the  Colo- 1 

b8  ^ 


m 


M 


UNITED  STATES. 


ftado  rivor,  300  miles  from  its  mouth.    GalTeston,  on  the  island  of  the  same 
name,  is  Uie  chief  ooouneicial  town;  its  trade  with  New  Orleans,  and  other 
ports  in  the  United  States,  ia  already  considerable.    The  population  oif  GalTeston 
Is  about  5000;    Houston  has  4000.    Santa  Fe,  with  6000  inhabitants,  is  the^  chief 
town  in  New  Mexico;  it  is  within  the  bounds  assumed  by  the  authorities  of 
Texas  J  bat  ^e  latter  have  not  yet  acquired  possession  of  that  part  of  the  country. 
The  town  fs  the  resort  of  numerous  merchants  from  the  western  parts  of  the 
United  States,  who  transport  goods  thither  across  the  prairies,  for  the  supply  of 
theret^ons  on  the  Upper  Del  Norte.    Washington,  a  sAiall  town  on  the  west 
dde  or  the  Brazos,  has  bq<Bn  for  some  time  past  the  actual  capital  of  Texas. 
'    Previous  to  1831,  the  only  places  oceupied  by  a  white  population  were  the 
Spanish  posts  of  San  Antonio  de  Bexar,  Bahia,  or  Goliad,  and  Nacogdoches, 
comprising  in  all  about  SOQO  inhabitants.    Soon  after  that  time,  an  attempt  was 
made  to  establish  here  the  independent  republic  of  Fredonia ;  but  the  Mexican 
constitution  attached  the  territory  to  the  province  of  Coahuila,  forming  of  the 
united  provinces  a  State,  bearing  the  names  of  both.    In  consequence  of  the  en- 
couragement held  out  to  settlers,  there  was  a  great  influx  of  emigrants  into  the 
territory  from  the  United  States,  many  of  whom  carried  with  them  their  slaves. 
In  1832,  the  peophj  of  Texas  formed  for  themselves  a  separate  State  constitution, 
and  endeavoured  to  obtain  from  the  Mexican  Congress  an  admission  into  the  con- 
federacy as  an  independent  State.    This  being  refused,  a  state  of  things  ensued 
which  resulted  in  an  appeal  to  arms.    Texas  was  invaded  by  a  Mexican  army, 
headed  by  Santa  Anna,  the  President,  ia  person.    At  first  the  overwhelming 
numerical  superiority  of  the  invaders  gave  them  some  advantages,  which  enabled 
them  to  exhibit  a  remarkable  ferocity  towards  their  prisoners,  several  hundreds 
of  whota  were  massacred  in  cold  blood.    But  this  was  soon  reversed ;  and  at  the 
battie  of  San  Jacinto  the  Mexicans  were  utterly  routed,  and  their  President  was 
takco  prisoner  by  the  Texans.    In  March,  1 836,  the  people  of  Texas  declared 
themselves  independent,  and  have  since  that  time  formed  a  constitution  and 
government,  and  elected  a  chief  magistrate,  together  with  all  the  requisite  officials 
and  appointments  of  a  sovereign  and  independent  power.    In  1841  an  expedition 
of  upwards  of  300  men,  sent  from  Texas  to  Santa  FS,  was  captured  by  the 
Mexicans.    The  Texans  say  that  the  expedition  was  merely  commercial,  and 
that  the  amount  of  merchandise  taken  was  very  large.    The  men  composing  it, 
however,  were  all  fiiliy  armed,  and  had  one  piece  of  cannon ;  the  Mexicans  state, 
in  their  accounts,  that  the  object  was  to  produce  a  revolution  in  the  Mexican 
provinoes  near  Santa  Fd. 

Texas  was  an  integral,  and  not  like  the  United  States,  a  federal  republic.  The 
president  was  elected  for  three  years,  and  was  not  again  eligible  tor  a  similar 
term.  In  other  respects  the  constitution  generally  resembled  that  of  the  United 
States.  The  republic  was  recognised  by  the  United  States,  France,  England,  and 
some  other  nations;  but  not  by  Mexico.  The  population  amounts  to  about 
300,000,  nearly  all  of  w'titch  consists  of  Americans  from  the  United  States.  The 
slaves  number  about  35,000.  The  military  force  was  composed  chiefly  of  volun- 
teer troops  and  militia ;  the  navy  consisted  of  a  sloop  of  war,  two  brigs,  and  an 
armed  steamer,  several  sdhooners,  &c. 

The  annexation  of  Texas  to  the  United  States,  has  been  for  some  time  a  popu- 
lar measure,  in  both'countries ;  it  has  been  strongly  advocated  by  many  of  the 
most  eminent  men  in  the  Union,  as  a  desirable  additioa  to  oar  territory,  and  as 
affording  the  means  of  extending  our  laws  and-  institutions  over  a  part  of  the  con- 
tinent that  would,  under  its  former  apathetic  possessors,  have  long  remained  a 
comparative  wilderness,  with  few  inhabitants  except  Indians.  During  th:.*  session 
of  1844,  '45,  a  bill  passed  both  Houses  of  Congress  of  the  United  States,  pro- 
viding for  immediate  annexation.  The  government  of  Texas  was  somewhat  tardy 
on  the  subject ;  but  the  inhabitants  evinced  such  strong  feelings  in  its  favour,  tiiat 
the  constttuteA  authorities  were  at  length  obliged  to  perfect  the  measure.  On  the 
16tii  of  June  1845,  the  Texan  congress  met  at  Washington,  on  the  Brazos  river, 
when  both  houses  unanimously  consented  to  the  terms  of  the  joint  resolution  of  the 
United  Statea,  providing  fur  the  admission  of  Texas  as  one  of  the  States  of  the 
American  Union.  A  o)nvention  was  also  appointed  to  meet  at  Austin,  July  4, 
1645,  for  the  purpose  of  forming  a  constitution  for  the  State  of  Texas. 


Km 


MEXICX). 


4:!  s 


asf 


M£:xico. 

Hwaao  m  tn  extnifive  and  Qobl«  territorjr.  finainf  the  grMtor  put  of  tliat 
vMt  tract  of  land  whieh  oooneet*  tosather  Nortiwm  and  Soutbeni  AnMriea. 
OrigiiiaUy  a  native  empire,  afterwards  Uw  prinoipal  of  the  Spaniah  fieewyaHien 
it  is  new  a  great  independent  repaUic  It  haa  MOMtimei  been  oonaidwed  a» 
eztendinff  to  the  Isthmoa  of  Pananw,  whiibh  waa,  in  aome  degree,  uadec  the  joria-: 
diction  of  the  viceroy  of  Mexico;  but  aa  Guatemala,  to  the  aoathwaid  of  Blexioe 
Proper,  wa«  always  a  aeparate  intendeney,  and  haa  now  erected  iteetf  into  an 
independent  republic,  it  must  receive  a  aeparate  notice.  Ita  length'  nay  be  stated 
at  about  2500  miles;  the  breadth  varies  from  125  milea  in  the  iatbmns  of  Tehuaa- 
tepeo,  and  nearly  800  at  the  main  centre  of  the  wpiddic,  between  Aoapaleo  and 
Vera  Crvz,  to  about  1250  on  the  parallel  of  SBfi  north  latitude,  and  aearfy  8B0 
betwjeen  the  Rocky  Mountains  and  the  ocean  in  the  extreme  north.  Tlie  whtde; 
Bur&ce  may  be,  therdbre,  described  as  lying  betwooi  100°  knd  125*>  W.  long., 
and  15*'  and  42°  N.  kt.,  with  an  area  of  i,4MM)00  square  sules. 

The  surfiice  of  Mexico  is  elevated,  composing  iwrt  cf  that  vast  ridge  which 
runs  along  the  whole  continent  of  America  parallel  to  the  Pacific,  and  which  in 
the  south  is  called  the  Andes  or  Cordilleras,  and  in  the  north  the  Rocky  Moun-j 
tains.  In  the  middle  part  the  chain  presents  a  brand  table-laBd,  Aon^OOOtoSSW 
feet  in  height,  thus  equalling  Mont  St.  Bernard,  and  oUisra  of  the  most  reiiaariB- 
able  summits  of  the  old  continent.  This^table-land  is  not,  as  in  Quito  and  o^ev 
ports  of  South  America,  an  interval  b^ween  ophite  ridges,  but  is  the  very  hi^ 
est  part  of  the  ridge  itself.  In  the  ooune  ci  it,  indeed,  detached  moontainaocoar, 
of  which  the  summits  rise  into  the  reffions  of  perpMual  snow,  on  a  level  almost 
with  the  miffhtiest  of  the  Andes.  Such  are  the  volcanic  peaks  of  Orisava,  Pop»> 
catepetU  and  Toluca.  But  these  are  merely  insulated  heights  or  chains,  nmning 
in  a  diflbrent  direction  iflrom  the  general  ridge,  and'  presenting  few  intemntioiis 
to  t^t  continuous  level,  as  smooth  almost  as  the  ocean,  which  extends,  wT  w- 
waids  0[  1500  miles,  ftom  one  extremity  of  Mexico  to  the  other.  Hence  while 
the  communication  between  Mexico  and  the  eastern  and  western  seai^oasts  is 
extremely  difficult,  and,  wiUi  slight  exceptions,  can  be  carried  on  only  by  males, 
there  is  nothing  to  prevent  wheel-carriages  from  running  finm  the  capital  to  Santa 
Fe  in  New  Mexico,  and  thence  to  St  Ixmis  on  the  Mississiiqpi. 

The  rivers  of  Mexico  are  not  very  numerous,  nor,  in  general,  of  considerable 
magnitude.  The  priuv-^ipal  is  the  Rio  del  Norte  or  Bravo,  which,  rising  in  the 
northern  part  bf  the  country,  flows,  fay  a  south-easterly  course  of  about  1600 
miles,  chiefly  throofl^  wild  and  savage  tracts  infested  by  the  Apaches  and  Ca- 
manchee,  into  the  Mulf  of  Mexico^  The  Sacramento^  and  F<:'>naventttra  are 
rivers  of  Upper  Califinnia  of  which,  however,  oar  knowledge  ;  Mght  The  Co- 
lorado of  the  Mrest  is  »  large  river,  but  its  course  is  through  countries  thinly 
peopled  ami  'ittle  knowDf.  It  falls  into  the  Gulf  of  California,  after  receiving  the 
Gila,  a  considerable  stream. 

The  lakes  of  Mexico  are  numerous,  and  appoar  to  be  the  remains  of  others,  of 
vast  extent,  which  fcrmerly  covered  a  much  larger  proportion  of  this  lofty  plair<. 
The  valley  of  Mexico  is  covered  wi'J  <aall  lakes,  which  occupv  nearly  a  fourth 
of  ita  surmce;  but  the  only  one  on  a  great  scale  is  that  <  'Chapala,  in  Michoaean, 
which  is  estimated  to  contain  an  area  of  about  1800  sqi'   j  miles. 

As  an  agricultural  country,  Mexico  has  been  celebrattiu  fot  the  vast  variety  q} 
productions  whic!i  can  be  raised,  according  to  the  diflerent  degrees  of  elevation 
of  its  grer.t  tabular  mass  of  territory.  It  is  divided  into  warm  l&nds  (tierrae  ealien- 
tes),  teb.perate  lands  (tierras  templadas),  and  cold  landji  (tierras  fVias).  The 
warm  lands,  however,  ttioug^  capable  of  yielding  in  profbsien  all  the  productions 
of  the  torrid  zone,  are  subject  to  so  deadlv  a  pestilence,  that  even  the  natives  pre* 
ferred  to  inhabit  a  poorer  soil  on  the  higher  grounds;  and  Buropeans,  except  the 
few  fixed  bv  ewnmercia!  avidity,  pnss  thitjugh  ii  in  trembling  haste,  as  if  death  1 
I  pursued  them.    The  cold  lands,  agam,  are  nearly  devoid  of  vegetation,  exhibitmg  | 


s^mf^i^Sm 


i^m 


MEXICO. 


■A  of  the  tea  id  zone,  ^  rtiwa  ao  biffb, 
:>  /  be  fit  ibt  it.    Of  all  vegetables 


OB  k  -. »»  vjattered  spota  tbe  plants  of  the  north.  It  is  only  on  the  "temperate 
kiida^*'  t^t  tbe  real  and  effective  vp^tation  exists;  and  tiiere  the  finest  plants 
of  the  most  genial  temperate  climates  areproduced  in  faiober  pe/ff.ct.ai;  iiiat)  m 
most  other  paiia  of  the  knovovi  world.  The  Mexican  wheat  excelB  ihal  of  e'lS 
other  countries,  both>)ic  qoaltVy  and  abundance,  provided  that  bv  na-nr?  dr  art  i>; 
has  been  supplied  during  groui  ih  wjth  sufficient  moisture.'  Suob  >  th.>  <)ildity  ui' 
the  »oi!,  tliat  artificial  irrigatii-jr.  is  usually  necessary.  Maize,  or  lixdviii  cam,  'd:a 
proper  grain  of  Amei'^o,  is  stii!  more  generally  nultivat  vl,  and  frres  *hQ  tf^Mmfr 
food  <uf  the  people.  Its  barvestts  are  equaHy  profiiit.e.  Barley  i  .ad  rye  ji;n>w  uc 
the  colder  grounua,  the  first  .(^'rming  the  cbio':'  food  cf  hotees.  .^iVirther  down 
grows  .he  banana,  which,  Ibouga  the  proper  foe 
that_  Humboldt  rAlciilates  50,0W)  sqoare  miie)!<  <i 

it  yiolds  tbe  grsateat  proportion  ot'  ».l<ment  T>'il!i  :he  least  culture.  It  bears  frnit 
in  ten  utonths  after  planting,  aud  ti^ien  requires  only  to  have  the  niaV-.n  cut,  that 
new  shoots  may  spring  fhun  ihem,  and  to  be  dug  an^l  ,*rodt!e'!  round  the  \m:t& 
The  amount  of  u'itritive  aubetaoce  yie'ded  by  it,  i'^  «.o  umt  of  wliext,  as  1^  to  1,  {| 
lod  to  ttnit  af  polAtoe! ,  m  44  to  1.  The  manioc  root,  un uer  Cie  same  c^iniatf,"  na 
)i&  rTtt).)le  10  prx'ijce  abuc<ianee  of  paktable  and  wholesotf  a  ferina,  T?)o  Mex;  :•  ia 
u<if  a.(iiO>  ,:'>«  jJse  o."*  ihe  maguey,  which  is  extensively  cultivated,  vnd  yiolda 
(w^'zaUy  i  V  r .  lf;{)  oiiiiuUi  of  r^  swoet  juice,  eaaity  convertibio  into  pulque,  tbe 
!!iiivoiaita  (bm«<»'-et.f  '.^uc;  of  ttiu  people.  Sugar,  coffee,  and  cotton,  are  all  pro- 
ihui^ifi  vf  e^icclk^l  ^Ldrt)',  but  only  for  internal  use;  and  cficao,  though  an  uni- 
vmml  beverstg- ), ' .  >rccars(I  by  injportation.  Cochineal  ia  almost  the  only  article 
cc^^tecU^iit  ext('n!s,ivi^  iy  tar  ex^tort  The  culture  ia  laborioua,  aad  has  diminished  of 
kt^'  bu;.  thd  ptice  has  act  mcrefsed,  .lubatitutes  bein|f  employed.  There  is  also 
i)>di|rc',  but  ii  is  inferior  to  that  of  Guatemala.  Vanilla,  the  flavouring  material 
of  Wif!>  chocoiate,  is  obtained  in  the  forests  of  Oaxaca  and  Ver&.  Cruz,  and  exported 
to  t^in  amount  of  80001.  or  10,0001.  value  annually. 

'"fknu&cture»  in  Mexico  are,  and  must  long  continue,  in  a  very  rude  atate. 
Thcik:'  are,  however,  nonaiderable  fabrica  of  coarae  red  earthenv^are,  which  is  used 
in  all  v.e  operatiotia  of  cookety ;  also  manufacturea  of  coarse  woollens  and  cottons. 
The  auiount  of  these,  in  good  times,  was  reckoned  at  7,000,000  dollars;  but  de- 
clined during  the  troublea.    Working  in  gold  and  silver  has,  as  might  be  expected, 
been  a  &vourite  occupation.    Services  of  plate,  worth  30,000  or  40,000  doUara, 
hare  been  manufactured  ut  Me.r:i'X),  which,  for  elceance  and  fin«}  workmanahip, 
may  rival  the  best  of  the  kind  in  Europe.    Glasa  has  also  made  great  progress. 
The  coaches  of  Mexico  have  lou^  been  celebrated  botb  for  good  conatruction  and 
beauty>  it  boing  the  particular  amb',tion  of  all  who  possibly  can,  to  have  thebr  coach. 
The  commerce  of  Mexico  does  rot  correapond  with  its  great  fame  for  wealth. 
The  expurta  of  the  precious  metals  form  the  principal  article ;  next  to  this  id 
cochineal ;  to  which  may  be  added,  sugar,  flour,  indigo,  provieionau  vanilla,  aaraar 
parilla.  Jalap,  logwood,  and  pimento.    But  the  commerce  is  now,  in  eonseqaence 
of  the  gradual  decay  of  the  reaourcea  of  the  nation,  much  leas  than  it  waa  30  years 
ago.  In  1843  the  exports  to  the  United  States  were  $9,782,406  in  specie.  Imports, 
•1,471,937.    In  1838,  the  imports  from  Britain  were  about  $4,000,000.    Export<;, 
$6,000,000,  nearly  ell  in  specie.    The  above  comprises  nearly  the  whole  of  the 
foreign  commerce  of  Mexico  at  the  present  time.     Under  the  Spanish  regime. 
Vera  Cruz  and  Acapuico  had  a  monopoly  of  the  trade ;  but  since  the  revolution, 
a  oonaiderable  amount  haa  ce  itred  in  other  porta,  of  which  the  chief  are,  in  the 
northern  part  of  the  Gulf,  Tampico,  and  Soto  la  Marina ;  Campeacby  and  Ta- 
baaeo  in  the  south ;  San  Bias  and  Mazatlan  on  the  western  -    ist ;  and  Guaymas 
In  the  Gulf  of  California. 

The  mines,  however,  are  the  grand  objects  which  hav 
unbounded  wealth  and  romantic  splendour  with  tbe  name 
dilTwr,  by  a  natt  u  'llusion,  have  always  shone  ^-^  *he  •: 
lustra  beyond  th  luiy  other  metal.  Peru,  inde»>',  <  'i? 
dance;  butM  .  since  the  first  discovery,  haa  ;■  ->v 
tbe  rest  of  the  world  united.    Tlio  silver  ore  of  Mr   .>  -  < 


I  yioias  more  tnan  inr 


inree  or  lOui  uunCcB  iG  tii6  QSin'oi 


vf  cted  the  idea  of 

siqo.    Gold  and 

,1  mankind  with  a 

^Id  in  greater  ahun- 

i  more  oilver  than  all 

:  ar  from  rich ;  it  seldom 

.  h.  while  tbat  of  Saxonv 


I  state^ 
is  used 
cottons. 

jutde- 

ected, 

anshipt 

■ogrees. 

ion  and 

coach. 

wealth. 

thia  id 

I,  BarMip 

iqaence 

0  years 

iports, 

Ixporf., 

of  the 

dgime, 

olation, 

I,  in  the 

indTa- 

uaymas 

J  idea  of  I 
|old  and 

1  with  a  I 
Jer  ahun- 
lOtan  all 
\  seldom  | 

f Saxony 


UEOOO. 


ywlds  tan  or  wtik  fiftew  wbccm.  It  k  ntoBtad  alsD  verr  dero  in  the  gnnnd. 
The  quantitjr,  boi^eTer,  k  in  many  caaee  imnwnM,  obtained  with  eompantively 
little  diOcuT^;  for,  instead  of  being,  as  'usual,  placed  in  the  heart  of  dretiy  ana 
ahooost  inaccessible  deserts^  the  mines  ocoupy  tlw  very  best  situations  of  tbm  great 
table  plain,  are  surrounded  with  brilliant  vegetation,  and  with  all  the  means  of 
comfortable  subsistence.  There  are  .3000  mines  in  Mexico ;  moat  of  them,  how- 
ever, are  now  unproductive,  and  even  ruinous:  but  adventurers  have  been  encour- 
aged to  begin,  and  to  ponevere  while  a  particle  c^  their  capital  remained,  bf  the 
ewMmooa  profito  whioh  have,  in  a  few  instances,  been  realind. 

The  produce  of  the  mines  continued  increasing  till  the  commencement  of  the 
late  revolution.    From  1750  to  1790.  the  average  appeared  to  be  16,666,000  dol- 
lars; from  1771  to  1803,  it  was  19,^000;  but  in  the  first  years  ci  the  present 
centuiT,  the  duties  levied  imj^ed  an  amount  of  23,000,000;  and,  allowwg  for 
contraband,  the  total  might  probably  be  3&,00(M)00.    Durincr  the  dreadfiil  convnl- 
sioDs'  of  the  late  revolution,  the  amount  was  greatly  reduced,  the  water  havii^  in 
many  instances  been  allowed  to  rush  in,  the  machinery  destroyed,  and  tiie  work- 
men dispersed.    The  annual  aTerage  produce  since  the  revolution  is  not  more 
than  19,000,000  dollars.    The  '^Uver  corned  in  the  minto  of  Mexico,  Guanaxuato, 
Zacatecas,  Ouadalaxara,  Dpnirgo,  San  Luis  Potosi,  and  Chihaahaa,  amounted,  in 
1837,  tc  •11,616,303. 

.  The  mint  of  Mexico  is  a  prodigious  establishment,  in  which  all  the  processes 
are  carried  on  with  the  greatest  activity.  It  is  capable  of  stamping  100,000  dol- 
lars within  the  hour.  So  rapid  an  operation  is  seldom  required ;  yet  there  have 
passed  through  it  probably  upwards  of  3,000,000,006  dollars. 

Owinff  to  the  unsettled  state  of  the  country,  nothing  certain  is  known  in  regard 
to  its  military  force.  The  army  is  not  large,  and  recent  events  have  proved  that 
it  is  not  very  efficient.  The  want  of  harbours  must  ever  prevent  Mexico  from 
being  a  great  maritime  power.  Little  confidence  can  be  placed  in  any  statem$nta 
relative  to  the  finances.  The  revenue,  in  1831,  was  announced  at  $16,413*060. 
The  territory  of  the  republic,  consisting  of  the  old  viceroyalty  of  "itew  Spain, 
of  the  captaincy-general  of  Yucatan,  and  of  the  commandancy-^nexal  oi  the 
Internal  Provinces,  was  divided  hy  the  constitution  of  1834  into  mneteen  States, 
four  Territories,  and  the  Federal  Uistrict :  this  arrangement  was  subverted  by  tiie 
decree  of  1835,  which  provided  for  a  new  division  of  uie  country  into  departmenti^ 
The  population  of  the  Mexican  States  has  been  estimated,  by  different  authors, 
at  from  6  to  10  millions,  bnt  appears  now  to  be  a  little  over  7  millions. 


State*. 

Tabasco 

Vera  Cruz 

Oaxaca 

La  Puebia 

Mexico. 

Queretitro  . . . .  i 
Federal  District 

Miohoaoan 

Jalisco • 

Guanaxoato.... 

Zacatecas 

Durango  ...... 

Chihuuiuti...... 

Bar  l-i^t  I'it^ml 
r. 


Area, 


Sq.Mile*. 
14,676 
37,660 
83,650 
18,440 
35,450 
7,500 


>.-.t;2»  ^ 


'<iahaila 

Sonora  and  Sinoloa  .» 

Yooatau , . . 

Cadana 

Territory  of  New  Mexico  . 
Territory  of  Califomias  . . 
Territory  of  Colima 


98,466 
70,000 
8.000 
19.950 
54,500 

107.500 
19,000 
35,100 
31,000 
33,600 

Sfr  TOO 
T  500 
18,750 

900,000 

485.000 


rerritarv 


or  Tiaacaia 


Population. 

75,000 

150,000 

630,000 

840,000 

1,350,000 

100,000 

900.000 

430,000 

800,000 

460,000 

190,000 

150,000 

180,000 

380/X)0 

150,000 

100,000 

60,000 

990,000 

410,000 

99,000 

60,000 

50,000 

lanw) 

10,000 


Capital. 
Tabdtco  (V.Hermoaa). 
Xalapa. 
Oaxaca. 
LaPoebla. 
TIalpan. 
Qneretaro. 
Mexico. 
VaUadolid. 
Ooadalaxara. 
Guanaxuato. 
Zaoatfloas. 


Caiihn 

San  Luis  Potosi. 

Aguayo. 

Monterey. 

Mondova. 

I^aloa. 

Mfrlda. 

Chiapa. 

SantaFi. 

Monterey. 


Tlaseala. 


PM 


940 


maaoD. 


The  eUuMi  of  tocietyim  smgakir^  Ttiriad,  tM  a#e  «hutiifteri9Ml%  diBtino- 
tioM  moM  striking  Hum  those  obMrvaAile  ia  oIlMr  cotmtriee.  TiM)r«re  nor,  inaM 
^iiettpift  end  aliMet  more  ellen  toeeeh  etbMihen  if  they  were  eeptnite  jpebple, 
Mtwted  ky  dw  etfonget  ientiiBeiits  ef  neliMMl  rivalry.  Thoee  etuaee  Kt9,  Up 
tive  l^niudei  SfMuiierdia  bam  in  Ameriea,  tiie  misMd  Olutes,  and  the  Iitdiins. 

The  native  flMniude,  odled  Ohapetooee,  did  niitt  ftrmeriy  exceed  80,600)  and 
the  greater  nnmoer  <^  these  have  nov^  been  expelled ;  but,  iMierto  tiie  hte  revo* 
lutitn,  the  oourt  of  Madrid,  either  through  jMlteey  of  the  Americans,  or  through 
personal  interest,  bestowed  exdosively  upoa  tbem  every  olBce  in  its  colonies. 
l%ey  deported  themselves  as  beings  ma  d^ei^idedly'supeHor  order  to  the  Creole 
Spaniards,  who,  they  openly  asserted,  were  an  efiMiinate  aod  Ignonuat  race,  inea- 
p«uie  of  any  elevated  »nd  liberal  occupation.  They  are  now  ikHen  ihim  their 
laah  eetate.  They  are  stripped  of  sH  their  hononrs  and  dignities;  nraet  of  them 
reduced  to  extreme  poverty,  and  allowed  only  to  exitt  wider  strict  surveillance  by 
a  ffovemment  to  wliom  they  are  objects  of  perpetual  jealousy. 

The  Creoles,  or  Americuis,  as  they  prefer  to  call  themselves,  even  when  they 
were  depressed  beneath  the  preponderance  of  the  Bnropeans,  formed  a  privileged 
elaes  in  comparison  with  other  natives.  They  are  fbnd  of  splendour,  and  delight 
to  ride  on  horses  richly  caperisoned.  Many  of  thetti,  descended  ftom  the  first 
conquerors,  or  enriched  by  speculation  in  the  mines,  enjoy  fortunes  almost  mdre 
than  princely.  Forty  or  fifty  thousand  dollars  a  year  is  not  an  uncommon  income 
even  for  fomilies  who  do  not  possess  mines. 

The  entire  number  of  those  denominated  whites  in  Mexico,  is  about  1,250,000, 
of  whom  all  except  the  small  number  of  Europeans  above  mentioned  are  Creoles. 
Very  few  of  these,  however,  are  Aee  from  a  mixture  of  Indian  blood.  The  charge 
of  ignorrnoe  is  generally  advanced  against  this  class;  and,  notwithstanding  some 
deculed  exceptions,  and  a  peculiar  aptitude,  which  most  of  them  are  said  to  dis- 
phiy  in  learning  the  principles  of  science,  cannot  be  wholly  denied.  The  causes, 
however,  which  have  produced  this  mental  deeradation,  are  now  at  an  end ;  and 
thoo£^  beneficial  changes  are  not  to  be  eSectea  t^  magic,  there  can  be  no  doubt 
diat  the  permanent  advantage  of  a  free  government  will  enable  the  Mexicans  to 
take  the  station  for  which  nature  has  destiued  them. 

The  Indians,  descendants  of  the  original  po8sess(»s  of  Mexico,  still  survive,  to 
the  supposed  amount  of  nearly  3,600,000*  and  are,  consequently,  nearly  three 
times  as  numerous  as  the  white  race.  They  bear  the  general  features  of  those 
aboriginee  who  have  been  found  in  all  parts  of  North  and  South  America.  They 
have  the  sane  swarthy  or  copper  colour,  the  flat  and  smooth  hair,  small  beard, 

Silat  body,  lon^  eye,  with  the  comer  curving  u^)  towards  the  teu<;.!es,  prominent 
eek-bones,  thick  lipsi  "jid  an  expression  (Meendeness  in  the  aiouth,  strongly 
contrasted  with  a  gloomy  and  severe  look.  Their  hw  is  coarve,  but  smooth,  and 
so  glossy  as  to  appear  in  a  constant  state  of  humidity.  They,  share  with  the  rest 
of  their  countrymen,  and  with  most  races  of  very  swarthy  complexion,  u  exemp- 
tion fitxn  almost  eveiy  species  of  deformity. 

The  mixed  castes  form  a  very  numerous  part  of  the  population  of  Mexico,  be- 
in^  estimated  at  about  8^200,000.  They  are  either  mulattoes,  descend^  from 
mixture  of  the  white  with  the  negro;  zamboes,  firom  the  negro  and  Indian;  or 
mestizoes,  flt>m  mixture  cf  tfie  white  with  the  Indian,  llie  latter,  in  consequence 
of  the  happily  small  number  of  negroes  introduced  into  Mexico,  compose  seven- 
eighths  of  ite  mixed  population.  To  be  white,  was  formerly  in  Mexico  a  badge 
oi^rank,  and  almost  a  title  of  nobility.  When  a  Mexican  considered  himself 
slighted  by  another,  he  would  ask,  "Am  I  not  as  white  as  yourself .1"  IVom  a  re- 
finement of  vanity,  the  inhabitante  of  the  colonies  enriched  their  language  with 
terms  for  the  finest  shades  which  resoH  from  the  degeneration  of  th»priraitive  co- 
lour. The  union  of  a  meeting  or  laoMte,  with  a  white,  pcoduoos  whkt  is  called 
a  quarteron;  and  the  union  of  a  quartntn  with  a  white  produoee  a  qointeron; 
after  which,  the  next  generation  is  accounted  white. 

The  Roman  Catholic  is  the  only  puidicly  recognised  r^gi6»>;  bat  others 
are  tolerated.  The  ohurch  establishment  consists  of  the  irehbvs^op  af  Mexico, 
and  nine  bishope,  having  an  aggregaie  incoius  of  $539,900,  trith^'i??  parochial  j 


■ -J^i^;:..!^  r£^K>r.i:,  .t^;- 


ieo,be- 
iid  from 
ian;  or 
squence 
seven- 
badge 
limself 
im  are- 
je  with 
(tive  co- 
called 
iteron ; 

others 

lexico, 

irochial 


MExica 


941 


olergy.  Thera  an  also  10  eathedmls*  harinff  168  outoiw,  •u&  other  dtgnitMiM* 
■nd  one  collegiate  ehuioh.  The  regular  clergy  compriae  1978  monkat  chiefly 
Franeiacani  and  there  are  156  conTcnta.  The  aonoal  ineone  of  the  eccleaiaatiea, 
ia  about  12  intllion  dollars.  The  Spaniab  monka  and  priesta  were  expelled  during 
the  rerolution ;  and  their  placea  are  filled  by  Creolea,  whoae  morala  are  at  the 
lowest  ebb.  Religion  haa  little  influence  over  the  white  ponalation«  and  the  hold 
of  the  church  over  the  Indianat  nerer  complete,  ia  now  faat  leaaening,  for  th^  ai«; 
all  more  or  leaa  inclined  to  idolatry. 

The  aciencea  have  not  yet  proapered  in  thia  part  of  America ;  thongfa  few  go> 
vemments  have  expended  more  in  the  promotion  of  phyaioal  science  than  that 
of  Spain.  It  sent  three  botanical  expeditiona  into  Mexico  and  other  parta  of  its 
ti.-ansatlantic  territory,  whioh  cost  400,000  dollara.  A  botanical  garden  and  coUec-' 
tions  of  minerals  were  formed  in  Mexico  on  a  great  scale ;  and  geometry  and 
astronomy  have  made  considerable  progress.  The  school  of  minea  produced  great 
advantages  to  the  country,  and  the  pupils  were  initiated  even  in  the  highest 
branches  of  matidematios.  These  lights,  according  to  recent  aecounta,  had  aunered 
a  temporary  eclipse,  in  conseMiiuence  of  the  revolution ;  the  new  government  has, 
however,  endeavoured  to  revive  them,  though  as  yet  with  but  HtUe  effect. 

The  fine  arts  were  also  promoted  with  great  zeaJ  by  the  old  government,  which, 
at  an  expense  of  40,000  dollars,  transported  to  Mexico,  across  the  rocky  passes  of 
the  Cordilleras,  a  collection  of  casts  of  the  finest  antique  statues.  The  Academy 
of  the  Fine  Arts  possessed  an  Income  of  25,000  dollars  a  year,  chiefly  supplied  by 
government;  and  the  benefit  of  its  exertions  was  seen  in  the  beauty  of  the  public 
edifices  which  adorned  the  capital. 

The  amusementa  are  chiefly  those  of  Old  Spain ;  bolUfightSr  and  religious  pnn 
cessions.    The  theatre  is  still  far  inferior  to  that  of  the  mother-country. 

The  state  of  Mexico  comprises  the  Valley  of  Mexico,  a  fine  and  splendid  re- 
gion, variegated  by  extensive  lakes,  and  surrounded  by  some  of  the  loftieit  vol- 
canic peaks  of  the  new  world.  Its  circumference  is  about  200  miles,  and  it  'Hrma 
the  very  centre  of  the  great  table-land  of  Anahnac,  elevated  firom  6000  tc  \XK) 
feet  above  the  level  of  me  sea.  In  the  centre  r^  this  valle;^  stands  the  city  of 
Mexico,  longconsidered  the  largest  city  of  America;  but  it  is  now  sorpaasef^  h? 
New-York,  Philadelphia,  and  perhaps  even  by  Rio  Janeinx  Some  oatimatea 
have  raised  its  population  to  200,000;  but  it  probably  itinges  IVom  120,000  to 
150,000.  It  is  beyond  dispute  the  most  splendid.  "  Mexico  is  undoubtedly  one 
of  the  finest  cities  built  by  Europeans  in  either  iiemisphere :  with  the  exception 
of  St  Petersburg,  Berlin,  and  Philadelphia,  and  some  quarters  of  Westminster, 
there  does  not  exist  a  city  of  the  same  extent  which  can  be  c(Hnpared  to  the  capi- 
tal of  New  Spain,  for  the  uniform  level  of  the  ground  on  which  it  stands,  for  the 
regularity  and  breadth  of  the  streets,  and  the  extent  cf  the  squares  and  public 
peaces.  The  architecture  is  generally  of  a  very  pure  stvle,  and  there  are  even 
edifices  of  a  very  beautiful  structure."  The  palace  df  the  late  viceroys,  thd 
cathedral,  built  in  what  is  termed  the  Gothic  style,  several  of  the  convents,  and 
SQtne  private  palaces,  reared  upon  plans  furnished  by  the  pupik  of  the  Acade^ 
of  the  Fine  Arts,  are  of  great  extent  and  magnificence ;  ye^  upon  the  whoV.  >t 
is  rather  the  arrangement,  regularity,  and  general  eflbct  or  the  city,  which  . 
it  so  striking.  Nothing,  in  particular,  can  be  more  enchanting  than  the  vie.,  ui' 
the  city  and  valley  fWim  the  surroundihg  heights.  The  eye  sweeps  over  a  vast 
extent  of  cultivated  fields,  to  the  very  base  of  the  colossal  mountains  covered 
with  perpetual  snow.  The  city  appears  as  if  washed  by  the  waters  of  the  Lake 
of  Tezcuco,  which,  surrounded  by  villages  and  hamlets,  resembles  the  most  beav- 
tiful  of  the  Swiss  lakes,  and  the  rich  cultivation  of  the  vicinitv  forms  a  striking 
contrast  with  the  naked  mountains.  Among  these  rise  the  nmoqs  voleano  Po- 
pocatepetl and  the  mountain  of  Iztaccihoatl,  of  which  the  first,  an  enormous  cone, 
burns  occasS^i'-'ly,  throwing  up  smoke  and  ashes,  in  the  midst  of  eternal  snows. 
The  poll  ie  city  is  excellent;  most  of  the  streets  are  handsomely  paved, 

lighted,  ( .. .  .^..^joised.  The  markete  are  remarkably  well  supplied  with  airinnl 
and  vegetauiC  prodocticnu,  brought  by  crowds  of  canoes  along  the  Lake  of  Chalcb 
and  the  canal  leading  to  it    These  canoes  are  aftm  guided  by  fbmahw,  who  ai 


31 


9F 


m 


^■.•'-  >.;;;'  ■*^:.',\itri:,Li^'t'5.i^=.-.^i/iJ^j:j'L^^:./;&''L^.:'-'.,. 


m 


MS  MEUOO. 

th9  MOM  tine  an  WMviny  oottoD  in  their  ■imH*  portable  loonM,  or  plucking  fewla, 
aad  throwimi  the  feathen  into  the  water.  Meet  of  the  flowen  and  roote  have 
heen  railed  m  dtinmmjHU,  or  floating  gardens  They  consist  of  rafts  formed  of 
reeds,  roots^  and  bashed.  --/  .  i>  TecTwith  black  saline  mould,  which,  being  irri- 
gated by  the  water '  .  ^!-  Since  exceedingly  fertile.  It  is  a  great  disad- 
vantage to  Mex''  <  ■■  vcv V  .  t  it  stands  nearly  on  a  lerel  with  the  surrounding 
liJie ;  which,  in  u  jMtr  ,  jt  .4o4«/  rams,  overwhelms  it  with  destructive  inundations. 
The  cooetniettort  it  a  de$ague,  or  canal,  to  carry  off  the  waters  of  the  Lake  of 
Zumpango,  and  of  the  principal  river  by  which  it  is  fed,  has,  since  lffi28,  pre- 
vented any  very  desolating  flood.  The  deaague,  though  not  oooducted  with  skill 
and  judgment,  cost  0,000,000  dolkrs,  and  is  one  of  the  most  stupendous  hydraulic 
works  evor  executed.  Were  it  filled  with  water,  the  largest  vessels  of  war  micht 
piM  fay  it.  through  the  range  of  mountains  <  ^ '  -'  '  Mind  the  plain  of  Mexico.  The 
alarms  however,  have  been  ftequm.,  ^.m  canuot  well  ^aae,  ^hile  the  level  of 
tint  lake  is  twenty  feet  above  that  of  the  great  square  of  Mexico. 

Aoe.pulco,  on  the  west  coast,  has  been  celebrated  in  an  extraordinary  deffree  as 
aln^oat  the  4*ntre  of  the  wealth  of  America ;  the  port  whence  the  rich  Spanish 
galleons  took  their  departure  to  spread  ihe  wealth  of  the  western  over  the  earit- 
Ci  '•  hemisphere.  It  is  one  of  the  most  majgnificent  harbours  in  the  world,  seeming 
a*  if  it  were  excavated  by  art  out  of  a  Vast  circuit  of  granite  rocks,  which  shut 
11!  cut  all  view  of  the  sea.  Yet  while  Vera  Cruas,  v.'ith  its  wretched  anchorage  amid 
sand-banks,  annually  received  flrom  400  to  600  vessels,  that  of  Acapulco  scarcely 
received  ten,  even  in  the  time  of  the  Manilla  galloon,  the  discontinuance  of  which 
reduced  it  to  a  state, of  insignificance.  It  is  nid,  however,  of  late  to  have  consi- 
derably revived,  and  its  custom%  after  &llipg  ao  low  as  10,000  dollan,  had  risen, 
some  je^if  ago  to  400,000l    Population  4000. 

The  state  of  PuebU  stretches  nearly  across  the  continent,  and  over  the  high 
taUe-land.  It  has  few  mines,  but  coitains  an  extensive  table  plain,  6000  feet 
Jbigfa,  eminently  fertile  in  wheat,  maize,  and  ftuit  Popocatepetl.  >he  loftiest 
mountain  in  Mexico,  exceeds  by  2000  feet  the  highest  in  Europe.  lie  volcano 
has  for  several  centuri^ i  thrown  up  only  smoke  and  ashes. 

Ia  Poebia,  or  Puebla  de  los  Angeles,  is  a  handsome  and  large  city.  It  is  en- 
tirely Bpanisb,  having  been  founded  since  the  conquest  The  streets  are  straight, 
broad,  and  crow»  each  other  at  risht  aneles,  dividing  the  whole  into  spacious 
iqaatee.  They  are  well  paved,  and  have  oroad  foot-paths.  The  houses  are  large 
a^  lo(fyt-the  walls  oileu  ooversd  with  paintings,  while  the  roof  is  ornamented 
ifith  glaied  tiles.  The  cathedral  is  a  vast  pile,  with  little  external  craament: 
Mt  the  interior  is  rich  beyond  description.  The  high  altar  is  composed  of  the 
moat  Ix^utifiil  marble  and  precious  stonoa :  its  numerous  and  lofty  columns,  with 
plinths  and  cap  air  of  bitrrished  gol()  its  statues  and  other  ornaments,  have  an 
pne^ualled  eflbc^.  In  m>tMuftctures  akes  the  lead  of  other  Mexican  cities: 
those  of  woollen  have  declined,  but  tho^^;  of  earthenware  and  glass  are  still  flour- 
ishing.   The  population  is  estimated  at  50,000. 

Cholula,  the  ancient  '*«pital  of  a  great  independent  republic,  has  declined  into 
a  town,  containing  jUUo  aouls.  The  p:'ramid  of  Che  <la  is  the  irork  of  art  which, 
next  to  the  pyramids  of  Egypt,  approa  ±w  nearest  in  magnitude  and  vastnees  to 
those  of  nature.  It  is  not  nearly  ao  iiigh  m  iho  Great  Pymn;d,  beLii.g  only  172 
feet;  hut  the  length  is  nearly  double ;  ^^^  :>  feet,  instead  m  728. 

Vera  Crux  occupies  a  great  le  Tth  c.  ^aa-coast  on  the  Gulf,  but  it  is  compara- 
tively narrow.  It  extends  inla  ^rom  the  ]evel  of  the  Giilf  of  Mexico  to  that 
of  the  great  oentral  table-ian*'  a      y*s  joumev  the  inhabitants  may  ascend 

ftoni  regions  of  tbo  most  suff<x-kaii^  uei  ro  Jiose  of  eternal  snow.  This  state  is 
capable  of  yielding  in  abunda.jwe  the  n  .  precious  |m)du6tioni;  and  within  a 
recent  period,  sugar,  tobacco,  aivj  cotton, -all  or  excellent  quality,  havf  been  raised 
to  a  much  greater  extent:  but  the  horror  with  which  the  climate  is  viewed  both 
by  Europeans  and  Indians  is  such,  that  the  greater  part  o(  it  remains  a  complete 
Maert,  where  t^lUa,  for  many  leagues^  there  are  only  to  be  seen  two  w  three  huts, 
with  herds  of  cattle,  half  wild,  straying  round  them. 
.    Vera  Crss,  in  wLich  centres  alnuiat  all  the  trade  of  Mexico,  is  well  and  hand- 

m .      ..        .  I.... ......,..^.    I 


aedi!iltol 
which,! 
[lesa  tol 
ly  1"»| 


M    KIOO. 


943 


I  hand- 


■onely  built  of  the  auboMrine  material  called  madrepoie,  which  ia  alao  made  iata 
lime;  and  ita  red  aad  white  cupolaa,  towen,  and  oattlemente,  have  a  ■plendid 
eflbot  when  wen  from  the  water.  The  streets  alfo  are  kept  eztremelj  neat  aqd 
clean ;  yet  it  is  considered  the  most  disagreeable  of  all  {ilaces  of  reridence.  This 
arises  not  merely  firom  the  pestilence  which  taints  Uie  air ;  the  sorroondinff  coii»> 
try  is  covered  wnh  sand  blown  into  hillocks,  which,  reileoting  the  ravs  of  toe  mat, 
rendeir  the  heat  more  oppressive.  There  it  not  a  garden  or  a  miU  now  within 
many  miles 6f  it;  and  the  only  water  which  can  be  drunk  is  that  which  iUls  ficn 
the  olouda  The  markets  are  bad  for  every  article  except  fish,  of  which  maiiy 
beautiful  species  are  here  caught  The  place  appears  to  have  sensibly  declined 
since  the  diaaolutioo  of  the  ties  which  connected  Mexico  with  the  mother-counti^. 
The  population  of  Vera  Cruz  is  about  TOOa  The  castle  of  San  Juan  de  Ulloa, 
the  last  hold  of  Bpain  in  the  New  World,  and  which  commands  the  entrance  of 
theport,  is  of  immense  strength. 

The  fine  calsada  or  paved  road,  from  Vera  Cruz  into  the  interior,  runs  up  to  the 
haadaome  town  of  Xalapa  or  Jalapa,  the  capital  of  the  state.  The  Puente  del 
Rey  or  lioyal  Bridge,  between  the  two  cities,  is  a  stupendous  work  of  solid  ma- 
sonry  thrown  over  a  wild  and  steep  ravine.  Xalapa  is  commodiously  situated  in 
a  delightful  district,  about  4000  feet  above  the  sea.  It  has  12,000  inhabitants, 
and  was  formerly  the  residence  of  the  rich  Spanish  merchants  of  Vera  Cruz  dur- 
ing the  sickly  season.  The  nei  hbourhood  is  finely  wooded,  and  is  particularly 
remarV  ble  for  the  medical  article  jalap,  which  takes  its  name  from  the  ci^. 

On  the  coast,  to  the  south,  are  toe  ports  (^Alvarado  and  Huasacualco^  the  for- 
mer of  which  became  the  principal  eutrepdt  on  the  Gulf,  during  the  occupatioo  f 
of  San  J'lan  de  Ulloa  by  the  Spanish  forces;  and  the  latter  derives  smne  interest 
from  its  situation  at  the  termination  of  the  propoeed  canal,  firom  the  Gulf  of  Mexico 
to  Uiat  of  Tehuantepec. 

The  state  of  Uueretaro,  detached  ftom  the  intendeney  of  Mexico,  lies  to  the 
west  of  Vera  Cruz.  It  is  wholly  on  the  central  table-land,  and  contains  some  rich 
minee  of  silver,  but  the  inhabitants  are  chiefly  emplojfed  in  agriculture.  Qnere- 
taro,  the  ca  „'iul,  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  and  delightfully  situated,  as  well  as 

I  one  of  e  mc>st  industrious  and  wealthy  cities  of  Mexica  The  streets  all  crass 
each  ot.iur  at  right  angles,  and  terminate  in  its  three  principal  squares.  Its  aque- 
duct, auout  ten  nnles  in  length,  with  its  bold  and  lottj  arches,  and  its  splendid 
churches  and  convents,  give  the  city  an  air  of  magnificence.  The  convent  of 
Santa  Clara  is  more  than  two  miles  in  circuit  Population.40,000.  San  Jnaa 
del  Riu  '«  remarkable  for  its  ereat  fair,  and  for  its  fomous  sanctuary,  a  magnificttot 
tempi'-      4ted  by  great  numbers  of  pilgrims. 

Mic  an,  or  T^illadolid,  is  an  extensive  state,  situated  to  the  north  aad  west 
of  that  of  Mexico,  on  the  summit  and  western  declivity  of  the  table-land,  in  Uie 
unhealthy  tra^t  along  the  coast,  enjoys  a  fine  and  temperate  climate,  is  intersected 
with  hills  and  charming  valleve,  and  presents  the  appearance,  unusufl  in  the  tor- 
rid zone,  of  extensive  and  well- watered  meadows.  This  territon  ba"  been  marked 
by  some  phenomena  of  the  most  striking  nature.  On  the  29th  oi'  September, 
1759,  from  the  centre  of  a  thousand  small  burning  cones,  was  thrown  up  the  vdi- 
cano  of  JoruUo,  a  mountain  of  scorie  and  ashes,  1700  feet  high.  In  nn  extensive 
plain,  covered  with  the  most  beautifiil  vegetation,  deep  8ubterraaei>u4  noisesb 
accompanied  by  frequent  earthquakes,  continued  for  the  space  of  fi^  or  sixts 
days.  On  the  night  of  the  26lh  of  September,  the  souniu  recommenced  wil% 
such  fiuy,  that  all  the  inhabitants  fled  fimn  the  district  A  large  tract  of  ground 
was  seen  to  rise  up  and  swell  like  an  inflated  Uadder,  and  mectators  rewMrtad 
that,  throughout  this  space,  flames  were  seen  to  issue  forth,  and  tragmeBts  or  bon»> 
ing  rocks  were  thrown  up  to  prodigious  height*;  and  that,  through  a  thick  cloita 
of  ashes  iilumined  by  the  volcanic  fire,  the  softened  surfoce  of  toe  earth  appearei 
to  heave. like  an  agitated  sea.  The  plain  is  still  covered  with  mimeioas  small 
cones,  sending  forth  firom  their  crevices  a  vapour,  the  heat  of  which  often  Vises  to 
950.  From  among  these  rise  six  large  hills,  of  which  the  highest  is  Jonllok  sifll 
burning,  and  throwing  up  immense  quantities  of  scorified  and  basaltic  lava.  Hbe 
only  large  town  in  ^  sUto  is  Valladolid.  with  IROOO  iababibuiis,  deiigiitfiliiy 


^Tsrr" 


^w?^^. 


kvs''fJi.iiim'A 


SUr 


taaaoo. 


tjUftmiai,  6300  feet  riwre  the  ee*,  where  now  ■oaetiaMa  fUla.  There  era  Mvenl 
pmt^  bat  none  of  fint-rate  mafoitade.  It  has  wide,  etaui  streete, «  maftiificeiit 
.^pthednlj  Mid  a  hanneonie  i^m. 

*^  Ouanazoalo  ie  one  of  the  amBlleat  hot  raoet  popolooe  of  all  the  atateai  It  owe* 
ite  fiooe  to  the  grent  mine  of  Valenctana,  diaeovered  late  in  the  laat  eentmy, 
rjqond  which  roee  one  of  the  meet  aplendkl  eities  in  the  New  World.  Between 
1760  and  1808^  thia  mine  yielded  mlver  to  the  amoont  at  ieS,dOO,000  dollars, 
ffinee  that  time  it  ha*  anffeted  a  Bente  deterioratioB  ftom  the  eflhets  of  the  revo- 
IntiooaiT  contest^  and  has  declined  also  in  eonseqnence  of  the  greater  depth  at 
the  workings,  and  the  increased  difficulty  of  clearing  off  the  water. 

This  atate  also  contains  the  celebrated  Buuo,  a  rich  pUin,  hiriily  cultivated, 
and  producing  in  perfection  all  the  ftvita  of  Europe  and  many  of  those  of  tropical 
eountriear  The  JBaxio  hecame  the  theatre  of  many  of  those  herrible  events  that 
deluged  Mexico  in  blood  during  the  revolutionary  struggle.  The  capita),  situated 
in  tlie  midst  of  the  rich  mining  district,  is  baih  on  very  unoven  ground,  and  the 
streets  are  often  very  steep;  but  the  baildinas are  in  general  handsome,  and  some 
of  the  churches  are  very  fine;  the  alhondiga,  or  public  granary,  an  immense 
quadrangular  edifice,  is  a  remarkable  object  The  population  of  the  city  and 
neighbourhood  has  been  reduced  from  90,000  to  84,000  m  1685. 

^lisco,  or  Guadalaxara,  is  an  extensive  state,  which  ha?  the  important  advan- 
tage of  being  traversed  throughout  its  extent  by  the  river  of  Santiago,  the  largest 
in. the  soutiiern  part  of  Mexico.  It  appears  that  within  the  lasii.  thirty  years  very 
iniportant  advantage  has  been  taken  m  this  circumstance ;  that  industry  has  made 
rapid  progress,  ami  an  active  commercial  spirit  prevails.  The  capital,  Guada^ 
laxara,  which,  in  1706,  was  estimated  to  contain  19,600  inhabitants,  luis  at  pre- 
sent 60,000.  It  is  rcMprularly  laid  out,  with  wide,  straight  streets,  and  contains 
many  handsome  churches  and  convents.  The  mountain  of  Colima  in  this  Terri- 
tory, 9000  feet  high,  throws  out  smoke  and  ashes,  and  forms  the  western  extre- 
me ^  the  volcanic  chain  which  traverses  Mexico  fW>m  east  to  west 

The  silver  mines  of  Bolafios  in  this  state  rank  amon?  the  richest  in  Mexico. 
San  IBhs,  at  the  mouth  of  the  river,  is  a  mere  roadstead ;  the  holdine  ground  is 
bad,  and  the  road  is  much  exposed  to  westerly  winds.  It  is  perched  on  the  tap 
of  a  cliff,  near  the  mouth  of  the  river,  and  during  a  certain  season  of  the  year,  it 
is  extremely  unhealthy,  though  not  in  so  deadly  a  degree  as  Vera  Crux ;  and  at 
that  time  the  rain  falls  in  suui  torrents  that  no  roof  can  exctHide  it,  and  it  is  im- 
possible without  danger  to  go  out  into  the  streets.  At  the  commencement  of  this 
season,  therefore,  a  general  migration  takes  place;  and  the  population  is  reduned 
in  a  few  days  fiom  8000  to  160,  at  which  it  remains  stationary  until  the  return  of 
the  dry  season. 

Tepic,  eighteen  leagues  fhxn  Sail  Bias,  is  a  beautifiil  town,  in  the  midst  of  a 
eultivat«d  {lun,  and  its  streets,  regularly  laid  out,  are  enlivened  by  rows  of  trees, 
gardeiw,  and  -terlraces.  Thither  the  peopk  of  San  Bias  remove  during  the  sickly 
season,  at  which  time  the  population  of  Tepic  amounts  to  6000  or  10,000. 

Zaeateoas,  mwth  and  east^of  Cln*d>li^'ara,  in  the  inland  centre  of  Mexico,  is  an 
arid  roelqr  plain,  strongly  impregnated  with  carbonate  of  soda,  and  sufierine  under 
^  inclemency  of  the  climate.  It  derives  its  wealth  and  distinction  solely  from 
mines,  of  which  the.  most  important  in  Mexico,  ne.Tt  to  that  of  Guanaxnato,  are 
hero  situated.  The  mine  of  nvellon,  in  Sombrerete,  has  alresdy  been  mentioned 
lis  tiaving  yielded  in  a  given  ttme^  a  greater  produce  then  any  other  mine  known 
in  exilt  i&catecas,  the  capital,  ia  reckoned  by  Humboldt  to  contain  33,000  inba- 
bitants.  The  mint,  which  la  the  second  in  pobt  of  importance  in  Mexico,  em- 
^3rs  800  persons,  and  60,000  dollars  have  been  coined  here  in  twenty-four  hoars. 
The  total  cdnage  in  fimr  years,  fifom  1834  to  1837,  was  upwards  of  22,500,000 
doHan.  AgOBB  Calientec^  which  derives  its  name  fVom  its  warm  springs,  is  a 
pietty'^ewn,  in  a  fertile  district,  and  with  a  delightful  climate.  The  inhabitants, 
•boat  90j000  in  number,  carry  on  some  manufactures.  IVesnillo,  Sombrerete,  and 
IKnos,  are  mining  towns  with  from  12,000  to  16,000  inhabitants. 

Oaxaoa  is  a  Ine  state,  situated  near  the  Ixvders  of  Guatemala.    The  beauty 
Ind  aalnbri^  of  the  climate,  the  fertility  <^  the  soil,  and  the  richness  and  variety 


maooa 


MS 


of  it!  praduetioM,  render  it  oae  of  the  nMwt  deli^tfiil  eoantriee  in  tfif  wortd. 
Tbeee  advantara  were  appreoiated  at  an  early  period,  when  it  beeane  the  Mat 
of  an  advanced  ctTilisatk>D.  Oazaea  has  no  mmea  of  any  importaaoe,  and  hue, 
therefore,  attracted  le«  attention  than  the  more  northern  mrta  of  the  taUe-lud, 
though  in  every  other  reapect  inferior  to  it  Oazaea,  the  MPJtal,  e^ed  Ante- 
quera  at  the  time  of  the  oonqueat,  ia  a  floariahing  place ;  in  ITDSl,  it  had  21i^000i. 
inhabitanta,  and  althooffb  it  suffered  severely  during  the  revdntionj  it*  preeent 
population  is  about  40,000.  Tehuantepec,  its  only  port,  is  not  a  good  one ;  but  it 
is  of  considerable  value  as  a  channel  by  which  the  indigo  of  Ouatemda  is  con- 
veyed to  Europe. 

The  Uttk  sUto  of  Tabaico,  to  the  north  of  Chiapa,  is  chiefly  covered  with  vaat 
forests,  which  contain  valuable  dye-woods;  the  cultivated  lands  vield  cacao,  to- 
bacco^ pepper,  coffee,  and  indigo ;  but  during  the  rainy  season  a  large  portion  of 
the  state  is  under  water,  and  the  only  method  of  communication  is  bf  canoes.  It 
contains  no  large  towna.  The  capital  is  the  little  town  of  Hermoaa.  Tabaseo^  at 
the  mouth  of  the  river  Tabasoo,  is  remarkable  as  the  spot  upon  which  Cortes 
landed  in  his  memorable  expedition  to  Mezica 

The  state  of  Yucatan,  comprising  the  peninsula  of  that  name,  forme  the  eas^ 
era  extremity  of  Mexica  It  is  a  vast  plam,  only  intersected  by  a  chain  of  moun- 
tains, which  do  not  rise  above  4000  feet  It  ia  thus  excessively  hot ;  yet,  fkom  its 
extreme  dryness,  it  is  by  no  means  so  unheilthy  as  moat  (^  the  low  lands  under 
this  burning  ZMie.  The  heat  is  too  great  for  the  ripening  of  European  grain,  and 
the  only  articles  which  it  yields  for  subsistence  are  maize  and  roots.  This  was 
tbe  first  part  of  Mexico  in  which  the  Spaniards' KmSed,  and,  though  it  be  less  im- 
]»oved  than  the  interior,  they  found,  to  their  surprise,  indications  that  civilisation 
was  in  a  more  advanced  state  here  than  in  the  islands;  stone  houses,  igrramidal 
temples,  enclosed  fields,  and  a  clothed  and  civilized  people.  Having  no  mines, 
however,  it  owes  its  commercial  importance  solely  ta  its  valuable  products,  log- 
wood and  mahoffany.  Merida,  the  capital,  is  a  noMill  town.  Campeachy,  also  a 
BOfMll  town,  ia,  however,  a  fortified  place,  uid  is  important  on  account  of  its  har- 
bour, from  which  is  shipped  the  logwood  out  in  the 'vicinity. 

On  the  other  side  of  the  peninsula  the  British  possess  the  settlement  of  Hon- 
duras. The  population  consists  of  about  4000  persons,  of  whom  about  300  are 
whites,  and  the  rest  Indians,  negroes,  and  mixed  breeds.  Belize,  the  capital  of 
the  settlement,  is  a  well-built  town,  on  both  sides  of  the  river  of  the  same  name. 
The  odony  was  founded  for  the  purpose  of  cutting  loffwood  and  mahogany,  uid 
its  exporU  in  1830  were  of  the  value  of  l,500,00<rdollara. 

Chiapa  formed  the  most  northerly  district  of  Guatemala ;  but  the  greater  part 
of  it,  on  a  late  occasion,  separated  itself  from  Guatemala,  and  united  with  Mexico. 
The  soil  is  fertile,  and  capable  of  yieldingr,  in  profusion,  tropical  fruita  and  grain. 
Though  low,  yet  it  is  free  from  damp,  and  not  unhealthful. 

Chiapa  of  ue  Spaniards,  called  also  Ciudad  Real,  though  ranking  as  the  capital, 
is  now  only  a  smul  place  of  4000  families.  Chiapa  m  the  Imfians  is  larger, 
and  carries  on  a  considerable  trade.  There  are  several  other  large  villages, 
chiefly  Indian,  Near  Palenque,  die  most  northera  of  these,  Don  Antonio  del  Rio 
traced,  in  17OT,  the  remains  of  the  great  ancient  city  of  Culhuaean.  Fourteen 
large  buildings,  called  by  the  natives  the  Stone  Houses,  remain  nearly  entire ;  and 
for  three  or  four  leagues  eiUier  way,  the  fragments  of  the  other  fallen  buildings 
are  seen  extending  along  the  mountain.  They  are  of  a  rude  and  massive  con- 
struction; and  the  principal  apartment^  are  adorned  with  numerous  figures  in 
relief,  representing  numan  beings  of  strange  form,  and  variously  habited  and 
adorned.  These  ruins  were  lately  visited  by  Mr.  Stephens,  an  American  traveller. 
The  state  of  Tamaulipaa  occupies  the  whole  coast  from  the  river  Panuco,  or 
Tampico,  to  the  Nueces.  It  is  difficult  of  access,  as  it  contains  few  harbours,  and 
a  continual  surf  breaks  along  the  whole  shore,  which,  during  the  prevalence  of 
the  Northers  from  November  to  March,  is  tremendously  increased.  The  Del 
Norte  traverses  the  northern  part  of  the  state,  and  the  Panuco,  or  Tampico,  the 
southern.  The  latter  abounds  in  shrimps,  which  are  boiled  in  salt  and  water, 
dried  and  packed  in  sma"  b^ss,  and  sent  to  all  nnrts  of  the  country.   Tampico  de 

21* 


%^ 


-jfcS' 


946 


t/iesico. 


las  Taniaulipas,  or  New  Tampico,  near  the  mouth  of  the  river,  waa  fbanded  in 
1824,  and  haa  rapidly  increased  on  account  of  its  commercial  advantages,  which 
have  attracted  thilher  inhabitants  of  Altamira,  once  a  place  of  some  importance. 
Tampico  haa  now  about  6000  inhabitants,  but  it  sufirers  under  a  want  of  good 
water.  The  river  is  navigable  for  small  vessels,  80  miles  to  Panuco,  a  place  cele- 
brated in  the  history  of  the  conquest,  and  still  remarkable  for  the  remains  of  build- 
ings, weapons,  and  utensils  found  in  ita  vicinity.  Further  north,  on  the  Santander, 
is  the  port  of  Soto  la  Marina,  with  some  trade,  and  on  the  Del  Norte  is  Matamoras. 

Ascending  the  table-land  to  the  west  of  Tamaulipas,  we  enter  the  state  of  San 
Luis  Potosi,  which  contains  some  of  the  richest  silver  mines  of  Mexico.  The  in- 
habitants are  described  as  industrious,  and  they  supply  the  states  of  Loon  and 
Coahuila  with  cloth,  hats,  wearing  apparel,  &c.  The  capital,  of  the  same  name, 
is  a  neat  and  well-built  town,  containing  a  mint,  and  many  handsome  churches 
and  convents,  and  it  carries  on  an  active  trade  with  the  interior.  Including  the 
suburbs,  it  is  said  to  have  a  population  of  50,000.  Catorce,  whose  mines  are  sur- 
passed in  riches  only  by  those  of  Guanaxuato,  is  built  in  a  wild  and  ragged  region, 
at  the  foot  of  a  dreary  mountain,  surrounded  by  huge  bare  rocks,  and  intersected 
by  deep  narrow  ravines. 

The  state  of  New  Lron,  lying  to  the  east  of  the  Sierra  Madre,  is  yet  sufficiently 
elevated  above  the  sea  to  enjoy  a  delightful  climate.  Monterey,  the  capital,  is  a 
well-built  town,  with  about  12,000  inhabitants,  many  of  whom  are  wealthy  Span- 
iards. Linares  is  also  a  neat  town,  in  a  highly  cultivated  district,  and  has  a  po- 
pulation of  6000. 

West  and  north  of  New  Leon  is  the  state  of  Coahuila,  comprisiiig  a  compara- 
tively narrow  tract  south'of  the  Nueces,  and  between  Tamaulipa?  and  Chihuahua. 
Its  extreme  southern  part  lies  on  the  central  table-land,  and  the  dreary  mountains 
and  barren  plains  in  the  vicinity  of  Saltillo  present  a  striking  contrast  to  the  fer- 
tile land  and  luxuriant  herbage  of  the  Tierra  Caliente  of  New  Leon.  Leona  Vi- 
cario,  formerly  Saltillo,  the  capital,  is  a  neat  town,  with  12,000  inhabitants. 

The  whole  of  the  north-eastern  part  of  New  Spain  was  occupied  by  the  ex 
tensive  intendency  of  San  Luis  Potosi,  which  comprised  the  provinces  of  San 
Luis,  New  Santander,  New  Leon,  Coahuila,  and  Texas ;  the  four  last-named  form' 
ing  what  were  termed  the  Internal  Provinces  of  the  East  Only  a  small  portion 
of  this  vast  tract  lying  on  its  western  border,  is  mountainous,  the  greater  part  be- 
ing low  and  level,  and  containing  extensive  prairies.  The  coast  is  deficient  in 
harbours,  and  is  lined  with  long,  Tow,  narrow  islands  of  sand,  forming  a  succeeaion 
of  shallow  lagoons.  The  mouths  of  the  rivers  are  also  blocked  up  by  sand-bars. 
This  intendency  is  now  divided  into  four  states. 

Proceeding  again  into  the  interior,  we  find  the  central  table-land  occupied  by 
the  states  of  Durango  and  Chihuahua,  formerly  composing  the  intendency  of  New 
Biscay,  or  Durango.  "  To  the  inhabitants  of  the  southern  and  central  provinces," 
says  Ward,  "  everything  north  of  Zacatecas  is  terra  incognita,  and  the  traveller 
is  surprised,  after  passing  it,  to  find  an  improvement  in  the  manners  and  charac- 
ter of  the  inhabitants.  Durango,  where  the  change  first  becomes  visible,  may  be 
considered  as  the  key  of  the  wTiole  north,  which  is  peopled  by  the  descendants  of 
a  race  of  settlers  from  the  most  industrious  provinces  of  Spain  (Biscay,  Navarre, 
and  Catalonia),  who  have  preserved  their  blood  uncontaminated  by  any  cross  with 
the  aborigines,  and  who  retain  most  of  the  habits  and  feelings  of  thuir  forefathe.-^ 
They  have  much  loyalty  and  generous  fhrnknesd,  gireat  natural  politeness,  and 
considerable  activitv  both  of  body  and  mind.  The  women,  instead  of  parsing  their 
days  in  languor  and  idleness,  are  actively  employed  in  affairs  of  the  household, 
and  neatness  and  comfort  are  nowhere  so  great  and  general  as  in  the  north.  These 
characteristics  extend,  with  some  local  niodifications,  to  the  inhabitants  of  the 
whole  country  formerly  denominated  the  Internal  Provinces  of  the  West,  and 
which  now  compo^d  the  states  of  Durango,  Chihuahua,  and  Sonora  and  Sinaloa, 
with  the  Territories  of  New  Mexico  and  the  Californios.  In  all  these  the  white 
population  predominates,  and  the  Indians  continue  unmixc*,  .''^siding  in  toWns  and 
villages  of  !'ieir  own,  as  the  Yamayas  or  Mavas,  or  hovo.:"  •,  like  the  Apaches, 
round  the  civilized  settlements,  and  subsisting  Gy  tbt  ;  bape."     ''j  he  latter  are  the 


copied  by  I 

ly  of  New  I 

ovinces,"  I 

traveller! 
id  charac-j 
J,  may  be  I 
ndants  of  j 

Navarre, 
;ro88  wit! 
trefalhe>' 
InesB,  and  I 
Igingtheirl 
Tiovisehold,  | 
Ith.  These! 
lits  of  the! 

-iTeBt,  and  I 

Id  Sinaloo,! 

I  the  white 

Itow'nsandi 
I  Apaches,  II 

let  are  thc| 


MBXIOO. 


84T 

Their  territory  is  deno^ 


II 


meet  numerous  of  the  aboriginal  tribes  in  this  ijiiarter. 
minated  Apacheria. 

Durango  contains  some  rich  D<ines  of  silver,  which,  with  Uie  agricultural  pro- 
duce, conaprising  cattle,  mules  and  sheep,  cstton,  coffee,  sugar  and  indjgcv  lamp 
the  wealth  of  the  inhabitants.  The  capital,  of  the  same  name,  is  a  well-built 
town,  with  a  mint,  in  which  the  silver  of  the  vicinity  is  coined.  It  contains 
22,000  inhabitants.  Parral,  femous  for  its  rich  silver  mines,  had  oncft  a  population 
of  50,000;  but  the  mines  are  now  filled  with  water,  and  the  population  u  reduced 
to  70iX).  In  the  neighbourhood  is  a  celebrated  lump  of  malleable  iron  and  nickeL 
The  mines  of  Guansamey  and  Batopilas  are  also  noted  for  their  richness. 

The  central  table-land  may  be  considered  as  nearly  terminating  in  Chihuahua, 
which  consists  in  part  of  dry,  unwooded  plains :  the  soil  is  here  impregiiated  with 
carbonate  of  soda  and  saltpetre.  The  capital,  of  the  same  name,  is  well  built,  and 
contains  some  costly  churches,  monasteries,  and  other  public  edifices;  but  the  po* 
pulation  has  been  reduced  from  50,000  to  12,000  in  the  year  1835.  The  r:ch 
mines  of  Santa  Julalia,  in  its  vicmity,  once  yielded  5,000,000  dollars  a  year.  In 
the  western  part  of  Chihuahua,  are  the  Casas  Grandes,  or  ruins  of  large  sqiiaie 
buildings,  whose  sides  are  accurately  ranged  north  and  south :  a  space  of  several 
leagues  is  covered  with  these  remains,  consisting  of  aqueducts  and  vari  jus  other 
structures. 

The  Sonora  and  Sinaloa  is  a  vast  tractlying  between  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and 
the  Colorado  on  the  west,  and  the  Rocky  Mountains  on  the  east  The  southern 
part  only  contains  some  white  inhabitants,  the  centre  and  north  being  occupied  by 
various  Indian  tribes,  amonj^  whom  are  the  Apaches,  Seris,  Yaquis,  Moquis,  Mayas, 
&c.  Many  of  them  are  civilized  and  industrious.  The  southern  part  of  Uie  state 
belongs  to  the  Tierra  Caliente,  and  consists  of  a  vast  sandy  plain,  destitute  of 
vegetation,  except  in  the  rainy  season  and  in  some  w&U-watcred  spots.  Further 
north  the  climate  is  mild  and  agreeable,  and  the  land  is  productive  and  comprises 
some  beautifhl  valleys.  The  state  contains  rich  silver  mines ;  gold  is  obtained 
from  washings,  and  auriferous  copper  ore  abounds.  There  are  also  pearl  fisheries. 
Wheat,  hides,  fiirs,  gold,  silver,  and  copper,  are  exported.  Guaymas  is  said  to  be 
the  best  harbour  of  Mexico,  but  the  town  is  unhealthy,  and  the  water  brackish. 
Pitic,  or  Petic,  in  the  interior,  is  the  residence  of  the  wealthy  merchants,  and  is  a 
place  of  considerable  trade,  being  the  depdt  of  articles  imported  into  Guaymas  for 
Upper  Sonora  and  New  Mexi'^o.  The  town  is  irregularly  built,  but  it  contains 
many  good  houses,  and  about  80UU  inhabitants.  Alamos  is  a  place  of  about  6000 
inhabitants,  having  in  its  vicinity  some  of  the  richest  silver  mines  in  Mexico. 
Villa  del  Fuerte  is  the  capital  of  the  state.  Mazatlan  has  a  good  harbour,  though 
exposed  to  the  south-west  winds. 

New  Mexico  is  a  fertile  territory,  situated  on  bo'h  sides  of  the  upper  part  of 
the  Rio  del  Norte:  it  is  separated  from  the  rest  of  the  world  by  mountains  and 
deserts ;  that  portion  of  it  lying  east  of  the  river,  is  considered,  bv  the  Texans, 
as  a  part  of  their  republic ;  bnt  they  have  hitherto  been  repulsed,  in  their  at- 
tempts to  gain  posseEision  of  the  country.  There  are  some  valuable  mines  of 
copper;  and  from  $60,000  to  $80,000  worth  of  gold  is  obtained  every  year. 
Santa  Fe,  the  chief  town,  has  6000  inhabitants ;  it  is  resorted  to  by  merchants 
from  Missouri,  who  cross  the  prairies  with  goods  of  various  kinds ;  their  trade 
has  sometimes  amounted  to  from  $1,500,000,  to  $3,000,000  in  value;  but  it  has 
of  late  years  declined. 
Lower  California  is  a  long  peninsula  in  the  Pacific,  parallel  to  the  continent, 
.  from  which  it  is  separated  by  its  deep  ^  .^.  It  enjoys  the  most  beautiful  sky  in 
the  world ;  but  the  soil  is  sandy  and  aric!,  and  only  a  few  favoured  spots  present  a 
trace  of  vegetation.  There  are  about  7000  Spaniards  and  converted  Indians,  and 
4000  savages;  and  it  is  not  supposed  that  the  population  can  ever  be  much 
greater.  The  missions  have  been  mostly  broken  up  since  the  revolution.  Loreto, 
once  a  place  of  some  note,  now  contains  about  260  inhabitants. 

Newer  Upper  California  is  a  vast  tract  extending  north  from  Lower  California 
to  the  lat.  of  42°.  A  lofty  ridge  of  mountains  runs  abni/  its  weetern  side,  not  far 
fVon  the  sea,  forming  the  prolongation  of  the  mountains  of  the  peninsula,  and 


•■  «(*^!lKei*H'  .•:.i.*-.i^'i>?*i»««f*M-.. 


I  •».  **'*ut'j»i*«.*vii'.x*,^f»ae---^i 


348 


GUATEMALA. 


extending  north  beyond  the  Cdumbia.    Alonjf  the  coast  the  Spaniards  have  esta^ 
blished  some  missions,  and  formed  some  settlements  of  whites.    The  former  are 
now  rapidly  declining.    There  are  twenty-one  establishments,  containing  about 
7000  converts.    They  are  often  forced  to  join  the  missions,  but  they  are  kindly 
treated,  and  well  fed;  they  are,  however,  not  allowed  to  leave  the  settlements, 
and  the  surplus  of  their  labour  belongs  to  the  missionaries ;  the  missions  have 
about  800,000  head  of  cattle.    The  climate  is  temperate  and  healthful,  the  land 
is  well  watered  and  well  wooded,  and  much  of  it  is  tolerably  productive.    The 
coast  has  some  excellent  harbours,  among  which  is  that  of  St.  Francisco,  which 
aflfords  perfect  security  to  ships  of  any  burthen,  with  plentiful  supplies  of  fresh 
beef,  vegetables,  wood,  and  fresh  water.    The  exports  are  bides,  tallow,  mantcca, 
and  horses,  to  the  Sandwich  islands,  grain  to  the  Russian  establishments  at  Sitka 
&nd  Kodiak,  and  provisions  sold  to  whale-ships.    The  imports  are  salt,  lumben 
dry  goods,  and  silks.    A  number  of  Americans  now  reside  in  Upper  California, 
chiefly  in  the  vicinity  of  San  Francisco  Bay ;  they  are  engaged  in  commerce, 
traffic,  and  agriculture.     Emigrants  from  the  United  States  are  constantly  resort- 
ing thither ;  so  that  probably  in  a  few  years,  the  majority  of  the  white  inhabit 
tants  in  the  territory,  will  consist  of  citizens  of  that  country. 


GUATEMALA, 


OR  UNITED  STATES  OF  CENTRAL  AMERICA. 

The  republic  of  Guatemala,  ot  Guatimala,  occupying  the  narrow  tract  between 
the  two  great  masses  of  the  continent,  has,  in  virtue  of  its  position,  assumed  the 
title  of  the  United  States  of  Central  America. 

Guatemala  is  bounded  on  the  south-east  by  the  republic  of  New  Grenada ;  on 
ihe  north  and  north-east  by  the  Mexican  States,  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  and  the  Ca- 
ribbean Sea ;  and  on  the  south  and  south-west  by  the  Pacific  Ocean.  Measured 
by  an  oblique  line  from  one  extremity  to  the  other,  it  may  be  1050  miles  in  length ; 
but  the  breadth,  from  sea  to  sea,  nowhere  exceeds  500,  and  in  some  places  is  only 
100  miles.  The  surface  has  been  estimated  at  200,000  equare  miles,  which, 
though  it  appears  small  when  compared  with  the  other  American  states,  is  nearly 
double  the  whole  extent  of  the  British  Islands. 

The  surfiice  of  Guatemala  docs  not  display  that  lofty  and  rugged  character 
which  generally  marks  the  neighbouring  portions  of  the  American  continent 
The  chain  of  tne  Andes,  which  raises  such  a  treipendous  snowy  barrier  through 
the  greater  part  of  the  continent,  sinks  in  the  isthmus  of  Panama  into  a  mere 
rocky  dike,  connecting  North  and  South  America.  Near  Nicaragua,  it  seems  to 
become  little  more  than  an  insensible  ridge,  sloping  down  to  the  shores  of  the 
opposite  oceans.  Proceeding  north-west,  it  soon  rises  and  presents  to  the  Pacific 
a  lofly  range,  in  which  are  twenty-one  volcanoes,  partly  burning  and  partly  extinct. 
The  loftiest,  called  the  volcano  of  Guateriiala,  being  covered  with  snow  for  several 
months  in  the  year,  cannot  be  much  less  than  10,000  feet  high.  Hence  Guate- 
mala, though  it  does  not  present  a  continuous  table-land,  like  Mexico,  has  high 
mountain  valleys,  enjoying  a  cool  and  agreeable  air,  and  producing  the  grain  and 
the  tVuits  of  the  temperate  zone.  The  eastern  part,  swelling  somewhat  into  the 
form  of  a  peninsula,  and  known  by  the  name  of  Mosquitia,  or  the  Mosquito  shore, 
consists  of^  a  vast  and  savage  forest,  beat  by  the  burning  rays  of  the  sun,  and  occu- 
pied by  rude  and  unsubdued  Indians. 

The  waters  which  descend  from  the  Andes  of  Guatemala  fall  into  one  or  other 
of  the  opposite  oceans,  and  do  not  swell  into  rivers  of  any  importance ;  but  there 
is  one  grand  aqueous  feature,  the  Lake  of  Nicaragua,  150  miles  in  length,  and  60 
in  breadth,  and  having  almost  throughout  a  depth  of  ten  fathoms.  Numerous 
streams,  flowing  from  difTorent  quarters,  form  this  great  body  of  water,  which  has 
only  one  outlet  m  the  river  San  Juan,  which  flows  from  it  into  the  Atlantic.  The 
surface  of  the  lake  is  diversified  and  adorned  with  Rmall  iblands,  in  one  of  which 
is  a  volcanic  mountain.     It  communicates  by  a  navigable  channel  of  26  miles. 


laracter 

tinent 

hrough 

a  mere 

eems  to 

of  the 

Pacific 
extinct. 

several ! 

Guate- 
las  high 
rain  and 

into  the 

ito  shore,  | 

,nd  occu- 

or  other  I 
but  there! 
h,  and  60 1 
Numerous 

■hich  has 
itic.   The 

of  which  f 
26  miles,! 


GUATEMALA. 


with  a  smaller  lake,  called  the  Lake  of  Leon,  which  may  almost  be  considered  as 
a  branch  of  it,  and  is  50  miles  long  by  SO  broad. 

The  productive  qualities  of  Guatemala  are,  if  possible,  superior  even  to  those 
of  other  countries  in  the  fruitful  climates  of  America.  Like  Mexico,  it  yields  in 
different  regions,  and  at  small  distances  from  each  other,  all  the  varieties  of  fruit 
and  grain  peculiar  to  the  tropical  and  temperate  2x>nes.  Of  firuits,  several  of  the 
most  valuable  are  produced  in  the  highest  perfection.  The  indigo,  iwhich  forms 
so  large  a  part  of  the  commerce  of  Mexico,  is  almost  entirely  Guatemalan.  The 
cacao  of  Soconusco  is  said  to  be  the  very  finest  in  the  world,  though  it  is  culti- 
vated on  too  small  a  scale  to  enter  much  into  the  market  of  Europe.  Vanilla, 
however,  the  other  ingredient  of  chocolate,  is  procured  to  a  great  extent  from  this 
quarter.  Sugar,  cotton,  cochineal,  mahogany,  and  dye-woods,  are  also  exported. 
There  are  manufactures  of  cotton  and  porcelain,  some  of  them  fine,  but  only  for 
internal  consumption;  and  the  fabrics  in  wrought  gold  and  silver  are  said  to  pos- 
sess great  merit  As  to  commerce,  Guatemala  labours  under  the  disadvantage  of 
not  having  on  either  ocean  a  port  capable  of  receiving  large  ships ;  and  its  com- 
modities have  to  bear  a  heavy  land-carriage,  and  a  coasting  voyage,  before  they 
arrive  at  Vera  Cruz. 

Guatemala  abounds  in  mines,  particularly  of  silver ;  some  of  which  have  been 
undertaken  by  an  English  company,  in  the  expectation  of  their  proving  productive ; 
but  the  result  is  yet  uncertain. 

Canals  are  naturally  an  undertaking  beyond  the  infant  resources  of  Guatemala ; 
but  one  is  in  contemplation,  which,  if  executed,  will  be  the  greatest  and  most  im- 
portant work  of  this  kind  on  the  globe.  This  is  a  canal  to  connect  the  Atlantic 
and  Pacific,  navigable  for  the  largest  vessels,  so  as  to  enable  European  vessels  to 
reach  China  and  parts  of  India  by  an  easier  and  more  direct  course, — thus  causing 
an  important  revolution  in  the  commercial  world.  It  will,  probably,  be  under- 
taken from  the  Lake  of  Nicaragua,  which  communicates  with  the  Atlantic  by  the 
broad  channel  of  the  San  Juan,  and  is  separated  from  ihe  Pacific  by  an  interval 
of  from  sixteen  to  twenty  miles  in  breadth,  through  which  it  seems  certain  that  a 
good  level  could  be  foun  j.  To  execute,  therefore,  a  canal  of  the  dimensions  of  the 
Caledonian,  is,  even  at  present,  completely  within  the  reach  of  human  skill  and 
resources.  It  is  an  undertaking  indeed,  which  does  not  belong  to  the  government 
within  whose  limits  it  is  placed;  and,  though  the  capitalists  of  North  America  or 
Europe  would  find  no  difficulty  in  providing  the  funds,  the  political  atmosphere  of 
Central  America  is  scarcely  yet  so  settled,  that  .^hey  might  look  forward  with  full 
confidence  to  compensation  for  the  large  advances  which  would  be  necessary. 

The  population  cannot  be  considered  as  well  ascei-tained.  It  does  not  Ml  short 
of  2,000,000.  About  one-half  of  the  whole  number  are  Indians,  one-fifth  whites, 
and  three-tenths  mixed  races.    There  are  no  ncjEp-oes  in  the  country. 

The  government  is  federal  republican  iu  its  form,  being  modelled  on  tho,t  of  the 
United  States.  A  federal  congress,  composed  of  a  senate  and  house  of  represent- 
atives, chosen  the  latter  by  the  people,  the  former  by  the  states,  and  a  president, 
I  also  chosen  by  the  popular  vote,  manage  the  general  concerns  of  the  confederacy. 
Each  state  has  its  respective  legislature  and  executive  chief  for  the  administra- 
tion of  its  domestic  amiirs. 

The  territory  of-the  republic,  together  with  the  present  Mexican  state  Chiapas, 
formed  the  Spanish  captaincy-general  of  Guatemala  until  1821,  when  it  was  incor- 
porated with  Mexico.  On  tlie  fall  of  Iturbido,  in  1824,  it  separated  itself  from 
the  latter,  and  constituted  itself  an  independent  republtj,  under  the  title  of  the 
Federal  Republic  of  Central  America.  The  confederacy  consists  of  ^.ve  states, 
and  a  federal  district,  as  follows. 

States.  Population.  '  Capital.  '  * 

Guatemala 800,000 Old  Guatemala. 

San  Salvador 350,000 San  Salvador. 

Honduras 250,000  Comayagua. 

CostaRica l^*^'???  Son  Ju 

Nicsragus. 350,000  J>on. 

Federal  Diatrict,  New  Guatemala. 

2Q 


■"■iX 


450 


MB^ 


GUATEMALA. 


Guatemala  Proper  is  tfae  central  province,  coroprisingr  the  great  chain  of  volca- 
nic mountains,  and  the  slope  downwards  firom  them  to  the  sea.  It  is  here  that 
the  great  variety  of  climate  and  productions  appears,  and  that  the  latter  are  in  the 
highest  perfection.  What  is  strictly  called  the  valley  of  Oua*«mala  consists  pro- 
perly o(  nine  valleys,  of  varying  elevation,  enclosed  within  tne  great  circuit  of 
volcauic  mountains.  In  the  centre  of  this  range  of  valleys,  at  an  elevation  not 
precisely  known,  stands  the  old  city  of  Santiago  de  Guatemala.  It  was  erected 
first  in  1627,  at  the  foot  of  an  enormous  mountain,  called  the  Volcano  of  Water 
(de  Agua),  and  which  too  soon  justified  that  title ;  for,  a  fbw  years  afterwards,  an 
aqueous  eruption  burst  forth,  of  the  most  formidable  character,  which  overwhelmed 
the  whole  city,  and  buried  in  its  ruins  a  great  part  of  the  inhabitants.  Appalled 
\iy  this  disaster,  the  Spaniards  removed  &e  city  to  another  situation  in  a  beautiful 
and  finely  watered  valley,  which  yielded  in  profusion  all  the  necessaries  and  luxu- 
ries of  life.  A  new  town,  also  called  Santiago  de  Guatemala,  was  here  erected. 
But  the  site,  with  idl  its  felicities,  had  terrible  defects.  It  was  liable  to  dreadful 
dKwks  of  earthquake  and  volcanic  eruptions,  which  rendered  the  existence  of  its 
inhabitants  constantly  insecure,  and  tlteir  fate  often  tragical.  In  the  above  suc- 
cession of  calamities,  severe  attacks  of  pestilence  were  interspersed.  At  length, 
in  1775,  the  series  was  consummated  by  a  truly  appalling  earUiquake,  the  shocks 
of  which,  continuing  at  intervals  from  June  to  December,  reduced  the  city  nearly 
to  a  heap  of  ruins.  The  Spanish  government,  on  being  advertised  of  this  disaster, 
Bent  out  instructions  to  remove  to  another  site ;  but  this,  perhaps  well-meant, 
order,  being  executed  in  an  abrupt  and  despotic  manner,  only  aggravated  at  first 
the  miseries  of  the  unfortunate  city.  New  Guatemala  was  built  in  the  valley  of 
Mixco,  in  a  situation  not  so  fertile  and  beautiful,  but  extremely  healthy,  and  ex- 
empt from  the  dreadful  calamities  of  which  the  old  city  had  been  a  victim.  It 
was  reared  in  the  usual  regular  manner  and  with  numerous  square-i ;  the  houses 
are  neat,  though  low,  to  mitigate  the  danger  of  earthquake ;  the  churches  and 
other  public  edifices  on  a  pmaller  scale,  but  of  very  elegant  design.  The  citizens, 
suppoaed  to  amount  to  50,000,  ply,  with  very  considerable  diligence,  the  trades  of 
weaving,  pottery,  working  in  silver,  and  embroidery :  its  chief  articles  of  trade 
are  indigo  and  cacao.  Old  Guatemala  likewise  has  risen  from  its  ashes,  and  a 
great  proportion  of  its  exiles  have  gradually  found  their  way  back  to  their  former 
abode.  Having  attained  a  population  of  16,000,  it  has  been  reinvested,  not  witli 
the  privileges  of  a  city,  but  those  of  a  town. 

San  Salvador,  to  the  south,  is  the  capital  of  the  state  of  the  same  name,  which 
contains  above  300,000  people,  and  forms  a  very  rich  tract,  yielding  most  of  the 
indigo  which  is  the  staple  of  the  kingdom.  The  capital,  in  a  fine  valley,  con- 
tained, in  1778,  a  population  of  12,000,  chiefly  employed  in  the  indigo  trade.  A 
variety  cf  volcanic  movements  desolate  this  province,  while  they  present  curious 
phenomena  to  the  view  of  the  observer. 

The  state  of  Nicaragua  lies  to  the  south  of  the  preceding.  The  territory  is 
rich  in  all  the  tropica)  ftuits,  but  in  none  which  belong  to  the  temperate  dim 38. 
It  has,  however,  vast  savannahs  covered  with  numerous  herds  of  cattle,  which  are 
sent  even  to  the  market  of  the  capital.  But  the  most  |>rominent  object  in  this 
province  is  the  lake,  and  the  chief  interest  excited  by  it  is  tlie  projected  oceanic 
canal ;  both  of  which  have  been  already  mentioned.  Leon,  or  San  Leon  de  Ni- 
caragua, is  a  place  of  about  20,000  inhabitants,  of  whom  about  1000  are  Spaniards, 
with  a  college,  which  in  1812  was  allowed  by  the  Cortes  to  be  converted  into  an 
university.  It  occupies  an  advantageous  position  on  the  nortawostern  shore  of  the 
lake  of  the  same  name,  which  communicates  by  its  outlet  with  Lake  Nicaragua. 
Fourteen  leagues  distant  is  the  fine  harbour  of  Realejo  in  the  Pacific,  separated 
only  by  a  level  country  over  which  there  is  a  good  road.  Nicaragua,  on  tne  lake 
of  the  same  name,  is  a  town  of  about  8000  inhabitants.  Its  port  is  San  Juan,  at 
the  mouth  o^  the  navigable  outlet  of  the  lake. 

Costa  Rica,  or  the  Rich  Const,  to  the  south  of  Nicaragua,  seems  named  ironi- 
cally, being  in  a  siate  of  extreme  and  deplorable  poverty.  It  is  very  capable, 
however,  of  yielding  the  common  tropical  pi'oducts ;  but  the  inroads  of  the  Buc- 
I  cancers  caused  a  aesertion,  from  wiiich  ii  has  never  recovered.     Gartago,  how- 


(an,  at 

ironi-  j 
kpable, 
Buc- 

hnw- 


THE  WEST  INDIES. 


351 


I 


ever,  in  the  heart  of  the  province,  has  a  population  of  20,000  persona,  of  whom 
600  are,  or  were,  Spaniards. 

The  eastern  part  of  the  republic  consists  of  the  state  of  Honduras,  so  named 
fVom  the  peninsula  which  separates  it  from  Yucatan.  The  whole  coast  is  flat* 
marshy,  hot,  and  extremely  unhealthy,  though  some  parts  of  the  interior  rise  into 
hilly  and  temperate  tracts.  This  region  is  covered  with  thick  forests  containing 
the  valuable  trees  of  mahogany  and  logwood.  The  mahogany  tre6s  are  very 
thinly  scattered,  and  are  cut  down  bv  gangs  of  negroes,  preceded  by  what  is  called 
the  finder,  who  mounts  the  tope  of  the  highest  trees,  and  spies  out  whore  a  maho- 
gany tree  is  to  be  found.  The  chief  expense  is  in  the  conveyance  to  the  coast 
Turtle  is  found  in  abundance  along  this  shore.  Gold  and  silver  mines  are  said  to 
exist  here,  but  none  have  ever  been  worked,  or  even  found.  Comayagua,  called 
also  VaHadolid,  is  agreeably  situated  in  the  interior ;  but,  though  the  nominal  capi- 
tal, it  has  never  attained  any  great  importance.  Truxillo,  and  Cape  Gracias,  are 
more  conspicuous  places,  but  now  also  much  decayed.  Omoa,  with  a  good  har- 
bour, has  some  trade.  The  cultivation  of  tobacco,  and  the  rearing  of  cattle,  form 
the  principal  occupations  of  the  inhabitants  of  Honduras. 


.■4,  ■',,*■:,,  " 


THE    WEST    INDIES. 


The  West  Indies  consist  of  an  archipelago  of  large  and  fine  islands,  situated 
in  the  wide  interval  of  sea  between  North  and  South  America.  Their  rich  pro- 
ducts, their  high  cultivation,  and  the  very  singular  form  of  society  existing  in 
them,  have  rendered  them  in  modern  times  peculiarly  interesting. 

These  islands  extend  in  a  species  of  curved  line,  first  east,  and  then  south,  be- 
ginning near  the  southern  part  of  the  United  States,  and  terminating  at  the  coast 
of  South  America,  near  the  mouth  of  the  Orinoco.  On  the  east  and  portli  they 
are  bounded  by  the  Atlantic ;  on  the  south,  the  Caribbean  sea  separates  them  from 
the  coast  of  Colombia ;  on  the  west,  the  broad  expanse  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  is 
interposed  between  them  and  that  part  of  the  continent.  The  largest  are  those 
which  extend  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  eastward ;  Cuba,  Hayti,  Jamaica,  and 
Porto  Rico.  Those  which  run  from  north  to  south  are  smaller ;  but  many  of  them, 
as  Barbadoes,  Martinico,  Guadaloupe,  Trinidad,  are  very  important  fi-om  their  fer- 
tility and  high  cultivation.  This  latter  part  of  the  group  is  frequently  called  the 
Windward  Islaicds,  from  being  exposed  to  the  direct  action  of  the  trade  winds, 
blowing  across  the  Atlantic ;  they  are  named  also  the  Antilles,  and  frequently  the 
Caribbee  Islands,  from  the  name  of  the  people,  called  Caribs,  found  there  by  the 
discoverers.     Area  of  all  the  islands  from  90,000  to  100,000  square  miles. 

Mountains  of  considerable  elevation  diversify  each  of  these  islands,  causing 
them  to  resemble  the  elevated  remains  of  a  portion  of  the  continent,  which  some 
convulsion  has  overwhelmed.  Generally  speaking,  the  interior  is  composed  of  a 
range  or  group,  sometimes  of  little  more  than  a  single  mountain,  the  slopes  of 
which,  and  the  plain  at  its  feet,  constitute  the  island.  The  most  elevated  peaks 
of  Cuba,  Hayti,  and  Jamaica,  exceed  8000  feet;  while  the  highest  summits  of  the 
Windward  Islands  range  from  3000  to  4000  feet.  Most  of  these  eminences  have 
evidently  been  the  seat  of  volcanic  action ;  but  this  appears  to  have  ceased  in  all 
of  them,  except  the  Soufridre  of  Guadaloupe,  which  still  exhibits  some  fkint  indi> 
cations  of  it. 

The  climate  of  the  West  Indies  is,  for  a  great  part  of  the  year,  mild  and  plea- 
sant; the  heat  being  in  some  dpgree  moderated  by  the  uniform  lengths  of  the 
nights,  and  by  refreshing  sea  brenzes.  The  seasons  ate  divided  between  the  ^.vet 
and  the  dry;  tho  former,  occurrins  in  May  and  October,  are  of  short  continuance; 
and,  during  tlio  rest  of  the  year,  the  sky  is  clear,  and  the  nights  are  remarkable 
for  their  brilliancy.  In  the  interval,  between  the  months  of  August  and  October, 
the  West  Indiii  islands  are  sometimes  visited  by  terrible  storms  or  hurrictanes. 
They  are  in  general  preceded  by  a  profound  calm ;  this  is  soon  followed  by  light 


ninff  and  thunder;  rain,  ht 


inpetuous  blasts  of  wind,  which  move  with 


)U3 


THE  WEST  INDIES. 


ineredible  swiflneu.    Plantations,  foresu,  and  houses,  ftre  .often  swept  away 
before  their  violence  ;  which,  however,  is  of  short  duration. 

Tiie  West  Indies  abound  in  nearly  all  the  productions  of  warm  climates  t  the 
principal  fruits  are  oranges,  lemons,  pine-apples,  pawpaws,  bananas,  plantains, 
&c.  i  manioc,  yams,  Indian  corn,  &c.,  are  cultivated  for  food ;  and  sugar,  coffee, 
cocoa,  cotton,  indigo,  tobacco,  allspice,  &c.,  furnish  important  articles  of  com- 
merce. The  forests  contain  mahogany,  lignum-vits,  iron-wood,  and  other  woods 
useful  in  the  arts. 

The  native  races  of  these  islands  are  now  nearly  extinct.  When  first  discoverrd 
by  the  Spaniards,  they  were  inhabited  by  two  distinct  nations ;  the  Arrowauks, 
a  mild  and  peaceful  people,  who  had  made  some  advances  in  civilization,  occu- 
pied the  Bahamas  and  Ine  Great  Antilles ;  and  the  Caribs,  a  fierce  and  warlike 
race,  inhabited  the  more  southerly  isles.  Of  the  latter,  a  few  individuals  arc 
still  to  be  found  in  St.  Vincent  and  Trinidad. 

The  present  population  is  composed  of  several  distinct  classes,  between  whom 
scarcely  any  sympathy  exists;  tney  comprise  whites,  negro  slaves,  emancipated 
negroes,  and  mulattoes.  The  whites  consist  of  Europeans  and  Creoles,  or  whites 
born  in  the  West  Indies :  in  all  the  islands,  with  one  exception,  they  are  the 
masters,  and  possess  all  the  power  and  property.  The  slaves  form  the  chief 
bulk  of  the  population,  except  in  Hayti  and  the  British  islands,  and  are  the  de- 
scendants of  slaves  originally  brought  from  Africa.  The  emancipated  negroes 
have  obtained  their  freedom  either  oy  legislative  enactment,  as  in  the  British 
colonies ;  by  the  exercise  of  numerical  force,  as  in  Hayti ;  by  manumission 
throuffh  the  favour  of  masters,  who  had  conceived  an  attachment  to  them ;  or 
earned  by  the  industrious  employment  of  their  leisiire  hours.  The  mulattoes, 
&c.,  have  been  produced  by  iritercourse  between  the  white  and  black  races,  and 
are  never  enslaved.    The  population  of  all  the  islands  is  about  3,305,000. 

By  an  Act  of  the  Britisn  Parliament,  passed  in  1833,  the  slaves  were,  on  the 
1st  of  August  1834,  made  apprenticed  labourers;  to  continue  such  a  part  of  them 
till  the  1st  of  August  1838,  and  >  part  till  the  let  of  August  1840,  when  they 
were  all  to  be  emancipated.  To  indemnify  the  owners  of  the  slaves.  Parliament 
voted  them  the  sum  of  20  millions  of  pounds  sterling,  or  nearly  100  millions  of 
dollars,  as  a  compensation,  payable  in  certain  fixed  proportions,  according  as  each 
colony  should  be  ascertained  to  have  complied  with  the  terms  of  the  Act. 

Soon  after  the  passing  of  this  Act,  the  slaves  in  the  islands  of  Antigua  and  the 
Bermudas,  w>>re  made  tree  by  the  colonial  governments ;  and  Acts  were  subse- 
quently passed  by  the  legislatures  of  Barbaaocs,  Jamaica,  Nevis,  Montserrat,  St 
Christopher's,  St.  Vincent,  Tortola,  and  the  other  islands,  by  which  all  the 
slaves  or  apprenticed  labourers  were  liberated  in  those  islands  on  the  Ist  of  Au- 
gust 1838. 

The  result  of  this  important  measure  is  not  yet  fairly  ascertained ;  the  accounts 
published  so  far,  are,  for  the  rnosr,  part,  contradictory ;  and  the  question  has  as- 
sumed BO  much  of  a  partisan  character,  that  it  is  diiUcult  to  arrive  at  any  conclu- 
sion respecLng  its  policy.  In  the  mean  time,  plans  have  been  proposed,  and 
adopted  to  a  certain  extent,  for  introducing  free  labourers  from  Western  Africa, 
and  Hindoostan ;  and  a  small  number,  from  both  regions,  have  arrived.  The 
negroes  are  admitted  to  have  acted  p:enerally  with  order  and  propriety,  since  their 
emancipation :  in  Jamaica,  and  some  of  the  other  islands,  many  of  them  have 
become  small  proprietors,  and  are  industrious  in  cultivating  the  ground ;  others 
are  indolent,  and  refuse  to  hbour  except  atextravagant  rates.  Many  large  estates, 
formerly  well  rultivatod  and  productive,  are  now  almost  deserted  for  want  of 
labourers ;  and  it  cnnnot  be  doubted,  that  the  amount  of  exportable  articles  is,  in 
consequence,  vt  ry  coi^siderubly  diminished  in  amount. 

The  commerce  of  the  West  Indies  is  greater  in  extent,  than  in  any  other  coun- 
try of  the  same  wealth  and  popuhtion,  in  the  world.  The  value  of  the  exports 
is  probably  not  less  than  75  millions  of  dollars  annually ;  the  imports  are  rather 
more  than  half  that  amount.  The  greatest  trade  is  ^^ith  Great  Britain,  and  the 
United  States,  and  the  British  North  American  colonies.  France,  Spain,  and 
the  Tianse-towns  have  also  each  a  considetable  trade. 

The  nhifif  articles  of  exnort  are  suErar,  coffee,  rum,  tobacco,  cotton,  cocoa. 


kway 

«  the  I 

tains,  I 

ofiee,) 

com- 

KTOOdS  I 

jverndl 
vauks,  I 
,  occu- 
farlikel 
ils  arcl 

whom 
cipatcd 
whites! 
are  the! 
le  chiefl 
the  de-| 
negroes) 

British] 
imissionl 
hem;  orl 
lulattoes,  I 
ices,  and) 
9. 

e,  on  the  1 
■t  of  them 
[hen  they 
larlianienti 
jillions  of  I 
Ig  as  each  1 
it.  li 

ia  and  the  1 
fre  Bubse-1 
Iserrat,  St. 
ih  all  the! 

st  of  Au- 

j  accounts  I 
fnhas  as- 1 
hy  condu- 
kosed,  and 
fern  Africa, 
The 
Isincetheir  I 
Ihem  have 
id;  others  I 
Ige  estates, 
\,t  want  of 
licles  is,  in 

bther  coun-1 

he  exports 

I  are  rather  11 

Jin,  and  the 

ISpain,  and 

Iton,  cocoa,| 


THE  WEST  INDIES. 


353 


pimento  or  allspice,  mahogany,  loffwood,  tic.    The  imports  are  manufactured 

f;ooda  of  all  kinds  from  Europe,  with  flour,  lumber,  fish,  and  salted  provisions 
rom  the  United  States  and  British  America.    American  domestic  goods,  and 
various  fancy  articles,  are  also  imported; 

The  islands  of  the  West  Indies,  with  the  exception  of  Hayti  and  Margarita, 
belong  to  different  European  nations,  and  are  under  the  control  of  governors  ap- 
pohited  by  the  powers  to  which  they  respectively  belong.  In  nearly  all  the 
islands  the  government  is  of  a  military  character;  but,  in  the  British  islands,  it 
is  modelled  on  the  constitution  of  the  mother  country.  The  several  islands  have 
a  governor,  lieutenant-governor,  and  legislative  council  appointed  by  the  crown ; 
and  most  of  them  have  also  a  house  of  representatives,  chosen  by  the  people. 

Spaniih  Itlandi. 
The  western  colonies  of  Spain,  for  some  centuries  comprised  the  greater  part  of 
America ;  but  are  now  limited  to  the  two  islands  of  Cuba  and  Porto  Rico.    Yet 
these  are  so  productive,  that,  since  a  more  liberal  policy  has  been  adopted  towards 
them,  they  have  in  no  small  degree  compensated  for  her  immense  losses. 

Cuba,  the  finest  and  largest  of  the  West  India  islands,  is  about  780  miles  in 
length  by  52  in  mean  breadth,  and  has  a  superficial  area  of  43,500  square  miles, 
being  nearly  equal  in  extent  to  all  the  other  islands  taken  together.    It  is  tra- 
versed throughout  its  whole  extent  by  chains  of  mountains,  whose  highest  peaks, 
Potrillo  and  Cobre,  attain  an  elevation  of  more  than  8500  feet ;  and  the  plains  be- 
neath are  copiously  watered,  and  rendered  fit  for  producing,  in  the  highest  perfec- 
tion, all  the  objects  of  tropical  culture.    The  situation  of  Cuba,  commanding  the 
entrance  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  the  communication  between  North  and  Sccth 
America,  gives  it  a  high  commercial  and  political  importance ;  yet  ojpain  lanu; 
viewed  it  merely  as  the  key  of  her  great  possessions,  and  the  passage  by  which 
she  reached  them ;  and  this  great  island  did  not,  in  *he  valuo  or  its  produce,  equal 
some  of  the  smallest  of  the  Antilles.    But  during  the  last  forty  years,  a  concur- 
rence of  circumstances  has  rendered  .it  the  richest  of  ihe  European  colonies  in 
any  part  of  the  globe.     Within  the  period  l-cst  oientioned,  and  especially  since  the 
separation  of  the  continental  colonies  from  the  mother  country,  a  ^riore  liberal  and 
protecting  policy  has  been  adopted ;  the  ports  of  the  island  have  been  thrown 
open ;  strangers  and  emigrants  have  been  encouraged  to  settle  there ;  and,  amid 
the  political  agitations  of  tho  mother-country,  the  expulsion  of  the  Spanish  resi- 
dents from  Hispaniola,  the  cession  of  Louisiana  and  Florida  to  a  foreign  power, 
and  the  disasters  of  those,  who,  in  the  continental  states  of  America,  adhered  to 
Old  Spain,  Cuba  has  become  a  general  place  of  refuge.    Its  progress,  from  these 
causes,  has  been  most  extraordinary.    At  the  close  of  the  last  century,  it  was 
obliged  to  draw  from  the  rich  colony  of  New  Spain  the  sums  necessary  for  tho 
support  of  its  civil  administration  and  the  payment  of  its  garrisons;  of  late  years, 
it  has  been  able  not  only  to  provide  for  its  own  exigencies,  but  to  afford  important 
aid  to  the  mother-country  in  her  contest  with  her  revolted  colonies.    In  1778,  the 
revenue  of  the  island  amounted  to  885,358  dollars ;  in  1794,  to  1,136,918  dollars ; 
and  in  1830,  to  no  less  than  8,972,548  dollars,  a  sum  superior  to  the  revenue  of 
most  of  the  secondary  kingdoms  of  Europe.     The  inhabitants  have  applied  them- 
selves with  surprising  success  to  the  culture  of  the  great  West  India  staples, 
sugar  and  coffee ;  between  1760  and  1767,  the  exports  of  sugar  amounted  to  only 
5,570,000  lbs. ;  in  1832,  thoy  exceeded  250,000,000  lbs.     In  1800,  there  were  only 
80  coffee  plantations  on  the  island ;  in  1827,  they  amounted  to  2067. 

Four  censuses  have  been  taken  of  the  population  of  Cuba,  giving  the  following 
general  results:  in  1775,  171,620  souls;  in  1791,272,301 ;  in  1817,593,033;  in 
1827,  704,487 ;  in  1839,  1,128,000.  The  following  table  shows  tho  character  of 
the  population  at  the  first  and  two  last  named  periods  :— 

177S.  1887.  IW. 

Whites 96,440 311,051 450,000 

Free  Mulattoes  . . .     19,397 57,514 89,000 

Free  Black 11,520 48,980 153,000 

Slaves 44,333 286,942 436,000 

Totals ....   171.620 =   .  704.487 1,128,000 


J 


954 


THE  WEST  INDIES. 


The  principal  articles  of  export  from  Cuba  are  sugar,  coffee,  mm,  molasaea, 
wax,  tobacco,  and  ci^rs,  with  honey,  hides,  cotton,  fruits,  &c.  The  prineipal 
Imports  are  corn,  grain  of  all  sorts,  nour,  lumber,  dried  fish,  an4salt  provisions, 
chiefly  from  the  United  States;  cotton  goods,  hardware,  and  various  other  manu- 
fkotared  articles,  such  as  hats,  shoes,  cabinet-ware,  carriages,  lie.,  from  the 
United  States  and  Great  Britain ;  linens  from  Germany  and  Ireland ;  silver  and 

Eld,  indigo  and  cochineal,  from  the  Spanish-American  States ;  wineo,  spirits, 
I.,  firom  France  and  Spain,  with  such  other  articles  of  luxury  and  use  as  an 
opulent  agricultural  community,  in  a  tropical  climate,  requires.  The  total  value 
of  the  imports  for  the  year  1837,  amounted  to  no  less  than  $99,940,357 ;  of  ex- 
ports, to  4lt^0,346,407. 

Cuba  is  divided  into  two  provinces;  the  Havana  being  the  capital  of  the  one, 
and  Santiago  of  the  other.  The  Captain-General  is  at  the  same  time  civil  go- 
vernor of  tne  western  province ;  but,  except  in  military  matters,  the  governor  of 
the  eastern  province  is  responsible  only  to  the  Conrt  of  Madrid.  This  island  is 
also  divided  into  three  military  divisions — a  Western,  Central,  and  Eastern  ;  the 
chiefs  of  whiob  are,  of  course,  subordinate  to  the  Captain-General.  The  Royal 
Court  (Seal  Judieneia)  has  the  supreme  jurisdiction  in  all  civil  and  criminal  af- 
fairs. In  the  principalities,  there  are  Ayuntamimtot ;  and,  in  the  rural  districts, 
Jueeet  Pedaneo$,  who  combine  the  exercise  of  judicial  functions  with  those  of 
police  commissioners,  tte. 

Havana,  or  the  Havannah,  the  capital  of  Cuba,  is  one  of  the  most  flourishing 
cities  of  the  New  World.  It  once  carried  on  the  whole,  and  still  retains  moie 
than  two-thirds,  of  the  commerce  of  the  island.  In  1839,  336,428^  hosrgs  of 
sugar,  and  1,994,086  arrobas  of  coffee,  were  exported  from  this  city.  Tl>e  harbour 
is  admirable,  capable  of  containing  a  thousand  large  vessels,  and  allowing  then\  to 
come  close  to  the  quay :  its  narrow  entrance  has  been  found  disastrous  when  fleets 
were  seeking  shelter  from  a  pursuing  enemy.  The  fouifications,  particularly  the 
Moro  and  Punta  castles,  are  remarkably  strong.  The  city  presents  a  magnificent 
appearance  from  the  sea,  its  numerous  spives  being  intermingled  with  lofty  and 
luxuriant  trees.    The  churches  are  handsome  and  richly  ornamented ;  and  several 

Erivate  mansions  are  reckoned  to  be  worth  above  60,000/.  each.  The  interior, 
owever,  for  the  most  part  consists  of  narrow,  ill-paved,  and  dirty  streets,  crowded 
with  merchandise  ana  wagons,  and  presenting  entirely  the  appearance  of  busy 
trade.  Yet  the  alameda,  or  public  walk,  and  the  opera,  on  the  appearance  of  a 
favourite  performer,  exhibit  a  gay  and  even  splendid  aspect.  The  recently  con- 
structed suburbs  are  also  built  in  a  superior  style.  Population,  in  1845, 140,000. 
The  Havana  is  connected  with  Guines,  a  town  on  the  south  side  of  the  island, 
oy  a  rail-road  of  45  miles  in  length,  which  was  completed  in  1839. 

Matanzas,  60  miles  east  of  the  capital,  is  now  the  second  commercial  town  in 
the  island.  The  harbour  is  capacious,  easy  of  access,  and  sheltered  from  all  winds, 
except  those  from  the  north-east,  which  are  not  dangerous  here.  Population 
90,000.  In  1839  it  exported  upwards  of  190,000  boxes  of  sugar,  and  175,000 
arrobas  of  coffee.  As  the  vicinity  is  rapidly  becoming  settled  and  brought  under 
cultivation,  its  importance  is  daiiv  increasing.  A  rail-road,  to  some  of  the  inte- 
rior towns,  has  been  lately  completed.  Cardenas,  a  port  25  or  30  miles  east  of 
Matanzas,  has  some  trade  with  tne  United  States.  Trinidad  is  one  of  the  most 
populous  and  thriving  places  on  the  island,  since  the  removal  of  the  restrictions 
on  its  trade.  It  is  well  built,  and  standing  on  the  southern  shore,  it  is  beyond 
the  influence  of  the  northers  which  are  experienced  on  the  other  side  of  the  island. 
Its  harbour  is  capacious,  but  exposed,  and  its  commerce  considerable.  Popula- 
tion, 19,500.  To  the  west  lies  Cienfuegos,  a  small  commercial  town  of  9500 
inhabitants,  with  one  of  the  best  harbours  In  the  world,  formed  by  the  magnificent 
bay  of  Xagua.     Its  trade  with  the  United  States  is  considerable  in  amount 

Puerto  Principe,  situated  in  the  interior,  is  a  poor,  dirty,  and  ill-built  town,  in 
a  wet  spot,  whien  in  many  places  is  only  passable  on  raised  footpaths.  Its  inland 
trade  is  considerable.  Population,  24,000.  The  little  town  of  Neuvitas,  lately 
founded  on  a  bay  of  the  same  name  on  the  northern  coast,  serves  as  its  port. 

In  the  eastern  part  of  the  island  is  Santiago  de  Cuba,  once  the  capital  of  Cuba. 
It  is  one  of  the  oldest  and  best-built  towns  of  thd  colony,  and  contains  24,753  I 


THE  WEST  INDIES. 


855 


inhabitsnttr.  At  El  Cobra,  near  Santiago,  sra  valuable  eopp«r<ouMat  now  ex- 
tansirely  wrought,  chiefly  by  English  minera.  Bayamo  or  oan  Salvador,  an  old 
town  in  the  interior,  haa  a  population  of  7500  souU.  Its  poi t  ia  the  thriving  little 
commercial  town  of  Manaanillo,  with  3000  inhabitants.  To  the  west  is  Holguin, 
with  4000  inhabitant!)  .  u',  at  the  eaatern  extremity  of  the  island  ia  Baraooa,  now 
much  reduced,  but  rem«.  ^  t>ble  as  the  first  settlement  formed  by  the'SpaaifDrds  in 
Cuba.    Population,  S600. 

Porto  Rico,  or  Puerto  Rico,  the  smallest  of  the  Great  Antilles,  is  about  100 
miles  in  length  by  36  in  mean  breadth,  and  has  a  superficies  of  4000  square  miles. 
Although  interior  to  none  of  the  islands  in  fertility  apd  general  importance,  it  was 
long  neglected  b^  Spain,  and  until  the  beginning  of  the  present  century  its  wealth 
was  derived  entirely  from  its  woods  and  pastures.  Porto  Rico  is  traversed  by  a 
lofty  mountain>ridge,  which  in  the  cistern  part  rises  to  the  height  of  about  4000 
feet ;  on  each  side  of  this  central  ridge  lie  rich  und  beautiful  valleys,  well  watered 
and  well  wooded,  below  which  stretch  the  fertile  plains  that  contain  the  thriving 
agricultural  and  commercial  towns.  The  population,  in  1836,  was  357,086 ;  of 
this  number  41,818  were  slaves;  127,399  whites;  and.  188,869  free  coloured 
persons.  The  law  makes  no  distinction  between  the  .vhite  and  the  coloured  classes, 
and  th3  whites  are  in  the  habit  of  intermixing  freely  with  the  people  of  colour. 

'th  exports  are  sugar  coffee,  tobacco,  run.  Sic. ;  the  imports  are  the  same  as 
those  'f  Cuba.  Their  annual  value  is  about  5,500,000  dollars ;  of  exports,  nearly 
the  i^r  le  amount ;  two-third%of  which  are  in  American  bottoms ;  of  116,690  tons, 
the  tonnage  arrived  in  1839,  64,000  was  American,  and  29,900  Spanish. 

The  capital,  Puerto  Rico,  or  San  Juan,  is  a  large,  neat,  and  well-built  town  on 
the  northern  coast,  with  a. deep,  safe,  an(l  capacious  harbour.  It  is  very  strongly 
fortified,  and  contains  about  30,000  inhabitants.  The  other  towns  are  small ; 
Mayaguez  and  Aguadilla  on  the  west  coast.  Ponce  and  Guayama  on  the  sputheni, 
and  Faxardo,  are  the  principal  ports.  The  little  inland  of  Blet|ue,  or  Crab  Island, 
lying  off  the  eastern  coast,  is  claimed  by  Great  Britain. 

Brilith  hlandt. 

The  British  possessions,  though  not  the  most  extensive  or  naturally  fruitful,  are, 
since  those  of  France  have  sunk  into  secondary  importance,  among  the  best  cul- 
tivated, most  wealthy,  and  productive.  Perhaps  no  part  of  the  glone  has,  in  pro> 
portion  to  its  extent,  yielded  such  an  amount  of  valuable  commodities  for  export- 
ation. The  following  table  erhibits  the  pop''^ation  and  oommetce  of  each  6f 
these  islands. 


Flaeei. 


Antigua 

Barbb.does 

Dominica 

Grenada 

Jamaica 

Montscrrat 

Nevis 

St  Christopher's. .  ■ 

St  Lucia 

St  Vineent 

Tobaffo 

Tortda  &  Virgin  la. 

Anguilla , . . 

Trinidad 

Bihamns 

Bermudas 


Total 


Wbitci. 


1,980 

14,959 

840 

801 

30,000 

330 

700 

1,612 

881 

1,301 

280 

477 

365 

4^01 

4,657 

4,264 


Coloured. 


33,432 
87,953 
17,994 
27,312 
318.644 

7,829 
10,722 
23,660 
17,267 
25,821 
14,621 

6,488 

2,715 
41,083 
13,916 

4,456 


67,648  '  653,613 


Tote  I. 


35,iJ2 

102,912 

18,834 

28,123 

348,844 

11,*  a 

ie,H3 

27,122 

14,901 

6,965 

3,080 

45,284 

18,573 

8,720 


Import*. 


731,261 


JE176,076 

606,586 

68,077 

1,448,570 

27,183 
98,344 
60,344 

70,000 
10.426 


142,021 
97,811 


Export!. 


897,990 

78,282 

1,600,000 

12,203 

145,703 

69,040 


24,729 

424,343 
92,802 
25,271 


Yeaif. 


1838 
1836 

1^8 

1839 
1836 
1836 


1839 
1834 
1839 


Jamaica  is  the  largest  and  most  valuable  island  in  the  British  West  Indies. 
The  lofty  range  of  the  Blue  Mountains  in  the  interior,  cevered  with  ancient  and 
majeatic  forests,  gives  to  its  landscapes  f.    ,  v'  and  vnried  aspect.    From  these 


mm 


SM 


THE  WEST  INDIES. 


i-  .■: 


height!  detoend  a>H)nt  «  l«uiidrad  riren,  or  rather  rilli,  which  daah  down  the 
■teepe  in  nuinerou'  r  ..ijea,  and,  after  a  short  course,  reach  the  aea.  From  theto 
elevated  tracts  the  island  ia  mipplied  witii  the  ve|{etable  prodf;<*t.ions  of  a  tern- 
perate  c''nrtate;  and  the  Guinea  gnM,  which  has  prosperea  rr  <\  >;;:ably,  enables 
the  j^luuters  to  maintain  numerous  and  valuable  herds  of  catf  : .  I'et  the  soil  is 
considered  to  be  by  no  means  universally  |{ood,  and  its  actual  fertility  is  ascribed 
in  a  great  measure  to  diligent  manuring  and  cultivation.  The  abundance  of  water 
must  always  be  a  main  source  of  fertility  in  tropical  countries.  The  rum  of  Ja- 
maica ia  considered  superior  to  that  of  anv  of  the  other  districts ;  but  its  coifee 
ranks  second  to  that  of  Berbico.  Pimento,  the  plantations  of  which  are  extremely 
ornamental,  is  peculiar  to  this  island,  and  has  been  often  termed  Jamaica  pepper. 
With  her  natural  and  acnuired  advantages,  however,  Jamaica  has  not  been  pre- 
served flrom  the  pestilential  influence  of  the  climate,  which  renders  it  extremely 
dangerous  to  European  constitutions. 

'rke  towns  of  Jamaica,  as  of  the  other  islands,  are  all  sea-ports,  and  supported 
by  commerce.  Spanish  Town,  or  Santiago  de  la  Vega,  the  most  ancient,  and  still 
the  seat  of  the  legislature  and  courts,  is  of  comparatively  little  imp 'ftancc,  and 
has  not  more  than  4000  or  5000  inhabitants.  Port  Royal,  potnosscu  of  a  secure 
and  spacious  harbour,  was,  in  the  end  of  the  seventeenth  century,  enriched  both 
by  the  trade  of  the  Island,  and  the  contraband  traffic  with  the  Spanish  main.  It 
was  then,  with  the  exception  of  Mexico  and  Lima,  the  most  splendid  and  opulent 
city  in  the  New  World.  Suddenly  an  earthquake  ewallowed  up  the  greater  part 
of  tlie  city  and  its  inhabitants.  Yet  the  advantages  of  its  situation  caused  it  to 
be  soon  rebuilt;  and  ten  years  after,  when  it  had  been  burnt  to  the  ground,  it  was 
reared  again  (mm  its  ashes.  But  in  1722  it  was  assailed  by  a  hurricane,  the  most 
dreadflil  ever  known,  even  in  these  latitudes.  The  sea  rose  seventeen  or  eighteen 
feet,  undermined  and  overthrew  a  great  part  of  the  houses ;  the  shipping  in  the 
harbour  was  entirely  destroyed,  with  the  exception  of  a  few  large  vessels,  which 
had  only  tlieir  masts  vnd  rigging  swept  away.  Port  Royal,  being  then  viewed  as 
a  fiital  spot,  ,0.1'  abandoned  for  Kingston,  and  is  now  reduced  to 200  or  300  houses. 
The  fiirtificiaiaiec't  however,  which  are  very  strong,  are  still  kept  up,  and  the  navy- 
yard  is  p.;  xl:\f>uai'(\  there.  Kingston,  about  twenty  miles  N.E.,  is  now  the  nnnci- 
pal  to^^'n  o.  Ja'-'>(i?ca.  Its  commerce,  though  not  equal  to  what  that  of  Port  Royal 
cnce  w  .>  is  girn<.t,  and  is  favoured  by  a  spacious  and  commodious  roadstead.  Its 
population  u  abtiut  95,000.  All  these  towns  are  on  the  south-eastern  coast,  which 
IS  the  most  levul  and  fertile,  and  most  fiivourable  for  trade.  Montcgo  Bay,  a  place 
with  about  4000  inhabitants,  carries  on  the  more  limited  commerce  of  tho  northern 
coast  Savanna  la  Mar,  in  the  west,  is  little  more  than  a  village ;  it  has  a  g[ood 
hMrboar,  and  a  little  tnide.  The  Grand  and  Little  Cayman,  which  are  inhabited 
only  by  a  few  hundred  fishermen  and  pilots,  may  bo  considered  as  appendages  to 
Jamaica. 

Barbadoes,  the  most  eastern  of  the  Caiibbees,  was  the  first  settled  English  island. 
Having  no  mountains  in  the  centre,  it  is  less  copiously  watered  than  the  other 
Antilles;  and,  being  &rther  out  in  the  Atlantic,  is  peculiarly  exposed  to  the  gene- 
ral scourge  of  hurricane.  Its  soil,  though  deficient  in  depth,  being  composed 
chiefly  of  a  fine  black  mould,  is  well  fitted  for  the  culture  of  sugar;  and  its  rich 
plantations,  diversified  bv  the  gentle  hills  which  rise  in  the  interior,  present  a 
delightful  landscape.  Bridgetown,  tho  capital,  is  one  of  the  gayest  and  hand- 
somest towns  and  one  of  the  strongest  military  posts,  in  the  West  Indies,  con- 
taining above  20,000  inhabitants.  It  has  an  excellent  harbour,  much  frequented, 
not  only  for  the  trade  of  tho  island,  but  by  vessels  which,  in  consequence  of  its 
easterly  position,  reach  it  before  any  of  the  other  islands,  and  touch  there  for 
refireehment 

Antigua,  St.  Christopher's,  and  several  others  now  to  be  mentioned,  form  what 
are  oalled  the  Leeward  Islands,  which,  running  from  east  to  west,  are  supposed  to 
be  leas  exposed  to  the  action  of  the  trade  wind.  All  the  Leeward  Islands  have 
one  governor,  who  rosiJes  at  Antigua.  Hence  John's  Town,  its  capital,  admired 
fclr  ite  agreeable  situation  and  the  regularity  of  its  buildings,  derives  a  considera- 
ble degree  of  importance,  and  is  a  fiivourite  resort    It  has  about  16,000  inhabit 


J 


THE  WEST  INDIE& 


367 


NevJH,  Barbuda,  Angui]la[| 

uresque,  but.  by  no  meaus 

consisting  of  ono  conical 

'he  capital.    Barbiida 

iliivttted:  Anguilla  haa  a 

7  esteemed.    The  Virgin 

ictive  of  any  in  the  West 

M.ared  by  the  opaniards  and 


anta.    English  Harbour,  on  the  aouthem  coaat,  with  a  royal  dock-yard,  ia  an  im- 
portant  naval  station. 

St  Christopher's,  known  often  by  the  familiar  appellation  of  St  Kitt's,  was  first 
occupied  by  the  English  in  1623 ;  and,  though  repeatedly  disputed  by  the  Spa- 
niards and  French,  has,  with  the  exception  of  some  short  intervals,  remained  in 
the  possession  of  Britain.  The  interior,  rising  into  thn  l<  tty  peak  of  Mount  Mi- 
I  sery,  is  peculiarly  rugged  and  mountainous,  but  the  plum  along  the  sea  surpasses 
in  richness  nnd  beauty  that  of  any  of  the  other  islands,  abounding  in  the  blaok 
mould  which  is  peculiarly  fitted  for  sugar,  liasseterre,  the  capitM,  on  the  south- 
west coast,  contains  6000  or  7000  inhan  ant 

The  other  Leeward  Islands  consist       M  -*t 

and  the  Virgin  Islands.    Tho  first  is  agreea>ji< 
fertile.    Nevis  is  a  siiiall,  but  beautiful  an<^'  fert 
uiDuntain  abovo  twenty  miles  in  circuit 
and  Anguilla,  still  smaller,  are  also  ferti 
valuable  salt-pond ;  tho  tobacco  of  Barbuda 
Islands  are,  upon  the  whole,  tho  most  arid  and  It 

Indies.     They  are  numerous,  and  in  some  degict    ; ^  ..-  -^ 

Dutch ;  but  Tortola,  the  only  one  of  much  consideration,  Anegada,  and  Virgin 
Gorda,  belong  to  tho  English. 

Dominica  is  a  large  island,  but  not  productive  altogether  in  proportion  to  its 
extent,  much  of  tho  surface  being  mountainoqs  and  rugged.  Several  of  its  vol- 
canic summits  throw  out,  from  time  to  time,  burning  sulphur;  but  they  do  not  act 
to  any  destructive  extent.  It  is  intorspersed,  however,  with  fertile  valleys ;  a 
large  quantity  of  coffee  is  raised  on  the  sides  of  the  hills.  Roseau,  or  Charlotte- 
town,  the  capital,  is  by  no  means  so  flourishing  as  before  the  fire  of  1781 ;  it  is 
well  built,  but  many  of  the  bouses  are  unoccupied.  Its  population  may  amount 
to  5000. 

St.  Vincent's  is  one  of  the  most  elevated  and  rugged  of  tho  Antilles.  It  con- 
tains the  only  ver^  active  volcano  in  these  islands,  which,  after  being  dormant  for 
a  century,  burst  forth  in  1812  with  tremendous  violence,  exhibiting  the  most  aw- 
ful phenomena.  Several  plantations  were  destroyed,  and  almost  all  those  on  tho 
eastern  coast  were  covered  with  a  layer  of  ashes  ten  inches  deep.  The  peak  of 
Morne  Garou  is  nearly  6000  feet  high.  Yet  the  intermediate  valleys,  being  fertile 
in  a  high  degree,  render  St.  Vincent's,  on  the  whole,  a  very  productive  island.  It 
contains  small  remnants  of  tho  native  Carib  race,  mingled  with  some  fi'ee  negroes, 
who  were  early  introduced,  and  have  adopted  many  of  the  Indian  usages.  Kings- 
ton, the  capital,  has  been  supposed  to  contain  8000  inhabitants. 

Grenada  exhibits  a  considerable  variety  of  surface,  which,  on  the  whole,  how-  I 
ever,  is  extremely  productive,  and  renders  it  an  important  acquisition.  The  I 
scenery,  though  not  so  grand  as  that  of  some  of  the  others,  is  peculiarly  beautiful,  I 
and  has  been  compnrod  to  that  of  Italy.  St.  George,  the  capital,  named  formerly 
Fort  Royal,  possesses  one  of  the  most  commodious  harbours  in  the  West  Indies, 
and  has  been  strongly  fortified.  The  Grenadines,  or  Grenadillos,  lying  between 
Grenada  and  St.  Vincent,  produce  some  sugar  and  cofiee. 

Tobago,  or  Tabago,  is  a  small  but  fertile  and  beautiful  island.  Notwithstanding 
its  southerly  situation,  the  heat  is  tempered  by  breezes  from  the  surrounding 
ocean,  while  at  tho  same  time  it  appears  to  be  out  of  tho  track  of  those  hurricanes 
which  have  desolated  so  many  of  the  other  islands.  It  yields  the  fruits  and  other 
products  common  to  the  West  India  islands  with  those  of  the  bordering  Spanish 
mair..    Scarborough,  a  town  of  about  3000  inhabitants,  is  its  capital. 

St.  Lucia  was  ceded  to  Great  Britain  in  1815.  Its  high  peaks,  called  Pitons  by 
the  French,  and  sugar-loaves  by  the  English,  are  visible  at  some  distance  at  sea. 
The  soil  is  productive,  but  the  climate  is  unhealthy.  On  the  western  side  is  Port 
Castries,  or  Carenage,  one  of  the  best  harbours  in  these  btands.  The  town  has  a 
population  of  about  5000  souls. 

Trinidad,  separated  only  by  a  strait  from  the  coast  of  South  America,  where 
that  mainland  is  traversed  by  the  branches  of  the  Orinoco,  shares  in  a  great  menr 
sure  its  character.     It  is  covered  with  magnificent  forests,  and  presents  scenery 


TJTT 


2H 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


// 


J 


^.^^ 


C^ 


<^ 


^ 


<; 


1.0 


I.I 


Iti|2j8    115 
itt  lii   12.2 


Ui 


U°    12.0 


U& 


—  ""=  |j 


ll^ 


<^ 


7, 


^ 


// 


<r 


'/ 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporadon 


33  WIST  MAIN  STRHT 

WUSTH.N.Y.  MSSO 

(716)872-4503 


^^^ 

^ 


THE  WBBT  INPIEB. 


peealiu If  mnd  and  jjuetaiM^ue.  The  isUod  m  anheakby,  bat  fruitful.  One  re* 
nulwble  object  in  thw  iBlud  is  a  lake  of  aajriialtttm  three  milee  in  cireninferenee. 
This  pobetance,  being  rendered  ductile  by  heat,  and  mingled  wiUi  greaee  or  pitch, 
ia  evidoyed  with  advantage  in  greasing  the  bc^ms  of  atajM,  Tnnida'l  eontaina 
still  d»at  900  native  Indius.  ^wt  Spain  (Pnerto  Espdla)  is  a  considerable  town, 
well  fiMtifled,  and  ,i|Pith  an  excellent  hikrboar.  It  is  bout  ropilarly  and  handsomdy, 
with  a  fine  shaded  walk  and  spacious  market ;  and  the  cnurehe%  both  Protestant 
and  Catholio,  are  very  ri<Aly  cfnamented. 

Tke  Liieayoa,  or  Bahama  Islands,  form  a  very  extended  and  nnmeroos  group, 
being  successively  parallel,  first  to  Fk>riaa,  then  to  Cuba  and  part  ot  HaytL  The 
graop  comprises  about  650  islets  ahd  islands,  of  which  only  14  are  of  considerable 
aiae;  Um  rest  are  mere  rocks  and  idets,  called  here  keys,  or  k*yfli  fiwoa  the  Span- 
ish eoyo.  The  Bahamas,  notwithstanding  their  ftvourable  situation,  have  never 
been  praductive  in  the  West  India  staples.  The  soil  is  in  general  arid  and  rocky ; 
and  even  those  islands  whitL  miffhit  In  capable  of  immrovement  have  been 
ne^eeted.  Between  the  western  islands  and  the  coast  of  Florida  is  the  Bahama 
chwinel,  through  which  thi^t  celebrated  conent  called  the  Gulf  Stream,  ftom  die 
G«df  <^  Mexico^  rushes  with  such  impetuosity  that  it  is  perceptible  upon  the 
northern  coasts  of  Europe,  Its  force  renders  the  passage  extremely  dangerous, 
and  has  given  occasion  to  frequent  wrecks.  The  principal  islands  are  the  Great 
Bahama  and  Abaco,  on  the  Little  B^iama  Bank;  EleuUiera,  New  Providence, 
Gtianafaani,  or  St  Salvadw,  or  Oat  Island,  remarkable  as  the  point  first  discovered 
by  Columbus;  Yuma,  and  Exnma,  on  the  Great  Bahama  Bank;  and  Mayaguana, 
Lngaa,  the  Caycb»  and  Turksl*  islands^  further  south.  The  difficulty  of  naviga- 
tkm  in  these  seas  is  inureased  by  the  great  bank  of  Bahama,  interposed  between 
Cuba  and  these  islanda.  Nassau,  in  the  island  of  New  Providence,  from  its  situa- 
tioB  upon  this  fireqoented  channel,  is  a  place  of  some  importance.  It  is  the  gene- 
ral seat  of  government,  and  contains  a  population  of  about  6000  persons. 

The  Bermudas,  situated  in  the  midst  of  the  Atlantic,  about  000  miles  east  fipom 
the  coast  of  North  America,  may,  for  want  of  n  more  appropriate  place,  be  de- 
scribed here.  About  400  are  numbered ;  but  most  of  theso  are  mere  rock^  and 
only  eight  possess  any  real  importance.  The  Bermudas  are  peculiarlv  fortunate ; 
being  exempted  from  the  scorching  heats  of  the  tropic,  enjoying  almost  a  con- 
tinued spring,  and  being  clothed  in  perpetual  verdure.  But  though  they  afford 
thus  an  agreeable  and  healthful  residence,  they  have  not  proved  productive  in  any 
of  those  commodities  which  can  become  the  staple  of  an  impcnrtant  traffic.  Cot- 
tOD  has  been  tried,  bat  without  any  neat  siiccess.  They  have  been  used  as  a-  place 
of  deportation  for  criminals,  but  in  uiis  respect  are  now  superseded  by  the  Austra- 
lian settlements.  The  rocky  nature  of  the  coasts  renders  them  easily  defensible, 
but  un&vorable  to  navigation.  St  George,  the  seat  o(  government,  on  an  island 
of  the  same  name,  is  only  a  large  village. 

Fretuh  I$land», 

The  possessions  of  France  in  the  West  Indies,  previous  to  the  revolutionary 
war,  were  more  valuable  than  those  of  any  other  natfon.  The  exports  from  St 
Domingo  alone  amounted  to  86,000,000  dollars.  That  valuable  island  is  now 
entirely  lost  to  her.  During  the  late  war  all  her  islands  were  captured,  and  she 
eeased  to  exist  as  a  ooloniad  power.  At  the  peace,  Martinique  and  Guadeloupe 
'were  restored. 

Martinico,  or  Martinique,  is  a  large  and  fine  island,  about  fifty  miles  in  length 
and  sixteen  in  breadth.  The  surface  is  generally  broken  into  billockii,  and  in  the 
centre  rise  three  lofty  mountains,  the  streams  deecending  from  which  copiously 
water  the  island.  The  highest  of  these  mountains,  Montsgne  Pelte,  is  4439  feet 
above  the  sea :  they  are  all  extinot  volcanoes.  The  census  of  1836  was  117,503 
of  whom  40,000  were  white  and  free  coloured,  and  77,600  ula\>)S.  '  The  imports 
from  France  amounted,  in  1836,  to  19.,480,i(88  francs ;  the  exports  to  Uiat  country, 
t9  16,4SS,4S)8.  Fort  Royal,  the  capital  and  the  seat  of  the  courts  of  justice,  is  a 
wen-built  town,  with  1 1,600  inhabitants ;  but  the  chief  trade  centres  in  St  Pierre, 


'^,^'™ 


lonary 
omSt. 
18  now 
nd  she 
aloupe 

length 
i  in  the 
JtiouBly 
l39feet 
|l7,60a 
sports 
Quntry, 
Ise,  is  a 
iPiene, 


Kmmmmnii'm 


THE  WEST  INDIES. 


i» 


the  largest  pUce  in  Martinico  and  in  all  French  America.  Ite  excellent  road  haf 
rendered  it  an  entrepot  for  the  trade  of  the  ipQther^oiwtry  with  diia  quarter  of 
the  world.  It  has  about  20,000  inhabitants,  ta  Trinitfl,  00  the  hay  of  the  same 
name  on  the  east  side  of  the  islandi  has  abpnt  iSbO  inh^hiianto. 

Guadaloiipe  ia  from  60  to  60  miles  long  and  9fl  broad.  Iteonsiatiof  two 
islands,  since  a  narrow  channel  or  arm  of  the  se^  about,  five  n^es  in  Iwigtbi 
called  RiVidre-Salte,  or  Salt  rirer,  croases  the  isthmus  by  which  ita  eastern  and 
western  portions  are  united.  The  we8t»m«  called  Basseterre,  notwithstanding 
the  name  (which  is  derived  from  its  position  with  regard  to  the  trade-wind),  con> 
taine  a  ehain  of  lofty  monntains,  one  of  which  emits  volnmes  of  smoke,  with 
oeeusioniil  sparks  of  fire.  However,  its  plains  are  copiously  watered,  and  firaitfnl. 
The  eastern  diviaion,  called  Grande  Terre,  is  more  £4t,  and  labours  nnder  a  de- 
ficiency of  water.  In  1836  the  population  was  137,668,  of  which  31^059  were 
whijtes  and  free  coloured,  and  96,609  slaves.  Value  of  the  exports,  in  1836, 
34,676,141  franca;  of  the  imports,  36,769,317.  Basseterre,  on  the  part  of  the 
isiand  bearing  that  name,  ranks  as  the  capital ;  but  having  a  bad  hsfbonr,  is  aup* 

Sorted  merely  by  the  residence  of  government,  and  has  not  more  dian  6500  in* 
abitsnts.  Gapesterre,  on  the  east  coast  of  Basseterre,  is  its  other  chirf  town. 
Pointe4k*Pttre,  on  the  eastern  side  of  Grande  Terre,  or  rather  at  the  Jaoetion  of 
the  two,  carriea  on  almost  all  the  trade,  and  had  a  population  of  about  13,000. 
It  was  almost  entirely  destroyed  by  an  earthquake  in  Feb.  1843.  The  islands  of 
Marie-Galante,  the  £kuntes,  and  Deseada,  and  the  French  part  (rather  more  than 
one>half )  of  St.  Martin,  are  appendages  to  Guadalonpe;  but  they  are  of  little 
importance. 

J9uie.V  Swedi$h,  and  DaniA  IilanJa. 

The  possessions  of  the  Duteh  in  the  West  Indies,  when  compared  with  th^ 
eastern  colonial  empire,  appear  exceedingly  limited.  Their  only  islands  are  St. 
Eostatia,  Saba,  and  Curagoa.  The  first  two  are  small  isles  lying  immediately 
north  of  St.  Christopher's. 

St.  Eustatia  is  cultivated  with  great  care,  and  abounds  particularly  with  tobacco ; 
also  in  cattle  and  poultry,  of  which  it  aflfonis  a  surplus  to  the  neighbouring  islands. 
The  capital  is  well  fortified,  and  forms  a  species  of  entrepot  both  of  regular  and 
contraband  trade.  The  population  of  the  island  is  esUmated  at  13,700 ;  that  of 
the  town  at  6000.  Saba,  only  twelve  miles  in  circuit,  and  destitute  of  a  harbour, 
is  a  pleasant  island,  but  of  no  commercial  value.  The  Dutch  share  with  France 
the  small  island  of  St.  Martin,  valuable  almost  solely  for  ite  salt-works.  Curar 
foa  is  a  larger  island,  far  to  the  south-west  of  the  others,  and  only  about 
seventy  miles  distant  from  Yenexuela.  It  is  about  thirty  mUes  long,  and  ten  broad ; 
but  the  rreater  part  of  ita  surface  is  arid  and  unfertile,  and  ite  importance  was 
chiefly  derived  from  the  contraband  trade  which  its  situation  ^enabled  it  to  carry 
on,  while  the  continent  was  exclusively  possessed  by  Spain,  and  studiously  shut 
against  the  vessels  of  other  countries.  Since  Colom;-ia  became  independent,  and 
threw  open  her  porta  to  all  qations,  Cura^oa  has  auirk  into  a  secondary  station. 
Popniation  about  13,000.  WilUamstedt,  ite  capital,  however,  with  a  fine  harbour, 
has  still  a  considerable  trade,  and  a  population  of  8000.  Two  smaller  islands, 
one  on  either  side,  Buen  Ayre  and  Ofuba,  also  belong  to  the  Duteh.  Their  in- 
habitants are  chiefly  cattle-breeders. 

The  Danes  have  three  small  islands  In  the  West  Indies.  St  Croix,  or  Santa 
Crux,  the  principal  one,  lies  to  the  south  of  the  Virgin  Islands :  it  haa  a  anrfaoi 
of  eighty-one  square  miles,  and  a  popniation  of  about  33,000,  all  alavee,  except 
3600  whites  and  1900  ftee  coloured,  it  is  productive,  in  proportion  to  ita  extent, 
in  the  usual  West  Indian  articles.  Christiansted,  the  capital,  haa  6000  inhabi- 
tanta.  St  Thomas,  one  of  the  Virgin  Islanda,  is  of  littlie  importance,  unless  as  a 
favourable  station  for  introducing  into  the  other  islands  thoee  |^ooda  which  the  great 
States  have  declared  contraband.  In  the  year  1840,  the  lioaporto  were  to  th» 
amount  of  $5,000,000.  St  Thomas,  the  capital,  with  an  active  trade  and  3000 
inhabitants,  contains  about  half  of  the  population  of  the  island.  8t  John'i,  Ml* 
other  of  the  same  group,  is  very  small,  and  only  noted  for  iu  exoellent  harbour. 

The  Swedes  have  only  one  small  island,  St.  Bartholomew,  situated  about  fift 
miles  north  of  St  Christopher's.    It  is  not  quite  twenty-five  square  milw  in  ei 


Irseo 


THE  WEST  INDtES. 


tent,  and  is  generallT  described  as  fertile  and  well-cultivated,  thoogh  an  eye- 
witness assures  us  that  neither  of  these  characters  can  apfily  to  it.  Gustavia, 
the  capital,  acquired  considerable  wealth  during  the  war,  when  it  continued  long 
tc  be  almost  the  onl^  neutral  port  in  these  seas.  The  Swedish  government  has 
^solved  to  manumit  the  slaves  (about  600  in  number)  on  this  island,  and  has 
Appropriated  10,000  piasters  annually,  for  five  years,  for  the  purpose  of  indemni- 
fying the  masters. 

Hayti. 

Hayti,  now  an  independent  negro  repablic,  forms  one  of  the  most  peculiar  and 
intoresting  portions  of  the  New  World.  It  is  a  very  fine  island,  situated  between 
Jamaica  and  Porto  Rico,  about  450  mii.es  in  length,  and  1 10  in  breadth,  and  having 
an  area  of  88,000  sauare  miles.  Hayti  is  the  original  Caribbee  name  of  the 
island,  and  signifies  the  mouniairunu  eowntrjf.  Columbus  mmed  it  Hitpaniola ; 
and  it  was  frequently  also  called  St.  Domingo,  The  French  bestowed  on  it  the 
deserved  epithet  of  XaiZetm  da  AntiUtM.  In  tiie  centre  of  the  island  rises  the  loi^y 
range  of  the  mountains  of  Cibao,  of  which  thepeak  of  La  Serrania  rises  to  the  height 
of  9000,  and  that  of  La  Sella  to  7000  feet.  These  mountains  are  covered  nearly  to 
the  summit  with  vegetation  and  noble  woods,  and  from  them  descend  numerous 
streams,  which,  uniting  in  four  large  rivers,  bestow  extreme  fertility  on  the  plains 
beneath.  The  principal  productions  of  the  island  are,  in  the  west  and  south, 
coffee,  the  sugar-cane  (which  is  chiefly  employed  in  the  making  of  taflia,  the 
ordinary  rum  of  the  country),  and  cotton ;  in  the  north,  coffee,  the  splendid  sugar 
estates  about  the  Cape  (Haytien)  having  been  mostly  abandoned  or  converted  to 
other  uses;  in  the  east,  cattle,  with  some  tobacco.  Mahogany  and  logwood, 
lig:nttm-vitK,  honey,  wax,  an4  fruits,  are  also  important  articles  of  production. 

Hayti  was  discovered  by  Columbus  1495,  and  was  soon  conquered  by  the 
Spaniards,  who  treated  the  natives  with  great  cruelty.  In  1691  Spain  ceded  one- 
half  of  the  island  to  France ;  and  so  prosperous  did  that  portion  of  it  become,  that 
in  the  year  1789  its  produce  and  commerce  were  equal  to  those  of  all  the  other 
West  India  islands.  At  that  time  the  slaves  were  about  half  a  million  in  num- 
ber. 

The  French  revolution  c&used  an  extraordinary  change  in  the  state  of  Hayti. 
In  1791  the  Assembly  caused  to  be  proclaimed  throughout  the  island  their  Iavou^ 
ite  doctrind,  that  all  men  were  free  and  equal.  This  proclamation  gave  rise,  in 
the  first  instance,  to  a  contest  between  the  wh'  the  free  coloured  population. 

But  while  these  parties  were  contending  for  t>  lici^tion  of  the  principle,  the 
slaves  felt  that  it  applied  also  to  them.  They  i.^^.  ^  in  a  bodVf  massacred  or  drove 
out  the  other  two  classes,  and  became  entire  masters  of  French  St.  Domingo. 
This  revolution,  with  the  excesses  which  accompanied  it,  soon  ended,  like  other 
revolutions,  in  a  military  despotism,  which  was  established  in  1806  by  Dessalines, 
who  assumed  the  title  of  James  I.  He  was  succeeded  by  Christophe,  his  second 
in  command,  who  named  himixlf  Henry  I.,  hereditary  king  of  Hayti.  Mean- 
time, however,  the  republic  of  Hayti  was  established  in  another  part  of  the 
island,  under  the  presidency,  first  of  Petion,  and  then  of  Boyer.  Henry,  harasscj 
by  attacks  from  this  and  other  quarters,  ended  his  life  by  suicide  in  1890.  Boyer 
then,  by  a  series  of  vigorous  operations,  not  only  extended  his  sway  over  all  the 
French  part  of  the  island,  but  annexed  to  it  also  that  belonging  to  Spain  (1832) ; 
so  that  the  whole  is  now  comprehended  in  the  republic  of  Hayti.  France  in 
1803  made  strong  efforts  to  regain  this  valuable  island,  but  without  success.  At 
length,  on  the  17th  of  April,  1835,  a  treaty  was  concluded,  by  which  she  ac- 
knowledged the  independence  of  Hayti,  on  condition  of  feceiving  the  large  siiin 
of  150,000,000  francs,  to  be  paid  in  five  annual  instalments.  But  by  the  new 
treaty  of  1838,  the  balance  belonging  to  France  was  fixed  at  60,000,000  francs,  to 
he  paid  by  the  year  1863.  In  January,  1843,  an  insurrection  took  place  in  Hayti, 
and  a  provisional  government  was  establislied  by  the  army  under  General 
Herard.  The  old  government  was  abolished,  and  President  Boyer,  and  many  of 
his  friends,  left  the  island.  Subsequent  changes  have  taken  place,  but  the  island 
j^  still  in  a  disturbed  state.  General  Pierrault  was  chosen  president  in  April 
1845. 
"    An  independent  negro  State  was  thus  established  in  Hayti;  but  the  people 


THE  WEST  INDIES. 


261 


have  not  derived  all  the  benefits  which  they  sanguinely  expected.  Released 
from  their  former  compulsory  toil,  they  have  not  learnwl  to  subject  themselves 
to  Uie  restraints  of  regt^l&r  industry.  The  first  absolute  rulers  made  the  most 
extraordinary  efforts  to  overcome  the  indolence  which  soon  began  to  display 
itself.  The  Code  Rural  directed  that  the  labourer  should  fix  himself  on  a  certain 
estate,  which  he  was  never  afterwards  to  quit  without  a  passport  |^on  the  govern- 
ment. .  His  hovrs  of  labour  and  rest  were  fixed  by  statute.  The  whip,  at  first 
permitted,  was  nltimatsly  prohibited ;  but  as  every  ttiilitary  officer  was  allowed 
to  chastise  with  a  thick  cane,  and  almost  every  proprietor  held  a  commission,  the 
labourer  was  not  much  relieved.  By  these  means,  the  produce  of  1806  was  raised 
to  about  a  third  of  that  of  1789.  But  such  violent  regulations  could  not  continue 
to  be  enforced  amid  the  sueoeeding  agitations,  and  under  a  republican  rigime. 
Almost  all  traces  of  laborious  culture  were  soon  obliterated :  large  tracts,  which 
had  been  one  entire  sugar-sarden,  presented  now  only  a  few  scattered  plantations. 
The  export  of  sugar,  which  in  1806  had  been  47,516,531  lbs.,  amounted  in  1835 
to  8030  lbs.  Coffee,  which  continued  to  be.  a  staple  production,  was  also  much 
diminished.  The  only  indemnification- which  the  people  sought  was  in  the  easy 
task  of  cutting  down  the  forests  of  mahogany  and  logwood,  which  were  found  of 
greater  value  than  had  been  supposed.  Within  the  last  few  years,  a  considerable 
increase  has  taken  place  in  the  exports  of  coffee,  logwood,  cotton,  mahoeany,  to* 
bacco,  and  other  articles.  The  export  of  coffee  in  1837  was  about  31  million,  and 
of  logwood  about  6,000,000  pounds. 

The  imports  are  flour,  salt  provisions,  lumber,  lie.,  from  the  United  States ; 
cotton  goods  and  other  manufactured  articles,-  from  Great  Britain,  the  United 
States,  France,  and  Germany ;  wines,  jewellery,  &c.,  from  France.  No  state* 
ment  of  the  annual  amount  of  the  exports  and  imports,  worthy  of  credit,  can  be 
obtained. 

The  government  of  Hayti  is  professedly  republican,  but  it  has  been  well  de- 
scribed as  practically  a  military  democracy.  The  chief  executive  officer  is  the 
President,  who  holds  the  place  for  lite.  There  is  a  Senate,  consisting  of  24  mem* 
bers,  name'-  for  life  b^  the  House  of  Representatives  from  a  list  of  candidates 
presented  by  the  President  The  Representatives  are  chosen  for  the  term  of  six 
years  by  the  parishes,  but  the  body  of  the  people  takes  but  little  interest  in  the 
elections.  The  President  proposes  the  laws  and  financial  arrangements,  which 
are  acceded  to  with  little  discussion.  The  revenue  in  1837  was  $3,863,576. 
Expenditure,  $2,713,103.  The  army  amounts  to  38,000,  and  the  National  Guard, 
or  militia,  to  40,000  men.  The  population  of  Hayti  is  estimated  at  700,000.  The 
religion  of  die  Haytians  is  Roman  Catholic,  but  there  is  little  attention  paid  to  the 
subject,  and  the  state  of  morals  is  described  as  exceedingly  bad  ;  other  religions 
are  tolerated.    Whites  are  not  allowed  to  hold  landed  property,  or  to  carry  arms. 

Port  a«  Prince,  now  Port  Republican,  is  the  capital  of  Hayti,  and  the  chief 
seat  of  trade.  It  has  a  secure  and  excellent  roadstead^  but  the  country  around  is 
marshy,  and,  during  the  summer,  very  unhealthful.  The  city  is  built  mostly  of 
wood.  Its  streets  unpaved,  and  containing  no  remarkable  edifices.  The  population 
may  be  from  12,000  to  15,000.  Petit  Goave  and  Jaquemel  are  small  towns  in 
the  same  department,  wit  good  harbours  and  some  trade.  Cape  Haytien,  for- 
merly Cape  Fran^ais,  the  seat  of  the  kingdom  established  by  Christophe,  was 
better  built,  with  well-paved  streets,  and  some  handsome  squares,  and  had  a 
population  of  about  10,000.  May  7, 1842,  it  was  overthrown  by  an  earthquake, 
when  7000  of  the  inhabitants  perished. 

Aux  Cayes  or  Les  Cayes,  is  a  neat  town,  with  a  flourishing  trade :  it  was 
almost  destroyed  by  a  hurricane,  in  August,  1831 ;  but  has  since  revived,  and  is 
now  one  of  the  most  flourishing  towns  in  the  island.  Jeremie  is  a  place  of  con- 
Biderable  trade.  Gonaives  is  a  small  town  with  a  good  harbour.  St.  Domingo, 
the  capital  of  the  Spanish  part  of  the  island,  presents  the  remains  of  a  very  hand- 
some city;  a  solid  and  spacious  cathedral,  a  large  arsenal,  houses  in  general 
commodious  and  well  built;  but  it  has  been  long  in  a  state  of  decay,  and  is  su|^ 
posed  to  contain  a  population  of  about  12,000.  The  white  and  coloured  inhabT 
tantsfar  out  number  the  blacks. 


36a 


SOUTH  AMERICA. 


SOUTH    AMERICA. 

SovTH  AwEEiOA,  which  is  commiaed  between  the  13th  degtee  of  north  and  the 
56th  of  south  latitude,  and  which  spreads  in  breadth  from  360  u,  gio  ^^  ^^  •„ 
inferior  in  dimensions  to  the  northern  portion  of  the  continent,  by  almost  1,000,000 
square  miles.  Its  coast  is  also  leas  indented  by  large  bays,  bat  it  presents  the 
name  tapering  form  to  the  south.  Its  greatest  breadth,  about  six  degrees  south  of 
the  equator,  is  8200  miles,  and  its  length  4600. 

In  this  vast  country,  rivers  roll  through  an  extent  of  4000  miles,  and  are  bo 
broad  that  the  eye  cannot  reach  from  one  shore  to  the  other.  In  one  point,  are 
seen  mountain-summits  above  the  clouds,  white  with  snows  that  never  melt; 
while  their  bases  rear  the  banana  and  pincrapple.  In  a  day,  a  man  can  pass 
through  all  climates,  from  that  of  the  equator  to  that  of  Nova  Zembla.  In  soote 
places,  volcanoes,  too  numerous  to  be  classed,  throw  out  smoke  and  flames.  Still, 
m  other  places,  are  vast  and  deep  forests  abounding  in  all  the  grand  flowering  and 
gigantic  vegetation  of  tropical  clinutes,  which  spreads  an  immense  extent,  that 
nu  never  yet  resounded  with  the  woodman's  axe.  Nature  here  shows  herself 
alternately  in  unexampled  magnificence,  beauty,  sublimity,  power,  and  terror. 

South  America  may  be  divided  into  five  distinct  physical  regions.  1.  The  low 
country  on  the  shores  of  the  Pacific,  about  4000  miles  4n  length,  and  firom  60  to 
200  in  breadth:  the  two  extremities  of  this  district  are  fertile,  the  middle  a  sandy 
desert  2.  The  basin  of  the  Orinoco,  surrounded  by  the  Andes  and  their  branches, 
and  consisting  of  extensive  plains  nearly  destitute  of  wood,  but  covered  with  a 
high  herbage  during  a  p&rt  of  the  year.  3.  The  basin  of  the  Amazon,  a  vast 
plain,  with  a  rich  sou  and  a  humid  climate,  and  exhibiting  a  surprising  luxuriance 
of  vegetation.  4  The  great  southern  {dain  of  the  Pampas;  in  parts,  dry  and 
barren,  and  in  parts,  covered  with  a  strong  growtli  of  weeds  end  wild  grass.  5. 
The  high  country  of  Brazil,  eastward  of  "ue  Parana  and  the  Araguay,  presenting 
alternate  ridges  and  valleys,  thickly  covered  with  wood  on  the  Atlantic  slope. 

The  most  extensive  in  range,  and,  with  one  exceptira,  the  loftiest  mountains  on 
the  globe,  extend  through  this  c(»itinent  fh>m  its  northern  to  its  southern  extrem- 
ityi  and  impart  to  it  a  character  of  unequalled  grandeur  and  magnificence.  The 
principal  chain  of  the  Andes  runs  from  north  to  south,  at  a  distance  fVom  the  shore 
of  the  Pacific  Ocean,  varying  firom  one  to  two  hundred  miles,  and  appears  to  ex- 
tend through  the  isthmus  of  Darien,  and  to  be  connected  with  the  great  western 
chain  of  North  America.  The  elevation  of  the  Andes  is  by  no  means  uniform. 
In  sane  places  it  rises  to  rooro  than  20,000  feet,  while  in  others  it  sinks  to  less 
than  one  half  that  height  The  whole  range  seems  to  rest  upon  volcanic  fires, 
and  numerous  peaks  are  corstantly  burning.  These  mountains  send  off  several 
subordinate  ridges;  the  principal  and  the  most  extensive  is  that  which  stretches 
tioag  the  northern  coast  of  the  continent  towards  the  island  of  Trinidad,  and  is 
known  as  the  chain  of  Venezuela:  its  hi^est  summits  are  usually  estimated  at 
firom  14,000  to  16,000  fbet  in  beijrht  The  main  ridge  of  the  Andes  commences 
at  the  isthmus  of  Darien,  and,  m  its  progress  southward,  shoots  up,  under  the 
Elquator,  into  the  loft/  summits  of  Chimborazo  and  A-ntisana,  while  it  spreads  ter- 
ror by  the  tremendous  volcanoes  of  PilSbhincu  and  Catopaxi.  On  reaching  the 
elevated  regions  of  Bolivia,  it  forms  a  vast  mass,  amidst  wRose  lofty  peaks  tower 
Mount  Sorata,  of  26,250,  and  Mount  Illimani,  of  24,350  feet  elevation,  surpassing 
in  height  all  the  other  peaks  of  this  great  chain,  and  second  only  to  the  most  ele- 
vated summits  of  the  Himmaleh  Mountains.  Passing  onward  between  Buenos 
Ayres  and  Chili,  the  Andes  preserve  this  elevation  very  little  diminished ;  but 
toward  the  most  southern  extreme,  they  fiill  gradually  to  less  than  one-fourth  of 
their  greatest  height,  and  assume  an  aspect  dreary  and  desolate,  in  correspondence 
4(rith  the  wintry  severity  of  the  climate.  The  principal  ridge  generally  rises  ab- 
ruptly, with  numerous  and  fri^htfiil  precipices,  hiding  its  lofty  summits  in  the 
clouds,  or  rising  with  awful  majesty  into  the  pure  regions  of  tho  air  above  them. 


ins  on  | 
strem- 
Thel 

shore  I 
to  ex- 

estern 

lifonn.  I 

to 
fires,! 

leverall 

etches  I 

ited  at| 
nencesl 
ler  the  I 
Ister- 
ig  the 
tower  I 
ling  I 
itele-j 
luenosl 
;  but 
irthof 
idencev 
iBab>| 
in  the 
them. 


SOUTH  AMERICA. 


Hion 


They  are  covered  with  perpetual  mow,  bat  the  uniform  temperature  of  the  equa 
torial  and  tropical  redone  prevents  the  formation  of  glaciers. 

The  mountains  which  traverse  the  eastern  section  of  Brazil,  in  their  position 
and  relation  to  the  great  plains  of  the  continent,  present  a  strikmg  resemhlance 
to  the  Appalachian  at  Alleghany  system  of  North  America.  Rising  south  of  Uie 
Amazon  River,  they  extend  by  several  nearly  parallel  ranges,  to  the  Rio  de  la 
Plata,  be>  ond  which  they  finally  sink  into  the  vast  plains  of  the  Plunpas.  The 
whole  of  these  eastern  ranges  are,  however,  low  in  elevation,  compared  with  the 
great  western  chain.  They  genenilly  reach  from  2000  to  3000  feet,  and  in  a  few 
cases  are  elevated  to  near  6000  feet,  and  are  not,  it  is  believed,  in  any  instance, 
the  seat  of  volcanic  action. 

The  rivers  of  Soath  America  hav6  undisputed  claims  to  rank  amongst  the 
greatest  on  the  globe,  whether  considered  in  their  vast  length  of  course,  depth 
and  breadth  of  stream,  or  in  their  capacity  for  an  extensive  and  continuous  inland 
navigation.  Of  these,  the  Amazon,  or  Maranon,  is  the  most  important  and  promi- 
nent This  great  stream,  with  its  mighty  branches,  the  Madeira,  Caqueta,  Rio 
Negro,  dio.,  drain  an  extent  of  country  estimated  to  equal  nearly  the  whole  of 
Europe,  flowing  through  re(jiions  which  will  no  doubt  oiie  da^  be  vm  finest  in  the 
world.  They  roll,  at  present,  through  savage  deserts  and  impenetrable  forests, 
which  have  never  felt  the  axe  or  the  plough.  The  imtnense  rize  c^  the  Amazon 
would  admit  of  a  ship  navigation  of  from  1000  to  2000  miles,  did  not  the  rapidity 
of  the  current  prevent;  but  it  will  no  doubt  at  some  future  period  yield  to  the 
power  of  steam.  The  })aat  navigation  extends  about  2500  miles,  to  the  Pongo  or 
rapids  at  Jaen,  where  the  river  passes  a  subordinate  chain  of  the  Andes.  The  Rio 
de  la  Plats,  or  Parana,  opens  to  the  ocean  with  an  estuary  of  150  miles  in  breadth. 
Its  ship  navigation  extends  to  Buenos  Ayres,  and  that  for  boats  1800  miles  farther. 
By  its  tributaries,  the  Paraguay,  Pilcomaya,  and  Vermejo,  navigation  is  carried 
through  a  great  range  of  country,  almost  to  their  sources.  Tie  Orinoco,  though 
not  equallmg  either  the  Amazon  or  Rio  de  la  Plata,  is  nevertheless  an  important 
stream.  By  its  means,  isnd  that  of  its  tributary,  the  Mtta,  vessels  of  suitable  bur- 
then may  ascend  fitun  the  ocean  almost  to  the  foot  of  the  Andes.  Its  entire  course 
is  not  for  short  of  1600  miles.  When  it  meets  the  sea,  its  green-coloured  waves 
strongly  contrast  with  the  blue  of  the  ocean.  The  aspect  of  the  outlet  of  this 
immense  stream,  convinced  Columbus  that  such  a  body  of  fi-esh  water  could  only 
issue  iirom  a  continent 

Here  it  was,  while  feeling  the  refreshing  land-breeze  charged  with  the  aromatic 
fragrance  of  a  boundless  wilderness  of  flowers,  and  contemplating  the  ethereal 
mildness  of  the  sky,  the  great  discoverer  imagined  himself  near  the  garden  of 
Eden,  and  that  the  Orinoco  was  one  of  the  four  great  rivers  mentioned  in  the 
Scriptures  as  issuing  firom  Paradise.  Between  the  Orinoco  and  the  Amazon  there 
is  a  singular  communication  by  means  of  the  Casiquiare  River,  which  flows  alter- 
nately mto  each  stream,  according  as  the  waters  of  either  prevaiL 

The  southern  portion  of  this  continent  contains  an  animal  population  which  is 
in  a  measure  peculiar,  and  ofiers  a  large  variety  of  forms  and  characters,  which 
have  no  cwresponding  types  among  the  productions  of  any  other  country.  Of 
the  carnivorous  animals,  the  jaguar,  the  cougar  or  puma,  the  ocelot,  and  moogav, 
are  the  chief  of  the  cat  ftmily.  The  lama,  a  usenil  animal,  of  the  camel  kind; 
the  vicuna,  the  tapir,  the  peccary,  resemblinff  the  domestic  hog,  the  capibarra,  th^ 
chinchilla,  a  kind  of  rat  that  fiimishes  the  chinchilla  fur,  the  coypou,  resembling 
the  beaver  of  the  northern  continent,  the  sloth,  the  agouti,  the  ant-eaters,  the 
armadillo  and  Brazilian  porcupine,  and  monkeys  of  various  kinds. 

The  jaguar,  or  American  tiger,  is  a  formidable  animal,  and  is  in  size  between 
the  tiger  and  leopard  of  the  old  continent  It  is  found  fh>m  Guiana  to  Paraguay, 
and  is  a  solitary  animal,  inhabiting  thick  virgin  forests.  They  attack  cows,  and 
even  bulls  of  four  years  old,  but  are  especially  enemies  to  horses.  It  will  seldom 
attack  man,  except  when  strongljr  pressed  by  hunger:  instances,  however,  are 
known  of  persons  having  bden  seized  and  carried  off  by  them.  The  cougac^ii 
found  in  diflbrent  (mrts  dt  South  America,  and  is  believed  to  be  the  same  animal 
as  the  North  American  panther. \ 


w 


864 


SOUTH  AMBMCA. 


The  UiHTi^or  anta,  ii  of  the  size  of  a  small  cow,  but  without  horns,  and  with  a 
short  naked  tail ;  the  len  are  short  and  thick,  and  the  feet  have  small  black  hoo&. 
His  skin  is  so  Uiick  am  hard  as  to  be  almost  impenetrable  to  a  bullet ;  for  which 
reason  thd  Indians  make  shields  of  it  The  tapv  seldom  stirs  oat  but  in  the  night, 
and  delighta  in  the  water,  where  he  oftener  lives  than  on  land.  He  is  chiefly  to 
be  fbuna  in  nuurshes,  and  seldom  goes  fiir  from  the  borders  of  rivers  or  lakesi  He 
swims  and  dives  with  singular  &cility.  This  animal  is  commonly  found  in  Brazil, 
Paraguay,  Guiana,  and  io  all  the  extent  of  South  America;  from  the  extremity  of 
Chili  to  Ctrfombia. 

The  lama  resembles  a  very  small  camel,  is  gentle  and  copfiding  in  its  manners; 
its  carriage  is  graceful  and  even  beautiftil ;  they  abound  in  great  numbers  from 
Potosi  to  Caraccas,  and  make  the  chief  riches  of  the  Indians  and  Spaniards,  who 
rear  them.  Their  fledi-is  esteemed  excellent  food :  they  are  trained  to  carry  bur- 
dens, and  the  strongest  of  them  will  travel  with  from  100  to  150  pounds  weight 
on  their  backs ;  their  pace  is  slow,  but  they  are  sure-footed,  and  ascend  and  de- 
scend precipices  and  craggy  rocks,  where  even  man  can  scarcely  accompany 
them.  They  are  mostly  employed  in  carrying  the  riches  of  the  mines  to  the 
large  towns  and  cities.  Bolivar  affirmed  that  above  three  hundred  thousand  of 
these  animals  were  employed  in  his  time.  Their  haii^  or  wool,  is  long,  soft,  and 
elastic,  and  may  be  manuiactured  into  excellent  clothing.  Two  or  three  pounds 
of  straw  will  suffice  the  lama  for  food  for  twenty-four  hours.  It  will  not  travel  at 
night;  and  if  o^nded  will  spit  at  the  person  with  whom  it  is  angry,  whether  it 
be  a  straneer  or  the  person  who  feeds  it.  The  vicuna  is  smaller  than  the  lama, 
and  is  celebrated  for  the  superior  fineness  of  its  wool ;  it  inhabits  the  highest 
points  of  the  southern  And^,  and  exhibits  great  liveliness.  The  chinchilla  is  a 
species  of  field  rat,  about  the  size  of  a  Guinea-pig,  and  is  held  in  great  estimi^tion 
for  the  extreme  fineness  of  its  fur  or  wool;  it  is  sufficfently  long  for  spinning. 
The  little  animal  is  about  6  inches  in  length,  and  lives  in  burrows  under  ground, 
in  Uie  open  ports  of  Chili  and  the  adjoining  regions  of  South  America.  The  Cay- 
,pou  is  an  animal  closely  resembling  the  bmver  in  size,  quality  of  fur,  and  gepeiul 
organization,  but  its  tail.  Instead  of  being  flq,t,  is  round,  and  it  does  not  form  the 
societies  nor  construct  ttie  residence  for  which  the  latter  species  is  so  well  known. 
It  seems  nevertheless  to  represent  this  species  in  the  rivers  and  lakes  of  South 
America,  from  whence  its  fur  is  brought  under  the  name  of  Rac66nda.  The  sloth 
is  peculiar  to  South  America ;  this  animal,  in  its  wild  state,  spends  all  its  life  in 
the  trees,  and  never  quits  them  but  through  force  or  accident,  and  lives  not  upon 
the  branches,  but  suspended  under  them ;  leaves  and  wild  fruits  constitute  its  food. 

Among  the  Mexicans  and  Peruvians  were  found  the  very  few  domestic  animals 
Which  existed  in  America  previous  to  the  arrival  of  Columbus;  and  even  they 
possessed  only  the  lama  and  vicuna,  and  a  small  species  of  lap-dog,  which  they 
called  alco,  and  which  is  believed  to  have  resembled  the  small  naked  variety  at 
present  fbund  in  Barbarv  and  the  Levant  The  lama  was  used  as  a  beast  of  bur- 
den, and  the  long  and  thick  fleece  of  the  vicuna  furnished  a  rich  and  fine  wool, 
which  walB  manufkctured  into  cloth  ^  a  beautiful  texture ;  the  flesh  t>f  both  spe- 
cies suppliisd  ail  agreeable  and  wholesome  food. 

The  horse,  the  ass,  the  ox,  the  riieep,  the  goat,  and  the  pig,  were  all  strangers 
to  the  New  World,  and  were  brought  fiom  Europe,  at  an  early  period,  by  the  first 
settlers;  some  of  them  have  increased  prodigiously  in  every  part  of  America;  in 
many  places  thev  have  even  regained  their  pristine  state  of  savage  freedom ;  innu- 
merable herds  or  wild  oxen  cover  the  rich  savannahs  of  Brazil,  Buenoa  Ayres,  and 
Colombia,  and  troops  of  horses,  equally  wild,  are  found  in  every  part  of  the  pam- 
pas, and  likewise  in  the  hi^  plains  on  the  banks  of  the  Arkansas,  in  North  Ame- 
riea^  A  nominal  property  in  these  wild  herds  is  generally  claimed  by  particular 
individuals ;  and  they  are  assembled  also  at  certain  periods,  to  be  marked  and 
counted,  but  in  all  other'  respects  they  are  left  to  the  unrAtrained  exercise  of 
their  natural  freedom.  The  homed  cattle  are  principally  valuable  for  their  hides 
and  tallow,  which  are  for  the  most  part  shipped  to  European  ports,  and  constitute 
two  of  the  principal  commodities  of  South  American  exportation.  The  custom 
6f  hunting  cattle  for  this  purpose  is  becoming,  in  South  America,  a  particular 


u^-'ia;.  .^^.■!  u^ . 


..  '---iLSii:-;  ■a*H-i&.^''^:».,^*(J('rfEtota «**;■*?''''■■ 


r 


maemmaBammamammmsaasa 
SOUTH  AMERICA. 


969 


trade,  and  a  native  is  never  considered  properly  educated  till  he  can  throw  the 
lanso,  or  oee  the  knife,  with  skill  and  dexterity. 

In  th.e  pampas  there  are  numerous  troops  of  wild  horses,  which,  thouffh  of  less 
importance  than  the  horned  cattle,  are  not.  without  their  uses  to  tiM  inhabitants; 
in  fact,  they  furnish  the  only  means  of  crossing  these  extensive  J^uns,  and  conse- 
quently, of  communicating  with  the  neighbouring  countries.  Tite  traveller  and 
his  guide  set  off  on  h(»BelMck,  driving  a  troop  of  these  animals  before  them :  when 
one  beaiit  is  exhausted,  another  is  secured  by  means  of  the  lasso;  the  saddle  is 
changed,  the  rider  mounts  and  continues  his  journmr,  repeating  the  same  opera- 
tion as  often  as  requisite,  till  he  arrives  at  his  station  for  the  night ;  here  he  obtains 
a  fresh  troop,  and  in  this  manner  will  travel,  for  many  days  m  succession,  at  the 
rate  of  100  or  120  miles  a  day. 

The  ass,  the  dieep,  the  goat,  and  the  hog,  likewise  introduced  into  America, 
both  north  and  south,  by  the  early  European  colonists,  have  not,  with  the  exception 
of  the  hog  in  the  United  States,  increased  in  the  same  proportion  as  the  horse  and 
ox.  The  aae  is  principally  employed  in  the  old  Spanish  and  Portuguese  settle- 
ments, for  the  purpose  of  breeding  mules,  which  are  universally  employed  in  trans- 
porting the  precious  metals,  and  possess  all  the  wonderful  sagacity  in  discovering 
and  avoiding  danger,  and  all  the  security  of  foot,  which  have,  in  all  ages  of  the 
world,  rendered  this  animal  so  valuable  in  mountainous  countries. 

The  principal  birds  of  South  America  are  the  rhea,  or  American  ostrich,  the 
condor,  the  king  of  the  vultures,  the  black  vulture,  and  tlie  turkey-buzzard;  and 
of  the  eagle  family  are  the  Brazilian  car&cara  e^gle,  the  harpy  eagle,  the  most 
ferocious  of  i^  species,  the  Chilian  sea-eagle,  and  the  vulturine  caracara  eagle, 
bearing  a  strong  affinity  to  both  the  vulture  and  the  eagle ;  the  toucans,  varioas 
in  form,  and  of  superb  colouring ;  parrots,  of  great  variety  of  size  and  splendour 
pf  plumage;  the  burrowing  owl,  blacksmith,  or  bell-bird,  uttering  a  note -like 
the  blow  of  a  hammer  upon  an  anvil,  orioles,  or  hanging^birds,  chatterers,  mani- 
kins, humming-birds,  of  100  different  species,  from  the  size  of  a  wren  to  tlutt  of  a 
humble-bee;  they  are  more  nnmerous  in  the  tropical  repfions  of  Brazil  and  Guiana 
than  in  the  other  section  of  the  continent;  a  few  species  are  also  found  in  North 
America. 

The  rhea,  or  American  ostrich,  is  smaller  than  the  African  species,  and  is  fbr^ 
ther  distinguished  from  it  by  havingthree  toes  completely  developed  on  each  foot; 
it  is  found  chiefly  on  the  pampas,  or  plains,  of  Buenos  Ayres  and  Batagonia,  fifom 
the  Amazon  to  the  straits  of  Magellan.  This  bird  imnarts  a  lively  interest  to  a 
ride  on  the  pampas.  They  are  seen  sometimes  in  c  '  >  >3  of  twenty  or  thirty, 
gliding  elegantly  along  the  gentle  undulations  of  the  plai>u  M  half  pistM-shot  di»> 
tance  from  each  other,  like  skirmishers.  The  young  are  etjily  domesticated,  and 
soon  become  attached  to  those  who  caress  them ;  but  they  are  troublescme  inniateG, 
for,  stalking  about  the  house,  they  will,  when  fbllgrown,  swidlow  coin,  riiirt-pins, 
and  every  small  article  of  metal  witiiin  reach.  Their  usual  food,  in  a  wild  state, 
is  seeds,  herbage,  and  insects ;  the  flesh  is  a  reddish  brown,  and,  if  yonng,  not  of 
bad  flavour.  A  great  many  eggs  are  laid  in  the  same  nest,  which  is  lined  with 
dry  grass.  Some  accounts  have  been  given  which  exonerate  the  ostrich  fh>m 
being  the  most  stupid  bird  in  creation.  For  example,  the  hen  counts  her  eggs 
every  day.  This  has  been  proved  by  the  experiment  of  taking  an  egg  eway,  or 
by  putting  one  in  addition.  In  either  case  she  destroys  the  whole,  by  cruuiing 
them  with  her  feet.  Although  she  does  not  attend  to  secrecy  in  selecting  a  situa- 
tion for  her  nest,  she  will  forsake  it  if  the  eggs  have  been  handled.  It  is  also  said 
that  she  rolls  a  few  eg^  about  thirty  yards  distant  from  her  nest,  and  cracks  the 
shells,  which,  by  the  time  her  young  come  forth,  being  filled  with  maggots,  and 
covered  with  insects,  form  the  first  repast  of  her  infant  brood.  The  male  bird  is 
said  to  take  upon  himself  the  rearing  of  the  young,  and  to  attach  more  importance 
to  paternal  authority  than  to  the  ravours  of  his  mate.  If  two' cock-birds  meet, 
each  with  a  fomily,  they  fight  for  the  supremacy  over  both ;  for  which  reason  an 
ostrich  has  sometimes  under  his  tutelage  broods  of  difibrent  ages. 

The  condw  is  of  the  vulture  species,  and  the  largest  of  terrestrial  birds;  its 
vings  extend  from  9  to  14  feet ;  it  is  peculiar  to  the  Andes,  ssd  seema  io  prenur 


■MK 

23 


21 


SOUTH  AMBSICA. 


the  biglMtt  pdnti,  hatimiag  on  the  ItmiU  of  perpetual  >now.  Althooffh  thejr 
aefer  attack  man,  jet  they  exhibit  do  ftar  at  hia  approach.,  Their  Ibod  atad  habits 
are  very  aimilar  to  thoee  of  the  bearded  Tultore  of  Earope.  Two  condora  will 
dart  apoD  a  deer,  or  even  a  heifer,  paraaing  or  woundinff  it  fi>r  a  long  timo  with 
their  Make  or  talon^  antil  their  victim  sinka:  then  they  immediately  seize  its 
toogae,  and  tear  out  ita  eyea.  In  Quito  it  is  said  that  the  mischief  done  to  cattle 
by  these  fbrmidaUe  b»da  is  immense;  their  general  food,  however,  is  carrion,  or 
dead  gune.  The  akin  of  the  condor  is  so  thickly  clothed  with  down  and  feathers, 
that  It  is  capable  of  withstanding  muaket>balb,  when  not  closely  fired,  and  the 
bird  is  killed  with  great  difficulty.  The  king  of  the  vulture  is  a  smaller  species 
than  the  condor;  its  wings,  flrom  tip  to  tiiN  are  about  six  feet:  it  is  remarkable  for 
the  varietv  of  its  colours,  and  the  bright  tints  of  blue  and  vermilion  which  mark 
its  naked  head  and  neck ;  it  is  occasionally  seen  an  ftr  north  as  Florida. 

The  toucans  are  omnivorous  in  their  habits,  feeding  both  upon  animal  and  ve(fe- 
taUe  matter.  Their  enormous  bills  are  light,  and  being  vascnlar  within,  admit 
of  a  great  developement  being  given  to  the  organs  of  smell ;  by  this  power  they 
discover  the  nests  and  eggs  of  otner  birds,  which  they  are  constantly  plundering. 

The  species  and  varieties  of  fish  are  so  numerous  and  so  similar  m  ail  quarters 
of  the  «obe,  that  their  geographical  distribution  is  more  uniform  than  that  of  most 
other  classes.  The  various  fireah-water  species  of  Europe  have  their  representa- 
tives in  the  rivers  and  lakee  of  the  New  World,  and  the  marine  tribes  which  fre- 
quent the  ahores  of  America  are  little  diflbrent  fhmi  those  of  the  old  continent 
The  species,  indeed,  may  be  distinct,  but  the  generic  form  and  characters  are 
invariably  the  same,  or  diflbr  only  in  trifling  circumstances.  One  of  the  most 
remarkable  fish  of  South  America  is  the  gymnotus,  or  electric  eel ;  it  posseflaes 
the  singular  property  of  stunning  its  prey  by  an  electrical  shock.  This  eel 
abounda  in  the  rivers  and  lakes  of  the  low-lands  of  Colombia,  end  is  about  six  feet< 
in  length.  The  electrical  shock  is  conveyed,  either  through  the  hand  or  an^  me- 
tallic conductor  which  touches  the  fish ;  even  the  anffler  aometimes  receives  a 
ahock  from  them,- conveyed  along  the  wetted  rod  and  fishing-line. 

The  most  formidable  reptiles  of  South  America  are  the  alligators  and  serpents : 
three  or  four  species  of  the  former  inhabit  the  rivers  and  lakes :  of  the  latter  are 
the  boa  constrictor,  the  anaconda,  and  the  aboma;  they  are  found  chiefly 'in  the 
swamps  and  fens  of  the  tropical  parts  of  South  America :  the  latter  is  said  to  grow 
from  20  to  SO^feet  in  length,  and  as  large  in  bulk  as  a  stout  man :  it  is  indifierent 
aa  to  its  prey,  and  destroys,  when  hungry,  any  animal  that  comes  within  its  reach. 
The  negroes  consider  it  excellent  footT  Among  the  useful  reptiles  are  the  turtle, 
so  highfy  priied  by  epicures,  end  the  guana  lizard,  by  many  considered  quite  as 

Sreat  a  delicacy  as  the  turtle;  its  flesh  is  white,  tender,  and  of  delicate  flavour: 
ley  are  very  nimUe,  and  are  hunted  by  dcufs,  and,  when  not  wanted  for  immedi- 
ate use,  are  salted  and  barrelled:  they  are  found  both  on  the  continent  and  among 
the  West  Indian  Islands.  The  turtle  is  found  also  in  the  same  localities  as  the 
guana :  it  resorts  yearly  in  vast  numbers  to  the  islands  and  shores  of  the  Orinoco, 
and  also  to  the  shores  of  the  islands  in  the  West  Indies,  to  deposit  its  eggs,  which 
it  buries  by  thousands  in  the  sand,  and  which  are  eagerly  souffht  after  by  the 
Indiana  and  negres,  who  annually  resort  to  these  haunts  of  the  turtle  for  the 
purpose  of  procuring  them. 

The  Bats  are  aurprisingly  numerous  and  are  no  doubt  powerful  instruments  to 
keep  within  due  limits  the  myriads  of  flying  insects :  some,  however,  live  almost 
entirely  upon  fruits,  while  others,  like  the  deadly  Vampire  of  the  East,  enter  the 
cattle  atames,  and  the  houses  of  men,  and  suck  ue  blood  of  both :  as  their  bite  is 
usually  in  the  foot,  and  never  creates  pain  sufficiently  sharp  to  awaken  the  person 
attacked,  it  has  sometimes  proved  fotal  ftom  excessive  hemorrhage.  The  Vam- 
pires are  consequently  much  dreaded  by  the  inhabitants,  and  every  precaution  is 
taken  to  guard  against  their  attacks.  Horses  and  mules  are  frequently  so  much 
weakened  by  these  animals  during  the  night,  aa  to  be  incapable  of  travelling. 

Of  the  insect  tribes  in  America,  the  mosquitoes,  though  of  the  most  diminutive 
eke,  are  unquestionably  the  greatest  scourge  of  the  moist  tropicai  countries,  and 
even  in  Aany  parts  included  in  the  ^empierate  zone.    Chigoes  is  another  insect  ■ 


SOUTH  AMERICA. 


ta 


which  faibtbiti  the  nine  loealitim,  tnd  li  teireely  1«m  to  be  diMded  than  the 
MoKpita  The  dkmoad  beetle  k  one  of  the  moet  npIeiMlid  of  iiMects,  and  belbte 
Bruil  WM  eecewiUe  to  Eoropeta  tnvellen,  wu  w  nre  w  to  be  eold  at  a  rery 
high  |iriee.  Carniforoae  inaecte,  and  alao  aueh  aa  feed  upon  dead  animal  matter 
are  widely  diaperaed.  Ante  are  the  univeraal  removera  of  all  aueh  offenaive  aab* 
■taneea  aa  are  too  amall  for  the  food  of  Vnlturea,  and  the  diminutive  aize  of  theae 
little  •fBnta  ia  amply  compenaated  by  the  inconceivable  rayriada  of  their  num- 
bera.  The  Ckiehineai  ia  nearly  the  only  inaoct  which  haa  lieen  turned  to  great 
commercial  account  The  Honey-Bee  of  Europe  ia  unknown,  bat  there  are 
several  wild  apeciea  of  thia  ftmily,  whoae  honeycomba  ate  formed  in  treea,  and 
much  aoagbt  after  by  the  nativea. 

On  the  diacovery  of  the  New  World,  it  waa  found  by  the  Spaniarda  in  poaaea- 
•ion  of  various  tnbea  of  Indiana,  generally  of  a  more  gentle  and  leas  warlilw 
character,  than  thoae  which  inhabited  North  America.  They  were  doubtleaa  th« 
lame  race,  but  the  influence  of  a  aofter  climate  had  probably  aubdoed  their  vigour 
and  courage.  With  the  craaa  in  one  hand,  and  the  aword  in  the  other,  the  rutb- 
leaa  invadera  took  poaaeaaion  of  the  land.  Peru,  a  populous  empire  and  compar»> 
tively  civilized,  waa  conquered  by  Pizarro,  after  a  aeriea  of  treaeherooa  and 
intrepid  acta,  scarcely  paralleled  in  the  hiatory  of  mankind.  The  whole  of  South 
America  fell  into  the  handa  of  Europeans :  ^pain  took  poeseasion  of  the  Weatera 
and  Portagal  of  the  Eaatem  portion.  Thus  it  was  arranged  into  two  great  politi- 
cal diviaionsi 

The  Indian  haa  only  been  preserved  to  any  extent  in  the  New  World,  where 
he  haa  mingled  with  the  white  man  and  adopted  his  habits,  or  where  impenetr»> 
ble  unwholeaome  foreata  or  cold  inhospitable  regiona  have  protected,  or  wnere,  aa 
in  the  caae  of  the  Araucanoa  of  Chili,  his  own  courage  has  saved  him  from  ex- 
termination. The  ialanda  of  the  West  Indies  present  the  singular  spectacle  d  a 
whole  race  of  people,  that  haa  disappeared  within  the  limits  of  recent  and  au> 
tbentic  history :  their  place  is  occupied  by  the  white  man  of  Europe  as  the  maater, 
and  the  black  of  Afirica  aa  the  slave. 

The  copper  or  bronze  hue  of  the  skin  is;  with  some  slight  exceptions,  common 
to  almost  all  the  nativea  of  America,  upon  which  the  climate,  the  situation  or  the 
mode  of  living,  appear  not  to  exercise  the  smallest  influence.  Some  of  the  tribes 
in  Guiana  are  nearly  black,  though  easily  distiDguisbed  firom  the  negro.  The 
colour  of  the  natives  of  Brazil  and  California,  is  equally  deep,  although  the  latter 
inhabits  the  temperate  zone,  and  the  former  lives  near  the  tropics.  The  nativea 
of  Now  Spain  are  darker  than  the  Indians  of  Quito  and  New  Grenada,  who 
inhabit  a  precisely  analogous  climate.  Those  who,  in  the  torrid  zone,  inhabit  the 
most  elevated  table-land  of  the  Cordilleras  or  of  the  Andes,  have  a  complexion  aa 
much  copper-colourod  as  thoee  who  cultivate  the  Banana  under  a  burning  sun, 
in  the  narrowest  %nd  deepest  valleya  of  the  equinoctial  regions.  The  Indiana 
who  inhabit  the  mounOiins  are  ck>thcd  and  were  so  long  before  the  conquest^ 
while  the  Aborigines  that  wander  on  the  plains  of  South  America,  are  perrecUy 
or  nearly  naked,  and  consequently  are  always  expwed  to  the  vertical  raya  of  tM 
Sun.  These  facts  show  that  the  colour  of  the  American  depends  very  little  on 
the  local  situation  which  he  actually  occupies ;  and  never  in  the  same  individual 
are  those  parts  of  the  body  that  are  constantly  covered  of  a  fairer  colour  than 
those  in  contact  with  the  air. 

In  the  warmer  sections  of  the  continent,  the  Aborigines  live  upon  fruits  or  roots : 
in  less  genial  regions,  they  are  obliged  to  have  recourse  to  the  chase :  on  the  rivers 
or  along  the  shores  of  lakes,  or  on  the  sea-coasts,  they  depend  on  fish  as  their 
main  article  of  food.  In  an  emergency  the  Indians  do  not  scruple  to  feed  on  ser- 
pents, toads,  and  lizards,  and  on  the  larva  of  insects,  and  other  diagusting  objects. 
Some  roast  their  meat,  others  boil  it,  and  not  only  several  savage  tribes,  but  even 
the  civilized  Peruvians,  eat  their  flesh  raw.  The  Ottomacs,  a  tribe  near  the 
Orinoco,  eat  a  species  of  unctuous  clay,  and  the  same  practice  has  been  found  to 
prevail  among  some  tribes  in  Brazil,  and  on  the  borders  of  the  Arctic  Ocean.  A, 
number  of  tribes  in  Brazil*  and  in  the  basin  of  the  Orinoco,  and  some  in  all  parta 
of  America,  indulge  in  the  horrid  banquet  of  human  flesh. 


Wi 


SOUTH  AMERICA. 


AmongM  the  aborigiiiM  throughout  the  continent,  with  eome  nr^  exeeptiom, 
the  woman  ie  the  ilave  of  the  man.  She  perfornw  all  the  menial  officea,  eaniet 
the  burdena,  cultivatea  the  ground,  and  in  many  caaea  ia  not  allowed  to  eat  or 
apeak  in  the  preaence  of  the  other  aex.  Polygamy  ia  by  no  meana  uncommon 
amodg  the  native  tribea;  but  it  ia  oi\en  checked  by  the  difBeully  of  proourinij^  or 
aupporting  more  than  one  wife,  and  aome  nationa  do  not  countenance  the  practice. 
Some  tribea  kill  their  priaonera;  othera  adopt  them  into  all  the  privilegee  of  the 
tribe,  and  yet  othera  employ  them  u  alave%  in  which  capacity  they  are  turned 
over  to  the  women. 

The  govemmenta  of  Spain  and  Portugal,  aided  by  the  devout  zeal  of  aevertl 
religioua  orders,  have  aupported  miaaiona  in  Mexico,  La  Plata,  Peru,  Brasil,  and 
New  Grenada,  for  more  than  two  centuriea:  moat  of  theae  have  been  lately  aban- 
doned, in  oonaequence  of  the  recent  revolutiona  in  thoae  countriea,  and  aeem  to 
have  left  no  traoea  of  their  exiatence.  A  few  friars,  or  prieata,  aettled  among  the 
aavagea,  inatructed  them  in  the  forms  of  the  Roman  Catholic  religion,  and  taught 
them  aome  of  the  more  useful  arts ;  but  theae  establiahmenta  were  generally  mo- 
delled upon  the  plan  of  the  Peruvian  theocracy ;  the  converts  were  kept  under  a 
complete  atate  of  tutelage ;  the  produce  of  their  labour  became  the  common  pro- 
perty of  the  coaamunity,  which  was  managed  by  their  religioua  fathera,  ana  no 
pnMfress  was  made  in  eatablishing  an  independent,  aelf-auataining  aocial  ayatem. 

South  America  containa  the  following  political  diviaiona.  The  republica  of  New 
Grenada,  Venezuela,  and  Equador,  or  Equator,  compriae  what  constituted,  until 
1831,  the  Republic  of  Ckilombia:  they  occupy  the  northern  part  of  the  continent. 
The  coloniea  of  Guiana,  belonging  to  Great  Britain,  France,  and  Holland,  are  in 
the  north-oaat  The  empire  of  Brazil,  the  nKWt  extensive  and  populoua  of  all  the 
South  American  atatea,  extenda  over  the  central,  and  more  than  one-hdf  of  the 
eaatern,  aection  of  the  aoulhem  continent  Weat  of  Brazil  is  the  republic  of  Bo- 
livia (formerly  known  aa  Upper  Peru),  and  those  of  Peru  and  South  Peru.  The 
regiona  forming  the  territory  of  theae  states  were  once  all  comprehended  under  the 
general  name  of  Peru.  Southward  of  these,  and  along  the  western  coast,  ex- 
tends the  republic  of  Chili.  Eastward  of  Chili,  and  occupying  moatly  the  central 
parte  of  the  continent,  is  the  republic  of  Buenos  Ayres,  known  also  as  the  United 
Provinces  of  the  Rio  de  la  Plata,  and  likewise  as  the  Argentine  Republic.  Be- 
tween Buenos  Ayres  and  Brazil  ia  situated  the  dictatorahip  of  Paraguay,  and  the 
Republic  Oriental  de  I'Uruguay,  commonly  called  Uruguay :  it  waa  also  formerly 
known  by  the  aeveral  names  of  Montevideo,  the  Banda  Oriental,  and  the  Cispla- 
tine  Republic.  The  most  southern  part  of  South  America  is  Patagonia,  including 
Tierra  del  Fuega  These  regiona  are  entirely  occupied  by  native  tribes,  and  are 
vory  little  known. 

The  eatimatea  of  the  areas  and  population  of  all  the  above-mentioned  territo- 
ries are  very  uncertain,  and  but  little  reliance  is  to  be  placed  on  them.  Authwi- 
tiea  often  differ  very  much,  and  in  general  they  are  but  conjectural.  The  follow- 
ing statement  agrees  with  the  more  moderate  computations,  and  mig|ht  probably  be 
increaaed  to  tlie  extent  of  a  million,  or  even  a  Million  and  a  half,  without  extrava- 
gance. 

Area  in  Eh|uar«  mile*.  Popalatlon. 

New  Grenada 380,000  1,687,100 

Venezuela 435,000  900,000 

Equador 130,00a 600,000 

Guiana 115,000  190,540 

Brazil 3,000,000  5,000,000 

Peru... 605,000  1,500,000 

Bolivia 400,000  1,716,000 

Bnenoe  Ayrea 860,000  700,000 

Paraguay    68,000  300,000 

Uruguay 93,000  1.50,000 

Chill 173,000  1,500,000 

Patagonia 330,000  30.000 


ToUl, 


6,687,000    14,273,640 


^ 


COLOMBIA. 


■■■MI!! 
939 


COLOMBIA, 

OR,  NEW  GRENADA,  VENEZUELA,  AND  EQUADOR  OR  EQUATOR. 

CoLomiA  ifl  the  name  given  to  the  exteneive  territory  of  tn  independent  ttate, 
which  took  the  lead  among  the  newlyfonned  republiea  in  what  was  formerly 
Spaniah  Soatb  America.  R«c«nt  changea  have  aubdiTlded  it  into  three  portiona, 
wnich  have  aammed  the  ajypellationa  of  New  Orenada,  Venezaela,  and  the  Eqaa* 
dor ;  bat  it  ia  atill  convenient  to  give  ita  physical  Teatures  under  the  general  ap- 
pellation of  Colombia. 

Colombia,  in  ita  seneral  outline,  occupies  nearly  the  whole  north  and  north- 
western  part  of  South  America,  and  comprehends  the  two  govemmenta  included 
bv  the  Sjianiarda  under  the  namea  of  the  viceroyalty  of  New  Grenada,  comprising 
Quito,  and  the  captainpy-general  of  the  Caraccas,  or  Venezuela,  including  Span- 
ish Guiana.  It  ia  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  great  gulf  of  the  Atlantic,  which 
is  encloaed  between  its  shore  and  the  long  chain  of  the  West  India  islands,  com- 
monly called  the  Caribbean  Sea.  On  this  side  also  a  narrow  land  boundary  con- 
nects it  with  Guatemala,  but  ita  limite  on  that  side  are  unsettied. 

On  the  west  it  stietehea  along  the  boondleaa  expanse  of  the  Pac''^^  from  the 
vicinity  of  the  Gulf  of  Dulce  on  the  north,  to  the  River  Tumbez  uii  the  sooth: 
thence  it  ia  divided  from  Peru  by  an  irregular  aouth-easterly  line  extending  to  the 
Javari  River.  Bv  that  atream,  part  of  the  Amazon  River,  and  a  nominal  Tine  ex- 
tending first  north,  and  then  east,  it  is  separated  from  Brazil ;  and  by  the  latter 
boundary,  continued  in  a  northerly  course  to  the  mouth  of  the  Orinoco,  it  ia  di- 
vided from  Guiana.  The  outline  of  this  great  region  is  probably  not  leas  than 
6fi00  miles.  It  ia  in  extent  from  north  to  south  abmit  1400,  and  from  east  to  weft 
16!)0  miles. 

The  surfiice  of  Colombia,  ite  mountains  and  plains,' are  of  the  most  varied  char* 
acter,  and  on  the  most  majestic  scale,  presenting  forms  and  phenomena  the  moat 
erand  arid  awful  that  are  to  be  found  on  the  globe.  The  summits  of  the  Acdea 
nave  ceased,  indeed,  to  rank  as  the  very  loftiest  on  earth.  The  Himmaleh,  the 
mountain  boundary  of  Hindoostan,  is  not  only  higher,  but  presents,  periiapa,  a 
grander  continuity  of  unbroken  and  gigantic  steeps.  But,  ascending  fnmi  the  low 
coantry  by  a  series  of  tabular  plains  and  broad  valleys,  it  presento  at  no  afaigle 
point  any  very  astonishing  elevation.  It  has  nothing  to  resemble  those  aolitary 
gigantic  cones,  which,  in  the  Colombian  cordillera,  snoot  up  towards  the  sky,  and 
even  under  the  burning  influence  of  the  equator  remain  buried  to  a  great  depth  in 
perpetual  snow.  Chimborazo,  the  giant  of  the  west,  stands  yet  unsealed  by  mor- 
tal foot  Humboldt  and  his  coUipanions  made  extraordinary  exertions  to  reach  ita 
Bummit,  and  arrived  at  about  2000  feet  from  that  point,  then  believed.to  be  the 
greatest  elevation  ever  attained  b^  man.  They  were  enveloped  in  thick  foga,  and 
in  an  atmosphere  of  the  most  piercing  cold ;  they  breathed  with  difficulty,  and 
blood  burst  from  the  eyes  and  lips.  The  form  of  the  mountain,  which  is  that  of  a 
truncated  cone,  appears  everywhere  sublime,  but  peculiarly  so  fiom  the  coast  of 
the  Pacific  at  nearly  200  miles  distance,  whence  it  resembles  an  enormous  semi- 
transparent  dome  defined  by  the  deep  azure  of  the  sky ;  dim,  yet  too  decided  in 
outline  to  be  mistaken  for  a  cloud.  The  height  ia  21,410  feet  Antisana,  though- 
only  19,000  feet,  is  remarkable  for  having  a  village  on  ite  side  at  the  heij^t  of' 
13,600  feet  once  believed  Uie  highest  inhabited  spot  on  the  globe. 

The  moet  tremendous  volcanoea  in  the  world  are  those  which  burst  from  this 
mountain  ranm.  Cotc^iaxi  is  the  most  formidable  in  the  Andes,  and,  indeed,  on 
the  globe.  This  mountain  ia  18,896  feet  high,  consequentlv  more  elevated  than 
Vesuvius  would  he  if  placed  on  the  top  of  Tenerifle.  In  the  course  of  the  last 
century,  it  had  five  great  eruptions,  and  one  in  1803.  In  some  of  these  it  haa 
been  averred  that  Cotopaxi  was  heard  at  the  distence  cit  600  miles,  and  that  on 
the  coast  of  the  Pacific,  at  140  miles  dtstance,  it  sounded  like  thunder,  or  like  the 
discharge  of  a  continuous  battery  of  cannon.    From  thia  and  the  other  South 


iBM 


83* 


870 


COLOMBIA. 


American  craters  are  ejected  not  only  the  aniai  volcanic  Bubstancea,  but  torrents 
of  boilinff  water  and  mud,  often  containing  great  quantities  of  dead  fishes.  Some* 
times,  alter  successive  eruptions,  the  andermined  vralla  of  tho  mountain  <U1  in, 
and  become  a  mass  of  tremendous  ruin.  Such  w^us  the  &te  of  EU  Altai,  which 
once  reared  its  bead  above  Chimborazo,  and  of  another  very  Idly  volcano^  which, 
in  1696,  fell  wiUi  a  similar  crash. 

The  general  range  of  the  Andes,  as  it  passes  through  Colombia,  is  divided  in 
the  north  into  three  pardlel  chains,  of  which  the  eastern  has  between  it  and  the 
middle  chain  the  plam  of  Santa  Fe  de  Bogoti,  and  some  others,  which  constitute 
the  most  valuable  part  of  Ne^  Grenada.  Farther  south,  these  chains  unite  into 
two,  of  which  the  most  elevated,  comprising  all  the  highest  volcanic  summits,  is 
on  the  western  side,  facing  the  expanse  of  the  Pacific.  Between  it  and  the  par- 
allel chain  is  interposed  Uie  table  plain  of  Quito,  about  twenty  miles  in  breadth, 
and  of  the  most'  surpassing  richness  and  beauty.  To  the  east  also  the  Andes 
throw  out  a  chain,  called  the  chain  of  Venezuela,  which  runs  parallel  to  the  sea 
along  the  coast  of  Caraccas,  as  fiir  as  Cumanft,  leaving  along  the  shore  a  plain  rich 
in  the  most  valu&ble  tropical  productions. 

The  Llanos  form  another  extensive  portion  of  the  Colombian  territory,  com- 
mencing wLere  the  mountain  ranges  terminate,  and  reaching  east  and  south  to 
the  Orinoco.  They  consist  of  immense  flats,  covered  with  magnificent  forests  and 
vast  savannahs,  in  which  the  grass  often  grows  above  the  human  height,  covering 
from  view  both  man  and  horse.  A  great  extent  is  inundated  tr^  the  Orinoco  and 
its  large  tributaries.  The  soil  is  fertile  in  the  extreme;  but  the  unhealthiness  of 
the  climate  deters  settlers  who  are  not  urged  bv  extreme  necessity. 

Among  its  rivers,  Colombia  may  rank  several,  the  greatest  both  of  the  Old  and 
the  New  World.  She  sets  one  foot,  as  it  were,  on  vie  Amazon :  but  that  river, 
bein^  scarcely  accessible,  and  the  country  near  it  occupied  only  by  a  few  scattered 
missions  from  Peru,  cannot  be  considered,  in  any  practical  seube,  as  Colombian. 
The  same  observation  may  almost  apply  to  its  great  tributaries,  the  Napo,  the  lea, 
or  Putumayo,  and  the  Japura,  or  Caqueta,  which  descend  to  it  from  the  Andes  of 
Quito.  The  secondary  but  still  immense  streaiQ^of  the  Orinoco  rises  in  the  south' 
em  part  of  the  mountains  of  Parime,  and,  winding  round  them,  flows  first  west, 
then  north,  till  it  takes  its  final  course  eastward  to  the  Atlantic.  It  enters  that 
ocean  by  a  delta  of  about  fifty  channels,  and  after  a  course  of  1380  miles. 

From  the  boundless  expanse  of  the  Llanos,  the  Orinoco  receives  several  mighty 
rivers  that  have  their  sources  in  the  Andes, — the  Guaviare,  the  Meta,  and  the 
Apurd;  the  last  of  which,  flowing  through  the  plains  of  Venezuela,  and  drawing 
its  waters  from  the  coast  chain,  is  alone  very  important  in  a  commercial  view. 
These  shores  may  in  future  ages  become  the  magnificent  seats  of  empire,  but  at 
present  they  are  overgrown  with  forests  and  thickets,  peopled  only  1^  wandering 
Caribs^  and  presenting  but  a  few  scattered  missions  and  settlements.  The  really 
useful  streams  are  those  of  smaller  dimensions,  which,  running  like  long  canak 
between  the  mountain  chains,  bring  down  the  products  of  those  high  valleys,  at 
present  the  only  cultivated  part  of  Colombia.  The  Magdalena,  the  largest  and 
most  commodious  of  these  streams,  has  a  course  of  more  than  600  miles  between 
the  eastern  and  middle  chain  of  the  Cordilleras,  aflbrding  to  the  plain  of  Santa  Fe 
a  communication  with  tiie  sea.  The  Cauca  runs  between  the  middle  and  westoni 
chain ;  and,  after  a  course  of  nearly  equal  length,  joins  the  Magdalena  before  it 
fiiUs  into  the  sea  near  Carthagena.  The  Magdalena  is  throughout  navigable, 
though  the  voyage  is  rendered  painful  by  the  neat  and  the  mvriads  of  insects. 
The  navigation  of  the  Cauca  is  ^  no  means  so  good.  To  the  south,  the  still 
smaller  rivers  of  Esmeraldas  and  of'^Guayaquil  aflbrcto  the  republic  of  the  Equa- 
dor  an  important  means  of  communicating  with  the  Bicific  Ocean. 

There  are  scarcely  any  lakes  of  importance.  We  must  except,  however,  that 
of  Maracaybo,  which,  though  it  communicates  with  the  sea,  yet,  unless  in  strong 
winds  blowing  firom  thence,  preeerves  its  waters  fresh  and  unmixed.  There  are 
also  dispersea  throughout  the  territory  various  little  collections  of  water  on  the 
uvclivitics  of  hills,  and  ethers  formed  by  the  expansions  of  rivers. 

The  lionatitution  of  Colombia  was  formed  in  a  congress  assembled  at  Cflcuta,  on 


Jver,  tl»»M 
In  sttong 
Ihere  are 
\t  on  the  I 

Lcttta,  onj 


smasmmamm 
COLOMBIA. 


871 


the  18th  July,  1821.  Another  had  been  firamed,  two  yean  before,  at  Santo  Tomi, 
bat  only  for  the  province  of  Venezoela,  which,  after  some  resistance,  was  obliged 
to  yield  its  claim  to  the  superior  power  and  population  of  New  Grenada.  The 
bans  judiciously  taken  was  that  of  the  United  States  of  North  America,  and  the 
alterations  are  even  such  as  to  give  it  somewhat  less  of  a  democratic  character. 
The  legislative  power  was  vested  in  a  congress,  consisting  of  two  bodies,  the 
senate  and  the  house  of  representatives.    The  executive  was  vested  in  a  presi- 

I'  dent  and  vice-president,  the  former  of  whom  was  elected  for  four,  and  could  not 
continue  in  office  for  a  consecutive  period  of  more  than  eight  years.  Neither  he 
'  oor  n.m  of  the  ministers  could  be  members  of  the  congress.  His  salary  was  fixed 
at  30,000  dollars,  and  that  of  the  vice-president  at  16.000  dollars  per  annum. 

The  constitutions  of  the  three  states  newly  formeo  from  the  fragments  of  Co- 
lombia, are,  with  some  variations,  the  same  as  that  of  Cucuta.  Attempts  have 
been  made  to  unite  them  into  a  confederacy,  which  should  manaee  their  foreign 
relations ;  but  the  project  has  never  succeeded,  and  seems  now  to  he  abandoned. 

The  Colombian  debt,  due  to  British  capitalisu,  amounts  to  $6,650,000;  it  has 
been  recognised,  by  the  new  States,  jis  a  common  burden,  to  be  paid  as  soon  as 
their  ability  will  permit.  New  Grenada  has  appropriated  one  eighth  of  the  custom 
duties,  as  well  as  the  surplus  revenue,  the  national  profits  from  tobacco,  and  the 
sale  of  the  national  lands,  towards  extinguishing  its  snare  of  the  debt. 

The  territory  of  Colprnbia  is  chiefly  distinguished  by  its  vast  capacities  for  im- 
provement, which  are  (developed  only  in  a  very  imperrect  degree.  The  soil  is  as 
various  as  the  states  that  compose  the  territory.  New  Grenada,  though  a  moun- 
tainous countrv,  is  fertile  in  ail  kinds  of  grain  and  fruit,  and  such  are  the  natural 
resources  of  tnis  part  of  South  America,  that,  if  its  inhabitants  were  active  and 
industrious,  it  might  become  one  of  the  richest  and  most  important  cpuntriea  in 
the  world. 

Agriculture  in  this  country,  beyond  any  other  in  Spanish  America,  or  perhaps 
in  the  world,  is  capable  of  supplying  in  the  utmost  variety  the  richest  proouctioas 
of  the  vegetable  kinsdom.  That  which  chiefly  distinguishes  it  is  the  cacao,  a 
fruit  at  once  palatable  and  nutritious,  which  in  the  country  yields  an  article  of 
food,  and  in  Europe  forms  the  basis  of  the  chocolate.    The  cacao  of  Caravcas  is 

Senerally  reckoned  the  beet  in  the  world.  The  produce  is  in  value  nearly  6,000,000 
ollars.  The  tobacco  of  Caraccas  is  much  superior  to  that  of  Virginia,  yielding 
only  to  that  of  Cuba  and  the  Rio  Ne^ra  Quin<;|uina,  or  Jesuit's  buk,  one  of  the 
most  valuable  articles  in  the  materia  medica,  is  now  the  {nroduce  almost  ezclor 
si vely  of  Colombia.  Coflbe,  cotton,  and  sugar,  find  all  most  &vourable  soils.  In- 
digo was  once  a  very  important  article,  being  exported  from  Caraccas,  in  the  most 
prosperous  times,  to  the  value  of  1,000,000  dollars ;  but  it  has  much  declined,  and 
is  produced  now  only  in  the  plain  of  Varinas.  A/^Hieat  and  other  European  grain 
find  favourable  situations,  especially  on  the  table-lands  of  Bogota ;  but  as  these 
have  not  the  extent  of  those  of  Mexico,  the  wheat  is  neither  so  good  nor  so  abun- 
dant ;  and  Colombia  cannot  dispense  with  a  large  import  of  American  flour.  The 
banana  grows  in  spontaneous  abundance.  The  agriculture  of  these  states  appears 
to  be  still  conducted  in  Uiat  indolent  and  slovenly  manner  usual  where  land  is 

1  cheap  and  a  market  distant  The  government  has  lately  sought  to  promote  the 
clearing  of  waste  lands,  by  disposine  of  tiiem  at  a  very  low  rate,  and  by  setting 
aside  two  millions  of  fiinegas  for  foreigners  who  may  be  disposed  to  settle  and 
bring  them  under  cultivation. 

The  mines  of  New  Grenada  have  been  a  subject  of  brlUiant  and  periia]^  roman- 
tic expectations.  Humboldt  observee,  that  nothing  can  be  more  fidlackius  than 
the  external  appearance  of  rocks  and  veins,  and  that,  till  regular  shafts  and  galle- 
ries have  been  formed,  no  certainty  can  be  attained.  The  «>ly  important  product 
as  yet  is  gold,  obuined  by  washing  the  earth  and  sand  in  the  {irovinces  of  ChocA, 
Popayan,  and  Antioquia.  Thore  are  indications  of  various  minerals  in  dilKreQt 
quarters.  The  silver  mines  of  Marquetores,  and  those  called  the  mountain  minea^ 
and  the  higher  and  lower  mines  in  the  province  of  Pamplona,  are  gaid  by  Toneuie 
to  be  BO  rich  that  they  generally  yield  two  marks  of  silver  per  quintal :  there  are 
also  mines  of  copper  ami  lead,  others  of  emeralds,  which  have  given  name  to  the 


mm 


■Pi 


^^.- 


jns 


COLOMBIA. 


province  of  Muzo,  aod  the  valley  of  Tunja,  noted  also  for  its  sapphires  and  other 
precioas  stones,  and  yielding  in  some  places  cinnabar  and  mercury.  In  the  moun- 
tains of  Antioquia  and  Guamoro  there  are  diamonds,  though  of  small  size,  hya- 
cinths, fine  garnets  in  great  abundance,  excellent  pearls  in  the  Rio  Hacha,  ame- 
thysts in  Timaaco,  turquoises  in  the  districts  of  Pamplona,  Suza,  and  Anserma. 
There  are  also  rich  mines  in  the  district  of  Choc6;  but  some  of  these  were  neg- 
lected in  the  more  general  search  for  platina.  From  the  year  1800  to  1810  were 
coined  in  New  Grenada  27,350,000  dollars,  and  from  1810  to  1820, 20,000,000,  or 
3,000,000  annually. 

In  Santa  Mardia  there  are  mines  of  gold,  silver,  and  precious  sipnes,  and  some 
rich  salt-works.  The  province  of  Quito  yields  gold,  silver,  copper,  quicksilver, 
topazes,  amethysts,  emeralds,  rock-crystal,  and  very  fine  marble ;  in  Venezuela  is 
found  tin,  and  also  rcck-crystal,  with  lapis  lazuli,  not  much  inferior  to  the  cele- 
brated ultramarine.  The  copper  mines  yielded  in  one  year  1500  quintals  of  ex- 
cellent quality.  Time  only  can  discover  whether  the  rest  will  pay  the  expense 
of  working.  The  salt  mine  of  Zichaqiiira,  glitterir<g  like  an  immense  rock  of 
crystal,  has  yielded  a  revenue  of  150,000  dollars  a  year.  It  is  not  the  only  one ; 
and  the  mineral  finds  a  ready  market  in  the  country.  The  pearls  of  Panama  and 
the  Rio  Hacha,  which  were  once  obtained  to  the  value  of  half  a  million  annually, 
do  not  now  yield  more  than  180,000  dollars  a  year. 

Manufacturing  industry  can  scarcely  be  saidf  to  exist.  The  leather  of  Carora, 
the  hammocks  of  Mar^rifa  Island,  and  the  blankets  of  Tocuyo,  arc  objects  of 
little  importance,  even  in  respect  to  internal  consumption. 

Commerce,  in  consequence  of  the  very  circumstance  last  mentioned,  has  a  pecu- 
liar activity.  From  the  total  want  of  manufactures,  almost  the  whole  population 
must  be  clothed  in  foreign  fabrics.  In  1834  the  exports  of  Venezuela,  consisting 
of  oofiee,  cacao,  and  indigo,  with  hides,  sarsaparilla,  and  sugar,  amounted  to 
3,394,483  dollars.  The  imports  to  3,369,411  dollars.  The  ports  of  Laguayra, 
Rio  de  Hacha,  Santa  Martha,  Carthagena,  Chagres,  Puerto  Cabello,  Panama, 
and  Guayaquil,  are  these  most  frequented  by  foreign  traders. 
Trade  is  understood  to  be  on  the  whole  in  a  prosperous  state.  The  internal  traffic 
will  one  day  probably  be  immense,  upon  the  Orinoco,  the  Apure,  the  Meta,  and  by 
the  Cassiquiare,  with  the  Rio  Negro  and  the  Amazons ;  but  all  the  regions  wa- 
tered by  these  mighty  rivers  are  as  yet  little  better  than  deserts.  The  cataracts 
also  of  Atures  and  Maypures  prevent  navigation  from  being  carried  much  above 
the  lowest  bend  of  the  Orinoco. 

The  population  of  Colombia  cannot  be  computed  with  any  precision  firom  exist- 
ing data.  Venezuela,  in  1834,  according  to  official  statements,  had  900,000 ;  that 
of  New  Grenada  was  ascertained  by  a  census  of  that  year  to  be  1,687,100;  and 
the  republic  of  the  Equador  is  estimated  to  contain  about  600,000  souls,  making 
an  affsmgate  of  8,187,100.  The  following  table  shows  the  relative  proportion  of 
the  different  races : — 

Venezuela.             New  Grenada.  Equador.                    Total. 

Whites 300,000 1,058,000  157,000 1,415,000 

Indians 307,000 376,050  393,000 976,050 

Firee  Cotonred  ..  433,000  168,700  43,000 643,700 

Slaves 60,000 84.350  8,000 159.350 

Totals 900,000 1,687,100 600,000 3,187.100 

The  character  of  the  Colombians  is,  probably,  much  influenced  by  the  sudden 
.transition  firom  a  depressing  despotism  to  an  extreme  degree  of  liberty.  They  re- 
tain much  of  the  gravity,  temperance,  and  sobriety  of  the  Spaniards,  with  a  share 
of  their  pride,  suspicious  temper,  and  neglect  of  cleanliness.  A  courtesjr  some- 
what stately  and  studied  prevails  in  their  demeanour.  It  is  not  easy  to  gain  their 
confidence ;  but  when  that  is  once  obtained,  they  are  extremel;^  friendly  and  cor- 
dial. They  are  hospitable  to  foreigners,  whom,  from  natiopiil  [nride,  however,  they 
regard  wiu  secret  jealousy. 

The  srreat  mass  of  the  Colombians  was  kept  in  dre  most  profound  ignorance 
daring  the  three  centuries  of  Spanidi  government  Fmr-fitths  of  the  inhabitania, 


exist- 
that  I 
;  and 
oakindl 
tion  of 


[Too 

Ignddenj 

|hcy  re- 1 
share  I 

some- 1 
in  their  I 

nd  cor- 1 
^r.they 

korancci 
Ibitaiitsi  I 


m 


NEW  GRENADA. 


873 


coQipi>«?beiidiiig  the  Indians,  sUiTes,  artiaans,  and  labourers,  did  not  even  leam^  to 
read  or  write ;  and  the  children  even  of  the  more  opulent  claaaes  were  oi»y  taught 
reading,  writing,  and  arithmetic.  Some,  however,  puTMied  their  studies  in  thf 
colleges,  in  order  to  fit  themselves  for  the  only  employments  to  which  the  Creoles 
could  aspire,  those  of  clergymen  and  .lawyerai  There  were  universities  or  col- 
leges at  Caraccas,  Bogota,  and  Quito;  but  the  whole  system  of  educatiot  tvaa  ex- 
tremely defective,  and  the  scholars  remained  ignorant  of  the  actual  state  of  aci- 
ence  and  philosophy  in  Europe.  Of  late  years,  great  progress  has  been  made  b: 
all  the  departments  of  knowledge ;  firee  ingress  of  books  from  all  quarters,  the 
establishment  of  newspapers  and  journals,  aind  the  liberty  of  the  press  which  now 
exists,  have  greatly  tended  to  enlighten  the  community. 

The  religion  is  as  yet  exclusive^. the  Roman  Catholic,  and  its  ceremonies  are 
observed  with  the  strictest  punctuality.  The  pariah  priests  rule  in  the  villages 
with  almost  absolute  sway;  but  their  influence,  uniting  together  the  difl*erent 
classes  and  sexes,  is  considered  on  the  whole  advantageous.  Many  of  the  young 
men  who  have  had  more  enlarged  means  of  information,  have  begun  to  discard 
the  Catholic  creed;  but  a  general  scepticism,, rather  than  any  rational  system  of 
religion,  seems  to  have  taken  the  place  of  their  ancient  &ith. 

The  rcces  are  as  numerous  and  as  variously  crossed  as  in  Mexica  The  negro 
maintains  his  place  in  the  scale  of  humanity;  and  the  mulattoes  Paez  and  Padula 
have  ranked  among  the  foremost  of  the  heroes  who  achieved  the  nati(Mial  inde- 


Of  the  native  Indian  tribes  within  this  territory,  the  Caribs  are  the  ruling  peo- 
ple. No  nation  in  the  world  is  stamped  with  a  deeper  brand  of  ferocity,  the  very, 
name,  converted  into  cannt&a2s,  being  applied  to  signify  devourers  of  human  fledi. 
The  charge  appears  to  have  been  greatly  exaggerated  by  the  Spaniards,  who  cer- 
tainly met  with  a  most  fierce  resistance,  and  sought  by  this  allegation  to  justify 
the  system  of  enslaving  and  exterminatmg  the  savage  tribes.  They  were  sup- 
posed to  have  been  exterminated,  but  it  has  been  lately  ascertained  that  there 
must  be  still  about  40,000  of  pure  and  unmixed  blood.  They  are  a  fine  tall  race, 
whose  figures,  of  a  reddish  copper  colour,  with  tlieir  picturesque  drapery,  resem- 
ble antique  statues  of  bronze.  They  shave  great  part  of  tne  forehead,  which 
gives  them  somewhat  the  appearance  of  monks ;  they  wear  only  a  tuil  on  the 
crown.  They  have  dark  intelligent  eyes,  a  gravity  in  tneir  manners,  aud  in  their 
features  an  expression  of  severity,  and  even  of  sadness. 

The  amusements  of  Colombia  are  chiefly  borrowed  from  the  mother-country. 

Dancing  is  passionately  followed  in  the  several  forms  of  the  fandango,  the 
bolero,  and  the  Spanish  country-dance.  Bull  and  cock  fighting  are  equally  fi^vour- 
ite  sports,  and  tend  to  keep  alive  that  ferocity  which  is  the  main  blemish  in  the 
moral  character  of  the  Spaniards. 


NEW   GRENADA. 


The  new  states  which  have  been  formed  by  the  division  of  the  former  republic 
of  Colombia  are,  Venezuela,  in  the  east;  New  Grenada,  in  the  north  and  centre; 
and  Equador  or  Equator,  in  the  south-west. 

New  Grenada,  comprising  the  ancient  viceroyalty  of  that  name,  extends  from 
2*  S.  to  12°  N.  lat.,  and  from  OS®  to  88"  W.  long.,  over  an  area  of  380,000  square 
miles.  It  is  the  most  populous  and  powerfiil  of  the  Colombian  republics;  its 
population  by  a  census  of  1835  was  1,687,100.  It  is  divided  into  five  depart- 
ments, which  are  subdivided  mto  eighteen  provinces. 

Departntenti.  Capitals.  PopulaUon. 

Isthmui PanBm& 10,800 

Magdalena 


ena 


Boyaoa 


Tunji 


CondL 

Cauoa Popayan 


inn 

so,6oo 

95,000 


TT 


A-iS^ 


S74 


NEW  OKENADA. 


Bogota,  the  capital  of  New  Grenada,  is  aitaated  on  a  table  plain,  60  mile*  by 
26^  and  8000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  This  plain,  though  ander  the  line, 
has  the  climate  of  Britain,  and  even  of  Scotland,  though  without  the  chanffe  of 
seasons,  the  perpetual  temperature  being  that  of  spring  or  autumn,  and  the 
thermometer  seldom  &lling  below  AT*  or  nsing  above  70°.  The  only  alternation 
is  fonned  fav  the  wet  seasons,  which  are  two:  the  first  comprehending  March, 
A^l,  and  May;  the  second,  September,  October,  and  November;  and  these, 
being  colder  than  the  others,  make  two  winters  and  two  summers,  Tlie  surround- 
inff  plain  is  excessively  fertile,  fine,  and  flrniUfal,  yielding  two  crops  in  the  year 
or  the  best  European  grain.  It  is  hemmed  in  by  loftjr  mountains,  rugged  preci- 
pices, roaring  torrents,  and  frightful  u'  ysses.  The  city  of  Bogota  itself  is  en- 
closed in  a  grand  mountain  circuit,  cliflb  of  1000  feet  rismg  immediately  above  it 
The  city  was  founded  in  1538,  by  Quesada,  and  rapidly  increased :  it  is  now  sup- 
posed to  contain  30,000  inhabitants.  Its  streets  and  st^uares  are  open  and  'spa- 
cious, but  the  houses  are  generally  heav^  and  old-fashioned ;  and  even  the  late 
palace  of  the  viceroy  displays  little  magnificence.  The  beauty  of  the  city  rests 
wholly  on  its  ecclesiastical  edifices,  wnich  omsist  of  twenty-six  churches  and 
twelve  convents.  Many  of  the  former  are  not  only  splendid,  but  built  with  some 
taste ;  and  their  numerous  spires,  amid  the  grandeur  of  the  surrounding  scenery, 
give  it  a  very  fine  appearance.  It  contains  an  university  and  archiepiscopal  see, 
and  carries  on  a  considerable  trade  in  cotton  goods,  hides,  and  grain. 

The  scenery  of  the  plain  of  Bogota  is  marked  by  many  strikingaiid  picturesque 
fbatures.  Among  these  are  particularly  conspicuous  the  Fall  of  Tequendama  and 
the  natural  bridges  of  Icononza  The  first  is  formed  by  the  river  Bogota.  Its 
mass  of  waters,  previously  spread  to  a  considerable  breadth,  are  contracted  to 
fi>rty  %et,  and  dashed  down  a  precipice  650  fbet  high,  into  an  almost  ftthomless 
abyss.  The  bridge  of  Icononzo  is  a  natural  arch  across  a  chasm  860  feet  deep^ 
at  the  botbHn  of  which  flows  a  rapid  torrent,  which  would  have  been  otherwise 
impassable. 

Honda,  the  port  of  Bogotfi,  is  situated  on  the  Magdalena  river,  about  55  miles 
N.  W.  from  the  capital :  it  has  considerable  trade,  with  a  population  of  about 
10,000  inhabitants.  The  town  has  some  good  buildings,  the  climate  is  hot  but 
not  unhealthy,  and  the  banks  of  the  river  are  infested  with  mosquitoes. 

Popayan  is  a  handsome  city,  built  more  regularly  and  elegantly  than  Santa  Fe, 
and  mhabited  by  many  opulent  merchants,  who  have  suffered  severely  by  the 
revolution.  Its  site,  on  the  river  Cauca,  is  picturesque ;  the  climate  delicious, 
notwithstanding  the  fteqnent  rains  and  tennjiests.  It  enjoys  a  considerable  trade 
in  European  merchandise,  which  it  receives  firom  Carth&gena,  and  distributes  to 
Quito  and  other  neighbouring  districts,  together  with  the  products  of  its  ibrtile 
soil.  Above  it  rises  the  volcano  of  Purace,  continually  emitting  flames,  unlesi 
when  obstructed  by  the  substances  thrown  out  by  itself,  m  which  case  Indians  are 
employed  to  clear  it,  lest  the  subterraneous  flame  should  product  earthauake. 
From  its  summit  a  river  descends  to  Popayan,  so  impregnated  with  acid  sub- 
stances, that  the  Spaniards  call  it  Vinagre.  Call  is  a  clean  and  well-built  town, 
in  a  delightful  situation ;  and  the  inhabitants  have  attained  considerable  pros- 
perity by  exporting  tobacco  and  other  produce  of  the  interior.  Lower  down  the 
river  is  Cartago,  in  a  situation  which  the  cold  blasts  from  the  snowy  mountains 
would  render  inclement,  were  it  not  sheltered  by  a  ridge  of  lower  hills.  The 
■arrounding  country  contains  many  valuable  mines,  and  would  be  most  rich  in 
cacao,  coffee,  sugar,  and  all  tropical  productions,  if  cultivators  and  a  market  could 
be  fbnnd.  Pasto  is  a  considerable  town,  and  the  Inhabitants  manufacture  a  pecu- 
liar species  of  cabinet-work  of  considerable  elegance.  It  is  surrounded  by  vol- 
canoes, and  is  accessible  only  Uirough  rugged  and  narrow  passes.  Previous  to 
1884,  when  it  was  destrojred  by  an  earthquake,  its  population  amounted  to  10,000. 

Carthagena,  long  considered  by  the  Spaniards  as  the  bulwark  of  their  pcisees- 
sions  in  America,  equally  noted  nr  the  successfiil  attacks  of  Drake  and  the  buc- 
caneers, and  for  the  disastrous  failure  dT  Vernon  in  1741,  has  lost  much  of  its 
amuST  importance.  The  fbrtificstiona  are  considerably  decayed,  yet  it  is  the 
chief  arsenal  of  the  republic.    The  packet-boats,  which  maintain  the  intercoune 


antaFe,| 
r  by  the| 

l)le  trade  I 
ibtttee  to| 
[tB  fertile  I 
unless  I 
liaM  are  I 
thquake.! 
icid  sub- 1 
[ilt  town,  I 
ble  pros- 1 
lown  the  I 
lountains 
llB.    The| 
k  rich  in  I 
[ketcould| 
a  pecu'i 
by  vol- 1 
revioustol 
JO  10,000.1 

fir  poB8»-| 

'  the  hue- 1 

ich  of  itsB 

it  is  the  I 

itercour»«j 


NEW  ORENADA. 


ns 


with  Europe  and  the  United  Stwtea,  sail  to  and  from  Carthagena ;  and  it  abaorbs 
moat  of  the  edmnierce  of  the  Magddena  and  its  tributariet.  It  stands  on  a  low, 
sandy  point  in  the  delta  of  the  former  rirer,  and  notwithstanding  there  are  some 
handsome  churches  and  convents,  it  has  on  the  whole  a  gloomy  aspect  Its  popu- 
lation is  supposed  to  amount  to  about  18,000.  Turbaeo,  a  little  Indian  village  in 
the  vicinity,  to  which  the  wealthy  Carthaginians  retire  in  the  hot  aeason,  is  dis- 
tinguished by  the  curious  phenomenon  of  the  voleoncttot  (little  volcanoes),  con- 
sisung  of  about  20  cones,  iVom  20  to  25  feet  high,  whence  issue  constant  erup- 
tions of  gas,  sometimes  accompanied  with  mud  and  water.  Tolu,  in  a  rifch  vege- 
table district  of  this  province,  is  noted  for  the  balnm  bearing  its  name.  Mompox, 
in  the  province  oi  tbie  same  name,  derives  some  importance  fiom  its  population 
of  10,000  soiils.  Ocafia,  a  village  higher  up  in  the  same  province,  was  the  seat 
of  a  congress  in  1828.  Rio  Hacha  is  a  small  town  with  a  harbour,  and  once  the 
seat  of  a  pearl  fisheiy,  which  never  proved  very  successful,  {further  west  is 
Santa  Martha,  situated  in  a  couiitry  pervaded  by  a  detached  range  of  lofty  moun- 
tainsL  It  has  a  good  harbour,  is  strongly  fortified,  and  carries  on  conuderable 
trade.    Its  population  is  about  6,000  soulk 

The  city  of  Tunja  was  the  Indian  capital  of  Cundinamarca,  and  continued, 
even  under  the  Spaniards,  to  be  a  rich  place,  till  it  was  superseded  by  Saiita  F& 
Sogamozo  was  a  celebrated  place  of  Indian  pilgrimage,  and  contained  a  temple 
of  the  Sun.  The  town  of  Socorra  is  rudely  built,  but  contaiiia  12,000  inhabitants, 
busily  employed  in  coarse  cotton  fabrics.  Pamplona  is  a  considerable  and  pleasant 
town  in  a  lony  situation.  Roeario  de  Cucuta,  fiuther  north,  is  remarkable  for  the 
session  of  the  constituent  congress  in  1621.  Casanare,  190  miles  N.  E.  ftom 
Bogot4  on  the  river  of  the  same  name,  forms  the  medium  by  which  the  provinces 
on  the  Magdalene  communicate  with  the  Llanos  and  the  coast  of  Canecas; 
under  the  old  regime  the  influence  of  the  merchants  of  Cartha£ona  caused  it  to 
be  shut  up,  in  oraer  to  secure  their  own  monopoly  of  the  Santa  Fe  trade;  but  as 
such  absurd  restrictions  are  now  abolished,  the  Cfasanare  may  become  an  impor- 
tant channel  of  commerce. 

Panama  and  Porto  Bello,  on  the  opposite  sides  of  the  isthmus,  bore  a  great 
name  in  America,  when  they  were  the  exclusive  channel  by  which  the  wealth  of 
Peru  was  conveyed  to  the  mother-country.  Now,  when  both  that  wealth  is 
diminished,  and  a  great  part  of  it  is  transported  round  Cape  Horn,  iheir  con- 
sequence has  much  declined.  Yet  Panami,  on  the  coast  of  the  Pacific,  is  still  a 
fortified  place,  and  carries  on  some  trade.  It  contains  a  beautifiil  cathedral,  four 
monasteries,  now  deserted,  and  other  large  buildings,  and  maintains  a  populaticm 
of  10,800.  Porto  Bello,  so  cal'ed  from  its  fine  harbour,  is  in  a  state  or  decay, 
and  ite  pestilential  climate  has  given  it  the  name  of  the  grave  of  Euiopeans.  It 
is  now  inhabited  only  by  a  few  negroes  and  mulattoes,  the  whole  population  not 
exceeding  1200.  Here  was  once  held  the  richest  foir  in  America,  out  its  trade 
is  now  chiefly  removed  to  Chagres,  a  miserable  little  town  with  1000  inhabitants. 

The  ufflial  routes  across  the  isthmus  are  from  Porto  Beilo  and  Chagres  to 
Panama;  but  the  harbour  of  Chagres  is  not  good,  and  does  not  admit  vessels  of 
more  than  twelve  feet  draft,  and  the  climate  of  Porto  Bello  is  so  fiital  that  no 
white  man  can  remain  there  more  than  a  few  weeks,  and  even  negroes  suffer 
iVom  its  effects. 

There  have  been,  firom  time  to  time,  various  projects  for  the  eonstruetion  of  a 
canal,  or  a  rail-road,  so  as  to  unite  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  oceans,  at  this  narrow 
neck  of  land.  But  the  political  state  of  the  country  is  as  yet  somewhat  unsettled ; 
and  hence  capitalists  are  deterred  firom  advancing  the  necessary  fiinds.  At  some 
more  propitious  period,  when  aflbin  shall  be  permanently  tranquilliaed,  doubtless 
such  a  communication  will  be  opened. 

Near  Cape  San  Bias  is  a  fishery  of  pearls  and  turtle ;  the  former  carried  on  by 
an  English  company  to  little  advantage,  the  latter  aflbrding  profitable  employment 
to  about  120  individuals,  who  drive  a  trade  in  the  flesii,  oil,  and  shell  of  the 
turtles.  Chorrera,  ten  iqile«  ftom  Paqami,  has  4000  inhabitants.  Santiago  is 
a  place  of  acme  ccssequence,  wlih  5G00  inhabitants.  Nata  in  the  same  pr» 
vince  has  a  population  of  4000. 


[ 


vn 


VENEZUELA. 


VENEZUELA. 

Thb  repoblio  of  Veneioela,  cotuiatiug  of  the  former  capUmey-geBenl  of 
Ctrtocae,  to  wnich  wu  attached  tho  exteiuive  tract  known  under  the  name  d* 
Spanieh  Quiana,  extends  from  the  Orinoco  to  the  Quif  of  Venezuela.  It  etretches 
over  an  area  of  485,U00  K}uare  miles,  Ijrinff  between  60°  to  72*^  W.  long.,  and  2° 
S.  and  12°  N.  lat  It  ia  divided  into  four  departments,  which  are  subdivided  into 
12  provinces,  with  a  population  estimated  at  about  900,000. 


DsparMMnli.  OaplUli. 

Orinoco Varinas. . . . 

Maturin Cumana  . . . 

Venesuela . .  • • .  Caraooas. . . 

ZoUa •  •«  •  Maraoaybo. 


Population. 
3,000 
10,000 
33,000 
30,000 


Venesuela  bears  a  completely  opposite  aspect  to  the  two  fbrmer  divisions. 
While  they  consist  of  the  declivities  and  valleys  of  the  loftiest  Andes,  Venezuela 
ibrms  a  |dain  of  immense  extent,  reaching  westward  to  and  beyond  the  Orinoco. 
This  region  is  divided  into  three  parts,  distinguished  by  the  most  marked  contrasts 
both  natural  and  social.  The  nist  consists  of  the  forest  territory  beyond  the 
Orinoco.  It  exists  in  an  entirely  unsubdued  and  savage  state,  peopled  by  tiie 
Cariba  uid  other  tribes,  who  roam  iVom  place  to  p)ace,"and  wage  almoet  contmu^ 
war  with  each  other.  A  few  only  have  been  formed  bv  the  missionaries  into  re- 
cfuctuMU,  and  inured  to  the  habits  of  civilized  life.  The  second  part  consists  of 
the  Llanos;  boundless  plams,  where  the  eye,  in  the  compass  of  a  wide  horizon, 
o(len  does  not  discover  an  eminence  of  six  feet  high.  Like  the  Pampas  of  Li 
Plata,  they  are  covered  with  the  most  luxuriant  pastures,  on  which  it  is  estimated 
1,200,000  oxen,  180,000  horses,  and  90,000  mules  aro  fed.  Some  of  the  great 
proprietors  posGess  14,000  hend  of  cattle.  The  export  of  the  hides  of  these  ani- 
mals forms  one  of  the  principal  branches  of  the  commerce  of  Venezuela.  The 
third  division,  consisting  of  a  coast  about  600  Liiles  long,  and  the  territory  imme- 
diately adjoining  to  it,  includes  all  that  exhibits  anv  degree  of  culture  or  civiliza- 
tion. Here  the  West  India  products,  and  particularly  cacao  of  superior  quality, 
are  cultivated  to  a  consideraole  extent;  and  a  trade  is  carried  on,  which,  though 
interrupted  by  the  revolutionary  wn'  rnd  other  calamities,  is  likely,  in  periods  of 
tranquillity,  to  be  revived  and  extended. 

Caraccas,  situated  a  fbw  miles  fVom  the  coast,  has  alwoys  been  the  capital  of 
Venezuela,  and  previous  to  1812  was  a  very  large  city,  containing  above  40,000 
inhabitant!.  On  the  26th  of  March,  it  was  overthrown  by  one  of  ue  moat  dread- 
flil  earthquakes  recorded  in  either  hemisphere.  After  four  in  the  evening,  two 
successive  shocks  vera  felt,  during  which  the  ground  was  in  continue  undulation, 
and  heaved  like  a  fluid  in  a  state  of  ebullition.  The  danger  was  then  thought  to 
be  over,  when  a  subterranean' noise  was  heard,  like  the  rolling  of  loud  thunder; 
it  was  followed  by  two  shocks,  one  perpendicular  and  one  undulatory,  so  tre- 
mendous, that  in  a  few  seconds  the  whole  city  was  in  ruins.  Several  of  the 
loftiest  churches  fell,  burying  3000  or  4000  of  the  inhabitants,  and  they  were  so 
coinpletely  destroyed,  that  none  of  the  fragments  were  more  than  five  or  six  fbet 
above  the  ground.  Nearly  10,000  persons  perished  on  the  spot,  besides  many  more 
who  died  afterwords,  in  consequence  oF  wounds  and  privations.  The  agitation  of 
the^  revolutionary  contest  obstructed  the  revival  of  Caraccas,  and  in  1830  it  did 
not  contain  above  23,000  inhabitants.  The  city  is  finely  situated,  in  a  valley  be- 
tween Uie  sea  and  the  lofty  mountain  of  the  Silla,  whose  two  peaks  rise  to  the 
hei|^t  of  nearly  9000  feet.  The  cathedral  is  spacious,  but  massive  and  heavy. 
Aita  Gracia,  its  most  elegant  church,  was  overthrown  by  the  earthquake.  There 
is  an  university,  on  a  very  large  scale,  though  the  objects  of  instruction  are  some- 
wlwi  obsolete. 

La  Guayra,  about  twelve  miles  firom  Caraccas,  of  which  it  is  the  port,  notwith- 
standing i^  nnhMlthy  climate  and  bad  harbour,  is  the  seat  of  a  very  considerable 


f 


40,000 

t  dread- 

r,  two 

..lation, 

jught  to 

hunder; 

BO  tre- 

of  the 

were  so 

six  foet 

ny  more 

ation  of 

30  it  did 

illey  be- 

)  to  the 

heavy. 

There 

:e  Bome- 

Inotwith- 
liderable| 


EQUADOR. 


877 


trade.    Shnilar  diaute^  have  reduced  it  fnm  a  population  of  18,000  to  acaroely 
6000;  but  it  k  now  reviving. 

Several  large  cities  occur  on  the  long  line  of  coaat  which  extend*  westward 
flrom  Caraccaa.  Valencia  flouriahee  in  consequence  of  the  fine  interior  territory, 
the  trade  of  which  is  conducted  through  it,  whence  it  is  supposed  to  maintain  a 
population  of  about  1S,000.  Ita  port,  about  ten  leagues  distant,  called  Puerto  Orf 
beilo,  has  an  admirable  harbour,  but  is  extremely  unhealthy. 

Con,  mce  the  capital  of  Venezuela,  having  lost  that  distinction  and  a  great 
part  of  its  trade,  is  now  much  decayed.  Haracajrbo,  happily  situated  at  the  jone^ 
tion  between  a  bay  and  a  large  lake  reaching  ftr  into  .the  interior,  early  became  a 
great  city.  It  contains  many  descendants  of  the  early  conquerors,  who  live  id 
proud  indolence:  the  rest  of  the  inhabitants  gain  wealth  by  traffic;  and  the  whole 
are  supposed  to  be  nearly  20,000.  Truxillo,  in  a  fine  country  near  the  head  of 
the  lake,  early  became  one  of  the  most  flourishing  cities  in  America;  but  being, 
in  1678,  plundered  and  reduced  to  ashes  by  Ghtimont  the  buccaneer,  it  has  reco^ 
vered  only  in  so  ftr  as  to  be  a  tolerable  country  town,  though  presenting  mopu- 
ments  of  its  former  importance.  It  is  almost  rivalled  by  Merida,  a  neat  town  to 
the  west  of  it 

Some  CMwiderable  cities  occur  on  the  coast  to  the  east  of  Caraccas. 

Cumana  is  situated  on  an  extensive  and  fertile  plain  on  the  Gulf  of  Cariaco, 
bounded  by  a  curtain  of  rude  mountains  covered  by  luxuriant  forests.  Numerous 
herds  run  wild  on  its  savannahs,  and  in  the  plain  on  the  coaat  very  fine  tobacco  is 
cultivated.  It  has  a  venr  spacious  and  noble  harbour,  and  the  gulf  on  which  it  is 
situated  affords  good  anchorage.  Mules,  cattle,  anu  provisions  are  exported  to  the 
West  Indies;  but  there  is  no  longer  room  for  the  very  large  contraband  which 
prevailed  when  the  Spanish  Main  was  generally  closed  against  ]%itain.  The  in- 
habitants, formerly  reckoned  at  16,000,  do  not  probably  now  much  exceed  10,000. 
Cumana  has  suflwred  dreadfiilly  by  earthquakes :  that  of  1766  laid  it  completely 
in  ruins;  hence  it  contains  no  lofty  or  important  edifice.  New  Barcelona,  to  the 
westwarid,  on  an  extensive  plain  overrun  ^  wild  cattle,  carries  on  a  similar  trade, 
which  supports  a  populatiim  of  about  6000. 

In  the  island  of  Margarita  is  the  little  town  of  Pampatar,  which  has  been  de- 
clared a  flree  port 

The  great  plains  in  the  interior  of  Venezuela  and  on  the  Orinoco,  poesessing 
neither  manufkctures  nor  commerce,  cannot  contain  cities  of  any  magnitude.  Yet 
Varinas  was  reckoned  a  neat  and  handsome  place,  and,  notwithstanding  severe 
losses  during  the  revolutionary  war,  has  still  8000  inhabitants.  San  Iremando 
derives  some  importance  from  uie  commerce  of  the  Apure,  on  which  it  is  situated; 
Angostura,  the  only  city  yet  founded  on  the  Orinoco,  notwithatandine  recent 
losses,  is  still  about  equal  to  Varinas,  and  is  the  seat  of  a  bishop  and  a  college.  It 
was  in  this  region  that  report  placed  the  fabulous  El  Dorado^  the  golden  kingdom 
of  Manoa,  which  was  the  object  of  so  many  expeditions  in  the  16th  century. 
Here,  it  was  asserted,  there  were  more  splendid  cities  and  greater  abundance  of 
gold,  than  even  the  wealthy  Peru  could  boast ;  and  as  late  as  1780,  a  large  party 
of  Spaniards  perished  in  search  of  this  imaginary  region. 


REPUBLIC  OP  THE  EQUADOR,  or  EQUATOR. 

Thb  republic  ct  the  Equador,  comprising  the  old  Spanish  presidency  of  Quito, 
which  was  annexed  to  the  viceroyalty  of  New  Grenada  ia  1718,  extends  from  67° 
W.  Ion.  on  the  Amazon,  to  the  Pacific,  and  from  7o  S.  to  2°  N.  lat  On  the  Pa- 
cific it  occupies  the  coast  from  the  Mira  to  the  Tumbez ;  its  superficial  area  is 
aboqt  180,000  square  miles.  The  republic  is  divided  into  three  departuienw^ 
e  Bubuivided  into  eight  provinces,  and  has  a  population  of  about  600,000. 

U  '  ,-    - '---^^-'r 


an 


Eqnador. . . 
AiMuy  . . . . 


BQDADOR. 

Oayiul*. 

...  Quito 

. . .  Ouayaqoil . 
. ...  Coencft  ... 


Popolaiiaa. 
.  lOfiOO 
..  30,000 
.  SiO,000 


Th«  depaitqient  of  the  Equador  fomv  the  finest  table  plain  in  all  America.  It 
hfes  an  average  breadth  of  aboat  thirty  milea.  encloaed  between  two  parallel  ranges 
of  the  loftiest  Andes.  In  soil  and  climate,  it  possesses  a  felicity  almost  approach- 
ing  to  that  which  &ble  has  ascribed  to  the  eolden  age.  The  climate  is  Uut  of  a 
perpetual  spring,  at  once  benign  and  eqaal,  and  even  during  the  fimr  months  of 
rain,  tiie  mommss  and  evenings  are  clear  and  beaatifuL  Vegetation  never  ceases ; 
the  country  is  culed  the  evergreen  Quito ;  the  trees  and  meadows  are  crowned 
with  perpetual  verdure.  The  European  sees  with  astonishment  the  ploueh  and 
the  sickle  at  once  in  equal  activity ;  herbs  of  the  same  species  here  lading  through 
ufge,  there  beginning  to  bud ;  one  flower  drooping,  and  its  sister  unfolding  its  beau- 
ties to  the  sun.  Standing  on  an  eminence,  the  spectator  views  the  tints  of  spring, 
summer,  and  autumn,  all  mended.  But  the  feature  which  renders  the  view  from 
Quito  the  most  enchanting,  perhaps,  that  the  eye  ever  beheld,  is  that  above  this 
beautiilil  valley,  and  resting,  as  it  were,  on  its  verdant  hills,  there  rise  all  the 
loftiest  volcanic  cones  of  the  Andes.  From  one  point  of  view,  eleven  may  be  dis- 
covered, clad  in  perpetual  snow. 

The  productions  of  Quito  are  equally  various  as  at  Santa  Fe,  all  gradations  of 
climate  occurring  in  a  similar  proximity ;  but  the  most  valuable  are  those  of  the 
tempmte  climates;  grain,  fruits,  and  rich  pasturage. 

Quito,  leining,  as  it  were,  on  the  side  of  Pichincha,  more  than  0000  feet  above 
the  sea,  is  one  0(  the  finest  and  largest  cities  in  the  New  World.  It  has  four 
streets,  broad,  handsome,  and  well  paved,  and  three  spacious  squares,  in  which  the 
principal  convents  and  dwelling-houses  are  situated ;  but  the  rest,  extending  up 
the  SMea  of  Pichincha,  are  crooked  and  irreguUr.  The  churphes  and  convents 
are  built  with  mat  ma^ificence  and  eveA  some  taste.  The  most  elegant  is  the 
college  formernr  belongmg  to  the  Jesuits,  finely  adorned  with  Corinthian  pillars, 
and  wreaths  of  flowers  executed  in  stone.  The  convent  of  San  Francisco  is  of 
vast  extent,  and  has  a  massive  yet  neat  fiifade  of  the  Tuscan  order.  Quito  has 
two  ooiveisities,  which  are  numerously  attended  and  carefiilly  conducted;  and  it 
is  considered  comparativeljr  as  a  sort  of  South  American  Athens.  The  inhabit- 
ants are  ga;^,  volatile,  hospitable,  and  courteous.  Quito  is  noted  for  its  viaiHis, 
particulate  ices,  confectitmary,  maize,  and  potato  cakes.'  Vast  quantities  of  cheese 
are  consumed,  mixed  with  pumpkins,  gourds,  pulse,  and  other  vegetables.  The 
population  is  about  70,000,  of  which  only  one^ixth  are  whites,  the  mestizos  s 
thud,  Indians  a  third,  and  the  rest  negroea 

Latacunga,  60  mUes  south  finom  Quito,  is  a  place  of  some  importance,  with 
Q  16,000  inhudtantB.  Riobambo,  90  miles  south  of  Quito*  is  a  large  and  handsome 
town.  The  streets  are  wide  and  stjraij^t,  the  buildings  of  stone  and  mortar,  but 
low  on  account  of  earthquakes.  '  It  has  several  manufactories  of  cloth,  baizes,  &c. 
"nie  town  has  been  twice  (in  the  years  1096  and  1746)  almost  ruined  by  eruptions 
from  Mount  Chimboroza    Population  20,000. 

Cuenca,  150  miles  south  of  Quito,  is  a  town  of  20,000  inhabitants.  The  streets 
are  straight  and  broad,  and  the  houses  mostly  built  of  adobes,  or  unbumt  bricks. 
The  environs  are  fertile  and  pleasant 

Loxa  is  a  small  town,  with  a  population  (tf  8  or  9000  inhabitants :  in  its  vicinity 
is  produced  in  large  quantities  the  celebrated  quinine  bark,  or  cascarilla  de  Lqja. 
It  IS  sooth  of  Cuenca  about  80  miles. 

Otavalo  has  fhxn  16  to  20,000  inhabitants,  with  some  manufactures  of  cotton 
goods :  the  country  in  its  vicinity  is  well  adapted  for  pastunge,  and  abounds  in 
cattle ;  large  quantities  of  cheese  are  also  made  in  the  neighbourhood.  It  is  north- 
eaiAofQuita 

Ibarra,  or  St  Miguel  d'lbarra,  is  a  neat  town,  with  a  large  and  handsome 
diureb,  also  a  college,  several  convents,  dtc.  Population  10  or  12,000.  Ibarra  is 
situated  north-east  of  Quito  abrat  50  miles. 

Guayaquil,  on  the  bay  of  the  same  name,  founded  by  Pizarro  in  1583,  contains 


■■ 


OUIANA. 


979 


It 


I  streets  f 
lbrick8. 

ticinityl 
|e  Loja- 1 

cotton 
knds  in 
1  north- 

ndsome 
iriais 

ontains 


S(KOOO  inhabUantif  and  ia  one  of  the  moat  floariihiiiff  oommercial  eitiea  in  Soutii 
Aowrioa.    Ita  dockvard  ia  partieala/ly  cztenaive.    ft  produced  one  ohip  of  700 
tona:  very  coaunwuy  veaaela  of  800  or  400  torn  are  boiH  there:  but  it  la  chiefly 
noted  for  aohoonera  of  150  to  200  tonn    Thebooaeaatandinfiiie  pictoreaque  coih 
fudon,aloogtiieaideaaiid  the  topof  ahill:  they  are  handaome  and  comniodiooa  y 
bat  none  of  the  public  edificea  are  very  aplendid.    The  animal  food  ia  not  of  ve^ 
good  quality,  but  nowhere  doea  there  eziat  a  finer  ftuit  market;  the  pkntam  m 
Buppoaed  to  be  more  eateemed  and  eaten  than  in  any  other  place.    Ouayaquili  like 
Egypt,  haa  ita  plagues.    The  air  awarma  with  moaquitoea  and  other  fliea  atill  more 
tormenting ;  the  ground  teema  with  anakea,  centipedea,  and  other  reptiles,  whoaa 
bite  cansea  fever  and  inflammation.    There  ia  a  cameleon  whoae  acratch  ia  be- 
lieved to  be  mortal,  a  belief  which  aeema  quite  chimerical,  but  which  greatly  ha' 
nusea  the  citizena.    The  ante  cannot  be  prevented  from  filliiu[  even  tne  diahea 
and  aometimea,  when  a  tart  ia  cut  up,  they  are  aeen  running  off  in  all  directiona, 
leaving  the  interior  a  void.    Laatly,  the  ahoreaare  crowded  with  allinton,  whose 
number  cannot,  hy  the  utmost  exertion,  be  kept  withbi  any  tolerable  limita.    The 
beauty  of  the  ladiea  of  Guayaquil  is  celebrated  throughout  all  America :  they  have 
complezi(»ia  aa  foir  aa  any  European,  with  blue  eyes  knd  light  hair.    They  have 
also  an  agreeable  gaiety,  joined  to  a  propriety  of  conduct,  which  rendera  the 
society  of  thia  place  particularly  engaging. 

About  170  leagues  west  of  the  coast  ia  the  fine  group  of  the  Galapagoa  (Tor^ 
toise)  Irianda,  deriving  Uieir  name  from  the  abundance  of  a  gigantic  nieoiea  of 
land  tortoiae,  called  the  elephant  tortoise.  The  islanda,  which  eniqy  a  delighUbl 
climate  and  a  fortile  aoil,  have  recently  been  occupied  by  a  colony  nom  GuayaquiL 


GUIANA. 

GviAiiA  waa  oaee  more  extensive  than  at  present ;  it  iscliiaed  iho  -whole  of  niat 
portion  of  South  America  lying  between  the  Orinoco  and  the  Amazon  Rivers,  of 
which  the  northern  pturt,  called  Spanish  Guiana,  now  belongs  to  Venezuela,  and 
the  southern,  known  aa  Portugueae  Guiana,  is  attached  to  the  Brazilian  province 
of  Para. 

The  region  at  present  staled  Guiana,  extends  (^S  the  coast  fifiom  Cape  Bar- 
rima,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Orinoco,  to  the  Oyapock  Kiver,  a  distance  of  about  750 
miles,  and  extending  in  the  interior,  to  the  mountains  at  the  source  of  the  Esse- 
quibo,  Surinam,  and  Marowyne,  or  Maroni  Rivers,  about  350  miles;  comprising 
an  area  of  about  115,000  square  miles.  Along  the  sea-ebore  the  ncuntry  presents' 
the  appearance  of  an  extensive  and  uniform  plain.  It  is  covered  generally  with 
thick  forests,  even  to  the  water'a  edge ;  and  the  coast  is  so  low  and  flat  that  nothing 
is  seen  at  first  but  the  treea,  which  appear  to  be  growing  out  of  the  aea.  The  aou; 
is  surprisingly  fertile,  and  a  moist  luxuriant  vegetation  almost  everywhere  over- 
spreads the  country. 

i  ^is  region  is  at  present  divided  between  the  British,  Dutch,  and  French.  Brit- 
ish Guiana  extenda  from  the  Orinoco  to  the  Corantine  River,  and  embraces  the 
three  colonies  of  Essequibo,  Demarara,  and  Berbice.  Dutch  Guiana,  or  Surinam, 
extends  ftom  the  Cktrantine  to  the  Marowyne;  and  Cayenne,  or  Franoh  Guiana, 
ia  included  between  the  Rivers  Marowyne  and  Oyapock.  Aritish  Grniana  containa 
a  population  of  96,509  peraons,  of  whom  3576  are  wbitea,  and  99,996  coloured, 
and  negroes.  Surinam  has  a  population  of  about  65,000,  of  whom  it  ia  supposed 
59,000  are  slaves.  The  inhamtants  of  Cayenne  consist,  of  3786  whites,  9306  free 
negroes,  and  33,046  slaves;  total,  39,038;  making  a  total,  for  the  population  of 
Guiana,  of  190,540  inhabitants,  exclusive  of  the  revolted  negroes  and  Indians  in 
the  interior. 

Demerara,  Berbice,  and  Essequibo,  are  of  recent  acquisition,  having  belonged 
to  the  Dutch  till  the  last  war,  when  they  yielded  to  the  naval  supremacy  of  Bri- 
tain, and  were  confirmed  to  that  power  by  the  treaty  of  I8I4.  They  extend  sbcst 
400  milea  -along  the  ooB«t,  and  esch  colony  is  situated  at  the  mouth  of  a  broad 


.  I 


GUIANA. 


rirer,  bearing  it*  own  name.  The  teiritory  ir  low,  flat,  allHTial,  and  in  manjf 
parte  ewampy ;  and  the  greater  oortion,  when  it  came  into  the  poaaeeaion  of  Bn- 
tnin,  waa  covered  with  denae  anq  almoat  impenetrable  foreata.  Since  that  time  a 
great  imjiroTement  has  taken  place;  British  induatry  haa  cut  down  the  woods, 
and,  availing  itaelf  of  the  natural  fertility  of  the  aoil,  haa  rendered  this  one  of  the 
most  prcduetive  regiona  in  |he  New  World.  Demerara  ranka,  as  to  produce, 
secona  only  to  Jamaiea :  its  rum  is  inferior  only  to  hers ;  and  the  coffee  of  Berbice 
ranks  above  that  of  any  of  the  ialands. 

Stabroek,  now  Georsetown,  is  built  on  the  low  bank  of  the  river  Demerara.  The 
houaea  are  of  wood,  seldom  abov'  two  stories  high,  and,  with  a  view  to  coolness, 
are  shaded  by  colonnaded  porticoea  and  balconies,  and  by  projecting  roofs ;  and 
Venetian  blinds  are  used  instead  of  glass  windows.  Canals  are  conducted  on 
each  aide  of  the  town,  which  presents  a  busy  scene,  every  road  being,  like  a  wharf, 
Btrewed  with  casks  and  bales.  The  town  contains  10,000  inhabitanU,  mostly 
negroes.  New  Amsterdam,  the  small  capital  of  Berbice,  is  agreeably  situated, 
intersected  by  canals,  and  with  a  considerable  spot  of  ground  attached  to  each 
house. 

Since  the  year  1837  there  has  been  a  great  decrease  in  the  amount  of  produce 
raised  and  exported.  The  exports  of  1839  were  more  than  jSl, 000,000  less  than 
those  of  1836.  This  result  is  believed  to  be  owing  chiefly  to  the  aversion  of  the 
emt.ndpated  negroes  to  labour.  Many  thousand  acres  of  the  most  fertile  lands 
isz  lying  waste  for  the  want  of  hands.  In  1839,  400  Hill  Coolies,  from  Hin- 
doostan,  were  imported :  they  are  said  to  be  useful  labourers :  but  this  being  con- 
sidered bv  many  a  revival,  in  effect,  of  the  slave  trade,  the  practice  has  been  dis- 
continued. 

Surinam  constitutes  the  most  important  part  of  the  Dutch  western  possessions. 
Dutch  Guiana  formerly  included  also  Demerara,  Berbice,  and  Essequibo ;  which 
now  belong  to  Great  Britain.  The  coast,  like  that  of  the  rest  of  Guiana,  is  flat 
and  alluvial,  and  is  traversed  by  several  broad  rivers^  coming  from  a  considerable 
ilintanoa  in  the  intfirinr.  That  of  Surinam  has  a  channel  about  four  miles  wide, 
but  shullow  and  rocky,  navigable  only  for  boats.  The  Dutch  have  made  very 
considerable  efforts  for  its  improvement,  and  it  is  decidedly  rising  in  importance. 

Paramaribo,  at  the  month  uf  ike  nror,  wtiere  it  atlords  excellent  anchuiage  for 
vessels,  is  a  considerable  town,  well  built  of  wood,  and  arranged  in  regular  streets, 
adorned  with  fine  trees.  Its  commerce  is  considerable,  and  supports  a  popula- 
tion of  18,000  or  20,000  persons. 

Cayenne  extends  from  the  Marowyneto  theOyapock  river,  a  distance  of  about 
200  miles.  It  is  bounded  west  by  Surinam,  south  by  Brazil,  and  north  by  the 
Atlantic  Ocean.  It  is  an  alluvial  region,  covered  with  majestic  forests.  The  trees 
astonish  Europeans,  not  only  by  their  prodigious  size,  but  by  their  great  variety. 
Fine  aromatics,  unknown  to  the  other  regions  of  the  west,  have  been  cultivated 
there  with  success.  The  Cayenne-pepper  is  the  most  pungent  and  delicate  kind 
of  that  spice ;  and  the  clove,  long  exclusively  attached  to  the  Moluccas,  has  suc- 
ceeded so  well,  that  a  part  of  the  consumptiA  of  Europe  is  supplied  fcom  Cay- 
enne. The  cutting  down  of  these  noble  woods  would  afford  the  material  of  a 
valuable  timber  trade,  and  the  ground  thus  cleared  would  be  fit  for  sugar  and 
every  kind  of  West  India  produce.  Yet  the  tra'ct  is  cultivated  in  only  a  few 
scattered  patches,  not  exceeding  in  all  230  square  leagues.  Serious  obstacles  are 
indeed  presented  by  the  pestilential  vapours  exhaled  from  these  dark  woods  and 
marshes.  In  a  settlement,  on  a  great-scale,  attempted  at  Kourou,  in  1763,  no 
less  than  13,000  persons  perished ;  so  that  the  deportation  to  Cayenne,  of  depu- 
ties obnoxious  to  the  ruling  party,  durinsf  the  revolution,  was  inflicted  as  convey- 
ing almost  a  sentence  of  death.  Yet  if  due  precautions  were  used,  and  the  woods 
cleared,  it  would  possibly  be  as  healthful  as  any  other  settlement  in  this  quarter. 

Cayenne  Proper  consists  of  an  alluvial  island,  about  eighteen  miles  long  and 
ten  broad,  formed  by  the  branches  of  the  river  of  that  name,  on  which  is  Cay- 
enne, the  capital  of  the  colony.  Kourou,  Sinnamaree,  and  Oyapock,  are  small 
settlements  scattered  along  the  coast. 

The  town  of  Cayenne  has  510  houses,  and  5220  inhabitants,  of  whom  2841  are 


^—mm 


mmHm 


mmmmmmm 


BRAZIL. 


981 


free.  It  consists  of  th«  old  and  the  new  towns.  The  stieets  of  Ae  Ittler  mn 
straight,  wide,  and  clean.  Tlie  old  town  is  ill  built:  the  gOTernmeni*hoiMe«  and 
the  Jesuirs*  College  are  ito  chief  baildings.  Cayenne  is  the  centra  of  all  the 
trade  of  the  colony.  In  1836  the  imports,  chiefly  from  France,  amoontad  to 
3,3691,519  francs.     ExporU,  3,121,759  francs. 


EMPIRE    OF    BRAZIL. 

Brasil  is  a  very  extensive  region,  which  occupies  nearly  the  whole  of  the 
eastern  tracts  of  »)nth  America,  and,  after  being  long  held  as  a  Portngoeae 
colony,  has  of  late,  by  peculiar  circumstances,  been  formed  into  a  separate  em- 
pire. It  extends  over  more  than  half  the  continent  of  South  America,  and  is 
bounded  on  the  east  Inr  the  Atlantic,  whose  shores  describe  round  it  an  irregular 
arch,  broken  by  very  rew  bays  or  inlets  of  any  consetiuence.  In  the  interior,  this 
empire  borders  on  every  side  upon  the  former  provinces  of  Spun ;  but  the  two 
nations,  in  the  course  of  300  years,  could  not  determine  on  the  boundary  lines  to 
be  drawn  through  the  interior  of  these  vast  deserts. 

The  dimensions  of  this  immense  range  of  territory  may  be  taken  fiom  about  4P 
N.  to  820  S.  lat,  and  from  about  35°  to  73°  W.  Ion.  This  will  give  about  2600 
miles  of  extreme  length,  and  about  the  same  in  extreme  breadth.  The  area  of 
the  whole  has  been  estimated  at  upwards  of  3,000,000  square  milea. '  It  is  thus 
twenty-five  times  the  extent  of  the  British  Islands,  nearly  twice  that  of  Mexico, 
and  greater  by  a  fooiih  than  the  entire  domain  of  the  United  States  iVom  tiie 
Atlantic  to  the  Pacific.  It  is  rather  more  than  half  of  all  South  America.  Of 
this  immense  space,  indeed,  not  above  a  fourth  con  be  considered  as  at  present  in 
an  efiective  and  productive  state ;  and  that  part  is  scarcely  cultivated  and  peopled 
up  to  a  fourth  of  its  actual  capacity.  But  nearly  the  whole,  fimn  soil,  climat^ 
and  communications,  is  capable  of  being  brought,  at  some  future  and  distant  pe- 
riod, into  fiill  improvement 

The  Brazilian  ranges  of  mountains  are  of  great  extent,  bat  reach,  by  no  means, 
to  that  stupendous  height  which  distinguishes  the  Andes  of  Colombia  and  Peru. 
The  principal  mass  of  these  mountains  lies  N.  W.  of  Rio  de  Janeiro^  towards  tike 
eoarces  of  the  rivers  San  Francisco,  Paranft,  and  Tocantines,  and  are  not  gene- 
rally higher  than  trom  2000  to  3000  feet;  only  a  few  detached  peaks  rising  to 
about  6000. 

Rivers,  the  greatest  in  America  and  in  the  world,  flow  around  the  borders  or 
through  the  territories  of  Brazil.  Its  northern  part  is  watered  by  the  course  of 
the  Amazon,  its  western  by  the  Madeira  and  the  Paraguay.  Within  its  territory 
flow,  tributary  to  the  Amazon,  the  Topayoe,  the  Xingn,  and  the  Negro,  which, 
though  here  secondary,  may  rival  the  greatest  waters  of  the  other  continents. 
The  Tocantines  and  the  Pamaiba  flow  into  the  sea  on  the  northern  coast  But  at 
present  the  most  usefiil  rivers  are  those  between  the  coast  chain  and  the  sea,  none 
of  which  can  attain  any  long  course.  Much  the  greatest  is  the  Rio  Francisco, 
which,  flowing  northward  along  the  back  of  these  mountains  to  their  termination, 
there  finds  its  w^  to  the  Atlantic.  There  are  two  Rios  Grandes,  one  foiling  into 
the  sea  north  of  Pemambuco,  the  other  (Rio  Grande  do  Sul)  in  the  extreme  south, 
watering  the  province  that  bears  its  name. 

Lakes  are  not  leading  features  in  Brazil :  but  in  the  southern  province  of  Rio 
Grande,  there  are  the  Patoe  and  the  Mirim,  extensive  and  shallow,  communicating 
with  the  sea,  yet  chiefly  fredi,  and  forming  the  receptacle  of  all  the  streams 
which  come  down  from  the  interior.  Farther  inland,  the  Paraguay  and  Parana, 
by  their  superfluous  waters,  form  the  Lakes  Xarayez  and  Ibera,  which  spread,  in 
the  rainy  season,  over  a  prodigious  extent  of  ground. 

The  form  of  government  in  Brazil  is  an  nereditary  constitutional  monarchy. 
The  sovereign,  who  has  the  title  of  emperor,  has  the  power  of  making  pe«c*  &d 
war,  conchiriing  treaties  with  foreign  powers,  nominating  the  principal  officers  of 

■■■■paMnMai 


241 


2L 


mmmmmm 


:ji^'.iZ.\ii.-'t-'r,<i-..>  ■ 


0  empire  and  of  the  provincea,  &c.  The  lefiaktiT*  body  ie  eompoaed  of  two 
hoiuee  chosen  by  indirect  eleetioo,  tfait  is,  by  eleeton  choaen  for  thia  pnrpoae. 
The  aanalora  are  elected  L  ife ;  the  depotiea  or  repraaeatatiTe*,  for  the  term  cf 
four  yeara.  Eaeh  province  haa  alao  ita  local  aaaemUy  and  governor,  for  adminia- 
tering  provincial  araira.  There  ia,  however,  a  ^reat  difficult f  in  enforcing  the 
nieaaureu  of  any  general  and  central  adminiatration  over  ao  wide  an  extent  of 
eoantry,  and  over  provincea  ao  deeply  imbued  with  a  local  apirit 

The  Braailian  army  ^onaiata  of  aoout  94,000  men;  17,000  are  of  the  line,  and 
the  reat  volunteera  and  national  guards.  The  navy  eomprisea  74  vossela,  of  all 
gradea,  with  350  guns  and  9830  aailora :  67  veaaela  are  in  oomniisBion.  There  is 
1  ship  of  the  line,  3  frigates,  5  corvettes,  and  6  steamera;  the  remainder  consists 
of  smaller  veaaela.  The  estimate  of  annual  revenue,  for  the  years  1845,  '6,  is 
•30,500,000 ;  and  of  expenditure  for  the  aame  period,  •S7,894,93-2.  The  funded 
debt,  m  1845,  amounted  to  £13,963,477. 

The  natural  capacitiea  of  Brazil  are  fhlly  equal  to  tboee  of  any  region  in  .'r 
New  World.  The  aoil  ia  capable  of  yieldmg  profuaely,  sugar,  cotton,  ct^ue,  t 
bMCOv  fell  the  richest  tropical  productions;  the  foreata  are  iromenae,  and  '/uwnd  i.. 
the  moat  valuable  timber ;  the  fielda  are  covered  with  numberleae  herds  -*  u  ittle ; 
and  the  moat  precious  d  metala  are  found  near  the  surfiice  of  tbr  i^qn.:!.  Ita 
chief  defect  ia,  that,  deatitute  of  thoae  fine  elevated  table-landa,  which  cover  so 
much  ct  Spanish  America,  it  aflfords  no  eligible  aituation  for  i^uropean  colonists ; 
and  Uie  labouring  claaaea  conaist  almost  wm>lly  of  negro  slavea ;  a  circumstance 
adverse  to  its  prosperity,  and  necessarily  engendering  many  evila. 

Denae  and  mipenetrable  forests  cover  a  great  part  of  the  interior  of  Brazil,  and 
exhibit  a  luxuriance  of  vegetation  almoat  peculiar  to  the  central  regions  of  South 
America.  "The  infinite  variety  of  tinta  which  these  woods  display,  gi/e  them 
an  aspect  wholly  diftrent  from  those  of  Europe.  Each  of  the  lofl^  sona  of  the 
forest  has  an  emct  distinct  from  that  of  the  rest  The  brilliant  white  of  the  sil- 
vw  tree,  the  browu  head  df  the  Ifangoa,  the  purple  flowera  of  the  Brazil  wood, 
tlM  yellow  laburnums,  the  deep  red  fungua,  and  the  carmine-coloured  lichens, 
which  invest  the  trun.Vd  ;ad  the  bark,  all  mingle  in  brilliant  confusion,  forming 
groups  finely  contraHV>^  and  diversified.  The  gigantic  height  of  the  palms,  with 
uieir  varying  crowiia^  give  to  these  forests  an  ineomparaue  majesty.  All  these 
are  interwoven  ..ith  a  network  of  creeping  and  climbing  plants,  ao  close  as  to 
fonn  round  the  Urge  trees  a  verdant  wall,  which  the  eye  is  unable  to  penetrate ; 
and  many  of  the  flowering  species,  that  climb  up  the  trunks,  spread  forth  and  pic- 
aent  the  appearance  of  parterrea  hanging  in  the  air.  These  woods  are  not  a  silent 
scene,  unless  during  the  deepest  heat  of  noon,  but  are  crowded  and  rendered  vocal 
by  the  greatest  variety  of  the  animal  tribes.  Birds  of  the  most  singular  forms 
and  moat  superb  plumage  flutter  through  the  bushes.  The  toucan  rattfes  his  large 
hollow  bill ;  the  bu^  orioles  creep  out  of  their  long  pendent  nests ;  the  amorous 
thrush,  the  chattering  manikin,  the  full  tones  of  the  nightingale,  amuse  the 
hunter;  while  the  humming-birds,  rivalling,  in  lustre,  diamomh,  emeralds,  and 
sapphires,  hover  round  the  brightest  flowers.  Myriads  of  the  most  brilliant  bee- 
tles buzz  in  the  air;  and  the  gayest  butterflies  :;val!^ng  in  splendour  the  colours 
of  the  rainbow,  flutter  from  flower  to  flower.  .'J  «{ia'.ici»  the  beautiful,  but  some- 
times dangerous,  racb  ot  lizards  and  serpeutr,  oxi-f' '<*''■  '  >  splendci  enamel 
of  the  flowers,  glide  out  of  the  leaves  a  '  Nol'^v.a  ci'  the  trees.  Troops  of 
squirrels  and  nionkeys  leap  from  bough  to  huu^ii,  uud  large  bodies  of  ants,  issuing 
m>m  their  nests,  creep«2long  the  ground."  It  concerns  us  here  to  remark,  that 
Uiese  immense  forests  are  rich  in  timber  of  every  description  for  use  and  orna- 
ment, suited  either  for  carpentry,  shipbuihiing,  dyeing,  or  fiirniture.  That  kind 
especially  called  Brazil  wood  is  particularly  celebrat^  fo^  the  beautiful  red  dye 
wLich  it  produces. 

^^iculture  is  exercised  in  Brazil  upon  valuable  products,  and  in  fertile  soils, 
^»nt  in  a  very  slovenly  manner.  The  farmers,  till  of  late,  were  a  most  ignorant 
I  iTMe,  not  N:::ieving  that  there  were  any  countries  in  the  world  except  Portugal 
]  and  Brazil,  not  any,  except  the  last,  in  which  the  sugar-cane  grew.  They  have 
I  b^fun,  however,  to  hold  intercourse  with  the  world  in  general,  and  to  introduce 

tisammBBSSSSSSmSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSm mmmmmmSSSSSSSSSSSS^SS 


ws 


inpniTed  procMK!'  frou  the  West  India  kkiida.  Lud  is  «>  abundaat  tiMt  thtf 
never  think  of  emp  ^ws^  manure,  but  break  op  a  fireah  spot  whenever  a  eultivaled 
one  ia  exhaaated.  Thev  do  not  even  grub  up  the  treea,  but  plant  the  wgar^^aaa 
amrag  the  atumi"",  the  luxunii  <thoota  ftom  which  cannot  be  cleared  away  wilb- 
oat  gnat  laboor. 

Amooff  the  objecta  of  culture,  ngar  haa  lonif  been  prominent;  the  rich  and 
nxriat  nua^on  a  great  part  of  the  ooaat  being  partinilarly  wited  to  it  Cotton 
haa  of  late  become  a  leading  article,  in  oonaequenee  of  the  extennve  demand  in 
Britain.  The  beat  ia  that  ot  Pemambuoa  TV>bacco  ia  cultivated,  along  with  the 
Migar,  ibr  home  nae,  and  ia  an  object  of  traffic  between  the  provincea.  CoflSM  ia 
only  of  recent  introduction ;  but  within  theae  few  years  tho  cultare  haa  been  m 
vastly  extended  «a  to  render  it  the  meat  important  object  oi  Brazilkui  commerce. 
For  food,  chiefly  to  the  negroes,  manioc  and  kidneybeans  are  the  articles  most 
raised.  Maiw  and  bananaa  are  not  so  much  used  as  in  most  tropical  connthea. 
Rice  is  largeljr  cultivated  only  in  Maranham. 

Cattle  multiply  to  an  immenae  extent  in  all  the  provinces  of  Brazil,  but  more 
especially  in  the  south.  The  great  &nna  contain  2000,  3000,  4000,  and  some- 
times even  40,000  head.  The  bulk  of  these  roam  at  Idrro  in  a  wild  state,  with 
no  attendance  except  that  Ot  two  or  three  peons  or  herdsmen,  riding  constantly 
round  the  wide  pastures,  to  keep  them  within  the  bounds,  and  defend  them  against 
the  attacks  of  wild  beasts.  Otace  a  year  only,  they  are  collected  within  an  en- 
closure, and  branded  with  the  mark  of  the  master.  Portions  of  these  roving 
herds  are  from  tin^e  to  time  caught  and  killed,  chiefly  or  the  hide,  though  the 
flesh  also  is  dried  in  a  peculiar  manner,  and  sent  to  the  northern  provinces.  A 
certain  number,  notwithstanding,  are  tamed,  to  supply  milk,  and  to  serve  for  meat, 
which  is  considered  more  delicate  than  that  of  the  wild  cattle. 

Mines,  however,  form  the  moat  celebrated,  though  by  no  trteans  the  moat  valua- 
ble, source  of  Brazilian  wealth. 

The  gold  of  Brazil  occurs,  like  that  of  Africa,  in  the  form  of  dust  brought 
down  by  streams  which  deecend  from  the  hills,  i^  firom  which  it  is  separated  by 
agitation  in  water.  No  attempts  seem  yet  to  have  been  mode  to  penetrate  into 
the  interior  deposits  of  this  precious  metal.  The  produce  ot  gold  has'  greaUy 
diminished,  and  on  the  whole  the  precious  metal  has  proved  to  Bruzil  a  fatal  gift 
The  eager  search  and  hoi>8  have  continued  afler  the  amount  ceased  to  repay  the 
labour.  A  few  instances  of  wealth  suddenly  acquired  have  generated  a  dialike  of 
steady  and  regular  occupation ;  and  the  rich  soil  in  the  neigh  rxnirhood  of  the 
mines,  and  from  which  the  most  solid  wealth  might  have  been  derived,  is  allowed 
to  lie  waste.  The  fifUi,  claimed  by  the  king,  though  extensively  evaded,  presses 
heavily  on  diis  branch  of  industry. 

The  diamonds  of  Brazil  are  a  source  of  wealth  still  more  bril  ant  yet  even 
less  productive.  The  principal  diamond  ground  is  in  a  circuit  of  Bi.'cteen  leaguea 
round  Tejuco,  in  the  district  of  Serro  do  Frio.  The  trade  has  beer  monopolised 
by  the  government;  and,  as  usual  in  such  cases,  has  been  conducted  at  a  very 
great  expense.  Not  less  than  85,0001.  annually  is  said  to  be  expend*  i  in  oflScers, 
negroes,  machinery,  and  instruments.  All  proprietors  resident  near  the  spot 
eagerly  profiler  their  negroes  at  a  very  low  rate ;  to  which  proceeding  t  is  alleged 
that  sinister  motives  frequently  impel  them.  The  diamonds  of  Brazi.  are  found 
in  a  situation  similar  to  that  of  the  gold,  among  portions  of  alluvial  earth.  Of 
all  the  depositories  of  diamonds,  the  most  celebrated  is  the  river  Jiquitonbonha^ 
which  flows  nearly  as  broad  as  the  Thames  at  Windsor..  The  diamonds  of  Brazil 
are  larger  than  those  of  India,  and  as  brilliant,  U^t  not  so  hard.  At  the  first  dis> 
covery  of  the  mines,  they  sent  forth  no  less  than  a  tlioosand  ounces  of  diamonds, 
which  made  a  prodigious  impression  on  the  market ;  but  of  late  their  a&nnal  pro- 
duce has  not  much  exceeded  32,000  carats. 

Of  other  mineral  products,  iron  and  copper  are  said  to  abound  in  the  interior 
province  of  Matto  Groeso ;  but  they  have  not  yet  been  worked.  There  re  abc 
topazes  larger  than  those  of  Saxony  and  Siberia,  tourmalines,  and  rock  crfstal. 

Manufactures  have  made  mailer  progress  in  Brazil  than  in  any  other  of  the 
South  American  cdonies.     The  only  fabric  of  importance  is  that  of  gold  * 


■^ 


964 


BRAZIL. 


Klver,  which  is  carried  on  in  the  capital  to  a  prreat  extent  The  artioleB  wrought 
are  of  great  beauty,  and  are  an  object  even  of  export 

Commerce  flourishes  in  consequence  of  the  very  dependence  of  the  country 
upon  foreign  manuftctures,  as  well  as  the  valuable  products  of  its  soil.  Rio 
Janeiro  is  the  centre  of  trade  for  the  southern  coasts,  which  send  to  it  provisions 
for  its  own  consumption,  as  well  as  hides,  tobacco,  sugar,  and  cotton ;  vast  trains 
of  loaded  mules  also  come  and  go  to  this  interior  provinces,  especially  S.  Paulo 
and  Minas  Geraes.  Bahin  carries  on  most  of  her  trade,  and  Pemambuco  and 
Maranham  nearly  all  of  theirs,  direct  with  Europe  and  the  United  States.  The 
southern  provinces  export  wheat,  hides,  horn,  hair,  and  tallow ;  the  middle,  gold 
and  precious  stones ;  and  the  northern,  cotton,  coffee,  sugar,  tobacco,  and  Brazil 
wood.  The  imports  are  chiefly  wines,  brandy,  and  oil,  from  Portugal;  cotton, 
woollens,  linens,  hardware,  and  other  manuftctured  articles  firom  Great  Britain ; 
and  flour,  salted  provisions,  naval  stores,  and  household  furniture,  from  the  United 
States.  The  value  of  the  imports  into  Rio  Janeiro  only,  for  one  year,  in  1843, 
'43,  was  $22,230,309;  and  the  exports  for  the  same  period  $31,365,679:  the 
largest  amount  of  imports  was  from  Great  Britain ;  and  the  next  in  value  from 
the  United  States.  The  chief  exports  were  to  the  latter  country ;  and  the  next, 
in  amount,  to  the  former.  In  1842,  the  American  trade  with  Brazil  was  as  fol- 
lows.   Exports  to  the  United  States,  $5,948,814 ;  imports  from,  $3,601,502. 

No  census  has  ever  been  taken  of  the  population  of  Brazil ;  and  the  number  is 
altogether  conjectural.  M'CuUoch  states  it  at  7,000,000;  and  Kidder,' the  latest 
authority  (1846),  at  4,170,239;  but  admits  that  it  may  amount  to  5,000,000. 
About  one  half  the  number  is  estimated  to  be  of  negro  blood,  chiefly  slaves ;  one- 
fourth  mixed ;  and  the  remaining  fourth  white. 

The  great  predominance  of  the  negro  population  distinguishes  Brazil  unfavour- 
ably from  the  other  South  American  States.  The  continual  importation  of  these 
negroes,  the  numbers  who  perished  in  the  voyage,  and  the  manner  in  which  they 
were  exhibited  in  open  market,  presented  scenes  equally  distressing  and  degrading 
to  humanity.  By  a  law  of  the  state,  however,  this  importation  was,  in  February, 
1830,  finally  to  cease.  The  existing  slaves  are  exposed,  of  course,  to  all  the 
capricious  and  brutal  treatment  of  their  masters ;  and  with  less  protection  from 
law  than  in  the  West  Indies.  On  the  whole,  however,  their  actual  condition  is 
more  favourable.  Even  the  multitude  of  festivals  affords  a  relief  to  the  slave, 
and  gives  him  opportunities  of  doing-  a  good  deal  for  himself.  Public  opinion  is 
against  the  master  who  obstructs  the  negro  in  endeavouring  to  procure  his  own 
emancipation,  and  refuses  a  reasonable  price  for  it  What  is  of  more  importance, 
as  soon  ae  the  negro  or  mulatto  is  free,  he  labours  no  longer  under  that  proscrip- 
tion which  pursues  him  in  some  countries.  He  is  admissible  to  all  offices,  is 
equal  to  the  white  in  the  eye  of  the  law,  and  not  very  much  inferior  in  public 
opinion:  even  at  the  royal  levee,  negro  officers  have  been  seen  taking  in  their 
black  coarse  hands  the  fkir  hands  of  the  queen,  and  applying  them  to  their  lips. 
And  it  is  supposed  that,  in  the  event  of  a  slave  insurrection,  all  the  class  of  free 
negroes  would  make  common  cause  with  the  whites. 

Religion  in  Brazil  is  almost  universally  the  Catholic.  It  was  provided,  how- 
ever, by  treaty  with  England,  that  British  subjects  at  Rio  might  erect  a  church 
without  a  bell  and  afler  the  manner  of  a  private  dwelling.  Tne  clergy  are  sup- 
ported by  the  government,  which  formerly  made  a  composition  with  the  court  of 
Rome,  and  on  release  of  the  payment  of  tithes  contracted  to  give  a  stipend  of 
200  dollars  to  the  ecclesiastics.  This  is  at  present  an  insufficient  salary,  and  the 
clei^y  would  live  in  poverty  were  not  many  of  them  skilful  cultivators.  This 
may  perhaps  be  the  reason  why  so  many  blacks  are  in  orders.  Had  the  tithes 
been  retained  the  clergy  would  now  be  the  most  opulent  class.  There  is  one 
archbishop  and  six  bishops,  who  are  paid  on  the  same  economical  scale,  and  their 
best  support  comes  from  fees  in  the  ecclesiastical  tribunals. 

Science,  literature,  and  art  have  scarcely  yet  any  existence  in  Brazil.  Some 
of  the  higher  classes,  and  of  the  officers  of  the  government,  are  well  informed, 
■nd  the  sea-pert  tov.'ns  arc  beginning  to  imbibe  the  spirit  and  knowledge  of 
Europe;  but  these  improvements  have  made  little  way  into  the  interior.  In  ISW, 


BRAZIL. 


S85 


the  pnnce  regent  carried  oat  a  library  of  70^000  volumes,  which  is  open  to  the 

public  •  <iiid  there  is  a  museum,  containing  a  fine  collection  of  diamonds,  crystals 

of  gold,  und  other  Brazilian  minerals,  but  not  rich  in  any  other  respect.   In  1887 

the  College  of  Don  Pedro  U.  was  founded  in  Rio  Janeiro.    It  has  eight  or  nine 

professors,  and  the  concourse  of  students  is  respectable,  in  point  of  numbers. 

The  Indians  in  Brazil  are  in  a  much  more  uncivilised  and  unpromising  state 
than  in  the  Spanish  settlements.  They  have  never  been  incorporated  in  any 
shape  with  the  European  population,  but  have  always  retired  before  the  progress 
of  civilisation  into  the  depths  of  their  forests.  They  have  borrowed,  indeed,  from 
the  Portuguese  some  scanty  portion  of  raiment.  But  they  have  never  attempted 
the  taming  of  animals,  or  the  planting  of  grain ;  they  subsist  solely  on  the  spon- 
taneous fruits  of  the  earth,  the  roots  which  they  can  dis  up,  and  the  game  brought 
down  by  their  arrow,  which  they  shoot  with  marvellous  dexterity,  taking  an 
almost  unerring  aim  at  the  distance  of  forty  or  fifty  yards. 

The  provinces  of  Brazil,  18  in  number,  are  divided  into  smaller  divisicms  called 
comarcas.  They  can  scarcely  as  ^et  be  exhibited  in  any  very  minute  local  and 
statistical  details.  In  taking  a  view  of  their  leading  features,  we  may  divide 
them  into  the  provinces  of  the  southern  coast,  Rio  Janeiro,  St  Catharine,  Rio 
Grande  do  Sul  and  E]8piritu  Santo ;  those  of  the  northern  coast,  Bahia,  Seigippe, 
Alagoas,  Pernambuco,  Paraiba,  Rio  Grande  do  Norte,  Seara,  Piauhy  and  Maranham  ;• 
the  interior  provinces,  Minas  Geraes,  San  Paulo,  Goyaz,  Matto  Grosso,and  Parii. 

Rio  Janeiro,  the  capital  of  the  empire,  may  now,  perhaps,  rank  as  the  largest 
and  most  flourishing  city  of  South  America.  It  lies  on  the  western  side  of  a 
noble  bay,  seventy  or  eighty  miles  in  circumference,  forming  one  of  the  roost 
spacious  and  secure  receptacles  for  shipping  in  the  world.  It  is  studded  with 
upwards  of  100  islands ;  the  ships  of  all  nations  are  seen  passing  through  its 
channels,  and  innumerable  little  boats  flitting  about  The  shore  risea  imm«liate- 
ly  into  green  and  wooded  hills,  thickly  planted  with  villas  and  convents,  and 
liehind  which  lofty  mountains  shoot  up  their  heads  in  the  most  picturesque  and 
romantic  forms.  These  objects  compose  the  most  enchanting  scene  that  can  be 
imagined.  The  town  is  tolerably  well  built,  much  in  the  European  style,  the 
houses  being  three  or  four  stories  high,  though  the  streets  are  rather  nanow. 
Two  of  them  extend  the  whole  length,  with  new  and  broad  streets  striking  off 
from  them ;  and  there  are  several  very  handsome  squares.  The  town  is  well 
supplied  with  water,  by  excellent  aqueducts.  There  is  a  greater  stir  and  bustle 
than  is  usual  in  a  South  American  city,  though  the  crowd  of  half-naked  blacks 
and  mulattoes  offends  the  eye  of  the  newly  arrived  European.  The  population 
has  been  fixed  only  by  rude  conjecture.  Before  the  arrival  of  the  court,  it  was 
suppraed  to  fiill  short  of  100,000 ;  but  that  event  caused  a  great  increase,  and  it 
has  even  been  estimated  as  high  as  200,000.  The  environs  of  Rio  de  Janeiro 
are  delightful  in  the  extreme,  uie  valleys  and  sides  of  the  hills  being  covered 
with  traes,  shrubs,  and  creeping  plants  of  peculiar  beauty.  The  bay  of  Botta- 
fpgo,  and  die  aides  of  the  rude  and  lofty  mountain  called  the  Corcovado,  are  the 
spots  most  particularly  celebrated.  The  king  has  a  rural  palace,  called  San 
Christovao,  of  light  and  pavilion-like  architecture,  and  which  from  its  site  has  a 
much  more  pleasing  eflfect  than  that  in  the  city.  We  have  already  noticed  the 
trade  of  Rio  Janeiro,  centring  in  itself  that  of  all  southern  Brazil.  The  cultiva- 
tion of  sugar,  coffee,  tobacco,  cotton,  and  other  tropical  products,  is  rapidly  ex- 
tending ;  but  the  greater  part  of  the  flour  made  use  of  is  brought  mm  the 
United  States  and  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  The  trade  is  chiefly  in  the  hands  of 
the  British.  The  arsenal,  the  dockyard,  and  marine  establishments  are  on  a 
small  island  within  Uie  harbour. 

St  Catharine  is  a  long  narrow  province,  which  is  chiefly  remarkable  for  the 
island  of  the  same  name.  It  has  a  fine  climate :  its  perpetual  verdure  and  its 
conical  rocky  hills  give  it  a  beautiful  aspect  iVom  the  sea.  The  town  of  Noesa 
Senhcra,  or  St  Catharine,  has  5000  or  8000  inhabitants,  many  of  whom  bavs 
chosen  it  merely  as  an  agreeable  residence.  The  coast  is  as  yet  thinly  peopled, 
though  it  contams  several  excellent  harbours,  as  Laguna,  and  San  Francisco,  on  a 


na 


river  of  the  lune  name,  which  will  inerewe  in  importwice  when  a  road  ii  opened 
over  the  moantainii  into  the  fine  plain  of  OrolaTa. 

Rio  Grande  do  Stil,  the  most  aouthem  ptOTuee,  ciomprieee  a  long  extent  of  level 
and  alluvial  coaat,  in  which  the  lar^t  laiee  of  Patoe  and  Mirim  rtin  parallel  with 
the  Ma.  The  plains  are  covered  with  vaat  herds  of  cattle,  which  affi»d  hides  ai^ 
obarque,  at  beef  dried  in  a  peculiar  manaeir,  BMking  a  copious  ohject  ot  export 
Some  of  the  ftzend^s,  or  farms,  comprise  no  less  than  600,000  acres.  The  chief 
town  is  Porlaisgre,  with  12;000  inhantants,  to  which  the  opportunities  of  its  trade 
have  attracted  even  English  settlers.  Bdng  situated  at  the  head  of  the  lake,  its 
maritime  intercourse  is  carried  on  by  the  port  of  St.  Pedro^  or  Rio  Orande,  which 
is  aJso  flourishing. 

The  provih  :es  of  Espiritu  Santo  and  Segnro  extend  ftr  about  400  miles  alcus 
the  coast  northward  from  Rio ;  but  though  the  latter  was  the  point  first  discovered, 
and  though  they  possess  ample  natural  lulyantaffes,  they  have  remained  always  in 
a  comparatively  rude  and  unimproved  state.  The  Rio  Doce  is  the  principal  stream 
in  this  region ;  it  can  be  ascended  only  in  canoes  propelled  by  poles.  It  is  in 
most  places  bordered  by  forests  so  thick  and  impenetrable,  as  seldom  to  leave 
ground  on  which  a  house  could  stand.  Of  the  sea-ports,  the  most  important  is 
Victoria,  to  which  may  be  added  those  bearing  the  names  of  the  provbces,  Espi- 
ritu Santo,  and  Porto  Seguro ;  as  also  Benevente  and  St  Mattheos.  These  towns 
consist  generally  of  houses  one  story  high,  and  the  streets  are  straggling,  unpaved, 
and  covered  with  grass.  In  Porto  Seguro^  though  so  near  the  sea,  they  have  no 
other  food  tiian  salted  fish,  which  renders  the  scurvy  very  |Mrevalent 

The  fine  province  of  Bahia  follows  north  from  the  two  rude  reffkms  already  de- 
acrilnd.  It  is  the  most  flourishing  and  industrious  part  of  all  Brazil  Besides 
being  originally  the  metropolitan  province,  it  was  long  occupied  by  the  Dutch, 
who  mtroduced  their  own  commercial  and  improving  habits. 

llie  city  of  Bahia,  or  St  Salvador,  is  situated  witfain.Cape  St  Antonio,  the  east- 
era  boundary  c^  the  noUe  bay  of  AH  Saints,  which  strikingly  resembles  that  of 
Rb  Janeiro^  Around  the  bay  the  sites  and  prospects  are  beautiful  in  the  extreme. 
Every  step  brings  to  view  some  magnificent  scene;  the  woods,  the  steep  banks 
and  gently  sloping  lawns,  general^  opening  to  the  sea  or  the  lake  behind  the 
town,  have  a  pecofiar  freshness  and  amenity.  With  these  attractions  the  interior 
does  not  correspond,  at  least  that  of  the  lower  town,  where  the  houses  are  high, 
"Uie  streets  confined  and  narrow,  wretchedly  paved,  never  cleaned,  and  therefore 
dui^ustingly  dirty.  The  upper  town,  however,  placed  upon  the  side  of  a  hill 
which  rises  abruptly  behind,  though  not  well  built  has  a  number  of  handsome 
private  houses  and  public  buildings.  The  cathedral  and  several  other  churches 
are  handsome  and  richly  ornamented ;  but  the  finest  of  them,  the  Ex-Jesuits' 
.church,  built  entirely  of  marble  imported  from  Europe^  has  been  converted  into 
^barnusks.  Gkuning,  the  resource  of  vacant  minds,  is  eagerly  followed  by  both 
■exes.  Intellectual  pursuits  seem  little  regarded;  and  though  there  is  a  large 
lilqrary,  with  some  valuable  manuscripts  respecting  the  intenw  of  America,  it  is 
^Uowed-  to  lie  in  a  neglected  state.  The  police  is  bad,  the  dagger  being  generally 
worn,  and  too  often  umd :  the  deaths  bgr  assassination  are  estimated  at  !M0  in  the 
year ;  yet  St.  Salvador  is  esteemed  the  gayest  city  in  Brasil.  Population  esti- 
mated at  from  130,000  to  160,000  souls. 

Of  the  other  towns  of  Bahia,  Caoboeira,  the  principal,  is  handsome  and  well 
built,  and  contains  nearly  16,000  inhabitants.  Jaoobina,  more  in  the  interior,  was 
formeriy  enriched  by  mines,  which  are  new  given  up.  Ilheos,  or  San  George,  a 
prettily  situated  port,  was  once  very  considerable,  but  is  now  of  little  importance. 
Pernambuoo  is  the  next  province  to  Bahia,  with  the  intervention  of  the  small 
provinces  of  Seregipe  and  Alagoas.  Pernambuoo  ranks  decidedly  as  the  third 
province  in  the  empire,  being  oomparativelv  venr  industrious,  and  having  experi- 
enced a  rapid  improvement  from  the  extension  of  the  growth  and  export  of  cotton. 
(What  is  called  the  town  of  Pernambuoo  is  a  compound  of  four  towns:  Olinda, 
Meated  above  on  a  range  of  rocky  hills,  and  ths  most  ancient  but  now  much  de- 
_  ft^rf!iA  •  !>--»•*»-  built  an  a  ssnd-bank.  level  with  fee  water-  and  derivinir  its  name 


ft 


•»» 


east- 
At  of 
ime, 
nks 
id  the 
iterior 
hi|i[b, 
store 
hill 
some 
irches 
its' 
into 
both 
large 
it  is 
erally 
in  the 
eati* 

I  well 
^,wa> 

J0.» 

lance, 
■mall 
Tthird 
tperi* 
ptton. 
linda, 
(hde- 
I  name  ll 


JUtASIL. 


881 


ftom  the  leaf  oppont*  to  it  •Iraady  nMntioaiBd,— the  aeat  of  tnde,  highly  floor- 
i^ng,  and  vapidly  increaeing :  St.  Antonio^  or  the-middie  tows,  ooapoaid  of  larg* 
and  broad  atreeta,  ^  containing  thegovenier'a  boaM,«nd  two  priooipal  cborehai; 
lastly,  Boa  Viata,  an  extensive  agreeable  subofb^  wheie  the  prineipal  merefaants 
have  commodioBa  gaidena.  Pmnambaeo  has  flooriahed  extreoMlyaad  increased 
rapidly,  chiefly  in  oonseqaence  of  the  angmonted  cnltara  of  eotton,  and  the  antpl^ 
market  for  it  in  Europe.  The  cotton  of  Peroambaco  is  said  to  b«  the  best  in  the 
north  of  Brazil.  The  popolatioa,  in  1831,  was  estimated  at  704)00.  Alagoas  and 
Macayo,  small  fiotts  soatn  of  Pemambtaco,  are  increasing  in  trade  andpi^lation. 

The  river  St  Francisco,  much  the  largest  of  any  which  belongs  wholly  to  Btsp 
zil,  enters  the  sea  in  the  southern  border  of  this  province,  after  a  coarse  of  nmrl^ 
900  miles  through  the  back  territories  behind  the  coast  chain.  The  navigation  m 
much  injured,  however,  first  hy  a  succession  of  &lls,  and  then  by  shallows  ai,  the 
moudi  of  the  river,  which  render  it  scarcely  passable  even  for  boats.  Till  of  late, 
therefore,  its  banks  were  occupied  only  by  a  few  scattered  fishermen  and  banditti 
New  towns  and  villages  are  rising,  and  Collegia,  Villa  Nova,  and  Propria,  are 
becoming  thriving  placesk 

The  (Aher  provinces  of  the  northern  coast,  Puraiba,  Rio  Grande  do  Norte,  Seaia, 
Piauhy,  and  Maranham,  extend  chiefly  from  east  to  west  towards  the  meutii  ei 
the  Amazon.  X^i^yt  i°  gonendt  present  an  aspect  resembling  Pemamlmoo;  the 
coast  containing  many  fertile  and  improvable  district%  but  tira  interior  oceuined 
extensively  by  the  great  Sertam,  (prairie  rcvion,)  which  reaches  as  fiur  as  Bania. 
They  are  chiefly  employed  in  tl^e  culture  of  cotton,  and  rest  their  proqierity  npon 
the  increasing  demand  for  that  material.  Maranham,  in  particiuar,  an  ulnvial 
isle,  formed  by  the  branches  oi  great  rivers,  exports^  on  an  average,  70,000  balsa, 
besides  rice  and  hides,  and  has  attained  a  population  variously  estimated  at  flmn 
12,000  to  as  high  as  30,000.  The  other  capitals  are  small  Paimiba,  noted  for 
the  abundance  of  Brazil-wood,  was  finrmerl^f  considered  of  more  importance  than 
now ;  however,  it  has  in  fact  continued  to  mcrease,  though  eclipsed  by  the  sa|»- 
rior  importance  of  Pemambuco.  Rio  Grande  is  covered  to  a  oreat  extent  with 
hills  of  fine  and  white  sand,  and  is  fertile  in  sugar,  yet  thinly  inhabited;  and  Na^ 
tal,  its  capita],  is  little  better  than  a  village.  Sean  has  a  pretty  brisk  trade  on  a 
small  scale. 

Piauhy  is  almost  entirely  an  inland  province,  and  its  little  interior  capital,  Ooy- 
raa,  is  scarcely  at  all  known.  The  isle  of  Joannes,  situated  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Amazon,  is  very  fertile;  but  the  heats  would  be  insupportable  were  they  not  tern* 
pered  by  the  sea-breezes.  A  great  put  of  its  surface  is  covered  with  woodp,  ten-' 
anted  by  wandering  Indians.  The  interior  provinces  are  San  Pauk^  Mines  Ge> 
raes,  GOTaz,  Matto  Groaso,  and  Para. 

San  Paulo  was  at  first  an  Indian  settlement,  formed  by  a  Jesuit  missk)nary  iq 
1550;  but,  being  reinforced  by  numerous  refugees  and  adventurers,  a  mixed  lra«e 
was  formed,  of  a  lawless  and  daring  eharacte' ,  who  make  a  great  fiffure  in  the 
early  history  of  Brazil.  These  Paulistas,  as  they  were  called,  set  the  Portttgaese 
government  almost  at  defiance,  and  made  themselves  formidable  to  the  neigbboo^> 
lag  provinces.  Thejr  are  now  iMreught  down  to  the  character  of  tolerauy  quiet 
subjects;  but  they  still  maintain,  throughout  Brazil,  the  reputation  of  hardy  frank- 
ness, undaunted  courage,  and  a  romantic  love  of  adventures  and  dangers.  Thekr 
Ibatures  are  strongly  marked  and  expressive,  their  eyes  full  of  fire,  and  all  their 
notions  lively  and  vigorous.  Thev  are  the  strongest,  healthiest,  and  most  active 
inhabitants  of  Braiil;  and  their  adventurous  spirit  leads  them  to  migrate  through 
all  ita  provinces.  A  good  deal  of  Indian  com  is  cultivated ;  but  the  chief  wealth 
of  the  province  consists  in  its  vast  herds  of  horses  and  cattle;  and  the  inhabit* 
ants  display  «  aurprising  activitv  in  purauing  and  taming  them. 

The  oi^  of  San  Paulo,  40  milea  Inland,  is  the  oapital  of  the  provinee.  Popu- 
lation, 9391.  Santoa  ia  on  an  ialand  in  a  amall  river  near  the  ooast,  in  the  port 
of  San  1*aulo,    It  haa  6000  or  6000  inhabitants  and  some  foreign  oonmeree. 

Mines  Qeraes,  the  most  central  piovinoo  in  Brasil,  ia  distinguiahed  as  conliia' 
iim[  the  principal  mines  of  gc!d  ess  diamouda. 
a  decided  change  is  observable  in  the  aspect 


■a 


mm 


QRAJSIL. 


extremely  fortilei  and  aagtA  yieid  the  miNt  valuable  productioiw,  were  not  the 
atteatioa  of  the  inhabitmti  drawn  off  by  the  fflittering  but  often  uselew  treararee 
fbnnd  in  the  bowela  of  the  earth.  S.  Joao  del  Rey  ia  a  neat  little  town  of  white- 
waahed,  red-Uled  houaea,  sorroanded  by  a  aingnlar  acene  dt  round  lulla  and'broken 
rocka^  with  tracta  entirely  aterile,  and  othera  covered  with  the  moat  luxuriant  ver- 
dure. Ita  aituation  u  ao  agreeable  and  central,  that  an  intenticm  waa  once  formed 
dr  Dtaking  it  the  capital  or  Brazil  Villa  Rica  may  be  reaanled  aa  the  EH  Dorado 
of  Braiil,  firom  ita  highly  productive  gold  minea,  already  fbaeribod.  The  place  is 
Itfge,  ita  inhabitanta  being  varkwaly  reported  from  8600  to  20,000.  Tejuco,  the 
capital  of  the  diamond  district  of  Serro  do  Frio,  ia  situated  in  a  most  dreary  tract, 
where  all  the  necessaries  of  life  must  be  brought  fh>m  a  considerable  distance. 
It  is  well  built,  on  very  rugged  ground,  and  contains  6000  free  inhabitants,  and  as 
many  alavea  employed  in  searching  for  diamonds.  Villa  do  Principe,  in  a  fine 
country,  on  the  borders  of  the  diamond  district,  enjoys  a  more  solid  prosperity,  and 
cqntaina  about  5000  people. 

There  are  still  several  exterior  provinces  of  Brazil,  which  have  been  occupied 
by  the  Portuguese  onl^  at  a  few  detached  points,  while  by  far  the  greater  part 
remains  in  fiill  posseasion  of  the  unsubdued  Indians.  These  provinces  are,  Goyoz, 
Matto  Oroaso,  and  Pari. 

Goyaz  is  a  {Hnvince,  or  rather  kingdom,  of  vast  extent,  watered  by  the  mighty 
streams  of  Uie  Tocantines  and  the  Araguay,  which  unite  in  their  progress  towards 
the  Amazons.  Gold  was  the  lure  which  attracted  setUera  into  this  desolate  and 
nnfireqttented  region;  and  in  the  country  round  Villa  Boa,  the  capital,  the  quan- 
ti^  produced  waa  for  some  time  considerable,  though  now  it  is  much  diminished. 
Villa  Boa  contains  also  a  gdvemor,  a  bishop,  uid  about  6000  inhabitants. 

Matto  Groaso,  weat  of  Goyaz,  is  a  atill  vaster  region,  extending  far  into  the  inte- 
rior, and  bounded  only  by  the  Madeira  and  the  Upper  La  Plata.  The  principal 
aettlement  is  at  Cuiaba,  in  the  south-western  district  where  it  can  hold  communi- 
cation with  the  more  civilised  regions.  Here,  too,  gold  was  the  first  attraction, 
and  even  when  the  quantities  which  it  produced  b^n  to  diminish,  the  country 
waa  found  so  fine  and  fertile,  that  ita  cultivation  amply  indemnified  the  settlers. 
Thev  amounted,  in  1809,  to  80,000.  The  ofllcial  capital,  however,  is  Villa  Bella, 
on  the  Guapure,  one  of  the  principal  heads  of  the  Madeira ;  a  neat  small  city, 
perhaps.the  most  advanced  point  which  the  Portuguese  hold  in  America. 

Par&  forma  the  northern  section  of  this  vast  region.  The  greater  part  is,  if 
possible,  still  less  known  or  occupied  than  even  Matto  Groeso ;  but  there  is  a  dis- 
trict near  the  mouth  of  the  great  river,  which  is  not  only  very  fertile,  but  culti- 
vated to  a  conaiderable  extent  It  ia  well  fitted  for  sugar,  and,  since  the  cotton 
trade  roae  to  such  importance,  has  particularly  prospered,  yielding  a  description 
little  infisrior  to  that  of  Bahia.  lie  population  of  the  capital,  Par&  or  Belem, 
haa  been  stated  at  20,000;  but  probably  this  includes  the  immediately  surround- 
ing diatriot  The  water  communications,  however,  of  this  city  with  uie  interior 
are  eo  immense,  that  it  must  continue  to  advance  with  the  progressive  settlement 
of  the  iwovinces  of  Goyaz  and  Matto  Groasa 

Conaidering  the  time  that  has  elapaed  since  Brazil  waa  colonized,  its  extent, 
fertility,  and  favourable  aituation  fiir  commerce,  its  proaresa  in  population  and 
wealth  haa  been  very  slow.  Its  tardy  growth,  like  that  oT  tlie  late  Spanish  colo- 
nies, was  entirely  owing  to  the  vicious  principles  on  which  it  was  governed  by  the 
mother  country  ;  to  the  reatriction  laid  an  its  trade  and  industry ;  and,  more  than 
all,  to  the  ignorance  of  the  Portuguese,  and  iheir  inferiority  to  the  other  nations  of 
Europe.  Portugal  could  bequeath  nothing  to  her  colonies  but  pride,  supeistition, 
and  intolerance.  But  since  the  emigration  of  the  court  tr^  Brazil,  the  toundation 
of  a  new  and  better  order  of  things  has  been  laid.  The  settlement  of  thousands 
of  foreigners;  the  free  interoonrse  now  carried  on  with  the  most  civilized  conntries 
in  the  world,  have  had  the  best  effects;  and  although  it  will  require  a  \ength- 
ened  period  to  counteract  the  ignorance  and  auperstition  that  prevail,  Brazil  is 
rapidly  rising  in  the  scale  of  wealth  and  population,  as  well  as  in  civilization. 

II 


'iS 


I?" 


PERU. 

Pbbv,  of  M  the  ngloM  louth  <tf  die  Golf  of  Mezko,  ie  the  moet  odebnled 
for  weilth  end  aneieiit  ciTiliiatton.  Ite  very  ihuom  ie  proveibiallj  ueed  to  denote 
profoee  ebandanoe  <^  the  moet  piedoae  metals.  The  foUowing  geowal  dMerip> 
tion  will  epply  to  whet  wee  oiiginelly  Pera«  now  oomprieing  two  eepante  i»- 
poblioe :  die  local  deeciiption  of  each  will  begiven  ender  the&  leapectoVie  heada. 

The  boan^ariee  of  Pern  are,  on  the  weat,  the  Paeifio  ocean,  forming  ^  long  line  of 
coast  betwem  i"  and  96<*  of  S.  lat.,  which  probably  exceeds  3000  milee  in  ex- 
tent On  the  north,  the  boandary  ie  formed  by  a  windinff  line  drawn  from  the 
Jarari  in  a  northweeterly  direction  to  the  Pacific  at  Tambes.  Oa  the  east, 
Pern  is  separated  from  Brasil  by  lines  Tasaely  drawn  through  bsrbarooe  regions 
which  eannot  rery  properly  be  said  to  belong  either  to  one  or  the  other.  On  the 
soath,  the  general  boundary  ie  formed  by  a  line  drawn  from  the  Paraguay  in 
abont  89^  8.  lat  westerly,  to  the  Andee,  thence  eouth  with  the  creet  of  the  moun- 
tains to  about  35^  sooth,  and  from  thence  westwsrd  to  (he  Pacific.  Peru  wUl 
thas  be  abont  1500  milee  in  length,  and  700  in  breadth. 

The  surface  of  thie  extensive  territory  ie  of  the  boldest  and  most  varied  de- 
scription. It  is  crossed,  and  in  a  great  measure  covered,  by  the  Andee,  in  their 
greatest  extent  and  loftiest  height  Very  high  eummits  occur  in  the  western 
chain  ftcing  the  Pacific,  and  are  seen  in  lofty  succession  from  the  citiee  of  the 
coast  The  last  is  in  8**  S.  lat,  after  which  there  does  not  occur  one  for  350 
nules.  Bat  the  mightiest  part  of  the  range  is  that  extending  over  Bolivia,  or 
Upper  Peru.  It  is  ooth  the  moet  spacious  and  the  highest  of  all  the  branches 
of  tne  Andes.  It  contains  the  stupendous  peaka  of  Sorato  and  lUimanni,  tiie  high-, 
est  in  the  New  World ;  and  which  rise,  the  former  to  the  hei^t  of  35,400  apid  the 
latter  of  34,350  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  It  encloses  an  extensive  tableland, 
seareelv  anywhere  less  than  13,000  feet  high,  and  peculiarly  distinguished  for  the 

nt  altitude  at  which  full  cultivation,  large  towns,  and  even  cities,  are  situated, 
lis  lofty  district  also  are  found  the  rich  mines  of  Potosi.  Between  the  Andes' 
and  the  sea  extends  the  plain  of  Peru,  where  the  chief  Spanish  settlements  have^ 
been  formed.  It  is  from  50  to  100  miles  in  breadth,  partly  covered  with  branehee 
(mm  the  Andes,  but  towards  die  sea  forming  a  flat  expanse  of  land,  often  white 
with  saline  incrustations,  and  absolutely  a  desert,  unless  where  one  of  the  broad 
streams,  or  rather  torrents,  from  the  mountains,  can  be  directed  over  it 

The  interior  is  bordered,  and  partly  traversed,  by  the  greatest  rivers  in  the 
world.  The  Amazon  commences  its  unrivalled  course  among  the  Peruvian 
Andes,  and  with  its  eiant  branches  collecting  the  water  of  a  thousand  floods, 
rolls  its  vast  and  mighty  volume  eastward  to  the  Oceen.  Peru  has  for  its  eastern 
boundary  part  of  the  courses  of  the  Madeira  and  the  Paraguay ;  but  theae  belong 
more  properly  to  Braiil  and  Paraguay.  In  the  south  the  Pilcomayo  falla  into  the' 
Paraguay,  having  passed  through  the  richest  mineral  region  in  the  world. 

Lues  in  Souu  America  are  not  very  grand  or  charaoterisUe  features;  yet 
Peru  contains  one  enclosed  in  its  greatest  table-land,  the  Lake  of  Titicaca,  whkh, 
diough  twenty  times  the  size  of  the  Lake  of  Geneva,  caimot  come  into  any  com- 
petition  with  the  mighty  inland  seas  of  Canada. 

Peru,  in  consequence  of  its  liberation  from  the  authoriW  of  Spain,  was  formed 
into  two  separate  republics ;  one,  consisting  of  Lower  Peru,  considered  now  as 
Peru  proper;  and  the  other  of  Upper  Peru,  or  Bolivia,  which  was  named  in 
honour  of  General  Simon  Bolivar,  the  liberator  of  South  America.  It  muet  be 
owned,  however,  that  our  information  reapecting  the  organisation  and  present 
state  of  these  republics  is  very  imperfect  The  revenue  of  Lower  Peru  is  said 
to  amount  to  1,350,000/.,  its  debt  somewhat  above  6,O0O,00OiL,  and  its  army  at 
7500.    The  revenue  of  Bolivia  is  stated  at  only  460,000/.,  its  debt  750,000/. 

Agriculture  is  not  the  branch  on  whi<;h  the  wealth  of  Peru  in  any  great  degree 
rests.  The  plain  on  the  sea-coast  is  a  sandy  desert,  and  the  sides  of  the  moun- 
tains are  steep  and  broken  into  ravines;  whue  the  parameras  or  table-lands  at 
the  anmmit  nf  the  Cordillera  are  resdersd  ssarly  uuut  for  cuiuvaiion,  by  th^  ex- 
treme cold  and  the  perpetual  snow  which  covers  them ;  so  that  it  is  almost  solely. 


mmm 


8M 


HHHI 


duoagb  tlM  iwgleetad  mnaiiw  of  the  Indian  tenaee*  and  irrigating  eanala,  that 
•ny  M  th«  devated  traeta  an  randand  TWjr  fiodnetiTe.  Some  of  the  mlleya,  dbo, 
•ad  of  the  landa  along  the  iiTen,  an  exferettidy  fertile.    Indian  com  is  the  staple 

Eifa  and  chief  fbod  m  the  natifea,  in  the  Tarioiia  fiumic  of  bread,  paddings,  por- 
ftPt  md  nnsted  giUn.  Jt  ia  also  made  into  a  fnmented  liquor  called  eiufa, 
whrah  ia  agfeaable  anongh ;  but,  nafortnaately  for  the  £Mtidiona  taete  of  Eo- 
rwpeans,  the  Indian  women  eonaider  it  their  doty  eaiefully  to  chew  it,  ax  <  means 
oTfermentatkm.  For  wheat,  Pern  is  dependent  iipon,tlie  Chilian  province  of 
Oeneepeion.  The  sugar-cane  is  colthmtod  with  decided  sncoees,  thongh  not  on  a 
Tery.snat  scale.  Proits  of  every  climate,  from  the  aoeeessive  slopes  of  ^e 
OonJUUera,  aro  poured  down  into  the  mariceta  of  Lima.  The  neighbourhood  of 
Pisea  is  coverea  with  vines,  fitom  the  grape*  of  which  are  made  160,000  gallons 
of  excellent  brandy ;  bat  the  wine  of  Peru  possesses  no  merit.  Ipeoaenaaha, 
balsims,  medicinal  plants,  and  valuable  dye-woods  may  also  be  mentioned. 

Mannftcturse  an  In  a  still  less  advanced  state.  In  the  mountain  districts  are 
made  considerable  quantities  of  coarse  woollens,  blankets,  flannels,  bai^  and 
particularly  oofieAM,  a  loose  riding-cloak,  generally  worn  thron{^oat  Spanish 
America,  and  sometimes  made  of  great  fimiiess.  A  few  towns  on  the  coast 
mannfaetura  cottons.  Ckwtakins  an  made  into  good  cordovan.  The  Indians 
execute  veir  fine  filigree  wcvk  in  gold  and  silver,  and  their  mats  and  other 
articles  of  fumitun  made  from  grass  and  rushea  an  very  much  admired.  In 
gmeral,  however,  the  Peruvians  look  to  Enn^  for  a  supply  of  all  the  finer 
manufactures. 

The  minas  have  been  the  aoaree  of  the  unrivalled  wealth  of  Pern.  These  are 
sMted  in  the  inmost  depdi  of  the  Andes,  approached  only  by  steep  and  periloC'i 
passes,  and  in  mountains  which  reach  the  limit  of  perpetual  enow.  The  silver 
mountain  of  Potosi,  in  Bolivia  or  Upper  Peru,  has  no  equal  in  the  worid.  It 
risee  to  the  height  of  16,000  feet,  is  sixteen  miles  in  ciroomferance,  and  fonns 
one  entin  mass  of  <»e.  It  appean  mm  the  city  dyed  all  over  with  metailie 
tints,  green,  oniwe,  yellow,  erey,  and  rose-colour.  Though  siqoo  the  conquest 
opwnras  of  1,600,000,000  doTlan  have  been  dnwn  from  u,  the  mountain  is  stiH 
only  honey-combed,  as  it  were,  at  the  surfoce;  ore  still  lies  at  a  somewl^at 

K eater  depth,  and  is  in  seme  places  overflowed  with  water.  Yet  it  has  sunk 
to  such  a  state  of  decay,  that  in  the  ten  yean  endinff  1899,  the  annual  prodpce 
is  not  believed  to  have  exceeded  330,000  dollars.  Bat  the  present  depressed 
s^te  of  die  mine  is  chiefly  owing  to  the  late  pditical  ecnvulsions,  and  the  vsr 
haustion  of  all  the  capital  that  was  formerly  employed.  The  mines  of  Cerro  Pasco  are 
situated  at  a  prodipous  ^eight,  on  the  Andes,  more  than  13,000  feet  above  the 
sea.  They  are  chiefly  in  tiie  mountain  of  Lauricocha,  forming  a  bed  of  brown 
ironatone,  about  three  miles  long  and  one  and  a  half  broad  ;  from  ever^  ton  of 
which  two  or  three  marks  of  silver  are  extracted.  These  mines,  before  the 
revolution,  yielded  annually  131,000  lbs.  trc^  of  silver.  By  tint  convulsion  thor 
working  was  for  a  time  suspended,  but  baa  been  lately  resumed.  There  an 
mines  also  at  Hualgayas  in  the  province  of  Truxillo,  and  Huanlaya  in  that  of 
Arequipa.  All  the  Pemvian  mines,  however,  had  so  much  declined,  that  their 
prodfuce,  daring  the  ten  vean  from  1819  to  1899,  was  under  4,500,000  doHars. 
The  gold  mines  are  found  chiefly- in  the  interior  district  of  Tarma,  borderinfl;  on 
the  Amason.  The  mines  of  mereury  are  considered  eqa^ly  precious  with  those 
of  silver,  from  its  scarai^  and  its  necessity  in  amalgamation.  The  discovery, 
therefore,  of  the  mines  of  Gnanca-Velica  was  of  the  greatest  importance,  and  tb^ 
yielded  at  one  time  an  immense  amount  Uray  are  at  present,  however,  alfflotl 
useless,  ite  consequence  of  the  most  valuable  part  of  the  works  having  fallen  in. 

In  1841,  the  total  produce  of  the  gold  ana  silver  mines  of  Peru  and  Bolivia, 
was  estimated  at  $3,750,000. 

Commeree,  daring  the  late  war,  was  almost  extinct  in  Peru ;  but,  for  smie 
years,  has  been  slowly  reviving.  The  export  tnde  consists  chiefly  of  gold  and 
silver,  with  some  bark,  cacao,  cotton,  sugar,  copper  and  tip,  Ylcvgna  wool,  tie. 
The  value,  which  before  1739  scarcely  exiieeded  9,000,000  doltairs,  had  risen, 
between  1795  and  1794,  to  •6,680.000.  The  importo  con«iBt  of C9tton  and  wool|ai 
gooda  fipom  Britain  and  the  United  States ;  linen  from  Owrowy ;  r  ranch  i«sd 


ms 


leioQs 
Inada, 
I  well-tar 

The 
I  than  th< 
j  original 
Uwaithy 
Ibnt  is  I 
|l«to  anc 
|of  more 
|(oegro- 
fatupid, 

.«''>•  ^, 
jCBtholie 

jof  Cuxo 

flated  by 
|»«pectal 
j'i'^es,  an 
I  no  tolera 

liiterai 
Ilto  th*  ., 


for  some  I 
gdldand 
woo\,4». 
tad  riMD»| 
wooU«5J 


OUiiafiiUM,gl«s%h«r4irara,atoekei]r,Ae.  Th«  impofta  into  Ptm  and  fioU*ia< 
in  I837»  vara  to  tbe  uaoiint  of  tV^WftiOOO ;  tho*  (torn  Gnat  Britain  b«^  aWnl 
a  third  of  die  whole.  Of  the  total  importe,  mora  than  two-thiid»,  ioTalae.  fa-la 
Pern ;  and  the  leat  to  Bolivia.  The  exporta  anoontod  to  $4,180,000 ;  thia  waa 
exolaaita  of  the  direct  exporta  from  Bwvia,  tbnwgfa  her  oiplj  aeaport  Cobija  ot 
La  Mar ;  tbe  amount  of  which  ia  nnkaoipii. 

The  popolation  of  PerDf  aoc(Nrding  to  ennmeiatioaa  made  ^pbont  1843,  amoanted 
to  1,076,000.  It  haa  ainee  been  eatimated  by  Humboldt  at  1,400^M0;  by  the 
Patriota,  in  1818,  at  1,700,000;  und  by  MaIte.Brttn,  in  1890,  at  1,500,000;  of 
whom  100,000  were  whitee, 900,000  Indiana,  330,000  Mestiaoa,  and  100,000free 
and  enslaved  nesroea.  This  last  estimate  is  probably  as  neittr  the  truth  as  any 
other;  and  as  the  ciroamstances  of  the  country  have  been  unfaiyoqr^le  to  any 
increase  of  population  since  that  period,  it  may  be  assuoied  as  about  the  amount 
at  tha  preaent  time.  Bolivia  baa  been  eatimiUed  to  contain  1,716,000,  of  which 
510,000  are  Europeana  and  mixed  raees,  486,000  Indians,  and  930,000  not  distiii- 

Eished.    Thus  the  region  under  oonsideration  vHlt  contain,  in  all,  3,316,000  io- 
bitanta. 

The  character  of  the  Creoles,  or  native  Spaniards,  of  Pern,  is  painted  under 
coloura  somewhat  less  flattering  than  that  of  the  same  class  in  almost  any  of  the 
other  States.  The  preponderance  of  the  European  Spaniards  appeara  to  have 
been  more  overwhelming  than  elsewhere.  This  political  degradation,  with  the 
general  diflfnsion  of  wealth  and  fiicility  of  anbsistence,  seemf  to  have  been  the 
chief  cause  of  the  enervated  state  into  whioh  the  natives  of  Lima  had  sunk.  Tit* 
male  inhabitante  are  described  as  almost  too  insienifieant  a  race  to  be  worthy  of 
mention;  dmtitute  of  all  energy,  both  mental  and  bodily ;  so  that,  notwithafand^ 
lag  the  extensive  trade,  there  are  not  above  two  or  three  mercantile  houses  carrbd 
on  by  native  Peravians ;  all  the  rest  are  conducted  by  foreigners,  many  of  whom 
are  from  Chili  and  Buenoa  Ayres.  The  ladies  act  a  much  more  coa^ienoua  part; 
though  not  always,  we  are  sorry  to  say,  altogether  to  their  credit.  From  their 
earliest  yean  they  are  led  to  consider  themselves  as  the  objects  of  admiration  and 
homage ;  and  a  s}rstem  of  the  most  decided  coquetry,  or  at  least  flirtation,  ia 
established.  Gamine  prevails  also  among  both  sexes  to  a  destructive  extent ;  and 
&miliea  are  extremely  ill  managed.  Yet  the  Peruvians  are  conrteoaa,  hnmaae^ 
hospitable,  and  genereus.  In  the  eountary,  these  amiable  qaalitiee  are  oombiQed 
with  equal. mirth,  but  a  mneh  greater  degree  of  simplicity. 

The  Indians,  or  native  Peruviana,  are  still,  over  allTeru,  the  most  nnmerooa 
class.  They  present  nothing  of  that  fierce  aapect  and  that  untamed  and  fero^ 
cions  character,  which  render  the  Caribs,  the  Braailiana,  and  the  Indians  of  Ca^ 
nada,  so  terrible  to  European  setdera.  They  have  small  features,  litde  feet; 
well-turned  limbs ;  sleek,  coarse,  black  hair,  and  scarcely  any  beard. 

The  mixed  races  are  more  nomerdus  than  the  pure  Spaniarda,  though  leas  sA 
dian  the  Indians.  They  consist  of  the  usual  multiplied  branches  from  the  thrsa 
original  stocks  of  Europeans,  Indians,  and  Negroes.  The  Mestixo  is  strongs 
•warthy,  with  little  baud,  laborioua,  and  w&ll  disposed ;  the  mulatto  ia  less  robnat, 
but  is  acute,  talkative,  imaginative,  fond  of  dress  and  parade.  The  sambo  (mi>> 
latto  and  negro)  is  violent,  morose,  and  stubborn,  prone  to  many  vices,  and  snil^ 
of  more  robberies  and  murdera  than  any  other  class,  only  excepting  the  Ghinoa 
(aegro-Indian),  said  to  be  the  very  worst  mixed  breed  in  existence,  ugly,  laay, 
■tupid,  and  cruel. 

The  religion,  as  in  every  eovntry  over  which  Spain  ever  •reigned,  ia  exeluaively 
Catholic.  Lima  ia  the  aeat  of  an  arohbishop,  who  had  for  suRragana  the  biehopi 
of  Cuzeo,  of  Panami,  two  in  Chili,  and  six  in  the  soutii  of  Colombia;  but  Wk 
extensive  jurisdiction  must  now  bu  curtailed.  Immense  wealth  haa  been  aeeumo- 
lated  by  several  of  the  conventa,  from  pioua  donations.  Some  of  the  clergy  aiis 
respectable,  but  a  great  proportion  of  the  fHara  are  said  to  lead  very  dissolute 
lives,  and  to  promote,  rather  than  eheok,  the  oeneral  lioentiousneas.  Although 
no  toleration  is  admitted,  yel  in  1819  the  Inquisition  waa  abeliabed. 

Literature  is  not  in  ao  utterly  de£reaaed  ajtate  at  Lima  aa  in  the  other  eitii 
[to  tim  scsth  of  did  laihmus  of  uarien.    Besides  several  colleges,  there  is  a 


•« 


Fmr. 


UgUy  •Ddowfld  «iiiv«nity,  foaadad  Id  1M9,  on  the  model  of  thtt  of  Salanunei. 
Tm  pNJtmam  do  not  dollyw  IeetUM(  bat  eiamUntioM  and  diapntttiou  an 
BdnteiMd  wMreoMidflnblo  diHrMto, 

The  anraMmMnto  ctooristof  the  dioatfo,  whieh,  at  Lima,  ia  tolorablr  conducted ; 
bnlMgbta,  ^odtfiffata,  and  leligion  proeeeaiona;  and  the  nge  for  pablie  di- 
Toiaiona,  aa  already  obaerved,  ia  extreme. 

The  aneaetora  of  the  preaent  Indiana  of  Pera  were  the  Qqiehuaa,  the  moat  civi- 
liied  nation  of  Sooth  Amerusa  at  the  time  of  the  arriTal  of  the  Spaniards.  Ao- 
cknding  to  their  traditiona,  arte,  lawa,  and  religion  had  been  introduced  among 
them  by  Manco  Capao,  the  ohQd  of  the  aan,  whoae  deacendanta  atill  reigned  over 
the  ooantry  under  the  title  of  Ineaa. 

There  are  yet  manv  remarkable  monamenta  remaining  of  this  interesting  people, 
aiich  aa  roadst  nanals,  templea,  palaoea,  fortresses,  &e.  They  were  acquainted 
with  the  arta  oi  mining,  of  working  in  gold  add  aiiTer»  of  poUabing  precious 
atonea,  maaufaetoring  ctoth,  die. 

SoTcral  years  after  Mexico  had  become  a  Spaniah  dependency,  Francisco  Pi> 
saiTO,  a  soMier  of  fortune,  obtained  the  aanction  of  the  Court  of  Spain  to  attempt 
the  conquest  of  Peru.  VfUbt  three  rfinall  vessels  and  180  men,  Pisarro,  and  his  as- 
aoeiate,  AImagro,left  Panama  ia  1(31.  On  landing  in  Peru,  they  found  Huescar,  the 
legitimate,  and  Atahaulpa,  the  reigning  Inca  or  soToreign,  ensaged  in  war,  in 
which  the  Spaniiftda  took  part,  affboting  to  espooae  the  canae  of  Atahaulpa.  By 
hjm  party  the  Spaniah  leader  waa  introduced  uto  the  heart  of  the  country,  where 
the  amiable  people  received  him  in  atate,  as  the  ambaaaador  of  a  great  monaich. 
He  treacherously  attacked  them,  and  made  Atahaulpa  prisoner,  who  offered  for 
his  ranaom  the  room  in  iwhioh  he  waa  oonfiw.'d  full  of  sold.  After  Pizano  bad 
reeeiTed  the  atipulated  amount,  the  faithleas  robber  put  we  Inca  to  a  cruel  death, 
uid  Bubjugated  the  country.  It 'waa  then  conatituted  a  ▼ice-royalty  of  Spain,  and 
•nbeequently  partook,  for  several  generations,  of  the  general  repoee  of  South 
Ameriea.  In  1760  Tupac  Amam,  a  direct  descendant  of  the  Incaa,  induced  a 
great  number  of  die  Indiana  to  riae  a^nat  the  Spaniards.  A  civil  war  nged  for 
two  yaara,  during  which  time  the  Indiana  made  desperate  attempCi  to  regain  their 
intopendence ;  but  they  <-en  at  length  anbjugated. 

In  the  great  atrnggle  /hich  took  place  in  the  early  part  of  the  p'  eaent  eentuiy, 
among  the  Spanish-American  States,  to  become  independent  of  Spain,  Pera  took 
no  abate  until  die  year  18S0,  when  the  liberated  Cbiliana  sent  an  army  under 
General  San  Martin,  to  assist  the  Peruviana  in  their  'ifforta  to  expel  the  Spaniards. 
Idma  was  captured,  independence  was  declared,  and  atrang  exertions  were  made 
to  overoome  the  royalists ;  but  it  was  not  until  General  Bolivar,  at  the  head  of  a 
Colombian  army,  came  to  the  aaaistance  of  Pera,  that  they  were  finallv  driven 
fiom  the  country.  By  the  victory  of  Ayacucho,  fought  in  1824,  the  whole  Span* 
iah  army  becume  prieoners  to  the  allied  Colombiana  and  Peraviana,  under  General 
Sucre,  the  aecond  in  command  to  Bolivar.    . 

In  the  year  1836,  die  Republio  of  Pern  was  divided  into  two  distinct  States, 
Til.,  North  Pera  and  South  Peru ;  which  in  the  same  year  formed  a  league  or 
Anion  ^ith  Bolivia,  under  the  title  of  the  Pero-Bolivian  Confederadon.  General 
Santa  Craz,  president  of  Bolivia,  was  chosen  Supreme  Protector  of  this  new 
republic ;  but  his  g|overnment  was  scarael^  organized,  when  it  waa  embarrasaed 
by  a  revolution  which  broke  out  in  Lifna  in  July,  1838,  against  the  confederation. 
In  the  following  month  a  Chilian~  expedition  landed  at  Callao,  and  captured 
Lima.  General  Santa  Cruz,  in  the  mean  time,  hastened  with  an  army  from 
Bolivia,  for  the  purpose  of  repelling  the  invadera ;  but  he  waa  opposed,  and  com* 
]detely  defeated  by  them  at  Yungay,  in  the  interior  of  North  Peru,  January  20th, 
1^9.  The  Supreme  Protector  eacaped  from  the  field  with  an  escort  of  only  30 
men;  arrived  at  Lima  the  next  day,  and  afterward  left  the  country. 

Pera  has,  since  1839,  undergone  several  changes  of  government;  but  these  are 
ao  ephemeral  in  character  as  to  be  unworthy  of  apecial  notice. 

Since  the  revolution  of  1839,  North  Pera  and  South  Pera  have  been  re-united, 
ssd  now  form  one  State :  the  political  diviaibns  of  the  country  are  the  same  as 


j25« 


•PH^ii^itiiHiiliii 


PBtU. 


m 


they  vera  pniTioos  to  the  MptmtioBt  ia  1836|  tndeompiite  7  department*,  whteh 
en  divided  into  proTineee.  , 

DtpMtBnUL         Oapitato.  Popula. 

Jonin Tatma 5,000 

Lima Limi  70,000 


D»p«rtmuta,         Capital*.  PopaU. 

Araqnipe Areqaipa 94,000 

AyKoacho Guamonga  . . .  16,000 

Cnioe Cmoo..  ....39,000    Poao Pono ....18,000 

Tnuillo  ......  TruxiUo 19,000 

Lima,  next  to  Mexico  the  moat  aplendid  ci^  of  Spaniah  America,  ia  utaated 
about  aix  milea  in  the  interior,  from  ita  port  of  Oallro.  It  ia  of  a  form  nearly 
semicircular ;  two  milea  long,  and  one  and  a  half  bread ;  the  baae  being  waahed 
by  the  tiver  Rimac.  It  ia  aurronnded  by  a  wall  of  bricji  and  day,  tweWe  feet 
high,  but  capable  merely  of  serving  for  pnrpoeee  of  police.  The  housee  run  in 
•traight  linea,  dividing  the  city  into  a  multitude  of  a()uarea  of  variona  forma  and 
dimenaions.  The  Plasa,  or  principal  aqnare,  ia,  aa  in  other  Spanish  citiea,  eor- 
rounded  by  all  the  finest  edincea.  What  waa  once  the  viceroy's  palace,  ia  an  old 
plastered  and  ansigrhtljr  structore,the  lowest  story  of  which  is  occupied  by  a  row 
of  shops,  above  which  is  a  gallery  open  to  the  pablic.  The  apartmenta  now  em* 
ployed  aa  government  officea  display  some  veatiges  Of  decayed  magnificence.  The 
cathedral  w  an  elegant  building,  with  a  atene  front,  and  two  towen  of  eonride- 
nble  height ;  and  me  interior,  particularly  the  ^reat  altar,  ia,  or  at  least  was, 
excessively  rich.  A  considerable  porUon  of  the  city  is  occupied  by  conventa  and 
churchea.  Beaides  a  great  many  conve*  la  and  nonneriea  with  churehes  attached, 
Lima  baa  57  ohurohes,  and  35  cnepela,  elonging  to  hospitala,  collegea,  &o.  An 
immense  treasure  in  the  precious  metals  waa  contained  in  ther  eatabliriimMita ; 
but  during  the  revolution,  great  part  haa  been  abatfacted,  though  the  base  mate* 
rials  aubstitnted  have  been  carefully  gilded  over.  The  popiUation  of  Lima  is 
•bout  60,000,  a  third  part  of  which  comsists  of  negroea.  Callao,  commanicatinf 
with  Lima  by  a  very  fine  road,  has  an  excellent  harbour  formed  by  two  islands. 
The  forts  by  which  it  ia  defended  are  handsome  and  strong.  It  contains  6000 
inhabitants.  Chorillos,  three  leaguea  south-west  from  Lima,  is  a  notCMl  watering- 
place. 

In  proceeding  southward  from  Lima,  the  ooaat  becomes  very  desolate.  Piaeo, 
thouoh  bearing  the  name  of  a  city,  ia,  in  fact,  oniy  a  poor  village.  On  aome 
islands  near  it,  are  vaat  accumulationa  of  guano,  the  excrement  of  birds,  forming 
the  ricbeat  manure  known,  and  of  which  larsm  qoantitiea  have  been  taken  to 
Eneland.  The  vines  iii  the  neighbourhood  of  Piaco  produce  fruit,  from  which  ia 
made  a  large  quantity  of  good  brandy. 

On  the  coast  to  the  north  of  Lima  is  Traxillo,  a  handsome  little  town,  a  minia- 
tore  of  Lima,  and  built  in  the  same  gay  a^le.  By  its  port  of  Guanchaco,  which 
has  a  tolerable  roadstead,  Truxillo  sends  me  produoe  of  its  territory  to  Lima,  and 
teceivea  forei^  gooda  in  return.  It  containa  19,000  inhabitanta.  Sanna  ia  the 
seat  of  a  considerable  trade,  and  Lambayeqne,  to  the  north  of  Traxillo,  iff  the  most 
thriving  place  between  Lima  and  Guayaquil.  Finn,  still  farther  north,  ia  gene- 
rally accounted  the  most  ancient  city  in  South  America,  though  it  is  not  exactly 
on  the  site  of  the  city  fonnded  by  Pizarro.  Ita  diatrict  is  noted  for  the  finest 
breed  of  mules  in  Peru,  sometimes  suiting  for  250  dollara  each ;  also  for  a  very 
fine  breed  of  goata,  from  whose  skins  they  manufacture  good  cordovana ;  and  they 
make  also  some  cotton  cloths,  though  not  on  so  great  a  acale  as  at  Lambayeqne. 
Payta,  celebrated  for  the  successful  descent  of  Anson  in  1741,  is  a  commodious 
and  well-frequented  sea-port,  the  most  northerly  in  Pera.  It  being  in  a  complete 
desert  of  sand,  potable  water  ia  brought  from  a  diatance  of  twelve  milea,  and  aold 
at  a  high  price. 

The  northern  interior  of  Pera,  forming  part  of  the  departments  of  Jonin  and 
Traxillo,  occnpies  various  levels  in  the  great  interior  table-land  of  the  Andes. 
They  present  that  variety  of  rich  and  valuable  produce,  which  generally  marka 
the  American  table-lands.  Wheat,  barley,  cacao,  and  augar,  an  grown  in  its  diff»> 
rent  stages ;  fine  cinchona  is  brought  from  the  eastward ;  the  fine  soft  wool  of  the 
alpaca  and  vicuna  is  collected.  There  is  a  great  deal  cf  mariufaoiaring  industry 
ir.  thcae  upper  districts ;  the  wool  is  made  into  ponchoa,  flannels,  serges ;  the 


a5» 


pntu. 


'goat^Uiniiito  •oidovtBf  {  Um  Imllow  iaio  traR.  Gnat  hofpluliiy  pwraiU ;  uy 
'rMpwtable  traTeller,  on  arriTinff  at  a  town,  naa  only  to  go  to  the  owt  hoaae  in 
it,  when  ha  ia'aow  to  uo  entenaiiwd,  naaally  without  eharae.  There  are  aeTeral 
pretty  larm  towns  in  this  high  diatriet,  whieh  serre  aa  maneta  for  the  produce  of 
the  neighCoilring  country,  and  ehannala  by  whieh  they  reeeiTO  European  commo* 
ditiea.  Theoe  are,  Cajratambo,  Hoaraa,  and  Caiamarea ;  etch  of  the  (wo  last 
containing  7000  inhabitanta.  Caxamarea  ia  dbtingnished  aa  having  contained 
a  palaoa  of  the  ancient  Inoaa,  and  being  the  apot  where  Atahualpa,  the  last  of 
tM  dynasty,  fell  by  the  aword  of  Piiarro.  In  tiM  neighbourhood  are  the  remaim 
of  a  vast  Btruqtaie  Duilt  of  ponderoua  atonea,  in  the  Peruvian  fashion,  and  capable 
of  eontatnlng  5000  persona. 

The  diatriet  of  Tarma,  in  Junin,  contains  thericheat  ailver  minea  in  Lower 
Peru,  among  which  thoae  of  Cerro  Pasco  talu  the  lead.  The  town  of  Tarma  has 
a  population  of  5000,  and  a  eonaiderable  manufacture  of  baiie.  Huanuco,  north 
of  Tarma,  ia  diatinguiahed  by  Peruvian  remains,  and  still  more  by  containing 
the  infant  rivalet,  which  swells  into  the  stream  of  the  migh^  Amaxon. 

The  department  of  Areqnipa  liea  between  the  ocean  ana  the  Andea.  It  is  fe^ 
tile  in  maise,  angar,  and  grapea ;  from  which  an  eatenmed  red  wine  is  made. 
There  are  aoma  oonaiderable  silver  mines,  but  not  traaX  so  those  on  the  other  ride 
of  the  mountains.  Areqnipa  ia  a  large  city,  conaider.Uy  in  the  interior,  in  an 
agreeable  and  healthy  climate.  PMUlatitfn,  94,000.  Hi  has  stood,  notwithstand' 
ing  shocks  of  earthqoakea  repeated  three  or  four  time»  in  each  century.  Near 
it  la  a  great  voloano,  whence  ariae  clouda  of  aaheaf  which  reaeh  even  to  the 
ooean.  islay,  its  sea-port,  ia  only  a  village.  Arica  was  originally  a  port  of  con> 
siderable  importance:  hot  alnoe  the  earthquake  of  1605,  and  the  plunder  of  the 
plaoe,  in  1680,  by  the  pirate  Warren,  it  haa  oeen  in  a  great  meaaure  deaerted,  and 
the  population  haa  emigrated  to  Tacna,  a  thriving  town,  about  thirty  miles  in 
Aa  interior,  employing  extensive  droves  of  mules  to  carry  the  merchandise  landed 
■t  Arica,  into  the  provineee  beyond  the  Andes.  Moqueha,  another  interior  place, 
ia  dhiefly  noted  for  the  good  wine  produced  in  its  district. 

Huamango  and  Guanea-Velica,  in  Ayacoeho,  occupy  the  men  aouthem  vallevs 
of  the  Andea.  The  former  has  many  'iistrieta  very  fertile  in  green  pasture.  Its 
oapital,  of  the  aame  name,  ia  a  oonaiderable  city,  built  of  atone,  and  adorned  with 
fine  public  plaoea  and  squarea.  It  has  an  university  richly  endowed,  and  contains 
16,000  inhabitahts.  iBuanca-Velica  ia  bleak  and  cold,  only  diatinffuished  for  tlie 
rich  minea  of  mercury,  which  once  rendered  it  a  flourishing  place,  %nt  are  now  ao 
niueh  declined  that  the  population  is  reduced  to  5000.  I'he  litUe  village  of  Aya- 
cucho,  which  gives  name  to  the  department,  was  the  theatre  of  the  victory  which 
(1894)  deliveiid  South  America  from  the  Spanish  yoke. 

Cuaco,  the  metropolis  of  the  ancient  empire  of  Peru,  is  situated  east  of  these 
provineea,  and  aomewhat  deep  in  the  interior.  The  Peruvian  fabrica  of  woollens 
and  of  cordovan  leather,  exist  sUU  on  a  considerable  scale.  Cuieo,  even  in  its 
fallen  attte,  ia  still  a  handsome  city.  The  cathedral  is  described  aa  a  noble  pile. 
The  Dominican  church  has  been  built  from  the  materiala  of  the  ancient  temple, 
on  the  same  aite,  and  the  altar  haa  taken  place  of  the  image  of  ita  deity.  On  an 
eminence  are  the  walls  of  the  fortress  of  the  Incas,  raised  to  a  great  height,  and 
built  of  astonishing  masses  of  stone.  The  city  contains  33,000  inhabitants,  of 
whom  three-fonrtha  are  Indians,  th>  rest  mestizos,  with  a  few  Spaniards.  Cuzco 
threw  off  the  Spanish  ;^oke  earlier  than  Lima,  but  the  city  waa  soon  retaken  by 
the  royaliata,  and  remained  with  them  till  the  final  extinoflon  of  their  power. 

To  the  aonth  of  Cuzco,  in  the  department  of  Pono,  ia  the  town  of  the  same 
name,  containing  a  college  and  7000  inhabitants.  Coquito  is  much  decayed  ainee 
Uie  celebrated  insurrection  of  Tupac  Amaru,  at  the  end  of  the  last  century,  when 
it  had  a  population  of  30,000. 

The  surface  of  Puno  is  much  of  it  table-land,  elevated  10,000  feet  above  the 
level  of  the  aea.  The  climate  ia  cold  as  compared  with  the  coast,  and  verj 
healthy :  ita  productions  are  cattle,  in  great  abundance,  barley,  always  cut  green 
for  horses,  and  potatoes.  It  has  also  some  manufactories  of  woollen  cloths.  The 
lama,  the  vicuna,  and  the  Alpaca,  ara  very  numerous :  the  latter  are  kept  in  flocks 
for  the  sake  of  their  wool ;  tney  are  a  species  of  animal  Binniiar  io  the  vicarm. 


BOLIVIA. 


BOLIVIA. 


m 


Tn  npaUie  ti  Bblivk  wu  ettiblklied  in  18M,  pravfooa  to  whieh  time  th« 
tarritoiTWWAttkelMdtotheTieerafdtyof  RiodaltPkta.  It  extenda  fWm  06!^ 
to  71?  W.  lonv.,  and  the  moin  bodV  liee  between  11*>  and  23<*  8.  let ;  bat  •  aiiw 
roir  toagae  or  land  on  tbe  aea  jirojecti  •oalhwarde  aa  Ar  aa  20<*.  It  baa  an  arefi 
of  aboat  400^000  aqoare  mllea,  with  a  population  of  about  l,7O(VO0dL  -Boliviii 
Anna  an  eztenUve  territory,  aitoated  aooth  and  ■omewhat  eait  of  Lower  Pen^ 
with  which  it  aaaimilatea  in  aipect  and  pradaetloaB.  Thia  ia  among  tbe  leael 
Imown  regiona  of  the  globe,  yet  one  which  ita  natural  featOrea  render  pecnliariy 
interentinff.  It  ia  now  aacertained  to  contain  the  loAieat  mountain  peaka  in  the 
New  Wond,  yielding  in  height  only  to  thoae  of  the  Hinunaleh.  The  aunnnit  of 
ScraU  waa  fbund  to  be  25,200  feet  high ;  that  of  Illimahi,  24,800;  ao  that  Chim- 
boran^  which  ia  only  21,440,  moat  hide  ita  diminiabed  head.  The  very  devated 
taUe-plaiii  flrom  which  theae  coloanl  anmmita  riae  appean  to  have  prevented  tfieir 
extraordinary  elevation  from  becoming  aenaible,  till  it  waa  determined  by  baro* 
metrical  meaaurement  Hiia  table-plain,  though  not  the  moat  elevated,  aeema 
undoubtedly  the  moat  flruitfbl  and  populoua  on  the  globe.  It  yieUa  oopiona  bar> 
vest!  of  rye,  maize,  barley,  and  even  wheat;  it  haa  citiee  aliove  the  region  of 
the  clouda;  villagea  which  would  overtq>  the  white  pinnaelea  of  the  Jongftan 
and  the  Schreckrom ;  coltagea  aa  high  aa  the  top  of  Mont  Blanc.  The  fbllowing 
are  among  the  moit  remarkable  heirtta: — the  city  of  Potoai,  18,860  feet  (it* 
minea,  16,060);  of  Orurot  12,442;  of  La  Paz,  12,194;  of  Chnquinca,  9882;  dt 
Cochabamba,  8440. 

Thia  State  is  intereattng  fVom  tbe  variety,  extent,  and  value  of  the  minerals  it 
•fforda.  Gold  ia  feund  in  considerable  quantity  on  the  mountainoua  districts,  but 
hitherto  it  haa  not  been  very  extensively  mined.  It  occurs  associated  with  anti*  | 
monv,  ailver,  and  other  minerals,  and  sometimes  in  masses  of  considerable  aize :  * 
the  urgeat  mass  <m  record  ia  mm  which  was  detached  by  means  of  lightning  from 
a  mountain  near  to  La  Paz,  and  fer  which  114269  doUara  were  paid.  But  t>y  ftr 
Haa  greater  part  of  the  gold  procured  in  Bolivia  ia  obtained  by  washing  the  sand* 
of  nvera:  the  most  productive  of  theae  eovoderot,  or  mdd-waahings,  ia  that  of 
Tipuani.  Silver  haa  hitherto  been  the  principal  metallic  production  <^  Bolivia, 
and  has  ccmferred  on  it  its  great  celebrity.  In  the  rwh  mountain  of  Potosi  alone, 
■condiog  to  records  kept  at  Potosi,  of  the  quinta$,  at  royal  duties  from  the  year 
1745  to  ue  year  1800,  no  less  than  823,950,500  dollars  were  coined  during  that 
period ;  and  if  to  this  be  added  the  amount  of  the  preceding  yeara,  not  included, 
and  that  obtained  in  a  clandestine  manner,  without  Uie  payment  of  the  cuatomaiy 
dues,  not  less  than  1,647,901,018  dollars  have  been  obtained  from  this  source  aloiie 
in  the  space  of  255  yeara  The  silver  mines  of  Portogalete,  in  tbe  province  of 
Chicas,  have  acquired  celebrity  on  account  of  the  richness  aa  well  aa  the  quanti^ 
of  their  orea,  which  yield  from  sixty  to  eighty  marks  of  silver  to  the  eazon,  while 
those  of  Potoei  (mly  aflbrd  about  ten  marks  from  the  same  quantity  of  oie.  At 
La  Plata,  Porco,  aiid  Lipes,  there  are  silver  mines,  especially  one  in  the  latter 
province,  celebratcMl  for  the  purity  of  its  ores,  whieh  were  formerly  in  great  repute, 
imt  since  eclipsed  by  the  more  important  ones  of  Potosi  and  of  other  places.  In 
Carangaa  there  are  rich  silver  mines;  and  formerly  those  of  Onuo  were  very  pro- 
doctive, 

Bolivia  is  divided  into  seven  departments: — Chuquisaca,  La  Paz,  Potosi,  Cocha- 
bamba, Santa  Cruz  de  la  Sierra,  Mozos  and  Chiquitos.  The  capital  is  Chuqui- 
saca, or  La  Plata,  ao  named  from  the  silver  mines  in  its  vicinity.  It  is  a  hand- 
some city,  containing  about  12,000  inhabitants.  Notwithstanding  its  astonishing 
elevation,  the  country  round  is  fertile  and  smiling.  There  is  an  university  nume- 
rously attended,  and  a  library,  said  to  be  one  of  the  best  in  South  America. 

La  Paz,  with  a  population  of  40,000,  is  the  chief  city  of  Bolivia,  and  is  sur- 
roundel  by  the  moet  interesting  objects  in  that  country.  A  few  miles  to  the  sooth 
is  Mt  Illimani,  and  at  some  distance  to  the  north  rises  that  of  Sorata,  both  al'eady 
described  as  the  hiffhest  mnnntains  in  the  New  World.    At  ooine  disianeo  to  the 


If* 


«PIJ- 


aortb-wfltt  u  the  grtat  kke  of  Titkaea,  about  100  milaa  loog.  and  the  laigaat  in 
South  America. 

PotoM  eiyaja  the  greateat  tuototnaj  eitjr  ia  thia  legioa,  but  retaine  ftw  tnoea 
pi  the  wealth  whieh  gained  far  it  thia  eelebrilj.  It  ia  pcobably  the  moat  elevated 
eMj  in  the  world,  being  18,000  feet  above  the  aea,  and  oonaeqaently  higher  than 
th*  Peak  of  Teneriflb.  It  ia  not  a  weU^boilt  town ;  the  atieeta  are  narrow  and 
irfegolar,  and  moat  of  the  hooaee  indilbrant  It  haa,  however,  a  college  and  a 
mint  Heporta  vary  greatlv  both  aa  to  ita  paat  and  praaent  popdation.  The 
aaertion  tnat,  in  ita  moat  floariahing  atate,  it  ever  contained  180,000^  ia  pnbtUy 
much  exaggerated.    It  now  containa  98^000  inhabitants 

There  are  aome  other  conaideraUe  plaeea  in  thia  re^pon.  Oruro  haa  not  more 
than  400O  or  BOOO  inhalntanta ;  but  the  minee  in  ita  vicmity  were  once  important 
Coohahamba,  in  the  midat  of  a  ftrtile  though  moontainoua  territory,  haa  been  wid 
to  contain  80,000  inbabitanta.  Santa  Crua  de  la  Sierra,  aituated  amid  an  exten- 
aive  i^ain  in  the  eaatward,  ia  an  ill*bailt  town,  with  a  population  of  about  9000. 
Large  .tracta  in  thia  quarter  are  occupied  by  the  Bfoxoa  and  Chiquitoa,  Indian 
tribM  nterly  independent,  unleaa  ao  far  aa  the  miaaionariea  have  reclaimed  them 
ftom  their  aavage  habita.  Tarija,  a  amall  province  to  the  aoutbward,  belonging  to 
the  territory  of  Boenoe  Ayrea,  haa  voluntarily  united  itself  with  Bolivia.  This 
republie,  in  its  amall  extent  c^  coast,  haa  only  one  port,  that  of  Cobija  or  Puerto 
m  Lamar,  which  laboura  under  a  defieiencv  of  ft««h  water;,  ao  tut  they  are 
obliged  at  preeont  to  receive  almoat  all  their  nreign  commoditiee  acroaa  the  moun> 
tuna,  by  way  of  Arica. 


CHILI. 

Chiu,  whieh  haa  been  called  the  Italy  of  South  America,  consists  of  a  long 
narrow  hmd  of  territonr  situated  between  the  Andea  and  the  Pacific  Ocean.  Its 
nmthem  boundary  ia  formed  by  the  desert  of  Atacama,  nearly  on  the  tr^ic  of 
Caoricorn,  or  about  24**  south,  and  its  southern  the  Gulf  of  Guaiteca  or  Chiloe, 
including  the  island  of  that  name  in  about  44"  thua  embracing  a  length  of  30°  or 
1400  muea.  The  boundary  on  the  aide  of  Buenos  Ayres  is  formed  by  a  line 
drawn  alon^  the  culminant  point  of  the  Andes,  and  through  their  eternal  snowa. 
FVom  this  line  to  the  coast  of  the  Pacific  must  be  measurM  the  breadth  of  Chili, 
not  averaging  more  than  200  milea.  The  auperficial  content  is  estimated  at 
172,000  aouare  milea;  fWim  which,  however,  must  be  taken  oflT  the  considerable 
portion  held  by  the  Araucanoa. 

The  aurfiuse  of  Chili  conaiats  of  portiona  the  moat  atrikingly  diaaimilar,  but 
paaaing  into  each  other  by  regular  and  inaenaible  gradations.  Between  ita  moun- 
tain and  ocean  limit  is  a  transition  from  the  firoMn  to  the  torrid  zone,  similar  to 
that  which  takea  place  in  Mexico  and  Cobmbia,  though  not  quite  so  abrupt  The 
range  of  the  Chilian  Andea  seems  peculiarly  masaive  and  unbroken;  and  the  peN 
petual  snow  which  coveia  it  to  a  considerable  depth,  even  at  the  pointa  chosen  as 
of  moat  easy  access,  cannot  well  consist  with  a  height  of  less  than  14,000  or 
ISiOOO  ieet  The  aides  of  these  mountains  are  generally  fertile  and  beautifiil ; 
foliage  and  verdure  with  rich  peatures  extend  even  to  the  border  of  the  perpetual 
enow,  and  many  of  the  upper  valleya.  preaent  such  romantic  and  encbantiiig 
acenes,  that  Chili  has  been  called  the  garden  of  South  America. 

It  is,  however,  a  heavy  miafortune  to  the  Chiliana,  that  the  ground  is  not  secure 
under  their  ibet  There  are  said  to  be  14  active  volcanoes  within  Chili,  beside 
■everal  that  occasionally  or  omatantly  discharge  amoke.  Repeated  earthquakes 
have  laid  their  cities  in  ruins;  and  from  time  to  time  shocks  are  folt,  which  even 
when  alight  are  rendered  dreadful  b^  recollection  and  anticipation. 

There  is  no  river  in  Chili  deserving  the  came.  The  Maule  and  JBfobfo  are 
navigable  for  a  shcnrt  distance.  Numberless  torrents  dash  down  firom  the  steeps 
of  the  Cordillera,  but  with  auch  rapidity  that  no  boat  can  navigate  their  channel, 
and  even  in  their  estuaries  the  stream  is  too  rapid  to  allow  vessels  to  find  in  themj 


I secure  I 
beside 
Quakes 
even 


CHflJ. 


Wl 


a  MOMB  haitmir.    In  ntam,  •vary  qurlw  ot  Um  eonntry  hM  the  •dvantaga  of 
at  •  rmj  abort  diatanao  from  tbe  aeaeoaat 

CEOi  ia  •  lapoblio,  nadar  a  piaaidairt,  and  a  •ongioaa  of  66  maoibera,  daetad 
by  tiM  diffarant  proTincaa.    Tka  aiaeotiva  powar  coaaiata  of  tha  praaidaat  and  • 
coaaoil  of  foor  miniatara.    Tha  national  iMi|rion  ia  tha  Roaiaii  Catholie ; 
aeota  an  tolaiatad,  but  tha  pnblie  azaieiaa  of  tneir  mUgioB  ia  aot  allowed. 

Tha  flnaneaa  of  the  Rapablic  aia  oioia  ioariahing  at  piaan^t  than  thay 
fonoariy ;  piavioaa  to  tha  year  1836,  thaia  waa  gananlly  a  daiait,  hot  ainea  that 
time  thera  naa  alwaya  baan  a  auiplaa  of  lavanoa  ovar  tha  mpanditaia.  In  1838  tha 
reTanna  amoantad  to  t9f976,000;  exj^anditoia,  •l,18<MN)b;  aoiplna  •1,180)000. 

Tha  army,  ondar  tha  praaaura  of  eireiimataiiGaak  haa  baan  anpportsd  M  a  laig* 
scale,  Gomparad  with  the  populatioa  and  reaooieaa  of  ChilL  That  oonntiy  aant 
into  Peru,  in  aapport  of  the  patriotic  canae,  no  leaa  than  7S0O  trpopa^  who  had 
been  well  diaciplmed,  and  who  proved  brave  and  effective.  Beaidea  tbaaa,  aboak 
8000  remained  in  the  countiy.  Tha  militia  oonaiala  chiaity  of  eavalry,  who  ■■• 
ill  disciplined,  but  brave,  and  admirable  riders. 

The  navy,  thoiuh  it  distinffnished  itaalf  under  Lord  Coehiane,  never  ftnnad 
any  conaiderable  roroa,  oompnainy  only  one  ship  of  sixty  pina,  two  or  thraa  of 
fiftv,  with  aome  eorvettea  and  gun-farlga.  Being  old  abipa  purehaaed  from  Britain, 
and  having  been  in  hard  aervioe,  they  are  now  conoderably  decayed,  and  tha  pre* 
sent  state  of  the  Chilian  reaooicea  will  probably  prevent  much  being  done  to  i^ 
pair  them. 

Agriculture  ia  carried  on  eztenaively,  though  with  very  rude  implementa,  of 
the  same  form  with  thoae  that  were  introduc»d  800  veara  ago.  The  plough  ia 
only  a  piece  of  knee  timber,  diod  at  one  end  with  a  nat  plate  of  iron,  into  whieb 
a  long  pole  ia  fixed  b^  meana  of  wedgeei  Wheat  haa  bean  hitherto  the  chief 
object  of  agriculture ;  its  qualitjr  is  fine,  though  small-grained.  Ifotatoea,  in  thin 
their  native  soil,  grow  in  perfection;  pumpkins,  lettneee,  and  cabbagea  are  rearad 
with  care  and  success ;  and  fruits^  with  but  very  littlo  culture,  are  produoed  in 
profiiaion  and  of  excellent  quality.  A  good-  deal  of  wine  ia  made,  though  not  <tf 
tbe  first  excellence ;  the  flavour  of  theoest  somewhat  resembling  Mal^[a.  The 
greatest  extent  of  ground,  however,  ia  laid  out  in  catde  ftrms,  which  are  managed 
with  great  auceess.  The  honwa  are  small,  but  beautifbl,  and  of  fine  temper  and 
spirit,  so  that  they  are  preferred  to  thoae  of  Buenoa  Avraei  The  oxen  md  mulea 
are  equal  to  any  in  tbe  world.  Agriculture,  as  in  Mexico,  is  much  ijaipeded  by 
the  enormous  granta  which  were  ome  to  individuals  at  the  time  of  the  oianqnest; 
yet  it  ia  stated,  that  in  many  districta  fine  land  may  be  obtained  at  the  rate  of  a 
dollar  for  two  aerea. 

The  manu&cturea,  as  over  all  South  America,  consist  only  of  coarae  article* 
made  by  the  country  people  fat  domestic  use,  with  the  simjdest  instruments.  They 
bring  to  market  poncnoa,  hats,  ahoea,  coarae  ahifta,  coarse  earthenware,  and  somo' 
tiroes  jars  of  fine  clay. 

Mining  ia  the  branch  of  induatry  for  which  Chili  has  been  moat  celebrated,  but 
it  is  not  the  aouroe  of  her  moat  suDstantial  wealth.  The  mines  occur  in  the  in. 
terior  firom  Coquimbo,  in  a  barren  tract  in  tho  northern  port  of  the  country.  The 
metala  are  gold,  silver,  and  copper.  The  latter  is  by  &r  the  most  abundant,  there 
being  many  hundred  mines  of  it;  the  others  are  much  rarer,  and,  as  they  attract 
more  speculators,  generally  answer  much  worse :  hence,  the  (common  saying  is, 
that  if  a  man  finds  a  copper  mine,  he  ia  sure  to  gain ;  if  it  be  silver,  he  may  gain 
or  he  may  not;  but  if  it  be  gold,  he  is  sure  to  Icae.  At  present  the  average  pro- 
duce of  the  gold  and  silver  minea  may  be  eatimatedatabout3,000,000dollar8,  and 
that  of  copper  at  1,150,000  ddlaia 

Commerce  in  Chili  labouia  under  great  difficulties  from  ita  extreme  remoteness ; 
since  it  is  separated  by  about  half  the  circumference  o!  the  globe  firom  the  civi- 
lised countries  of  Europe,  Asia,  snA  even  North  America.  The  principal  articles- 
of  export  flpom  Chili  to  Great  Britain,  the  United  States,  and  India,  are  the  jt^ 
cious  metals  from  Valparaiso,  Coquimba,  Huasco,  and  Copiapo.  From  the  latter 
ports  are  shipped  Ivge  quantities  of  conper,  and  from  VaJparaiso  of  hides.  The 
chief  exporta  from  C^eeneios  are  timber,  wheat,  nour,  and  fruits,  principally  to 


pan 
998 


jiiH 


mi 


Hi 


iMMi 
CHILL 


IMM 


E£ij^iiii_-j^^£alt^^«i^^^Mt^^tli£itaj  J- 


S>era.  Chili  imports  eottons,  fiirnitarB,  tobaeM,  &c.,  from  th6  United  StatM, 
manufkctured  artiolea  of  all  deecriptioiw  ftom  Great  Britain,  rilka,  vines,  per- 
fiimery,  &e.,  ftom  France,  apices,  tea,  sngar,  coffee,  Stc.,  fioim  other  countries, 
At  present  the  annaal  value  of  the  trade  with  Great  Britain  is  about  3,000,000 
dollars,  and  of  that  with  the  United  Staties,  1,200,000  dollars,  ezclusire  of  the 
supplies  to  the  whalers  and  other  shipK  Be^e  dieir  de»lmgs  with  Europe,  the 
Chilians  luive  also  a  considerable  trade  widi  Peru,  to  which,  as  already  mention- 
ed, they  export  wheat,  flour,  &c. ;  they  have  also,  notwithstandinjf  the  formidable 
bUpUicles  opposed  by  the  Andes,  a  contoderabld  trade  with  Buenos  Ayres. 

Fishing  is  nei;lected  by  the  Chilians,  thd(t{(h  many  fine  species  are  found  in 
tbdir  seai.    The  shell-flsh  are  particularly  delicate. 

The  population  of  Chili,  is  more  involved  in  doubt  than  that  of  any  State  of 
Sooth  Amerieti,  but  is  believed  from  authentic  accounts  not  to  fUl  short  of 

]t;Boo,ooo. 

The  social  state  of  Chili  differs  scareely  by  a  shade  from  that  of  the  rest  of 
Spanish  America.  There  is  the  same  native  courteousness,  politeness,  kindness 
of  heart,  ignorance,  extravagant  love  of  diversion,  abject  superstition,  and  pro- 
pensity to  quarrelling.  This  last  passion,  which  among  the  lower  orders  is  fed 
chiefly  by  a  resort  to  pulperfas,  is  alleged  to  be  more  prominent  Uian  among  other 
Americans,  and  oftener  productive  ofbloodshed.  The  ladies  often  can  neither 
write  nor  read;  but  travellers  join  in  praising  their  natural  talents,  and  the  un- 
studied grace  of  their  manners.  And  some  conceive  the  general  deportment  of 
those  in  the  higher  ranks  to  be  almost  unexceptiorable. 

The  Catholic  religion  has  hitherto  reigned  in  ^hili  with  the  same  supremacy 
as  in  the  other  states;  but  under  the  new  system,  the  convents  have  been  very 
sensibly  thinned,  no  one  being  allowed  to  take  the  vows  under  the  age  of  twenty- 
five;  and  many. of  the  religious  shows  and  processions  have  been  suppressed;  a 
change  not  altogether  agreeable  to  the  body  of  the  people,  whom  it  has  deprived 
of  one  of  their  ravourite  amusements.  The  Roman  Catholic  religion  continues 
the  exclusive  one,  thoueh  numerous  heretics  are  allowed  to  live  m  the  country 
without  molestation.  The  Protestants  haVe  even  a  consecrated  burial-place, 
though  not  the  public  exeraise  of  their  worship. 

Knowled^  in  Chili  is  beginning  to  disperse  the  general  ignorance  which  pre- 
vailed. It  IS  believed  that  before  the  revolution,  there  was  not  a  printing-press 
in  the  country.  That  since  established  at  Santiago  has  been  chiefly  envployed 
npon  gazettes  and  political  pamphlets.  The  government  once  proclaimed  the 
freedom  of  the  press;  but  as  soon  as  an  unfortunate  writer,  taking  them  at  their 
word,  began  to  criticise  their  measures,  he  was  instantly  seized  and  deported  to 
the  Isle  of  Juan  Fernandez.  The  people,  however,  soon  regained  the  freedom  of 
the  press,  which  they  now  enjoy  in  its  fhll  extent  TThe  government  do  not  seem 
to  have  shown  the  same  zeal  as  elsewhere  for  the  promotion  of  knowledge,  though 
they  have  established  Lancasterian  schools  in  the  principal  towns ;  that  of  Santi- 
ago containing  400  boys.  The  only  fine  art  cultivated  with  any  ardour  by  the 
Chilians  is  music,  their  application  to  which  is  truly  indefatigable :  the  girls  bein^ 
set  down  to  it  almost  from  infiincy,  and  having  constant  practice  at  their  evening 
parties.  The  importation  of  piano-fortes  is  said  to  be  truly  immense.  They  do 
not  play  with  consummate  science,  but  with  <^>nsiderable  feeling  and  taste. 

The  habitations  of  the  lower  ranks  in  Chili  are  of  the  most  rude  and  primitive 
construction :  the  walls  merely  of  stalker  crossing  each  other,  and  fkstened  with 
thongs,  or  hemp  twine;  the  roofs,  which  must  resist  the  rain,  composed  of 
branches  itlastered  with  mud  and  covered  with  palm  leaves. 

The  negro  population  of  Chili  has  never  been  numerous,  and  the  slaves  have 
«lway8  been  employed  for  domestic  purposes,  and  treated  with  much  kindness,  the 
laws  of  the  country  being  very  favourable  to  them.  In  1811,  a  law  was  enacted, 
declaring  fVee  after  that  period  all  children  of  slaves  bom  in  Chili ;  and  in  1825, 
the  number  of  slaves  was  so  fiir  diminished,  that  it  was  Uiought  expedient  to 
abolish  slavery  altogether. 

Uhiii  corresponds  to  the  old  Spanish  captain  generaUhip  of  the  sauie  nauiG.  In 
ISS^  it  was  divided  into  eight  provinces,  which  are  subdivided  into  districts. 


■BB 


CHILL 


ProvlBeta.  CU^tTmnM.  FopvlaOon. 

Santiigo Stntiago 50,000 

AooDcu^ua 8ui  Felipe MOO 

Coqaimbo Coquimbo 1,0,000 


Cotehagna Cnrico 

Maule Cauquenes  ■ 

Conoepcion Conoepcion 

Valdivia Valdiria  ... 

Chiloe San  Carlo*  . 


2,000 
S,000 
8,000 
3,000 


Santiago  Beems  to  derive  its  pre-emineiice  from  its  fertile  and  agreeable  terri- 
tory, particularly  in  the  plain  of  Mayp6,  and  that  which  Burroan£  the  capital ; 
from  its  mines  of  gold  and  silver,  a  more  brilliant,  though  roally  not  so  valuaUe 
an  object  as  the  copper  mines  of  Coquimbo;  and  from  the  residence  of  the  go- 
vernment 

Santiago,  the  capital,  is  situated  in  a  richly  wooded  plain,  at  an  'elevation  of 
2600  feet  above  the  sea,  which  renders  the  climate  agreeable  and  salolwious.  Its 
aspect  is  ihegular  and  picturesque.  The  dark  tints  of  the  fig  and  olive,  wiUi  the 
lighter  hues  of  the  mimosa,  mingled  with  steeples  and  houses,  produce  a  novel 
and  imposing  efiect  The  houses  having  in  general  only  one  floor,  and  being  sur- 
rounded by  large  gardens,  the  town  appears  completely  overshadowed  with  foliage. 
Each  house,  in  general,  stands  by  itself,  and,  bising  strongly  barricaded  towards 
the  street,  forms  a  little  fortress.  They  are  one  or  two  stories  high,  and  built  of 
adobes  or  unbumt  brick.  The  streets,  however,  are  regularly  laid  out,  paved,  and 
fiimished  with  footpaths ;  the  cathedral,  several  of  the  churches,  and  the  direc- 
tor's palace,  may  be  reckoned  handsome,  though  the^  do  not  exhibit  any  thing 
very  splendid  in  architecture.  The  Alameda,  a  mile  m  length,  and  planted  with 
a  double  row  of  trees,  is  one  of  the  finest  promenades  in  South  America.  The 
river  Maypocho  runs  through  the  city ;  but  being,  like  most  in  this  country,  dry 
at  one  season  and  swoln  to  an  overwhelming  torrent  at  another,  it  has  been  neces- 
sary to  erect  not  only  a  bridge,  but  a  wall  to  confine  the  violer-:e  of  the  stream. 
The  vicinity  of  Santiago  presents  the  most  rcMnantic  and  f.ubl  me  prospects :  on 
one  side  over  an  expanse  of  plain  bounded  by  the  distant  ocean,  on  the  other  over 
successive  mountain  ranges  crowned  by  the  awful  snowy  pinnacles  of  the  Andea 

Valparaiso,  the  port  of  Santiago,  and  the  main  scat  of  Chilian  commerce,  is 
situated  on  a  long  narrow  atrip  of  land  bordering  a  semicircular  bay,  over  which 
impend  on  all  sides  steep  clifis  nearly  2000  feet  nigh,  and  sparingly  covered  with 
shrubs  and  stunted  grass.  One  street,  about  three  miles  long,  runs  along  the  sea 
and  contains  the  houses  of  the  most  opulent  citizens ;  it  is  prolonged  by  the  Al 
mendral,  or  Almond  Grove,  a  sort  of  detached  village,  which  forms  the  most 
agreeable  residence.  The  lower  ranks  are  huddled  into  the  quebradas,  or  ravines, 
among  the  hills  behind.  None  of  the  buildings  are  handsome ;  even  the  gover- 
nor's house  is  scarcely  tolerable ;  but  the  commercial  progress  of  the  town  is 
marked  by  the  many  new  and  handsome  warehouses  erected.  Originally  a  mere 
village,  it  acquired  some  importance  by  becoming  the  channel  for  conducting  the 
intercourse  with  Lima,  to  which  all  the  trade  of  Chili  was  then  confined.  AH  the 
commerce  of  the  world  being  now  thrown  open  to  it,  and  numerous  settlers 
attracted  from  Europe,  it  has  acquired  a  population  of  14,000  or  16,000,  and 
assumed  almost  the  appearance  of  an  English  town.  During  the  summer,  which 
lasts  from  November  to  March,  the  bay  aflbrds  a  safe  and  pleasant  anchorage ; 
but  in  winter,  especially  in  June  and  July,  precautions  are  required  against  the 
north  wind,  which  blows  often  with  peculiar  violence. 

Quillota  is  a  small  but  agreeable  town,  a  little  in  the  interior,  in  the  province 
of  Aconcagua,  with  8000  inhabitants;  and  higher  up  are  the  towns  of  San  Feline 
and  Santa  Itraa,  each  having  about  6000  inhabitants,  and  containing  an  industrious 
and  thriving  agricultural  population. 

Coquimbo  is  the  most  qprthern  province  of  Chili ;  but,  instead  of  assuming  a 
gayer  aspect  as  it  approaches  the  brilliant  regions  of  the  tropic,  it  becomes  vssss 
and  more  sterile.  At  tiie  town  of  tkiquimbo,  or  La  Serena,  even  the  brushwood 
which  covered  the  hills  round  Valparaiso  disappears,  and  its  place  is  only  supplied 


BBS 


<mm 
9M 


CHILI. 


I 


by  the  (iriekly  pear  bosh,  and  a  scanty  Bprinkling  of  wiry  g^rus;  while  at  Haasco, 
fiurther  north,  there  is  no  longer  a  trace  of  vMetation.  It  is  only  on  the  bonks  of 
the  streams  that  the  eve  is  gratified  with  rerwire,  cultivation,  and  pastorage.  Its 
inip(Hrtance  arises  solely  from  its  mines,  which  include  gold,  silver,  and  copgfier,  of 
which  the  latter  is  the  most  productive.  The  commerce  connected  with'  the 
mines  gives  some  importance  to  the  port  of  Coquimbo;  though  the  inhabitants, 
onaccusttHned  to  any  varied  traffic,  retain  much  native  simplicity,  kindness,  and 
hospitality. 

Copiapo  is  in  the  heart  of  the  mining  district,  of  which  it  may  be  considered 
the  eapitaL  This  place  is  subject  to  the  dreadful;  calamity  of  being  (moe  in  about 
every  twenty4hree  years  completely  destroyed  by  earthquake.  That  of  1819 
shook  it  entirely  to  pieces;  the  wrecks  of  its  houses  and  churches  lying  scattered 
in  every  direction.  The  walls,  though  three  or  fcmr  feet  thick,  of  laive  sun-dried 
bricks,  seem  to  have  toppled  down,  some  inwards,  some  outwards,  like  so  many 
oastles  of  cards.  The  people  had  all  crowded  to  the  great  <:hurch  of  La  Mercdd, 
«hicb  they  were  judiciously  advised  to  leave,  and  had  scarcely  quitted  it  when  it 
fell  to  the  ground,  and  would  have  buried  the  whole  population  had  they  remained. 
The  Copiapians,  in  1821,  rebuilt  their  fellen  city.  Copiapo  is  bounded  on  the 
north  \xf  the  desert  <^  Atacama,  which  separates  Chili  from  Bolivia,  and  is  consi 
dered  as  belonging  to  the  latter. 

Concepcion,  a  more  southern  province  of  Chili,  is  the  most  highly  endowed  with 
the  real  imunties^  of  nature.  All  the  grain  and  fruits  of  the  finest  temperate  cli- 
mate are  reared  in  such  abundance  as  to  make  this  the  granary  and  garden  of 
Sooth  America.  Wheat  of  excellent  quality  is  the  staple,  and  the  southern  mar- 
kets are  chiefly  supplied  fromConcepcion;  to  which  may  be  added  barley,  maize, 
Mdse,  and  all  kind  of  vegetables.  It  yields  also  a  sweet  wine,  the  best  in  the 
new  Wwld,  which  is  reckoned  equal  to  Frontignac,  and  for  which  the  demand  at 
Lima  is  almost  unlimited.  The  cattle  ferms  are  also  numerous  and  valuable, 
yielding  a  large  export  of  jerked  beef.  The  town  of  Concepcion,  with  four  con- 
ventual cburcnes,  a  nunnery,  a  cathedral  in  progress,  and  many  handsome  houses 
inhabited  by  some  of  the  old  Spanish  nobles,  might  almost  liave  disputed  with 
Santiago  the  rank  of  capital  of  Chili.  The  houses,  like  those  of  Santiago,  were 
iioostly  of  one  stwy,  built  of  mud  or  sun-dried  brick,  and  forming  regular  streets 
atrightanglea  to  each  other.  The  people  were  peculiarly  kind  aM  hospitable, 
luid  uieir  gay  and  festive  habits  were  accompanied  with  comparatively  few  irregu- 
larities. But  it  sttflered  with  peculiar  jseverity  from  the  late  cmtest;  alternately 
occupied  by  the  Spaniards  and  the  patr&ts^  it  was  rudely  treated  by  both,  but  espe- 
cially the  former.  After  having  in  some  measure  recovered  from  the  calamities 
of  war,  the  town  was  entirely  destroyed  bv  an  earthquake  in  1835.  Taleahuano, 
the  port  of  Concepcion,  is  a  small  town  of  about  600  inhabitants,  on  a  large  bay, 
with  a  good  and  secure  anchorage.  Its  defences  have  the  reputation  of  being 
very  strong;  but  during  the  late  war  they  were  neglected;  wherefore,  being  of 
mud,  and  incapable  of  resisting  tho  heavy  rains  of  the  country,  they  are  nearly 
fuined. 

Valdivia  ooniprises  a  territory  of  about  130  by  about  120  miles  in  extent,  wa- 
tered by  three  rivers,  and  containing  several  plains  that  are  very  productive  in 
Eiin  aind  cattle.  There  is  scarcely  any  European  culture;  but  the  missionaries 
ve,  at  diflerent  points,  succeeded  m  forming  the  Indians  into  peaceable  and  tole- 
,f«bly  industrious  little  communities.  The.town  ef  Valdivia  is  situated  about  six- 
teen miles  above  its  port,  which  is  defenided  by  strong  batteries,  and  is  tlie  best 
and  most  capacious  harbour  of  Chili;  it  will  be  of  great  value  when  the  surround- 
ing country  becomes  more  populous  and  civilised.  Oswno,  built  about  forty  miles 
distant,  is  the  most  southern  town  in  the  New  Continent 

The  territory  of  the  Araucanos,  or  Arauco,  is  ah  extensive  district,  which  inter- 
poses itself  between  the  Spanish  districts  of  Concepcion  and  Valdivia.  It  extends 
north  and  south  for  about  three  degrees  of  latitude,  reaching  inland  to  the  moun- 
^ins.  This  region,  celebrated  in  Spanish  story  and  song,  is  described  as  really 
one  of  the  finest  in  South  America.  The  Araucanos,  having  adopted  the  rude 
agriculture  of  the  Spaniards,  raise  Indian  com  in  abundance ;  they  grow 


mosi 


■MMHI 
GHILI. 


an 


sdmiiablo  poUtoesi  «i>iob  are,  fttbtbly^  indigenous;  and  have  a  good  atock  of 
hones  and  horned  cattle.  The  whow  country  is  divided  into  fonr  diatriclfi^ 
governed  bv  hereditary  mleie,  called  toquut  cqpmderated  together  Sir  their  own 
benefit,  and  the  iinniy  of  their  neighboora.  Partiedlar  distrieti  are  ruled  by  sab- 
ordinate  chieft,  also  hereditary,  called  lUmenet.  When  war  is  declarea,  the 
toquis-elect  one  of  themselves,  or  even  some  other  chief,  who  assumes  the  su] 
command.  They  have  appended  the  European  musket  to  their  own 
of  the  bow,  arrow,  and  dub.  When  th^  set  forth  on  an  eiipedition,  each  ind»> 
vidnal  merely  carries  a  small  bag  of  parehod  meal,  trusting  that  ere  long  he  will 
be  comfortably  quartered  on  the  teiritory  of  his  enemies.  During  the  Spaairii 
dominion  every  new  governor  of  Chili  generally  endeavoured  to  distinguish  hivor 
self  b]r  the  conquest  or  Arauco;  and  having  aaaembled  an  army,  he  usually  beat 
them  in  the  field ;  but  be  soon  found  himself  obliged,  by  a  continued  series  of 
harassing  warfiuw,  to  sue  for  peace  fit>m  a  proud  race,  whom  nothing  would  ever 
induce  to  make  the  first  advances.  Though  resisting  all  attempts  at  conquest, 
they  have  entered  into  a  treaty  with  the  republican  government,  and  even  agtfee^: 
to  a  species  of  political  union,  though  a  long  interval  must  elapse  before  this  can 
be  coropletelv  eflbcted. 

The  island  of  Chiloe  is  the  southernmost  province  of  Chili:  it  is  in  length,  fixno; 
north  to  south,  120  miles,  and  in  the  widest  part  about  60  miles  broad :  the  whole 
island  is  mountainous  and  covered  with  trees.  The  climate  is  rather  damp  and 
rainy,  but  notwithstanding  healthy.  The  inhabitants  are  in  appearance  like 
nortnera  Europeans,  manly,  athletic,  robust,  and  frenh  coloured.  The  jvoduetioM 
are  wheat,  barley,  potatoes,  and  most  kinds  of  European  vegetables  and  firuili. 
The  island  swarms  with  hogs:  its  hams  are  celebrated,  and  are  exported  in  coa-, 
siderable  quantities.  The  inhabitants  are  very  cheerfiil,  and  appear  to  be  the 
happiest  race  alive ;  their  amusements  are  singing  and  dancing.  Murder,  robb^i 
or  persons  being  in  debt,  are  never  heard  of.  The  principal  towns  are  St  Carlos^ 
the  capital,  Chacao,  Dalcahue,  and  Castro;  all  of  them  have  good  harbours,  in 
which  vessels  of  any  burthen  may  anchor  with  perfect  safety.  The  islands 
attached  to  Chiloe  are  63  in  number,  of  which  36  are  inhabited:  they  are  situated 
eastward,  and  between  it  and  the  coast  of  Patagonia,  and  are  denominated  the 
Archipela<to  of  Chiloe. 

The  Islands  of  Juan  Fernandet  may  be  considered  as  an  appendage  of  Chili. 
They  form  a  group  of  two  small  islands,  called  Mas«-Tierra,  and  Mas«-Fuero. 
The  printiipal  island  is  so  diversified  bv  lofty  hills,  streams,  and  varied  vegetatior/ 
that  It  has  been  described  as  one  of  tne  most  enchanting  spots  on  the  gUAe.  It 
was  early  noted  as  being  the  solitary  residence  of  Aleunder  Selkirk,  duringseve- 
ral  years;  an  event  upon  which  Defoe  founded  his  celebrated  narrative  ornebinr 
son  Crusoo.  The  island  afterwards  afforded  to  Anson  the  means  of  recruiting  bis 
shattered  souadron,  after  the  passage  dfCape  Horn.  It  has  been  used  by  the  Chi> 
Hans  as  a  place  for  confining  convicts,  but  was  recently  granted  to  a  North  Ame* 
rican  merchant,  who  proposes  to  make  it  a  depAt  for  supplying  trading  and  whal* 
ing  vessels  with  provisions. 


REPUBLIC  OF  BUENOS  AYRES. 

(LA  PLATA,  OR  ARGENTINE  REPUBLIC.) 

BuBNoa  ATBn,  or  La  Plata,  is  the  name  given  to  an  extensive  regioa  of  South 
America,  and  which,  under  Spanish  dominirai,  formed  one  of  the  prinoipal  vice- 
royalties.  It  hsd  then  annexed  to  it  Upper  Peru,  including  the  mines  of  Potosi; 
but  this  country  has,  by  recent  events,  been  severed  from  it,  and  forms  now  an 
independent  republic  under  the  name  of  Bolivia.  The  remaining  territory  con- 
BiBts  chiefly  of  detached  cities,  with  surrounding  cultivated  tracts,  which  fimn,  as 
it  were,  oases  in  a  vast  expanse  of  iininhabitM  plain.  Buenos  Ayres,  the  prio- 
cipal  city,  and  commanding  the  naviffation  cf  the  Hver,  has  endeavoured  to  form 
!!  the  whufe  iaio  a  republic,  of  which  we  herself  shall  be  the  capital,  or  at  least  the 


K 


ir 


J 


BUENOS  ^YRES. 


I 


fcdenl  bead ;  bot  there  reigns  through  the  diffinent  districtB,  a  atrmg  provhieiy 
ipirit,  which  has  hitherto  rendered  this  unkn  i?iperfect  and  preearioaa. 

Bueoei  Ayrea  may,  in  a  very  general  view,  be  coaMidered  aa  oceupyinjgf  nearly 
tihe  whole  breadth  m  America,  aoath  ftom  the  tropic  of  Capricorn,  ieavinff  only 
the  narrow  atrip  of  Chilian  the  west,  and  on  the  east  a  aeotioa  cut  out  a  iivj 
Braxil.  On  the  north  the  Piloomayo,  while  it  mna  ftom  west  to  east,  ibrms  the 
Batoral  boundary  fiom  Upper  Peru ;  bot  after  its  great  bend  to  the  south,  the  line 
ttwt  be  considered  as  continued  eastward,  cnttins  the  Paraguay  River,  and  on- 
wards  to  the  P«uran&.  On  the  east,  the  boundary  of  Braiil  jay  be  considered  as 
ftted  by  the  Paran&  and  the  Uruguay,  though  the  districts  immediately  west  of 
these  streams  have  not,  since  the  revolution,  been  actually  possessed  oy  Buenos 
Ayres ;  and  sooth  of  the  Plata,  the  Atlantic  is  the  clear  boundary.  On  the  south, 
the  Rio  Negro  terminates  the  settlements  in  this  quarter.  On  the  west,  the  uni- 
form boundary  is  Chili,  separated  by  the  lofty  summits  of  (he  Andes.  The  con- 
tents of  this  very  extensive  territory  are  calculated  at  about  860,000  square 
mUea. 

The  miiftce  of  this  territory  consists  of  a  plain  the  most  extensive  and  anifmn, 
perhsLj,  aa  the  &ce  of  the  earth,  bounded  only  by  the  eastern  slope  of  the  Andes. 
The  Pampas,  west  ftom  Buenos  Avres,  form  an  uninteresting  level  oT  more  than 
1000  miles  across.  This  plain  is  divided  into  *'  "ee  successive  portions:  the  first 
covered  with  thick  clover  and  flowering  thistl'js,  that  rise  sometimes  to  the  height 
of  ten  or  eleven  foot ;  then  450  miles  of  ioitf  grass,  without  a  weed ;  lastly,  a 
forest  of  low  evergreen  trees  and  dirubs,  standing  so  wide,  that  a  horse  can  gallop 
through  them.  At  the  end  of  this  ocean  plain,  the  Andes  slxnt  up  abvuptly  their 
wall  of  anhroken  rock,  covered  with  eternal  snow,  which  to  the  traveller  from  tiie 
east  appeara  to  present  an  inlpenetrable  barrier.  The  banks  of  the  Plata  consist 
ftlso  of  immense  plains,  though  not  quite  so  level,  nor  covered  with  such  varied 
vegetation. 

Of  the  rivers  of  this  region,  the  chief  is  the  Rb  de  La  Plata,  which  enters  the 
Ocean  with  a  breadth  of  160  miles,  and  is  navigable  for  vessels  of  ^e  greatest 
burthen  to  the  city  of  Buenos  Ayres,  and  was  fimnerly  so  for  ships  of  consider- 
able siie  to  Assumpeion,  1000  miles  in  the  interior ;  but  this  is  now  impracticable, 
owin^to  accumulations  of  sand  which  have  obstructed  the  course  of  the  channel. 
The  La  Plata  is  properly  a  continuation  of  the  river  Paraguay,  ^hich,  flowing 
south  fiom  the  centre  of  the  continent,  after  paancg  the  maruy  Lake  of  Parayes, 
receives  fltMU  the  centre  and  border  of  Bolivia,  the  Pilcom^ya  and  Vermejo,  both 
navigable.  At  CcMrientea,  000  miles  flnm  the  sea,  the  Paraguay  is  joined  by  the 
Paruift,  which  robs  the  former  of  its  name ;  flowing  onwards  the  united  current 
reeeivea  ftom  the  west  the  Salado,  and  ftom  the  north  the  Uruguay,  when  the 
eoUeetad  waters  of  this  great  stream,  now  80  miles  in  width  and  completely  fresh, 
•re  Anally  merged  in  the  Rio  de  La  Plata,  and  miiwle  with  the  Ocean  after  a 
course  of  about  2200  miles.  lisrge  rivers,  the  Salaoillo,  and  the  Colorado,  run 
across  the  Pampas,  and  are  supposed  to  reach  the  Atlantic.  The  latter  rises  in 
the  Cordillera  east  of  Coquimbo.  and  has  a  course  of  1000  miles,  during  which  it 
fomts  numerous  lakes;  but  it  has  not  yet  attained  any  commercial  importance; 
and  another,  the  Rio  Neipro,  forms  the  extreme  southeru  boftndary. 

There  are  several  lakes,  as  that  of  Ibera  in.  the  Entre  Rios^  folly  80  miles  in 
length;  some  round  Metadoza,  formed  by  the  streams  descendin|f  from  the  Andes; 
anl  other*  forther  in  the  inte^;  bntJi^  of  tbeee  can  be  said  to  correspond  in 
grandeur  to  the  other  features  of  this  re^on. 

The  oonstitntion  of  Buenos  Ayres  is  that  of  a  representative  republic.  The 
legislative  power  ia  exeroisnd  by  two  ohambera,  the  reprssentatives  and  the  sena- 
;loit;  the  former  eonsisting  of  forty-four  deputies  elected  by  the  direct  sufirages  of 
ithe  provinces,  and  renewM  by  half  their  number  every  two  years ;  the  senate  is 
fonned  by  two  deputies  for  each  province,  oMfcing  thirty  in  all,  who  an  renewed 
by  on»-tMrd  at  a  time:  they  are  elected  by  .eleven  members  of  each  province, 
llie  waoudtive  power  is  exercised  by  a  prssident,  holding  hisi^oe  for  five  years. 
The  powers  of  the  president  are  oonatitutionally  very  extenaive,  and  the  govern- 
ment,  though  nOBilBatlj  deaaogratic,  is  aow  sltaeet  aa  abaglale  diglatarahrp.      


mamat 


■Mm 


Mil 


BUENOB  ATSE8. 


3u:» 


t 


The  pravinea  of  BueoM  Ayna  aloM  ■upporta  th«  goTenunmt  npenditpn ; 
the  other  proTiaoes  eontribnting  nothing  to  tne  jrananl  espenMe  of  the  confedti* 
ntion.  The  revenae,  in  1837,  amounted  to  $13,000,000,  and  the  poblie  debt  t» 
§35,907,166.  In  1891,  a  wai  ooeaned  with  Bmil,  raapecting  tha  poaaeaaion  of 
the  Banda  Oriental  .(Untgnay),  eatabliahed  aa  an  independent  State  in  1898. 
Mora  lecently  La  Plata  haa  Men  inToWed  in  diapotaa,  both  with  Fnnee  usd  Bo*: 
livia,  and  a  war  ia  now  (1846)  laghig  with  Uruguay.  The^  ware  retard  the 
proaperity  pf  the  countoy,  wbieh  requirea  but  a  few  yeara  of  peaea  and  good  go^ 
vemment  to  become  flooriahing  and  wealthy. 

The  RgrioBltura]  produce  oonaiata  almoat  entiraly  in  the  vaat  herda  of  hnaea 
and  homed  cattle  which' corsr  thoae  boundleaa  plaina,  clothed  with  rich  herbage, 
which  conatitnte  the  Pampaa.  The  gaBeho,.or  brmer,  haa  no  can  inrearinff  or 
feeding;  he  haa  oidv  to  throw  orer  them  the  laaao,  or  long  le*th<m  sooae,  to  Kill 
or  drive  them  into  Buenoa  Ayrea,  and  in  the  caae  of  horaea,  to  break  them,  and 
put  a  mark  on  them  by  which  they  mav  be  known.  Beef  can  scarcelj  be  aaid  te 
bear  any  price,  aince  a  cow  mav  be  had  for  twenty  ahillinga,  and  the  hide  ia  worth 
mora  than  half  that  sum.  Wheat  and  barley  are  cnltiyated  immediately  round 
Buenoa  Ayrea,  the  grain  being  threshed  by  making  cattle  jgallop  over  ft.  For 
many  yeara  it  waa  neeeasary  to  import  foraign  flour,  but  sufficient  grain  ia  now 
raised,  not  only  for  home  consumption,  but  also  for  exportation.  The  milk  ia  not 
made  into  cheese  or  butter;  and  garden  Tegatablea  an  no  objeet  of  culture,  the 
gnucho  considering  them  aa  food  fit  only  for  beasts.  In  this  naked  and  exposed 
countoy  there  ia  a  great  want  of  tfmber  for  fuel ;  the  peach  tree  has  been  found  to 
grow,  and  answer  the  purpose  of  fuel  better  than  any  other.  Paraguay  prodnees 
ita  herb,  or  mati,  of  which  the  infusion,  like  that  of  tea,  ia  prised  over  all  the.moal) 
southern  countriea  of  America.  Quantities  of  this  commoaity  wera  formerly  sent 
down  the  river  to  the  value  of  1,000,000  doUara  in  the  year ;  but  the  government 
of  Paraguay  prohibited  ita  exportation. 

Tl^ere  ia  acarcely  any  manufacture,  except  tliat  of  ponchos,  or  riding  cloaks, 
which  an  univeraally  worn,  and  from  habit  are  made  better  than  thoae  Ititherto 
supplied  by  the  Manchester  manufacturera,  who  are  exerting  themselves,  how- 
ever, to  improve  the  fabric  of  this  article.  The  indolence,  which  the  South 
Americana  inherit  from  the  Spaniarda,  will,  probably,  long  prevent  tbcwn  from 
becoming  a  manufacturing  people. 

The  commerce  df  Buenos  Ayrea  ia  large,  compared  with  the  population  and 
general  wealth  of  the  State.  The  ooontiy  is  dependent  on  foreign  supplies  for 
almost  every  article,  both  of  manufaotiired  gooda  and  colonial  produce,  in  return 
for  which  it  gives  the  refuse  of  its  cattle,  hides,  boms,  hair,  and  tallow.  Tho 
exports,  in  1837,  were  to  the  amount  of  $5,637,000,  and  the  importa  about 
$7,000,000.  The  imports  from  the  United  States  are  usually  of  the  valuecif 
$0,000,000,  and  from  Great  Britdn  $3,500,000.  The  trade  with  Qreat  Britain 
has  increased  considerably.  An  exteniive  inland  trade  ia  alao  cairied  .qn  Jby 
large  wagons,  which  are  d^ven  acroiM  the  Pampaa  to  Mendosa,  and.«ther 
towna  at  the  foot  of  the  Cordillera.    They  carry  manuftotured  and  colonial 

Sooda,  and  bring  back  wine,  brandy,  and  mineral  produce.    The  intereonrse.witii 
le  countries  up  the  river  is,  at  present,  obstracted  by  political  causes. 
The  population  of  the  territory  of  Buenos  Ayres  bean,  undoubtedly,  a  very 
small  proportion  to  ita  vast  extent.    It  is  by  no  means  well  ascertained,  but  ia 
generally  supposed  not  to  exceed  700,Q0iD. 

Society,  over  all  Spanish  America, weara  a  7ery  unifonn  aspect.  The  oreolea^ 
now  everywhere  the  roiling  class,  are  acute,  polite,  co«rteoi>a,  indolent,  onenter^ 
prising,  passionately  fond  of  divenion,  especially  in  the  forma  of  dancing  and 
nming.  Every  lady  holds  her  li^rtttlia,  or  evening  party,  to  which  even  the  pal 
fug  stranger  wUl  aometimes  be  ii^vited.  They  are  less  charge^  wiUi  intiigue, 
however,  than  in  some  other  great  cities  of  South  America ;  tne  oonduet  of  the 
young  ladiea  is  .very  strictly  watched,  and  they  are  married  at  thirteen  or  four- 
teen. The  lower  ranka  paaa  through  this  streets  in  a  very  orderly  manner;  but 
they  are  too  much  addicted  to  frequenting  pulperias,  or  drinking-housas,  whi 
gaming  aometimes  gives  rise  to  deadly  quarrels.  Honra  being  easily  proeored 
it  Buenoa  Ayres,  it  is  an  object  of  pride  to  keep  a  number  of  fine  quality,  on  t' 


104 


BUBNOB  AYMSa. 


eqaipmant  <^  whioh  the  inhabitanto  often  bMtow  mora  care  than  va  the  due 
elothing  of  their  own  penonap  Eveiy  one  haa  a  hone ;  even  the  beggar  bega  on 
honebaok. 

The  GauchMb  who  inhabit  the  wide  aar&ee  of  the  Pampaa,  and  appropriate  the 
oumberleai  herda  that  roam  o?er  them,  are  a  very  singular  race.  Tne  gaaeho  ia 
at  once  the  moat  active  and  the  most  indolent  of  mortab.  He  will  scour  the 
country  whi4e  days  at  full  gallop^  breaking  wild  horsei^  or  chasing  the  jaguar  or 
the  ostrich ;  but  once  alightm  and  seated  on  the  skeleton  of  a  bane  a  head,  nothing 
can  induce  him  to  move.  He  considers  it  a  degradation  to  set  his  Ibot  to  the 
ground ;  so  that,  notwithstandinff  a  general  vigour  almost  preternatural,  the  lower 
limbs  are  wmk  and  bent,  and  he  is  incapable  of  walking  to  any  distance.  His 
dwelling  is  a  mud  cottage,  with  ope  apartment,  and  so  swarming  with  insects, 
that  in  summer  the  whote  ftmily,  wrapped  in  skins,  sleep  in  the  open  air.  Ail 
round  is  a  desert,  with  the  exception  of  the  corral  or  circular  spot,  onclosed  b^ 
stakes,  into  which  the  cattle  ore  driven.  Neither  grain  nor  vegetablea  are  culti- 
vated, UM  is  the  cow  made  to  yield  milk.  Beef  is  Uie  only  ifaod ;  and  it  is  roasted, 
or  rather  twisted,  on  luge  spits  stuck  in  the  floor,  in  a  slanting  direction,  so  as  to 
overhang  the  fire,  a  twist  being  ftom  time  to  time  given,  to  expose  all  sides  of  the 
meat  in  succession,  and  slices  are  cut  by  the  surrounding  fiunily:  the  juices,  of 
course,  ftll  into  the  fire,  and  are  lost  A  certain  proportion  become  robbers,  f<ir 
whidi  vocation  these  desolate  plains  aflbrd  scope. 

The  Indians  of  the  !EHunpas,  a  savage  and  terrible  race,  driven  before  the  Qauchoe, 
have  in  do  degree  coalesced  with  them,  but  dontinue  in  a  state  of  deadly  and 
raging  hoMility.  Whoever  encounters  them  in  these  wilds  must  iexpect  death  in 
its  most  terrible  forms  for  his  immediate  lot;  and  the  travellers,  meeting  each 
other,  aak  with  trembling  voice,  if  any  Indians  have  been  seen  on  the  route. 
They  appear  cf  the  genuiiM  Arauco  breed ;  are  nobly  mounted,  having  each  two 
or  three  horses,  so  that,  when  one  is  exhausted,  the  rider  leaps  on  another.  They 
ddif^t  in  midnight  expedition  and  surprise.  On  reaching  the  but  of  an  unfortu- 
nate Ganehoi  these  inaranders  set  fire  to  tiie  roo^  when  the  fiimily,  who,  at  the 
same  time^  hear  the  wild  cry  which  announces  their  doom,  must  rush  to  the  door, 
and  are  instantly  killed,  without  any  distinction,  except  of  the  young  girls^  who 
are  placed  on  horseback,  and  carried  off  to  s^rvo  as  wives,  in  which  capacity  they 
are  well  treated.  A  large  bodv  were  lately  in  a  state  of  regular  war  with  the 
dolonists,  but  they  have  been  defeated,  and  driven  beyond  tiie  Colorada 

The  Catholic  religion  prevails  exclusively  in  these  States,  as  over  all  South 
AnMriea;  but  the  splendour  of  the  churohes,  and  the  endowments  <^  the  clergy, 
appear  to  be  greater  here,  comnired  at  least  with  the  means  of  supporting  them, 
than  in  any  other  province.  There  prevails,  also,  a  particular  laxity  in  uie  con- 
duct of  the  clergy.  A  late  traveller,  one  Sunday  evening,  in  passing  the  arena 
for  cock-fighting,  saw  a  number  of  clergymen,  each  with  a  fighting-cock  under 
his  arm.  The  government  at  Buenos  Ayres  has  shown  a  consideraue  activity  in 
reforming  the  abuses  of  the  cimreb,  having  suppressed  a  number  of  convents,  and 
at  one  time  prohibited  any  accession  to  toe  number  of  monks  and  nuns;  but  the 
influence  of  these  communities  is  still  very  strong  in  the  interior  provinces,  to 
whioh  this  conduct  of  Buenos  Ayres  has  rather  served  as  a  ground  of  disunion. 


varsity  has  even  been  founded,  without jpermiaeion  from  the  pope;  but  it  is  little 
more  than  a  classical  sohod. 

ProTliioai.  Capital!.  ?n*m1stioD. 

Tucuman Tnenman 5,000 

BalU Saha 9,000 

Cwrientes Corrientes  . . . .' 5,000 

.     Rioja Rioja de la Noeva  9,000 

Catamaroa Catamaroa ....^ lySOO 

Santiago......... Santiago  del  Eatero 8,000 

San  Juan San  Joan  de  la  Ft vuitera 10,000 


BUKNOS  AVREa 


90S 


PopoUtlM. 

. .  10,000 
..4,000 
..  15.000 
..    8.000 

..  a.ooo 

..70,000 


Ifmlmtm.  Otpittb. 

OordoTs •....•.........•'.  Conkm .....•.•.■.. 

SuteFtf  ..'. 8uiUP« 

EBtreRkM Puniui 

Meadon Mondon... 

SanLoia Sun  Lata  da  la  Pwta 

Boanoa  Ajnb Bnanoa  Ajnraa : . 

CaMwo  (Indian  Tmitaiy) 

The  city  of  Buenw  Ayros  ia  aitaated  on  the  aoatlieni  liuk  <^  the  Rio  de  la 
Plau^  about  900  milea  alioTe  ita  tobatb;  and,  bein^  miaed  about  twenty  feet  above 
the  river,  and  preaentinif  the  apirea  of  nameroua  <»arohea  and  conventa,  ft  ntjakea 
imther  a  fine  appearance.  The  houaea  a;re  new,  built  oF  bricli,  white-waahed,  wtti 
with  flat  roo&i  over  which  may  be  taken  a  pleaaant  and  even  extensive  walk.  The 
windowa  are  protected  by  iron  ban.  oausinff  each  mansion  to  resemble  a  Jock-ajp 
house,  and  I'fbrm,  indeed,  a  complete  fortmcation.  The  town,  on  the  whole,  u 
rather  handbume,  emecially  the  houses  aorroundinif  the  gnat  s^uara.  The  envi- 
rons on  the  land  side  have  a  very  mowrtonous  o^Mt,  beinff  animated  peitber  1^ 
varied  vegetation,  nor  by  the  chirping  of  birda  The  population  is  estimated  at 
70,000.    Large  vessels  cannot  approach  neanr  than  two  or  three  leaguea 

The  province  of  Entre  Rios,  which  is  situated  higher  op,  between  the  Uruguay 
and  the  Plata,  derives  fiom  these  two  riven  some  of  the  most  extensive  and  rich 
alluvial  plains  on  the  surface  of  the  globe.  Ev^n  the  swampy  and  inundated 
tracts  might  easily  be  converted  into  the  most  luxuriant  meadowsL  The  herb  of 
Paraguay  is  found  there,  and  it  ia  supposed  might  be  produced  of  eqoalfy  good 
quality  as  in  the  upper  quarter,  when  oAly  it  has  been  hitherto  reared  in  peme- 
tion.  Corrientea,  at  the  junction  of  the  Panguay  and  the  Puani,  must,  firem  this 
happy  situation,  rise  in  time  much  above  its  present  moderate  importance.  Lower 
down,  <m  the  opposite  side  of  the  river,,  is  Santa  F6,  distant  eighty  league*  flfom 
Buenos  Ayres,  which  has  risen  to  consideraUe  importance  by  becoming  a  dep6t 
for  the  goods  on  the  river.  This  city,  with  ita  district,  has  formed  itselCat  ffreeent 
into  an  independent  State,  strongly  repelling  all  onion  with  Buenos  Ayt^  Tlie 
population  of  the  town  is  not  supposed  to  exceed  4000. 

Cordova,  Tucuman,  and  Salta  form  together  an  extensive  region,  which  his 
been  cSten  comprehended  under  the  general  appellation  of  Tucuman.  lliey  fill 
np  part  of  Uie  mterval  between  the  nmgoay  and  the  Andes,  which  does  not  eoo- 
sitt  of  d<»d  level  plains,  like  those  in  the  south,  but  is  crossed  by  branches  of  the 
Andes,  and  even  oy  parallel  chaios.  BetweeO  these  mountains  are  found  valleys 
and  extc^ed  plains  of  great  fertility,  in  which  every  species  of  tropical  produce 
is  raised;  but  the  pravauing  stock  consists  in  cattle,  sheep,  and,  above  all,  mule^, 
which,  bemg  indispensable  lor  conveyance  across  the  Andes,  are  reared  with  grefct 
care,  and  exported  m  great  numben  to  Peru.  The  people  bear  the  repntatioo.iif 
being  more  industrious,  religious,  and  orderly,  than  those  of  the  other  provinci^aL  , 

or  the  capitids  of  these  provinces,  Cordova  is  a  neat  smafl  town,  wdl  pfvod, 
with  a  handsome  cathedral  and  market-place.  It  possesses  the  only  univeraity  tq 
the  interior  provinces,  which  haa  recently  produced  some  men  of  consideraUe 
eminence.  It  carries  on  a  manuihcture  of  cloth,  and  a  trade  in  mules.  Salta  is 
a  CMisiderable  place  of  400  houses,  situated  in  the  beautifiil  vslle^  of  Lerma,  oh 
the  high  road  fiom  Buenos  Ayres  to  Potosi.  It  is  the  capital  of  a  bishopric.  About 
00,000  mules  are  reared  in  the  neighbourhood.  An  annual  fair  is  held  in  Fobruarjr 
•nd  March  for  mules  and  horses.  Tiie  people,  and  those  df  other  towns  ia  the 
district,  have  a  hard  struggle  to  maintain  With  the  tribes  of  unsubdued  Indiana 
who  benQi  them  in  on  all  sides.  Tucuman  and  Santiago  del  E^ero  are  also  im. 
towns,  situated  in  fertile  plains,  and  deriving  some  importance  fioha  their  pbsitiotf 
on  the  taaiii  rout<^  fiboi  BuenOs  Ayres  to  PeYu.  Neir  Tucuman  aro  some  silvery; 
miaes,  not  yet  worked.  '  '  '  ,■  " 

Mendo^ta,  a  province  separated  ftom  thlit  of  Cordova,  consista  of  some  boadtiflil, 
fine,  and  wett.wat6red  m^leys,  oversiiadiywed  liy  the  amazini^  rocky  and  sii^x^ 
steeps  of  the  Andes,  tm  staples  sss  the  same  as  at  Cordova,  muloa,  wool,  clo^ 
A  considtiraUe  npmbef  of  mmes  of  gold,  tStvpr,  and  tMpn  oecgr  both  b«ra  ait 
■' '  ^g^^j^ssmisBmsammaBitaiimmmmt^^         iiiiiii'iill'     'tf""—" 


Arther  north.  The  importenee  of  Ifaodon  mts  oa  ito  fertile  wil,  aad  on  its 
,  tht  ecde  mate  of  eommunicetloi  between  BoeiKK  Ayret  und  Chili ;  \  .  icb, 
UMuj^Mgged,  leediiif  over  the  loAieet  ileepe  of  the  Andes,  is  a  oontiiiiial  tho* 
wofprnn.  A  product,  •Imost  unique  in  Amerioe,  is  that  of  wines  «nd  bnuidies, 
whMMi  MB  veiy  tcdereUe^  end  are  sent  to  the  neighbouring  pionncea  Mendoza 
is  a  neat  town,  well  built  of  brick,  Oe  streets  refrohed  b^  stieams  firam  the  river, 
and  tiw  interior  of  the  houses  wdl  fitted  up.  The  p(»ulation  is  geaeraUy  r6«hoaed 
ftom  800O  to  IdfiOa.  Thej  are  deseribed  as  a  quiet,  leepeetable,  welMisposed 
people,  tfMMifh  th^  give  thenwdves  up  without  wsMwe  to  the  indolenee  gme- 
iate4  iV  tb*  clipMtoi  myojing  an  nnbiuhen  nesta,  «r  slectp.  ftooi  twelve  to  five  m 
fte  Jdtomoon,  when  they  rise  to  walk  «•  the  alaineda.  whieh  com>nand»  a  noUe 
view  ef  the  plain  and  the  Andes:  but  this  is  the  usual  train  of  life  in  these  interim 
oities.  8»n  Ijujs,  to  the  east  of  Mendoa^  on  a  fre<}uented  though  cirenitous  route 
find  Bufnos  Ayres,  is  a  much  smaller  phwe^  oonsiating  of  a  number  of  mud  huts, 
qpattered  overa  large  space  of  grooad,  but  in  a  situation  hi|^y  {Mcturesque,  being 
en^loeed  by  a  lofiy  branch  of  the  chain  of  Cwdova.  8«a  Juan  do  la  i^tera,  to 
the  noBth  of  Meiidoaa,  has  another  but  much  less  fiequented  loute  tlueugh  the 
Tbd  town  is  said  to  eontaia  10.000  or  13,000  inhabitants. 


PARAGUAY. 


Pabaovat  is  situated  between  the  Parani  and  Pemgnay  riven.  It  is  a  fine 
agrienlUual  district,  mad  i*  (nobaUy  600  miles  in  lei^[th,  and  upwards  of  SOO  in 
breadth.  The  soil  is  extiemely  fertde  and  abounds  in  various  Tsoetable  produc- 
tions, and  vaet  herds  of  eattls  and  horses  feed  en  its  rich  plains.  The  n^ulation 
is  supfosed  to  be  about  300,080,  of  whom  10,000  or  13,000  are  prdbiJiily  whites, 
and  the  remainder  mestis<M  end  Indians.  ° 

This  State  declared  its  independence  in  the  year  1813,  utd  established  a  go* 
venmMit  of  two  consuls.  In  1614  the  second  consul.  Dr.  Francia,  a  native  cieole, 
found  means  to  get  himself  made  dictator  fer  three  years;  and,  at  the  expiration 
tfl  that  term,  for  life.  In  1836  heprodaiaaed  Paiagaay  independent;  and  its 
ind^^endenee  was  fermal)y  recognised  by  the  emperor  of  Brasil.  Fnnda  ad- 
ministered the  government  with  gnat  rigoor  and  severi^,  maintained  the  most 
rigi4  PoUce  in  every  part  of  his  t^tories,  and  strictly  prohibited  all-intercontse 
Wtth  loicagn  oountiiea.  Those  foreigners  who  entered  Paraguay  were  seldom 
allowed  (6  depart  This  singular  man  lived  vrithont  fmy  show  or  parade,  and  on 
the  plaineet  food.  He  maintained  his  power  unimpairea  to  the  last,  and  died  in 
^e  yav  1840,  at  an  advanced  age.  A  junta  of  five  peiBona.have  since  assumed 
me  nine  of  government. 

The  cahildo,  w  municipal  goyemment  of  the  several  tamos,  is  chosen  annually 
far  the  p«^e.  tadiana,  as  well  as  Creoles  nnd  mixed  breeds,  are  eligible  totbese 
^n^  'l^ifloe  is^  le  is  atated,  pwfect  securitjr  fiir  parson  and  property  eaehdis- 
Ifki  is  made  reapoBsiMe  fer  ev^  tineit  committed  within  it  Ali  the  inhabitants 
•re  jflitructed  in  tfie  first  rudiments  of  education.  Public  schods  are  established 
everywhere.  Bvery  person  >>  required  to  be  employed  at  some  business  or  other, 
•ad  pendicUy  is  unknown;  and  notwithstanding  the  strictness  and  rigour  d"  the 
iibtMia^  government,  the  peode  appear  to  be  contented  md  happj.  Ainun^ion, 
the  metropolis,  is  a  eonndembtejtfaMe,  with  about  7000  inhabitants  but  with  little 
nculwity  and  beauty.  It  is  built  on  a  benk  above  the  river,  which  u  daily  wash- 
ing away  part  of  the  nound  beneath  it  'Tbk  fA&ee,  with  the  smalleii  ones  of 
<;aingnattyand  ynk  Rica,  vera  the  staples  fer  the  herb  of  Pwagi^r.  Vj^ 
iMKb  Ooneepdon,  nnd  Itafoie  are  alao  anMl  towns^  with  a  popnlaCion  of  9000  or 
MOO  each. 

The  herb  or  tea  which  derives  ite  name  firom  this  region,  is  an  evergreen  plant 
or  anin  tfMb  of ''!«i  hdly  iiimil:^  It  irows  wild  in  the.  woods  frinraig  the  riven 
«a4fltr«amawluch  fen  into  ^Uru|nMr,Far|ui&  and  Painguay.  llienseoftoH 
Kaiib  is  genMal  m  Buenos  Avres,  and  ateo  in  Chili,  Pent,  and  some  parte  of  Co> 


vaoaoAY. 


The  dMlon  Imw  been  dorivad  flam  ths  abarigiiMib  ■>'  it  ii  n  «Bif«|k 
■ally  dUhaad  that  it  ii  eatinated  60,000  qaintala  wara  oaad  hi  180a  Tb  dtiok 
Ihia  iofiiaioo,  it  ir '  'onaiy  topatapiiiehoftheleaf«aialoact^aranattoak> 
baah  calM  outf  vfloa  which  the  nanf*  of  the  plant,  jerva  mati,  m  derive^  fliU 
of  hot  winter,  and  to  drink  off  the  fluid  immediately,  by  imbibiog  it  through  a  tittle 
tube  or  sociter,  piereed  with  holea  in  the  lower  part,  which  only  dlow  the  paaMge 
of  the  water,  and'  keep  back  the  leavea  that  float  on  the  surfitee.  Sugar  and  a 
little  lemon-peel  are  added  to  improve  the  flavour.  It  ia  oaually  npped  the  fin* 
thing  ia  the  morning,  and  aaveral  timea  in  the  eourae  of  the  day.  It  waa  the 
practice  to  paaa  the  aaam  tabe  flroui  mouth  to  mouth,  but  the  owUnr  ia 
becoming  unftahionabla.  Novicea  fieqaently  bum  their  lipa  or  aeald  the  toBgne. 
The  Jesnita  planted  many  of  theae  traea  round  their  towaa  and  miiaiTiWi  ftr  the 
convenience  of  prejparing  and  exporting  the  lei^;  but  their  example  haa  not  been 
followed,  and  the  pknta  are  mostly  found  m  wild  and  aecluded  wpofa. 

The  South  Americana  aaeribe  many  virtuea  to  thia  plant,  which  ia  eertainly 
aperient  and  diuretic.  Like  opium,  it  producea  aome  aingular  and  contrary  efibotl^ 
giving  eleep  to  the  reatleaa  and  apirit  to  the  torpid.  Tmae  who  have  once  can* 
traeted  the  habit  of  taking  it,  do  not  find  it  eaay  to  leave  it  ofl^  or  even  to  uae  it 
ia  moderation;  though  when  taken  to  exeen,  it  briaga  oo  Mmilar  diaerden  to 
thoae  paodoced  by  the  immoderate  uae  of  atreag  lM|ttoca. 


URUGUAY. 
(ORIENTAL  BEPUBUC  OF  THE  URUGUAY.) 

Tax  tract  of  coriitry  which  i5ea  north  of  the  Mo  do  la  Plata  and  eaat  of  die 
Uniguay,  waa  ovte  a  province  of  the  Argentine  Repoblio,  under  the  name  of  the 
Banda  Oriental,  li?  1891,  it  waa  taken  bv  the  Brasilians,  and  waa  incorporated 
with  their  empire  by  t'le  title  of  Provinoia  Cisplatina.  In  18S5.  however,  it  diBclaied 
its  iudependence,  wb'«h  waa  leeogniaed,  in  18-28,  by  a  treaty  between  Biaail  and 
Buenoa  Ayrea.  A  «rar  ia  now  (1845)  in  piogreea  between  the  latter  power, an4 
the  RepuMic  Uruguay  is  an  integral  and  not  a  federal  repubtie.  It  is  divided 
into  nine  departments.    Area,  93,000  square  miles.    Population,  160,000,        ^ 

Monte  Video,  the  capital  of  the  repablio,  stands  on  the  northem  bank  of  the 
La  Plata,  and  has  the  best  harbour  upon  that  river,  which,  however,  is  expoeed 
to  the  violence  of  the  pamperos  or  south-west  winds.  It  suffered  severely  while 
under  the  sway  of  Aittgas,  and  subsequeotly  by  the  wars  between  Buenoe  Ayrea 
aad  Bnnil,  and  the  contest  now  vragtng;  iU  population  ia  reduced  to  about  13,000. 
It  is  well-built,  with  wide  aov^  regular  streets,  and  the  eonntrjr  around  ia  agreeiF 
bly  diversified  with  hills  and  valleya;  the  gardens  abound  with  the  fioeet  fmlto 
and  flowers,  but  there  is  otherwise  little  eulUvation ;  though  extensive  eatUe  fhrma 
ara  found  in  the  interior.  It  exporu  larae  quantttiea  of  hides.  Below  Monte 
Video  is  the  small  port  of  Maldonado,  and  above,  the  still  amaller  one  of  Colonif 
del  Sacramento,  with  a  good  harbour. 

In  this  State,  hig^  up  on  the  Uruguay  river,  are  the  remuna  cf  some  of  the 
settlemenU  and  towaa  called  the  Missions,  which  have  been  the  theme  of  elo- 
quence, of  histoiy,  and  of  aong.  The  Jeanita,  on  theae  beantifid  and  raaiote 
plains,  collected  into  a  body  nearly  100^000  of  the  aativea,  fiom  dm  Ignorant  wan- 
dering and  fierce  tribea  k  the  vicinitv,  who  lived  under  their  away,  and  paid  then 
a  homage  bordering  alnuat  on  adorataoa.  Iliey  tramed  them  to  arte  aod  vano- 
iactnrea,  and  branght  them  to  leliah  the  bleaainga  of  wenrity  and  aider;  Omv 
carried  oa  agrieultora  with  graal  awxeas,  and  wen  tko  armed  and  diapiplinid 
after  the  Eerapemn  methol  TJM  Jeanita  appear  to  have  been  enlu^tenad  MM 
humane,  and  eertain!y  there  is  no  parallel  to  their  aucceas^  ia  mooem  hf~' 


Tiny  were,  however,  auqMMted  fay  the  court  of  Spain  of  aiming  at  the  esUUitt^ 
nent  of  aa  independent  empire  in  South  Ani9fie«t  aaUapt  to  fhegn  alcss ;  asu  •>■ 


the  suporeariinn  of  their  Gsdet  m  Europe,  the  Jfesqita  were  driven  fimn  their  Mi>| 


PATACKnnA. 


tleoMiitit  which,  bony  taken  under  the  oontrol  of  the  crown  mtil  the  rappfeeikm 
of  Spuuih  ftathority  m  Ameriee,  here  fidlen  mto  deeajr*  and  do  not  at  tbu  time 
ffdttMf  contain  the  MMhtenth  of  the  popidntieo  of  their  dm  of  pnoperitf . 

The  prineipel  town  ib  the  mitmemu  u  Bu  Franeioeo  Borja,  containing  about 
1800  inhabttaata. 


PATAGONIA. 


\  ■ 


Pataaonia  is  in  ftll  poaaeasion  of  an  Indian  nee,  all  motmted  on  bonebaelt, 
and  in  habita  and  aspect  closely  resembling  those  who  desolate  the  Pampas.  They 
have  drawn  the  attention  of  navigators  m  their  size,  and  have  been  aetoally  re* 
ported  aa  a  nation  of  giantsi  Altlwogh  this  be  exaggerated,  yet  they  really  seem 
tall  above  the  ordinary  stuidard.  They  are  desermed  to  be  excellent  horsemen. 
The  eastern  coast  of  thiseoantrr  is  bordered  by  a  prolongation  of  the  Andes;  but 
these  QMUntains,  after  passing  ChiH,  display  no  longer  tbst  stupendous  elevation 
which  bu  marked  so  gnat  a  portion  of  their  range.  Their  general  height  from 
thence  to  the  Straita  of  Magellan  is  net  supposed  to  cxcom  8000  feet,  though 
some  peaks  rise  to  6000  at  0000,  when  they  wear  a  most  dreary  aspect,  being 
covered  with  perpetual  ice  and  snow.  This  part  of  the  chain  has  no  valley  inter- 
posed between  it  and  the  ocean,  whose  stormy  waves  beat  direct  against  its  clifis, 
and  iwve  fiirrowed  the  land  into  almost  nunmerless  islands,  separated  from  the 
continent  and  each  other  by  long  and  narrow  chumela  One  continental  penin- 
sula done,  that  of  'iVes  Mantes,  is  said  to  be  direetly  exposed  to  the  waves  of  the 
Pacific.  Of  these  isles,  the  largest  and  most  northerly,  called  Wellington,  is 
separated  from  the  oontiftent  by  the  channd  of  Meaier,  180  miles  long,  whose 
shores  are  bordered  by  low  hills,  covered  with  thick  woodi'.  To  the  southward  is 
the  arclupelago  of  Madre  de  Dioa,  which  is  little  known ;  but  the  channel  of 
Omcepcion,  which  divides  it  from  tiie  continent,  is  broad  and  safe,  and  the  oppo- 
aite  coast  deeply  indented  with  bays,  the  principal  of  which,  called  St  Andrew,  is 
terminated  by  abrupt  mountains,  covered  by  enormous  glaciers.  Next  follows 
Hanover  Idand,  of  considerable  extent,  and  to  the  south  of  it  a  numerous  group, 
called  the  Archipelago  of  Queen  Adelaide,  whidi  bcnlers  on  the  Straita  m  Ma- 
gellan. 

Opposite  to  the  southern  boundary  of  die  American  coast  extends  the  dreary 
region  of  Tierra  del  Fcega  Narrow  straits^  crowded  with  islets,  divide  it  into 
tluee  parts,  tK  which  tba  most  eastern,  and  much  the  largest,  is  called  King 
Charles's  Land ;  the  middle  acd  smallest,  Clarence  Island ;  the  most  westerly, 
DesolatioQ  Land.  Between  Tienra  del  fViego  and  the  continent  extends  the  long 
narrow  binding  strait,  celebrated  under  tM  name  of  Magellan,  who  by  it  first 
penetrated  into  the  PaeiCic  Ocean. 

Staten  Land,  another  larse  island,  lies  off  the  eastern  coast,  from  which  it  is 
separMed  by  the  Straita  of  Ijb  Maire.  One  of  the  islands  belonging  to  the  group, 
called  Hermit,  is  remarkable  as  containing  Cape  Horn,  the  most  southerly  point 
olT  America,  and  ftcing  direetly  the  wastes  of  the  ocean  which  surround  the  An^ 
arctic  pole.  It  was  once  deemed  "infkmous  fix  tempesta';"  but  it  is  now  found 
that  in  a  proper  season  Cape  Horn  may  be  passed  with  little  danger,  and  it  is 
oommonly  praferred  to  the  winding  and  difficult  channel  of  Magellan.  The 
Petoherais,  who  inhabit  Tierra  del  I^ego,  ore  a  handftil  of  miserable  savages,  in 
the  lowest  state  of  wretobedness,  and  subsisting  solely  by  the  shell-fish  which 
they  pick  no  pn  the  shore.  The  Spaniards  made  an  early  attempt  to  form  a  set- 
tlement at  Port  l^^unine,  in  the  miadle  of  the  atrait,  but  could  not  maintain  it 

The  eastern  coast  of  Patagonia  is  comparatively  low.  Tliat  immediately  north 
of'UiiB  straita  is  covered  in  a  great  measure  with  extensive  plains,  or  pampas ;  but 
from  Port  St  Julian,  in  about  49^  S.  lat  to  44°,  it  is  broken  by  considerable  emi- 
nencesi  Porta  Desire,  St  Julian,  and  Santa  Cmz,  afiSwd  tolerable  anchorage, 
oftop  resorted  to  by  vessels  destined  for  the  southern  fishery.  The  natives  are 
seldoin  seen  on  this  coast,  which  they  are  said  to  frequent  only  fer  the  purpose  of 


BUBOP& 


sot 


EUROPE. 

EvBora,  thoagh  it  ig  the  Iflwt  of  tfaow  fcar  gnmt  dvhmim  of  the  globe  to 
which  geognphen  have  applied  the  name  of  Continent!,  hdda<the  eeeond  place 
in  the  Male  or  population,  and  the  fint  in  iniportanee,  whether  oeosirfered  with 
respect  to  itself  or  to  its  influence  on  the  rest  of  the  world.  It  is  the  theatre  ummA 
crowded  with  civil  and  political  events.  Her«  the  mnral  perceptional  the  aoenlal 
powers,  and  the  physical  energies  of  man  have  made  the  greatest  progresa;  bwe 
arts,  sciences,  and  civilization  have  flourished  and  continue'  to  flourish  in  unri* 
vailed  splendour;  and  here  too,  man  enjoys  all  that  superiority  which  these  attain- 
ments so  pre-eminently  confer. 

Europe  is  hounded  on  the  north  by  the  Arctic  Ocmo,  and  on  the  west  by  th^ 
Athmtic.  On  the  south,  the  grand  ulet  of  the  Mediterranean  divideii  it  fioa 
Africa ;  and  the  Grecian  Archipelago^  with  its  subordinate  branch,  eonnetted  o^y 
by  a  narrow  strait,  the  Euxine  or  Sack  Sea,  divides  it  from  a  great  part  of  Asia. 
JEletween  the  mwtli-east  extremity  of  the  BU  V  Sea  and  the  Noithem  Ocean  ia  an 
interval  of  1400  or  1500  miles  of  land,  forming  the  eastern  boundary  of  Europe, 
c£  which  about;  one-half  is  occupied  by  the  Ural  Mountains,  and  tiie  remainder  by 
the  Rivers  Volga  and  Don.  The  length  of  Europe,  from  the  western  part  of  Por< 
tugal  to  the  Ural  Mountains  on  the  east,  is  about  3300  miles;  "nd  flpm  the  North 
Cape  in  Norway,  to  the  southern  extremity  of  (Greece,  2350;  'u^  area  being  aboot 
3,250,000  square  miles. 

The  form  of  this  continent  is  singularly  broken  and  varied.  While  Asis,  Af- 
rica,  and  the  two  Americas  are  each  rormed  into  a  vast  inland  expanse,  Europe  is 
split  into  many  distinct  portions;  peninsulas,  large  islands,  and  kingdoms,  with 

1  extended  and  winding  coasts.  This  form  arises  chiefly  out  of  its  inland  S3aa, 
which  penetrate  farther,  and  are  more  deeply  embayed,  than  those  of  anjr  other 
part  of  the  globe.  Numerous  ffulb,  scarcely  secondary  in  macnitode  and  import- 
ance, branch  out  from  them.  The  mountains  and  the  plains  '9?  Europe  do  not  dm- 
play  thoeo  immense  unbroken  groups,  or  those  level  and  almost  endless  expanses, 
which  give  so  vast  and  monotonous  a  character  to  the  interior  regions  of  Asia  and 
Africa.  In  eeneral  they  are  separated  into  smaller  portions,  and  are  happily  and 
commodiousl^  interchanged.  They  have  kept  Europe  divided  into  a  number  of 
separate  nations,  holding  easjf  intercourse.  Prob&bly,  this  relative  position  has 
been  one  great  cause  of  that  intellectual  activity,  and  those  vigorous  exertions  in 
all  liberal  and  ingenious  arts,  which  have  raised  this  part  of  the  globe  to  so  high 
a  pre-eminence.  The  immense  inland  plains  of  Russia  and  Poland,  presenting  an 
upect  wholly  Asiatic,  remsined,  even  after  the  civilization  and  improvement  of 
all  western  Europe,  sunk  in  the  deepest  barbarism,  from  which  they  are  hot 
slowly  and  with  difficulty  emerging. 

The  surface  of  Europe  is  very  diversified.  Its  moontains  do  not  reach  that  sto- 
pendous  height,  nor  stretch  in  such  unbroken  chains,  as  those  of  Asia  and  Ame> 
rica.  The  principal  ranges  of  mountains  are  the  Scandinavian,  or  Dofrafield 
raago,  the  Pyrenees,  Alps,  Apaonines,  and  Carpathians.  The  Scandinavian  chain 
commences  nt  the  southern  extremity  of  Norway,  and,  running  north,  soon  becomes 
the  boundary  between  Sweden  and  Norway.  The  Pyrenees  run  in  an  easterly 
direction,  from  the  southern  part  of  the  Bay  of  Biscay  to  the  Mediterranean,  form* 
iog  the  boundary  between  France  and  Spain.  The  Alps,  the  loftiest  mountains 
in  Europe,  form  the  western  and. northern  boundary  of  Italy,  separating  it  fitxn 
France,  Switzerland,  and  Gernwny.  The  Apennines  commence  near  ue  Medi- 
terranean, at  the  south-western  extremity,  and  pursuing  an  easterly  course  around 
the  Gulf  of  Genoa,  turn  to  the  south-east,  and  pass  in  that  direction  to  the  south- 
ern extremity  of  Italy.  The  Carpathian  Mountains  eacirele  Hungary  on  three  f;- 
sides,  smarating  it  firom  Germany  on  the  north-west,  firom  Gralicia  on  the  north-  >j| 
east,  end  from  Turkey  on  the  south-east.  At  the  southern  extremity  of  the  rango  B 
a  branch  nroceeds  in  a  soaUierly  direction  across  the  Danube,  to  the  centre  of  ^i-|i 
mui 


IM 


rapeu  Tnrkef,  oonneeting  the  Cupathiu  IfoanUiiM  with  the  greet  eeetero 
bnaeh  </  the  Aim. 

The  riven  of  Europe  are  nnmeniM,  bat  nooe  of  them  of  the  rmr  tint  maffni- 
tode.  ~The  two  lujgeat  flow  throng  the  great  eeatern  plain,  a  aemi-Aaiatic  re^on, 
and  terminate  in  diatant  and  interior  aeaa,  where  they  contribute  little  to  eoromer- 
eial  intereooraa.  The  Ydga,  whieh  akoe  can  eome  into  rivalry  with  tiie  great 
riven  of  Aaia,  panoa  the  Aaiatie  limit,  where  it  apteada  into  tfaie  mat  interior 
ex|»aae  of  the  Caapiaa.  The  Haek  Sea  abaorba  the  other  riven  ftom  the  great 
plain  of  Ruaria  and  Pdand :  it  receivea  ako  the  noUe  atream  of  the  Danabe, 
which  belonga  indeed  to  the  eentnl  rMfton  of  Europe;  but  directing  ita  lower 
oourae  through  barbaroua  and  uneultivatedrtwioni^  and  terminating  in  Uiia  diatant 
receptacle*  it  coodneea  only  in  a  aeooodary  &gree  to  the  diatribution  of  wealth 
and  plenty  tluough  the  continent  Weatem  Europe  ia  too  much  broken  into  gepa> 
nte  portiooa,  and  croaaed  by  high  mountain  barriers^  to  allow  to  ita  riven  a  length 
of  more  than  from  400  lo  OOCfmilea;  and  they  have  uaually  their  entire  coone 
through  a  aingle  country.  The  Rhine,  the  Elbe,  and  the  Oder,  through  Ger^ 
aaany ;  the  Loire,  the  Bhone,  and  the  Garonne,  through  France ;  dio  Po  through 
Italy ;  the  Ebm,  the  Douns  the  Tagua,  and  the  Guadalquivir,  through  Sam. 
Th»  noithem  riven  of  Biritain  and  Smndinavia,  reatrieted  to  a  ^1  narrower  field, 
aeldom  aocompUah  aa  long  a  courae  aa  200  milea.  Yet,  though  Europe  doea  not 
pgeaent  the  grand  riven  which  diatinguiab  the  greater  continenta,  it  ia  on  the 
whole  happi^  and  commodioualjr  watnrad.  Almoat  every  part  of  it  enjoya  the 
benefit  of  river  oommunicatioa ;  it  ia  neither  overspread  by  the  dreary  awampa  of 
Amwica,  nor  the  aandy  deaerta  which  render  uninhabitable  ao  great  a  part  ofAait 
and  Africa. 

The  lakee  of  Europe  are  chiefly  encloaed  within  ita  mountain  regiona ;  but  few 
of  them  are  of  auflkient  magnitude  to  rank  aa  inland  aeaa.  Thoae  alone  entitled 
to  thia  diatinction  are  the  Luiogk  and  the  Onega,  which,  (fanning  a  aort  of  conti- 
nuation of  the  Gulf  of  Finland,  and  being  aituated  in  bleak  and  ftosen  regiona* 
miniater  very  little  to  internal  intereourae.  The  othen  worthy  of  notice  are  the 
Wenner  and  Wetter,  in  Sweden;  the  Swiaa  lakea  of  Geneva,  Lucerne,  and  Con- 
atanee;  the  Flatten  Sea  or  Lake,  in  Auatria;  and  the  Lakea  Gaida,  Como,  and 
Maniore,  in  Italy,  dw. 

'nte  European  aoil  ia  diatiimiidied  for  produetiona,  peritapa  aurpaeaing  in  value 
thoae  of  aaj  other  quarter  of  the  globe.  ^  Grain,  of  one  deacriptioo  or  another,  ia 
raiead  over  ita  whole  aur&ce,  excepting  in  the  extreme  north;  winea  throoriioat 
all  ita  aouthem  kingdoms.  In  hemp,  flax,  and  wool,  thoae  ataple  materi  Ja  of 
clothing,  Europe  ia  equally  i»e<«nunent  Silk,  another  valuable  commodity,  it 
produces  copioiialy,  though  not  ao  aa  to  be  independent  of  auppliea  from  India  and 
China.  ISxeept  the  borae  and  the  camel,  for  which  Asia  is  renowned,  Europe  con* 
taiaa  the  moat  valuable  aa  well  as  the  most  numerous  breeds  of  domestic  animala 
Ita  northern  foresta  produce  Uie  fineat  timber  in  the  world,  with  the  exception  of 
the  teak ;  and  its  iron,  the  most  uaeful  of  metab,  aurpaases  that  of  the  rest  of  the 
world  :  but  all  the  more  precious  subataneea,  gold,  silver,  pearls,  jewels,  exist  in 
ao  ezteirt  so  limited  as  scarcely  to  be  deserving  of  mentioc.  The  cultivatioa  of 
the  aoil  w  carried  on  w<th  much  greater  diligence  than  in  any  countries  except  in 
the  aoath-«aBt  of  Asia,  while  in  science,  akill,  and  the  extent  of  capital  emjdoyed 
apon  it,  European  agricbltore  is  quite  unrivalled. 

In  naniifitcturing  industry,  this  quarter  of  ^e  world  has,  within  these  few  een* 
toriea,  fitr  aorpassed  all  the  othen  ef  the  globe.  The  looma  and  workshops  of 
Europe  yield  a  variety  of  fine  and  beautiful  fkbrics,  in  such  profusion,  and  at  so 
cheap  a  rate,  aa  to  place  them  within  the  reach  of  almost  every  class  of  society. 
This  continent  thus  clothes  all  the  young  natiooa  which  have  issued  fimn  ber  own 
bosom,  and  which  fill  nearly  two  entire  quartan  of  the  habitable  earth. 

Gxnmerce,  on  so  great  a  scale  aa  to  connect  together  the  distant  quarters  of  the 
world,  can  hardly  be  said  to  exist  out  of  Europe.  European  vessele  are  found  in 
the  utmost  bounds  of  Asia  and  America,  in  the  snowy  regionc  of  either  pole,  and 
crowding  the  porta  of  the  Austral  continent.  There  is  not  now  a  place  on  earth, 
however  remote,  aflbrding  any  scope  for  the  employment  of  commercial  capital, 


wjBon. 


nt 


which  w  not  iiamedlhitdy  flll«d  with  tiM  ■■•  pranptilude  u  if  it  had  been  lit^ 
alsd  i«  the  hMrt  of  EnroM.  The  dupi  of  thet  odBthMnt  exceed  those  of  ell  tft* 
othen  in  nomber  and  aineftsioiM,  and  are  more  •kilfhllj  navigated,  with  the 
exoeption  of  thoee  States  in  the  Weetera  CootineBt  ookmixea  by  Etiropeana,  which 
am  beginninf  to  ftna  a  oonoMKial  and  maritinM  mtun,  modelled  on  that  of 
Europe— «  avaten  which  may  one  day  eorpam  the  orignaL 

The  poMilatieo  ef  Earope,  though  more  doeely  oalenlated  than  that  of  any  other 
qoarter  of  the  globe,  is  yet  ikr  fimn  being  aseertaiued  on  data  that  are  very  nr»> 
eise.  In  regard  to  soeM  dlotrieta^  and  in  particular  to  the  whole  of  the  Tnrkieb 
empire,  no  eensos  has  ever  been  instituted ;  in  othera,  the  compotation  is  fimnded 
only  on  the  number  of  houses:  and  in  some,  ten,  twenty,  and  thirtv  ;fea7s  have 
elapsed  since  any  was  attempted.  At  the  present  time  the  population  of  the 
whole  continent,  and  inelodiiig  all  Uie  diflbrent  races^  is  estuiiated  by  the  best 
writers  at  flrom  225  to  2S0  miluons. 

The  peoDle  of  Enn^  are  divided  chiefly  into  three  great  races,  which  diflbr,  to 
a  very  marxed  degree,  in  language,  political  situation,  and  habits  of  life.  These 
are  the  Selavonio,  the  Teutonic^  asid  the  Romish. 

The  Selavonio  raeee  ceanst  of  about  twenty-five  miUioos  of  Russians,  ten  mil- 
lions of  Poles,  Lithuanians,  and  Letts,  and  about  ten  milliona  (rf*  other  races,  known 
under  the  namee  of  Windes,  Tchecbes,  Sktrakee,  Croats,  Morlaohians,  which 
have  fiNind  their  way  into  eastern  Qermany,  Hungary,  and  Ulyria.  The  SGlavo> 
aians  are,  in  general,  less  improved  than  other  Europeana.  They  have  only  some 
in&nt  fcrms  of  art  and  literature,  which  have  sprung  up  from  the  imitation  of 
those  of  the  eastern  nations.  They  are  generally  subjected  to  absolute  monarchy, 
and  the  greater  part  of  them  are  only  oeginning  to  emerge  from  the  degradinf 
condition  of  personal  aUtveiy.  The  tukaiti  praftea  *hat-  form  of  Christuni^ 
acknowledgea  by  the  Greek  Church.  Yet  thn  are  a  brave,  enterprising,  and 
persevering  race,  and  have  estaUiahed  themselves'  as  a  ruling  and  conquering 
people,  in  reforence  to  all  the  oontiguooa  nations  of  Europe  and  Asia. 

The  Teutonic  race  occupies  generally  the  centre  and  north  of  Europe;  beaidea 
Germany,  their  original  seat,  tMy  have  filled  the  greater  part  of  Scandinavia,  the 
NetherUnds^  and  Great  Britain,  and  may  be  reckoned  at  fifty  millions.  The  Teu- 
tonic people  generdly  are  brave,  hardy,  intelligent,  and  industrious,  though  some* 
what  blunt  and  ua^)liBhed.  All  the  sciences,  and  even  the  arts,  both  usefiil  and 
omamentf)'  tiave  been  carried  anuxig  them  to  the  highest  perfbction;  yet  they 
are  accused  of  wanting  some  of  the  graces  and  elegancies  which  eoibeflirii  tm 
cooriv  and  fiuhiooable  circles  of  the  south,  by  whom  they  are  treated  as  semi- 
barbarwnas  A  great  majority  of  the  Teutonic  nations  are  Protestants ;  and  that 
prc^Msiott  is  in  a  great  measure  confined  to  them,  and  to  the  nations  in  the  other 
p*n8  of  the  world  who  have  sprung  from  them. 

The  race  called  Romish  compremnds  the  modem  inhabitants  of  IVance,  Italy, 
and  Spain.  They  were  the  roost  eariy  civilized  of  the  modem  national  and  have 
carried  the  pdiah  of  manners  and  the  cultivation  of  the  elegant  arta  to  a  higher 
pitch  than  any  other  known  nation.  In  solid  enersy  apd  intelligence,  tfiey 
aearcely  eqnad  the  Teutonic  nations.  The  Roman  Cauolic  is  the  rulmg  religion 
in  all  these  countries,  and  has  among  them  her  metropolitan  seat 

Certain  interesting  and  antique  races  inhabit  the  rade  and  mountainous 
tremities  of  Europe.  They  are  the  Gael,  the  Cymri,  and  the  Basques,  the 
•cendants  of  the  Celts,  the  most  ancient  poaaenors  of  western  Eun^.  The  first 
inhabit  the  chief  part  of  Ireland,  and  the  Highlands  of  Scotland ;  the  Cymri, 
partly  Wales  and  Britany,  and  partly  in  the  south  of  France,  and  m  the  north  of 
Spain,  where  they  are  called  Basques.  Having  retained  their  habits  and  lan- 
guage during  many  ages,  they  cheridi  a  fond  attachment  to  antiquity,  and  trace 
their  pedigree  higher  than  any  of  the  Romish  or  Teutonic  nobles.  They  are  pro- 
bably about  0,630,000  in  number,  of  which  the  Gael  amount  to  4,500,000,  the 
Cymri  1,700,000,  and  the  Basques  890,000. 

The  Greeks,  once  the  most  illustrious  ci  all  the  races,  are  spread  through  dif- 
ferent parts  of  the  Turkish  empire.  Depressed  by  two  thousand  years  of  alavery- 
they  bad  ceased  to  display  those  high  attributes  wuicn  excited  the  admiration  of 


J 


319 


m 


■M 


Einon. 


aiankiod ;  but  the  pnMpects  of  iodependence  wbioh  they  have  now  opened  for 
^ieinielv««,  affiwd  eome  nope  that  they  amy  regain  thtAg  place  in  the  scale  of  na* 
'ma.  Their  namber  may  be  about  2,100^00tt.  The  Jews,  that  singularly  inte* 
resting  people*  are  smroad  through  all  Earopij^  bat  especially  the  eastern  countries, 
PoIanioiRussis,  and  Turkey:  they  are  snppwed  rather  to  exceed  2,000,000.  The 
Gypsies,  in  an  humbler  sphere,  are  widely  scattered  over  all  Europe,  to  the  su|>< 
posod  number  of  340,000 ;  a  wild,  roamiii{p[,  demi-«avtige  race,  of  unknown  origin, 
Dut  probeblv  Asiatic  rather  than  Egyptian.  OUier  races  are,  the  Turks,  the 
ruliiu|  people  in  the  Ottoman  Empire;  and  the  Magyars,  who  inrevail  in  Hungary 
fuid  Transylvania,  are  originally  Asiatic  The  faauet  amount  to  8,250,000^  and 
the  latter  to  3,000,000. 

The  religion  of  Europe  is  almost  entirely  monpthevtic.  A  mere  handful  of 
peigans,  the  Samoyeds,  are  found  in  its  north-eastern  extremity,  on  the  shores  of 
the  Icy  Sea.  Europe  is  almost  entirely  Christian;  and  the  small  population  of 
Mabomedans  who  have  found  their,  way  into  it  consist  of  Asiatic  races,  Turks,  and 
Tartars.  The  Jews^  however  generally  diffused,  have  nowhere  a  natimul  church, 
nor  are  they,  in  any  natira,  lull^r  identified  with  the  body  of  the  people.  The 
Christians  of  Europe  are  divided  uto  three  great  churches,  the  Greek,  the  Latin 
or  Roman  Catholic,  and  the  Protestant 

In  learning,  art,  science,  and  all  the  pursuits  which  develope  the  intellectual 
nature  of  man,  and  which  refine  and  enlarge  his  ideas,  Europe  has  fiir  surpassed 
every  other  continent.  The  empires  of  southern  and  eastern  Asia  altme  have  an 
ancient  traditional  literature  of  which  the  remains  are  yet  preserved.  But,  be- 
sides being  now  in  a  very  decayed  state,  it  never  includoi  any  authentic  history, 
sound  philosophy,  or  accurate  knowledge  of  nature.  An  extravagant,  though 
sometimes  poetical  mytholi;^,  proverbial  maxims  of  wisdom,  and  a  poetry  replete 
with  bold  and  hyperbolical  images,  compose  almost  its  entire  circle.  The  science 
of  Europe  has  been  employed  with  equal  success  in  expkring  the  most  distant 
regions  of  the  universe,  and  in  improving  the  condition  of  man  in  society. 
.  The  invention  of  printing,  and  the  consequent  generat  difiusion  of  information 
among  all  classes,  are  features  especiallv  European.  By  their  means,  in  its  en* 
lightened  countries,  the  essential  brancnes  of  knowledge  are  now  placed  within 
the  reach  of  the  humblest  classes,  and  even  the  highest  branches  are  not  abso- 
lutely beyond  their  attainment  The  endowments  for  the  support  of  learning  are 
very  extensive,  founded  in  a  great  measure  during  the  middle  ages,  and  bearing 
some  stamp  of  the  then  infant  state  of  literature ;  but  they  are  now  adapting 
themselves  to  modem  improvements.  The  extensive  and  extending  institutions 
fat  the  instruction  of  the  lower  ordera  have  .produced  a  general  diffusion  of  intel- 
ligence, to  which,  in  the  other  parts  of  the  worM,  if  we  except  America,  Uiera  is 
itothing  analogous. 

The  political  state  of  Europe  is  ako  peculiarly  fortunate.  Elsewhere,  with 
rare  exceptions,  a  turbulent  anarchy  prevails,  or  vast  empires  are  subjected  to  the 
absolute  sway  of  a  sinele  despot  It  is  in  this  continent  onl^  that  the  secret  has 
been  found  out  of  estiu>lishing  a  regular  and  constitutional  liberty,  in  which  the 
extremes  of  tyranny  and  licentiousness  are  equally  avoided.  Even  the  absolute 
monarchies  are  generally  administered  with  mildness,  according  to  legal  forms, 
and  affi>rd  to  the  bulk  of  the  people  a  tolerable  security  of  person  and  property. 
T^  European  states  have  also  established  among  themselves  a  balance  of  power, 
which  sets  bounds  to  the  encroachments  of  any^  particular  state,  and  has  repeat- 
edly rescued  the  whole  continent  from  the  imminent  danger  of  univennl  subjuga- 
tipn.  The  military  and  naval  power  has  been  raised  to  a  height  to  which  none  of 
the  other  continents  can  offer  any  effectual  resistance.  A  great  proportion  of 
them  has  now  been  conquered,  occupied,  or  colonized  by  Europe;  and  if  the 
whole  is  not  reduced  under  this  condition,  it  is  only  througn  distance  and  exten- 
sive deserts  that  many  great' countries  still  preserve  their  independence. 

The  native  animals  of  Europe  are  neither  so  varied  nor  so  extensive  as  those 

of  more  genial  climes.    The  most  useful  and  important  of  the  domestic  kinds 

||  have  been  introduced  from  other  regions.    The  horse,  originally  from  Arabia,  or, 

11  according  to  the  opinion  of  some,  from  Tartarv.  has.  bv  cultivation  and  education, 

r r ;       ■  , i,.,  '.,,>' 


EUBOPE. 


sia 


liMn  toooght  to  a  hifh  atate  of  perfectkio,  and  has  become  variod  in  kiud  to  a 
gnat  extent  The  aai^  the  iog,  and  cat,  are  abo  believed  to  have  an  eaaten 
origin.  The  ox,  (me  of  the  moat  valoahle  of  nature's  gifta  to  man,  appears  to 
have  existed  in  a  wild  slate  over  tiA  whole  of  Entqw,  but  whether  as  a  distinct 
species  or  a  mere  variety,  is  still  uncertain.  At  what  time  this  breed  was  extern 
fflinated  ftom  the  open  forests  is  not  known;  but  it  was  confined  to  parks,  in  Bn- 
tain,  long  before  the  Reformation.  The  race  is  still  preserved  in  the  north  of 
England;  they  are  wholly  white,  with  a  black  muule. 

The  domestic  quadrupeds  which  administer  so  much  to  the  necessities  and  hap* 
pineas  of  the  human  race,  have  been  ^particularly  in  Britain)  improved  to  a  high 
degree  of  excellence.  Of  the  ox,  the  sheep,  ana  the  hog,  there  is  a  vast  variety, 
each  of  which  possesses  some  valuable  peculiarity  which  renders  them  so  essen- 
tial in  supplying  food  and  clothing  to  man ;  while  the  horse,  the  ass,  and  the  dog, 
assist  him  in  his  labours  or  protect  his  property. 

In  the  extreme  northern  parts  of  the  continent,  the  great  white  bear,  more 
truly  perhaps  than  any  other  antarctic  animal,  inhabits  the  shores  of  Nova  Z«n> 
bla,  and  is  occasionally  seen  in  other  parts:  it  is  the  same  as  the  American  quad- 
ruped of  the  same  name.  The  onlv  two  European  species  of  this  animal,  the 
brown  and  black  bear,  are  natives  of  the  northern  and  temperate  regions  of  the 
continent  The  latter  difibrs  ftxMn  that  of  America  in  many  essential  points. 
The  wolf  and  the  fox,  under  diflbrent  varieties  or  species,  appear  generally  dis- 
tributed over  Europe.  To  these  may  be  added  the  lynx  and  wild  cat  u  the  only 
rapacious  or  carnivorous  animals  of  this  region.  The  lynx,  once  common  in  cen- 
tral Europe,  is  now  <Mily  known  in  some  parts  of  Spam,  the  Apennines,  and  in 
the  northern  kingdoms.  The  wild  cat  is  still  said  to  be  a  native  of  Britain,  and 
is  spread  over  many  psrte  of  the  continent  The  elk  and  the  reindeer  are  well- 
known  inhabitants  or  the  northern  countries;  the  latter  giving  place  to  the  flil- 
iow  deer,  the  stag,  and  the  roebuck,  in  the  midluid  parts  of  Europe.  In  the  lofty 
mountains  and  inaccessible  precipices  of  the  Alps  and  Pyrenees,  the  chamois, 
ysard,  and  ibex,  still  live  in  partial  security,  notwithstanding  the  daring  intre- 
pidity of  their  hunters.  The  musmon  is  another  European  quadruped,  deserving 
notice  as  being  generally  considered  the  origin  of  all  our  domestic  breeds  of 
sheep.  It  appears  still  to  exist  in  a  state  of  nature  among  the  high  mountains  of 
Corsica  and  Sardinia,  and  although  extirpated  upon  the  continent,  is  well  ascer- 
tained to  have  formerly  been  common  in  the  mountains  of  Asturia  in  Spain,  and 
other  parts.  The  beaver  is  found  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Rhine,  the  Rhone,  the 
Danube,  and  other  of  the  larger  European  rivers.  It  is,  however,  uncertain 
whether  it  is  precisely  tSie  same  as  the  American  species. 

The  domesticated  birds  of  Europe,  brought  from  other  quarters,  sre  the  turkey 
from  America,  the  peacock  and  common  fowl  from  India,  the  Guinea-fowl  ftom 
Africa,  and  the  pheasant  fhmi  Asia  Minor.  The  rapacious  birds,  as  in  other  re- 
gions, are  the  smallest  'n  number,  but  the  most  formidable  in  strength.  Tho 
golden,  imperial,  white-tailed,  and  sea  eagle,  are  found  in  various  parts  of  the 
continent  On  the  highest  summits  of  the  Alps,  and  in  the  vast  forests  which 
clothe  their  sides,  in  Switzerland  and  the  Tyrol,  are  found  all  the  four  spe- 
cies of  the  European  vulture,  of  which  the  most  formidable  is  the  bearded  vul- 
ture, or  vulture  of  ^e  Alps.  It  is  die  largest  of  European  birds,  being  four  feet 
and  a  half  in  length,  and  its  strength  is  so  great  that  it  attacks  sheep,  lambs,  and 
young  stags,  and  even  the  chamois  and  ibex  fall  victims  to  its  rapacity.  It  builds 
in  such  inescessible  precipices  that  its  nest  is  very  rarely  seen.  The  vulture  is 
seldom  found  north  of  the  Alps,  and  is  most  numerous  in  the  southern  parts  of 
the  continent 

The  goshawk  is  found  in  Scotland,  France  and  Germany.  Great  use  was  for- 
merly made  of  this  bird  in  falconry.  Many  species  of  owls  are  known  in  Europe; 
also,  crows  of  various  kinds,  many  species  of  woodpecker,  snipe,  grosbeaks,  bull- 
finches, buntings,  finches,  linnets,  larks,  &c.  The  grouse,  of  various  species,  are 
highly  prized  asjrame :  the  largest  the  cock  of  the  reck,  ths  size  of  a  small  tor- 
key,  !s  found  in  Auaaia :  the  cock  of  the  wood  is  a  fine  bird,  found  in  the  high 


87 


[Mi 


914 


^jBon. 


aMfontaineiM  purto  <^  the  eoatimnt;  it  IhrM  moatlj  in  pine  ftreets  and  apoa  the 
leevee  <tt  fir  tteei.    The  putridge  and  qaail  are  nniveniHy  dilRued. 

The  biutaMl,  among  the  lareest  of  Eonpe«n  bifda^  beini[  fimr  fbet  lon^f,  is  com- 
mon  in  Spain,  Italy,  and  Turkey.  These  Iriids  mn  with  great  rapidity,  bat  fly 
with  diAcalty,  and  are  nftentimes  hunted  hif  gr^hoanda.  The  beautilVil  wall- 
ereeper,'  with  ita  bright  rosy  wings,  the  flolden  onole,  the  bee-eater,  the  hoopoo, 
and  the  roller,  ibur  of  the  most  bMutifhl  fiorapean  Mrds^  ara  common- in  Italy  and 
Sicily ;  also  the  pelican,  the  speonbiH,  and  the  flamingo^  ahhou^  ftom  their  laige 
siae  attneting  the  attention  of  aportsmen,  th^  are  never  seen  m  any  consideraJ>le 
anmbna. 

The  seas  and  coasts  of  Ekirope  abound  to  a  great  extent  widi  fish  snd  marine 
anwials  of  varioos  kinds,  some  of  which  exist  m  vast  numbers,  and  are  of  great 
importance  in  a  national  point  of  view,  aflbrding  food  and  emplcqrment  to  thou- 
sands of  fishermen:  this  is  especially  the  case  with  the  codfish  on  the  diores  of 
Norway,  and  the  herring  of  the  British  c«st  The  ooontlesa  myriads  d*  these 
fish  wUch  visit  annually  the  northern  shores  of  Europe,  migrate  nom  the  Arctic 
Seas,  and  ^^ear  off  the  Shetland  Isles  in  April  and  Maj.  These  are  only  the 
fiireranners  o£  the  grand  division,  which  comes  in  June ;  and  their  appearance  is 
marked  by  certain  signs,  and  by  the  numbers  c£  bird*  which  fitUow  to  prey  upon 
Uum;  but  when  the  main  body  approaches^  its  breadth  and  depth  aro  such  as  to 
alter  the  very  appearance  of  Uie  ocean.  It  is  divided  into  distinct  columns  of  five 
or  six  miles  m  length  and  three  or  four  in  breadth,  and  they  drive  the  water  before 
them  with  a  kind  of  rippling.  Sometimes  they  sink  for  ten  or  fifteen  minutes, 
then  rise  to  gain  the  surfiuw,  and  in  bright  weather  reflect  a  variety  of  splendid 
colours,  like  a  fleld  of  the  most  precious  gems. 

The  pilchards,  on  the  southern  coast  of  England,  and  the  sardines,  oa  that  of 
Franco,  are  fished  to  a  great  extent  The  herrii^f  is  but  little  if  at  all  known  on 
the  Mediterranean;  a  substitute,  however,  exists  in  the  enormous  shoals  of  sncho. 
vies  found  on  the  coasts  of  Spain,  France,  and  Italy,  which  employ  annually  in 
their  capture  and  preparation  a  great  number  of  perscms,  and  the  exportation  of 
this  highly-flavoured  little  fish  to  all  parts  of  the  world  creates  an  important 
branch  of  permanent  commerce.  The  tunny  fishery  is  peculiar  to  Sicily  and 
Malta,  but  is  not  pursued  to  the  same  extent  as  formerly. 

Europe,  considered  in  regard  to  its  languages,  comprehends  the  whole  globe, 
through  those  immense  colonies  which  have  wen  founded  by  the  nations  of  this 
continent  in  every  other  quarter  of  the  world. 

The  present  European  languages  may  be  referred  to  fiior  stocks:  the  Teutonic, 
the  Celtic,  Sclavonic,  and  Latin.  The  English,  German,  Dutch,  Danish,  Norwe- 
gian, Swedish,  and  Iceland,  are  of  Teutonic  origin. 

The  Celtic  languages  are  the  Gaelic,  spoken  in  the  Highlands  of  Scotland,  the 
Hebrides,  a  great  part  of  Ireland,  and  the  Isle  of  Man ;  the  Cymbric,  used  in 
Wales;  tho  Low  Breton,  in  France;  and  the  Basque,  in  the  south  of  France  anil 
the  north  of  Spain. 

The  languages  of  Russia,  Poland,  Bcdiemia,  and  parts  of  Hungary,  are  all  dia- 
lects of  the  Sclavonic ;  and  those  derived  firom  the  Latin  are  the  Spanish,  Portu- 
guese, Italian,  and  IVench. 

The  Spanish  or  Castilian  language  is  spoken  nearly  all  over  Spain,  .and  the 
present  and  former  colonies  of  that  nation  in  various  parts  of  the  world.  It  is  very 
rich,  harmonious,  and  dignified.  The  written  and  oolished  language  is  aloiost 
identical  with  the  Portuguese,  and  diflbKs  but  little  from  the  Italian.  The  latter 
is  esteemed  the  most  melodious  language  of  Europe,  and  is  superior  to  anjr  other 
in  music  and  poetry.  There  are  several  dialects  of  it;  in  Tuscany  it  is  found  in 
its  greatest  purity ;  in  Naples  it  is  said  to  be  the  most  corrupted ;  and  Venice  has 
its  own  peculiar  dialect,  which  excels  in  softness. 

The  French  language  is  considered  the  most  refined  of  any  in  Europe.  It  is 
well  -adapted  for  conversation,  and  has  gradually  become  the  language  of  courts 
and  of  diplomacy,  and  is  understood  by  the  superior  classes  of  society  in  greater 
extent  than  any  other.    Its  dialects  are  numerous. 


A  I'o  jcuiKiwii, 


L-^ 

tyvmvit 


V— I J 


|iat» 


AiQiaiiu, 


^ 


the 

Id  in 

anil 

Idift- 
prta- 


lltiB 

met 


■  lUBU  {■ 


s 


EUROPE. 


ai« 


CohMiies  in  diflbnttt  qoarten  of  tbe  wwM,  nd  in  the  United  St«tei^  ie  the  rin- 
pleit  and  moet  nKmoB|f  llabic  of  all  the  £aiopean  idioms,  and  it  is  also  that  tit 
which  the  inonuneiation  differs  most  ftom  the  orthoKraphy.  The  Eofflish  lan- 
goaffb  oecupies  one  of  the  most  eminent  places  in  European  literature.  It  is  com- 
parable with  any  of  them  in  elegance,  and  periiaps  sarpaases  tiiem  all  in  ener^. 
It  is  no  lea  graeefiil  titan  concise ;  its  poetry  is  at  once  manly  and  harmonioos ; 
an^  like  that  of  the  cognate  languages  of  the  north,  is  admirably  adapted  todepict 
the  sublimities  of  nature,  and  ponrtray  the  stronger  paarionsi  As  the  langoase 
of  political  and  parliamentary  eloquence,  it  is  without  a  rival.  It  is  qwken  by  ue 
greatest  number  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  New  World. 

The  Gtorman  language  prevails  in  all  the  German  States,  in  Switserland,  and 
also  in  some  parts  m  RosBia.  It  has  a  number  of  dialects,  and  is  divided  into  the 
Upper  German,  spoken  in  the  southern  parts,  the  Low  German  of  the  northern 
parts,  and  the  High  German,  which  is  exclusively  the  language  of  books  and 
refined  society,  and  is  common  to  all  well-educated  Germans;  it  ranks  also  as  the 
learned  language  of  the  north  and  great  part  of  the  east  of  Europe.  The  literature 
of  Germany,  in  regard  to  the  quality  of  its  producticHis,  rivals  those  of  France  and 
England,  and  surpasses  them  m  abundance.'  The  German  is  the  richest  in  words 
of  any  language  in  Europe;  and  this  distinction  it  owes  to  the  great  number  of  its 
monosyllabic  roots,  with  which  it  creates  new  terms  ad  infinitum,  bv  derivation 
and  composition.  The  Dutch,  a  derivative  from  the  German,  is  the  language  of 
Holland  and  of  her  colonies. 

The  Ruski,  or  Modem  Russian,  is  spoken  throughout  the  Russian  Empire,  also 
in  parts  of  Galicia  and  Hungary.  It  is  only  since  the  reign  of  the  Czar  Peter 
that  it  has  become  the  language  of  literature  and  of  business:  it  has  several  dia- 
lects. The  Polish  is  the  national  language  of  the  nobility  and  the  commonaltr  in 
all  the  countries  Ibrmerljr  belonging  to  Poland;  its  dialects  are  various.  The 
preference  given  to  Latin  in  the  utter  country  long  retarded  this  language. 

Europe  is  politically  divided  into  61  independent  States,  of  which  some  of  the 
smaller  are  only  nominally  so*  being  in  a  measure  more  or  less  controlled  by  the 
larger  and  more  powerful  States  in  their  vicinity.  Of  these,  three  are  styled  em- 
piret — Austria,  Russia,  and  Turkey ;  sixteen  kitigdoma — Bavaria,  Belgium,  Den- 
mark, France,  Great  Britain  and  IraUnd,  Greece,  Hanover,  Holland,  mplea,  Pm- 
tugal,  Prussia,  Sardinia,  Saxony,  Spain,  Sweden  and  Norway,  and  Wirtembenr; 
seven  grand  duchie$ — Baden,  Hesse-Darmstadt,  Mecklenburg-Schwerin,  MecK- 
lenburg-Strelitz,  Oldenburg,  Saxe  Weimar,  and  Tuscany ;  one  electorate — ^Hesse 
Cassel ;  eleven  duehie$ — Anhalt-Bemburg,  Anhalt-Ckithen,  Anhalt-Dessau,  Bruns- 
wick, Lucca,  Modena,  Nassau,  Parma,  £xe-Altenburg,  Saxe-Cobuni'-(?Sotha,  end 
Saxe-Meiningen-Hildburghauaen ;  one  landgraviate  —  Hesse-Homburg '  -  eleven 
principalitie$ — Hohenzollem-Hechingen,  Hohen«)llem-Sigi.iaringen,  Leichten- 
stein,  Lippe-Detmold,  Lippe-Schauenburg,  Monaco,  Reuas-Chreitz,  Reuss-Sculeitz, 
Schwarzburg-Rudolstadt,  Schwarzburg-SonderahauBen,  and  Waldeck ;  one  hri- 
$hip — Kniphausen ;  one  eecZenosttca/  aUUe — ^The  States  of  the  Churoh ;  &ud  nine 
republict — Switzerland,  Ionian  Islands,  San  Marino,  Andorra,  Cracow,  tuid  the 
Free  Cities  of  Germany,  Hamburg,  Bremen,  Lubeck,  and  FrankfcHrt 


Ife^vVf!*^-''*!** '.  .iih^i;«t.'?a4_ 


_*lt«its-il/*t...(i.-4«v- 


;  ,:     SWEDEN   AND  NORWAY. 

Sweden  and  Nokwat,  now  united  into  one  kingdom,  form  an  extensive  region, 
stretching  firom  the  utmost  verge  of  the  temperate  zone  far  into  the  firozen  ranee 
of  the  arctic  circle.  Along  ^e  north  and  west  stretch  the  wide  shores  of  the 
Frozen  Ocean,  so  far  as  yet  known.  The  south-west  foint  of  the  kingdom  borders 
on  the  North  Sea  or  German  Ocean.  The  Baltic  and  t^e  Gulf  of  Bothnia  en- 
close it  on  the  south  and  east;  so  that  it  forms  an  immense  peninsula.  The 
isthmus  by  which  it  is  joined  to  Russia  is  above  200  miics  bnwd,  but  so  closely 
barred  by  mountains  and  firozen  plains,  that  the  kingdom  is  nearly  inaccessible, 


-. 


916 


SWEDEN  AND  NORWAY. 


except  by  aea.    Swedeo,  Norway  and  Denmark,  were  anciently  known  as  Scan- 
dinavia. 

This  kinedom  is  of  vast  extent.  Its  length,  from  the  extreme  point  of  Scania 
to  the  Norui  Cape,  is  1550  miles.  Its  breadth,  from  the  extreme  points  of  the 
provinces  of  Stockholm  on  the  east,  and  Bergen  on  the  west,  will  little  exceed 
350  miles.  Its  area  is  297,000,Bquare  miles.  Of  this  large  territory,  scarcely  a 
half  can  be  considered  as  belonging  to  the  civilized  world.  The  Laplander,  who 
derives  his  whole  subsistence,  from  the  rein-deer,  can  hardly  be  included  within 
the  pale  of  civilized  society.  Even  the  southern  districts  have  a  rugged  and  re- 
pulsive aspect,  when  compared  to  almost  any  other  European  state.  Forests  of 
t&ll  and  gloomy  pine  stretch  over  the  plains,  or  hang  on  the  sides  of  the  moun- 
tains; the  ground  for  five  months  in  the  year  is  buri^  under  snow;  cultivation 
appears  only  in  scattered  patches. 

The  mountains  consist  chiefly  of  the  dark  and  lofty  chain  of  the  Dofrafields, 
which  were  for  ages  a  barrier  between  the  two  separate  and  hostile  states  of 
Sweden  and  Norway,  but  are  now  included  within  the  united  kingdom.  In  pass- 
ing through  Norway,  some  of  its  pinnacles  exceed  8000  feet  Chains  of  second- 
ary elevation  run  through  Lapland ;  but,  in  approaching  the  North  Cape,  they 
again  rise  as  high  as  before,  and  face  the  polar  seas  with  clifls  of  prodigious 
magnitude. 

The  rivers  are  numerous,  Sweden  being  a  country  profusely  watered ;  but,  as 
they  rise  in  the  Dofrafields,  and  traverse  the  divided  breadth  of  the  peninsula, 
they  seldom  attain  any  material  length  of  course.  The  largest  is  the  Dabl,  which 
falls  into  the  sea  at  Geffle,  after  a  course  of  260  miles.  The  most  important  as 
to  navigation  are  those  which  form  the  outlet  to  tlie  lakeo,  particularly  the  Giotha, 
reaching  from  the  lake  Wbner  to  Qottenburg.  The  Glommen  and  the  Dramme 
are  pretty  considerable  rivers,  running  from  north  to  south,  and  dawn  which  con- 
siderable quantities  of  timber  are  floated.  LapUnd  pours  a  nr.&iber  of  large 
streams  into  the  head  of  the  Gulf  of  Bothnia;  but  these  are  usutlly  chained  in 
ice,  and  at  no  time  can  be  subservient  to  the  purposes  of  agriculture  or  naviga- 
tion. 

Lakes  form  the  grand  depository  of  the  surplus  waters  of  Sweden.  The 
Wener  bears  almost  the  character  of  an  inland  sea,  and  the  completion  of  the 
canal  of  TrAlhatta,  by  enabling  its  coasts  to  communicate  by  the  Gotha  with 
(Sottenburg,  has  given  them  almost  the  fiill  advantages  of  a  maritime  site.  The 
Wetter,  though  equal  in  length,  covers  not  nearly  so  great  an  extent  of  ground. 
M&ler,  or  Malar,  is  a  narrow,  winding  loch,  or,  more  strictly,  *  bay,  running 
sixty  miles  into  the  interior  from  Stockholm,  to  whose  environs  its  variegated  and 
rocky  shores  give  a  beautiful  wildness.  Small  lakes,  enclosed  between  hills,  are 
of  very  firequent  occurrence,  both  in  Norway  and  Sweden. 

The  constitution  of  Sweden  is  one  of  the  few  in  Europe,  which  has  always 
preserved  some  portion  of  that  representative  system  which  had  been  formed  in 
remote  ages.  Towards  the  close,  indeed,  of  the  last  century,  it  was  reduced  by 
Gustavus  in.  to  little  more  than  a  form.  Bernadotte,  however,  an  elected 
monarch,  without  any  national  claim,  was  obliged  to  court  the  fkvour  of  the 
nation,  and,  with  that  view,  to  re-establish  the  rights  of  its  ancient  diet.  This  is 
now  rather  an  antique  and  cumbrous  form  of  legislature,  consisting  of  four 
orders ;  the  nobles,  the  clergy,  the  peasants,  and  the  burghers ;  who  sit  and  vote 
in  separate  houses. 

In  the  division  of  powers,  the  royal  prerogative  is  ample.  The  king  cppoints 
to  all  ofllces  civil  and  military,  and  he  is  obliged  to  convoke  the  diet  only  once  in 
five  years,  and  to  continue  its  sittings  three  months ;  but  he  may  make  the  meet- 
ings more  frequent,  and  longer.  He  has  also  a  negative  upon  the  laws  proposed 
by  the  diet.  In  regard  to  the  diet  itself,  the  division  rests  with  a  mojority  of  the 
houses ;  but  if  they  be  two  against  two,  the  balance  is  struck  by  the  committee 
of  state,  a  body  composed  oi^a  certain  number  of  members  from  each.  No  tax 
can  be  levied,  or  loan  obtained,  without  the  consent  of  the  diet. 

The  storthing  of  Norway,  restored  by  Bernadotte,  is  possessed  of  much  higher 
privileges  than  the  Swedish  diet.    It  assenibles  more  ti-equentiy,  and  at  its  own 


SWEDEN  Aim  NORWAY. 


817 


^igherjl 
own  I 


time,  without  any  control  from  the  king;  and  it  aliowa  to  bim  only  a  BOspenrire 
veto,  obliging  him  to  accept  any  project  which  has  been  three  thniea  presented  by 
the  storthing.  These  riefats  baling  been  once  ^nted,  Bemadotte,  who  foond 
them  {Hressing  somewhat  bard  against  his  prerogative,  has  in  vain  made  several 
attempts  to  alwidge  them.  A  nighly  republican  spirit  prevails  in  Norway,  uid 
the  hflnence,  and  almost  existence,  of  tbe  nobles,  is  nearly  annihilated. 

The  revenue  of  Sweden  is  about  #5,000,000  a  year.  The  Miilitary  force  is  at 
present  188,660 :  regular  army,  46,101 ;  landwehr  or  militia,  03,868.  Of  the  (br- 
mer,  Sweden  fiimfahes  88,901,  Norway  11,000;  and  of  the  lattet,  the  share  of 
Sweden  is  88,868,  and  of  Norway  10,000.  The  troops  are  raised  by  conscription : 
they  only  seceive  pay  when  on  actual  service ;  remaining,  at  other  times,  m  the 
provinces,  where  they  employ  themselves  in  cultivating  Iwais  asaigned  to  them 
for  Xhrn  support.  Sweden  seems  doomed  by  nature  to  be  ii-ather  c  poor  country. 
Her  scanty  harvest  consists  solely  of  rye,  big^,  and  oats,  ix»rcely  accounted  as 
food  in  more  ftvoured  climates.  Scandinavia  is  described  generally  as  one  un- 
broken bouadlesa  forest,  varied  only  in  its  aspect  by  little  patches  of  cultivated 
land. 

The  commerce  of  this  region  is  greater  than  its  unimpi'oved  agriculture  and 
total  want  of  manufiiotores  might  lead  us  to  suppose.  But  nature  has  gifted  these 
bleak  territories  with  an  almost  inexhaustible  store  of  timber  and  iron,  two  of  the 
prime  necessaries  of  human  life.  These  articles  are  indeed  also  the  produce  of 
North  America;  and  Britain,  which  affi>rds  the  best  market,  has  lately  sought  to 
fiiVour  her  colonies  in  that  quarter  by  a  great  inequality  of  duties.  Yet  the  supe- 
rior qualitv  of  the  Scandinavian  commodity  always  secures  it  a  sale.  The  entire 
exports  of  Norway  are  estimated  at  l,wO,00OI.  sterling.  The  commerce  of 
Sweden  is  not  on  so  great  a  scale ;  her  surplus  timber  being  not  nearly  so  ample, 
though  her  iron  is  superior.  The  total  number  of  merchant  vessels  belonging  to 
the  different  towns  of  Sweden,  in  1829,  was  1176,  of  the  burthen  of  61,0(N)  tons. 

The  roanufiustures  of  Scandinavia  are  iuconsiderable,  unless  we  should  class 
their  mines  as  such.  Even  in  the  common  trades,  the  work  is  lazily  and  ill  per- 
formed, and  charged  at  a  high  rate,  which  renders  this  the  moot  expensive  country 
in  Europe  for  those  who  live  luxuriously.    It  is  a  corioua  ikct  that  some  great 

I'  merchants  in  the  weBtern  towns  send  their  linen  to  be  washed  in  Lcmdon. 
The  mines  of  silver,  coppe/,  lead,  and  especiallv  iron,  constitute  the  chief 
wealth  of  this  country ;  of  the  latter,  90,000  tons  are  annually  made.  In  1738,  a 
gold  mine  was  discovered  near  Adelfota ;  but  it  is  now  nearly  exhausted.  The 
principal  copper  mines  are  in  Dalecarlia :  that  of  Falun  has  been  worked  ap- 
wards  of  1000  yoara,  and  produces  from  1,425,000  to  1,500,000  pounds  of  cojpisr 
annually.  Sweden  likewise  produces  porphyry,  rock-cryBtal,  cobalt,  alum,  and 
antimony. 

Agricultural  industry,  till  within  the  last  thirty  years,  had  not  done  much  to 
remedy  natural  deficiencies ;  it  is  now,  however,  pursued  with  great  assiduity. 
Until  the  year  1830,  Sweden  imported  grain  for  homo  consnnnption  almost  every 
year ;  but  now  there  is  usually  a  surplus  for  exportation ;  ana  the  ancient  prac- 
tice of  grinding  the  bark  of  trees,  in  times  of  scarcity,  to  mix  with  meal,  is 
now  happily  seldom  necessary.  Rye  and  potatoes  are  the  chief  products.  Wheat, 
oats,  and  barley,  are  also  cultivated.  The  flour  is  excellent.  Some  mbdder  and 
tobacco  are  grown  in  the  southern  districts. 

Sweden  comprises  three  gene<'al  divisions,  Gothland,  Sweden  Proper,  and  Norr- 
land,  which  are  subdivided  into  26  lans  or  governments. 

The  population  of  Sweden,  by  the  census  of  1839,  amounted  to  3,109,773.  The 
populauon  of  Norway,  in  1835,  amounted  to  1,194,827;  males,  585,381 ;  females, 
609,446;  rural  population,  1,065,835;  of  towns,  139,003. 

The  religion  of  Sweden  is  Lutheran,  and  the  church  Episcopal.  This  country 
stood  long  at  the  head  of  the  great  Protestant  confederacy.  The  Catholics,  till 
of  late,  scarcely  enjoyed  common  toleration ;  and  they  are  atill  excluded  from  the 
diet  and  the  higher  offices  of  state.  The  Swedish  people  are  commended  for 
their  regularity  in  performing  the  dntiM  of  their  religion.  The  swedes  are  among 
the  best  educated  nations  inthe  world  j  only  one  in  a  thousand  adults  being  n»- 


818 


WEDEN  AMB  MOKWAT. 


1 


able'  to  ra«d ;  yet  the  tmount  of  oriminal  oflraoee  conmitted,  m  shown  by  official 
atateneoU,  it  Rieater  than  in  any  other  eoantn  in  Europe.  In  the  year  1836, 
one  in  every  134  of  the  population  was  cfinraally  ooaTieted ;  but  aa  trifling 
offenceat  such  ae  allowing  a  chimney  to  take  ftre,  negteetinv  the  sweep,  the  street 
before  one's  dwelling,  tic., ' .«  reported  aa  eriminal,  it  is  obVious  that  the  statement 
muBt  be  modified,  eo  aa  to  .iompare  juatl^  with  those  oountriee  in  wliioh  aneh  j^tty 
delinquencies  are  reoanid  aa  of  a  trivial  character  only.  The  amount  of  ardent 
SfdriU  distilled  and  drunk,  in  Sweden,  is  supposed  to  be  greater  than  in  any  other 
country ;  30,000,000  gallons  of  grain  and  potatoe  apirits  oeing  diatilled  annually. 

The  wide  extent  and  thin  population  of  the  northern  diatrieta  must  often  render 
the  provision  for  their  religious  instruction  very  defective. 

1i|  science,  the  Swedes,  coosidering  their  poverty  and  remote  sitaation,  have 
made  a  very  diatinsuiahed  figure,  "niey  have  cultivated,  with  peculiar  ardour, 
botany  and  minerabgy,  which  some  of  their  countrymen  mainly  contribnted  to 
raise  to  the  rank  of  acienoea ;  and  have  also  made  \*s^  contribationa  to  chemistry, 
which  is  still  aUy  pursued  by  several  distinguished  individoals.  Althourit  history 
and  poetry  have  MMBn  cultivated,  they  have  not  produced  any  writers  whose  repu« 
tation  baa  spread  ttuooghoat  Europe.  From  tlte  limited  sphere  of  the  Swedish 
language,  few  works  of  science  are  written  in  it,  or  translated  into  it:  hence  the 
litemti  of  Sweden  are  particularly  well  versed  in  the  languages  of  foreign 
national 

StodilioUn,  the  capital,  ia  aituated  at  the  jonotkm  of  the  lake  Malar  with  an 
inlet  ef  the  Baltic.  It  stands  upon  seven  small  rocky  islands,  besides  two  penin- 
sulas, and  is  built  upon  piles.  A  varietv  of  picturesque  views  are  formed  by  num- 
berless rocks  of  granite  riaing  boldly  ftom  the  sunace  of  the  water,  partly  bare 
and  craggy,  pwtly  dotted  with  houses,  or  adorned  with  gardens  and  trees.  The 
central  lannd  ia  bordered  by  a  stately  row  of  buildings,  the  residences  of  the  prin- 
cipal merchants.  It  containa  the  palace  and  other  public  bdildmn ;  but  tiie 
houses  being  high,  and  the  atreeta  narrow,  its  a|^>earance  is  somewhat  gloomy. 
The  number  of  bridges,  great  and  small,  in  this  capital,  is  thirteen.  At  a  short 
distance  fimn  the  royal  palace  stands  a  fine  statue  of  Gustavus  III.,  in  bronze,  on 
a  pedestal  of  polished  porphyry.  The  city  has  likewise  an  arsenal,  a  mint,  an 
exchange,  and  two  theatres.  The  harbour  is  deep  and  capacious,  though  difficult 
of  access:  a  thousand  sail  of  shipping  may  lie  here  in  safoty,  and  the  largest  ves- 
sels ean  approach  close  to  the  quay.    Population,  in  1639,  83,885. 

ITpsal,  ftmerly  the  great  metropolis  of  Sweden,  is  situated  on  an  extensive 
plain,  upon  the  small  stream  Fyrisa.  In  the  centre  is  a  square,  from  which  the 
stress  extend  in  straight  lines.  This  town  is  famous  for  its  beautiful  cathedral, 
and  for  its  university,  which  has  a  library  of  40,000  volumes.    Population  5000. 

GottenlMUg,  near  the  mouth  of  the  River  Gota,  has  a  circumference  of  three 
miles.  It  is  regularly  fortified,  and  in  the  upper  part  of  tlio  town,  the  streets  rise 
above  each  other  like  an  amphitheatoe.  Some  of  the  modem  buildings  are  of 
brick,  but  the  greater  number  are  of  wood,  and  painted  red.  The  harbour  is  spa- 
cious^ and  the  commerce  considerable.    Population,  in  1883,  38,766. 

Carlserona,  on  the  bay  of  the  Baltic,  is  the  station  of  the  Swedish  navy,  and 
has  a  harbour  which  is  defended  at  its  entrance  by  two  stronff  forts.  It  is  colc- 
brated  for  its  docks,  which  are  separated  from  the  town  by  a liigh  wall,  and  one 
of  which  is  cut  out  of  the  solid  ruck.  .Population,  ll,800l 

Orebro,  at  the  western  extremity  of  Lake  Hielmar,  carries  on  an  extensive 
trade.    Population,  4,185. 

Malmoe,  exactly  qiposite  Copenhagen,  contuna  about  9000  inhabitants^  and 
poasseses  some  commerce,  though  the  harbour  is  bad. 

fUon,  160  miles  north  of  Stockholm,  is  remarkaUe  for  its  extensive  copper- 
mines.  The  number  of  forges  here  give  the  town  a  very  sombre  appearance. 
PbpuUtkn,  OOOa 

Gdle,  on  the  Gulf  of  Bothnia,  is  a  well^milt  town,  with  some  foreign  coah 


I  «.K1«1«.».«...,   %^%r«/«/« 


SWEDEN  AND  NORWAY. 


819 


NORWAY. 


.  This  extaiMive  portion  of  the  Swadkh  monueby,  tceratlr,  bf  eompalMiB,  bot 
in  all  likelihood  penmiMatlji  noitod,  ooinpriMa  •  very  Umg  line  of  mtritimo  tw> 
ritoTTi  iMiiiiff  the  bovndket  expuse  .of  the  Noftheni  Oeeu.  Throagfaoot  its 
whole  length,  in  an  oUiqne  line  penllel  to  the  mb,  rans  the  chain  of  the  DoAa^ 
Beldfl,  prewmting  many  boM  and  lolU  aonunits  oovered  with  perpetual  new. 
Soeehatta,  the  higheat,  ia  8100  feet  Norway  pradocea  aome  corn,  not  nearijr  mf- 
ficient,  however,  nr  ita owneonaomption ;  bat exporta lar||e  qoantitiea  of  timber 
and  fidi,  receiving,  in  return,  thoae  commoditiea  w  which  it  atanda  moat  in  need. 
The  aoathem  provineea  of  Aggeriraoa,  Chriatiania,  and  Chriatianaund,  indode 
a  conaiderably  greater  proportion  of  level  territory  than  the  othera.  They  have 
the  great  range  of  moontaina  to  the  north  and  weat,  and  are  not  aepaiated  from 
Swraen  Iw  theae  nataral  barriera.  Through  theae  provineea  flow  aouthward  into 
the  bay  of  Chriatiania  the  Drammen  and  the  Giommen,  the  two  greateat  riveta  of 
the  North,  and  bring  with  them  an  immenaeqaantity  of  timber,  which  ia  cot  into 
deals,  and  exported  to  all  parte  of  Europe.  The  export  cf  iron  ia  alao  eonaiderable. 
Chriatiania,  the  eapiul  of  all  thia  diatriet,  with  a  population  of  28,121,  now 
ranka  aa  the  capital  of  the  whole  kingdom.  It  ia  aituated  at  the  head  of  a  long 
interior  bay  or  fiord.  Chriatiania  ia  chieAy  aupported  by  the  trade  in  deala ;  uid 
thoae  cut  in  ita  law-milla  are  cenaidered,  by  the  tradera  m  thia  article,  to  be  aupe- 
rior  to  all  othera.  Some  of  ita  merehanta,  partioulariy  the  Anken^  maintain  the 
■tate  of  prineea,  and  are  oonaidered  equal  in  wealth  and  liberal  viewa  to  any  in 
Europe.  Chriatiania  cornea  more  into  contact  thjn  Benen  with  the  more  advanced 
countri<M  of  Europe,  and  haa  adopted  almoet  excluaivdv  the  improvementa  which 
diatinguiah  them.  The  buildinga  are  regular,  and  moatly  of  atone ;  ao  that  in  the 
courae  (^200  yeara,  whQe  other  Scandinavian  towna  have  been  repeatedly  reduced 
to  adiea,  Chriatiania  haa  auflered  only  alight  injury  from  fire.  Since  Uie  union 
with  Sweden,  it  haa  received  an  univdraity,  with  two  profeaaora,  who  have  mode- 
rate incomee,  chiefly  derived  from  gnia. 

There  are  other  havena  of  aome  importance  in  thia  eouthem  tract  of  Norway. 
On  the  western  ooaat  of  Chriatiania  fiord,  the  two,  Bragenaa  and  Stromsoe,  unite 
in  forming  what  ia  called  Dram  or  Drammen,  at  the  mouth  of  the  important  river 
of  that  name.  Tongsberg,  at  the  bottom  of  the  aame  side,  is  a  town  of  aome 
ancient  celebrity,  but  now  a  good  ded  decayed.  On  the  eastern  aide  of  the  aame 
bay  is  Moss,  watered  by  a  atream,  taming  twenty  aaw-mills,  by  which  an  immenae 
quantity  of  deala  ia  prepared  fiir  exportation.  Frederickaliall,  an  ancient  and 
still  important  firontier  town,  is  beautifully  aituated  in  an  interior  bay,  wmdiag 
among  mountains.  Near  it  ia  the  strong  rortress  of  Frederickatadt,  the  aoene  af ' 
the  death  of  Charles  XIL  ChristianauM,  the  most  southern  province  of  Mbrwfcy, 
has  a  capital  of  the  aame  name,  the  fburth  town  in  the  kingdom,  which,  flrora  Ha 
situation  <hi  the  Skagerrack,  is  visited  for  shelter  and  aupplioa  by  numeroua  veaaela 
entering  and  leaving  the  Baltic. 

The  province  of  fiergen  ia  rude,  rocky,  ai*d  monntunoos,  consistingof  the  alope 
downwarda  to  the  aea  of  the  highest  part  <^  the  Doflrafield  range.  The  town  of 
Bergen,  at  the  head  of  a  long  interior  bay,  waa  formerly  accounted  the  capital, 
and  containa  a  population  of  22,880.  Ita  commerce,  which  ia  considerable,  ia 
fiMinded  on  the  exportation,  leaa  of  the  produce  <^  the  country  behind  it,  than  of 
the  northern  fishery  at  Daflbdeo,  of  whidi  the  produce  ia  brou|fht  to  Bergen  by 
numeraus  barks.  Ita  merehanta  had  long  the  monopoly  of  thia,  and  still  retain 
much  the  greateat  ahare.  They  are  chiefly  Dutch,  and  send  a  vesael  weekly  to 
Amsterdam  fat  a  aupply  of  the  garden  atufi  which  their  own  soil  doea  not  yield. 
Beigen  ia  built  of  targe  uaasea  of  wooden  ixNiaen,  amid  rocks^  and  haa  aoflbred 
saveraly  by  fire. 

The  province  of  Drontheim,  to  the  north  of  Bergen  and  Chrntiania,  is  separated 
finm  them  by  vaat  mountainaL  Tte  capital,  of  tto  sama  name,  ia  aituaited  on  th« 
diara  of  a  winding  fiord,  but  auhaiBta  lags  iy  Sa^ign  oommeroe  than  by  the  internal 
vcmiiiunioation  between  numeroua  valleya  and  dutrictn  to  which  it  forma  a  oentitl 


aso 


LAPLAND. 


point  cf  union.  The  nciety  of  Drontbeim  is  alwkys  held  forth  m  repreeentins 
under  the  happiest  light  the  genuine  Nprwe^n  character;  its  warmth  of  kind- 
nea,  and  generous  hospitality.  Drontheim  is  built  wholly  of  wood,  and  has  in 
cooseqaenee  been  seven  times  burnt  to  the  ground;  vet  the  houses  are  handsome, 
and  ornamented  with  taste.  There  is  a  spacious  palace,  built  wholly  of  this  ma- 
tcdal,  and  pattaking  its  imperfection.  Drontbeim  also  contains  the  remains  of 
a  cfthedral,  the  larj^est  edifice  in  the  conntrr,  and  to  which  the  whole  pmmlation 
of  the  north  came  once  in  pilgrimage.  The  environs  are  very  beautiful,  with 
numerous  coantnrHwats,  and  lofty  snow<«rowned  hills  in  the  distance.  Population, 
13,368.'  Ghristfansund  is  also  a  small  sea-port  and  fishing  town  in  this  proTince. 
Beyond  Drontheim  commences  Norrland,  a  district  rather  than  a  province,  the 
name  beiqg  vaguely  applied  to  all  the  north  of  Scandinavia.  Relatively  to  Nor* 
way,  it  is  marked  by  an  increasing  severity  of  cold ;  the  mountains,  even  at  SOOO 
feet  hi^h,  being  capped  with  perpetual  snow,  and  vast  table-plains  or  fields 
remaining  covered  with  it  during  the  whole  summer.  Grain,  even  of  the  coarsest 
descriptions,  ripens  only  in  ^  few  favoured  spots.  The  climate,  however,  is  some. 
what  milder  tiun  that  of  regions  under  the  same  latitude  aa  the  Baltic ;  so  that, 
while  the  ports  of  StoekLokn  and  Carlscrona  are  shut  during  several  months  of 
the  year,  those  of  Norrlaud  remain  continually  open.  Yet  in  this  dreary  region 
occurs  a  busy  scene  of  human  action  and  existence.  The  numerous  islands,  and 
the  deep  bays  between  (h^m  and  the  land,  affi>rd  spots  to  which  shoals  of  fish 
come  from  the  fiirthest  depths  of  the  North  Sea  to  deposit  their  spawn.  During 
the  wholeyear,  the  herriiuf  afibrds  a  regular  occupation  to  the  Norrland  boatmen; 
but  from  February  to  April,  the  shoals,  migrating  from  thence,  and  from  all  the 
surrounding  coasts,  crowd  to  the  Loffoden  ulands,  the  central  seat  of  the  northern 
fishery.  These  islands  form  a  chfin  jwrallel  to  the  land,  and  sepanted  by  narrow 
channels,  through  which  the  tides  of  the  Northern  Ocean  rush  with  tremendous 
rapidity.  The  MalstrOm,  a  famous  whirlpool,  when  the  tide  is  high,  produces  the 
effect  of  a  mi^ty  cataract.  Waves  are  seen  struggling  a^nst  waves,  towering 
aloft,  or  wheeling  about  in  whirlpools ;  the  dashing  uid  roaring  of  which  are  heaid 
many  miles  out  at  sea.  The  produce  of  the  fishery  is  conveyed  to  Bergen  in  a 
great  number  of  little  barks. 


LAPLAND. 


Thi  vast  r^ion  of  Lapland  is  divided  from  the  rest  of  Scandinavia  by  a  line 
drawn  across  it  nearly  coinciding  with  the  Polar  Circle,  so  as  to  render  it  almost 
entirely  tia  arctic  r^ion.  It  consists  partly  oi  great  chains  of  mountains,  some 
of  which  are  4000  feet  high,  while  other  extensive  tracts  are  level.  Through 
these  roll  the  Tomea,  the  l^lea,  the  Pitea,  and  other  rivers  of  long  course,  and 
navigable  for  the  few  boats  which  have  any  occasion  to  pass  along  them. 

The  Laplanders  are  a  peculiar  race,  short,  stout,  brown,  with  black  hair,  pointed 
chin,  and  eyes  rendered  weak  by.  exposure  to  the  smoke  and  snow.  They  are 
divided  into  the  mountain  <a  wandering  Laplanders,  and  those  who  dwell  in  what 
are  called  villages^  The  swift-feoted  rein-deer,  which  they  train  to  draw  them  in 
sledges  overtte  snow,  ferm  their  riches;  the  flesh  and  milk  of  these  animals 
compose  their  food,  and  the  skins  their  furniture.  The  tents  of  the  Laplanders 
•re  fermed  by  six  beams  of  wood  meeting  nearly  at  top,  covered  with  cloth,  a  flap 
of  which,  left  between  two  of  the  beams,  serves  as  the  door.  The  floor  is  spread 
with  rein-deer  skins,  having  the  hair  upwards,  and  which  thus  serve  for  either 
hriAg  or  sitting,  the  tent  being  too  low  to  «tand  in,  except  in  one  place.  A  stone 
nfune  is.inaijle  in  the  iqiddle,  nir  the  fire;  and  there  is  a  hole  at  the  top,  to  which 
the  smoke  must  find  its  way ;  but  this  it  does  not  eflect  till  it  has  thickly  impreg- 
Mted  the  whole  tent  with  its  fumes;  which,  however,  are  valued  as  afibrding  a 
!p|q|epti9n  in  winter  aipdnst  the  cold,  and  in  summer. against  Uie  swarms  of  rau»- 
quitoes  with  which,  during  a  period  of  short  and  extreme  beat,  the  air  is  infested. 
Tha  herds  of  rei!i.deflr  varv  from  800  to  unwaida  of  1000.  accoidinir  to  the  wealth 


^ 


IIMWI 


mm 


mmmmmB 


hMteprewntiiiB 
I  warmth  of  kind- 
wood,  uid  hu  in 
0ea  are  bandanme, 
wholly  of  thJB  ma- 
M  the  remaina  of 
» whole  iKHHilaUon 
ery  beautiful,  with 
ance.  Population, 
wn  in  thi*  province, 
lan  a  province,  the 
Relatively  to  Nor- 
itaina,  even  at  3000 
Lble-plaina  or  fields 
evenofthecoaraeat 
e,  however,  ifl  8ome- 
,  theBalUc;  8othat| 
a  several  nxffltha  of 
n  this  dreary  region 
Binerous  ielands,  wid 
which  ahoale  of  fish 
heir  spawn.  During 
le  Norrland  boatnuen; 

kce,  and  from  all  the 
1  seat  of  the  northern 
i  eeparated  by  narrow 
rush  with  tremendous 
is  high,  produces  the 
rainst  waves,  towering 
Off  of  which  are  heard 
vlyed  to  Bergen  in  a 


Scandinavia  by  a  line 

as  to  render  it  almost 

IS  of  mountains,  some 

are  level.    Through 

8  of  long  course,  and 

I  along  them. 

/jth  black  hair,  pointed 

[and  snow.    They  are 
«e  who  dwell  in  what 
I  train  to  draw  them  in 
lilk  of  these  animals 
Its  of  the  Laplanders 
sred  with  cloth,  a  flap 
The  floor  is  spread 
'thus  serve  for  either 
none  place.    A  stone 
ie  at  the  top,  to  which 
fit  has  thickly  impreg- 
1  valued  as  affording  a 
;  the  swarms  of  mus- 
sat,  the  air  is  infested. 
Ecordinir  to  the  wealth 


DENMARK. 


»1 


of  the  pcsMSBor.  All  day  they  wander  over  the  hills,  and  in  the  evening  are 
driven,  not  without  some  occasional  resistance,  into  an  enclosed  park,  where  they 
are  milked.  Each  yields  only  about  a  tea-cupfiil  <^  milk ;  bui  rich,  aromatic,  and 
of  exquisite  taste. 

The  Laplanders  travel  fi  nn  place  to  place,  and  move  their  families,  usually  at 
the  beginning  of  winter  and  summer,  in  sledges  made  in  the  form  c^  a  boat,  and 
drawn  by  rein-deer.  These  animals  are  tamed  and  trained  with  considerable  diF- 
ikulty ;  and  the^  are  sometimes  restive :  but,  in  general,  they_  bound  over  hill  and 
dale  with  surprising  celerity.  Their  dress  is  careftallv  contrived  for  the  purposes 
of  warmth.  The  under  part,  or  shirt,  is  composed  of  sheep's  skin  with  the  wool 
inwards ;  while  the  exterior  coat  is  formed  by  the  skin  of  the  rein-deer,  or  some 
other  animal,  having  the  fur  outwards.  They  «ld  fiir  gloves,  and  a  woollen  pointed 
red  cap. 

The  entire  population  of  Lapland  is  about  60,000,  or  one  inhabitant  to  every 
three  square  milea  Even  this  scanty  measure  is  supported  on  the  sea-coasts  only 
by  a  supply  of  fish. 

The  Laplanders  are  a  harmless  race,  among  whom  great  crimes  are  unknown. 
Only  one  murder  has  been  heard  of  in  twenty  years ;  and  the  absence  of  theft  is 

E roved  by  that  of  bars,  bolts,  and  other  safeguards.  They  do  not  show  that  open 
ospitality  and  warmth  of  heart,  for  which  rude  nations  are  so  often  celebrated. 
They  are  cold,  shy,  mistrustful,  and  difficult  to  treat  with,  at  least  unless  tobacco 
or  brandy  be  brought  in  as  a  mediator.  They  werd  formerly  very  superstitious ; 
and  the  Lapland  witches  were  famous  for  their  empire  over  the  winds,  which  they 
enclosed  in  bags,  and  sold  to  the  mariner.  The  magic  drum  and  the  enchanted 
chain  are  still  in  occasional  use.  Yet  the  Laplanders  have  been  converted  to 
Christianity,  and  are  attentive  to  its  duties,  coming  oflen  fimn  vast  distances  to 
attend  divine  service,  though  the  instructions  are  conveyed  to  them  only  through 
the  broken  medium  of  an  interpreter. 

The  sea^wast  of  Lapland  presents  a  continuation  of  the  same  bold  and  rocky 
features  which  distinguish  that  of  Norway.  Here,  too,  the  fishery  is  carried  on 
witli  activity.  It  is  chiefly  in  the  hands  of  a  Finnish  race,  called  Quans,  who 
have  pushed  across  Lapland,  and  exert  an  activity  unkaown  to  the  natives  of  that 
region.  The  Russians  from  Archangel,  also,  not  only  bring  their  meal  to  exchange 
for  fish,  but  carry  on  the  fishery  themselves  to  a  great  extent  In  July  and  Au- 
gust they  cover  with  their  small  three-masted  vessels  all  the  fiords  and  sounds, 
and  throw  out  lines  that  are  sometimes  two  miles  long,  and  contain  600  or  700 
hooks ;  BO  that  their  vessels  are  filled  with  the  utmost  rapidity. 

The  government  has  fininded,  on  the  large  island  of  Qualoe,  the  town  of  Ham- 
merfest,  one  of  the  most  northern  in  Europe,  and  destined  as  a  rival  to  Archangel ; 
but  the  settlement  has  never  taken  root  in  this  ungenial  climate,  and  continues 
also,  with  one  exception,  to  be  the  smallest  that  exists.  Mageroe,  the  mosi  north- 
erly of  the  isluids,  consists  of  steep  rocks  rising  perpendicularly  from  the  seti..  and 
ascended  as  if  by  stairs.  The  northern  pomt  of  this  island  is  formed 
North  Cape,  the  grand  boundary  of  the  European  continent,  fiicing  the  depth 
the  Polar  Ocean.  It  consists  of  an  enormous  mass  of  naked  rock,  parted  ' 
action  of  the  waves  into  pyramidal  clifil^  down  which  large  fragments  are  conti- 
nually falling. 


K  norm- 
seti  and 
by  tbe 
ipths  of  D 
I  by  the  I 


-b:  . 


DENMARK,     f^'-'^r^: 


DnniABK  is  an  ancient  kingdom,  formerly  very  powerful,  holding  sMray  over 
the  surrounding  regions,  and,  as  a  predatory  state,  the  terior  of  all  Europe.  Though 
now  reduced  to  the  secondary  rank,  her  situation  renders  her  of  importance  in  the 
general  system  of  the  Continent 

Denmark  consists  mainly  of  an  extensive  peninsula,  shooting  out  fhmi  the  north- 
west comer  of  Germany,  and  a  cluster  of  large  islands  to  the  east  of  the  penin- 
nila.  The  Danish  peninsula  is  termed  Jutlnnd ;  and  the  islands  in  the  interior  of 
the  Baltic,  interposed  between  Jutland  and  Scandinavia,  are  2Sealand,  Funen, 


2Q 


I 


I 


vtamAax. 

Odaniee,  and  «  few  othen  of  mwUer  note.  DenoMrk  holds  also  tfae  GeroMB  tor 
ritorieo  <tf  Sleowiok  and  Holatein ;  with  leehiBd,  the  JPuoe  laltadii  and  tome 
•ettlementi  on  the  ooaat  of  Greenland,  remnante  of  her  fiinner  maritime  power; 
together  with  the  coloniee  in  the  Eaat  and  Weet  Indiea,  and  on  the  ceaat  of 
Guinea. 

The  extent  of  the  dominioui  of  a  coantiy  broken  into  such  a  variety  of  detached 
pnrtions  can  with  difficalty  be  estimated.  The  only  compact  mass  consists  of  Jut- 
land, Sleswick,  and  Holstein ;  bounded  on  the  west  and  norih  by  the  North  Sm 
or  German  Oeean ;  on  the  eapt  by  the  sounds  which  form  the  entrance  tf  the 
Baltic ;  on  the  south  by  the  Elbe.  This  tract  lies  generally  between  53^°  and 
571°  north  latitude,  and  8°  and  11°  east  longitude.  We  have  thus  a  length  of 
280  miles,  and  a  breadth  of  190.  The  total  area  of  the  Danish  mcmarchy ,  is  abcnit 
22,000  square  miles. 

The  surface  of  Denmark  is  nearly  flat;  forming,  with  the  ezceptico  of  Hol- 
land, the  lowest  pert  of  the  great  plain  of  Northern  Germany,  The  islands,  in 
particular,  in  many  places,  rise  only  a  few  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  The 
soil,  as  in  the  rest  of  this  plain,  is  frequently  sandy  and  marshy ;  the  climate 
humid,  thoagb  not  liable  to  those  severe  frosts  which  prevail  in  the  interior  of 
Scandinavia.  Hence  it  afibrds  good  pasturage,  and  its  soil  is  fiivourable  to  the 
growth  of  the  ooarser  species  of  grain.  The  insular  and  peninsular  character  of 
her  territory  gives  Denmark  an  extent  of  coast  which  certainly  does  not  fall  short 
of  600  miles ;  and  there  is  said  to  be  no  part  of  the  land  more  than  ten  miles  dis- 
tant fioK  the  sea.  This  structure  leaves  no  room  for  the  formation  of  any  rivers 
of  the  least  consequence,  except  the  Eyder  in  Holstein,  and  the  canal  of  Kiel,  by 
which  an  important  communication  is  formed  between  the  ocean  and  the  Baltic. 
Jutland  contains  a  number  of  shallow  but  extensive  lakes,  closely  bordering  on  the 
sea,  with  which  they  in  many  places  communicate,  and  may  hence  be  regarded  as 
bays. 

The  agriculture  of  Denmsrk  is  conducted  under  considerable  disadvantages,  both 
of  cliihate  and  schL  The  climate,  thragh  not  subject  to  severe  frost  or  intense 
eold,  is  chill  and  damp ;  and  the  land  consisto,  in  a  great  measure,  of  sand  and 
marsh.  Every  part  of  the  kingdom,  however,  is  capable  of  some  cultivation,  and 
occasional  tracts  of  luxuriant  fertility  occur.  Such  are  the  islands  of  Zealand, 
Laaland,  and  Falster ;  and,  in  a  still  greater  decree,  the  sespcoast  of  Sleswick  and 
Holstein ;  for  the  interior  is  arid  and  sandy.  The  industry  of  the  peasant  in  Den- 
mark Proper  suflbrs  many  severe  checks ;  he  has  been  but  recently  emancipated 
from  personal  bondage^  and  is  still  subjected  to  many  feudal  usages.  Life-leases, 
under  which  the  payment  is  made  in  produce  or  personal  uervices,  are  coraroon. 
llie  proprietors  are  generally  embarrassed,  and  unable  to  expend  much  on  the 
improvement  of  their  lands.  The  fiinners  of  Holstein  and  Sleswick  carry  on  the 
process  of  cultivation  with  great  skill  and  activity.  The  chill  moisture  of  the 
dimate  is  less  fitvouraUe  to  the  cultivation  of  wheat  than  (rf*  barley,  rye,  and  cats; 
all  of  which  afford  a  large  surplus  for  exportation.  The  rearing  of  cattle  is  also 
an  extrasive  branch  o€  industry,  tfough  too  little  attention  has  been  paid  to  the 
improvement  of  the  breeds,  unless  on  Uie  west  coast  of  Sleswick,  on  whose  moist 
and  ridi  meadows  is  produced  what  bears  a  high  reputation  under  the  name  of 
**  Hamburg  beef."  Over  all  Denmark,  the  produce  of  the  dairy  forms  the  basis  of 
a  large  export  trade. 

The  manuftctures  of  Denmark  are  extremely  rude,  and  consist  chiefly  in  work- 
ing up  the  flax  and  wool  of  the  etXiaixy  in  a  coarse  form  for  domestic  use.  A 
great  proportion  also  of  the  wool  is  exported.  (Government  have  employed  great 
efiforts  to  raise  Denmark  to  the  rank  of  a  manufacturing  country ;  and  some  fabrics 
in  the  different  kinds  of  cloth,  brandy,  sugar-refining,  &c.,  have,  under  its  patron- 
a|[e,  been  set  oo  foot  in  the  large  towns;  but  these  ore  all  languishing,  and  with 
difficulty  support  foreign  cixnpetition. 

The  oorameioe  of  Denmark  consists  chiefly  in  the  export  of  her  raw  prodace, 
with  some  colonial  articles  derived  from  her  colonies.  Wheat,  rye,  barley,  oats,  and 
rape  seed,  with  butter,  beef,  horses,  and  oxen,  are  Uie  chief  items  of  export :  the 
whole,  in  1836,  amounted  in  value  to  nearly  JS3,000,000. 


mmoD. 

on  the  I 

on  the! 

of  the 
oaU'J 
i8alBo| 
tothe| 
I  moist  I 
,me  of  1 
asisof 

,  work- 1 

ee.    At 

great  li 

I  fabrics  I 

atron-tl 
i  with|| 

jtodace, 

[t8,ai«i{ 
the  I 


DENMARK. 

Denmark,  from  its  situation  between  the  northern  and  middle  States,  hat  a 
siderable  carrying  trade  of  the  bulky  articles  prodoeed  by  the  former ;  and  has  also 
a  good  deal  of  ship-building.  Both  the  whale  and  herring  fisheries  are  likewise 
carried  on  to  some  extent. 

The  constitution  of  Denmark,  originally  founded  on  the  basis  of  the  most  com' 
plete  feudal  independence,  to  the  extent  of  renderinff  the  monarchy  itself  eiectiTO, 
underwent  a  complete  ehanee  in  1660,  when  Frederick  ill.  declared  the  crown 
to  be  hereditary,  and  rendered  himself  absolute.  The  sway  of  the  Danish  princes 
has,  however,  been  exceedingly  mild  and  popular,  and  their  despotic  rule  exerted 
in  a  manner  beneficial  to  the  people,  as  it  limited  the  oppressive  rights  exercised 
by  the  nobles.  These,  however,  continue  to  be  obnoxious ;  and  it  is  only  within  a 
few  years  that  the  body  of  the  peoplo  have  been  emancipated  from  a  state  of  personal 
slavery.  The  nobles  are  few  in  number,  consisting  only  of  one  duke,  nineteen  counts, 
and  twelve  barons.    The  kirj  himself  presides  at  the  supreme  national  tribunal. 

The  Danish  army  consists  partly  of  regular  troops  and  partly  of  militia.  The 
peasantry  are  liable  to  serve  for  six  years ;  two  years  of  which  time  they  are  con- 
stantly on  duty,  and  the  remainder  of  the  time  for  a  month  in  each  year.  At  the 
end  of  the  six  years  they  are  enrolled  in  t.ie  militia.  The  regular  army  consists 
of  33,781  men;  but  there  are  seldom  more  than  8000  men  on  service  at  once.  The 
navy  consisted,  in  1936,  of  7  ships  of  the  line,  8  frigates,  5  corvettes,  and  56  gun-boats. 
The  revenue  of  Denmark,  for  1835,  amounted^ to  i)l,653,792 ;  and  the  expendi- 
ture to  £1,583,037.  The  public  debt  is  £14,603,000;  the  interest  paid  on  which 
is  a  little  above  3|  per  cent,  per  annum. 

The  population  of  the  Danish  dominions,  in  1835,  amounted  to  3,194,265,  of 
which  1,561,989  were  in  its  ancient  domain'  of  Jutland  and  Sleswick,  and  the 
adjacent  islands ;  435,596  in  Holstein ;  35,680  in  Lauenburg ;  56,000  in  Iceland ; 
14,000  in  Greenland  and  the  Faroe  Islands.  The  Danish  colonies  are  Christians- 
burg,  &c.,  on  the  coast  of  Guinea,  with  44,000  inhabitants ;  Santa  Cruz,  St.  Thomas, 
and  St.  John,  in  the  West  Indies,  with  47.000 ;  and  the  Nicobar  islands  in  the 
Indian  Ocean.    The  latter  contain  no  European  settlements  at  present.* 

The  Danes  are  generally  quiet,  tranquil,  and  industrious.  The  inhabitants  of 
the  towns,  who  are  chiefly  engaged  in  trade,  have  a  great  share  of  the  patient, 
thrifty,  and  persevering  habits  ot  the  Dutch.  The  peasantry,  poor  and  oppressed, 
are  beginning,  however,  to  raise  their  heads;  and  the  nobles,  no  longer  addicted 
to  those  rude  and  daring  pursuits  which  rendered  them  once  so  formidable,  live 
much  in  the  style  of  opulent  proprietors  in  other  European  countries. 

The  Lutheran  religion  was  early  and  zealously  adopted  in  Denmark,  to  the 
extent,  indeed,  of  granting  toleration  to  no  other;  but  the  liberal  principles  now 
diffused  throughout  Europe  have  made  their  way  fully  into  that  country.  Science 
was  at  one  era  somewhat  brilliantly  patronised  in  Denmark.  The  observatory  at 
Orie&baum  was  the  theatre  of  many  of  the  most  important  modem  observations 
and  Tyoho  Brahe  ranks  as  one  of  the  fathers  of  modem  astronomy.  Late  writers 
have  introduced  a  school  of  pootry  and  dramatic  literature,  founded  upoir  that  of 
the  modern  Grerman.  The  government  has  bestowed  a  laudable  attention  on  the 
general  education  of  its  people,  and  has  even  passed  a  law,  requiring  every  child, 
of  a  certain  age,  to  be  sent  to  school.  There  are  upwards  of  4000  elementary 
schools,  which  had,  in  1835,  378,500  scholars;  also  more  than  3000  grammar  and 
parish  schools.  Besides  the  universities  of  Copenhagen  and  Kiel,  colleges  are 
established  at  Soroe  and  Altona,  and  academies  in  all  the  considerable  towns. 

Copenhagen,  called  by  the  Danes  Kiobenhavn,  the  metropolis  of  the  Danish 
dominions,  is  situated  on  a  low  and  marshy  promontory,  on  the  east  side  of  the 
island  of  Zealand.  The  circumference  of  the  city  is  about  five  miles ;  it  is  regu- 
larly fortified  towards  the  land  and  sea.  Many  of  the  streets  are  intersected  by 
eanals,  by  which  a  considerable  commerce  is  carried  on.  The  town  is  divided 
into  three  parts,  viz.,  the  Old  and  the  New  town,  and  Christianshaven.  There  is 
a  beautiful  octagon,  called  Frederic's  Place,  in  the  New  town,  ornamented  with 
an  equestrian  statue  of  Frederic  V.  in  bronze.    The  arsenal,  the  exchange,  and 

*  Tbo  Danish  gavernment  sold  their  eonlinental  Indian  oolonieB  of  Berampor*  -sj  Trsaquvaar, 
Feb.  33,  ievi,  to  the  British  East  Indiii  Ocisps.-s;,  'of  i.iSa.OuO  riz  dollars. 


SM 


ICELAND. 


the  barracks,  are  handaonie  edifice*.  The  Roval  Observatory  is  about  130  feet 
high,  and  70  in  diameter,  and  has  a  spiral  road  of  brioli,  affording  an  easy  aacent 
for  carriages  to  the  top.  This  city  owes  much  of  iu  present  regularity  and 
beauty  to  the  diaastrons  fires,  by  which  it  has  so  often  been  partially  destroyed. 
The  buildings  are  mostly  of  brick,  covered  with  stucco,  or  of  Norwegian  marble. 
There  are  here  three  extensire  libraries,  namely,  the  Royal  library,  containing 
above  460,000  Tolumes,  the  Univeraitr  library,  oonuining  100,000  volumes,  and 
the  Classen  Library.    Population,  in  1834, 119,999. 

Sleswick,  the  capital  or  the  duchy  of  that  name,  is  a  long,  irregular,  but  hand' 
some  town  with  11,000  inhabitants.  Its  cathedral  with  numerous  monuments  of 
ancient  dukes  is  viewed  with  interast.  Altona,  on  the  Elbe,  about  two  miles  from 
Hamburg,  is  a  place  of  considerable  trade  and  extensive  manufactures.  Popula- 
tion, 96,000. 

Elsinore,  or  Elsineur,  at  the  narrowest  part  of  the  Sound,  is  protected  by  the 
strong  Castle  of  Cronborg.  Most  maritime  nations  have  consuls  at  this  place. 
It  has  an  excellent  roadstead,  in  which  ships  anchor  almost  close  to  the  town. 
The  tolls  of  the  Sound  are  collected  here.    Population,  in  1834,  7199. 

Kiel,  the  capital  of  Holstein,  ia  a  fortified  town  on  a  bay  of  the  Baltic,  and  is 
the  seat  of  a  celeberated  univenity.    Population,  11,000. 

(jluckstadt,  near  the  mouth  of  the  Elbe,  has  some  trade,  and  is  engaged  in  the 
Greenland  fishery.    Population,  in  1835,  6000. 

Flensborg,  in  the  duchy  of  Sleswick,  hait  a  good  harbour  and  is  a  place  of  some 
commerce.  It  is  famous  for  its  tiles,  of  which  great  quantities  are  exported. 
Population,  13,550. 

ICELAND. 

■loBLAND,  an  appendage  of  the  Danish  crown,  unimportant  in  a  political  view, 
but  interesting  from  its  physical  and  moral  aspect,  is  situated  in  the  Northern 
Ocean,  on  the  border  of  the  arctic  circle,  and  at  the  farthest  verge  of  the  civi- 
lized world.  It  is  a  large  island,  220  miles  in  length,  and  210  in  breadth ;  con- 
taining about  40,000  square  miles.  Iceland  belongs,  b^  its  situation,  to  the  polar 
world;  and  the  mountain  chains,  from  3000  to  6W0  feet  high,  with  which  it  is 
everywhere  intersected,  give  it  a  still  more  severe  and  stern  character.  Barley 
is  the  only  grain  that  can  be  raised,  and  this  only  in  patches ;  cabbages,  and  a 
fbw  other  imported  vegetables,  may  be  produced,  but  by  no  means  in  perfection. 
The  dependence  of  the  inhabitants  is  chiefly  upon  the  abundance  of  fish  which 
the  surrounding  seas  aflford ;  ao  that  *he  interior,  comprising  about  half  of  the 
island,  is  a  decert  of  the  most  dreary  character. 

The  mountain  phenomena  of  leeland  are  very  striking.  Hecla,  with  its 
flaming  volcano,  is  the  most  celebrated;  but  its  eruptions,  of  which  six  have 
occurred  in  the  course  of  a  century,  are  at  present  suspended. 

The  Geysen  form  a  pheromenon  strikingly  characteristic  of  Iceland,  and  rank 
with  the  most  extraordinary  that  are  produced  on  any  part  of  the  globe.  They 
consist  of  fountains,  which  throw  up  boiling  water,  spray,  and  vapour,  to  a  great 
height  into  the  air.  The  eruptions  are  not  continuous,  but  announce  their  ap- 
proach by  a  sound  like  that  of  subterraneous  thunder ;  immediately  after  which, 
a  column  of  water,  accompanied  with  prodigious  volumes  of  steam,  bursts  forth, 
and  rashes  up  to  the  height  of  fifty,  sixty,  ninety,  or  even  a  hundred  and  fifty 
feet  The  water  soon  ceases;  but  the  spray  and  vapour  continue  to  play  in  the 
air  for  several  hours,  and,  when  illuminated  by  the  sun,  produce  the  moat  brilliant 
rainbows.  Tho  largest  stones,  when  thrown  into  the  orifice,  are  instantly  pro- 
pelled to  an  amazing  height,  and  remaining  often  for  some  minutes  within  the 
mflnenee  of  the  steam,  rise  and  foil  in  singular  alternation.  Stones  thrown  into 
the  fountain  have  the  remarkaUe  efiect  of  acting  as  a  stimulus  to  the  eruption, 
and  causing  it  to  buret  from  a  state  of  tranquillity.  The  basin  of  the  Great 
Geyser  is  of  an  oval  form,  with  diametera  of  fifty-eight  and  sixty-four  feet.  Every 
spot  around  the  Geysera  is  covered  with  variegated  and  beautiful  petrifactions. 


2» 


HOLLAND. 


S85 


Leftves,  gnu,  nuhM,  are  converted  inta  white  itone,  preserving  entire  every 
fibre. 

The  Sulphur  Mounttine,  with  their  caldrons  of  boiling  mud,  present  another 
phenomenon  which  the  traveller  beholds  with  the  utmost  astonishment  These 
consiat  chiefly  of  clay,  covered  with  a  crust,  which  is  hot  to  the  touch,  and  of 
sulphur,  from  almost  every  part  of  which,  ffas  and  steam  are  perpetually  escaping. 
Sometimes  a  loud  noise  guides  the  travt  iler  to  a  spot  where  caldrons  of  black 
boiling  mud,  largely  impregnated  with  this  mineral  substance,  are  throwing  up,  at 
abort  intervals,  their  eruptions.  That  on  the  Erabla  had  a  diameter  equal  to 
that  of  the  Great  Geyser,  and  rose  to  the  height  of  thirty  feet  The  situation  of 
the  spectator  here  is  aoi  only  awflil,  but  even  dangerous ;  standing,  on  a  support 
which  feebly  sustains  him,  over  an  abyss  where  fira  and  brimstone  are  in  drmofiil 
and  incessant  action. 

The  civil  and  social  state  of  Iceland  presents  features  no  less  interesting.  It 
was  discovered  about  the  vear  840,  by  Nadod,  a  Danish  pirate<  After  its  settle- 
ment it  became  a  little  independent  republic ;  and  the  arts  and  literature,  driven 
before  the  tide  of  barbarism,  which  then  overwhelmed  thp  rest  of  Europe,  took 
refuge  in  this  remoto  and  frozen  clime.  Iceland  had  its  divines,  its  annalists,  its 
poets,  and  was  for  some  time  the  most  enlightened  count.-  then  per'  iipe  existing 
m  the  world.  Subjected  first  to  Norway,  m  1281,  and  atlerwards  t  Denmark,  it 
lost  the  spirit  and  enerey  of  an  independent  republic.  Yet  the  diff-  .<jun  of  know- 
ledge, oven  among  the  lowest  class,  which  took  place  during  its  |.  js^rous  period, 
■till  exists  in  a  degree  not  paralleled  in  the  most  enlif^htened  oi'  other  nat'.'«ui. 
Men  who  seek,  amid  the  storms  of  the  surrounding  ocr -i  -  scanty  provisior  '.at 
their  families,  possess  an  acquaintance  with  the  clast  cal  "ritings  of  antiquity, 
and  a  sense  of  their  beauty.  The  traveller  finds  thd  juide  whom  he  has  hired 
able  to  held  a  conversation  with  him  in  Latin,  and  on  his  arrival  at  his  miserable 

!ilace  of  rest  for  the  night  i"  addressed  with  fluency  and  elegance  in  the  same 
anguaffe.  "  The  instruction  of  his  children  forms  one  of  the  stated  occupations 
of  Uie  Icelander;  and  while  the  little  hut  which  he  inhabits  is  almost  buried 
in  the  snow,  and  while  darkness  and  desolation  are  spread  universally  around,  the 
light  of  an  oil-lamp  illumines  the  page  from  which  he  rrnds  to  his  ftmily  the  les- 
sons of  knowledge,  religion,  and  virtue."    Population  66,000. 

The  Faroe  Islands  compose  a  gtoap  in  Uie  Northern  Ocean,  between  61<*  15' 
and  e2<'  20'  N.  lat,  to  the  north  of  Shetland,  which  they  resemble.  The  prin- 
cipal are  Stromoe,  Osteroe,  Suderoe,  and  Sandoe,  with  the  smaller  islands  of 
Nordoe,  Wideroe,  and  Waagoe.  Their  only  wealth  is  produced  b>  the  rearing 
of  sheep,  Ashing,  and  catching  the  numerous  birds  which  cluster  round  the  rocks. 
With  the  surplus  of  these  articles  they  supply  their  deficiency  of  grain.  Thor- 
sharn,  on  Stromoe,  is  the  only  place  that  '*an  be  called  a  town. 


1   >TWV^%-'-.  V.\?j^  P.! 
J^«S>ii^.:' -•"''■'• '■■■'5    H " 


HOLLAND. 


Tbb  Netherlands,  comprising  now  the  two  kingdoms  of  Holland  and  Belgium, 
form  a  maritime  territory,  which,  situated  almost  m  the  centre  between  the  north 
and  south  of  Europe,  and  penetrated  by  the  Rhine  and  its  tributaries,  possesses 
great  natural  advantages  for  industry  and  commerce.  It  has,  accordingly,  from  a 
very  early  period  of  modern  history,  ranked  as  one  of  the  most  prosperous  and 
flourishing  parts  of  Europe.  The  union  of  the  Batavian  and  Belgic  Netherlands 
into  one  kingdom,  though  in  fact  only  a  renewal  of  that  which  subsisted  at  a 
former  period,  was  suddenly  terminated,  in  1880,  by  a  revolution  of  the  Belgians, 
and  the  erection  of  their  country  into  a  separate  monarchy,  through  the  mediatiim 
of  the  five  great  powers  of  Europe ;  and  the  crown,  with  their  consent  has  been 
conferred  on  prince  Leopold,  formerly  of  Saxe-Coburg. 

Holland  is  bounded  north  by  the  German  Ocean,  east  by  Germany,  south  bv 


Belgium,  and  west  by  the  German  Ocean.    It  extends  fVom  51*  ID'  to  63<»  25'  Pf. 
lat,  and  from  8°  23'  to  7"  5'  E.  Ion.,  and  contains  11,100  square  miles.  The  Rhine 

2» 


8M 


HOLLAND. 


enters  thia  country  ftom  the  aouth-easC  and  flows  tbrougb  it  to  the  sea  by  seTeral 
moutha  The  Maese  or  Meuse  rises  in  Francs  and  Aaws  north-easterly  through 
Beleium  into  Holland,  where  it  turns  to  the  west  and  unites  with  the  mouths  of 
the  Rhine.  The  Zuyder  Zee  is  a  large  inland  bay,  in  the  northern  part,  60  miles 
in  extent  The  Sea  of  Haarlem  is  a  lake,  14  miles  in  length,  to  the  west  of  the 
Zoyder  Zee,  and  communicating  with  it  by  the  river  Y,  which  passes  bv 
Amsterdam.  There  are  many  small  lakes  in  the  northern  province  of  Friesland. 
The  whole  country  is  low  and  flat,  a  great  part  of  it  being  below  the  level 
of  the  sea.  fVom  the  top  of  a  steeple  the  eye  ranges  over  a  boundless  plain, 
intersected  by  canals'  and  dikes ;  meadows  of  the  freshest  verdure,  covered  by 
numerous  herds  of  cattle;  towns,  villages  and  detached  houses  embosomed  in 
trees :  numerous  vessels  continually  gliding  alongf  the  canals,  and  by  the  animsF 
tion  which  they  give  to  the  landscape,  compensating  in  some  degree  for  its  want 
d[  bold  and  picturesque  beauty. 

Canals  are  as  numerous  in  Holland  as  roads  in  other  countries,  and  the  country 
is  so  level  that  they  scarcely  need  a  lock  in  their  construction.  Some  of  them 
are  as  old  as  the  10th  century.  The  most  noted  is  the  Great  Dutch  Canal,  50 
miles  in  length  ftom  Amsterdam  to  the  Holder.  It  is  124^  feet  wide  at  the  sur- 
fkce,  and  20  feet  9  fnches  deep.  It  has  two  tide-locks  at  the  extremities,  and  two 
sluices  with  flood-gates  in  the  intermediate  space.  The  width  is  sufficient  to 
allow  two  ft-igates  to  pass  each  other.  This  canal  was  begun  in  1810  and  com- 
pleted in  1826,  at  a  cost  of  about  4,400,000  dollars.  It  is  hiehly  convenient  far 
vessels  sailing  fh>m  Amsterdam,  which  otherwise  are  liable  to  be  detained  by  head 
winds  for  several  weeks. 

The  Dutch,  by  unwearied  industry,  have  conquered  every  disadvantage  of 
climate,  soil  and  territoiy.  The  humidity  and  coldness  of  the  air  are  unfavour- 
able to  the  culture  of  com.  Y.et  the  labours  of  the  patient  inhaUtanta  have  con- 
verted their  boggy  arid  sterile  territory  into  one  of  the  richest  spots  in  Europe. 
The  com  raised  is  insufficient  for  home  consumption,  but  the  products  of  the  dairv 
are  abundant  By  draining  the  bog?  and  marshes,  excellent  meadows  are  createa, 
upon  which  cattle  &tten  to  a  vast  size ;  the  utmost  attention  is  paid  to  their 
warmth  and  cleanliness,  and  even  in  the  summer  these  animals  appear  in  the 
meadows  clothed  witii  apparently  ludicrous  care  to  keep  off  the  flies. 

Wheat,  rye,  barley,  oats,  peas,  beans  and  buckwheat  are  raised  for  internal 
consumption :  and  madder,  rape  seed,  hops,  tobacco,  clover  seed,  mustard  seed, 
flax,  hemp  vd  popiqr  oil,  for  consumption  and  exportation.    Much  attention  is 
paid  to  horticulture :  the  gardens  and  orchards  are  kept  in  very  neat  order. 
Holland  became,  at  an  early  period,  a  maritime  power,  and  established  settle- 
"^  ments  in  various  parts  of  the  globe.    Her  commerce,  160  years  ago,  was  the  most 
extensive  in  Europe;  and  the  Dutch  were,  fcr  a  long  time,  the  carriers  and  factors 
of  the  chief  European  States.    Their  manufactures  were  the  chief  support  of  their 
commerce,  and  the  linens,  silks,  and  woollens  of  Holland  were  spread  over  all 
Europe.    The  political  revolutions  of  modern  times  have  been  ruinous  to  the 
Duton  commerce,  though  the  trade  is  still  considerable.    Floats  of  timber  are 
received  by  the  Rhine  »om  Switz.erland  and  Germany. 

The  herring  fishery  has  been  prosecuted  by  the  Dutch  ever  since  the  twelfth 
century ;  and,  for  part  of  the  time,  on  a  very  large  scale.  In  the  middle  of  the 
eighteenth  century,  the  business  employed  100,000  fishermen;  but  it  has  declined 
S'c  much,  that  80  busses,  of  50  or  eotons  a-piece,  manned  by  13  or  14  men  each, 
are  all  the  vessels  now  employed.    The  whale  fishery  is  also  prosecuted. 

The  manufactures  of  Holland  have  been  greatly  checked  by  the  rivalship  of  the 
English,  Before  the  French  revolution  there  was  scarcely  a  manufkcture  which 
the  Dutch  did  not  carry  on.  In  this  they  were  assisted  by  the  populousness  of  the 
country,  the  cheapness  of  labour,  and  above  all,  by  the  water  carriage,  which 

C'  'OS  an  immense  facility  to  all  the  operations  of  trade  and  industry.  The  manu- 
tures  are  still  considerable,  and  consist  of  woollen,  linen,  silk,  cotton,  tobacco, 
-  sssff  "lie*  leather,  &c.  The  distillation  of  "in  is  laro^lv  carried  on.  The  value 
[of  the  whole  manu&ctures  of  Hollimd  and  Belgium  some  years  ago  was  estimated  ^ 


Uetde- 

iDlOSt 

facton 
If  their 

irer  all 

Ito  the 

ier  are 

Lweinh 
lof  the 

dined 

i each I 

)  of  the] 
which 

)  of  the 
which  I 

I  manu-| 

lobacco, 
value  l| 

iimated  [ 


HOLLAND. 


3» 


%t  about  185  millions  of  dolkn.    Thu  amount  appertaining'  t»  each  at  present 
cannot  be  ascertained. 

Tlie  general  method  of  travelling  is  by  the  trekachutft,  or  drag-boat ;  this  is 
generally  ten  feet  wide,  and  fifty  kMig;  and  in  shape  it  resembles  the  common 
representations  of  Noah's  ark.  The  expense  does  not  exceed  three  cents  a  mile, 
and  the  rate  of  travelling  is  three  miles  an  hour,  which  is  so  invariablv  the  result, 
that  distances,  as  in  the  East,  are  reckoned  by  hours,  and  not  by  miles.  When 
frozen,  the  canals  are  travelled  over  by  deigb  and  akatest  Av  persons  skate ; 
the  peasant  sirl  skates  to  market,  with  her  merchandise  <m  her  head,  the  senator 
to  his  assen^y,  and  the  clergyman  to  his' church. 

The  Dutch  are  distinguished  fbr  frugality,  neatness,  and  industry.  They  are 
of  a  cold,  phlegmatio  temperament,  but  when  roused  to  passion,  have  as  much 
ardour  as  goy  people.  They  are  grave  and  heavy  in  appearance,  and  even  chil- 
dren are  sedate.  They  are  quiet  and  dr>raestie,  and  enjoy  much  happiness  in  thdx 
flmuly  circles,  Generally  they  prefer  gain  to  ambition,  but  in  their  dealings  they 
are  honest  The  very  soil  they  till  ia  a  monument  of  their  perseverance  and 
industry.  Thej  live  m  a  country  of  meadows,  reclaimed  from  the  sea,  ai^  the 
acquisition  is  maintained  only  by  continual  vigilance,  toil,  and  expense. 

The  prevailing  religion  of  Holland  is  Calvinism,  while  that  of  Belgium  is  almost 
exclusively  Catholic ;  a  difference  which  contributed  not  a  little  to  mat  rooted  dis- 
like entertained  by  the  inhabitants  of  the  latter  to  those  of  the  former.  The 
Dutch  have  the  honour  (^  being  the  first  people  who  established  a  system  of  unre* 
strained  toleration.  Even  popeiy,  notwithstanding  the  grounds  which  the  natioa 
had  to  dread  and  hate  it,  was  allowed  to  be  professed  with  the  utmost  freedom. 
The  gqvernmait  allows  salaries,  of  a  greater  or  less  amount,  to  the  clergy  of 
every  persuasion,  only  makiiuf  those  of  the  Presbyterisn  ministers  higher  than 
the  others.  There  are,  besides,  Lutherans,  Baptists,  Jews,  Quakers,  Armenians, 
and  Catholics.  By  the  budget  of  1840,  1,'737,000  guilders  were  appropriated  for 
the  salaries  of  clergymen.    The  salaries  vary  from  JS50  to  d£300. 

In  naval  afiairs,  Holland,  no  longer  the  maritime  rival  but  the  close  ally  of 
Britain,  made  only  faint  attempts  to  raise  her  navy  from  the  low  state  to  which 
it  was  reduced  hj  the  disasters  of  the  revolutionary  war.  It  consists  of  8  sliips 
of  the  line,  91  frigates,  16  corvettes,  21  smaller  vessels,  brigs,  &c.,  and  95  gun- 
boats, for  the  defence  of  the  interior  waters.  There  are  472  officers,  and  the  crews, 
in  active  service,  amount  to  5000  men. 

The  foreign  possessions  of  Holland,  after  being  entirely  wrested  fh>m  her  during 
the  war,  were,  with  the  exception  of  Ceylon,  the  Cape  of  Grood  Hope,  Demenira, 
and  Beibice,  restored  in  1614.  In  the  East  Indies,  she  possesses  the  Mohiccas, 
the  extensive  and  fertile  island  of  Java,  with  settlements  on  Sumatra,  Celebes, 
and  Borneo;  and  some  ftctories  on  the  coast  of  Malabar  and  Coromandel.  In 
Africa,  Ae  retains  El  Mina,  and  other  factories  on  the  Gold  Coast  Her  West 
India  colonies  are  not,  and  never  were,  very  considerable,  unless  as  commercial 
depdts.  Both  the  navy  and  the  colonial  possessions,  in  the  separation  of  the  two 
kingdoms,  remain  with  Holland. 

The  government  is  a  constitutional  monarchy,  with  some  resemblance  to  the 
British,  though  the  sovereign  in  Holland  has  greater  powers,  and  the  two  houses 
of  assembly  are  much  less  powerful  than  the  British  Commons  and  Peers.  The 
constitution  provides  for  the  security  of  persons  and  property,  for  ttiils  within 
three  days,  and  for  the  liberty  of  the  press,  under  the  responsibility  of  him  who 
writes,  prints,  or  distributes.  Religious  toleration  is  secured,  and  judges  cannot 
be  removed  by  the  c  lecutive. 

Holland  is  divided  into  10  provinces :  North  Holland,  South  Holland,  Zealand, 
Utrecht,  Guelderland,  Overyssel,  Drenthe,  Groningen,  Friesland,  and  North  Bra- 
bant 
I    By  a  census  taken  in  1844,  the  population  of  Holland  was  2,053,618. 
The  public  debt  of  the  Netherlands,  ia  1826.  amounted  to  S.3S,SS4,5GG  fiorins, 
which  wag  almost  wholly  contracted  by  the  Dutch,  prmcipally  during  their  pro 


:,;.«icij?a»i^^i|ip»fcii«iM-it''»t.»»>''wii,  .•»»■'. 


398 


HOP4AND. 


tncted  and  glorious  atrugfjgfle  for  independence,  and  partly  during  the  period  that 
Holland  was  connected  with  France.  It  has  been  settled  that  Holland  should 
assume  six^thirteenths  of  the  Netherlandish  debt,  and  Belgium  the  remaining 
seven ;  56,378,500  florins :  of  this  sum,  31,458,305  florins  was  for  the  interest  of 
the  national  debt;  besides  which,  5,600,000  florins  were  appropriated  for  the 
payment  of  the  interest  of  the  5  per  cents;  and  500,000  florins  fof  extraordinary 
expenses.    The  revenue  for  the  same  year  was  estimated  at  56,386,398  florins. 

The  Dutch  school  of  pinting  has  been  eminently  successful  in  a  low  sphere. 
Under  Rembrandt  and  his  disciples,  subjects  of-common  life  and  vulgar  humour 
were  treated  with  a  native  force,  which,  being  aided  by  brilliant  effects  of  light 
and  shade,  have  rendered  this  school  exceedingly  popular,  though  it  has  failed  in 
all  attempts  at  high  and  heroic  delineati<m. 

Amsterdam,  the  capital,  one  of  the  largest  cities  in  Europe,  stands  'on  an  arm 
of  the  Zuyder  Zee  called  the  River  Y.  The  whole  city  is  built  upon  piles  driven 
into  the  ground.  It  is  in  the  form  of  a  crescent,  and  is  intersected  by  the  river 
Amstel,  and  a  great  number  of  canals,  over  which  there  are  280  bridges  of  stone 
and  wood.  Many  of  the  canals  are  bordered  with  trees  and  affi>rd  pleasant  views, 
,but  the  stagnant  water  they  contain  infects  the  air.  The  houses  and  streets  are 
kept  remarlably  clean.  The  Stadthouse  is  the  most  splendid  building  in  Holland. 
It  rests  upcin  a  foundation  of  13,659  oaken  piles,  and  is  built  of  freestone,  with  a 
front  of  282  feet ;  its  interior  is  adorned  with  marble,  jasper,  statues,  paintings,  and 
other  costly  ornaments,  and  the  whole  edifice  was  completed  at  a  cost  of  9,(KI0,0()0 
dollars.  There  is  an  elegant  bridge  over  the  Amstel,  600  feet  in  length.  The 
churches  are  not  remarkable  for  architectural  beauty.  Amsterdam  is  a  place  of 
great  commerce,  although  much  declined  from  its  former  wealth  and  activity. 
The  harbour  is  spacious,  but  only  light  vessels  can  enter.  It  has  many  establish- 
ments for  literature,  the  arts,  and  charitable  purposes,  with  various  manu&ctures. 
Population,  209,000. 

Haarlem,  on  the  sea  or  lake  of  that  name,  has  many  fine  buildings,  and  the 
largest  church  in  Holland :  the  organ  of  this  church  is  the  largest  in  the  world, 
having  8000  pipes,  some  of  them  38  feet  in  length.  This  city  has  many  manu- 
factures, and  claims  the  invention  of  priiiting.  The  inhabitants  show  tiie  house 
of  Lawrence  Koster  the  inventor.  Po<>uiF.tion,  22,000.  Utrecht,  on  the  Rhine, 
is  a  place  of  great  antiquity,  and  has  a  tacuous  university.  It  exhibits  the  ruuu 
of  a  fine  cathedral.     Population,  44,000. 

Rotterdam  is  the  second  commercial  city  in  the  kingdom,  and  by  its  deep  canals 
will  admit  the  largest  vessels  to  the  doors  of  its  warehouses.  The  style  of  Dutch 
architecture  is  more  particularly  striking  in  this  city.  The  houses  are  very  high, 
with  projecting  stories ;  they  are  built  of  very  small  bricks,  and  have  large  win- 
dows. This  was  the  birth-place  of  Erasmus,  and  on  the  bank  of  one  of  the  canals 
stands  his  statue  in  bronze.    Population,  in  1840,  78,000. 

The  Hague  was  once  the  seat  of  government,  although  p  .  ;sessing  only  the 
name  of  a  village.  The  magnificence  of  its  edifices  and  the  general  neatness  of 
the  city,  strike  the  attention  of  every  visiter.  The  streets  are  regular,  and  pavorl 
>  ith  light- coloured  bricks.  Population,  58,000.  Leyden,  four  miles  fi-om  tin 
stands  on  the  ancient  bed  of  the  Rhine.  It  has  the  most  magnificent  church  <n 
Holland,  and  is  fomous  for  its  university.  Population,  36,000.  Groningen  has  an 
university  and  many  learned  institutions.  Population,  30,000.  Nimeguen,  on  the 
Waal,  has  some  manu&ctures  and  commerce.  Population,  14,000.  Middleburg, 
on  the  island  of  Walcheren,  has  a  large  Gothic  town-house  ornamented  with  sta- 
tues. Population,  35,000.  Breda,  at  the  junction  of  the  Aa  and  the  Werck,  is 
one  of  the  stronsest  towns  in  Holland.  It  has  a  magnificent  cathedral.  Population, 
13,000  Dcrt  or  Dordrecht,  on  an  island  formed  by  the  Maese  and  the  Biesboech, 
has  a  great  trade  in  wood  brought  down  the  Rhine.  Population,  19,614..  Sanr- 
dam,  on  the  river  Zaan,  is  a  considerable  town  of  wooden  houses,  almost  all  of 
which  are  painted  green :  it  has  considerable  commerce  and  ship-building :  almost 

<>vnrv  hniisp  is  RiirrniindRd  hv  wntor.  nnd  fKrmn  with  itii  minion  ■  amall  lalanfl 


BELGIUM. 


999 


BELGIUM. 

This  kingdom  is  bounded  north  by  Holland,  east  by  Germany,  south-west  by 
France,  and  north-west  by  the  German  Ocean.  It  extends  from  49°  HSf  to  51" 
30f  N.  lat.,  and  from  2"  40'  to  G"  SC  E.  Ion.,  and  comprises  13,000  s<mare  miles. 

The  chief  rivers  are  tho  Scheldt  and  Maese.  The  Scheldt  rises  in  France  and 
flows  north-easterly  into  this  country,  where  it  turns  to  the  north  and  north-west, 
and,  dividing  into  several  channels,  falls  into  the  German  Ocean.  Though  not 
remarkable  for  length,  it  is  a  wide  and  deep  river.  Antwerp  and  Ghent  are  situ- 
ated upon  it.  The  Slaese  flows  through  the  eastern  part  of  the  country  from  France 
to  Holland. 

The  climate  much  resembles  that  of  the  solith  of  Encland.  In  the  interior  the 
air  is  salubrious :  but  upon  the  coast  of  Flanders,  and  about  the  mouths  of  the 
Scheldt,  the  air  is  moist  and  unhealthful. 

The  soil,  in  general,  is  moderately  fertile.  In  Luxemburg,  Liege,  and  Namur, 
are  considerable  stouy  and  unproductive  tracts.  Flanders  abounds  v^rith  exrollent 
com  lands.  In  the  south  and  south-eastern  parts  are  mines  of  iron,  lead,  copper, 
and  coal,  and  quarries  of  marble.  The  whole  country  is  level,  but  somewhat  less 
so  than  Holland.  In  the  south  are  some  hills  of  moderate  height.  The  mining 
of  coal  employs  more  than  30,000  men ;  the  produce  is  about  3,250,000  tons. 

The  agriculture  of  this  country  has  been  celebrated  for  more  than  600  years : 
all  travellers  bestow  high  praise  upon  the  skill  and  industry  of  the  Flemish  farm- 
er:. Com,  flax,  barley,  oats,  madder,  and  hops,  are  raised  in  great  quantities; 
and  tobacco  is  also  cultivated.  Pasturage  is  abundant ;  the  clover  and  turnips 
support  great  numbers  of  cattle,  principsUv  cows. 

The  canals  in  Belgium  are  spacious  ana  commodious,  connecting  all  the  grea^ 
cities ;  though  not  nearly  equal  in  number,  nor  uniting  every  village,  as  in  Hol- 
land, Belgium  is  the  first  State  in  Europe  in  which  a  general  system  of  railways 
has  been  planned  and  executed  by  the  government  at  public  cost.  It  was  first 
commenced  in  1833.  Several  ofthe  most  important  towns  are  thus  connected.  The 
fare  is  not  one-half  the  rate  charged  in  England,  and  even  less  than  in  the  United 
States.  The  intercourse  between  those  cities  that  are  connected  by  rail-roads  is 
ten  times  greater  than  it  was  before. 

Tlte  separation  of  Belgium  from  Holland  was  unfavourable,  for  a  time,  to  the 
trade  ofthe  former;  but  her  commerce  and  shipping  are  now  increasing  rapidly 
Antwerp  and  Ostend  are  the  chief  commercial  ports  of  Belgium,  and  their  trade 
extends  to  all  parts  of  the  world.  In  1837,  there  entered  and  departed  from  '\.03\3 
cities  4200  sail  of  ship**-  The  exports  ofthe  kingdom  are  about  $42,000,00)  annu- 
ally ;  and  the  imports  $30,000,000. 

The  Flemings  were  once  the  chief  manufacturers  of  Europe.  Three  centuii^ 
ago,  the  linens  and  woollens  of  Ghent,  Louvain,  Brassels,  and  Mechlin,  clothed 
the  higher  ranks  in  all  the  surrounding. countries.  Subsequently  they  weT«« 
gradually  superseded  by  the  cheaper  fabrics  of  France  and  England  ;  but,  since 
the  general  peace,  they  have  steadily  improved  in  ({uality  and  amount.  The  fine 
linen  fabrics,  laces,  lawns,  and  cambrics  of  Mechlin,  Brussels,  &c.,  continue  un- 
rivalled, and  enjoy  a  certain  demand  throughout  Europe.  The  other  manufac- 
tures consist  of  cottons,  silks,  ribands,  hosiery,  porcelain,  fire-arms,  &c.  The 
breweries  are  numerous  and  extensive ;  beer  is  the  common  drink  ofthe  people. 

The  manners  and  customs  of  the  Belgians  are  somewhat  similar  to  those  of 
France ;  though  in  character  they  bear  more  resemblance  to  the  Dutch ;  and  have 
a  national  antipathy  to  them,  and  a  preference  for  the  French.  They  are  no  less 
industrious  and  persevering  than  the  Dutch,  and  nearly  as  phlegmatic.  The 
Flemish  school  of  painting  is  distinguished  by  brilliant  colouring,  natural  expres- 
sion, and  the  wonderful  effect  of  light  and  shade.  It  is,  however,  deficient  in 
drawing.    The  great  painters  were  Rubens,  Teniers,  and  Vandyke. 

The  Belgians  nearly  all  belong  to  the  Roman  Catholic  charch.  Tnere  are 
13,000  ProieBtants,  and  1 100  .Tews  in  the  kingdom.  The  fullest  liberty  is  allowed 
in  religious  matters,  and  the  clergy,  of  all  denominations,  are  supported  by  the 


laT" 


"ST 


BBI 


■KB 


330 


BELGIUM 


govorornent.  There  are  four  colleges  in  Belgiam,  viz.,  Ghent,  Brussels,  Louvain, 
and  Liege,  attended  by  about  1400  students.  Besides  atheneums  or  lyceunis,to 
be  found  in  all  the  considerable  towns,  and  which  supply  a  middle  course  of  in- 
struction, there  are  primary  schools  in  every  village,  oy  which  the  benefits  of 
education  are  communicated  to  the  lowest  ranks.  In  1638  there  were  6622  pri- 
mary schools,  with  421,303  scholars.  Sunday  schools  are  in  many  places  well 
attended ;  the  principal  one,  at  Ghent,  has  3000  children. 

In  1838,  the  income  of  Belgium  was  817,975,201,  and  the  expenses  18,105,209 
dollars.  The  public  debt  is  §29,460,000,  part  of  which  was  contracted  for  rail- 
'roads.  The  Belgian  army  is  upwards  of  100,000  men,  of  whom  nearly  one-half 
were  on  fiirlough,  in  1838.  The  national  guard  comprises  267  legions,  with'  an 
aggregate  of  690,000  men.  The  navy  is  a  small  flotilla  of  gun-boats,  manned  by 
600  officers  and  seamen :  several  larger  vessels  are  about  to  be  constructed. 

The  government  of  Belgium  is  a  constitutional  monarchy,  with  a  Senate  and 
House  of  Representatives,  the  members  of  which  are  elected  bv  the  people,  the 
first  for  eight  and  the  latter  for  four  years.  Belgiam  is  divided  into  eight  pro- 
vinces: the  population  of  the  kingdom,  in  1833,  was  4,242,600. 

Brussels,  the  capital,  stands  on  both  sides  of  the  river  Senne,  flowing  into 
the  Scheldt.  The  ci^  was  formerly  surrounded  b]r  a  double  wall  and  ditch,  but 
these  have  been  demolished,  and  the  space  formed  into  a  handsome  public  walk 
planted  with  trees.  The  suburbs  are  extensive,  and  there  are  many  neighbouring 
villages  joined  to  the  city  by  long  avenues.  The  lower  part  of  the  town  consists 
of  narrow  streets  and  old  houses.  The  upper  part  is  modern  and  regular,  with 
fine  buildings  and  a  beautiful  park  laid  out  in  large  regular  walks,  shaded  with 
trees  and  surrounded  by  palaces,  public  offices,  and  elegant  private  houses.  Public 
fountains  are  interspersed  throughout  the  city,  and  a  large  canal  here  leaves  the 
river.  The  Hotel  de  Ville  is  remarkable  for  it*  exquisite  Gothic  spire.  There 
are  many  fine  squares  and  palaces,  and  in  the  Orange  Palace  is  a  library  of  100,000 
volumes.  Half  a  league  frum  the  city  is  the  splendid  palace  of  Schoonenburg. 
Brussels  is  distinguished  for  its  manufactures  of  laces,  carpets,  tapestry,  woollen 
and  cotton  cloths,  silk  stockings,  gold  and  silver  lace.   Popula.,  in  1837, 104,265. 

Ghent  stands  at  the  confluence  of  three  rivers  with  the  Scheldt,  and  is  7  miles 
in  compass,  but  contains  within  its  walls  many  fields  and  unoccupied  grounds. 
Many  of  its  canals  are  bordered  with  quays  planted  with  rows  of  trees.  The 
houses  are  large,  but  heavy  and  inelegant :  here  is  a  fine  Gothic  cathedral  with 
marble  floors  and  pillars.  Ghent  has  manufactures  of  fine  lace,  cotton,  linen, 
woollen,  silk,  paper,  and  leather :  the  trade  of  the  city  has  lately  increased. 
Population,  in  1836,  88,290. 

Antwerp,  on  the  Scheldt,  is  a  large  and  well-built  city,  surrounded  by  a  wall 
with  carriage  roads  on  the  top  planted  with  rows  of  trees.  The  city  is  built  in 
the  form  of  a  semicircle,  and  is  intersected  by  canals.  The  cathedral  is  one  of  the 
finest  Gothic  structures  in  the  world,  and  its  spire  is  unrivalled;  it  is  441  feet 
high,  and  deserves,  according  to  the  saying  of  Charles  V.,  to  be  kept  in  a  glass 
case  anu  shown  only  on  holidays.  The  Stadthouse  and  Exchange  are  noble  edi- 
fices. The  harbour  io  deep  and  capacious.  In  the  height  of  its  prosperity,  Ant- 
werp was  one  of  the  most  flourishing  and  wealthy  commercial  cities  in  the  world, 
and  contained  200,000  inhabitants.  Its  commerce  has  greatly  declined,  and  the 
city  has  a  decayed  and  solitary  appearance.  The  inhabitants  carry  on  a  few 
manufactures.     Population,  in  1835,  75,365. 

Liege,  on  the  Maese,  is  divided  into  three  parts  by  the  river,  and  has  extensive 
suburbs.  The  houses  are  high,  and  many  of  the  streets  narrow,  crooked  and 
gloomy.  Most  of  the  inhabitants  are  engaged  in  manufactures  and  trade.  Iron, 
coal,  and  alum,  abound  in  the  neighbourhood,  and  afford  occupation  for  all  the 
industry  of  the  place.  The  manufactures  consist  of  iron,  fire-arms,  clock-work, 
nails,  &c.    Population,  in  1836,  68,000. 

Bruges,  8  miles  from  the  sea,  stands  in  a  fertile  plain.  It  communicates  with 
the  sea  and  the  towns  in  the  interior  by  canals.  Here  are  a  college,  an  academy 
for  painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture,  several  literary  societies,  i  public  library 
of  6000  volumes,  and  a  botanical  garden.  The  manufacture  of  laca  employti  6000 
people,  and  there  are  200  schools  in  which  children  are  taught  this' art.    The 


Mtn 


BRITISH  ISLANDS. 


an 


town  house  ia  a  siiperb  gothic  edifice ;  its  steeple  is  furnished  with  chimes  of  bells 
which  play  a  dtflbrent  tune  every  quarter  of  an  hour.    Population,  44,374. 

Louvain  is  a  large  and  ancient  town  with  a  famous  university.  Population, 
24,284.  Namur,  at  the  cmifluence  of  the  Maese  and  Sambre,  is  a  well-built 
town :  the  houses  are  constructed  of  a  blue  stone  with  red  and  black  veins.  It 
has  a  citadel  on  the  summit  of  a  precipitous  rock.  Population,  20,176.  Luxem- 
burg is  a  strongly  fortified  city.  Population,  11,242.  Spa  is  &mous  for  its  mineral 
springs  situatmi  in  a  valley  surrounded  by  steep  woody  Kills :  it  has  also  some 
manufactures.  Gemappes  and  Waterloo  are  celebrated  for  the  battles  fought  in 
their  neighbourhood.  Ostend,  a  few  miles  west  of  Bruges,  is  one  of  the  most 
important  seaports  in  the  country :  regular  packets  sail  from  this  place  to  Eng- 
land several  times  a  week,  and  it  has  a  great  trade  in  the  exportation  of  grain 
and  other  products.    Papulation,  in  1836, 12,161. 


■,'r^i:m^-   ■ 


BRITISH  islands: 


ff>  jii 


;:%*■• «.' 


The  British  tsLANos,  placed  nearly  in  the  north-western  angle  of  Europe, 
command  peculiar  advantages,  no  less  for  natural  strength  in  war,  than  as  an  em- 
porium of  commerce  in  peace.  On  the  southern  side,  they  are  almost  in  contact 
with  France,  Holland,  and  Germany,  for  ages  the  most  enlightened  and  flourish- 
ing countries  of  the  civilized  world ;  on  the  east,  a  wide  expanse  of  sea  separates 
them  from  the  bleak  region  of  Scandinavia ;  on  the  west,  they  overlook  the  At- 
lantic Ocean,  whose  limit,  in  another  hemisphere,  is  the  coast  of  America ;  while, 
in  the  extreme  north,  they  may  be  almost  said  to  face  the  unexplored  expanse  of 
the  Polar  Sea.  Exclusive  of  the  northern  insular  appendages,  they  may  be  con- 
sidered as  situated  between  the  fiftieth  and  fifty-ninth  degrees  of  north  latitude, 
and  between  the  second  degree  of  east,  and  the  tenth  of  west  longitude. 

They  are  geographically  divided  into  two  islands  of  unequal  magnitude.  Great 
Britain  and  Ireland.  Britain,  again,  is  divided  into  two  unequal  parts, — England, 
which,  including  Wales,  contains  57,960  square  miles ;  and  Scotland,  which  con- 
tains 29,600.,  The  three,  though  united  into  one  kingdom,  respectively  exhUiit 
peculiarities  which  characterize  them  as  distinct  countries. 

The  constitution  of  Great  Britain  is  an  hereditary  monarchy,  in  which  the 
power  of  the  sovereign  is  controlled  by  the  influence  of  the  aristocracy  in  the 
house  of  peers,  and  by  that  of  the  democracy  in  the  house  of  commons.  The 
House  of  Lords  is  composed  of  all  the  nobility  of  England  who  have  attained  the 
age  of  21  years  and  who  labour  under  no  disqualification;  of  16  representative 
peers  from  Scotland,  of  28  representative  peers  from  Ireland ;  and  likewise  of  30 
spiritual  lords,  viz.  the  two  English  archbishops  n?id  twenty-four  bishops,  and  one 
archbishop  and  three- bishops  of  Ireland.  The  '■'-■■\m  of  commons  consists  of  658 
members,  cf  which  471  English  members  are  cl ;i;:]en  by  counties,  universities, 
cities,  au:^  boroughs ;  for  Wales  29,  and  for  Scotland  63,  members,  chosen  by 
counties,  cities,  and  boroughs ;  and  fbr  Ireland  there  are  105  members,  chosen  by 
counties,  universities,  cities,  and  boroughs.  The  ministry  is  composed  of  the 
first  lords  of  the  treasury,  the  chancellor  of  the  exchequer,  the  three  secretaries 
of  foreign  afl&irs,  of  th^^  home  department,  and  of  war,  the  lord  chancellor,  the 
president  of  the  counc.!,  the  treasurer  of  the  navy,  the  paymaster  of  the  forces, 
the  commissioners  of  the  treasury,  and  'her  persons  of  high  t'  s.  The  first 
lord  of  the  treasury  is  mostly  considered  ms  premier,  or  prime  mr  i  -    i'. 

The  navy  is  the  force  on  which  Great  Britain  mainly  relies  for  ma<  itaining  her 
own  independence  and  her  ascendency  over  foreign  nations.  By  it  she  he3  ''ac- 
quired, in  a  measure,  the  sovereignty  of  the  seas,  and  the  advantages  whic'  '.  :t 
sovereignty  confers,  of  securing  her  possessions  in  the  most  distant  quarte.v  u>' 
the  globe,  of  protecting  her  commerce  and  sustaining  the  exertions  of  tier  armies 
during  war.  During  the  most  active  period  of  the  last  maritime  war,  the  number 
of  seamen  in  emuioyrneai  amounted  to  140,000 ;  and  there  were  in  commission 
160  sail  of  the  line,  and  160  frigates,  with  30,000  marines.    The  estimate  for 


€ 


383 


BRITISH  ISLANDS. 


1838  comprehended  30,000  seamen  and  19,000  marines.  Their  pay  amounted  to 
£1,051,916 ;  subsistence  to  £453,898 ;  which,  with  cost  of  stores  and  allow- 
ance for  wear  and  tear,  raised  the  expense  to  nearly  dS3,000,000.  The  buildin); 
aud  repair  of  vessels,  the  charges  of  the  dockyattis,  pay  of  officers,  and  odter 
items,  ao'iO'JDted  to  about  an  equal  sum.  Thnvf  charges  <<?:th  £^  ,548,166  ia 
hal^■pay  i</Ad  pensions,  made  up  the  sum  oi  .;f^4,;»f^i,4S).  as  ihe  ei>'ir»  navy  esti- 
mate for  Xin  year  1838.  In  1841  the  British  i.a^j  r-iaprised  575  veu<'\&,  of  all 
gFtides,  inclcding  135  armed  steamers  :  about  a  third  j^art  of  the  vx.sn  '^i-ce  is  in 
c»c  missioii. 

The  milihiry  force  of  the  mat -in,  ^is.  the  clci  -.a  of  the  F«p;h  irars.  u->  uunted  to 
300,000  legtdar  troops  t^xclvrive  ot:'  about  10f>,000  embodied  uiiliiia,  a  large 
amount  of  Iccal  militia  and  volunteers,  ti  which  rrightalso  be  added  a  number  of 
regiments  employed  in  the  '^vntories  of  Ihi  East  India  Company,  and  in  its  pay. 
After  tho  peaco  <'f  1816  a  rj.:)id  reduction  of  the  military  establishmr^nt  was 
effected.  Tho  uiilitia  were  (disembodied,  tho  reguLr  force  wns  :<!diK;;c\  and  in 
1836  the  estimates  were  for  BB,5L;  .len,  r;iJepeodent  cf  tiO,OuO  employed  in 
India  and  paid  ovl  oi  the  lai  c.  ivveaud  c  I'  that  couniry.  Th°  oharve  for  these 
force  fi  was  ^€6,473,;iU3,  but  about  ha!?  of  1h\»  sum  ponsir '<•;''.  of  half-pay,  retired 
al'ju^  !  nces,pfSRsions,and  other  chaigo?  coji;:Wt]uent  on  tht  ro  iier  inmiense  estab- 
lishui  rnk 

Th<.>  national  debt  of  Great  Britain,  in  1833,  was  VD3,306,443  pounds  sterling. 
'}'>'-:  enormouit  amount  has  been  accumulated  by  borrowing  money,  and  anticipat- 
h  >  >>9.cti  yo<^r*B  revenue  to  pay  the  interest  The  debt  is  of  two  kinds,  funded  and 
MfiVt  dc<(L  The  unfunded  debt  consists  of  deficiencies  in  the  payments  of  go- 
^  V  irnmunt;  f:br  which  no  regular  security  imt)  been  given  and  which  bear  no  inter-' 
!««<>>,;  and  of  bills,  or  ^ron^jasory  notes,  issued  by  the  exchequer  to  defray  occasional! 
expenses.  When  debts  of  the  kind  have  accumulated,  and  payment  is  demanded, 
it  becomes  necessary  to  satisfy  the  demand,  or  provide  for  the  regular  payment  of 
the  interest.  Recourse  has  been  always  had  to  the  latter  method*,  and  a  particu- 
lar branch  of  the  actual  revenue  is  mcrt^^^ed  for  the  interest  of  the  debt. 
Money  borrowed  in  this  manner  is  said  to  bti  borrowed  by  funding.  The  public 
funds  or  stocks  are  nothing  more  than  the  pnbjic  debts ;  and  to  have  a  share  in 
these  stocks  is  to  be  a  creditor  of  the  nation.  There  are  about  380,000  holders 
of  public  stock  in  Great  Britain.  A  large  amount  of  the  current  yearly  expendi- 
ture is  appropriated  for  the  payment  of  the  interest  of  the  national  debt :  in  1838, 
the  amount  was  £39,161,538.    Income,  Jg51,7'^0,747 ;  expenditure,  je51,378,92B. 

The  manufactures  of  Britain  have  astonished  the  world,  and  raised  her  to  a 
decided  superiority  over  all  other  nations.  This  distinction  she  has  attained,  not 
so  much  by  their  extreme  fineness,  as  by  the  immensity  of  useful  and  valuable 
products  calci>!atnd  for  the  consumption  of  the  groat  body  of  mankind ;  and,  above 
ail,  in  the  stupendous  exertions  made  in  contriving  and  constructing  the  machinery 
by  which  they  a>-e  produced.  About  one-fourtn  of  the  whole  industry  of  the 
country  is  absorbed  by  the  cotton  manufacture,  the  annual  amount  of  which  is 
estimated  at  £35,000,000.  Of  this  £18,000,000  is  paid  in  wages,  to  800,000  per- 
sons employed  in  its  various  branches ;  and,  allowing  for  those  deper  dent  on  them, 
it  affords  subsistence  to  not  less  than  1,400,000  persons.  The  aunual  value  of 
the  woollen  manufactures  is  about  jEi33,000,000,  and  the  people  employed  number 
about  500,000.  The  value  of  silk  goods  made  is  reckoned  at  jg  10,000,000:  of 
the  different  manufactures  of  metals,  the  entire  produce  is  J£17,000,000,  employ- 
ing 350,000  )  eople. 

The  imports  into  Great  Britain,  in  1838,  amounted  to  JS53,S34,874,  and  the 
exports  to  £73,313,207.    Two-thirds  of  the   >  rurmerce  of  tho  kingdom  is  carried 
on  at  the  port  of  London ;  and  cne-sixth  pf 
In  1838,  tnere  belonged  to  the  British  emp' 
and  navigated  by  178,883  men.    The  entrl 
ir  ns,  amounted  each  to  10,50P.'''>0  tc 
ft^      'oreign  vessels,  comprising  St  .  c'J 
<  \  the  ports  of  Great  Britain. 

Ooal  and  iron,  the  most  valuable  ..  cJ ' '  '<a  mineral  substances  from  whioh  Bri 


tf)d  shipping  belongs  to  that  ^^^y. 

'>,i)09  vessels,  of  3,890,601  tons, 

learances  for  the  coasting-trade, 

besides  these,  in  the  same  year, 

ns,  and  navigated  by  53,601  men. 


R->i5S^'"kf  "iTcS 


nd  the 
barried  | 

tt-'y 
tons,  I 

l-trade,  | 

year,l| 

men,  I 

Bri- 


ENQLAND. 


333 


tian  derivea  her  prosperitj,  uxiato  in  vast  quantitiea,  invarioua  parte  of  the  island : 
the  amount  of  coal  annually  raised,  is  computed  at  31  million  tons;  giving  em' 
ployment,  in  all  its  branches,  to  160,000  persons.  The  annual  manufacture  of 
iron  amounte  to  1,500,000  tons.  Of  salt,  the  annual  produce  is  about  15,000,000 
bushels ;  of  which  10,000,000  are  exported. 

The  colonies  of  Great  Britain  are  found  in  every  quarter  of  the  globe.  The 
most  important  are  the  East  India  possessions,  which  comprise  above  a  million 
square  miles  of  territory,  and  a  population  of  upwards  of  120  millions.  These  are 
undor  the  sway  of  a  mercantile  association  in  London,  called  the  English  East 
India  Company,  which  has  existed  for  above  two  centuries.  Their  revenue 
exceeds  that  of  any  European  State,  except  England,  France,  and  Russia.  In  1838, 
it  was  estimated  atiSl5,437,46l.  The  taxable  population  under  the  control  of  the 
Company  amopnte  to  93,640,000.  They  have  41,000,000  additional  inhabitants  at 
their  command,  under  dependent  native  princes,  with  an  army  of  370,000  men. 
The  general  concerns  of  me  company  are  subjected  to  the  authority  of  a  board  of 
control,  who  are  appointed  by  the  crown,  and  are  under  the  direction  of  the  mi- 
nistry :  the  la^al  affairs,  however,  are  directed  by  the  Company.  The  colonies 
belonging  to  Hreat  Britain  are— In  Europe,  Heligoland,  Gibraltar,  Malta,  and 
the  Ionian  Ish-nds ; — Ana,  Aden  in  Arabia,  Hindoostan,  Ceylon,  Prince  of  Wales 
Island,  the  P  ovince  of  Wellesley,  Singapore,  Malacca,  the  Provinces  in  Birmah, 
and  the  Island  of  Hong  Kong,  near  Canton ; — Africa,  Sierra  Leone,  Cape  Coast 
Castle,  and  dependencies,  Cape  Colony,  Isle  of  France,  and  the  Seychelles,  St. 
Helena,  and  Ascension ;  —  Oeeaniea,  Australia,  Van  Diemen's  Land,  and  Ne^ 
Zealand ; — Jmeriea,  New  Britain,  Canada,  New  Brunswick,  Nova  Scotia  and 
Cape  Breton,  Prince  Edward's  Island,  Newfoundland,  the  Bermudas,  the  Baha* 
mas,  Jamaica,  and  the  other  British  West  India  Islands,  Honduras,  or  the  Balize, 
with  the  colonies  of  Demerara,  Essequibo,  and  Berbice,  in  Guiana. 

POPULATION  OF  THE  BRITISH  EMPIRE  AND  COLONIES,  1845. 

Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  in  1841 27,019,707 

European  dependencies 324,423 

British  America 1,550,000 

West  Indies,  Demerara,  &,c^  Honduras 821,763 

African  Colonics 300,000 

Aden,  Ceylon,  Prov.  in  Birmah,  Singapore,  &c 2,874,656 

East  India  Ca's  Ter.,  (including  Serampore  and  Tranquebor). .  135,600,000 

Colonies  in  Oeeaniea  (British  only) 215,000 

Total  British  empire,  168,705,549 


ENGLAND. 

England  is  bounded  on  the  south  by  the  English  Channel;  on  the  east  by  the 
German  Sea ;  on  the  north  by  Scotland,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  the  Tweed, 
the  Cheviot  hills,  and  the  Fnth  of  Solway ;  on  the  west  by  the  Irish  Sea  and  St 
George's  Channel :  the  promontory  of  the  Land's-End,  forming  ite  south-western 
extremity,  faces  the  vast  expanse  of  the  Atlantic. 

The  greatest  dimension  of  England  is  from  north  to  south,  between  the  Lizard 
Point,  49°  68'  N.,  and  Berwick  on  Tweed,  SS''  45'  N. ;  four  hundred  miles  in 
length.  The  pointe  of  extreme  breadth  are  the  Land's-End,  in  51°  41'  W.,  and 
LowestoiTe,  in  1°  44'  E.,  forming  a  space  of  about  280  miles. 

'^'he  p  leral  aspect  of  this  country  is  varried  and  delightful.  In  some  parts,  ver- 
a-^nt  jlains  extend  as  far  as  the  eye  can  reach,  watered  by  copious  streams.  In 
othei  part^,  are  pleasing  diversities  of  gently  rising  hills  and  bending  vales,  fer- 
tile in  g.M'v  .,  waving  with  wood,  and  interspersed  with  meadows.  Some  tracto 
abound  with  prospecte  -  f  thu  more  romantic  kind  ;  embracing  lofty  mountains, 
cran;gy  rocks,  deep  nar'.!  y  deUs,  and  tamblii)^  torrents.  There  are  also,  here  and 
there,  black  moors  and  wide  uncultivated  heaths.  The  general  aspect  of  Wales 
ifl  bold,  romantic  and  mountainous.  It  consiste  of  ranges  of  lofity  eminences  and 
impending  crags,  intersected  by  nvmeroup  and  deep  ravines,  with  extensive  vai- 
leva,  and  sffoiuing  endless  views  of  wild  mountain  scenery. 


S34 


ENGLAND. 


The  riven  of  ESaglandf  though  deficient  in  magnitude,  ue  nnmenHia,  conuno- 
dioue,  and  valuable ;  flowing  tluough  broad  vales  mi  wide-epreading  plain*.  The 
largMt  is  the  (Severn,  which  rises  near  Plinlinmon,  a  high  mountain  in  Wales. 
Its  embouchure  forma  a  wide  bay,  called  the  Bristol  Channel.  It  is  900  miles 
long,  and  is  navigable  in  the  latter  part  of  its  course.  The  tide  rolls  up  this 
stream  in  waves  three  or  four  feet  high. 

The  Thames  rises  near  the  Severn  in  the  lower  part  of  its  course,  and  flows 
east  into  the  German  Ocean.  It  is  160  miles  long,  and  is  navigable  for  ships  to 
London,  60  miles.  This  is  the  most  importaht  river  of  Great  Britain  for  naviga- 
tion. The  Mersey  is  a  small  stream  flowing  south-west  into  the  Irish  Sea  at  Liv- 
erpool ;  it  is  navi^le  35  miles.  The  Dee  rises  in  Wales,  and  flows  north-west 
into  the  Irish  Sea  near  the  mouth  of  the  Mersey.  The  Trent  and  Ouse  rise  in 
the  north,  and  b^  their  junction  form  the  Humber,  which  is  a  good  navigable 
stream,  and  falls  into  the  German  Ocean. 

The  lakes  are  numerous  and  occur  principally  in  the  north-west  portions  of  the 
kingdom,  of  which  Windermere,  the  largest,  only  twelve  miles  long  and  one 
broad,  has  been  raised  to  distinction  by  the  taste  of  the  age  fat  picturesque  beauty, 
rather  than  as  a  geographical  feature  of  the  country. 

England  has  an  atmosphere  of  fogs,  rain,  and  perpetual  change ;  yet  the  climate 
is  mild.  The  rigours  of  winter  ana  the  heats  of  summer  are  ^ss  lelt  than  on  the 
continent  under  the  same  parallel.  The  winds  from  the  sea  temper  the  extremes 
of  heat  and  cold ;  the  changes,  however,  are  sudden.  Westerly  and  south- 
westerly winds  are  most  prevalent,  and  also  the  most  violent  Next  are  the  north 
and  north-east  The  perpetual  moisture  of  the  air  is  sometimes  unfiivouiable  to 
the  crops,  but  its  general  efiect  is  to  cover  the  whole  island  with  the  deepest  ver- 
dure. The  mefetdows  and  fields  are  usually  green  throughout  the  winter:  and  the 
transient  snows  that  occasionally  fiiU  upon  them  are  insufficient  to  deprive  them 
of  their  brilliancy.  Many  kinds  of  kitchen  vegetables,  as  cabbages,  cauliflowers, 
broccoli,  and  celery,  often  remain  uninjured  in  the  gardens  through  the  winter. 

Mines  fbrm  one  of  the  most  copious  sources  of  the  wealth  of  England.  The 
useful  metals  and  minerals,  those  which  afford  the  instruments  of  manu&cture  and 
are  subservient  to  the  daily  purposes  of  life,  are  now  drawn  from  the  earth  more 
copiously  there  than  in  any  other  country.  Her  most  valuable  metals  are  iron, 
copper,  and  tin ;  her  principal  minerals  are  coal  and  salt  Notwithstanding  the 
genend  inferiority  of  the  soil,  England  is  under  such  excellent  cultivation,  that 
the  country  may  be  consideresd  as  one  great  garden.  fVirming  is,  in  many  parts, 
conductea  on  a  great  scale,  by  men  of  intelligence,  enterprise  and  capital ;  and 
the  Bciehce  as  well  as  practice  of  agriculture  is  crrried  to  a  high  degree  of  per. 
fection.  In  the  northern  counties,  the  farms  arc  large,  and  are  leased  generally 
for  21  y^^ra.  In  the  southern  counties,  the  fitrms  are  smaller,  and  the  tenants  are 
often  proprietors. 

The  commerce  of  £<ngland  is  unrivalled  by  that  of  any  other  nation  in  the  world. 
Every  quarter  of  the  globe  seems  tributary  to  the  enterprise  and  perseverance  of 
this  great  commercial  people.  The  manufactures  of  this  kingdom  far  surpass  in 
amount  and  variety,  those  of  any  other  naticm  that  has  ever  existed ;  and  form  the 
most  astonishing  display  of  the  fruits  of  human  industry  and  skill.  The  vast 
numbers  of  people  employed  in  them,  give  no  adequate  idea  of  their  immense 
extent  as  the  great  perfection  to  which  labour-saving  machinery  is  carried  in 
England,  enables  one  man  to  do  the  work  of  160.  The  cotton  manufacture  would 
have  required,  half  a  century  ago,  50,000,000  men,  and  the  power  now  employed 
in  it  nione  in  Great  Britain  exceeds  the  manufiictnring  industry  of  all  the  rest  of 
Europe  collectively.  The  other  most  important  branches  are  woollen,  silk,  linen, 
and  hardware. 

In  the  northern  counties  of  England  are  great  manufkctores  of  broadcloth  and 
every  other  kind  of  woollen  goods,  principally  in  the  West  Riding  of  Yorkshire, 
at  Leeds,  Wakefield,  Bradford,  Hali&x,  and  Huddersfield.  Sheffield  has  manu- 
ftctnres  of  cutlery  and  plated  goods.  Manchester,  wnd  its  neighbourhood,  is  the 
great  seat  of  the  cotton  manufacture. 


the 


iiillann    nnttn^taa    U9t%    fl.A  /^I.Ma1. 


...««*  A«.«.V. 


.A,-» _*•  _;it.     _. 


v^ueouim   luouu    i-.tuitm  ui  ana,  VUtUiU,  iiucu, 


A 


ENGLAND. 


83S 


iron,  and  china  ware :  the  atocking  manufactures  of  Nottingham ;  the  woellea- 
of  Leicestershire ;  the  pottery  of  Staffordshire ;  the  hardware  (rf  Birmiivham ; 
the  ribands  of  Coventry;  the  carpeting  of  Kiddermnister;  the  broadctoth  of  Stroud. 
Flannels  are  the  chief  article  of  Welsh  manaftctare.  In  the  soothem  counties 
are  the  cotton,  paper,  and  blankets  of  Berkshire ;  the  flannels  cS  Salisbuiy ;  the 
cordage  of  Dorsetshire ;  the  woollens  of  every  sort  in  Devonshire ;  and  every  kind 
of  goods,  particularly  the  finer  articles  of  upholstery,  jewelry  aiKi  every  material 
of  luxui^,  are  manumctured  in  and  about  London. 

The  interior  navigation  of  England  is  justly  regarded  as  one  of  the  prime 
sources  of  her  prosperity.  Till  the  middle  of  last  century,  the  making  of  canals 
did  not  enter  into  the  system  of  English  economy.  In  1755,  was  formM  the  San- 
key  canal,  a  line  of  twelve  miles,  to  supply  Liverpool  with  coal  from  the  pits  st 
St.  Helen's.  The  example  then  set  by  the  Duke  of  Bridgewater  gave  a  general 
impulse  to  the  nation.  Since  that  time,  upwards  of  30,000,0001.  sterling  have 
been  expended  in  this  object  Twenty-one  canals  have  been  carried  across  the 
central  chain  of  hills,  by  processes  in  which  no  cost  has  been  spared ;  all  the 
resources  of  art  and  genius  have  been  employed ;  every  obstacle,  however  formi- 
dable, which  nature  could  present,  has  been  vanquished.  By  locks,  and  by  inclined 
planes,  the  vessels  are  conveyed  up  and  down  the  meet  rugged  steeps ;  they  are 
even  carried  across  navigable  rivers  by  bridges.  When  other  means  fail,  the 
engineer  has  cut  through  the  heart  of  rocks  and  hills  a  subterraneous  passage. 
Of  those  tunnels,  as  they 'are  called,  there  are  said  to  be  forty-eight,  the  entire 
length  of  which  is  at  least  forty  miles. 

The  canals,  in  total  length,  amount  to  more  than  2600  miles.  The  longest, 
extends  from  Liverpool  on  the  Mersey,  to  Leeds  on  the  Humber,  130  miles,  a&rd- 
ing  a  navigation  for  vessels  of  30  tons  completely  across  the  island.  It  has  2 
tunnels  and  many  locks.  The  Grand  Junction  Canal  extends  from  the  neiefabour- 
hood  of  London,  to  the  Oxford  Canal;  it  is  93  miles  long,  and  has  2  tunnels;  me 
above  a  mile,  and  the  other  nearly  2  miles  in  length;  k  has  101  locks.  The 
Grand  Trunk  is  a  part  of  the  same  communication ;  it  is  W)  miles  in  length,  an-J 
has  4  tunnels,  amounting  to  2  LiUes.  The  Ashby  de  la  Zouch  Car"!  is  40  miles 
long,  extending  from  the  Coventry  Canal  to  an  iron  railwajr.  1.  ...  ■  tunnels,  2 
aqueiduct  bridges,  and  an  iron  railway  branchiniEr  from  it.  The  Bi  ^^  .prater  Canal 
is  40  miles  in  length,  and  extending  from  the  itiersey,  divides  into  2  branches,  one 
terminating  at  Manchester,  and  the  other  at  Pennington.  This,  with  the  Trent 
and  Mersey  Canal,  forms  a  communication  of  70  miles ;  16  miles  of  this  canal  are 
under  ground  among  the  mountains.    Our  limits  will  not  permit  us  to  give  further 

(details.  The  canals  of  England  communicate  with  one  another,  ami  affi>rd 
immense  fiusilities  for  internal  commerco. 
Railways  form  another  contrivance,  by  which  the  conveyance  of  passengers  and 
^oods  is  wonderfully  facilitated.  They  were  first  used,  on  a  small  scale,  chiefly 
in  the  coal-mines  round  Newcastle,  for  conveying  the  mineral  from  the  interior  to 
the  surface,  and  thence  to  the  place  of  shipping.  They  were  gradually  employed 
on  a  greater  scale,  particularly  in  Wales,  where  the  county  of  Glamorgan  has  one 
twenty-five  miles  long.  In  1830  locomotive  engines  wc'  ''  '  introduced  and 
used  on  the  Liverpool  and  Manchester  Rail-road  :  this  invt  .  once  rendered 
rail-roads  infinitely  more  valuable.  By  means  of  these  engines  long  trains  of  car- 
riages, loaded  with  passengers,  &c.,  are  now  impelled  at  rates  of  from  35  to  4ft 
miles  an  hour.  This  extraordinary  speed  has  also  been  attained  with  a  great  in- 
crease of  comfort  and  security ;  the  accidents  by  rail-roads  being  decidedly  fewer, 
as  compared  with  the  number  of  passeneers,  than  those  arising  out  of  travelling 
by  common  carriages.  Rail-roads  have  oeen  opened  from  London  to  Birmingham, 
London  to  Southampton,  London  to  Bath  and  Bristol,  London  to  Brixton,  and  to 
othor  places ;  and  a  vast  number  of  new  undertakings,  of  the  same  kind,  are  now 
proposed. 

The  population  of  England,  in  former  times,  was  imperfectly  known ;  being  calcu- 
lated only  from  very  vague  surveys  and  estimates.    In  1377  the  results  of  a  poll- 
tax  were  given  as  3,300,000 ;  but  from  the  many  evasions  to  which  such  a 
would  give  rise,  that  numbef  was  probably  below  the  truth.    In  the  reign  of  Eliza 


336 


ENGLAND. 


beth,  during  the  alarm  of  a  menaced  Spanish  invasion  in  1S75,  a  pretw  oarefal 
survey  was  made,  the  result  of  which  gave  4,600,000.  At  the  time  of  the  Revo- 
lution, the  increase  appeared  to  be  about  a  million.  From  the  commencement  of 
the  ]<  resent  century  decennial  enumerations  have  been  made,  of  whiob  the  follow- 


ing are 


Us:— 


K\j! —lu 

Wals* 

""S^T- 

'Ull. 

Ine. 

ft  c 

ro^-ic 

lue. 

iBsj.       jr.  0. 

'^r- 

ta  0. 

14* 
13 

27J 

H,33 1.434 
541,540 
470,586 

0,551.888 
011,788 
640,500 

13 

11,961,437 

717,4:)8 
310,300 

If 

13,008,338 
805,336 
S77.017 

16 
13 

14,905,138 
9I1.110.1 
18<i,453 

Army,  Navy,  «lc. 
Total 

9.343,578 

10,804,176 

271 

13.398,175 

a*i 

14.180,501    38 

16,095,194 

The  national  character  of  the  English  exhibits  some  very  bold  and  marked  fea- 
tures. Of  these  the  mo?^  r^r-  '"uoas  is  that  love  of  liberty  which  pervades  all 
classes.  The  libert  '' :  ...>»;.:  liw  En;*^ah  hs'-e  successfully  contended,  indludes 
the  right  of  thinking,  sayihff,  writing,  and  doing  most  things  which  opinion  may 
dictate,  and  inclination  prompt.  The  knowledge  that  the  highest  offices  and  dig- 
nities in  the  state  are  accessible  to  all,  redoubles  their  activity,  and  ex.  -murages 
them  to  perseverance.  It  is  but  little  more  than  a  century  since  they  began  to  be 
distinguished  as  a  manufacturing  and  commercial  people,  yet  they  have  already 
outstripped  other  European  nations  in  mechanical  ingenuity,  in  industry,  and  in 
mercantile  enterprise.  The  enormous  increase  of  capital,  and  the  substitution  of 
machinery  for  human  labour  in  most  of  their  manufactures,  seem  likely  at  no  dis- 
tant period  to  produce  a  total  change  in  the  condition  of  British  society. 

The  English  are  the  most  provident  people  in  the  world.  More  than  a  mill;  >n 
of  individuals  are  members  of  friendly  societies,  and  the  deposits  in  savings  banks 
exceed  13,000,0001.  The  great  extension  of  life  insurances  affords  another  proof 
of  this  laudable  disposition.  The  English  also  deserve  to  be  called  a  humane  peo- 
ple, zeabus,  both  from  Reeling  and  from  principle,  for  the  promotion  of  everything 
that  tends  to  the  welfare  of  their  fellow-creatures.  C  -'^me  in  England  has  <<nder-. 
gone  a  considerable  change.  Highway  robbery,  so  p.  .valent  towards  the  cfin- 
ning  and  middle  of  last  century,  is  now  nearly  unknown,  and  all  sorts  of  i  ee 
and  violence  have  been 'materially  lessened.  On  the  other  hand,  there  has  n 
a  very  rapid  increase,  particularly  within  the  last  thirty  years,  of  crimes  against 
property.  A  material  change  was  some  time  since  effected  in  the  criminal  law  of 
England,  by  the  abolition  of  an  immense  number  of  capital  punishments. 

The  institutions  for  public  education  in  England  are  extensive  and  splendidly 
endowed.  The  two  Universities  of  Oxford  and  Cambridge  are  not  only  the 
wealthiest,  hd  the  most  ancient  in  Europe.  The  London  University  {ind  King's 
College  have  been  recently  instituted.  The  schools  of  Eton,  Westminster,  St. 
Pnul's,  Winchester,  Ha  row,  and  Rugby,  are  nearly  on  the  same  scale  as  our 
cc  'i«^e3.  '^'lere  are  i  titudes  of  other  schools,  public  and  private,  and  in  them 
all  a  long-continued,  t:  stematic,  and  thorough  course  of  instruction  is  given. 
Though  raucation  at  any  of  these  institutions  is  expensive,  yet  so  general  is  the 
conviction  of  its  superior  importance,  that  the  children  of  all  persons  in  tolerable 
circ'TCi^zi  jces  are  well  educated.  Ti  j  children  of  the  poorer  classes,  by  means 
of  Sunday  schools  and  iho  efibrts  of  their  parents,  are  generally  taught  to  read 
and  write.  Immense  numbers  of  volumes,  cc"bisting  of  the  works  of  the  best 
English  authors,  are  cirnilated  in  every  part  of  'He  kingdom,  in  the  form  of 
weekly  or  monthly  ^mpa  s,  at  a  verjL  cheap  rate.  Even  the  poorest  mechanics 
and  labourers  arc-  the  habit  of  spending  a  considerable  part  of  their  leisure  in 
the  perusal  of  ii.  -        ibli'   tions. 

The  Episcopal  .  i^t.  r  ligion  is  that  established  by  law,  and  the  king  is 
the  I^ead  of  the  ch'  rub.  re  are  two  archbishops,  and  twenty-four  bishops,  all 

of  whom,  except  the  Bishop  of  Sodor  and  Man,  are  peers  of  the  realm,  and  have 
srats  in  the  House  of  Lord&  The  Archbishop  of  Canterbury  is  called  the  Primate 
of  all  England,  and  his  rank  is  that  next  below  the  royal  family.  The  Archbishop 
of  York  is  called  the  Primate  of  England.  The  bishops  have  some  temporal  au- 
thority, and  the  ecclesiastical  jurisdiction  extends  to  all  questions  of  births,  mar- 


ENGLAND. 


337 


riagea,  death*,  probate  of  willi,  and  delinquenciea  of  the  inferior  clergy.  Under 
the  bishopa^  are  the  deana,  prebendaries,  archdeaeona,  recton,  prieata,  curatea,  and 
deacona.  The  ehurchwardena  overlook  the  alma  for  the  poor.  The  elergy  of  the 
established  church  are  a  learned  and  pious  body,  though  many  individuals  there 
are  in  it,  who  have  neither  learning  nor  piety.  The  diaaentera  are  a  numeroua 
body,  and  have  many  mmiatera  of  great  learning  and  purity  of  mind.  The  di» 
senters  are  chiefly  Methodiata,  Baptists,  and  Quakera.  The  Catholica  are  numer- 
oua, and  have  aeveral  colleges  and  conventa. 

England  is  divided  into  &  counties. 

llie  antall  ialanda  attached  to  England  are  unimportant  Man,  thiitv  miles  in 
length  by  twelve  in  breadth,  is  nearly  equidistant  from  each  of  the  three  kii^oma 
It  comprises  a  considorable  extent  of  level  territory ;  but  rises  in  the  interior  into 
high  mountains,  among  which  Spowfell,  nearly  2000  feet  high,  stands  conspicuous 
Man  ranked  long  as  an  independent  sovereignty,  held  by  the  Earls  of  Deroy,  and 
ifl  celebrated  tor  the  gallant  defence  made  by  the  countess  of  that  name  for  Charles  I. 
It  descended  afterwards  to  the  Duke  of  Athol,  flrom  whom  the  sovereignty  was 
purchased,  in  1765,  by  the  British  government,  with  a  view  to  the  prevention  of 
smuggling,  and  to  the  establishmont  of  a  free  trade.  The  population  in  1841 
47,87&  Castletown,  the  capital,  is  the  neatest  town  in  the  island ;  and  in  its  centre, 
Castle  Ruthven,  the  ancient  palace  of  the  kings  of  Man,  rears  its  gloomy  and 

B  majestic  brow.  Douglas,  however,  as  being  the  spot  in  which  the  whole  trade 
_  circulates,  is  now  of  superior  importance,  and  has  attracted  a  great  number  of 
Englidi  settlers.  The  Scilly  Isles,  situated  at  some  distance  from  the  western 
extremity  of  Cornwall,  are  tenanted  by  3,582  poor  inhabitants,  whvi  raise  a  little 
grain,  but  depend  chiefly  upon  fishing,  pilotage,  and  the  making  of  '.:elp. 

Jersey,  Guernsey,  and  Aldemey,  with  Sark,  form  a  group  naturally  French,  and 
originally  part  of  the  patrimony  of  the  Norman  kinga,  which  the  naval  superiority 
of  England  has  enabled  her  to  retain.  The  climate  is  mild  and  agreeable,  and  the 
toil  generally  fertile.  Jersey,  the  finest  of  the  group,  is  ao  abundant  in  orcharda, 
that  cider  forms  the  chief  object  of  exportation.  St.  Holier,  the  capital  of  Jersey, 
is  a  handsome  tov/n.  Population  of  the  whole  group,  in  1841,  was  76,Q65, 
London  is  the  metropolis  of  the  United  Kingdom,  the  seat  of  legislation,  of  juris- 

Snrudence,  and  of  government;  it  is  the  principal  residence  of  the  sovereign,  at 
v/hich  ailairs  of  state  are  transacted,  and  regulations  maintained  with  foreign 
courts.  It  is  the  centre  of  all  important  operations,  whether  of  commerce  or 
finance,  and  of  correspondence  with  every  quarter  of  the  globe.  The  City  lies  on 
both  sides  of  the  river  Thames.  It  is  seven  miles  long,  five  miles  wide,  and  con- 
tains  an  area  of  about  thirty  square  miles.  More  particularly  it  is  considered 
under  three  divisions ;  the  City  proper,  in  the  east ;  Westminster,  in  the  west,  and 
Southwark,  on  the  south  side  of  the  river.  The  buildings  are  generally  of  brick. 
The  streets  in  some  parts  are  wide,  and  few  are  so  narrow  as  not  to  admit  two 
carriages  abreast  At  the  west  end,  they  are  mostly  straight,  and  sufllcienUy 
broad  for  five  or  six  carriages.  Here  are  the  residences  of  the  nobility  and  the 
rich.  Regent  street  in  this  quarter,  is  probably  the  most  magnificent  street  in 
the  world.  In  the  City,  or  the  central  and  oldest  part,  tJK;  streets  are  narrow  and 
crooked,  but  here  the  great  business  of  London  vs  transacted.  The  east  end  ia 
occupied  by  shops,  victualling-houses,  and  people  connected  with  commerce. 
Here  are  immense  timber-yards,  docks,  and  magazines. 

London  contams  a  great  number  of  squares:  the  handsomest  is  Grosvenor 
Square,  an  area  of  six  acres,  and  containing  an  equestrian  statue  of  George  II. 
The  buildings  around  it  are  the  most  superb  in  London.  The  largest  square  ia 
that  called  Lincoln's  Inn  Fields,  which  occupies  a  space  just  equal  to  that  covered 
by  the  great  pyramid  of  Egypt  The  finest  public  walks  are  at  the  west  end; 
Green  Park,  Hyde  Park,  St  James's  Park,  and  Regent's  Park,  are  beautifiil 
fields  and  gudens,  ornamented  with  trees ;  these  are  the  resort  of  thousands  who 
walk  for  exercise  or  pleasure.  These  parks  are  very  extensive.  Hyde  Park  con- 
tains 304  acres,  and  in  the  afternoon  of  Sunday  is  thronged  by  crowds  of  fashion- 
able  people  who  pour  along  the  promenades,  like  the  ebbing  and  flowing  tide.  In 
Reirent'e  Park  is  an  immense  edifice  called  the  Coliseum,  in  which  may  be 


29 


2S 


•f 


ttt>  "^1 


SS8 


ENGLAND. 


ft  pftnonina  of  London  u  viewed  from  the  dome  of  8t  Paur*.  The  |ftrdena  of 
the  Zoological  Society  are  alio  in  this  park.  They  are  elegantly  laid  out,  and 
ecmtain  an  intereatinv  collection  of  rare  animals  from  all  parts  of  the  world. 

The  churches  of  London  have  the  most  prominent  and  imposing  share  in  its 
architectural  splendour.  St  Paul's  Cathedral  ia  the  most  maifnificent  edifice  in 
the  city,  but  is  pent  up  in  a  narrow  ares,  and  surrounded  by  shops  and  buildinss 
of  a  mean  appearance.  The  interior  of  the  cathedral  does  not  equal  its  noble 
exterior.  It  would  be  little  else  than  an  immense  vault  with  heavy  columns,  were 
it  not  relieved  by  statuaiy.    Besides  St  Paul's  there  sre  487  churches  in  London. 

Westminster  Abbey,  some  distance  higher  up  the  river,  ia  one  of  the  noblest 
existing  monuments  of  Gothic  architecture.  It  has  a  vast,  aiiy,  and  lofty  appear- 
ance, which  inspires  feelings  of  awe  and  veneration.  The  chapel  of  Henry  VlL, 
at  the  east  end  of  the  church,  is  unrivalled  for  gorgeous  magnificence.  The  city 
of  Westminster  and  north-eastern  suburb  of  London  contain  manv  splendid  modem 
churches,  almost  all  in  the  classic  style.  London  has  few  public  edifices,  com- 
pared to  its  grcftt  size  and  wealth.  Westminster  Hall  was  once  a  palace :  here 
the  kings  of  England  are  crowned,  and  here  the  parliament  bold  their  sittings. 
It  has  the  largest  hall  without  pillars  in  Europe.  St  James's  Palace  is  an  Hi- 
looking  brick  building,  but  contains  spacious  and  splendid  apartments. 

The  Tower  is  a  vast  inclosure  upon  the  river.  It  contains  several  streets,  and  ia 
surrounded  by  a  wall  and  ditch.  The  Monument,  at  the  foot  of  London  bridge, 
is  a  fluted  Doric  column,  in  a  bad  situation :  it  is  202  feet  high,  and  commemo- 
rates the  great  fire  of  London.  The  Bank  of  England,  in  the  heart  of  the  city, 
is  a  vast  and  splendid  pile,  covering  8  acres.  Somerset  House,  in  the  Strand,  is 
one  of  the  largest  and  most  splendid  edifices  in  the  city. 

There  are  6  bridges  over  the  Thames:  of  these,  Waterloo  bridge  is  built  of 
granite,  and  Southwark  and  Vauxhall  bridges,  of  iron.  A  more  remarkable  object 
IS  the  Tunnel,  a  passage  under  the  river  at  a  point  where  a  bridge  would  be  de- 
trimental  to  the  navigation.  This  work  was  performed  by  sinking  a  perpendicular 
shaft  near  the  river,  and  working  horizontally  under  the  bottom  of  the  Thamea 

This  city  has  13  theatres,  of  wnich  Drury  Lane,  Covent  Garden,  and  the  King's 
theatre  or  Italian  Opera,  are  among  the  first  in  Europe.  It  has  170  hospitals;  16 
schools  of  medioine;  as  many  of  law;  5  of  theology;  18  public  libraries;  300 
elementary  free-schools ;  25  aispensaries,  where  the  poor  receive  medicine  and 
attendance  gratis;  14  prisons;  and  80  newspapers,  13  of  which  are  printed  daily; 
333  periodical  publications  of  various  kinds ;  15,000  vessels  are  generally  in  port 
at  a  time ;  1500  carriages  a  day  leave  the  city  at  stated  hours;  4000  wagons  are 
employed  in  the  country  trade ;  the  annual  commerce  of  the  city  is  estimated  at 
130  millions  sterling.  London  is  the  principal  literaiv  emporinm  of  the  kingdom. 
Almost  all  books  of  importance  are  there  printed  andf  published,  and  thence  dis- 
tributed over  the  kingaom,  forming  a  considerable  branch  of  commerce.  The 
annual  value  sold  is  estimated  at  from  £1,000,000  to  dS3,000,000  sterling.  The 
population  of  the  city,  in  1831,  was  1,474,069,  and  in  1841, 1,873,676. 

Liverpool,  at  the  month  of  the  Mersey,  on  the  Irish  Sea,  is  an  important  com- 
mercial city,  enjoying  a  vast  trade  by  sea,  and  communicating  with  all  parts  of 
the  interior  by  canals  and  rail-roads.  The  ci^  stretches  along  the  east  bank  of 
the  river  3  miles,  with  a  breadth  of  one  mile,  ft  is  irregularly  built,  but  the  pub- 
lic buildings  are  elegant.  The  Exchange  is  perhaps  the  most  splendid  stractnre 
which  a  mercantile  community  ever  raisM  from  its  own  resources :  it  cost  100,000 
pounds,  and  is  double  the  size  of  the  Royal  Exchange  of  London.  The  Town 
Hall  is  another  noble  edifice.  In  the  west  of  the  city  are  quays  and  docks  of 
great  extent.  The  largest  dock  will  contain  100  ships  afloat.  The  commerce  of 
the  place  employs  15,000  vessels,  and  pays  dS4,600,000  steriing  to  the  revenue  in 
duties.  Here  are  also  manufactories  of^poroelain,  soap,  sugar,  &e.,  with  large 
breweries  and  foonderies.  The  Lyceum  hM  a  library  of  80,000,  and  the  Athena- 
um  one  of  17,600  volumes.  The  popnlation,  in  1831, 165,175 ;  ni  1841, 386,487. 
Manchester,  in  population  and  manufacturing  industry,  ranks  next  to  London. 
Its  streets  and  lanes  are  crowded  together,  without  any  regard  to  regalarity  or 
convenience.    The  river  Irwell  passes  through  its  centre,  and  there  are  brinjjfw 


-jiiS^^^'  '^.M&i^Sivf-lrf ..-?  iJ>*)5i«K'iM^'4^-jV'- 


r 


ENGLAND. 


on  this  tnd  another  ■tream  in  the  city.  The  tpeotator  here  ia  atmek  with  aatoniah> 
ment  at  the  sight  of  the  immense  magaxines  of  aooda  designed  for  the  market* 
of  every  quarter  of  the  globe.  A  sul^eet  of  no  leas  astoniuiment  is  the  contrast 
of  the  poverty  of  the  artisans,  with  the  wealth  of  their  employora.  The  manu- 
ftctnres  consume  annnally  340,000,000  poands  of  cotton.  Then  *je  a  vast 
number  of  founderiaa  and  other  establishments  around  the  city.  Two  canals  and 
the  rail-road  to  Liverpool  facilitate  its  trade.  Manchester  has  many  literary  and 
benevolent  instdutions ;  a  public  library  of  3S,000  volumes,  and  a  population  of 
390,183. 

Birmingham  is  situatnd  in  the  centre  of  England.  The  upper  part  has  some 
regular  streets  and  handsome  buildings.  Most  of  the  streets  are  broad  and  oom- 
modious.  The  manufactures  of  arms,  sheet-iron,  hardware  and  jewelry,  at  this 
place,  are  immense ;  23,000  families  are  occupied  in  them.  Here  is  the  celebrated 
machinery  of  Watt,  the  great  mechanical  inventor.  It  employs  1300  men,  and 
produces  every  week  1500  moskets.  A  single  machine  for  coining  money  strikes 
30,000  or  40,000  pieces  in  an  hour.  Ten  canals  open  a  communication  with  the 
surrounding  districts.    Population  in  1841,  188,933. 

Leeds,  in  Yorkshire,  is  a  gnwt  market  for  fine  broadcloths,  which  are  here  sold 
in  two  immense  halls.  York  is  remarkable  for  its  cathedral,  called  the  Minster ; 
the  largest  Gothic  edifice  in  England,  and  perhaps  in  Europe,  being  538  feet  long. 
An  insane  fanatic  set  fire  to  this  magnificent  structure  in  1839,  and  a  graat  part 
of  it  was  destroyed,  but  most  of  the  dama^  has  been  repaired.  York  has  many 
other  beautiful  buildings :  its  streets  are  wide  and  well  paved,  and  the  city  is  sur- 
rounded by  a  wall  now  much  decayed.    The  population,  in  1841,  was  151,063. 

Bristol,  on  the  channel  of  that  name,  is  accessible  for  ships  of  1000  tons,  and 
has  considerable  foreign  commerce.  It  is  irregular,  with  narrow  streets.  The 
handsomest  parts  are  the  suburbs.  The  cathedral  is  richly  ornamented,  and  gives 
the  city  a  picturesque  appearance  at  a  distance.  This  city  has  brass  works,  pin 
manufactories,  glass,  sugar,  and  soap  houses,  distilleries,  jcc.  Population  133,396. 

Portsmouth,  on  the  English  channel,  is  the  most  important  naval  station  in  the 
kingdom.  Its  magaiines  and  docks  are  the  most  perfect  in  the  world.  The  spacioii* 
road  of  Spithead,  at  this  place,  is  capable  of  sheltering  1000  ships  of  the  lin  > 
Population  in  1841,  53,033. 

Bath  is  famous  for  its  medicinal  waters,  which,  in  the  fine  season,  ettmct  iii. 
crowds  of  invalids  and  thousands  of  dissipated  idlers.    The  city  is  wSof^  b:. 
of  light-coloured  freestone.    It  occupies  a  fine  situation  upon  a  rising  ,  -nd  m 

a  esteemed  the  handsomest  city  in  England.    It  has  many  beautiful  pi  -.  '^ 

and  a  magnificent  cathedral.    Being  a  place  of  mere  amusement,  a  !    ;7e  par':  '    \k 
its  population  is  migratory.    Population  in  1841,  53,346.  \ 

Oxford  is  one  of  the  handsomest  cities  in  Europe,  and  contains  the  n.       '  J'- 

university  in  England,  consisting  of  84  colleges.  Tliese  buildings,  with  seventeen 
churches,  and  numerous  other  academical  structures,  are  surrounded  with  groves, 
gardens,  avenues  of  majestic  trees,  and  a  variety  of  winding  streams.  To  these 
are  added  the  incessant  pealing  of  innumerable  bells,  and  the  multitude  and  mys- 
tical variety  of  academic  dresses ;  all  combining  to  produce  the  most  striking  efllect 
npon  a  stranger.    Population  in  1841,  33,834. 

Cambridge,  like  Oxford,  owes  its  celebrity  to  its  university,  which  has  13  col- 
leges.   Population  in  1841,  34,453. 

Wales  is  a  territory  which,  though  united  to  England  by  early  conquest,  still 
retains  the  title  of  a  separate  p/incipality,  and  possesses  a  national  aspect  The 
verdant  and  extensive  plains  of  western  England  here  give  place  to  the.  lofty 
mountain,  the  deep  valley,  the  roaring  torrent,  and  the  frightful  precipice.  Wales 
has  rivers  and  torments  wiUiout  namber,  which  roll  through  its  monntain  valleys, 
and  whose  banks,  adorned  with  verdure  and  cultivation,  combine  in  the  most 
striking  manner  with  die  lo%  and  varied  summits  which  tower  above  them.  The 
loftiest  mountains  are  in  North  Wales;  its  valleys  are  deeper  and  narrower;  and 
it  presents  more  strikingly  all  the  characteristic  features  of  Welsh  scenery.  In 
South  Wales,  on  tfie  contrary,  the  valleys  are  broader,  mere  fertile,  and  faiier 
towns  and  villsgss;  they  often  even  ezpand.into  wide  plains,  still  encircled  ' 


i 


R  ot  b: 


340 


SCOTLAND. 


mountain  boundary.  Agriculture,  in  euoh  a  country,  labours  under  many  disad- 
vantages, and  is  carried  on  too  often  upon  the  old  system  of  infield  and  outfield. 
Manunctures  are  nearly  confined  to  the  article  of  flannel,  which  has  always  been 
a  fabric  of  the  Welsh,  in  which  they  still  excel  their  Yorkshire  rivals.  It  is  to 
mining,  however,  that  the  industry  of  Wales  has  been  chiefly  attracted,  by  the 
profusion  of  mineral  wealth  which  nature  has  lodged  in  the  bowels  of  its  moun- 
tains. The  lead  of  Flint,  Caernarvon,  and  other  counties  of  North. Wales;  the 
copper  of  Anglesey,  and  above  all,  the  iron  of  Glamorgan  and  Aher  counties  in 
the  British  Channel,  are  objects  of  extensive  importance.  Coal  is  found  almost 
everywhere,  and  vast  quantities  of  rail-road  iron  are  made,  much  of  which  is  ex- 
ported to  the  United  State. 

The  Welsh  are  a  Celtic  race,  the  descendants  of  the  aacitint  Britons,  who,  in 
these  mountain  recesses,  sought  retuge  from  the  destroying  sword  of  the  Saxons, 
which  so  completely ,  dispossessed  them  of  the  low  country  of  England.  They 
could  not  resist  the  overwhelming  power  of  Edward  I.,  who  annexed  Wales  to 
the  English  crown.  In  order  to  hold  it  in  subjection,  however,  he  was.  obliged  to 
construct,  not  only  on  its  frontier,  but  in  its  interior,  castles  of  immense  extent 
and  strength.  Yet  they  did  not  prevent  formidable  insurrections,  in  one  of  which 
Owen  Glendower  maintained  himself  for  years  as  an  independent  prince.  Within 
the  last  300  years,  the  Welsh  have  been  as  peaceable  as.any  other  subjects  of  tizi; 
empire.  They  have  retained,  of  their  feudal  habits,  only  venial  failings.  Among 
these  is  national  pride,  through  which  the  genuine  Cambrian  holds  bis  country 
and  his  nation  superior  to  all  others,  and  ragards  the  Saina  or  Saxtm  as  a  lower 
race  of  yesterday.  With  this  is  connected,  in  a  high  degree,  the  pride  of  pedi- 
gree ;  even  the  humblest  Welshman  tracing  his  origin  far  above  any  lowland 
genealogy.  Strong  ties  of  friendship  subsist  between  the  land-owners  and  their 
teiunts ;  manifested,  on  one  side,  by  indulgf«nce  and  protecting  kindness ;  on  the 
other,  by  a  profiiund  veneration  for  the  representatives  of  the  ancient  chiefs  of 
their  race.  The  Welsh  have  many  superstitions,  mixed  with  much  genuine  reli- 
gious feeling.  They  are  hardy,  active,  lively,  hospitable,  kind-hearted ;  only  a 
little  hot  and  quarrelsome.  Their  English  neighbours  complain  that  they  have 
not  yet  attained  that  pitch  of  induE'trv  and  cleanliness  in  which  the  former  place 
their  pride.     Population,  in  1841,  911,603.    Counties,  12. 

The  chief  mountains  in  Wales  are  Snowdou, ' 3571  feet;  Cader-Idris,  3550 ; 
Coraed-Llewellyn,  Arran-Towddy,  &c.  The  rivers  are  the  Severn,  Wye,  Con- 
way, Towy,  Dee,  &c;  Merthyn-Tydvil,  situated  in  the  iron-mine  region  of  Gla- 
morganshirjB,  has  become,  from  a  mere  village,  the  most  populous  place  in  Wales. 
Population,  34,977.  Swansea  has  also  ri<^n  to  some  importance,  frem  the  iron 
and  copper  works  with  which  it  is  surrounded.  Coal  is  likewise  largely  exported. 
Its  pleasant  situation  has  made  it  an  extensive  resort  for  sea-bathing,  and  led  to 
the  erection  of  many  elegant  buildings.  Population,  16,787.  CaermarUien,  situ- 
ated  on  the  Towy,  which  admits  to  it  vessels  of  300  tons,  is  one  of  the  most 
;  flouripSing  and  best-built  towns  in  W.tles.  Population,  9,403.  Caernarvon  is  a 
i  handsome,  well-built  place.  Its  chief  ornament  is  the  castle,  a  stately  ediiica 
;  built  by  Edward  I.,  to  curb  the  spirit  of  the  newly  subdued  Welsh.  Population, 
7843.  Some  other  of  ;he  chief  towns  in  Wales  are,  Holywell,  5864 ;  Mold,  3557 ; 
Pembroke,  1212 ;  Caidiff,  9714 ;  and  Brecknock;  50S6. 


SCOTLAND. 


Wjsfti 


i 


Scotland  is  bounded  on  the  south  by  England,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  a 

[line  drawn  along  the  Tweed,  the  Cheviot  Hills,  and  thence  to  the  Solway  Frith. 

I  On  every  other  side  it  is  bounded  by  the  Atlantic,  the  Northern  and  the  German 

oceans.    The  length  of  Scotland,  from  the  Mull  of  Galloway,  in  about  40*^  40'  to 

^Dunnet  Head,  Caithness,  in  58°  40',  is  280  miles.    The  greatest  breadth,  from 

Biichan-Nesu  to  a  point  on  the  opposite  shore  of  Inverness  is  130  miles. 

The  entire  extent  of  Scotland  is  29,600  <  mre  miles.    In  its  general  outline, 


i 


ed  to 

situ- 

most 

>bU  a 

edifice 

atioD, 

3657; 


by  all 
Fnth. 
(erman  I 
1 40' to 
fifomjl 

lutline, 


SCOTLAND. 


311 


it  consists  of  two  great  and  perfectly  distinct  parts :  the  Lowlands  and  the  High- 
lands. The  former  comprehends  all  Scotland  south  of  the  friths  of  Forth  and 
Clyde.  Immediately  north  of  the  Clyde,  the  highland  ranges  begin  to  tower  in 
endless  successioi. ;  but  on  tho^east  coast,  the  lowlands  extend  beyond  the  Forth 
and  northwards  for  some  distance.  Tho  Highlands,  which  comprise  the  whole 
west  and  centre  of  northern  Scotland,  form  a  region  of  very  bleak  and  rugged 
aspect,  and  contain  within  their  recesses  a  primitive  people,  who,  in  dress,  lan- 
guage, and  the  whole  train  of  their  social  ideas,  differ  essentially  from  tho  Low- 
landers,  and  have  retained  antique  and  striking  characteristics,  both  physical  and 
moral,  that  are  obliterated  in  almost  every  other  part  of  Great  Britain. 

Among  the  Scottish  mountains,  the  most  considerable  are  the  Grampians,  a 
name  which  is  given  very  generally  to  all  those  which  cover  the  surface  of  the 
Highlands,  but  applied  more  particularly  to  the  chain  running  across  the  counties 
of  Perth  and  Argyle,  and  comprising  Ben  Lomond,  Ben  Ledi,  of  that  elevated 
ridge  which  directly  iace  the  low  country  of  Stirling  and  Perth.  Several  of 
thoRe  mountains  exceed  the  altitude  of  4000  feet.  Ben  Nevis  rises  to  the  height 
of  4315  feet. 

The  rivers  of  Scotland  are  not  so  much  distinguished  for  their  length  or  magni- 
tude, as  for  the  pactoral  scenery  through  which  they  wind  their  early  course,  and 
for  the  magnificent  estuaries  which  they  form  at  their  junction  with  the  sea. 

The  Forth  rises  near  the  foot  of  Ben  Lomond,  flows  west  towards  Stirling, 
near  which  it  is  swelled  by  the  larger  stream  of  the  Teith ;  whence,  after  many 
windings  through  the  beautiful  plain  overlooked  by  Stirling  castle,  it  opens  into 
the  great  frith  on  which  the  capital  of  Scotland  is  situated. 
Some  of  the  others  are  the  Tay,  the  Clyde,  the  Tweed,  the  Spey,  the  Dee,  &c. 
Lochs  form  a  characteristic  feature  of  Scotland ;  many  of  them  are  long  arms  of 
the  sea,  running  up  into  the  heart  of  the  mountains.  Among  these.  Loch  Lomond 
is  pre-eminent.  The  traveller  admires  its  vast  expanse,  its  gay  and  numerous 
islands,  its  wooded  promontories  and  bays,  and  the  high  mountain  barrier  at  its 
head.  Loch  Katrine,  in  a  smaller  compass,  presents  a  singular  combination  of 
romantic  beauty.  Loch  Tay,  enclosed  by  the  lofliest  of  the  Grampians,  presents 
alpine  scenery  on  the  grandest  scale ;  while  at  Inverary,  Loch  Fyne  unites  the 
pomp  of  art  with  that  of  nature.  The  long  chain  of  Lochs  Linnhe,  Lochy,  and 
Ness,  stretching  diagonally  across  Scotland,  comprises  much  fine  scenery,  and  has 
afforded  facilities  for  making  a  navigable  communication  between  the  German '] 
and  Atlantic  Gccar.^. 

Oats  and  potatoes  are  the  chief  agricultural  products  raised  in  Scotland ;  the 
next  important  are  wheat,  barley,  beans  and  peas,  turnips  and  flax.  Oatmeal  and 
potatoes  form  the  food  of  the  mass  of  the  people,  and  large  quantities  of  fish  are 
consumed. 

Both  the  commerce  and  manufactures  of  Scotland  have  grown  in  importance 
since  the  union  with  England.  Commerce  has  flourished  chiefly  since  the  middle 
of  the  last  century.  Greenock  and  Aberdeen  are  the  most  important  commercial 
places.  The  shipping  of  Scotland,  in  1840,  comprised  3479  vessels,  of  429,204 
tons,  and  28,428  men.    The  revenue  in  the  same  year  was  about  £5,000,000. 

The  manufactures  consist  of  cotton,  woollen,  linen,  floss  silk,  iron,  hats,  paper, 
sailcloth,  pottery,  and  small  quantities  of  most  of  the  articles  made  in  England. 
In  1839  there  were  G76  cotton,  woollen,  flax,  and  eilk  manufactories,  employing 
95,000  persons,  one-third  of  whom  were  adults.  The  value  of  the  manufactures 
is  estimated  at  $100,000,000  a  year.  In  1844  there  were  70  furnaces  in  blast, 
which  produced  346,200  ons  of  pig-iron  annually.  Next  to  iron,  lead  ard  copper 
are  the  most  valuable  me~  is.  Cobalt,  bismuth,  and  some  ore  minerals  are  met  with. 
The  herring,  cod,  and  salmon  fisheries  are  considerable  sources  of  wealth.  The 
number  of  herring  taken  on  the  coast  is  immense :  the  fishermen  go  in  small  crafts 
called  busses.  The  amount  cured,  in  1841,  exceeded  543,000  barrels;  100,000 
cwt.  of  cod  were  cured  in  1841.  Salmon,  taken  in  all  the  considerable  rivers, 
and  kept  fresh  by  being  packed  in  ice,  chiefly  supplies  the  London  market.  In 
1841,  3,200,000  pounds  were  sent  there. 
Artificial  navigation  meets  with  peculiar  obstructions  from  the  roggednesB  of 

29* 


342 


SCOTLAND. 


the  surface,  and  hesce  canals  have  never  become  very  numerous.  The  "  Great 
Canal"  admits  vessels  of  considerable  size  to  pass  from  the  Frith  of  Forth  to  that 
of  Clyde,  and  thus  unites  the  German  and  Atlantic  Gceans.  Branches  to  Glasgow 
and  to  the  coal-field  at  Monkland  have  been  opened.  The  Union  Canal,  com- 
pleted at  an  expense  of  nearly  JC400,000,  connects  the  Great  Canal,  near  its  eastern 
point,  with  Edinburgh,  by  a  line  of  thirty  miles  through  a  country  very  rich  in 
coal  and  lime.  The  Caledonian  Canal,  uniting  the  chain  of  lakes  which  crosses 
Scotland  diagonally,  allows  even- ships  of  war  to  pass,  from  tlie  east  coast,  into 
the  Atlantic,  without  encountering  the  perils  of  the  Pentland  Frith  and  Cape 
Wrath.  It  was  finished  in  1822,  at  an  expense  of  nearly  j8l,000,000  stetiing, 
entirely  defrayed  by  government.  This  canal  is  50  feet  broad ;  length  22  miles, 
v.'ith  40  miles  of  lake  navigation.  Several  railways  have  been  constructed  in  Scot- 
land. 'Diey  Site  mostly  in  the  manufacturing  districts,  of  which  Glasgow  and 
Dundee  are  the  centres.  The  Eklinburgh  and  Glasgow  road  is  46  miles  in  length, 
and  cost  £1,200,000.    It  is  proposed  to  connect  the  Scottish  and  English  roads. 

Of  the  population  of  Scotland  an  estimate  was  first  attempted  in  the  year  1755, 
when  it  was  computed  to  be  1,265,380.  The  reports  of  the  clergy  for  the  "  Sta- 
tistical Account,"  between  1792  and  1798,  gave  t,526^92;  which  was  raised  by 
the  government  enumeratiou  of  1801  to  1,599,000.  The  census  of  1811  gave 
1,805,000;  which  was  raised  by  that  of  1821  to  2,093,456.  In  1831,  it  was 
2,363,842 ;  and  in  1841,  2,620,610. 

The  Scots  have  always  been  a, religious  people,  and  iu  former  times  they  were 
very  zealous  Catholics.  In  1560,  the  Presbyterian  form  of  wo'rship  was  introduced, 
chiefly  by  the  exertions  of  John  Knox,  the  Scottish  reformer,  but  it  was  not  recog- 
nised by  the  legislature  until  1592.  The  Scottish  church,  or  kirk,  is  a  perfect 
democracy,  all  its  members  being  equal  in  point  of  privileges.  It  is  under  the 
control  of  the  general  assembly,  a  body  consisting  of  representatives  from  the 
different  presbyteries  who  meet  once  a  year  at  Edinburgh.  About  a  fourth  part 
of  the  inhabitants  of  Scotland  are  dissenters,  as  Episcopalians,  Seceders,  &c. ;  and 
there  is  a  considerable  number  of  Roman  Catholics  in  the  Highlands  and  large 
cities.  The  right  of  patronage  or  power  of  nominating  ministers  to  vacant  pulpits 
by  the  crown  and  landed  proprietors,  instead  of  the  people,  is  considered  a  great 
grievance.  It  occasioned  a  schism  in  1741,  and  within  a  few  years  past  a  number 
of  ministers  on  account  of  it  have  left  their  parishes  and  established  the  "  Free 
Church  of  Scotland."  They  depend  for  support  and  the  erection  of  churches  upon 
the  liberality  of  those  who  became  attached  to  thf^m  as  hearers.  This  new  esta- 
blishment is  becoming  popular.  It  includes  one-half  the  ministers  in  the  kingdom. 

The  Scots  are  for  the  most  part  a  grave,  serious,  and  reflecting  people,  but  at 
the  same  time  enterprising  and  persevering.  They  are  generally  better  oducated 
and  more  moral  and  religious  in  their  habits  than  perhaps  any  other  people  in 
Europe.  Education  is  more  universal  in  Scotland  than  in  any  other  part  of  the 
British  dominions.  Every  parish  has  its  school,  in  which  knowledge  can  be  ob- 
tained at  a  reasonable  rate.  Private  schools  are  also  numerous,  and  in  all  the 
principal  towns  there  are  academies  and  other  high  seminaries  of  learning.  The 
universities  of  Edinburgh,  Glasgow,  St.  Andrews  and  Aberdeen,  are  all  celebrated, 
particularly  the  two  first. 

Learning,  after  its  revival  in  modern  times,  was  cultivated  in  Scotland  with 
peculiar  ardour ;  but  it  is  more  particularly  since  the  middle  of  the  last  century  that 
the  Scottish  writers  have  become  celebrated.  Many  have  distinguished  themselves 
in  various  branches  of  literaturej  and  some  of  them  have  been  amongst  the  most 
illustrious  philosophers,  historians,  and  poets  of  Britain.  Some  of  the  most  popular 
fictitious  and  periodical  writers  of  the  present  age  have  been  natives  of  Scotland. 

The  public  libraries  are  not  so  voluminous  as  many  on  the  continent.  That 
belonging  to  the  advocates  or  barristers  of  Edinburgh,  contains  upwards  of  100,300 
volumes,  among  which  there  are  ample  materials,  both  printed  and  in  manuscript, 
for  elucidating  the  national  history.  The  university  library  is  half  as  large ;  and 
those  of  Glasgow,  King's  College, Aberdeen,  and  St.  Andrew's,  are  highly  respect- 
able.    Each  of  these  universities  can  claim  a  copy  of  every  new  work. 

Scotland  has  a  native  music,  simple  and  pathetic,  expressive  of  rural  feelings 


S0OT1.AND. 


34» 


and  emotions  to  which  she  is  fondly  attached.  The  recreations  cf  the  higher 
ranks  are  nearly  the  same  as  in  England.  Dancing  is  practised  with  peculiar 
ardour,  eq>ecially  by  the  Highlanders,  who  have  favoante  national  steps  and 
movements. 

The  Highlanders  retain  the  remnants  of  a  national  costume  peculiar  to  them- 
selves; the  tartan,  a  mixture  of  woollen  and  linen  cloth,  adorned  with  brilliant 
stripes  variously  crossing  each  otiier,  and  marking  the  distinctions  of  the  clans ; 
the  kilt,  or  short  petticoat,  worn  by  the  men,  the  hose  fastened  below  the  knee, 
which  is  left  bare ;  and  the  bonnet,  which  in  another  shape  is  also  still  worn  by 
the  shepherds  of  the  border.  The  divisions  are  shires  or  counties,  of  which  there 
are  83:  of  these,  17  are  in  the  Lowlands,  and  the  remaining  16  in  the  Highlands. 

The  islands  appendent  on  Scotland,  form  one  of  its  most  conspicuous  features. 
Though  neither  rich  nor  fertile  in  proportion  to  their  extent,  they  exhibit  a  preat 
variety  of  bold  and  striking  scenery,  and  are  peopled  by  a  race  whose  habits  of 
life  and  forms  of  society  are  peculiar  to  themselves.  They  may  be  divided  into 
the  islands  at  the  mouth  of  the  Clyde ;  the  Hebrides,  or  Western  Islands ;  and 
the  Northern  Islands,  or  those  of  Orkney  and  Shetland. 

The  islands  of  the  Clyde  are  chiefly  Bute  and  Arran,  with  the  smaller  ones  of 
the  Cumbrays  and  Ailsa. 

The  Hebrides  or  Western  Islands  lie  on  the  western  coast  of  Scotland.  They 
are  about  200  in  number.  The  largest  is  licwis,  87  miles  long.  The  next  in 
size  are  Skye,  Mull,  and  Islay,  Arran,  South  Uist,  and  Jura.  Most  of  them  are 
small.  They  are  rocky  and  barren,  with  hardly  a  single  tree,  or  even  a  bush 
upon  them.  The  vegetation  consists  principally  of  heath  and  moss.  But  the 
most  remarkable  feature  of  these  islands  is  the  great  number  of  lakes  which  they 
contain ;  these,  however,  rather  impart  gloom  than  beauty  to  the  landscape ;  their 
sullen  brown  waters  present  the  idea  of  unfathomable  depth,  and  their  borders 
exhibit  no  cheerful  verdure  to  relieve  the  eye.  The  most  westerly  of  the  He- 
brides is  St.  Kilda.  It  is  small  and  rocky,  yet  inhabited.  Its  shores  are  com- 
posed of  enormous  precipices,  worn  by  the  sea  into  caverns,  often  with  roofs  more 
lofty  than  the  ceiling  of  a  gothic  cathedral.  These  shores  are  the  resort  of  vast 
varieties  of  seafowl,  which  the  islanders  pursue  at  immense  hw/.&TdB,  by  swinging 
with  ropes  firom  the  perpendicular  cliffs. 

There  are  87  of  these  islands  inhabited,  and  several  under  good  cultivation, 
producing  tolerable  crops  of  grain,  pulse,  and  potatoes.  The  population,  in  1841,  was 
108,355.  Their  only  articles  of  trade  are  cattle,  sheep,  fish,  and  some  kelp.  One 
of  the  smallest  of  these  islands,  named  StafTa,  is  remarkable  for  a  singular  basaltic 
cave;!),  called  Fingal's  Cave,  227  feet  in  length  and  42  wide.  The  entrance 
resembles  a  gothic  arch,  and  the  floor  of  the  cave  is  cdvered  with  water.  The 
wails  of  the  interior  are  fbrmed  of  ranges  of  basaltic  columns,  irregulaily  grouped. 
This  natural  architecture  is  said  to  surpass,  in  grandeur  and  magnificence,  the 
most  splendid  artificial  temples  and  palaces  in  the  world. 

At  the  northern  extremity  of  Scotland  lie  the  Orkneys,  or  Orcades,  about  70 
in  number,  but  less  than  half  of  them  are  inhabited.  They  are  rocky,  and  have  a 
melancholy  appearance,  with  little  vegetation  besides  juniper,  wild  royrtlo,  and 
heath,  The  soil  is  boggy  or  gravelly ;  some  of  the  islands  contain  iron  and  lead. 
The  sea  in  this  neighoourho^  is  very  tempestuous.  In  June  and  July,  the  twi- 
light which  continues  throughout  the  niglt  is  sufficiently  strong  to  enable  the 
inhabitants  to  read  at  midnight.  The  population  in  1841,  30,607.  They  have 
some  manufactures  of  linen  and  woollen,  and  have  a  trad o  in  cattle,  fish,  oil,  and 
feathers.  Vast  numbers  of  sea  fijwl  frequent  the  rocky  f  lifFs  of  these  islandw,  and 
one  of  tlie  chief  employments  of  the  inhabitants  is  bird-catching. 

The  Shetland  Islands  lie  about  60  miles  north-eof't  of  the  Orkneys.  They  have 
a  wild  and  desolate  appearance ;  but  17  of  them  aru  inhabited.  Their  vegetation 
is  more  scanty  than  that  of  the  Orkn^^ys,  and  their  soil,  for  ihe  most  part,  is 
marshy.  The  shorep  are  broken  and  precipitous,  and  excavated  by  the  sea  into 
natural  arches  and  deep  caverns.     Prom  Octobev  to  Apr'l,  perpetual  rains  fa!!. 


344 


^^ 


SB 


SCOTLAND 


fltorms  beat  against  the  shores,  and  the  inhabitants  are  cut  off  ftoin  all  communi- 
cation with  the  rest  of  the  world ;  but  the  aurora  borealis  exhibits,  at  this  season, 
a  brightness  equal  to  that  of  the  full  moon.  The  population  in  1641,  30,558 ;  the 
people  live*by  fishing  and  the  manufacture  of  coarse  woollens. 

Edinburgh,  the  capital  of  Scotland,  stands  upon  the  southern  shore  of  the  Firth 
of  Forth,  a  mile  and  a  half  from  the  sea.  Its  situation  is  remarkably  picturesque. 
It  occupies  three  high  ridges  of  land,  and  is  surrounded  on  ail  sides,  except  the 
north,  by  naked,  craggy  rocks.  The  middle  ridge  is  the  highest,  and  on  either 
side  is  a  deep  ravine.  The  more  ancient  part  of  the  city  occupies  the  two  south- 
ern ridges.  High  street  runs  along  the  middle  eminence,  in  nearly  a  straight 
direction,  for  about  a  mile,  and  exhibits  a  very  grand  prospect.  With  the  excep- 
tion of  the  principal  avenues,  the  otiier  streets  of  what  is  called  the  Old  Town 
are  only  narrow,  dirty  laned,  among  houses  some  of  them  ten  and  eleven  stories 
high.  The  New  Town  presents  quite  a  different  aspect  It  is  built  on  the 
northern  ridge,  and  its  streets  and  squares  are  not  surpassed  in  regularity  and  ele- 
gance in  any  part  of  the  world.  It  conmunicates  with  the  old  town  by  a  bridge, 
and  an  immense  mound  of  earth  crossing  the  deep  loch  or  ravine  between  them. 

The  Castle  of  Edinburgh  is  an  ancient  fortress  on  a  rugged  rock,  mounting 
abruptly  to  the  height  of  200  feet.  It  stands  at  the  western  extremity  of  High 
street,  and  the  view  from  its  summit  always  excites  the  admiration  of  a  traveller. 
Holyrood  House,  for  many  centuries  the  residence  of  the  kings  of  Scotland,  is  a 
quadrangular  edifice  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  city.  In  the  centre  of  Edinburgh 
is  a  vast  pile,  comprising  several  edifices  around  Parliament  Square,  which  con- 
tain a  number  of  largo  libraries,  one  of  which,  called  the  Advocates'  Library, 
has  100,000  volumes. 

The  University  is  celebrated  both  as  an  institution  for  teaching,  and  a  nur..«ry 
for  eminent  men ;  the  number  of  students  is  upwards  of  2000.  Edinburgh  has  its 
Royal  Society  for  physical  and  literary  researches,  its  antiquarian  and  horticultu- 
ral societies,  an  institution  for  the  promotion  of  the  fine  arts,  and  an  academy  of 
painting.  This  city  is  chiefly  supported  by  its  courts  of  justice,  whose  jurisdiction 
exteniis  over  all  Scotland.  A  great  proportion  of  the  inhabitants  are  lawyers,  and 
the  literary  talent  for  which  the  city  is  renowned,  has  gained  it  the  appellation  of 
Modern  Athens.     Population,  in  1841,  138,183. 

Leith  is  the  sea-port  of  Edinburgh.  It  is  an  irregularly  built  town,  with  narrow 
streets.  The  harbour  has  been  much  improved  by  art,  but  is  not  accessible  to 
large  ships,  except  at  certain  times.  The  commerce  carried  on  here  is  consider- 
able.    Population,  in  1841,26,433. 

Glasgow  is  the  largest  city  in  Scotland,  and  owes  its  prosperity  chiefly  to  its 
manufactures.  It  stands  upon  the  Clyde,  and  the  greater  part  of  the  city  occupies 
a  plain  on  the  southern  bank  of  the  river.  It  contains  a  large  number  of  handsome 
buildings,  mostly  of  modern  construction.  The  streets  are  generally  spacious  and 
well  paved.  The  cathedral  stands  upon  a  hill  in  the  centre  of  the  city ;  it  is  a 
mas3y  building,  and  the  most  entire  specimen  of  Gothic  architecture  which  the 
furious  zeal  of  the  reformers  left  standing  in  Scotland.  In  Glasgow  and  the 
neigubourhood  are  32,000  cotton  looms,  with  numerous  manufactories,  foundcries, 
&c.  The  town  is  rendered  gloomy  by  tha  coal  smoke  which  has  blackened  the 
buildings,  and  htings  in  dingy  clouds  over  the  city.     Pop'.ilation,  271,556. 

Pa'sley,  7  miles  from  Glasgow,  is  the  third  town  for  size  and  commerce.  It 
has  extensive  manufactures,  and  a  population  of  47,695.  Greenock,  at  the  mouth 
of  the  Clyde,  is  the  out-port  of  GlasgtfW ;  its  harbour  is  commodious,  and  its  trade 
extends  to  every  part  cf  the  world.  Popula aon,  36,936.  Aberdeen  is  a  handsome 
city  on  the  eastern  coast,  with  a  university,  and  considerable  commerce  and  manu- 
facturos.  Population,  64,767.  Dundee  is  noted  for  its  linen  and  ovher  manufac- 
tures of  flax,  which  consumes  30,000  tons  of  raw  material  annually.  Population, 
62,794.  P<^^!  th,  on  the  Tay,  is  the  most  regularly  built  of  all  the  cities  of  Sscotland, 
and  is  surrounded  with  beautiful  scenery.  Population,  20,167.  Inverness,  the 
capital  of  the  Nor*.h  Highlands,  is  well  built,  and  enjoys  nearly  all  the  trade  of  the  |I 
northerr,  part  of  ilio  kingdom.     Population,  14,581,  Jl 

m'h      I    III    I      I I  111!  II    II    i»-     I  I    II II       I         II — \      ^^ 


I 


IRELAND. 


M5 


IRELAND.  , 

iMtAiiD,  a  fine  extensive  island,  is  eepa  rated,  on  the  east,  from  England,  by 
St  George's  Channel  and  the  Irish  Sea,  and  on  the  north-east,  from  Scotland,  by 
the  narrow  strait  of  Port  Patrick.  It  extends  from  51°  10'  to  65o  20'  N.  lat,  and 
from  5°  40'  to  10°  60'  W.  Ion.  Its  greatest  length  from  north-east  to  south-west 
is  about  300  miles,  and  its  greatest  breadth  160.  There  is  not  a  spot  upon  it  50 
miles  from  the  sea.    It  contains  about  30,000  square  miles. 

The  surfiice  of  Ireland  cannot  on  the  whole  be  called  mountainous ;  its  central 
districts  composing  one  vast  plain,  which  crosses  the  kingdom  from  east  to  west. 
It  is,  however,  diversified  Ira  ranges  of  mountains,  superior  in  extent,  and,  with 
the  exception  of  those  of  Wales,  equal  in  elevation  to  any  in  England. 

The  Shannon  is  without  a  rival  among  rivers  in  the  three  kin^onu.  It  rises 
far  in  the  north,  from  Lough  Allen,  in  the  province  of  Connaught,  and  has  a 
course  of  170  miles,  throughout  the  whole  of  which  it  is  more  or  less  navigable, 
the  only  obstruction  which  existed  having  been  removed.  There  are  albu  the 
Barrow,  Boyne,  Foyle,  Bann,  Blackwater,  &c.  The  other  rivers  are  rather  nu- 
merous than  of  long  course;  but  they  almost  all  terminate  in  wide  estuaries  and 
loughs,  which  diffuse  through  Ireland  the  means  of  water  communication,  and 
afford  a  multiplicity  of  spacious  and  secure  harbours. 

liakes  or  loughs  are  a  conspicuous  feature  in  Ireland,  where  this  last  name,  like 
the  similar  one  used  in  Scotland,  is  in  many  instances  applied  to  arms  of  the  sea. 
Lough  Neagh  is  the  largest  lake  in  the  United  Kingdom,  covering  nearly  100,000 
acrey.  Lough  Erne,  Lough  Corrib,  &c.,  include  a  great  variety  of  rich  and  orna- 
mented scenery.  Lough  Foyle,  Lough  Swilly,  and  Belfast  Lough,  are  properly 
buys.  The  Shannon  forms  several  lakes,  of  which  Lough  Ree  is  the  principal ; 
and  the  whole  of  its  course  downwards  from  Limerick  resembles  more  a  lough  or 
bay  than  a  river.  Connaught  has  several  extensive  lakes.  That  of  Killai-ney,  in 
the  south,  is  filmed,  not  for  its  extent,  but  for  the  singular  grandeur  and  beauty  of 
its  shores. 

The  surfhce  of  Ireland  is  almost  entirely  level.  The  general  appearance  of 
the  country  is  varied  and  pleasant,  although  bare  of  trees.  In  some  parts,  arc 
rich  and  fertile  plains,  and  m  others,  gentle  slopes  and  waving  hills.  Ireland  was 
once  covered  with  forests,  which  are  now  replaced  by  immense  bogs.  These  form 
a  remarkable  feature,  cliaracteristic  of  the  country.  They  afford  abundant  sup- 
plies of  peat,  Msed  by  the  inhabitants  for  fuel.  From  tiicir  depths  are  also  taken 
quantities  of  wood  in  complete  preservation,  which  indicate  tliat  these  bogs  arc 
the  remains  of  the  ancient  fo'.'ests.  The  skins  of  animals  and  men  that  have 
been  swallowed  up  in  them,  have  been  found  converted  into  a  sort  of  leather  by 
the  tanning  matter  which  the  moisture  contains.  Coal  is  the  most  abundant 
mineral,  ft  is  found  in  Kilkenny,  in  the  south.  Marble  and  slate  occur  in  tht* 
same  quarter.  Iron  was  formerly  produced  in  many  part?,  but  at  present  few  or 
no  mines  are  worked.  Copper,  silver,  and  gold,  have  also  been  found  in  small 
quantities. 

Agriculture  is  very  backward.  The  cultivators  are  generally  tenants,  and  stu- 
diously avoid  any  permanent  improvement  of  the  lana,  lest  the  rent  should  be 
raised.  Wheat,  now  cultivated  to  some  extent,  and  barley,  are  common  ;  but  oats 
is  the  principal  grain.  The  Irish  staff  of  life,  however,  is  potatoes.  This 
root  furnishes  to  the  poor  the  greatest  part  of  their  sustenance.  The  dairy  is, 
perhaps,  the  best  managed  part  of  Irish  husbandry.  Butter  is  largely  ex- 
portea. 

The  most  important  manufactures  are  those  of  linen.  They  have  flourished  in 
this  country  since  the  reign  of  Henry  VIII.  The  raw  material  is  almost  wholly 
raised  on  the  island.  The  export  of  linen  from  Ireland,  in  the  year  1835,  amounted 
to  70,80!),57S  yards,  of  the  value  of  £3,735,654 ;  and  thf^  export,  in  1840,  was 
estimated  at  jB4,000,000.  The  chief  part  of  the  5iuen-yarn  is  now  spun  by  ma- 
chinery, and  some  of  the  cloth  is  woven  in  the  power-loom,  but  the  bulk  of  the 
linen  still  continues  to  be  made  by  the  cottiers.    The  cotton,  woollen,  and  ailk 

8T 


wm 


bHb 


346 


IRELAND. 


manufactories  employ  about  15,000  individuals.  The  cotton  manufacture  is  car- 
ried on  in  Belfast,  aud  its  neighbourhood,  and  in  the  vicinitv  of  Waterford. 

Distillation  has  long  been  an  important  business  in  Ireland.  In  1838  the 
duty  was  paid  on  134)96,343  gallons  of  whiskey ;  the  amount  besides,  illegally 
disnlled,  was  very  considerable.  In  1839,  owing  to  the  exertions  of  Father 
Matdiew,  in  the  cause  of  temperance,  there  was  a  reduction  of  about  3,000,000 
gaildns  in  the  quantity  thiit  paid  duty ;  and  since  that  time  there  has  been,  it  is 
anderatood,  a  still  further  decrease. 

The  commerce  of  Ireland  consists  chiefly  in  the  exports  of  hot  agricultural  pro- 
ducts to  other  parts  of  the  British  empire.  To  England  alono,  they  amounted,  in 
4831,  to  the  Taiue  of  10,000,000/.,  comprising  grain  of  various  kinds,  cattle,  beef, 
pork,  butter,  &o.,  besides  linen.  *  In  the  same  year,  the  imports  from  foreign  parts 
were  1,553,338/.;  exports,  608,938/.  In  1839,  the  vessels  belonging  to  Ireland 
amounted  to  1889;  tons,  169,389;  navigated  by  11,388  men  and  boys. 

Ireland  is  still  denominated  a  distinct  kingdom,  but  it  is  governed  by  a  viceroy 
appointed  by  the  king,  called  the  Lord-Lieutenant  of  Ireland.  There  is  also  an  Irish 
chancellor,  a  secretary  of  state,  commnnder  of  the  forces,  and  attorney-general. 
The  island  was  incorporated  with  the  kingdom  of  Great  Britain,  in  1800.  There 
is  now  no  separate  parliament,  but  Ireland  is  represented  by  33  peers  and  100 
members  of  the  House  of  Commons,  in  the  parliament  of  Great  Britain.  The 
citizens  of  Ireland  are  entitled  to  the  same  privileges  with  those  of  England,  in 
all  matters  of  commerce  and  provisions  under  treaties. 

In  the  eastern  parts  of  the  island,  the  peopta  are  chiefly  of  English,  and  in  the 
north,  of  Scottish  descent :  in  the  west,  the  original  Celtic  race  predominates. 
The  common  classes  are  strongly  maihed  with  national  peculiarities  of  features, 
and  by  this  they  are  readily  recognized  in  other  countries.  In  1831,  the  popula- 
tion amounted  to  7,76?:401 ;  and  in  1841,  to  8,175,373. 

The  sway  of  the  British  government  in  Ireland  has  undoubtedly  been  of  a  kind 
to  depress  the  spirit  and  debase  the  character  of  the  people.  Disabilities,  political, 
civil,  and  ecclesiai.  leal,  have  been  imposed  upon  them,  and  it  is  only  of  late  that 
they  have  been  in  some  degree  emancipated.  The  country  has  been  divided,  and 
sometimes  by  the  policy  of  the  government,  into  internal  parties,  which  have  com- 
mitted the  most  ferocious  murders.  These,  however,  have  been  the  effects  of 
oppression,  acting  upon  a  temperament  naturally  ardent,  rather  than  the  outbreak 
of  a  character  in  itself  cruel  and  ferocious. 

The  Irish  are  ardent,  brave,  generous,  and  cheerful,  and  no  people  will  on  festi- 
vals so  completely  throw  olT  all  remembrance  of  care,  to  enjoy  the  passing  hour. 
They  are,  however,  easily  offended,  and  prompt  to  resentment :  duels  are  not  rare 
among  the  gentry,  or  less  danrjrerous  appeals  to  force,  unfrequent  among  the  lower 
class.  The  condition  of  the  Irish  has  been  much  improved,  with  regard  to  educa- 
tion, though  there  is  much  yet  to  be  done  before  they  will  compare  in  that  respect 
with  the  people  of  Scotland.  Besides  the  numerous  pay  schools  supported  by  the 
people,  there  wer^  several  societies,  the  Hibernian,  the  Kildare  street,  and  others, 
that  established  and  supported  a  number  of  schools,  with  some  assistance  from  the 
government.  In  1833,  the  money  hitherto  parcelled  out  among  these  associations 
was  vested  in  the  Lord-Lieutenant,  to  be  expended  in  promoting  the  education  of 
children  of  every  denomination,  under  the  superintendence  of  commissioners  form- 
ing a  Board  of  National  Education.  In  the  national  schools,  education  is  strictly 
confinnd  to  the  common  and  most  useful  branches  of  secular  knowledge,  the  reli- 
gious instruction  of  the  pupils  being  iiTevery  case  left  to  the  care  of  their  parents 
and  the  rlergy  of  the  denominations  to  which  they  belong.  In  1839,  there  were 
1581  national  schools,  with  1700  teachers,  and  near  300,000  children.  The  Sunday 
School  Society  had,  in  1838,  about  3000  schools,  with  30,000  teachers,  and  320,000 
children.  Of  the  number  of  the  common  schools  and  tlieir  scholars  nothing  certain 
is  known.  There  is  but  one  university  :  this  is  at  Dublin ;  it  has  about  400  stu- 
denta,  ssnd  is  an  institution  of  very  high  character.  There  is  also  a  Roman  Catholic 
college  at  Maynooth,  and  the  academical  college  at  Belfast. 

Ireland  has  contributed  her  full  share  to  the  literature  and  sciences  of  the 

United  Kingdom,  and  there  are  no  names  more  celeb.atod  than  Burke,  Swift, 

I  Goldsmith,  Sheridan,  and  Moore.     The  great  national  bent  of  genius  seems  to  be 


IRELAND. 


347 


towards  wit  and  eloquence,  and  this  appears  not  only  in  the  distinguished  men, 
but  in  the  mass  of  the  people ;  for  the  very  beggars  pursue  their  vocation  with  a 
union  of  these  two  c|uahties  that  is  often  irresistible. 

The  general  religion  is  the  Catholic,  though  the  established  church  is  that  of 
England.  The  Catholics  of  Ireland  are  therefore  taxed  for  the  support  of  two 
hierarchies.  Foui^fifths  of  the  inhabitants  are  Catholics,  and  the  other  fifth  is* 
composed  principally  of  Episcopalians,  Presbyterians,  Methodists,  and  Baptists ; 
or,  to  speak  more  precisely,  out  of  every  hundred  souls,  81  are  Roman  Catholics, 
II  of  the  establishment,  and  8  protestant  dissenters.  The  established  church  is 
divided  into  4  archbishoprics  and  29  bishoprics,  but  by  new  arrangements  the 
archbishoprics  are  to  be  reduced  to  2,  and  the  bishoprics  to  10;  the  alteration  takes 

Elace  on  the  demise  of  the  existing  tenures.  There  are  2450  parishes,  and  1423 
eneficed  clergymen.  The  income  of  the  Irish  church  is  estimated  at  704,313/. 
annually,  but  the  amount  is  probably  greater.  There  are  4  Catholic  archbishops, 
and  23  bishpps.  In  every  parish  there  is  a  chapel.  The  established  church  is 
chiefly  supported  b^  the  payment  of  a  composition  for  tithes,  and  the  Catholic 
church  by  contributions  and  fees  for  marriages,  burials,  masses,  &c.  The  Catholic 
clergy  are  exceedingly  zealous,  and  live  on  terms  of  familiarity  with  their  flocks. 
They  advise  them  on  worldly  affairs,  and  generally  act  as  their  lawyers.  The 
churches  have  few  pictures  or  images.  All  places  of  Catholic  worship  are  built 
by  subscription.    There  are  numerous  monasteries  and  convents. 

The  Catholics  were  for  a  long  period  a  proscribed  race  in  Ireland,  bu(  in  1829 
they  were  fully  emancipated  from  all  civil  disabilities  on  account  of  religion,  and 
were  placed,  as  respects  their  political  rights  and  franchises,  nearly  on  iiie  same 
footing  as  Protestants. 

Ireland  is  divided  into  4  provinces,  UIst(!r,  Leinstv^r,  Mu:.ster,  and  Connaught. 
These  are  subdivided  into  32  counties. 

Dublin,  the  capital  of  Ireland,  disputes  with  Edinburgh  and  Bath  the  reputation 
of  being  the  most  beautiful  city  in  tho  empire.  If  the  brick  of  which  the  houses 
are  built  impair  the  effect  of  the  genem^  range  of  its  streets  and  squares,  its  public 
buildings,  composed  of  stcne,  surpass  in  grand'ur  and  taste  those  of  any  ot  its 
rivals.  Dublin  is  delightfully  situated  at  the  bot'.om  of  a  bay  on  tlie  eastern  coast, 
about  a  mile  from  the  shore.  It  is  divided  by  the  little  river  Liffey  into  two  equal 
parts.  The  city  is  nearly  square,  being  aBout  2^  miles  in  extent.  The  houses  are 
generally  of  brick,  and  the  streets  irregular ;  but  those  that  run  parallel  with  the 
river  are  for  the  most  part  Uniform  and  spacious.  In  the  more  modern  part,  they 
are  from  60  to  90  feet  wide.  There  are  several  fine  squares,  one  of  which,  called 
Stephen's  Green,  occupies  27  acres,  and  has  a  magnificent  appearance.  Sackville 
street  is  one  o(  the  finest  in  Europe.  No  city,  in  proportion  to  its  size,  has  a 
greater  number  of  elegant  buildings.  An  atmospheric  rail-way,  7  miles  in  length, 
extends  from  Dublin  to  Kingston,  at  the  mouth  of  the  harbour:  it  is  the  most 
remarkable  work  of  the  kind  conipleted  in  the  world,  and  is  in  successful  opera- 
tion. The  construction  of  similar  roads,  from  Dublin  to  other  points,  is  contemplated. 
Dublin  has  a  considerable  trade  by  sea,  and  also  by  the  canals  which  extend 
from  this  point  to  different  parts  of  the  island.  The  banks  of  the  river  are  lined 
with  elegant  quays,  and  shipping  of  200  tons  may  come  up  to  the  lower  part  of 
the  city.  Hei'e  are  large  manufactures  of  linen,  cotton,  woollen,  and  silk.  Popu- 
lation, in  1831,  240,300. 

Cork,  the  great  southern  emporium  of  Ireland,  has  a  population  of  107,000,  be- 
ino^,  in  point  of  wealth  and  magnitude,  the  second  city  in  the  island.  It  is  situated 
r.bout  14  miles  from  the  sea.  It  has  a  good  harbour,  ;ind  a  flourishing  trade  in  the 
export  of  salt  provisions.  The  greater  part  of  the  city  is  built  upon  an  island.  The 
public  buildings  are  simple  in  their  architecture,  but  large  and  convenient.  Lime- 
rick, upon  the  Shannon,  has  some  manufactures,  and  a  large  export  trad  j.  Popu- 
lation, 6'  775.  Londonderry,  on  the  north-west  coast,  is  an  ancient  place,  with  a 
fine  gothic  cathedral.  It  carries  on  some  commerce  with  America  and  the  West 
Indies.  Population,  14,030.  Belfast  is  the  grand  emporium  of  the  north  of  Ire- 
land, and  commerce  is  the  main  source  of  its  wealth.  The  linen  fabric  of  the 
north,  together  with  oats,  oatmeal,  and  provisions,  are  the  principal  exports.  Po- 
pulation, in  1839,  70,000. 


348 


FRANCE. 


FRANCE. 

Framcb  is  a  great  and  powerful  kingdom,  placed,  aa  it  were,  in  the  centre  of 
the  civilized  world,  and  for  several  centuries  distinguished  by  the  conspicuous 
part  which  it  has  acted  on  the  theatre  of  Europe.  Its  population,  militaiy  power, 
central  situation,  vast  resources,  and  active  industry,  render  it  peculiarly  deserving 
of  an  attentive  survey. 

France  is  bounded  north  by  the  English  Channel  and  the  Netherlands;  east  by 
Germany,  Switzerland,  and  Italy ;  south  by  the  Mediterranean  and  Spain ;  and 
west  by  the  Atlantic,  or  rather  an  open  gulf  called  the  Bay  of  Biscay.  From 
Switzerland,  ..taly,  and  Spain,  it  is  separated  by  mountains.  It  extends  from  42" 
30'  to  51°  2'  north  latitude ;  and  from  70°  40'  east,  to  5^  4f  west  longitude.    Its 

{greatest  length  from  north  to  south  is  590  miles,  and  its  breadth  is  about  the  same. 
t  contains  305,000  square  miles. 

The  surface  of  this  very  extensive  territory  is  in  general  level,  although  it  bor- 
ders and  is  encroached  upon  by  the  greatest  mountain  ranges  of  Europe.  The 
Alps  cover  the  full  half  of  its  eastern  frontier.  The  Pyrenees,  which  rank  second 
among  the  chains  of  the  continent,  range  along  the  southern  border.  On  the  e^st, 
where  France  reaches  to  the  Rhine,  are  the  Vosges,  and  other  chains  of  moderate 
height,  parallel  to  that  river.  The  only  range  exclusively  French  is  that  of 
Auvergne,  in  the  centre  of  the  kingdom,  which  rises  to  the  heifrht  of  5000  or  6000 
feet,  but  stretches  oy  a  winding  line  along  the  left  bank  of  t!.e  Allier,  parallel  to 
the  coast  of  the  Mediterranean,  where  it  is  called  the  Cevennes.  But  by  far  the 
greater  part  of  France,  including  the  whole  north  and  the  whole  east,  is  one  widely 
extended  plain,  which  yields  in  very  higli  perfection  all  the  fruits  and  products  of 
the  temperate  zone. 

The  rivers  of  France,  though  not  of  the  first  magnitude,  are  noble  and  commo- 
dious. Traversing  almost  every  part  of  the  kingdom,  they  afford  ample  means  of 
internal  navigation ;  and  the  broad  plains  which  border  on  them  yield  the  most 
luxuriant  harvests.  The  Loire  is  the  principal.  The  other  great  rivers  are  the 
Rhone,  Garonne,  Seine,  and  the  Rhine ;  those  of  secondary  rank  are  the  Somme, 
Adour,  Var,  Moselle,  Isere,  Marne,  Mease,  &c. 

France  yields  in  abundance  the  most  useful  of  all  metals,  iron.  There  are  a 
number  of  forges  in  the  kingdom,  producing  350,000  tons  annually.  Coal  is  abun- 
dant, and  is  worked  to  the  amount  of  2^  million  tons  a  year.  There  were  formerly 
many  copper-mines,  but  they  are  now  chiefly  abandoned.  There  is  a  gold-mine, 
unwrougnt,  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  kingdom.  Lead  and  manganese  abound  in 
quantities.    Silver,  cobalt,  nickel,  cinnabar,  and  arsenic,  are  sometimes  found. 

France,  with  regard  to  internal  economy,  is  one  of  the  richest  and  most  flourish- 
ing countries  in  the  world.  In  point  of  industry  she  ranks  third  after  Britain  and 
the  Netherlands ;  while  she  possesses  a  greater  extent  and  more  natural  advan- 
tages than  either  of  those  regions. 

Agriculture  is  the  most  flourishing  branch,  and  has  of  late  years  been  much  im- 
proved. It  has  gained  greatly  by  the  French  revolution,  in  consequence  of  the 
abolition  of  feudal  rights,  corveet,  and  tithes.  The  vine  occupies  the  chief  atten- 
tion of  the  French  husbandman.  The  vineyards  of  France  yield  250  different  sorts 
of  wine ;  they  occupy  4,250,000  acres,  and  their  average  produce  is  estimated  at 
830  million  gallons.  In  the  cultivation  of  corn,  the  English  writers  inform  us 
that  the  agriculture  of  the  French  is  less  skilful  and  thrifty  than  their  own.  Olives 
are  cultivated  in  the  south.  Indian  corn  and  tobacco  are  raised  in  many  parts. 
Beets  are  cultivated  for  making  sugar,  and  there  are  above  580  manui'actoties  of 
this  article,  producing  22  million  of  pounds  annually.  The  rent  of  land  is  very 
low  in  France,  and  the  farms  are  generally  small.  A  large  proportion  of  the  French 
people  are  proprietors  of  the  soil. 

The  official  statements  of  the  commerce  of  France  aro  arranged  under  the  heads 
of  ipccia/  and  general  commerce;  the  last,  as  applied  to  imports,  means  all  articles 
imported  by  sea  or  land,  whether  for  consumption,  re-exportation,  or  warehousing. 
Special  commerce,  as  applied  to  imports,  means  such  articles  as  have  been  enteredj 


FRANCE. 


349 


for  consumption  on  payment  of  the  cuttoms  duties.  In  the  case  of  exports,  general 
commerce  includes  all  exported  articles,  without  regard  to  their  origin ;  while  special 
commerce  includes  those  articles  only  that  are  the  produce  of  the  soil  or  raanufae- 
tures  of  France.  In  1836,  the  special  imports  amounted  to  $107,234,395 ;  general 
impo  .  1^172,058,518.  In  the  same  year,  the  special  exports  were  to  the  value 
of  91;.,  n,931  ;  the  general  exports,  9182,644,094. 

The  interior  commerce  must  he  very  extensive,  though  it  is  difficult  to  estimate 
its  amount,  as,  notwithstanding  considerable  advantages  for  navigation,  the  bulk 
of  it  is  carried  on  by  land.  The  old  medium  of  /«><  has  been  not  only  preserved, 
but  greatly  extended.  It  is  calculated  that  there  are  26,314  fairs  in  France.  Some 
of  these  are  held  on  the  frontier  of  a  province  or  kingdom,  others  round  a  great 
cathedral  or  noted  place  of  pilgrimage ;  some  at  the  foot  of  high  mountains  on  the 
melting  of  the  snows,  which  have  kept  the  inhabitants  imprisoned  for  several 
months.  Sometimes  they  open  with  burlesque  representations,  as  processions  of 
giants,  of  flying  dragons,  or  monstrous  fishes.  The  fair  of  Loipgchamps,  held  in 
spring  at  Paris,  those  of  Beaucaire  in  Languedoc,  and  of  Guibray  in  Normandy, 
are  the  most  extensive. 

Next  to  England,  France  is  the  greatest  manufacturing  countrv  in  Europe.  Of 
the  numerous  fabrics  we  can  mention  only -a  few  of  the  principal,  as  those  of  silk 
at  Lyons;  of  lace  at  Alen(,on,  Valenciennes,  and  other  places;  of  v":>clien  at 
Rheims,  Paris,  Autrecourt,  Louviens,  Orleans,  and  Sedan ;  of  cotton  cloths,  calicoes, 
muslins,  &c.,  at  Rouen,  Lille,  Roubaix,  Gisors,  Tarare,  St.  Quentir ,  &c. ;  of  watches 
and  all  kinds  of  elegant  trinkets,  jewelry,  and  musical  instruments,  at  Paris;  of 
paper  at  Armonay,  Sorel,  Saussaye,  Yienhe,  Montauban,  Nismes,&c. ;  of  superb 
tapestry  at  the  Gobelins  in  Paris;  of  hats  at  Lyons,  Marseilles,  and  Paris;  of 
cider  and  beer  in  the  north,  and  of  brandy  at  Cognac  and  Montpelier.  The  annud 
val'je  of  the  manufactures  and  the  produce  of  the  mines  of  France  is  estimated  at 
about  2400  million  francs. 

The  government  is  a  constitutional  monarchy,  and  the  succession  of  the  crown 
is  limited  to  the  male  line.  The  king  commands  the  forces  by  sea  and  land,  de- 
clares war,  niakes  treaties,  and  appoints  to  all  offices  under  the  responsible  advice 
of  his  ministers.  There  is  so  monarchy  in  Europe  so  limited  as  the  French.  The 
legislative  power  resides  in  the  king,  the  house  of  peers,  and  the  house  of  deputies 
of  the  deparitments ;  each  branch  may  propose  a  law.  The  number  of  peers  is 
unlimited,  and  the  noniinatior  -if  them  belongs  to  the  kin^^.  By  a  late  law  the 
peerage  is  no  longer  hereditary.  The  chamber  of  deputies  is  chosen  by  the  elec- 
toral colleges.  A  citizen,  to  bt  e'  rible  to  these,  must  pay  1000  francs  direct  tax, 
yearly,  either  in  his  own  person  or  by  delegation  for  his  motiier,  grand-mother,  or 
mother-in-law  ;  vaA  if  there  ar..  not  50  of  this  description  in  a  department,  the  right 
devolves  upon  the  50  who  pay  the  highest  taxes.  There  are  but  80,000  of  these 
electorc  in  France. 

The  army  of  France  is  no  longer  that  immense  mass,  which  for  so  many  years 
held  the  whole  of  continental  Europe  in  thrall.  The  events  of  1815  having  proved 
too  clearly  thd  attachment  of  tl '-  old  troops  to  their  former  master,  they  were  nearly 
all  disbanded,  ard  their  place  supplied  by  fresh  conscriptions.  The  government 
has  the  power  of  levying  80,00C  men  in  the  year.  By  a  regulation,  breathing  still 
the  republican  spirit,  one-third  of  the  officers  must  be  raised  from  the  ranks.  The 
appropriations  for  the  expenses  of  the  government  of  France  in  1845  amounted 
to  $116,765,000;  of  which  963,500,000  were  for  the  support  of  the  army; 
$31,090,000  f3r  the  navy;  and  $13,300,000  were  devoted  to  rail-roads.  Th.e  army, 
in  1845,  consisted  of  344,000  n  .and  63,416  horses;  of  these  there  were  in 
France,  384,00'  ,  men,  with  69,530  iiorses,  and  in  Algiera  60,000  men,  with  13,896 
horses. 

The  French  navy,  which,  in  1791,  amounted  to  seventy-four  sail  of  the  line  and 
sixty-two  frigates,  lost  half  during  the  war;  and  those  which  remained,  having 
never  ventured  for  many  yeara  tn  stir  out  of  port,  lost  all  their  experience  and 
efficiency.  Ai.  present,  it  consists  of  40  ships  of  the  line,  50  frigates,  180  other 
vessels  rigged  with  sail,  a'     '9  steamers. 


MHd 


3JK) 


FRANCE; 


Until  the  revolution  of  1830,  the  Roman  Catholic  was  the  established  religion, 
i  i  'o  oi.c  sFct  haH  nowany<idvantage  over  another,  and  the  ministers  of  all  creeds 
\A^  supported  by  the  governn<ent.  The  Catholin  church  compiises  14  archbishops, 
who  receive  (.except  the  archbishop  of  Patij,  vvhoee  salary  is  100,000  francs), 
35,000  francs  a  year ;  and  also  66  bishops,  'v<  l>  -salaries  of  15,000  francs  each ; 
beside  a  vast  number  of  ecclesiastics  ot  various  grades,  amounting  in  number  to 
near  40,000.  The  Catholic  church  costs  the  government  annnally  34,000,000 
francs ;  and  the  Protestant,  676,000  franca.  Tlie  Protestants  in  France  amount  to 
2,000,000,  and  in  Paris  to  30,000.  They  have  96  consistories,  438  churches,  and 
305  pastors.    The  Jews  are  estimated  at  60,000,  and  have  665  synagogues. 

Before  the  revolution  there  were  33  universities  in  France ;  in  that  grand  con- 
vulsion education  was  suspended,  but  its  establishments  have  since  been  reinstated 
in  a  diflerent  form.  The  lycees,  now  called  royal  colleges,  are  36  in  number.  The 
name  of  university  is  now  confined  to  Paris ;  but  the  provincial  establishments, 
bearing  the  name  of  academies,  are  constituted  like  the  universities  of  other  coun- 
tries. The  Protestants  have  two  seminaries  for  studying  divinity  at  Strasburg  and 
Montauban.  In  1837,  the  number  of  schools  of  diflerent  kinds  amounted  to  53,920, 
attended  by  3,650,000  pupils,  besides  1833  infant  schools  for  the  children  of  the 
poor,  and  1856  adult  schools  which  were  attended  in  1837  by  39,000  workinir. 
men ;  and  there  are  normal  schools  for  the  instruction  of  primary  teachers.  All 
these  establishments  are  under  the  patronage  and  control  of  government. 

The  French  excel  in  chemistry,  mathematics,  astronomy,  and  belles  lettres. 
Literary  associations  are  very  numerous,  at  the  head  of  which  stands  the  Institute 
in  Paris,  the  most  celebrated  scientific  body  in  the  world.  Every  provincial  town 
of  consequence  has  its  public  library,  a  museum,  and  in  general  a  society  for  pro- 
moting literature  and  the  arts.  There  are  373  such  libraries  in  France ;  of  which 
198  contain  3,345,387  volumes;  of  these,  1,125,347  are  in  Paris. 

Hie  French  language  is  derived  from  the  Latin.    It  is  esteemed  of  all  languages 
the  most  polished,  the  best  adapted  to  conversation,  and  the  most  generally  diffused 
||  -mong  the  nations  of  Europe.    The  people  of  France  are  active,  brave,  and  inge- 
r  nious;  thej  are  polished  and  gay  in  their  deportment  and  manners;  and  politeness 
ll  .1  id  urbanity  may  be  traced  through  all  classes  of  society,  from  the  highest  to  the 
„,  lowest;  those  in  the  .upper  ranks  are  very  attentive  to  tl)e  graceful  accomplish- 
I  ments,  and  excel  in  dancing,  fencing,  &c.,  and  their  example  is  followed  as  much 
as  possible  by  their  inferiors.    The  women  take  an  active  part  in  all  the  concerns 
and  business  of  life :  at  court  they  are  politicians;  in  the  city  they  are  merchants, 
accountants,  and  shopkeepers ;  and  in  the  country  they  labour  on  the  farms  with 
the  men.    The  local  divisions  of  France,  prior  to  the  revolntion,  were  provinces, 
33  in  number,  most  of  which  had  formed  independent  States,  and  even  little  king- 
doms, when  they  merged  into  the  mass  of  the  French  monarchy.    The  National 
Assembly,  however,  superseded  this  division  bj  one  into  departments,  much  more 
minute,  the  number  of  which,  including  Corsica,  is  86.    This  arrangement  has 
I  been  retained  by  the  Bourbons,  and  is  the  basis  of  all  administrative  operations. 
The  population  of  France,  in  1780,  was  estimated  at  24,800,000;  in  1817, 
29,000,000 ;  and  at  the  present  time  about  33,540,000. 

The  colonies  of  France  are,  in  North  America,  the  islands  of  St.  Piene  and 
Miquelon ;  in  the  West  Indies,  Guadaloupe,  Martinico,  Marie  Galante,  Les 
Saints,  La  Desirade,  and  St.  Martins;,  in  South  America,  Cayenne;  in  Africa, 
Algeria,  Senegal,  Goree,  Albreda,  and  the  Isle  of  Bourbon ;  in  Asia,  Pondicherry 
and  Karikal  on  the  Coromandel  coast ;  Chandernagore,  in  Bengal ;  and  Mahe,  on 
the  Malabar  coast.  The  population  of  the  colonies  is  estimated  at  3,386,000, 
which,  added  to  the  population  of  France,  makes  a  total  for  the  subjects  of  the 
French  monarchy  of  35,935,000. 


America 335,000 

Africa   2,000,000 

Asia 160,000 


France 33,540,000 

Colonies 2,385,000 

Total 35,935,000 


FHANCF. 


851 


Corsica  u  an  itland  in  the  Mediterranean  Sea,  situated  between  the  coast  of 
Italy  and  the  Island  of  Sardinia,  about  100  miles  flrom  the  coast  of  France,  and 
forms  a  part  of  that  kingdom ;  it  is  110  miles  in  length,  and  of  an  unequal  breadth ; 
area,  3880  square  miles.  Population,  in  1836,  207,880.  This  island  is  covered 
with  mountains,  the  princiipal  chain  div'ding  it  into  two  unequal  parts ;  the  high* 
est  summit  is  Monte  Rotonda,  0900  fe<  ,  and  is  covered  with  snow  Uie  greater- 
part  of  the  year.  The  soil,  though  stt  ^y  and  but  little  cultivated,  is  productive  in 
corn,  wine,  oranges,  lemons,  fi^  &c. ;  but  the  chief  wealth  consists  in  oil,  chest- 
nuts, and  timber.  The  fisheries  are  valuable.  Bastia,  the  largest  town,  has  a 
population  of  r2,8r>4. 

was  tl/o  birth-place  of  Napoleon.    The  land  in 

'^he  commerce  consists  chiefly  in  the  exporta- 

lasts.    A  narrow  strait  on  the  south  divides 

isuu-lani1  of  Italy  is  within  50  miles  of  the  north- 


Ajaccio,  on  the  we'  ;.em 
Coraica  is  mostlv  pul  .ic  p    , 
tion  of  conl,  which  aboundE 
this  island  from  Sardinia      T 
em  part 

Paris,  the  capital  of  i     i/n. 
may  be  considered  the  capita 
It  is  inclosed  by  a  wall  17  miloo 
than  London.    Surveyed  from  a 


!  second  city  in  Europe  for  population,  and 
world  for  the  sciences,  arts,  and  politeness. 
.  .rcuit,  and  is  more  closely  built  and  inhabited 
central  point  it  presents  a  form  nearly  circular, 
with  the  River  Seine  flowing  through  it  The  eastern  part  is  the  most  ancient, 
and  most  irregularly  built ;  here  the  streets  are  narrow  and  crooked.  The  west- 
ern part  is  modem  and  well  built  The  Boulevards  constitute  a  wide  mall  with 
four  rows  of  trees  passing  in  an  irregular  course  around  the  central  part  of  Uie 
city ;  they  occupy  the  site  of  the  ancient  walls  of  Paris,  rendered  useless  b^  the 
growing  up  of  the  city  around  them,  and  are  two  miles  in  extent.  There  is  no> 
thing  in  Paris  more  striking  than  the  Boulevards.  The  exterior  Boulevard  is  a 
broad  streak  on  the  outer  side  of  the  wall  which  encircles  the  city.  But  a  small 
portion  of  this  is  built  upon.  The  Boulevard  most  frequently  mentioned,  is  in  ths 
midst  of  the  city.  Different  parts  of  this  are  called  by  different  names,  as  the 
Boulevard  des  Italiens,  from  its  vicinity  to  the  Italian  opera.  Boulevard  du  Tem- 
ple, &c. 

The  Champ  de  Mars  is  an  oblong  park  bordered  by  rows  of  trees,  and  extending 
from  the  Military  School  to  the  river;  it  is  the  spot  commonly  appropriated  to  the 
reviews"  of  troops  and  great  public  festivities.  The  gardens  of  the  Tuileries  to 
the  west  or  the  palace  'are  elegantly  laid  out  with  gravelled  walks,  terraces,  plots 
of  flowers,  shruto,  groves  of  trees  and  basins  of  water,  interspersed  with  beautiful 
statues  in  bronze  and  marble.  These  are  the  favourite  walks  of  the  Parisians, 
and  on  Sundays  they  resort  hither  in  crowds.  The  Luxembourg  gardens  in  the 
southerly  part  of  the  city  also  afford  beautiful  walks. 

The  Champs  Elysees  form  a  spacious  common,  in  the  western  part,  and  the 
entrance  to  the  city  in  this  quarter  is  one  of  the'  finest  avenues  in  the  world. 
Another  fine  square  in  Paris  is  the  Place  Vendome,  in  the  centre  of  which  stands 
a  column  erected  by  Napoleon  in  commemoration  of  the  Austerlitz  campaign ;  it 
is  covered  with  bas-reliefi  in  bronze,  made  from  the  cannon  taken  in  the  campaign. 
The  banks  of  the  Seine  are  beautified  by  noble  quays,  and  the  stream  is  crossed 
by  16  bridges,  12  of  which  are  of  stone,  and  2  of  iron.  On  the  Pont  Neuf  stands 
an  equestrian  statue  of  Henry  IV.  in  bronze,  one  of  the  finest  wnaments  of  the 
city.  A  similar  one  of  Louis  XIV.  occupies  a  small  area  called  the  Place  des 
Victoires.  A  great  number  of  elegant  fountains  adorn  and  purify  the  streets 
and  markets.  An  immense  fountain  in  the  shape  of  an  elephant,  in  bronze,  was 
begun  by  Napoleon  on  the  spot  occupied  by  the  Bastile,  but  still  remains  unfin- 
ished. 

The  church  of  Notre  Dame  is  a  noble  gothic  edifice,  380  feet  in  length,  with 
towen  204  feet  high.  It  was  200  yean  in  building,  and  was  finished  about  the 
year  1200.  It  stands  in  the  most  ancient  part  of  Paris,  on  the  island  in  the  Seine 
called  la  cite.  The  church  of  St  Genevieve  is  now  cidled  the  Pantheon,  and  is 
designed  as  a  mausoleum  for  the  ashes  of  celebrated  men ;  it  is  a  magnificent  edi- 
fice in  the  modern  style.  The  Hospital  of  Invalids  is  an  immense  building, 
designed  for  the  residence  of  disabled  soldiers.    It  is  surmounted  by  a  splend^ 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-S) 


/. 


^  .^\. 


1.0 


I.I 


Ui|2£    125 
■^  Uii    12.2 

:^  1^  12.0 

11 


I 


L25j|U|^ 

'^ 6"     

► 

V] 


i? 


Jm'^  -^ 


/i 


^?  ^''* 


'/ 


Hiotographic 

Sdences 

Corporation 


33  WIST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  MSSO 

(716)  e72-4S03 


853 


FOANCE. 


gflt  dome,  which  alone  was  90  yean  in  building,  and  is  esteemed  one  of  the  mas- 
terpieces of  French  arebitesture. 

.  The  lardin  des  Plantes  is  the  noUest  collection  of  interesting  objects  in  Natural 
History  that  has  ever  been  formed.  The  public  buildings  in  Paris  which  deserve 
notice  for  their  size  and.  magnificence  are  too  numerous  even  to  be  mentioned 
here.  In  this  respect  Paris  is  tax  above  London.  The  Tuileries  form  an  exteo- 
•ive  and  soiQe#iiat  irregular  pile  nearly  one-fifth  of  a  mile  ih  front,  which  has  & 
nohle  eflbct.  The  Louvre  is  a  model  of  symmetry,  and  is  thought  to  make  the 
nearest  approach  to  peifection  of  any  modem  building.  It  contains  1000  paint- 
inn,  1500  statues,  and  20,000  drawings. 

Tlie  Ubraries.of  Paris  are  very  large,  and  formed  upon  the  most  liberal  prin- 
ciples.' Most  of  them  are  public,  and  accessible  at  all  times  to  the  rich  and  poor. 
The.  Royal  Library  contains  above  600,000  volumes,  besides  100,000  manuscripts, 
100,000  medals,  many  hundreds  of  thousands  of  tracts,  and  1,50^000  engravings. 
Tllb  library  is  crowded  constantly  by  persons  of  all  cluases  in  puriic  it  of  know- 
ledge.   The  other  libraries  have  ftom  160,000  volumes  downward. 

There  are  about  80  theatres,  large  and  small,  in  Paris.  All  the  theatres  in 
France  pay  a  tenth  part  of  their  receipts  to  the  poor.  The  houses  in  the  older 
parts  of  Paris  are  very  high.  The  streets  are  generally  without  sidewalks,  and 
some  are  p^ved  with  flat  stones.  All  those  parts  without  the  Boulevards  are 
called  fmucbourgi.  The  gates  of  the  city  are  denominated  barriers,  and  here 
passengers  must  exhibit  their  passports,  and  merchandisie  pay  a  duty  on  entering 
the  city.    Popglation,  in  I83S,  909,136 ;  now  estimated  at  1,000;000. 

The  neighbourhood  of  Paris  is  highly  cultivated,  and  there  are  many  sites  at 
once  beautiful  and  romantic.  The  celebrated  St  Cloud,  with  its  superb  palace, 
its  park,  gardens,  cascade,  fine  view  and  political  associations,  is  within  6  miles ; 
ana  Versailles,  with  its  magnificent  but  melancholy  grandeur,  is  within  12  miles 
of  the  capital. 

Lyons  is  generally  considered  as  the  second  city  in  France,  and  as  foremost  in 
x^gm  tp  commerce  and  industiy.  It  is  on  the  whole  a  noble  city.  The  quays 
along  the  Rhone  are  superb.  The  cathedral  is  highly  ornamented  in  the  florid 
gothic  style;  and  the  squares,  especially  the  Place  de  J3e//eceur,  with  its  foun- 
taiiis  ^nd  statues,  are  nowhere  surpassed.  Qn  the  oUier  hand,  the  old  streets  are 
narrow,  bordered  by  lofty  and  gloomy  walls,  and  divided  by  a  muddy  stream.  To 
turn  into  them  firom  the  quays  has  been  compared  to  entering  subterraneous  pas- 
saged, watered  by  the  sluices  of  Cocytus.  Lyons  is  the  first  silk  manufacturing 
citr  in  Europe.  The  districts  of  France  which  produce  the  largest  quantities  of 
ailxs,  are  immediately  adjacent :  and  the  manufacture  has  here  had,  for  centuries, 
its  principal  seat.  The  silks  of  Lyons  are  distinguished  for  their  excellency,  and 
are  exported  to  all  parts  of  the  civilized  world.  In  1838,  the  value  of  the  silks 
made  in  this  city,  was  estimated  at  135  million  francs.  Three  yeard  previous, 
there  were  8000  master-weavers,  and  30,000  journeymen ;  while  all  those  con- 
cerned in  the  manufacture,  in  Lyons,  amounted  to  80,000.  There  are  also  nume- 
rous dyeing  establishments,  pnnting-ofiices,  and  manufactories  of  jewellery,  li- 
queurs, &0.    Population,  in  1836,  including  the  suburbs,  300,000. 

MarseillM,  on  the  Mediterranean,  is  the  chief  commercial  city  of 'France.  It 
is  completely  inclosed  except  towards  the  sea  by  a  succession  of  rocky  hills,  ex- 
tending in  the  form  of  a  crescent,  with  each  horn  touching  the  sea.  The  old 
town  rises  to  the  north  like  an  amphitheatre,  and  is  oompoMid  of  narrow  streets 
and  ill-built  houses.  The  new  town  is  equal  in  beauty  to  any  city  in  France ; 
the  streets  are  broad  and  straight ;  the  sqliares  large  and  handsome,  and  the  build- 
ings remarkable  fbr  their  elegance.  The  quays  are  crowded  with  an  immense 
multitude  of  persons  speaking  diflbrent  languages  and  wearing  the  costume  of 
various  countries.    The  environs  are  well  cultivated.    Population,  170,000. 

Boideanx,  near  the  mouth  of  the  Garonne,  is  one  of  the  grandest  emporia  in 
Fraaee,  and,  indeed,  in  Europe.  Situated  at  the  mouth  of  the  Garonne,  which 
here  allows  the  largest  vessels  to  ascend  to  itn  port,  it  exports  all  the  valuable 

traduce  of  this  great  southern  plain,  of  which  the  wines  are  said  to  amount  to 
OOjOOO,  and  brandy  to  20,000  pipes  annually.    It  is  engaged  also  in  colonial 


"m 


i1*fc^*lM  ■■•  w,-^.* 


are 
To 
pas- 
uring 


and 
silks 
rious, 

con- 
lume- 

,li 

It 

D,  ex- 
e  old  I 
treets 
Rince; 
lild- 
nense 
ne  of 

Iria  in 
irhich 
luable 
Int  to 
lonial 


SPAIM*. 


35Si 


trade,  and  in  the  cod  and  whale  fldieriea.  Eecent  travellers  remark  a  greateil 
display  of  wealth  and  proBperity  in  this  than  in  any  other  of  the  IVeneh  eoinmerw 
cial  cities.  Ever^  thing  is  on  a  mnd  scale,  and  tnildtnga  are  in  progress,  wfaieb^ 
when  finished,  will  leave  it  without  a  rival  in  France.  The  theatre,  deswne^ 
after  that  of  Milan,  is  considered  a  model  of  architectonl  beauty.  Kany  i^th^f' 
ecclesiastieal  structures  were  founded  by  the  English.  A  very  republie«n  spirii 
is  said  to  prevail  at  Bordeaux.  Popalstfon,  95,1 14.  Rouen,  on  $he  Seine,  below 
Paris,  is  the  Manchester  of  France ;  half  the  population  are  emjfloted  in  tfie  eov> 
ton  manufacture ;  woollens  and  linens  are  also  made  to  a  considerable  extent  The 
Cathedral  of  Rouen  is  justly  celebrated ;  it  is  one  of  the  most  noble  religious 
structures  in  Eurojpe.  Population  of  the  city  and  suburbs,  100,000.  Nante<<t 
on  the  Loire,  near  its  month,  is  a  considerable  oommeroial  place,  and  a  part  of  it 
is  very  elegantly  built.  Population,  75,150.  LtUe,  140  miles  north-east  of  Paris, 
is  a  frontier  town,  and  well  fortified ;  it  is  surrounded  by  walls,  and  was  fortified 
by  Vanban ;  the  citadel  is  considered  one  of  the  strongest  in  Europe.  Popnlai 
lion,  73,000.  Toulouse,  on  Uie  canal  of  Languedoc,  is  next  in  antiquity  t&  Paris,! 
It  is  surrounded  by  w^ls,  and  has  a  town-house  and  church  of  great  magnifi* 
oence.  Population,  63,015.  Strasburg,  on  the  bordera  of  Germany,  is  one  of 
the  best  fortified  cities  in  Europe.  The  steeple  of  its  cathedral  is  4651  feet  bight 
and  is  the  loftiest  point  of  any  building  in  Europe.  Population,  60,339.  Orleans^ 
on  the  Loire,  has  a  noble  cathedral  and  bridge.  Population,  40^940.  Avignoui 
on  ths  Rhone,  was  once  the  residence  of  the  popes.  Population,  37,753.  NismeS| 
in  the  same  neighbourhood,  possesses  the  remains  of  a  large  Roman  amphithea* 
tre.  Population,  41,194.  Taulon,  a  little  to  the  east  of  Marseilles,  is  a^  import- 
ant seaport  and  has  an  arsenal  and  magazine,  containing  an  immense  quantity  of 
naval  stores.  Population,  45,000.  Brest,  at  the  entrance  of  the  British  Channel, 
is  the  chief  naval  station  of  France.   Its  quay  is  a  mile  long.    Population,  89,773. 


SPAIN. 

Spain  ferms  the  principal  part  of  a  very  extensive  peninsula,  the  most  southern, 
and  also  the  most  western,  portion  of  Europb;  and  is  only  connected  by  an  isthmus 
about  a  hundred  miles  broad,  traversed  by  the  Pyrenees,  a  chain  holding  the  second 
rank  among  the  mountains  of  Europe.  It  is  thus  almost  insalated  from  the  rest 
of  the  contmont. 

Spain  is  bounded  north  by  the  Bay  of  Biscay  and  France,  east  and  sonth  by  the 
Mediterranean  and  the  Straits  of  GibralUr,  aiid  west  by  Portugal  and  the  Atlan- 
tic. It  extends  firom  85°  57'  to  43°  44'  north  latitude,  and  from  2P  8'  east  to 
9°  18'  west  longitude.  Its  greatest  length  ftom  east  to  west  is  640  miles,  breadt."^ 
530,  area  183,000  square  miles.  Spain  is  a  mountainous  country,  and  a  lar^v 
portion  of  it  has  an  elevated  surface.  The  Pyrenees  form  its  north-eastern  barriejr, 
and  are  connected  with  the  Cantabrian  chain,  which  extends  throughout  the  north 
of  Spain,  parallel  with  the  Bay  of  Biscay.  About  the  middle  of  this  range  a  sectmd- 
ary  chain  separates  flrom  it,  extending  to  the  south,  and  branching  into  four  chains, 
extending  to  the  east  and  west  The  mountain  of  Montserrat  is  a  detached  emi- 
nence of  the  eastern  Pyrenees,  about  30  miles  north-west  of  Barcelona.  It  con- 
sists of  a  cluster  of  diarp  peaks,  rising  to  the  height  of  3300  feet,  and  always 
capped  with  clouds.  The  whole  mountain  is  24  miles  in  circumference.  There 
are  fburteen  hermitages  upon  diflbrent  parts  of  these  heights,  ini  about  half-way 
up  is  a  magnificent  convent  of  Benedictines.  The  scenery  in  every  part  of  this 
remarkable  eminence  is  strikingly  bold  and  romantic. 

The  riven  of  Spain  form  an  important  feature  in  its  geography.  None  of  them, 
however,  are  of  much  importance  as  mediums  of  communication :  they  have  mostlyi 
shallow  and  rocky  beds,  and  dry  up  in  summer  to  such  a  degree  as  to  be  nearlV 
useless  for  navigation.  The  principal,  are,  the  Tagus,  Etoo,  Onadiajia,  Goadal^. 
quivir,  Duero,  Guadalavia,  Xuoar,  &g.  J 

This  country  lies  in  the  southern  part  of  the  temperate  awne.    The  c<dd  iaj 


It 


IW 


\  1 


354 


SPAIN. 


neTer  ezeeHiTe  even  in  the  northern  parts.  In  the  south,  the  heats  of  midsummer 
would  be  intolerable,  bnt  for  the  sea-oreexe,  which  begins  at  nine  in  the  morning 
and  continues  till  five  in  the  evening.  The  interior  is  so  elevated,  as  to  be  much 
cooler  tiian  might  be  expected  from  the  latitude.  The  two  Castiles  form  a  raised 
plain  nearly  3000  feet  in  height.  The  provinobS  alortg  the  Mediterranean  are 
the  paradise  of  this  kingdom.  An  everlasting  spring  seems  to  reign  in  this  de> 
lb(faual  country.  The  sky  of  Andalusia  is  pure  azure  and  gold ;  the  inhabitaats 
of  Seville  affirm,  that  a  day  was  never  known  when  the  son  did  not  shine  upon 
their  city. 
The  greater  part  ofthe  land  in  Spain  belongs  to  the  nobility,  and  towns,  or  cof> 

t orate  bodies.  One-fourth  of  the  landed  property  belonged  to  the  church ;  but  it 
as  been  confiscated  to  the  use  of  the  nation.  The  state  of  agriculture  is  wretched 
in  the  extreme,  and  the  implements  or  husbandry  are  very  rude.  Wheat,  rye, 
barley,  hemp,  and  Indian  com,  are  cultivated  in  almost  all  the  provinces.  Olives  are 
cultivated  in  the  southern  parts;  and  in  this  quarter  maybe  seen  large  fields  of 
saffiron,  and  rkw,  and  cotton  plantations.    Every  part  of  the  country  produces  wine. 

Spain  has  naturally  great  commercial  advantages,  yet  the  mercantile  trade  of 
the  kingdom  bears  no  proportion  to  its  capabilities  for  commerce.  The  means  of 
transportation  internally  are  very  defective.  The  arrierot  or  carriers  are  the  tr»- 
veiling  merchants  of  the  country.  They  have  long  been  accustomed  to  trade  only 
on  certain  roads,  and  hardly  anything  will  tempt  them  out  of  their  old  track. 
Wine,  fruit,  and  manufaotutod  goods  are  the  chief  exports.  The  value  of  the  im- 
ports are  estimated  at  about  JS4,000,000 ;  and  the  experts  are  nearly  the  same. 

Smuggling,  owing  to  the  impolitic  measures  of  government,  has  been  long  ca^ 
ried  on  to  a  greater  extent,  in  Spain,  than  in  any  other  country  in  Europe ;  and 
oneself  the  ttaie  of  ike  kingdom  is  supposed  to  be  carried  on  by  the  smugglers 
or  oontrabandistas. 

The  chief  manufactures  are  those  of  silk,  at  Barcelona,  Valencia,  Seville,  and 
Madrid ;  they  employ  18,000  looms.  Spain  has  the  finest  wool  in  Europe,  but 
the  woollen  rabrics  are  small.  Tobacco  is  manufactured  only  at  Seville.  Leather, 
paper,  hats,  and  soap,  are  made  in  different  parts.  There  is  a  royal  manutactoiy 
of  mirrors  at  St.  Udefonso.  Earthenware  is  made  in  considerablfi  quautities. 
The  distillation  of  brandy  is  very  extensive. 

The  rivers,  as  well  as  the  ooaste  of  Spain,  abound  in  fish,  particularly  »nohovies 
and  tuimies,  laige  quantities  of  which  are  taken  and  exported.    The.  .'ries 

constitute  the  chief  occupation  of  the  inhabitants  in  the  province  of  G' 

The  rearing  of  sheep  is  an  important  branch  of  industit-y.  The  finen.jt>  >  of  the 
merino  wool  is  well  known.  There  are  14,000,000  of  sheep  in  Spain.  Two 
shepherds  will  drive  a  flock  of  1000  or  1300.  They  leave  the  mountains  of  Old 
Castile  in  October,  and  feed  their  flocks  in  the  plains  of  Estremadnra  and  Anda- 
lusia, till  May,  when  they  return,  and  the  shearing  commences ;  a  season  no  less 
Joyous  in  this  country  than  the  vintage. 

The  raffular  army  amounts  to  60,000  men,  and  there  is  besides  a  large  militia 
force.  The  army  of  Spain,  which  under  Charles  V.  and  Philip  was  the  bravest 
and  most  formidable  in  Europe,  has  for  a  ceiitury  and  a  half  ranked  very  low 
among  military  nations ;  the  troops  are  for  the  most  part  badly  officered,  badly 
disciplined,  and  badly  appointed.  * 

The  navT,  at  the  commencement  of  the  late  war,  was  at  least  respectable,  and 
a  formidable  auxiliary  to  France.  The  fatal  days  of  St.  Vincent  and- Trafalgar, 
and  the  fruitless  expeditions  to  South  America,  reduced  it  to  a  feeble  state.  lo 
1836  it  consisted  or  ten  ships  of  the  line,  sixteen  frigates,  and  thirty  smaller  ves- 
sels; but  it  is  now  in  a  state  of  almost  total  decay. 

^  Spain  was  long  an  absolute  monarchy,  in  which  the  power  of  the  king  had  no 
limits  but  the  slender  barrier  that  public  opinion  can,  in  a  country  without  educa- 
tion or  a  press,  interpose. 

The  evils  of  this  kind  of  government  have  in  Spain  been  peculiarly  aggravated, 
by  the  individual  character  of  the  monarohs.  The  title  of  Catholic  Majesty,  which 
wm  granted  by  the  pope  to  Ferdinand  in  1496,  has  been  continued  to  the  suc- 
eaeding  sovereigns.    In  the  king's  titles  are  enumerated  all  territories  which  he 


anchovies 
3tie8 


{e  militis 
he  bravest 

very  low  j 
red,  badly 

itable,  and 
Trafalgar, 
state.  Id 
aller  ves- 

ng  had  no 
out  educa* 


Bty,  which 

t)  the  8UC- 

which  he 


SPAIN. 


ass 


holds,  or  at  any  time  has  held.    The  heir  apparent  is  called  Prince  of  Asturi*! 
Infanta  is  the  title  of  all  the  other  royal  chiloren. 

In  1837  the  Spanish  government  was  changed  to  a  limited  monarchy,  Th4 
constitution  Is  similar,  in  mawy  respects,  to  that  of  France,  and  guarantees  tb«' 
llberu  of  the  press,  and  other  fundamental  principles  of  freedom.  The  power  of 
enacung  laws  resides  with  the  Cortes,  la  conjunction  with  tbe  sovereign.  Th4 
Cortes  are  composed  of  two  legislatlTe  bodies,  of  equal  poweijs,  the  Senate  andt 
Congress  of  Deputies. 

Notwithstanding,  however,  the  change  of  government,  the  administration  of  th# 
taws  is  still  very  defective ;  for  neither  life  nor  property  is  nniversdly  safe.  Jusr 
tice  in  Spain  carries  with  it  more  terror  than  mercy ;  and  is  avoided  as  a  pe8tilenee« 
It  is  now,  as  in  the  time  of  Gil  Bias,  perilous  alike  for  the  guilty  and  the  innocent 
to  enter  its  courts.  When  a  murder  is  committed,  all  run  from  the  dying  victinl 
as  they  would  from  the  murderer. 

The  religion  is  strictly  Roman  Catholic.  The  number  of  archbishoprics  is  8y 
and  there  are  51  bishoprics.  The  wealth  of  the  clergy  and  monastic  orders  was 
immense;  in  1813  one-fourth  of  the  landed  property  in  Spain  belonged  to  tha 
church,  exclusive  of  titles  and  oUier  casual  sources  of  income,  producing,  in  all, 
a  gross  revenue  of  more  than  eleven  millions  sterling  a  ^ear.  The  income  of 
some  of  the  hieher  ecclesiastics  was  very  great ;  the  archbishop  of  Toledo  is  said 
to  have  had  ^0,000  a  year.  In  1833  uie  ecclesiastics  in  Spain  amounted  ta 
175,574  individuals,  including  61,727  monks,  and  34,007  nuns.  In  1836  the  go^ 
vernment  suppressed  all  conventual  establishments  and  religio-military  orders. 
The  monks  were  to  receive  small  stipends ;  and  it  is  be  regretted  Utat,  owing  to 
the  difficulties  in  which  the  country  has  been  since  Involved,  these  stipends  hav* 
been  very  irregularly  paid.  The  whole  of  the  vast  property  belonging  to  the 
church  has  been  confiscated  for  the  use  of  the  State :  and  a  considerable  portion 
of  it  has  been  already  sold.  According  to  the  constitution,  the  nation  undertakes 
to  support  the  public  worship  and  clergy  of  the  established  church ;  but  owing  td 
the  Intestine  commotions  that  have  prevailed  in  the  country,  and  its  financial  diffi« 
culties,  this  condition  has  not  been  efferively  carried  out ;  and  not  a  few  of  th« 
clergy  are  at  present  but  little  removed  from  a  state  of  indigence.  The  influence 
of  the  clergy  has  greatly  diminished  in  Spain,  even  among  the  lower  classes; 
the  higher,  though  making  an  outward  show  of  religion,  are  mostly  skeptics. 

There  are  eleven  universities  in  Spain ;  but  their  plans  of  instruction  are  anti* 
qoated,  and  seem  to  be  so  directed  as  to  spread  error  and  encourage  ignorance, 
rather  than  knowledge.  The  few  elementary  schools  are  in  no  better  condition. 
The  lower  classes  seldom  learn  to  read  and  write ;  and  those  above  them  are  but 
imperfectly  Instructed ;  there  being  but  little  encouragement  for  education. 

The  revenue  of  Spain  was  once  the  largest  in  Europe,  but  is  now  greatly  r»> 
duced.  In  1841  it  was  estimated  at  £9,400,000.  The  debt  in  the  same  year  was 
£  1 57,344,080 :  it  is  rapidly  accumulating.  Most  of  this  debt  is  due  to  the  English, 
and  no  interest  has  been  paid  on  it  for  a  lengthened  period.  The  system  of  taxa- 
tion is  rety  defective,  ana  varies  according  to  the  exigencies  of  the  government. 

Spain  is  divided  into  14  provinces,  some  of  which  have  the  title  of  kingdoms; 
each  of  these  has  its  separate  administration,  and  most  of  them  are  subdivided 
into  several  smaller  provinces.  Of  all  the  immense  territories  In  America  which 
formerly  belonged  to  Spain,  none  remain  under  her  dominion  but  the  Islands  of 
Cuba  and  Puerto  RIeo.  In  Africa,  she  possesses  Ceuta,  Melilla,  Pennon  and 
Albucenas  on  the  Barbary  Coast,  and  the  Canary  Islands  in  the  Atlantic.  In 
Asia,  are  the  Philippines,  Caroline  and  Lac'  rone  Ituands. 

The  number  of  inhabitants  in  Spain  was  estimated,  in  18S6,  at  13,168,774.  Of 
these,  137,345  belonged  to  the  clergy ;  100,733  were  soldiers,  and  14,064  sailors. 
The  population  of  the  colonies  is  estimated  at  4,088,000 ;  making  a  total  of 
17,830,173  for  the  Spaniaji  monarchy. 

There  are  only  two  navigable  canals  of  any  importance.  The  Imperial  Canal 
was  begun  by  the  emperor  Charles  V.,  with  the  intention  of  uniting  Navarre  witli 
the  Mediterranean.  It  was  Interrupted  for  300  ^ears.  It  begins  at  Navarre,  and 
is  finished  as  far  as  Saragossa.  It  is  74  feet  wide  and  10|  feet  deep,  being  navi- 
gable  for  veseels  of  100  tons.    The  Canal  of  Castile  is  partly  executed,  and  is  dJe- 


356 


SPAIN. 


Mffned  to  connect  the  Duero  with  the  harbour  i^  Santander  on  the  Bay  of  Kacay. 
There  are  sevoral  otiier  small  canals  in  difierent  parts  o£  the  kingdom. 

The  Balearic  Isluods  are  a  group  in  the  Mediterranean,  consisting  of  Majorca, 
Minorca,  Ivica,  and  Fromentera,  with  some  smaller  onet.  Majorca,' the  largest, 
is  tboot  100  niilea  firom  the  coast  It  is  40  miles  in  extent  each  way,  and  is 
monntainogs.  Minorca  possesses  the  valuable  harbour  of  Port  Mahon.  These 
isluids  have  generally  a  good  ami,  and  produce  oranges,  olives,  wine,  &c.,  and 
they  have  229487  inhabitants. 

Madrid,  the  capital  of  Castile,  and  of  "all  the  Spains,"  stands  on  several  low 
hills  on  the  immense  Castilian  plain,  which  on  the  north  appears  bounded  by  Uie 
hi^  distant  range  of  the  Guadarnuna,  but  on  every  other  side  has  no  visible  ter- 
mination. A  small  rivulet,  the  Manzanares,  flows  past  the  city,  and  falls  into  the 
Tasus.  Madrid  is  a  superb  but  somewhat  gloomy  capital ;  the  houses  are  high, 
well  built  of  good  stone,  not  defaced  by  smoke ;  the  streets  are  well  paved,  and 
have  broad  fix>tpatfaai.  The  main  street  of  Alcalo,  long,  spacious,  and  bordered  on 
each  side  b^  a  row  of  princely  houses,  attracts  puticular  admiration.  The  Prado, 
a  wide  public  walk,  bordered  by  trees,  and  connected  with  gardens  all  open  to  the 

Sblic,  IS  equally  conducive  to  ornament  and  pleasure,  "niere  are  many  public 
mtains,  supplied  with  pure,  light,  and  salubrious  water,  filtered  through  beds  of 
navel  and  sand,  from  a  distance  of  seven  or  eight  leagues.  The  gates  built  by 
Charles  IIL  are  uncommonly  beautifbl,  particularly  that  of  Alcau ;  but  in  a 
miserable  wall  which  might  be  battered  down  by  a  three-pounder  in  half  an  hour. 
The  royal  palace,  built  i>y  Philip  V.,  is  a  spacious  and  magnificent  structure, 
though  the  taste  displayed  in  it  is  a  subject  of  controversy.  It  cmtains  numerous 
fine  paintings,  which  do  not  equal,  however,  those  of  the  Escurial.  The  Retiro, 
with  its  fine  eardens,  was  defaced  by  the  French,  who  made  it  a  military  post;  an 
extensive  and  costly  menagerie  is  now  forming  within  its  precincts.  The  museum 
of  statuary  and  painting,  a  new  and  elegant  building,  has  recently  been  enriched 
with  some  of  the  finest  pictures  from  the  royal  palaces.  The  cabinet  of  natural 
history,  supported  by  the  government,  is  also  a  handsome  stnictare,  and  its  con- 
tents valuable.  The  environs  of  Madrid  are  iwt  remarkable  tor  beauty ;  tiiey  ere 
much  broken  into  hills  and  hollows ;  so  that,  of  the  20O  villages  situated  in  tiiem, 

(]  only  three  or  four  can  be  seen  at  once.  Population,  324,000. 
Barcelona  is,  after  the  capital,  the  largest  cit^,  and  at  the  same  time  the  most 
industrious  and  flourishing,  of  all  Spain,  containing  180,000  inhabitants.  The  port 
is  artificial,  formed  by  solid  and  convenient  moles,  but  has  a  bar  at  its  entrance, 
which  excludes  vessels  drawing  more  than  twelve  feet  of  water.  It  carried  on  a 
great  and  various  traffic ;  had  woollep,  silk,  and  cotton  manufactories,  all  on  a 
considerable  scale ;  about  a  thousand  vessels  annually  entered  its  port ;  but  since 
the  emancipation  of  Spanish  America,  it  has  greatly  declined ;  from  120  to  ISO 
ships  only  now  frequent  the  harbour.  The  ecclesiastica'i  edifices  of  Barcelona  are 
handsome,  particularly  the  cathedral,  though  not  of  so  p.rand  a  character  as  those 
in  some  other  parts  of  Spain.  It  is  built  in  the  late?  Gothic  style,  with  finely 
painted  windows,  and  a  choir  of  good  workmanship  ard  singular  delicacy.  With 
the  exception  of  that  of  the  Dominicans,  the  convents  are  destitute  of  any  attrac- 
tions, and  the  records  and  pictures  of  the  heretics  who  had  suQiared  in  the  city  from 
1489  to  1726,  described  by  writers,  some  time  since,  as  existing  in  the  latter,  are 
no  longer  to  be  met  with.  The  walls  of  Barcelona  are  strong,  but  its  chief  de- 
pendence is  upon  the  citadel,  built  by  Vauban,  and  the  fortress  of  Montjuich,  which 
commands  it^and«is  considered  almost  impregnubla.  The  former  has  accommo- 
dations for  a  garrison  of  7000  men. 

Seville,  the  capital  of  Andalusia,  was  founded  by  the  Phoenicians,  and  is  beauti- 
fully situated  on  the  Guadalquivir.  It  rises  in  the  midst  of  a  plain,  covered  with 
olive  plantations,  hamlets,  villages,  and  convents.  It  was  formerly  very  rich  and 
ppulous,  being  the  chief  mart  for  the  American  and  India  trade.  The  public 
trjiildings  are  very  elegant.  The  general  appearance  of  the  city  indicates  the 
Moorish  character  of  its  former  possessors.  The  streets  are  narrow,  but  clean : 
the  houses  are  whitewashed,  and  furnished  \yith  balconies ;  every  third  or  fourth 
house  has  a  garden  and  orangery.    The  cathedral  is  one  of  the  largest  in  Spain, 


itWWP 


mfmm 


'i)nmi«»w; 


SPAIN. 


mm 
3ii 


I 


and  eootaina  the  tomb  of  Colainbui.  The  etnpetor*  Tnjaa  and  Hadrian  were 
bom  here;  The  inhabitante'  manofiMSture  silk,  tobaeoo^  mvff  and  cigani.  Popa> 
lation,  113,0001 

Cadii,  on  the  Atlantic  coast,  by  meam  of  its  excellent  harbour,  long  engrossed 
the  trade  once  enjoyed  by  Seville.   This  city  stands  upon  Uie  isle  of  JUeon,  whieb 
is  connected  with  Uie  continent  by  a  bridge.    Nothing  can  surpass  the  beauty  of 
the  town  when  viewed  firom  the  harbour,  dnd  when  the  eye  takes  in  the  numerous 
countiy-eeats  in  the  neighbourhood.     The  streets  are  clean,  well  psved  and 
lighted.    The  houses  are  somewhat  in  the  Moorish  style,  with  flat  rocm,  covered 
with  a  hard  plaster,  and  the  greater  part  of  them  crowned  with  turrets.    From 
the  height  of  the  houses,  the  narrowness  of  the  streets,  and  the  smallness  of  the 
windows,  many  parts  of  the  city  have  a  gloomy  appearance.     Here  are  two 
cathiedrais  and  a  very  large  hospitaL    The  city  is  strongly  fortified,  and  is  one  of    |  c 
the  most  important  seaports  in  Spain.    Since  the  loss  of  the  American  Colonies,    -i ' 
however,  its  commerce  has  been  much  reduced.    Its  population  has  a  more  mixed    | 
and  diversified  amect  than  that  of  any  other  city  in  the  kingdom.    Populatkni,   1 
64,508.  /  "«  -r-  ^^ 

Granada,  the  capital  of  the  kingdom  of  that  name,  wae  founded  by  the  Moots;  p 
and  at  the  period  of  their  greatest  glory,  contained  400,000  inhabitants.  It  is  still 
celebrated  as  the  most  Iwautiful  city  in  Spain,  although  its  population  has  dwin- 
dled to  59^300.  .The  houses  are  nearly  all  in  the  Moorish  style.  It  has  many 
beautifii  squares,  fountains,  and  public  buildings,  with  7  colleges  and  11  hospital^ 
In  the  immediate  neighbourhood  is  the  Alhambra,  a  magnificent  Moorish  palace, 
occupying  the  space  of  a  small  town.  Every  traveller  has  been  struck  with  ad- 
miration at  the  sight  of  its  splendid  halls,  golden  saloons,  courts,  alcoves,  foun- 
tains, colonnades,  mi  mosaic  pavements,  which  almost  realize  the  description  of 
fairy  land. 

Valencia,  on  the  Guadalaviar,  at  its  entrance  into  the  Mediterranean,  has  many 
manUfkctories,  and  is  a  rich  uad  elegant  city.  No  town  of  Spain  has  so  mMy 
shops,  coffee-houses,  theatres,  concerts,  balls,  amusements,  and  entertainmedte  cv 
every  description.  The  surrounding  country  is  highly  cultivated,  and  forms' a  de- 
lightful garden,  the  air  of  which  is  loaded  with  perfumes.  The  city  has  a  large 
commerce  in  the  exportation  of  silk.    Population,  60,000. 

Cordova,  the  capital  of  the  kingdom  of  that  name,  stands  on  the  Guadalcjuivir, 
and  makes  ft  sfdendid  appearance  at  a  distance.  It  contains  a  ma^ificent  cathe- 
dral with  16  steeples  and  4000  columns  of  jasper  and  marble.  This  building  was 
originally  a  mosque,  and  was  erected  by  the  Caliph  Abdalrahman.  It  afRwds  aji 
imposing  evidence  of  the  magnificent  spirit  and  refined  taste  of  the  Spanish 
Moors.  Cordova  is  now  fiunoiis  for  its  trade  in  leather.  Population,  46,750.  Its 
environs  produce  the  finest  breed  of  horses  in  Spain. 

Saragossa,  the  capital  of  Arragon,  stands  on  the  Ebro,  and  has  considerable 
trade  and  manufactures.  It  is  remarkable  for  the  siege  it  sustained  against  the 
French,  during  the  peninsular  war.  Population,  44,482.  Its  university  has  2000 
atndents,  but  not  much  literature.  Malaga  and  Alicant,  on  the  Mediterranean, 
and  Corunna  a^  Bilbao,  on  the  Atlantic,  are  also  considerable  seaports.  The 
first  is  reckoned  the  third  commercial  town  in  the  kin^om.  It  exports  largely 
the  well-known  Malaga  or  mountain  wme ;  also,  fine  raisins  and  other  fruits,  an- 
chovies, Slc.    Population,  22,500. 

Bilbao  is  noted  for  its  large  exports  of  merino  wooL  Population,  15,000.  To- 
ledo, once  the  proud  capital  of  Spain,  contained,  in  the  days  of  its  pro^rity,  a 
population  of  200,000,  which  has  been  reduced  to  15,000.  Its  manufactures  of 
wool  and  silk,  which  are  said  once  to  have  employed  nearly  40,000  men,  have  dis- 
appeared, and  government  has  in  vain  attempted  to  revive  that  of  swords,  of 
which  those  formerly  manufoctured  at  Toledo  were  valued  above  all  others.  Com- 
poetella,  or  St  lago  de  Compostella,  contains  the  most  celebrated  shrine  of  the 
peninsula,  with  the  body  of  St.  James,  its  patron.  In  the  chapel  dedicated  to  him, 
18  his  statue,  two  feet  high,  of  pure  gold,  illuminated  every  night  by  2000  wax 
tapers. 
Gibraltar  is  an  important  fortress,  situated  upon  the  strait  which  forms  the  en- 


I 


158 


ANDORRA— FCmTUGAL. 


tnuice  to  the  Mediterrumn.  The  fiwtiflcationa  occupy  a  cnggj  rock,  rimng  to 
iOie  height  of  1489  feet  The  town  consists  of  one  long  street,  paiisinff  along  the 
Ibot  of  the  nek.  The  whole  fomw  a  peninsula,  washed  on  one  side  hy  the  Me* 
diterranean,  and  on  the  other.side  hy  a  bay,  6  miles  in  width.  The  lock  is  steep 
in  every  pwt,  and  so  strongly  fortified  aa  to  he  impregnable.  It  was  captured  by 
thb  English,  in  1701,  and  ras  been  retained  by  them  ever  since.  It  was  besieged 
in  17B2,  Inr  a  French  and  Spanish  army  of  90,000  men,  and  bombarded  by  floating 
batteries,  bat  without  eflfect  The  British  regard  it  as  one  of  their  most  impor- 
tant possessions.  The  town  is  a  general. mart  for  goods  from  every  quarter,  and 
has  a  population  of  20,000,  mostly  English. 


REPUBLIC    OP   ANDORRA. 

'  Ten  little  republic,  with  a  territny  of  hardly  900  square  miles,  and  a  popala- 
lion  of  a^t  15,000  souls,  occupies  a  valley  on  the  soutbem  side  of  the  Pyre- 
nees, situated  between  the  Maladetta  and  the  Moncal,  and  lying  between  Foix  in 
France  and  Urgel  in  Spain.  Beside  Andorra,  the  capital,  a  town  of  2000  in- 
liabitants,  it  contains  five  villages,  which  export  iron  and  timber.  It  is  governed 
by  a  syndic,  who  presides  over  the  council  of  the  valley,  and  by  two  viffuiers,  ap- 
jXMnted,  the  one  by  the  king  of  France,  and  the  other  by  the  bishqp  of  UrgeL 


PORTUGAL. 

N  PoETvoAi.  has  by  political  causes  alone  been  separated  firom  Spain.  There  is 
no  physical  pecoliarity  by  which  the  two  kingdoms  are  distin^ished.  On  the 
contrary,  nil  the  grand  natural  features  of  Spam  are  prolonged  into  Portugal,  and 
become  Portuguese. 

The  boundaries  of  Portugal  are  the  Atlantic  Ocean  on  the  west  throughout  its 
whole  extent,  and  also  on  the  south ;  on  the  north  the  Spanish  kingdom  of  Galicia ; 
'and  on  the  east  those  of  Estremadura  and  Leon.  The  greatest  dimension  is  ftom 
north  to  south,  or  from  ST*  to  42^10'  north  latitude,  and  it  extends  from  6*'  15' 
to  9°  30'  west  longitude.    Its  surikce  is  88,800  square  miles. 

The  mountains  of  Portugal  may  be  considered  as  prolongations  of  those  of 
Spain,  chiefly  of  the  chains  of  Guadarrama  and  Toledo,  and  those  in  the  north  of 
Galicia.  Those  ranges,  seldom  rising  to  the  first  magnitude,  cover  almost  the 
whole  country,  leaving  between  them  many  picturesque  and  fertile  valleys. 
There  are  only  two  extensive  plains,  one  on  the  south  of  the  TVigus,  and  the 
other  between  the  Mondego  and  the  Douro. 

The  rivers  of  Portugal  consist  chiefly  of  the  spacious  terminations  of  the  grekt- 
est  streams  of  Spain  in  their  progress  to  the  Ocean.  The  Douro  forms  the  great 
maritime  emporium  of  Oporto,  and  the  Tagus  that  of  Lisbon.  The  Guadiana, 
also^  in  its  lower  course,  flows  along  the  eastern  frontier  of  Portugal.  The 
Minho,  a  much  smaller  stream,  comes  down  from  Gralicia;  and  the  Mondego, 
alone,  is  entirely  Portuguese,  flowing  nearly  across  the  breadth  of  the  kingdom. 

Portuiral,  after  the  downfall  of  the  feudal  system,  became  one  of  the  most  abso- 
lute of  European  governments.  The  Marquis  of  Pombal  and  one  or  two  more 
enlightened  men  found  their  way  into  the  ministry ;  but,  in  general,  measures 
were  as  ill  conducted  as  possible,  and  corruption  prevailed  in  every  department  of 
the  state.  The  present  government  of  Portugal  is  a  constitutional  hereditary 
monarchy.  In  1838  a  new  constitution  was  accepted  by  the  queen.  The  Cortes 
form  an  upper  and  a  lower  representative  chamber,  both  of  which  are  elective ;  the 
franchise  being  vested  in  the  holders  of  a  certain  small  amount  of  fixed  property. 
The  pride  of  tne  nobles  is  nearly  as  great  as  in  Spain,  without  being  accompa- 
nied oy  the  same  lofty  sentiments.    They  are  divided  into  two  branches,  the  tittt- 


Ive: 


the 


property. 

bompa' 

Ithe  <i<u- 


PORTUOAL. 


tadoa  and  the  hidalgo;  and  have  held  the  peasantry  in  a  subjection  little  short  of 
slavery. 

The  army,  prior  to  the  revolutior  comprised  nominally  30,000  men,  and  was 
in  a  most  inefficient  state,  from  the  incapacity  of  the  officers,  and  the  general  defects 
of  the  military  system.  When  the  French,  howeveft-had  been  driven  oat  of  Via- 
togal,  40,000  men  were  levied  and  disciplined  by  British  officers,  under  the  super- 
intendence of  Lord  Beresford ;  and  thus  prepared,  the  Portuguese  acted,  during 
the  war  which  followed,  in  a  creditablb  manner.  The  army  is  still  maintained,  to 
the  amount  of  88,000  men ;  and  though  the  new  government  will  not  brook  British 
command,  yet,  under  its  influe|Mse,  officers  of  merit  have  been  formed. 

The  navy  comprises  'only  3  ships  of  the  line,  4  frigates,  6  brigs,  and  some 
smaller  vessels. 

The  indueiry  and  commerce  of  Portugal,  which  presented  so  brilliant  an  aspect 
daring  her  era  of  prosperity,  have  sane  lower  than  those  of  almost  any  raier 
European  nation. 

Agriculture  did  not,  until  very  lately,  experience  any  of  the  improvements 
which  have  become  general  in  the  rest  of  Europe.  The  chief  object  of  attention 
is  the  vine,  which,  with  the  olive  and  other  fruit  trees,  is  cultivated  with  the 
utmost  diligence  in  the  valleys  and  on  the  sides  of  the  hills,  in  the  northern  parts 
of  the  kin^om.  Here  is  produced  abundantly  the  port  wine,  which  forms  the 
main  basis  of  Portuguese  trade,  and  finds  so  copious  a  market  in  Britain.  The 
entire  produce  is  estimated  at  80,000  pipes.  Of  white  wine  Portugal  produces 
about  60,000  pipes;  but  this  is  of  inferior  quality,  and  chiefly  consumed  at  home. 
Sheep  are  bred  on  the  hills,  to  a  pretty  large  extent;  but  not  so  abundantly  as  in 
Spain,  neither  is  their  wool  so  fine. 

The  manufiustures  of  Portitgal  scarcely  deserve  to  be  named.  Little  is  known 
toeyond  the  working  of  their  wool  for  domestic  use  by  each  family  or  neighbour 
hood ;  all  their  finer  fabrics  are  imported.  Ignorance,  or  at  least  an  imperfect 
knowledge  of  the  commonest  arts,  is  conspicuous  among  the  Portuguese.  Their 
carpentry  and  carriages  of  all  kinds,  their  agiiculturar  implements,  locks,  keys, 
&c.  are  ludicrously  bad.  Working  in  gold  and  silver  plate,  fimns  almost  the 
only  exception;  cambrics  also  are  well  made  in  some  places;  and  a  few  other 
local  objects  might  be  enumerated.  Of  mines  and  fisheries,  the  fimner  is  not  at 
ril  cultivated.  Fish  of  the  finest  kinds,  particularly  tunny  and  ssrdinios,  are 
cauffht  in  considerably  quantity  for  immediate  consumption ;  but  the  salt  which 
the  Kingdom  so  abundantly  produces  is  not  mubA  fat  preserving  Uiem ;  and  a  large 
import  of  salted  fish  is  still  necessary  to  meet  the  wants  of  a  population  so  rigidly 
Catholic. 

The  commerce,  which  formed  the  greatness  of  Portugal,  when  her  ports  inter- 
changed the  products  of  the  East  and  the  West,  is  now  a  mere  shadow.  The 
loss  of  her  Indian  possesnons,  and  the  separation  of  Brazil,  have  reduced  her  to 
the  common  routine  of  export  and  import.  The  staple  <,!  the  former  is  port  wine, 
for  which  die  market  of  England  was  secured  first  by  favouring  duties,  and  now 
seemingly  by  on  estaUished  predilection.  The  wine  is  raised  almost  solely  for 
the  English  market,  and  all  of  the  best  quality  is  bought  up  by  English  mer- 
chants residing  at  Oporto. 

Another  staple  export  of  Portugal  is  salt,  evaporated  by  the  heat  of  the  sun  in 
the  bay  of  St  Uhes,  which  seems  as  if  expressly  formed  for  that  purpose.  It  is 
carried  off  chiefly  by  the  English,  to  be  employed  in  curing  fish  destined  for  the 
Portuguese  market :  the  annual  amount  is  estimated  at  100,000  tons.  There  is 
also  a  considerable  surplus  of  wool,  of  which  1,000,000  lbs.  Weight  have  been 
imported  into  England  in  one  year.  In  return,  Portugal  takes  grain,  salt  fish, 
and  a  varie^  of  manufiictures,  chiefly  from  Britain.  The  value  of  the  exports  and 
imports  ore  each  about  d^2,000,000  annually. 

The  established  religion  is  the  Roman  Catholic.  The  church  has  a  patriarch. 
3  archbishops,  and  14  bishops.  In  1834,  the  monasteries,  400  in  number,  were 
suppressed.  The  monks  are  each  allowed  a  small  stipend  by  government.  There 
ate  still  150  nunneries.    The  Inquisition  was  abolished  in  1821.     Edurntion  in 


I 


«*^ 


160 


PORTUGAL. 


Portogal  is  Tety  limited.    BesidM  the  uniTenitiee  at  Cwmbra  and  Ef ore,  then 
fcie  17  high  semiinriea,  and  only  33»000  echolan  in  the  inferior  aohooU. 

Portugal  ha«  two  univenltiea.  That  rf  Coimbra,  founded  at  Lidbao  in  1290, 
was  tianaferred  to  Coiinbra  in  1306.  Jt  enjoys  some  oelebrity,  is  divided  into 
•i^teen  colleges,  and  is  still  attended  l^  several  hundred  students;  bat  the 
course  of  sMy  is  of  that  obsolete  description  which  prevailed  during  the  middle 
•ges.  A  smafler  universitv  was  founded  at  Evora  in  1678.  The  arts  have  hard- 
ly an  existence  in  Portugal,  tad  science  and  literature  are  much  circumscribed. 
The  literature  consiata  chiefly  in  poetry,  and  excludes  all  philosophy.  The  very 
Latin  partakes  of  the  state  <a  knowledge.  That  of  (he  monks  is  unintelligible  to 
Ae  learned.  little  has  been  done  in  Portugal  for  the  mathematics,  though  some- 
tlung  has  been  e^bcted  for  geograpbv,  natural  history,  and  botanv.  The  music 
is  simple  itnd  sweet,  and  it  is  chiefly  confined  to  songs.  All  the  beat  foreif^n 
works  are  prohibited,  anl  everything  publiBhed  is  subjected  to  a  strict  censorship, 
^he  literature  of  Portugal,  during  ue  period  of  its  glory,  was  by  no  means  con- 
temptible. The  genius  and  Ihte  of  Camoens  spread  his  name  throughout  Europe, 
and  entitled  him  to  rank  among  the  few  modem  epic  poets. 

No  nation,  as  to  character,  owes  less  to  the  opinion  <^  the  world,  than  the  Por- 
tuguese. They  are  described  as  indolent,  dissembling,  cowardly,  destitute  of 
puDlic  spirit,  and  at  the  same  time  fierce  and  deeply  revengefiil.  In  Spain  it  is 
said,  strip  a  Spaniard  of  his  virtues,  and  he  becomes  a  good  Portuguese.  The 
peaaantry,  however,  on  repeated  occasions  during  the  late  war,  displayed  energies 
nol  unworthy  of  their  ancestors,  in  an  age  when  their  glory  resounded  throughout 
both  bemisphereaL 

The  population  of  Portugal,  according  to  the  more  probable  estimates,  amouDts 
|o  S,549,4fl0.  Upon  a  mj^e  of  3^80&  square  miles,  this  gives  a  density  of  abont 
ninety-one  to  the  square  mile,  which  is  remarkable,  as  exceeding  that  o(  Spain 
nearly  in  the  propcnrtion  of  three  to  two. 

Portugal  is  divided  into  s^  provinces,  several  of  which,  like  those  of  Spain  in 
reforence  to  events  in  their  psst  history,  are  sometimes  called  kingdoms. 

The  foreign  possessions  of  Portugal  are  the  Aioro,  Madeira,  and  Cape  Verde 
Islands;  C)ongo,  Angola,  Ben^uela,  and  Mozamluque,  in  Africa;  6oa  ana  Macao, 
fai  Asia ;  and  Timor,  in  Malaysia.  The  populatim  <»  these  i«  estimated  at  1,632,000 : 
in  Africa,  1,057/100;  in  Asia,  676,000:  total  of  the  Portuguese  monarchy, 
6,162,000. 

Lidwn,  the  capital,  stands  on  the  north  bank  of  the  Tagus,  10  miles  from  its 
mouth.  It  rises  gradually  firom  the  water,  and  makes  a  magnificent  appearance 
fixMn  without.  The  harbour,  formed  by  the  expansion  of  the  river,  is  nine  miles 
widet  and  is  one  of  the  finest  havens  m  the  world.  The  interim  of  the  city  dis* 
appoints  the  expectatiim  created  bj  the  first  view.  It  is  i]14)uilt,  with  dirty,  nar- 
row, and  crooked  streets,  yet  some  parts  of  modern  construction  are  not  wanting 
in  elegance.  There  are  thirteen  large  squares,  the  finest  c^  which  is  the  Pra^ 
do  Commercio;  this  is  fronted  by  elegant  buildings,  and  bordered  toward  the  river 
by  the  handsomest  quays  in  Europe.  In  the  centre  is  an  equestrian  statue  of 
Joseph  L  The  cathedral  is,  magnificent,  and  remarkable  for  the  boldness  of  its 
dome.  The  Roval  Hospital  is  an  excellent  institution,  and  there  is  a  large  found- 
ling hospital.  Lisbon  has  also  three  observaf  iries,  many  colleges  and  aoudemies, 
160  churches  and  chapels,  75  convents,  and  a  royal  library  o?  80,000  volumes. 
3ut  the  most  remarkable  edifice  which  it  ctmtains  is  the  aqueduct  df  Bemfica.  It 
is  10  miles  in  length;  some  qf  its  arches  are  200  feet  high  and  100  feet  wide. 
Altogether  this  is  one_  of  the  most  magnificent  structures  that  have  been  erected 
in  modern  times,  and  is  not  inferior  to  any  ancient  work  of  the  same  kind.  There 
|re  three  royal  palaces  in  lodion  and  the  neighbourhood,  and  around  the  city  are 
lietween  six  and  seven  thousand  guintaa,  or  country-houses.    Population,  250,000. 

Oporto,  or  Porto,  the  ancient  capital,  and  still  the  second  city  of  the  kingdom, 
is  situated  near  the  mouth  of  the  Douro^  on  the  northern  bank,  though  on  the 
southern  are  two  extensive  suburbs,  supposed  to  have  constituted  the  ancient  city. 
The  modern  town  is  well-built,  especially  when  compared  with  most  oUiers  in  the 
peninsula.  • 


IT 


rm 


RUSSIA. 


3^ 


The  chief  dcpendenee  of  Oporto  it  it*  trade  with  Em[leiid,  whie^  reoniiui 
ODimpaired  amid  the  general  dtininution  of  that  with  America.  There  are  abooi 
thirty  Eof  liah  hoaaee  regularly  aettled  here,  baaidea  a  number  of  merehanta  who 
pay  neaoent  viaita  to  the  place.  The  Oporto  wine  companjft  which  enjoyed  the 
monopoly  of  the  port*wine  trade  of  thia  city,  waa  aboliabed  m  1684.    Population, 

80,ooa 

Coimbra  ia  beaotifblly  aitnated  oo  the  declivity  of  a  hill,  wfiicb  riaea  above  the 
Mondego;  but  the  atreeta,  aa  in  other  old  Portogueae  towna,  are  cronyled,  dirty, 
and  very  ateep.  It  baa  been  called  the  Athena  of  Portugal,  ftom  ita  eztenaive 
oniveiaity,  containing  eighteen  collegea,  with  for^  ipnUmatB,  and  about  ei^t 
hundred  atudenta.  Attached  to  it  ia  a  library  of  nearly  40,000  volomeib  ioclndiog 
numeroua  MSS. ;  but  the  actual  value  both  of  these  and  the  printed  worka  ddea 
not  aeem  to  have  been  fully  inveatigated.    Population,  20,000. 

St  Ubea  is  a  considerabfe  *Mport  south  of  the  Tagua.  It  has  a  large  exjiorta* 
tion  of  salt  Population,  15,000.  Braga,  near  the  northern  boundary,  haa  some 
fine  Roman  ruinai  Population,  14,600.  Elvas,  in  the  west,  is  a  atronglv  fortified 
town.  Population,  10,460.  Here  is  a  remarkable  aqueduct  which  leads  t)ie 
water  into  an  enormoua  subterranean  cistern  under  the  ramparta  o[  the  town. 
Evora,  to  the  east  of  Setubal,  haa  many  Roman  remains,  among  which  is  a  temfde 
(rf*  Diana,  now  converted  into  public  shamUes.  Population,  9(n0.  Lelria,  a  little 
to  the  north  of  Lisbon,  is  beautifiilljr  situated  in  the  midst  of  a  narrow  valley,  a^ 
has  a  fiunous  annual  fiur.  Population,  2500.  The  convent  of  Batalha,  6  miles 
fifom  this  place,  is  one  of  the  most  remarkaUe  CSothic  structures  in  Europe. 


RUSSIA. 

EvBoraAii  RvaeiA  is  the  chief  portion  of  an  empire  of  etaormous  extent,  with 
vast  capacitiea  of  improvement,  and  standing  at  present,  if  not  first,  at  least  in 
the  very  first  rank,  among  military  nations.  It  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the 
Frozen  Ocean,  and  esi>ecially  by  its  jpeat  gulf,  the  White  Sea.  On  the  eaat, 
those  grand  natural  limits,  the  mountains  called  the  Urals,  and  the  rivers  Volea 
and  Don,  separate  it  fit>m  the  Asiatic  continent  On  the  south,  it  is  bounded  by 
the  Euzine  Sea  and  its  gulfs,  and  by  European  Turkey.  Westward,  it  unites 
with  Russian  Poland,  which  brings  it  in  contact  with  the  dominions  of  Pruasia 
and  Austria.  It  extends  firom  abmit  the  45th  to  the  68th  degree  of  north  latitude, 
and  from  the  21st  to  the  62d  degree  of  east  longitude;  making  about  1600  miles 
ftom  north  to  south,  and  1400  firam  east  tc  west  The  superficial  extent  is  esti- 
mated to  amount  to  1,601,000  square  miles;  and  of  the  whole  empire,  7,660,000. 

The  surfiuse  of  the  Russian  territory  ia  t?ie  m<sX  level  of  any  in  Europe.  That 
l^eat  tract  of  low  land,  which  l^^?ins  in  noi-Uiom  Germany,  expands  in  Russia  to 
Its  greatest  breadth,  exceeding  1200  miles.  A  great  portion,  in  the  south  espe- 
cially,  consists  of  those  immense  levels,  called  tteppet,  over  which  the  e^e  may 
range  for  hundreds  of  miles  without  meeting  a  hill ;  only  some  large  ancient  tu- 
mun  occasionally  diversify  their  sur&ce.  They  terminate  only  at  the  k>ng  chain 
of  the  Urals,  which,  rising  like  a  wall,  separates  them  from  the  equally  vast 
plains  of  Siberia.  The  l^s  are  scarcely  known,  unless  where  the  road  to  Awa 
passea  over  them:  there  they  are  neither  very  lofty  nor  venr  steep,  but  well 
wooded,  and  rich  in  minerala,  especially  on  the  Aaiatic  side.  The  mountains  of 
Olonetz,  on  the  north,  appear  to  be  a  prolongation  of  those  of  Sweden ;  while,  on 
the  extreme  aouUi,  Uie  Crimea  displays  some  steep  and  picturesque,  though  not 
very  lofty  ranges. 

The  nvera  of  Russia  are  of  the  first  msgnitude;  though  the  distant  and  insu- 
lated seas  in  which  they  terminate,  incalculably  diminish  weir  commercial  impor- 
tance. The  Volga  is  the  greatest  river  of  the  empire  and  of  Europe.  It  rises  in 
the  frontier  of  Novogorod,  not  fitr  from  the  Baltic,  and  traverses  in  a  S.  R  line  all 
the  central  provinces.  After  receiving,  fiom  the  Asiatic  side,  the  Kama,  its 
greatest  tributary,  it  flows  chiefly  S.  S.  K,  forming  the  boundary  of  Europe  and 


31 


TT 


U8  RUBSitA. 

■'■  ■■ 

Amit  till,  after  «  ooutw  of  about  2700  milM,  it  opena  bj  nonMroaa  moutha  into 
ik«  Caapiaa,  near  Aatraeban.  Large  end  broad  atreuna^  apreading  over  the 
•Dotiiem  pkina,  alowly  make  their  way  to  the  Blaek  Sea.  Of  theae,  the  chief 
ire  the  Dnieper,  the  Ooa,  one  of  the  boundariea  of  Eorope,  and  the  amaller  eaat- 

Satrean  of  tiie  Dnieator.  The  Dwina,  or  Duna,  riainf  ftom  a  aource  not  fiir 
ant  from  that  of  the  Borjrathenea,  rolla  a  broad  navigable  atream  towarda  the 
Baltic  Another  Dwina,  in  the  north,  flowa  towarda  Archangel ;  and  during  that 
Irief  portion  of  the  year  when  it  is  free  from  ice,  conveya  to  that  remote  naven 
ttie  eommoditiea  of  a  wide  extent  of  country.  Lakea  are  not  very  characteriatic 
af  Rnaaia;  yet  thoae  of  Ladoga  and  Onega,  in  the  north,  are  aeveral  hundred 
■ilea  in  cireomference,  and  form  a  sort  of  continuation  of  the  Gulf  of  Finland, 
flnland  aiao  ia  covered  with  numerous  winding  lakea,  of  varied  form  and  dimen- 
lioaa;  bat  all  theae,  aurroonded  by  flat  and  bleak  ehorea  and  frozen  piaina,  preaent 
^ttle  that  ia  atriking  in  point  of  acenery,  and  aflford  fow  ftcilitiea  for  intehial  in- 
leroourae. 

i  The  Rnaaian  government  ia  adespotiam,  under  which  the  knout  ia  adminiatered 
#ven  to  noblea  m  the  higheat  rank,  who  may  have  incurred  the  diapleosure  of  the 
Sovereign.  The  emperora  have,  indeed,  endeavoured  in  some  degree  to  mitigate 
Ibia  abnlute  power,  and  have  even  formed  a  directing  senate  of  sixty-two  mem- 
l|wra,  divided  mto  departments ;  but  this  body  is  entirely  compoaed  of  individuals 
■ominated  by  the  monarch,'  and  aervea  little  other  purpose  than  that  of  promul- 
gating hta  pJutMe*  or  decreea.  Slavery  is  general.  All  the  lands,  with  the  ex- 
ception ol  a  few  comers,  are  cultivated  by  aerfo ;  and  the  value  of  a  nobleman's 
•atate  ia  reckoned  by  the  number,  not  or  acres,  but  of  slaves.  The  aovereign 
Ipwer  has  been  generally  exerted  in  a  beneficent  manner,  to  ameliorate  the  con- 
lition  of  the  alavea,  aoid  to  promote  their  emancipation,  but  hitherto  with  very 
mperfect  aucoesa.  Their  treatment,  on  the  whole,  ia  for  milder  than  in  the  West 
fndiea :  atill  the  moat  abject  submission  ia  required,  and  the  lash  is  in  pretty  gene- 
tal  use.  They  frequently  agree  with  their  masters  to  pay  them  an  annual  rent, 
er  oftroXc,  on  condition  of  their  bein^  allowed  to  migrate  to  towns,  and  to  carry  on 
badea.    Many  of  them  have,  in  thu  way,  acquired  very  great  wealth. 

The  revenues  of  Russia  bear  little  proportion  to  the  extent  of  her  territory, 
her  nataral  reeourcea,  or  even  her  population.  They  ariae  from  a  capitation-tax 
from  the  peasants ;  a  tax  from  merchants,  on  their  capital ;  custom-house  duties  on 
imported  goods ;  stamps,  coinage,  postage :  government  assumes  also  the  mono- 

Gly  of  distillation ;  and,  in  Siberia,  the  minea  are  iyrougbt  on  its  account,  and  the 
ibnte  of  the  subject  races  is  paid  in  furs :  but  these  last  rources,  subject  to  the 
JBaoal  mjamanagement  and  corruption  of  the  agents  of  an  absolute  government, 
produce  probably  very  little.  The  total  amount  is  supposed  to  be  about  £15,836,000 
aterling,  burdened  with  a  debt  of  1000  millibn  roubles;  the  greater  part  of  which 
being  depreciated  papeinnoney,  fetters  greatly  the  operations  both  of  finance  and 
dommeree. 

The  Russian  army  has  for  a  long[  time  been  one  of  the  largest  in  Europe;  in 
1830  it  amounted  to  989,000  men.  In  1835  it  was  reorganized  ;  it  now  consietR 
«f  6  corps  d'armee,  each  60,000  strong;  the  corpa  of  guards,  114,000;  two 
Teaerved  corpa  of  cavalry,  30,000;  the  corps  d'armee  of  Siberia,  and  the  Cau- 
<caaoa,  90,000;  total,  594,000  men.  The  artillery  consiata  of  near  1300  pieces. 
The  real  stren^h  of  the  Ruasian  army  has  alwaya  consisted,  not  in  its  numbers, 
iMt  in  the  passive  and  iron  valour  of  ita  in&ntry,  and  the  rapid  and  akilfol  move- 
oienta  of  its  irregular  cavalrr ;  the  Cossacks,  the  Baschkin^  and  other  Asiatic 
Domadea.  Ita  field  urtillery  alao  has  coinmanded  the  admiration  of  the  best  tacti- 
ipiana. 

;  To  render  Russia  a  naval  European  power,  in  which  character  she  had  no  ex- 
istence at  the  commencement  of  the  last  century,  was  the  object  of  strenuous 
iBflbrt  both  to  Peter  and  Catherine.  A  navy  was  accordingly  created  on  the  Baltic 
•nd  Black  Sea,  which  enabled  Russia  to  become  predominant  in  both.  The  pre- 
ient  emperor  haa  shown  a  strong  predilection  in  fiivoor  of  the  navy,  which  has  of 
late  yean  rapidly  improved  in  the  efihctive  number  of  shipa  and  men,  and  in  itu 
jgeneral  organization.    In  1842,  it  conaisted  of  50  ships  c^  the  line,  25  frigates, 


t<< 


RUSSIA. 


3fi| 


ten  ■teamen,  and  aboat  %lx  hundrad  smaller  veaaela,  manned  by  about  40,000 
men. 

The  minea  of  Ruaaia  aupply  gold,  platina,  ailver,  copper,  lead,  and  iron; 
the  two  firat  are  found  moat  abundantly  in  the  Ural  mountainv ;  the  aiW er  ia  ob- 
tained chiefly  in  Siberia.  The  annual  value  of  ^old,  platina  and  aiWer,  ia  estimated 
at  jS3,ftOO,000.  Copper,  lead  and  iron,  exiat  in  T^rioua  parta  of  the  empire ;  the 
tatter  ia  smelted  to  the  amount  of  180,000  tone  a  yisar.  Salt  ia  obtained  in  Tarioua 
quarters.    The  Crimea  alone  furnishes  about  360,000  tone  a  year. 

The  agriculture  is  extremely  rude,  and  can  never  make  much  progress  while  all 
the  husbandmen  are  enslaved  and  depressed.  In  the  interior,  the  plough  is  • 
wretched  instrument,  which,  dragged  by  one  horae,  merely  acratchea  the  aarface ; 
and  the  harrow  ia  comboaed  whdly  of  wood.  In  the  aouth  alone  can  the  land  be 
■aid  to  be  really  ploughed ;  and,  even  there,  the  rotation  of  crops  is  very  little  un- 
derstood. Nevertheless,  in  every  part  of  Ruaaia  there  ia  a  surplus  of  grain :  in  the 
north,  ehiefly  of  oats,  with  some  rye  and  barley ;  in  the  aouth,  of  the  very  finest 
wheat,  in  auch  abundance  aa  might  render  thia  the  granary  of  Europe. 

The  manufactures  were  for  a  long  time  in  a  venr  rude  state,  but  since  the  year 
1815,  thev  have  been  aatonishiogly  improved.  The  most  national  of  them  are 
eoarse  fabrics  from  hemp  and  flax,  aail-oloth,  duck,  aheeting,  sackcloth ;  all  of 
which  are  supplied  at  a  cheaper  rate  than  they  can  be  had  elaewhere.  The  arms, 
eutlury,  and  other  manufactures  of  iron  and  steel,  though  but  indifferently  finished, 
are  well  made.  In  1836,  there  were  6015  manufacturing  establishments  in  the 
empire,  of  which  1577  were  devoted  to  cotton,  woollen,  suk  and  linen;  the  whole 
employed  not  less  than  410,000  individuala,  exclusive  of  those  engaged  in  mines, 
■melting-houses,  and  fumaeea ;  and  the  annual  value  of  all  the  manufacturea  was 
estimated  in  1841  at  130  million  dollara. 

The  commerce  of  Ruaaia  ia  very  considerable,  in  conseonenee  of  her  large  sut* 
plus  of  mde  produce,  and  of  the  extensive  wants  which  luxury  has  creatM,  and 
which  can  only  be  supplied  from  abroad.  The  interior  communications  of  the  em- 
pire are  of  vaat  extent  The  rivers  which  intersect  its  wide  level  plaina  are  almost 
all  navigable ;  and  those  which  flow  into  the  Baltic  approach  doaely  to  others 
.which  direct  their  course  to  the  Euxine  and  the  Caspian ;  toe  D  wina  to  the  Dnieper, , 
and  the  Neva  to  the  Volga.  Colonial  produce,  particularly  augar,  dyewoods,  .cot- 
ton-twist, wine,  silks,  &c.,  form  the  principal  articles  of  import.  In  1839,  the  ex- 
ports were  to  the  value  of  68  million  dollars.  In  the  same  year,  46,600  boats,  and 
17,469  rafts,  arrived  from  the  interior  at  the  diflTerent  great  ports  and  emporinma 
of  the  empire,  the  products  so  conveyed  being  worth  not  less  than  112  million 
dollars.  The  canal  navigation  of  Russia,  so  far,  has  been  exclusively  the  work  of 
government.  The  canal  of  Ladoga  joins  the  lake  of  that  name  with  the  Neva ;  it 
18  67i  miles  long,  and  70  feet  broad.  The  Canal  of  Yishnei  Yosholk  connects  the 
Caspian  Sea  at  Astrachan,  with  the  Baltic  at  St.  Feteraburg.  There  are  several 
other  canals  completed,  or  in  a  state  of  forwardness.  Rail-roada  are  exciting  at- 
tention in  Russia ;  an  extensive  work  of  that  kind,  from  St.  Petersburg  to  Moscow, 
is  in  progress ;  and  some  smaller  roads  are  already  finished. 

The  religion  of  Russia,  so  far  as  relates  to  establishment,  is  that  of  the  Greek 
church,  which  is  professed  with  many  superstitious  observances.  The  worship  of 
images  is  carried  to  a  great  extent,  thouch  the  letter  of  the  scriptural  prohibition 
is  sought  to  be  evaded  by  having  only  the  drapery  in  relief,  and  the  face  flat  and 
paintefd.  With  these  representations,  not  only  the  churches  are  filled,  but  every 
serf  has  one  in  his  cottage,  to  which  he  pays  sundry  and  uncouth  acts  of  obei- 
sance. Fasts  are  freoueht,  long,  and  rigioly  observed ;  but  at  the  festivals  they 
indemnify  themselves  by  an  excess  of  eating,  which  not  unfrequently  proves  fatal. 
The  higher  orders  of  clergy  are  all  monks,  well  endowed,  living  usually  retired 
and  reguhr  lives,  and  often  possessed  of  considerable  learning ;  but  they  come 
little  in  contact  with  the  body  of  the  nation.  Of  these  there  are  thirty-three 
bishops  and  archbishops.  The  secular  clergy  have  been  estimated  at  160,000,  and 
their  places  of  worship  at  70,000.  There  are  480  monasteries,  and  156  nun- 
neries. The  Lutherans,  estimated  at  3,500,000,  are  nearly  confined  to  Finland 
and  Livonia.    The  Crimea,  and  some  other  southern  districts,  are  Mahometan. 


9 


$64 


RUSSIA. 


The  Catholies  and  Unitarian  Greeks  are  nearly  confined  to  the  Polish  provinces. 
The  Russian  government  professes,  and  generally  administers,  an  absolute  tolera- 
tion,  and  even  e<)uality  of  rights  among  the  different  religious  professions;  yet 
thie  caprice  of  ddipotism  sometimes  issues  very  tyrannical  mandates.  Such  was 
tiie  recent  one,  prohibiting  the  Jews  from  exercising  any  of  the  tndes  by  which 
they  have  hitherto  gained  a  subsistence,  and  enjoining  them  to  apply  solely  to  ag- 
ricultore,  which  they  had  always  shunned ;  and  another,  by.  which  they  were 
banished  from  both  the  capitals. 

Russia  in  Europe  is  divided  into  54  government&  In  a  more  popular  view,  it 
is  regarded  as  consisting  of  5  divisions ;  the  provinces  of  the  Baltic,  Great  Rus- 
sia, £ttle  Russia,  Southern  Russia,  and  Western  Russia. 

In  1722,  the  population  of  Russia  was  rated  at  14,000,000:  it  amounted,  in 
1796,  to  86,000.000;  in  1824,  to  60,000,000;  and  at  the  present  time,  including 
Poland,  it  is  probably  not  lees  than  57,500,0()0;  and  of  the  whole  Russian  empire, 
93,500,000.  The  basis  of  this  great  population  is  entirely  Scltivonic,  a  race  dis- 
tinguished by  a  peculiar  language ;  by  a  patient,  hardy,  obstinate,  enduring  char- 
acter, and  by  a  very  limited  extent  of  intellectual  culture.  There  are  about 
8,000,000  of  the  Finnish  race,  principally  in  Finland.  Tartars  also  inhabit  the 
Crimea,  and  have  penetrated  into  somr  of  the  southern  provinces.  The  great 
body  of  the  nation  is  divided,  without  medium  or  gradation,  into  the  distinct  classes 
of  nobles  and  slaves.  The  few  who  struggle  between  these  opposite  extremes 
are  insulated  and  unprotected  individuals  wno  can  scarcely  attain  a  place  or  char- 
acter in  society.  The  nobles  include  in  their  numbers  many  well-informed,  intel- 
ligent, and  lilteral  individuals.  Their  cultivation,  both  as  to  manner  and  intellect, 
is  prmcipally  derived  from  France,  whose  language  is  almost  exclusively  spoken 
at  court,  and  whose  writers  alone  are  generally  read.  The  fortunes  of  the  no- 
bility are  in  some  cases  truly  enormous,  especially  when  compared  with  the  cheap- 
ness of  provisions.  The  head  of  the  Scheremetov  fitmily,  reckoned  the  richest, 
is  said  to  have  125,000  slaves,  estimated  at  160  rubles  each.  The  nobles  gene- 
rally spend  these  estates  in  profuse  and  ostentatious  hospitality,  combining,  though 
not  very  tastefully,  the  open  house  of  the  feudal  baron,  with  the  elegance  and 
splendour  of  Parisian  lilxury. 

The  slaves,  the  otiber  dire  extreme  of  Russian  society,  form  still  the  great  mass 
of  the  people.  This  ill-fated  class  is  divested  of  every  right,  political  and  per- 
sonal, scarcely  excepting  that  of  life.  The  master  has  the  full  power  of  the 
scourge,  which  is  liberally  exercised,  and  of  every  other  corporal  punishment 
which  does  not  produce  death  in  twenty-four  hours.  There  is,  indeed,  a  law  by 
which  the  master  may,  in  that  case,  be  brought  to  justice ;  and  there  are  marsh&rs 
courts,  to  which,  in  certain  cases,  the  slave  may  appeal ;  but  these  means  of  re- 
dress are  practically  very  precarious. 

The  introduction  of  literature  has  been  an  object  of  anxious  concern  to  the 
Russian  monarchs,  who  have  yet  been  able  to  illuminate  only  partially  the  night 
of  ignorance  in  which  their  vast  empire  has  been  plunged.  The  Russian  is  be- 
einning  to  be  a  written  language,  and  the  works  of  some  of  her  literary  men 
nave  of  late  drawn  attention  even  beyond  Russia.  The  public  establishments  are 
highly  endowed  and  patronized.  The  Academy  of  Science  was  founded  by  Cathe- 
rine L,  who  assigned  to  it  an  income  of  6000/.  The  Academy  of  Arts  was  founded 
by  Elizabeth,  but  enlarged  by  Catherine  II.,  who  allowed  it  12,0002.  of  annual 
revenue;  to  be  employed  in  supporting  300  pupils,  and  in  procuring  the  best 
models  of  every  kind.  The  Imperial  Library  is  extensive,  and  a  fine  cabinet  of 
painting  has  been  formed  by  the  purchase  of  several  collections.  The  university 
of  Petersburg  was  founded  in  1806,  by  Alexander,  and  endowed  with  an  income 
of  130,000  rubles.  , 

Education  is  at,  a  low  ebb  in  Russia ;  though  much  has  been  done,  in  the  pre- 
sent century,  for  its  advancement.  Steps  have  been  taken,  and  at  vast  expense,  that 
must  hereafter  diffuse  knowledge  over  the  empire.  Every  parish,  or  tvo  parishes 
united,  must  have  a  school ;  and  besides  these,  there  are  508  general  establish- 
menta,  with  1606  teachers,  besides  61  gymnasia,  one  in  the  capital  of  each  go- 
vernment   In  the  latter,  the  students ITre  prepared  for  the  unive'rsities,  of  which 


■BSV 

365 


RUSSIA. 


there  are  seven,  viz.,  one  at  Moscow,  St  Petenburff,  Wilna,  Dorpat,  Cbarkof, 
Kann,  and  Aba  There  are  several  schools  for  the  education  of  instnicters,  and 
upwards  of  150  schools  attended  by  students  in  theology.  The  Jews  have  a  cele- 
brated national  institution,  and  there  are  besides,  niMical,  mineral,  mining,  ma* 
rine,  and  other  schools.  Many  of  the  amusements  in  Russia  are  those  of  the 
children  in  other  countries.  A  large  assembly  will  oftefa  entertain  themselves 
with  forfeits  and  other  similar  games.  In  the  cities,  ice  mountains  form  a  fiivourite 
recreation.  These  are  inclined  planes,  high  and  steep,  cohered  with  ice,  down 
which  the  peop4e  descend  in  cars  or  on  skates,  and  with  the  greatest  velocity. 
There  are  swings  used  of  various  sorts,  some  turning  in  a  perpendicular,  and 
others  in  a  horizontal  manner.  On  certain  festivals,  all  these  are  placed  in  the 
public  squares,  and  the  people  mingle  in  the  amusements  with  much  animation, 
and  without  distinction  of  rank. 

St  Petersburg,  the  metropolis  of  the  Russian  empire,  is  situated  at  the  eastern 
extremity  of  the  Gulf  of  Finland,  and  is  built  partly  upon  the  mainland,  and  partly 
upon  some  small  islands  near  the  mouth  of  the  Neva.  One  of  its  entrances  is 
adorned  with  a  magnificent  triumphal  arch.  The  foundation  of  the  cibr  is  ex- 
tremely  marshy,  and  so  low  as  to  subject  the  city  to  frequent  inundations  nom  thd 
waters  of  the  gulf.  It  was  founded  in  1708,  by  Peter  the  Great,  the  spot  being 
thea  occupied  only  by  a  few  fishermen's  huts.  The  streets  of  the  city  are  from 
70  to  160  feet  wide,  and  are  mostly  intersectf  H  by  spacious  canals,  embanked  by 
parapets  of  hewn  stone,  and  spanned  at  convenient  distances  by  arched  bridges  <h 
magnificent  construction.  The  quays  along  the  Neva  are  remarkably  magnificent 
The  English  Quay  is  nearly  three  miles  in  length.  The  houses  are  usually  oi 
brick,  covered  with  stucco,  and  present  a  white  and  dazzling  appearance  at  a  di»> 
tance.  The  views  upon  the  borders  of  the  Neva  are  of  an  extremely  grand  and 
lively  description.  The  river  is  deep,  rapid,  and  as  transparent  as  crystu ;  and  its 
banks  are  lined  on  each  side  with  a  continued  range  of  noble  buildings. 

One  of  the  chief  subjects  worthy  of  attention  here,  is  tho  equestrian  statue  of 
Peter  the  Great,  in  bronze,  erected  by  Catherine  II.  The  Kazan  church,  built  of 
marble,  is  a  work  of  stupendous  dimensions ;  but  that  of  St  Isaac,  now  near  its 
completion,  will  perhaps  surpass  it  in  magnificence.  The  Admiralty  is  a  spacious 
and  magnificent  edifice,  and  the  spire  being  covered  with  gilding,  is  seen  fVom  all 
parts  of  the  city.  The  Hermitage,  in  a  palace  of  the  emperor,  contains  one  of 
the  finest  collections  of  paintings  in  Europe.  The  Exchange  is  beautifully  situ- 
ated, with  a  quay  in  front :  it  is  surrounded  with  pillars,  and  decorated  with  mar- 
ble statues.  During  the  winter,  no  part  of  the  city  is  more  crowded  than  the 
Neva.  Inclosed  places  are  allotted  to  the  skaters ;  and  sledge-races  and  various 
other  amusements  are  generally  practised.  The  population  of  St  Petersburg,  in 
1838,  amounted  to  469,720.  In  the  year  1831,  the  malignant  cholera  destroyed 
9258  pfirsons  in  this  ci^. 

Moscow,  the  former  capital,  stands  on  the  river  Moskva,  487  miles  south-east 
of  St  Petersburg.  Before  the  French  invasion  it  was  the  largest  city  in  Europe, 
being  nearly  20  miles  in  circumference.  Tho  Kremlin  is  a  superb  structure,  or 
rather  a  motley  mass  of  gaudy  buildings,  comprehending  the  imperial  palace  and 
chapel,  the  public  offices,  the  cathedral  and  other  churches,  and  the  arsenal.  At 
the  IVench  invasion  in  1812,  the  city  was  set  on  fire,  and  two-thirds  of  it  de- 
stroyed. It  is  now  mostly  rebuilt  The  streets  are,  in  general,  broad,  and  some 
of  them  are  paved ;  others,  particularly  those  in  the  suburbs,  are  floored  with 
trunks  of  trees,  or  boarded  with  planks.  Wretched  hovels  are  blended  with  large 
palaces ;  some  parts  of  the  city  have  the  appearance  of  a  sequestered  desert,  and 
others  that  of  a  populous  town.  One  of  the  curiosities  of  this  place  is  the  great 
bell,  which  is  said  to  be  the  largest  in  the  world ;  its  circumference  is  64  feet,  and 
its  height  19  feet     Population  of  Moscow,  in  1830, 305,631.  , 

Kazan  is  reckoned  the  third  city  in  the  empire,  having  57,000  inhabitants,  of 

whom  12,000,  the  most  industrious,  are  Tartars.    The  city  being  built  of  wood, 

and  its  streets  paved  with  the  same  material,  was  reduced  to  ashes,  ic  1816^  by 

a  great  conflagration,  which  consumed  the  cathedral  and  palace,  leaving  only  the 

31*       -■         -     ■  "-M^— i-P—i-fiP— — ^M 


366 


POLAND. 


handsonde  church  of  St  Peter  and  St.  Paul,    lo  the  rebuilding  of  it,  this  exclu- 
sive use  of  wood  has  been  discouraged.  ' 

Cronstadt,  en  an  island  23  miles  west  of  St.  Petenrbam,  is  a  well-fortiified  place, 
and  the  p.rineibal  station  of  the  Russian  navy.  Vessels  bound  for  St.  Petersburg 
generally  discharge  their  cargoes  here.    Population,  3^,000.    Kiev,  on  the  Doie< 

E>r,  contains  a  university  and  some  celebrated  catacombs.  Population,  36,000. 
iga,  once  ifae  .capital  of  Livonia,  stands  'jpon  the  Duna,  6  miles  from  the  gulf  of 
Finland,  and  is  a  place  of  much  commerce.  It  chiefly  exports  com,  hemp,  flax, 
iron,  timber,  leather,  and  tallow.  It  has  a  garrison,  and  a  public  library  with 
1.8,000  volumes.  Here  is  a  floating  bridge  over  the  Duna,  3600  feet  in  length. 
Population,  67,000.  Odessu,  the  emporium  of  the  Russian  commerce  on  the  Black 
Sea,  is  situated  between  the  mouths  of  the  Dniester  and  Dnieper.  It  contains  a 
fine  cathedral,  a  theatre,  and  several  churches.  Com  is  the  principal  article  of 
exportation.  The  imports  are,  dried  and  conserved  fruits  from  Constantinople,  to- 
bacco, wine,  &o.  The  fortress  of  Odessa  is  small,  but  kept  in  good  order.  Popu- 
lation, 69,000.  Wilna,  on  the  conflueuce  of  the  Wilna  and  the  Wiiienka,  has  an 
extensive  commerce,  and  is  the  principal  winter  residence  of  the  nobility.  Popu- 
lation, 35,697.  Simpheropol  is  the  chief  town  of  Taurida,  and  has  a  motley 
population  of  4300.  Mohilev,  on  the  Dnieper,  has  a  very  considerable  commerce 
with  Riga  and  Odessa.  Population,  7000.  Cherson,  on  the  Black  Sea,  was 
onoe  a  flourishing  place, but  has  greatly  declined.  Population,  24,500.  Nishnei- 
Novofforod  was  at  first  intended  by  Peter  the  Great  for  his  capital.  It  has  a  cele- 
brated fair,  and  is  one  of  the  most  commercial  towns  in  Russia.  Population, 
14,000.  Novogorod,  in  the  government  of  the  same  name,  contained,  in  the  days 
of  its  prosperity,  400,000  inhabitants.  It  has  a  fortress,  a  curious  cathedral,  and 
churches  ornamented  with  gilt  spires ;  its  present  population  is  only  8634.  Ta- 
ganrok,  on  the  promontory  commanding  an  extensive  prospect  of  the  Sea  of  Azof, 
formerly  contained  70,000  inhabitants.  Population  18,000.  Pultava,  in  the  go- 
verament  of  the  same  name,  is  celebrated  for  the  battle  in  which  Charles  XII.  of 
Sweden  was  defeated.  Population,  9000.  Archangel,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Dwina, 
on  the  White  Sea,  was  formerly  the  only  port  by  which  Russia  communicated 
with  the  rest  of  Europe.  It  has  an  extensive  dock,  but  the  harbour  is  accessible 
only  from  July  to  September.    Population,  34,339. 


POLAND.  ■  : 

Poi^ND  is  a  large  country,  which,  though  it  has  been  so  studiously  expunged 
from  the  map  of  Europe,  seems  still  to  retam  its  claim  to  be  considered  as  sepa- 
rate and  distinct  The  same  physical  aspect  characterizes  it ;  and  the  people,  in 
their  character,  their  language,  and  all  their  national  feelings,  are  still  Poles. 

Poland  was  conquered  by  the  sovereigns  of  Russia,  Austria,  and  Prussia,  and 
was  subjected  to  three  partitions,  in  1772, 1703,  and  1795.  At  the  last  partition, 
the  king  was  deposed,  the  country  blotted  from  the  list  of  nations,  and  the  whole 
territory  divided  between  the  three  powers  above  mentioned.  Napoleon  wrested 
a  portion  of  this  corrtry  fium  the  conquefors,  and  erected  it  into  a  state,  with  the 
title  of  the  Grand  iiuchy  of  Warsaw,  in  1807 ;  but  this  £[overnment  was  over- 
thrown at  his  downfall.  The  Prussian  and  Austrian  divisions  of  Poland  were 
attached  as  provinces  to  those  monarchies^  and  the  Russian  division  was  formed 
into  a  kingdom  as  a  part  of  the  Russian  empire. 

The  PcHes  remained  in  quiet  submission  to  the  Russian  government  till  1830, 
when,  on  the  20th  November,  Warsaw  rose  in  jnsurrection,  and  the  whole  king- 
dom was  speedily  in  revolt  The  hope  of  assistance  firom  some  of  the  fhse  go- 
vernments of  Europe,  induced  them  to  spura  st  all  attempts  on  the  part  of  the 
Russian  emperor  to  bring  them  to  submission,  and  a  bloody  struggle  wiUi  the 
armies  of  the  autocrat  followed.    The  Poles  at  firet  obtained  some  signal  advan- 

ed  in  fresh 
revoii,  foiand  Was  OVefpOw- 


tages; 
•miics, 


but  no  foreign  power  stirred  in  their  behalf;  the  Russians  i 

B  jrvar  iruui  uiu  unniKing  out  %n  iiio 


BUU    lU 


■■ 


i.>t-»i-wV^-J.^^'vi^fefc*-liA!WWftf«V»elSll^&i^^vVl«)^>  « 


Bsr-« 


POLAND. 


asi 


end  by  tininben  and  ftreed  sgain  to  Mibaiit   I'be  Ruaaun  dei^otuin  it  now  SMf 
ve-Mtablish^d. 

Tbe  purtitkn  of  Poltnd  between  Rwm,  Anatm,  and  Pniana,  took  pkee  ai 
three  diatinct  epocba,  vis.,  1772, 1798,  and  1705 ;  and  the  reault  eS  the  wlide,  it 
1796^  waa  nearly  a«  foUowa : 

■■.a.  poNlatim. 

9iiH^ lS,000 .;.  6,700,000 

Autria 64,000 4,80MOO 

FroHia 53,000 a,700,900 


Totd 


384,000  15^300,000 


In  1616^  fiirther  changea  were  made  by  thb  Congreaa  of  Vienna,  making  the 
distributioa  of  the  oount^  nearly  aa  followa: 

/  '                                     aq.  m.  populatioa. 

RiMia 179,500  7,400,000 

Aurtria 33.000 3,600,000 

Cnoow 500 90,000 

Pnuiia 25,000  1,600,000 

Kingdom  of  Poland 47,000  3,000,000 


Total 


284.000 15,690,000 


The  extent  and  population  of  Pohmd,  in  1825,  were  estimated  as  foUpwt:  thejf. 
haye  no  doubt  since  that  time  somewhat  increased : 

■q.  m.  poimlarion. 

Pniasian  Poland 25,000  1,700,000 

Galicia  33,000  4,000,000 

Republic  of  Craoow 500  110,000 

Kingdom  of  Poland 47,000  3,700,000 

RuMianPoIand 179,500 9,400,000 


Total 384.000 


18.910,000 


The  word  Polen,  or  Poland,  signifies  e  plain,  a  name  well  suited  to  the  fiice  of 
the  country,  which  is  almost  everywhere  level,  and  in  many  places  marshy.  The 
only  great  mountains  are  the  Carpathians,  forming  the  boundary  between  Ppland 
and  Hungary.  Vegetation  is  a  month  later  than  in  the  same  latitude  in  France, 
and  the  climate,  on  account  of  its  humidity,  and  the  exhalations  fiom  the  marahei, 
ia  in  many  parts  unhealthy.  The  soil  is  badly  cultivated,  yet  bo  productive  thai 
the  annual  export  of  com  is  computed  to  average  16,000,000  bushels.  Other  e» 
ports  are  hemp,  flax,  cattle,  timber,  wax,  and  honey. 

The  rivers  of  Poland  are  the  Vistula,  Bug,  Niemen,  Pregel,  Dwina,  PrcypieOi 
Dnieper,  and  Dnieater. 

The  Poles  were  originally  a  tribe  of  Sclavonians,  and  are,  except  the  nobles^ 
among  the  most  illiterate  and  least  civilized  nations  of  Europe.  The  Polish  lan> 
guage  is  a  dialect  of  the  Sclavonic ;  but  the  Latin  is  in  general  use  in  liters ly 
composition,  and  even  in  conversation  among  the  higher  ranks.  There  are  uni- 
versities at  Cracow,  Wilna,  Warsaw,  and  Lember^.  The  government  of  Poland 
was  a  monarchy,  sometimes  hereditary,  and  sometimes  elective,  limited  by  a  diet> 
The  constitution  has  been  defined  the  government  of  half  a  million  of  men  <^ 
property,  styled  nobles,  over  600,000  Jewish  traders  and  13.500,000  slavea.  The 
mbabitants  are  Catholics,  members  of  the  Greek  church,  Jews,  Lutherans,  and 
Unitarians.  The  Jews  comprise  the  men  of  business  of  the  country :  the  eonrept. 
money  is  chiefly  in  their  hands,  and  a  gre^at  proportion  of  the  land  ia  mortgag^ 
to  them. 

Society  in  Poland  consists  altogether  of  two  distinct  and  distant  orders,  the  no* 
blea  and  the  peasantry,  without  any  intermediate  degrees.  The  nobles,  who  ara 
more  numerous  than  m  any  other  country  in  Europe^  have  almays,  in  the  eye  of 
the  public,  fofoied  the  people  of  Poland.  They  are  brave,  prompt,  firank,  hospi- 
table, and  gay.    They  have  been  called  the  French  of  the  north,  and,  boUi  from 


^\^is^ 


v'i*Wi>w??f*?r*^rf'r^f?*f^Tt^" 


BfiOB 

900' 


KOfODOM  OF  INLAND. 


inbitfl  and  politieal  eomiexiaa,  are  attached  to  that  nation.  Before  their.  &II,  their 
ftaighboure  ealled  them  **  the  prood  FdHbh;**  They  eonsider  it  the  deepi^'diagrace 
to  practise  any  profenion,  even  law  or  medicine ;  andi  in  case  of  utinoit  neceaityi 
ev^a  prttfiM  the  plough.  Hie  luxury  df  modem  times,  aod  the  variations  in  the 
ftiee  of  grain<  have  verv  tfeneially  involved  them  in  piecudiary  ethbarnasmentq, 
andplaced  many  of  thev  fortunes  in  the  hands  of  Jews. 

The  Jewfr  eober,  industrious,  nursimonioua,  and  crafty,  form  a  numerous  and 
separate  pe^ilA  in  the  heart  of  Poland.  Once  a  year  occur  what  anr  called  the 
P«ish  eontraets,  when  the  nobles  repair  to  the  prineipal  townri,  Kiev,  Minsk, 
Warsaw,  and  Wilna,  to  sell  their  lands,  pay  their  mtereat,  and  negtttiate  all  their 
moBQv  tnuusctiona  Hither  their  wives  and  daughters  resort  for  amusement; 
speculatort  bring  their  wares;  usurers,  musiciiBmsl  strolling  play ei:  and  sharpers, 
come  to  ply  their  respective  trades.  The  Poles,  m  personal  appearance,  are  tend- 
some  aod  vigorous.  The  Polish  ladies  are  celebrated  for  their  beaoty,  ind  are 
considered  also  more  intelligent  and  agreeable  than  those  of  Russia.  The  pea- 
santry are  dot  absolute  slaves,  but  they  are  raised  little  above  that  degrading  con- 
dition ;  an  eetpUe  being  usually  estimated  by  the  number  of  its  peasants. 


KINGDOM  OF  POLAND. 

Tbs  kingdom  of  Poland,  comprising  the  central  portion  of  the  preceding  coun- 
tarr,  and  consisting  of  the  chief  part  of  what  from  1607  to  1813  formed  the  duchy 
OH  Warsaw;  ifl  bounded,  north  by  east  and  west  Prussia,  east  by  Russia,  south  by 
Austrian  Galicia,  and  west  by  Prussian  Posen.  It  belongs  generally  to  Uie  vast 
Polish  level.    Population,  in  1838,  4,398,963. 

The  plain,  of  which  the  greater  portion  of  the  kingdom  consists,  is  rather  of  a 
sandy  eharscter,  and  the  overflowing  of  its  large  rivers  often  converts  it  into 
marsh.  Oenerally  speaking,  however,  it  is  a  good  grain  coantiy,  under  tolerable 
ooltivalion.  lite  manufactures  of  linen  and  woollen  cloth  for  domestic  consump- 
tion are  considerable,  though  they  produce  none  of  fine  quality.  '  tn  the  capital, 
the  making  of  carriages  and  harness  is  of  iaqch  extent  as  to  assume  almost  a  na- 
iional  importance.  Minerals  are  not  a  leading  feature,  though  there  are  iron 
mines  of  some  value  in  the  southern  range  of  hills.  There  is  a  creat  transit  trade 
of  grain  down,  the  Vistula,  partly  the  produce  of  the  kingdom  Itself,  but  chiefly 
of  ue  more  fertile  regions  to  the  south ;  but  Poland  labours  under  a  severe  dis- 
advantage in  not  possessing  the  mouth  of  that  river,  and  its  port  of  Dantzio,  which 
has  been  annexed  to  the  Prri<)ian  territory. 

A  representative  constitution  was  granted  by  Alexander,  in  his  quality  of  king 
of  Poland.  The  new  diet  was  divided  into  two  chambers,  one  of  which  was 
elected  by  the  nobles  and  the  provincial  assemblies,  while  the  senate  consisted  of 
ten  waiwodes  appointed  by  the  emperor  in  his  character  of  king  of  Poland,  ten 
eastellans  nominated  by  the  Senate,  and  ten  bishops.  This  constitution,  however, 
granted  in  a  liberal  and  conciliatory  spirit,  was  not  found  to  work  so  agreeably  as 
a  sovenign  elsewhere  despotic  could  have  desired.  It  became  the  aim  of  the 
prihoe  to  abridge  the  privileges  which  appeared  to  htm  to  be  too  liberally  used. 
The  diet  was  less  frequently  assembled ;  the  liberty  of  the  press,  at  first  granted, 
was  withdrawn.  These  encroachments  kindled  a  discontent,  which  broke  out  in 
the  late  effort  to  effect  an  entire  emancipation  from  Russia,  the  unfortunate  issue 
of  which  is,  that  every  vestige  of  independence  is  destroyed ;  the  name  of  the  king- 
dom remains,  but  it  is,  in  fact,  a  part  of^he  Russian  empire. 

Wanaw,  the  capital  alike  of  old  and  of  New  Poland,  is  finely  situated  on  the 
Vistula.  During  the  war  which  terminated  in  the  subjugation  of  Poland,  it  stood 
the  heaviest  brunt;  and  its  population  in  1')'83  was  reduced  to  75,000 ;  but  since 
that  time  it  has  improved ;  and  in  1839  it  contained  139,671  inhabitants.  Among 
these,  are  35,000  Jews.  The  city  presents  a  fine  appearance  from  the  St.  Peters- 
burg road;  but  the  impression  disappeara  on  entering  the  town.  The  streets 
are  narrow  and  dirty,  and,  as  is  usual  in  aristocratic  cities,  no  provision  is 
made  for  the  comfort  and  accommodation  of  foot  passengera.    The  new  town  is 


REPUBLIC  OF  CitAC»W<-6ERMANT 


901. 


boilt  in  •  better  ttyle;  the  |0f ernment  pdtce  and  tbe  peli^  of  the  ninfeter of 
flnenee  ere  both  spleadid  b«uldiii|gs;  bat  the  finest  |iert  of  Wamir  «DMMli  of  its 
fcur  foburbe  having  separate  rights  and  kirisdicl^ioas.  That  of  Pnga,  ooM  a 
strong  citadel,  wee  almost  destroyed  in  the  dreadfiil  assault  by  i9nwaiiQ«r,  in  llw: 
it  is  BOW,  however,  rrtoildiog.  Warsaw  oritfiiM%  ceosisted  ahoost  entirdy  |[( 
wooden  hoase»;  bet  that  material  is  now  prohibited  t  and  tbe  modenirbQilt  pnvate 
honsee  are  greatlj  inq>roved.  During  the  period  cf  ite  calsmitiea,  Warsaw  lost 
U>e  finest  cMlectione  made  by  its  former  sovereigns.  The  g|Klleijr>  of  paintii^. 
formed  by  kii^  Stanislaus,  and  the  Zaloaski  lihrarr,  were  tanspqirted  to  Peters^ 
boi:g;  and  anwier'  library,  al  more  than  45,000  volnmes,  was  trans^jrred  to  Vol- 
bynia.  Even  the  university  founded,  or  rather  revived  by  Alexander,  in  1821,  has 
been  sunnrassed. 

The  other  towns  in  the  kingdom  of  Poland  are  only  of  secondary  importance. 
LuUin,  which  ranks  socood,  contains  12,500  inhabitants.  It  is  situated  pleaaantly 
in  one  of  the  most  fertile  districts  of  the  kingdooi,  and  commuoicatior  on  the 
south  with  others  still  more  fertile.  It  is  distinguished  by  the  castle  of  Casinur 
the  Great,  tbe  palace  of  Sobieski,  some  fine  churches,  and  tbe  largest  synagogue 
of  Poland.  Zamoac,  in  the  same  vicinity,  is  an  impor^t  fortress.  Kaliac,  on  the 
Proewa,  is  rather  a  well-built  town,  withlSkOOOinbalHtants,  a  military  schwd,  and 
some  manufactures. 


THE  REPUBLIC  OP  CRACOW. 

Tin  little  (community  owes  its  existence  to  the  disputes  of  (he  three  despetie 
powers  that  partitioned  the  kingdom  of  Poland.  In  1818^  when  the  final  destiny 
of  Pohmd  was  decided  at  the  cragrees  of  Vienna,  the  Austrian  and  Russiaa  nw 
narehs  respectively  laid  claim  to  the  ci^  and  territory  of  Craoow,  situated  «t  tiM 
point  where  the  newly  acquired  territories  of  these  two  powers  join  those  of  Pfiis> 
•ia.  To  this  jR)rtunate  position,  Cracow  is  indebted  for  its  exemption  fhxn  the 
fiite  of  the  rest  of  Poland.  The  holjr  allies,  unable  to  determine  which  of  their 
number  had  the  best  right  to  the  territory,  resolved  that  neither  dioald  poscess  it; 
and  Cracow  was  declared  a  republic  under  tbe  detection  of  the  three  stfrraonditg 
powers.    In  1841  the  revenue  amounted  to  •SS6)000. 

The  degree  of  freedom  which  it  enjoys,  though  only  by  sufferance,  has  rendered 
its  environs  more  fertile  and  smiling  than  those  of  the  rest  of  Poland.  Its  surfaoe 
contains  600  square  miles:  the  population  of  the  city.  In  l8S7t  wm  37,097,  diat 
of  the  territory,  94,436;  of  which  13,000  were  Jews.  The  university,  onee  the 
great  school  of  the  nordi,  and.  frequented  by  crowds  of  students,  waa  broken  up 
during  the  civil  commotions,  and  Uie  attempts  to  restcne  it  have  been  fruitlees.  It 
has  at  present  thirty  professors,  but  not  more  than371  students.  Of  the  76  ohurehes 
formerly  in  Cracow,  40  are  in  rains.  The  Cathedral  alone  retains  ita  splendeur 
and  its  coetly  deeontions  entii*,  and  for  which  it  is  justly  celebrated.  It  is  re- 
markable for  the  tomb  of  St.  Stanislaus,  the  monument  of  Sobieski,  and  other  vene- 
rated mausoleums.  An  interesting  monument  was  some  time  since  raised  here  to 
the  memory  of  Kosciusko.  Itoonsists  of  a  mound,  Mogila  Kosciusko  (Koaoinsko's 
Mount),  300  feet  in  height,  and  876  foet  in  diameter  at  the  base,  and  standing  upon 
a  rising  ground  commanding  the  Viatula. 


'H 


GERMANY. 

QsaiiAiiT  is  an  extennve  country,  situated  in  the  heart  of  Europe,  and  exer- 
oising  a  most  important  influence  in  the  afRun  of  that  continent;  there  is  a  pecu- 
liar complication  in  its  geographer,  whence  it  is  often  termed  tbe  labyrinth  of 
geography ;  it  is  not  only  divided  inta  numerous  States  of  every  varidd  dimension 
and  description,  but  several  of  these  have  large  portions  of  the  nefffKboariag  ~*-- 
triei;  particularly  of  Puiand  and  Italy,  incorporated  into  their  territory. 


vvwf*- 


bi 


.,;-     i..t.   ■        V 


m 


CWRIIANY. 


;  TliediviiiaMofQ«nimn^haveb««nnirioiuiatdifii»r8ntUin«&  In  1B62,  M azi" 
nfluui  ^Vided  it  into  10  circles,  Auatrii,  Bni^gundy,  Upper  Rhine,  Lower  Rhine, 
iVaneonia.  Bavwris,  Swabia,  Weatphalia,  Upper  Soxonyi  and  Lover  Saxony;  the 
fint  two  Catholic,  the  last  two  Proteetant,  the  other  aix  mixed.  Bargnndv,  which 
contained  the  17  piovincea  of  the  Low  Countries  or  Netherianda^  hanni|f  Ion jf 
since  been  detwhcd  from  tin  empire,  it  bitterly  contained  only  9  cifeles.  In  addi- 
tion to  these'great  diyiaioai,  tliere  were  other  countries  which  fitfnied  portions  of 
the  German  empire;  B^emia,  Moravia,  Silesia,  Losatia,  and  aome  smaller  dis- 
tliets.  The  electors  were  9  in  number,  of  Menta,  T^ves,  Cologne,  Bavaria,  Pa- 
latine^ Saxony,  Brunswick,  Luneburg,  and  Biandenbarf. 

The  nnmber  of  princes,  secular  and  ecclesiastical,  was  upwards  of  300,  each 
•independent  in  the  administration  of  his  own  territory,  but  subject  to  the'  emperor 
as  head  of  the  empire,  and  b  certain  laws  enacted  at  diflbrent  times  fbr  the  com- 
,mon  advantage.  There  were  besides  a  number  of  fl«e  towna,-and  a  class  of  nobles, 
who  aeknowjradged  no  sovereif^i  but  the  emperor.  The  constitution  c€  Uiis  great 
body  was  extremely  complicated ;  the  emperor  was  at  first  chosen  by  the  princes 
at  large ;  in  the  course  of  time  the  princes  deputed  their  votes  to  certain  repre- 
sentatives, called  electors,  and  the  latter  eventually  took  on  themselves  the  nomi- 
oatkm,  without  the  interference  of  their  o(Mutituent& 

The  States  of  Germany  passed  through  various  changes  from  the  commence- 
ment of  the  French  revolution  to  the  sitting  of  the  congress  of  Vienna,  in  1614 
and  1815.  The  States,  reduced  in  number  rat  augmented  in  extent,  were  formed 
anew  by  the  congress  into  a  federative  bodjr  to  be  governed  by  a  diet  The  Ger- 
man territories  now  comprise  about  one  third  part  of  the  empire  of  Austria,  the 
greatest  part  of  Prussia,  Hcdstein,  and  Lauenburg,  belonging  to  Denmark,  Lux- 
emburg, belonging  to  Balgium  and  Holland^  the  kingdom  of  Hanover,  of  which 
the  laat  five  British  kings  were  sovereigns,  the  kingdoms  of  Bavaria,  Wirtemberg, 
sad  Saxony,  97  smaller  independent  States  governed  by  native  German  princes, 
and  4  free  cities. 

Crermany  ia  intersected  b^  numerous  rivers,  which  afford  great  advantages  to 
commerce.  It  counts  5S0  rivers,  in  all,  60  navigable  to  a  great  extent,  and  6,  viz., 
the  Danube,  Rhine,  Elbe,  Oder,  Weeer,  and  Mayne,  ranking  among  the  noblest  in 
Europe.    The  canajs  are  comparatively  few.    The  principal  are  the  canal  of  Kiel, 

£'  ining  the  Baltic  to  the  North  Sea,  the  canal  of  Travemunds,  extending  fiom 
ibecK  to  Hambui^,  and  some  others,  chiefly  in  the  Prussian  States.  The  cli- 
mate in  the  north  is  rather  se?ere,  in  the  south  mild  and  generrjiy  healthy,  except 
io  the  marshy  districts  around  the  North  Sea.  Vienna  is  also  considered  unhealthy, 
ttom  its  homid  position. 

l  The  ami  is  very  various;  sandy  plains  and  barren  heaths  abound  in  the  north- 
vast,  swamps  and  marshes  in  the  north-west;  but  large  portions  of  the  interior  and 
south-west  parte  are  uncommonly  fertile. 

The  produetmna  are  wheat,  barley,  oats,  and  other  kinds  of  grain,  flax,  madder, 
lape-aeed,  hops,  wine,  cattle,  horses,  dieep,  &c.  Agriculture  is  backward  in  many 
parts,  jparticmariy  in  the  south. 

Mining  is  one  of  the  sources  of  wealth,  in  which  Crermany  may  be  said  to  sur- 
pass every  country  in  Europe.  Nowhere  has  the  seience  boon  more  studied,  or 
brought  to  greater  perfection.  The  principal  mining  districts  are  Styria  and  Cb- 
rinthia,  in  Silesia,  the  Erzgebirge,  in  Saxony,  and  the  Hartz,  in  Hanover.  The 
producte  are  gold,  silver,  copper,  lead,  tin,  iron,  mercury  and  cinnabar,  cobalt,  cbIbp 
mine,  arsenic,  bismuth,  antimony,  manganese,  salt,  and  coal,  of  which  the  agpfre- 
gate  amount  ia  immense.  Germany  contains  upwards  of  1000  mineral  spring 
and  baths,  of  which  the  most  celemted  are  Carlsbad,  in  Bohemia,  Toplitz,  m 
Austria,  Seltxor,  in  Nassau,  Pyrmont,  in  Westphalia,  and  Aix  la  Chapelle. 

The  producte  of  the  industary  (^Germany,  an  extensive  region  cultivated  bv  a 

laborious  peqple,  are  of  large  amount    They  consist  of  plam,  solid,  somewhat 

rongti  articles ;  in  exchange  for  which,  ahe  procures  the  finer  manuftctures  of 

lEianand  and  IVance,  and  the  delicate  productions  of  southern  Europe  and  the 

I      AdriimltHrtL  thfnba^Mlt  *11  thin  fiiHiln  minMi.  ia  <«trrioi1  nn  wiih  oproat  flilionnce. 

ft    --■--7^ — ^rTV^;"' """""• " — • "'" "        ■ 


i  tosar- 
jdied,  or 
andCa- 
The 
kit,  calv 
agpre- 
sprin^ 
iplitz,  in 

ted  by  a 

^mewhat 

Itares  of 

■and  the 


■SMib 


BMaoMiliilMi 
GERMANT. 


3fi 


jthoogh  not  ■lUvether  on  the  exteuive  aeale,  or  with  the  intelligenee,  which  hanr 
rendered  British  iknning  so  lacoeMfiiL  The  enltivatora  are  mostly  little  ftnneit 
or  little  proprietors,  who  till  the  ground  with  their  own  hands,  and  whd,  fai  all  the 
Teetonie  States,  <»astitute  a  Class  oalled  bamert  or  peaaanta  The  improved  pn>- 
iceaaee  of  this  important  art,  however,  ate  mailing  taeir  war,  thongh  slowly.  Of 
the  various  kinds  of  enin,  rye  is  the  moM  extraiively  ciuUvateo,  add  forms  the 
food  of  the  great  body  of  the  people.  Wheat  is  also  raised  largely,  and  is  of 
excellent  quality,  espeeiallv  In  Bavaria  and  Austria;  buckwhe^  n  sown  chiefly' 
pa  the  sandy  tracts  of  northern  Germany.  Barley  and  oats,  of  various  kinds,  are 
'aho  general ;  and  maiie  abounds  in  Bloravia  and  the  extreme  southern  districts, 
ifeas,  beans,  lentils,  and  other  pulse  are  produced  in  great  abundance,  and  great 
Quantities  are  sent  out  from  the  MHrthern  parts.  Flax  is  raised  in  large  quanti- 
ties; also  hops,  rapcHwedi  &e.  Wine  is  a  German  production ;  all  the  southern 
districts,  as  for  as  61  degrees  north,  produce  it,  but  only  some  of  the  Rhenish 
wines  are  in  much  request  abroad. 

The  commerce  of  Germany,  thou|^  extensive,  is  not  equal  to  that  which  for- 
merly existed,  or  to  the  advantages  arising  iW>m  her  situation  in  tho  heart  of  Eu- 
rope and  of  the  civilised  world.  She  was,  aAer  Italy,  the  first  European  country 
in  which  commerce  revived ;  and  the  Hanseatic  league  mice  engroned  the  whole 
itrade  of  the  north.  In  recent  times,  Germany  has  been  outstripped  by  Holland, 
by  Britain,  and  even  by  France.  The  German  writers  ascribe  tiiis  decay  to  the 
want  of  unity  ocmsequent  on  the  number  of  little  States  into  which  their  country 
is  split,  which  deprives  its  ships  of  a  national  fla^r,  and  of  a  powerftil  protection 
while  navigating  remote  seas.  Their  shiroing  is  chiefly  confine  to  Hamburg, 
Lubeck,  and  Bremen,  the  remnant  of  the  Hanse  towns,  which  still  enjoy  many 
of  thetr  old  privil^es  in  the  ports  of  Europe,  and  whose  flag  is  seen  in  every  part 
of  that  continent.  A  eommeicial  league  was  some  time  since  formed  by  the  prin- 
cipal States  of  Northern  and  Central  Germany,  for  the*purpose  of  relieving  inter- 
nal commerce  from  the  restrictions  to  which  it  has  been  sobjeeted  by  the  numerous 
cuBtoms-barriers  of  the  diffierent  powers.  The  parties  to  this  leagae  agree  to  the 
suppression  of  all  duties  upon  the  internal  commerce  between  their  respective 
terntories,  and  establish  a  common  frontier,  with  a  common  rate  of  duties,  in  refer- 
ence to  their  external  commerce  with  other  States.  Prosaia,  Bavaria,  Baden, 
Wirtemberg,  Saxony,  the  Saxon  duchies,  the  Hesses,  Nassau,  Frankfort,  and 
several  small  States  have  already  joined  this  league,  which  thus  comprises  a  popu- 
lation of  about  twenty-four  millions  and  a  half. 

The  exports  of  Germany  include  most  of  those  productions  in  which  she  has 
been  described  as  excelling;  grain;  salted  provisions,  especially  hams;  live 
I  cattle  and  hogs;  timber;  iron  and  steel;  lead;  salt;  linen,  linen  vam;  wool- 
lens; porcelain,  glass,  ashes,  &e.  In  return  she  receives  nearly  all  the  luxu- 
ries of  life ;  the  manufactures  of  Britain,  the  wines  of  France,  the  sweets  and  aror 
matiea  of  the  East  and  West;  also  dye-stuffs,  and  the  cotton  and  silk  which  are 
necessary  for  her  own  manufactures.  The  internal  ecnnmeree  of  Germany  is  ex- 
tansive.  It  owes  this  advantage  chiefly  to  its  noble  rivers,  on  which  vessels  of 
large  burden  can  pass  nearly  from  one  extremity  to  the  other.  Rail-roads  are 
exciting  attention  in  Germany,  in  Austria,  Prussia,  and  some  of  the  other  Statea ; 
several  of  the  most  important  cities  and  towns  are  already  connected  by  them. 

In  manufactures,  Germany  does  not  retain  that  prominent  place  which  she  once 
held.  Formerly  the  Hanse  towns  clothed  all  the  north  ;  but  since  the  apirit  of 
industry  has  been  awidcened,  first  in  Holland,  then  in  Britain,  and  lastly  in  Fnnce, 
Germany,  instead  of  supplying  those  countries,  was  for  a  time  inundated  with  their 
fabrics.  Great  attention,  however,  rs  now  paid  to  manufactures,  in  Prussia  and 
many  other  of  the  German  States.  Linen  is  sn  important  manufacture :  the  other* 
are  woollens,  cottons,  manufactures  of  leather,  porcelain,  glass,  sugar-refinery, 
musical  and  mathematical  instruments,  clocks,  watches,  toys,  cutlery,  tie. 

The  inhabitants  of  Germany  may  be  rated  at  neariv  39,000,000.  They  inhabit  9433 
cities,  8071  markeMowns,  and  88,619  villages  and  farms,  independentivof  sinffleV-^ 
houses.    Germany  has  no  great  capital,  like  France  and  lEnnlaad 

ncWA*     *-^^    AS^Il««itnn    At     thA  NfatA  ATA  aMt^tT 


wealth. 


sugar-refinery, 
)ry,  tee.  ■ 

isy  inhabit  9433  ■, 
lentiy  of  single  ■•' 
d,  in  which  UssS 
i^tsd.    Ontiiel 


and  clriiisaiion  ot  ti»e  State  are  iM^^^^jflP' Wi>yV^Sl^«w 


I 


m 


GBKitAirr. 


oMmt  baadt  no  eoontiy  in  Enrop*  hM  m  mmnj  «itiM  and  tomvm  of  from  3000  to 
4000  inhaUtanto. 

Tha  poopld  of  thU  lagbn  are  dialingaialMd  into  two  faces,  the  Oennan  and 
Selavoaian.  The  Gemana  are  eatimatM  at  30,000,000,  and  are  divided  into  two 
fiuoiliea.  High  and  Low  (Serman,  diatingaisbed  less  by  phyaieiU  differancea,  tban 
br  eharaet^t  and  particolarlr  by  the  m>de  of  pronouonng  the  language.  The 
SelaToaio  laoea  are  nekoned  at  6,600,000.  Th^  are  rnnoh  infwtiiw-in  civiliza- 
tion to  the  Qenaans,  bat  are  a  laboriooa  race,  fonnerly  almoat  all  in  a  atate  of 
bondage,  but  now  mostly  emancipated,  and  many  of  them  poaeesaing  oooaidenble 
wealth.  Besides  these  leading  nees,  there  are  aboat  900,000  Italians  {  from 
90,000  to  .35,000  French,  and  360,000  Jewa. 

The  Germane  are  distioguished  for  attainments  in  literatore,  soienoe,  and  the 
arts.  They  are  parttoularly  eminent  in  biblical  and  critical  learning,  statistics, 
political  economy,  mathematics,  astronomy,  chenustiy,  and  meehanioa.  In  no 
other  country  is  authonhip  so  extensively  made  a  buaineas  for  life. 

Germany  ia  famous  for  its  universities,  which  are  moch  resorted  to  from  other 
eoontries.  The  number  before  1803  waa  36 ;  since  that  period  several  have  been 
auppiessed,  and  the  present  number  is  30.  Of  thosr  which  stand  in  the  first  rank 
V  GottingeQ,  Halle,  Jena,  Leipaic,  and  Heidelbarg.  Vienna  is  the  most  eminent 
as  a  mediMl  achooi. 

!  In.  about  160  towM  there  are  libraries  open  to  the  pablie,  many  of  which  are 
very  large;  besides  the  univenities,  there  are  numerous  seminaries,  styled  gym- 
naeia,  many  of  which  are  celebrated  schools  of  leaminff.  The  German  language 
ia  apoken  by  a  greater  population  than  any  other  in  Europe,  except  perhaps  the 
t!r«iob.  It  IS  derived  from  the  Teutonic,  and  is  divided  into  a  number  of  dialects. 
"Ilie  Sla^on  dialect,  oal^  High  German,  is  the  language  of  books  and  genteel 
aociety. 

In  regard  to  reli||ion,  Germany  baa  been  the  scene  of  the  greatest  revolution  in 
modern  times.  In  its  bosom  the  Reformation  sprung  up ;  and  within  it  were  car- 
ried on  the  most  formidable  of  the  conflicts  between  the  old  and  the  new  system. 
Elsewhere,  one  or  the  other  finally  prevailed ;  but  in  Germany  they  have  settled 
into  a  pretty  equal  diviaion  of  the  country.  Speaking  generally,  the  whole  south 
may  be  called  Catholio ;  the  whole  north,  Protestant  Of  the  greater  States,  the 
Oa&olic  relijnon  rules  in  Austria  and  Bavaria ;  the  Protestant,  in  Prussia,  Saxony, 
Hesse,  .and  Hanover.  A  complete  toleration  ia  now  everywhere  granted  to  every 
profession.  The  Catholics  still  hold  the  majority,  being  reckoned  at  39,600,000, 
the  Protestants  at  15,000,000.  Jews,  Moraviana,  Mennonites,  Hussites,  and  some 
amaller  sects,  make  up  the  reat  of  the  population. 

The  ordinary  concema  of  the  Germanic  Confederation  are  entrusted  to  a  fede- 
rative diet  of  17  memben;  apd  the  makittg  or  altering  of  ita  fundamental  laws,  to 
a  general  assembly  of  70  memben,  fit>m  the  varioua  States  or  memben  of  the 
;e<H^federation.  The  seesions  are  held  at  Frankfort  on  the  Maine.  The  members 
iure  equal  in  rights,  but  Austria  pieaides. 
i    The  following  table  gives  a  general  view  of  the  Germanic  Confederacy,  in  1838  :— 


Btatw.                                  Area  in  Sq.  Mile*. 

Austria 78^13  . . 

PrtMsJa 70,549  .. 

Bavaria 30,997  . . 

Saxony  7^200  .. 

Hanover 37,790  .. 

Wirfemberg 7,500  . . 

Ba^n 5,800  .. 

HeawX^assel  4,359  .. 

Hease-Darnutadt 3,600  . . 

Hobtem 3,691  .. 

Luxemburg 3,347  .. 

Saxe-Weimar 1,408  .. 

BaxeXioburg-Gotha 1,(»4  ■. 

Saxe-Altenburg 491  . . 


Popalation. 

11,713,950 

10,908.010 

4,338,370 

1,665,590 

1,737,500 

1,646,780 

1,937,960 

731,550 

793,130 

476,950 

333,390 

345,830 

140,050 

131,590 

148,390 


Capitali. 
Vienna. 
Berlin. 
Munich. 
Dresden. 
Hanover. 
Stottgard. 
CarlTuhe. 
Cassel. 
Darmstadt 
Kiel. 

Luxemburg. 
Weimar. 
Gotha. 
Altenburg. 
Meiningen. 


•t'^ 


.^ 


'/ 


A08TR1A. 

SIMM.  Aim  im  8«.  MUm. 

BraiMwiek 1,5U  

MaekknbarfJSebtrerin ,4^156  

Meoklenburg-StnliU 768  

Oldenburg 9,759  

Nuani.. ...;.i... 9,164  

Aohidt-DeMsa...*.. 363  

AnM(.Benibarg ,     340  

AnlnltCatlMn 331  

8ohwutsiMirg.SondenhaDaen . . .     384  

8ohwaTUbarg*Rudolrtadt 448  

HohensoUern-IIeohiii^n 117  . . . . . 

Hohemollern^igmaruigen 496  

Liechtenatein 53  

Reuai-Greiti 153  ..... 

Rean-Sehleitx 453  

Lippe^DeUndd 436  

Lippe.Sch«aenbarg 913  

WaUJeok 459  

HeMe-Homborg 138  

Frankfort 113  

Labeek 199 

Bremen 79  . 

Hamburg 184  . 

Knit>hattaen 17  . 


371 


e  tf  a  *  • 


Vopalatioa.  Oapilali. 

989,000 iBnnuwiok. 

478,800  .....  Bekmriii. 

87,690 BtraUti. 

So4f67o  •  •  •  •  •  tXd6lilHlfffa 

887,570 Wbkaden. 

61^460 nDoaMu. 

46^990 Bambarg. 

40,900 CoBthen. 

55,610 Sonderafaanaen. 

66,130 Rndolatadt 

90^00 Heohingen. 

49,990 Sigpnarugen. 

6,590  .....  Vaduti. 

31,500 Greiti. 

79,050 Lobeiiatein. 

89,970 Detmold. 

97,600 Bockeburg. 

56,480 Ardtm. 

93,400 Honbnrg. 

64^70 Frankfort. 

474K)0 Lnbeck. 

57,800 Bremen. 

153,500 Hamburg. 

9;969  ...   .  Kniphanaen. 


Total 951,419 


38,715,600 


AUSTRIA. 

The  Empire  of  Austria  is  not  only  the  first  power  in  Germany,  but  by  its  po«> 
sessions,  both  within  and  withoot,  baa  loiig  ranked  among  the  foremost  Stateft  in 
tho  geneml  aystpm  of  Europe.  Nearly  on»>balf  of  its  territortfes  aae  in  GernaByt 
the  residue  comprise  Hungary,  with  Its  anpendages,  Galioia,  formeHy  a;' part  of 
Pdandf  and  the  Lombardo-VeDetiaa  kingdom  in  Italy,  together  with  Dalniatia, 
once  a  part  of  the  territory  belongine  to  the  Republic  of  Venice.  The  Anstriaa 
monarchy  is  bounded  on  the  east  by  Tuilcey  and  Russia;  on  tlie  north  by  Pmsiia 
and  Sazeny ;  on  the  west  chiefly  by  Bavaria«  Swiiserland,  and  Sardinia}  and  OM 
the  south  oy  Tuscany  and  the  States  of  the  Chweb.  The  whole  territofy  amoanta 
to  958«000  square  mdes.  The  face  of  the  eoontry  is  various :  Styria,  th«  Tyrol, 
and  niyriat  am  moontunous ;  Bohemia  nad  Moravia  an  oneompassed  by  moan* 
tains.  The  Oarpatbian  tan^e  extends  along  the  north-east  of  Hungary.  A  larg^ 
portion  of  the  soil  is  fertile,  *  specially  in  Lombardy  and  Hungary. 

The  Danube  runs,  through.  \i  its  whole  extent,  mostly  from  eiast  to  west.  Ths 
other  principal  rivers  are  the  Dniester,  Teisse,  Save,  Drave,  Inn,  Po,  and  Adige. 
The  lakes  are  the  Platten-see  and  Neoeidler-see,  in  Hungary ;  Traun^ee  and 
Atter-see,  in  Austria  Proper ;  and  the  Gaida  and  Como,  in  Lombardy. 

The  Austrian  empire  abounds  in  almost  every  product  conducive  to  ths  noees* 
sity  and  luxuiy  of  man,  and  its  resources  are  very  great.  The  minerals  eompris* 
gold,  silver,  copper,  lead,  iron,  natural  steel,  mereary,  coal  and  salt;  ths  annual 
amount  of  the  latter  is  not  leas  than  899,000  tons;  coal,  188,000  tons ;  and  iron, 
85,000  tons,  In  1834  there  were  11,064  manufactories,  employing  9,330,000  in* 
dividuals,  and  producing  to  the  value  of  §700,000,000.  Woollen,  cotton,  sAkf. 
flax,  leather,  glass,  poreelain,  and  the  different  metals,  were  among  the  objects  of 
manufacture.  The  imports  of  the  empire,  in  1834,  were  to  the  value  of  959,000,000^ 
and  the  exports,  $66,000,000.  The  annual  revenue  is  near  $60,000,000,  and  the 
public  debt  i949,000,00a 

The  established  religion  is  the  Roman  Cath<^,  but  oeneral  tolemUea  is 
(Ranted ;  ixii  members  of  the  Protestant  and  Greek  churofies  are  numeroos  in 
Hungary,  Transylvania,  and  Sclavonia,  where  they  enjoy  considerable  privileges. 

3i 


It4 


AUBTIUA. 


> 


The  nambon  of  the  diffennt  danomintions  an  n  follows :  97,000,000  Roman 
Catholica;  3,000,000  Graek  Cathoiica;  1,600,000  Greek  Chofob;  8,860,000 
Calriniata  and  Lutherans;  480,000  Jews;  the  ramaioder  eomprises  UiUtarians, 
Anneniana,  and  Mahotnedana. 

The  government' ia  nearly  abaolute,  exeept  in  aome  of  the  States,  particularly 
Hungary  and  TianaylTania ;  where  it  ia  limited  by  constitutional  provisions.  The 
prinoipal  UBiveiaitiea  are  those  of  Vienna,  Prague,  Pest,  Lemberg,  Padua,  and 
Pavia.  Aondemiea  and  gymnaaia  are  numeroQa.  Though  Auatria  ean  boast  of 
some  distingaished  names,  yet  in  retard  to  literatore  ahe  is  greatly  behind  the 
north  of  (Sennany.  The  nvenne  of  the  emperor  amounts  t?  about  60  million  dol> 
lara.  The  emperor  haa  a  large  private  fortune,  independent  of  ^e  State,  from 
which  he  defiraya  a  part  of  hia  private  expenses. 

The  army  amounts  to  971,800  men;  in  time  of  war  the  empire  ean  maintain 
650,000.  TK?  navy  comprises  8  ships  of  the  line,  laid  up  in  ordinary  at  Venice; 
8  frigates;  4  eorvettes;  13  brigs,  schooners,  &c. ;  only  some  of  the  smaller  vea- 
sels  an  at  sea.  The  maintenance  of  the  army  costs  mora  than  a  thiid  of  the  whole 
ravenue. 

The  following  statement  exhibits  the  areas  in  sqnan  miles,  and  the  population 
of  the  different  diviaions  of  the  Anatrian  empira  in  the  year  1838. 


8q.  Mlikf.  FOpulmUm. 

Austria UJ$>8  3,191,360 

Styria 8,531  940,951 

Illyria 13,136  1,309,951 

Tyrol i:.704  831,398 

Bohemia 30,883  4,138,661 

Moravia  &  Sile«a  ll.804  3,143,053 
.Hungary,  with  the 

Military  FronUer  91,017  13,550,631 


Total  of  HoreditSutes  173,066  33,950,904 


aq.Hilw.  PoputaUon. 

CroaUa 8,756  1,047.412 

Sdavoaia 8,678  375,000 

TranaylvanU 33,376  S,057.000 

Dalmatia 6,498  382,285 

Galicia 33,000  4,599,631 

Lombardo  -  Venetian 

Kingdom 18,534  4,629,354 


Total  of  the  Empira,  358,908  35,670,996 


The  German  territoriee  belonging  to  the  Aastrian  Eknperor  ooosist  of  the  arch- 
duchy of  Austria,  Bohemia,  Moravia,  Styria,  Illyria,  and  TVrol :  these,  with  Huo- 
gary,  are  known  undeiHhe  appellation  of  the  Hereditary  States. 

Lower  Austria,  or  Austria  below  the  Ems,  fiNus  as  it  were  the  metropolitan 
province,  being  situated  in  the  very  heart  of  this  vast  empire.^  It  is  composed  of 
the  deep  and  warm  valley  of  the  Danube,  bordered  on  each  side  by  considerably 
elevated  moantain  chains.  Those  on  the  south  form  a  part  of  the  great  Alpine 
barrier;  inferior,  however,  to  the  gigantic  ranges  of  Switserland  and  the  Tyrol. 

Upper  Austria  is  entirely  a  moantain  region,  an  assemUage  of  loflv  alps  and 
glaciers,  separated  bv  valleya,  and  even  small  plains,  and  presenting  landacapea 
sometimes  soft  and  pleasinff,  sunetimes  in  the  highest  degree  wild  uid  romantic. 
Upper  Austria  .  ia  bounded,  and  in  a  great  degree  covered,  by  the  Bohemian 
forest  It  is  most  copiously  watered,  not  only  by  the  Danube,  but  by  the  Inn,  the 
Traun,  and  the  Ens;  and  has  the  Kammersee,  the  Mondsee,  the  Zellersee,  the 
Tcaunsee,  and  other  lakes,  which  are  romantic  and  well  supplied  with  fish,  but 
of  little  extent.  It  is  needless  to  say  that  the  country  is  little  fitted  for  agricul- 
tural purposes;  yet  there  is  no  district  of  Germany  which  has  been  improved  with 
greater  dilijrence. 

Styria  is  a  considerable  inland  tecritoiT,  immediately  to  the  south  of  Lower 
Austria,  once  governed  by  its  own  dukes,  but  long  since  absorbed  in  tho  empire. 
It  is  divided  into  Upper  and  Lower  Styria;  the  former  of  which,  being  the  west- 
em  part,  is  altogether  alpine;  while  the  eastern  districts  decline  into  lower  moun- 
tains, then  into  eentle  hills,  and  finally  into  almost  a  level  plain,  on  the  bordere 
oS  Hungary,  "fhe  grain  is  chiefly  maiae  (used  both  for  the  cattle  and  for  the 
bread  of  the  lower  ordere),  rye,  and  buckwheat ;  and  the  annual  produce  is  esti- 
mated at  7,800,000  bushels.    Flax,  hemp,  and  potatoes,  are  general. 

Illyria  is  a  rugged  and  mountainous  district,  with  a  vigorous  but  healthy  cli- 
male,  except  on  the  coast,  where  it  is  warm,  and  the  vegetation  luxuriant :  the 


:*;:; 


AUSTRIA. 


3 


■oil,  in  gonenl,  is  but  ill  fitted  fbr  oorii,  of  whiob  it,  however,  pradueee  (MXKMKNI 
boaJida,  chiefly  of  the  coaraer  kioda,  rye  and  oetik  There  ie  •  good  deal  of  flu, 
■ad  a  little  hemp  and  eilk.  Cattle  and  iheep  are  Ad  in  great  nuatbeni  Minwde 
of  various  kinds  are  abondant  The  quicksilver  mines  of  Uria  are  the  richest  is 
Europe,  and  yield  annually  great  quantities  of  quicksilver  and  cinnabar.  The 
aoatluam  part  of  Illyria  touches  on  the  Adriatic  Sea,  and  contains  Trieste,  tin  tmlf 
seaport  of  any  consequence  belongin|r  to  Austria. 

The  Tyrd,  including  V<»arlberg,  is  the  most  westerly  of  the  German  territo* 
ries  of  Um  empire,  andborders  upon  Bavaria  and  Switserland.  It  is  also  the  most 
lofky  and  rugged  of  all  the  alpine  regions  of  Austria.  The  Tyrolese  have  made 
all  that  was  possible  out  of  their  rugged  soiK  They  have  a  great  store  o(  homed 
cattle  and  sheep ;  valuable  gardens,  from  which  apples  are  sent  even  to  Russia } 
good  wine,  though  it  will  not  keep;  some  tobacco;  wood,  and  salt  in  almndanee. 
The  other  minenl  productions  are  in  considerable  variety,  but  of  no  great  amount 
The  national  character  of  the  Tyrolese  is  excellent  They  are  hawat,  sincere^ 
and  open-hearted.  Their  attachment  to  their  country,  to  its  independence,  and  to 
the  house  of  Austria,  has  been  disfdayed  in  the  most  heroic  manner. 

BAemia  is  the  most  considerable  and  most  valuable  of  all  the  Austrian  terri> 
tones  in  Ciermany.  It  consists  of  an  extensive  plain,  completely  enclosed  Ij  a 
rin^  of  mountains,  of  which  the  Riesengebirge  separate  it  ftom  Silesia,  the  Ers* 
seburge  firom  Saxony,  those  of  the  Bohemian  forest  from  Austria  and  Franeonii; 
It  is  the  most  completely  inland  country  of  Germany,  being  nearljr  equidistant 
ftom  the  North  Sea  and  the  Adriatic.  Witii'the  former,  however,  it  commnni* 
cates  by  the  great  stream  of  the  Elbe,  which  rises  in  and  rolls  through  all  Bohe> 
mia,  receiving  its  great  tributary,  the  Moldau,  and  all  its  other  watersi  There  i% 
perhaps,  no  oountiy  on  earth  more  amply  stocked  with  all  kinds  of  solid  and  use- 
ful commodities  than  Bohemia.  Grain,  cattle,  timber,  metals,  are  all  in  sudt 
jitonty,  that  it  is  difficult  to  say  which  predominates. 

Moravia,  including  the  small  part  of  Silesia  which  remains  to  Austria,  is  a 
country  of  leas  extent  than  Bohemia,  but  of  nearly  similar  aspect,  and  equally 
fintile.  It  has  also  a  frontier  of  high  mountains;  being  bounded  on  the  one  side 
bj  those  which  separate  it  fhwu  IMieraia,  on  the  other  by  the  Carpathian  moun- 
tain%  beyond  which  are  Poland  and  Hungary.  Smaller  chains  penetrate  the 
country,  and  render  the  fiiU  half  of  it  mountainous;  but  broad  and  fruitful  valleys 
intervene,  and  the  southern  part  consists  of  fine  snd  extensive  plains,  the  soil  of 
which  is  peculiarly  rich. 

Vienna  is  the  capital  of  Lower  Austria  as  well  as>  of  the  whole  Austrian  Em- 
pire, and  is  the  largest  city  in  Germany.  It  stands  on  the  Danube,  in  the  midst 
of  a  plain  diversifi^  by  a  number  of  picturesque  eminences,  and  skirted  on  one 
side  by  a  range  of  mountains.  It  consists  of  two  distinct  parts,  the  city  and  the 
suburbs,  which  are  strongly  contrasted  in  their  appearance.  The  city  w  meanly 
built,  with  narrow,  irregular  streets,  and  is  surrounded  with  walls  and  bastions. 
The  suburbs  ctmsigt  of  wide  streets,  elegant  buildings,  and  beautiful  gardens. 
The  Prater  is  «  wide  meadow  on  an  isluid  in  the  Diuiube,  forming  a  delightful 
public  walk,  which  is  frequented  by  all  ranks  of  people  in  the  summer.  The 
cathedral  of  St  Stephen  is  an  immense  Gothic  edifice  with  a  spire  447  feet  high ; 
the  painted  glass  of  its  windows  renders  the  interior  gloomy.  The  buildings  are 
generally  or  fireestone.  There  are  many  excellent  libraries,  of  which  the  Impe- 
rial is  the  largest  and  contains  above  300,000  volumes.  There  are  60  charehety 
17  convents,  besides  nunneries,  5  Uieatres,  and  a  garrison  of  15,000  men.  Popu- 
lation, in  1840,  360,000,  including  the  gsnison  of  15,000  men. 

Salzburg,  in  Lower  Austria,  is  situated  on  a  branch  of  the  Inn,  in  a  mountainous 
country.    The  neighbourhood  produces  great  quantities  of  salt  Population,  1 3,000. 

Lintx,  the  capital  of  Upper  Austria,  situated  on  the  Danube,  is  a  well-built  city  ( 
and  its  fine  square,  considerable  castle,  three  monasteries,  and  bridge  of  800  feeij 
long  over  the  Danube,  give  it  a  very  handsome  appearance.    It  has  a  considerable-! 
Luiperial  manufactory  of  woollen.    Population,  in  1834, 23,318. 

Grata,  the  ancient  residence  of  the  dukes,  is  the  capital  of  St3nria :  it  is  • 

he  borders  of  the  lower  disUict    It  is  i 


on 


sr,  !&  a  SOS  Tanvjr, ' 


ir: 


■»£!■ 


m 


ACSimtA. 


iNuUiag,  and  ,         'oue  town,  and  contains  nuy  Iknmm  whieh  OMy  bt 

Inkoaa.    Indaad,  it  ranks  the  third  in  the  beredoarr  doniiaioii%  and  ooii- 

laiiw  SHI  boMW.  with  a  population  of  86^773.     Ite    !d  waUs  and  eaatle,  aitoatad 

<  hif^  nek,  no  longer  sufltea  to  rendor  it  a  fbrtitied  city.    Th«  church  of  St 

•enae,  and  tho  OMmumenr  of  Ferdinand  IL,  are  its  chief  omamaDta.    Its 

Ivceuo^  the  only  one  that  ezisu  .n  the  province,  haa  tvrentv-aix  profaHon,  and  a 

Hhrar^  of  TOfiOO  Tolumeo.    It  carries  on  a  oonsidafable  traiie. 

Laj  zh,  the  capital  of  Ulyria,  stands  about  %  miles  flrom  the  Adriatjo ;  it  is 
iunousforac.    ^reas  of  Earooaaa  sovereigns  held  uere  in  ISQOi  Population,  18,079. 

Trieste,  seateu  on  the  Adriatie,  is  the  greateat  seaport  of  the  whole  Austrian 
Empire ;  its  trade  is  very  active,  and  extends  to  the  North  of  Eoiope  and  the 
Uaitod  Statoa.  Its  harbour  is  large  and  safe.  Most  of  the  E^iropean  nations  have 
imnsals  here.    It  is  also  distinguished  fbr  manufiusturea.    Population,  61,846. 

The  town*  of  the  Tyrol  are  Innspruek,  the  capital ;  an  ancient.  welI4)ttilt,  and 
eaudderaWa  place,  with  10,788  inhabitants,  oommaading  the  valley  of  the  Inn, 
aid  the  most  direot  passage  flom  Germany  into  Italy.  Hall,  fiurtber  down  on  the 
game,  flourishea  by  large  mines  of  salt  Trent,  on  the  Adige,  and  near  the  hot- 
dne  of  Italy,  is  a  fine  old  oity,  eelefanted  far  the  ecclesiastical  cooncil  held  there 
in  154IV-1MB,  which  had  so  signal  an  influence  on  the  political  destinies  of  Eu* 
tope.  Roveredo,  still  fiirther  down,  and  almost  Italian,  carries  on  some  silk  manu- 
ftoturea.  Botien  has  a  crowded  market,  where  the  German  and  Italian  merchants 
•zebange  the  eommodities  of  their  respective  countries. 

Prune,  the  capital  of  Bohemia,  tb  tolerably  well  built,  but  thinly  inhabited,  and 
imperraetly  fortified.  It  stands  on  the  Moldao,  a  shallow,  but  rafud  stream,  over 
which  is  an  elegant  bridge.  Its  university  is  the  ddest  in  Germany.  Here  are 
100  diurches  and  chapels^  and  as  many  palaees,  among  which' is  that  of  Wallen* 
stein,  celebrated  by  the  pen  of  Schiller:  the  stable  of  this  palace  is  a  magnificent 
edifice  with  stalls  for  86  horses  divided  by  marhle  pilian  and  (bmiahed  with  racks 
of  steel  and  marble  mangera.  Hie  city  has  some  manufkctores,  and  the  neigh* 
bourhood  is  fertile  and  pleasant    Population,  in  1887, 107,856. 

The  towns  of  Moravia  are  considerable.  V,rM  .n  and  Olmutz  are  both  strong 
Ibrtiesuos,  and  barriers  of  the  eropiie.  The  fotutat,  containing  88,000  inhabitants, 
is  the  seat  of  government,  and  has  extensive  manufiictures  of  fine  woollens.  01< 
■rati  is  a  great  market  for  Russian  and  Hungarian  cattle.  Ig^au,  an  open  town, 
Jiaa  considerable  manuftetures,  and  is  the  greatest  tborooghftre  in  Moravia. 

HUNGARY. 

HmwAET,  with  IVansylvania,  Sclavonia,  Croatia,  and  the  region  termed  the 
Military  Frontier,  forms  a  wide  range  of  territory.  Long  the  gimnd  field  of  con- 
flict betwem  the  Ottoman  and  Christian  powens  it  was  finally  possessed  by  the 
latter,  a^d  has  for  several  centuries  formed  an  intesral  and  important  part  of  the 
hereditary  statea  of  the  house  of  Austria,  which  has  recently  annexed  to  it  the 
portion  oi'  DalmaUa  obtained  from  Venice. 

Hungary  is  bounded  on  the  west  by  Germany,  on  the  sooth  and  east  by  Turkey, 
and  on  the  north  and  north-east  by  the  Carpathian  Mountains.  It  forme  qn:>i « 
trf' nearly  40D  miles  in  each  direction,  comprehending,  with  all  its  a^.^  'u.it 
Sutes,  an  area  of  133,000  square  miles,  inhab  t^d  by  nearly  13,000,0^.;  iniS 
ants.  The  Danube,  the  greatest  river  entirely  European,  rolls  through  '  s  t  r  r.oa, 
chiefly  firom  north  to  south,  and  receives  here  its  mightiest  tributaries;  uiiMO  iiora 
the  West  are  tho  Drave  and  the  Save,  Ind  firom  the  north  the  Theiaa,  the  Gran, 
and  the  Waag.  The  most  important  of  the  lakes  of  Hungary  are  the  Platten-see 
or  Balaton  lAke.  and  the  Neusidlernaee,  the  water  of  which  is  salt 

The  ran^  '  tlie  Carpathian  Mountains  separate  Huneary  fVom  Austria,  Mo- 
javia,  Galicio,  ;ii'\  TrHnsylvAnia;  there  are  also  several  detached  ranges.  Yet 
die  oountry  •»»:%/  v  -<;:nenwi  plains;  two  very  extensive ;  one  on  the  western 
part,  00  milee  'u  \h.    ter ;  t'<i«  lower,  or  eastern  plain,  comprises  nearly  one  half 

I  of  the  country,  .'mviv.  .r  diu'Jieter  of  mc^  than  SOO  miles.    There  are  also  some 
extensive  Dianr^/A. 
The  plaittB  lying  on  ih^  riven  have  a  rich  alluvial  soil,  of  whieh,  in  the  south. 


AUmiA. 


m 


L 


a  gnat  prapottion  i»  food,  yat  tkera  are  larwe  i.  .ncn  hcaika,  and  Homa  traeta  e» 
Tared  With  moviiif  aaad ;  ud  in  tha  north  tha  aoii  is  IibH  and  untraotabU.  The 
moat  common  proauetiona  in  tiw  northern  j  <rt  an  b&rle>  >ita,  oomnum  ly,  and 
a  apedea  of  rya  eallad  irkitia;  in  the  aoiuiiern,  wheat,  maiaa,  inillat,  oata,  and 
rl«a.  Hemp,  flax,  tobacco,  aaffron,  potatoaa,  and  Yarioaa  fniito,  an  enllivKlad. 
Tha  braedinf  of  eattia  and  tha  makinf  of  wina  are  imp'^rtant  bmnebee  of  indnatrjr. 
The  coantry  ia  oalebiatad  for  ita  paaturea,  and  ben  are  found  aone  of  the  finael 
cattle  in  Enrope.  Agricaltnn  ia  generally  in  a  backward  atato.  Of  the  expoita, 
com  ia  the  moat  conaidenble  article;  next,  tobacco;  then,  wine,  partienlnrly 
Tokay,  nnd  wool;  alao,  wax,  tallow,  potaah,  alum,  antimony,  |pll-nata,  Le. 
Hungai '  i:rc  '  jcea  a  graater  quantity  of  wine  than  all  the  reat  of  the  Auatrian  do> 

M  ..'  L  r.  '  un  little  attended  to{  the  nw  prodoee  being  eaaily  aold  to  tha 
>   igfalb  iring  gtatea.  The  only  article  mannfaetnred  (ot  exportation  ia  leather.  The 

m-:  'oeia  aobJecttograatraatrictionafhmtheAnatrianByatam  of  taxation.  'We 
iiaTb  Ai  certain  aecounta  of  the  rerenne,  but  it  ia  thought  td  be  about  10,000,009 
dollars.    The  army  eonaiata  of  38,000  men,  oompriaing  38  regimenta. 

The;e  an  a  great  number  of  mineral  apringa,  and  minea  of  gold,  ailTer,  lead, 
and  enpper;  very  rich  orea  of  antimony ;  alao,  coal,  aalt,  and  alum,  an  abundant. 
The  ciiief  are  the  gold  and  ailver  minea  of  Cremnitz,  and  the  aUver  minea  of 
Schemnitz.  The  gdd  mine  at  Cremnitx  haa  been  wrought  Yor  1000  yean  and 
upwards,  and  ia  exceedingly  rich.  There  ia  a  mint  here,  to  which  all  the  mine- 
towns  of  Hungary  and  TniwylTania  aend  their  gold  and  siWer  to  be  coined.  Tha 
number  of  muen  employed  by  the  crown  at  Schemniti  ia  8000.    A  mineral 

eiouliar  to  Hqngaiy  ia  the  opal,  which  ia  found  a  abort  diatance  to  the  north  of 
aachau. 

Hungary  ia  peopled  by  aeren.  different  races,  comprising  Maygara,  Slowakat 
Croatiana,  Germans,  Wallaohians,  Rasniaks,  and  Jewa ;  besidea  which  there  am 
about  30,000  Zigufinea  or  Gypsies.  The  two  fint  of  these  racea  comprise  nearly 
6,000,000  souls.  The  Hungariana  are  distinguished  for  a  military  apirit;  they 
are  aociable  and  hospitable,  though  proud  and  irritable.  The  two  great  punuits 
are  affricultura  and  arms,  and  there  are  few  tradea.  In  a  people  ao  Tarionsly  com- 
pounded, or  rather  in  a  country  witii  ao  many  distinct  races,  Uie  character  and 
customs  must  necessarily  be  varioua.  The  gypaies  in  Hungary  have  the  same 
restleaa  wandering  disposition  that  diatinguiahes  them  elsewhere.  They  are  the 
trarelling  tinken  and  muaicians ;  they  act  also  as  fairiera,  and  are  univeraally  the 
executionera  and  hangmen. 

The  emperor  of  Anatria  ia  atyled  kins  of  Hungary.  The  constitution  is  a  eom> 
pound  of  momurehy  and  ariatocraey.  Tlie  kinpr,  aa  the  great  execoiiTe  magis- 
trate, haa  very  ample  prarogativee.  The  diet  la  composed  of  4  elaaaea:  1.  tiie 
Catholic  prelatea;  9.  the  magnatea  or  auperior  noblea;  3.  tlie  repreaentativea  of 
the  inferior  nobles ;  and  4.  the  repreaentativea  of  the  royal  free  towna.  The  ad- 
ministration of  juatice  is  entirely  in  the  hands  of  the  nobles,  and  none  but  noblee 
can  be  landed  proprietors.  The  number  of  nobles  of  all  ages  and  both  sexes,  is 
about  tf.ii6,000. 

Buda  or  Ofen,  the  capital  of  the  kingdom,  lies  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Danube. 
It  is  the  residence  of  the  palatine,  end  seat  of  the  aopreme  eoyemment  Popula- 
tion, 41,000.  Pest  or  Peath,  the  finest  town  in  the  kingdom,  standa  on  the  left 
bank  of  the  Danube,  and  is  united  with  Buda  by  a  bridge  of  boats.  It  has  a  uni- 
versity with  four  faculties,  and  a  library  of  50,000  volumea.  Population,  65,000. 
Presburg,  on  the  north  bank  of  tlie  Danube,  contains  a  Catholic  college  and  a 
Lutheran  gymnaaium.  Population,  37,380.  Debreczin,  with  43,000  inhabitants,, 
is,  next  to  Pest,  the  most  important  commercial  town  of  Hungary.  Seegedin,  at 
the  junction  of  the  Th'^ids  ^^  ith  ita  tributary,  the  Marcs,  is  a  large  and  strong  city, 
with  32,300  inhabitan*,  and  a  flourishing  trade  in  woo!  and  tobacco.  Schemnitz, 
Kremnitz,  and  Neusohl,  are  the  principal  mining  town^  in  Hungary.  They  are 
situated  in  a  bold  and  mountainous  country  forming  a  lower  ridge  cf  the  Cvpa- 
thir.ns.  Schemnitz  was  founded  in  745,  and  iias  a  population  of  17,038  inhabitanta. 


as^ 


32* 


3 


f 


i^^j.  .'-^iM.'-^i-^..i:  .J. 


■..fc^Ai[L5.i./^1SSL 


378 


AUSTTRIA. 


one  half  of  whom  are  employed  in  the  mines.  Kremnitz  and  Neusohl  have  each 
about  5000  inhabitants,  the  majority  of  whom  are  also  employed  in  mining  ope^ 
rations.  Raab,  or  Gyoi,  at  the  conflaenee  of  the  Raab  and  the  Danube,  contains 
13,500  inhabitants.  Kaschau,  in  the  north-east  part  of  Hungary,  near  the  Car- 
pathian Mountains,  contains  13,600  inhabitants.  Temeswar,  on  the  Vega  and 
Temesch,  is  finely  built  and  strongly  fortified.  Population,  13,000.  Tokay,  a 
small  town  of  3500  inhebitanta,  situated  on  the  Theiss,  is  celebrated  for  its  wine, 
being  esteemed  the  best  in  Hungary.  The  prime  Tokay,  or  Tokay  Ausbruch,  as 
it  is  termed,  sells  in  Vienna  at  the  rate  of  £13  sterling  per  dozen. 

Croatia  is  a  district  which,  though  possessing  a  people  and  language  of  its 
own,  has  for  some  time  been  attacheato  Hungary,  and  sends  deputies  to  the  Hun- 
garian diet.  Adjoining  the  Ulyrian  frontier  it  is  mountainous ;  but  eastward  the 
country  declines  into  a  level  plain,  traversed  by  the  Save.  Com,  cattle  of  small 
size,  and  tobacco  of  ^ood  tjuality,  are  its  staples.  The  Croats  form  bodies  of  light 
horse  rather  distinguished  in  irregular  warfare.  Area,  3756  square  miles.  Popu- 
lation,  1,047,400.  Agram  is  a  large  and  strong  town,  on  the  Save,  without  manu- 
factures, but  with  a  good  deal  of  trade,  both  on  the  river  and  between  Hungary 
and  the  Adriatic.  Population,  17,000.  Warasdin  and  Carlstadtare  smaller  places, 
deriving  some  importance  from  being  in  this  last  line  of  commerce. 

ScLAVONiA  is  a  district  to  the  east  of  Croatia,  and  the  only  one  bearing  the 
name  of  a  nation,  whose  colonies  and  language  are  so  widely  diffused.  It  enjoys 
a  mild  climate  and  fertile  territory,  yet  more  than  half  of  its  surface  is  covered 
with  wood,  and  the  rest  is  by  no  means  cultivated  to  the  extent  of  which  it  is  ca- 
pab1<-,  containing  unly  315,000  inhabitants.  Its  political  relations  are  in  many  re- 
spects the  same  as  those  of  Croatia ;  its  products  and  trade  similar,  and  it  is  equally 
destitute  of  manufacturing  industry.  Posega  is  accounted  the  capital ;  but  Eszek, 
a  strong  place  on  Uie  Drave,  near  its  junction  with  the  Danube,  is  of  more  impor- 
tance. 

Transvlvania,  meaning  the  country  beyond  the  Carpathian  hill  forests,  is  a 
very  elevated  territory.  The  Carpathians,  which  inclose  it  in  the  form  of  a  half 
moon,  present  summits  of  7000  or  8000  feet.  Notwithstanding  its  rugged  surface, 
Transylvania  has  a  mild  climate,  and  is  well  cultivated.  Its  produce  in  grain  is 
reckoned  at  about  17,000,000  bushels.  Cattle  form  a  principal  staple.  Wine  is 
produced  in  abundance,  but,  as  it  does  not  keep,  it  is  not  an~  object  of  trade.  Tran- 
sylvania is  rich  in  minerals,  particularly  gold,  also  iron.  It  might  supply  the 
whole  empire  with  salt;  and  sends,  in  fact, C5,000 tons  into  Hungary.  There  are 
no  manufactures  except  the  most  common  fabrics.  The  people  consist  almost 
entirely  of  strangers,  who  have  emigrated  from  the  neighbouring  and  distant  coun- 
tries. Magyars,  Saxons,  and  Wallachians,  with  other  amall  sects,  make  up  a 
population  of  2,056,900.  The  Protestants  predominate  in  Transylvania ;  amount- 
ing to  348,000,  with  40,000  Unitarians;  while  the  Catholics  are  110,000,  and  the 
Greeks  150,000.  These,  it  is  presumed,  are  heads  of  families,  as  otherwise  they 
would  not  nearly  compose  the  amount  of  the  population. 

Hermanstadt,  the  capital,  is  surrounded  with  a  double  wall,  and  contains  18,337 
inhabitants,  an  extensive  Lutheran  seminary,  two  public  libraries  comprising 
20,000  volumes,  a  picture-gallery,  and  a  national  museum.  Cronstadt,  on  the 
most  eastern  frontier,  is  a  still  larger  place,  containing  36,000  inhabitants,  with 
vai.cjus  little  manufactures,  and  enjoying  very  extensive  intercourse  with  Turkey 
and  Greece,  to  the  amount  of  £1,000,000  sterling.  Clausenburg,  near  the  western 
frontier,  is  a  large  open  town,  containing  three  seminaries,  Catholic,  Lutheran, 
and  Unitarian,  attended  by  about  1200  students.  Carlsburg  is  a  smaller  town, 
defended  by  a  strong  castle  on  a  hill  above  the  Maros.    Population,  11,300. 

Tub  Military  Ffontikr  is  a  long  range  of  territory,  appropriated  from  the 
southern  border  of  Croatia,  Sclavonia,  Hungary,  and  Transylvania,  and  placed 
under  a  peculiar  regime,  in  the  view  of  forming  a  barrier  upon  this  side  against 
the  inroaos  of  the  Turks.  For  this  purpose  it  is  placed  under  a  system  completely 
feudal,  all  the  lands  being  held  under  the  condition  that  their  occupants  take  the 


AUSTRIA. 


379 


field  in  person  whenever  they  may  be  called  upon.  Each  individual  receives  a 
certain  number  of  acres,  which  cannot  be  sold,  pledged,  or  diumembered,  thousb 
it  may  be  exchanged  for  another  of  equal  amount  That  his  fields  may  not  sumr 
when  be  is  called  out,  the  inhabitants  ore  divided  into  fiimilies  of  about  sixty,  at 
the  head  of  whom  is  a  directing  patriarch,  and  among  whom  the  culture  ond  pro- 
duce of  the  land  is  in  common,  each  fiimily,  according  to  the  number  that  it  has 
sent  out,  and  their  length  of  service,  havins  allowances  or  remission  of  tax  of 
twelve  guilders  a  head.  The  country  is  divided,  not  into  provinces,  but  into  gene> 
ralats  and  regiments ;  the  Carlstadt  regiment,  the  Gradiska  regiment,  die.  The 
whole  population  of  the  Military  Frontier  is  about  1,000,000,  with  a  force  of  50,000 
men  in  actual  service.  Of  late,  its  chief  use  has  been  to  form  a  cordon  for  pre- 
venting the  irruption  of  the  plague.  This  flintier  partakes  physically  and  morallv 
of  the  peculiarities  of  all  the  countries  and  all  the  people  from  which  it  is  severed. 
The  industry  is  chiefly  pastoral,  not  much  more  than  a  fourth  of  the  lands  being 
under  the  plough.  The  cities  ue  called  Free  Military  Cominunities ;  but  none 
of  them  containa  10,000  inhabitants.  Semlin,  in  the  Sclavonic  frontier,  is  the 
largest    Peterwarodin,  Brod,  and  Gradiska,  are  strongly  fortified  little  towns. 

Dalmatia  is  the  rudest  province  of  the  Austrian  monarchy.  It  forms  a  line  of 
coast,  about  300  miles  in  extent,  from  the  border  of  Illyria  to  the  Gulf  of  Cattaro, 
having  a  long  chain  of  islands  runninpr  parallel.  This  coast  is  bleak  and  arid,  co- 
vered with  woods  and  bushes;  till,  in  the  interior,  it  rises  into  long  ranges  of 
bleak  and  rocky  summits.  Dalmatia  produces  scarcely  any  grain;  but  its  cattle, 
though  small,  are  numerous :  honey  is  produced  in  great  perfection  from  the  nu- 
merous  aromatic  plants  on  its  hills ;  the  fishery  employs  8000  men,  and  is  sup- 
posed to  produce  in  value  nearly  80,000{.  The  population  consists  of  Morlachiang 
(sometimes  called  also  Dalmatians),  and  Montenegrins,  both  of  Sclavonic  race, 
and  a  mixture  of  Italians.  Population,  882,285.  Zara,  the  capital,  is  a  little 
town,  on  a  promontory  of  land,  severed  from  the  continent  by  so  deep  an  abyss, 
that  there  is  no  communication  unless  by  a  bridge.  Spalatro  is  a  larger  town,  on 
a  little  peninsula,  f;trong  by  art  and  nature.  It  contams  a  number  of  large  old 
houses,  forming  narrow  and  irreu'ular  streets ;  but  it  is  chiefly  distinguished  by 
the  remains  of  the  superb  palace  of  Diocletian,  one  of  the  grandest  monuments 
of  ancient  architecture.  Pola,  once  a  great  and  splendid  city,  is  reduced  to  a 
village,  but  still  contains  a  most  magnificent  amphitheatre,  in  high  preservation, 
one  of  the  most  celebrated  remains  of  Roman  antiquity.  Scbenico,  Ragusa,  and 
Cattaro,  are  tolerable  seaports,  with  ^ood  harbours ;  and  the  latter,  on  the  Turkish 
border,  is  an  important  military  position. 

GALICIA,  OR  AUSTRIAN-  POLAND. 

The  portion  of  Poland  tnnexed  to  Austria  is  erected  into  a  kingdom,  under  the 
titles  of  Galicia  and  Lodovneria.  Its  surfiice  is  considerably  distinguished  fi'om 
that  flat  marshy  level  whicli  covers  almost  the  whole  of  Poland.  A  great  part  of 
It  is  situated  upon  the  slo'ta  o'  the  Carpathian  chain,  which  separates  it  firom  Hun- 
gary. The  country  is  of  various  character.  A  considerable  part  consists  of 
mountain  forest,  the  elevations  of  which,  do  not,  however,  rise  to  more  than  4000 
or  5000  feet  Many  of  the  plains  are  sandy;  but  the  greater  portion,  diversified 
by  gentle  hills,  is  of  the  most  exuberant  fertility ;  and,  notwithstanding  its  imper- 
fect cultivation,  forms  a  sort  of  granary  of  the  surrounding  countrie& 

The  different  branches  of  industry  are  in  a  less  advanced  state  in  Galicia  than 
in  any  other  part  even  of  Poland.  The  peasantry  are  no  longer  in  the  legal  con- 
dition of  serfs ;  but  the  general  poverty,  sluggishness,  and  apathy,  which  prevail 
among  this  order,  render  them  nearly  as  nmdi  as  ever  enthralled  to  their  land- 
lords, and  strangers  to  every  kind  of  improvement  Still  the  produce  of  corn  on 
those  fine  plains  is  very  considerable. 

Manufactures,  even  of  the  coarsest  and  most  necessary  articles,  are  almost  un- 
known to  the  native  Gallcian,  who  follows  nothing  but  his  plough  and  his  horse, 
and  leaves  the  care  of  clothing  hitn  to  tho  Jews,  who  have  multiplied  in  this 
kingdom  more  than  in  any  other  part  even  of  Poland.  They  exceed  200,000. 
The  mineral  kingdom  affords  one  branch  of  industry  in  which  Galicia  excels 


380 


PRUSSIA. 


every  other  part  of  Europe,  and  of  the  world  itself.  The  whole  soil  at  a  certain 
depth  contains  a  mineral  layer  variously  impregnated  with  salt  The  two  grand 
works  are  at  Bochnia  and  W ieliczca,  the  former  of  which  produces  the  finest  salt ; 
but  the  latter  are  the  most  extensive  of  any  in  Poland,  or,  indeed,  perhaps  in  the 
world.  These  two  great  salt  mines  produce  annually  upwards  of  800,000  cwt. ; 
besides  which  there  are  twenty-six  on  a  smaller  scale,  yielding  about  900,000  cwt 

The  commerce  of  Galicia  is  necessarily  inland.  Occupying,  however,  the  heads 
of  Jlhe  Dniester  and  the  Vistula,  it  sends  a  considerable  quantity  of  commodities 
down  thoeo  rivers.  It  has  also  a  great  inland  carrying  trade.  The  exports  con- 
sist of  grain,  salt,  some  wood,  and  honey;  in  exchange  for  which  are  received 
manufiustured  goods  of  every  description,  and  exotic  luxuries  of  every  denomination. 

The  social  state  of  Galicia  presents  an  aspect  less  altered  from  the  feudal  sys- 
tem and  habits,  than  that  of  almost  any  other  European  region.  The  nobles 
amounted,  in  1817,  to  the  enormous  number  of  31,006;  some  of  them  possessing 
immense  property,  though,  in  consequence  of  trusting  the  management  of  their 
aflkirs  to  stewards,  they  are  generally  embarrassed.  Knowledge  is  in  a  most 
defective  state ;  and  the  few  institutions  which  exist  for  its  difiusion  have  been 
introduced  by  the  Austrians.  They  have  made  great  exertions  to  improve  the 
university  at  Lembcrg,  which  has  twenty-six  professors,  and  a  good  library.  The 
inhabitants  of  the  eastern  part  of  the  kingdom  are  of  Russian  origin :  they  speak 
a  language  compounded  of  the  Russian  and  Polish ;  they  are  more  industrious 
than  the  Poles,  and  employ  themselves  in  the  fiibrication  of  coarse  linen.  A  con- 
siderable pumber  of  Wallachians,  of  Magyars,  the  prevailing  people  in  Hungary, 
and  Germans  to  the  number  of  72,000,  have  found  their  way  into  Galicia.  Popu- 
lation, in  1837,  4,599,631. 

The  cities  and  towns  in  this  part  of  Poland  are  neither  very  ample  nor  elegant. 
Lemberg,  however,  though  its  interior  streets  be  narrow  and  ola-fasfaioned,  has 
four  handsome  suburbs.  In  1837,  it  contained  54,965  inhabitants.  The  frontier 
town  of  Brody  contains  from  20,000  to  35,000  inhabitants,  of  whom  more  than 
a  third  are  Jews.  The  other  towns  contain  only  about  5000  or  6000  intiabitants. 
Sambor  and  Drohobitz,  on  the  Dniester,  have  some  manufactures  and  trade,  chiefly 
carried  on  by  the  Jews.  Tarnopol,  farther  to  the  north,  is  tolerably  flourishing, 
Stanislaus,  in  the  south,  is  a  handsome  town,  which  the  Austrians  propose  to  con- 
vert into  an  important  fortress.  Bochnia  and  Wielicaa,  entirely  supported  by  the 
salt  mines,  contain  each  about  6000  inhabitants. 


,1*v; 


■'■•Odfiu  u~ 


PRUSSIA. 


Prussia  was  first  erected  into  a  kingdom  in  1701,  and  has'  at  different  times 
acquired  large  accessions  of  territory,  and,  from  a  small  and  feeble  State,  has 
become  one  of  the  most  powerful  monarchies  of  Europe.  Ttie  different  parts  of 
the  kingdom  are  so  various  and  detached,  that  it  is  difficult  to  connect  them  under 
any  general  view.  The  two  great  political  divisions  are,  1st,  Prussia  Proper,  her 
original  territory,  and  the  Grand  Duchy  of  Posen,  formerly  belonging  to  Poland : 
2d,  The  German  provinces  of  Brandenburg,  Pomeraiiia,  Silesia,  Saxony,  West- 
phalia, and  the  Rhine :  the  two  last  form  a  detached  western  portion,  separated 
from  the  rest  by  the  dominions  of  Hanover,  Hesse,  and  Saxony.  Prussia  has  also 
in  Switzerland  the  small  principality  of  Neutchatel.  The  eastern  division  of 
Prussia  contains  87,109,  and  the  western  18,271  square  miles;  total,  105,440. 

The  population  of  this  kingdom  was,  in  1740,  3,000,000;  in  1790,  6,000,000;. 
in  1833,  13,843,000;  in  1837,  13,943,060;  and  in  1845,  14,600,000. 

A  level  surface  predominates  throughout  the  Prussian  States;  the  country 
abounds  in  niar^ihcs,  lakes,  and  rivers  of  slow  current.  The  great  mountain  tracts, 
the  llartz,  in  Saxony,  and  the  lliesengebirge,  a  branch  of  the  Sudetic  chain,  in 
Silesia,  arc  near  the  outskirts  of  the  kingdom. 

Prussia  is  a  favoured  country  witli  regard  to  water  communication  in  its  inte- 
rior. The  Baltic  forms  a  number  of  bavs,  or  rather  lakes,  along  its  coast:  as  the 
Frischc,  Curische,  Putzig,  and  Stettin  liafs;  and  there  is  a  succession  of  navi- 


PRUSSIA. 


381 


gable  rivfrs,  m.  Niemen,  Preeel,  Vifltula,  Oder,  Elbe,  Weser,  and  Rhine.  Some 
of  the  tributary  streams  are  theWartha,  Neisse,  Saule,  Havel,  Moselle,  Roer,  and 
Lippe.  There  are  several  useful  canals,  and  small  lakes  are  numerous.  The 
principal  islands  are  Rugen  and  Usedom,  in  the  Baltic  Sea. 

The  soil  of  Prussia  is  not  ffenerally  fertile,  being  often  sandy  and  covered  with 
heath ;  but  it  is  now  well  tilled,  and  the  agriculture  has  been  greatIy»improved 
within  the  last  3&  years.  The  productions  are  wheat,  rye,  oats,  Darley,  potatoes, 
flax  and  hemp.  Horses,  cattle,  sheep,  goats  and  swine  abound.  Iron,  copper, 
lead,  silver,  salt,  coal  and  amber,  are  the  chief  minerals.  In  1835,  the  amount 
raised  was  valued  at  $6,300,000. 

The  commerce  of  Prussia  has  increased  greatly  since  the  general  peace ;  but 
but  the  amount,  owing  to  the  free  system  of  internal  commerce  now  established 
in  Germany,  cannot  be  ascertained.  The  exports  consist  of  com,  wool,  timber, 
Westphalian  hams,  flax,  bristles,  and  other  raw  products ;  with  manufactures  of 
linen,  woollen,  cotton  and  silk  stuffs,  iron  and  hardware,  wooden  clocks,  &c. 
The  imports  are  sugar,  coffee,  raw  cotton,  cotton  twist,  indigo,  wines,  &c. 

The  food,  dress  and  habits  of  the  people,  differ  in  different  provinces.  Rye  is 
the  principal  bread ;  corn  and  potatoes  are  extensively  consumed ;  coffee  is  much, 
and  tea  is  but  little  used.  The  consumption  of  beer  and  ardent  spirits  is  very 
great,  and  brewing  and  distilling  are  important  branches  of  business.  In  the 
Rhenish  provinces  wine  is  more  used  than  in  other  parts  oAhe  kingdom. 

The  government  is  a  hereditary  monarchy,  and  though  in  theory  nearly  absolute, 
yet  there  is  in  reality  much  practical  liber^.  The  king  is  assisted  by  a  cabinet 
or  ministry.  There  are  now  assemblies  for  each  province,  but  thetr  powers  are 
limited,  their  debates  are  not  public,  and  the  results  only  of  their  proceedings  are 
published.  The  religion  of  the  royal  family  is  the  Calvinistic,  but  all  sects  are 
tolerated,  and  are  on  an  equal  footing.  In  1817,  the  Lutherans  and  Calvinists  of 
Prussia/ormed  a  union  under  the  name  of  Evangelical  Christians,  and  they  con* 
stitute  more  than  one-half  of  the  population.  The  remainder  comprises  Catholics. 
Jews,  Moravians,  Baptists,  Unitxrians,  &c. 

The  school  system  of  Prussia  is  the  most  complete  in  the  world,  and  every  exer- 
tion has  been  used  to  render  it  as  perfect  as  possible.  Every  child  between  the  ages 
of  6  and  16  must  attend  a  public  school,  unless  the  parents  or  guardians  satisfy 
the  public  authorities  that  it  is  receiving  a  suitable  education  at  nome  or  in  a  pn> 
vate  seminary.  In  1837,  nearly  2,200,000  children  were  in  the  public  schools ; 
and  from  500,000  to  600,000  were  estimated  to  be  privately  educated.  The  univer- 
sities are  those  of  Berlin,  Halle,  Brcslau,  Konigsberg,  Bonn  and  Griefswalde ;  and 
there  are  gymnasia  at  Berlin,  Magdeburg,  Dantzic,  Konigsberg,  Breslau,  &c. 
The  annual  revenue  of  Prussia  is  about  $36,000,000.  The  national  debt  is  com- 
puted at  $88,400,000,  part  of  which  is  redeemable  every  year. 

Pnissia  is  famous  lor  the  military  discipline  of  its  army.  Since  the  "^lieral 
peace  it  has  been  considerably  reduced,  and  now  amounts  to  about  123,0j0  men. 
The  soldiers  are  recruited  from  the  class  of  young  men  between  twenty  and  twenty- 
five  years  of  age,  who  are  all  liable  to  be  called  upon  for  three  years  service.  The 
LauG  rehr  consists  of  all  the  able-bodied  men  between  20  and  40,  if  not  in  the 
army,  and  may  be  called  into  service  in  the  event  of  a  war.  The  Landsturm  com< 
prise  all  above  40,  and  of  those  between  17  and  20  years  of  age,  able  to  carry 
arms.  In  time  of  war,  the  duty  of  this  class  is  to  preserve  the  internal  peace  and 
security  of  the  country.  The  Landwehr  of  the  first  class  amounts  to  328,000  men ; 
the  second,  to  180,000;  making  the  whole  available  force  530,000.  Prussia  does 
not  rank  as  a  naval  power,  her  only  maritime  force  being  a  single  corvette. 

The  German  dominions  of  Prussia  are  extensive  and  scattered,  variously  ac- 
quired by  successive  inheritance  and  conquest.  They  consist  of  Brandenburg,  the 
original  basis  of  the  monarchy ;  of  Pomerania  and  Silesia ;  and  of  territories  in 
Saxony,  in  Westphalia,  and  on  the  Rhine. 

Brandenburg  forms  a  great  mass  of  territory  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  north  of 
Germany,  bordering  on  Poland.  It  is  usually  called  the  Mark  of  Brandenburg, 
and  comprises  the  cities  of  Berlin.  Frankfort,  and  Stettin ;  it  is  neither  the  most 
fertile  nor  the  most  beautiful  part  of  this  great  country.  It  consists  of  a  vast  plain 
of  sand,  in  some  places  presenting  a  deajf  level,  in  others  blown  into  hills  of  little 


PRUSSIA. 


elevation.  The  grain,  though  carefully  coltirated,  is  not  sufficient  for  internal 
supply,  but  is  of  excellent  quality. 

Fomcrauia  is  a  long  line  of  narrow,  sandy  coast,  lying  alon^  the  Baltic.  The 
Oder  here  enters  that  sea,  forming  at  its  mouth  a  large  and  winding  haff,  or  hay, 
on  the  opposite  side  of  which  are  the  large  islands  of  Usedom  and  WoUin.  The 
soil  is  in flnany  parts  far  from  productive;  yet  in  others,  especially  that  which 
formerly  belonged  to  Sweden,  it  is  made  by  industry  to  yield  harvests  of  grain 
more  than  sufficient  for  the  interior  supply. 

Silesia  is  an  extensive  oblong  tract  between  Bohemia  and  Poland.  It  was 
originally  a  Polish  province;  bat  German  settlers  have  now  occupied  the  greater 
:part  of  it,  and  introduced  industry  and  prosperity.  From  its  fertility,  and  the  in- 
dustry of  its  inhabitants,  it  is  considered  the  orightest  jewel  in  the  Prussian  crown. 
The  Oder,  rising  on  its  southern  border,  divides  it  into  two  nearly  equal  parts,  of 
which  the  western  is  mountainous  or  hilly :  its  population  is  altogether  German, 
and  it  is  the  seat  of  the  principul  manufactures ;  whilf  the  eastern  consists,  in  a 

great  measure,  of  flat  and  sandy  plains,  and  is  partly  occupied  by  Sclavonic  races, 
ilesia  is  one  of  the  most  manufacturing  districts  in  all  Germany ;  its  linens, 
in  particular,  are  considered  the  best  in  the  world  for  pliancy,  brilliant  whiteness, 
ana  durability. 

Prussian  Saxony  forms  a  large  extent  of  straggling  territory,  consistins  of  por- 
tions severed  at  various  times  and  in  various  ways  from  all  the  neighbouring 
states,  great  and  small,  sometimes  having  fragments  enclosed  within  them,  and 
sometimes  enclosing  within  itself  fragments  of  them.  Generally  speaking,  it  may 
be  viewed  as  nearly  a  square  territory,  extending  on  both  sides  of  the  Elbe,  be- 
tween Royal  Saxony,  Brandenburg,  and  Hanover.  It  belongs  generally  to  the 
vast,  wide,  flat  plain  of  northern  Germany,  though  on  its  western  side  it  borders 
on  the  Hartz  and  the  fdrest  of  Thuringia.  There  are  considerable  sandy  and 
marshy  tracts),  but  upon  the  whole  it  is  abundantly  productive  of  grain,  M^ich  is 
cultivated  with  particular  skill  and  diligence. 

Prussian  Westphalia  is  also  an  aggregate  of  a  number  of  small  detached  parts ; 
but,  by  cessions  and  arrondissemens,  it  has  been  formed  into  a  pretty  compact 
territory,  situated  between  Hanover  and  Holland,  and  extending  from  the  Weser 
nearly  to  the  Rhine.  It  extends  to  8272  square  miles,  and  its  three  governments 
of  Munster,  Minden,  and  Arensberg,  contained,  in  1827,  a  population  of  1,207,712. 
The  Lippe  divides  it  into  two  parts ;  the  northern  belongs  to  the  great  plain,  which 
is  sandy  and  marshy,  but  affords  some  good  corn-land ;  the  southern  is  covered 
with  ranges  of  little  rocky  hills  branching  from  the  Hartz,  which  render  the  soil 
often  unfit  for  the  plough,  but  it  is  always  covered  with  fine  wood.  The  staple  to 
which  Westphalia  owes  its  celebrity  consists  in  its  hogs,  which  surpass  those  of 
all  the  other  provinces,  producing  the  hams  so  much  famed  throughout  Europe. 

The  Rhenish  territories  of  Prussia  formerly  consisted  of  two  provinces ;  one 
bearing  the  appellation  of  Julich-Cleve-Berg,  and  the  other  that  of  the  Lower 
Rhine,  which  have  recently  been  incorporated  into  one  province,  bearing  the  name 
,of  the  Rhine.  It  extends  along  both  sides  of  the  river  Rhine,  and  also  along  the 
lower  course  of  the  Moselle.  Its  fn'eatest  length  is  about  200  miles,  and  greatest 
breadth  80.  Area,  10,070  square  miles.  Population,  in  1837,  2,433,250,  of  whom 
three-fourths  are  Catholics.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Rhine,  Moselle,  Saar, 
Roer,  &c.  The  surface  of  the  province  is  very  various.  Its  eastern  section  north 
of  the  Moselle  consists  principally  of  volcanic  mountains ;  and  a  chain  of  the  same 
sort  (Eyfel  Gebirge)  runs  across  the  country  between  Malmedy  and  Coblentz.  The 
debris  of  volcanic  rocks,  being  particularly  suitable  for  the  growth  of  the  vine,  it 
is  very  extensively  cultivated :  the  produce  of  the  vines  of  the  Rhine  and  the  Mo- 
selle are  estimated  at  about  700,000  eimers  a  year,  though  but  little  is  exported. 
Exclusive  of  wine,  the  principal  raw  products  consist  of  com,  flax  and  hemp, 
timber,  tobacco,  &c.  The  principal  manufacturing  district  of  Prussia,  and  proba- 
bly of  the  continent,  is  in  this  province  on  the  river  Wupper,  having  Eiberfeld, 
Barmen  and  Solingen  for  its  principal  towns.  It  is  well  supplied  with  coal  and 
water-power;  and  the  inhabitants  are  alike  industrious  and  inventive.  The  popu- 
lation of  Eiberfeld  has  increased  during  the  present  century  from  11,720  to  38,162, 
and  the  progress  of  many  of  the  other  towns  and  villages  in  the  vicinity  has  been 


wammmmam 
PRUSSIA. 


383 


hardly  less  remarkable.  Some  of  the  manufaoturing  establishments  are  on  a  large 
scale,  and  contain  all  the  latest  improrementi*  in  machinery.  Fine  woollen  cloths, 
cassimeres,  fine  and  coarse  cottons,  silks,  &c.,  hardware  and  ciitlery,  needles  and 
pins,  and  tobacco,  are  the  chief  objects  of  manofaetore.  In  1837,  the  province  of 
the  Rhine  contained  389  manufactories,  with  36,145  workmen.  More  than  two- 
thirds  of  these  establishments  are  engaged  in  the  woollen,  cotton,  silk  and  hard- 
ware business. 

The  province  of  Prussia  forms  an  extensive  range  of  sea-eoait,  describing  a  sort 
of  semicirele  of  nearly  400  miles  round  the  southern  shore  of  the  Baltic,  and  ex- 
tending from  SO  to  100  miles  into  the  interior.  The  whole  is  a  continuous  and 
almost  dead  level,  scarcely  rising  above  the  surface  of  the  water  on  which  it 
borders.  Only  in  the  south-east  quarter  appear  a  few  sand-hills,  blown  together 
by  the  winds :  one  of  them  rises  to  500  feet,  but  none  of  the  othere  attain  half  thai 
elevation.    A  portion  of  this  province  formerly  belonged  to  Poland. 

Prussian  industry  is  divided  between  agriculture  and  commerce ;  manufactures 
being  yet  in  their  infancy.  The  soil  is  in  many  places  sandy  and  marshy;  yet 
there  are  few  parts  which  are  not  fit  either  for  grain,  flax,  or  hemp,  and  many 
tracts  are  venr  productive.  The  cattle  are  numerous,  and  the  breeds  in  general 
good ;  that  of  horses,  in  some  parts,  is  extremely  fine. 

Posen,  bearinff  the  title  of  grand  duchy,  is  now  the  principal  part  of  the  Polish 
territory  annexed  to  Prussia.  It  forms  an  extensive  level  plain,  analogous  in  all 
its  features  to  that  which  crosses  the  whole  north  of  Europe.  The  country  is  finely 
watered,  having  the  Vistu]a  for  its  eastern  boundary ;  while  the  Wartha,  receiving 
the  considerable  tributaries  of  the  Netze  and  the  Obra,  traverses  it  from  east  to 
west,  enters  Germany,  and  falls  into  the  Oder  at  Kustrin. 


Population  of  the  provinces  of  Prussia  in  1837 : 

State*.  .<-. ..  ^   •%  ,  MT      Area  in  Bq.  Milei. 

Brandenburg .' 15,480  . . . 

Pomerania 12,363  . . 

Silesia 13,600  .. 

Saxony 8,492  . . 

WestphaUa 8,272 1,317>41 Munater. 

Rhine 10,070 2,433,250  Coblents. 

Prussia. 25,115 2,125,535 Konigaberg. 

Posen  11,261  1,158,608 Poaen. 

Neufchatel  (in  Switzerland) ....         340 59,448 Neufchatel. 


Population.  Capitals. 

1,694,042 Berlin. 

970.117  Stettin. 

2,645,166 Brealau. 

1,539,353 Magdeburg. 


Total 106,993 


13,943,060 


Berlin,  the  capital  of  Prussia,  stands  on  the  river  Spree,  and  is  one  of  the  finest 
cities  in  Europe.  Its  streets  are  generally  straight  and  broad,  adorned  with  spacious 
squares  and  handsome  houses,  built  mostly  of  white  freestone.  The  Linden  strasse 
is  a  magnificent  street,  planted  with  linden  and  other  trees,  and  its  edifices  com- 
prise palaces,  theatres,  churches,  &c.,  principally  of  an  elegant  and  classical  style 
of  building.  The  royal  palace  is  a  superb  structure,  containing  many  splendid 
aparUnenU,  and  the  richest  service  of  plate  probably  belonging  to  any  sovereign 
in  the  world. 

Berlin  comprises  five  separate  districts,  one  of  which  occupies  an  island  formed 
by  two  branches  of  the  Spree.  The  river  is  crossed  by  40  bridges,  some  of  which 
are  of  iron.  The  city  is  indebted  for  its  chief  embellishments  to  Frederic  II.  or 
Great,  who  is  said  to  have  expended  $400,000  anijually  for  a  number  of  years. 
This  city  is  the  centre  of  learning  for  the  north  of  Germany.  It  has  a  university 
attended  by  about  1800  students,  6  royal  gymnasia  or  high-schools,  and  350 
other  seminaries  of  learning,  with  various  charitable  institutions.  The  royal 
library  contains  160,000  volumes.  Berlin  has  extensive  manufe 'Stories  of  various 
kinds.  Its  iron-castings  are  particularly  excellent;  they  comprise  all  sorts  of 
articles,  from  colossal  pillars  and  statues  down  to  the  minutest  article  of  a  lady's 
toilet.  Its  poroelain  is  superior.  Printing  is'carried  on  to  a  great  ext«nL  In  igss, 
the  population  was  39Q,?9?;  houses,  14,3*20,  averaging  30.31  individuals  to  a 
dwelling.    Berlin  is,  therefore,  one  of  the  most  densely  peopled  cities  in  Europe. 


984 


BAVARIA. 


% 


Potsdam,  on  the  Havel,  is  one  of  the  most  eleeant  cities  in  the  Prussian  uoml- 
nions.  It  has  a  splendid  royal  palace,  rnd  many  fine  architectural  embellishments. 
It  has  also  a  cannon  founder^  and  manufactures  of  silk  and'Telveta.  Population, 
85,660.  On  a  hill  in  the  neighbourhood,  stands  the  palace  of  Sans  Souci,  erected 
by  Frederick  the  Great.  Stettin,  the  capital  of  Pomerania,  near  the  mouth  of  the 
Oder,  has  a  great  trade.  Population,  31,100.  Breslau,  the  capital  of  Silesia, 
stands  on  the  Oder.    It  is  well  built,  strongly  fortified,  and  famous  for  its  large 

Sates.  It  has  manufactures  of  linen,  and  an  extensiye  internal  trade.  Population, 
8,869.  Magdeburg,  the  capital  of  Saxony,  on  .the  Elbe,  is  a  handsome  city,  with 
a  noble  palace,  an  arsenal,  and  a  magnificent  gothic  cathedral.  It  has  manufac- 
tures of  silk,  woollen,  cotton,  linefi,  &o.  Population,  51,347.  Munster,  the  capital 
of  Westphalia,  is  tolerably  well  built ;  it  has  a  eolleee,  gymnasium,  and  severai 
schools.  Population,  19,763.  Cologne,  the  capital  of  Julioh>CleTe-fierg,  on 
the  Rhine,  is  one  of  the  oldest  cities  in  Europe.  It  has  a  great  number  of  ancient 
churches.  The  cathedral  is  an  immense  gothic  pile,  founded  in  the  13th  century, 
but  yet  unfinished.  The  city  has  a  decayed  look.  It  has  manufactures  of  silk, 
linen,  woollen,  lace,  and  thread,  and  is  celebrated  for  its  eau  de  Cologne^  of  which 
it  exports  80,000  or  90,000  Hasks.  Poi>ulation,  66,179.  Coblentz,  at  the  junction 
of  the  Rhine  and  Moselle,  ie  a  well-built  city,  with  considerable  trade  and  some 
manufactures.  It  has  a  bridge  of  boats  over  the  Rhine,  and  one  of  stone  over  the 
Moselle.  Population,  13,700.  Posen,  the  capital  of  the  duchy  of  Posen,  on  a 
branch  of  the  Oder,  is  a  compactly  built  town,  with  an  university.  Population, 
33,456.  Konigsberg,  the  capital  of  East  Prussia,  on  the  Pregel,  is  seven  miles  in 
eircdmference,  and  contains  many  elegant  buildings,  and  an  university  of  high 
reputation.  Part  of  the  town  stands  on  an  island  in  the  river.  It  is  a  place  of 
considerable  trade.  Population,  68,000.  Dantzic,  the  capital  of  West  Prussia, 
on  the  Vistula,  near  the  southern  shore  of  the  Baltic,  has  a  good  harbour,  and  was 
once  the  chief  town  of  the  Hanseatic  league.  The  houseo  are  high  and  the  streets 
crooked.  It  has  much  commerce  and  internal  trade,  exporting  hemp,  flax,  linen, 
timber,  potash,  &c.  It  has  a  great  annual  fair  in  July  and  August,  which  lasts 
•ix  weeks.  Population,  including  the  military,  56,257.  Aix>la-Chapelle,  once 
the  capital  of  the  German  empire,  is  famous  for  its  warm  baths.  Many  parts  of  it 
are  elegant,  and  it  has  manufactures  of  cloth  and  needles.  Population,  38,383. 
Dusseldorf,  on  the  Rhine,  is  a  handsome  modern  city,  with  consiaerable  trade  and 
manufactures.  Population,  33,107.  Halle,  in  Saxony,  is  a  flourishing  city  on  the 
Saale.  It  is  celebrated  for  its  university  and  literary  institutions.  Population, 
34,800.  Frankfort,  on  the  Oder,  is  a  rich  and  handsome  city,  with  an  university, 
and  three  great  annual  fairs.  Population,  23,370.  Elberfeld  and  Barmen  are 
nearly  contiguous  towns,  in  the  valley  of  the  Wupper.  They  are  noted  for  their 
oianufactures.    Joint  population,  55,745. 


-W 


i*;v 


A^-- 


BAVARIA. 


This  kingdom  is  bounded  north  by  Hesse  Darmstadt,  Hesse  Cassel,  Saxe 
Meiningen,  Saxe-Coburg,  and  the  kingdom  of  Saxony ;  east  and  south  by  the 
Austrian  states,  and  west  by  Wirtemberg,  Baden,  and  Hesse  Darmstadt.  It  contains 
30,99.7  square  miles,  and  4,338,370  inhabitants.  The  north-eastern  limit  is  skirted 
by  a  chain  of  mountains,  and  another  range  extends  across  the  northern  part  The 
country  ia  watered  by  the  Danube  and"  its  numerous  head  streams :  the  northern 

?art  is  traversed  by  the  Mayne,  and  the  western  by  the  Rhine.  The  Lake  of 
lonstance  lies  partly  within  this  territory,  and  there  are  other  small  lakes.  Much 
of  the  soil  is  unproductive  from  its  ruggedness  and  marshy  quality.  The  best 
arable  land  lies  along  the  Danube  and  Inn.  A  great  part  of  the  country  is  covered 
with  forests.  The  mountains  contain  quarries  of  marble  and  mines  of  quicksilver. 
Iron  and  copper  are  also  produced.  Agriculture  is  so  much  neglected  in  Bavaria 
that  except  in  very  productive  years  the  kingdom  does  not  produce  sufficient  grain 
for  its  own  consumption.  Wine  is  the  chief  article  of  produce  along  the  Rhine 
■ynA  Mawne-     Frult  is  rsissd  i 


Dcft%  .|uautitioo. 


Hops,  uaX,  anu  garden  vegeta' 


Saxe 
jy  the 
intains 
Skirted 
The 
Irthern 
Ike  of 
I  Much 
[e  best 
Bvered 
silver, 
lavaria 
,  grain 
iRhine 
legeia- 


SAXONY. 


385 


bles,  are  also  cultiTated.  There  are  some  manufaotures  of  woollen  cloth,  bat  this 
branch  of  industry  is  much  leas  active  than  formerly.  Tobacco  is  manufactund 
throughout  the  country.  Fruit,  salt,  hides,  wool,  flax,  hemp,  saffron,  and  licorice, 
are  exported.  Bavaria  is  a  constitutional  monarchy.  The  national  assembly  con- 
sists of  two  chambers.  Even  citizen  enjoys  penect  equality  in  the  eyes  of  the 
law.    The  army  amounts  to  43,000  men. 

Munich,  the  capital,  is  seated  in  a  plain  on  the  Iser.  I*  is  one  of  the  finest  cities 
in  Europe,  and  has  been  greatly  improved  since  the  general  peace.  Many  of  its 
edifices  are  very  splendid.  It  has  an  university,  a  library  of  640,000  volumes,  with 
300,000  engravings,  and  a  gallery  of  paintings  ranked  among  the  finest  in  Europe. 
Population,  106,637.  Ratisbon,  on  the  Danube,  was  once  an  imperial  city.  It  is 
built  in  the  form  of  a  crescent,  and  is  strongly  fortified.  It  has  considerable  com- 
merce by  the  river.  Population,  23,000.  Augsburg  was  also  formerly  an  imperial 
city,  and  was  founded  by  the  Romans  in  the  reign  of  Augustus.  One-fourth  of  the 
houses  are  built  of  stone,  and  the  remainder  of  timoer  and  day.  The  public  buildings 
are  magnificent,  and  the  city  is  one  of  the  handsomest  in  Germany.  Population, 
36,000.  Nuremburg,  on  the  Regnitz,  has  large  manufactures,  and  several  churches 
noted  for  their  beautiful  paintings.  Watches,  brass,  and  globes,  were  invented  in 
this  city.  Population,  44,000.  Passan,  at  the  confluence  of  the  Inn  and  Danube, 
is  an  ancient  town,  strongly  fortified.  Population,  9,000.  Bamberg,  on  the  Reg- 
nitz, is  a  £ne  city,  \vith  a  magnificent  castle.  Population,  21,000.  Wurtzburg, 
on  the  Mayne,  has  a  large  trade  in  wine.    Population,  33,600. 


'■'*^     'B    r 


SAXONY. 


Tnis  kingdom  is  bounded  north  and  north-east  by  Prussia,  south  and  south-east 
by  Austria,  south-west  by  Bavaria,  west  by  Reus  and  Altenberg,  and  north-west 
by  Prussia.  It  contains  7200  square  miles,  and  1,666,690  inhabitants.  It  is 
watered  by  the  Elbe,  Muldawa,  and  many  other  small  streams,  which  flow  through 
beautiful  valleys,  forming  landscapes  of  the  most  charming  appearance.  The  soil 
in  the  valleys  and  level  parts  is  fertile.  The  vegetable  products  are  similar  to 
those  of  the  other  parts  of  northern  Germany.  Saxony  has  lost  its  principal  agri- 
cultural provinces,  and  little  is  raised  in  the  kingdom  except  corn.  Manufactures 
are  active,  and  employ  three-fifths  of  the  population.  The  wool  trade  of  Saxony 
centres  at  Leipzig.  Trade  is  flourishing  and  is  much  facilitated  by  the  Elbe  and 
its  tributaries.  Saxony  is  a  constitutional  monarchy.  The  army  amounts  to  about 
10,000  men.  The  electorate  of  Saxony  was  raised  to  a  kingdom  in  1806,  and 
formed  a  part  of  the  Rhenish  conf«'deration.  The  limits  of  the  country  were  much 
reduced  by  the  Congress  of  Vienna,  in  1816. 

Dresden,  the  capital,  stands  on  the  Elbe.  It  is  elegantly  built ;  the  houses  are 
all  of  freestone,  and  nearly  all  of  the  same  height,  ft  has  numerous  palaces  and 
public  buildings,  beautiful  in  architecture,  and  magnificently  furnished.  Dresden 
IS  called  the  German  Florence:  it  has  a  gallery  of  1184  paintings,  the  finest  north 
of  the  Alps ;  many  establishments  for  the  fine  arts  and  for  education ;  a  royal  librarj^ 
with  about  250,000  volumes,  and  three  other  public  libraries.  The  city  is  strongly 
fortified.  Population,  69,500.  Leipzig  is  one  of  the  most  important  cities  in  Ger- 
many. It  stands  in  a  plain  watered  by  the  Pleisse,  the  Elster,  and  the  Partha. 
The  city  is  well  built  and  surrounded  by  spacious  and  handsome  suburbs^  between 
vhich  and  the  town  is  an  elegant  walk  of  lime  trees.  The  streets  are  clean  and 
commodious,  and  the  houses  are  mostly  very  high.  Here  are  held,  yearly,  three 
great  fairs,  one  at  new-year,  one  at  Easter,  and  one  at  Michaelmas.  At  some  of 
them,  20,000  dealers  have  been  assembled.  The  books  sold  annually  are  valued 
at  $3,000,000,  and  other  commodities  at  $18,000,000.  All  sorts  of  manufac- 
tures are  carried  on  here;  in  particular,  those  of  gold,  silver,  silk,  woollen,  and 
linen  yarn.  Leipzig  has  been  the  scene  of  many  sieges  and  battles;  the  two 
most  memorable  are  the  victory  gained  by  Gustavus  Adclphus  of  Sweden,  over 
the  Austrians,  in  1641,  and  that  of  thj  allies,  over  Napoleon,  in  1813.  Popula- 
Ition,  47,614.    Chemnitz  has  large  manufactures  of  cotton  and  woollen  cloth, 


TT 


TT 


^^^ 


386 


HANOVER. 


hosiery,  and  silk  handkerchiefs.  Population,  22,265.  Freyber^,  on  a  branch  of 
the  Muldawa,  it  a  &mouB  miningf  town.  It  stands  on  a  lofty  site,  and  is  com- 
pletely undermined  ay  galleries  and  caverns.    Population,  12,200. 


KINGDOM    OF   HANOVER. 


This  kingdom  is  bounded  north  by  the  German  Ocean  and  Oldenburg;  east  by 
Holstein,  Mecklenburg,  Prussia,  and  Brunswick ;  south  by  Prussia,  Hesse,  and 
Lippe,  and  west  by  Holland.    It  contains  14,720  square  miles,  and  1,737,500  in- 

I  habitants.  The  Hartz  Mountains  occupy  j.  portion  of  territory  in  the  south,  de- 
tached fitun  the  main  body  of  the  kingdom ;  otherwise  the  whole  country  is  an 
immense  plain,  diversified  here  and  there  by  sand-hills,  sterile  heaths,  and  moors. 
The  sandy  soil  is  interspersed  with  blocks  of  granite.  The  Elbe  washes  the 
north-eastern  boundary,  and  the  Weser,  Leine,  Aller,  and  Ilmenau,  water  different 
parts  of  the  country.  There  are  many  shallow  lakes,  and  on  the  coast  is  a  wide 
bay  formed  by  the  bursting  in  of  the  sea,  in  1277,  when  above  50  villages  were 
destroyed.  The  mineral  products  are  numerous.  Gold,  silver,  copper,  lead,  iroc, 
cobalt,  zinc,  marble,  slate,  limestone,  coal,  manganese,  calamine,  vitriol,  and  sul- 
phur, are  produced  here.  The  mines  of  the  Hartz  are  rich  in  silver,  and  afford 
annually  1,172,733  dollars.  The  lead  mine  of  Caroline  produces  yearly  194,000 
dollars.  The  salt  springs  are  also  productive.  This  country  does  nut  produce 
sufScient  grain  fjr  its  own  subsistence,  and  in  some  parts  the  land  is  sc  poor,  that 
6000  of  the  inhabitants  leave  the  country  annually  fur  Holland,  in  quest  of  em- 
ployment The  articles  of  cultivation  are  various  sorts  of  grain,  hops,  flax,  and 
garden  vegetables.  In  the  sandy  soil  potatoes  are  raised.  On  the  heaths  of 
Luneberg  considerable  numbers  of  bees  are  reared.  The  manufactures  consist 
of  linens  from  flax,  coarse  damasks,  yarn,  silver  plate,  gold  and  silver  lace,  jew- 
elry, amber,  saddlery.  The  internal  trade  is  assist  i  by  four  annual  fairs  at  Han- 
over, and  two  at  Osnaburg,  where  are  sold  the  co  imodities  purchased  at  the  fairs 
of  Brunswick,  Leipzig,  and  Frankfort.  The  chief  exports  are  horses,  cattle,  wax, 
lead,  linens,  leather,  salt,  oats,  barley,  thread,  iron,  copper,  peat,  and  timber. 

Hanover  is  a  constitutional  monarchy,  and  has  a  general  assembly  consisting  of 
two  chambers.  From  the  year  1814  until  1837,  this  kingdom  was  ruled  by  a 
Governor-General,  appointed  by  the  king  of  England  ;  but  on  the  death  of  William 
IV.  the  crown  devolved  on  Ernest  Augustas,  Duke  of  Cumberland,  his  eldest 
brother,  and  fourth  son  of  the  late  George  III.  The  army  amounts  to  20,501  men. 
There  are  ten  garrison  towns ;  a  cannon  foundry  at  Hanover ;  and  a  manufactory 
of  small  arms  at  Herzberg. 

Hanover,  the  capital,  stands  on  the  Leine,  in  the  midst  of  a  sandy  plain.  It  is 
built  in  the  form  of  a  half-moon,  and  has  several  handsome  streets.  The  houses 
are  generally  of  brick  and  timber  in  alternate  layers,  and  resemble  in  appearance 
the  stem  of  a  ship  of  the  16th  century.  The  date  of  their  erection  is  always 
marked  upon  them.  In  those  of  1565,  each  story  projects  over  the  one  below  it, 
and  all  are  embellished  with  confused  mixtures  of  medallions.  Pagan  deities,  war- 
riors, and  verses  from  the  Psalms.  The  electoral  palace  is  an  elegi;nt  structure 
of  hewn  stone.  The  public  librafy  has  80,000  volumes.  The  environs  of  the 
citjr  are  very  pleasant.  Population,  24,000.  Gottingen,  on  the  Leine,  is  famous 
for  its  university,  which  has  one  of  the  best  libraries  in  Europe,  containing  more 
than  300,000  volumes.  The  town  stands  in  a  valley,  and  is  surrounded  with 
gardens.  Population,  10,900.  Emden,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Ems,  is  the  chief  sea 
port  oi  the  kingdom.  Its  commerce,  though  smaller  than  formerly,  is  still  very 
active.  Population,  12,000.  Osnaburg,  on  a  branch  of  the  Ems,  is  a  considerable 
seaport,  famous  for  the  manufacture  of  coarse  linen  called  Osnaburgs.  Popula- 
|tion,  11,500.  Lnneburg^on  the  Ilmenau,  has  an- ancient  castle,  and  considerable 
ade  in  salt  and  Unafi 


Pnr...1« 


WIRTEMBERG— BADEN. 


387 


KINGDOM   OF    WIRTEMBERG. 

This  kingdom  is  bounded  north-east,  east,  and  south-east,  by  Bavaria ;  sooth 
by  the  Lake  of  Constance ;  south-west,  west,  nonh-west,  and  north,  by  Baden. 
It  contains  7500  square  miles,  and  1,646,780  inhabitants.  It  is  traversed  by  seve- 
ral ridtres  of  mountains.  It  is  watered  by  the  Neckar  and  Danube,  with  their  seve- 
ral head  streams.  The  climate  is  mild  and  healthful,  but  in  the  more  elevated  parts 
the  winters  are  severe.  The  soil  is  very  fertile.  The  minerals  are  silver,  co'per, 
iron,  cobalt,  sulphur,  coal,  limestone,  alabaster,  agate,  &c.  Warm  baths  and  me- 
dicinal springs  are  numerous,  and  those  of  Heilbron  are  particularly  celebrated. 

This  kingdom  produces  great  supplies  of  grain,  chiefly  spelt;  for  rye  and 
wheat  are  Httle  cultivated.  Flax  and  hemp  are  raised,  and  the  monntains  are 
covered  with  vines  which  produces  a  rich  and  wholesome  wine  called  Neckar. 
Cherries  are  cultivated  extensively  in  some  parts,  for  manufacturing  the  strong 
liquor  called  Kirschwasser.  Fruit-trees  are  abundant :  cider  and  perry  are  made 
in  great  quantities.  A  singular,  yet  considerable  branch  of  industry,  is  the  feeding 
of  snails;  millions  of  which  are  fattened  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Ulm  during  the 
autumn,  and  exported  to  Vienna  and  Italy.  The  manufactures  are  not  ntimerous ; 
but  some  cloth  and  lace  are  made  in  a  few  of  the  towns ;  and  there  are  many  lar^ 
distilleries  and  oil-mills.  The  exports  are  cattle,  com,  wood,  ta",  potash,  salt,  oil, 
a  few  manufactured  goods,  wooden  clocks,  and  toys. 

Wirtemberg  is  a  constitutional  monarchy.  The  legislative  bi.  jy  consists  of  two 
chambers,  one  of  the  nobility,  and  the  other  electoral.  The  army  amounts  to 
19,500  men.    Revenue  about  $3,840,000  annually. 

Stuttgard,  the  capital,  is  situated  near  the  Neckar.  It  is  indifierently  built,  bat 
contains  a  magnificent  rojal  palace;  an  academy  for  painting,  sculpture,  and 
architecture ;  a  large  opera-house  and  theatre.  It  is  surrounded  by  a  wall,  flanked 
with  towers.  The  suburbs  are  large  and  handsome.  The  seminaries  of  learning 
are  numerous  and  respectable :  the  royal  library  has  180,000  volumes.  The  in- 
habitants manufacture  silks,  hosiery,  and  ribands.  Population,  38,500.  Ulm,  on 
the  Danube,  at  the  head  of  navigation  for  large  vessels,  has  the  largest  cathedral 
in  Germany,  with  five  spires,  and  an  organ  with  2952  pipes.  It  has  some  roano- 
factures  and  some  commerce  by  the  river.    Population,  14,600. 


■m 


GRAND  DUCHY   OF   BADEN. 

This  territory  is  bounded  north  by  Hesse ;  east  by  Bavaria,  Wirtemberg,  and 
Hohenzollem;  south  by  Switzerland,  and  west  by  France.  It  contains  5800 
ttquare  miles,  and  1,227,260  inhabitants.  The  whole  country  forms  the  eastern 
side  of  a  valley  traversed  by  the  Rhine,  and  bounded  on  the  east  by  the  Black 
Forest.  The  Rhine  washes  the  western  limit,  and  some  of  its  tributaries  pass 
through  this  country.  The  Danube  rises  in  the  southern  part.  The  Lake  of 
Constance  forms  a  part  of  the  south-eastern  boundary.  The  soil  is  good  and  vege- 
tation luxuriant.  There  are  mines  of  silver  and  iron,  and  quarries  of  freestone  and 
marble.  Mineral  springs  and  hot  baths  are  very  numerous.  In  the  city  of  Baden 
are  above  300  hot  baths,  some  of  which  are  scalding  hot;  all  of  them  spring  out 
of  rocks  of  alum,  salt,  and  sulphur. 

Corn,  fruits,  the  vine,  almonds,  and  chestnuts,  are  raised  in  this  country ;  but 
wine  is  the  chief  product.  The  government  is  constitutional,  and  the  sovereignty 
hereditary.    The  army  amounts  to  10,000  men. 

Carisruhe,  the  capital,  is  3  miles  from  the  Rhine.  It  is  one  of  the  finest  citieji 
in  Germany.  All  the  streets  diverge  in  straight  lines  from  the  castle  in  the  centre. 
The  houses  are  regulariy  built.  The  public  library  has  80,000  volumes.  The 
gardens  of  the  grand  duke  are  very  handsome.  Population,  20,500.  Mannheim, 
on  the  Rhinn,  is  regularly  built  in  squares,  and  with  houses  ail  of  the  same  height. 
jlt  has  a  magnificent  castle,  750  feet  in  length,  and  a  library  of  70,000  volumes. 


388 


HESSIAN  STATES. 


A  bridge  of  boats  here  crosses  the  Rhine.  Population,  31,000.  Heidelberg,  on 
the  Neckar,  has  been  long  famous  for  an  enormous  tun  containing  800  hogsheads : 
it  is  now  empty.  Here  is  a  fine  stone  bridge  acrobd  the  riyer.  Population,  13,430. 
Freiburg  has  a  large  Catholic  university  and  a  fine  Gothic  minster.  Population, 
13,300.  Baden  has  a  pleasant  neighbourhood,  and  is  much  visited  for  the  baths 
already  mentioned.  Population,  4700.  Constance,  on  the  lake  of  that  name,  is 
surrounded  by  a  rich  wine  district.    Population,  6330. 

>,-«tft>"-ji' 


HESSIAN    STATES. 


The  Hessian  States  comprise  the  Electorate  of  Hesse  Cassel,  the  Grand 
Ouchy  of  Hesse  Darmstadt,  and  the  Landgraviate  of  Hesse  Homburg.  They  are 
situated  on  both  sides  of  the  river  Mayne,  in  several  separate  portions.  I'hese 
States  have  nominally  a  limited  government,  but  in  fact  arbitrary,  and  are  much 
less  iinproved  than  some  other  parts  of  Germany.  In  Hesse  Casael,  only  the  oldest 
sons  of^  clergymen,  and  the  sons  of  noblemen,  counsellors,  and  public  officers,  are 
allowed  to  receive  a  liberal  education.  More  attention  has  been  paid  of  late  to  the 
instruction  of  the  people,  and  seminaries  have  been  established  nere,  as  in  mofj 
parts  of  Germany,  for  the  education  of  teachers.  Agriculture  and  manufactureii 
are  principally  in  a  low  state. 

Hessi  Cassel.  Thi/  State  is  bounded  north-west  by  Prussia,  north-east  by 
Hanover,  east  by  Prussia,  Saze  Weimar  and  Bavaria,  south  by  Bavaria  and  Hesse 
Darmstadt,  and  west  by  Hesse  Darmstadt.  It  contains  4353  sc^uare  miles,  and 
731,550  inhabitants,  iqost  of  whom  are  Protestants.  It  is  mountainous,  and  inter- 
sectisd  by  fertile  valleys :  many  parts  of  the  mountains  are  covered  with  woods. 
The  rivers  are  the  Weser,  Mayne,  and  Lahn.  Gold,  silver,  copper,  lead,  iron, 
alnm,  vitriol,  sulphur,  coal,  marble,  and  alabaster,  are  found  here,  as  also  salt 
springs  and  mineral  waters.     Mining  is  an  important  branch  of  industry. 

The  agricultural  productions  are  com,  fruit,  wine,  flax,  and  .'.onip.  There  are 
few  manufactures  except  linen.  The  military  force  is  18,000  me<>  j  of  whom  2000 
•re  in  regular  pay,  the  rest  are  only  called  out  during  part  of  the  year.  Hesse  no 
longer  carries  on  that  extensive  traffic  of  mercenary  troops  which  formerly  brought 
in  large  sums  of  money,  and  rendered  the  EUector,  perhaps,  the  richest  individual 
in  Europe. 

Cassel,  the  capital,  stands  on  the  river  Fulda.    It  has  several  splendid  public 

E laces  and  elegant  buildings  with  a  library  of  70,000  volumes.  Population,  31,100. 
malkalden  is  famous  for  a  league  concluded  here  in  1531.  Population,  4474. 
Marburg  has  a  university  and  a  library  of  70,000  volumes.  Inhabitants,  8000. 
Hanaa  is  a  regular  and  handsome  town  near  the  Mayne :  its  manufactures  are  ex- 
tensive.   Population  15,000.   Fulda,  noted  for  its  cathedral,  has  10,000  inhabitants. 

Hesse  Darmstadt.  This  Grand  Duchy  consists  of  two  distinct  territories 
lying  north  and  south  of  the  Mayne.  The  nonhern  part  is  bounded  north,  east, 
and  south  by  Hesse  Cassel,  south-west  by  Frankfort  and  Hesse  Homburg,  and  west 
by  Nassau  and  the  Prussian  provinces.  The  southern  part  is  bounded  north  by 
Frankfort  and  Hesse  Cassel,  east  by  Bavaria,  south  by  Baden,  and  west  by  the 
Prussian  provinces.  There  are  also  some  small  districts  inclosed  in  the  counties 
of  Waldeck  and  Nassau.  The  whole  superficial  extent  is  41 12  square  miles,  and 
the  population  793,130.  The  country  is  mountainous,  and  is  watered  by  the 
Rhine,  Mayne,  Nahe,  Neckar,  and  other  streams.  The  rearing  of  cattle  is  the 
chief  branch  of  husbandry :  the  agricultural  products  are  similar  to  those  of  the 
south  of  Germany.  The  army  amounts  to  842-1  men.  The  prevailing  religion  is 
Lutheran. 

Darmstadt,  the  capital,  consists  of  two  towns,  the  Old  and  the  Now,  both  of 
which  are  enclosed  with  walls.  The  modern  part  is  well  built ;  it  contains  a 
number  of  public  buildings,  and  a  library  of  120,000  volumes.  In  the  neighbour- 
hood of  the  town  is  a  remarkable  magnetic  rock.     Population,  23,000. 

Mentz  or  Mayence,  on  the  Rhine,  a  little  below  its  junction  with  the  Mayne, 

ia    nlttttaantltf  aifsiaicwl 


UllUgQ 


•    ft 


SAXON  STATES. 


3W 


Rhine,  a  library  of  90,000  volumes,  a  fine  museum  of  Roman  antiquities,  and  a 
large  cathedral.  The  fortifications  are  of  great  strength  and  extent,  and  are  held 
by  the  dietas  one  of  the  bulwarks  of  the  empire.     Population,  40,500. 

Worms  'exhibits  only  the  ruins  of  its  former  state,  and  is  almost  choked  with 
rubbish,  the  fruit  of  successive  desolating  wars.  It  has  still  tlie  remains  of  some 
fine  edifices,  and  a  good  fruit  and  coin  market.  Population,  8500.  Offenbach,  a 
thriving  little  town,  is  the  only  place  in  :he  duchy  where  maaufaetures  flourish. 
Population,  7600. 

Hksse  Homburo.    This  Landgraviate  consists  of  several  small  districts.    It 
conuins  138  square  miles  and  23,400  inhabitants.   _Homburg,  the  chief  town,  hat 
ot  3000.     The  inhabitants  are  mostl 


a  population  i 


mostly  Protestant. 


I 


SAXON  STATES. 


The  Saxon  States  comprise  the  Grand  Duchy  of  Saxe  Weimar,  and  the 
Duchies  of  Saxe-Ct>burg-Gotha,  Saxe-Mtenhurg^  and  Saxe-Meiningen'Hilburg- 
hauMn.  The  government  of  these  States  is  more  free  than  that  of  the  Hessian 
territories,  and  education  is  more  attended  to.  Agriculture  and  mining  are  con- 
ducted with  much  skill ;  and  manufactures  are  somewhat  advanced.  The  Prince 
of  Saxe  Weimar  is  distinguished  as  a  patron  of  learning,  and  is  the  most  liberal 
and  popular  of  all  the  German  princes,  and  was  the  first  of  them  to  give  his  sub- 
jects a  representative  constitution ;  and  every  degree  of  freedom  is  allowed  to  the 
press  that  the  great  monarchs  will  permit. 

The  Grand  Duchy  of  Saxe  Weimar  is  bounded  north  and  east  by  Prussia, 
Altenburff,  and  Reuss,  south  by  the  Schwartzenburg,  Prussian,  Cothen,  Meinin- 
gen,  and  uavarian  dominions,  and  west  by  Hesse  Cassel.  It  contains  1420  square 
miles,  and  245,820  inhabitants.  The  chief  rivers  are  the  Saale  and  Werra.  Grain, 
fruit,  and  flax,  are  cultivated.  The  government  is  a  constitutional  monarchy.  The 
army  consists  of  2164  men.    The  prevailing  religion  is  Lutheran. 

Weimar,  the  capital,  stands  in  a  fertile  valley  watered  by  the  Ilm.  The  ci^ 
has  a  high  literary  reputation,  and  has  been  particularly  distinguished  as  the  resi- 
dence of  Goethe,  Schiller,  and  other  eminent  writers.  Weimar  has  a  public  library 
of  90,000  volumes,  besides  roanuscripta,  a  drawing  academy,  and  a  theatre,  consi- 
dered one  of  the  best  in  Germany.     Population,  11,212. 

Jena,  on  the  Saale,  stands  in  a  pleasant  spot  surrounded  by  hills;  it  is  a  walled 
and  well-built  town,  with  large  suburbs,  and  contains  a  ducal  palace,  and  a  uni- 
versity which  is  the  chief  support  of  the  place.  Population,  5817.  Eisenach  has 
considerable  manufactures.    Population,  9325. 

Saxk-Coburo-Gotha  was  formed  some  time  since  by  the  union  of  the  branches 
of  Coburg  and  Gotha,  on  the  extinction  of  the  last-named  branch.  Gotha  has  for 
the  most  part  a  level  surface,  with  a  moderately  fertile  soil.  The  city  of  Gotha 
contains  13,847  inhabitants.  It  is  one  of  the  finest  towns  in  Germany.  The  palace 
of  Friedenstein  resembles  Windsor  Castle.  Saxe  Coburg  is  a  mountainous  terri- 
tory. It  has  good  pasturage,  and  some  valuable  mines.  Coburg,  the  capital,  has 
10,000  inhabitants.    It  is  conjointly  with  Gotha  the  residence  of  the  Duke. 

Some  of  the  members  of  this  little  State  have  risen  to  distinction  in  various 
parts  of  Europe.  Leopold,  now  king  of  Belgium ;  Albert,  the  husband  of  Queen 
Victoria;  the  king  consort  of  Portugal;  the  British  duchess  of  Kent;  and  the 
wife  of  the  grand  duke  Constantino  of  Russia,  are  all  of  Saxe-Coburg. 

Saxe-Meiningbn-Hildburohausjen,  on  the  Werra,  is  a  little  tract,  enriched  by 
mines  of  salt  at  Salzungen,  and  by  some  of  coal,  iron,  and  cobalt.  Its  principal 
towns  are  Meiningen  and  Hildburghausen,  with  about  5000  inhabitants  each. 

The  little  duchy  of  Saxe-Altenburo  consists  of  two  detached  portions,  sepa- 
rated from  each  other  by  the  territories  of  Saxe- Weimar  and  the  Reuss  princes. 
The  capital,  Altenburg,  is  a  considerable  town  with  12,700  inhabitants. 

Mecklenburg  is  a  territory  of  the  most  northerly  pari  of  Germany,  north-east 
of  Hanover.    It  consists  to  a  great  extent  of  lake  and  forest ;  and  the  cultivation 


33* 


a«tf 


SAXON  STATEa 


ia  eomparatireiy  rude ;  yet  a  variety  of  gentle  hills  givea  it  a  piotareaque  aspect 
It  iadiTided  into  Uie  two  grand  duchies  of  Schwerin  and  Strehtz ;  the  former  is 
much  the  more  extensive,  and  Schwerin  is  the  capital.  It  has  a  handsome  palace, 
and  contains  a  population  of  18,000  souls.  Rostock  ia  a  larger  town,  witti  18,000 
inhabitanu,  situated  on  the  Baltic,  and  exporting  grain  to  the  value  of  from 
160,000/.  to  800,000/.  Wismar,  on  the  Baltic,  has  a  good  harbour  and  considerd- 
ble  trade.    Population,  11,000. 

MECKLBMiTORe  Strkutz  is  a  small  State.  It  consists  of  the  duchy  of  Stargard 
and  the  principality  of  Ratzeburg.  Population,  in  1840,  89,528.  Its  capital.  New 
Strelitx,  ia  little  more  than  a  large  village,  but  it  has  given  two  queens  to  Britain. 

The  Duchy  of  Brunswick  ia  rather  a  productive  territory,  situated  partly  on  the 
declivities  of  the  Hartz,  partly  on  the  plain  of  Saxony.  The  city  of  Brunswick 
is  larger  than  in  proportion  to  the  State,  containing  a  population  of  about  33,340. 
It  is  a  considerable  seat  of  the  inland  trade  of  Germany,  its  fairs  ranking  next  to 
those  of  Frankfort  and  Leipzig.  The  government  was  nearly  absolute  till  very 
lately,  when  the  people,  by  a  violent  change  of  dynasty,  effected  for  themselves  a 
representative  constitution.     Population,  269,000. 

The  Grand  Duchy  of  Oloenburo  is  distinguished  by  the  high  rank  of  its  princes, 
connected  by  family  alliances  with  ail  the  great  powers  of  the  north,  particularly 
Russia.  The  duke  has  possessions  in  different  parts  of  the  north  of  Germany ;  but 
the  main  part  of  them  is  situated  on  the  Weser,  to  the  west  of  Hanover ;  a  flat, 
marshy  district,  but  abounding  in  rich  pastures,  and  somewhat  resembling  Holland. 
The  capital,  Oldenburg,  has  5564  inhabitants.  Population,  864,678 ;  area,  3752 
square  miles ;  government,  absolute.     Army,  2829  men. 

Nassau  is  a  duchy  which,  by  the  union  of  the  territories  held  by  several  branches 
of  the  same  family,  has  attained  to  some  tolerable  magnitude.  Situated  in  the 
■outhem  part  of  Franeonia,  forming  a  hilly  country  on  the  banks  of  the  Rhine  and 
the  Mayne,  it  prodnces  those  valuable  wines,  Hockheim  or  Hock,  and  Bleschert, 
which  distinguish  this  part  of  Germany :  it  does  not  contain,  however,  any  towns 
of  importance.  Wiesbaden,  the  capital,  much  visited  on  account  of  its  15  warm 
springs,  has  a  population  of  8000.  At  Niederselters,  two  million  bottles  are  an- 
nually filled  with  the  celebrated  Seltzer  water.  Langenschwalbach  and  Schlan- 
Senbad  are  equally  noted  for  their  mineral  springs ;  and  Hockheim,  Rudesheim, 
ohannisberg,  and  Asmannshausen,  for  their  fine  wine.  Population,  387,570;  area, 
3164  square  miles ;  array,  3088  men.  '^-^p^ • '  '^i" ;  ;, .  ^^    :■ 

The  Duchies  of  Amhalt,  on  the  Elbe,  between  Saxony  and  Brandenburg,  have 
a  population  of  136,000,  divided  between  the  three  branches  of  Detaau,  Bernburg, 
and  Oxthen.    The  family  is  ancient,  and  has  produced  some  men  of  eminence. 

Tbk  Gbrman  Peincip*lities  are  10  small  States,  most  of  which  are  contiguous 
to,  or  enclosed  by  the  dominions  of  Prussia.  They  are  Schwartzimrg-Rudolttadt, 
Sehwartzbttrg-Sondenhatuen,  Betua-Oreitz,  BeuM-Schltitz,  Lippe-Detmold,  Lippe- 
Sehauenbwgy  JhhenzolkmSigmaringeOf  Hohmxolkrn-Heehingen,   Waldetk^  and 

SoHWARTZBUBO  belongs  to  a  very  ancient  house,  and  is  divided  into  the  two 
branches  of  Sehwartzburg-BudoUtadI,  and  Schwartzburg-Sonderthatueny  contain- 
ing between  them  121,940  subjects,  of  which  the  first  has  66,130,  and  the  other 
55,810.  The  territories  are  detached  from  each  other,  and  about  35  miles  apart, 
Rudolstadt  being  very  nearly  surrounded  by  the  Saxon  States,  and  Sonders- 
hausen  entirely  enclosed  by  the  province  of  Prussian  Saxony.  The  tenitory  of 
Redss  is  divided  between  Beusa-Greiiz,  and  Betua-Schleitz,  the  elder  and  younger 
lines:  the  former  has  31,500  subjects,  and  the  latter,  which  is  subdiviJed  into 
the  several  branches  of  Reuss-Schleitz,  Reiiss-Lobenstein-Ebersdorf,  and  Reuss- 
Koestritz,  has  72,050.  This  family  dates  its  origin  from  the  year  950.  Their 
principal  town  is  Gera,  called  in  Germany  Little  Leipzig,  pn  account  of  its  trade, 
which  is  considerable.  Lippe-Detmold  and  Lippe-Scuauenburo  are  situated 
to  the  south  of  Hanovflr :  the  one  hiilv  and  wooded^  the  ether  flat  and  fertile. 


THE  FREE  CITIES. 


391 


a  former  prince  of  Lippe-Schauenburg  made  a  diatinguiahed  figore  in  the  aervice 
of  Portugal.  Their  aubjects  amount  to  155,030.  lliere  are  two  princea  of  Ho- 
HiNZOLLERN,  Stgmaringcn  and  UeMneen,  haying  between  them  63,190  people. 
They  are  situated  between  Uaden  ancT  Wirtemberg.  WALDioK-PraHONT,  com- 
poaed  of  two  hiily  connti  between  Heaae  and  Hanover,  derirea  almoat  ita  aole 
importance  from  the  mineral  hatha  of  Pyrmont,  which  are  among  the  moat  cele- 
brated in  Europe.    Population,  56,480 ;  area,  459  aquare  milea. 

LiacHSTBNBTEiN  bordcra  on  Switzerland  and  the  Tyrol.  It  contaifia  51  aquare 
miles,  and  6520  inhabitants.  Vadutz  is  the  capital.  The  government  is  consti- 
tutional, and  the  inhabitants  are  Catholics.  The  Lilliputian  lordship  of  Knip- 
RAUBBN  waa  recognised  as  an  independent  State,  by  an  Act  of  the  diet,  in  1826. 
It  ia  situated  within  the  territories  of  the  Duke  of  Oldenburg.  Population,  3983 ; 
area,  17  aquare  miles. 

The  four  free  cities  of  Germany,  Hamburg,  Lubeck,  Bremen,  and  Frankfort, 
form  atill  an  interesting  feature.  They  are  the  sole  remnant  of  the  Hanse  Towns 
and  imperial  citiea;  illustrious  confederacies,  which,  during  the  middle  ages,  acted 
a  most  conspicuous  part  in  European  affairs.  The  members  of  the  congress  of 
Vienna,  though  little  friendly  to  any  thing  republican,  considered  these  so  fully 
established,  and  so  venerable  by  antiquity,  that  they  sanctioned  them  as  a  part  of 
the  Germanic  body. 

Hamburo  is  the  most  important  commercial  city  of  Germany.  It  forma  the 
commercial  emporium  of  Saxony,  Bohemia,  and  other  fertile  and  industrious  regions 
watered  by  the  Elbe  and  its  tributaries.  The  commerce  of  this  city  waa  almoat 
annihilated  during  the  wars  of  the  French  Revolution,  and  by  the  operation  of  the 
continental  system  of  Napoleon.  Since  that  time  she  has  greatly  revived ;  though 
her  previous  losses,  and  tne  depression  generally  affecting  the  commercial  interests 
of  Europe,  have  prevented  her  from  regaining  all  her  former  importance.  In  1839, 
3333  veasels  entereci  the  port  of  Hamburg.  About  3000  vessels  a  year  arrive  at 
Hamburg,  down  the  Elbe,  from  the  interior.  The  leading  articles  of  importation, 
in  the  same  year,  w^re  coffee,  sugar,  tobacco,  woollen,  cotton  twist,  raw  cotton,  and 
tea.  The  total  exportation  from  Britain  to  the  Hanse  Towns,  most  of  which  goes 
to  Hamburg,  is  from  jC7,500,000,  to  £9,000,000  annually  ;'  from  the  United  States 
3,300,000  dollars.  The  manufactures  of  Hamburg  are  various ;  the  most  conside- 
rable ia  the  refinery  of  sugar,  which  has  somewhat  declined  in  importance  aince 
the  beginning  of  the  century. 

Hamburg  is  not  a  well-built  town ;  the  streets  being  in  general  narrow  and 
irregular,  the  houses  constructed  of  brick  or  wood.  The  churches  of  St.  Michael's 
and  St.  Peter's  have  elegant  spires,  and  the  new  exchange  is  handsome ;  but  there 
is  no  edifice  distinguished  for  its  splendour.  A  great  fire  occurred  here  May  5th, 
6th  and  7th,  1843,  which  consumed  more  than  2000  houses ;  the  property  destroyed 
amounted,  in  value,  to  $30,000,000 ;  40  persons  were  killed,  and  130  wounded. 
The  population  of  the  city  is  128,000 ;  that  of  the  whole  territory  153,500. 

Lubeck,  as  a  Hanse  town,  rose  to  distinction  as  early  as  Hamburg,  and  possessed 
even  a  pre-eminence ;  the  maritime  law  by  which  the  concerns  of  that  great  con- 
federacy were  regulated  having  derived  its  name  from  this  city.  Its  situation, 
however,  within  the  Baltic,  and  not  commanding  the  navigation  of  any  great  river 
rendered  it  impossible  for  it  to  compete  with  the  high  prosperity  to  which  Ham- 
burg Has,  in  modern  times,  attained.  Its  commerce  is  impeded  by  the  small  depth 
of  water  in  the  Trave,  upon  which  it  is  situated,  and  which  obliges  vessels  draw- 
ing more  than  ten  feet  to  stop  at  Travemunde.  Its  commerce  consists  in  the  ex- 
port of  the  grain  abundantly  produced  in  the  surrounding  countries ;  for  whose 
use  it  imports  wine,  colonial  produce,  and  manufactured  articles.  Steamboats  ply 
on  the  Trave,  between  Lubeck  and  Travemunde.  Lubeck,  for  an  old  town,  is  well 
built  of  stone.     It  has  26,000  inhabitants.    Population  of  the  State,  47,300. 

Bremen,  at  the  mouth  of  the  VVeser,  is  enriched  by  tlie  comknefce  of  that 
important  river,  down  which  are  brought  the  productions  of  interior  Germany. 
The  city  is  situated  on  both  sides  of  the  river,  and  has  43,000  inhabitants.    The 


393 


SWITZERLAND. 


old  town  consists  of  narrow  streets,  bordered  by  high  gloomy  houses,  built  in  the 
feshion  of  the  middle  ages :  but  there  is  a  new  town,  in  a  much  more  elegant 
style.  The  government,  which  once  approached  to  an  oligarchy,  is  now  almost 
purely  democratic.  In  1837,  there  entered  Bremen  1699  vessels.  The  chief  im- 
ports were  tobacco,  coffee,  sugar,  cotton,  wine,  and  grain.  Area  of  the  State 
72  square  miles.     Population,  in  1838,  57,800. 

Frankfort  on  the  Maytie,  the  seat  of  the  Germanic  Diet,  stands  on  both  sides 
of  the  MaynQ,  and  is  one  of  the  most  important  trading  towns  in  Germany.  It 
has  two  annual  fairs,  in  March  and  September,  which  draw  hither  above  1500 
merchants  from  every  country  of  Europe.  The  chief  articles  of  traffic  are  cot- 
tons, woollens,  and  books.  The  city  was  once  strongly  fortified,  but  the  defences 
have  been  converted  into  public  walks.  The  buildings  are  indifferent.  The 
whole  territory  of  Frankfort  comprises  113  square  miles,  and  64,570  inhabitants, 
most  of  whom  belong  to  the  city.  The  government  is  republican,  and  the  in- 
habitants mostly  ProtesUnts.    The  city,  in  1838,  contained  54,823  inhabitants. 


!<;■ 


SWITZERLAND. 


Switzerland  is  a  mountainous  territory  in  the  centre  of  Europe,  occupying 
the  north  and  west  of  the  great  range  of  the  Alps  which  divides  France  and  Ger- 
many from  Italy.  It  is  remarkable  for  the  grrandeur  of  its  natural  features  and 
scenery,  and  for  the  freedom  of  its  political  institutions.  This  territory  forms  a 
confederacy  composed  of  22  cantons,  each  of  which  is  an  independent  epublic ; 
but,  fur  mutual  8ecurity„they  are  united  together,  and  governed  by  a  general  diet, 
and  are  known  as  the  Helvetic  Confederacy  or  Helvetic  Republic.  Switzerland 
is  bounded  north  by  the  grand  duchy  of  Baden  and  the  kingdom  of  Wirtemberg ; 
east  by  the  Austrian  province  of  Tyrol ;  south  by  the  Sardinian  and  the  Lombardo 
.Venetian  states,  and  west  by  France.  Its  length  from  east  to  west  is  200  miles; 
its  breadth  from  north  to  south,  130 ;  and  its  superficial  extent  has  been  estimated 
by  some  at  15,000  square  miles.  Two  distinct  ranges  of  mountains  traverse  this 
region. 

The  chain  of  the  Jura  stretches  from  south-west  to  north-east.  The  Alps  form 
a  more  extensive  chain,  and  run  nearly  parallel  to  the  Jura,  with  numerous 
branches  known  among  geographers  by  the  names  of  the  Pennine,  Lepontine, 
and  Rhtetian  Alps;  These  mountains  cover  a  great  part  of  the  country,  and  ex- 
hibit inaccessible  peaks  covered  with  snow ;  eternal  and  boundless  wastes  of  ice ; 
valleys  surrounded  by  immense  precipices ;  in  contrast  with  wooded  and  undu- 
lating slopes,  vine-clad  fields,  and  bright  patches  of  vegetation. 

Mont  Blanc,  the  highest  summit  in  Europe,  overlooks  the  vale  <^  Chamouni  in 
Savoy ;  a  district  not  comprised  within  the  political  limits  of  Switzerland,  but 
which  pertains  to  it  in  a  geographical  character.  This  mountain  is  15,814  feet  in 
height :  it  is  capped  with  eternal  snow,  and  the  approach  to  the  top  is  so  full  of 
difBculty  and  hazard  that  it  has  never  been  ascended  except  in  four  or  five  in 
stances. 

The  Rhine  has  its  three  sources  in  the  Rhetian  Alps,  and,  passing  through  the 
Lake  of  Constance,  flows  to  the  westward  until  it  reaches  Basle.  The  Rhone  is 
formed  by  different  streams  fVom  Mounts  Grimscl  and  Farca,  and  flows  into  the 
Lake  of  Geneva.  The  Tesino  issues  from  Mount  Grics,  and  traverses  Lake  "Mag- 
giore  in  Italy.  The  Inn  rises  in  the  Grisons,  runs  north-cast,  and  subsequently 
joins  tho  Danube. 

The  lake  of  Geneva,  called  also  Leman,  is  40  r..  les  long.     It  is  1230  feet 

I  above  tho  level  of  tho  sea,  and  its  greatest  depth  ifl  about  1000  feet.  The  waters 
of  this  lake  are  beautifully  transparent,  and  the  surrounding  scenery  has  long  been 
celebrated  for  its  magnificence.  The  Lake  of  Constance  is  about  45  miles  in 
I  length,  and  15  in  breadth.  The  Lake  Lugano  is  at  an  elevation  of  880  French 
fcot  above  the  sea.  Tho  Lake  of  Lucerne  is  above  20  miles  in  length,  and  from 
!  8  to  10  in  breadth :  its  greatest  depth  is  about  (MX)  feet,  and  its  navigation  dan- 


SWITZERLAND. 


ferouB.    Among  the  numeroua  other  lakes  are  those  of  Zurich,  Neufchatel,  Thun, 
Irientz,  Morat,  and  Biet. 

The  general  surface  of  Switzerland  exceeds,  in  rugged  sublimity,  any  other 
portion  of  Europe.  Nature  seems  here  to  have  formed  everything  on  her  grandest 
scale,  and  ofibrs  the  most  striking  contrasts.  Icy  peaks  rise  into  the  air  close 
upon  the  borders  of  fertile  valleys ;  luxuriant  corn-fields  are  surrounded  by  im- 
mense and  dreary  plains  of  ice ;  in  one  step  the  traveller  .passes  ftom  the  ever- 
lasting snow  to  the  freshest  verdure,  or  from  glaciera  of  chilling  coldnesi  to  val- 
leys from  whose  rocky  sides  the  sunbeams  are  reflected  with  almost  scorching 
power.  The  nature  of  the  country  presents  numerous  obstacles  to  its  cultiva- 
tion ;  but  they  have  been,  in  a  great  measure,  overcome  by  the  industry  of  the 
■inhabitants.  The  traces  of  the  plough  are  visible  (hi  the  sides  of  precipices 
apparently  inaccessible ;  and  spots  which  nature  seemed  to  have  doomed  to  eternal 
sterility,  are  crowned  with  vegetation.  The  produce  of  grain  is  generally  equal 
to  the  consumption ;  but  pasturage  is  the  chief  object  of  the  &rmer. 

The  chief  manufactures  are  cotton  and  woollen  goods,  linen,  silk,  leather,  jew- 
elry-ware, and  particularly  watches.  Though  in  the  centre  of  Europe,  Switzer- 
land is  much  restricted  in  its  commercial  intercourse  by  the  barriera  of  the  Alps 
and  the  prohibitory  systems  of  the  neighbouring  Statea  The  chief  exports  are 
cattle,  sheep,  linen,  lace,  silks,  jewelry,  &c.  The  imports  are  principally  com, 
flax,  raw  silk,  cotton,  spices,  and  various  kinds  of  manufactured  g^s. 

The  piopulation  of  Switzerland  has  not  been  ascertained  by  any  very  accurate 
census,  but  is  estimated  at  2,188,009.  The  following  table  exhibits  the  extent  of 
the  Jiflerent  cantons,  and  their  population,  according  to  an  estimate  formed  in 
1837: 


Population,  Oopitals. 

58,666    Geneva. 

183,582    Lausanne. 

75,798    Sion. 

113,933    .....  Lugano. 


Cantoni.  Area  in  Sq.  Milei. 

Geneva 100  .., 

Vaud 1487  .. 

Valaia 2035  . . 

Tesino  1134  .. 

Berne 3635  407,913    Berne 

Lucerne 662  124,521    Lucerne. 

Uri 646  13,519    Altorf. 

Schweitz 466  40,650    Schweitz. 

Unterwalden 265  22,571    Stantz. 

Glarus 392  . 

Zug 122  . 

Zurich 954  . 

Friburg 805  . 

Soleure 255  . 

Basle   238  . 

Schafihausen 169  . 

Appenxell 170  . 

SuGall 1102  . 


29,348  Glarus. 

15,322  Zug. 

231,576  Zurich. 

91,145  Friburg. 

63,196  Soleure. 

65,424  Basle. 

31,125  BchafFhauacn. 

50,876  ....  Appenzell. 

158,853  St.  Gall. 

84,506  Chur. 


Grisona  2395 

Aargau  or  Argovia 763  182,755  Aurau. 

Thurgau 353  84,124  Constoncc. 

Neufchatel 350  58,616  Neufchatel. 

As  to  national  character,  the  Swiss  enjoy  the  reputation  of  being  a  plain, 
honest,  brave,  and  simple  people,  among  whom  linger  the  last  remnants  of  antique 
•and  primitive  manners.  Their  fond  attachment  to  their  native  country  is  con- 
spicuous even  amid  the  necessity  which  compels  them  to  abandon  it  and  to  enter 
the  service  of  the  neighbouring  powers.  It  is  observed  that  no  sooner  is  the 
Itnnz  dea  Viuhes,  a  simple  mountain  air,  played  in  their  hearing,  than  the  hardy 
soldiers  melt  into  tears.  An  ardent  love  of  liberty,  ever  since  the  grand  epoch 
or  their  liberation,  has  distinguished  the  Swiss  nation. 

The  religion  of  Switzerland  is  divided  between  the  Protestant  and  the  Catholic. 
Schweitz,  Uri,  Unterwalden,  Lucerne,  Zug,  Friburg,  Soleure,  Vaiais,  and  Tesino, 
nre  Catholic:  St.  Gall,  Appenzell,  Aargau,  and  Orisons,  are  mixed.    The  othera 

SSSBm  ^       -  I  I   iT 


— '--Mai-y^t.  .,j 


■i  ixj^.-y^mas* 


H»Wi).'-  ■-V^Av ;#■*;; i"i*»^^V>  s.sw  J.'-tJ-t 


2Z 


M4«w»•'A*««>_!!!t■-^'*■w*.-^-.i■.  ■*^^W».>  ^WBfc-yyy.-y;*-!^^  ,;yi^>P»> 


394 


SWITZERLAND  —  ITALY. 


may  be  ranked  as  Protestant;  though  even  in  Geneva  there  are  15,000  Catholics.  ] 
The  Protestant  churches  were  at  first  strictly  Calvinistic,  both  as  to  doctrine  and 
discipline;  but  the  Genevan  church  has  in  a  great  measure  renounced  the  tenets 
of  this  school  of  theology.  The  Presbyterian  form  of  church  government,  how- 
ever, still  prevails  throughout  Protestant  Switzerland.  The  C&tholic  religion  ex- 
hibits this  peculiar  feature,  that,  instead  of  being,  as  usual,  combined  with  high 
monarchical  principles,  it  is  established  among  the  most  purely  democratic  of  the 
Swiss  republics.  The  Protestant  cantons,  however,  are  observed  to  be  decidedly 
the  most  flourishing  and  industrious. 

Learning,  though  not  very  general  in  Switzerland,  has  been  cultivated  with 
great  ardour  at  Geneva  and  Zurich.  Elementary  knowledge  is  generally  diffused ; 
and  in  Zurich  and  Aargau  the  pupils  in  the  public  schools,  some  years  ago,  were 
to  the  population  of  those  countries  as  one  to  five.  Parents  are  required  to  educate 
their  children  from  the  age  of  five  to  that  of  eight ;  and,  in  case  of  neglect,  may  be 
punished  by  fine  and  even  imprisonment.  .  The  habits  of  the  people  are  substan- 
tially German,  but  modified,  in  the  western  cantons,  by  their  vicinity  to  France. 

The  Helvetic  diet  consists  of  deputies  from  the  different  cantons,  which  meet 
once  a  year.  This  assembly  takes  cognizance  of  everything  that  concerns  the 
foreign  relations  and  the  general  defence  of  the  country.  The  army  of  the  con- 
federacy is  formed  of  contingents,  which  each  canton,  in  proportion  to  its  numbpr, 
is  obliged  to  furnish.  It  now  amounts  to  64,000  men ;  but  is  more  properly  a 
militia  force  than  a  standing  army.  Many  of  the  Swiss  have  long  been  in  the 
habit  of  serving  foreign  princes  as  iitipendiary  soldiers ;  and  hence,  though  at 
tached  to  liberty  themselves,  form,  in  many  cases,  the  main  instrument  in  support- 
ing the  arbitrary  power  of  foreign  princes. 

Recently,  some  of  the  Protestant  and  Catholic  cantons  have  been  at  variance 

Erincipally  on  account  of  the  employment  of  Jesuits  as  teachers  hy  the  latter ;  and 
loodshed  has  been  the  result.  A  corps  of  6000  men  from  Basle  and  Berne  at- 
tacked Lucerne ;  but  were  repulsed  with  the  loss  of  three-fourths  of  their  number. 
Recent  accounts  state  that  the  Diet  is  employed  in  restoring  peace. 

Berne  is  usually  considered  as  the  capital  of  Switzerland,  but  this  is  rather 
nominally  than  politically.  It  is  pleasantly  situated  on  the  Aar,  and  is  a  large 
handsome  town,  partly  fortified,  and  containing  a  beautiful  cathedral,  a  college,  an 
arsenal,  and  several  other  public  edifices.  Population,  20,500.  Basle,  one  of  the 
largest  trading  towns  in  the  confederacy,  is  situated  on  the  Rhine,  by  which  it  is 
divided  into  two  parts,  united  by  a  bridge.  It  has  a  library  of  53,000  volumes, 
and  is  the  seat  of  a  university  founded  in  1459.  Population,  24,321.  Geneva 
stands  at  the  western  extremity  of  the  lake  of  that  name,  and  is  divided  by  the 
Rhone  into  two  parts.  It  has  some  manufactures  of  woollen  cloths,  cutlery,  fire- 
arms, printing-types,  &c.,  and  particularly  watches,  mostly  of  gold,  of  which 
70,000  are  made  annually.  Population,  20,000.  The  noted  John  Calvin  resided 
in  Geneva  during  the  middle  of  the  16th  century.  Zurich  stands  on  the  lake  of 
the  same  name,  upon  both  sides  of  the  river  Limmath.  It  is  distinguished  for  its 
college  and  public  library,  and  has  flourishing  manufactures  of  muslins,  cottons, 
and  silk  handkerchiefs.  Population,  11,536.  Lausanne  is  delightfully  situated 
on  three  eminences  a  mile  north  of  the  Lake  of  Geneva.  It  contains  a  Gothic 
cathedral  of  considerable  magnificenre.  Population,  14,126.  Lucerne,  on  the  lake 
of  the  same  name,  occupies  a  gentle  eminence,  and  is  surrounded  by  a  wall  and 
towers.  Among  its  curiosities  is  the  mpdel  of  Switzerland,  executed  in  relief  by 
the  late  General  PfyfTer.     Population,  7000. 


'  ITALY. 

Italy  is  anextensive  region  in  the  south  of  Europe :  it  is  one  of  the  finest  in  i 
the  world,  as  to  soil  and  climate,  and  noted  as  the  theatre  of  many  of  the  most ' 
remarkable  events  in  history.  It  is  now  in  a  state  of  decline,  but  is  filled ' 
with  grand  monuments  and  scenes,  calculated  to  awaken  the  most  lofty  recol- 1 
iections.  Tliis  portion  of  the  European  continent  forms  a  large  peninsula,  bounded  ' 
on  the  north  by  Germany  and  Switzerland,  east,  by  part  of  Austria  and  the  Adri-, 


Inest  in 
\e  most 

filled ; 

recol- 
lounded ' 
le  Adri- 


ITALY. 


395 


atic  Sea,  south  and.Boalh<weBt,  by  the  Mediterranean,  and  on  the  west,  in  the 
northern  parts,  by  France :  its  length  is  estimated  at  700  miles ;  its  breadth  is 
very  unequal ;  on  the  north,  along  the  Alps,  about  350;  in  the  central  parts,  about 
110;  and  at  the  extremity  of  Calabria,  only  75  miles.  The  whole  extent  may  be 
reckoned  at  127,000  square  miles,  including  Sicily  and  Sardinia. 

The  surface  of  Italy  is  the  most  finely  diversified  of  any  country  in  the  world ; 
it  has  the  loftiest  mountains  and  the  most  beautiful  plains  in  Europe.  The  Alps 
extend  along  the  whole  of  her  northern  frontier,  and  some  of  their  proudest  pin- 
nacles. Mount  Blanc,  St  Bernard,  &c.,  are  within  the  Italian  territory,  and  their 
white  summits  are  seen  amid  the  clouds  in  continuous  grandeur,  along  the  whole 
extent  of  the  plains  of  Lombardy.  The  Appenines  are  a  chain  purely  Italian, 
ranging  through  the  peninsula  from  north  to  south ;  it  does  not  aspire  to  the  awful 
height,  or  wrap  itselt  in  the  perpetual  snows  of  the  Alps.  Its  highest  pinnacles 
do  not  rise  much  above  9500  reet 

The  plains  of  Italy  are  as  remarkable  for  their  extreme  beauty  as  the  mountains 
for  their  grandeur.  The  most  extensive  is  that  of  Lombardy,  between  the  Alps 
and  the  Appenines,  which,  being  profusely  watered,  highly  cultivated,  and  under 
a  genial  climate,  is  perhaps  the  richest  and  most  productive  region  in  Europe. 

The  rivers  of  Italy  scarcely  correspond  to  their  fame,  or  to  the  lofty  and  classic 
recollections  attached  to  their  names.  The  Po,  with  its  branches  in  the  north,  is 
the  most  prominent,  and  flowsr  into  the  Adriatic,  after  a  course  of  about  400  miles. 
The  others  in  the  same  region  are  much  smaller  in  their  length  of  course :  they 
are  the  Piave,  Brenta,  Adige,  and  the  Arno.  The  well-known  Tiber,  Pescara, 
Garigliano,  and  Ombrone,  are  in  the  centre ;  and  the  Vottumo,  Ofanto,  Brandana, 
and  Sele,  in  the  south.  The  lakes  are  the  Maggiore,  Como,  and  Garda,  in  Lom- 
hardy,  with  Perugia  and  Bolsano,  in  the  States  of  the  Church,  together  with  Ce- 
lano,  in  Naples. 

Italy  is  chiefly  divided  among  five  potentates.  The  Empeicr  of  Austria,  who 
holds  Lombardy  and  Venice,  to  which  may  be  added  Parma  and  Piacenza,  the 
appanage  of  Maria  Louisa ;  the  King  of  Sardinia,  who  has  Piedmont,  Savoy  and 
Genoa ;  the  Grand  Duke  of  Tuscany ;  the  Pope,  temporal  ruler  of  the  States  of 
the  Church ;  the  King  of  Naples  and  Sicily ;  bebide  these,  the  Duchies  of  Modena 
and  Lucca,  the  Principality  of  Monaco,  and  the  Republic  of  San  Marino,  form 
separate,  though  they  hardly  desert  3  the  name  of  independent  States. 

The  area  in  square  miles,  and  the  population  of  the  several  Italian  States,  are 
as  follows : 

8q.  MilM.  Population.  Ctpitato. 

Lombardc Venetian  Kingdom  .  18,534  4,707,630 Milan. 

Sardinia 29,534  4,650,368 Turin. 

Tuscany S,?.^   1,481,079 Florence. 

States  of  the  Church 17,573 2,732,636 Rome. 

Naples  or  the  Two  Sicilies  ....  43,052   7,956,925 Naples. 


Parma    2^250 

Modena 2.145 

Lucca 434 

San  Marino 22 

Monaco 50 


465,673 Parma. 

403,000  .....  Modena. 
165,748 Lucca. 

7,600 SanMarinu. 

7,000 Monaco. 


Total 122,352 


22,577,459 


The  Italians  are  descended  from  different  nations,  which  at  various  times  over- 
ran Italy,  though  they  are  now  blended  into  one  race.  A  few  Greeks  live  on  the 
coast  of  the  Adriatic ;  there  are  Germans  in  Lombardy,  Venice,  &c.,  and  Jews 
scattered  over  the  country ;  but  there  are  not  probably  200,000  inhabitants  who 
are  not  Italians.  The  Italians  are  distinguished  for  their  animated  and  expressive 
countenances,  and  they  have  very  brilliant  eyes.  They  are  generally  of  dark 
complexions,  well-formed  and  active.  The  women  have  black  or  auburn  hair,  and 
most  of  the  requisites  for  beauty.  Among  the  inhabitants  arc  many  cripples  and 
deformed  :  for  the  poor  in  Italy  sutler  many  hardships  and  privations :  but  among 
the  lowest  class,  and  especially  at  Naples,  the  human  form  is  seen  in  its  greatest 
perfection,  and  the  half-clad  lazzaroni  are  the  best  models  for  a  sculptor. 


pp> 


206 


ITALY 


In  all  the  States  of  Italy  there  are  the  usual  grades  of  Eurojiean  nobility ;  and 
the  individuals  are  more  numerous  than  those  of  the  same  class  in  any  oiuer  coun- 
try. In  some  of  the  States  of  Italy  all  the  sons  of  the  nobility  and  their  sons, 
bear  the  original  title.  Of  course  numbers  are  indigent ;  and  many  of  their,  are 
known  to  solicit  charity. 

None  of  the  higher  class  in  the  Roman  State,  and  few  in  all  Italy,  live  in  the 
country.  All  dwell  in  cities,  and  the  peasants  are  deprived  of  the  advantage 
which  is  always  derived  from  the  residence  of  the  landed  proprietors.  All  the 
operations  of  agriculture  are  imperfect,  and  all  the  implements  rude.  The  very 
wine  and  oil,  are  often  spoiled  from  want  of  skill.  Agriculture  is  not  the  road  to 
wealth ;  it  is  hardly  a  means  of  support ;  and  the  peasants  are  generally  beggars. 
Rome,  Naples,  and  the  towns  of  the  south,  are  infested  with  mendicants,  whose 
distress  is  not  always  assumed,  for  in  this  country  of  fertility,  many  are  without 
food. 

Thd  written  language  of  Italy  is  uniform,  though  there  are  various  dialects 
spoken  in  different  districts,  and  in  Savoy  the  more  general  language  is  the 
French.  The  Italian  is  founded  on  the  Latin,  which  it  nearly  resembles,  and  is 
so  sweet  and  liquid  that  it  is  consecrated  to  music  in  all  European  countries ;  yet 
though  soft  to  a  great  degree,  it  is  distinguished  for  fi)rce.  The  language  is 
spoken  with  the  most  purity  at  Rome,  Sienna,  and  Florence ;  but  the  Vci.otian  dia- 
lect is  the  most  musical. 

The  Roman  Catholic  religion  is  established  throughout  Italy,  and  nowhere  else 
has  it  so  many  splendid  accessories,  addressed  to  the  senses  and  the  imagination. 
There  are  Protestant  communities  in  Piedmont,  which  however  are  much  restricted, 
''  "^ugh  generally  the  Italians  are  not  intolerant,  and  Protestants,  Greeks,  and 
Mussulmans,  may  approach  the  Pope  himself.  The  English  at  Rome  have  on  the 
great  festivals  of  the  church  a  conspicuous  place  assigned  them. 

In  literature  and  science  the  world  is  deeply  indebted  to  Italy :  first,  for  the 
classical  works  which  she  produced  during  her  Augustan  age,  and  then  for  the 
brilliant  revival  of  literature  under  her  auspices,,  after  a  long  night  of  ignorance, 
In  the  fourteenth,  fifteenth,  and  sixteenth  centuries,  she  could  Iraast  of  poets  and 
historians  unrivalled  amongst  those  of  any  age  or  country ;  and  although  her  lite- 
rary greatness  has  suffered  some  decay,  she  has  not  ceased  to  pr^iduce,  from  time 
to  time,  men  emiacnt  in  the  various  departments  of  learning.  The  literary  col- 
lections of  this  region  are  of  singular  value.  The  library  of  the  Vatican,  if  not 
the  most  extensive,  is  probably  the  most  valuable  in  the  world.  The  number  of 
volumes  contained  in  it  is  estimated  at  about  600,000,  and  the  manuscripts,  the 
most  curious  and  valuable  part,  at  50,000.  The  libraries  of  Florence,  Bologna, 
and  Milan,  though  secondary  to  the  former,  contain,  however,  a  rich  store  of  an- 
cient manuscripts  and  early  printed  works,  formed  by  the  munificent  princes  who 
once  reigned  over  these  cities.  The  fine  arts,  in  Italy,  have  attained  a  splendour 
quite  unrivalled  in  any  modern  country,  and  have  ever  flourished  in  that  region 
as  their  chosen  and  peculiar  soil. 

Painting,  in  the  sixteenth  century,  and  in  the  Roman  end  Florentine  schoolB, 
reached  a  height  of  perfection  unequalled  perhaps  even  in  ancient  times,  in  all 
the  qualities  of  form,  design,  and  expression,  which  constitute  the  highest  excel- 
lence of  the  art :  no  names  can  yet  rival  those  of  Michael  Angelo  and  Raphael. 
The  sculpture  of  Italy,  even  during  its  happy  stages,  did  not  equal  that  of  the 
ancient  schools.  In  the  present  age,  however,  the  genius  of  Canova  has  burst 
forth  with  a  brilliancy  which  has  enabled  modern  times,  in  this  art,  almost  to  rival 
antiquity.  In  architecture  also,  this  country  has  no  modern  rival.  Though  some 
of  the  northern  nations  may  have  erected  more  huge  and  costly  structures,  none 
of  them  display  the  same  high,  pure,  and  classical  taste. 

The  collections  of  art,  in  Italy,  are  of  a  splendour  surpassing  even  that  which 
might  be  inferred  from  the  great  works  produced  by  its  artists.  Of  the  master- 
pieces of  the  ancients,  which  were  either  saved  fVom  the  desolation  of  the  eastern 
empire,  or  dug  up  from  the  ruins  of  temples  and  palaces,  by  far  the  greater  part 
were  either  found  here,  or  brought  into  the  country :  and  thus  it  became  the  grand 
depoo'tory  alike  of  ancient  and  modern  art. 


SARDINIA. 


387 


In  music,  this  region  has  boasted  a'  similar  pre-eminence ;  and  for  a  long  period, 
all  the  great  compoaers  in  the  highest  style  of  art  were  exclusively  Itolians.  Of 
late,  however,  Germany  has  come  forward  as  a  powerful  rival,  and  has  produced 
several  composers  of  the  first  class.  Yet  Italy  seems  still  to  be  regarded  as  the 
chief  home  of  the  musical  art:  hither  all  the  students  repair,  and  its  vocal  per- 
formers are  considered  over  all  Europe  as  superior  to  those  of  any  other  country. 


>•:»* 


Oil  ,1  ■  S  "I  J7*  i 


SARDINIA. 


^'{.Hitt)  i,> 


The  Sardinian  States  are  of  a  very  dissimilar  character,  but  nniled  by  political 
circumstances  under  one  government.  The  kingdom  consists  of  four  distinct 
parts ;  Piedmont,  Genoa,  Savoy,  and  the  Island  of  Sardinia ;  of  which  the  popu- 
lation, in  1838,  was,  of  Savoy,  564,137 :  Piedmont,  2,88ti,610 ;  Genoa,  674,988 ; 
Sardinia,  524,633  ;  total,  4,650,368. 

The  first  three  divisions,  constituting  the  continental  part  of  the  kingdom,  are 
bounded  by  Switzerland  on  the  north,  by  Austrian  Italy  and  the  duchy  of  Parma 
on  the  east,  by  the  Gulf  of  Genoa  on  the  south,  and  by  France  on  the  west.  It 
extends  from  43°  44'  to  46°  20'  N.  lat.,  and  from  5°  40'  to  10°  E.  Ion.,  being  200 
miles  in  length  from  north  to  south,  and  135  in  breadth. 

The  Island  of  Sardinia  lies  to  the  south  of  Corsica,  and  is  separated  from  it  by 
a  narrow  strait  It  extends  from  38°  50'  to  41°  14'  N.  lat.  It  is  162  miles  in 
length,  and  70  in  mean  breadth.  The  continental  dominions  contain  19,725  square 
miles,  and  the  island  9809:  total,  29,534. 

Continental  Sardinia  is  inclosed  on  three  sides  by  the  Alps  and  the  Apennines, 
which  gives  it  an  irregular  surface,  and  renders  the  scenery  more  sublime,  and 
the  climate  colder,  than  in  southern  Italy.  On  the  east,  it  descends  gradually  into 
the  beautiful  plains  which  form  the  basin  of  the  Po.  In  Piedmont,  the  soil  is  very 
fertile  and  well  cultivated.  The  plains  produce  rice,  maize,  and  other  grains,  and 
the  hills  are  covered  with  vineyards  and  olive-yards.  The  pastures  are  very  rich, 
and  graziiig  is  an  important  branch  of  their  husbandry.  Savoy  is  a  rugged  pro- 
vince, resembling  Switzerland  in  its  character,  and  lying  among  the  loftiest  of 
the  Alps  near  Mount  BlancJ*  and  Mount  Cenis.  The  irregularity  of  the  surface 
renders  cultivation  very  difficult,  and  it  is  naturally  one  of  the  poorest  countries 
in  Europe.  The  Savoyards  are  but  poorly  instructed;  but  their  industry,  fru- 
gality, and  sobriety,  enable  them  to  gain  a  comfortable  subsistence.  The  moun- 
tainous parts  give  rise  to  a  great  number  of  small  streams,  which  unite  to  forni 
the  Po.  The  Rhone  forms  part  of  the  north-western  boundary,  and  receives  the 
most  of  those  rising  on  the  northern  and  western  slope  of  the  mountainii.  The 
Var  forms  the  boundary  between  Nice  and  France,  and  falls  into  the  Mediterra- 
nean. The  Lake  of  Geneva  borders  this  territory  on  the  north,  and  Lago  Mag- 
giore  on  the  north-east    There  are  many  smaller  lakes. 

One  of  the  most  remarkable  objects  in  this  country  is  the  road  over  Mount 
Cenis  in  Savoy.  It  was  begun  by  Bonaparte,  in  1803,  and  was  completed  at  a 
cost  of  7,460,(MK)  francs.  It  is  cut  through  the  solid  rock,  and  is  furnished  with 
26  houses  of  refuge  in  the  moet  elevated  and  exposed  parts,  so  that  the  road  is 
safe  even  in  winter:  these  houses  are  provided  with  bells,  which,  during  fogs, 
are  rung  from  time  to  time  to  direct  the  traveller  from  one  reilige  to  another. 
Between  France  and  Savoy  is  ai^ther  road  called*  Les  echellei ;  nearly  two  miles 
of  it  consist  of  a  gallery  or  tunnel  through  a  solid  rock  of  limestone.  This  road 
was  begun  by  Napoleon,  but  was  finished  by  the  Sardinian  government. 

Sardinia  has  considerable  commerce ;  in  1835  the  imports  amounted,  in  value, 
to  $24,000,000 ;  and  the  exports  to  about  $17,000,000.  The  principal  articles  of 
exportation  are  silk,  rice,  and  oil.  The  Island  of  Sardinia  supplies  the  con- 
tinental States  with  salt,  and  some  grain  and  vegetables.  There  are  manufactures 
of  silk  at  Genoa,  to  the  amount  of  1,000,000  to  1,400,000  dollars  annually.  This 
city  also  manufactures  paper,  soap,  chocolate,  macaroni,  &c.  In  Piedmont  are 
some  manufactures  of  silk.     Nice  produces  perfumes  and  scented  waters.    There 

34  -■  ^^- 


SARDINIA. 


are  some  smelting  furnaces  in  Piedmont  and  Snvoy.  The  tunny  fisheries  of  the 
Island  of  Sardinia  are  said  to  produce  1,000,000  francs  a  year.  Tlie  corai  fishery 
is  also  a  considerable  source  of  revenue. 

The  king  of  Sardinia  is  an  absolute  hereditarjr  monarch.  The  goTernment  is 
directed  by  a  Supreme  Council  of  State,  a  Council  of  Finances,  a  Council  of  Go- 
vernment, the  Council  of  Savoy,  the  Senate  of  Turin,  the  Council  of  Nice,  and 
the  Council  of  Genoa.  Justice  is  administered  by  the  nobles.  The  army  consists 
of  33,000  men,  and  the  navy,  of  3  ships  of  54  guns,  and  6  or  8  smaller  vessels. 

Public  instruction  is  entirely  in  the  hands  of  the  clergy  and  Jesuits.  Gymna- 
sia and  high-schools  exist  in  most  of  the  large  towns,  but  little  except  Latin 
and  scholastic  theology  are  taught  in  them.  The  universities,  of  which  there  are 
none  with  the  exception  of  those  at  Turin  and  Genoa,  are  very  insignificant.  It 
is  estimated  that  there  are  not  5  individuals  in  100,  who  can  read,  write,  and 
cipher.  The  censorship  is  severe.  Few  foreign  books,  and  hardly  any  pamphlets 
or  newspapers,  are  allowed  to  enter  the  kingdom. 

The  Island  of  Sardinia  is  one  of  the  least  valuable  portions  of  the  kingdom, 
though  possessed  of  advantages  which  should  render  it  very  much  the  reverse. 
Few  regions  exceed  it  in  natural  fertility  ;  the  surface  is  finely  variegated  with 
gentle  hills,  which  only  along  the  western  coast  assume  the  character  of  moun- 
tains. Grain,  notwithstanding  the  most  wretched  cultivation,  affords  a  surplus  for 
export.  The  wines  are  reckoned  equal  to  those  of  Spain,  and  the  olives  to  those 
of  Genoa  and  Provence.  The  salt-works  and  the  tunny-fishery  are  very  important 
objects ;  and  the  situation  of  Sardinia,  in  the  heart  of  the  Mediterranean,  and 
with  a  number  of  fine  harbours,  might  afford  the  opportunity  of  an  extensive  com- 
merce. Yet  the  population  is  in  the  most  uncultivated  and  savage  state,  perhaps, 
of  any  in  Europe.  The  peasantry  in  the  interior  are  clothed,  in  a  great  measure, 
in  shaggy  goat  or  sheep-skins ;  they  subsist  chiefly  by  the  produce  of  their  flocks, 
and  by  hunting ;  and  go  constantly  armed,  for  their  own  defence,  against  the  nu- 
merous and  desperate  banditti,  by  whom  the  mountains  are  infested.  A  consider- 
able portion  of  the  horses,  cattle,  and  sheep,  are  in  a  wild  state.  The  Sardinian 
government  is  making  exertions  to  improve  the  condition  of  the  island,  by  the 
formation  of  roads,  &c.  Cagliari  and  Sassari  are  the  chief  towns ;  the  former  has 
36,000  inhabitants ;  it  is  crowded  and  ill  built :  the  latter,  with  34,408  inhabitants, 
is  more  elegant.  Oristagno  or  Oristano  flourishes  by  the  tunny  fishery,  the  manu- 
facture of  salt,  and  by  the  culture  of  wine  in  its  neighbourhood.     Population,  5781. 

Turin,  in  Piedmont,  the  capital  of  the  kingdom,  is  situated  on  the  western  bank 
of  the  Po,  at  the  foot  of  a  range  of  beautiful  hills.  It  is  the  most  regularly  built 
of  all  the  Italian  cities,  with  broad,  straight,  and  cleSn  streets,  and  is  admired  for 
the  symmetry  of  its  squares,  the  splendour  of  its  hotels,  and  the  general  elegance 
of  its  houses.  It  ha%4  splendid  gates,  adorned  with  pillars  and  cased  with  mar- 
ble; 110  churches,  a  university,  and  many  fine  palaces.  The  royal  palace  is 
spacious,  and  surrounded  with  delightful  gardens.  The  outward  view  of  the  city 
is  very  imposing,  and  it  has  no  mean  suburbs  or  mouldering  walls.  Popula- 
tion, in  1838,  104,078;  including  the  immediate  territory  and  garrison,  133,892. 

Genoa  stands  on  the  shore  of  a  broad  gulf  to  which  it  gives  its  name.  This 
city  spreads  over  a  wide  semicircular  tract  of  rocks  and  declivities,  and  the  aspect 
of  its  white  buildings  ascending  in  regular  progression  from  the  sea,  is  highly 
magnificent.  The  interior  consists  of  streets,  or  rather,  lanes,  8  or  10  feet  wide, 
between  immensely  high  palaces.  .When  you  look  up,  their  cornices  appear 
almost  to  touch  across  the  street,  leaving  a  strip  of  blue  sky  between.  Two  of 
the  streets  only  are  accessible  to  carriages.  The  Strada  Balbi  is  one  of  the  most 
magnificent  streets  in  the  world,  and  is  full  of  splendid  palaces.  Genoa  has  a 
public  library  of  50,000  volumes,  and  a  university.  Its  harbour  is  one  of  the 
finest  in  Europe,  and  it  has  a  considerable  trade.    Population,  115,367. 

Nice  is  beautifully  situated  on  the  Gulf  of  Genoa,  and  has  a  good  artificial  har- 
bour. The  mildness  of  its  climate  draws  many  invalids  to  this  quarter.  Popula- 
tion, 33,811.  Chamberr^,  the  chief  town  of  Savoy,  occupies  a  charming  spot 
surrounded  by  gentle  eminences  covered  with  vineyards,  pastures,  and  wom,  but 
it  is  not  a  well-built  place.     Population,  13,000,    Alessandrina,  on  the  Tanaro, 


LOMBARDO.VENE11AN  KINGDOM. 


309  ll 


branch  of  the  Po,  is  the  Btrongest  place  in  the  icingdom.  It  is  well  built,  with 
broad  and  handsome  streets.  Population,  36,000.  Other  towns,  AsU,  93,000 ; 
Coni,  10,000 ;  Mondovi,  15,931 ;  Vercelli,  18,353 ;  Novarra,  18,524. 

PRINCIPALITY  OF  MONACO. 

This  littte  State,  comprising  7000  inhabitants,  on  50  square  miles,  is  situated 
within  the  Sardinian  territory.  The  capiul  is  Monaco,  a  village  with  1200  in- 
habitants. The  principality  of  Monaco  is  under  the  protection  of  the  king  of 
Sai'dinia.    Mentore,  the  largest  town,  has  a  population  of  3000. 


>\:-iii. 


;J-t;/:-'.>'i'' 


?JN      V:. 


THE  LOMBARD-VENETIAN  KINGDOM. 

Austrian  Italy,  or  the  Loxbardo-Venitian  Kingdom,  consists  of  the  great 
plain  of  the  Po,  bordered,  on  one  side,  by  the  highest  ranges  of  the  Alps,  on  the 
other  by  those  of  the  Appenines.  It  has  not  the  classic  sites  and  monuments  of 
Rome,  nor  the  brilliant  skies  of  Naples ;  yet  it  would  be  difficult  to  find  on  the 
globe  a  territory  of  the  same  extent  equally  fine.  The  luxuriant  fertility  of  this 
vast  plain,  the  grand,  almost  magic,  landscapes  presented  by  the  southern  declivity 
of  the  Alps,  and  the  lakes  which  spread  at  their  feet ;  the  fine  shores  of  the  Adri- 
atic— unite  in  making  it  one  of  the  most  desirable  regions  in  Europe.  It  is  an 
aggregate  of  several  portions  that  were  politically  very  distinct 

This  kingdom  occupies  the  eastern  part  of  Northern  Italy.  They  consist  of  two 
divisions:  the  Republic  of  Venice  in  the  east,  and  Lombardy  in  the  west.  They 
are  bounded  north  by  the  Tyrol  and  Carinthia ;  east  by  Istria,  Carniola,  and  the 
Adriatic ;  south  by  the  States  of  the  Church,  Modena,  and  Parma ;  and  west  by 
the  Sardinian  dominions.  It  extends  from  45°  to  47°  N.  lat. ;  and  from  0°  to  14° 
E.  Ion.  Their  greatest  length  from  east  to  west  is  220  miles,  and  their  breadth 
140  miles.  It  contains  18,534  square  miles.  Population,  4,707,630.  The  Po 
washes  the  southern  limit  of  this  territory.  This  river,  denominated  the  Prince 
of  the  Italian  streams,  rises  in  the  western  Alps,  on  the  confines  of  France  and 
Italy,  and  passes  easterly  through  the  Sardinian  States.  The  sand  and  gravel 
washed  down  from  the  mountains,  have  raised  its  bed  in  modern  times  to  such  an 
elevation,  that  in  some  places,  banks  30  feet  high  are  necessary  to  preserve  the 
country  from  inundation.  The  Adige  rises  in  the  Alps  of  Tyrol,  and  flowing  south, 
enters  this  territory,  afler  which  it  turns  to  th*  east,  and  falls  into  the  Adriatic ; 
it  is  200  miles  in  length.  The  Piave  and  several  other  small  streams  fix)m  the 
north  flow  into  the  Adriatic  Sea.  Lake  Maggiore  extends  along  the  base  of  the 
Alps  27  miles :  it  is  8  miles  in  width,  and  1800  feet  deep.  Its  shores  aboimd 
with  Alpine  beauties.  East  of  this  is  the  Lake  of  Como,  32  miles  in  length,  and 
btill  farther  east,  the  Lake  of  Garda :  it  is  30  miles  long,  and  8  miles  wide.  There 
are  several  other  smaller  lakes  in  the  neighbourhood.  All  of  them  flow  into  the 
Po,  and  are  highly  beautiful.  The  climate  of  this  region  is  delightfiil,  yet  the 
winter  has  some  ff  atures  of  Alpine  severity.  The  heats  of  summer  are  mitigated 
by  the  cool  breezes  from  the  Alps. 

Lombardy  is  a  level  country,  and  consists  entirely  of  an  alluvial  plain  with  one 
of  the  richest  soils  in  the  world.  Near  the  mountains,  gravel  is  mixed  with  the 
earth,  but  almost  the  whole  tract  is  composed  of  a  deep  black  mould.  The  irri- 
gation applied  to  the  lands  in  Lombardy  is  the  most  perfect  in  the  world.  The 
mountains  which  border  the  country  afTurd  an  inexhaustible  supply  of  water.  The 
meadows  yield  six  crops  of  hay  in  a  year.  Rice  is  cultivated  in  some  parta  The 
grain  and  ordinary  fi-uits  are  ripe  in  June  or  July,  and  the  vintage  takes  place  in 
October.  The  bee  and  the  silkworm  receive  much  attention,  but  the  dairy  is  the 
main  occupation  of  the  fanner.    The  fields  are  separated  by  rows  of  poplars. 

The  chief  manufactures  are  silk,  glass,  and  hardware.  At  Venice  and  Murano 
beautiful  uirrors  are  made.  Hardware  and  fire-arms  are  made  at  Brescia.  Jew- 
elry and  plate  are  wrought  at  Milan  and  Venice.    There  are  some  mannfiioturea 


400 


LOMBARDO.VENETIAN  KINGDOM. 


of  woollen,  musical  instruments,  china,  carpets,  paper,  artificial  flowers,  perfumes, 
Termicelli,  macaroni,  glass  beads,  &c.  Venice  has  been  made  a  free  port,  hut  iis 
commerce  is  trifling.  The  internal  trade  is  pretty  active.  The  govemrnent  is 
arbitrary,  and  is  administered  by  an  Austrian  Tiueroy.  There  is  a  show  of  repre- 
sentation, yet  everything  is  controlled  by  the  authorities  at  Vienna.  All  the  taxes 
are  imposed  by  the  Emperor.  The  administration  of  justice  is  arbitrary  and  wretch- 
ed  in  the  extreme,  and  the  censorship  is  very  rigid. 

Milan,  the  capital  of  the  kingdom,  and  the  residence  of  the  viceroy,  is  a  large 
and  splendid  city,  11  miles  in  circumference.  It  stands  in  the  middle  of  avast 
plain,  on  a  spot  without  any  natural  advantages,  yet  the  fine  canals  from  the 
Ticino  and  Adda  make  it  the  centre  of  a  considerable  trade.  It  is  considered  the 
most  elegant  city  in  Italy,  and  was  very  much  improved  and  beautified  by  Napo- 
leon. The  finest  building  is  the  Cathedral,  which  is  inferior  only  to  St.  Peter's  at 
Home.  It  is  completely  built,  paved,  vaulted  and  roofed  with  the  whitest  and  most 
resplendent  marble.  Most  of  the  buildings  in  this  city  are  constructed  according 
to  a  regular  order  of  architecture,  and  a  mean-looking  house  is  as  rare  here  as  a 
palace  elsewhere.  Here  is  the  famous  Ambrosian  Library,  with  95,000  volumes, 
and  15,000  manuscripts.  The  hospitals  and  charitable  institutions  are  numerous. 
Milan  was  founded  584  years  before  Christ,  by  the  Insubrian  Gauls.  In  has  been 
40  times  besieged ;  40  times  taken,  and  4  times  destroyed.  It  has  above  200 
churches,  and  more  than  100  monastic  institutions.     Population,  171,268. 

Venice,  the  capital  of  the  renowned  commercial  republic  of  the  same  name, 
though  fallen  from  its  former  splendour,  is  still  the  most  picturesque  citjr  in  Eu- 
rope. It  stands  in  the  Adriatic  Sea,  5  miles  from  the  mainland,  and  is  buiU  upon 
a  multitude  of  islands  intersected  by  canals  instead  of  streets;  hence  carriages  of 
any  kind  are  unknown,  and  the  inhabitants  use  boats,  called  gondolas,  in  passing 
from  one  place  to  another.  The  Grand  Canal  is  crossed  by  the  Rialto,  a  marble 
arch  90  feet  in  span.  The  prospect  from  this  bridge  is  lively  and  magnificent. 
There  are  600  other  bridges.  Most  of  the  canals  are  narrow,  and  some  have  no 
quays,  so  that  the  water  washes  the  houses.  The  ducal  palace,  and  the  churches 
of  St  Mark  and  St.  Gemignano,  are  rich  and  splendid  edifices.  The  Square  of 
St.  Mark  is  800  feet  in  length,  and  has  a  magnificent  appearance.  The  traveller 
at  evening  may  view  this  fine  square  in  all  its  marble  beauty,  with  the  domes  and 
minarets  of  its  ancient  church,  the  barbaric  gloom  of  the  Dog6's  palace,  and  its 
proud  towering  Campanile;  he  may  here  see  the  Corinthian  horses,  the  worKraan- 
ship  of  Lysippus,  and  the  winged  lion  of  the  Pirseus. 

Venice  was  rounded  in  453,  by  refugees  from  the  main  land,  who  fled  from  the  ravages 
of  Atilla.  In  process  of  time  it  became  the  greatest  commercial  and  manufacturing 
city  in  Europe,  and  in  the  middl«  of  the  fifteenth  century  was  the  wealthiest  capital 
in  Christendom,  except  perhaps  Rome.  The  discovery  of  America  destroyed  the 
commerce  of  Venice;  during  the  16th  and  17th  centuries  her  trade  and  manufac- 
tures gradually  declined,  and  by  the  middle  of  the  18th  she  was  completely  pros- 
trated. In  1797,  the  "  Maiden  City"  submitted  to  Bonaparte,  and  was  then  trans- 
ferred to  the  Austrians,  its  present  masters.  In  1830,  the  Court  of  Vienna  made 
Venice  a  free  port,  and  since  that  time  its  long  departed  commerce  has  somewhat 
revived.  It  is  the  chief  depot  of  the  Austrian  navy.  Venice  is  an  agreeable  place 
of  residence.  Printing  is  extensively  carried  on.  It  is  the  chief  book-store  of  the 
south,  and  prints  for  Italy  in  general,  as  well  as  for  Greece  and  Germany.  Popu- 
lation, in  1837,  97,156. 

Padua,  the  birthplace  of  Livy,  haS  a  famous  university,  founded  by  Charle- 
magne, and  is  said  to  have  had  at  one  time  18,000  students;  in  1817,  only  300. 
Population,  45,000.  Mantua  is  a  strong  town,  standing  in  the  midst  of  a  lake 
formed  by  the  Mincio.  The  streets  are  broad  and  straight,  and  the  squares  spa- 
cious. Here  is  a  monument  to  Virgil,  and  a  little  village  in  this  neighbciirhood 
was  the  place  of  his  birth.  Population,  26,865.  Cremona  stands  at  the  comluence 
of  the  Po  and  the  Adda.  It  has  a  splendid  cathedral,  and  is  regularly  built,  but 
the  streets  are  grass-grown,  and  the  place  Las  a  decayed  look.  Population,  28,500. 
Brescia,  to  the  west  of  Lake  Garda,  has  also  a  fine  cathedral.  Population,  35,000. 
I  Pavia,  on  the  Ticino,  has  a  nniveraitv  fiMinded  hv  Gharlemaarnn,  Ponnlgtion,  23,531. 
IJLodi,  on  the  Adda,  is  celebrated  for  a  victory  gained  by  Bonaparte  over  the  Aus- 


E'%,1 


In.  23,531. 


r 


TUSCANY. 


mat 

401 


I 


^Vi"".,- 

lii 

Pils-Txtvi  :> 

A  .  1, 

■  JU't^ '. 

•tiftp.i  •:«(,•(.*.!) 

!<(.■!• 

H.     h. 

T-: 

»    V  »l    wrf«  'siiiT.Kc 

tiivw,  in  1796.  Population,  15,963.  Verona,  on  the  Adige,  at  the  foot  of  the 
Alps,  has  a  channing  aitaation  and  many  f  ri  buildings.  Its  ancient  walls  and 
towers  inclose  a  vast  area,  and  have  a  nobK  <>,,pearanee.  The  great  amphitheatra 
at  this  place  is  one  of  the  noblest  monuments  of  Roman  magnificence  now  ezisU 
ing.  Population,  48,486.  Some  of  the  other  towns  are  Vicensa,  90,688 ;  Udina, 
19,763;  Treviso,  11,598;  Belluno,  9,800;  Rovigo,  6,669. 

■ii-^mni  ('.mil  viir  i»'v^v4'5l.  ■ " 

TUSCANY.       ■^--.'.•,-^- 

Thk  Duchy  of  Tuscany  ranks  next  to  the  Roman  States  es  the  theatre  of  great 
historical  events,  and  has  surpassed  Rome  itself  as  the  seat  of  modem  learning. 
It  is  bounded  north  and  east  by  the  Roman  States,  south-west  by  Uie  Mediterra- 
nean, and  north-west  by  Lucca.  It  contains  8759  square  miles.  The  chief  river 
is  the  Arno,  which  rises  among  the  Apennines,  and  flows  westerly  to  the  sea.  It 
is  navigable,  by  barges,  from  Florence  to  its  mouth.  It  supplies  above  1000  canals 
with  water.    The  liber  rises  i^ffbe  mountains  of  this  country. 

.  Tuscany  is  admired  for  its  romantic  scenery.  The  boldness,  grandeur,  and  rich 
luxuriance  of  the  country,  are  hardly  anywhere  equalled.  The  vale  of  the  Amo  is 
one  of  the  most  delightful  regions  in  the  world.  It  is  abundantly  rich  and  well 
cultivated.  One-half  of  this  territory  consists  of  mountains,  producing  only  timber: 
one-sixth  is  composed  of  hills  covered  with  vineyards  and  olive-garaens ;  the  » 
mainder  consists  of  plains.  The  soil  on  the  Apennines  is  stony.  The  coast  is 
low,  sandv,  and  in  some  parts  swampy.  In  the  southern  part^egins  that  desolate 
region  called  the  Maremma,  the  soil  of  which  consists  of  white  clay  impregnated 
with  sulphur.  Com,  wine,  nnd  oil,  are  the  chief  productions.  The  valley  of  the 
Arao  is  divided  into  very  small  farms,  separated  by  rows  of  trees  or  small  canals. 
The  Maremma  pastures  great  numbers  of  sheep  and  horsos.  Chestnuts  are  an 
important  production ;  in  some  parts  they  are  used  for  bread. 

This  Duchy  is  one  of  the  most  industrious  districts  of  Italy.  Silk  manufactures 
are  the  principal  branch  of  industry.  Straw  hats  are  made  in  great  numbers,  by 
women,  in  the  valley  of  the  Arao.  The  other  manufactures  are  linen,  broadcloth, 
borax,  salt,  soap,  pedtumes,  letter-paper,  china,  marble,  coral,  alabaster,  and  mosaics. 
Le^orn  has  a  considerable  commerce  with  the  Levant,  Europe,  and  America. 

^e  govemment  is  an  absolute  monarchy.  There  are  6000  regular  troops,  be- 
sides militia.  The  population,  in  1839,  was  1,481,079.  Of  these,  15,000  were 
Jews.  The  chief  universities  are  at  Florence,  Pisa,  and  Sienna.  They  comprise 
about  1800  students.    In  Florence  there  are  22,000  children  in  the  public  schools. 

The  Island  (^  Elba  is  nine  miles  from  the  coast  of  Tuscany.  It  is  60  miles  in 
circumference,  and  contains  160  square  miles.  It  is  7ery  mountainous,  and  in- 
stead of  wood  the  mountains  are  covered  with  aromatic  plants  and  bushes.  Tlie 
chief  production  is  iron,  taken  mostly  from  a  single  mountain  consisting  of  one 
immense  mass  of  iron  ore.  The  island  contains  also  copper,  lead  and  si'*'er  mines, 
and  produces  excellent  wine.  The  chief  town,  Porto  Ferrajo,  has  a  good  harbour, 
and  contains  3034  inhabitants.  In  1614,  this  island  was  given  in  entire  sove- 
reignty to  Napoleon,  who  resided  here  from  May,  1814,  till  Februaiy  26,  1815. 
Population,  16,865.  The  Island  of  Gorgona,  nearLeghom,  is  famous  for  the  fisb- 
insof  anchovies. 

Florence,  the  capital,  stands  on  the  Arno,  50  miles  from  the  sea.  It  is  6  miles 
in  compass,  and  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  cities  in  Italy.  It  is  built  in  a 
plain  skirted  by  the  Apennines.  Antique  towers  and  remains  of  fortifications,  old 
convents,  and  other  picturesque  ruins,  crown  the  inferior  eminences  around  the 
city,  and  recall  the  remark  of  Ariosto,  that  on  seeing  the  hills  so  full  of  palaces, 
it  appears  as  if  the  soil  produced  them.  The  city  is  surrounded  by  walls;  the 
buihlings  are  magnificent,  and  the  streets  well  paved  and  kept  remarkably  clean. 
The  Via  Larga,  or  Broadway,  is  full  of  noble  palaces.  Most  of  the  other  streets 
are  narrow.  The  ducal  palace,  the  cathedral,  the  church  of  Santa  Croce,  and 
many  other  edifices,  are  noted  for  their  size  and  splendour.  The  Medieean  gal- 
lery  is  rich  in  those  treasures  of  painting  and  sculpture  which  draw  to  this  city 


:i. 


an 


TT 


PARMA— LUCCA. 


vititon  firom  every  qnarter  of  the  civilised  globe.  Here  sUuida  that  Venua  which 
enohanii  the  world.  The  Laurentian  library  has  120,000  volumes;  others  have 
80^000  and  60,000.  There  are  many  splendid  pivate  galleries  and  libraries. 
Florence  contains  a  great  number  of  English  repidents.  u  was  the  cradle  of  the 
arts  at  the  time  of  their  regeneration,  and  the  bnrthplace  of  Dante,  Machiavelli, 
Filicaja,  Guicciardini,  Michael  Angelo,  Galileo,  and  Amerigo  Vespucci.  Popula- 
tion, in  1886, 07,548. 

Pisa,  on  the  Amo,  near  the  sea,  was  once  the  capital  of  a  repablic,  the  rival  of 
Genoa  and  Venice.  It  is  new  decayed,  but  can  still  boast  some  marble  churches, 
a  marble  palace,  and  a  marble  bridge.  Its  ancient  towers  may  be  traced  in  the 
walls  of  HKidem  houses.    The  streets  are  broad,  and  the  Lung*  Amo,  which  ex- 

I  tends  along  both  banks  of  the  river,  is  much  admired.  The  cathedral  is  a  large 
eothic  edifice  of  marble.  Near  it  stands  that  remarkable  structure,  the  Leaning 
Tower :  it  is  190  feet  high,  and  overhangs  its  base  15  feet,  seeming  to  threaten  a 
fall  at  every  instant ;  yet  it  has  stood  four  hundred  years,  and  endured  the  shock 
of  earthquakes  which  have  overthrown  many  a  perpendicular  structure.  To  a 
spectator  looking  down  from  the  top,  the  efl^t  iiUerrific.  Pisa  has  a  university, 
with  a  libnury  of  60,000  volumes.  In  the  neigttburhood  are  celebrated  baths. 
Population,  20,943.  Leghorn  is  the  chief  seaport  of  Tuscany.  It  is  a  neat,  well- 
built,  and  busy  town,  with  a  tolerable  harbour.  The  streets  are  filled  with  Eu- 
ropeans, Turks,  Jews,  Armenians,  Greeks,  and  Moors,  exhibiting  a  moet  picturesque 
variety  of  costume.  Works  of  art  and  architectural  monuments  do  dot  exist  here. 
The  commerce  of  the  place  is  very  active.  Population,  76^97.  Sienna  has  a 
magnificent  cathedral  and  a  university.  Topulation,  18,975.  Pistoja,  at  the  foot 
of  the  Apennines,  was  once  a  republic.    Popalation,  11,266. 


:•:•■<«''; 


'-!! 


DUCHY    OF    PARMA. 

Parma,  Placentia,  and  Guastalla,  though  they  have  been  formed  itito  a  state 
for  the  ex-empress  of  France,  form  in  reality  a  complete  appendage  of  Lombardy, 
and  a  continuation  of  its  great  plain,  to  the  foot  of  the  Apennines.  They  abound 
in  the  richest  pastures,  fVom  which  is  produced  that  most  celebrated  of  cheeses, 
to  which  Parma  gives  its  name.  The  dukes  of  Parnia,  and  espocially  the  cele- 
brated Alexander  Famese,  have  ranked  amon?  the  first  generals  of  Europe.  The 
city  of  Parma,  on  a  small  river  of  the  same  i.ame,  is  large,  populous,  airy,  sod 
clean.  It  does  not  contain  any  remarkable  arcliitectural  features,  except  the 
theatre,  modelled  on  the  ancient  plan,  and  perhaps  the  noblest  in  the  world,  but 
now  in  a  state  of  decay ;  but  Parma  can  boast  a  school  of  painting,  one  of  the 
finest  and  meet  interesting  that  ever  existed ;  in  which  grace  was  the  predominant 
feature.  The  chief  masters  were  Correggio  and  Parmegiano,  whose  works  in 
firesco  adorn  the  walls  and  cupolas  of  the  churches  in  Parma;  i^nd  the  oil  pictures, 
which  the  French  carried  ofl',  have  now  been  restored.  Population,  86,000.  Pia- 
cenza.  with  30/000  inhabitants,  is  also  a.laive  and  well-built  city ;  but  its  cele- 
brated amphitheatre,  which  surpassed  that  of  Verona,  was  burnt  to  the  ground  in 
one  of  the  furious  civil  contests  which  laid  waste  Italy.  The  population  of  the 
duchy  is  about  465,673,  and  its  area,  224G  ;iquare  miles. 


DUCHY    OF   LUCCA.  ^ 

LoooA,  thongh  an  Etruscan  State,  is  now  governed  by  a  duke  of  its  own.  It  is 
one  of  the  few  Italian  republics,  which,  amid  the  revolutions  of  800  years,  main- 
tained its  independence.  The  Lucchese  reaped  the  benefit  of  this,  in  the  supe- 
rior education  and  more  decent  deportment  of  her  nobles;  in  that  agricultural 
industry,  which,  in  a  degree  even  beyond  what  appears  in  the  rest  of  Italy,  has 
oonverted  a  land  liable  to  inundation,  and  destitute  of  manv  natural  advantaireB, 


MODENA— ECCLESIASTICAL  STATES. 


40> 


into  t  complete  garden.  The  territory,  though  only  forty-three  miles  in  length, 
and  twelve  in  breadth,  two-thirds  of  which  consist  of  mountain  and  defile,  reckons 
a  population  of  165,748,  being  401  to  the  square  mile ;  a  density  which  has  no 
parallel,  even  in  the  most  fertile  plains  of  the  rest  of  Italy.  On  the  death  of  the 
duchess  of  Parma,  the  duke  of  Lucca  will  succeed  to  that  duchy,  and  Lucca  will 
be  annexed  to  Tuscany.    The  capital  is  Lucca,  with  24,002  inhabitants. 


DUCHY   OF    MODENA. 

MoDEifA  is  a  fine  small  domain,  composed  of  a  rich  plain  at  the  foot  of  the 
Apennines.  It  is  held  as  a  fief  of  Austria,  and  by  a  branch  of  that  family,  with 
the  title  of  duke.  Thb  city  of  Modena  is  extremely  handsome,  though  without 
any  objects  peculiarly  striking.  It  has  a  population  of  27,000  souls.  It  was  en- 
riched by  the  family  of  Este  with  splendid  collections  of  books  and  paintings ;  but 
the  latter  have  been  now  removed,  by  purchase,  to  adorn  the  Dresden  gallery. 
The  territory  of  Massa-Carrara,  held  by  the  archduchess  Maria  Beatrix,  fell,  on 
her  death  in  1832,  to  Modena.  The  population  of  the  whole  is  403,«.  ^:  square 
miles,  2145.  >;- -  •  ,  vT^^*.  .,   .■•;^.   .     v;  ;;;  i-,S  t 


>,>* 


STATES  OF  THE  CHURCH,  OR  ECCLESIASTICAL  STATES. 

Thb  Ecclesiastical  States  have  lost  that  paramount  importance  which  they  once 
possessed,  and  are  the  least  flourishing  and  powerfiil  of  all  the  divisions  of  Italy. 
Nevertheless,  as  th^y  contain  Rome,  with  all  its  stupendous  monuments,  and  were 
the  central  theatre  of  all  the  ancient  grandeur  of  Italy,  they  still  excite  an  in- 
terest superior  to  that  of  any  other  of  these  celebrated  regions. 

This  territory  occupies  the  centre  of  Italy.  It  is  washed  on  the  north-east  by 
the  Adriatic,  and  on  the  south-west  by  the  Mediterranean.  On  the  north  it  is 
bounded  by  the  Lombardo-Venetian  kingdom,  on  the  south-east  by  the  kingdom 
of  Naples,  and  on  the  west  by  Modena  and  Tuscany.  Its  extreme  lenp^th  is  260 
miles  from  north  to  south,  and  ita  breadth  firom  20  to  95  miles.  It  contains  17,572 
square  miles.  The  duchy  of  Benevento,  and  the  principality  of  Ponte  Corvo,  are 
two  small  districts  belonging  to  this  territory,  insulated  m  the  kingdom  of  Naples. 

These  States  are  intersected  by  the  Apennines.  The  mountains  are  as  barren 
as  those  of  Tuscany  and  Genoa,  but  higher.  The  Campagna  di  Roma  is  a  con- 
tinuation of  the  Tuscan  Maremma,  and  is  noted  for  its  unhealthy  malaria.  It  ex< 
hibits  an  undulated  surface  bare  of  trees.  The  Pontine  marshes  are  in  the  south, 
The  ancient  Cassars  and  modem  popes  have  in  vain  attempted  to  drain  them. 

The  Tiber,  though  not  the  largest  stream  in  Italy,  is  the  first  in  classical  cele- 
biity.  It  rises  in  me  Apennines,  near  the  source  of  the  Amo,  and  passes  through 
the  city  of  Rome  to  the  Mediterranean :  it  is  150  miles  in  length,  and  has  a  fiiU 
stream,  but  narrow :  it  is  only  300  feet  wide  at  Rome.  There  is  no  other  river 
of  importance  within  this  territory.    The  northern  boundary  is  washed  by  the  Po. 

The  Lake  of  Perugia,  near  the  city  of  that  name,  ici  the  ancient  Thrasymenus, 
and  is  famous  for  a  battle  between  Hannibal  and  the  Romans.  It  is  a  beautiful 
sheet  of  water,  4  miles  across,  bordered  with  |[ently  sloping  hills  everywhere 
covered  with  woods  or  cultivated  fields,  and  rising  at  a  distance  into  mountains. 
The  lakes  of  Albano  and  Nemi  are  charmingly  situated  among  hills.  There  are 
other  small  lakes. 

The  climate  is  mi  d,  but  the  mountains  are  covered  with  snow  fit>m  October  to 
April.  Tlie  Sirocco,  or  hot  wind  from  Africa,  is  felt  on  the  shore  of  the  Mediter- 
ranean. In  the  mountainous  parts  the  air  is  healthy,  but  in  the  Maremma  on  the 
coast,  and  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  Pontine  marshes,  are  pestilential  exhala- 
tions which  cause  fever  and  ague.  The  northern  parts  near  the  Po  are  also  un- 
healthy. The  soil  does  not  differ  materially  from  that  of  Tuscany.  The  oranges 
'     3d  iu  the  plain  of  Rome  are  the  best  in  Italy.'  The  lands  are 


i»c 


"<WH! 


404 


EXXILEdlABTICAL  STATES. 


eommonly  held  by  grett  proprietora.  In  the  plain  of  the  Po,  eoltivation  ia  active, 
bat  the  reat  of  the  country  ia  neglected.  The  Romana  are  leaa  induatrioaB  than 
their  northern  neighboura.  The  vine  and  olive  grow  everywhere.  Oniona  are 
raiaed  in  immenae  quantitiea  in  the  roarahea  of  Aneona.  Hemp,  aafllron,  and 
beana,  are  extenaively  cultivated. 

The  comineroe  ia  chiefly  in  the  handa  of  foreignera ;  and  the  only  aeaporta  are 
Anoona  and  Civita  Vecchia.  The  manufacturaa  merely  supply  the  home  consump- 
tion. Some  ailk  ia  manufactured  at  Bologna,  beside  many  miscellaneous  articles. 
Oall-nuts,  cantharides,  and  pot-ashea  are  articles  of  exportation. 

The  ffovernment  ia  an  elective  monarchy.  The  pope  poaaesses  both  the  legisla- 
tive and  executive  power,  and  ia  chosen  by  the  college  of  cardinals  from  among 
themselves.  The  number  of  cardinals  is  about  70.  Constitutionally,  the  pope  is 
an  absolute  sovereign,  but  in  practice  he  is  only  the  head  of  an  oligarchy.  Since 
the  time  of  Adrian  VI.,  who  was  obtruded  upon  the  throne  by  Charles  V.,  all  the 
popes  have  been  Italians.  The  revenue,  in  1835,  was  about  $9,000,000 ;  expendi- 
ture, #9,500,000.  The  papal  navy  consists  of  one  vessel,  manned  by  33  men. 
The  military  force,  in  1840,  waa  14,000  men.    Population,  in  1833,  2,732,636. 

Rome,  the  capital  of  this  territory,  once  the  capital  of  the  world,  stands  on  the 
Tiber  15  miles  from  the  sea.  It  ia  aituated  on  some  low  hills,  and  is  13  miles  in 
cireuuference,  but  has  much  open  ground,  comprehending  gardens,  fields,  and 
meadows.  It  has  a  sombre  appearance,  rendered  still  more  striking  by  large 
squares,  spacious  and  deserted  streets,  and  the  majestic  ruin  j  which  are  seen  at 
every  step.  Some  of  the  streets  are  of  immense  length ;  others  are  only  half 
built ;  many  are  narrow  and  crooked.  In  one  part,  are  noble  palaces  half  hidden 
among  miserable  huts ;  in  another  part,  all  is  gorgeous  and  magnificent  Other 
{daces  may  be  nnore  beautiful,  but  Rome  is  one  of  the  most  richly  pictureso-iie 
cities  in  the  world.  The  hills,  insignificant  in  themselves,  seem  made  to  display 
the  buildings  to  the  greatest  advantage.  The  architecture,  both  ancient  a  ,d 
modem,  is  ^ten  &ulty  and  incongruous,  but  always  combines  well  with  the  land- 
scape. The  spectator  is  dazzled  with  the  multiplicity  of  objects,  and  decaying 
ruins  are  relieved  by  modern  magnificence. 

The  chureh  of  St.  Peter,  built  at  the  expense  of  the  whole  Roman  world,  is  the 
glory  of  modem  arohitecture.  The  symmetry  and  beauty  of  its  proportions  cause 
such  sensations  of  delight,  that  the  traveller,  on  leaving  Rome,  finds  his  most 
painfiil  regret  to  be  that  he  shall  see  St.  Peter's  no  more.  It  is  fronted  by  a  cir- 
cular colonnade  surrounding  an  Egyptian  obelisk  and  two  magnificent  fountains. 
This  church  was  111  years  in  building,  and  cost  a  sum  equal  to  160,000,000  dol- 
lara  at  the  present  day.  No  other  church  in  Rome  can  be  compared  to  this,  yet 
there  are  many  remarkable  for  magnificence  and  antiquity.  The  Pantheon  is  the 
most  perfect  edifice  of  ancient  Rome ;  it  is  now  converted  into  a  church ;  its 
portico  is  unrivalled.  Trajan's  pillar  is  a  fine  monumental  column,  in  good  pre- 
aervation.  But  the  most  wonderful  monument  of  Roman  magnificence  yet  re- 
maining, is  the  Coliseum,  an  amphitheatre  capable  of  c-ontainmg  60,000  specta- 
tors, aiM  in  which  the  Roman  |>eople  assembled  to  witness  the  combats  of  gladia- 
tors and  wild  beasts.  It  is  now  a  ruin,  but  enough  of  it  remains  to  attest  its  for- 
mer magnificence.  It  would  be  impossible  to'  comprise  within  the  limits  of  this 
wwk,  even  an  enumeration  of  the  objects  in  Rome  worthy  of  notice  for  their  an- 
tiquity and  historical  aesociationa 

The  Vatican  palace  is  the  greatest  repository  of  ancient  and  modem  art  in  ex- 
istence. The  whole  pile  of  building,  with  ^'ardens,  comprises  a  circuit  of  some 
miles,  and  the  apartments  are  numbered  at  ^2.  The  library  is  an  immense  col- 
lection. The  Vatican  is  the  residence  of  the  pope  in  winter.  Rome  has  300 
chnrches  and  800  palaces.  The  ancient  Fiaminian  Way  is  now  called  tlie  Corse, 
4iild  is  a  street  nearly  a  mile  long,  dividing  the  city  into  two  equal  parts.  This  is 
the  fiuhionable  drive,  where  the  better  class  display  their  equipages  daily.  During 
the  carnival,  a  horse-race  takes  place  here,  which  has  given  the  street  its  modern 
name.  The  country  around  Rome  abounds  with  the  remains  of  antiquity  and 
with  villas.  The  city  is  unhealthy  from  the  malaria  in  summer.  Its  population, 
I  jO  1829,  waa  150,000. 


NAPLES. 


40S 


Bologna,  the  next  city  in  size  to  Rome,  is  picturesquely  situated  at  the  base  of 
the  Apennines,  in  the  northern  part  of  the  papal  territory.  It  is  surrounded  by  » 
hi^h  brick  wall,  six  miles  in  circuit.  Its  curious  leanin^f  towers  and  antique 
spires,  with  a  curious  arcade  leading  to-the  church  on  the  top  of  a  steep  hill,  hare 
a  singular  and  striking  effect  upon  the  spectator  who  appioaches  it.  The  city  has 
a  venerable  aspect  without  being  ruinous,  and  abcinds  with  large  churvhes  and 
handsome  palaces.  Here  is  a  university  founded  by  Theodoadus  the  younger,  in 
435,  and  the  oldest  in  Europe.  The  public  library  has  140,000  volumes.  The 
manufactures  of  the  city  are  considerable.     Population,  69,000. 

Ferrara  is  one  of  the  finest  towns  in  Italy.  It  is  regularly  and  superbly  built, 
but  the  traveller  would  imagine  that  the  inhabitants  had  just  abandoned  it.  The 
streets  are  grass-grown,  and  all  the  large  houses  are  empty.  The  cows  pasture 
undisturbed  upon  the  pavements  in  front  of  noble  palaces.  The  city  possesses  few 
advantages  ot  situation,  but  was  once  very  populous.  At  present  it  has  33,650 
inhabitants.  Ravenna,  near  the  Adriatic,  had  once  a  harbour  which  is  now  filled 
up.  It  was  once  the  seat  of  the  Italian  Exarchs,  and  contains  the  tomb  of  Dante. 
Population,  16,000.  Ancona,  on  the  Adriatic,  is  a  strong  place,  with  a  tolerable 
harbour.  Population,  34,000.  Civita  Vecehia,  a  seaport  on  the  Mediterranean, 
has  some  commerce.    Population,  7111. 

REPUBLIC  OF  SAN  MARINa 
This  little  territory,  the  most  free  and  virtuous  of  all  republics,  is  an  indepen* 
dent  State  under  the  protection  of  the  Pope :  it  was  founded  by  a  man  of  low  rank, 
and,  having  become  a  refuge  for  those  who  sought  peace  amid  the  turhuleoee  of 
the  feudal  ages,  it  has  remained  inviolate  for  thirteen  centuries ;  either  respected 
or  overlooked  by  the  proudest  and  most  mighty  oppressors  of  Italy.  It  has  stiU 
"  Liberty"  inscribed  on  the  g^tes  of  its  little  capitol,  and  exemplifies,  in  the  virtue, 
simplicity,  and  happiness  of  its  people,  the  powerful  influence  of  free  institutions. 
The  government  is  vested  in  60  senators,  30  patricians,  30  bur^.  .'■es,  and  8Q 
peasants,  chosen  for  life,  and  two  gonfaloniers,  chosen  for  three  months.  The 
arringo,  or  general  assembly  of  citizens,  is  held  once  every  six  months.  The 
revenue  of  ue  State  amounts  to  $15,000 ;  the  army  consists  of  60  men.  The 
population  of  the  capital  is  about  5000 ;  foiu  villages  constitute  the  rest  of  the 
territory  of  the  republic.     Popalatior>    ^  the  whole,  in  1638,  7600. 


jf*-/;.^«,i!;M 


■■*). . 


NAPLES. 


.  m  ■ 


The  KufODOH  ar  NAPt.Bs,  or,  as  it  is  called,  Thk  Two  Sioiuks,  is  the  moat 
considerable  in  Italy  for  extent  and  population,  in  which  respects  it  approaches  to 
the  rank  of  the  great  monarchies ;  but  the  supine  and  indolent  character  of  its 
government  almost  prevents  it  from  having  any  weight  in  the  political  svstem. 
This  kingdom  comprises  all  the  south  of  Italy,  with  the  island  of  Sicily,  and  a  few 
small  islands  in  the  neighbourhood.  The  continental  portion  is  bounded  north-west 
by  the  States  of  the  Church ;  north-east  by  the  Adriatic ;  south-east,  by  the  Ionian 
Sea,  and  south-west  by  the  Mediterranean :  its  extreme  length  is  about  360  miles. 
Its  width  varies  from  130  to  80  miles.  The  island  of  Sicily  is  separated  by  a 
narrow  strait  from  the  southern  extremity  of  Italy :  its  extreme  length  is  350  miles, 
and  breadth  about  130.  The  continental  part  contains  30,680  square  miles,  and 
the  island  12,373:  total,  43,053.     Population  of  the  kingdom,  7,956,935. 

The  ridge  of  the  Apennines  extends  through  the  whole  continental  part  from 
north  to  south.  There  are  other  mountains,  which  have  no  connexion  with  this 
ridge.  Four  volcanoes  are  comprised  within  the  kingdom,  —  Vesuvius,  iEtna, 
Stromboii,  and  Volcano.  All  the  rivers  in  the  continental  part  descend  from  the 
Apennines.  The  Garigliano,  Vulturno,  Silaro,  and  Crati,  are  the  chief,  but  are 
small  streams.  There  is  an  indescribable  richness  of  vegetation  throughout  this 
country.  Here  flourish  the  fig-tree,  the  almond,  the  cotton-plant,  and  sugar-cane. 
Sicily  is  one  of  the  most  productive  spots  on  the  earth.  The  soil  is  csScarecu^ 
and  its  fertiliiy  is  much  increased  by  volcanic  fire. 


^  -«f 


406 


NAPLE& 


The  land  is  mostly  tlie  property  of  great  landlords.  In  Sicily  it  belongs  \vholly 
to  the  nobility  and  clergy.  Agriculture  is  badly  managed,  and  the. cultivators  aire 
poor.  On  the  continent  are  produced  wine,  oil,  silk,  wheat,  and  maize ;  sheep  are 
numerous.  Sicily  produces  the  same  articles,  with  flax  and  hemp.  The  Sicilian 
wheat  is  very  superior.  Oranges,  lemons,  figs,  and  almonds,  are  raised  in  great 
quantities.  The  exports  are  wine,  oil,  fruits,  silk,  sulphur,  grain,  flax,  and  hemp. 
Formerly  no  Neapolitan  ship  ventured  beyond  the  Straits  of  Gibraltar,  but  that  is 
no  longer  the  case.  In  1845,  the  ports  of  New  York  and  Boston  were  visited  by 
the  Urania,  a  fine  first  class  frigate  of  50  guns,  from  Naples. 

The  sciences  are  in  a  miserable  state  throughout  the  kingdom.  There  are  no 
schools  for  the  lower  classes,  and  the  few  means  of  instruction  are  in  the  hands 
of  an  ignorant  clergy.  The  three  universities  at  Naples,  Palermo,  and  Catania, 
are  provided  with  fine  libraries  and  numerous  professors,  but  little  is  taught  in 
them  beside  law  and  natural  philosophy. 

Naples  is  an  hereditary  monarchy.  The  king  exercises  both  the  legislative  and 
executive  power.  The  continental  and  insular  parts  have  each  a  separate  legisla- 
tion, but  these  bodies  have  only  the  right  of  voting  taxes.  The  army  consists  of 
45,000  men,  and  the  navy  of  two  ships  of  the  line,  five  frigates,  and  fifty  small 
vessels,  mounting  altogether  496  guns. 

Sicily  is  the  largest  island  in  the  Mediterranean.  It  seems  to  have  been  sepa- 
rated from  the  continent  by  some  violent  convulsion.  The  strait  of  Messma 
dividing  it  from  the  continent,  is  5  miles  broad.  This  is  the  ancient  Chaiybdis, 
although  the  whirlpool  which  rendered  it  such  a  terror  to  mariners,  no  longer 
exists.  The  mountains  of  this  island  may  be  regarded  as  a  continuation  of  the 
Apennines.  Mount  ^tna  is  near  the  eastern  shore.  This  celebrated  volcano  has 
thrown  out  flames,  at  intervals,  for  more  than  2000  years.  Its  immense  size  and 
solitary  elevation,  the  beauty  and  magnificence  of  the  surrounding  scenery,  and 
the  terrific  grandeur  of  the  convulsions  to  which  it  has  be^n  subject,  have  made 
it  one  of  the  wonders  of  the  world.  At  a  distance,  it  appears  like  a  truncated 
cone.  Upon  a  nearer  approach,  the  traveller  is  astonished  at  the  wild  and  gro- 
tesque appearance  of  the  whole  mountain.  Scattered  over  the  immense  declivity, 
he  beholds  innumerable  small  conical  hills  gently  rising  from  the  surface  to  the 
^eight  of  400  or  500  feet,  covered  with  rich  verdure  and  beautiful  trees,  villages, 
scattered  hamlets  and  monasteries.  As  his  eye  ascends,  he  discovers  an  immense 
forest  of  oaks  and  pines  forming  a  beautiful  green  belt  round  the  mountain.  Above 
this  appears  the  hoary  head  of  the  volcano,  boldly  rising  into  the  clouds,  and  cap- 
ped with  eternal  snow.  The  crater  is  a  hill  of  an  exact  conical  figure,  composed 
of  ashes  and  scoriae.  From  this  opening,  smoke  is  continually  ascending.  The 
elevation  of  the  mountain  is  10,925  feeL  The  rivers  of  Sicily  are  mere  rivulets. 
The  heavy  winter  rains  set  the  mountain  torrents  running,  but  when  dry,  their 
beds  become  tolerable  roads.    Population  of  the  island,  1,943,366. 

The  Lipari  Islands  lie  between  Sicily  and  the  continent.  They  are  12  in  num- 
ber; a  part  of  them  only  are  inhabited,  Lipari,  the  principal  ish,  contains  112 
square  miles;  it  is  mountainous,  and  the  soil  is  rendered  fertile  by  a  subterranean 
fire.  There  was  once  a  volcano  here.  The  island  of  Stromboli  is  a  volcano  that 
bums  without  ceasing.  Volcano  constantly  emits  smoke.  The  island  of  Capri,  in 
the  bay  of  Naples,  contains  10  square  miles.  It  consists  of  two  high  rocky  moun- 
tains enclosing  a  fertile  valley.  Ischia  and  Procida  are  fertile  islands  in  the  same 
neighbourhood.    Population  of  thejvhole  group,  22,000. 

Naples,  the  capital,  is  the  largest  city  in  Italy.  It  stands  at  the  bottom  of  a 
bay,  and  with  its  suburbs  and  contiguous  villages  extends  6  or  8  miles  along  the 
water.  On  the  land  side  it  is  surrounded  by  mountains.  Nothing  can  surpass 
the  beauty  of  the  bay  or  the  prospect  of  the  city  viewed  from  the  water,  where  it 
appears  broken  into  great  masses,  and  crossed  by  long  lines  of  palaces,  hanging 
gardens,  and  terraced  roofs ;  the  outline  upon  the  sea  is  strikingly  indented,  and 
the  shipping  is  clustered  behind  the  moles,  castles  and  towers  on  the  points  of 
projection.  The  shores  of  the  bay  are  covered  with  interesting  ruins,  and  broken 
into  graceful  inlets.  The  dark  towering  summit  of  Vesuvius  rises,  frowning  over 
the  landscape,  while  its  lower  regions  are  covered  with  the  richest  vegetation, 


im  of  a 
long  the 
Isurpass 

fhere  it 
Jianging 
^ed,  and 

laintB  of 
broken  I' 
Ing  over 
letation, 


NAFLE& 


407 


and  dotted  with  white  country  bouses.  The  whole  circuit  of  the  bay  is  edged 
with  white  towns,  and  covered  with  cultivation  and  the  abundance  of  nature. 
The  magnificence  of  tiie  whole  scene  is  beyond  the  most  gorgeous  description. 

The  streets  of  the  city  are  straight  but  narrow;  some  are  refreshed  with  foun- 
tains; others  are  decorated  with  statues  and  sculpture  obeliske.  The  houses  are 
high,  the  rooft  flat,  more  than  half  the  front  consists  of  windows,  and  every  win- 
dbw  is  faced  with  an  iron  balcony.  Naples  in  its  interior  has  no  parallel  on  earth. 
The  whole  population  is  out  of  doors  and  in  incessant  motion.'  Every  trade,  occu- 
pation and  amusement  is  here  going  on  in  the  midst  of  a  tumultuous  crowd  rolling 
up  and  down.  The  number  of  laxzaroni,  or  vagabonds,  is  immense.  They  are 
idle  from  choice ;  their  tatters  are  not  misery,  for  the  climate  requires  hardly  any 
covering.  Six  strong  castles  defend  the  city,  and  an  excellent  mole  shelters  the 
port  The  commerce  is  not  very  active.  There  are  above  300  churches  in  Naples 
remarkable  for  their  ornaments  and  rich  jewdry.  The  nobility  are  numerous  and 
are  much  addicted  to  show  and  parade :  100  of  them  have  the  title  of  Princes. 
Population,  in  1841, 886,302. 

The  environs  of  Naples  combine  almost  everything  grand  and  beautiful.  Many 
of  the  towns  scattered  along  the  bay  have  10  uid  15,000  inhabitants.  Mount  Ve- 
suvius, which  forms  so  striking  a  feature  in  the  landscape,  rises  in  a  pyramidal 
fbrro  in  the  midst  of  a  large  plain.  The  ttaveller  in  ascending  it  pasaes  among 
cultivated  fields  and  vineyards,  traversed  by  old  streams  of  lava,  black,  rough,  and 
sterile.  The  ascent  is  gradual  and  extends  3  miles.  On  one  side  the  mountain 
is  cultivated  nearly  to  the  top.  The  conical  summit  is  composed  of  ashes  and 
cinders.  The  crater  is  about  a  mile  in  circuit,  and  is  3800  feet  above  the  sea. 
The  view  from  the  summit  is  enchanting.  The  soil  of  the  mountain  ia  extremely 
fertile,  and  cultivated  with  the  spade  like  a  garden.  The  crater  throws  out  con- 
tinual smoke,  and  often  bursts  forth  in  terrible  eruptions. 

Torre  del  Greco,  a  seaport  near  Naples,  has  13,000  inhabitants.  Ghieta,  on  the 
coast,  to  the  north  of  Naples,  has  15,000.  Lecci,  in  Uie  south,  is  a  fine  city. 
Population,  14,806.  Bari,  on  the  Adriatic,  has  a  good  harbour  and  a  population 
of  19,000. 

Palermo,  the  capital  of  Sicily,  stands  on  a  small  bay  in  the  north-western  part 
of  the  island.  The  streets  are  regular  and  wide ;  the  houses  elegant,  and  several 
of  the  public  squares  very  beautiful.  It  has  a  university,  and  considerable  com- 
merce. Population,  140,000.  Catania  stands  at  the  foot  of  Mount  ^tna.  Its 
streets  are  straight,  specious  and  paved  with  lava.  It  is  the  busiest  town  in  Sicily, 
and  has  a  university,  public  library,  museums,  academies,  &.c.  It  was  founded 
700  years  before  the  christian  era,  and  has  suffered  severely  from  eruptions  of  the 
mountain  and  earthquaivus.  Population,  52,433,  Messina  stands  upon  the  strait 
of  that  name,  at  the  north-eastern  extremity  of  Sicily.  It  is  regularly  built,  and 
has  one  of  the  best  harbours  in  the  Mediterranean.  Its  fine  quay  extends  more 
than  a  mile  along  the  port  It  ia  the  first  comrnercial  town  in  the  kingdom,  and 
ita  trade  extends  to  the  North  of  Europe  and  America.  It  was  completely  destroyed 
by  an  earthquake  in  1788,  but  has  been  rebuilt  Population,  83,772,  Syracuse, 
on  the  eastern  coast  of  the  island,  is  a  strongly  fortified  town  with  a  good  harbour. 
It  has  many  Grecian  antiquities.  Population,  16,065.  Girgenti,  on  the  south 
coast  has  an  indifferent  harbour,  but  considerable  trade.  Population,  17,767. 
Trapani,  at  the  western  extremity,  has  some  commerce  and  coral  fisheries.  Popu- 
lation, 24,330. 

Malta  is  an  island  in  the  Mediterranean  Sea,  about  54  miles  to  the  south  of 
Sicily,  and,  though  imperfectly  connected  with  Italy,  belongs  more  to  it  than  to 
any  other  country.    It  is  about  60  miles  in  circuit  und,  together  with  the  neigh 
bouring  small  islands  of  Grozzo  and  Gomino,  belongs  to  Great  Britain.    In  no  part 
of  Europe  are  the  defences  so  imposing.    In  Gibraltar  admiration  is  excitoa  by 

I  the  works  of  nature ;  in  Malta  by  those  of  art  To  garrison  the  latter  completely 
would  require  above  30,000  men.  Malta  was  orieinally  nothing  but  a  barren 
rock ;  but  such  quantities  of  «8oil  have  been  carried  to  it  iVom  Sicily  and  Africa, 
tliat  it  is  now  fertile  and  well  culiivated ;  the  people  are  induatrioua,  and  raise 
'  grain,  cotton,  and  excellent  fruita,  particularly  oranges.    In  1825,  the  native  popu- 


4t8 


IONIAN  BOiES. 


tetoiof  thiaialaiidunoantedtol08,000;Uwffanriioaaiiditrangento8200.  On 
the  neighbouring  nnaller  island  of  Goxzb  uiete  were  16^00.  Comims  lying 
hetween  Helta  and  Gouo,  contains  600  inhabitants. 

La  Valetta,  the  capital  and  port  of  Ifalta,  being  situated  on  a  narrow  tongue  of 
land,  with  a  mkio  harbour  on  each  side,  forms  an  admirable  naval  staticm,  deriving 
great  importanee  fhm  its  pontioo  in  the  I  eart  of  the  Mediterranean.  It  serves 
alsot  especially  daring  war,  as  a  cnnmercial  depAt,  whence  goods  ma;^  be  intr»- 
dttoed  into  Italr  and  the  Levant  Population,  00,000.  Citta  Yecchia,  in  the 
MDtre  of  th6  iahnd,  is  also  well  fortifiisd.    Pqmlation,  0000. 


,-,v~  ■ 


IONIAN  ISLES. 

Tbb  loifiAH  ItLkinm  is  the  name  given  to  a  range  extending  chiefly  along  the 
coast  of  Greece.  The  principal  ones  are  Corfii,  Santa  Maura,  Theaki,  Cephabnia, 
Cerig;ok  situated  at  a  considerable  distance  from  the  others,  off  the  southern  coa«t 
<^the  Morea.  These,  as  detached  islanda,  occupied  firequently  a  conapicurus 
|dace  in  andient  histiwy ;  but  thair  political  union  took  place  in  modem  times',  in 
consequence  of  being  held  bv  the  Venetians,  and  defended  by  their  navy  against 
the  Turks,  who  had  overrun  the  whgle  of  the  adjacent  continent  When  Fnnce, 
in  1797,  eeized  the  territory  of  Venice,  she  added  these  as  an  appendage  to  it; 
and,  6ven  after  the  cession  of  Venice  to  Austria,  endeavoured  still  to  retain  them 
attached  to  her,  under  the  title  of  the  Ionian  Republic.  She  was  unable,  how- 
ever, to  maintain  them  against  the  superior  naval  force  of  England,  which,  at  the 
congress  of  Vienna,  was  nominated  protector  of  the  Ionian  luiands.  That  power 
ha«  since  continued  to  hold  them  in  full  military  occupation,  and  spei^  about 
100,0001.  a  year  in  fbrtifications  and  troops.  The  natives,  however,  are  allowed 
a  great  share  in  the  internal  government,  and  even  assemble  in  a  regular  parlia- 
ment 

The  Lord  High  Commissioner,  who  is  at  the  head  of  the  government,  is  appointed 
\tf  the  kin?  of  Great  Britain.  The  legislative  assembly  consists  of  20  elective  and 
11  integral  members,  all  of  the  class  of  synclitie  or  ncwles;  the  former  are  chosen 
for  the  term  of  five  years  by  th<;  nobles;  the  latter  are  virtually,  if  not  directly, 
nominated  by  the  Hig^h  Commissioner.  The  senate  consists  of  a  president,  nomi- 
oated  by  the  commissioner,  and  five  members  chosen  by  the  legislative  assembly 
ftom  their  own  number. 

These  islands,  like  the  opposite  coast  of  Greece,  are  rocky,  rugged,  and  pic- 
turesque,  though  none  of  the  peaks  rise  to  any  great  elevation.  This  sur&ce 
renders  them  01  fitted  for  the  cultivation  of  com ;  out  wine  and  fruits,  especicUy 
the  latter,  are  raised  in  great  perfoction.  The  species  of  small  grajpes  which, 
when  dried,  are  called  currants,  are  largely  exported  firom  these  islanaa.  2<ante 
produces  amiaally  about  90,000  owt ;  Oephalonia  about  65,000.  The  total  annual 
produce  is  estimated  at  about  180,000  cwt:  Olive  oil  is  also  largely  exported, 
about  113,000  barrels  being  annuallv  produced.  Honey,  wine,  and  flax,  are  the 
most  important  articles  of  agricultural  industiy.  The  annual  value  of  the  exports 
is  about  §3,000,000.  The  public  revenue,  independent  of  the  military  establish- 
ment, which  iS'Bupported  by  the  British  government,  is  9700,000  per  annum. 

The  following  table  gives  a  general  view  of  these  islands  :— 


Name*. 

CVphalonia  ....  1 

Corfu 

Zante...r 

Bante  Maura 

Cnrlgo  (withCerigotto). . 
Theaki  (with  Cakmoa) . . 
Paxo  (with  Antipazo)  . . . 


Square  MilM. 

Population. 

500 

63,197 

370 

65,057 

180 

35,348 

150 

17,195 

130 

8.707 

60 

9,644 

90 

5,064 

1310 

904i)l9 

Capital. 
ArgoatoU . . . . 

COKFU  

Zante 

Sante  Maura. 

Modari 

Vathi  

St  Gago  .... 


Population. 

4,500 

17,000 

30,000 

5,000 

3,500 
4,000 


■■ 


TUftRBY. 


I  Zaate  w  the  rksbsit  and  mpift  fenmljiBg  of  tbew  ulandii  bat  Cai^  ,^  .^, 
I  the  seat  of  government,  Which  is  etrongly  &Ufied.  AigoetoU,  Goifii,  vaA  SiMitai; 
liie  the  principal  porta 


TURKEY. 

TinuaT  ni  EoBorB  fimmi  the  western  and  metropolitan  part  of  that  extenaifft 
and  (mce  mij^tr  em^re. which  aabverted  and  suiteraeded  the  eaatem  hranch  xt 
the  emp^e  m  Kaoke.  Tiui  moat  extenmve  portion,  in  which  perhaps  its  mai|^ 
strength  is  seated,  belongs  to  Ana.  It  forms  the  most  eastern  part  of  tne  territoiy 
of  southern  Earope,  and  the  link  which  connects  that  continent  with  Afia.  It  auo 
onites  the  Mediterranean  with  the  Black  Sea,  being  almost  inclosed  by  their  v»- 
rioos  bays  and  branches,  and  by  that  Icaig  ranje^  of  straibk  tjie  Dardanellea,  t)ie 
Sea  of  Marmora,  and  the  channel  of  Constantinople,  by  which  these  two  great 
seas  roinmonicate.  On  the  northern  side,  it  has  an  inlwnd  boundary  bordering  on 
Austria  and  on  Russia.  The  Danube  forms  here  the  limit  (^  the  cwtral  Tunush 
provinces,  and,  with  the  fortresses  on  its  bfmks,  has  been  the  main  barrier  of  the 
empire ;  but  beyond  it  are  the  tributary  provinces  of  Moldavia  and  WaUaehia* 
which  carry  the  flnmtier  to  the  Pruth  and  the  Carpathian  Mountaiiis. 

The  mountains  of  Earo[)ean  Turkey  consist  chiefly  of  that  extensive  range 
called  the  Balkan  Mountains,  also,  Despoto  I^,  and  Argentari;  a  eontinuoos 
chain,  s^'-'-^^hincr  from  the  head  of  the  Adriatic  to  the  Black  Sea.  It  separates 
Turkey  '<'»    r.vx^'al  very  fine  and  fruitful  plains. 

The  gr  >*  ■.  ver  oi  Eunme,  swelled  to  its  utmost  magnitude,  rolls  alonff  the 
whole  tore  st.  Jiiuropean  Turk^.  From  the  barbarism  of  the  gdvemment,  now- 
ever,  and  the  hostile  relati(»s  with  the  neighbouring  powers,  the  Danube  serves 
very  little  for  the  conveyance  of  merchandise ;  it  is  more  filmed  in  the  dreadful 
annals  of  war  than  in  the  peacefhl  records  of  commerce. 

The  grand  divisions  of  Turkey  are  Romelia,  in  the  south;  Albania  and  Bosnii^ 
west;  TOrvia  and  Bulgaria,  in  the  centre;  and  Wallachia  and  Moldavia,  in  the 
nortii,  beyond  the  Danube.  The  area  of  the  whole  is  about  306,000  square  mites, 
and  the  population,  10,000,000.  Wallachia,  Moldavia,  and  Servia,  hardlj^  fimn  at 
pesent  uiy  part  of  the  Turkish  empire,  being  governed  by  their  own  pnnces  and 
hospodas,  and  are  in  all  respects  independent,  except  that  they  pay  a  fixed  trilmte 
to  the  Porte.  " 

The  Turkish  political  system  has  no  analogy  with  that  of  any  other  European 
power,  but  is  formed  upon  a  purely  Asiatic  mMlel.  Its  principle  iai  the  suUectisD 
of  the  whole  administration,  civil,  militarv,  and  religious,  to  the  absolute  dupoapl 
of  one  man.  The  grand  signior,  the  "  shadow  of  Qod,"  and  "  refuge  of  the  world," 
la  r onsidered  as  reigning  by  divine  commission,  and  uniting  in  himself  all  the 
powers,  legislative,  executive,  judicial,  and  ecclesiastical.  So  deeply  rooted  is 
the  veneration  for  the  Othman  fiunily,  that,  amid  so  many  bloody  and  vi(dent  re- 
volutions, the  idea  has  never  heen  entertained  of  a  subject  seating  himself  on  the 
imperial  throne ;  and  after  cutting  off  the  bead  of  one  sultan,  notliiog  has  ever 
been  dreamt  of  but  raising  the  next  heir  to  the  throne. 

The  vizier,  assisted  by  the  divan,  is  the  person  upon  whom  devolves  entire  the 
exclusive  power  of  the  state.  The  grand  signior  does  not  even,  like  some  oth«r 
oriental  despots,  make  a  show  of  sittmg  in  jwlgment,  but  delegates  that  flmctiao 
also  to  his  minister.  The  muflis,  and  uTema,  or  body  of  moUahs,  form  the  depo- 
sitory of  the  laws  of  the  empire,  and  the  only  class  who  approach  to  the  character 
of  a  national  'jouncil.  The  mufti  is  the  second  person  of  the  empire  in  dig^ 
nity ;  he  girds  the  sabre  on  the  sultan,  an  act  equivalent  to  coronatiott ;  and  the 
sultan  advances  sevon  steps  to  meet  him,  while  he  advances  only  three  towards 
the  grand  vizier.  No  great  measure  (rf*  state  can  be  reBrularly  taken,  c;  essasimau 
the  r'jspcct  of  the  empire,  without  a  fetwa  firom  the  mutu.  Justice  is  administered 
by  members  of  the  ulema :  those  in  the  large  towns  are  termed  mollahsb  and  in 


86 


w 


mmi 


^mmsm 


410 


TOSKET. 


!^^ 


the  nnaller  towni,  esdis ;  the  nominatkias  being  rnede  by  the  aultin  ftom  a  list 
pfewnted  by  the  muflL 

The  court  and  oeraglio  form  not  oalf  the  moat  brilliant  appendage  to  the  Otto- 
man Porte,  but  one  (n  the  great  moving  sprinn  of  ita  political  action.  In  Uiis 
palace,  or  priaon,  are  immured  600  or  6w  femalea,  the  most  beautifbl  that  can  be 
SMind  in  the  neiThbouring  realraa  of  Eoiope,  Aaia,  and  Africa ;  wherever  Turks 
can  rule,  or  Tai  .<  ^  ravage.  The  pachas  and  tribvUuy  princes  vie  with  each 
other  in  gifts  of  Uiia  nature,  which  form  the  most  effictive  mode  of  gaining  impe- 
rial &voar.    The  confinement  of  these  females  is  not  so  rifid  as  formerly. 

The  finances  of  the  empire  are  shrouded  in  mystery;  weir  amount  cannot  be 
in  any  degree  measured  by  that  of  the  sums  paid  into' the  treasury.  The  lands 
held  as  the  sole  property  of'^the  sultan  are  let  out  on  the  tenure  cf  military  ser- 
vice. Of  the  direct  contributicm,  the  principal  is  the  haratth,  or  capitation  tax, 
iinposed  on  all  enUects  of  the  empire  who  are  not  Mahometan.  In  the  subject 
provinces  of  Moldavia  and  Wallachia,  the  haratsh  is  paid  in  one  sum  by  the 
princes  or  vaivodes ;  but  both  ftom  them,  and  from  the  pachas,  his  imperial  ma* 
jee^  is  pleased  to  accept  of  numerous  presents  on  various  occasions,  to  say  no- 
thing of  those  which  it  is  at  least  lughly  prudent  to  make  to  the  officers  of  state 
and  the  occupants  of  the  harem.  "Die  customs  are  considerable,  being  levied  by 
form,  without  much  rigour ;  but  the  attempts  to  establish  an  excise  have  been  met 
Iqr  violent  discontents,  and  even  insurrection. 

The  military  power  of  Turkey,  formerly  the  terror  of  the  most  considerable 
Slates  in  Europe,  is  now  despised  by  almost  the  meanest ;  and  the  time  has  passed 
away  when  the  Janissaries,  the  Sphahis,  and  the  Dehlis  were  thought  to  be  in- 
vincible. The  martial  spirit  and  discipline  of  these  troops  had  long  been  in  a 
state  of  decay ;  and  they  were,  for  many  years,  in  consequence  of  their  turbulent 
spirit,  more  formidable  to  their  own  sovereigns  than  to  their  enemies.  The  corps 
of  Janissaries  was  annihilated  in  1836,  and  the  whole  Turkish,  modelled  on  that 
of  the  European  system.  It  amounts  nominally  to  between  200,000  and  300,000 
men ;  but  the  corps  are  in  general  badly  officered,  badly  armed,  and  undisciplined. 
The  navy  consists  of  15  snips  of  the  line,  18  fri^tes,  and  4  steam-ships:  this 
force,  however,  is  but  indiffisrently  organiaed,  and  ill  managed. 

Agriculture,  in  European  Turkey,  is  depreesed  at  once  by  arbitrary  exactions, 
and  by  the  devastation  consequent  on  frequent  wars  in  many  of  the  finest  pro- 
vincm;  yet  its  productions  are  valuable.  The  nain  which  grows  in  the  plains 
of  Roumelia,  Bulgaria,  and  un  the  banks  of  the  Danube,  is  considered  the  finest 
in  lhei«  empire.  From  the  same  plains  a  great  quantity  of  excellent  butter  and 
bad  cheese  is  obtained,  the  latter  being  made  of  skimmed  milk.  The  steep  sides 
and  deep  valleys  of  Hemus  and  Rhodope  are  covered  with  vast  flocks  of  sheep, 
ttflfording  the  most  delicate  mutton,  but  a  coarse  kind  of  wool,  which,  however, 
fimn  its  plenty,  forms  a  large  article  of  export.  Bufialoes  are  chiefly  employed 
in  agriculture ;  and,  though  their  flesh  is  unpalatable,  their  skins,  being  thick  and 
strong,  are  of  considerable  value.  Hare  skins,  also,  are  so  abundant  as  to  form  an 
article  of  importance  in  commerce.  Bees  innumerable  are  reared,  and  yield  a 
j>rofiision  of  honey  and  wax.  A  fine  white  silk  is  produced  in  Bulgaria  and  the 
plain  of  Adrianople,  but  not  equal  to  that  of  Brusa.  Cotton  flourishes  in  the  plains 
south  of  the  Balkan,  though  nowhere  so  copiously  as  in  Macedonia  and  ThesBaly. 

Manufoctures  are  in  a  still  less  flourishing  state ;  yet  the  very  fine  one  of  Tur- 
key leather  had  been  carried  to  the  highest  perfection  at  Gallipoli,  and  some  other 
places  along  theJ)ardanelles,  as  well  as  in  several  cities  of  Asia  Minor.  Turkey 
carpets  belong  to  Asia  Minor,  where  manufacturing  industry  is  generally  more 
advanced  than  in  European  Turkey.  The  commerce  of  this  part  of  the  empire, 
excluding  Greece,  is  almost  confined  to  Ck)nstantinople,  whence  would  be  exported 
a  good  deal  of  grain,  were  it  not  for  the  impolitic  prohibition,  which  does  not, 
however,  prevent  a  considerable  contraband  trade.  Other  productions  of  Eu- 
ropean and  Asiatic  Turkey,  wool,  bufiblo  hides,  skins,  goats'  hair,  Turkey  leather, 
wax,  drugs,  silk,  cotton,  and  copper,  find  their  chief  vent  through  the  capital 
The  pride  of  the  orientals,  and  their  peculiar  habits,  render  Usem  fittle  dependent 
on  imports  ftom  the  West    Nevertheless,  the  European  merchants  contrive  to 


■n 


TUAKET. 


411 


introduce  some  oottonc  and  rognr;  «1m>,  coflke  ftom  the  We«t  Indies  aodet'  the 
disguise  of  Mocha,  together  with  gtese,  porcelain,  and  other  brilliant  ikbrics  ten 
the  ornament  of  the  harem  From  the  Black  Sea  and  the  Caspian  are  brought 
slaves  in  great  numbers,  also  a  vast  quantity  of  salt-fish  ai^  caviare. 

The  national  character  and  aspect  of  the  Tuik  is  thoroughly  oriental,  and  in 
every  point  contrary  to  that  of  the  western  European  nations.  All  the  external 
ferms  of  life  are  dissimilar,  and  even  oppoeite.  The  men,  instead  of  our  dressen 
fitted  tight  to  the  body,  wear  long  flowing  robes,  which  conceal  the  limbs.  In- 
stead of  standing,  or  sitting  on  chairs,  they  remain  stretched  on  softs,  in  luxurious 
indolence;  considering  it  madness  to  stir  or  walk,  unless  for  specisl  purposes  or 
business.  They  sit  cross-legged,  especially  at  meals.  On  entering  a  nouse,  they 
take  ofl;  not  their  hat,  but  their  shoes ;  in  eating,  thev  use  the  fingers  (wlv,  with- 
out knife  or  fork ;  they  sleep  not  on  beds,  but  on  couches  on  the  ground.  Theugb 
the  Turk  be  naturally  sedate  and  placid,  his  rage,  wiien  once  roused,  is  furious 
and  ungovernable,  like  that  of  a  tnute.  Hospitality  and  giving  of  alms  are  ori- 
ental virtues.  It  ia  rare  to  hinder  any  one  firom  plucking  herbs  or  fruit  in  a  gar- 
den or  orchard.  This  humanity  is  even  injudiciously  extended  to  the  lower  crea- 
tion, which  enjoy  at  Constantinople  a  sort  m  paradise.  The  dogs,  though  excluded 
OS  unclean  from  tbe  houses  and  mosques,  are  allowed  to  multiply  in  the  streets  till 
they  become  a  perfect  nuisance ;  the  doves  ibed  at  liberty  on  the  grain  in  Uie  har- 
bour, which  echoes  with  the  crowded  clang  of  unmolested  sea-binls. 

The  religion  of  Mahomet  is  considered  to  be  preserved  throughout  this  empire 
ill  a  state  of  peculiar  and  exclusive  puri^.  The  Turk  is  imbueofrom  his  earlieat 
iniancy  with  the  loftiest  concepUcgis  of  his  own  spiritual  state,  and  with  a  mlii- 
gled  hatred  and  contempt  of  every  other.  This  feeling  is  entertained,  not  only 
towards  the  "  infidel,"  but  still  more  deeply  towards  the  Persian  ShUte,  whose 
tenets  respecting  the  person  of  Ali  are  so  detested,  that,  according  to  the  soundest 
doctors,  it  is  as  meritorious  to  kill  one  Shiite  as  twenty  Christians. 

The  learning  of  the  Turks  is  comprised  within  a  very  limited  compatai  Tbe 
torrent  of  their  barbarous  invasion  buried  under  it  not  only  the  splendid  though 
corrupted  remains  of  Greek  science,  but  that  of  a  secondary  descriptkm  which 
was  attained  by  the  Arabs  under  the  calipfiate.  Yet  some  of  the  early  sultans 
were  patrons  of  learning;  as,  indeed,  most  conquerors  have  lieen.  The  Turks 
are  ignorant  of  the  most  common  instruments  in  natural  philosophy,  the  telescope, 
the  microscope,  the  electrical  machine ;  which,  if  presentied  to  them,  are  merely 
shown  as  objects  of  childish  curueity.  Persons  of  the  highe^it  rank  scarcely  know 
anythincr  of  countries  beyond  the  k>undaries  of  the  empire.  Astrology,  so  long 
exploded  from  the  list  of  European  sciences,  continues  in  Turkey  to  influence 
and  direct  the  public  councils.  No  expedition  sails  from  Constantinople,  no 
foundation  of  a  building  is  laid,  nor  public  ofllcer  installed,  until  the  nunedjetn 
bachi,  or  chief  of  the  astrologers,  has  named  the  fortunate  day.  With  all  their 
pride,  they  are  obliged  to  have  recourse  to  Christian  physicians,  whose  skill  they 
ascribe  to  necromancy,  and  who  they  therefore  expect  will  pret^Jct  at  once,  in  the 
most  precise  manner,  the  issue  of  their  complaints.  All  the  arts  have  degene- 
rated into  mechanical  trades.  Neither  arehitecture,  paintin{r,  nor  music,  is  prac- 
tised with  any  degree  of  taste  or  genius. 

The  condition  of  the  female  sex  in  Turkey  is  particularly  fbreiffn  to  cur  man- 
ners and  iduae.  From  the  moment  of  marriage  they  are  immured  in  the  harem, 
excluded  from  the  view  of  the  public  and  of  all  of  the  opp.^ite  sex,  their  nearest 
relations  being  alone  remitted  on  occasions  of  peculiar  ceremony.  This  oircum' 
scribed  existence,  and  the  necMsity  of  sharing  with  a  multitude  of  livals  the 
favour  of  a  husband,  or  rather  master,  appear  intolerable  to  European  ideas.  Po- 
lygamy iu  permitted  by  law,  and  qprried  sometimes  to  a  vast  extent,  but  only  hy 
the  rich.  The  poor,  and  even  others  who  study  domestic  ^iet,  find  one  wire 
quite  sufficient  Divorce  is  permitted,  but  is  not  common.  Disagreement  of  tem- 
per (loea  not  bear  so  hard  on  the  husband,  ftom  the  separate  state  in  which  he 
lives ;  adultery  is  avenged  by  the  n.!)niard ;  so  that  sterility,  reckoned  so  deadly  a 
curaei  throughout  the  East,  is' the  prevailing  motive  ftir  divorce. 
The  rayahs,  or  subject  infidels,  who  form  so  large  a  part  of  the  population  of  | 


;  'iA.v*r-.\j.  -^fifc.v-.Jt.e 


419 


TUViMf. 


.Tofksjrt  *n  chiefly  Greeks,  Jews,  and  Armenian^,  i'he  tmusemento  of  the  Taik 
•n  chiefly  domestip.  His  delight  is  to  give  himself  up  to  oontinued  and  unraried 
nveris :  to  glide  down  the  stream  of  time  without  tho'jffnt  or  anzis^ ;  to  retire  under 
the  shade  of  trees,  there  to  muse  without  any  fixed  object,  and  to  inhale  through 
the  pipe  a  gentle  inebriating  vapour.  The  ball,  the  th  atre,  the  crowded  par^,  all 
that  in  Europe  can  be  accounted  gaiety*' are  utterly  vreign  to  Turkish  manners. 

The  dress  of  the  Turks  has  always  consisted  o'  long  flowing  robes  whi^  con- 
ceal^ the  limbs,  and  was  unfavourable  to  any  active  exertion;  but  these  have 
been  supplanted  in  many  instances,  particularly  in  the  large  towns,  by  a  short 
tfght  Jacket  and  pantaloons,  and  the  turban  of  covering  of  the  head  by  a  cap.  But 
little  change  has  taken  place  in  the  drefM  of  the  women,  and  the  face  is  still  ge- 
nerally covered  with  a  veil. 

Some  attempts  at  improvement  have  within  a  few  years  been  made  by  the  Turkish 
government.  The  late  sultan,  Mahmoud,  organised  his  army  and  navy  afier  those 
of  the  other  European  nations^  and  endeavoured  to  introduce  their  sciences  into  his 
empire ;  but,  owing  to  the  imperfect  means  adopted,  but  little  essential  change  has 
yet  t^en  place.  In  the  year  1846,  the  most  important  innovation  in  Turkish 
policy  yet  attempted  has  been  proposed.  A  parliament  or  convention,  to  consist 
of  deputies  from  all  parts  of  the  Sultan's  dominions,  was  ordered  to  assemble 
at  Constantinople,  for  the  purpose  of  devising  measures  to  improve  the  condition 
of  the  empire. 

Constantinople  occupies  perhaps  the  most  commanding  and  important  site  of 
any  city  in'the  world.  Its  situation  is  as  beautiful  and  superb  as  it  is  commodious. 
Seated  on  the  Boaphorus,  at  the  point  wh»re  it  commumcates  with  the  Propontis 
or  Sea  of  Marmora,  it  is  connected  both  with 'the  Mediterranean  and  the  Black 
Sea  by  a  succession  of^jBtraits,  easily  defensible,  yet  navi^ble  for  the  largest 
vessels.  Tlie  port  is  spacious  and  admirable.  The  city  itself,  rising  on  seven 
hills,  along  the  shore  of  the  Bosphorus,  embosotned  in  groves,  from  amid  which 
numerous  gilded  domes  ascend  to  a  lofty  height,  presents  a  most  magnificent  spec- 
t^le.  But  the  moment  the  interior  is  entered,  all  the  magic  scene  disappears. 
The  streets  are  narrow,  winding,  ill  paved,  and  crowded ;  the  houses  low  and 
gloomy ;  and  the  hills,  which  appeared  majestic  in  the  view,  causing;  steep  ascents 
aqd  descents^  prove  excessively  inconvenient.  But  the  iqost  fatal  circumstance  in 
the  structure  of  Constantinople  is,  that  the  houses  of  rich  and  poor  are  alike  en- 
tirely composed  of  wood,  while  chimneys  are  not  generally  used,  bat  their  place 
supplied  by  vessels  of  brass  or  earth  put  under  the  feet.  These  circumstances, 
joined  to  the  usual  improvidence  of  the  Mahometans,  cause  most  tremendous  con- 
flagrations. It  is  even  believed,  with  or  without  reason  it  is  difficult  to  prove,  that 
die  Turkish  public  employ  the  setting  fire  to  the  city  as  a  mode  of  communicating 
their  opiiuon  on  the  conduct  of  their  rulers.  The  scene  is  terrible,  from  the  extint 
of  the  blaze,  the  deep  rolling  of  the  drum  from  the  top  of  the  minarets,  and  the 
crowds  that  assemble,  among  whom  even  the  grand  signior  himself  is  expected  to 
be  present.  It  is  reckoned  that  Constantinople  rises  entire  from  its  ashes  in  the 
course  of  every  fifteen  years;  but  no  advantage  is  ever  taken  of  the  circumstance 
to  improve  its  aspect  The  fallen  streets  are  immediately  reconstructed  with  all 
their  imperftctions,  and  the  houses  rebuilt  of  the  same  fragile  materials.  This  city 
contains,  however,  some  structures  that  are  very  magnificent.  Among  them  stands 
foremost  the  mosque  of  St.  Sophia,  accounted  the  finest  in  the  world,  first  built  as 
a  church  by  Justinian,  and  converted  by  the  conquering  Turks  to  its  present  use. 
The  mosques  of  Sultan  Achmet  and  qf  Suleyman  are  equally  vast  and  splendid, 
but  not  marked  by  the  same  classic  taste.  The  population  is  quite  uncertain.  It 
is  variously  estimated  at  from  400,000  to  600,000  souls. 

Pera  and  Scutari,  two  appendages  to  Constantinople,  in  any  other  vicinity  would 
rank  as  cities.  Pera  is  the  Frank  quarter,  where  reside  the  ambassadors  and  agents 
of  all  the  European  courts,  and,  under  their  protection,  all  Christians  whose  trade 
d«es  not  fix  them  at  the  port.  It  has  thus  become  verjr  populous,  and  even  crowded ; 
•o  that  houses  are  obtained  with  difficulty.  Scutari  stands  on  the  Asiatic  side,  in 
a  beautiful  and  cultivated  plain,  and  presents  a  picturesque  aspect,  from  the  nJlx- 
tnte  of  trenn  and  minafetB, 

Adrianople  is  a  large  city,  five  miles  in  circumference,  and  containing  about 


OHBBCE. 4^ 

ICXMXN)  inhahitontfc  There  are  letefml  encient  pelseee,  and  a«pleiidid  moaqne, 
bilt  the  Bfxeeti  an  aanow  aad  crooked,  the  booBos  ill^Riilt  of  brick  aad  nnid. 
The  ancient  strength  of  He  fintiflcatioas  baa  gone  hito  deeaj.  Bo«oga%  on  a  h^r 
of  the  Bhek  Sea,  near  the  foot  of  the  Balkan,  has  a  raanuftotory  or  pottenr,  and 
carriea  on  a  CMiiridarable  tmde.  GalKpoIi,  on  the  Strait  6[  tlie  DaidatuiUeab  is 
also  a  large  and  eommereial  {daee^  with  17,000  inhabitanta.  Sophia,  the  capital,. 
at  the  fiiot  of  the  moantain%  is  a  large  town,  with  40^000  i|diabitant%  and  curies 
<m  a  great  inland  trade  between  Salonica  and  the  interior'  coi^tries  of  eaalein: 
Eurqie.  Schumla,  or  Chourala,  near  the  entrance  of  anothtt  of  the  great  passes 
of  the  Balkan,  fbnoB  rather  a  chain  of  mdely  entrenched  positions  tbui  a  regolar 
fortress ;  yet  such  is  the  obstinacy  with  which  the  Tqrks  deibnd  snch  sitnatioos,, 
that  this  city  has  repeatedly  bafBfl  the  utmost  effints  of  the  Russian  anny.  Varna, 
a  port  on  ti>e  Black  Sea,  is  also  a  leading  military  station,  and  was  the  theatre  of 
a  signal  victory  gained  by  Amurath  the  Great  over  the  Hungarian  troopsi 

A  chain  of  fortresses  on  the  Danube,  large,  and  strongly  ibrtified,  rarmed  long 
the  main  bulwarks  of  the  Turkish  empire.  The  chief  are,  Widin,  tiie  residence 
of  a  pacha ;  Oiurgevo,  Niconoli,  Rustmnk,  Silistria.  They  are  all  of  neatly  simi- 
lar character,  extensive  and  populous,  uniting  with  tiieir  importance  as  military 
stations  that  derived  ikm  an  extensive  trade  along  the  Danube.  The  ^pital  of 
Servia  is  Belgrade,  a  fortress  of  extraordinary  stroogth,  long  cibnsidere^  flie  key 
of  Hungary,  and  disputed  with  thie  utmost  obstinacy  betwelen  the  Austrians  and 
Turks.  It  is  now  equally  distinguished  as  a  seat  of  inland  commerce,  being  tike 
great  entrepot  between  Turkey  and  Germany,  and  is  supposed  to  contain  about 
20,000  inhabitants.  Serajevo,  oriSosna  Serai,  capital  or  Bosnia,  is  still  laiger, 
havine  been  estimated  to  contain  60,000  inhabitants.  It  trafficks  in  arms  and 
jewelleTy,  and  receives  numorous  caravaiks  ftom  Constantinople.  Jasly,  the  capi- 
tal of  Moldavia,  is  situated  in  the  interior  (Athe  countnr,  amid  a  marshy  distru^ 
which  renders  it  unhealthy.  Cralatz,  at  the^nction  of'^the  Danube  and  the  Si- 
geth,  carries  on  roost  of  the  trade,  and  might  lAtain  considerable  importance  if  the 
navigation  of  the  formei^  river  were  madie  ftee.  Bucharest,  the  capital  of  Walte- 
cbia,  is  a  large  city,  containing  about  80,000  souls.  It  is  built  upim  a  dismal 
swamp,  to  render  the  streets  passable  over  which,  they  are  covered  with  bowds; 
but,  in  the  intervals,  water  springs  up  firom  dirty  kennels  beneath.  Here  Eu- 
ropean and  Oriental  costumes  and  manners  unite  in  nearly  equal  proportions. 
The  people  are  clothed  half  in  hats  and  shoes,  half  in  caipacs  and  pelmses;  the 
carriages  are  drawn  as  often  by  buffiik>es  as  by  hor^  The  nobles  live  in  extra- 
vagance and  dissipation,  while  the  people  are  plunged  in  poverty. 

Joannina,  which  Ali  Pacha  made  his  capital,  has  a  very  picturesque  situation 
on.  a  lake,  surrounded  by  lofty  mountains,  and  is  supposed  Ui  contain  a  populaticm 
of  12^000.  The  houses  are  irregularly  Imilt,  intermingled  with  gardens  and  trees. 
A  great  proportion  of  the  inhabitants  are  Greek.  Scutari,  the  capital  of  Upper 
Albania,  is  situated  in  a  rich  plain ;  has  a  population  of  about  16,000 ;  and  carries 
on  some  considerable  manufiustures  of  elotn.  tts  pacha  is  now  the  most  considerw 
able  potentate  in  Albania.  Salonica,  the  ancient  Thessalonica,  carries  on  an 
extensive  commerce/and  possesses  a  population  of  60,000  or  70,000  inhabitanta. 
It  is  one  of  tiie  few  remaining  cities  that  have  preserved  the  form  of  the  anciient 
fortifications,  the  mural  turrets  yet  standing,  and  the  walls  that  support  them  being 
entire. 


GREECE. 

Grekok,  though  bearing  so  ^at  a  name,  and  occupying  ao  high  a  place  in  our 
recollections,  had  ceased,  until  of  late,  to  be  considered  as  hnffing  any  actual 
existence.  The  torrent  of  Ottoman  conquest,  overwhelming  all  the  institutions 
and  monuments  of  the  classic  ages,  seemed  to  have  obliterated  its  place  att  a  sepa- 
rate State,  and  to  have  sunk  it  ;stc  the  Bubordinate  province  of  a  huge  berbarmn 
empire.    ^Ut  memorable  events  just  elapsed  have  again  produced  the  Greeks  to 


w 


414 


OKBSCE. 


the  world,  with  chnw  to  be  ooMidered  ta  »  gnat  and  independent  peofde.    Even 
o^r  their  deep  humiliation,  materiala  were  not  wanting,  oot  of  which  their  inde- 

Eindeoce  might  be  ro  eatabliahed.  Amid  the  ghwm  or  Torkiah  domination,  the 
reeka  atill  exiated  aa  a  people  even  way  aepatate ;  not,  indeed,  manifeaUng  their 
Ibfmer  high  duqtiaya  of  geniua  and  heroiam,  yet  atiU  remaining  diatinet  m  lan- 
ouage,  mannera,  and  rell^gion,  and  ezhibitis^  even  revived  aymptoma  of  Intel- 
M^ual  and  general  activity.  After  witaeaamg  the  gloriona  tboagk  cheqnCTed 
effnrta  made  oy  the  natkn  itaeK  and  though  with  variooa  ancceaa;  conaidering 
the  part  now  publicly  taken  by  the  Statea  M'Ennqie,  we  cen  no  longer  heaitate  to 
aevei;  Greece  from  the  Turkiah  emfHre,  and  give  to  it  •  place  among  European 
nationa. 

Greece,  conaidered  aa  a  free  State,  haa  been  cofttracted  in  extent,  in  conaequence 
of  the  reveraea  auatained  by  the  national  arma,  and«  the  treaty  concluded  by  the 
European  powera ;  and  inclodea  only  a  email  portion  of  what  we  have  been  aecns* 
tomed  to  conaider  aa  Greece.  Bounded  on  the  north  by  a  line  from  the  Gulf  of 
Volo  to  that  of  2Seitoun,  the  {neaent  kingdom  of  Greece  doea  not  comprise  the 
extensive  and  populoua  territoriea  of  Theasaly,  Macedonia,  and  Albania.  It  now 
comprises  the  Morea,  a  email  part  of  the  cent' >  ant  north  of  the  Isthmus,  the 
Island  of  Negroponte,  and  about  the  one-half  of  the  islanda  in  the  Archipelago, 
comprising  the  northern  Sporades,  the  Cyclades,  and  the  ialanda  in  the  Gulf  of 
Egina  aim  Napoli :  the  area  of  the  whole  la  probably  91,000  square  milea.  Popu- 
lauon,  In  1835,  688,696,  The  general  diviaiona  of  the  kingdom  are  the  four 
provinoea  of  Western  Hollas,  Eaatem  Hellas,  the  Morea,  and  the  Islee,  which  are 
aubdivided  into  ten  nomoi,  and  these  into  oparchiea. 

The  interior  of  Greece  ia  greatly  diversified  with  ragged  mountabs,  and  with 
fertile  and4>icturesque  valea.  Along  the  shoree  there  are  beautiful  plains,  the  soil 
tiF  which  ia  fruitful,  and  the  climate,  delightful.  There  are  many  inlets  and  bays, 
affiffding  great  facilities  for  commenie,  and  presenting  strong  inducements  to  navi- 
gation, ui  various  parts  of  Greece  there  still  remain  many  interesting  monuments 
of  antiquity.  The  ruins  of  temples,  known  to  have  been  built  dUOO  years  ago, 
exist  at  the  present  day.  It  is  remarkable  that  these  remaina  exhibit  a  style  of 
architecture,  common  in  that  remote  age,  more  truly  chaste  and  beautifiil  than  has 
been  since  devised.  After  all  the  improvementa  of  modem  times,  we  are  obliged 
to  admit  that  the  ancient  Greeks  are  our  masters  in  this  noble  art 

Constitutional  monarchy  is  the  form  of  government  destined  for  Greece  by  the 
great  powers,  and  iu  which  she  appears  to  h&ve  acquieaced ;  and  a  monarch,  after 
many  diificultios,  has  at  length  been  choeen.  The  political  elements  are  by  no 
means  duly  organised.  The  two  parties  are  that  of  the  people,  composed  gene- 
nliy  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  towns,  and  having  at  its  head  the  commercial  State 
of  Hydra ;  and  that  of  the  capitani,  or  chieftains,  who,  in  the  interior  of  the  colia- 
try,  have  established  a  species  of  feudal  military  sway. 

Industry,  in  Greece,  is  only  in  a  very  aecondary  state,  yet  its  products  are  not 
inconsiderable.  Agriculture  is  carried  on  with  rude  implementa  and  bad  cattle, 
and  only  in  some  quarters  ia  irrigation  practised  with  diligence ;  yet  so  genial  are 
tibe  climate  and  soil,  that  the  harvests  are  generally  more  plentiftil  than  in  Eng- 
land. Wheat,  barley,  and  maixe  are  chiefly  cultivated,  and  of  each  there  b  some 
surplus  for  exportation.  Cotton  is  raised  to  a  very  great  extent,  and  forms  the 
chief  basis  of  its  export  trade.  The  olive,  in  Greece,  retains  its  ancient  celebrity ; 
"  nor  has  the  honey  of  Mount  Hymettus  lost  an^  part  of  its  exquisite  flavour." 
That  species  of  nape  called  the  C<Mrinthian,  which  produces  the  finest  currants, 
is  peculiar  to  the  Morea  and  the  Ionian  Islands,  especially  Zante,  from  which  it  is 
lai^ly  exported.  Greece,  however,  is  altuffether  a  pastoral  country ;  the  people 
are  skilled  in  the  management  of  cattle,  Imt  much  more  in  that  of  sheep  and 
gORff,  'vMch  aro  fed  lu  vast  nnmben  on  the  sides  of  the  hills,  and  on  the  high 
'•'•.■s!>  <^  tie  interior.    Of  these  animala,  however,  the  breed  ia  not  of  any  emi- 

|iit>nce,  and  has  %ven  degenerated. 
Manuftictures  are  in  a  still  ruder  siate  than  agriculture ;  and  the  coantiy  is 
indebted  to  foreijpen  for  every  thing,  except  a  few  coane  and  common  fobrics: 
C^Mnmerce  is  earned  on  with  much  greater  activity  than  any  of  the  other  hrandhea  I 
i  '  1——.——^-..==.»=— .»—;;; — ■-..._.^.— --^.,—-— -———=— —....ib 


GRB  .^^ 


41S 


of  industry,  and  hM  beeo  one  of  the  main  iMtram^iita  in  laiiing  this  ranowmd 
eountry  from  it*  wtreine  depretuon.  'fh«  great  eireait  of  its  ooaata,  ila  nameioiw 
baya*  and  ita  poaition  in  the  Ticinity  of  aome  of  the  richeat  and  moat  prodaetiva 
eountriaa  in  the  world*  clearly  deatined  Greeea  to  be  a  maritime  and  conmerdal 
region.  The  proud. ignoranoe  of  the  Torka,  leading  them  to  deapiae  trade,  left 
this  career  open  to  the  vasaal  people.  A  prodigioua  impulse  waa  given  hy  the 
genera]  war  eonaequent  on  the  Freneh  revolution,  whieh  left  the  Oreek  for  a  long 
time  the  only  neutnl  flag  in  Europe.  The  ialanda,  and  partitonlarlT  the  little  har^ 
boura  of  Hydra,  Ipaara,  and  Speaua,  not  only  exp«rted  the  produce  of  Gieeea 
itself,  but  m::'ntaioed  the  carrying  trade  from  port  to  port  all  around  the  Mediter- 
ranean. There  waa  even  an  eztensiTe  tranaroiasion  of  artielea  to  the  head  of  the 
Gulf  of  Salonica,  and  thence  by  land  into  the  heart  of  Austria.  A  Greek  mer- 
cantile and  shipping  intereat  of  great  wealth  and  importance  waa  thua  created.  • 
In  1809,  the  exporta  were  eatimated  to  amount  to  #13,000,000;  comprising  coW 
ton,  tobacco,  com,  wool,  olive  oil,  curranu,  silk,  cheese,  fruits,  &e.  '  It  is  difficult 
to  ascertain  the  present  condition  of  the  commerce  of  diis  country.  During  the 
revolution  it  waa  deatroyed ;  and  the  Hydriota,  in  whom  it  centred,  were  all  occu- 
pied by  war :  nor  haa  it  probably  revived  to  its  ancient  extent.  In  1838,  the 
merchant  ahips  of  Greece  amounted  to  4500,  manned  by  16,000  men. 

The  Greek  army,  in  18S0,  was  estimated  at  50,000  men,  consisting  of  brave  bat 
irregular  troops,  and  commanded  by  skilful  generals.  It  is  now  reduced  to '8000 
men.  The  navy  conaists  of  32  vessels,  mounting  190  gtins,  and  manned  with 
3400  offioera,  sailora,  and  marines.  The  government  dock-yaitis  are  at  Paros  uaA 
Nauplia. 

The  character  of  the  modem  Greeks,  both  before  and  since  the  revolution,  haa 
been  painted  in  somewhat  un&vourable  colours.  They  are  reoresented  as  addicted 
to  the  vices  incident  to  every  despised  and  oppieased  people ;  avarice,  intrigue, 
cunning,  servility,  and  as  being  almost  entirely  govemeid  by  motives  of  nelf- 
interest.  The  reproach,  however,  seems  to  be  mainly  due  to  the  inhabitanta  cf 
the  towns,  and  the  chiefs,  particularly  the  Fanariots,  or  rich  Greeks  c^Conatanti- 
nople.  The  peasantry  are  allowed  to  be  a  very  fine  race ;  and,  indeed,  the  great 
actions  performed  in  Uie  course  of  the  late  contest  must  silence  tlrase  who  pretend 
that  the  nation  has  loet  all  its  ancient  energies. 

The  religion  of  the  Greeks  is  that  which  was  designated  \if  their  taame,  to  dis- 
tinguish it  fh>m  the  Roman  Catholic,  after  the  great  schism  of  the  eastem  and 
western  churches.  Thi^  however,  may  be  considered- on  a  lower  level  as  to  any 
enlightened  views  of  Christianity.  According  to  a  late  writer,' the  lower  ranks  in 
Greece  have  a  religion  of  mere  forms,  while  the  upper  ranks  have  no  religion  at 
all.  The  most  respectable  of  the  clergy  are  the  monks  or  edhyert,  out  of  whom 
are  chosen  the  bishqps,  and  even  the  patriarch  or  general  hei^  of  tho  religion, 
who,  before  the  late  convulsions,  resided  at  Constantinople. 

Learning,  in  Greece,  where  it  once  flourished  with  such  nnrivalled  splendour, 
had  follen  into  a  state  of  total  extinction.  As  soon,  however,  as  the  government 
had  acquired  a  degree  of  consistence,  they  turned  their  immediate  attention  to 
this  object;  and,  reaily,  considering  the  pressure  of  so  dreadful  a  war,  efibcted 
wonders.  They  established  scshools  of  mutual  instractidh  at  Athens,  Argos,  Tri- 
polizza,  Missolonghi,  and  most  of  the  islands.  They  decreed  the  formation,  at 
Argos,  of  an  academy  on  a  great  scale,  where  every  requisite  of  intellectual  cul- 
ture might  be  united ;  also  of  central  schools  and  libraries.  All  these  institutions 
are  yet  only  in  their  in&ncy ;  but  there  cannot  be  a  doubt  that,  the  independence 
of  the  Greeks  being  once  established,  one  of  the  first  results  would  be  an  extraoi* 
dinary  eflbrt  to  raise  their  intellectual  character  as  a  nation. 

The  dress  of  the  Greeks  is  formed  on  the  model  of  the  Turkish,  either  ftom; 
imitation,  or  firom  adoption  of  the  same  oriental  pattem.  In  general  the  attire  ott 
all  who  can  aflbrd  it  ia  gaudy  and  glittering,  covered  with  gold  and  silver  ei»- 
broidery,  a^  with  the  most  brilliant  colours.  Above  all,  the  arms  of  the  chiefil 
are  profiisely  adorned,  mounted  with  silver  and  even  jewels.    The  simplicity 

whink  •  mnro   raflnMl   tantn   haa  infmvlnp^  infn  tiis  i^^tntnit  nf  um  vmatpm  1f^ 


which  a  more  refined  taste  has  introduGed  is!c  ths  ccsuiuie 
lOpeans  is  held  by  them  in  contempt 


of  iiie  western  Eki- 


416 


Tba  food  of  the  Qraelu,  ttamfl^  tb*  combinad  mfliMiiee  of  pofwty,  ud  the 
loqg  ftit«  tnioiMd  by  (heir  Mligior.  is  ooopoeed  in  •  greet  neemre  of  ihh,  veg». 
feMMi  end  miit  Ceviere  ie  the  netiooel  refoot,  end,  Uke  other  fleh  diehed^  ig 
4Mten  eeeeoned  with  erooetic  berbei  Sneile  dreewd  in  gerlic  era  eleo  e  Ihvonrite 
diph.  Their  meet  veined  ftuita  ere  olivee,  meka%  weter>meloni,  end  eipeciell; 
jenide. 

The  ideade  ferm  e  pnxninent  end  intereetinif  eppendue  to  Cheeee.  Cjpnn, 
Shodeet  end  e  ooneidereUe  number  of  emeller  ielee  renrna  elonjf  the  ooeit  of  Ana 
liinor,  have  been  elweye  coneidered  ee  Aeietic  The  week  Enropeen  iaiends  are 
Candie,  tiM  Cydedei^  *ui  thorn  termed  the  Ionian  lalanda. 

Cendia,  lately  ceded  to  the  Pacha  of  Egjrpt,  ia  ooe  of  the  largeat  irianda  in  the 
Hediterreneen,  being  reckoned  about  6W  miles  in  circumference.  It  ia  perhaps 
pan  ftvoured  by  nature  then  eny  other  pert  of  Europe.  The  interior  is  covered 
with  mountains,  of  vhkh  Blount  Ida  towem  to  a  very  lofty  height  The  plains 
end  valleva  along  the  sea-ooast  are  covered  with  myrtle  groves,  spaciouB  plane 
tieee,  and  other  beeutifiil  woods  ,^  and  the  aoil,  though  merely  smtehed  by  a 
wretched  plough  drawn  by  two  enry  ojren,  yields  luxuriant  crops  of  wheat  and 
berl^.  Tiie  olive  grows  m  high  perfoetioo ;  though  the  oil,  for  want  of  care  and 
akill  m  preparing  it,  is  unfit  tat  the  table,  and  only  used  for  soap  and  other  manu- 
&eturesL  The  uhabitants  are  a  fine  race,  and  wtre  more  independent  of  the 
Porte  than  the  vaaeals  of  most  other  perts  of  the  empire.  The  mountains  and 
nouniain  plains^  however,  have  continued  to  be  occupied  by  a  Greek  race,  called 
the  Sfaeeiotee,  who  in  these  high  trects  carry  on  the  trade  of  shepherd,  not  alto- 
gether unoombined  with  that  of  lobber.  It  wes  by  this  body  that  the  chief  stand 
wee  made  in  the  kte  ineurreotion,  and  they  had  nearly  driven  the  Turks  out  of 
;|he  island*  when  they  were  forced  themselves  to  yield  to  the  Pecha  of  Egypt 
^  Of  the  towns,  Candin,  the  capital,  has  had  its  harbours  choked  up  with  sand, 
•geinet  which  the  Turks  never  take  eny  precautions;  and  the  i^reater  part  of  its 
Inde  has  passed  to  Canea.  It  still  bears  the  trace  of  a  handsome  Venetian  town, 
with  substantial  Louses  fanned  into  regular  streets  and  equaree;  bat  the  havoc  of 
ita  long  siege  and  subsequent  desertion  give  it  a  very  gloomy  aapect  Popula- 
tion, 13,000.  Canea,  ie  the  chief  commercial  part  of  the  island :  it  has  6000  in- 
habitants ;  more  than  half  of  whom  are  Mahomedana.  There  is  nothing  in  its 
sepcet  to  diatinguish  it  from  other  Turkish  tovsnas.  Between  Canea  and  Candia 
is  IteUmo,  situated  in  a  delightful  country  abounding  with  olive  treee ;  but  its  har- 
bour havioff  likewise  suff^rM,  Canea  has  profited  in  this  as  in  the  former  instance. 

The  Cydades,  a  numerous  end  celebrated  group,  are  interposed  between  Candia 
and  Asia  minor,  but  nearer  to  the  continent,  from  which  they  recede  in  a  south- 
east direction.  Their  aspect,  bold,  rocky,  yet  richly  verdant,  presents  to  the  ves- 
sels sailing  through  it  scenes  of  varied  beauty.  The  principal  of  these  are  Pares, 
Antiparos,  Naxoa,  Santorini,  Milo,  Argentera,  Syra,  Andru,  Sine,  Zea,  &c. 

Negropont  is  a  long,  narrow  island,  separated  from  tiie  continent  by  the  narrow 
ohannel  of  Uie  Euripus,  or  Egripo.  It  is  diversified  by  rugged  mountains  and  fer- 
tile valleys.  It  was  aupposed  to  contain  about  $0,000  inhwitants  previous  to  the 
revolution,  but  does  not  probably  at  present  contain  half  that  number,  the  Turks, 
who'were  more  numerous  here  than  anywhere  else  in  southern  Greece,  having 
been  expelled  tiie  island.  The  capital,  Chalcis,  or  Negropont,  has  a  population 
of  about  6000.  The  Northern  Sporades,  lying  north-east  of  Negropont  comprise 
Slvro,  Chelidonia,  and  other  islands. 

Two  islands,  Hydra  and  Spezzia,  though  little  favoured  by  nature,  took,  for  a 
time,  the  lead  of  all  the  States  and  Mands  of  Greece.  Hydra,  a  rugged  mass  of 
roclc,  with  scarcely  a  spot  of  verdure,  by  the  energy  of  ito  inhabitants  and  their 
attention  to  commerce,  became  rich  and  prosperous.  In  1816  ito  merchanta  owned 
130  ships,  which  traded  to  all  parts  of  the  Mediterranean.  During  the  war  of  in- 
dcoendenoe  the  H^driota  earned,  for  themselvee  the  character  of  being  the  most 
efflcient  and  intrepid  sailors  in  the  Greek  navy ;  and  their  bravery  contributed,  in 
no  small  degree,  to  the  succedsful  issue  of  that  contest.  The  island  formerly  con- 
tained 40,000  inhabitantt ;  but  in  1834  they  had  dwindled  to  one-half  that  number ; 
end  their  trade  has  declined  in  proportion.    The  town  of  Hydra  contains  some 


Jls4<Ur-^-i-»iPM 


BH 


OKiSlCE. 


41T 


interesting  pablic  baildings ;  there  is  also  a  well-regulated  college,  a  mathematical 
seminary,  and  several  schools.  Spezzia  is  a  sort  of  outwork  of  Hydra ;  h  has 
only  3000  inhabitants,  vet  has  somewhat  more  of  cultivation. 

Athens,  the  most  celebrated  of  all  the  Grecian  cities,  is  situated  just  without 
the  isthmus  of  Corinth,  6  miles  from  the  sea.  The  town  stands  at  the  foot  of  a 
steep  rock,  called  the  Acropolis,  and  spreads  ipto  a  plain  on  the  west  and  north- 
west. It  is  surrounded  by  a  ihiok,  irregular  wall,  3  miles  in  circuit,  and  10  feet 
high,  passing  along  die  brinks  of  precipices.  Some  portions '  of  the  ancient  wall 
are  also  to  be  seen.  The  remains  of  ancient  architecture  are  still  sufficient,  in 
spite  of  the  ravages  of  barbarian  conquerors,  to  excite  ths  admiration  of  the  tra- 
veller. The  temiile  of  Theseus,  the  lantern  of  Demosthenes,  the  tower  of  the 
winds,  Adrian's  gate,  the  peristyle  of  the  Parthenon,  and  a  wall  of  the  theatre 
exist  entire.  The  population  amounts  to  17,000;  it  is  extremely  varied  in  charac- 
ter, comprising  natives  of  almost  every  country  in  Christendom. 

Napoli  de  Romania,  or  Nauplion,  is  the  best  built  town  in  the  Mores.  It  stands 
on  an  eminence  projecting  into  a  wide  bay,  and  is  surrounded  with  walls.  From 
its  maritime  situation  and  great  natural  strength,  it  must  ever  be  one  of  the  keys 
of  Greece.  Its  harbour  is  good,  and  the  commerce  considerable.  Population, 
16,000.  Tripolisza,  the  Turkish  capital  of  the  Mureo,  was  taken  during  the  war 
by  Ibrahim  Pacha,  and  is  now  mostly  in  ruins :  it  contained  4  mosques,  8  Greek 
churches,  and  a  bazar,  and  a  population  of  about  12,000.  Navarino  stands  upon 
an  excellent  harbour  in  the  south-west  part  of  the  Morea.  Here  the  Tflf  kish 
naval  power  was  completely  destroyed  by  the  combined  fleets  of  Russia,  France 
and  England,  on  the  20th  October,  1828,  the  anniversary  of  the  battle  of  Sal^mis. 
It  is  a  place  of  some  trade,  and  has  a  ffood  harbour.  Modon,  in  the  same  neijgh-i 
bourhood,  has  a  good  harbour  and  considerable  trade.  Coron,  not  far  distant,  on  i^ 
wide  bay  of  the  same  name,  is  a  small  town,  but  well  fortified.  Pialvasia,  on  the 
eastern  coast,  stands  on  an  island  connected  with  the  continent  by  a  bridge.  It 
has  a  strong  citadel,  and  its  neighbourhood  produces  the  wine  called  Malvoisia,  or 
Malmsey.  Caltaiata,  on  the  Gulf  of-  Meesenia,  is  a  considerable,  but  open  town. 
Tripolizza,  the  former  capital  of  the  Morea,  stands  in  a  narrow  valley  at  the  foot  of 
Mount  Menalus :  before  the  revolution  it  had  a  considerable  trade  and  a  popula^iop 
of  12,000.  Misitra,  or  Mistras,  was  a  strong  place  with  7000  inhaihitarits  previous 
to  the  revolution.  It  is  now  in  a  ruinous  state.  The  ruins  of  Bparta  are  about  8 
miles  fW)m  this  town.  Corinth  stands  on  the  isthmus  uniting  the  Morea  to  tl^ 
continent  It  still  exhibits  the  remains  of  its  ancient  walls  and  the  citadel,  or 
acro-eorinthus.  It  formerly  had  a  harbour  on  each  side  of  the  isthmus,  but  the 
only  port  is  now  oh  the  Gulf  of  Lepanto.  The  houses  are  generally  well-built. 
Patras,  at  the  entrance  of  the  Gulf,  has  a  considerable  commerce,  and  formerly 
was  the  residence  of  many  European  Consuls.  It  eufiered  severely  during  the 
late  contest,  the  country  in  its  neighbourhood  being  ravaged  by  the  contending 
armies.  Missolonehi  is  without  the  Morea.  It  stands  on  the  Gulf  of  Lepanto' 
opposite  Patras.  ft  was  captured  by  the  Greeks  in  1821,  recaptured  after  several' 
attempts  by  the  Turks  in  1825,  and  afterwards  rescued  by  the  Greeks.  It  is  a 
fortified  and  important  place.    Here  Lord  Byron  died,  in  1824. 

This  country,  the  most  celebrated  of  antiquity,  has  at  length,  after  ages  of  bond- 
age  ander  the  iron  yoke  of  the  most  ruthless  oppressors  of  modem  times,  assumed 
an  independent  attitude  among  the  nations  of  the  earth.  The  nomination  of  Qtho 
of  Btkvaria  to  the  Uirone  of  Greece  by  the  great  powers  of  Europe,  and  supported 
by  their  influence,  affords  a  prospect  that  the  new  state  has  now  permanently  ohf 
tained  a  tranquil  and  settled  condition.  The  moral  and  religious  instruction  of] 
this  interesting  people  has  for  some  years  past  attracted  the  attention  of  sevpral 
misnonary  ana  philanthropic  societies,  both  in  Great  Britain  and  the  United  States, 
and  cheering  hopes  are  entertained  that  their  exertions,  aided  by  those  of  the  go*^ 
vemment,  and  the  natural  quickness  and  intelligence  of  the  people  Uiemselves,; 
will,  at  no  distant  period,  exnibit  such  an  improvement  in  the  public  mind,  as  will] 
satisftctorily  prove  to  the  world,  that  the  Greeks  of  the  present  day  want  but  th^ 
I  Heid  of  fVee  iDCtitutioaa  and  favourable  cireninatances,  tc  enable  them  tc  risai  tufg| 
I  brightest  era  of  their  distinguished  forefotheni. 


»e 


-•-■i  iniiu----^-^-^- ■- 


BiMI 


1 


-..'-£au-.»^  y.-! 


48 


TABULA!  THW  OF  EUROPE. 


TABULAR  VIEW 
THE  EUROPEAN  STATES. 


•tAW. 


■w«d«n  and  Norway 

Denmark 

HollaiMi 


•••■*•• 


Baiglum  . 


r.*lr«land(la.MaUa,fte.) 

FraiiM 

Spain  

AnOtirra  (Rvpublle) 

forttigal 


M 
H 

a 

M 

2^ 

o 

K 
< 

n 

m 

N 

o 


Craaow  (RayaMto) 

'  Auairia(in.UMbardylkV«n.) 

PruMia 

Bavaria •••.••••••• 

Saiony 

Hanavar 

WtrtHtbaff 

ll«MM<OaM«l  (BlaetoraU'i. . . 

Haaaa-DaroMladl 

HaMM.Uuinburt  (Landgr.) . . 

flasa-Walmar 

Saia^Ookura-Qotba 

8«ia-AllenDurg  

l)aM-M«lnin|«n  HiMbuffh. 

Maeklankuri-Bchwarln 

MMklanbttrg-Strallu 

Braniwiek 

OMaabwri 

NaMaa 

Aakalt  Beraburt 

Aahalt-Oiiilwar 

AakaU>OMMu 

■ohwartttari-KudoMadt. . . 
■Bhwartahuri-aoadarhauMB 

BawaMlralu 

Ba««M-floktolU 

Uppa<0«tiaoM 

LiMia4klMiaeak«if 

Holiinaolltm-aiipnariBgaa . 
nohenaollerB-IlcclilDmn . . . 

WaNtoek 77 

Iniahiaaatela 

KnipiMuaan  (Uordiklp) 

Hamkura 

UikMk 


nrankfort 

■Nliatilaad, 

Barriiaia 

Monaco  (principality) ■ 

Tuaeany  (Qraad  Ouaky). . . . 
PariM. 


Blat«aortkaCk«rck..... 
Ban  Martao  (BapaUle). . . 

Napica 

bMiaa  UaMb  (to  G Jriuia) 

Onaee 


»  «••« ••«« 


•  «  •••••a«a**a«*a*« 


Arta  ta 

Bq-Mllca. 


VopulaUon. 


907,000 
tl,uao 
li.iou 
ia,ouo 

Itil.UOO 
90ft,UM 

lea  000 
loa 

30,800 

1,001,000 

MO 

on,ooo 

107,000 

ao,W7 

7,000 
14,790 

7,aoo 

4,359 
4.119 

lUB 
1.440 
1.044 

4W1 

tns 

4,7U 

788 

1.SI4 

9,799 

9,164 

340 

330 

363 

440 

3M 

193 

433 

436 

913 

49B 

117 

439 

33 

17 

134 

199 

79 

113. 

13,000 

90,04 

30 

8,730 

9330 

9,143 

434 

17,379 

99 

<3LQ« 

1,310 

90M0O 

91,0011 

TbUI. 


4,S0«8B0 

9.080,938 

9,033,618 

4,949J0O 

97,101,438 

33,340,080 

19,108,774 

18,000 

3.330,000 

37408,000 

131,489 

33,fl70JI78 

14,300.008 

4,338,370 

1,008,300 

1,737,300 

1.048,780 

i,«n,9ao 

791,330 

793,130 

93.400 

943.890 

140,010 

191,380 

148,390 

478,800 

87.890 

96it,<IOO 

984.078 

387,370 

46,990 

40.900 

81,480 

86,130 

3S,810 

31,300 

79.AI0 

89,«n0 

97.800 

49,000 

90,900 

86,488 


9,988 

133,300 

47J0O 

37.800 

04470 

9,188,000 

4,610,388 

7.800 

1,481,879 

463473 


163,748 

9,738418 

7408 

7436483 

904419 

10yll80,800 


»43Aa8.89^ 


Principal  KalitkNin  Bseta. 


Latharanc,  Catkolica.  Jaw*. 

Ltttherant,  iewa,  ftc. 

OalviBifti,  Caiitullca,  *«.. . . 

Oatbolid,  Caiviuiiii 

BpiMwpaliana,  Catkolica,  fcc. 
Calkollea,  Oalviniate,  Ite.. . 

OaikoUoa 

Catkolica 

Oatkotiea 

Oiaoka,  Ualbollu,  ttc 

Oalkoiic*,  Lutkerana,  Jawa 

Catkolica,  Orcakc,  4e. 

Bvanieliata,  OaikaliM.ftc. 
Catkolicth  Erancaliata.  Jawa. 
Latkeraaa,  Catkolica,  Jewa. 
Lutkaraua,  Oatbollca,  *&. . 
Uitkerana,  Catkolica,  *e. . 
Catkolica,  Lutkarana.  4to. . . 
Evanieliiia,  Oalkoliea,  Ae. . 
Lutkerana,  Catkolica,  Ike. . . 
Calvinidia,  Lutkerana,  Ac . . 
Lutkerana,  Catkolica,  Ae . . . 
Lutkerana,  Catkolica,  Jte. . . 

Latkerauf 

Lutberani,  Jew,  Catkolica. 

Lutkerana,  Juwi,  ftc 

Lutkerane,  Jewa 

Lutkerani,  Catkolica,  ke. . . 
Lutkerana,  Catkolica,  Ac. . . 
BvanieliaU.  Catkolica,  lee. . . 
Calviuicti,  Lutkerana,  Jewa. 
CMviniita,  Lutkurai  i,  Jewa. 
Oalviniila,  Lutkerana,  Ac 

Lutkerani,  Catkolica 

Lutlierani,  Catkolica 

Lutkerana,  Je'ra 


Oovamneat 


OoMtliutioaa! 

EeUtea 

Ooattltulional 

CoMUiuUonal 

Conttllutional 

i>MiUiiulionBl 

Conatiiutional 

Republic 

Oonitlluiional 

Abenlutc 

Republic 

Abaolule 

Abeolute 

Conultulional 

Oonitiiutional 
■  Bctatei 
•  Oonitiiulionol 
•Voniiitulioul 
•K)on*tituiionil , 

OonititutioDRl 

Abioliiit 

ConilitiilionHl 

Oonntitiilitinal 

Oonttitutional 

Conititulional 

Eilate* 

Eatatei 

Conitilutionil 

Abeolute 

Cnnititulional 

Estate! 

Ectatea 

BMMlea 

Bitatai 

EitatM 

Bitatea 


Lutkerana,  Hernkultaia,  Jawa  Eatatea 
Calviaiaie,  Lutberaaa.Catk't  Eatatoa 
Lulkrraaa,  Calvlniata.  Oath'a  BMatea 

Catkolica,  Jewa 

Catkolica 

Lutkerane,  Oalvlniata,  Jawa. 

Catkolica „....., 

Lutkerani .., 

Lntkeran*.  Jewa.  Ac 

Lutkerani,  Catkolica,  te . . . 

Lutkerana,  CaWiniiia , 

Lutkerana,  Catkolica,  ftc. . , 
OalTiniau,  Catkolica,  Jawa. 
Catkolica,  Calvlaiata,  te.. . , 

Catkolica , 

Catkolica,  Jewa 

Catkoliu '. , 

Oatkotiea , 

Catkolica , 

OatkoUea,  Jawa 

vSSDOIlOl  ■  ••  ••••aaaaaaaaaai 

CathoUca,  Jewa 

Oraaka,  Catkolica,  Jewa .... 
MakoauMidana,  Qfeeka,  Aa. 


BMatea 
Eautea 
Eatatea 
Bitatea 

Abwiute 
Republic 
Republic 
Republie 
Republic 
Republic 
Abeolute 
Abaolule 
Abeolute 
Abaolule 
Abeolute 
Abeolute 
Abeolute 
RepuMie 
Abeoinu 
Republie 
Abaolnte 

rx»»s*lfM8tAa8al 


AniICA. 


419 


AFRICA. 


AfBioA,  t  ■ptciout  continent,  comprisingnearly  a  third  of  the  worid  known  to 
the  ancients,  compoaes  a  peninmila  about  4SiO  mile*  in  length  fhxn  north  to  nuth, 
and  4140  in  breadth  from  east  to  west  Its  shape  is  an  irregular  pyramid,  at  the 
southern  extremity  diminishing  almost  to  a  point;  so  that  it  has,  properly  speak- 
ing, only  throe  sides.  Its  western  coast,  by  ikr  the  most  extensive,  mces  the 
AUantic,  which  on  the  other  side  is  bounded,  at  several  thousand  miles'  distance, 
by  the  parallel  ooast  of  America.  To  the  east,  Africa  looks  upon  the  southern 
Pacific,  but  chiefly  that  mighty  portion  of  it  called  the  Indian  Ocean,  which  haa 
for  its  remote  opposite  bouiuaries,  Hindooetan,  the  Eastern  Archipelago^  and  New 
Holland.  From  Europe,  Africa  is  separated  by  the  Mediterranean,  and  from  Aei: 
by  the  Red  Sea.  Both  these  gulfii  communicate  with  the  ocean  by  narrow  straitti, 
at  which  Africa  comes  almost  in  contact  with  the  opposite  continents;  but  it  is  at 
their  interior  extremities  that  they  are  separated  by  that  celebrated  isthmus,  only 
sixty  miles  in  breadth,  which  connects  this  vast  continent  with  that  of  Asia. 

Africa,  in  all  respects  except  its  vast  extent,  is  the  least  f'Toured  portion  of  >  •. 

5 lobe.  Its  prevailmg  aspect  is  rude,  gloomy,  and  sterile.  The  character  ot' 
esert,  which  elsewhere  is  only  partiid  and  occasional,  belongs  to  a  vert  g)  at 
proportion  of  its  widely  extended  surfkce.  Boundless  plains,  exposed  to  the  ver- 
ticu  ra^s  of  a  tropical  sun,  are  deprived  of  all  the  moisture  necessary  to  cover 
them  with  vegetation.  Moving  sands,  tossed  by  the  winds,  and  whirling  in  eddies 
through  the  air,  surround  and  continually  threaten  to  bury  the  traveller,  in  hi» 
lengthened  route  through  these  trackless  wilds.  The  watered  and  cultivated  dis-' 
tricts  consist  of  little  more  than  belts,  with  which  this  huge  expanse  of  desert  ia 
begirt  The  best  known,  and  perhaps  the  finest  is  that  which  borders  the  nolriho 
ern  coast  along  the  Mediterranean,  and  stretches  for  50  or  100  miles  inland.  The 
fiimous  range  of  mountains  called  Atla^  which  ancient  fiible  represented  as  sup- 

Sorting  the  neavens,  with  numerous  chains  branchincr  from  it  across  the  continent 
iffuses  moisture  and  fertility  over  sands  which  would  otherwise  have  been  totally 
unproductive.  Then  follows  the  immense  ocean  of  desert,  nearly  3000  miles  in 
length,  and  1000  in  breadth,  reaching  across  the  whole  continent  from  east  to 
west  and  from  north  to  south,  between  lat  IS**  and  80<*.  T^o  sterility  of  the 
scene  is  only  interrupted  by  a  narrow  line,  of  not  above  half  a  in>  /;.  'onned  by  the 
course  of  the  Nile  through  Nubia,  and  by  a  few  islands,  or,  a^  i  -  y/  are  termed, 
oases,  scattered  at  wide  intervals  over  this  immeasurable  waste.  These  spots^ 
aflbrding  springs,  verdure,  and  a  few  dates,  support  a  scanU  population ;  but  are 
chiefly  valuable  as  affording  places  of  rest  and  refreshment  ^r  the  caravana  The 
traveller  who  has  crossed  this  dreary  interval  is  cheered  by  the  view  of  a  lon£ 
line  of  territory  exhibiting  a  difierent  and  much  more  smiling  aspect  Lofty 
ranges,  celebrated  under  the  name  of  the  Mountains  <^  the  Moon,  cross  the  cen> 
tral  part  of  the  continent  and  form  perhape  an  almost  unbroken  girdle  round  it 
Thence  deseend  many  rivets  of  the  first  magnitude ;  the  Nile  of  Egypt  the 
Senegal,  the  Gambia,  and  the  filmed  mysterious  stream  so  long  sought  under  tha 
name  of  the  Niger.  These  set  bounds  to  the  empire  of  sand,  which  Would  else 
overspread  nearly  all  Afiriea;  they  inundate  their  banks,  and  fertilise  extennvc 
regions,  whidi  are  covered  with  rich  harvests,  and  peraled  with  nations  that  havir< 
made  some  advances  in  civilintion.  A  great  part  or  this  coontiv  has  been  r^ 
eenUy  explored,  though  much  still  remains  tat  discbrery ;  but  ferther  south,  the 
greater  part  of  the  interior,  as  fiir  as  the  Cape  of  Good_Hope,  a  space  of  40"  of 
ntitttde,  has  never  been  troudea  by  auy  European,  iho  districts  on  the  easi 
ooast,  however,  are  very  well  known,  and  still  more  those  on  the  west    Th^ 


480 


AFBICA. 


■I 


I 


'■(i- 


present  a  totally  diflforent  aspect  from  that  of  northern  Africa;  proTueely  watered 
oy  great  rivers,  in  many  plaooe  luxnriant  with  tropical  prodncts ;  in  others,  inun- 
dated and  swampy,  overgrown  with  huge  foiests  and  anderwood.  Some  late  ob> 
servers,  however,  in  travelling  inland  from  the  Cape,  have  caught  a  glimpse  of 
I  vast  expanses  of  desert,  reported  almost  to  riyal  those  at  the  opposite  extremity 
of  the  continent  Lastly,  the  southern  an^le  preswits  to  the  stormy  seas  of  the 
Southern  Ocean  broad  table  rocks  and  high  rude  plains,  covered,  however,  in 
manv  places,  with  good  herbage  and  vegetation. 

The  polkical  constitutions  of  Africa  are  rude,  and  in  general  despotic.  The 
aolimiti^  power  of  the  sovereign  is  in  general  checked  onlv  by  the  turbulence  of 
aristocratic  chiefe,  not  by  any  well-regulated  freedom  on  the  palrt  of  the  people. 
Africa,  however,  is  divided  into  an  almost  infinite  variety  of  states,  whose  political 
system  can  only  be  understood  by  considering  each  in  detail. 

I     The  processes  of  a^culture  and  manufacture  in  Africa,  are  performed  geue- 
I   rally  in  a  rude  and  imperfect  manner.    The  soil,  however,  is  cultivated  almost 
tbroaghout,  to  a  greater  or  less  extent;  an  J  some  fine  &brtcB,  particularly  thcxie 
of  cotton,  cloth,  mats,  and  gold  ornaments,  are  very  widely  diffused. 

Africa  has  scarcely  any  trade,  except  that  which  is  carried  on  overland  and 
across  its  oceans  of  desert,  by  caravans,  consisting  chiefly  of  camels.  It  is  truly 
astonishing  with  what  facility  these  companies  now  make  their  way  to  the  re- 
motest interior  of  the  continent,  in  defiance  of  obstacles  which  might  have  been 
deemed  insuperable.  By  these  immense  journeys,  thoy  procure  considerable  quan- 
tities of  gold  and  ivory ;  but  the  importance  of  these  articles  is  merged  in  a  cruel 
and  iniquitous  tiliffic,  of  which  Africa  has  always  been  the  main  theatre.  Other 
.parts  of  the  globe  have  for  a^  depended  upon  its  oppressed  and  unfortunate  in- 
.habitants,  for  supplying  their  demand  for  slaves.  Whoever,  throughout  Africa, 
has  the  evil  power  of  selling  any  of  his  fellow-creatures,  is  sure  to  fiiul  purchasers 
whQ  will  give  in  exchange  the  best  products  of  Europe  and  the  East  Some  are 
GendemQea  to  slavery  ui^er  a  criminal  c^e,  framed  by  legislators  who  make  it  a 
study  to  multiply  the  number  of  such  offences  as  may  be  made  punishable  :n  this 
lucrative  manner;  others  are  captives  taken  in  war;  but  a  large  proportion  are 
procured  by  mere  slave-hunting  expeditions,  undertaken  even  by  Uie  :noBt  civilized 
ftates,  against  neighbours  whom,  with  little  reason,  they  account  more  barbarous 

•■  ^a  themselves.  The  number  Uius  conveyed,  across  the  desert,  to  fill  the  harems 
of  Turkey  and  Persia,  has  been  rated  at  20,p00.  These,  however,  serve  merely 
as  domestic  slaves;  and,  though  sulyected  to, many  humiliations,  they  are,  on  the 
whole,  mildly  treated.  A  much  severer  lot  awaits  those  whoy  from  the  western 
shores  of  Africa,  are  carried  off  by  the  polished  people  of  modern  Europe.  After 
suffering  through  the  passage,  under  a  confinement  and  pestilential  air  which 
prove  fatal  to  a  large  proportioui  they  are  sola  to  taskmasters  whose  sole  object  ie, 
under  a  burning  sun,  to  extract  from  them  the  uUnost  possible  an^ount  of  labour. 
It  is  calculated  that,  during  the  flourishing  period  of  the  slave  trade,  80,000  were 
annually  transported  across  the  Atlantic.  At  length,  however,  the  wrongs  of 
Africa  were  heard;  Britain,  roused  by  the  voice  of  some  generous  philanthropists, 
;^»k  the  lead  jn  the  cause  of  humanity.  The  resistance  was  powerful,  and  it  oc- 
.oasioned  many  yearn  of  debate,  signalized  by  the  long  labours  of  Wilbcrforce, 
Clarkson,  and  other  friends  of  Africa,  till,  io,  1#06,  Mr.  Fox  moved  ~and  cnrried 
the  bill  icr  the  final  abolition  of  the  trade  of  importing  slaves  into  the  British 
coloqiaa.  It  has  since  been  declared  felony  for  a  British  subject  to  engage  in  this 
trade.  America  and  France  aflofVvsids  followed  the  example;  and  thus  the  ex- 
port of  slaves  from  the  northern  part  of  Guinea  has  been  in  a  great  measure  pre- 
vented ;  though  the  numbers  still  procured  from  the  sbuthern  quarters  of  Benin 
and  Congo,  by  the  Spaniards  and  Portuguese,  are  but  little  dimihished. 

This  vast  eontinont  k  nlmnst  universally  in  ^  state  of  barbarism ;  yet  in  ancient 
timM  itt  northern  states  rivalled  Europe  in  oiviliwtion.  Egypt  and  Carthage, 
when  in  their  gbry,  mnked  an^ng  the  most  civilised  and  opulent  states  then  ex- 
fatik^r.  Sven  after  tho  first  rava^  of  the  Saracens,  learning  and  science  dis- 
tinguished tbs  spiwdid  courts  sstawimiw  in  the  wmt  of  Barbery.  The  ooniinu6u 
isflnenoe,  htwever,  of  a  gloomy  supoi^tition,  and  the  separation  caused  by  it  from 


t 


. 


AFEICA. 


4al 


ill'  the  refined  nwdern  natuHU,  have  induced  anK»g  Umm  aUtes  a  general  reltpaei 
into  berfauriflm.  The  popalation  of  the  continent  may  now, '  in  a  lat||«  view,  be 
divided  into  Moon  and  Negroes.  The  Moors,  including  the  deBcenoants  of  the 
(Mriginal  Arab  invaders,  and  tliosewhora  conqneat  and  religion  have  aarimilat«d 
^iSi  them,  fill  all  northern  Africa  and  the  Great  Desert.  They  roach  the  banks 
o£  the  Seneffal  and  the  Niger,  which  may  be  considered  as  the  boundary  of  the 
two  races,  though  they  mingle  and  alternate  on  the  opposite  sides,  where  Aome- 
times  one,  sometimes  another,  hold  the  chief  sway.  The  Moors  are  a  rough 
roving  race,  keeping  numerous  herds,  chiefly  of  camels,  with  which  they  perform 
immense  journeys  through  the  most  desolate  tracts,  and  aontss  the  greatest  brtMudth 
of  the  continent.  Africa  is  indebted  to  them  for  all  the  literature  she  possesses; 
at  least,  few  of  the  Negroes  can  read  or  write,  who  have  not  learned  from  them. 
T%e  Moors,  however,  at  least  all  that  scour  the  desert,  ue  a  race  peculiarly  un- 
amiable.  A  furious  bigotry,  joined  to  the  most  embittered  hatrec'i  of  the  Christian 
name,  renders  them  mortal  foes  to  every  European  traveller  who  fklis  into  their 
power.  The  Negroes,  on  the  contrary,  Ufougb  inferior  in  arts  and  attainments, 
are  generally  courteous,  gay,  and  hospitable.  Like  all  barbarous  nations,  they  are 
fond  of  war,  and  cruel  to  their  enemies;  but  their  domestic  intercourse  is  ftiendlyi 
and  they  receive  with  kindness  the  unprotected  stranger.  They  are  led  away 
with  fimtastic  superstitions,  charms,  witchcraft,  otdeal,  &c. ;  but  these  erron 
never  impel  them  to  hate  or  persecute  those  who  entertain  the  most  opposite  be* 
lief.  .Their  external  aspect  is  well  known,  being  marked  by  a  deep  black  colour, 
flat  nose,  thick  lips,  and  coarse  hair  like  wool.  The  Moors  are  deeply  embroWn^ 
by  the  influence  of  the  sun,  but  have  not  the  least  of  the  Negro  colour  or  aspect 

In  the  animal  kingdom  at  least,  Africa  is  as  rich  in  the  number  Of  its  pe^ttliat 
species  as  any  other  quirter  of  Uie  globe.  Of  these,  a  large  majority  are  found 
to  the  southward  of  the  Great  Desert  The  quadrupeds  of  burden  are  hirtly 
valuable.  The  Aralnan  camel,  or  dromedary,  is  now  spread  over  all  tlfe  northern 
and  central  parts  of  the  continent  and  is  indispensably  requisite  in  crossing  the 
long  arid  deserts  which  cover  so  great  a  portion  of  its  sorikce  north  of  the  equa* 
tor.  The  horses  and  asses  of  &rbary,  those  of  the  Bedoweens  and  of  Egypt 
yield  in  no  respect  to  the  finest  AralM  either  in  beauty  of  form  or  spirit  The 
fimt  of  these  racer  was  introduced  into  Spain  during  the  ascendency  m  the  Moor- 
ish power  in  that  country,  and  from  it  the  noble  Spanish  breed  of  modem  times  is 
descended.  On  the  West  Ooast  south  of  the  Great  Desert  the  ass  supplies  the 
phu»  of  the  camel,  bein?  extensively  used  in  carrying  on  the  inland  tra^  of  the 
country.  Of  homed  cattle  there  are  many  diflferent  varietiesi  The  most  remark- 
able are  the  Sanga  or  Galla  oxen  of  Abyssinia,  with  immense  boms  nearly  four 
feet  in  length,  and  a  kindred  race  in  Bomou,  the  horns  of  which  measure  upwards 
of  two  ieet  in  circumference  at  the  base,  and  yet  scarcely  weigh  two  pounds 
apiece.  Of  sheep,  the  most  remarkable  variety  is  the  broadi-taHed  kind,  whoee 
tails  grow  so  fiit  and  heav^  that  it  is  said  thej^  are  frequently  oUiged  to  be  sup- 
ported on  little  wheel  carriages.  This  animal  is  common  in  Barbary,  at  the  Cape 
of  Good  Hope,  and  in  other  parts  of  the  continent :  other  varieties  of  the  sheep, 
and  also  several  of  the  goat,  abound  in  diflbreht  quarten;  the  latter  are  eemmott 
in  many  parts  bordering^  on  the  Great  Desert  feeding  on  the  dry  aromatic  herbs 
which  are  in  places  thinly  scattered. 

Of  the  wild  animals,  one  of  the  most  peculiar  is  the  chimpanzee,  of  whioh  it  is 
thought  more  than  one  variety  exists  in  Africa.  It  approaches  much  nearer  to 
the  human  form  than  the  Orang-outang  of  Borneo,  Sumatra,  &c.  The  adult  of 
this  animal  has  never  been  brought  to  Euroie.  Some  of  the  varieties  of  baboons 
attain  a  very  considerable  stature,  and  from  their  great  strength  and  maKeious  dii^ 

1  position,  are  much  dreaded  by  the  negroes.  Carnivorous  and  ferocioas  animals 
are  extremely  numerous  in  all  parts  of  Africa.  The  lion,  the  panther,  and  the 
leopard,  lurk  in  tlie  vicinity  of  the  riven  and  fountains,  to  surprise  the  diflbrent 
8pe<Bies  of  antelopes  and  other  animals;  but  unless  pressed  by  hunger,  rarely 
lattack  the  inhabitaqts,  though  it  is  said  the  lien  will  oftss  pureue  the  Hottentot  in 
preference  to  alt  other  preyT  The  various  species  cf  hyenas  are,  properly  ■PMth' 
ing,  African ;  one  species  only  being  found  m  any  other  part  of  the  world.    They 


4   ! 


AFRICA. 


q 


jail  live  upon  ofikl  and  carrion,  and  are  of  singular  iropwtance  in  the  economyW 
'nature,  by  preventinjif  the  accumulation  of  putrescent  matter,  and  devouring  dead 
carcasses  and  other  garbage,  which,  under  the  influence  of  a  tropical  sun,  would 
soon  corrupt  and  produce  the  most  noxious  and  unwholesome  vapours,  The  hy< 
mas  are  nocturnal,  and  nightly  visit  the  towns  and  villages,  where  they  prowl 
through  the  streets  till  morning.  The  true  civet  is  found  in  a  state  of  natnre  in 
most  parts  of  Africa.  Great  numbers  of  these  animals  are  also  kept  by  the  na- 
tives for  the  sake  of  their  perfume.  Nearly  allied  to  the  civet  are  the  ichneu- 
mons. Of  these  there  are  four  or  five  distinct  spe^ties,  which  wage  incessant  war 
against  the  numerous  serpents  and  other  reptiles  which  mfest  every  part  of  the 
cotantry. 

The  elephant  occupies  the  first  rank  among  the  wild  quadrupeds  of  this  region. 
The  Afirican  elephant,  though  long  confounded  with  the  Asiatic,  is  now  well 
known  to  be  a  distinct  species.  Its  ears  are  larger,  the  markings  of  its  molar 
teeth  are  of  a  difierent  form,  and  it  has  only  four  hooft  on  the  fore  feet  and  three 
on  the  bind,  whilst  the  Indian  qiecies  has  five  before  and  four  behind.  In  mag- 
nitude it  does  not  yield  to  its  Asiatic  congener,  and  is  even  thought  to  exceed  it; 
for,  according  to  the  statements  of  some  travellers,  it  would  appear  that  the 
African  animal  occasionally  attains  the  height  of  seventeen  or  eighteen  feet,  and 
it  is  certain  that  the  tusks  of  the  latter  imported  from  the  coast  of  Guinea  are 
considered  larger  than  those  obtained  from  India,  often  weighing  from  one  hun- 
dred and  fiftyjo  one  hundred  and  eighty  pounds,  whilst  the  latter  rarely  exceed 
one  hundred  to  one  hundred  and  twenty  pounds.  These  animals  inhabit  all  the 
wood^  parts  of  Africa  south  of  the  Sahara,  and  are  also  found  in  Dar  Fur.  The^ 
live  in  herds  of  from  one  hundred  and  fifty  lo  two  hundred  individuals.  This 
animal  is  not  now  employed  in  the  service  of  man,  although  the  ancient  Egyptian!) 
undoubtedly  obtained  war  elephants  firom  Ethiopia.  The  Afirican  rhinoceros,  like 
that  of  Sunoatra,  has  two  horns,  but  is  distinguished  firom  the  latter  by  having  no 
front  or  incisor  teeth.  The  horns,  as  in  the  East,  are  highly  esteemed  for  their 
supposed  medicinal  virtues,  and  are  also  used  by  the  natives  as  battle-axes.  The 
-hippopotamus  is  entirely  an  African  quadruped,  being  found  in  all  the  large  rivers 
and  lakes  south  of  the  Grtat  Desert,  and  appears  to  have  occupied  the  same 
localities  firom  the  earliest  ages.  He  delights  in  being  in  t':r  water,  and  stays 
there  as  willingly  as  upon  land, 

'  The  zebra,  tne  dow,  and  the  quagga,  are  found  in  nearly  all  the  known  parts  of 
central  and  southern  Africa.  These  beautiful  animals,  equally  remarkable  for  the 
symmetry  of  their  forms,  the  rapidity  of  their  course,  and  the  regularity  of  their 
colours  uid  markings,  associate  in  large  herds  upon  the  open  plains,  and  are  the 
frequent  prey  of  the  lion.  It  is  remarkable  that  these  creatures  and  the  ostriches 
aeem  to  have  a  natural  predilection  for  each  others'  society,  and  that  the  flocks 
and  herds  of  these  very  diflferent  species  are  constantly  found  intermixed,  though 
they  refuse  to  associrte  with  other  animals;  and  the  same  fact  was  observed  2000 
years  ago,  in  regard  to  the  ostrich  and  quagga,  or  wild  asH,  on  the  plains  of  Syria 
and  Mesopotamia.  The  camelopard,  or  giraffe,  is  an  animal  peculiar  to  this  con- 
tinent, and  is  found  from  the  Orange  river  as  for  north  as  Nubia,  although  it  is 
■aid  there  is  a  difierenco  between  those  of  the  north  and  south. 

Two  or  three  species  .  i'  the  wild  buffiilo  inhabit  the  woods  and  marshy  grounds 
of  the  interior.  The  bos  coffer,  or  wild  bufialo  of  the  Cape,  has  the  hue  of  the 
boms  extending  all  over  the  top  of  the  head  and  forehead,  in  the  manner  of  a 
helmet  He  is  a  savage,  dangerotis  animal,  and  much  dreaded  by  travellers. 
Antelopes  and  gazelles  are  numerous.  Of  the  former  there  are  more  than  sixty 
diflbrent  species.  Multitudes  of  these  fall  a  prey  to  the  lion,  the  leopard,  and 
panther.  Among  the  animals  which  inhabit  the  seas  and  coasts  of  Africa  is  the 
lamantin,  which  frequents  the  mouths  of  the  great  rivers  on  the  Atlantic  and  In- 
dian Ocean,  and  feeds  upon  the  aquatic  plants  that  it  can  reach  along  the  shores. 
It  was  this  animal  which,  from  the  pectoral  situation  of  its  mamme,  and  fi;om  the 
habit  of  raising  itself  half  out  of  the  water,  especially  when  in  the  act  of  suckling 


%tn  v/uiniv. 


[vIiiaK 


tioned  by  ancient  African  voyagers  and  travellers. 


rmam 


AFRICA. 


433 


The  most  peculiar  and  important  of  the  birds  of  Africa  is  the  ostrich.  At  the 
present  da/  it  would  af  ipear  to  be  exclusively  confined  to  that  continent,  though  it 
was  anciently  found  in  the  deserts  of  Syria  and  Mesopotamia  in  Asia.  The  weight 
of  this  bird,  when  full  ^rown,  is  iironi  70  to  80  pounds.  It  is  affirmed  that  it  never 
drinks,  but  is  of  all  animals  the  most  voracious,  devourin|f  lead,  glass,  metals,  Sue. 
The  laive  feathers  of  the  ostrich  form  a  considerable  article  of  trade  fhnn  several 
iterts  of  the  continent  It  is  said  those  brought  from  Barbary  are  not  procured 
from  the  wild  birds  of  the  desert,  but  from  half-domesticated  individuals  which 
the  Arabs  take  young  »nd  breed  up  in  stables,  wheiie  they  are  well  supplied  with 
soft  bedding  to  prevent  them  from  wearing  or  injuring  the  feathers.  Similar  to 
the  ostrich  in  many  of  their  habits,  and  even  somewhat  in  appearance,  are  the 
bustards,  many  different  species  of  which  inhabit  the  karoos  ana  arid  plains  of  this 
continent 

The  Gainea4bw],  the  only  African  bird  adapted  to  the  barn-yard,  is  found  ex- 
clusirely  in  this  region.  There  are  three  or  four  distinct  species.  They  collect 
In  flocks  of  400  or  500,  and  frequent  the  underwood  and  bushes  in  the  vicinity  of 
ponds  and  rivers.  There  are  many  species  of  partridges  and  grouse ;  also,  water- 
fowl in  abundance  on  the  rivers  and  lakes ;  various  species  of  owls,  falcons,  and 
vultures ;  the  latter,  like  the  hytenas  among  the  quadrupeds,  are  highly  use^l  in 
consuming  the  offiil  and  carrion  which  might  otherwise  taint  the  air  and  produce 
disease.  The  exquisite  sense  of  smell  posiiessed  by  these  birds  is  truly  surprising. 
One  of  the  most  remarkable  and  useful  birds  of  prey  peculiar  to  Africa  is  the 
secretary  vulture,  which  may  be  not  improperly  described  as  an  eagle  mounted  on 
the  long  naked  legs  of  a  crane.  This  bird  preys  exclusively  upon  serpents,  which 
it  pursues  on  foot,  and  destrc/s  in  amazing  numbers. 

Among  the  smaller  birds  of  Africa  are  many  species  remarkable  for  the  gaudi- 
ness  and  brilliancy  of  their  plumage,  or  the  singularity  of  their  manners  and 
economy.  Of  the  former  kind  may  be  mentioned  the  mnumerable  varieties  of 
parrots  and  parroqnets,  which,  from  the  size  of  a  sparrow,  upwards  to  that  of  a 
raven,  swarm  in  all  the  lorests,  and  make  the  woods  resound  with  their  hoarse  un- 
musictsd  screams.  Of  the  latter,  it  will  be  sufficient  to  mentkm  the  honey  cuckoo, 
and  the  little  bird  called  the  republican. 

Lizards,  serpents,  and  other  reptiles,  abound  in  every  part  of  Africa.  The 
crocodile  inhalnts  all  the  large  rivers  of  the  tropical  parts  of  the  continent,  and 
is  still  abundant  in  the  Nile  below  the  first  cataract  Different  species  of  chame- 
leons may  be  seen  on  every  hedge  or  shrub ;  and  the  enormous  python,  a  serpent 
thirty  feet  long,  lurks  in  the  feps  and  morasses.  Among  the  venomous  species, 
the  aipeas,  die  asp,  and  the  cerastes,  or  homed  viper,  are  irequently  mentioned  by 
the  ancient  classical  writers;  whilst  the  satter-snake,  the  puff  adder,  and  other 
species,  are  at  present  employed  to  poison  their  nrrows,  by  the  Bushmans,  the  only 
African  tribe  wno  use  this  deadly  and  cowardly  weapon. 

Of  the  insect  tribes,  Africa  also  ccmtsins  many  thousand  diflferent  kinds.  ThjS 
locust  has  been,  firom  time  immemorial,  the  proverbial  scourge  of  the  whole  con- 
tinent ;  scorpions,  scarcely  less  to  be  dreaded  than  the  noxious  serpents,  are  every- 
where abundant ;  and  the  zebut\  or  fly,  one  of  the  instruments  employed  by  the 
A^  ^hty  to  punish  the  Egyptians  of  old,  is  still  the  plague  of  the  low  and  culti- 
1  districts. 

The  number  of  African  languages  is  supposed  to  be  more  than  200^  and  70  or 
60  have  been  distinguished  with  tolerable  accuracy.  But  they  are  too  imperfectly 
known  to  admit  of  minute  description.  In  Northern  Africa,  the  Copts  of  ESgypt 
have  a  peculiar  language  in  their  sacred  books,  which  is  no  more  employed  in 
conversation.  The  Turkish  and  Arabic  are  spoken  by  the  Turks,  both  in  Egypt 
and  Barbary.  The  Berbers  of  Mount  Atlas,  and  those  extending  alon?  the  north 
of  the  Great  Desert,  preserve  a  common  language  (supposed  to  be  the  ancient 
•Numidian)  through  a  great  extent  of  country,  together  with  the  Arabic  of  the 
Koran.  The  Ethiopic,  or  Geez,  and  its  modern  bmnoh,  the  Amharic,  are  tiie  prin- 
cipal languages  of  Abyssinia;  but  various  other  dialects  are  in  common  use.  In 
Western  and  Centra!  Africa  manV  of  ths  language  have  DiinilBf  combinations  oi 
letters  and  some  common  words.  But  almost  every  tribe  of  Negroes  hfs  a  distinct 


4M 


BARBARY. 


Svitge,  ftnd  it  often  yariw  ftom  villa^fe  to  village.    The  Hottentots,  Bushmans 
other  tribes  of  South  Africa,  speak  various  dialects,  apparently  of  a  common 
in.    Thejr  differ  from  all  others  in  a  sort  of  clucking  noise,  somewhat  like  that 
or  a  fowl,  which  attends  every  word.    The  CaAes  have  a  diflforent  language,  as 
Well  as  a  diflbrent  aspect  from  the  surrounding  Negroes. 
The  divisions  under  which  Africa  will  be  considered  in  the  following  sketch  <d 

I  it  are  &«bary,  Egypt,  Nubia,  Abyssinia,  Sahara,  or  the  Great  Desert,  Western 
Africa,  Southern  Africa,  Eastern  and  Central  Africa,  together  witb  the  African 
,  Islandb.  The  population  of  this  great  division  of  the  earth  has  been  variously 
estimated  by  different  writers,  and  as  nothing  but  vague  conjecture  can  be  em- 
ployed in  their  calculations,  even  in  relation  to  those  parts  of'^the  continent  best 
known  and  explored,  and  considering  that  our  knowledge  of  it  does  not  extend  to 
tnore  than  the  one-fortieth  or  fiflieth  part  of  its  surface,  it  is  evident  that  calcula- 
tions of  the  total  amount  of  the  inhabitants  cannot  be  regarded  in  any  other  light 
than  as  a  mere  expression  of  opinion.  The  estimate  of  M.  Malte  Bran  is  70,000,000 ; 
Graberg,  99,000,000;  Hasscl,  from  100  to  110,000,000;  and  by  others  it  has  been 
carried  as  high  as  150,000,000. 


BARBARY. 

.  Bakbakt  is  that  portion  of  Northern  Africa  stretching  eastward  from  the  At- 
l&ofio  Ocean,  including  Morocco,  Algiers,  Tunis,  and  Tripoli.  It  ranges  through 
88  degree  of  longitude,  being  about  2100  miks  in  extent  from  east  to  west 
This  region  is  traversed  from  east  to  west  by  the  elevated  chain  of  mountains 
called  Atlas,  of  which  the  loftiest  pinnacles  rise  above  the  plaiiis  of  Morocco  to 
the  height  of  n,400  feet;  but  beyond  the  frontier  of  that  State,  and  eastward 
through  Algiers  and  Tunis,  they  seldom  exceed  3000  or  4000  feet ;  aqd  in  the 
territory  of  Tripoli  they  sink  into  lower  eminenoes.  and  gradually  subside  to  that 
flat  sterile  sur&ce  which  characterises  Northern  Africa. 

Between  the  mountains  and  the  sea  is  a  tract  of  level,  well-watered  and  fertile 
country,  from  50  to  100  miles  in  width :  this  is  the  most  productive  and  best  inha- 
bited porti(4i  of  Barbary.  South  of  the  mountains,  and  between  them  and  the 
great  desert,  is  another  tract,  dry  and  sandy ;  this,  however,  derives  a  certain 
Ocjgree  of  fertility  from  the  various  small  streams  poured  down  from  the  Atlas : 
it  b  particularly  ihiitful  in  dates,  which  grow  in  such  abundance  that  the  inhabi^ 
•nta  subsist  nearly  altogether  upon  them.  This  region  is  usually  denominated 
Bled  el  Jerid,  or  the  dry  country. 

In  Barbary,  vegetation  is  vigorous  and  exuberant;  all  the  fimiik  of  Southern 
Eturope  come  to  mrfe<ition ;  the  excellence  of  the  olive  is  particularly  noted ;  the 
vine  flourishes,  though  the  religious  system  of  the  natives  deters  them  fh)m  con- 
verting the  grape  into  wine,  even  for  exportation.  Wheat  and  barley  are  the 
gn^ins  usually  cultivated,  and,  notwithstanding  the  imperfection  of  the  cultivation, 
•uch  is  the  fertility  of  the  soil  and  the  want  of  a  manufacturing  population  to  con- 
•uine  its  produce,  that  a  large  surplus  accum^ilates  in  every  State,  which  forms, 
when  permitted,  the  staple  article  of  export 

The  trade  of  the  Barbary  States  is  limited ;  the  exports  consisting  chiefly  in  the 
raw  produce  of  the  soil.  In  ancient  times  the  African  coast  formed  the  granary 
of  the  Roman  Empire;  and  its  com  continued  to  find  a  copi«is>s  market  in  South- 
ern Europe  till  its  exportation  was  pr^ibited  by  the  absurd  policy  of  all  the  Bar- 
bury  States  except  Tunis :  even  there,  it  is  loaded  with  heavy  imposts. 

The  most  active  commerce  of  the  Barbary  States  is  that  by  the  caravans  with 
th9  interior  country  south  of  the  great  desert.  Tripoli  sends  hers  by  Fezzan  to 
ISomou  snd  Honssa,  and  thence  to  the  southward  as  far  as  Afihantee ;  Tunis  by 
Gadamis;  ,and  Tuat  to  Timbuctoo;  Morocco  across  the  broadest  pari  of  the  desert 
to  Che  saiiae  city,  and  to  the  countries  on  the  Senegal.  Into  these  regions  the 
Oamvans  carry  salt,  with  various  articles  of  European  manufkcture. 

.The  Barbary  States,  particularly  Algiers,  Tunis,  and  Tripoli,  were  formerly 
4^ga,(^  in  piracy.    In  their  piratical  expeditions  they  exhibited  the  utmost  cour- 


MOROOOa 


49#    I 


Ige  and  fiereeneai,  and  their  captives  were  generally  aobjeeted  to  the  most  galliiig 
llttvery. 

This  territory  is  (occupied  by  several  distioet  races.  The  Moon  chiefly  inhaUt 
the  towns:  they  are  generally  of  middle  stature,  and  are  of  all  shades  of  com- 
plexion, from  their  frequent  intercourse  with  their  n^fro  slaves ;  they  have  few 
amusements,  and  thiak  it  a  crime  to  have  a  bodt  They  are  devoted  Bfahometans, 
and  hate  anid  despise  the  Jews  and  Cbrirtians  ouwt  heartily.  The  Arabs,  oriffi-' 
nally  from  the:  great  desert,  overspread  Uie  pkins,  live  in  tenb,  usually  pitcluMl  m 
a  circle,  called  Douaiv,  and  follow  a  pastoral  life :  Uioy  are  hospitable,  and  when 
they  promise  may  be  trusted.  They  are  slightly  made  and  under  the  middle  size. 
The  Boirbers  and  ShiUuks  inhabit  the  mountain  range  of  the  Atlas:  the  former 
the  rorth-eastem  part,  and  the  latter  the  south-west:  their  occupation  is  moStly 
that  of  huntsmen :  they  also  cultivate  the  ground  and  rear  many  bees,  and  are 
probably  the  aborigines  of  the  country,  having  been  driven  to  the  mountains  by  the 
mcuhiuns  of  the  Arabs  and  Moors.  The  next  class  are  the  Jews;  of  these  there 
are  great  numbers,  who  are  much  despised,  taxed,  and  abused,  and  are  permitted 
to  engross  almost  every  species  of  lucrative  b«de  and  commerce.  They  coin  the 
money,  are  the  principal  mechanics,  and  transact  tlie  greater  part  of  the  business. 
Many  of  them  acquire  great  wealth,  which  they  careniUy  conceal  lest  their  rapa-, 
cious  rulers  should  rob  them  of  it 

Of  the  population  of  the  Barbary  States  only  a  very  loose  calculation  can  be 
made;  it  has  been  variously  stated  by  different  writers  at  from  10,000,000  to 
14,000,000 :  the  following  estimate  coiUTorms  to  the  first  stated  number :  Morocco, 
6,000,000;  Algiers,  1,900,000;  Tunis,  1,500,000;  and  Tripoli,  600,000;  in  all 
10,000,000. 


MOROCCO. 

Morocco,  the  most  westerly,  is  also  the  most  extensive  and  important,  of  t(ie 
Barbary  States.  It  has  two  coasts :  one  aIon|;  the  Mediterranean  fiicing  the  north, 
the  other  and  larger  along  the  Atlantic,  looking  to  the  west.  The  loftiest  part  of 
the  chain  of  Atlas  runs  par^lel  to  these  coasts,  changing  its  direction  along  with 
them,  and  leaving  an  intsmtediate  plain,  finely  watered  and  not  surpassed  in  natu- 
ral fertility  by  any  part  of  the  globe.  Beyond  the  range  of  Atlas,  however,  Mo- 
rocco includes  a  more  arid  region,  named  Tafilet,  unfit  for  grain,  but  yielding  the 
finest  dates  in  the  world,  and  rearing  a  breed  of  goats  whose  skins  am>id  the  ma- 
terial for  the  fine  morocco  leather.  « 

The  political  and  social  state  of  Morocco  is  rude  and  degrading.  The  emperor 
possesses  a  power  more  despotic  than  any  other  even  of  the  Mahometan  poten- 
tates. He  is  not  held  in  check  by  a  muni,  an  ulema,  or  even  a  council  or  divan. 
He  is  supposed  to  possess  a  divine  character,  and  to  be  superior  to  all !  : .  One 
emperor,  being  reminded  of  a  promise,  said,  "Takest  thou  me  to  be  an  ;  lei,  that 
I  must  be  the  slave  of  my  wore  V*  Yet  this  monarch  must  pay  respect  to  long- 
established  usages  and  institutiona ;  must  not  invade  the  domestic  privacy  of  any 
of  his  subjects ;  and  must  even  give  public  audience  four  times  a  week  to  admin- 
ister justice  to  all  who  may  appeal  to  him  from  the  cadi,  or  local  governor.  '  The 
revenue  is  collected  in  kind  in  the  proportion  or  a  tenth  of  grain,  and  a  twentieth 
of  cattle,  which,  aided  by  fines  and  the  ]r:  '  lux  upon  Jews,  amounts  to  about 
£1,000,000  sterling. 

Industry  and  commeroe  have  in  Morocco  a  very  limited  ran^  The  only  im- 
portant manufacture  is  that  of  the  leather  which  bean  its  name.  One  tannery  in 
the  capital  empIovH,  it  is  said,  1600  oersons;  and  though  the  processes  are  slo- 
venly, a  fine  colour  is  produced,  which  Europeans  are  unable  to  imitate. 

The  outrageous  piracy  formerly  exercisea  by  the  Moors,  on  the  commerce  of 
European  nations,  has  entirely  ceased.  The  power  of  the  empire  has  also  declinefl, 
and  there  seems  to  be  no  improvement  in  the  condition  of  the  people. 

In  i84't,  Ffanee  ueciared  war  against  Morocco,  because  of  depredations  com- 
mitted on  French  subjects,  and  for  the  aid  granted  to  Abdel  Kader,  in  his  contest 


36' 


3D 


mfmm 


4i» 


M)BO00a 


with  thto  ibr.uct  Tangier  and  Mogadon  ware  aoon  after  bombarded  by  a  Freneh 
fleet,  and  «:  Mot  i-s  were  signally  routed  at  Islay,  when  a  peace  was  proposal  by 
tbem, ihe  lei::]i<<  j(  whish  were  cictated  by  France. 

Morocco,  the  capital,  is  Mituated  on  a  very  extennve  and  naturally  firuil/ui  piaic, 
above  which  rises  abruptly,  covered  vvi^h  perpetual  snow,  one  <^  the  loftif  cl  nia^Teg 
of  Atlas.  The  moequea  are  numercii<i,  and  several  of  them  present  fi:  aiiinjir  ',\i">- 
cimens  of  Arabian  architecture,  part/'iilarly  that  called  El  Koutouben,  /jio  ur,.  ;• 
of  which  ia  ^iO  feet  hivh.  Of  the  <>'even  gates,  one  is  richly  scuIptuivH!  m  tha 
Moorish  style.  The  puaco  orms  an  oblong  of  1500  by  600  'anls,  d'v'dlfH'  i'iUr 
enclosures,  where,  surrounded  bv  gar<hns,  ara  the  pavi]ia:.9  O'  iihe  aov'  leiffn,  iiis 
pr/ncipal  odi«ers  and  ladies.  The  floors  are  teeMlIot^  1  with  variuusly  i;  loured 
tilt's;  but  a  R'it,  a  small  carpet  and  cukh'ons,  compr^  'J.,o  entire  Vurniture.  Beau- 
tiful gardens  surround  the  city,  and  spaciau.^  aqucKdu'^ls  (^nveyins;  W;f.var  ftom  the 
rUliw,  twenty  miles  distant,  bear  testintoDy  to  a  8upevi<>,  utate  of  the  arts  in  for- 
r..rtr  lii'jea. 

Pet,  situated  in  the  more  corttiorly  province  of  the  i%me  ;'v:iino,  it  ;i  place  of 
im;]:  Ct^ebrity,  and  ranked  lonfif  as  the  spl'.!i>Jjd  and  e.^L"'htcned  niutropolis  of 
;WeH-riii  Africa.  It  was  tbun  liJ,  in  the  end  of  the  eighth  Cu  ituiy,  b"  a  prjiicc 
of  t!  e  iume  cf  Fiv'n,  f^nd  ro»  ■  to  such  msiarnitude,  that  Leo,  :.i  tlio  twelfth  cen- 
tury, desctilxs  ;u  »!» tuifh  doiilii  JBS  with  noma  exaggeration,  >ui  containing  VAO 
raosquas,  of  wi>ici'  ('"y  «"  re  incgnificent  hiid  adorned  with  marble  ptilars.  Its 
achoolis  aud  ^tp  bat  t.  ?  e  'e  i. '^  ~  v^^y  n.Mhtated.  At  present  it  is  described  by  the 
latest  truwnlhKf'  as  ^revi^ntii!^-  a  Hi.i^ulitr  mixture  of  splendour  and  ruiti ;  and,  amid 
the  Ubuai  (U^«ict£  of  ]VI%(.'  ret«u  cilicfl,  tbb  splendour  being  almost  confined  to  the 
intei'ioi  of  U.e  htiu«cH,  \*.  u-  iti!l  an  .^eable  place.    Fez  is  stiH  not  without  some 

r«:njdered  it  I'.lusti 


i  of  the  wufvxed  ivbich  formiirly 


'lustrious ;  but  they  am  nearly  con- 


|iii'."d  to  th<i  iroraa  frnd  ita  comtnentatnrs,  a  slight  tincture  of  graminir  and  lo^ic, 
and  some  vety  imperfect  astronomical  observations.  The  population,  respecting 
which  authnsi  greatly  vary,  is  probably  rather  under  than  above  100,(H>0.  Mequi- 
nci^  to  the  "ivost  of  Fez,  ham  risen  to  importance  by  having  been  made  the  resi- 
dence of  tht  wivereign.  The  seraglio,  or  palace,  consists  of  a  must  extensive 
quadrangular  fuiclosure,  though  the  mansions  which  it  contains  are  only  one  story 
high.  The  Ci}<'^ena  are  said  to  bo  more  polished  and  hospitable,  and  tlic  females 
!>andaoKier,  than  in  the  other  citios  of  Mnrocoa  The  population  seems  extremely 
u:<:oortiikin.  It  is  asserted  that  the  cmporor  has  in  his  treasury  in  this  ci^y  money, 
'svilioQ  and  jewels,  to  the  amount  of  950,000,000. 

"he  sea-poits  of  Morocco,  thoug.i  they  have  lost  the  greatness  formerly  derived 
fro^a^mmerco  und  piracy,  are  stiil  not  inconsiderable.  Mogadore,  the  most  south- 
ed>,  and  the  nourest  to  the  capital,  is  now  the  chief  emporium  of  the  intercourse 
witr.  Europe.  It  was  founded  only  in  1V60,  by  the  emperor  Sidi  Mohammed,  who 
spared  r'*  pains  in  raising  it  tu  import&ncu.  Being  composed  of  houses  of  white 
stone,  it  makes  a  fine  appearance  from  the  sea ;  but  the  interior  presents  the  usual 
(rl(>om  of  Moorish  cities,  and  is  chiefly  enlivened  by  the  residences  of  the  European 
merchants  and  consuls.  The  country  round  is  almost  a  desert  of  sand ;  water  is 
f>carccr  and  provisions  must  ha  brought  fh)m  the  distance  of  several  miles.  The 
p(M<uktiv.<n  is  reckoned  at  about  10,(X)0.  Saffi,  or  Azaifi,  a  very  ancient  town,  with 
a  lins'  harbour,  though  also  in  a  barren  country,  was  the  chief  seat  of  European 
commerce  till  the  monopolising  preference  of  the  emperor  transferred  it  to  Moga- 
dore. Saffi  is  still  supposed  to  retain  a  population  of  12,000.  Mazagan,  a  small 
.<  well-built  place,  of  2000  inhabitants,  wis  in  the  possession  of  the  Portuguese  till 
*!  1770.  A.-!amore,  formerly  a  great  town,  and  with  walls  a  mile  and  a  !^alf  in  cir- 
I  cuit,  is  now  deserted  and  crumbling  into  ruin :  it  has  3000  people. 

Farther  north,  on  the  opposite  sides  of  a  smoil  river,  are  the  im 
of  Sallxie  and  Rabat    Sallee,  once  the  terror  of  the  seas,  whenc 
bands  of  pirates  and  rovers,  the  seat  of  action,  riot,  and  bustle,  ir 
lifeljsG.     It  continues,  ho^      ^r,  to  be  surrounded  by  a  wa  .   '  I^^y 
in  its  mosques,  archns,  aiic    .     tains  displays  traces  of  beaut> 
great  antiquity.    What    .        is  of  its  commerce  has  bee  ' 
across  the  river  to  Rabat,  or  New  Sallee.    This  place,  wher  \ii\} 


■■r'i-if  towns 
,  fsd  such 
ii  ..till  and 
:.  high,  and 
,  ture,  and  of 
:  transferred 
from  without, 


aSEUB,  £««'£*. 


till 


cowns 
such 
and 
,  and 

nd  of 
erred  I 

thout,  I 


BBH 


ALGIES& 


«37 


presents  s  piotaieraue  grouping  of  minaret««  palm-tieet,  ruined  walls,  and  qli 
mosques,  near  which  are  conspicuous  its  veherable  and  battlemented  Kassubah, 
or  citadel,  and  the  lofty  tower  of  Sma  Hassan.  The  interior  retains  stiU  some 
activity,  and  the  markets  are  well  supplied.  Population,  18,000,  of  whom  3000 
are  Jews.  Larache  was  once  a  flourisnmg  European  and  Christian  town ;  but  the 
ohuifches  are  now  converted  into  mosques.  It  lias  been  made  the  imperial  arsenal, 
and  is  very  strong  towards  the  sea.  Tangper,  on  the  straits,  was  in  1663  ceded  by 
Portugal  to  England,  which  abandoned  it  in  1684.  It  derives  Its  chief  present  im- 
rurtance  from  the  permission  granted  by  the  emperor  to  supply  Gibraltar  with  pro- 
irisions,  and  from  the  residence  of  European  consuls.  In  1844,  it  was  bombanied 
by  a  French  fleet,  commanded  by  the  Prince  de  Joinville.  Tetuao,  the  only  poit 
within  the  Mediterranean,  is  allowed  to  carry  on  some  intercourse  with  the  English, 
whose  veasels  often  take  in  supplies  there  on  their  way  up  the  Mediterranean. 


ALGIERS,  OR  ALGERIA. 

AuiiKns  comprises  an  extensive  rangi*  of  coast,  lying  between  S"  W.  and  about 
9°  E.  longitude ;  and  thus  extending  '  00'  miles  in  length.  The  breadth  of  the 
inland  territory  is  variously  estimated  nt  from  100  to  150  miles. 

The  tenitory  of  Algiers  is  greatly  uistinguished  by  natural  fertility.  With  the 
exception  of  some  arid  and  rocky  plains,  it  consists  of  valleys  covered  with  rich 
pastures,  fitted  for  the  best  kinds  of  European  grain,  blooming  with  the  orange 
and  the  myrtle,  and  producing  olives,  figs,  and  grapes  of  peculiar  excellence.  Yet 
the  indolence  of  the  people,  the  oppression  of  the  government,  and  the  want  of 
good  roads,  have  caused  three-fourths  of  the  countryto  be  left  uncultivated.  Their 
oil,  wine,  and  butter  are  all  of  inferior  quality.  They  are  not,  however,  wholly 
destitute  of  manufacturing  industry.  Skins  are  prepared  and  coloured  almost  as 
well  as  in  Morocco.  Their  bonnets,  shawls,  and  bandkerohiefs  are  in  request 
throughout  the  Levant  Baskets  of  palm-leaves,  and  mats  of  junk,  are  fashioned 
with  singular  elegance.  Essence  of  roses  is  prepared  with  a  skill  little  to  be  ex- 
pected ;  but  there  is  an  extensive  demand  for  uie  article  in  the  voluptuous  palaces 
of  the  East.  The  trade,  before  the  French  invasion,  was  almost  entirely  in  the 
hands  of  the  Jews,  and  consisted  in  the  export  of  these  manufactures,  and  of 
some  grain,  oil,  wax,  fruits,  and  wool.  The  Algerines  took,  in  return,  light  cloths, 
glass,  and  toys,  but  showed  a  great  preference  for  fire-arms  and  powder;  while 
the  European  merchants  have  been  reproached,  not  only  for  supplying  them  wiUi 
these  articles,  but  even  for  purohasing  the  proceeds  of  their  piratical  expeditions. 
From  the  peculiar  condition  of  the  country,  the  present  state-of  its  trade  and  com- 
merce cannot  be  ascertained  with  precision.  The  population  of  Algeria  is  esti- 
mated at  about  3,000,000  souls. 

The  late  government  of  Algiers  was  a  tumultuary  despotism.  The  army,  com- 
prising ?>}out  15,000  Turks,  long  domineered  over  the  country.  These  troops 
irequently  strangled  the  De^a,  electing  in  their  stead  the  boldest  and  bravest  of 
their  number.  The  corsaira,  or  pirates,  formed  a  separate  body,  carrying  on  their 
barbarous  employment  under  the  sanction  of  the  prince,  who  received  a  laree  share 
of  the  slaves  and  booty.  These  maraudere  at  length  received  a  severe  chastise- 
ment from  the  Americans  in  1815,  and  also  from  the  English  in  the  following  yenr. 
Again,  after  they  had  for  some  time  set  the  French  at  defiance,  that  nation  in  1830 
fitted  out  a  formidable  expoditinn,  by  which  Algiers  was  captured.  The  Dev  was 
dethroiind  and  Vanish  <?,  and  th  country  became  a  colony  of  France.  The  French 
have  as  yet  ?<;..■  >>  J  iuilj  ox  re  nd  vantage  from  the  conquest.  The  continued  hos- 
tility of  thp  *' '  nor  tribes  uutier  \hdel  Kcider  and  other  chieft,  render  the  presence 
fan  a!"  v  j  60,000  or  80,000  .c-'  n  constantly  necessary,  and  the  expense  of  the 
ocoupa"  »n  over  the  rcenue,  up  to  1844,  is  estii  ateo  at  9100,000,000.  The  annual 
imports,  chiefly  for  the  arijy,  amount  to  96,?^-  ,000,  and  the  exports  to  about  the 
one-tenth  of  that  sum. 

Algiers,  the  capital,  ia  built  on  the  declivity  of  an  eminence  facing  the  Mediter- 
ranean, and  rising  by  suoeeMive  stages  above  each  other,  with  lofiier  hiils  above' 
it  makes  this  a  •r.ag'nifioent  appearance.    On  entering  the  cUy,  however,  all  this 


t<..'w>aCi^aiWiu«tuBaw*--.-  ;.*JwaiM«wiwtjfc'u.iwJ*StiBai<ii';.--.«<-  #„'«jws*asa(«.>- 


4M 


TCWIS. 


1 


ieanty  ditappears ;  and  it  is  found  a  labyrimli  of  ateep,  narroifr,  and  dirW  lanes. 
There  an,  fiowever,  several  splendid  edifices,  particularly  the  paltee  of  ^e  Dey, 
and  the  principal  mosques.  The  French  have  made  considerable  improvenients 
•inee  the  conquest ;  they  have  widened  many  of  the  streets,  and  given  them  French 
names ;  constructed  many  new  buildings,  bdth  public  and  private ;  many  new 
stores  haye  been  opened,  and  Algiers  is  now  a  half  European  and  half  Moorish 
eity .  It  is  the  residence  of  the  Frrnch  governor-general,  and  of  a  Roman  Catholic 
bishop.  Population,  in  1844, 60,000,  one-half  of  which  was  European.  An  ample 
•apply  of  ships,  artillery  and  ammunition,  besides  $9,000,000  in  money,  fell  into 
the  hands  of  the  captors.  The  fortifications  towards  the  sea  are  very  strong,  but 
on  the  land  side  by  no  means  formidable.    A  strong  garrison  is  always  maintained. 

In  the  western  auarter  of  the  Algerine  territory,  the  moat  distin^ished  place 
II  Tr'>!secen,  or  Tlemsen,  once  the  capital  of  a  powerful  kingdom,  still  containing 
iibout  20,000  inhabitants,  situated  in  a  beautiful  and  finely  watered  district  Maa- 
eara,  about  a  mile  in  circuit,  on  the  face  of  a  mountain  which  ci^mands  the  view 
of  a  fertile  and  well-cultivated  plain,  is  an  agreeable  but  fll-built  city.  Oran,  on 
^e  searcoast,  long  a  subject  of  contention  between  the  Moors  and  the  Spaniards, 
temained  in  poesession  of  the  latter  people  till  1702.  The  fortifications  have  been 
injured  by  earthquakes ;  but  the  spacious  magazines  built  of  stone  remain  entire. 
It  has  a  roadstead  with  good  anchorage,  but  so  exposed  that  venels  are  obliged  to 
land  their  cargoes  at  the  point  of  Mere  el  Keber,  about  a  mile  firom  the  city.  The 
itahabitants  are  now  about  4000. 

In  the  eastern  port  of  this  territory,  Ck}nstantina  ranks  second  to  Algiers,  and  is 
mppoeod  to  contain  about  25,000  inhabitants.  It  is  boldly  situated  on  a  rock,  pre- 
cipitous on  one  side,  where  it  overhang  the  broad  stream  of  the  Rummell.  The 
Cnrrounding  country  is  ^  fine.  The  site,  however,  is  distinguished  by  splendid 
monuments  of  antiquity ;  and  the  ground  in  one  place  is  entirely  covered  with  the 
remains  of  broken  walls,  columns,  and  cisterns.  Boujeiah,  celebirated  as  a  strong 
and  piratical  sea-port,  retains  still  marks  of  the  breaches  made  upon  the  walls  in 
1671,  when  it  was  stormed  by  Sir  Edward  Sprague.  The  fortifications  are  now 
barely  sufficient  to  hold  the  wandering  Arabs  in  cheek ;  but  it  derives  some  im- 
portance froitf  its  iron  manufactures,  and  the  export  of  wax  and  oil.  Bona  was  in 
modem  times  the  chief  settlement  of  the  IVench  African  Company,  which  they 
lost  during  Uie  .revolutionary  war.  It  derives  consequence  firom  the  coral  fishery 
oarried  on  in  its  vicinity;  and  the  same  cause  gives  value  to  La  Cala  and  the 
aeighbonring  island  of  Tabarca,  vthich  were  also  long  in  possession  of  the  French. 


TUNIS. 

TvMis  has  a  territory  very  differently  situated  from  that  of  Algiers.  From  the 
firontier  of  tluit  country,  the  coast  contmucs  to  extend  eastward,  with  a  slight  in- 
elination  to  the  north,  till  it  reaches  Cape  Braa,  the  most  northerly  point  of  Africa. 
It  then  makes  a  sudden  bend  southward,  and,  with  some  windings,  follows  that 
direction  as  far  as  Cape  Zerbi,  for  a  space  of  about  250  miles.  This  coast,  with 
the  country  reaching  for  upwards  of  100  miles  inland,  composes  the  territory  of 
Tunis.  It  is  not  so  extensive  as  that  of  Algiers;  but  it  is  not  so  closely  hemmed 
in  by  the  branches  of  the  Atlas,  not  are  they  so  steep  or  so  Ipfly ;  and  there  in- 
tervenes between  them  and  the  sea~a  spacious  plain,  watered  by  the  noble  river 
Bagrada,  ot  Mejerda,  and  profUsely  covered  with  all  the  riches  of  culture  and 
vegetation.  The  people,  also,  though  composed  essentiallv  of  the  same  elements 
as  those  of  Algiers,  have  imbibed  a  considerably  greater  snare  of  polish  and  civi- 
Bnxtion.  The  situation  of  tho  territory,  projecting  into  the  Mediterranean,  and 
at  an  easy  distance  from  the  finest  shores  of  soutliem  Europe,  fitted  it  to  be  the 
isat  of  the  atost  celebrated  commercid  repablio  of  antiquity.  Carthage,  by  her 
oommorce,  rose  to  such  grandeur  as  to  dispute  with  Rome  the  empire  o^  the 
world :  and,  even  after  being  oomnlntelv  vanquished,  asd  her  wails  levell?^'  'A^b 
tho  ground,  she  contioaod  one  of  the  chief  Roman  cities,  and  the  capital  t:*^  the 
African  provinces. 


,>», 


tarn 


TIHPOLI. 


The  city- of  Tonia,  ooly  ten  miloi  south-west  firom  the  site  of  Cuths||^  ud 
the  same  spaoioiw beyt  posuMsasalt the  ■dvantagea  which  raised  thjt city  to sc 
a  height  of  prosperity.  It  is,  in  fiict,  the.  largest  pfaiee  in  Barbery,  the  populatioilj 
being  estimated  at  ftom  100,000  to  150^000.  This  city  has  entirely  renounced  it»^ 
piratical  habits,  and  applied  itself  to  several  branches  of  useful  industry.  The^ 
are  extensive  manuftetures  of  velvets,  silk  stnffi^  and  the  red  caps  gemrally  wMff 
in  the  Levant  The  exportation  of  grain,  absurdly  prohibited  m  the  other  ports 
on  this  coi^t,  is  allowed  under  a  tickery,  or  license  from  th^  dev. 

The  Tunisian  olive  oil,  wool,  and  soap,  are  largely  exported.  There  is  also  c 
considerable  traffic  with' interior  Africa  for  its  staples  of  gold,  ivory,  and  ostrielt 
feathers.  Tunis  takes  a  variety  of  European  manu&ctures,  East  India  stuffis  and 
colonial  produce.  Of  the  other  cities  of  Tunis,  the  chief  is  Kairwan,  fixinded  by 
the  Saracens,  and  long  the  capital  of  their  possessions  in  Northern  .Africa. 

Tozer,  on  the  Lake  of  Lowdeah,  is  only  a  large  village,  but  enriched  by  tiade 
with  the  country,  of  dates  and  interior  Africa.  Ou  the  north  coast,  PwtO  JPaTini,i 
near  which  are  the  ruins  of  Utica,  and  Bizerta,  have  both  some  trade  in  graini 
though  the  fine  harbour  of  the  latter  is  now  so  choked  up  as  to  allow  only  sraalf 
vesjsels  to  enter.  Of  the  towns  on  the  coast,  reaching  southward  from  Tunis^ 
Monaeteer  and  Cabes  are  distinguished  by  a  flourishing  modem  trade,  which  givet 
to  the  one  a  population  of  12,000,  and  to  the  other  of  20^000.  Sfax  carries  on 
traffic  on  a  smaller  scale;  and  the  island  of  Zerbi  is  noted  for  manu^icturinf 
industry.    Near  £1  Jem  are  the  remains  of  a  magnificent  amphitheatre.  p 


TRIPOLI. 

Tripou  presents  a  diflerent  aspect,  and  one  by  no  means  so  gratefiil  ai 
smiling  as  the  western  regions  of  Barbarjr.  That  great  mountain  range,  whic  ' 
has  dinused  through  them  verdure  and  fertility,  terminates,  and  the  great  plain  ol, 
sand  which  generally  covers  Northern  Africa  presses  close  upon  the  cultivated 
territory.  The  district  in  which  the  city  stands  forms  only  an  oasis,  and  one  not 
very  extensive ;  and  he  who  takes  his  departure  from  it  in  anv  d*t<)ction  finds 
himself  soon  in  the  heart  of  the  desert.  Tripoli  thus  cannot  equal  the  other  capi-' 
tals  of  Barbary,  and  its  population  is  not  supposed  to  exceed  25,000.  Even  this  is 
supported  rather  by  commerce  and  industry,  than  by  the  limited  productiou  of  the 
soil.  It  is,  however,  the  chief  theatre  of  the  intercourse  with  Bwnou  and  Houssa, 
the  most  fertile  countries  in  the  interior  of  Africa;  over  which  it  exercises  even 
a  species  of  dominion.  Fezzan,  the  great  emporium  of  the  <  aravan  trade,  is  tri* 
butary  to  the  pacha ;  and  he  possesses  a  powerful  influence  over  the  courts  of 
Kouka  and  Sockatoo.  This  prince  has  shown  a  more  enlightened  spirit,  a  greater 
desire  to  cultivate  intercourse  with  the  European  powers,  and  to  introduce  the  inK 
provements  of  civilized  life,  than  any  other  in  Barbary.  A  singular  absence  of 
that  jealousy  which  usually  actuates  Mahometan  courts,  has  been  displayed  in  the; 
welcome  given  to  the  British  expeditions  of  discovery,  and  the  zeal  displayed  >  - 
promoting  their  objects.  Tripoli  cannot  be  called  a  fine  city ;  yet  its  palace,  am 
the  generality  of  its  mosques,  have  some  belauty ;  and  there  is  a  triumphal  aitfh 
and  several  other  interesting  remains  of  antiquity. 

To  the  eastward  of  Tripoli,  and  in  its  close  vicinity,  begins  a  dreary  portkm  of 
the  Great  Desert  of  Africa.  A  few  days,  however,  bring  the  traveller  to  the  di»-'| 
trict  of  Lebdo,  or  the  ancient  Leptis  Magna,  where  thick  groves  of  6live  and 
date  trees  are  iseen  rising  above  the  villages,  and  a  great  space  is  covered  with 
luxuriant  crops  of  grain.  A  similar  country  continueb  to  Mesurata,  to  the  east 
of  which  is  also  a  plain  singularly  fertile.  Mesurata  carries  on  a  manufactory  of 
carpets,  and  r  -  r'.  arable  trade  with  Central  Africa*  At  the  termination  of  thift 
plain  commeOTv  ^K>  desolate  expanse  of  the  Syrtis.  Stretching  around  4ihe  6u|^^ 
of  Sidra,  or  Syi  a,  for  400  miles,  it  presents  an  almost  tenantleM  umA  dss^a^- 
waste,  except  occ^iunaliy  some  little  valleys  or  detached  spots  traversed  by  the 
Arabs  with  tlieir  flocks,  herds,  and  movable  tents. 


>':iW,-»u«iV— 3»«¥«B»««>!¥- 


V  '.WmI 


mtim 


■MMfMMIHMi 


BOYPT. 


Bu«a  eaanmKM  ■(  tk»  tennmation  of  the  Gulf  of  Sidn,  and  exhibits  a  veiy 
im|Mova4  Mpeot.  It  it  tnvened  bj  •  Bleep  and  high  ridg«  aboanding  in  •prion, 
wbieh,  aoccHrdiiHl  to  Arab  rrport,  amount  to  860,  and  Crinkle  the  sonoondiBg 
deeait  with  v^Ucya  a^°  the  mont  >r^f!i->nt  veidure  and  fertility.  On  thia  coaat  the. 
Gieeka  ^Nndfld  Cyrenu,  > "  •>-■>■  v^t  flonriahing  ooloniea  At  preaent  it  is 
abandoned  bjr  all  eivilirr  :  urm  ..-!y  i.tioua  natione,  and,  with  the  exception  of  a 
few  poor  TilWea,  k  •  cup'<^  '>  'fi  isively  by  the  wandering  Aiaba  with  their 
iloekii  and  heraa.  R-ngaii,  the  Berenice  of  the  Ptoleinies,  ia  now  on^  a  miaerable 
village.  Eveiry  truie  of  the  ancient  city  appears  to  have  been  boried  under  the 
«nda  of  the  s(irrcundin|ir  desert  The  ra&ge  nf  valleys,  boweter,  east  of  Ben* 
gazi,  is  sininilarly  picturesque,  their  sides  bein^  in  many  placea  steep  and  rocky ; 
yet  every  cleft  is  filled  with  a  brilliant  vegetation. 

In  this  tract  are  found  the  two  ancient,  now  er^*''^^--  '-verted,  cities  of  Teuchira 
and  Plolemeita.  The  ruins  of  Cyrene,  v.'  ';  ^^.uy  ^  raid  '  ^  a  ''scent  disco- 
very, ftrm  the  DMst  striking  object  in  this  remarka»le  region.  Deme  and  Bengazi 
are  tho  only  places  in  Barca  at  all  deserving  Um'  name  of  towns.  Thev  are  both 
the  residence  of  governors  dependent  upon  the  pacha  of  Tripoli  The  former 
was  ta':   i  by  General  Eatrni,  in  180&. 

Eastv"  i  Atxn  the  point,  extends  the  ancient  Mannaric^  a  bleak  regitm  crowded 
with  be«.i(s  and  birds  of  prey,  where  human  existence  is  indicated  only  Igr  the 
bleating  iflticks  andthe  dark  tent  of  the  Arab.  Yet  the'e  is  cultivation  in  fkvoured 
spot  .  B'ld  the  traces  of  cisterns  and  canals  of  irrigation  mark  the  former  existence 
of  a  civilized  and  ever,  somewhat  numerous  people.  The  population  of  the  whole 
region  eastward  from  Tripoli  is  perhaps  100,000. 


EGYPT. 


Eavpr,  formerly  a  mi^ty  empire,  the  seat  of  a  high  civilization,  the  Iai.u  of 
wonderful  creations  of  human  power,  and  an  object  of  endless  cuiiosity  to  the 
nhUomphic  inquiifsr,  lies  between. 22°  and  S^  N.  lat,  and  27°  and  34°  E.  Ion. 
It  is  boonded  on  the  north  by  the  Mediterranean  Sea ;  dn  the  east  by  the  Red  Sea 
and  by  Arabic,  with  v  hich  it  is  connected  by  the  Isthmus  of  Suez;  on  tUe  south 
by  Nubia,  and  on  the  west  by  Barca  and  the  Great  Desert  It  contains  about 
!^(H)»000  square  miles,  of  which  only  about  17,000  square  miles  in  the  Valley  of 
the  Nile  (600  miles  long,  and  from  12  to  25  broad)  are  susceptible  of  cultivation. 
The  popahition  is  estimated  at  abcal  2,>¥K),000.  It  is. divided  into  Upper  Egypt, 
Middle  £jgypt,  and  Lower  Egypt,  including  tho  fertile  Delta.  These  are  again 
divided  into  12  provincp'-,  each  of  which  is  gcv  rned  by  a  bey. 

•Three  chains  of  moijH  ins  ru'  through  th  ountry.  The  Nile  6ows  through 
it  in  a  northerly  direction.  This  river,  the  ti  >8t  remarkable  in  the  world,  forms 
the  principal  feature  of  this  region.  From  the  high  chain  of  Abyssinia,  and  from 
the  still  loftier  Mountains  of  the  Moon  that  traverse  Central  Africa,  descend  nu- 
roen>us  and  ample  strear",  vt^.ich  long  befoi'^  entering  E<-ypt  unite  in  forming 
tiiis  great  river.  Althotigh  the  Nile,  in  its  wi: )!?  progress  of  1600  miles  through 
Nubia  and  E^pt,  does  not  receive  the  accession  of  "  single  rivulet^,  U  bringss  so 
vast  an  original  store  as  enables  it  to  reach  >\n'  pour  a  mighty  stream  :*i^x>  the 
Mediterranean.  In  the  lower  part.of  it  cour..,  the  Nile  is  on  a  level  with  the 
din^t  which  it  intersects,  and,  when  Ued  by  the  autumnal  rains  of  Central 
Alrica,  overfiows  it  entirely.  The  wa  °  gfin 
June,  attain  their  greatest  height  in  Se^  euiuer, 
rose,  and  within  an  e^ual  epace  of  time.  The  hi 
^iliaing  alluvial  deposit  collected  during  iso  lengthened  a  course,  becomes  the  most 
iHY)ductive  perhane  on  the  face  of  the  globe ;  and  notwithstanding  its  limited  ex- 
tent,'and  the  mighty  wastes  on  which  it  borders,  has  always  maintained  a  nu- 
merons  population. 

Lake  Mmria.  so  celebrated  in  antiquity,  ia  at  prflsent  callfld  Birket  Karun,  and 
ia  almost  dried  up:  there  are  others,  especially  the  Natron,  or  &dt  Lakes.   The 


rise  about  the  18th  or  19th  of 
d   ubside  as  gradually  as  they 
thus  covered  with  the  fer- 


":-;'fr^j*^'?^r,«««»Tj<!fmi¥pfs>»jj?»!»ii«^^ 


EGYPT. 


4St 


and 
The 


elinmte  is  in  genenl  hot,  and  is  moderate  in  Low«r  Egypt  only.  The  m«t  heat 
pndueea  the  nmkeat  vegetatioQ.  The  ainoon,  a  fbmidable  aooth  wmd,  whid^ 
idowa  at  interrala  daring  the  llrat  00  days  after  the  vernal  eqoinoK ;  the  frisgoe^ 
and  ophthalmia,  are  the  pecoliar  torments  of  Enpt    It  hss  bat  two  aeasoM 

r'  ig  and  rammer :  the  latter  lasts  from  April  tb  November.  Darbg  this  pariodL 
■ly  is  always  dear,  and  the  weather  hoi.  In  the  spring,  the  nights  are  cool 
•nd  refreshing.  .,  ■•  ■ 

The  greater  part  of  the  land  is  arid,  and  covered  with  homing  sands;  hat 
wherever  the  waters  dT  the  Nile  are  conducted  in  canals  bqrond  the  natural 
limits  a[  their  overflow,  the  earth  becomes  fertile,  and  froits  thrive  with  great 
luxuriance. 

A  remarkable  change  has  of  late  years  taken  place  in  the  climate  of  thif 
country.  Formerly,  it  scarcely  ever  rained,  and  only  for  a  short  time  at  Alexan^ 
dria ;  now  it  rains  there  for  30  or  40  days  annually ;  and  aometimes  ailer  the  mid- 
dle of  October  it  does  not  ceaae  for  five  or  six  days  together.  At  Cairo,  instead 
of  a  few  drops  iBlIinj%  and  those  rarely,  there  are  from  fifteen  to  twenty  rainy 
days  every  winter.  It  is  supposed  that  this  change  of  climate  is  owing  to  the 
immense  plantations  of  the  pacha,  twenty  millions  of  trees  having  been  plantied 
below  Cairo.  -  The  contrary  effect  has  been  produced  in  Upper  Egypt,  by  the  de- 
struction of  the  trees  there. 

The  pro  acts  of  Egypt  are  com,  n*  e,  millet,  melons,  sugar-cane,  papyrus,  flax 
and  hemp,  saffiron,  indigo,  aloes,  jalap,  colo|]aintida,  cardamom,  cotton;  and  palm- 
groves,  Bycamoress  tamarinds,  cassia,  acacias,  &e.,  cover  the  country.  There  is 
not  a  great  \  iriety  of  garden  flowers,  but  roses  are  raised  in  large  quantities, 
erjpecially  in  the  marshy  Fayoum,  and  rose-wuter  fi)rms  an  important  article  of 
export.  The  soii  consists  of  lime,  with  numerous  shells  and  petrifactions:  it 
cratains  marble,  alabaster,  porphyry,  jasper,  granite,  common  nit,  t«tron,  salU 
petre,  alum,  &c. 

The  peopi<>  ^^onaist  of  Copts  (embracing,  at  most,  30,000  fiimilies),  Arabs  (who 
are  the  mo^t  i.uuierous,  and  are  divided  into  Fellahs  or  peasants,  and  Bedouinsi 
the  wanderi  ,r  trStea  of  the  desert),  and  Turks,  the  rating  people.  The  Mame- 
lukes have  been  dnven  out  of  the  country,  and  nearly  exterminated.  Besides 
th<»e,  there  are  Jewii,  Greeks,  Armenians,  &c.  The  Egyptian  generally  has  a 
ig,  active  frame;  tawny  complexion,  gay  disposition,  and  a  gwd  heart,  and  is 
IK  i.  levoid  of  capacity.  He  is  temperate  and  religious,  but  superstitious.  The 
prevailinf^  r  -  i^ion  is  that  of  Mahommed,  and  the  prevailing  language  the  Arabic. 

The  in>i'  ints  devote  themselves  to  agriculture,  the  raising  of  bees  and  poul- 
try, the  pr'  atiori  of  rose-water  and  sal  ammoniac,  the  manu&cturing  of  leather, 
flax,  hemp,  mlk  and  cotton,  carpets,  glass,  and  potters*  ware,  and  carry  t>n  an  im> 
portant  commerce.  Constantinople  is  supplied  with  grain  from  ESgypt,  which, 
when  a  Roman  province,  was  called  the  gnuiary  of  Rome.  The  coastmg-trade  is 
considerable.  Alexandria,  Damietta,  and  Suez,  are  tlo  principal  harbours,  and 
much  inland  traffic  is  carried  on,  chiefly  with  Syria,  Arabia,  and  West(:rn  Afirica. 

By  the  destruction  of  the  Mameluke  chiefs,  in  1811,  Mahomet  AH,  who  liai 
been  appointed  Pacha  of  Egypt  five  years  before  by  the  Porte,  proSti^,  by  Lhe 
distractions  of  the  Ottoman  empire,  made  himself  an  independent  ruler,  lie  then 
conquered  Cyprus,  Candia,  Sennaar,  Kordofan,  and  Syria,  besides  Mooca,  Me*; 
dina,  and  Yemen,  in  Arabia.  In  18 10  he  was  compelled,  by  the  intervention  of] 
(ireat  Britain,  Russia,  Austria,  and  Prussia,  to  relinquish  Syria  to  his  old  master, 
but  was  confirmed  in  the  government  of  Egypt  and  his  other  proviiwes. 

The  territories  of  the  Pacha  extend  from  Abyssinia  to  the  Mediterranean  Sea, 
1400  miles,  and  from  the  Strait  of  Babelmandel  to  the  Confines  of  Syria,  almost 
1600  miles.  This  new  empire,  though  less  important  since  the  retrocession  of 
Syria,  is  still  more  extensive  than  that  of  the  Mameluke  Sultans,  the  Ptolomies  or 
tiie  Pharaohs,  and  contains  6,000,000  inhabitants,  of  which  number  Egypt  itself 
comprises  9,500,000.  The  Egyptian  army  is  powerful  and  efficient;  it  amounts 
to  137,286  men,  and  has  been  organized  and  discipliped  in  the  European  manner.' 
The  nsvT  ccnsists  of  11  ships  nf  the  line,  7  frigates,  11  smaller  vessels,  and  S 
steam-ships,  and  is  manned  by  KsOOO  sailors. 


.  -J- ' .-.  W,  -^'.J-i  ' 


1. 


439 


RBsenss 

EGYPT. 


ems 


mt^^'fi'^W!^ 


^Mahomed  AU  i*  paitieuUrlT  attmtire.to  Mie  pnblio.aMarily  i  be  allows  no  om 
to  be  moleaMd  on  adsonat  of  his  religion ;  and  sUaQg9ia  pqay  Uayel  firom  one  end 
of  Ei^pt  to  the  other  with  perfect  safety.  He  encpurafes  ^verj  4pcc|ea.of  indua- 
try,  ana  Is  stodyinjr  to  introduoe  the  arts,  Bcienoes«  and  improvemeilts  df  Europe 
into  his  empire.  He  is,  however,  the  absolute  lord  6t  the  soil,  and  its  productions, 
and  is  also  the jprineipal  merchant;  and  no  one  can, deal  with  foreigners  without 
his  conient.  His  rerenae  is  about  25,000,000  dollars  annually,  deriTed  from 
taxes  of  ▼aiious  liir^ds,  diities  on  imports,  and  the  sal^  of  cotton,  indigo,  sugar, 
rice,  &o.,  which  he  monopolizes ;  purchasing  those  artioles  at  a  low  rate  from  his 
subieeta,  and  selling  them  at  \  great  advance  to  foreigners. 

The  goTemment  of  MahomeaAli  is  thus  extremely  despotic ;  and  notwithstand* 
ing  the  adTances  that  have  been  made  towards  civilization,  the  mass  of  the  people 
are  greatly  oppressed  by  the  heavy  exactions  and  severe  duties  required  of  them. 
When  recruits  are  wanted  for  the  public  service,  the  villages  are  often  surrounded 
by  soldiers,  the  most  able-bodied  or  the  men  are  dragged  from  their  families,  loaded 
with  ohains,  on  the  least  reluctance  being  expressed,  and  sent  to  the  armv  or  navy. 
Still,  Egypt,  depressed  and  degraded  under  the  government  of  the  Mamelukes 
and  Turks,  lias  been  raised  by  tne  energetic  administration  of  its  present  ruler,  to 
a  degree  of  distinction  that  the  country  has  not  enjoyed  for  ages ;  and  though  by 
means^  in  some  instances,  not  the  most  creditable,  yet  he  haS  founded  an  empire  of 
such  importance  as  to  excite  the  attention  and  command  the  respect  of  the  most 
powerful  Europ^n  States. 

Egjfii  abomnlB  in  the  most  remarkable  antiquities.  The  pyramids  are  perha 
the  most  astonishing  monuments  of  human  labour.  That  of  Cheops,  whicn  is  the 
largest,  is  469  feet  high,  with  a  square  base  of  693  feet  in  extent,  consisting 
chiefly  of  a  solid  maas  of  mqsonr^.  There  are  extensive  catacombs, existing  in 
yarious  places,  from  wUich  mummies,  or  embalmed  bodies,  are  obtained.  Some  of 
these  were  deposited  8000  or  4000  years  ago. 

At  Thebes,  in  Upper  Egypt,  are  remains  which  are  calculated  to  fill  the  be* 
holder  with  astonishnient.  Almost  the  whole  extent  of  eight  miles  along  the 
rif  er  is  covered  with  magnificent  portals,  obelisks  decorated  with  sctilpture,  forests 
of  eolumns,  and  long  avenues  of  colossal  statues.  One  of  the  temples  is  a  mile 
■nd  a  half  in  circumference.  It  has  12  principal  entrapces ;  the  boay  df  the  tem- 
ple consists  of  a  prodigious  hall  or  portico ;  the  roof  is  supported  by  184  columns. 
'Foar  beautiibl  obelisks  mark  the  entrance  to  the  shrine,  a  place  of  sacrifice,  which 
e<»tains  three  apartments  built  entirely  of  granite.  The  temple  of  Luxor  pro- 
bibly  sarpeaaes  in  beauty  and  splendour  all  the  other  ruins  of  Egypt  In  front  are 
two  of  the  finest  obelisks  in  the  world:  they  are  of  rose-coloured  marble,  100  feet 
in  height  Bat  the  objects  which  most  attract  attention  are  the  sculptures,  which 
covet  the  whole  of  the  northern  front  Thejr  contain,  on  a  great  scale,  a  repre- 
sentation of  a  victoty  gained  by  one  of  the  ancient  kings  of  Egypt  over  his  Asiatic 
enemies.  The  numl^r  of  human  figures  introduced  amounts  to  1500 ;  500  on 
(hot,  and  1000  in  chariots.  Such  are  some  of  the  remains  of  a  city  which  perished 
lofig  befere  the  records  of  authentic  history  begin.  Its.  story  is  recorded  only  in 
the  dim  lights  of  poetry  and  tradition,  which  might  be  suspected  of  &ble,  did  not 
these  mignty  witnesses  remaiit  to  attest  their  veracity. 

Cairo,  the  chief  city,  stands  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  Nile,  10  miles  above  the 
Delta.  The  houses  are  built  of  stone  and  brick,  with  terraces  and  flat  roofs,  and 
the  windowa  are  often  glazed  with  coloured  glass.  There  is  a  prodigious  number 
of  gardens  in  the  city.  The  mosques  are  covered  with  Arabesque  ornaments  and 
adorned  with  handsome  minarets.  The  waters  of  the  river  are  received  by  canals 
into  a  great  number  of  docks,  or  artificial  ponds  in  diflferent  parts  of  the  city. 
CahfO  is  the  most  populous  city  of  Afirica,  and  hais  a  flourishing  trade  with  the  in- 
terior by  caravans.  The  population,  is  about  340,000. 
^  Alexandria  stands  upon  the  Mediterranean,  aca  has  a  double  harbour.  Its  site 
I  ia  ft  narrow  neck  of  land  between  Lake  Mareotis  and  the  sea.  It  communicates 
I  with  the  western  arm  of  the  Njle  by  a  canal.  This  city  was  founded  by  A'gx- 
-  ioder  the  Great,  and  soon  rose  to  wealth  and  greatness.  It  was  the  capitf^l  of  the 
Ptolemies,  and  fi>r  science  and  literature  was  second  only  to  Rome,    ft  contamed 


NUBIA. 


433 


«t  OM  time  600,000  inhabitinti.  After  its  capture  \n  the  SmceM^  it  benn  to 
deeline,  wad  the  dieeorenr  of  the  |»H>ge  to  Indn  bj  tbe  Cape  of  Cknd  Hope  de> 
•trogred  ite  conunereiBl  Importuiee.  At  nreeeiit  it  connata  of  narrow,  eiookod, 
and  dirt^  atreeta,  and  loftjr  buUdinga,  and  »  aurroooded  by  a  high  atone  wall.  It 
buoooaiderable  commerce,  and  itamarketa  are  well  aopplied.  nmlation,  flO^OOO. 

An  immenae  aecnmalation  of  ruina,  moatly  boried  in  the  aand,  I^Mnpey'a  pillar, 
Cleopatra'a  needlea,  the  eiatema,  catacomn,  and  colamna,  ao<ne  entire  and  aome 
broken,  acattered  here  and  there,  are  the  aad  remaina  of  thia  once  rich  and  splendid 
city.  Pompoy'a  pilhtf  ii  a  veir  remarkable  monament,  05  feet  high.  Cleopatra'a 
needlea  are  two  obeliaka,  one  thrown  down  and  the  other  standing,  661  frat  long, 
and  aeven  feet  broad  on  each  aide  at  the  base.  They  are  oompoaed  each  (^  a  sin> 
gle  block  of  granite  covered  with  hieroglyphics,  liie  cataeomba  are  very  extra- 
ordinary monuments :  they  beffin  at  the  extremity  dT  the  old  city,  and  extend  a 
considerable  distance  along  ue  coaat,  forming  what  was  anciently  called  the 
"City  of  the  Dead."  Thejr  ccmsist  of  grottoes  cut  in  the  rocks;  each  oae  tlmt 
haa  been  opened  haa  been  round  to  contam  three  coffins. 

Roaetta  stands  on  a  branch  of  the  Nile,  four  milea  ftom  its  mouth.  It  is  com- 
^teljr  environed  in  |[rovea  of  orange,  sycamore,  date,  banana,  and  other  treeab 
The  city  had  a  oonaidenble  trade.  The  population  haa  lately  dwindled  from 
35,000  to  4000.    Tbe  growth  of  Alexandria  has  caused  Rosetia  to  decay. 

Damietta  is  situated  Iwtween  tbe  eastern  branch  of  the  Nile  and  the  Lake  of 
Menialeh,  10  miles  from  the  sea.  The  houses  are  all  white,  and  are  built  in  a 
crescent  around  a  bend  of  the  river.  The  appearance  of  the  town  is  beautifully 
pictures  |ue,  and  the  country  iu  the  neighbourhood  is  the  most  fertile  and  best  enl- 
tivated  in  Egypt  Here  are  vast  magazines  of  rice  belonging  to  the  government 
The  commerce  of  the  place  ia  very  acUve.    Population,  35,000. 

Suex,  on  the  shore  of  the  isthmus  of  that  name,  on  the  Red  Sea,  haa  a  large 
trade  with  Arabia  by  caravans  and  vessels.  It  is  surrounded  by  a  sandy  desert. 
Population,  1500.  Cosseir  is  a  aeaport  on  the  Red  Sea,  and  haa  aome  trade  in 
oont.  The  country  around  it  is  a  desert  Kenneh,  on  the  Nile,  west  of  Coaaeir, 
is  a  place  of  considerable  trade.  Thebes,  Luxor,  Eaneh,  and  many  othera,  are 
remarkable  for  their  antiquities. 


NUBIA. 

NuBU  is  an  extensive  region  lying  south  of  Egypt,  and  extending  to  the  con- 
finea  of  Abyssinia.  It  is  bwnded  on  the  west  by  the  Great  Desert,  and  on  the 
east  by  the  Red  Sea:  nearly  the  whole  country  ia  composed  of  rocky  and  aandy 
deserts.  The  atmosphere  is  extremely  dry,  the  summer  hot,  the  climate  healthijr, 
and  the  plague  unknown :  the  whole  region,  together  with  Koidofim,  adjoinini^  it 
on  the  south-west,  is  now  subject  to  Mahommed  Ali,  the  Pacha  of  Effypt,  bemg 
conquered  by  him  a  few  years  since,  in  consequence  of  which  some  changee  are 
already  ai^iarent  in  the  character  of  the  people.  The  varioua  Arab  tribea  who 
reside  in  Uie  deserts  of  Nubia,  and  who  were  constantly  at  war  with  each  other, 
are  no  longer  fierce  and  turbulent,  but  are  reduced  to  ccmiplete  subjection  under 
Ae  iron  sway  of  the  ruler  of  Eeypt :  they  pay  him  an  annual  tribute,  and  are 
(Aliged  to  furnish  such  camels  and  guides  fer  we  use  of  government  and  of  tra- 
vellers as  may  be  required.  Europeans  can  now  traverse,  under  the  protection  of 
the  Pacha,  the  whole  region  from  Egypt  to  the  confines  of  Abyssinia  with  c(»npa- 
rative  safety. 

The  divisions  of  Nubia  are  Kenous  Nouba  and  Dar  Mahass,  in  the  north,  the 
kingdom  of  Dongola,  in  the  centre,  south  of  which  are  the  districts  of  Dar  Sheygya, 
Shendy,  and  the  kingdom  of  Sennaar;  the  sovereign  of  the  latter,  called  the 
Mek,  IB  at  present  a  pensioner  of  Mahommed  Ali.  The  capital  of  the  same  name, 
once  estimated  to  contain  100,000  inhabitants,  is  now  deserted  and  in  ruins,  the 
inhabitants  having  abandcmed  it  since  the  Egyptian  conquest  Another  diviaion  ia 
that  of  Beja,  extending  along  the  ccsst  cf  the  Red  Se**,  «  which  the  pmt  of  8tt»> 
kern  is  the  chief  town  on  the  Nile,  are  the  small  towns  of  Shendy,  EI  Makarif, 


37 


3E 


MBSi 


434 


ABYSSINIA. 


Old  Dongola,  New  Dongola,  and  Derr,  each  cootaining  from  3000  to  4000  inhab- 
itants. 

The  little  fertili^  which  Nubia  poesesses  is  artificial,  being  produced  by  raising 
the  water  of  Uie  Nile,  by  means  or  wheels  worked  with  oxen,  to  the  level  of  the 
hi«4iest  banks:  ii|  this  way  a  strip  of  land  of  from  one-eighth  of  a  mile  to  half  a 
mue  in  breadth  is  rendered  productive,  on  which  is  cultivated  dhourra,  a  coarse 
species  of  grain,  barley,  cotton,  tobacco,  and  indigo ;  the  latter  is  manu&ctured 
ror  Uie  benefit  of  the  Pacha,  who  monopolises,  as  in  Egypt,  the  whole  trade  and 
commerce  of  the  country.  The  trade  from  the  interior,  which  passes  through 
Nubia  to  Egypt,  consists  mostly  of  slaves,  gold,  and  ivory ;  that  from  Egypt  and 
Arabia,  European  goods,  arms,  &c. 

The  people  of  this  region  are  of  two  classes ;  the  inhabitants  of  the  towns  simi- 
lar to  the  Berbers  of  Mount  Atlas,  are  generally  a  handsome  race,  well  made, 
strong,  and  muscular ;  the  females  are  modest  and  pleasing  in  their  demeanour. 
The  mhabitants  of  the  desert  are  all  of  Arab  origin,  and  in  their  manners,  customs, 
and  person,  resemble  the  same  people  in  other  quarters.  One  of  the  most  remark- 
able features  of  this  region  consists  in  the  numerous  remains  of  antiquity,  found 
chiefly  on  the  west  side  of  the  Nile ;  some  of  these  rival  the  monuments  of  Thebes. 
The  E^ptian  edifices  consist  of  masonry :  those  of  Nubia  are  either  under  ground 
or  are  dug  out  of  the  solid  rock.  One  of  the  most  magnificent  is  that  of  Eb»imbul, 
in  a  state  of  complete  preservation,  rising  immediately  from  the  bank  of  the  river, 
fuod  cut  out  of  a  perpendicular  cliff;  in  fi-ont  and  near  it  are  statues  of  colossal 
size,  supposed,  when  perfect,  to  have  measured  60  or  70  feet  in  height.  At  El 
Belial,  near  Merawe  in  the  district  of  Dar  Sheygya,  are  the  remains  of  numerous 
temples,  pyramids,  &c. 

The  territory  of  Sennaar,  bordering  on  Abyssinia,  does  not  altogether  partake 
of  the  barrenness  so  general  in  the  greater  part  of  Nubia ;  some  portions  of  it  are 
compiuatively  fertile,  being  watered  by  the  tropical  rains  which  are  here  consi- 
derable, though  not  so  violent  as  in  regions  immediately  under  the  equator.  Through 
their  influence  the  country  in  August  and  September  assumes  a  verdant  and 
delightfiil  aspect,  and  a  number  of  lakes  are  formed.  On  the  cessation  of  the 
rains  the  dhourra  ripens  and  the  country  acquires  a  yellow  appearance.  Soon 
afterwards  the  lakes  dry  up,  the  soil  becomes  parched,  all  the  beauty  disappears, 
and  bare  scorched  Nubia  returns,  with  its  hot  winds  and  moving  sands,  glowing 
and  ventilated  with  sultiy  blasts.  Although  Sennaar  produces  abundantly  dhourra, 
millet,  rice,  and  even  wheat,  it  fields  few  commodities  fitted  for  trade.  The  only 
intercourse  consists  in  the  transit  trade  from  interior  Africa  to  Egypt  and  Arabia. 

Beyond  Sennaar  is  Fazuclo,  a  hilly  territory,  forming  a  province  of  that  coun- 
try. Farther  south  is  Bokki,  noted  for  its  gold.  To  the  west,  along  the  Bahr  el 
Abiad,  dwell  the  Shilluk  Negroes,  who  conquered  Sennaar  in  1504;  many  of 
them  live  on  the  islands  in  the  river,  which  are  here  very  numerous.  The  Ehil- 
luks  are  men  of  vest  size  and  strength,  and  wonderfiil  stories  are  told  by  their 
neighbours  of  their  prowess  in  attacking  the  hippopotamus  and  crocodile  in  the 
water,  which  they  seldom  &l>  to  overcome.  They  have  numerous  canoes  which 
they  manage  with  great  skill,  and  fr/rm  expeditions  against  their  neighbours,  both 
up  and  down  the  river.  The  Denka,  rather  farther  up  the  Bahr  el  Abiad,  were 
originally  the  same  people,  but  they  a>°e  now  constantly  at  war  with  one  another ; 
both  possess  great  quantities  of  cattle ;  they  are  armed  with  long  spears,  which 
they  do  not  throw,  but,  crouching  behind  their  shields,  wait  the  approach  of  their 
enemy. 


ABYSSINIA. 

Abtmimia,  though  it  has  imbibed  some  elements  cf  civilization,  has  scarcely 
any  intercourra  with  the  civilized  world.  On  the  east,  it  is  supposed  to  be  bounded 
by  the  Red  Sea,  with  which,  however,  the  proper  domain  of  Abyssinia  comes  in 
ccntact  only  in  one  ix)int ;  on  the  north,  it  communicates  with  Sennaar ;  on  the 
west,  with  the  ShiilukfS  and  the  Denka ;  on  the  south,  with  the  JVl^i'iiometan  king- 


5;: 


carcely 

Dunded 

1)0168  in 

on  the 

king- 


ABYSSINIA. 


435 


dom  of  Adel ;  but  the  greiLtet  part  of  these  two  last  frontier  lands  consists  of  wild 
reffions  occupied  by  the  Oalla,  who  always  ravaged,  and  have  recently  conquered, 
a  Targe  portion  of  the  Abyssinian  monarchy.  It  is  difScult  even  to  guess  the 
dimensions  of  a  region  of  which  there  ar '  no  fixed  limits,  measurements,  or  sur- 
veys; but  somewhere  between  700  and  600  miles  froni  east  to  west,  by  500  or 
600  from  north  to  south,  may  form  a  tolerable  approximation. 

Abyssinia  is  a  country  of  mountains,  intersected  by  deep  and  extensive  valleys. 
A  lofty  range,  called  Lamalmon,  bars  the  entrance  from  the  Red  Sea.  The 
mountains  of  Samen,  between  the  Tacazze  and  tlie  Coror,  are  still  more  elevated. 
To  these  may  be  added  the  mountains  of  Gojam,  Efat,  and  Amid-Amid,  supposed 
to  be  a  branch  of  the  Mountains  of  the  Moon.  The  height  of  some  of  the  sum- 1| 
mits  has  been  estimated,  but  with  doubtful  accuracy. 

The  Bahr  el  Azek,  or  Blue  River,  rises  in  the  country  of  the  Adows,  and  flows 
through  the  Lake  Dembea  into  Sennaar,  where  it  joms  the  Nile.  This  is  the 
stream  whose  source  was  discovered  by  Bruce,  and  considered  by  him  as  the  main 
branch  of  the  Nile.    The  Taccazze  is  another  stream,  fiiUing  into  the  Nile. 

The  country  in  ^neral  is  extremely  fertile  and  productive,  where  it  can  be 
cultivated ;  and  is  m  a  great  measure  exempted  &om  that  empire  of  sand  which 
dooms  so  large  a  portion  of  Africa  to  sterility.   ' 

Though  situated  within  the  torrid  zone,  the  climate  of  Abyssinia  is  generally 
temperate  and  healthfiil,  but  varies  with  the  surface  and  aspect  of  the  country. 
In  the  high  and  mountainous  regions,  the  inhabitants  enjoy  a  cool  and  salubrious 
atmosphere,  and  a  serene  sky ;  while  those  in  the  valleys,  or  in  the  vicinity  of 
marshes  or  sandy  deserts,  languish  under  excessive  heat  or  a  moist  and  suffocat- 
ing air.  The  seasons  are  divided  into  wet  and  dry.  The  rainy  season  continues 
from  April  to  September 

The  production  of  wheat  is  considerable;  tefF,  a  kind  of  very  small  grain,  is 
likewise  abundant,  and  affording  bread  in  universal  use ;  tocusso,  a  plant  yielding 
a  kind  of  black  bread  for  the  lower  classes ;  ansete,  a  plant  used  as  a  substitute 
for  grain ;  honey  in  abundance ;  papyrus,  balsam,  myrrh,  and  opocalpasum.  Salt 
is  an  important  natural  production,  found  in  great  quantities  on  a  plain  between 
Masuah  and  Amphila. 

The  customs  of  the  Abyssinians  are  described  by  Bruce  and  Salt  as  exceeding- 
ly savage.  They  eat  the  raw  and  still  quivering  flesh  of  cattle,  whose  roaring  is 
to  be  heard  at  their  feasts.  A  perpetual  state  of  civil  war  seems  the  main  cause 
of  their  peculiar  brutality  and  barbcism.  Dead  bodies  are  seen  lying  in  the 
streets,  and  serve  as  food  tc  doge  and  hyenas.  Marriage  is  there  a  very  slight 
connexion,  formed  and  dissolved  at  pleasure ;  conjugal  fidelity  is  but  little  regard- 
ed. The  rulers  are  unlimited  despots  in  ecclesiastical  and  civil  afi&irs,  disposing 
of  the  lives  of  their  subjects  at  pleasure. 

The  Abyssinians  boast  that  their  country  was  the  Shebn  of  Scripture,  and  that 
it  was  converted  to  Judaism  several  centuries  before  the  Christian  era.  It  is 
much  more  certain,  that,  prior  to  the  middle  of  the  fourth  century,  the  nation  was 
converted  to  Christianity,  which  it  hag  ever,  since  professed.  This  is,  however, 
more  tinctured  with  Judaism  than  in  the  other  nations  of  Christendom.  Boys  and 
girls  are  circumcised ;  the  Mosaic  laws  in  regard  to  clean  and  unclean  meats  are 
respected ;  the  seventh  day  is  their  Sabbath,  and  their  altars  have  the  form  of  the 
ark  of  the  covenant.  The  people  of  Abyssinia  are  composed  of  various  tribes 
and  colours.  The  general  tint  is  olive.  They  are  a  graceful,  well-formed  race, 
with  little  of  the  negro  physiognomy.  They  have  long  hair,  and  their  features 
are  somewhat  of  the  European  cast  The  Jew -4,  who  form  a  considerable  class, 
settled  here  in  remote  ages,  and  have  near!)  »  «t  Uw  Hebrew  language.  They 
are  considered  as  sorcerers,  and  it  is  believed  uiat  they  can  transform  themselves 
into  hyenas.  They  are  generally  smiths,  weavers,  and  carpenters.  The  in- 
habitants of  Tigre  are  ferociouu  and  unprincipled,  but  the  ferocity  and  filthiness 
of  the  Gallas  surpass  all  description.  In  their  excursions  they  destroy  all  human 
life.  They  smear  themselves  with  the  blood  of  slaughtered  animals,  and  hang 
the  er.lmils  about  their  necks.  They  have  been  often  thought  to  be  negroes,  but 
bear  a  greater  resemblanoe  to  the  Caflles  of  Southern  Africa  tnan  any  other  peo- 


436 


THE  SAHARA,  OR  GREAT  DESERT. 


pie.  In  the  north-west  parts,  the  Shangalla  are  a  rude  and  depraved  tribe.  They 
are  negroes,  with  visages  approaching  to  those  of  apes.  They  live  under  the  shade 
of  trees,  and  at  some  seasons  in  caves.    Tho  Abyssinians  hunt  them  as  wild  beasts. 

This  country  consists  of  three  separate  States:  Tigre,  on  the  Red  Sea;  Anqhara, 
in  the  west;  arid  the  kingdom  of  Shoa,  in  the  south.  Three  centuries  ago,  these 
countries  were  under  a  single  government.  The  population  of  the  whole  is  about 
4,500,000.  The  kingdom  of  Shoa  is  the  most  improved  of  the  Abyssinian  States ;  it 
has  been  of  late  years  visited  by  several  European  travellers,  and  an  embassy  was 
sent,  in  1841,  to  the  king  of  that  country,  from  Aden,  by  the  East  India  Company 

Adowa,  the  capital  of  Tigre,  is  the  only  point  of  communication  with  the 
interior.  It  has  a  considerable  trade,  and  the  inhabitants  are  among  the  most 
highly  civilized  of  the  Abyssinians.  Population,  8,000.  Antalo,  which  has  for 
some  time  been  the  residence  of  the  Ras,  stands  upon  the  side  of  a  mountain,  and 
is  supposed  to  contain  a  population  of  10,000.  Axum,  the  ancient  capital,  is  now 
in  ruins,  but  is  remarkable  for  its  antiquities.  Gondar,  the  capital  of  Amhara,  is 
three  or  four  leagues  in  circuit  The  houses  are  built  of  red  stone,  and  roofed 
with  thatch.    It  is  now  in  the  hands  of  the  Gallas. 


THE  SAHARA,  OR  GREAT  DESERT.         V 

The  Sahaba,  or  Great  Desebt,  forms  an  immense  range  of  territory,  which 
would,  indeed,  cover  the  whole  northern  half  of  Africa,  but  for  the  partial  exemp- 
tion produced  by  the  mountain  range  of  Atlas,  and  the  course  of  the  Nile.  Its 
actual  and  almost  uninterrupted  extent  may  be  stated  as  firom  the  15th  to  the  30th 
degree  of  north  latititde,  and  from  the  30th  of  east  to  the  15th  of  west  longitude. 
It  may  thus  amount  to  nearly  3000  miles  in  length,  and  1000  in  breadth.  This 
vast  expanse,  the  most  dreary  and  terrible  on  the  face  of  the  earth,  forms  an 
obstacle  to  the  intercourse  of  nations  greater  than  is  opposed  by  the  widest  oceans. 
Yet  the  daring  spirit  of  enterprise  has  induced  human  beings  to  occupy  every 
extremity  or  comer  in  which  subsistence  could  by  any  means  be  procured ;  and 
they  have  formed  routes  by  which,  though  amid  suffering  and  deadly  peril,  regular 
journeys  may  be  performed  across  this  vast  and  desolate  region.  The  term  Sahara 
is  usually  applied  to  that  part  of  the  Great  Desert  lying  westward  of  and  between 
Fezzan  and  the  Atlantic  Ocean. 

The  surfiice  of  the  Sahara  does  not  consist  entirely  of  one  uniform  plain  of  sand. 
In  the  most  level  tracts  it  has  been  blown  into  heaps  or  hillocks,  steep  on  one  side, 
which  remarkably  increase  both  the  dreary  aspect  of  the  region,  and  the  difflculties 
with  which  the  traveller  has  to  contend.  In  other  places  it  is  traversed  by  dark 
ranges  of  naked  rock,  which  sometimes  approach  so  close  as  to  leave  only  a  nar- 
row path  for  caravans  to  march  through.  The  terrible  spectacle  of  human  bones 
which  strew  the  ground,  and  sometimes  crackle  unexpectedly  beneath  the  tread 
of  the  traveller  or  his  camel,  lends,  at  intervals,  additional  horror  to  the  scene. 

The  most  remarkable  and  important  feature,  however,  which  divetsifies  the 
great  African  desert,  consists  in  the  oases.  This  eastern  term,  which  signifies 
island,  is  very  appropriately  given  to  those  detached  spots,  over  which  springs, 
bursting  forth  amid  the  desert,  diffiise  some  partial  verdure  aud  fertility.  The 
view  of  these  spots  inspires  travellers  with  emotions  peculiarly  pleasing;  some- 
times from  mere  contrast  with  the  encircling  desolation,  but  sometimes  also  from 
the  peculiurly  elegant  landscape  which  they  themselves  present.  They  are  em- 
bellished with  flowering  shrubs  of  peculiar  beauty  ;  whole  tracts  are  covered  with 
forests  of  acacia,  from  which  rich  gnms  distil,  and  with  groves  of  the  date  and 
lotus,  yielding  sweet  fruits  and  berries,  which  form  the  food  of  whole  tribes;  while 
mild  and  graceful  animals,  chiefly  of  the  antelope  species,  trip  along  the  meadows, 

Fezzan  is  a  very  large  oasis,  about  300  miles  long  and  200  broad,  sometimes 
dignified  with  the  title  of  kingdom.  Nature  has  scarcely  distinguished  it  from 
the  surrounding  desert :  it  is  not  irrigated  by  a  stream  of  any  importance.  The 
inhabitants,  however,  by  laborious  processes,  have  raised  up  the  water,  which  is 
found  at  a  certain  depth  under  ground,  and  have  thus  formed  a  number  of 


THE  SAHARA,  OR  GREAT  DESERT. 


437 


little  oascB,  in  which  dates  and  a  little  grain  can  be  reared,  and  where  a  few  asses 
and  goats,  and  numerous  camels  are  fed.  It  is  the  inland  trade,  however,  that  the 
inhabitants  re^rd  as  the  source  of  animation  and  wealth.  Fezzan  being  due 
south  fVom  Tripoli,  and  about  midway  between  Egypt  and  Morocco,  is  the  most 
central  point  of  communication  with  interior  Africa.  '  Through  these  resources 
Fezzan  is  enabled  to  maintain  a  population  of  about  70,000.  The  sultan  is  tribu- 
tary  to  the  bashaw  of  Tripoli.  Mourzuk,  in  a  low  unhealthy,  situation,  but  well 
watered,  is  the  residence  of  the  prince,  and  the  chief  seat  of  commerce.  It  con- 
tains remains  of  stone  edifices ;  but  the  present  structures  are  poorly  built  of  mud. 
Zuela  Gatrone  and  Tegerhy  are  small  towns  on  the  eastern  fhmtier.  Traghan, 
near  Mourzuk,  is  an  industrious  place,  with  a  thriving  manufactory  of  carpets. 
Sockna,  in  the  desert  to  the  north,  on  the  road  from  Tripoli,  forms  a  great  caravan 
station. 

Tibesty,  a  country  but  little  known,  is  situated  south-west  from  Fezzan,  and  is 
separated  from  it  by  a  desert  of  some  extent.  Its  vales  are  fertile  in  corn,  and  its 
mountains  afford  excellent  pasturage.  The  people,  rude  and  ferocious,  have  been 
subjected  to  the  control  of  Fezzan,  paying  annually  to  that  State  20  camel-loads 
of  senna.  There  are  a  few  small  villages  in  Tibesty,  of  which  Arna,  Aboo,  or 
Boeyra,  and  Berdai,  have  been  named  as  the  chief.  Caravans  sometimes  pass 
through  this  country  from  Fezzan  to  Bergoo,  or  Waday. 

North-east  from  Fezzan,  on  the  caravan  route  to  Egypt,  is  Auguela,  known 
upwards  of  2000  years  ago  to  the  Greeks  and  Egyptians  by  almost  the  same  name ; 
it  is  a  dirty  ill-built  place,  about  a  mile  in  circuit.  There  are  some  fertile  spots 
in  its  vicinity ;  the  country  abounds  in  dates,  and  the  inhabitants  have  established 
some  active  commercial  relations  with  interior  Africa.  A  few  days'  journey  east- 
ward is  Siwah,  a  deep  hollow  valley  watered  by  numerous  springs,  and  fertile  in 
dates,  the  staple  product  and  food  of  this  region.  The  people,  estimated  at  1500 
to  2000,  form  a  turbulent  aristocracy,  but  derive-  some  wealth  from  the  continual 
passage  of  tlie  caravans.  Yet  the  chief  interest  which  attaches  to  Siwah,  arises 
from  its  being  supposed  to  contain  the  celebrated  shrine  of  Jupiter  Amraon. 

Gadamis,  an  oasis  to  the  west  of  Fezzan,  derives  importance  from  the  passa^^'e 
of  the  caravans  frqm  Tripoli  and  Tunis  to  Timbuctoo,  though  these  are  not  so 
considerable  as  those  from  Fezzan  and  Morocco.  It  has  the  singularity  of  being 
divided  between  two  hostile  tribes,  each  enclosed  by  a  separate  wall,  with  a  com- 
mon gate,  which  is  shut  when  they  are  engaged  in  mutual  warfare. 

Tafilet,  Draha,  and  Sejinmessa,  to  the  south  of  the  Atlau,  and  loosely  appended 
to  the  empire  of  Morocco,  enjoyed  a  great  celebrity  doting  the  middle  ages,  but 
have  been  little  heard  of  in  modern  times.  The  caravans  to  Timbuctoo,  which 
once  rendezvoused  in  this  territory,  now  generally  prefer  the  more  westerly  route 
through  Suse,  by  which  they  avoid  the  steep  passage  of  the  Atles.  These  coun- 
tries, however,  are  understood  to  contain  many  fertile  tracts,  abounding  in  excel- 
lent dates,  and  producing  a  valuable  breed  of  goats.  Akka  and  Tatta  are  the 
principal  stations  from  which  the  caravans  take  their  departure. 

The  most  interior  part  of  the  desert,  between  Fezzan  and  Central  Africa,  is 
chiefly  occupied  by  two  native  tribes,  the  Tibboos  and  the  Tuaricks.  The  former 
are  found  on  the  caravan  route  to  Bomou ;  the  latter,  more  westerly,  on  that  of 
Kano  and  Kashna. 

The  Tibboos  are  nearly  as  black  as  the  negroes,  but  with  a  different  physiog- 
nomy ;  their  hair  is  longer  and  less  curled,  their  stature  low,  their  'matures  small, 
and  their  eye  quick.  They  subsist  on  the  milk  of  their  camels  and  the  produce 
of  a  few  verdant  spots  scattered  amid  the  desert ;  this  they  seek  to  aid  by  a  little 
trade  with  Fezzan,  and  not  unfrequenlly  by  the  plunder  of  the  caravans.  They 
are  themselves,  however,  exposed  to  a  niightier  race  of  spoilers,  the  Tuaricks, 
whc,  at  least  once  a  year,  make  an  inroad  into  their  territory,  sweeping  away 
every  thing,  and  sparing  neither  age  nor  sex.  Bilmah,  the  Tibboo  capital,  is  a 
mean  town,  built  of  earth,  and  the  other  villages,  of  course,  inferior.  To  the 
south  of  this  town  is  a  desert  of  thirfeeu  days'  journey,  perhaps  the  most  dreary 
on  earth.  There  is  neither  a  drop  of  water  nor  a  vestige  of  animal  or  vegetable 
life. _  ^ 


riite 


438 


WESTERN  AFRICA. 


The  Tuaricks,  who  spread  terror  through  the  half  of  Africa,  were  coosidered 
by  Captain  Lyon,  as  to  external  appearance,  the  finest  race  he  ever  saw ;  tall, 
erect,  and  handsome,  with  an  imposing  air  of  pride  and  independence.  Their  skin 
is  not  dark,  unless  where  deeply  embrowned  by  exposure  to  the  sun.  They  hold 
in  contempt  all  who  live  in  houses  and  cultivate  the  ground,  deriving  their  sub- 
sistence solely  from  pasturage,  commerce,  and  plunder,  with  a  considerable  pre- 
ference of  the  latter  pursuit.  The  chief  Tuarick  tribes  are  the  Ghraat,  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Gadamis ;  the  Tagama,  who  border  on  Houssa ;  and  the  Kolluvi, 
who  occupy  most  of  the  intermediate  territory.  They  possess,  in  particular,  the 
kingdom  of  Agdass,  whose  capital,  of  the  same  name,  has  been  long  celebrated  as 
a  commercial  emporium,  and  said  even  to  equal  Tripoli ;  but  our  information 
respecting  it  is  very  scanty. 

In  the  western  region  of  the  desert,  the  tribes  occupying*it3  scattered  habitable 
portions  appear  to  be  all  Moors  or  Arabs  migrated  from  Morocco,  and  who  have 
brought  with  them  their  usual  pastoral,  wandering,  warlike,  and  predatory  habits. 
These  last  they  exercise  with  a  relentless  cruelty  elsewhere  cinusual.  A  splendid 
booty  is  frequently  opened  to  them  by  the  vessels  which  su/!fer  shipwreck  on  the 
dreary  and  dangerous  shores  of  the  Sahara,  and  which  are  always  plundered  with 
the  most  furious  avidity :  the  only  hope  of  the  wretched  captives  is  to  be  able  to 
tempt  their  masters,  by  the  promise  of  a  high  ransom,  to  be  paid  at  Mogadore. 
Yet  these  dreary  regions  are  animated  by  the  constant  passage  of  the  great  cara- 
vans between  Morocco  and  Timbuctoo.  In  the  most  western  quarter,  also,  at 
Hoden,  Tishcet  or  Tegazza,  and  Taudeny,  are  extensive  mines  of  rock  salt,  an 
article  which  is  wanting  and  in  extensive  demand  over  all  the  populous  regions 
of  Central  Africa.  The  passage  of  these  caravans,  and  the  formation  of  depdts 
of  salt,  have  given  to  Walel  an  importance  said  nearly  to  equal  that  of  Timbuctoo. 
Aroan,  also  in  the  very  heart  of  the  desert,  derives  from  these  two  trades  a  popu- 
lation of  about  3000  souls.  Of  these  rude  wandering  tribes,  it  may  be  enougli  to 
name  the  Monselmmes,  Mongearts,  Woled  Deleym,  Lodajas,  Woled  Abousseba, 
Braknaks,  Trasarts.  But  the  chief  state  occupied  by  the  Moors  is  Ludamar,  on 
the  frontier  of  Bambarra,  v  nich  almost  claims  the  title  of  kingdom.  The  bigotry 
and  ferocity  of  the  race  were  strongly  marked  by  the  treatment  which  Park  met 
with  during  his  captivity.  Benowm,  their  capital,  is  merely  a  large  Arab  encamp- 
ment of  dirty,  tent-shaped  huts.  In  the  heart  of  the  desert,  between  Gadamis  and 
Timbuctoo,  is  the  district  of  Tuat,  inhabited  by  a  mixture  of  Arabs  and  Tuaricks, 
in  no  respect  better  than  the  rest  of  the  desert  tribes.  Major  Liaing  sustained 
among  them  a  signal  disaster.  Akkably  and  Ain-el-Saleh,  their  chief  towns,  are 
frequented  as  caravan  stations.  ..;>:?.».        ;  >    *. 


fo./M-. 


.■■i^i:,i 


-■Vj",'-'"-  * 


WESTERN  AFRICA. 


Wertbrn  Avrioa  seems  the  only  general  name  under  which  it  is  possible  to 
comprise  that  wide  range  of  coast,  excluding  the  Great  Desert,  which  extends 
along  the  Atlantic  from  the  Senegal  to  the  river  of  Benguela.  The  greater  part 
is  known  to  Europo  under  the  appellation  of  Guinea,  which,  however,  is  confined 
to  the  shores  cf  the  vast  gulf  so  called,  commencing  at  Cppe  Mesurado.  It  evon 
applies  most  strictly  to  the  northern  shores  of  that  gulf,  terminating  with  tne  rivers 
of  Benin ;  for  the  term  Lower  Guinea,  applied  to  Loango,  Congo,  and  the  neigh- 
bouring territories,  is  in  much  lesa~frequent  use.  The  territories  on  and  between 
the  Senegal  and  Gambia,  are  by  the  French  called  Senegambia ,  but  these  names 
pre  all  European,  and  unknown  to  the  natives.  The  whole  region  is  split  info  a 
multitude  of  states,  mostly  small,  and  without  any  political  connexion.  There  is 
a  general  resemblance  of  climat<»,  nature,  aspect,  und  character,  which  justifies 
us  in  classing  them  un'ler  one  head. 

The  limits  of  Senegambia,  though  iu  general  variously  defined,  may  be  consi- 
dered as  extending  along  tho  coast  from  the  southern  edge  o^  tlie  desert  to  the 
colony  of  Sierra  Leone,  and  from  the  Atlantic  Ocean  into  the  interior,  embracing 
the  regions  watered  by  the  various  tributtiries  of  the  Sfinegal  and  Gambia  rivers; 


at 


[IS,  are 


consi- 
Ito  the 
racing 
rivers: 


WESTERN  AFRICA. 


439 


extending  in  length  about  800,  and  in  breadth  where  widest,  about  700  miles. 
The  country  on  the  coast  is  much  of  it  flat  and  marshy,  and  very  unhealthy  for 
Europeans,  notwithstanding  which,  the  English,  French,  and  Portugese,  have 
some  small  settlements;  in  the  interior  are  many  mountainous  distri'jts,  mostly 
about  the  sources  of  the  great  rivers.  Senegambia  is  generally  well  watered  by 
the  Senegal  and  its  numerous  branches,  and  also  by  the  Grambia  and  Rio  Grande. 
The  climate  and  vegetable  productions  are  such  as  belong  to  the  equatorial 
regions. 

This  region  is  inhabited  by  different  tribes,  of  whom  our  accounts  are  very  im- 
perfect :  they  are  all  negroes,  but  market?  with  various  distinctions  of  person,  cha- 
racter, and  manners;  they  live  mostly  under  petty  sovereigns,  whose  government 
has  no  great  stability ;  in  general,  they  are  an  easy,  good-natured  race,  yet  igno- 
rant, barbarous,  and  degraded.  Among  these  various  nations,  the  Fouluhs,  Jalofis, 
and  Mandingoes,  are  the  most  numerous ;  other  less  prominent  races  are  the  Fe- 
loops,  Naloes,  Pagoes,  Susoos,  Timmanies,  &c. 

The  Foulahs  are  widely  diffused  over  Western  Africa,  and  are  the  most  prominent 
race:  in  several  interior  kingdoms  they  are  distinguished  from  the  other  Negroes 
by  their  superior  forms  and  features,  and  are  of  a  complexion  inclining  to  olive  ; 
their  habits  are  pastoral,  and  their  character  for  honesty,  industry,  and  sobriety,  is 
superior  to  that  of  any  other  race  in  this  quarter  of  the  globe;  they  are  supposed 
to  be  the  same  people  as  the  Fellatahs  of  Soudan.  The  Foulahs  are  Mahometans, 
but  are  not  very  strict  observers  of  the  injunctions  of  their  faith.  The  states  in- 
habited by  the  Foulahs  are  Fooladoo,  their  original  country  far  in  the  interior, 
Foota  Jallon,  on  the  head  waters  of  the  Senegal  and  Gambia  Rivers,  Bondou  and 
Foota  Toro,  on  the  lower  part  of  the  Senegal ;  the  latter  is  one  of  the^  most  im- 
portant kingdoms  in  this  quarter  of  Africa ;  it  is  well  watered  and  fertile,  and 
contains  a  dense  population.  Wassela  on  the  head  waters  of  the  Niger,  and  Mas- 
sina  eastward  of  Bambarra,  known  only  bv  name,  are  also  inhabited  by  them. 

The  Jaloffs  inhabit  the  territory  situated  between  the  Senegal  and  Gambia  Riv- 
ers, and  extending  from  the  sea-coast  to  a  considerable  distance  in  the  interior; 
though  of  a  deep  black  complexion,  and  with  decided  Negro  features,  they  are 
the  handsomest  race  in  Western  Africa.  They  boast  of  their  antiquity,  and  in 
many  respects  excel  the  neighbouring  races ;  their  language  is  softer  and  more 
agreeable ;  they  manufacture  finer  cotton-cloth,  and  give  it  a  superior  dye ;  they 
rival  the  Moors  in  horsemanship,  and  are  fearless  and  expert  hunters.  They 
occupy  several  small  states,  of  which  the  governments  are  despotic :  of  these  the 
chief  are  Barra  and  Boor  Salum  on  the  Gambia,  Brak  on  the  Senegal,  and  Damel 
and  Cayor  on  the  sea-coast.  The  Mandingoes  are  the  most  numerous  people  of 
this  region.  Their  employments  are  chiefly  a  slight  agriculture,  fishing  with  nets 
and  baskets,  and  above  all,  traffic,  in  which  their  enterprise  exceeds  that  of  all 
the  other  negro  races.  They  conduct  large  kafilas  to  a  considerable  distance  in 
the  interior,  and  their  language  is  well  understood  in  all  the  commercial  districts. 
They  are  cheerful,  inquisitive,  and  inveterate  dancers.  Their  taste  is  rather  more 
refii.ed  than  is  usual  among  the  Africans,  particularly  in  poetry ;  the  extemporary 
composition  and  recitation  of  which  forms  one  of  their  favourite  amusements. 
They  are  partly  Mahometans  and  partly  pagans.  Their  original  couiitry  is 
Manding,  cf  which  the  government  is  a  species  of  republicanism.  They  are 
found  extending  all  over  these  countries,  from  the  River  Senegal  to  Sierra  Leone. 
The  Feloops  to  the  south  of  the  Gambia  are  a  wild  unsocial  race.  Their  country 
is  fertile,  abounding  in  rice,  poultry,  and  honey,  from  which  last,  they  prepare  a 
species  of  mead.  On  the  Rio  Grande  are  the  Naloea,  farther  south  of  these  the 
Pagoes  and  Susoos,  and  adjoining  the  Colony  of  Sierra  Leone,  the  Timnianees, 
a  depraved  race,  who  were  the  chief  agents  in  the  slave-trade.  Their  agriculture 
k-  peculiarly  rude,  and  the  cloths  of  their  manufacture  very  coarse.  They  abuse 
the  English  as  having  deprived  them  of  almost  their  only  source  of  wealth,  which 
consisted  in  the  sale  of  slaves.  The  native  stater  in  Senegambia  are  with  few 
exceptions  email  and  unimportant,  and  under  the  control  of  chiefs,  who,  as  in 
alnr.08t  all  the  African  states,  rule  with  despotic  sway.  The  principal  kingdoms 
are  Foota  T  uro,  Damel,  Barra,  B^or  Salum,  Foota  Jailon,  and  Soolimanu. 


J 


«■■ 


440 


WESTERN  AFRICA. 


doo,  Konkodoo,  Dindikoo,  Brooko,  Fooladoo,  and  Kajaaga,  are  little  states,  extend- 
ine  idong  the  upper  course  of  the  Faleme,  Ba  Fing,  Ba  Lee,  and  other  streams 
which  combine  m  forming  the  Senegal.  The^^  are  elevated,  rocky,  and  woody, 
wiUi  very  picturesque  sites,  and  gpii  in  considerable  quantities  is  found  in  the 
sand  of  their  rivers.  Lower  down,  on  both  sides  of  the  Senegal,  is  the  kingdom 
of  Foota  Toro,  a  considerable  state,  of  which  the  interior  has  not  been  explored 
by  Europeans.  The  kinj?  is  a  zealous  Mahometan ;  and  under  the  pretext  of 
making  converts,  has  endeavoured  to  subdue  the  almost  pagan  Damel  or  Burb  of 
the  Jaloffi ;  the  latter,  however,  by  the  strength  of  his  country,  and  a  prudent 
system  of  warfare,  has  been  able  to  baffle  his  attempts.  On  the  Middle  Senegal, 
the  most  important  personage  is  the  Siratic,  who  holds  his  court  at  Ghiorel,  con- 
siderably to  the  north  of  the  river.  Nearer  the  sea  is  the  kingdom  of  Hoval, 
governed  by  a  petty  prince,  called  the  Great  Brak,  which,  in  the  language  of  the 

8  country,  signiiies  King  of  Kings.  Along  the  coast,  between  the  Senegal  and  the 
Gambia,  is  the  kingdom  of  Damel,  or  Cayor,  150  miles  in  length,  and  said  to  con- 
.  tain  180,000  inhabttante. 

The  Gambia  is  bordered  on  its  north  side  by  several  flourishing  little  kingdoms. 
That  immediately  on  the  sea  is  Barra,  said  to  contain  200,000  inhabitants.  The 
capital  is  Barra  Inding ;  but  the  chief  place  of  trade  is  Jillifrey,  where  the  king 
has  a  custom-house  to  levy  the  duties  on  vessels  passing  up  and  down.  Boor  Sa- 
lum  is  a  stUl  more  extensive  kingdom,  situated  on  a  small  river  that  falls  into  the 
Gambia,  and  containing,  it  is  said,  800,000  inhabitants.  Above  it  occur  nucces- 
sively  the  two  smaller  kingdoms  of  Yani  and  Woolli ;  in  the  latter  is  Pisania,  a 
British  factory,  from  whence  Mr.  Park  commenced  both  of  his  journeys  into  the 
interior.  Along  the  heads  of  the  Senegal,  Gambia,  and  the  Rio  Grande  lies  the 
important  kingdom  of  ^oota  Jallon,  said  to  extend  about  350  miles  in  length,  and 
200  in  breadth.  It  appears  to  be  the  most  improved  of  all  the  states  in  this  part 
of  Africa.  The  inhabitants  are  Foulahs.  Tney  manufacture  cloths  of  considera- 
ble fineness ;  they  work  in  iron,  due  from  extensive  mines  in  the  country ;  also  in 
silver,  wood,  and  leather;  and  tney  conduct  large  caravans  into  the  interior, 
as  far  even  as  Timbuctoo  and  Kash..d.  Here,  where  they  are  the  ruling 
people,  they  by  no  means  display  that  pacific  character  which  distinguLshes  the 
tribes  on  the  Gambia  and  Senegal.  They  can  bring  into  the  field  16,000  men,  and 
the  king  is  engaged  in  almost  continual  war,  for  the  base  purpose  of  procuring 
slaves  ror  the  European  market.  Timbo,  or  Teembo,  the  capital,  is  said  to  con- 
tain 7000  souls,  and  Laby,  5000. 

To  the  south  of  Foota  Jalion  is  Soolimana,  also  warlike  and  considerable.  It 
borders  on  the  Niger  in  the  highest  part  of  its  course,  though  the  sources  of  that 
river  are  placed  in  the  nostile  territory  of  the  Kissi.  The  king  is  at  present  Ma- 
hometan, but  the  bulk  of  the  nation  pagan.  They  are  a  gay,  thoughtless,  stirring 
race.  The  two  sexes  seem  to  have  reversed  their  occupations;,  the  women  till 
the  ground,  build  the  houses,  act  as  barbers  and  surgeons ;  while  the  men  tend  the 
dairy,  sew,  and  even  wash  the  clothes. 

On  the  eastern  side  of  the  Niger  is  the  country  of  Sangara,  still  more  extensive 
and  more  warlike.  South  of  »x)limana  is  the  Kooranxo  country,  inhabited  by 
Mandingoes,  who  are  as  usual  gay,  thoughtless,  hospitable,  and  enterprising. 

Among  the  European  settlements  on  this  coast,  that  of  Senegal,  belonging  to 
France,  is  the  most  important.  Fort  St.  Louis,  the  chief  settlement,  is  situeted 
on  an  island  in  the  river  Senegal.  The  French  lost  this  place  during  the  revolu- 
tionary war,  but  had  it  reotorcd  to  tUem  in  1814.  The  population  is  supposed  to 
be  about  6000.  The  original  hone  of  th*?  greatness  of  this  colony,  was  founded 
on  the  supposed  identity  of  th«  Senegal  with  the  Niger,  and  on  a  prospect  of  a 
communication  by  it  with  the  inmost  regions  of  Africa.  All  the  efforts  founded 
upon  this  erroneous  theory  proved,  of  course,  abortive ;  and  the  commercial  arlvan- 
tages  nf  the  colony  have  been  confined  to  the  gum  trade  and  the  gold  trade  of 
Bambouk. 

The  gum,  which,  from  this  river  and  settlement,  is  called  gum  Senegal,  is  the 
produce  of  some  scattered  oases,  or  verdant  spots,  that  occur  in  the  desert  north 
of  the  Senegal  river;  it  is  collected  mostly  in  the  month  of  December,  by  the 


SIERRA  LEONE, 


441 


Moorish  tribes,  in  the  vicinity  of  whom,  the  Trasarts  are  the  moat  considerable : 
bv  them  the  gum  is  bartered  to  the  French,  mostly  for  blue  East  India  cotton 
cloths,  called  pieces  of  Guinea.  The  amount  of  gum  exported  is  about  260,000 
pounds. 

The  kinj(dom  of  Bambouk,  on  the  upper  Senegal,  is  the  next  object  of  com- 
mercial importance  to  the  French.  It  is  almost  a  country  of  mountuns,  whence 
flow  numerous  streams,  nearly  all  of  which  roll  over  golden  sands;  it  is  extremely 
unhealthy  for  whites.  The  trade  is  mostly  carried  on  by  the  Serrawoollies,  a 
petty  tribe,  very  industrious,  and  devoted  to  trade.  At  Goree,  a  small  island  near 
Cape  Verde,  the  French  have  establidied  the  capital  of  all  their  African  domini(»M ; 
it  IB  an  almost  perpendicular  rock  which  is  well  fortified.  The  town  contains 
3000  inhabitants,  and  is  a  busy,  bustling  place,  being  the  entrepdt  for  all  the  oppo- 
site coast,  and  the  point  at  which  French  ships  bound  for  India,  stop  for  re- 
freshments. 

The  Albreda,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Gkrobia,  is  a  small  French  fkctoir.  European 
settlements  on  the  Gambia  are  entirely  English.  Bathurst,  on  St.  Mary's  island, 
at  the  mouth  of  the  river,  containing  a  population  of  about  2000,  is  the  principal 
place.  Fort  James  near  the  mouth  of,  and  Pisania  a  considerable  distance  up  tho 
river,  are  small  trading  poets ;  at  Bathurst  the  Wesleyan  Missionary  Society  have 
established  a  church  and  several  schools,  which  are  in  a  prosperous  state.  There 
is  a  Mission  also  at  McCarthy's  Island,  about  180  miles  above  Bathurst  South 
of  the  Gambia,  on  the  San  Domingo  river  and  other  streams,  the  Portuguese  have 
a  few  small  posts  of  little  or  no  importance;  they  are  Cacheo,  Bissao,  Zinghicor, 
Farim,  and  Geba.  In  this  neighborhood  is  the  Rio  Grande,  originally,  as  its  name 
implies,  supposed  to  be  important,  but  since  discovered  to  be  but  a  small  stream 
Opposite  to  its  mouth  is  the  Archipelago  of  the  Bissagos.  On  ( ne  of  thr^se,  Bu- 
lama,  the  English  attempted,  in  1793,  to  establish  a  cdony,  but  the  u^healthiness 
of  the  climate,  and  the  hostility  of  the  natives,  obliged  them  to  abandon  it 


SIERRA   LEONE. 


■Jt^A'St' 


Thb  British  colony  of  Sierra  Leone,  founded  with  a  view  of  introducing  and 
extending  civilization  and  Christianity  in  Africa,  is  the  next  most  important  object 
on  this  coast  It  was  founded  in  1787  by  a  company  associated  for  that  purpose,  and 
who  have  since  surrendered  their  charter  to  government  The  bulk  of  the  inha- 
bitants are  liberated  slaves,  taken  by  the  British  cruisers  from  the  various  slave- 
ships,  captured  by  them  since  the  slave  trade  was  declared  illegal.  With  a  view 
to  initiate  these  people  into  the  habits  of  civilized  life,  the  church  missionary 
society  have  introduced  teachers  and  schools  and  upwards  of  2000  children  are 
now  instructed  on  the  national  system. 

The  population  of  Freetown,  the  capital  of  the  colony  and  its  suburbs,  has  risen 
to  near  10,000 ;  and  eight  or  ten  little  tovvns  or  villages  have  been  established  in 
its  vicinity  :  of  these,  Regenistown,  Gloucester,  Wellington,  &c.  are  the  principal. 
The  inhabitants  of  the  Colony  amounted  to  42,000 ;  of  these  100  only  are  white. 
It  appears  certain  that  Sierra  Leone  has  not  realized  the  expectations  of  its  found- 
ers ;  it  has  not  as  yet  made  any  impression  upon  Africa,  and  there  is  no  radius  of 
civilization  proceeding  from  it 

It  labours  under  two  great  disadvantages ;  the  extreme  unhealthiness  of  the 
climate,  which  both  keeps  down  its  population,  and  renders  it  difficult  to  procure 
well  qualified  persons  to  go  out,  and  also,  its  unfavourable  position ;  in  contact 
only  with  a  few  turbulent  tribes,  not  with  any  of  the  great  and  leading  states  of 
the  continent  These  disadvantages,  joined  to  the  death  of  four  successive 
governors,  led  government  to  hesitate  as  to  the  expediency  of  supporting  this 
colony,  after  JC3,000,000  hod  jeen  expended  in  its  formation.  To  withdraw  it, 
however,  would  be  attended  with  many  evils,  so  that  an  attempt  has  been  made 
to  maintain  it  on  a  more  limited  scale.  The  European  troops  have  been  removed, 
and  their  place  supplied  by  negroes,  and  the  annual  expenditure  has  been  reduced 
to  about  £40,000,  of  which  J&17,000  is  for  liberated  Afiricans. 


449 


GUINEA. 


The  space  from  Sierra  Leone  to  the  commencement  of  the  Grain  Coast  of 
Guinea,  an  extent  of  about  two  hundred  miles,  is  chiefly  marked  by  the  entrance 
into  the  sea  of  the  considerable  rivers  of  Sherbro  and  Mesurado,  or  St.  Paul's. 
The  states  here  are  generally  very  small,  and  entirely  negro  in  religion  and 
manners,  none  of  the  Mahometan  institutions  having  penetrated  so  &r.  The 
chiefii  are  in  general  absolute,  and  their  obsequies  are  celebrated  with  human 
sacrifices,  Uiough  not  to  the  same  frightful  extent  as  in  some  of  the  countries  to 
the  east. 


GUINEA. 

GnmcA,  extending  southward  ilrom  Senegambia,  is  the  greatest  division  of 
Western  Africa.  It  commences  at  the  river  Mesurado,  or,  more  properly,  the  St. 
Paul's,  and  extends  along  the  coast  to  Benin,  which  it  includes,  and  into  the 
interior  firom  the  sea  to  the  mountains ;  separating  the  waters  of  the  Niger  from 
the  rivers  of  the  seaboard.  These  are  commonly  known  as  the  Mountains  of 
"Kong :  their  exact  location  and  range  are  not  yet,  however,  positively  ascertain- 
ed, but  are  considered  as  the  western  prolongation  of  the  Mountains  of  tlie  Moon. 
Guinea  is  in  length  about  1500  and  in  breadth  from  350  to  400  miles :  the  coasts 
are  usually  divided  by  mariners  into  the  Grain,  Ivory,  Gold,  and  Slave  Coasts, — 
according  to  the  various  objects  of  trade  at  the  respective  places.  The  political 
divisions  are — Liberia,  Ashantee,  Dahomey,  Benin,  and  Warree.  The  interior 
of  this  region  is  almost  entirely  unknown,  with  the  exception  of  Ashantee  and 
Dahomey,  of  which  some  knowledge  has  been  obtained  from  the  different  agents 
of  the  British  (Government,  sent  thither  for  diplomatic  purposes.  The  principal 
rivers  are  the  St.  Paul's,  Cesters,  St.  Andrew's,  Lahou,  Assinee,  Bossumpra  or 
St.  John's,  Volta,  and  the  Niger,  with  its  various  estuaries. 

The  American  Colony  of  Liberia  was  founded  by  the  American  Colonization 
Society  in  1821,  for  the  purpose  of  facilitating  the  gradual  emancipation  of  slaves 
in  the  United  States.  The  spot  selected  for  the  first  settlement  was  a  little  ele- 
vated peninsula,  lying  between  the  mouth  of  the  river  Mesurado  or  Montserado 
and  the  sea,  and  terminating  in  a  cape  of  the  same  name.  After  suffering  mucli 
from  the  hostility  of  the  natives,  with  whom  it  had  to  sustain  several  severe  con- 
flicts, this  little  colony  has  at  length  obtained  tranquillity,  but  it  has  not  increased 
to  the  extent  that  was  by  many  expected.  Its  territory  extends  from  Cape  Palmas 
to  Cape  Mount,  or  from  4°  to  7°  N.  lat.,  occupying  225  miles  of  coast,  with  a  breadth 
of  20  to  30  miles  inland.  The  climate  is  healthful,  although  emigrants  are  liable  to 
be  attacked  by  the  country  fever,  on  their  first  arrival.  Its  fertile  soil  yields  rice, 
cotton,  coffee,  sugar,  indigo,  banana,  cassada,  yams,  &c.  Camwood  is  abundant, 
and  the  timber  is  durable  and  well  adapted  for  building.  The  natives  are  the 
Deys,  an  indolent  and  inoffensive  people,  occupying  the  coast  on  both  sides  of  the 
Mesurado,  to  the  number  of  about  7000  or  8000 ;  the  Bassas,  also  a  peaceful,  but 
more  industrious  and  numerous  people,  farther  south,  and  the  Queahs  and  Condoes, 
in  the  interior.  There  are  also  scattered  settlements  of  Kroomen,  whose  native 
country  is  near  Cape  Palmas,  and  who  are  a  laborious  and  hardy  race,  acting  as 
pilots,  porters,  and  oarsmen  for  the  trading  vessels  on  the  coast ;  they  commonly 
speak  English.  The  settlement  on  Cape  Mesurado,  which  received  the  name  of 
Monrovia  is  a  town  of  about  1200  inhabitants ;  and  Caldwell  and  Millsburg,  on  St. 
Paul's  river,  have  each  perhaps  a  fourth  of  that  number.  Edina,  about  sixty  milen 
from  Monrovia,  on  the  south-west  side  of  the  St.  John's  river;  Bassr.  Cove,  which, 
though  lately  desolated  by  the  natives,  has  been  reoccupied ;  and  Harper,  a  neat 
little  village  at  Cape  Palmas,  are  the  other  principal  settlements.  The  colonists 
consist  of  free  blacks,  of  emancipated  slaves,  and  of  recaptured  Africans.  The 
whole  number  is  about  3000.  The  general  direction  of  affairs  is  in  the  hands  of 
the  Society's  agent,  but  the  local  interests  of  the  colony  are  confided  to  the  care 
of  colonial  councils  and  magistrates.  Liberia  contains  23  churches;  15  schools, 
with  562  scholars.     Imports,  in  two  years,  $157,289 ;  exports,  $123,694. 


^s^.» 


GUINEA. 


443 


A  press  has  been  set  up,  from  which  is  issued  a  respectably  conducted  newspaper,  i 
The  native  traders  of  the  interior  visit  the  colony  regularly,  bringing  with  them  the  i 
most  valuable  inland  products,  and  taking  in  return  various  manufactured  articles ;  I 
and  an  active  commerce  is  carried  on  partly  in  colonial  shipping,  and  partly  by 
American  and  European  ves2  -. .  Palm  oil,  ivory,  dye  wood,  bides,  wax,and  pepper, 
are  among  the  articles  of  expo  v.  in  addition  to  the  productions  before  enumerated* 

The  Grain  Coast,  occupied  mostly  by  Liberia,  derived  its  name  from  Guinea^ 
pepper,  or  grains  of  Paradise,  a  spice  about  the  size  of  hemp-seed  which  was  re- 
garded by  Europeans,  when  they  first  landed  here,  tm  a  delicious  luxury ;  but, 
after  the  aromatics  of  the  east  became  fiuniliar,  it  fell  into  disrepute. 

The  Ivory,  including  the  Adoo  or  Quaqua  Coast,  extends  from  Cape  Palmas  to 
Apolionia,  about  400  miles :  the  name  is  derived  tiom  the  quantities  of  ivory 
obtained  from  the  elephants  on  the  sea-shore  and  in  the  interior.  There  are  a 
number  of  small  ports  along  the  coast,  at  which  European  ships  occasionally  trade. 
The  natives  have  been  generally  represented  as  very  ferocious  and  rude,  and  have 
also  been  accused  of  cannibalism ;  but  late  observers  speak  of  them  in  milder 
terms. 

The  Goli'  Coast,  to  the  east  of  the  Ivory  Coast,  extends  fVom  Apolionia  to  the 
Volta  Rivo  about  280  miles.  This  region  derives  its  designation  from  the  high- 
ly prized  commodity  which  its  name  indicates.  The  English,  Dutch,  and  Danes, 
all  have  here  trading  settlements,  or  Forts.  The  chief  of  these,  belonging  to 
Great  Britain,  are  Cape  Coast  Castle,  a  strong  fortress,  mounting  90  pieces  of 
cannon ;  Dix  Cove,  Succondee,  Winebah,  Accarab,  and  others.  Those  of  the 
Dutch  are  El  Mina,  or  the  Castle  formerly  belonging  to  the  Portuguese,  fh>m 
whom  it  was  captured  in  1637;  and  7  or  8  others.  These  are  the  most  respect- 
able settlements  on  the  coast.  The  Danish  forts  are  Christianburg,  Ningo,  and 
Quitta. 

Elastward  from  the  Volta  River,  and  extending  thence  330  miles  to  the  For- 
moso  River,  is  the  Slave  Coast,  so  named  because  slaves  were  formerly  procured 
here  in  greater  numbers  than  elsewhere,  and  of  a  more  docile  and  tractable  cha- 
racter than  any  other.  It  consisted  originally  of  the  Lingdoms  of  Whidat  and 
Ardrah,  which  formed  the  most  populous  and  best  r  'tivated  parts  of  this  region. 
In  the  beginning  of  the  last  century,  they  were  tc^uered  by  Dahomey  and  in- 
corporated into  ^t  kingdom,  but  have  never  regaii.jd  'iicir  former  state  of  pros- 
perity. 

In  the  interior  and  north  of  the  Gold  Coast  is  the  kingdom  of  Ashantee,  a  power 
|j  that  has  withm  a  short  period  quadrupled  its  possessions  and  population.  Its  name 
had  scarcely  reached  European  ears  when  its  armies  were  lately  seen  descending 
to  the  coast  and  subduing  all  before  them.  In  military  skill  and  valour,  in  ar(s 
and  intelligence,  they  are  decidedly  superior  to  any  -»'her  inhabitants  in  Western 
Africa.  I^rge  armies  assemble  at  a  short  warning,  which  furnishes  evidence  of 
a  dense  population.  The  rude  magni)'cence  displayed  in  their  camp  when  visited 
by  the  English,  und  the  dignity  and  courtesy  of  depoi  tmcnt  both  of  the  king  and 
hip  officers,  indicate  a  degree  of  civilization  much  superior  to  that  of  the  surround- 
ing nations.  There  are,  notwithstanding,  features  in  the  character  and  customs 
of  this  people,  surpassing  in  barbarity  tilmof':  any  other  except  in  the  contiguous 
kingdom  of  Dahomey.  On  the  death  of  the  king  or  sny  of  the  royal  family,  hu- 
man victims  bleed  in  thousands ;  alec  when  any  of  th^  great  men  wish  to  propi- 
tiate the  maneb  of  their  ancestors,  or  when  favourable  omens  are  sought  respecting 
any  great  projected  enterprise. 

The  legal  allowance  of  wives  fcr  the  king  is  upwards  of  three  thousand,  se- 
lected from  the  fairest  damseb  in  his  dominions.  These  unfortunate  beings  are 
no  better  than  slaves,  and  on  any  copricious  disgust  are  tre-ted  with  the  greatest 
cruelty,  and  often  put  to  death.  Yet  this  barbarous  monarch  is  not  without  a  de- 
sire to  civilize  his  subjects,  and  to  adopt  F '    i.  °    arts  and  improvements.    Ho 


■SBBa 


nea^Eia 


GUINEA. 


has  occupied  himaelf  in  erecting  a  palace  of  atone,  in  the  European  style,  under 
the  direction  of  an  ar  1  hom  El  Mina,  instead  ij!  the  Btructurea  of  earth  and 
atraw  to  which  the  ariiii.,8Cture  of  Africa  has  hitherto  been  confined 

The  only  instrument  of  husbandry  among  the  Ashanteos  is  the  br  ;.  They  cul- 
tivate rice  ..id  the  sugar-cane;  fine  cotton  grows  spontaneous^ .  '~i  tropical 
fruits  are  abundant  Their  cattle  are  large  and  fine,  and  their  heroes  mostly  of  a 
small  breed.  They  are  but  indifferent  horsemen,  and  sometimes  ride  on  oxen. 
They  .se  a  loom  similar  to  the  European,  and  produce  fine  cloths  with  brilliant 
colours.  They  also  work  skilfully  in  metals  and  leather:  their  articles  of  gold 
are  in  particular  very  neatly  made. 

Coomassie,  the  capital,  is  said  to  contain  a  population  of  80,000  or  100,000. 
The  houses  are  well  built  and  neat.  The  streets  are  all  named,  and  are  each  un- 
der the  charge  of  a  captain  or  chief.  The  population  of  Ashantee  proper  is  sup- 
posed to  be  about  1,000,000,  but  including  its  tributary  states,  probably  four  times 
that  amount 

Dahomey,  lying  east  of  Ashantee,  and  north  of  the  Slave  Coast,  exten'^s  into 
the  interior  upwards  of  200  miles.  The  most  arbitrary  forms  of  despotism  are 
mild  compared  with  those  of  this  country,  founded  in  an  idolatrous  veneration  for 
the  king.  Human  sacrifices  take  place  here  on  a  greater  scale  than  even  in 
Ashantee,  and  the  bodies  of  the  victims,  instead  of  being  interred,  are  hung  up 
on  the  walls  and  allowed  to  putrify.  Human  skulls  make  the  fiivourite  ornament 
of  the  palaces  and  temples,  and  the  kin^  has  his  sleeping  apartment  paved  with 
them,  and  the  roof  ornamented  with  the  jaw-bones  of  cliiets  whom  he  has  slain  in 
battle. 

Dahomey  consists  of  an  extensive  and  fertile  plain,  capable  of  every  species  of 
tropical  culture.  Little  is,  however,  actually  produced  from  it  that  is  fitted  for  a 
foreign  market  Abomey,  the  capital,  contains  about  24,000  inhabitants.  Ardra, 
25  niiles  from  the  coast,  10,000.  Griwhee,  the  port  of  Abomey,  about  7000,  and 
Badagry  about  5000. 

Eastward  of  Do^oDrtey  is  the  counUy  of  Benin,  which  extends  from  east  to  west 
upwards  of  two  Uuivdniil  miles.  This  region  is  but  little  known.  The  country  is 
low  and  flat;  f.i>  '  :  >i^  oi.the  banks  of  the  rivers  fertile ;  but  for  Europeans  the 
climate  is  V'fi  u;  lit  \thy.  The  natives  are  active  traders  in  slaves,  ivory,  and 
palm-oih  lAtgc.  <{Uart,itie8  of  salt  are  made  along  the  rivers,  mostly  for  the  inte- 
rior trade.  The  kii^>  is  not  only  absolute,  but  be  is  considered  fetiche,  or  a  God, 
in  the  eyes  of  his  subjects,  and  all  ofilences  against  him  are  punished  in  the  most 
cruel  and  summary  manner,  not  only  as  treason,  but  as  impiety. 

Waree,  south  of  the  Formosa  river,  is  a  much  smaller  state  than  Benin.  The 
country  is  low,  marshy,  and  covered  with  a  thick  forest  The  capital,  of  the  same 
name,  is  on  a  beautiful  island  somewhat  elevated  above  the  surrounding  swamps 
and  woods.  Here,  too,  the  king  is  absolute,  and  carries  polygamy  to  a  great  ex- 
tent A  late  traveller,  who  happened  to  get  a  peep  into  the  seraglio,  saw  about 
fifty  queens  busied  in  various  employment,  from  the  toilette  to  the  washing-tub. 

The  whole  of  this  region,  from  the  B  iver  Formosa  to  Biafra,  including  part  of 
B>7nin,  Waree,  Bonny,  du:.,  comprises  the  Delta  of  the  Niger,  and  is  traversed  by 
a  great  number  of  i;ivers.  Of  these,  the  Nun,  by  which  Uie  Messrs.  Landers  de- 
scended to  the  ocean,-  if  not  the  largest,  is  at  least  the  most  direct  The  Bonny, 
another  large  estuary,  to  the  eastward  of  the  Nun,  has  on  its  banks,  a  few  miles 
from  the  sea,  the  towns  of  Bonny  and  New  Calebar.  They  are  situated  in  the 
midst  of  the  morasses  which  overspread  this  country.  The  people  support  them- 
selves by  the  trade  in  salt,  slaves,  and  palm-oil.  The  old  Calebar,  Rio  del  Rey, 
and  Cameroons,  are  important  estuaries.  On  the  first,  about  60  miles  from  the 
sea,  is  E^raim  Town,  with  6000  inhabitants,  governed  by  a  duke.  These  rivers 
are  all  very  unhealthy,  but  yield  a  good  deal  of  ivory  and  palm-oil.  The  con- 
tinuity of  that  vast  wooded  and  marshy  flat  which  has  extended  along  the  coast 
for  more  than  200  miles,  is  now  broken  b^  some  very  lofly  mountains,  the  prin- 
cipal of  which  is  supposed  to  reach  the  height  of  13,000  feet 


BIAFRA,  Sec 


445 


BIAFRA,  &c. 

That  part  of  the  western  coast  of  Africa,  commencing  with  Biafra,  is  some- 
times called  Lower  Guinea,  a  term  which  is,  however,  by  n(  means  generally 
adopted ;  here,  as  in  the  region  just  described,  the  interior  is  but  imperfectly 
known  to  the  civilized  world :  the  heat  of  the  climate  is  extreme ;  the  manners 
and  customs  of  the  people  are  rude  and  barbaroue,  and  the  forms  of  government 
are  all  characteristic  of  a  low  and  uni  nprovcd  f*nte  of  society.    South  of  the 

Sreat  river  Niger,  and  extending  towards    on;         "■  the  v    lebar,  Cameroons, 
[alemba,  Campo,  Danger,  Moondah,  and  Gti  )oon  ^ese  water  the  coun- 

tries of  Biafra,  Calbongas,  and  Gaboon ;  they  are  all  but  little  known,  and 

but  occasionally  frequented;  the  country,  w  .options,  being  very 

unhealthy  for  Europeans,  but  yields  some  ivo  oil,       ich  form  almost 

the  only  inducement  for  visiting  it 

LoANoo. — Loango,  situated  immediately  north  ot  re,  or  Congo  River, 

extends  along  the  coast  about  400  miles:  its  interior  i....a.  and  character  are  but 
vaguely  and  imperfectly  known.  The  climate  is  described  as  fine,  rain  of  rare 
occurrence,  and  never  violent,  but  dews  abundant  The  soil  in  the  vicinity  of 
the  sea-coast  is  fertile,  yielding  in  profusion  a  great  variety  of  tropical  productions. 
Loango  contains  several  districts,  as  Kilonga,  Mayumba,  &c.  The  slave  trade, 
for  which  alone  this  part  of  Africa  is  most  frequented,  is  chiefly  carried  on  at  Ma- 
lemba  and  Cabenda,  on  the  south  part  of  this  region,  not  far  from  the  Zaire,  or 
Congo  River.  Malemba  is  so  pleasant  and  healthy  as  to  be  called  the  Montpelier 
of  Africa,  and  Cabenda,  near  the  mouth  of  the  river  of  the  same  name,  also  a 
beautiful  town,  is  known  by  the  appellation  of  the  paradise  of  the  coast.  It  is  a 
great  mart  for  slaves,  who  are  brought  from  the  opposite  territory  of  Sogno,  in 
Congo ;  but  the  natives,  contrary  to  their  general  character,  in  this  region  are  rude 
and  difficult  to  treat  with. 

Congo,  Anooiwi,  &c. — The  next  division  of  Western  Africa  consists  of  Congo, 
Angola,  Benguela,  and  Matemba :  the  coasts  of  the  three  first,  which,  and  also 
those  of  Loango,  are  named  by  navigators  the  coast  of  Angola,  or  more  simply  the 
coast  The  principal  feature  of  this  region  is  the  Zaire,  or  Congo,  a  powerful  and 
rapid  river,  which  rushes  by  a  single  channel  into  the  Atlantic ;  it  was  ascended 
by  Captain  Tuckey,  in  his  unfortunate  expedition,  280  miles,  yet  nothing  was 
ascertained  as  to  its  origin  and  early  course.  The  other  principal  rivers  are  the 
Ambriz,  Dande,  Coanza,  Cuvo,  and  Cutambela :  of  these  the  Coanza  is  next  to  tlie 
Zaire,  the  most  important  stream ;  it  is  said  by  the  Portuguese,  on  the  report  of 
the  natives,  to  flow  from  a  large  lake  fiir  in  the  interior,  in  the  country  of  the 
Cassanges,  in  which  the  Coango,  the  head  tributary  of  the  Zaire,  also  has  its 
source. 

This  region  extends  from  the  latter  river  to  the  Bembaroughe,  the  southernmost 
limit  of  Benguela,  about  800  miles ;  and  into  the  interior  the  distance  is  very  un- 
certain, but  is  probably  from  500  to  600  miles :  over  the  whole  of  this  territory 
the  Portuguese  claim  sovereignty,  but  their  authority  is  supposed  to  be  merely 
nominal,  except  in  the  vicinity  of  their  few  forts,  and  in  the  immediate  neighbour- 
hood of  the  coast  The  country  was  discovered  by  them  in  1487,  and  soon  after- 
wards visited  by  a  number  of  missionaries :  forts  and  factories  were  early  estab- 
lished, and  it  was  represented  as  very  populous,  but  in  the  late  expedition  up  the 
Zaire  no  evidence  of  this  was  apparent.  The  largest  town  on  that  river  did  not 
contain  more  than  from  60  to  100  huts. 

Congo,  the  largest  division  of  the  Portuguese  territories  on  this  coast  lies  imme- 
diately souUi  of  the  Zaire,  and  extends  for  several  hundred  miles  in  the  interior: 
the  eastern  limits  are  uncertain,  the  inland  parts  being  unknown.  The  chief 
town  is  St  Salvador,  at  which  the  Portuguese  maintain  a  mission.  Of  this  place 
no  recent  details  have  been  received.  In  the  natives  of  Congo  the  negro  indo- 
lence is  carried  to  its  utmost  excess ;  the  little  cultivation  that  exists,  carried  on 
entirely  by  die  females,  is  nearly  limited  to  the  manioc  root,  which  they  are  not 

38 


I 


^. 


^.^^5^ 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-S) 


1.0 


I.I 


lAi|2£    12.5 

■^  lii    12.2 


Ui 


liO 


2.0 


L25  iU 


III 


1.6 


7] 


7J 


^ 


^-^ 


^^I'^''*'-^* 


^ 


>s 


/A 


V 


^yw 

''/// 


7 


Hiotographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  145S0 

(716)  •72-4503 


<^.>^ 


.^ 


><^. 


j!f%^ 


K^ 


v^^< 


f/j 


'.,'U--'^--'^^^ 


.%••'«:■-'    ^::; 


,^4  •■ 


CIMBE]}AS>4iO|}THSRN  AFRICA. 


vary  skilM  in  {wepving  Their  houae*  are  put  tamther  of  mate,  made  from  the 
fibres  of  Um  pum  tree,  and  their,  dotbw  tm  bewliny  coonat  merely  of  matted 
graai. 

Tfa0  coDBtriia  aoiitb  of  Congo  are  Angola  «n4  Be^igvwla:  of  tlie  former  tho 
chi^f  aettlepMint  ia  at  St.  Paul  de  Loando,  a  large  town  in  an  elevated  situation,  ir 
it  exporta  anspilly  18,000  to  90,000  daye%  memj  to  BruiL  San  Felipe  de  Bec- 
guela*  in  a  niarahy  and  uuboalthy  site,  is  now  considerably  declined,  and  ite  popu- 
Mtion  does  not  exceed  9000^  mostly  ftee  negroes  and  akves.  There  is  alao  a 
smaller  port,  call^  Nova  Redonda.  Ear  inland  are  the  countries  of  Bbtemtia  and 
Cassangv.  In  tbis  interior  rcwioo,  two  centuriea  ago,  the  Jagaa,  or  Giagas,  were 
celebrated  bv  travellers  as  a  nrmidaUe  tribe,  addicted  to  the  most  ferocious  an^ 
revolting'  habits:  they  wwe  constantly  at  war  with  the  people  around  them,  but 
are  ivobably  extinct  ot  changed  in  their  habits,  as  they  appear  now  to  be  unJmown. 


CIMBEBAS,  &c. 

SisnoHnMi  sooth  of  BenmeU  for  several  hondred  miles,  are  the  desert  and 
dreary  coaste  of  Oimbebas  am  Mampoor,  aktng  which  water  that  can  be  drunk  is 
very  scarce,  and  only  fimnd  in  spote  rar  distant  from  each  other.  The  whole  coast 
is  i  strip  of  sandy  desert  40  or  60  miles  in  breadth,  behind  which  the  interior 
conntry  becomes  liilly  and  apparently  well  fitted  for  pasturage.  Horned  cattle 
ooBstitote  the  riches  of  the  mhabitants,  who  are  clothed  in  ox  bides,  ud  appear 
to  be  a  mild  and  inoflbnsive  race.  They  are  similar  in  appearance  to  the  H^ten> 
tots,  and  are  probably  the  same  people.  These  coasto  have  bsen  lately  visited  by 
some  Americans,  who  have  communicated  with  the  natives  at  a  few  points  and 
purchased  good  cattle  flonl  <thera  at  the  low  rate  of  one  and  two  dolhurs  a  head. 


SOUTHERN  AFRICA. 


SovTHiBM  AmiCA  is  the  term  generallv  applied  to  .the  territory  discovered  and 
partly  colonised  by  Europeans.  It  includes  the  Cape  Colony,  Cafihiria,  the  coun- 
try m  tho  Hottentots,  and  that  occupied  by  the  Bechuanas.  The  coast  line  of 
tiiis  region,  ciHnmencinff  at  its  western  extremity  and  extending  to  the  south,  the 
east  ajw  the  north,  to  Delagoa  Bay,  is  upwards  of  2000  miles ;  irom  north  to  south 
it  is  700  wad  ftom  east  to  west  ftom  600  to  900  miles  in  extent 

The  principal  mountain  ridge  of  Southern  Africa  is  that  called  in  different  psits 
of  ite  range  by  the  names  of  Nieuwvelds  Bergen,  and  Sneeuw  Bergen,  which 
divides  mostly, the  waters  of  the  Orange  River  nrom  those  flowing^  to  the  south  in 
the  Cape  Colonv,  and  thoM  of  Cafihiria  which  run  eastward  into  the  Indian 
Ocean.  This  chain  has  not  been  explored  in  ite  whole  range,  but  is  thought  to 
extend  about  1100  miles  in  length ;  manyparte  of  it  are  constently  covered  with 
snow,  and  ite  highest  peaks  are  about  10,000  feet  in  height  Much  of  the  sur&ce 
lit  tiiw  region  is  arid  and  unfit  for  cultivation,  particularly  that  ^rt  of  it  in  the 
colony  south  of  the  mounteins  called  the  Great  Karroo,  which  is  a  level  plain 
covered  wiUi  a  hard  and  impenetrable  soil,  almost  all  unfit  for  vegetetion ;  it  is 
800  miles  in  length,  and  near  100  in  breadth. 

North  of  the  mountains  the  ternt  jry  is  finr  some  space  bleak  and  sterile,  but  it 
gradually  improves  till  it  opens  into  the  jfxtttnsive  pastoral  plains  occupied  by  the 
Beohoanaa.  So  flw  as  this  nas  been  explored  to  the  northward,  it  becomes  a) ways 
■toire  fertile,  though  to  the  west  there  has  been  observed  a  desert  of  very  great 
extent  The  eastern  coast  also  oonsiste  chiefly  of  a  fine  pastoral  pliun,  occupied 
by  varkwB  Oaffire  tribes,  and  separated  firom  the  Bechuana  country  by  the  extenaing 
ranges  of  the  Sneeuw  Bergen  chain,  which  have  not  yet  been  much  explored. 

The  chief  stream  of  this  region  is  t^e  Orange  River,  which,  w^h  ite  tributaries, 
dnuaa  » lane  asitsat  of  eomitiy  north  di  tiie  Sno'^ry  Mountains,  and  after  a  course 
wydi,  wM^  its  wiBiini%  muse  ceosilenMv eseaed  Hm  mik^feUe  into  the 
Southern  Ocean  in  about  28°  30'  S.  Lat    Those  in  the  colony,  and  south  of  the 


OOUMTRT  OFTBB  HOTTENTOTS. 


447 


|raat  moantam  chain,  are  the  Olidiaiiti  River,  flowing  north-weit,  then  running 
■outh  are  the  Breede,  Gamita,  Camtoqa,  Zooadag,  and  the  Ghreat  Fifh  Rivera, 
which  hat,ilioiigh  the  nxwt  oohaileraUe,  haa  not  a  coorae  of  more  tliMUi.  !S(Oti 
mileai  In  Ckffirariaaavaaleataarieaopttinta  the  Indian  Oeean,  the  ei^lyobafaea 
<£  which  are  little  nHve  tisua  conjectured ;  the  atreaoi  moat  known  it  tiie  Gritat 
Km,  ahout  120  milea  in  tonrtk 

The  population  of  a  rcmn  of  which  the  very  beandariea  ue  yet  m  VBdetM>r, 
mined,  can  har^  be  maoe  any  thing  more  than  a  aubieet  of  imae  conjecture. 
The  daaiMa  of  inhabitanta  in  thia  part  ot  Africa  eidiibn  a  conaUeraUe  variety. 
They  cwwat  of  lit,  Th«>  Britiah,  ooicprinng  the  officera  <tf  goventmrat,  the  troops 
and  a  Aw  tbouaand  Bgricnllitral  emigimnta,  whoae  nnmGBni  are  not,  howevefi 
inoreaaing.  Hd,  The  Dutch,  who  ftrm  most  df  the  landa  in  the  territory,  and  eon> 
stitute  the  moat  numoioua  part  of  the  ptqiulation  of  Cape  Town.  8d,  The  Hot^ 
tentots,  the  native  race,  part  of  whom  are  reduced  to  a  degrading  bondage  under 
the  Dutch  fiumen;  and  of  thoae  atill  free  of  theae,  aome  lei^  a  paatoral  lire  in  the 
rMfitma  north  of  the  coiraiy,  and  otheri,  the  wild  Hottentota  or  Boahmoi,  a  miae* 
rule  and  aavage  race,  is>lMuiit  the  monntainoua  diatricta,  and  carry  on  a  conatant 

tiedatory  war  againat  the  aetUera.  4tb,  The  Cafflres,  a  fierce  paatoral  lacOi  inha- 
iting  the  coun&y  beyond  the  eastern  limit  of  the  colony,  extending  along  Omb 
Indian  Ocean.  5th,  The  Bechuanaa,  or  Boahuanaa,  a  paatmal,  and  portly  agricu^ 
tural  racei,  of  a  di^irent  character,  poasesai^g  the  country  that  atretchea  north- 
ward from  the  region  inhabited  by  the  variona  Hottentot  tribea. 


COUNTEY  OP  THE  HOTTENTOTS. 

Bktwbdi  the  Cdony  of  the  Cape  and  the  Bechuana  Teivitoriea,  there  ia  an 
extenttve  tract  of  country,  extending  from  Caffiaria  westward  to  the  Atlantic 
Ocean,  which  aeSma  to  be  inhabited  bjr  various  tribes,  known  under  the  general 
name  of  Hottentots.  On  the  Atlantic  coaat  are  the  Namaquaa;  their  country, 
especially  that  on  the  north  of  the  Orange  River,  is  in  many  paita  of  it  fine  and  for* 
tile,  ana  well  adapted  tot  pasturage.  North-west  of  theae  are  the  Damaraa,  who 
are  also  pastoral  in  their  habits.  The  Corannas  occupy  a  central  country  of  great 
extent,  which  reara  cattle  in  abundance,  They  show  in  their  buildings  and  dress 
some  tendency  to  civilisation.  . 

The  Bushmen,  or  wild  Hottentots,  inhabit  the  country  in  the  vicinity  ^nd  north 
of  the  Sneeaw  Bergen,  and  appear  to  be  in  the  last  extreme  of  degradation  to 
which  human  nature  can  descend.  They  are  squat,  and  excessively  lean,  and 
possess  a  wild,  unsteady,  sinister  expression  of  countenance.  They  have  no  set- 
tled place  of  residence,  but  wander  about  the  counUy,  "ingly  ex  in  small  partie», 
ud  aubaist  on  rootu,  berries,  grasshoppers,  mice,  toads,  and  lixarda'j  jjhej  alwcys 
use  poisoned  arrows  in  war,  or  in  dertroying  Wild  beasts;  and  it  ia  ainjjmr  that 
the  sting  of  the  sciMrpion,  dangerous  tp  every  other  person,  haa  no  ifibotJm  the 
savages.  In  the  interior  the  tribes  possess,  many  cattle,  and  sotae  of' them  sisem 
to  ei^  a  tolerable  existence.  Covered  by  the  skin  of  the  dieep,  the  antelope^ 
or  the  lion,  besmeared  with  grease  of  a  red  or  black  colour,  and  armed  with  a 
short  club,  the  aavage  Hottentot,  singing  and  dancing,  wandera  about  in  the  midit 
of  herds,  which  form  his  riches. 

The  Colonial  Hottentots,  Sa  a  time  reduced  to  dlavery,  have  a  feminine  APPfl•^ 
ance,  wjth  a  complexion,  whoi  not  concealed  by  grease  and  dirt,  of  a  yelipii^iMi 
Inown.  They  are  fbnd  of  trinkets,  and  are  indolent  and  dull,  but  harmless,  honest, 
fiiithfiil,  and  afi^tioni^te.  Among  aome  of  the  tribes,  particularly  the  Namaguai, 
Corannas,  ttoA  Griquas,  the  misaiona#M  have  exercised  the  barest  influence. 
The  Hottentots  at  the  several  missionary  stations,  now  cultivate  the  flelda,  own 
large  numbers  of  cattle,  exercise  various  trades,  and  contribute' liberallv  to  th« 
support  of  religbus  and  chuitable  inatitutkma,  exhiinting  a  striking  proa  of  tbe 
power  of  Christianity  to  elevate  men  from  the  lowest  point  of  intelleotual  and 
monl  depreawoy. 


CAPE  ciOLcnnr. 


446 


CAPE  COLONY. 

Tin  Cape  Coltmy,  occvpyinffUie  most  Mxitheni  eztremity  of  the  oooUnent  of 
ABneii,  ^mm  fint  wttled  by  the  Patch  in  1660,  eaptarad  fiom  them  by  Giett  Bri- 
tain in  1796,  raatored  at  the  peace  (^  Amiem,  amin  oonqoered  in  ISOfi,  and  wu 
finally  coofimed  by  the  cvagnm  of  Vienna  to  uw  Britlan  government  in  1815. 
The  area  of  thia  colony  is  aumt  190,000  square  milea^  a  great  portion  of  which 
ooosists  of  mountains  <^  naked  sandstone,  or  <i^  the  0r««t  Kamo  plain,  whose 
hard  dry  soil  is  scarcely  ever  moistened  by  a  drop  «  rain.  Three  soceeMive 
imnges  m  mountains  divide  the  colony,  of  which  tfaa  most  interior  and  elevated  is 
that  called  Nieuwvelds  Berf^en  and  Sneeuw  Bei^gen.  These  ranges  divide  the 
ooantry  into  terraces  of  difibrent  elevations.  The  plain  next  the  sea  has  a  deep 
^nd  ^tile  soil,  well  watered  by  numerous  rivulets,  covered  with  grass,  and  a 
beautifhl  variety  of  shrubs- and  trees.  Rains  are  frequent,  and  the  climate  is  mild 
and  agreeable.  The  second  terrace  contains  large  toacts  of  arid  desert ;  and  the 
third  region,  called  the  Great  Karroo,  is  destitute  of  almost  every  trace  of  vege* 
Utioo,  ud  is  unoccupied  by  men  or  animals.  Beyond  this  tract,  at  the  ftot  of  the 
sneeuw  Bergen,  or  Snowy  Mountains,  there  is  an  excellent  grazing  country, 
where  cattle  are  raised  in  great  numbers  for  the  colony. 

The  settlement  is  frequently  deluged  with  rain  in  the  cdd  season,  but  it  has 
scarcely  a  shower  in  the  hot  months,  and  is  parched  l>y  a  constant  dry  wind.  The 
changes  in  the  atmosphere  are  fVequent  and  sudden ;  grain  of  good  quality,  wine 
and  fruits  for  the  supply  of  the  colony,  are  all  produced  within  the  distance  of  one 
to  tturee  days'  journey  from  Cape  Town,  but  most  of  the  territory  is  devoted  to 
pasturage.  The  agriculture  is  generally  slovenly ;  14  or  16  oxen  Ming  flrequently 
oaed^to  draw  an  unwieldy  ^plough,  that  only  skims  the  surface. 

The  Dutch  fhnisers  or  boots,  of  whom  grazinfir  fonns  aloofi  the  sole  occupation, 
held  very  extensive  premises,  reaching  often  for  several  miles  in  everv  direction ; 
they  are  generally  very  ignorant  and  indolent,  but  extremely  hospitable,  and  live 
in  rude  plenty,  surrounded  by  their  herds  and  flocks,  and  have  numbers  of  Hot- 
tentot slaves,  who  are  indeed  not  liable  to  sale,  but  are  bondsmen  fixed  to  the  soil. 
.  The  eastern  part  of  the  colony,  called  the  District  of  Albany,  was  settled  ii; 
18SiO,  by  British  emigrant^,  whose  condition  was  at  first  promising,  but  in  conse- 
quence of  a  succession  of  dr^  seasons,  were  reduced  to  gteai  poverty.  The  '^''*- 
trict  was  recently  more  flourishing,  and  the  people  carry  on  a  lucrative  trade 
the  interior  tribes.  The  population  of  the  colony,  in  1836,  was  156,616,  of  ^  j 
33,600,  previous  to  that  year,  were  slaves. 

Cape  Town,  the  capital  of  the  colony,  situated  about  30  miles  north  of  the  Cape 
of  Good  Hope,  is  an  important  station,  being  the  onlv  place  of  refreshment  tor 
vissels  between  Europe  and  America  on  one  side,  and  the  East  Indies,  China,  and 
Auatralia  on  the  other.  It  must  in  consequence  always  be  a  great  commercial 
thioronlihfkre.  The  Dutch  society  at  the  Cape  is  extremely  mcr^atitile ;  and  Hoop- 
man,  or  Merchant,  is  held  as  a  title  of  honour;  but  the  prevalence  of  slavery  has 
diffused  habits  of  indolence,  even  amonff  the  lower  ranks,  who  consider  it  degrad- 
ing to  engage  in  any  species  of  manualiabour.  Sine  9  the  occupation  by  Britain, 
the  reaidenee  of  civil  and  military  officers,  and  the  great  resort  of  emigrants  and 
settlers,  have  given  it  much  the  character  of  an  English  town.  The  population 
of  Cape  Town  is  upwards  of  30,000.  The  imports  of  the  colony,  in  1836,  were  to 
the  value  of  ^£891,163,  and  of  exports,  £384,383. 

The  other  ptaoea  in  tiie  colony  are,  in  "general,  only  villages,  which,  in  tt  coun 


try  entirely  agricultural,  derive  their  sole  importance  froml)eing  the  seat  of  the 
leeal  admfniatration.  Constantia  and  Simim's  Town,  in  the  close  vicinitv  of  the 
Cape,  are  supported,  the  one  by  the  produo^f  wine,  the  other  by  docks  for  ship- 


*    .  .  .. 

I  piUg.  Stellenboseh  and  Zwellendam,  }he  chief  places  in  the  two'most  flourishing 
I  agnoultural  districts  adjoining,  contained,  some  time  ago,  the  one  only  seventy, 
I  the  other  thirty  houses.  Graaf  Reynet  and  Uitenhage,  at  the  head  of  extensive 
I  districts  in  the  east,  are  not  more  important.  Gnadenthal  has  been  made  a  neat 
I  village  by  the  missionaries,  whq  have  flxed  it  aa  their  principal  stattati. 


m» 


CAFFRARIA. 


44» 


The  only  plaoe  whieh  hH  riMn  to  any  importance  in  the  dietriet  of  Albsnji  if 
6nhem*s  Towm  near  the  eaetem  extremity  of  die  colony.  The  tnwp*  etatimed 
Uiere  to  watch  Uie.CaflSn  firoatier,  with  the'reocnt  coloniata^  who,  diaappQioted  jo. 
their  agricultaral  porsuita,  sought  other  employment,  hare  swelled  its  population 
to  about  9000.  It  is  described  as  "a  Uurge,  aglj,  iU^bailt,, straggling  place,  con- 
taining a  strange  mixture  of  lounging  officers,  idle  tradesmen,  drunken  soldiers, 
and  still  more  dmnlten  settlers."  It  is  rtHnantioally  nitaat^d  in,  a  deep  valley, 
surrounded  by  hills  and  glens,  through  which  heavv  wagons  are  sla^  commg  oftctli 
from  a  great  distance,  not  only  with  proiisions  and  necessaries,  but  skins  of  the 
lion  and  leopard,  buffiilo  horns,  eggs  and  feathers  <^  the  ostrich,  tasks  (^  the  d» 
pliant  and  rhinoceros,  and  rich  fur  mantles. 


CAPPRARIA. 

CamAMA,  or  the  couQtiy  of  the  Cafiires,  extends  fiom  the  eastern  boundary, 
of  the  Cape  Colony  along  the  shores  of  the  Indian  Ocean  to  Delagoa  Bay ;  being 
dbout  650  miles  in  length,  and  fixHn  the  sea-coast  to  the  mountajos,  which  divide 
this  region  firom  the  Bechuana  country,  it  is  fh>m  ISO  to  150  miles  in  breadtlk 
To  the  Caflfrarian  Coasts  the  Portuguese  have  given  the  name  of  Natal,  whic^  is 
generally  followed  by  mvigators,  though  it  is  quite  unknown  to  the  natives. 

The  Caffires  appear  to  be  eithier  a  dutinct  race  or  a  mixture  of  the  Negro  and 
die  Arab.  They  are  a  handsome,  vigonins  people,  of  a  deep  glossy  brown  ooloor, 
with  features  almost  European,  ^ti  frizzled  but  not  woolly  miir.  They  are  per- 
haps of  all  nations  the  most  completely  paatoral,  uid  have  large  herds  of  honked 
cattle,  of  whieh  they  understand  thcsnughly  the  gaidance  and  management 
They  live  ohiefly  on  milk,  and  seldom  kill  any  of  their  oxen;  and  owing  to  their 
roving  habits,  do  not  depend  much  upon  agriculture ;  but  where  they  are  in  any 
degree  settled,  the  women  plant  milleti— Caffire  com,->a  peculiar  species  some- 
what resembling  Indian  com,  in  which  the  ^rrain  grows  in  a  Imnch  like  grapes: 
they  also  raise  pumpkins,  water-melons,  uid  tc^coo,  which  last  thev  smoke 
thiough  water  in  a  horn.  The  women  construct  enclosures  fer  the  cattle,  make 
utensils  and  clothes,  cut  wood,  and  manufecture  rush  mats,  and  baskets  of  reeds 
80  closely  woven  as  to  hold  milk  and  other  liquids.  They  moreover  build  housea 
in  the  stope  of  a  dome,  thatched  with  straw  and  plastered  on  the  inside  with  clay 
and  cow-dung. 

The  employments  of  the  men  are  war,  hunting,  and  tending  and  nuinaging  the 
cattle  which  ctmatitute  the  riches  of  the  Cafiro :  he  does  not  use  diem  as  beasts 
of  burden,  except  when  removing  with  his  kraal  fhmi  place  to  place:  his  delight 
is  to  be  among  them  with  his  shiefd,  by  beating  on  which,  and  by  diflbrentraodu- 
lations  of  the  voice,  they  are  taught  to  go  out  to  graze,  to  return  to  their  enck>>' 
sures,  or  fnllow  their  owner,  according  to  his  dictation.  These  people,  like  the 
Chinese,  consider  all  other  nations  inferior  to  themselves,  and  soimase  that 
Europeans  wear  clothes  merely  on  account  of  having  feeble  and  sickly  bodies* 
They  have  scarcely  any  religious  ideas:  some  of  thein,  however,  profess  to  be- 
lieve that  a  great  being  came  from  above  and  made  the  world,  after  which  he  re- 
turned and  cared  no  more  about  it 

The  Cafltes  are  divided  into  several  tribes,  of  wliicb  the  chief  are  the  Tam- 
bookies,  Mambookies,  and  the  Hollontontea  or  Zoolas,  who  are  thd  most  numer* 
ous  and  warlike  of  all  the  tribes:  their  king,  Chaka,  lately  deceased,  a  most 
remorseless  and  bloody  tyrant,  had  a  force  of  15,000  med  constantly  equipped  fer 
war,  and  on  urgent  occasions  could  raise  100,000.  He  was  the  most  fermidable 
conqueror  in  this  part  of  Africa.  Several  wa«  between  the  Caffires  and  the 
colonists  of  the  Cape  have  at  difibrent  times  taken  ^ce,  generally  resulting  in 
the  latter  extending  their  territory  eattward  into  Caflhiria. 

Various  missionary  sUtions  have  been,  wiUiin  a  f<iw  yeara  pfist  esUblishdd  in 
the  southern  parts  of  this  region,  where  schools  for,  the  instructicai  of  the  n*tive 

s^ ■""" 


w 


^■'.—'i'lt'kZ^^ 


♦-<-i«s-Ji&.' 


450 


BECHUANAS^BA8tJE3tN  AFRICA. 


HmelmH 


children  have  been  fanned,  «nd  churches  ectabluhed,  at  whieh  many  of  the 
jCaAee  attend ;  and  hopes  are  entertained  that  an  impreflskia  ftvoanbie  to  the 
~  of  religion  and  oivilixation  has  in  many  cases  hem  madd. 


BECHUANAS,  OR  BOSHUANAS. 

> 

Thb  country  of  the  Bechuana  or  Bosfamnas,  occu|)ying  a  consideraUe  extent 
of  Sotithem  Aftica,  is  bounded  on  the  east  by  CaflVana,  on  the  west  hj  the  exten> 
me  deeen  of  Challahengah;  on  the  south  is  the  Hottentot  territMy,  whieh  sepa^ 
rates  it  fimn  the  colony  <^  the  Cape ;  while  on  the  north  is  the  domain  of  Tarious 
tribes  very  little  known,  of  whom  the  Macquanas  are  supposed  to  extend  fiir  to 
the  north. 

This  region  was  unknown  to  Suropeans  until  1801,  since  which  period  it  has 
been  explored  by  various  travellers,  of  whom,  Mr.  Campbell,  a  missionary,  ani- 
mated b^  a  laudable  seal  to  diiBbse  Christianity  among  the  Afirican  people,  has  not 
only  twice  visited  Lattakoo,  but  has  even  penetrated  200  miles  farther,  to  Kurre- 
ehime,  the  most  northern  and  largest  of  the  Bechuana  states.  Some  later  travel- 
lers have,  it  is  said,  extended  their  resevches  still  fiurther,  but  their  accounts  have 
m^et  been  publisbedb 

ilie  Bechuanas  are  not  so  tall  and  handsome  as  the  CafBres,  but  have  made  con» 
aiderably  greater  pnogreas  in  industry  and  the  arts.  They  dwell  in  towns  of  some 
magnitude,  and  cultivate  the  ground,  raising  millet,  beans^  gourds,  water-melons, 
&o.  They  have  also  nqmerous  herds  of  cattle,^whiGh  the  men,  as  among  the 
Cafflres,  both  tend  and  milk,  while  the  females  till  the  soil  a|id  build  the  houaea 
The  fii^  discovierera  painted  these  people  in  the  most  flattering  colours,  and  they 
appear  to  be  really  honwt,  and  friendly  to  each  other  and  to  strangers  who  have 
gamed  their  good  will ;  but  the  enmity  between  neighbouring  tribaa  is  as  deadly, 
and  the  mode  of  conducting  war  as  barbarous,  as  among  the  nraest  Afirican  hordes. 
They  place  their  glory  in  commandoes,  raides  or  forays  undertaken  with  a  view 
of  carryioff  off  cattle  and  murdering  the  owners.  In  consequence  of  this  mutual 
hiittility,  the  population  is  almost  entirely  concentrated  in  towns  or  their  immediate 
vicinity.  They  are  m  consequence  larger  than  might  be  expected  in  their  part  of 
the  continent 

Lattakoo  was  the  first  visited,  and  the  name  remains,  though  in  consequence  of 
a  schism  in  the  tribe,  the  town  has  been  ti-ansferred  to  a  spot  about  sixty  miles 
fiirtitor  ncnrth.  New  Lattakoo  is  supposed  to  contain  about  6000  people.  Meri- 
bc^wey,  capital  of  the  Tammahas,  is  not  of  equal  importsnce.  Mashow,  to  the 
nwth,  within  the  territory  of  the  Barolongs,  is  a  nne  town,  with  10,000  inhabitants. 
MeliU,  the  capital  of  the  Wanketzens,  is  likewise  importsot  Kurrechane,  to  the 
north-east  of  the  latter,  and  at  least  1000  miles  from  Car<e  Town,  is  the  largest 
and  best  built  town  in  this  region,  and  where  the  inhabitants  have  made  the 
greatest  progress  in  the  arts  of  life.  They  work  skilfully  in  iron  and  copper,  and 
also  in  leather,  earthen- ware,  die  Their  nouses  aro  surrounded  by  good  stone  in- 
cksuresy  and  the  walls  of  mud  are  often  painted,  as  well  as  moulmd  into  orna- 
mental shapes.  The  pqnilation,  when  first  visited,  vras  about  10,000,  but  is  now 
reduced  in  conwquence  of  having  been  sacked  by  the  Mantatees,  a  wandering 
and  predatory  tribe,  who  overran,  some  years  ago,  a  omsidorable  put  of  this  and 
the  neighboiuing  countries  of  Cafliraria. 


v*l«! 


EASTERN   AFRICA. 


I  Eiannui  Avbioa  conpiaes  an  immense  extent  of  coast,  reaching,  fiom  the 
ICaffte  countnr  to  the  border  of  Abvssinia,  a  length  of  about  9000  miles.  It  may 
IIm  considered  as  extending  inland  Hbout  600  or  600  miles  fhxn  the  sea,  bat  its 
■  contents,  for  the  most  part,  and  all  its  boundaries  on  this  side,  are  unknown.  This 

msmssmsasmfBsmm 


Bnce  of 
miles 
Meri- 
to  the 
bitants. 
to  the 
argeat 
ide  the 
ler,  and 
tonein- 
orna- 
ia  now 
nderini 


the 
1  It  may 
bat  iu 
Thu 


gJtgjBitia 


am 


r-j-^?.-^-fe?r: 


4rH 


EASnatN  AFRICA. 


451 


t 


!! 


*nuit  ruffe  of  coontfy  contaiiw  many  gmnd  ftatittM  of  natnrft,  and  •  taiwe  proper* 
tion  of  fertile  territory,  oapeUe  or  yielding  the  moat  valuable  produraoM;  yet 
aearcely  any  part  of  the  wodd  k  Iom  knowo,  or  hae  excited  leaa  intereat  amoblf 
Eurapeana  The  Portngueae,  ka  aoon  aa  they  had  discovered  a  paaaace  bto  the 
Indian  seas,  occupied  all  the  leading  maritime  stationa,  flom  which  fhey  studioudy 
(Bxxdnded  every  other  people. 

Extenaive,  though  iil^xpiored,  natural  oUeota  diyertd^  thia  rdlgion.  The  cout 
couaiau  almoat  entirely  of  apacioua  plaina,  often  of  alluvial  diaraeter,'ai)d  ocveretf 
with  magnificent  foreMs.  It  appeiua,  however,  undoubted,  that  at  200  oi'  900 
iniles  in  the  interior,  considerable  ranges  <^  moantiun^  arise ;  geographer  have 
even  delineated  a  long  chain  parallel  to  the  coaM,  called  Lupata,  or  the  dpine  of 
the  World ;  of  which  the  repreeentJitioQ  north  of  the  Zambeai,  aa  given  by^  some, 
is  entirely  arbitrary.  The  rivers  also  are  (tf  consideraUe  magnitude,  though  <mly 
their  lower  courses  are  at  present  known.  Tbo  Zanibezi  may  rank  in  uie  first 
dasB  of  Afirican  streams.  It  enters  the  Indian  Ocean  by  four  mouths,  the  prin- 
cipal of  which  are  the  Cnaraa  and  Lubo.  Near  Quiloa,  several  great  estuaries 
are  found.  The  Pangany,  near  Mombas,  is  also  an  importaot  river.  North  <tf  thia 
place  is  the  estuary  of  the  Oaee :  it  is,  no  doubt,  ^e  largest  stream  in  this  part 
of  Africa,  as  intelligent  natives  state  that  its  navigation  extends  a  distance  of 
diree  montha  travel  to  the  north,  through  populous  and  Well-settled  regions :  it  is 

ftrobably  the  2<ebee  of  the  interior.  The  Jufaa  and  Webbe  are  repwted  to  be 
arge  rivers,  though  nothing  has  been  ascertained  of  their  commencement  and 
courae.  The  only  great  lake  known  in  this  quarter  is  the  Maravi,  in  the  interioif 
from  Quiloa  and  Mozambique.  It  ia  represented  aa  of  great  extent,  resembling 
'an  inland  aea,  and  salt  like  the-  ocean. 

This  territoiy  is  generally  occupied  by  brown  or  black  nations,  who^  however, 
bear  no  resemblance  to  the  true  negroes  except  in  colour ;  some  of  them  are  mi*  | 
merous,  and  not  destitute  of  arts  and  industry.  The  coast,  however,  has,  in  modem 
times,  been  chiefiy  in  possession  of  two  foreign  powers.  The  Portuguese,  When, 
in  the  close  of  the  fifteenth  century,  they  made  their  way  round  the  Cape,  found 
almoat  all  the  maritime  atations  in  Uie  hands  of  the  Arabi^  whom  they  succeeded 
in  driving  successively  from  each,  and  occupying  their  place. 

On  this  coast  the  Portuguese  claim  authority  from  Delagoa  Bar  on  the  soutii,  to 
Querimba,  near  Cape  Delgado,  a  regitm  in  length  about  1200  miles,  extending  for 
some  distance  into  the  interior.  This  territory  they  denominate  the  Govemttient 
of  Sena,  or  Mozambique ;  but  their  power  is  exercised  at  c«Iy  a  few  detached 
points,  and  is  much  less  regarded  by  the  natives  than  .formerly. 

Beginning  from  the  south  we  find  Inhambene,  which  has  an  excellent  harbour, 
and  ia  defended  by  a  fort  and  150  men.  The  other  Portuguese  do  not  exceed 
twenty-five,  but  there  is  a  numerous  coloured  population.  Sabia,  immediately 
north  of  Inhambane,  is  thinly  settled,  although  the  soil  is  fertile.  Soikla,  auppoaed 
by  some  to  be  the  O^hir  whence  Solomon  drew  large  supplies  of  gold  and  preeiods 
stones,  was  at  the  time  of  the  first  arrival  of  Europeana  verv  important  as  the 
emporium  of  the  gold  and  ivory  brou^t  in  great  quantities  down  the  Zambezi.. 
8in«e  Quillimane  became  the  channel  by  which  these  commodities  were  conveyed, 
Sofela  has  sunk  into  a  village  of  poor  huts.  The  Portuguese,  however,  still  main- 
tain there  a  fort,  which  horas  supremacy  over  the  more  southerly  statkm  of  In- 
hambane. J 

Quillimane,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Zambezi,  is  now  the  chief  seat  of  trade  on  this    I 
part  of  the  coast    FVom  eleven  to  fourteen  slave-vessels  come  annually  from  Rio 
de  Janeiro,  and  each  carries  ofl',  on  an  average,  from  400  to  600  slaves.    The 
situation  is  swampy  and  unhealthy ;  but  the  population  is  nearly  8000,  though  only 
twenty-five  houses  are  occupied  by  PtHrtuguese  or  their  descendants. 

Mozambique  is  the  principal  establishment  of  the  Portuguese  in  Eastern  Afrin.. 
Though  it  derives  its  importance  firbm  beii^g  the  emporium  (rf*  the  gold,  ivory,  and 
slaves,  brought  down  the  Zambezi,  it  is  situated  alwut  900  miles  from  the  mouth 
.of  that  river,  and  the  trade  is  in  a  great  measure  transferred  to  Quillimane^  It  is 
built  on  an  island,  which  has  a  good  roadstead  and  a  oommodious  pier,  but  fflbnb 
by  no  means  either  a  convenient  or  healthy  situation.    The  trade  in  slaves^  the 


I 


■Mm 


SA^rERN  AFRICA^ 


•itenBTet  kH  been  mach  diminudied  nnee  the  Britkh  obtained  pnwoMiuii  ot 
MuRithx  and  tho  Caps,  and  prohibited  the  introdactioii  of  tbem  into  then  oolo> 
am.  Thora  ia  a  fort  auffieient  to  defend  it  againat  the  piiatea  who  infoat  then 
pou,  but  not  to  aeonre  it  against  the  attack  of  any  regular  foroe.  Yet  the  govonw 
inentnhooae  HigfiMju  atill  remnants  of  the  former  mendour  of  the  viceroys  of 
SSaatinm  Africa.  Like  the  custom-house  and  other  puUie  8tmcture%  it  is  spacious, 
•ad  built  of  atoMi  tho«igfa  foiling  into  decay.  The  governor,  and  even  his  negro 
Ittandaota,  are  ridily  loaded  with  golden  ornaments:  tea,  to  which  the  principal 
'inhalHtanta  are  every  evening  invited,  is  presented  in  a  fiill  service  of  gdd. 
:  la  the  interior,  on  the  Upper  Zambesi,  the  Portugueae  possess  merely  the  small 
iwta  of  Sena  ud  Tete,  erected  with  a  view  to  the  protectkm  of  their  trade ;  with 
fw«H  atill  smaller,  in  the  more  remote  stations  of  Zumbo  and  Maniea.  In  these 
Mttlementa,  joined  to  that  of  Quillimane,  they  mamtain  264  troopa,  and  have  a 
popalation  of  500  Christians,  with  21,827  alaves.  The  ground  is  generally  fer- 
tile, and  aboonding  particularly  with  honey,  wax,  senna,  and  other  dyeing  drugs. 

Mooomotapa,  or  more  properly  Motapa  (since  lifono  ia  merely  a  general  term 
'for  kingdom),  has  been  dignified  in  the  early  narratives  with  the  title  of  empire. 
If  it  ever  deserved  such  an  appellation,  it  is  now  broken  into  fragments,  the  largest 
of  which  ia  held  by  tite  Changamera,  a  chief  represented  as  a  great  conqaeror, 
but  of  whom  no  very  precise  or  recent  information  has  reached  n&  He  belonged 
to  the  Maravi,  a  race  of  daring  freebooters,  who  neglect  agriculture  and  devote 
themselves  entirely  to  plunder.  Maniea  is  celebnted  as  the  country  chiefly 
.affiirdiag  the  gold  for  which  this  part  of  Africa  is  fiunous.  A  small  fort  is  main- 
jtuaed  here  by  the  Portuguese. 

The  Caxembe,  a  sovereign  reigriing  with  despotic  sway  over  a  numerous  people 
for  ia  the  interior,  was  fi^  made  known  to  the  Portuguese  in  1796,  by  Pereira,  a 
muliUto  trader,  wfbo  visited  the  country,  and  at  whose  suggestion  the  Cazembe 
was  inducfsd  to  send  an  ambassador  to  Tete,  who  soon  returned  without  having 
•sffeetad  the  ol^ject  of  his  mission.  The  country  yielda  in  abundance  iron  and  cop- 
per, and  also  aome  gold,  and  is  the  seat  of  a  very  considerable  trade  in  ivory  and 
slaves.  The  subjecto  of  this  prince  belong  to  the  Moviia,  who  are  a  compara- 
tively peaceable  and  industrious  people.  These,  with  the  Maravi  before  men- 
timsed,  are  the  predominant  races  in  this  quarter. 

■}  North-east  oi  the  kingdom  of  the  Cazembe,  is  the  nation  of  the  Moolooas,  repre- 
fented  as  more  numerous  and  more  intelligent,  and  to  have  attained  a  higher 
degree  of  industry  and  civilization  than  any  other  in  this  quarter  of  Africa.  The 
.country  abounds  m  copper.  The  king,  however,  is  absolute,  and  the  atrocious 
jpoalom  of  human  sacrmce  prevails. 

r  On  the  coast,  nwth  from  Mozambique,  occur  the  Querimba  Islands,  giving  name 
the  opposite  tenitory.  The  whole  of  this  region,  from  Cape  Delgado  to  the 
irn  limit  of  Magadoxa,  is  denominated  Zanzibar,  or  Zanguebar :  the  term, 
ever,  is  most  commonly  restricted  to  that  part  of  it  extending  from  Quiloa  to 
:|U[omba8.  Quiloa,  about  100  miles  north-west  from  the  bold  promontory  of  Cape 
iDelgado,  was  found  by  the  Portuguese  a  great  seat  of  power  and  commerce. 
About  the  end  of  the  seventeenth  century  it  was  wrested  from  them  b^  the  Im&m 
^  Moaoat,  whoae  officers  have  since  governed  it  It  is  now  dwindled  utoa  mise- 
taUe  village.  Mcmbas,  north  of  Quiloa,  is  situated  on  an  island  about  three  miles 
long  and  two  broad,  surrounded  by  clitb  of  madrepore,  which  make  it  a  kind  of 
itataral  castle.  The  country  is  fertilejn  com,  and  fit  for  the  sugar-cane,  and  the 
dwells  called  cowries  are  collected  in  ^eat  abundance  on  the  shore.  The 
ir  is  excellent,  and  a  consideraUe  trade  is  carried  on  along  the  coast  in  dows, 
Arab  vessels  whose  planks  are  scwedX  often  of  250  tons  bwthen.  Britaid  tor 
;wo  years  maintained  a  factory  there,  but  withdrew  it  in  1827. 
I  Parallel  to  this  coast,  at  the  distance  of  about  twenty  or  thirty  miles,  are  the 
fmall  but  fine  islands  of  Monfia,  Zanzibar,  and  Pemba.  They  are  of  coral  founda- 
botihe  sur&ce  is  flat,  and  covered  with  a  soil  highly  productive  in  grain  and 
r.    TIm  climate,  however,  especially  that  of  Zanzibar,  is  very  unhealthy. 

jey  are  partly  independent  and  pertly  subject  to  the  Imftm  of  Muscat    The 

twn  of  2knzibBr  is  said  to  contain  10,000  innabitanta.    Melinda,  north  of  Mom- 


CENTRAL  AFRICA. 


453 


but,  ]aag  the  handaommt  and  moat  flouriahiog  city  oo  tbu  oout,  has  beea  com- 
pletely destroyed  by  the  Qalla.  P»»M,  once  of  sreat  importanoe,  ia  now  mudi 
decayed,  and  a  great  part  <^  ibi  trade  tranaforred  to  the  neighbooring  flooruhing 
portof  Lanuwi. 

Brava,  immediately  north  of  the  equator,  ia  a  amall  Arab  towii  and  tenitorft 
with  aome  little  commerce;  the  people  latelv  solicited  to  be  placed  under  Aritiah 
protection.  Magadoxa,  called  also  Makdeeaha,  is  a  oonsidenMb  town,  lying  to 
the  northward  from  Melinda.  The  prince  having  succeeded  in  nuuntaining  his 
independence  and  repelling  all  European  intercourse,  allows  the  country  to  be 
verjr  little  known.  The  city  makes  a  handsome  appearance  from  the  aea,  con- 
taining many  lofty  stone  &brics ;  but  these  belong  to  a  part  which,  containing  only 
tombs,  may  be  called  the  City  of  the  Dead.  The  habitations  of  the  living  aw- 
only  low  thatched  huta 

This  territory,  northward  from  Cape  Delgado,  when  discovered  by  the  Porto* 
guese,  was  occupied  by  the  Sowhylese,  or  Sohilies,  a  peaceable  and  industrious 

Gople ;  but  the  coast  has  now  been  mostly  wrested  nom  them  by  the  Ar^  of 
uscat,'  while  much  of  the  interior  is  possessed  by  the  Gralla,  the  same  ferocious 
race  who  have  overrun  Abyssinia,  and  who,  in  the  cours^of  a  furious  wavbre, 
have  destroyed  every  sea-port  which  was  not  protected  by  an  insular  position. 

The  coast  of  Ajan,  the  Azania  of  the  ancients,  extends  firom  Uie  northern  teiw 
mination  of  Magadoxa  to  Cape  Guardafui,  where  Africa  ceases  to  border  on  the 
Indian  Ocean.  This  tract  is  generally  arid  and  sand^,  though  in  the  northerly 
parts  it  becomes  hilly  and  fragrant,  like  the  neighboormg  one  of  Berbdra.  That 
coast,  extending  from  Capo  Guardafui  to  nearly  the  Straits  of  Bab  ;b1  IMbndeb,  is 
situated  on  neither  the  Indian  Oceaji  nor  the  ELed  Sea,  but  on  an  intermediate 
gilf,  bounded  on  the  opposite  side  by  the  coast  of  Arabia.  It  is  hilly  and  beau- 
tiful, and  may  be  considered  the  native  country  of  mcense,  ntyrrh,  and  odorifeioua 
ffuma.  The  celebrity  of  Arabia,  and  particularly  of  Aden,  for  those  elegant  pro- 
ductions, is  chiefl;^  acquired  by  its  large  imports  firom  this  coast  The  iimabitants 
consist  of  the  various  tribes  of  Somaulis,  an  active,  industrious,  and  yet  peaceful 
race,  who  export  the  productions  of  their  own  country,  which  is  thus  less  known 
than  it  deserves  to  be.  At  the  town  of  Berbora  is  an  annual  fair,  to  which  gold 
and  ivory  are  said  to  be  brought  from  Hanim,  a  country  situated  twenty  days' 
journey  in  the  interior. 

The  country  in  the  interior  from  this  coast,  though  most  imperfectly  known, 
appiears  to  be  occupied  by  the  Galla  and  other  tribes,  who  surpass  in  barbarism 
even  the  rest  of  Africa.  Here,  in  a  wild  and  mountainous  region,  is  the  kingdom 
of  Gineiro,  ruled  by  a  despot,  elected  with  strange  and  superstitbus  ceremonies, 
and  who  celebrates  his  accession  by  the  death  of  his  predecessor's  ministers  and 
ftvourites,  with  wliose  blood  the  walls  ajid  gates  of  the  palaces  are  dyed. 

Adel  and  Hurrur,  form  the  most  westerly  part  of  this  coast,  and  adjoin  to  the 
Straits  of  Bab  el  Bfandeb.  The  inhabitants,  united  under  the  standard  of  the  Ma^ 
hometan  fiuth,  waged  long  and  bloody  wars,  embittered  by  religious  enmity,  against 
Abyssinia.  For  a  century  back,  their  power  has  been  broken,  and  they  have  been 
divided  into  a  number  of  small  separate  states.  Zeyla,  the  capital,  is  a  place  of 
considenble  trade,  and,  though  irregularly  built,  contains  some  good  habitations. 


CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

Ckmtral  AniioA  may  be  considered  as  comprising  all  that  part  of  the  cooti-* 
nent  extending  from  the  Great  Desert  south  to  the  equator  and  the  confines  of 
Guinea,  and  from  the  territories  of  Abyssinia  and  Nubia  on  the  east  to  those  of 
Senegambiaonthe  west;  extending  in  length  about  3600,  and  from  north  to 
south  from  600  to  1000  miles  in  width.  A  great  proportion  of  this  region  is  yet 
entirely  unknown  to  Clhristian  nations ;  and  it  is  only  within  the  last  forty  years 
that  the  daring  enterprise  of  various  travellers  has  explored  a  few  portions  of  it^ 
and  enabled  the  civilised  world  to  acquire  some  correct  ideas  respecting  it. 

A  continuous  chain  of  mountains,  celebrated  by  the  ancients  under  the  appella* 


,4N 


CEATHAL  A|S1C^ 


tioo  of  the  Moantuiw  of  the  Moon,  tnvenet  probtUy  the  whole  territory  ftom 
'4kat  to  west;  although  their  exact  range,  connexion,  and  poaition,  are  not  aacer- 
^faied.  The  riven  which  derive  their  aupply  Ami  thia  vaat  elevated  chain  form 
a  grand  kind  eelehrated  feature.  The  great  itream  of  the  Niger,  long  hivolved 
b  auch  deep  myatery,  haa  at  length,  through  the  peraevering  exertion  of  British 
tiaieUera,  Iwen  auffieiently  explored  to  enable  ua  to  fi»m  acme  notion  of  ita  ex- 
tent, and  of  the  varioua  countriea  through  which  it  paaaea,  though  much  of  ita 
ooorae  hi  yet  unknown.  Ita  source  haa  not  been  actually  viaited,  but  ia  aacertain- 
cd  to  rise  in  a  mountainoua  region  about  200  milea  in  the  interior,  north-eaat  flrom 
Sierra  Leone,  and,  paating  through  Sangara,  Kankan,  Waaaela,  Bour<,  and  Bam- 
bam,  in  a  norUi^t  and  northerly  direction,  towarda,  and  beyond,  Timbuctoo, 

Speara  to  take  a  great  bend  to  the  aouthward ;  thence,  flowing  uong  the  country 
Hboan,  through  Borgoo  Yarriba,  &c.,  it  finally  poors  its  vast  ntasa  of  waters 
into  the  Gulf  or  Guinea,  forming  one  of  the  greatest  deltas  in  the  world :  its 
Mtoaries  cover  a  apace  of  200  miles.  The  whole  extent  of  this  great  stream 
cannot  be  less  than  8000  miles;  thus  ranking  with  the  largeat  rivers  of  the  old 
continent  In  the  upper  part  of  its  course  the  Niger  ia  called  the  Joliba,  and  in 
tfie  lower  the  QnorrtL 

Thia  |iart  of  Africa  contains  but  few  lakes:  the  most  pre-eminent  is  the  Tchad, 
situated  in  the  central  part  of  the  continent,  and  on  the  fhmtier  of  Bomou :  it  is 
idxHit  200  milea  in  length  and  160  in  breadth,  and  embosoms  within  its  outline 
numerous  large  islands,  some  of  which  are  the  residence  of  tribes  said  to  be 
nombtoua,  and  who  are  accounted  bv  the  people  of  Bomou  aa  infidels  and  pirates. 
The  Dibtde,  or  dark  lake,  formed  by  the  Niger,  is  not  so  extensive;  since  M. 
Caillie,  in  sailing  across  it,  lost  sig^t  of  land  only  in  one  directicm.  The  names 
ti  Lakia  Fittre,  and  otheM  lying  east  of  the  Tchad,  have  been  vaguely  reported ; 
bat  of  tiieix  situation  and  character,  geographera  are  ignorant 

Central  AfKca  may  be  considered  as  divided,  by  the  mountainous  range  which 
la  believed  to  extend  through  it,  into  two  great  sections:  that  on  the  north  is 
ehiellv  known  by  the  appellation  of  Soudan,  or  Nigritia,  of  which  some  portions 
have  been  explo««d  by  £uropean  travellers;  and  the  other,  extending  southward 
to  the  equator,  and  by  some  denominated  Lower  Ethiopia,  is,  as  regarw  our  know- 
ledge of  it,  a  vast  blank ;  no  European  having  ever  penetrated  into  its  remote  and 
Myaterroos  territories. 

The  government,  in  the  countries  of  Central  Afirica,  is  completely  despotic ; 
and,  in  moat  of  the  states,  the  homage  paid  to  rulers  and  grandees  is  far  more 
abject  and  debaaing  than  in  any  civuizra  empire.    In  Yarriba,  the  greatest  lords, 
when  they  approach  the  aovereign,  throw  themselves  flat  on  their  faces,  kissing 
.-  the  eartbi  woia  piling  heaps  of  dust  upon  their  heada.    The  sacrifices,  on  the  death 
I  of  any  prince  or  chief,  of  his  principal  officers  and  fkyourite  wives,  though  not 
^   carried  to  the  same  bloody  extent  as  in  Ashantee  and  Dahomey,  ia  yet  prevalent 
in  many  native  states,    tn  other  r^pects,  however,  the  greatness  of  the  monarch 
it  not  supported  by  much  of  outward  pomp  and  state.    Their  mansions,  usual 
attire,  ana  daily  habits,  difl^  little  fVom  those  of  their  meanest  subjects.    They 
Imve  scarcely  any  revenue  derived  ftom  regular  sources,  if  we  except  the  dues 
^cted  fh>m  the  caravana.    They  enrich  themselves  by  presents,  and  thus  par- 
tieolarly  appear  to  accumulate  such  an  extravagant  number  of  wivea    They  also 
carry  on  a  good  deal  of  traffic,  and  scruple  not  to  employ  both  power  and  strata- 
gem in  turning  it  to  their  own  advantagie. 

The  armiea  of  Central  Afirica  conaist  chiefly  of  a  turbulent  militia,  taking  the 
field  on  the  aumroons  of  the  prince,  and  supporting  themselves  by  plundering  the 
country  through  which  they  pass.  The  cavalry  of  Bomou  and  Begharmi  have  a 
venr  martial  appearance;  their  horses  being  small  and  active,  uid,  as  well  as 
theur  rMers,  completelv  enveloped  in  chain  and  sometimes  in  plate  armour :  but 
they  are  unable  to  withstand  a  brisk  charge  from  an  enemy,  and  on  every  such 
oecaaiw  take  precipitately  to  flight  They  are  serviceable  only  when  the  victory 
haa  been  decided,  uid'  the  enemies'  backs  are  turned,  when  they  are  very  active 
in  cutting  down  and  plundering  the  ftagltives.  The  Kanemboo  spearmen,  organ- 
ized by  the  present  sheik  of  Iwrnou,  form  the  most  regular  and  efiective  force 


•■a 


KMR 


i.'^ii^t^abliM'Jtw^ 


csnuul  AfsicA. 


4a 


potic ;  I 
morel 
lords, 
kissinen 
death  I 
gh  not! 
ivalenti 
lonarchl 
B,  usual! 
They 
le  dues  I 
us  par- 1 
eyalsoj 
strata- I 

ing  the 
ing  the 
have  a 
well  as 
ir:  but 
irysuch 
victory 
active 
,  organ- 
re  force 


in  interior  Africa.  They  march  by  tribes,  almoft  naked,  with  only  a  akin  roond 
their  waist :  their  only  arms  bein^  a  long  shield  with  which  th«y  wi^  off  the! 
arrows  of  the  enemy,  and  a  spear  with  which  they  press  tamai  to  charm  him.' 
Yet  they  have  mnch  of  the  organization  of  a  regnlar  army,  r[>«int^p"«'w  in  fhmH 
a  chain  of  piquets,  and  the  sentinels  passing  the  war-cry  along  the  une.  The 
Fellata  arcn^  and  those  of  a  very  rude  people  called  the  Hunjpuib  figbtioff  with 
poisoned  arrows,  have  shown  themselves  very  Ibrmidahle. 

Agricultuito  is  practised  over  the  whole  of  Central  Africaj  ihough  in  a  very 
rude  manner.  The  plough  appears  nev6r  to  have  passed  the  desert;  the  only 
instrument  for  turning  up  the  ground  being  the  hoe,  which  does  little  more  than 
scratch  the  snrftce ;  yet  this  slight  tillaffe,  on  grounds  moistened  by  inundation 
or  artificial  watering,  is  suflScient  to  produce  abundant  crops.'  In  Bwnon,  the  im* 
perfect  industry  of  the  people  produces  onlr  gnssub,  a  species  of  millet,  which, 
mstead  of  beiuff  formed  into  bread,  is  merely  ooiled  into  a  paste.  So  supine  la 
their  culture,  that  in  this  fine  climate  they  do  not  rear  a  vegetable  of  any  aesorip> 
tion,  except  a  few  onims ;  nor  a  fruit  except  limes,  and  those  aalj  in  the  garden 
of  the  sheik.  In  Housaa,  however,  two  crope  of  wheat  are  raised  in  Uie  year, 
and  the  markets  are  abundantly  supplied  with  fruits  and  vegetaUea.  Rice  is  mo- 
duced  copiously  on  the  inundated  banks  of  the  Niger,  particularly  in  the  kingaom 
of  Yaoone. 

Manufiustures  are  not  numerous,  but  carried  on  with  conaiderable  skill  and  ac- 
tivity. The  moet  important,  by  ftir,  is  that  of  cotton  cloth,~  which  is  said  to  be 
beautifiilly  woven,  aha  skilflilly  dyed  with  fine  indigo. 

Commerce,  throughout  this  region,  is  carried  on  with  some  activity,  thou|[h  in 
modep  rather  peculiar.  Maritime  trade  is  precluded  by  its  situation,  &r  distant 
from  any  coast  Even  river  navigation  is  not  practised  with  much  diligence,  un- 
less on  the  Niger,  and  that  chiefly  on  its  lower  course,  as  it  approaches  the  sea. 
Commodities  are  conveyed  by  large  troops,  sometimes  resembling  litUe  armies^ 
called  caravans,  kafilas,  or  coflles.  Those  which  pass  between  Northern  and 
Central  Africa,  across  the  immense  expanse  of  the  desert,  employ  camels,  whose 

Etience  of  thirs^  and  soft  and  elastic  hoofs,  almost  exclusively  fit  them  for  travel- 
ig  over  this  wide  suriace  of  sand.  In  the  rugged  and  mountainous  tracts,  bur- 
dens are  chiefly  conveyed  by  means  of  asses ;  but  in  the  great  fertile  plains  ,of 
Houssa  and  Eyeo,  the  human  head  is  the  most  frequent  vehicle :  those  of  females, 
not  excepting  the  wives  of  the  great  men,  and  even  of  the  m<Hiarch,  are  decided- 
ly preferred.  The  articles  conveyed  across  the  desert,  and  exposed  for  sale  in 
the  markets  of  Central  Africa,  are  chiefly  of  a  showy  and  ornamental  kind.  Salt, 
in  larffe  quantities,  is  brought  fh)m  pits  in  the  interior  of  the  desert;  and  goora 
or  kolla  nuts, — a  fiivourite  luxury,,  which  is  even  called  the  African  coflbe, — are 
transported  fcom  the  western  to  Uie  eastern  parts  of  this  region.  The  returns 
made  to  Northern  Africa  ftom  Timbuctoo  con^i^t  partly  of  gold  and  ivory ;  but 
slaves  are  the  chief  article  sent  fW>m  thenvC;  .^nd  almost  the  sole  one  from 
Houssa  and  Bomou.  These  unfortunate  victiu;^  are  caught  by  armed  expeditions 
in  the  mountainous  regions  to  the  south,  the  inhabitants  of  which,  being  mostly 
paean,  are  considered  by  orthodox  Mussulmans  as  lawful  prey. 

In  the  monl  existence  of  the  African,  there  are  many  very  dark  fbatures. 
War  is  carried  on  with  all  the  fbrocity  of  the  most  barbarous  nations ;  many 
tfacts,  formerly  flourishing,  were  seen,  by  the  recent  travellers,  reduced  by  it  to 
a  state  of  entire  desolation.  Another  deep  blot  is  the  extensive  prevalence  of 
robbory,  practised  not  merely  by  desperate  and  outlawed  individuals,  but  as  the 
great  national  and  state  concern  of  almoet  every  community,  great  and  small, 
in  other  parts  of  the  world,  robbery  is  carried  on  by  the  poor  against  the  rich :  i4 
Central  Africa,  it  is  equally  or  more  by  the  rich  a^inst  the  poor;  for  there,  he 
who  is  destitute  of  every  thing  else,  has  at  least  himself,  who,  converted  into 
slave,  fcvms  the  richest  booty  tnat  can  tempt  the  plunderer. 

In  regard  to  religion,  the  nations  of  this  region  are  pretty  equally  divided  be- 
tween two  systems,  the  pagan  and  Mahometan ;  one  native,  the  other  introduced 
Iff  migration  and  intercourse  fh>m  Northern  Africa.  One  fixed  article  of  belief 
among  them  all  is,  that  they  may  lawfiiUy  reduce  to  slavery  all  the  kerdiUtV 


CCNTRAL  AHUCA. 


pifiiM,  who  people  the  ■outbern  moontain  duitrietii.  In  other  respeete,  they  do 
pot  etrictlj  eoorann  to  the  recloee  and  oontneted  habits  of  life  generally  prevail- 
im  among  natiooi  of  thia  profeaaion:  the  femalea  are  not  cloaely  immaied;  in- 
loaeating  liquors  are  not  rigidly  abstained  firom ;  and  various  amusements  which 
it  mosoribas  are  indulged  in  without  scruple. 

Learning,  throughout  Central  AfUca,  appears  in  a  very  depressed  state.  The 
reading  even  of  the  Koran  is  eonflned  to  a  very  few  of  the  preat  JIglUa,  or  doc* 
tcffK   Its  verses  are  chiefly  employed  as  amuleta  to  secure  triumph  over  enemies, 

S  success  in  the  diflbrent  pursuiUi  of  life.  The  princes,  both  in  Boroou  and 
oosss,  show  a  disposition  to  enquire  into  and  cultivate  the  arts  and  sciences; 
bat  they  have  no  ehanfiol  of  information,  unless  firom  Barbery,  where  these  pur- 
suits are  h  an  almost  equally  depressed  state.  Sultan  Belb  of  Sockatoo,  and  bis 
minister,  had  each  a  library,  but  no  communication  has  been  made  as  to  the  con> 
tints  of  either.  Extemporary  poetry,  sung  by  the  composers,  is  repeated  at  aimcat 
j|}l  the  Afirican  courts.  Singing  men  and  singing  women  are  constant  attendants 
Ob  Uie  chie6  and  caboceers ;  and  their  songs,  though  conceived  probably  in  terms 
of  the  gro^st  flattery,  appear  to  sontain  a  large  portion  of  national  history. 

The  eastern  part  of  Central  Africa  comprising  Darfur,  Kordoian,  Bergoo,  Beg- 
harmi,  &e.  will  be  most  convenient  for  commencing  the  survey  of  its  local 
divisions.    This  portion  of  the  continent  is  very  imperfectly  known:  the  only 

K\M  actually  visited  by  Europeans,  being  Kordoian  and  Darfur ;  the  latter  by  Mr. 
wn,  in  1796,  4,  6,  and  6:  his  information,  however,  is  rather  limited,  having 
been,  during  most  part  of  the  time  viewed,  with  great  jealousy,  and  closely 
watched. 

Darfur  is  a  considerable  country,  almost  due  south  firom  Egypt,  and  west  of 
Bennaar,  whence  it  is  separated  by  Kordofan.  The  route  by  which  the  caravans 
pass  from  Eigypt  is  of  the  most  drean  character,  since  travellers,  after  leaving  the 
tfreater  oasis,  do  not  for  about  7U0  mUes  meet  with  a  human  habitation ;  however,  at 
Bheb  and  Selime  .they  ara  rafireshed  by  springs  of  water.  The  country  itself  is 
of  ftn  arid  character.  The  tropical  rains,  however,  within  whose  influence  it  is, 
fidl  at  the  proper  season  with  great  vblence,  when  they  fill  the  dry  beds  of  the 
torrents,  and  inundate  a  considerable  extent  of  country.  The  operations  of  a  rude 
agriculture,  cairied  on  by  the  females,  are  then  sufficient  to  produce,  in  a  few 
maces,  wheat;  and  in  a  great  number  the  inferior  speciesof  dokn,a  kind  of  millet 
Camels,  horned  cattle,  goats,  horses,  sheep,  and  asses  abound.  The  people,  not 
supposed  to  exceed  in  number  200,000,  are  a  mixture  of  Arabs  and  nejproes.  The 
king  is  absolute,  though  obliged  to  court  the  soldiery,  who,  when  discontented, 
sometimes  depose  and  strangle  him,  electing  in  bis  room  another  member  of  the 
royal  ikmily.  They  are  about  2000  in  numbeCdiBtinguished  neither  for  valour  nor 
discipline,  but  endowed  with  an  almost  preternatural  endurance  of  thirst,  hunger, 
and  iktigue.  Large  caravans,  at  somewhat  irregular  intervals,  pass  between 
Egypt  Md  Darfiir,  interchanging  slaves,  ivory,  ostrich-feathers,  &c.  for  cloths, 
carpets,  to^s,  and  beads.  A  considerable  intercourse  of  religiou  and  trade  is  car- 
ried on  with  Mecca  by  way  of  Jidda  and  Suakem.  Cobbe,  the  capital,  is  not 
supposed  to  contain  more  than  4000  inhabitants;  it  is  about  two  miles  long,  but 
consisis  merely  of  ranges  of  detached  houses  surrounded  by  wooded  inclosures. 

Kmdo&n,  on  the  east,  and  separated  by  deserts  firom  Darfur,  forms  a  country 
nearly  similar.  Its  warriors,  like  those  of  ttornou,  are  invested  in  chain  armour. 
Kordofim  has  been  subjected  at  diflbrent  times  to  Sennaar  and  Darfiir,  and  in  1820 
waa  obliged  to  yield  to  the  arms  of  the^Pacha  of  ESgypt,  who  continues  to  claim 
the  Boveroignty,  which,  however,  over  so  distant  and  rude  a  tract,  must  always  be 
very  precarious.  To  the  south  of  Darfiir  is  Fertit,  inhabited  solely  by  negroes, 
and  containing  valuable  mines  of  copoer.  Farther  south  still  is  the  mountainous 
country  of  Donpi,  poMOSsed  by  a  barbarous  people,  and  in  which,  according  to 
Mr.  Brown's  information,  numerous  streams  unite  in  forming  the  Bahr  el  Abiad, 
or  main  branch  of  the  Nile. 

Bergoo,  called  also  Waday  and  Dar  Saley,  is  an  extensive  country,  reaching 
westmrd  fifom  Darfiir  to  nearly  the  confines  of  Begharmi  and  Bornou.  Accord- 
ing to  the  imperfect  accounts  'yet  received,  it  appears  to  be  greater  and  more 


ri-^^f.-r.y-x:''".'' 


am 


CENVkAL  AFRICA. 


4tt 


Swloaa  than  Darfiir  or  KonMka  W«n,  the  capital,  ia  roprweni 
enble  city.  Near  it  paaaea  a  large  river,  odlcd  the  AJir  Ifiaaelad*  whiok, 
according  to  Brown'a  infbrmatioo,  traveraea  the  oonntry  in  a  northern  and  waaterif 
direction.  In  thia  quarter,  alao,  the  lake  Fittri  ia  reported  to  exiat,  but  oar  nate- 
riala  do  not  enable  us  to  fix  ita  site  with  any  precision. 

West  of  Bergoo  ia  a  re^  called  Bahr  el  Qhanl;  it  ia  a  wide  extent  of  lom 
ground  without  wy  elevations,  and  ia  called  Bahr,  I  e.  i«a  on  aver,  becaaaa  tm- 
dition  reporta  that  in  ancient  tiuiea  a  lane  river  flowed  thiDucn  it  Kanaa,  aito* 
ated  on  the  north-east  shorea  of  Lake  Tchad,  ia  a  rode  diatnet,  partaking  aome^ 
what  of  the  character  of  the  bordering  desert,  but  ita  inhabitanta  are  peouliarlr 
brave.  Lari,  the  chief  town,  eonafsta  of  dustera  at  rush  huts,  in  the  shape  cf 
well'thatched  corn-stacks. 

Begharmi  ia  a  considerable  country,  to  the  south-east  of  the  lake  Tchad.  Th« 
people,  who  are  stout  and  warlike,  wage  aluMst  continual  war  with  Bomou,  which 
iMasts  of  having  aubjected  them ;  but  they  always  find  a  retreat  beyond  a  con- 
siderable river,  which  flows  through  their  country,  whence  they  return  and  regain 
possession  of  their  territory.  Their  chief  force  consists  in  mounted  lancers,, 
which,  with  their  horses,  are  cased  still  more  completely  in  iron  mail,  thMi  thoaa 
of  Bornou ;  but  they  do  not  in  the  field  display  any  higher  degree  of  courage. 

Bornou,  one  of  the  most  powerful  kingdoms  of  Central  .^rica,  extends  about 
200  miles  in  every  direction,  on  the  westward  of  the  great  inland  sea  of  the 
Tchad.  It  is  watered  by  the  tropical  rains,  and  is  a  very  fertile  country.  Cities^ 
containing  from  10,000  to  80,000  inhabitants,  and  many  walled  towns,  rise  •koff 
the  shores  of  the  lake.  The  marketo  present  a  moat  crowded  acene,  the  principu 
one  at  Angomou  attracting  snnetimes  100^000  people.  Yet  the  nation  ia  remark- 
ably deficient,  not  only  in  refined  and  intellectual  pursuits,  but  in  the  humblest  of 
the  useAil  arts.  The  only  fkbric  in  which  they  have  attained  any  kind  of  excel-' 
lence  is  that  of  cotton  cloth  dyed  blue  with  their  fine  indigo^  the  tobes  or  pieces 
of  which  form  the  current  coin  of  the  realm.  They  have,  however,  the  ab«4(it» 
necessaries  of  life  in  abundance.  Numerous  herds  of  cattle  are  bred  by  Anb 
tribes,  who  have  transported  into  Bdhiou  all  their  pastoral  habita. 

The  government  of  this  state  is  absdute ;  but  when  the  English  travellers  Den- 
ham  and  Clapperton  lately  visited  the  country,  they  fbund  it  in  a  somewhat  singu-^ 
lar  political  situation.  The  sheik,  sumamed  E!  Kanemy,  who  by  his  valour  had 
rescued  the  kingdom  from  Fellata  invasion,  posseased  all  the  real  authority,  which 
he  exercised  with  justice  and  vigour;  but  he  fbund  it  prudent  to  confer  the  osten- 
sible dignity  of  sultan  on  a  member  of  the  ancient  royal  ftmily,  who  lived  in 
empty  pomp  at  New  Bornou.  There  is  probably  no  court  of  which  the  taste  is  so 
absuri,  grotest^ue,  or  preposterous.  The  primary  requisite  for  a  fine  gentleman 
and  a  courtier  is  a  huge  belly ;  and  where  feeding  and  cramming  will  not  produce 
this  beauty  in  sufficient  penection,  the  part  is  swelled  out  by  stuffing  and  cush- 
k>niog. 

The  towns  of  Bornou  are  considerable,  though  not  of  the  first  magnitude.  New 
Bornou,  the  present  residence  of  the  sultan,  is  said  not  to  contain  more  than 
10,000  people;  an^  Kouka,  where  the  sheik  kept  his  court,  is  still  smaller.  An- 
gomou IS  the  largest  place  in  the  kingdom,  containing  at  least  30,000  people,  and, 
during  the  crowded  market  held  there,  often  fnm  80,000  to  100,000  are 
assenobled.  All  these  are  in  the  heart  of  the  kingdom,  on  the  western  bank  of  _ 
the  Tchkd.  Angela,  on  the  southern  or  Begharmi  frontier,  and  Woodie  on  that 
of  Kanem,  are  also  considerable :  at  the  latter,  the  caravans  are  made  to  stq)  till 
permission  to  proceed  is  obtained  fW>m  the  soverei^. 

Mandara,  situated  to  the  south  of  Bornou,  consista  of  a  fine  valley,  containing 
eight  large  towns,  the  principal  of  which  is  Mora.  The  whole  country,  and  even 
the  capita],  are  overlooked  by  the  great  range  of  the  Mountains  of  the  Moon, 
which  to  the  southward  of  wis  territory  appear  to  attain  their  lofliest  height 
Dirkullah,  a  part  of  this  mountainous  territory,  is  occupied  by  a  pagan  race  called 
El  Fcllati,  who  have  their  villages  stnmgly  fi)rtified,  and  fight  desperately  with 
poisoned  arrows,  b^  which  they  once  put  to  flight  the  whole  force  of  BcRvou  and 
Mandara,  though  aided  by  a  numerous  and  well-armed  body  of  Arabs. 


39 


SH 


1488 


^^ 


CENTBAIi  AFUOA. 


Houaw  is  an  exteiuive  territory  in  the  oioat  central  part  of  Afirioa,  reaching 
{h)tn  the  upper  coune  of  the  Toou  nearly  weit  to  the  Niger ;  but  il«  boundariea 
both  on  the  north  and  south  seem  to  be  yet  undecided.  It  is  well  watered  by  the 
river  Quarr^ma  or  Zirniie,  which,  with  several  tributaries,  flows  westward  to  join 
the  Quorra  or  Niger.  On  the  eastern  border,  also,  it  is  traversed  by  the  upper 
coarse  of  the  Yeou,  and  on  the  southern  by  the  Tsadda,  which  also  falls  into  the 
Niger.  This  tegion  derives  its  social  character  frotp  the  Fellatas,  a  people  said 
tb  M  similar  in  appearance  to  the  Foulahs  of  Western  Africa,  but  of  a  much  more 
vrarlike  character.  Their  precise  oriffin  is  involved  in  obscurity,  and  their  very 
name  was  unknown  to  Europeans  ontU  within  a  few  years.  They  appear  to  have 
been,  since  the  commencement  of  the  present  century,  the  most  prominent  peo- 
ple in  Central  Africa ;  about  that  period,  they  conquered  the  whole  of  Houssa, 
Bomou,  and  several  countries  on  the  Niger.  The  Fellata  empire  thus  founded,  has 
since,  however,  suflbred  some  dismemberment  The  standard  of  independence 
was  raised  in  Bornou,  by  a  native  of  Kanem,  who  under  the  title  of  Sheik  el 
Kanemy,  drove  out  the  invaders,  and  assumed  the  real  sway  over  the  country.  In 
the  heart  of  Houssa,  (loober,  Zegceg,  and  other  countries,  have  thrown  off  the 
voke;  yet  the  Felktas  are  still  extending  their  conquests  to  the  westward,  and 
have  even  passed  the  Niger  into  Yarriba.  The  Fellatas  are  like  the  Foulaiis,  all 
Mahometans. 

Houssa  appears  to  be  more  elevated,  and  tho  climate  leas  sultry,  than  that 
either  of  Bornou  or  the  countries  on  the  Niger;  travellers  have  even  occasionally 
snflbred  from  cold.  The  fiice  of  the^  country  exhibits  evident  marks  of  superior 
cultivation  and  a  superior  people.  The  fields  are  covered  with  large  crops  of 
wheat,  two  of  which  are  annually  produced,  and  the  grain  is  stored  in  large 
granaries,  raised  on  poles  ,^  a  security  from  insects. 

Sockatoo,  situated  nearly  at  the  westeiti  extremity  of  Houssa,  is  at  present  the 
ruling  country  over  that  region.  The  territory  appears  to  be  fertile  and  populous, 
and  Its  capital  the  largest  city  in  interior  Africa.  The  houses  are  built  closer 
than  usual,  and  moro  regularly  laid  out  in  streets.  The  place  is  surrounded  by  a 
wall  between  twenty  and  thirty  feet  high,  wi^  twelve  gates,  always  shut  at 
sunset 

Kano  is  the  centre  of  commerce  and  civilization  in  interior  Africa ;  yet  it  is  built 
in  a  very  scattered  manner,  occupying  only  about  a  iburth'of  the  circuit  of  fifleen 
miles  enclosed  by  its  walls.  The  inhabited  part  is  divided  into  two  by  a  large 
morass,  idry  during  a  part  of  the  year,  at  which  period  is  held  a  great  market,  the 
moat  crowded  ana  best  regulated  in  Africa.  Kano  is  supposed  to  contain  30,000 
or  40,000  inhabitants  x 

Kashna,  to  the  north  of  Kano,  is  a  considerable  kingdom,  which  at  no  distant 
period  held  the  supremacy  over  Houssa.  Its  walls,  like  those  of  Kano,  are  of  im- 
mense circuit ;  but  the  inhabited  part  does  not  amount  to  above  a  tenth  of  the 
enclosed  space.  It  is  still,  however,  the  seat  of  a  considerable  trade  with  the 
desert  witti  Timbuctoo,  and  with  caravans  coming  across  the  desert  by  the  way 
of  Gadamis  and  Tuat 

To  the  south  of  Sockatoo  and  Kano  is  the  countrv  of  Zegzeg,  one  of  the  finest 
in  all  Africa.  It  is  covered  with  plentiful  crops  and  rich  pastures,  yields  particu- 
larly good  rice,  and  is  beautifiiUy  variegated  with  hill  and  dale,  like  the  finest 
parts  of  England.  Dunrora  is  situated  in  a  country  fertile,  though  rocky ;  and 
about  half  a  day's  journey  from  it  is  Jacobs,  described  as  a  large  city  on  the  river 
Shary ;  \»hile  farther  to  the  east  on  the-  same  river,  is  stated  to  be  another  great 
city,  Adamowa :  but  here  our  knowledge  in  this  direction  terminates. 

The  countries  on  the  lower  course  of  the  Niger  form  an  extensive  and  import- 
ant part  of  Central  Africa.  Being  copiously  watered,  and  in  many  parts  liable  to 
temporary  inundation,  they  are  endowed  with  profbse  natural  fertility,  yielding 
rice  and  other  valuable  species  of  grain  in  abundance;  though,  in  approaching  the 
sea,  the  ground  becomes  swampy,  and  overgrown  with  denso  forests.  The  negro 
population,  with  ita  original  habits  and  superstitions,  generally  fills  this  region; 
but  the  Fellatas  are  making  rapid  encroachm«ntfl ;  and  several  of  the  states  have 
been  converte<i,  though  in  a  very  superficial  manner,  to  the  Moslem  fkith.    The! 


ion; 
The 


CJBNTRAL  AFRICA. 


488 


kiogt  bold  an  ftlMolute^thoHgh  mild  iway ;  their  •plendour  connata  chiefly  in  the 
muTt^tude  of  their  wivea,  who  perform  all  menial  flinctiona,  and  even  act  aa 
body-guards:  the' royal  exactiona  are  chiefly  from  travellers  and  merchants,  oat 
of  whom  they  draw  as  much  aa  possible,  both  in  the  way  of  presents  and  trade. 
Yaoorie  consists  of  a  verv  fertile  plain,  partly  overflowed  by  the  Niger,  and  thus 
rendered  peculiarly  fitted  for  the  production  of  rice.  The  city  of  Uie  same  name, 
encompassed  by  walls  of  wood,  and  rudelv  strengthened  with  plates  of  iron,  en- 
close a  circuit  of  twenty  or  thirty  miles ;  but  this  space  is  cov^i^  to  a  great  ex- 
tent with  pastures  and  com-fieMs,  among  which  clusters  of  huts  are  interspersed. 
The  people,  being  numerous  and  brave,  mive  repelled  every  attempt  by  the  Fel« 
latas  to  subdue  them.  The  chief  of  Yaoorie  has  incurred  deep  dishonour  by  the 
attack  on  Park,  which  terminated  in  the  death  of  that  celebrated  traveller;  and 
his  conduct  to  Clapperton  and  Lander  was  fhr  from  praiseworthy.  Below  Yaoorie 
the  navigation  of  the  Niger  ia  obstructed  by  formidable  cataracts,  though  it  if 
passable  during  the  rainy  '^asbn  for  vessels  of  some  magnitude. 

The  kingdom  of  Boussa  is  immediatelv  bolow  Yaoorie.  The  capital  of  the 
same  name  is  a  considerable  town,  situated  in  the  midst  of  a  fertile  and  well  cul- 
tivated country.  The  Niger,  immediately  above  and  below  Boussa,  presents  a 
magnifioont  bodv  of  water;  in  passing  that  city,  it  is  obstructed  by  (hose  rocks 
and  straits  in  which  Park  was  intercepted  and  perished.  Wawa,  the  capital  cf  a 
small  dependent  kingdom,  situated  in  a  very  fertile  rantry,  particularly  celebrated 
for  producing  excellent  yams,  is  supposed  to  contai.:  TSiOOO  inhabitants. 

wrgoo,  west  and  north-west  of  Boussa  and  Wawa,  is  composed,  in  a  great 
measure,  of  rugged  mountain  tracts,  though  interspersed  with  fertile  and  beauti- 
ful valleys.  The  elevated  districts  are  covered  with  extensive  forests,  crowded 
with  wild  animals  of  every  description,  and  infested  with  numerous  bands  of  rob- 
bers. Kiama,  the  only  part  of  Borgoo  visited  by  English  travellers,  is  inhabited 
by  a  i>eopIe  proud,  courageous,  spirited,  delighting  in  martial  exercises,  and  warm 
both  in  their  resentments  and  attachments.  The  banks  of  the  Niger,  below 
Boussa,  are  occupied  by  two  great  and  flourishing  kingdoms :  Yarriba  on  the  weut, 
and  Nyffe,  or  Nouffie,  on  the  east  The  former  is  an  extensive  state,  and  one  of 
the  most  firuitftil  countries  on  the  globe ;  it  is  well  cultivated,  and  densely  peopled. 
The  fields  are  covered  with  thriving  plantations  of  Indian  com,  millet,  futdt,  and 
cotton.  The  loom  is  busily  plied,  Uiough  its  products  are  not  equal  to  those  in  the 
neighbouring  country  of  Nyfil.  A  range  of  rugged  mountains,  from  9000  to  8000 
feet  high,  crosses  one  part  of  the  country ;  yet  such  is  the  mildness  of  the  climate, 
that  Qjutivation,  and  even  large  towns,  are  found  on  their  very  summit  Eyeb, 
the  capital  of  Yarriba,  ia  one  of  the  largest  cities  of  AfVica,  being  16  miles  in  cir- 
cumference :  there  are,  however,  many  fields  and  open  spaces  in  this  wide  circuit 
and  the  population  can  scarcely  even  be  conjectured.  N^tEe,  on  the  eastern  bank 
of  the  Niger,  is  a  ^ery  fine  country,  occupied  by  the  most  industrious  and  improved 
of  all  the  negro  nationa.  Their  cotton  cloths  are  held  in  the  highest  estimation ; 
and  even  the  finest  of  those  manufactured  in  Houssa,  are  by  slaves  finom  Nyflift. 
Rabba,the  capital,  is  considered,  next  to  Sockatoo,  the  largest  town  in  possession 
of  this  people.  The  surrounding  territory  is  highly  productive,  covered  with  rich 
crops,  and  with  numerous  and  fine  breeds  of  horses  and  cattle.  The  mats  made 
there  are  reckoned  superior  to  all  others  in  Afi-ica.  Eega,  the  town  of  Ny^ 
which  lies  farthest  down  the  Niger,  extends  four  miles  ak>ng  its  banks,  and  has 
numerous  boats  belonging  to  it    The  population  is  half  Mahometan,  half  negra 

The  states  which  succeed  consist  of  little  more  than  single  towns,  each  govern- 
ed by  its  own  chief,  with  little  or  no  mutual  dependence,  and  many  of  them 
addicted  to  fierce  and  lawless  practices.  Kacunda,  however,  composed  of  a  clus- 
ter of  three  large  villages,  unaer  the  absolute  sway  of  a  single  chief,  though  inde- 
pendent of  Nyne,  contains  a  peaceable,  industrious,  and  fViendly  people. 

About  forty  miles  below  Kacunda,  several  yet  unknown  towns  Intervening,  the 
Niger  receive^ts  greatest  tributary,  the  Tsadda,  called  sometimes  the  Shary,  and 
which  has  been  traced  flowing  by  Jacoba  on  the  south  of  Houssa :  but  its  origin 
and  early  course  are  unknown.  At  the  junction,  it  is  little  inferior  to  the  main 
stream,  and  navigated  by  numerous  boats.  Funds,  reported  the  greatest  emporium 


to'; 


m 


460 


CENTaAL-  AFRICA. 


I 


of  this  part  of  Africa,  is  about  three  days*  sail  up  the  Tsadda.  At  the  junction 
of  the  two  rivers  is  a  commercial  town,  of  very  considerable  magnitude,  named 
Cuttum  Cunrafe. 

Towns  of  importance  continue  to  occur  in  the  course  of  the  Niger  downwards. 
Bocqua,  about  80  miles  below  Kacunda,  is  the  seat  of  a  very  large  market,  much 
fiequented :  it  is  followed  by  Abbazaca  and  Dammagoa  Eirre,  a  large  market 
jtown,  is  about  fifty  miles  below  Boct<ua.  Here  commences  the  Delta  of  the  Niger, 
which,  at  this  place,  detaches  a  branch  supposed  to  flow  to  Benin  Eboe.  Seventy 
miles  below  Kirree  is  a  large  town,  luommonly  called  the  Eboe  country ;  it  forms 
the  great  mart  flrom  which  the  ports  on  the  coast  are  supplied  with  slaves  and 
palm  oil. 

To  complete  the  picture  of  Central  Africa,  it  remains  to  mention  the  countries 
on  the  upper  Niger,  as  celebrated  as  any  of  those  now  enumerated.  For  400  or 
'600  miles  above  Yaoorie,  indeed,  the  shores  of  this  great  river  are  almost  entirely 
unknown,  as  Park,  unfortunately,  never  returned  to  relate  his  navigation  down 
to  that  city.  At  the  end  of  the  above  r«iach,  however,  occurs  the  most  important 
city  in  this  part  of  Africa. 

Timbuctoo,  or  Tombuctoo,  the  celebrated  empoiium  of  the  commerce  in  gold, 
has  always  shone  in  tha  eyes  of  Europeans  with  a  dazzling  and  brilliant  lustre. 
Most  of  the  daring  and  often  tragical  expeditions  into  the  interior  of  the  conti- 
nent had  for  their  object  to  reach  that  city.  Yet  its  actual  condition,  and  even 
magnitude,  are  still  mvolved  in  very  considerable  uncertainty.  Major  Laing  re- 
sidMl  there  for  a  considerable  time,  and  made  the  most  diligent  inquiries;  but  Uie 
result,  in  consequence  of  the  catastrophe  which  terminated  his  career,  never 
reached  the  European  public.  Caillie,  the  only  european  who  has  ever  returned  dam 
that  city,  was  for  from  being  a  carefiil  or  an  accurate  observer.    From  the  few 

E»itive  notices,  however,  thus  obtained,  we  may  infer  that  the  ci^  is  neither  so 
rge  nor  so  splendid  as  rumour  represented  it 

Timbuctoo,  however,  being  the  place  where  the  caiavans  fh>m  Morocco,  and 
most  of  those  from  Algiers  and  Tunis,  first  touch  on  the  fertile  regions  of  Central 
Africa,  must  always  possess  great  commercial  importance ;  and  a  depdt  is  found 
there  of  the  commodities  which  it  affords  for  exchange  with  otiier  countries. 
Gold,  and  still  more  slaves,  arc  the  staple  articles. 

Jenne,  or  Jinnie,  is  a  city  second  only  to  Timbuctoo  in  commercial  importance : 
it  is  situated,  according  to  Park,  on  a  tributary  of  the  Niger,  but  according  to 
CailliS,  on  a  branch  separated  from,  and  then  reuniting  to,  that  river.  In  Park's 
time  it  was  subject  to  Bambarra ;  but  it  has  since  been  occupied,  with  several  of 
the  neighbouring  territories,  by  Sego  Ahmadou,  a  Fellata  prince.  The  population 
is  rated  ijiobably  too  low  by  M.  Caillid  at  8000  or  10,000. 

The  kingdom  of  Bambarra  consists  of  a  beautiftil  and  extensive  plain,  through 
which  the  Niger  rolls  for  about  800  miles,  from  the  point  where  it  becomes  navi- 
gable for  large  canoes.  The  territory  is  fertile  and  well  cultivated,  being  to  a 
{reat  extent  inundated  during  the  rains.  Sego,  the  capital,  in  the  centre  of  the 
ingdom,  is  divided  by  the  Niger  into  two  parts,  the  communication  between 
which  is  maintained  by  ferries,  which  are  under  the  control  of  the  government 
The  place  is  surrounded  by  high  mud  walls,  the  houses  are  built  of  clay,  but 
neatly  whitewashed,  the  streets  are  commodious,  and  mosques  rise  in  every  quar- 
ter. The  numerous  cunoes  on  the  river,  the  crowded  population,  and  the  culti- 
vated state  of  the  surrounding  country,  exhibit  altogether  a  scene  of  civilization 
and  magnificence  scarcely  to  be  expected  in  the  «:cntre  of  Africa.  Park  estimated 
the  population  at  about  30,000.  Sansanding  is  a  great  commercial  town,  higher 
up  the  Niger,  supposed  to  contain  10,000  people.  Its  market  was  the  best  arranged 
and  supplied  that  Park  saw  in  Africa.  Bammakoo,  where  the  Niger  first  becomes 
navigable  for  large  canoes;  Maraboo,  a  great  market  for  salt;  Samee,  and  Silla, 
near  the  eastern  frontier;  are  all  considerable  towns  on  the  Nigei^ 

North  of  Bambarra  are  the  kingdoms  of  Massina  and  Beroo,  of  which  the 
former  is  inhabited  by  the  Foulahs,  and  the  latter  is  famous  for  its  trade  in  salt 
The  capital  is  Walet,  said  to  be  larger  than  Timbuctoa  North-west  from  Bam- 
barra is'  Kaarta,  a  somewhat  extensive  kingdom,  with  a  sandy  and  but  moderately 


1  the 

salt 

Bam-ll 

rately 


MHH 


tarn 


"MM* 


aMieasaMB* 


Ai'V       <H  ISLANDS. 


461 


fertile  soil.  The  capital  is  Kemuico.  Ka8aon«  west  of  Eaarta,  is  a  sttiall  but  fer- 
tile country,  now  mostly  subject  to  Kaarta.  Manding,  the  original  country  of  the 
Mandiogoes,  adjoining  Bammrra  on  the  west,  is  a  mountainous,  and  rather  sterile 
region,  m  which  ffold  is  fbond  to  some  extent  in  the  sand  of  the  streams  and  riv- 
en. Bour6,  Kankan,  Wassela,  &«.,  are  countries  situated  on  the  head  waters  ot 
the  Niffer :  of  these  Bourd  abounds  in  gold ;  Kankan  is  famous  for  the  great  mar- 
ket held  at  its  chief  town,  at  which  not  only  gold  and  all  the  products  u  this  part 
of  the  world,  but  European  goods  in  great  variety,  arms,  powder^  &e.,  are  exhi- 
bited for  sale.  Wassela  is  a  rich  territory,  inhabited  by  an  industrious  and  hospi- 
table people. 


AFRICAN  ISLANDS. 

ArftioA  is  begirt,  at  certain  distances,  with  numerous  islands,  some  single,  but 
a  considerable  number  arranged  ia  groups ;  many  of  these  are  in  the  Western  or 
Atlantic,  and  others  in  the  Iiraian  Ocean. 

The  Azores,  or  Western  Islands,  belonging  politically  to  Portugal,  are  situated 
between  the  37th  and  40th  degrees  of  north  latitude,  and  the  25th  and  32d  of  west 
longitude.  They  are  nine  in  number:  St.  Michael  and  St.  Mary,  closely  adjoin- 
ing each  other ;  Terceira,  Fayal,  Pico,  Graciosa,  and  St  (George,  nearly  a  noup 
by  themselves;  Corvo  and  Flores,  considerably  to  the  westwara.  These  idanda 
bear  evident  marks  of  having  been  produced  by  the  action  of  subterraneous  fire, 
the  ^mptoms  of  which  are  still  visible,  though  no  volcano  is  at  present  burning. 
The  mternal  heat,  however,  manifests  itself  by  very  striking  phenomena.  Such, 
on  the  island  of  St  Michael,  are  the  termas,  or  warm  baths,  the  springs  supplying 
which  are  so  hot  as  often  to  burn  the  hand  which  touches  them.  Elsewhere  the 
caldeiras,  or  boiling  springs,  rise  in  columns,  not  exceeding  twelve  feet  high,  but 
of  various  diameters,  and  the  burning  vapours  are  formed  mto  clouds,  which  exhi- 
bit a  variety  of  fantastic  figures  and  brilliant  tints. 

Amid  these  turbulent  elements,  the  soil  is  extremely  fertile,  yieUing  in  the 
plains  abundance  of  grain,  while  even  ftam  the  crevices  of  the  volcanic  rocks 
grow  the  delicate  oranges  for  which  St  Michael  is  celebrated,  and  the  vines,, 
yielding  a  wine  that  resembles  without  equalling  Madeira,  which  clothe  the  steep 
sides  of  the  mountain  of  Pica  These,  with  grain,  afibrd  materials  of  an  export 
trade,  in  exchange  for  European  fiibrics  and  colonial  produce.  The  population  is 
vairaely  estimatra  at  between  200,000  and  800,000. 

Though  St  Michael  is  the  largest  island,  being  above  100  miles  in  length,  and 
is  also  the  most  fertile,  its  capital,  Ponte  Delgada,  is  not  the  seat  of  the  general 
government  This  distinction  is  enjoyed  by  Ancra,  in  Terceira,  in  consequence 
of  its  comparatively  safe  harbour.  By  its  good  harbour  it  likewise  obtains  the 
exportation  of  tho  wine  of  Pico,  which  is  Known  l^^he  name  of  Fayal.  The 
amount,  in  good  years,  has  been  stated  at  8000  or  10,000  pipes. 

Madeira,  also  belonging  to  Portugal,  in  about  32°  north  latitude,  is  a  beautifiil 
and  fertile  island.  It  was  first  distinguished  tor  producing  the  best  sugar  known ; 
but,  afler  the  rivalry  of  the  West  Indies  rendered  this  culture  no  longer  profitable, 
the  islanders  applied  themselves  to  wine,  which  was  soon  raised  to  high  perfec- 
tion. The  growth  of  the  island  is  about  20,000  pipes,  of  which  a  considerable 
quantity  is  sent  tx)  America  and  the  East  and  West  Indies;  a  voyage  to  tropical 
climates  improving  its  quality.  The  very  best,  however,  called  "London  parti- 
cular," is  imported  direct  to  that  capital.  The  wine  trade  of  Madeira  has  latterly 
somewhat  declined,  in  consequence  of  which  the  planting  of  coffee  has  become 
general,  and  with  such  success  that  already  the  berry  has  become  an  article  of 
export  Funchal,  the  capital,  is  almost  an  English  town,  nearly  all  the  opialent 
inhabitants  being  merchants  of  that  nation  employed  in  the  wine  trade,  while  the 
Portuguese  are  generally  very  poor.  Madeira  has  adjacent  to  it  Porto  Santo,  a 
small  high  island  with  a  j[ood  roadstead ;  and  the  two  Desertas  answering  to  their 

uamo.      s-OpulaiiOn,  112,(l0(K 
The  Canaries,  belonging  to  Spain,  are  among  the  most  celebrated  and  beautiful 


-S^pr^ 


■BM 


4fl9 


AFRICAN  I6LAND& 


..jp«  of  Btnall  islanda  in  the  world.  Thev  Jie  about  the  28th  degree  of  north 
titude,  and  between  the  ISdt  «nd  18th  of  west  longitude.  There  are  aeven 
principal  islands,  having  a  land  area  of  about  3260  square  miles,  and  containing  a 
population  of  288,645  souls.  These  are  Teneriffe,  urand  Canary,  Palma,  Lanza- 
rota,  Fortaventura,  Gomera,  and  Ferro.  These  islands  consist  of  mountains  which 
rise  abruptly  ftom  the  shore,  and  shoot  to  an  amazing  height  The  Peak  of  Tene- 
ri£b,  the  anroat  landmark  to  mariners  through  the  Atlantic,  is  12,000  feet  high. 
Tiie  sbU  in  these  islands  displays  much  of  that  luxuriant  fertility  which  distin- 

Siishes  tropical  countries,  when  proflisely  watered,  like  this,  by  the  streams  fiom 
e  high  mountains  and  the  vapour  fVom  the  ocean ;  yet  their  western  sides  are 
parch^  by  arid  and  pestilential  breezes  from  the  African  desert,  the  :^reams  are 
often  absorbed  in  the  porous  lava,  or  rush  down  in  torrents  which  would  sweep 
away  the  earth,  were  not  walls  formed  to  retain  it  The  principal  exportable  pro- 
duce is  that  aflforded  by  the  vines,  which  grow  on  the  lower  declivities  of  the  peak, 
and  yield  a  wine  which,  though  inferior  to  Madeira,  has,  from  its  cheapness,  come 
into  considerable  use.  The  export  has  been  estimated  at  8000  or  9000  pipes. 
There  is  also  some  expwt  of  brandy,  soda,  and  archil.  The  chief  seat  of  this 
trade  is  Santa  Cruz,  in  Teneriffe,  which  ei^joys  the  advantage  of  an  excellent 
roadstead.  The  place  is,  however,  intensely  hot  &nd  the  natives  not  eng^^ed  in 
business  prefer  the  residence  of  Laguna,  2000  feet  above  the  sea,  which  enjoys  a 
delightlbl  coolness.  Grand  Canary  is  more  uniformly  fertile  than  Teneriffe,  sup- 
plying the  other  islands  with  grain,  and  vieldih?  a  little  of  the  fine  wine  called 
sack.  Las  Palmas,  its  chief  town,  is  the  eccleaiastical  capital ;  but  the  seat  of 
government  is  at  Santa  Cruz.  Ferro,  small,  arid,  and  rocky,  was  once  supposed 
to  form  the  most  westerly  point  of  the  Old  World,  and  has  often  been  used  by 
geographers  as  the  first  meridian.  The  Canarians  are  a  sober,  active,  industrious 
people,  who  have  migrated  to  all  the  Spanish  dominions  in  America  and  the  Indies, 
and  form  the  most  useful  part  of  the  population. 

The  Cape  Verd  Islands,  about  eighty  miles  from  Cape  Verd,  in  16°  to  17°  north 
lat,  are  ten  in  number,  three  of  which  are  large,  St  Jago,  St  Antonio,  and  St 
Nicholas ;  the  rest  small,  Mayo,  Bonavista,  Sal,  St  Vincent  St.  Lucia,  Brava,  and 
FogOi  The  large  islands  rise  in  the  interior  into  high  mountains,  and  Fogo  (fire) 
contains  a  very  active  volcano.  In  general,  however,  the  surface  is  arid,  rocky, 
and  much  less  productive  than  the  Canaries.  Long  droughts  sometimes  prevail, 
and  reduce  the  mhabitants  to  the  greatest  distress.  Out  of  a  population  of  88,000, 
one-fbnrth  are  said  to  have  died  of  famine  in  1831.  The  chief  growth  is  cotton : 
a  very  fine  breed  of  mules  an  *  asses  is  reared,  manv  of  which  are  sent  *  ^  the 
West  Indies.  Goats,  poultry,  and  turtle  abound.  Salt  is  formed  in  large  quanti- 
ties by  natural  evaporation,  particularly  in  Mayo,  where  there  is  an  extensive 
pond,  mto  which  the  sea  is  received  at  high  water,  and  the  salt  completely  formed 
before  next  tide.  The  Portuguese,  since  the  first  discovery,  have  claimed  the 
sovereignty,  and  maintain  a  governor-general,  who  resides  at  Porto  Praya. 

Several  islands  lie  in  the  Gulf  of  Benin.  They  are,  Fernando  Po,  a  fine  high 
large  island,  lately  occupied  only  by  a  lawless  rac6,  composed  of  slaves  or  raale- 
fkctora  escaped  from  the  neighbouring  coast  The  British  government,  however, 
upon  the  disappointment  experienced  in  regard  to  Sierra  Leone,  formed,  in  1827, 
a  settlement  at  this  island,  the  mountainous  and  picturesque  aspect  of  which 
afforded  hopes  of  a  healthy  station ;  but  these  have  been  completely  disappointed. 
Of  thirty  European  settlers  taken  out  nineteen  died.  Hopes  have  been  held  out 
that  by  a  change  in  the  situation  of  the  town,  this  evil  might  be  greatlj^  mitigated, 
and  Fernando  Po  would  then  acquire  a  double  importance,  from  its  vicinity  to  the 
mouth  of  the  Niger.  Prince's  Island  is  high  and  wooded ;  St  Thomas  is  large 
and  fertile ;  the  petty  isle  of  Annobon  is  inhabited  by  a  simple  native  race.  These 
run  in  a  chain  to  the  south-west  from  the  Rio  Calebar;  and  the  last  three  are  in 
nominal  subjection  to  the  crown  of  Portugal. 

Ascension  is  a  solitary  rock,  far  out  at  sea,  in  lat  8°  8'  north,  loAg.  14°  28'  west 
It  is  completely  rocky,  barren,  and  long  uninhabited ;  yet  from  its  situation  ships 
often  touched  there,  and  letters  were  even  lodged  in  the  crevice  of  a  rock,  called 
"  the  sailor's  post-ofhce."    The  British  have  a  garrison  here.    Population,  220. 

.....       -_.-,—=» 


AFRICAN  ISLAND& 


463 


St  Helena,  ao  celebrated  lately  aa  the  ocean-priaon  of  the  neateat  of  modern 
warriora,  haa  now  reverted  to  ita  orifpnal  deatination,  aa  a  puice  of  refreahment 
fi>r  the  retumin(f  Eaat  India  ahipa.  It  preaents  to  the  aea,  tnrouffbont  ita  whole 
circuit  of  tv^enty-eieht  milea,  an  inunenae  perpendicular  wall  of  rock,  firom  600 
to  120O  feet  high,  like  a  caatle  in  the  midat  of  the  ocean.  On  the  aummit  ia  a 
fertile  plaih,  interaoeraed  with  conical  eminencea,  between  which  pictureaqoe  val* 
leya  intervene.  Tne  climate  on  the  high  grounda  ia  ver;^  agije^ble  and  tempe* 
rate,  though  moiat  There  are  only  foui  small  openinga  in  ue  widl  of  rock,  on 
the  largeat  of  which,  where  alone  a  little  beach  appeara,  haa  been  built  Jainea 
Town,  where  the  sovemor  residea,  and  where  refreanmenta,  though  on  a  limited 
Boale,  are  provided  foi'  ahipa.  By  the  India  bill  of  1838,  St  Helena  ia  vested  in 
the  crown :  the  governor  ia  nominated  by  the  king.    Population,  6000. 

Turning  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  and  entering  the  Indian  Ocean,  we  arrive  at 
Madagaacar,  one  of  the  largest  and  Bneat  ialanda  in  the  world,  placed  between 
12**  and  26°  south  latitude :  it  may  be  about  840  miles  long,  and  2i!0  in  its  great- 
est breadth.  The  intericur  ia  traversed  firom  north  to  south  by  a  chain  of  lofty 
mountains,  from  whose  rugged  sides  descend  numerous  streams  and  rivulets,  which 
water  the  fertile  plaina  at  their  base ;  these  are  extremely  fruitful  in  rice,  sugar, 
and  silk;,  fitted,  indeed,  for  almost  every  tropical  product,  though  there  aeem  few 
plants  peculiar  to  the  island.  The  mountains  contain,  also,  valuable  mines,  espe- 
cihlly  of  iron,  but  only  partially  worked. 

Mada^scar  contains  many  fine  bays  and  porta  well  suited  for  commercial  «!> 
poses.  Those  moat  frequented  are  Anton,  Gils  Bay,  on  the  east  side ;  also,  Foul 
Point,  Tamatave,  and  Port  Dauphin ;  on  the  west  is  the  Bay  of  St  Auguatine,  and 
several  on  the  north-west  coast  of  which  Bombetok  is  the  chief.  On  this  are  Uie 
towna  of  Bombetok  and  Majunga.  The  trade  here  was  formerly  in  slaves,  but  ia 
now  in  bullocks,  bees-wax,  rice,  and  gums.  American  vessels  often  visit  tiii^ 
place.  The  population  of  Madagaacar  has  been  variously  estimated  at  from 
1,000,000  to  4,000,000,  but  is  probably  about  2.000,000.  The  people  ore  not 
savages;  they  cultivate  the  ground,  and  practise  aome  arta;  yet  are  on  the  whole 
rather  rude  and  uninformed.  They  are  described  as  a  peculiarly  gay,  UiouffhUeas, 
and  voluptuous  race,  void  of  core  and  foresight,  and  always  cheerful  am  good> 
humoured.  They  are  divided  into  a  number  of  small  tribes,  who  wage  very  fre- 
quent wan  with  each  other. 

The  most  important  people  in  Madagascar  lately  have  been  the  Ovahs,  occupy- 
ing an  extensive  and  high  plain  in  the  interior,  whose  sovereign,  Rodamo,  the  first 
chief  in  Madagascar  who  assumed  the  title  of  king,  had  reduced  to  vaacMlago  the 
largest  and  finest  part  of  the  island.  He  had  formed  r  train  of  artillery,  and 
armed  a  great  part  of  his  troops  with  muskets,  and  had  also  sent  a  number  of 
young  natives  to  obtain  instruction  in  Paris  and  London.  With  the  aid  of  the 
English  missionaries,  he  had  established  a  printing-press,  and  trained  a  number  of 
teachers,  both  male  and  female,  who  were  distributed  through  vorioua  pane  of  the 
kingdom.  Unhappily,  this  prince,  in  July,  1828,  was  poisoned  by  his  wife,  who 
immediately  raised  an  unworthy  paramour  to  the  throne.  This  event  haa  intro- 
duced great  anarchy,  inducing  several  subject  states  to  shake  off  the  yoke ;  and 
there  seems  much  room  to  fear  that  it  will  arrest  entirely  the  career  of  improve- 
ment commenced  under  such  prosperous  auspices.  Radama's  kingdom  has  been 
called  Imerina,  of  which  the  capital  la  Tananarivou,  with  a  population  of  about  SOOOi 

The  French  have  made  fl-equent  attempts  to  form  colonies  in  Madagaacar, 
which  they  even  repeated  in  18i20,  but  never  with  any  important  result  They 
have  amall  atationa,  however,  at  St  Mary,  Tamatave,  Foul  Point  and  near  Fort 
Dauphin. 

l^The  MoBcarenha  lales  are  situated  due  eaat  from  the  central  parta  of  Mada*^ 
gascar,  and  from  400  to  500  milea  distant  They  are  the  islands  en  Bourbon  and 
Mauritius.  The  former  ia  about  forty-eight  miles  long  and  thirty-aix  broad.  It 
consists  entirely  of  the  heights  and  slopes  of  two  great  mountains,  the  moat  south- 
erly of  which  contains  a  volcano  in  perpetual  activity,  throwing  up  fire,  sncke.^ 
ana  ashes,  with  a  Aoise  truly  tremendous.  A  great  part  constats  of  what  the 
French  call  burnt  country,  a  complete  desert  of  hard  black  soil,  with  numerooa 


mmmmessammtBgamamm 
AFRICAN  ISLANPa 


464 


bolea  nnd  ereviees.    The  rast,  however,  well  watered  by  numeroua  torrenta,  ia 
faronrable  not  only  for  the  ordinary  tropical  producta,  bat  for  aome  fine  aromatic 

flants.  The  Portugneae  diacovered  thia  ialand  in  1692 ;  but  being  taken  by  the 
'rench  in  1642,  it  waa  called  Bourbon,  which  name  it  haa  reaumed,  aAer  bearing, 
during  tlie  revolutionary  period,  that  of  Reunion.  Coffee  brought  from  Mocha  in 
1718,  aucceeded  ao  well  that  the  Bourbon  coffee  waa  conaidered  aeeond  oiily  tothe 
Arabian.  At  a  later  period,  ita  cloves  came  into  aome  rivalry  with  those  of  Am- 
boyna.  All  other  objeeu  of  culture,  however,  have  lately  become  secondary  to 
that  of  sugar,  which  haa  been  found  profitable  beyond  any  other.  The  population 
of  Bourbon,  in  1836,  waa  106,099—36303  coloniats,  and  69,396  slavea,  of  whom 
57,346  were  employed  in  agricultural  labour.  The  exports  were  valued  at  $3,348,779; 
I  the  imports  at  §3,753,908.  The  ialand  labours  under  the  disadvantage  of  not 
having  a  secure  harbour,  or  oven  a  roadstead. 

Mauritias,  or  the  lale  of  France,  ia  about  130  miles  east  of  Bourbon,  not  quite 
IP  larie,  yet  atill  150  nilea  in  circuit.  The  ruffged  mountaina  which  cover  a  great 
part  of  the  ialand  give  it  a  aomewhat  aterile  character,  and  it  doea  not  yield  orain 
even  for  its  limited  population ;  yet  the  lower  slopes  produce  coffee,  cotton,  indigo, 
and  Bugrar  of  improved  quality.  It  was  called  Isle  of  France,  and  became  the  capi- 
tal of  the  French  possessions  in  the  Indian  seas.  It  was  considered  impregnable, 
and  remained  in  their  undisputed  possession  atler  the  greatest  disasters  which  be- 
fell their  arms  on  the  continent.  It  became  then  a  strong-hold  for  privateers,  who 
are  aaid,  in  ten  years,  to  have  taken  prizes  to  the  value  of  £3,500,000.  At  length, 
in  1810,  it  yielded  to  the  arms  of  Britain,  with  less  resistance  than  was  expected. 
Sinise  1813,  when  its  sugars  were  admitted  at  the  same  duties  aa  those  from  the 
West  Indies,  tiiis  branch  of  culture  haa  taken  a  ^eat  precedence  over  all  others ; 
the  produce,  from  about  5,000,000  pounds,  having  risen,  in  1837,  to  about  70,000,000. 
In  that  year,  the  export  of  Coffee  waa  trifling.  Its  ebony,  the  finest  in  the  world, 
and  its  tortoise-shell,  are  each  worth  about  £9000  annually.  The  imports,  in  1837, 
were  estimated  at  £1,035,783 ;  and  the  exports  at  £831,050.  The  island,  in  1836, 
contained  99,147  inhabitants,  of  whom  29,612  were  whites  and  free  negroes,  and 
61,045  apprenticed  labourers  (blacks),  who  are  now  nianumi'.<ed,  and  1490  stran- 
gers. Port  Louis  is  a  good  harbour,  with  rather  a  difficult  entrance.  It  affort^s 
every  convenience  for  careening  and  refitting;  but  provisions,  being  all  imported, 
are  not  very  abundant. 

A  considerable  number  of  islets,  single  or  in  groups,  spot  the  Indian  Ocean  to 
the  east  of  Africa.  Of  dependencies  on  Mauritius,  Rodriguez  contar.>o  only  123 
inhabitants,  Diego  Garcia  375,  Galega  199.  The  Seychelles,  nearly  north  from 
Madagascar,  vriUi  the  bordering  group  of  the  Almirantes,  are  a  cluster  of  very 
small  islands,  high  and  rocky,  an<r  little  fitted  for  any  chlture  except  cotton ;  but 
they  abound  with  cocoa-nuts,  and  their  shores  with  turtle  and  excellent  fish.  The 
Seychelles  have  a  population  of  about  7000.-  Mahe,  the  chief  town,  has  100  houses 
and  a  garrison  of  30  men. 

The  Comoro  Islands,  a  group  of  four,  between  Madagascar  and  the  continent, 
are  very  elevated  and  mountainous  in  the  interior ;  but  Uie  lower  tracts  abound  in 
sheep,  cattle,  and  all  the  tropical  grains  and  fruits.  The  inhabitants  are  mild  and 
industrious,  but  they  have  been  most  dreadfully  infested  and  their  numbers  thinned 
by  the  Madagascar  pirates,  who  make  an  annual  inroad,  laying  waste  the  open 
country,  and  blockading  the  towns.  Angazicha,  or  Great  Comoro,  is  the  largest, 
containing  a  mountain  supposed  to  rise  6000  or  7000  feet  high ;  but  Anjouan,  or 
Johanna,  is  the  most  flourishing,  its  chief  town  being  supposed  still  to  contain 
3000  inhabitants.    Mohilla  and  Mayotta~are  comparatively  small. 

Soootra,  forty  leagues  east  from  Cape  Guardafui,  is  governed  by  the  sheik  of 
Keshin,  a  petty  state  on  the  south-east  coast  of  Arabia,  who  sends  one  of  his 
family  annnally  to  collect  the  revenue.  It  is  twenty-seven  leagues  long  and  seven 
broad ;  mountainous,  rocky,  and  arid ;  yet  it  yielua  the  best  aloes  in  the  world, 
and  a  small  quantity  of  dragon's-blood.  Though  the  coast  is  bold,  it  affords  ex- 
oellent  harbours;  and  ships  may  procure  bullocks,  goats,  fish,  and  excellent  dates, 

^atTeasottable  prices.    This  island  was  recently  selected  by  the  East  India  Com- 
pany ns  a  station  for  the  vessels  connected  with  the  steam  navigation  of  the  Red 
I  oca  {  but  being  found  unhealthy,  has  been  abandoned. 


JMA. 


465 


A  S  I  A. 


Aha  it  ui  inimnM  OMtiatnt,  the  ItYMtt  iik  the  Ulci«iit  worU ;  uta,  periiapa, 
newly  equal  to  Etirope  ud  Afiric*  united.  It  ie  enrtottBded  hf  lea  thioa|nk  mneb 
the  greater  part  of  ita  oatline«  whioh,  though  broken  by  I&rgel  col^  and  peoiii- 
iaolaa,  pivsents  generally  a  huge  unbioken  naaa,  formed  into  a  kind  of  trregt|lar 
■qoare.  On  a  general  eatimate,  and  ott>ittin|  the  moat  prominent  pbinta,  we  may 
Btate  Alia  at  6w)0  miles  in  length,  and  4000  m  breadth ;  which,  anppoiing  a  regu- 
lar figure,  would  give  24,00(^000  aqnara  miles;  but,  in  oonsideratioil  of  the  many 
irreffulwities,  a  considemMe  deduction  moat  be  made. 

file  boundaries  of  Asia  are  chiefly  .formed  by  the  great  oceans.  On  the  north 
it  ha»  the  Arctic  or  Froxen  Ocean ;  to  the  east  and  sooth  it  faces  the  great  pa- 
cific, which  separates  it  ftom  America  bv  almost  half  the  breadth  of  tna  globd. 
On  the  souUi,  however,  this  ocean  is  enclosed  by  the  islands  of  Malaysia  so  as  to 
form  a  gulf  of  vast  dimensions,  called  the  Indian  Ocean.  The  westerni  limit 
idone  touches  on  the  other  continents,  and  constitutes  a  very  varied  line  of  land 
and  sea.  From  the  north,  opposite  to  Nova  Zembia,  a  chain  of  mountains,  called 
the  Urals,  breaks  the  uniformity  of  the  ereat  northeirn  steppes.  FVom  tiie  termi- 
nation of  that  chain  to  the  river  Don  ue  line  is  somewhat  vague ;  but  theiiee, 
that  river,  the  Black  Sea,  the  straits  connecting  it  with  the  Mediterranean,  and 
the  Mediterranean  itself,  form  a  distinct  booniutry.  Asia  is  joined  to  Aftiea  by 
the  isthmus  of  Suex,  and  separated  from  it  by  the  long  canal  of  the  Red  Sea.  Tne 
immense  expanse  of  its  territory  presents  every  possible  variety  ot  site  and  cli- 
mate, fixxn  the  dreary  confines  of  the  polar  world  to  the  heart  of  the  tropical 
regions.  Every  thin?  in  Asia  is  on  a  vast  scale;  its  mountains,  its  table-lands,  its 
plains,  its  deserts.  The  grandest  feature,  and  one  which  makes  a  complete'  sec- 
tion of  the  continent,  is  a  chain  of  mountains,  which,  at  various  heights,  and  nnder 
various  names,  but  with  very  little,  if  any,  interruption,  cromesAsia  ftom  the 
Mediterranean  to  the  eastern  sea.  Taurus,  Caucasus,  and  the  Himmaldb,  are  the 
best  known  portions  of  this  chain.  On  one  side  it  has  southern  Asia,  ^e  finMt 
and  most  extensive  plain  in  tlie  world,  covered  with  the  richest  trbpidil  prraiicts, 
watered  by  magnificent  rivers  proceeding  ftom  this  great  storehouse,  and  filled 
with  populous  nations  and  great  empires.  On  the  other  side,  this  chain  selves  as 
a  bulwark  to  the  wide  table-land  of  Thibet,  which,  though  under  the  latitude  of 
the  south  of  Europe,  has  many  of  the  characteristics  of  a  northern  region.  To 
the  north,  Uie  recent  observations  of  Humboldt  exhibit  threia  parallel  chains;  the 
Kuen-lun,  or  Moos  Tagh,  the  Thian-chan,  or  Celestial  Mbuntains,  and  the  Altaian. 
These  also  support  table-lands;  but  not,  it  appears,  so  very  elevated  as  has  hith- 
erto been  supposed.  They  are  not  believed  by  that  traveller  generally  to  exee^ 
4()00  or  6000  foet  in  height,  aikd  in  many  places  enjoy  a  mild  and  teinperate  cli- 
mate, yielding  not  only  grain,  but  wine  and  silk.  The  Altaian  chain  separates 
Middle  Asia  ftom  Siberia.  Some  of  the  southern  districts  have  been  found  by  the 
Russians  capable  of  supporting  numerous  herds  of  cattle ;  but  the  rest  is  aban- 
doned to  wild  animals,  not  generally  of  a  forocious  description,  but  by  the  benefi- 
cence of  nature  covered  with  rich  and  precious  furs,  which  afford  a  great  obje<it 
for  hunting  and  trade. 

One  grand  feature  of  Middle  Asia  consists  in  large  lakes  or  inland  seas,  salt  like 
the  ocean,  receiving  considerable  rivers,  and  having  no  outlet.  These  are,  the 
Caspian,  the  Aral,  tlie  Baikal,  and  several  others  of  lesser  magnitude.  No  con- 
tinent has  so  many  rivers  of  this  first  niagnitudd,  some  of  which  yield  in  lien^ 
of  course  only  to  the  amazing  waters  of  the  New  World.  We  may  distinguish 
in  Asia  three  systems  of  rivers;  one,  comprising  the  most  distinguished  and  hiir 
portant  streams,  descends  fimn  the  princlpar  chain  of  mountains,  fottiliMs  ihe 
great  southern  empires,  and  ^lls  into  the  Indian  Ocean.  The  most  remarkaSle 
streams  of  thia  claM  are  the  E-uphrstss,  th^  ladus,  and  the  Ganges.  Again,  irom 
the  panllel  clmin  which  separates  Tartary  &ota  Siberia  is  another  series  of  rivew, 


I 


4C«. 


1 


which  direct  their  coone  to  the  Northern  Ocean ;  the  Obe,  the  Irt;|reh,  the  Yeni- 
•e!^  ud  the  Lena,— gkxNny  itrewns,  of  nut  length ;  but  flowing  in  (his  inhos- 
]Mtable  rafioo,  and  bupnd  by  alnwet  perpetual  firoat,  they  afford  little  aid  either  to 
■grioaltare  or  to  the  intercoane  of  nationa.  A  third  aystem  conaists-of  the  rivers 
wnich,  riaing  in  the  hiffh  moontain  centre  of  Asia,  flow  across  the  empire  of  China, 
to  wlwae  prosperity  th^  mainly  contribute,  and  fall  into  the  Eastern  Pacific. 
The  Amour  ^ns  in  the  same  direction  throiwh  Northern  Tartary^  but  without 
any  profit  to  (hat  barren  district  Lastly,  the  Sir,  the  Amoo»  and.  otbera  of  great 
magnitude,  though  s^ocndary  to  the  anwe,  flow  along  the  great  plains  of  Western 
Tartaiy ;  but,  unable  to  reach  the  ocean,  expand  into  the  Aral,  the  Caspian,  and 
other  inland  aeas. 

In  regard  to  its  social  and  political  state,  A^ia  presents,  of  course,  a  most  varied 
scene;  and  yet  there  are  some  features  which  at  once  strike  us  as  generally  cha- 
raettoistio  of  this  continent  Amonff  theee  is  the  transmission  of  institutims, 
npagei^  and  manners  u&altered  flwn  we  earliest  ages.  The  life  of  the  patriarchs, 
aia  oeecribod  in  the  earliisat  of  existing  historical  records,  is  still  found  unchanged 
in  the  Arab  tent  Asia,  at  a  very  early  period,  anterior  even  to  the  commence- 
nent  of  regular  history,  appears  to  have  made  a  vaat  stride  in  civilisation ;  but 
then  ahe  stopped,  and  has  suflbred  herself  to  be  far  outi  tripped  l^  the  originally 
lets  advanced  nationf  of  Europe. 

The  deqKttism  to  which  the  people  of  Asia  are  generally  subjected  is  connected, 
prc^wbly,  wi^  this  stationary  character.  A  republic,  an  hereditary  aristocracy,  a 
representative  assembly,  a  regular  control  of  any  kind,  are,  except  in  some  local 
end  peculiar  cireuowtances,  ideas  altogether  foreign  to  the  mind  of  an  Asiatic. 

Oriental  sovereigns,  even  the  greatest,  still  maintain  the  primitive  institution 
nf  sitting  and  administering  justice  in  person.  Though  Immutable  in  their  forms 
tk  court  and  maxima  of  gmremment,  thqr  are  changeable  as  to  their  place  of  resi- 
dence and  seat  of  empire.  Every  auccessive  prince  usually  selects  some  favourite 
city  which  he  either  creates  or  raises  fiom  insignificance,  and  lavishee  his  wealth 
in  adorning  it 

The  number  of  comisuniti^s,  of  chiefiH  and  even  of  princes,  making  a  regular 
trade  of  robbery,  is  ansther  fhature  that  strongly  characterises  Asia.  They  carry 
it  on  in  no  cliuidestbe  manner,  bf  t  avowedly,  even  boastfully,  and  as  a  calling 
whiich  they  consider  u  honest  and  respectable.  The  numerous  tracts  of  mountain 
and  desert  aflS>rd  them  holds  in  which  to  maintain  themselves;  and  these  are  sel- 
dom fkr  distant  firom  seme  rich  plain,  or  great  commereial  route,  on  which  to  exer- 
cise their  depredations.  Arabia,  from  the  earliest  times,  has  been  a  hive  of  such 
pinndereta. 

The  aspect  and  manners  <£  the  Orientals  are  different  firom  those  of  Europeans, 
jai^  in  many  respects  exhibit  a  decided  contrast  Instead  of  our  tight  short 
elothesb  they  wear  long  floating  robes,  wrapped  loosely  round  the  body.  In  enter- 
ing the  house,  or  wishing  to  shew  respect,  when  we  would  take  off  the  hat  they 
take  off  the  sandal.  They  make  no  uae  of  chairs,  tables,  plates,  knives,  forks,  or 
lepopoa.  At  meals  they  seat  themselves  crose-legged  on  the  floor,  and  eat  out  of  a 
large  wooden  bowl  placed  in  tJie  middle,  and  filled,  not  with  our  solid  joints,  but 
naually  with  stews  or  sweetmeatei  They  use  no  beds,  or  at  least  nothing  that  we 
would  call  a  bed.  An  Oriental,  going  to  sleep,  merely  spreads  a  mat,  trusts  his 
clothes  in  a  certain  position,  and  lajjrs  himself  down.  Their  household  furniture 
is  thus  exceedingly  simple,  cmsistmg  of  little  more  than  carpets  covering  the 
room,  and  scrfas  set  round  it,  both  whiph  are  of  peculiar  beauty  and  fineness. 
Th^ur  attire  is  also  simple,  though  composed,  among  the  rich,  of  fine  materials, 
and  profiisely  ornamented  with  jewels  and  precious  stones.  Their  arms  and  the 
trappius  of  th^ir  horses  are  also  objects  on  which  they  make  a  studied  display  of 
magnincence.  The  beard,  over  all  the  East,  is  allowed  to  grow,  and  is  regarded 
with  ravcwenoe. 

In  their  disposition  and  temper,  the  people  of  the  East  show  striking  peculiari- 
[tiet.  They  are  grave,  serious,  and  recluse;  they  have  no  balls,  no  theatres,  no 
iMmerous  assemblagea;  and  they  regard  that  lively  social  interccurse  in  which 
EnrqMans  delight,  as  silly  and  frivolous.    Unless  when  roused  W  atrosg  i&cit 


—■.u-^i.. 


un- 
no 
>ich| 
■sits 


ASIA. 


mam 
467 


ment*  to  aetioa,  they  renuin  stretched  on  their  eolhi,  and  view  u  little  better  than 
UMdmen  tfaoae  whom  they  we  walkinif  Bboot  for  amuaement  and  reereatiom 
Their  moh\  qualitiea  cannot  be  very  easily  estimated,  but  may  be  generally 
ranked  below  those  of  Europeans.  Then-  domestie  attachments  are  Strang,  and 
their  reverence  finr  ancestry  deep;  their  deportment  is  usually  mild  and  courteous; 
and  they  show  themselves  capable  of  generous  and  benevolent  actions.  The  sMh- 
tinients  and  cmdoet  of  the  Asiatics  towuda  the  female  sex  are  such  as  cannot 
exist  withofflt  a  general  degradation  of  character.  The  practibe  of  polygamy, 
with  the  jealous  confinement  to  which  it  naturally  leads,  seems  to  be  the  ndical 
source  of  this  evil.  The  exclusion  of  the  sex  from  society ;  the  Hindoo  maxim 
which  prohibits  them  firom  reading*  writing,  and  being  present  at  religkms  cere- 
monies; are  evidently  parts  of  a  general  system  fi>r  reducing  them  to  an  inferior 
rank  in  the  scale  of  creation.  It  is  true  there  is  one  local  example  (in  Thibet) 
of  an  opposite  aystem, — female  sway,  and  a  plurality  of  husbands ;  but  this  ia  evi- 
dently no  more  than  a  capricious  exception  to  the  ganeral  rule. 

The  pure  and  refined  system  of  Christianity,  though  it  was  first  communicated 
to  Asia,  has  not  maintained  its  ground.  Two  systems  of  faith  divide  Asia  between 
them :  one  is  that  of  Mahomet,  which,  by  the  arms  of  his  followers  and  of  the 
conquering  Tartars  of  Central  Asia,  has  been  thoroughly  established  over  all  the 
western  tracts  as  far  as  the  Indus.  It  even  became,  for  centuries,  the  ruling  reli- 
gion in  India,  thoogh  without  >  ever  being  that  of  the  body  of  the  people.  The 
other  is  the  Hindoo  religion,  divided  into  its  two  great  sects  of  Brahma  and  Buddha; 
the  former  occupying  the  whole  of  Hiiidooeian,  the  latter  having  ita  centre  in  Thi- 
bet, filling  all  the  east  of  Asia  and  Tartary,  and  penetrating  even  north  of  'Uie 
Altai 

The  useful  arts  are  cultivated  in  the  Asiatic  empires  with  somewhat  peealiar 
diligence.  Agriculture  is  carried  on  with  great  industry  and  care,  though  by  lesa 
skilfiil  processes,  and  with  much  ruder  machinery,  than  in  Europe.  A  much 
smaller  amount  of  capital,  particularly  in  live  stock,  is  employed  upon  the  land. 
The  cultivators  scarcely  rise  above  the  rank  of  peasantry.  The  chief  expenditoie 
is  upon  irriprstioB ;  for,  in  all  these  tropical  regions,  water  alone  ia  requited  to  pn^ 
duce  plentiful  crops.  Asia  has  also  a  number  of  manuftctures,  which,  though  con- 
ducted with  small  capitals  and  simple  machinery,  are  not  equalled  in  richnesa  and 
beauty  by  thoee  of  any  other  part  of  the  world.  All  tiie  eflbrta  of  European  art 
and  capital  have  been  unequal  fully  to  imitate  the  carpets  of  Persia,  the  mualina 
of  India,  the  porcelain  of  China,  and  the  lacquered  ware  of  Japan.  Commerce, 
though  fettered  by  the  jealousy  of  the  great  potentates,  is  very  active  throughout 
Asia.  The  commerce  of  Europe  is  principally  maritime;  tKat  of  Africa  prineW 
pally  inland.  Asia  combines  both.  Her  interior  caravan  trade  ia  very  considdr- 
able,  though  much  diminished  since  Europe  ceased  to  be  supplied  by  this  channeL 
The  native  maritime  trade  on  her  southern  coasts  is  also  considerable,  bat  the 
foreign  trade,  particularly  that  carried  on  by  the  English  nation  with  India  and 
China,  has  now  acquired  a  super  or  importance. 

The  animal  kingdom  of  this  g  ^at  continent  is  as  vast,  as  the  climate  of  the 
regions  it  comprehends  is  diversihed. 

The  elephant,  though  never  bred  in  a  tame  state,  may  be  placed  at  the  head  of 
its  domestic  animals.  The  inhabitants  of  India  appear  to  have  known  and  pnus 
tised,  at  the  time  Alexander's  army  entered  the  country,  the  very  same  modes  of 
capturing,  training,  and  employing  them,  which  are  used  at  the  present  day.  Its 
services  appear  to  be  universal,  ami  it  is  as  essential  to  the  Indian  aportsman  as  a 
good  horse  to  an  Etaglii^  fox-hunter.  Domestication  has  so  far  connteracted  the 
mstinct  of  nature,  that  tame  elephants  are  employed  to  decoy  and  catch  their  wild 
brethren.  Immense  troops  of  the  latter  still  roam  over  the  northern  parts  df 
India,  in  Ceylon,  Chin  India,  particularly  in  Laos,  and  probably  in  all  the  larger 
of  the  neighbouring  islands. 

White  elephants  are  occasionally  met  with.  They  are,  however,  so  rare  that 
the  king  of  Siam  considered  the  possession  of  six  individuals  at  one  time,  a  oir^ 
cumstance  peculiarly  auspicious  to  his  reign.  They  are  believed  to  eoalsin  _U» 
Spirit  of  some  departed  monareh,  and  as  such  have  the  rank  and  title  of  a  fciiy« 


ffk 


m 


mid  1mv«  atoo  vBOiaraM  attanduta  wh*  wait  on  and  ft«d  than  with  tha  mateat 
care  aad  aalieitada.  When  takes  abnad,  tha  people,  both  in  Biam  and  Binnib, 
iM  ohUfad  to  praatfate  thenaalveo,  aa  beftn  tmur  aetoal  aovareiffn.  The  white 
•luhanla  in  tboae  ooifntriea  are  moatly  bnught  flom  the  interior  diatriot  t^  Laoa, 
-«M  an  of  both  Mxea  The  hair  on  their  bodiea  ia  generally  very  thin,  and  ap- 
pMNchfM  to  tha  flaoh  oolonr. 

Tk*  oonanon  doneatie  aniaala  of  Aaia  pieaent  gimtar  varietieo  of  apeciea 
than  thoaa  of  any  other  region,  and  though  no  longer  found,  eaeept  in  a  few  in- 
Btanooib  in  a  atata  of  nature,  are  atill  proverbial  for  their  qrmmebry  and  vigour. 
In  Arahia,  partioularly,  the  hone  is  of  all  other  animala  the  object  of  uMMt  especial 
eare  and  valoe.  In  no  other  part  of  the  world  does  he  display  so  much  gentle- 
ness, intelligence,  and  spirit.  The  nomadic  and  pastoral  nationa  which  have  firom 
time  immemorial  occupied  the  plains  of  Asia,  are  universally  an  equestrian  peo- 

|{de.  They  may  be  said  to  live  almost  on  horseback,  and  indeed  it  wouM  be  im- 
possible  ibr  them  to  can^  on  their  predatory  expeditions,  or  to  traverse  the  vast 
sleppen  of  the  central  districts,  without  the  aid  of  this  noUe  animal.  His  flesh 
yso  supplies  them  with  their  ikvourito  food,  and  the  milk  t^  the  mare  is  the 
greateat  dainty  of  a  Tartar  foast  Wild  horses  ate  reported  to  exist  in  the  inte- 
riu  of  Tartary,  where  the  inhabitnnts  hunt  them  for  the  sake  of  their  flesh.  No- 
thing can  preaent  a  greater  oontraat  than  the  comparison  of  the  degraded  and  de- 
generate ass  cf  Europe  wi'ii  tue  same  animal  in  his  native  county.  Instead  of 
9m  dieted  air,  ahaggy  crau  pinchjsd  dimensions,  and  miserable,  half-starved  ap- 
peeianoe^  which  he  preseaw  in  these  countries,  the  ass  of  Persia,  Syria,  and  the 
Letaat,  appraaohes  nearer  to  the  large  siie  of  the  horse,  and  partakea  mucli  of 
hia  beautiful  symmetry  of  form,  noUe  carriage,  and  unrivalled  speed. 
:  Tk»  camel  and  dromedfiry  are  no  doubt  of  Asiatic  origin^  They  are  mentioned 
anonf  the  earliest  listo  of  the  flocks  and  herds  of  the  patriareha.  The  former, 
whieb  ia  diatinguiahed  from  the  latter  by  havinv  two  humps  on  the  back  instead 
of  one,  mpipotn  to  have  be«i  in  all  ages  nK>ra limited  and  confined  in  its  geogra- 
phiral  disWibution  than  the  latter  speciea  The  camel  is  found  chiefly,  if  not 
solely,  among  the  wandering  Tartars^  from  the  confines  of  Siberia  to  the  northern 
lidges.  of  the  Himmaleh  Mountains;  whilst  the  dromedary  spreads  not  only  over 
Aiabkit  Syria,  Blesopotamia,  and  Persia,  bat  extends  into  India,  and  probably  even 
into  C^ina,  and  is  also  widely  spread  over  all  the  northern  and  sandy  parts  of 
Afiricn. 

Of  (he  ox  kind,  four  distinct  varieties  have  been  from  time  immemorial  domes- 
ticated in  diftmit  parts  of  Asia.  The  common  Indian  ox  is  the  usual  beast  of 
dnuigbt  and  burden  in  Hindoostan,  and,  firom  ito  great  meed,  is  frequently  used 
ftt  the  asddle,  even  by  Europeans.  The  Yak  has  been  loog  domesticated  in  the 
<^ntcal  parte  of  the  continent,  and  especially  among  the  Tartars.  The  bufialo, 
oooiroon  in  India  and  Chins,  supplies  the  inhabitants  with  milk  and  butter.  The 
fourth  snecses^  the  Gayal,  frequent  among  the  Burmese  and  in  Thibet,  is  also 
found  wUd  in  many  parts,  nnd  is,  in  that  state,  a  formidable  animal,  being  as  much 
dreaded  by  (he  native  hunters  as  the  tiger. 

The  varieties  (^ sheep  nnd  ffoats  are  numeruus  in  Asia.  The  broad-tailed-sheep 
is  widely  dispersed.  The  tau  is  the  best  pert  of  the  animal,  for  the  flesh  is  dry 
land  insipid ;  and  instead  of  wool,  the  body  is  covered  with  a  short  coarse  hair, 
unfit  for  manu&eturing  purposes.  From  the  fleece  of  the  shawl-goat  of  Cash- 
mere, the  Indians  manumcture  those  rich  and  valuable  shawls  which  are  so  highly 
esteemed,  in  Enropet  as  well  as  throughout  the  East  The  Angora  goat  is  an  in- 
ferior variety  of  the  shawl-goat,  whose  long  wool  is  of  a  tolerably  fine  texture,  but 
not  adapted  to  the  same  purposes  as  the  richer  wool  of  the  Coshmerian  animal 
ISie  bogv  though  found  wild  in  moet  parts  of  Asia,  is  a  domestic  only  among  the 
Ohipeae,  who  appear  to  esteem  its  flesh  in  i>ropoctkHi  to  the  detestation  with  which 
it  is  regarded  by  the  followers  of  Mohammed  and  Buddha. 

Theeouthem  parts  of  Asia  are  chiefly  characterised  as  being  the  native  region 

K  those  large  apes  which  the  credulity  of  early  traveHers  metamorphosed  into 
■Jii  mmt,  and  whieh  some  modern  naturalista  would  persuade  us  form  part  of  the 
wne^ccder  as  thai  to  which  we  ourselves  belong.    Vurious  species  of  these  dia. 


ABIA. m 

gmting  eirkaturM  of  Um  hoimn  ibnn  «re  ■oattered  in  the  •outhem  extranitiM 
of  the  two  fTMt  peninaalM  of  Hindooatan,  Malaya,  and  th«  neighboDring  iahuda. 

Among  the  earnivorooa  animals  are  three  or  fear  ipeciea  of  beanL  One  of 
theie,  the  Byrim  bear,  lately  diaeovered  on  Moont  Lebanon,  is  ftaqaondy  mai^ 
tioned  by  the  aacred  writen.  The  others  inhabit  the  Himmaleh  and  other  more 
eastenr  (inifea,  except  one  species  which  is  found  in  the  jongles  on  the  plains  (if 
Indfau  Besidea  these,  the  common  brown  bear  of  Eorope,  and  the  white  or  pdar 
bear,  abound  in  Siberia,  Kamtschatka,  and  the  shores  of  the  FrsMn  Ocean.  Ilia 
tiger,  the  most  savage  and  fonnidable  d  all  the  rapacioos  animals,  exists  only  in 
Asia  and  the  neightNwring  isles.  The  ^msa  dahu,  or  Mack  tiger,  a  large  spe> 
cies  but  lately  desoribed,  inhabits  8iam  and  Sumatra;  and  the  leopard  and  nantoer 
are  common  among  the  forests  of  India.  The  lion  also  has  been  lately  ioand  in 
die  province  of  Gujerat,  bnt,  unlike  the  African  variety,  he  is  without  a  mane^uod 
appears  to  be  altogether  a  much  leas  fermidaUe  animal.  The  striped  hymm  is 
common  in  all  the  warmer  parts  of  the  continent,  and  various  species  of  wild  dogs 
and  foxes  are  everywhere  abundant. 

Two  difierent  species  of  rhinoeerao  are  known  to  inhabit  the  continent  of  India, 
and  the  great  islands  contiguous  to  the  Malayan  peninsula.  The  continental,  or 
one-homed  species,  is  a  common. inhabitant  of  the  swamiqr  banks  of  all  the  gnat' 
rivers.  Thicker  and  more  unwieldy,  for  his  size,  than  the  elephant,  be  exhibits, 
in  confinement,  much  of  the  singular  saeaeity  observed  in  that  gigantic  animal. 
A  young  one,  lately  alive  in  Paris,  evincea  many  such  habita  He  smelt  at  every*: 
thing,  and  seemed  to  prefer  sweet  fhiits,  and  even  su|rar  itself,  to  any  other  fbod. 
Like  the  elephant,  he  collected  and  held  everything  intended  for  his  nwuth  with 
the  movable  upper  lip;  and  when  he  ate  hay,  he  formed  it  first  into  little  handles, 
which  he  placed  between  his  teeth  by  means  of  his  tongue.  It  is  in  a  wild  state 
only  that  the  bodily  strength  of  this  creature  can  be  fuUy  estimated,  and  this  ia 
frequently  displayed  in  a  surprising  degree.  Its  power  is  safficient  to  overoottie 
(he  active  fbrocity  of  the  lion  and  the  ponderous  strength  of  the  ele{diant,  but  this 
is  only  exerted  in  self-defence.  The  rhinoceros  derives  all  his  food  flrom  the  veg»> 
table  kingdom,  and  is  quiet  and  peaceable  when  left  to  himself. 

The  varieties  of  deer  are  numerous,  while  the  antelopes  are  but  scanty.  0( 
the  former,  one  species,  the  Thibet  musk,  is  peculiar.  It  is  about  the  size  of  a 
small  goat  Both  sexes  are  without  horns ;  but  the  musk  is  produced  by  the  male 
only.  This  perfhme  has  always  been  he'd  m  high  esteem  throughout  Uie  East, 
and  when  genuine  and  pure,  is  said  to  be  sometimes  sold  for  its  weight  in  gold. 
This  animu  inhabits  the  highest  points  of  the  Himmaleh  and  Thibetian  mountains, 
seldom  descending  below  the  snow  line,  and  leaping  among  the  rocks  and  preci- 
pices with  the  security  of  the  chamois  and  ibex.  There  are  also  several  kinds  of 
gazelles,  one  species  of  which  fbmidies  the  poet  with  a  fitvonrite  metaphor;  ga- 
zelle-eyed being  one  of  the  highest  complimentary  epithets  that  can  be  bestovMd 
upon  a  lady. 

The  birds  of  Asia  are  of  great  variety,  and  many  of  them  of  splendid  plumage. 
The  peacock  is  the  glory  of  Indian  ornithology,  and  appears  to  have  been  intro* 
duced  into  Elurope  &oat  the  time  of  Alexander.  It  is,  without  doubt,  the  most 
superb  bird  in  creatim,  although  a  familiar  acquaintance  with  its  form  takes  some 
thing  from  that  admiration  which  it  would  otherwise  excite.  It  occurs  in  tfie 
greatest  profusion  over  the  extensive  plains  of  India,  where  it  grows  to  a  much 
larger  size  than  with  us,  and  where  domesticated  individuals  occur  sometimes  of  a 
pure  white  colour.  The  most  valuable  of  our  domestic  fowls,  the  common  cock 
and  hen,  are  still  found  wild  in  the  woods  of  India,  and  are  replaced  in  the  adjft* 
cent  islands  ij  other  varieties  more  beautiful  than  that  domesticated  in  Europe. 
The  pheasants  are  of  numerous  species,  and  are  remarkable  for  the  varied  and 
brilliant  colours  of  their  plumage.  The  eassawary  is  a  native  of  Chin  India  and 
the  large  islands  of  Malaysia.  Like  the  ostrich,  it  does  nut  fly,  but  uses  its  win^ 
as  an  assistance  in  running.  Its  speed  is  ^reat,  and  it  nearly  equals  that  bird  m 
size,  .nd  is  distinguished  by  the  same  voracious  appetite. 

pkrroquets  and  parrots  are  numerous.  Many  of  the  latter  are  eminently  beas^ 
iifui,  ana  one,  the  vernal  parrot,  is  not  larger  than  a  sparrow.   The  gigantic  crane. 


40 


mam 


4T0 
in  Hi 


AMA. 


I 


^ommou  vorii  nd  in  the  na*nr.^  uf  iu  ibod,  it  oompletelT  i  bird  of 

It  if  niffleicntl^r  iuu..,  .vhon  walking,  to  appear  lik*  »  nativs  Indiaii.  The 
miny  mhoo  in  India  w  alwaya  preceded  bv  the  arrival  of  tbew  and  other  eranea 
■nH  heraaa  in  mat  numbers,  and  the  deatruotion  tl.^  muat  oreata,  not  only 
•r  flab,  but  land  reptiles  of  every  dosoription,  ia  ao  well  known  and  appre- 
eiu  jy  the  nativea,  that  they  >iu!'l  these  birda  in  great  estimation.  There  are 
%  multitude  of  other  birda  in  Asia,  umny  of  which  an  remarkable  for  their  rich 

Cumagf     '  their  pleasing^  aonga.    Some  of  the  spicy  novea  are  the  haunts  of 
iautirah>  colon  "d  pigeons,  parrots,  and  other  ga^  birds,  which  impart  peculiar 
airiendonr  to  theav  .  «gions  of  perpetual  summer. 

Baaidaa  the  abovo  enumeratea  birds,  nearly  all  the  European  species  of  corre- 
apoading  latitude  are  found,  even  in  the  most  distant  parts  of  the  continent,  ap- 
paAntly  so  identioal  that  specimens  firom  the  two  localitiea  cannot  be  distinguiah- 
ad  even  by  the  diflbrenco  of  a  feather.  The  common  house-sparrow,  for  instance, 
is  fbund  In  the  Himmaleh  Mountains,  and  is  aa  abundant  about  the  villages  of 
Upper  Nepaul  as  in  any  part  of  England. 

The  fianea  of  Aaia  are  ao  nearly  similar  to  thoae  of  the  other  continents,  as  to 
tender  an  account  of  them  not  so  necessary  aa  of  other  diviaiona  of  the  animal 
kingdom :  like  birda,  they  possess  powers  of  locomotion  denied  to  land  animals, 
ana  it  is  consequently  to  the  latter  class'only  tliat  we  can  look  for  those  striking 
peeuliaritiea  which  would  render  an  account  of  them  interesting  to  the  general 
reader. 

The  reptilea  of  Asia  are  exceedingly  numeroua,  and  of  great  variety  of  species. 
In  tiie  rivers  of  India  are  fbund  large  crocodiles,  different  from  those  of  Africa. 
The  serpents  are  various,  and  many  are  of  the  moat  deadly  nature :  one  species, 
only  an  mch  and  a  half  ]f)ae,  ia  said  to  destroy  the  person  bitten  by  causing  an 
unconquerable  and  deadly  sleep.  The  aouthem  regions  and  islands  are  inhabited 
l>y  othera  of  a  very  large  size,  as  the  great  Python,  usually  considered  the  same: 
with  the  Boa  Constrictor  of  the  New  World  and  the  Anaconda  moat  common  in 
Geylon,  said  to  be  of  sufficient  bulk  and  atrength  to  destroy  the  tiger  in  its  deadly 
folds.  The  celebrated  hooded  snake,  or  Cobra  de  Capello,  is  peculiar  to  India, 
and,  with  oAher  species,  is  well  known  to  be  tamed  hy  ihe  Indian  jugglers. 

The  Chameieona  are  natives  of  Asia  no  leas  tb><M  ot'  Africa,  and  are  now  known 
to  compriae  several  species.  One  of  the  most  remarkable  reptiles  yet  discovered 
ia  probably  the  flying  dragon,  from  which  perhaps  the  ^bulous  writers  of  an- 
tiquity derived  their  notion  of  the  formidable  monster  figured  in  old  books.  This, 
however,  is  a  small  and  inofibnsive  little  animal,  distinguished  from  the  lizard 
tribe  by  having  on  each  side  of  the  body  a  broad  membrane  like  a  wing,  strength- 
ened by  bony  processes ;  it  wanders  aliout  trees  in  search  of  insects,  and  is  Uius 
enabled  U>  spnng  firom  bough  to  bough,  and  support  itself  a  few  minutes  in  the 
air. 

The  insects  of  Asia  are  inferior  in  number  and  variety  only  to  the  New  World. 
The  Atlas  bcotle,  near  five  inches  in  length,  from  its  size  and  singularity  of 
ahape,  is  am^*>ig  the  most  remarkable  of  its  kind.  The  splendid  Buprestis  Vittata, 
with  many  others  of  equal  size  and  beauty,  are  so  much  admired  by  the  Chinese 
that  they  are  kept  in  cages  when  alive,  and  when  dead  are  used  as  omame'^  )r 
dress.  All  the  varieties  of  the  silk-worm  are  tbur,'^  in  Asia:  one  species  a.u  - 
has  been  introduced  into  Europe ;  but  the  Asiatics  oaltivate  several  other  troLj 
which  garments  are  made  less  fine  in  texture,  but  much  more  durable,  thi  'o  > ' 
fiUirioated  from  the  common  species.  The  white  wax  insect,  about  the  size  ot  a 
fly,  is  found  in  China,  and  is  remarkable  as  producing  an  important  necessary  of 
life:  the  whole  animal  is  covered  with  a  white  powder,  that  is  imparted  to  the 
stems  of  the  y^Hnta  on  which  it  is  found  in  thick  clusters:  the  natives  collect 
this,  and  meltit  a  '<  vegetable  oil,  which,  when  cold,  becomes  as  firm  as  bees- 
wax, and  wheu  tiUk.  '".to  c&^idhs  is  reckoned  superior  to  that  article.  As  a 
inedicina]  drug,  >t  ic  t .    \\  estin^tiition  thmuffhout  China. 

Some  of  the  .>>.vM  .  of  fi,B\n  are  peculiar;  of  these,  the  hammer-shaped 
oystfTs  are  found  iCre-ii  ^-  hi  [^reat  number:  to  the  submarine  rocks  on  the  south- 
ern coasts.    The  V>iKti    '.^ysiers  are  ab^«  -kut  in  similar  situations,  and,  when 


•''-T'-rCri* 


ASIA. 


471 


krge,  fbrnith  tbit  bMutiftil  ratMUnce  called  motli  --of-pMrl.  I'he  orimtal  pearl- 
fliMriM  «re  well  known  to  produce  great  wealth  u>i  principal  of  these  are  on 
the  weat  eoaat  of  Ceylon,  and  along  the  ihoroa  and  iaIandH  nf  Hajar  on  the  P«r> 
aian  Gulf.  The  fcrmer  haa  greatnr  declined  ir>  ^nlue,  but  th  Mer  m  Mid  to  be 
on  the  inereaae.  The  moat  remariable  apeciee  ui'  ahell-flah  in  the  worM  is  the 
Tridacna  gif^  of  which  the  valvea  aometimea  exceed  four  feet  in  length,  and, 
with  the  animal,  k  of  the  enornxxia  weight  of  600  pounr<a :  it  adherea  to  the 
rookn  by  auch  a  ationg  ligament,  that  it  can  only  be  aeparated  with  a  hatchet 
The  cartilage  of  the  hinge,  when  cut  and  pdiahed,  ia  ao  beautifiilly  iridescent  aa 
nearly  to  riral  the  opal. 

The  variou'i  lari'UK!:ei  spoken  between  the  Oangea,  the  Bay  of  Bengal,  and 
the  Atlantic  '."nt  ,  throughout  Western  Asia,  present  numerous  and  striking 
resembl  p.  ;<  id  <  '**  supposed  to  have  had  a  common  origin.  The  flanaerit  w 
the  I'.  .^  ^  u  ! .  .acred  booka  of  the  Br.ihminical  religion,  and  the  parent  of 
the  )•;'  leroii:  dialeccaof  Hindooatan.  The  Bali,  which  reaemblea  the  Sanscrit, 
ie  tb>  K  ^  lanf^iage  of  the  Buddhists,  in  Thibet,  Ceylon,  and  Farther  India. 
f\he  prinv.,  .1  languages  of  Hindoostan  are  the  Tamul,  Bengalee,  Hindooatanee, 
b '  \  Ceyloiieae.  Thelanguage  of  the  Gypeies,  or  Zinnncs,  who  wander  through- 
0  1  Europe,  diifera  little  from  the  dialecta  of  northern  India. 

The  Persian  language  excels  in  sweetness  and  melody,  and  baa  beeb  mncfa 
cultivated.  The  modern  Persian  haa  a  mixture  of  Arabic  and  Turkiab.  The 
language  of  Cabul  or  Afghanistan  is  derived  apparently  from  the  Persian  and 
Sanscnt,  and  is  commonly  called  Pooahtoo.  The  Persian  only  ia  used  here  in 
composition.  The  Bucharian  is  also  derived  from  the  Persian.  The  Aremaio 
fkmilv  compriaea  the  Hebrew  and  Chaldee,  which  are  dead  languages ;  the  8y riaC, 
which  ia  only  spoken  to  a  limited  extent ;  the  Arabic,  and  the  Ethiopic.  The 
Arabic  haa  been  spoken  and  written  throuirh  a  long  eeriea  of  agea.  It  la  the  lan- 
guage of  the  Koran,  or  sacred  book  of  the  Mahometans ;  and  has  thus  been  spread 
aa  extenaively  as  the  religion  of  the  PropheL  It  ia  apoken  in  its  greateat  purity 
in  Yemen,  and  ia  admired  for  its  copiousness  and  strength.  Corrupt  dialecta  are 
apoken  throughout  Weatem  Asia,  Independent  Tartarv,  and  Northern  Africa.  It 
ia  taught  in  aehoola  in  all  Mahometan  countriea.  llie  Armenian  ia  a  peculiar 
lanffuage,  but  evidently  allied  to  the  other  languagea  of  the  European  race. 

The  languagea  of  eaatem  Asia,  compriaing  thoee  of  China,  Corea,  Japan,  Thi« 
bet,  and  Chin  India,  are  very  peculiar  in  their  structure,  and  have  many  resem- 
blaneea  to  each  other,  either  in  radical  words  or  grammatical  form :  they  are 
claased  together  under  the  name  of  Monosyllabic  languages.  The  Chinese  writp 
ten  language  ia  a  collection  of  hieroglyphical  characters,  one  of  which,  either 
simple  or  compound,  is  employed  to  express  every  idea ;  thus,  the  charaetera  of 
sun  and  moon  united,  denote  splendour.  The  number  of  elementary  characters  ia 
stated  to  be  214;  the  compound  exceed  40,000.  The  language  of  conversation 
consists  of  about  880  monosyllablea.  These  are  so  varied  by  acoenta  aa  to  form 
1300  words ;  but  the  variation  is  so  slight,  that  it  is  often  necessary  to  trace  the 
character  with  the  finger  in  the  air,  in  order  to  make  a  word  intelligible. 

The  Japanese,  the  Corean,  the  Thibetan,  and  the  Anamic,  which  is  spoken  in 
Cochin  Cb'^a,  Tonquin,  and  Cambodia,  contain  niany  Chinese  words.    The  Avan 

Birman,  haa  many  resemblances  to  the  Thibetan.  The  Siamese  is  the  most 
peculiar  in  its  character,  and  extends  throughout  Laos,  into  the  southern  proviucea 
of  China  and  also  into  AJMam.  The  Peguan,  in  the  south  of  the  Birman  empire, 
is  little  known. 

The  languages  of  northern  and  central  Asia,  are  less  cultivated  and  leas  unuir- 
stood  than  the  preceding.  The  Mongolian  and  its  dialects  are  spoken^througbuut 
the  greater  part  of  Chinese  Tartary,  nnd  extend  from  Thibet  on  the  south,  to  the 
Yenesei  on  the  north.  The  Tungouaian  is  an  original  language,  of  which  the 
Mantchoorian  of  eaetem  Tartary  is  a  refined  and  written  didect.  They  are  spo- 
ken  from  the  peninsula  nf  Cor<ea  to  the  northern  Ocean.  The  Tungouaian  and 
Mongolian  present  numt-^itts  striking  resemblances^  to  each  fl|her,  and  to  the  Tur- 


[vtarian  languages,  both  in  radical  words  aad  gni^i 
!  remaining  &s::l:es  of  ncrthem  Asia,  are  iho  Samcj 


co-Tartarian 


mPm^  The  prin- 


oamoy  ea8"'av9 


on  tbe 


'■,»■ , 


m 


ASIATIC  RUSSIA. 


west,  extendiog  jnto  Europe;  the  Ostiakti  in  the  oentra;  tho  Eiurilivie,  on  the 
cout  of  eaatern  Tartory;  Ui.  he  Eoriaka,  Kamtechatdaies,  and  Zoheiktchi,  who 
occupy  the  north-eaatern  extremity  of  the  continent  Their  language*  are  imper- 
fectly knowii,  Mod  their  connexion  ia  not  un^entood. 

In  all  eaUmatea  relative  to  the  population  of  this  great  continent,  the  utmoat 
uncertainty  prevails:  nothing  like  the  enumerations  niiade  bv  the  authority  of  some 
of  the  European  governments,  and  by  that  o£  the  United  States,  have  ever  been 
attempted,  except  in  tho  case  of  the  pretended  census  made  in  China,  the  extrava- 
gance of  which  renders  it  questionable :  that  made  of  Siberia,  in  1801,  from  the 
great  extent  and  thinly  populated  state  of  the  country,  toother  with  the  unsettled 
and  rovipg  character  of  the  numerous  tribes  by  which  it  is  peopled,  makes  it  of 
doubtful  authority.  The  following  statement  confiurms  to  the  more  moderate 
enumerations  of  tiie  most  approved  writers : 

Aaiatio  Ruma 5(000,000 

TurkeyinAsia 8.000,000 

Syria,  inoluding  Paleatine 9,500,000 

Arabia 8/)00,000 

Persia 8,500,000 

Afffhaniatan  and  Belooohistan 8,000,000 

Hindoostau 147,540,000 

Chin  India 14,000,000 

-     ChinsM  Empire. .'397,000,000 

Japan 15,000,000 

Independent  Tartary 10,000,000 

Total : 453.000,000 


.  U»V3-i  «.'""*-; 


t 


ASIATIC    RUSSIA. 

Asiatic  Russia  is  an  immense  tract  of  country,  stretchin?  ftom  Russia  in 
Europe  to  the  Pacific  Ocean,  an  extent  in  length  of  about  4000  miles,  and  from 
the  Arctic  Ocean  on  the  north,  to  the  borders  of  the  Chinese  empire.  Independ- 
ent Tartary,  Persia,  and  Turkey  on  the  south,  exhibiting  an  average  breadth  of 
about  1800  miles,  and  containing  an  area  of  probably  uear  6,250,000  square  miles. 
This  region  comprises  Siberia,  which  is  by  ikr  the  most  extensive  portion  of  it, 
together  with  the  territories  lying  on  both  sides  of  the  Volga  river;  and  north  of 
the  Caspian  Sea  also,  those  traversed  by  the  ereai.  chain  of  Caucasus,  and  situated 
between  the  Caspian  and  Black  Seas.  The  population  of  the  whole  region^ 
though  imperfectly  known,  may  be  assumed  at  afmat  5,000,000  souls.      '  7     ' . 

SIBERIA. 

Siberia  contains  nearly  a  third  part  of  the  continent  of  Asia ;  fi  great  portion 
of  which  is  included  within  the  limits  of  the  Frozen  Zone,  constituting  one  of  the 
most  forlorn  and  desolate  regions  of  the  globe.  The  face  of  the  country,  for  the 
most  part,  like  European  Russia,  tends  to  a  level,  but  by  far  the  greater  portion 
has  not  been  much  travorsed,  and  is  therefore  but  imperfectly  known.  The  bor- 
ders of  the  Arctic  Ocean  consist  chiefly  of  marshy  plains  buried  in  almost  per- 
Sjtual  ice  "nd  snow,  and  are  nearly  destitute  of  inhabitants.  Much  of  the  interior  of 
iberia  is  occupied  by  those  jvide  and  extensive  deserts,  called  Steppes,  or  elevated 
'plains,  which  are  of  a  dull  uniformity  of  aspect;  marshy,  covered  with  long  rank 
grass  and  aquatic  shrubs,  and  filled  with  almost  numberless  saline  lakes ;  but  other 
parts  in  which  the  soil  and  climate  admit  the  growth  of  trees,  abound  in  exten- 
sive forests,  and  many  portions  of  the  southern  districts  are  comparatively  rich 
and  fertile. 

For  its  western  boundary,  Siberia  has  the  long  chain  of  the  Urals,  which  rise 
to  the  height  of  not  more  than  ftom  8000  to  40(X)  foot :  at  the  eastern  extremity 
of  the  southern  border  commences  the  vast  Altaian  range,  which  under  the  various 


k?*- 


'    '".':'.;\'«.  '■ 


rise 
lity 
iouB 


ASIATIC  RUSSIA. 


41S 


names  of  Uivaa,  Dftta,  Qnat  AHai,  LitUo  Altai,  YabluMT,  and  Stannovoy  Moon* 
taia%,  extenaeaatwaxd  to  Kamtaobatka.  The  riven  of  this  region,  in  tegvei  to 
length  of  coorae  and  volume  of  water,  rival  the  greatest  of  the  ancient,  wmrid,  and 
have  moetlv  a  northern  direetion,  flowing  into  the  Froien  Ocean ;  the  ahofes  of 
which  are  barred  by  almost  perpetual  ice.  The  greatest  of  these  are  the  Obe,. 
the  Yenisei,  and  the  liona;  the  secondary  rivers  are  chiefly  the  tributaries  of  the 
large  ones;  besides  these,  are  the  Olensk,  the  Yana,  the  Indighirca,  and  the> 
KoTima.  Siberia  contains  one  large  lake,  the  Baikal,  800  milei  ut  length  by  60- 
in  breadth;  ito  waters  are  firesh,  and  abound  with  sturgeon  and  other  fish;  also 
with  seals,  Uie  presence  of  which  seems  very  remarkable,  considering  the  dis* 
tanoe  fhrni  the  sea.  The  chief  of  the  other  lakes,  are  the  Tchany  and  Soumy, 
the  Piacinskoie,  and  the  Tumourskoie. 

No  part  of  this  extensive  country  belonged  to  Russia,  till  about  the  middle  of 
the  16th  century,  nor  was  it  coinpletoly  subdued  and  attached  to  it,  till  it  was 
conquered  by  Peter  the  Great  and  Catherine  II.,  in  the  early  part  of  the  eighteenth. 
The  inhabitants  were  formerly  almost  wholl;^  wanderers,  but  i.  large  portion  now 
reside  in  towns,  villages,  and  settled  habitations. 

Siberia  is  divided  into  the  two  {[rest  governmento  of  Tobolsk  or  Western,  and 
that  of  Irkoutak  or  i<astom  Siberia:  these  are  subdivided;  the  former  into  the  [ 

?rovinees  of  Tobolsk,  Tomsk,  and  Kolhy  van ;  and  the  latter  into  Jioee  of  Irkoutsk, 
'akoutsk,  Nertohinsk,  Ochotsk,  and  Karatschatka.    The  pop'ilation  of  this  great 
region  is  extremely  thin  and  widely  scattered,  not  averagin  '  more  than  one  to  i 
every  five  miles:  the  enumeration  of  1801,  give  for  the  whole  number  of  inbabiu  | 
ante  1,038,856,  which,  if  the  area  is  reckoned  at  5,000,  ^aX)  square  miles,  will  be 
about  the  result  stated. 

Siberia  serves  as  A  place  of  banishment  for  dolinauents,  and  mnny  prisoners  of 
state  have  been  sent  here ;  oftentimes  men  of  rank  and  intelligence,  who  have 

Sreatly  contributed  to  civilize  and  improve  those  parte  of  the  country  to  which 
ley  have  been  banished.  The  two  great  capitals,  Tobolsk  and  Irkoutak,  have 
acquired,  to  a  considerable  extent,  the  polish  of  European  society.  Hospitality, 
the  virtue  of  rude  and  recluse  regions,  is  said  to  be  most  liberally  exercised 
throughout  Siberia.  On  the  other  hand,  the  Russian  vice  of  drunkenness  seems  to 
be  copied  with  most  ample  addition. 

In  no  country  are  there  found  so  many  difleront  races  of  people  as  in-  the  Rus- 
sian empire.  The  chief  of  the  various  native  tribes  of  Siberia,  are  the  Samoyeds, 
Tungouses,  Ostiaks,  Tartars,  Buraits,  Yakoutes,  Koriaks,  Tchuktchi,  &c.  On  the 
extreme  shores  of  the  Arctic  Ocean  wander  the  Samoyeds,  who  have  been  called 
the  lapt  of  men.  They  are  a  meagre  and  stunted  race,  in  their  habits  filthy  in  the 
extreme,  and  sunk  in  gross  superstition  and  idolatry.  The  Laplander  in  Europe, 
and  the  Esquimaux  in  Nor^  America,  are  very  similar  in  appearance,  and  are 
probably  the  same  people.  The  Tungouses  are  found  chiefly  on  the  Yenisei  and 
Lena,  and  their  tributaries :  thev  possess  herds  of  reindeer ;  but  nearly  their  sole 
empioymente  are  hunting  and  fishing  along  the  great  Siberian  rivers.  They  are 
described  by  Uiose  who  nave  had  intercourse  with  them,  as  frank,  honest,  and 
brave;  and  they  are  mostly  votaries  of  the  Shaman  creed.  The  Oatiaks  are  Jound 
on  the  Obe  and  ita  tributaries :  they  are  like  the  Samoyeds  of  diminutive  size, 
with  hair  of  a  yellowish  or  reddish  tint,  and  features  destitute  of  beauty.  They 
live  mostly  by  fishing,  and  occasionally  by  the  chase ;  and  are  said  to  be  distin- 
guished by  great  simplicity  of  manners,  goodness  of  heart,  and  open  hospitality. 
The  Tartars  people  the  southern  part3  of  Siberia,  from  the  Urals  to  the  Upper 
Obo ;  these  are  attached  to  the  general  habita  o(  their  countrymen,  a  wandermg 
life  occupied  almost  exclusively  in  the  rearing  of  cattle,  particularly  horses, 
making  horse  flesh  and  fermented  mares*  milk  their  favourite  luxuries.  The 
Buraits,  who  live  in  the  vicinity  of  Lake  Baikal,  are  a  Tartar  tribe,  and 
similar  in  their  habita  and  modes  of  life  to  the  rest  of  that  race.  The  Yakoutes 
occupy  the  banks  of  the  Lena,  and  in  their  habits  and  pursuita,  much  resemble 
the  Tun^uses,  though  they  are  sonsidered,  on  the  whole,  ss  less  daring  and 
active.  l<'ar  to  the  north,  in  particular,  they  dwindle  into  a  poor  and  stunted 
race.    In  the  extreme  north-east  part  of  Siberia  reside  the  Tchuktehi,  a  people 


^^^^ 


mmmm. 


mammi 


w 


il^ 


\_\ 


ASIATIC  RUSSIA. 


I 


who  have  preserved  entire  the  indepeadenfie  to  long  loet  by  all  the  other  tribes 
of  theae  rogiona.  They  meet  the  Ruaaians,  however,  for  purpoaea  of  trade  at  the 
ftir  of  Oatraonoi,  of  whom  they  are  extremely  jealoua,  having  been  formerly 
much  impoaed  m  in  trading,  but  are  now  rendered  by  experience  more  wary  and 
cautioua.  They  exchange  tobacco,  hardware,  cutlery,  so.  for  aea-horae  teeth, 
and  the  akina  and  flira  of  the  various  sea  and  land  animala,  of  their  own  and  the 
opposite  ooaata  of  America.  They  are  deacribed  as  a  atout,  rough,  honest,  bold, 
and  foarleaa  race. 

Agriculture  in  Siberia  is  extremeljr  limited ;  a  very  great  portion  of  tho  soil 
Ibeing  entirely  unfitted  by  nature  for  this  important  punuit  The  finest  farming 
district  extenda  flrom  the  Irtysh  to  the  Angara,  along  the  base  of  the  Altai  Moun< 
tains :  here  good  oropa  of  oats,  rye,  and  bnrley  are  produced ;  culture  is,  however, 
limited  not  only  by  the  indolence  of  the  people,  ana  the  want  of  a  distant  market, 
but  by  the  almost  excluaive  taste  of  the  Tartar  inhabitanta  for  pasturage  and  the 
rearing  of  horses. 

Tho  most  important  natural  productions  of  Siberia  are  drawn  firom  its  mines. 
Those  of  tho  Urals  are  of  gold,  platlna,  copper,  and  iron ;  of  which  the  supply  of 
the  two  last  is  very  great.  The  mines  of  the  Altai  are  in  the  provinces  of  Kol- 
by  van  and  Nertchinak :  they  are  of  gold,  silver,  and  copper :  those  mines  are 
worked  on  behalf  of  the  government  with  slaves,  who  consist  mostly  of  banished 
convicts;  a  great  variety  of  minerala  are  also  found.  Among  the  Urals  are  met 
with  diamonds,  emeralds,  topazes,  and  rock  salt,  of  which  the  latter  is  worl<ed  to ! 
a  great  oxtent ;  and  the  Altai  mountains  produce  the  topaz,  the  beryl,  iho  onyx, 
lapia  lazuli,  and  red  garnets.  Talc  also  occura  on  the  banks  of  the  Vitim,  which 
supplies  the  place  of  window-glass  all  over  Asiatic  and  part  of  European  Russia. 
It  is  in  many  eases  nearly  as  transparent  as  that  article,  without  being  liable  to 
break.  It  is  divided  into  thin  laminae,  which,  like  pieces  of  glass,  are  valuable  in 
proportion  to  their  size. 

The  commerce  of  Siberia  is  confined  mostly  to  two  branches ;  one  formed  by 
the  exportation  of  metals,  minerals,  and  fun;  and  tho  other,  a  transit  trade,  con- 
sisting in  an  overland  intercourse,  carried  on  flrom  Europe  across  Siberia  with  the 
Chinese  Empire,  and  alec  with  the  regions  on  the  shores  of  the  Pacific  Ocean. 
The  trade  between  Russia  and  Chhia  is  transacted  at  the  frontier  and  adjoining 
parts  of  Kiachta,  on  tho  one  side,  and  Maimatchin  on  the  other.  The  value  ot 
articles  exchanged  on  both  sides,  is  supposed  to  amount  annually  to  about 
$2,000,000. 

■  Tobolsk,  the  capital  of  all  Siberia,  stands  at  the  confluence  of  the  Tobol  and 
the  Irtysh :  it  consists  of  two  towns,  the  upper  and  the  lower,  which  are  con- 
structed wholly  of  wood,  with  the  exception  of  a  few  public  buildings.  It  is  an 
l^preeable  place  of  residence,  the  society  being  formed  on  the  European  model. 
The  inhabitants  are  social,  and  living  is  extremely  cheap.  Tho  business  transacted 
at  this  place  is  great,  as  all  the  trade  of  Siberia  passes  through  it.  Population 
about  15,000.  Omsk  on  the  Irtysh,  Barnaulo  on  the  Obe,  and  Tomsk  on  the  Tom, 
are  all  considerable  towns,  containing  respectively  7500,  8000,  and  10,000  inha- 
bitants. Irkoutsk,  on  tho  Angara  River,  is  the  handsomest  place  in  Siberia,  and 
is  the  capital  of  tlio  eastorn  division  of  that  country.  The  nouses  arc  chiefly  of 
wood,  but  the  streets  are  broad  and  spacious.  Some  of  the  public  buildings  are 
vry  fine,  and  there  are  twelve  handsome  churches.  The  inhabitants  are  about 
15,000  in  number,  and  consist  chiefly  of  merchants  connected  with  houses  in 
St.  Petersburg,  and  of  the  civil  and  military  ofHcera  of  government.  The  shops 
of  Irkoutsk  are  filled  with  nankeens,  porcelain,  lacquered  ware,  and  other  articles 
of  Chinese  dress  and  fhrniture;  and  it  has  almost  the  aspect  of  a  Chinese  city. 

Upwards  of  1000  miles  to  the  north-east  is  Yakoutsk,  on  the  Lena  River,  m  a 
bleak  and  wintry  region,  where  the  ground  is  still  frozen  in  June,  and  the  river  is 
passable  on  sleds  in  September:  its  importance  is  derived  from  its  trade  in  furs 
with  the  surrounding  district.  Population,  4000.  Ochotsk,  the  emporium  of  the 
north-eastern  districts  of  Asia,  on  the  shores  of  the  sea  of  tho  same  name,  and 
more  than  4000  Hsiles  east  of  St.  Petersburg,  is  a  neat  and  thfivitig  town  of  1500 
inhabitants :   nearly  half  of  these  are  in  the  employ  of  government    Ochotsk 


ASIATIC  RUSSIA. 


47« 


eoHeots  all  th«  flin  and  akiM  <^  Kamtaehatka  and  North*we«t  America.    Moat 
of  the  other  plaoea  in  Hiberia  are  mere  villai^ea  or  trading  poata. 

Near  the  moutha  of  the  Lena  and  Yana  Rivera  the  Arctic  Ocean  preaenta  a 
number  of  ialea,  of  whioh  aome  are  large :  the  chief  appear  to  be  Kotelnoi,  Fadef* 
akoy,  and  New  Siberia.  They  have  been  careAilly  examined  by  the  hunter 
Liackof,  and  latterly  by  Lieut.  Anjou,  in  1621  and  1835.  The  aspect  of  theae  ahorea 
ia,  aa  might  be  expected,  droary  and  deaolate;  but  they  preaent  one  indication 
that  ia  truly  extraordinary,  and  givea  much  room  for  thought  to'thoae  who  apeou* 
lato  on  the  changea  and  deatiny  of  the  earth.  There  are  found  numerous  bonea 
and  other  remaina  of  the  elephant,  an  animal  now  altogether  foreign  to  thia  p^rt 
of  the  globe,  or  to  any  which  ia  not  separated  ^m  it  by  nearly  a  fourth  of  its  cir- 
cuit. Remains  of  that  huge  animal,  of  an  extmct  race,  the  mammoth,  are  also 
found  at  this  extremity  of  Siberia.  • 

A  large  and  long  peninsula,  of  peculiar  character,  called  Kamtschatko,  extends 
into  the  ocean  which  waters  the  eastern  extremity  of  Asic.  Thia  territory  is 
about  000  miles  in  lensth,  by  300  in  ita  greatest  breadth.  Its  position  on  the 
globe  ought  to  give  to  tne  greater  part  of  it  a  climate  liko  that  of  Britain ;  but 
tho  winuB  blowing  flrom  the  plains  of  Siberia,  and  fh>m  the  vast  polar  seas  by 
which  it  is  surrounded,  induce  an  Arctic  climate,  ond  allow  Bcarcelv  threo  months 
of  summer.  This  cold  is  increased  by  the  chain  of  mountains  which  traversei^ 
nearly  its  whole  length,  some  of  whose  peaks  rise  to  an  extraordinary  height. 

The  Komtschatdalos  form  a  peculiar  race,  with  flat  features,  small  eyes,  thin 
lips,  and  scarcely  any  beard.  Their  stature  ia  diminutive,  with  large  head  and 
short  legs.  Since  tlie  Russian  away  put  an  end  to  the  wars  which  they  were  wont 
to  wage  with  considerable  fury,  they  have  passed  into  a  peaceable,  honest,  lazy, 
drunken,  servile  race,  carelesa  of  the  fliture,  and  addicted  to  coarse  sensuality. 
They  have  houses  both  for  winter  and  aummer.  In  their  domestic  habits,  tho  most 
remarkable  peculiarity  is  the  use  of  dogs  hameased  to  the  aledges,  and  employed 
to  draw  them.  At  their  high  festivals,  these  people  give  themselves  up  to  an 
almost  frantic  mirth,  which  aatoniahes  those  who  nave  viewed  the  sluggishness 
of  their  ordinary  deportment.  Their  fkvourite  dance  ia  one  in  which  all  the  actiona 
and  motions  of  the  bear  are  repreaented  to  the  life ;  and  the  violent  and  uncouth 
attitudea  assumed  for  this  purpose  excite  in  the  spectators  rapturous  admiration. 

Although  the  Kamtschatdalea,  by  connexion  with  Russia,  have  gained  an  ex- 
emption from  war,  they  have  auflbred  deeply  from  the  introduction  of  ardent  spi- 
rits, and  of  various  contagious  diseaaes.  Their  numbora  have  thus  been  diminished, 
and  do  not  at  preaent  exceed  4600,  of  whom  little  mere  than  half  are  natives;  the 
rest,  Russians  and  Koriaks.  Bolcheretskoi  and  Kamtschatfca  are  small  villages, 
which  pass  for  towns ;  but  the  only  place  of  any  real  importance  ia  PetropauTov- 
skoi,  or  the  harbour  of  St  Peter  and  St  Paul,  a  thriving  little  port,  by  which 
the  merchants  of  Ochotsk  carrv  on  almost  all  the  trade  of  Kamtaehatka. 

An  Archipelaffo  of  amall  islands,  called  the  Kuriles,  stretch  fh>m  the  sou*  icrn 

Esint  of  Kamtaehatka  to  Jesso,  a  line  of  nearly  800  miles.  Twentv-two  are 
nown,  of  which  nineteen  are  subject  to  Russia.  Some  are  uninhabited,  from 
the  want  of  water ;  others  rival  Kamtaehatka  in  the  abundance  of  game  and  fish 
The  inhabitants  are  peaceable  and  well-dispoaed  ;  they  live  nearly  as  the  Kamt- 
schatdalea, but  in  a  neater  and  more  civilized  manner ;  and  some  of  the  southern 
islands  have  imbibed  a  tincture  of  Japanese  habits.  Their  subjection  to  Russia 
consiata  almoat  whplly  in  paying  a  tribute  of  fura  and  aea-calves. 

ASTRACHAN,  &c. 
Havinq  briefly  described  Siberia,  it  now  remains,  in  order  to  complete  tho  view 
of  Asiatic  Russia,  to  mention  that  part  of  it  extending  fi-om  tho  former  region  far 
to  the  south-west,  and  comprising  the  countries  bordered  on  the  east  bv  the  Ural 
River  and  the  Caspian  Sea ;  on  tne  north  and  west  bv  the  Volga  and  Don  Rivors 
and  the  Black  Sea ;  and  on  the  south  by  the  monarchies  of  Persia  and  Turkey  ; 
the  whole  comprising  an  irregular  territory  of  not  lets  UiRn  14QQ  niiles  in  length, 
and  varying  in  breadth  fh>m  300  to  750  miles.  The  southern  part  of  this  region, 
extending  south  of  the  Rivers  Kuoan  and  Terek,  and  traveraed  by  the  mountainoua 


4T6 


ASIATIC  IWaSIA. 


ridges  of  the  great  Caooanan  chaiflt  eihibita  an  e&tirely  dictinct  character  from 
the  northern  portion,  and  will  in  consequence  be  termed  Caucasian  Russia.  The 
countries  north  of  the  Kuban  and  Terek  Rivers,  and  extending  to  the  south-west 
comer  of  Siberia,  comprises  the  entire  Asiatic  governments  of  Ouft,  Orentmrg, 
Aatrachan,  and  Caucasus ;  also,  portions  of  Kaxan,  Simbirsk,  and  Saratov,  together 
with  part  of  the  country  of  the  I)on  Cossacks. 

In  this  territory  the  most  prominent  object  is  the  Caspian.  It  is  the  largest 
inland  sea  in  the  world,  reaching,  in  its  greatest  dimension  Aom  north  to  south, 
about  600  miles,  and  varying  in  breadth  from  100  to  800.  This  mighty  inland 
expanse  is  supplied  on  the  north  by  the  Volga,  which,  after  traversing,  in  a  course 
of  2000  miles,  the  whole  of  European  and  part  of  Asiatic  Russia,  pours  in  the 
united  waters  of  those  vast  regions.  On  the  west  it  receives  ample  streams  from 
the  mighty  peaks  of  Caucasus  and  Ararat;  the  Kooma,  the  Terek,  the  Araxes,  the 
Kizil  Ozen,  and  some  others.  On  the  east  the  Attruck  enters  the  Caspian ;  but 
by  fiir  the  greater  portion  of  this  border  consists  of  arid  and  dreary  deserts,  from 
which  the  Caspian  Sea  does  not  derive  any  accession  to  its  magnitude. 

The  waters  of  the  Caspian,  unless  at  the  immediate  influx  of  the  ^reat  rivers, 
are  as  salt  as  those  of  the  sea,  with  the  admixture  of  a  bitter  taste,  arising  from  a 
portion  of  Glauber  salt,  supposed  to  be  produced  by  the  decomposition  of  the 
naphtha  which  is  found  on  its  shores  in  considerable  quantity.  The  navigation  is 
dangerous,  particularly  in  the  northempart,  on  account  of  the  heavy  and  sudden 
gales  which  descend  from  the  high  climi  of  the  western  shore,  and  of  the  rocks 
and  shallows  with  which  this  quarter  abounds.  There  are  no  good  harbours  from 
Astrachan  to  Derbent  Of  the  shores  of  this  great  sea,  the  southern  belongs  to 
Persia,  the  eastern  to  Independent  Tartary  and  to  the  country  of  the  Turcomans. 
-The  western  and  northern,  are  subject  to  Russia,  the  region  we  are  now  to  delineate. 

The  immediate  shores  of  the  Ca^ian  Sea,  compoeed  of  the  deltas  of  Uie  rivers 
Volga  and  Ural,  and  forming  the  province  of  Astrachan,  are  flat  and  marshy.  Far- 
ther north,  the  provinces  of  Ou&  and  Orenburg  rise  insensibly  into  a  mountainous 
elevation,  till  they  terminate  in  the  declivity  of  that  great  chain  which  separates 
Europe  from  Asia.  Here  these  regions  participate  in  the  rich  metalliferous  cha- 
racter vihick  distinguishes  the  Siberian  districts  on  the  Asiatic  side. 

The  country  is  capable  of  every  kind  of  cultura,  but  is  chiefly  covered  with 
rich  pastures.  Its  eastern  frontier  is  formed  by  the  Ural  Mountains.  From  these 
flows  to  tlte  Caspian  a  river  called  also  the  Ural,  and  which  separates  Russia  from 
the  Kirguis  and  Kalmucks :  on  this  stream  is  situated  Orenburg,  a  well-built  town 
of  18,000  inhabitants;  to  its  market  the  Tartars  bring  annually  10,000  horses,  and 
from  40,000  to  60,000  sheep.  Hence  also  numerous  caravans  depart  for  Khiva, 
Bokhara,  Khokan,  &c. 

At  the  head  of  the  Caspian  Sea,  Astrachan  and  its  district  constitutes  a  govern- 
ment of  which  the  city  forms  the  capitaL  The  water  communicatuns  of  this 
place,  by  the  Vcdga  on  one  side  and  the  Caspian  on  the  other,  are  very  extensive, 
and  enable  it  to  carry  on  a  considerable  commerce.  Astrachan  obtains  raw  silk 
from  Persia;  turquoises  firom  Khorasan;  rubies  and  other  gems  from  the  head  of 
the  Oxus.  Its  chief  wealth,  however,  is  derived  from  the  vast  fishery  which  it 
carries  on.  The  quantity  of  fish  obtained,  is  not  only  sufficient  for  domeetic  con- 
sumption, but  is  largely  exported ;  and  the  roes  of  sturgeon,  prepared  in  that  pecu- 
liar form  called  caviare,  form  an  article  of  trade  for  which  it  is  filmed.  A  good 
deal  of  salt  is  obtained  from  marshy  lakes  in  the  neighbourhood :  and  some  fabrics 
of  leather  and  silk  are  carried  on.  The  city  is  surrounded  by  a  wall,  and  is  for 
the  most  part  poorly  built  of  wood.  Some  handsome  edifices  of  stone,  however, 
have  lately  been  erected,  particularly  two  commercial  halts.  The  population, 
amounting  to  31,000,  forms  a  various  mixture  of  the  people  of  Europe  and  Asia : 
Russians,  Greeks,  English,  French,  Persians ;  even  the  Hindoos  have  a  small  quar- 
ter appropriated  to  them.  Most  of  the  Persian  trade  is  carried  on  by  the  Arme- 
niana 

The  government  of  Astrachan,  together  with  that  of  Caucasus  to  the  south-west, 
consists  of  a  boundless  extent  of  flat  steppe,  in  nssn?  places  almost  desert,  but  in 
others  capable  of  supporting  a  considerable  pastoral  population.    The  occupants 


ASIATIC  RUSSIA. 


47T| ; 


ara  decidedly  Tartar.  The  eastera  tribe*  are  Kaliuucka,  and  the  western  chiefly 
Nogais,  mixed  to  aome  extent  with  the  Coaaacks  of  the  Don.  The  Tartar  habita 
and  character  universally  prevail,  though  the  pemle  are  reduced  by  subjection  to 
a  somewhat  more  orderly  and  industrious  way  of  life  than  they  would  spontane* 
ously  adopt 

CAUCASIAN  RUSSIA. 

Cavoamum  TLvmuL  is  that  part  of  the  continent  situated  between  the  Caspian 
and  Black  Seas,  and  extending  from  the  Kuban  and  Terek  Rivers  southwai^  to 
the  Araxes,  which  forms  most  part  of  the  boundary  line  between  the  empires  of 
Russia  and  Persia.  It  forms  an  irregular  territory,  stretching  from  north-west  to 
south-east  about  750,  and  from  north-east  to  sontb-west  280  miles,  comprising  the 
countries  known  by  the  names  of  Circassia,  Dagheetan,  Georgia,  Mingrelia  and 
Imeritta,  Abasia,  &c.  The  distinguishing  feature  of  this  region  iathe  great  moun- 
tain chain  of  Caucasus,  which,  in  height,  in  ruggednees,  ai^  in  variety  of  aspect, 
though  not  unrivalled,  is  surpassed  but  by  few  in  Asia,  and  even  in  the  whole 
world.  Its  greatest  elevation.  Mount  Elburz,  attains  the  height  of  16,600  feet, 
which  is  somewhat  higher  than  Mount  Blanc.  The  tribes  inhabiting  this  tract 
have  always  been  regarded  as  dwelling  on  the  outer  border  of  the  civilized  world. 
They  attracted,  indeed,  the  notice  of  nations  with  whom  they  were  in  somewhat 
close  vicinity,  but  their  annals  have  never  assumed  a  regular  or  connected  form. 

In  modem  times,  Georgia,  the  most  powerful  of  the  Caucasian  kingdoms,  has 
been  distinguished  by  its  contests  fi>r  independence  with  the  Persian  empire,  and 
subsequently  as  the  main  theatre  of  contest  between  that  empire  and  the  rising 
power  of  the  czar.  Russia,  after  a  pretty  long  struggle,  has  secured  the  whole 
western  shore  of  the  Caspian,  and  all  the  level  tracts  between  it  and  the  Black 
Sea.  Even  the  rude  mountain  tribes  are  obliged  to  own  a  certain  homage ;  but 
this^  as  well  as  the  accompanying  tribute,  is  scanty,  and  fully  compensated  by  the 
frequent  plundering  excursions,  against  which  the  Russians  with  difficulty  guard 
by  cordons  of  troops  drawn  along  Uieir  border.  Georgia,  and  still  more  Circassia, 
has  been  distinguished  for  the  athletic  strength  of  its  men,  and  the  fine  forms  of 
its  females ;  in  consequence  of  which  qualities,  they  have  been  in  great  request  as 
domestic  slaves  over  all  the  Turkish  empire.  In  Egypt,  particularly,  the  offipring 
of  those  slaves,  kept  up  by  continual  accessions,  long  maintained,  under  the  appel- 
lation of  Mamelukes,  a  sway  superior  or  paramount  to  that  d*  its  Turkish  masters. 

Turkey  formerly  possessed  Bome  ports  and  districts  on  the  shores  of  the  Black 
Sea,  which  enabled  her  to  carry*on  a  considerable  traffic,  especially  in  slaves,  and 
also  to  foment  insurrection  among  the  rude  mountain  tribes.  As,  however,  she 
has  been  obliged  by  treaty  to  cede  to  Russia  the  ports  of  Anapa  and  Poty,  with 
the  districts  of  Guriel  and  Akalzike,  she  may  be  considered  as  having  entirely  lost 
her  hold  of  the  Caucasian  territoi]^. 

In  general,  all  the  Caucasian  tribes  profess  the  dogmas  of  the  Mahopietan  faith, 
though  in  a  somewhat  loose  manner,  free  from  the  tame  and  mechanical  routine 
whicli  that  religion  prescribes.  Scarcely  any  of  them  possesa  among  themselves, 
or  have  imbibect  from  the  Russians,  the  smallest  tincture  of  literature.  Thoy  are 
almost  universally  addicted  to  habits  of  plunder, — that  national  plunder,  on  a  great 
scale,  which  is  considered  rather  a  boast  than  a  disgrace,  and  which  is  generally 
familiar  to  rude  tribes  who  live  in  the  vicinity  of  more  opulent  nations. 

This  region  presents  a  varied  and  interesting  vegetation,  but  only  a  scanty  por- 
tion of  those  products  which  are  subservient  to  the  uses  of  life.  Even  the  lower 
valleys  of  Georgia  and  Mingrelia,  though  extremely  fertile,  are  little  improved. 
The  inhabitants,  ill  disposea  to  industrious  culture,  are  moreover  liablo  to  the 
almost  continual  ravage  of  war  and  predatory  incursion.  Their  supply  of  arms 
and  of  foreign  luxuries  is  chiefly  derived  either  from  plunder,  or  from  the  sale  of 
their  people  as  slaves :  the  latter  traiHc  is  opposed  by  Russia,  and  is  one  of  the 
n  chief  causes  of  the  hostility  existing  between  the  Caucasian  tribes  md  that  go- 
vernment. Wine  of  niiddling  quality ;  a  little  silk ;  some  skins  and  furs,  and 
fine  honey,  nearly  complete  the  list  oi  their  commodities  which  are  fit  for  the  pur> 
poses  of  trade. 


478 


ASIATIC  RUSSIA. 


South  of  the  Terek  and  Kuban  rise  up  the  mighty  precipices  of  Caueaaua.  Its 
highest  ranges  are  clad  in  perpetual  snow ;  beneath  ia  the  black  region  of  rocks 
and  precipices ;  while  the  lower  declivities  contain  a  number  of  welUwatered  val- 
leys, forming  fine  postorai  districts ;  and,  though  not  capable  of  high  culture, 
yielding  plentifully  the  inferior  products,  maize  and  millet  In  these  mountain 
valleys  dwell  the  Circassians.  This  race  have  been  peculiarly  celebrated  for  their 
physical  qualities.  The  men,  though  spare,  are  tall,  handsome,  and  athletic.  But 
it  IS  the  fine  form  and  delicate  complexion  of  the  female  Circassians,  which  form 
so  wide  a  theme  of  Eastern  panegyric. 

The  distinctions  of  rank  and  birth  are  observed  in  Circaasia  with  all  the  strict- 
ness of  Highland  pride.  Under  the  prince  or  sovereign,  are  the  uzdens  or  nobles, 
who  attend  him  m  war  or  foray,  but  exercise  a  sway  almost  absolute  over  their 
own  immediate  vassals.  They  are  )f  two  kinds ;  bondsmen,  who  cultivate  the 
glebe,  and  armed  retainers,  who  bttend  him  to  the  field ;  which  last  have  oilen 
been  raised,  on  this  condition,  firom  the  inferior  rank. 

The  noble  Circassians  lead  that  sort  of  life  which  is  usual  with  independent 
chiefs  on  their  own  estates,  and  surroimded  by  their  vassals ;  a  round  of  war  and 
feasting,  of  hunting  and  jollity. 

Kabardia,  though  sometimes  described  as  a  distinct  territory,  is,  more  properly 
speaking,  a  district  of  Circassia,  of  which  the  inhabitants  form  the  principal  tribe, 
and  that  which  approaches  nearest  to  civilization. 

The  Russian  territories  everywhere  border  upon,  and  inclose,  Circassia ;  yet 
the  valour  of  its  inhabitants,  and  the  rapid  movements  of  the  light  cavalry  of 
whi'^h  its  bands  are  composed,  have  set  at  defiance  every  effort  to  reduce  it  to  a 
state  of  regular  subjection.  The  Russians,  on  the  contrary,  are  only  able,  and 
that  somewhat  imperfectly,  to  protect  their  own  confines  from  inroad  by  a  chain 
of  strong  fortresses.  These  are  chiefly  erected  along  the  Terek  and  Kuban,  two 
considerable  streams,  which,  rising  among  the  lofliest  heights  of  Caucasus,  flow 
for  about  400  miles,  first  north,  then  the  former  east  till  it  falls  by  numerous 
mouths  into  the  Caspian,  the  latter  west  into  the  Black  Sea.  Mozdok,  on  the 
Terek,  is  the  centre  of  this  line  uf  defence;  a  town  of  3000  people,  with  a  strong 
garrison.  Georgievsk,  on  the  Kooma,  is  a  fortress  of  smaller  magnitude.  Near 
the  sources  of  the  Terek  is  Vladi-Kankas,  a  fortress  built  for  the  purpose  of  keep- 
ing open  the  intercourse  with  Georgia,  &c.  In  this  vicinity  is  the  Scots  colony 
I  of  Karass,  which  is  in  a  flourishing  state ;  though  the  missionary  station  estab- 
lished there  has  not  answered  expectation. 
The  lower  course  of  the  Terek,  through  a  fertile  countrv,  presents  some  in- 
teresting objects.  Its  commerce  is  chiefly  carried  on  by  Kialar,  or  Kisliar,  a  town 
described  as  containing  2000  houses,  and  about  10,000  inhabitants,  of  whom  8000 
are  Armenians.  This  race,  sober  and  industrious,  founded  the  city  in  1736,  and 
carry  on  all  its  trade,  by  which  they  place  themselves  in  easy  and  even  opulent 
circumstances. 

On  the  extreme  heights  of  Caucasus,  amidst  a  region  of  barren  rocks  and 
eternal  snows,  are  found  the  Ossetes  and  Lesghis,  formidable  and  determined  rob- 
bers, who  are  the  scourge  and  terror  of  all  the  surrounding  countries.  Their 
habitations,  perched  on  the  summits  of  the  loftiest  cliffi,  and  on  the  edge  of  the 
steepest  precipices,  have  a  most  fearful  appearance.  There  are  various  little  tribes, 
and  septs  of  greater  ones,  scattered  through  all  the  corners  of  this  mountainous 
region.     Some  of  these  are  the  Kistes,  Jugouches,  the  Tusches,  Karabukks,  &c. 

To  the  south,  stretching  along  the  western  coast  of  the  Caspian,  lies  the  moun- 
tainous province  of  Daghestan.  Its  fertile  soil  is  but  imperfectly  cultivated,  and 
its  long  coast  presents  but  few  harboura.  Tarki  is  favourablv  situated  on  the  sea, 
but  the  principal  place  is  Derbent,  an  old  town,  long  the  bulwark  of  the  Persian 
empire,  and  still  exhibiting  imposing  military  works.  It  is  now  much  sunk, 
having  only  a  population  of  about  4000  families. 

On  the  opposite,  or  southern  declivity  of  the  Caucasus,  extends  the  famous  and 
once  powerful  kingdom  of  Georgia.  The  world,  perhaps,  does  not  contain  a  re 
gion  more  profbsely  gifled  both  with  richness  and  beauty.  On  its  successive 
mountain  stages  are  raised  aii  the  varieties  of  t>uit  and  grain,  both  of  the  tempe- 


and 
rob- 
heir 

f  the 

ribes, 
no'is 
&c. 

loun- 
and 
sea, 

mian 
lunk, 

land 
a  re- 
ssive 
mpo- 


ABIATJC  RCnSIA. 


4791 


nto  and  tropical  climatea.  The  wooda  abound  with  game;  and  the  moontaina 
contain  in  their  boaom  mines  of  considerable  value. 

The  human  race  flouriahea  in  an  equal  degree :  the  men  are  distinguiahed  for 
vigour ;  and  the  females,  with  the  single  exception  of  a  darker  complexion,  are  aa 
famed  for  beauty  as  those  of  Circassia.  All  these  bounties  of  nature,  however, 
have  been  rendered  unavailing  by  the  oppressions  of  a  feudal  government,  and  by 
the  continual  wars  between  the  Russians  and  Peraians  which  have  desolated 
Georgia  for  more  than  a  century.  Through  the  pressure  of  tb  jse  evils,  the  popu- 
lation  of  this  fine  region  is  supposed  to  be  reduced  to  a  number  not  exceedmg 
320,000  souls.  The  greater  number  are  not  Mahometans,  but  Greek  Christiana, 
with  a  large  proportion  of  Armenians,  who  have  in  their  hands  all  the  traffic  of 
the  country.  The  Russians  draw  from  it  a  revenue  of  800,000  rubles,  not  nearly 
sufficient  to  defiray  its  expenses.  The  waters  of  Georgia  are  chiefly  collected  by 
the  Kur  or  Cyrus,  which  flows  first  northward,  along  Uie  foot  of  a  chain  of  lofty 
mountains ;  but  afterwards  turns  to  the  east  and  south,  passes  by  Teflis,  and  ialis 
into  the  Caspian  on  the  borders  of  Ghilan.  It  has  previously  received  the  Araxes, 
from  Ararat 

The  only  ci^  of  Georgia,  of  any  importance,  or  worthy  of  the  name,  is  Teflis, 
the  capital.  U  is  boldly  situated  on  the  precipitous  banks  of  the  Kur,  which 
flows  here  through  a  deep  and  gloomy  defile  covered  with  immense  foresta  The 
Russians  make  Teflis  their  head-quarters,  and  keep  there  a  large  military  force, 
which  is  quartered  upon  the  inhabitants.  This  is  considered  a  serious  grievance, 
being  wholly  inconsistent  with  the  habits  of  oriental  seclusion,  particularly  in  re- 
gard to  the  female  sex,  whose  virtue,  made  hitherto  to  depend  chiefly  on  the 
jealous  guard  kept  over  it,  is  said  to  have  sufibred  materially  from  this  intrusion. 
The  population  of  Teflis,  in  consequence  of  the  evils  under  which  it  has  suffered, 
has  declined,  in  the  course  of  the  last  twenty  years,  from  22,000  to  15,000. 

Shirvan,  Nakshivan,  and  Erivan,  are  districts  now  merged  in  Georgia,  which  fi>r- 
merly  belonged  to  Persia,  from  whom  the  two  last  were  wrested  during  the  late 
contest  They  are,  however,  much  dilapidated  by  the  effects  of  almost  constant 
war&re.  Erivan  is  a  strong  fortress,  not  far  from  the  lake  of  that  name,  now 
greatly  impaired.  Nakshivan  was  an  ancient  and  magnificent  city,  but  is  at  pre- 
sent in  ruins.  Shirvan  has  a  fertile  soil,  which  produces  rice,  wheat,  and  barley.  At 
the  eastern  extremity  of  this  district.,  on  the  Caspian  Sea,  is  the  town  of  Rikau, 
or  Baku.  Near  this  place  is  the  fire  worshipped  by  the  Guebres,  or  fire-worship- 
pers, who  aflirm  that  it  has  been  burning  ever  since  the  flood,  and  will  continua  to 
the  end  of  the  world.  It  is  said  to  proceed  from  the  inflammable  nature  of  the 
soil  in  certain  spots,  which,  if  dug  mtoibr  a  few  inches,  and  a  live  coal  applied, 
will  take  fire  and  continue  to  burn. 

Proceeding  westward  from  Georgia  to  the  shores  of  tne  Black  Sea,  we  find 
Mingrelia  and  Imiretta.  The  interior  tracts  are  mountainous  and  rugged ;  but 
Caucasus  here  slopes  downward,  and  allows  to  intervene  between  it  and  the  sea 
a  large  plain,  moist,  fertile,  but  unwholesome.  Rivers  descending  from  the  heights 
inundate  this  watery  region.  Communicating  by  the  Black  Sea  with  Asia  Minor 
and  Constantinople, it  furnishes  them  with  silK  and  honey;  and  formerly  supplied 
them  with  slaves ;  the  obtaining  of  which,  by  purchase,  seizure,  and  every  sort  of 
nefarious  prosess,  formed  the  principal  occupation  of  the  chiefs  of  Minurrelia.  It 
is  calculated  that  Turkey  received  annually  from  thence  about  12,000  of  these  un- 
fortunate beings;  but  their  barbarous  traffic  is  now  interdicted  by  Russia.  Poty, 
at  the  mouth  of  the  Rione,  or  Phasis,  is  the  chief  port  of  this  region.  It  contains 
about  1000  inhabitants. 

Redoutkale,  Koni,  and  Anaklia,  partake  also  of  the  trade  of  the  country.  Pro- 
ceeding northward  along  the  Black  Sea,  after  an  almost  iuipassable  range  in- 
habited by  a  wild  race  called  the  Suanes,  appears  an  extended  and  wooded  region, 
the  country  of  Abasia.  The  people  are  a  rough  variety  of  the  Circassians.^  They 
resemble,  without  equalling,  that  race  in  their  handsome  persons  and  dignified 
manners.  Secured  from  foreign  invasion  by  the  poverty  of  their  country,  and  by 
its  immense  and  entangled  forAstfi,  they  ar^  wasted  by  intcBiine  conieaia ;  and  to 
the  various  forms  of  plunder,  their  siiuatijn  has  tempted  them  to  annex  that  of 


4M 


TUSKBT. 


piiacy.  It  bw  mImh  however,  enabled  their  eovntry  to  beeome  the  theatre  of  some 
oommeree  in  the  usual  Caucasian  eomauditiea,  that  of  davee  not  excepted.  Of 
this  trade,  Phanagoria,  or  Tainan,  at  th6  mouth  of  the  Kuban,  fbrnM  a  aort  of 
entrepot  Anapa,  further  to  the  aouth,  a  comiderable  port,  with  a  good  harbour, 
waa  in  poaaeaawn  of  the  Turka  till  the  laat  treaty,  when  it  was  transferred  to 
Rosaia.  The  other  port*  along  the  eoest  are  Smtcfaukale,  Gbelintehik,  M anuch, 
SookouoHkale,  and  lagaicmt. 


TURKEY. 

Amatio  ToEcn  extends  OTor  some  of  the  fairest  and  finest  regions  «f  Asia: 
no  countries  in  the  world  are  more  &voared  by  nature,  or  more  marked  by  grand 
historical  features ;  and  it  consists  not  so  much  of  any  one  single  countiy,  as  of 
several  detached  and  dissimilar  states,  which  the  sword,  wielded  by  fknaticisro,  has 
combined  into  one  vast  heterogeneous  mass.  This  extensive  region  is  bounded 
on  the  west  hy  the  Archipelago  and  the  Straits  of  the  Dardanelles  north  of  the 
Black  Sea;  east,  by  Asiatic  Russia  and  Persia ;  and  south,  by  Arabia,  Syria,  and 
the  Mediterranean  Sea.  This  region  extends  from  east  to  west  about  1200,  and 
flmn  norths  to  south  from  400  to  800  miles,  forming  an  area  of  about  430,000 
square  mile& 

This  wide  extent  of  country  presents  a  peculiar  variety  of  culture  and  aspect. 
It*  ranges  dT  mountains  are  of  great  celebrity  and  of  considerable  magnitude ;  the 
principal  is  the  extensive  chain  of  Mount  Taurus,  ranging  from  the  Mediterranean 
eoasts  to  those  of  the  Cwpian  Sea,  which,  with  its  numerous  branches,  extends 
through  all  the  northern  portions  of  this  region.  Near  the  north-eastern  frontier, 
the  primeval  Ararat  rears  its  snowy  peaks,  reminding  mankind  of  the  most 
memorable  event  in  the  physical  history  of  the  globe. 

The  chief  rivers  are  the  celebrated  Euphrates  and  Tigris,  which,  commencing 
in  the  same  region,  unite  their  streams  a  short  distance  above  their  common 
estuary,  lind  forming  the  Shat  ul  Arab,  enter  the  Persian  Gulf  about  75  miles 
below  Buseorah.  The  other  streams  are  of  smaller  magnitude :  they  are  the 
SaJdiaria  and  Kizzil  Irmak,  flowing  into  the  Black  Sea ;  and  the  Meinder,  Kodus- 
ehay  and  others,  running  into  the  Mediterranean. 

Turkey  in  Asia  has  but  few  lakes,  and  those  are  nearly  all  saline.  Lake  Van, 
near  the  eastern  fh>ntier,  is  the  most  extensive :  its  waters  are  so  brackish,  as  to  be 
unfit  for  use.  Lake  Nosook,  to  the  north  of  it,  is  much  smaller.  Chains  of  salt 
lakes  extend  through  some  of  the  interior  parts  of  Asia  Minor,  though  none  of 
them  are  of  much  magnitude.  The  sea-coasts  of  this  region  from  the  Black  Sea, 
including  Syria  and  Egjrpt,  to  Alexandria,  are  oflen  denominated  the  Levant,— a 
term  which  signifies  the  quarter  where  the  sun  rises :  in  a  more  extended  sense, 
it  includes  also  the  islands  of  Cyprus,  Rhodes,  and  the  Archipelago. 

The  principles  and  mode  of  government  are  exactly  the  same  in  Asiatic  as  in 
European  Turkey.  The  pachas,  invested  with  the  command  of  extensive  terri- 
tories, receive  entire  the  power  of  the  original  despot  from  whom  they  derive 
their  appointment  Their  distance,  indeed,  aflbrds  them  much  more 'ample  oppor- 
tunities of  acting  independently,  and  of  merely  transmitting  to  the  Porte  such  an 
amount  of  tribute  and  military  aid  as  thev  can  conveniently  spare. 

I  This  imperfect  and  precarious  independence  is,  generally  speaking,  the  reverse 
of  an  improvement  in  the  condition  of  the  unfortunate  people.  The  pacha  rules 
with  as  complete  and  tyrannical  a  sway  as  the  sultan :  he  is  rendered  cruel  by 
the  dangers  by  which  he  is  surrounded ;  and  careless  of  tlid  welfare  of  his  dis- 
trict by  the  precariouB  tenure  on  which  his  place  is  held.  In  order  to  maintain 
his  power,  he  takes  into  pay  the  brave  but  fierce  and  predatory  inhabiunts  of  the 
mountains,  a;id  must  secure  their  attachment  by  allowing  them  liberty  to  commit 
plunder  and  outrage. 

These  countries  have,  from  the  earliest  ages,  been  distinguished  rather  by 
agricultural  industry,  and  the  rearing  of  cattle,  than  by  the  finer  manumctures, 


by 
urea, 


TURKEY. 


481 


wbieh  they  hftve  been  accustomed  to  receive  by  earavana  firam  the  great  empirea 
of  the  east  In  most  of  its  districts,  however,  culture  is  rendered  insecure  by  the 
oppression  of  the  pachas,  and  the  ravages  of  the  Arabs,  against  which  the  govern- 
ment cannot,  or  at  least  does  not,  nffom  protection.  Hence,  in  many  parts,  which 
were  fiuinerly  covered  with  the  richest  harvests,  no  trace  of  fertility  remains, 
except  only  in  their  overgrown  and  deserted  pastures.  The  upper  tracts  of  Asia 
Minor  and  Armenia,  where  horses  and  cattle  are  rearp-!,  are  both  leas  exposed  to 
inroad,  and  better  able  to  defend  themselves,  though  they  too'  often  abuse  their 
strength  to  plunder  the  inhabitants  of  the  neighbouring  plains.  Here,  however, 
is  pr^uced  the  fine  goat's  hair  or  Mohair  of  Angora,  which  is  sought  in  Europe 
as  a  material  of  some  valuable  manufactures. 

The  manu&ctures  of  Asiatic  Turkey  are  chiefly  of  an  ordinary  kind,  coarse, 
and  for  internal  consumption  only.  Yet  silk,  cotton,  leather,  and  soap  are  staples 
of  the  Levant ;  and  the  two  latter  find  a  place  in  the  markets  of  Europe.  At 
Tokat  Uiere  is  a  great  fabric  of  copper  vessels.  The  women  among  the  wander- 
ing tribes  in  the  upper  districts  weave  the  admired  Turkey  carpets;  but  the 
finest  are  made  in  the  mountain  districts  of  Persia. 

No  part  of  the  world  appears  more  expressly  destined  to  be  the  seat  of  an  ex- 
tensive commerce.  The  command  of  the  Mediterranean,  the  numerous  coasts 
and  islands  by  which  it  is  surrounded,  its  position  at  the  connecting  point  of  the 
three  continents,  and  its  contiguity  to  countries  whose  dissimilar  tastes  and  pro 
ductions  peculiarly  fit  them  to  supply  each  other's  ueficiencies,  a*^  advantages 
which  naturally  rendered  it  the  earliest  and  most  favoured  seat  >f  commerce. 
The  splendour  of  its  ancient  emporia  excited  the  astonishment  of  t:  a  world ;  and 
they  continued  for  a  lengthened  period,  notwithstanding  the  hostile  influence  of 
revolution  and  oppression,  to  preserve  a  considerable  portion  of  their  early  com- 
merce and  magnificence.  These,  however,  have  at  length  almost  totally  disap- 
peared. Since  the  discovery,  of  the  passage  by  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  tho 
Indian  trade  has  taken  almost  wholly  a  difierent  route.  The  internal  distractions 
which  agitated  Persia  for  half  a  century  rendered  th6  intercourse  with  that  em- 
piro  both  dangerous  and  unprofitable. 

The  state  of  social  existence,  religion,  learning,  and  nmnners,  so  fiir  as  respectn 
the  ruling  people,  is  precisely  the  same  in  Asiatic  as  in  European  Turkey.  They 
present  that  austere,  uniform,  and  gloomy  character,  which  the  precepts  of  Ma- 
homet tend  to  form,  and  which  is  produced  in  its  utmost  purity  in  the  cities  of 
Turkey.  The  native  and  subject  races,  however,  exhibit  marked  distinctions. 
The  Greek  population,  which  in  Europe  makes  the  prominent  feature  among  the 
conquered  people,  exists  only  to  a  limited  extent  on  the  coasts  and  islands  of 
Asia  Minor.  In  its  room  all  the  mountainous  Asiatic  tracts  contain  bold  and  hardy 
tribes,  who,  availing  themselves  of  their  distance  and  the  declining  power  of  the 
pachas,  admit  little  control  over  their  internal  proceedings,  and  establish  indepen- 
dent and  sometimes  almost  republican  governments. 

The  high  and  uncultivated  table-lands  in  the  interior  of  Asia  Minor  are  occu- 
pied by  a  wandering  and  pastoral  race  called  Turcomans.  All  their  habits  are 
decidedly  Tartar ;  and  with  the  domestic  sinrplicity  of  this  race  they  combine  its 
love  of  war  and  booty,  with  no  nice  consideration  how  this  latter  may  be  obtain- 
ed. When  summoned,  however,  to  fight  under  the  banner  of  the  empire,  and  to 
unsheath  the  sword  against  the  infidels,  they  are  prompt  in  obeying  the  call,  and 
form  the  main  military  strength  of  Turkey.  They  serve  a  short  campaign  with- 
out pay,  but  with  little  ardour,  and  with  full  license  of  plunder.  Though  they 
cannot  meet  disciplined  troops  in  the  shock  of  battle,  they  make  excellent  irregu- 
lar cavalry. 

The  mountains  of  the  eastern  frontier  of  Turkey  produce  races  exhibiting  de- 
cided peculiarities.  The  ancient  kingdom  of  Armenia,  situated  in  a  mountainous 
comer  of  Western  Asia,  has  remained  comparatively  little  aflected  by  that  mighty 
train  of  revolutitm  which  has  swept  over  that  region.  Their  course  of  life  much 
resembles  that  of  the  Jews,  with  whom  they  are  often  found  in  conjunction.  Bat 
what  in  the  latter  is  sordid  and  gwnBpiug  parsimony,  appcare  scarcely  in  the  Ar- 
menian to  exceed  the  limits  of  steady  and  meritorious  industry.    This  people,  in 


41 


Tr 


Mi         TOKKIY. ■ 

lh«t,  mrry  on  all  th«  UMkK  tml  mwny  of  tb«  mMiufiieturtim  of  !*«»<■  •mi  Tnrk«x, 
Thny  htv*  pMMtntod  into  lndi«,  (wntnl  A»i«,  Aflrict,  nnd  tit*  M«t  of  Rurapc  s 
and  htvff  Mon  ■nmolimom  tlMni|rh  not  oiUn,  *<wn  in  Frtne*  ind  Rnvlnnd.    In 

CnortI  tboy  iMd  «  pwMXwblfl  nmi  orritrly  lifK  nmlwr  mI*  |rot«rnm»nt  of  hiwdi  of 
niliw.  Th«  eoutt  of  Romot  hy  in<i«liiti|rtblo  nilbrt«  at  unnvwniinn,  hu  iiuen>CNi). 
•d  in  oflhotiDff  •  tpeoiM  of  Mhlnn,  by  drtwinff  over  to  htr  onmmunion  90,000  out 
of  Um  170,000  iuniliM  of  whom  th«  nittion  conaiat*.  Tho  gnNit  ninaininff 
OMJority  Mlbor*  to  tho  RntynhiHin  crcml,  and  rovvro,  nii  thoir  hnad,  tlin  pntrinrah 
of  I'hrmrum.  Thtty  admit  tho  marriago  of  priaata,  and  nra  (Vm  tWmi  nthor 
Catbolio  ragulationa  \  but  in  rotum  thoy  carry  ttwtinir  and  ablution  to  a  (iitoh  un- 
known  tn  any  olhor  Chriatian  aont. 

Tho  Kunia  inhabit  a  lontr  and  nimad  chain,  atratohinpr  nniith>MMt  fVnm  Urn 
mountaina  of  Armenia,  imrnllol  to  tho  TlffriN  alonff  tho  fVontior  of  th*  Tiirklait 
and  Feraian  nmpirea,  Thoao  paatoral  pnrauita  which,  on  Ihn  hiffh  tablo  plain*  of 
Tiftary  and  I'l^raia,  vary  and  »of>r>n  tho  hahita  of  war  and  pliintlar,  ara  impraoti* 
oablo  in  a  rayion  which  proaonta  nothinir  bnt  ni(nrn<l  atpona,  flriffhtfiil  ravinaa,  and 
narrow  valloya.  Horn  rvt*ry  chief  in  aoatod  in  hia  oaatln,  wlioro  ho  nimiitntna, 
and  whanoo  he  attompta,  thn  phindnr  of  tho  rich  plaioa  which  lie  Itrnnnth  liitii. 
The  Kunia  have,  howovnr,  tho  charactoriotio  virtue  of  Imrhnriana,  a  tVnnk  hniini> 
tality,  and  alao  a  priilo  nf  pedi([reo,  founded  on  a  national  exiatonoo  which  may  \m 
traood  to  a  hi^t  antiquity. 

Thoao  roffiona  contained  in  nncinnt  timoa  aome  of  tho  mnat  tortile,  popiiloua, 
and  powerful  atatca  in  the  world ;  h^ro  flouriahod  tho  mightv  empire  of  Aaayria, 
and  the  citiea  of  Babylon  and  Ninevoh,  the  kinffdoma  of  l*nntua,  i.yilin,  loitin, 
Pernmua,  itc,  and  in  later  timea  thoao  countrica  oonatitutnl  nnn  nf  thn  fnirciit 
portTona  of  the  Roman  en^pire.  The  ancinnt  diviainn  waa  Amyria,  which  Includmi 
the  oountriea  through  whioh  tho  Ruphratca  ami  Tiirria  rnn,  and  nf  which  Ninnveh 
waa  the  chief  city ;  Chaldea,  containing  tho  aplendid  city  nf  tiabylon ;  Mcanpn- 
tamia,  whoae  chief  city  waa  Bdoaaa.  Armenia  had  the  city  nf  Araa,  and  Aain 
Minor  contained  Smyrna  and  many  other  InmutifVil  and  pnpuloua  citiea,  nearly  all 
of  which  exhibit  nothing  at  tho  prevent  day  but  ruined  templea,  churoliiNi,  nml 
amphitheatrea,  and  aome  are  ao  decayed  that  oven  tho  plaoca  which  th«  v  .iccMpicd 
cannot  be  reoogniaed.  The  chinf  Turkiah  diviainna  aro  A.mlnlia,  Cnrnmnnia, 
Roum,  Armenia,  Knrdiatan,  Al  Jeaira,  and  Irak  Arabi ;  thcao  nrn  diviilcd  into 
twelve  Paalialica,  which  are  auhdividnd  into  amnllrr  parti*,  called  i^nnKincnta.  Tho 
population  of  Aaiatio  Turkoy  haa  boon  varioualy  eatimnted  by  different,  writera, 
and  probably  doee  not  excned  8,000,000,  cnmpoaod  of  Turka  and  Turcnmnntt, 
Qreeaa,  Jewa,  Armeniana,  Kurda,  and  Arab*. 

Though  many  of  ttie  ialanda  of  the  Archipelago  have  boon  wrentntl  fVom  tho 
graap  oi'^the  Turkiah  monarch,  atill  a  number  of  them  remain  under  tho  control 
of  that  aovereiffti  Thoao  iaioa,  once  celebrated  fnr  wealth,  beauty  and  power, 
are  now  reduced  to  a  more  complete  atate  of  barbariam  tlian  oven  the  oontment 

Rhodea  waa  renowned  at  an  early  period  aa  a  groat  commercial  atate ;  it  ex- 
tended ita  trade  to  the  moat  diatant  regiona,  and  rivalled  the  aplnndour  and  power 
of  the  greateat  kinga,  when  after  aoveral  vioiaaitudea  it  waa  merfifed  in  the  Roman 
empire ;  her  commercial  code  waa  adopted  by  that  wiae  people ;  in  afler  timna  it 
acquired  a  high  mililarv  renown,  when  the  kniglita  of  St.  Jonn,  oxpellod  iVnm  tho 
Holy  Land,  made  Rhodea  one  of  their  laat  retroata,  whore  they  long  bafHod  tho 
arma  of  Mahomet  and  Solyman.  The  city  of  Rhodee  preaenta  no  longor  a  f^-ng- 
m«nt  of  ita  coloaaua,  one  of  the  wondera  of  the  world,  or  any  trace  of^tho  nume- 
roua  fine  edifkea  with  which  it  had  been  adorned  by  the  taate  and  wenllh  of  ita 
tnhabitanta.  It  ia  now  a  moan  town,  with  a  population  of  6000;  that  of  the  whole 
ialand  ia  about  25,000.  North  of  Rhodea  ia  Stance,  the  anciont  Coa,  tho  birth- 
place of  Hippocratoa  and  Apellea ;  Stampalia,  Amorgo,  and  Piitmna,  whore  St.  John 
wrote  the  Apooalypae.  Samoa,  a  larger  and  more  important  iainnd,  which  gave 
biith  to  Pythagoraa.  Soio,  whioh  hu  acquired  a  melancholy  celebrity  fVom  the 
barbaroua  maaaaere  of  ita  inhabitanta  by^the  Turka  in  the  late  war,  36,000  of 
whom  pcriahed  by  the  aword ;  the  reat,  mcluding  opulent  citiaena  and  iMJiee  of 
higis  rank,  were  sold  as  ilavss,  and  the  island  reduced  to  a  deaeri.     Metoiin,  the 


mm 


TURKRY. 


uwUnt  l««abo«,  though  grmktly  iI«>«iiytHl|  Imt  aUll  «  )to|iuliitian  of  4(>|U00|  oiw>hNlf 
of  whom  Hro  (Irnoki.  ft*  (rnilit  In  oil  In  oonaitlorubla.  't*«nii(io«»  «  Muiill  rooky 
Itlnittit  pro«iiio«a  *  highly  atloMiiiml  winoi 

Niiivrim,  lh«  rnipurliiiii  uf  lli«  l<«vHnt,  hUuhUkI  on  k  An*  bny  on  Uin  WMt  eoital 
of  Aaln  Minor,  U  k  rlty  of  arnnt  nnllqully*  niiii  oUlinn  to  li«  Iho  htrllfplnoo  of 
lloinor.  tl  U  about  four  ntlloR  in  ImokiIi  and  onn  In  bmultli,  ha  grovva  and  inlnaraUi 
luako  It  liiiitiiaonin  a|i|««*nrnnoo  at  n  (lUlanna  (  whhln«  howovnr,  ar«*  Mlouiiiy  walla 
and  ill*|mv«iil  atrpota.  Tlio  t<Uy  la  llnhio  to  <iullit|uak«)M,  whinlif  Dkoopt  lu  I7UU, 
havo  onuNixl  ntorn  I'aar  than  li^ttry-  'I'lio  plaKUOi  howtivnr,  anliluiu  allowa  n  ypttr 
to  paaa,  without  ooniniiitlnH;  aarloua  rnvatfoa.  'I'lin  population  haa  hoan  aallmataii 
at  rront  l«K),0(M)  tu  IA(>,li<H(,  of  whom  .10,(I(H)  nro  autiiioaitil  In  ho  Urocka,  ami  HO(H) 
Armniilnita.     llpwnnla  ofdOOU  Kuropoana,  ohli«rty  rnuicli,  nra  aolltoil  hara  lor  thn 


liMvanl  tradn,  and  form  n  nuiAuruua  aooloty  amontf  thamaolvva,  whioh  anilvuua  th« 
gloom  omMillnr  to  ii  'rurklah  oity.  Thn  oxpnrta  of  Nniyrnn  nro  (hoao  of  Aaln  Minor, 
raw  allk,  oottnui  oarpittai  molinir,  ralalna,  ilruga,  ami  n  low  pmoloua  atonaa.  Tim 
raturna  ar««  nhlollv  lu  wrought  allk,  woolloua,  tin,  loaii,  au*l  glnaa.  North  of  Smyrna 
it  llor^umoa  or  iVrgnmoa,  unon  tho  onpltnl  of  n  powrrfiil  llun  of  kinga.  Pop\ilit> 
tion,  lU  or  ld,(MIO.  Hruan  or  lliirait,  nhout  (to  or  70  mllna  anulh-wnat  from  ('on- 
alaullnoplo,  wna  onco  for  a  aliorl  thuo  tho  citpltiil  of  Tiirkoy  \  It  la  ii  Ana  oily,  oou» 
talning  about  00,000  Inhahltonta.  ita  moaquna  nra  aalJ  to  amount  to  nOA,  aomn  of 
which  aro  very  lurge  nnil  aploudhl.  * 

Kaatwnrd  from  llruaa  nro  tho  oltloa  of  Angora  and  Toknl  (  tho  formor  la  notAd 
for  a  pooullnr  hreod  of  gotita  whioh  thrlva  only  in  n  limltnd  apnco  around  thn  olty. 
Tho  hulr  of  ihla  animal  rivnia  allk  in  Anonnas,  and  la  miulo  into  n  npooioa  uf  oaniiot 
by  tho  iuhnhltanta  of  Angorn,  who  nro  ohiofly  omployod  In  thn  miumntnturn  of  that 
fahrlo.  Tho  poputatl(ut  of  tho  city,  whIoh  loaa  than  n  ooiitury  ago  wna  rrokoned 
at  100,000,  now  numltnra  only  .nn.OOO.  'INikiU,  lyln|(  duo-nnat  front  Angorn,  haa 
an  oxtnnalvo  ninnufitoluro  of  copper  voaaola,  mitdo  ol  tho  inotnl  produood  fi'om  tho 
adjuoont  mln«a{  alao  of  hliio  moroooo  nnd  allk,  It  onrrioa  on  n  uonaidorithio  Inland 
oommortva,  hy  ouruvnna,  with  Dliirbukir,  Ninyrmt,  llruan,  &o, 

Troblaondo  la  n  aaaport  AOO  miloa  niiat  of  Conatuntinoplo,  and  la  tho  ohiof  ompo* 
rium  of  that  part  of  tho  emnlro.  Nlnoo  tha  trnnty  of  Adrlnnoplo  (iH80),  oponod 
tho  oommeron  of  tho  Ulank  isen  to  Kuropnan  ontorprlao,  Ita  tradn  haa  hooomn  vary 
axlnnalvo,  oapaolally  in  llrltlah  and  l*'ronoh  mnnufaoturoat  30,000  hatoa  of  gooda  ■ 
yaar  aro  Iranamittod  henoo  to  I'orala.  Thn  Inhnbilanta,  i')0,000  in  numbor,  oon- 
alata  of  nil  tha  dlifornnt  raooa  found  in  'l^urkoy. 

Krapnmi,  on  tho  hniul  wntora  of  (hf  Kuphnitoa,  aoutlcanat  from  Trobiaiuidn,  la 
an  anoirnt  olty  :  thn  Inhnbitnnia  dntn  Ita  foundation  from  tito  tlino  uf  Noah.  Th« 
ollmnio  ia  hnalthAil,  but  tho  oold  In  wlntnr  la  Intonao.  Population,  ia,(M)0.  Dla^ 
b«kir,  on  thn  TIgrIa,  oontiilna  40,000  inhabitnnta,  nnd  from  ita  altuntlon  cm  tho  higli 
road  hi<tw((<fln  I'arala  and  Turkay,  aa  wall  na  on  tho  oommunioatlona  down  th« 
rlvara,  forma  a  aort  of  kny  to  thn  commnroo  of  Waatern  Aalu.  Orfn,  altuatod  bo* 
twaan  thn  Kuphrataa  and  TIgrIa,  ia  a  woll'liultt  town,  with  n  handaomn  moaqufl 
nnnaMratod  to  Abraham,  and  a  population  of  40,000  aoula.  A  village  aouth  of  tlila 
plaoA,  inhabltad  by  Araba,  atlll  baara  thn  nnmn  and  tito  of  llnran,  the  original  abo<lfl 
of  thn  patriarch.  Moaul,  with  .15,000  Inhabltanta,  la  on  thn  waat  bank  of  tha 
TIgrIa,  and  oppoalto  to  what  ia  auppoaod  to  be  tho  ruina  of  Ninaveh;  t|^  only 
monumnnta  are  mounda  of  oarth  nnnrly  a  milo  in  oireumferenoe,  almllar  to  thoao 
of  Babylon,  though  not  iinarly  ao  lofty  or  ao  porfoot. 

Bagdad,  on  tha  TIgrIa,  axhlblta  araronly  any  remnant  of  tha  gay  and  romantlo 
aplondour  of  the  court  of  tho  (<allpha,  not  nvnn  n  voallgn  of  thair  palaon,  and  but 
few  of  the  ooativ  edIAoea  with  which  they  enriched  tiila  city*  wh<>n  it  waa  the 
cnpltnl  of  thn  Mnhomntan  world.  Almnat  all  of  modnrn  Hagdad  la  moan  and 
forrign  to  thn  Idoaa  whinh  thp  namn  oxcitra.  The  trado  In  Indian  gomla  In  oonal- 
darabln,  whioh  nro  brought  up  tho  TIgrIa  from  Huaaorah,  and  diatributed  by  meiim 
of  namvana  thrntigh  Nyrin,  Aaia  Minor,  tec.  The  inhabitsnta  are  reckoned  at  Kbotil 
70,000. 


': 


Directly  Sft'.sth  cf  P.agilnd,  and  on  in«  woni  hank  of  the  Kuphrntee,  oppoalte 
Hillah,  nro  thn  ruina  of  Hnhylon,  a  apnt  to  which  rnnollnntlon  givoa  an  almoat  un* 


mt 


laa 


484 


SYRIA. 


rivalled  interatt  Hera,  over  a  space  extending  five  or  aix  milea  in  every  diree* 
tion,  ara  spread  the  undoubted  remains  of  the  ancient  flory  of  nations,  which 
none  of  the  proud  eapiuls  of  the  old  worid  ever  rivalled  in  ma||rnitude  and  the 
grandeur  of  its  struotures,  and  which  is  rendered  still  more  imposmg  by  the  awfhl 
antiquity  to  which  its  origin  extends.  The  ruins  consist  of  vast  mounds  of  earth, 
fi)nned  by  the  decomposition  of  the  materials  of  buildings.  The  principal  of  these 
ara  three  irraat  masses,  of  which  the  first  is  1100  yards  long  and  800  broad,  the 
second  is  700  yards  square,  and  the  third  702  yards  in  circuit,  and  106  feet  in 
height.  Thero  are,  besides,  smaller  mounds  scattered  about:  these  all  contain 
vast  quantities  of  excellent  bricks ;  many  have  inscriptions  on  them,  and  are  gene* 
rally  so  well  cemented  together,  that  it  is  difficult  to  separate  a  brick  from  the 
others  entire.  Several  extensive  cities  have  been  bjiilt  at  different  times  out  of 
these  remains.  The  interior  of  some  of  the  mounds  contain  many  cavities  ten- 
anted by  wild  beasts,  bats,  and  owls. 

South'wost  from  Hillah  is  the  town  of  Mesjid  Ali,  which  contains  the  tomb  of 
Ali,  the  son-in-law  and  one  of  the  successors  of  Mahomet.  It  is  visited  annually 
by  great  numbers  of  Persisn  travellers,  who  esteem  this  point  of  devotion  equal 
to  a  pilgrimage  to  Mecca.  On  the  Shatul  Arab,  or  united  stream  of  the  Euphrates 
and  Tigris,  is  situated  Bussorah,  a  city  containing  60,000  inhabitants.  Its  must 
Important  trade  being  that  with  India,  is  carried  on  partly  by  British,  but  chiefly 
by  Arabian  vessels,  of  which  those  of  500  tons  burthen  can  ascond  the  rivor  to 
this  point  Merehants  of  various  nations  reside  here,  also  English  and  Dutch 
consuls.  It  is  a  dirty  and  meanly  built  place ;  thu  bazaars  are  wholly  unsuitable 
to  the  valuable  merchandise  deposited  in  them,  and  there  is  only  one  mosque 
which  has  a  decent  appearance. 


SYRIA. 

Syria  is  one  of  the  most  celebrated  countries  in  the  world ;  it  has  long  formed 
one  of  the  chief  divisions  of  the  Turkish  empire.  In  the  year  1832  it  was  con- 
quered by  Mahomet  Ali,  pacha  of  Egypt,  and  remained  in  his  possession  until 
1840,  when  it  was  wrested  from  his  grasp  by  the  allied  arms  of  Great  Britain, 
Russia,  Austria,  and  Prussia,  and  restored  to  the  authority  of  the  Sultan. 

No  country  was  more  celebrated  in  antiquity  than  Syria.  In  the  south-west 
was  the  Land  of  Promise,  the  country  of  the  Israelites,  and  the  cradle  of  Chris- 
tianity. Phoenicia,  particularly  its  cities  of  Tyre  and  Sidon,  were  famous  for 
eommerce.  Damnsous  was  long  the  capital  of  a  powerful  kingdom,  and  Antioch 
was  once  accounted  the  third  city  in  the  world  for  wealth  and  population. 

Baalbec  and  Pahnyra  still  exhibit  splendid  ruins  of  their  ancient  greatness. 
Here  have  the  Assyrians,  Jews,  Greeks,  Romans,  Saracens,  the  Crusi^ers,  and 
the  Turks,  struggled  at  different  periods  for  mastery.  Ignorance,  superstition,  and 
barbarism,  now  cover  the  land,  and  no  traces  of  its  civilization  remain  but  ruins. 
The  loading  feature  in  the  physical  aspect  of  Syria  consists  in  the  great  moun- 
tain chains  of  Lebanon  or  Libanus,  and  Anti-Libanus,  extending  from  north  to 
south,  dividing  the  country  into  two  distinct  portions,  one  bounded  by  the  coast, 
and  th%  other  by  the  desert. 

The  principal  rivers  are  the  Orontes,  flowing  north  into  the  Mediterranean,  a 
short  distance  south-west  from  Antioch,  and  the  Jordan,  running  south  into  the 
Dead  Sea,  besides  many  small  streams  from  the  heights  of  Lebanon,  &c.,  which 
water  and  fertilize  the  country.  Of  the  lakes  of  Syria  the  chief  is  the  well- 
known  Asphaltitesv  or  Dead  Sea ;  its  waters  are  salter  than  those  of  the  ocean, 
and  very  clear  and  limpid.  Many  absurd  stories  respecting  this  lake  are  now 
refuted  by  the  concunent  testimony  of  modern  travellers.  Tiberias,  or  the  lake 
of  Galilee,  enclosed  b^  cultivated  lands  and  wooded  mountains,  forms  a  rich  and 
picturesque  object    The  others  are  the  lakes  of  Damascus,  Homs,  and  Antioch. 

The  soil  of  Syria  in  favourable  situations,  and  when  well  watered,  is  of  great 
fertility,  and  produces  abundantly  wheat,  rye,  maize,  dhourra,  and  rice,  cotton, 
tobacco,  sugar,  indigo;  also  grapes  of  excellent  quality,  w.hich  furnish  red  and 


8YKIA. 


485 


white  wines  squal  to  thorn  of  Bordeaux.  The  fVuits  are  rarious,  and  comprise^ 
accordinff  to  the  auil  and  situation  in  which  they  are  raiaod,  nearly  all  thoae  of 
tropical  and  temperate  ciimatis.  Tho  commcrco  of  Syria  haa  never  been  ao  great 
in  Riodcrn  aa  in  ancient  timr^',  and  has  of  late  much  diminished.  A  very  ezten- 
sive  land  communication  has  pi  iicrally  been  carried  on  fl^>m  Syria  with  Arabia, 
Persia,  and  the  interior  of  As:  i ,  but  the  long-continuod  wars  and  diaturbed  condi- 
tion of  the  neighbouring  ntatos  hot  greatly  interfered  in  latter  timet  with  the 
passage  of  the  caravans  and  pilgrims  by  whom  it  was  carried  on. 

Syria  is  inhabited  bv  various  descriptions  of  people;  of  these  the  Arabs  firom 
tho  dcRert  who  drive  their  flocks  into  the  fertile  and  neglected  pastures  which 
more  or  less  abound  in  all  parts  of  this  region,  form  a  numerous  class,  of  which 
many  obtain  a  fixed  settlement  in  the  towns  and  cities ;  and,  conforming  to  estab- 
lished customs,  fV'equently  become  thriving  traders  and  merchants;  the  basis,  ho#> 
ever,  of  the  population  of  the  towns,  is  prmcipally  Turks  and  Greeks;  the  former 
speak  their  own  lanf^uago,  although  that  in  most  general  use  is  the  Arabic.  The 
steep  and  rugged  heights  of  Lebanon  havo  given  shelter  to  races  of  quite  a  differ- 
ent character  from  the  wand&ring  or  the  settled  Arabs.  Those  slopes  unfit  for 
pasturage  are  made  by  the  laborious  culture  of  the  people  to  yield  them  subsist- 
ence. They  are  a  martial  race,  fight  on  foot  with  tho  musket,  and  have  what  is 
most  rare  in  Asia,  national  assemblies,  with  some  form  of  republican  government. 

Among  these  mountain  tribes  the  chief  are  the  Maronites  and  Druses ;  the 
former  were  originally  the  proselytes  of  Maron,  a  saint  of  the  fiflh  century ;  they 
are  Catholics,  and  notwithstanding  some  deviations  from  what  is  considered 
strict  orthodoxy,  havo  been  received  into  communion  with  the  church  of  Rome :  of 
the  numerous  villages  built  on  the  sides  of  the  hills,  each  has  its  priest,  its  chapel, 
and  its  bell.  The  Slaronites  in  general  live  in  a  happy  simplicity  in  rude  hamlets 
or  solitary  huts ;  they  recognize  no  distinctions  of  rank,  and  there  are  few  among 
them  who  do  not  labour  for  their  own  support :  even  the  monks  and  priests  till  the 
ground,  raise  flocks,  and  pursue  mechanical  occupations.  The  Maronites  are  well 
armed,  and  can  muster  from  80,000  to  35,000  men.  The  entire  population  is  es- 
timated at  from  130,000  to  150,000. 

The  Druses  inhabit  the  more  northern  regions  of  Lebanon,  and  arc  a  ruder  people 
than  the  Maronites.  Their  origin  is  traced  to  a  peraecution  and  disperaion  that  took 
place  about  the  beginning  of  the  11th  century  among  the  followera  of  Mahomet 
These  people  derive  from  thctr  independence  an  ener^  and  a  vigour  of  character 
unknown  to  the  other  nations  of  Syria.  A  considerable  part  of  Uie  land  is  in  the 
possession  of  a  few  great  sheiks,  whose  factions  often  embroil  the  natives,  but  at 
the  same  time  maintain  a  spirit  of  liberty  and  activity.  All  the  great  offiiira  of 
the  nation  must  be  decided  in  an  assembly  of  their  sheiks,  at  which  even  peasants 
are  allowed  to  be  present,  and  to  give  their  voice. 

The  Druses  are  divided  into  several  sects,  although  generally  they  appear 
rather  indificrent  to  religion,  following  the  Mahometans  or  Maronites  in  tneir 
devotions,  as  caprice  or  convenience  dictates.  They  are  a  hardy,  robust,  and  war- 
like people,  brave  almost  to  excess,  and  entertain  a  proverbial  contempt  for  death. 
A  general  levy  of  the  nation  produces  about  40,000  men,  hence  the  entire  popu- 
lation is  estimated  at  about  1()0,000.  The  Motoualis,  who  live  to  the  south  of  the 
Maronites,  are  bigoted  Mahometans  of  the  sects  of  Ali,  and  are  hence  called 
shiites  or  heretics  by  the  Turks:  they  are  an  intrepid  and  brave  people,  and 
though  not  mustering  morp  than  7000  fighting  men,  have  always  preserved  their 
independence.  The  Ansarians  reside  north  of  the  Druses :  they  live  in  a  sort  of 
anarchy  both  as  to  religion  and  government,  believing  in  transmigration  of  souls, 
several  incarnations  of  the  Deity,  &c.     Their  nurabera  are  inconsiderable. 

Damascus,  the  capital  of  Syria,  is  one  of  the  most  venerable  cities  in  the  world 
for  its  antiquity,  and  is  known  to  have  existed  in  the  time  of  Abraham,  and  to 
have  been  ever  since  a  great  capital ;  it  ie  at  present  the  most  flourishing  city  in 
Syria,  ond  is  built  of  brick ;  its  streets,  like  thuse  of  all  Turkish  towns,  are  nar- 
row and  gloomy,  the  inhabitants  reserving  their  magnificence  for  the  interior 
courts  and  palaces,  under  the  Turkish  empire.  It  has  maintained  a  tiigh  impor- 
tance, being  on  the  route  of  the  great  caravans  to  Mecca,  whence  even  the  Turks 

•       41* 


486 


PALESTINE. 


esteem  it  holy,  and  call  it  the  gate  of  the  Caaba.  This  causes  not  only  an  immense 
resort,  but  a  |j;reat  trade,  which  the  pilgrims  are  oajeful  to  combine  with  the  pious 
obieots  of  their  journey.  The  environs  of  Damascus  are  very  fertile,  and  tolurably 
ouitivnted,  and  rank  as  the  paradise  of  the  east.  The  inhabitants  are  from  120,000 
to  150,000. 

Aleppo,  until  within  the  last  fifteen  years,  was  accounted  the  first  city  in  Syria, 
and  the  third  in  the  Turkish  empire :  it  was  estimated  to  contain  from  150,000  to 
330,000  inhabiUnts,  of  whom  30,000  were  Christians.  On  the  night  of  the  13ih 
of  August,  1893,  Aleppo  was  visited  by  a  calamity  of  the  most  dreadful  nature, 


?erish«d  for  want  of  shelter  and  food.  Aleppo  is  slowly  reviving.  Population, 
5,000. 
Scanderoon,  the  port  of  Aleppo,  about  70  miles  to  the  north-west,  possesses  a 
fine  roadstead,  and  the  only  good  anchorage  in  Syria :  its  trade  was  once  important, 
but  has  now  been  mostly  transferred  to  Ladikien.  Antioch,  the  ancient  auenn  of 
the  East,  is  now  a  poor  ilNbuilt  town  of  1 1 ,000  inhabitants.  Ladikieh,  or  Latakia, 
70  miles  south-west  of  Antioch,  is  a  place  of  some  trade,  mostly  in  tobacco.  Po- 
pulation, 10,000.  To  the  southward  is  'iVipoli,  a  neat  town,  with  some  trade,  and 
a  population  of  16,000,  of  whom  about  one-third  are  Christians.    The  next  port, 

Eroceedin^  to  the  south,  is  Deyrout,  inltabited  mostly  by  Druses ;  in  its  neighbour- 
ood  is  raised  the  finest  silk  in  Syria.  Its  exports  and  that  of  cotton  cause  some 
trade.  Population,  13,000.  Said,  or  Sidon,  famous  in  ancient  times  for  its  com- 
merce, being  second  only  to  Tyre,  is  now  a  small  place  with  5000  inhabitants :  ' . 
is  the  principal  port  by  whifeh  is  carried  on  the  maritime  trade  of  Damascus  across 
the  mountains.  Sour,  a  small  fishing  village  of  300  or  400  houses*  is  all  that  re- 
mains of  the  once  celebrated  Tyre.  Modern  times  have  seen  the  dread  sentence 
fulfilled,  that  the  queen  of  nations  should  become  a  rook,  on  which  fishermen  were 
to  dry  their  nets.    The  harbour  now  only  admits  of  boats. 

Aciana,  a  district  and  pachalic  of  Caramania,  extends  westward  from  the  northern 
part  of  Syria  150  miles  along  the  shores  of  the  Mediterranean  Sea,  and  is  a  portion 
of  the  ancient  Cilioia.  It  was  conquered  in  1833  by  Mahomed  Ali  at  the  same 
time  that  he  overran  Syria ;  but,  in  1340,  he  was  obliged  to  relinquish  it  to  its 
former  masters.  It  is  a  fertile  and  tolerably  well-cultivated  region,  yielding  wheat, 
barley,  cotton,  &c.  The  chief  towns  are  Adana,  the  capital,  with  10,000  inhabi- 
tants, and  Tarsus,  the  birth-place  of  St.  Paul.  The  latter  was  once  a  renowned 
oity.  It«  schools  of  philosophy  vied  with  those  of  Athens  and  Alexandria;  and 
in  the  time  of  the  Romans  it  was  a  populous  and  powerful  emporium.  The  modern 
town  does  not  cover  a  fourth  part  of  the  area  of  the  ancient  oity,  and  but  few  vestiges 
remain  of  its  former  magnificence.  The  permanent  population  is  about  7000 ;  But 
daring  winter  a  great  many  TurkiBh,Greek,  and  Armenian  families  flock  into  the  town. 
Cyprus,  lying  west  of  Syria,  has  along  with  that  country  become  tributary  to 
the  Pacha  of  Egypt;  it  was,  in  ancient  times,  the  most  beautiful,  as  well  as  the 
most  voluptuous  island  in  the  Mediterranean  Sea:  it  is  140  miles  in  length,  by  63 
in  breadth.  The  natives  boast  that  the  produce  of  every  land  and  climate  will 
flourish  on  their  soil  in  the  highest  perfection:  its  wheat  is  of  superior  quality ; 
but  wine  may  be  considered  as  the  staple  product.  Its  fruits  are  also  delicious, 
and  game  abundant:  the  inhabitants,  formerly  estimated  at  1,000,000,  are  now 
rednced  to  60,000  or  70,000;  two-thirds  ~of  whom  are  Greeky.  Its  females  still 
diaplay  that  finest  model  of  the  Grecian  form  and  features,  for  which  they  were 
anciently  celebrated.  The  inhabitants  carry  on  some  manufectures  of  leather, 
earpets,  and  cotton,  all  of  great  excellence;  the  colours  being  partioulariy  fine  and 
darnble.  The  principal  places  are  Nicosia  the  capital,  Lamica,  Famagusta,  and 
BuflTa,  originally  Paphos,  distinguished  by  ancient  fable  as  the  birth-place  and 
rasidenee  of  the  "  goddess  of  love." 

PALESTINE. 
Palkstink,  first  called  the  Land  of  Canaan,  afterwards  the  Land  of  Promise, 
or  the'  Promised  Land,  the  Land  of  Israel,  the  Holy  Land,  and  by  way  of  pre-em- 


I 


PALESTINE. 


487 


inenoe,  the  Land,  ii  «  country  included  in  Syria ;  the  part  west  of  the  Jordan  is 
bounded  north  by  the  mountain  of  Anti-Libanus,  east  by  the  river  Jordan  and  the 
Dead  Sea,  south  by  Arabia  Petrtea,  and  west  by  the  Mediterranean  tea.  In  lenffth 
it  in  about  170  miles;  but  its  breadth  greatly  varies,  being  in  sdme  places  68  miles, 
and  in  others  22. 

This  country^  was  divided  by  Joshua  amonv  the  twelve  tribes  of  the  Israelites; 
Judah,  Benjamin,  Simeon,  Dan,  Ephraim,  Zebulon,  lasachar,  Asher,  Naphlali,  and 
part  of  Manasseh,  had  their  portion  allotted  on  the  western,  coiMnonly  called  this 
side  of  Jordan ;  while  Reuben,  Oad,  and  the  remaining  part  of  Manasseh  were 
placed  on  the  eastern  side,  commonly  called,  beyond  Jordan.  The  Romans,  on  ob- 
taining ibll  possession  of  this  country,  divided  the  part  west  of  the  Jordan  into 
three  tetrarohies,  viz.,  Judea  proper,  Samaria,  and  Galilee.  The  part  east  of  the 
Jordan  was  divided  into  the  smaller  districts  of  Perfea,  Docapolia,  Gaulonitis,  Ga« 
laaditis,  Batanea,  and  Auranitis.  NeitheV  the  name  nor  the  division  of  Palestine, 
nor  any  of  the  above  subdivisions,  are  now  recognized  by  the  natives  or  the  Turk« 
ish  government;  but  as  to  administration,  the  country  is  included  partly  in  the 
pachalic  of  Acre,  and  partly  in  that  of  Damascus. 

The  land  of  Canaan  contained  a  great  number  of  towns  and  villages  at  the 
time  when  it  was  invaded  by  the  Israelites,  and  in  after  ages  it  was  very  populous. 
In  the  time  of  David,  the  number  of  combatants  in  the  kingdom  of  Israel  was 
stated  at  1,100,000;  end  fVom  this  the  total  population  has  been  computed  at 
8,000,000.  The  population  is  now  comparatively  small,  but  composed  of  various 
descriptions;  viz.  Turks,  who  occupy  all  the  civil  and  military  posts ;  Arabs, 
numerous  in  the  country  districts ;  Greeks,  Christians,  and  Jews.  There  is  a  con- 
siderable number  of  monks,  and  in  every  considerable  town,  thero  is  at  least  one 
convent ;  but  the  monks  are  described  as  extremely  ignorant  and  vicious. 

The  Ace  of  the  country  is  boiiutiflilly  variegated  by  mountains,  hills,  valleys, 
and  plains.  The  most  remarkable  mountains  are  Lebanon,  Hermon,  Carmol, 
Tabor,  Ephraim,  and  Ebal. 

'  The  climate  is  exceedingly  good.  It  seldom  rains,  but  the  deficiency  is  sup- 
plied by  the  most  abundant  dews.  The  cold  is  never  excessive ;  and  although  the 
summer  heats  are  great,  yet  they  are  mitigated  by  a  periodical  breeze,  which 
renders  them  supportable. 

The  Scriptures,  in  describing  the  grreat  fVuitftilness  of  this  country,  characte;ize 
it  as  "  a  land  flowine  with  milk  and  noney."  Although  some  have  represented  R 
as  barren,  yet  according  to  the  best  informed  travellers,  the  greater  part  displays 
a  truly  luxuriant  fertility,  corresponding  entirely  to  the  description  of  the  pro- 
mised land ;  and  where  well  cultivated,  it  is  exceedingly  productive. 

Jerusalem,  the  capital  of  Palestine,  is  situated  in  a  mountainous  region,  about 
35  miles  from  Jaffa,  its  sea-port,  and  120  miles  from  Damascus.  The  name  of 
this  city  is  associated  with  every  thing  that  is  venerable  and  holy  in  the  mind  of 
Christians  and  Jews,  as  well  as  Mahometans ;  whose  general  name  for  it  is  El 
Kods,  or  the  Holy,  addin|r  occasionally  El  Sheriff',  the  Noble:  it  is  greatly 
reduced  fVom  its  iormer  size  and  magnificence ;  all  that  remains  of  this  once 
splendid  city,  is  a  Turkish  walled  town,  enclosing  a  i)umber  of  heavy  unorna- 
mented  stone  houses,  with  here  and  there  a  minaret  or  a  dome,  to  break  the  dull 
uniformity.  Two  splendid  objects,  however,  somewhat  enliven  the  gloom  of 
Jerusalem ;  these  are  the  church  of  the  Holy  Sepulchre,  and  the  Mosque  of  Omar ; 
the  former  has  long  been  the  grand  object  of  pilgrimage  and  visitation  to  the 
Christian  world.  It  was  erected  by  the  Empress  Helena,  the  mother  of  Constan* 
tine,  upon  a  site  which  was  supposed  to  include  the  crucifixion,  the  entombment, 
and  the  resurrection.  The  Mosque  of  Omar,  erected  on  the  site  of  Solomon's 
temple,  is  one  of  the  most  splendid  buildings  in  the  East.  Its  numerous  arcades, 
its  capacious  dome,  witli  the  rich  costume  of-Eastern  devotees,  passing  and  re- 
passing, renders  it  one  of  the  grandest  sights  which  the  Mahometan  world  has  to 
boast  of.  Jerusalem  contains  about  25,000  inhabitants,  of  whom  13,000  are  Ma- 
hometans, and  4000  Jews;  at  Blaster,  the  pilgrims  often  amount  to  6000:  there 
are  81  Christian  convents,  of  which  the  Armenian  is  the  largest 

Bethlehem,  six  miles  south  of  Jerusalem,  is  a  village  of  2600  inhabitants,  memo- 
.1  I  '  I  I  H 


m 


ARAKA. 


table  for  thd  birth  of  David,  the  roval  Psalmist,  and  of  our  Lord  and  Saviour  Jesus 
Christ:  it  is  visited  chieflr  ibr  the  sake  of  the  convent,  built  by  the  empress 
Helena  over  the  maimer  of'^the  nativity.  Naploiu,  24  miles  north  of  Jerusalem, 
is  near  the  site  of  the  ancient  Samaria:  this  is  one  of  the  most  flourishing  places 
in  the  Holy  Land ;  it  stands  in  a  fertile  valley  surrounded  by  hills,  and  embosomed 
in  stately  g^rovea  and  rich  gardens ;  inhabitants  10,000,  Nazareth,  60  miles  north 
of  Jerusalem,  is  a  saall  town  of  two  or  three  thousand  inhabitants:  it  ranks  next 
to  the  latter  among  the  holy  places  of  Palestine;  the  scenes  of  all  the  events  in 
the  life  of  Joaephand  tlie  Virgin  Mary  are  here  carefully  pointed  out:  the  most 
V^eoerable  spot  is  the  Grotto  of  the  Annunciation,  the  descent  to  which  is  by  a 
flight  of  marble  steps.  The  natives  believe  that  when  sick  of  the  plague,  they 
may,  by  rubbing  themselves  against  the  columns,  assuredly  .obtain  restoration  of 
health.  Hence  its  approaches  are  continually  crowded  by  the  suffievers  under 
Uii«  distemper;  circumstances  which  render  it  very  unsafe  for  other  visitants. 
EuA  from  Nazareth,  is  Mount  Tabor,  celebrated  by  the  transfiguration  of  which  it 
is  supposed  to  have  been  tiie  theatre.  North  from  Naiareth  is  the  small  village 
of  Cana,  &med  for  the  miraculous  convetaion  of  water  into  wine. 

Gaza,  Jaffii,  and  Acre,  are  the  principal  places  on  the  coast  Gaza,  noted  flrom 
the  earliest  antiquity,  is  a  decayed  town,  of  about  5000  inhabitants,  who  carry  on 
some  trade  in  cotton  goods,  &c.  Jaffii,  anciently  Joppa,  was  conspicuous  as  the 
port  of  Judea,and  the  only  point  by  which  David  and  Solomon  communicated 
with  the  Mediterranean  Sea :  it  became  &mou8  during  the  Crusades,  and  has,  in 
the  present  day,  acquired  a  melancholy  celebrity  from  its  capture  by  Bonaparte, 
and  the  subsequent  massacre  of  the  prisoners  made  there.  The  town  is  sur> 
rounded  by  a  wall,  which  is  environed  with  gardens;  where  lenionsr  oranges, 
citrons,  water-melons,  &c.  grow  in  great  perfection. 

About  65  miles  north  of  Jafla  is  Acre,  or  St  John  de  Acre :  celebrated  aa  a  scene 
of  siege  and  contest,  and  for  the  repeated  change  oT  masters  it  had  to  endure.  During 
the  Crusades  it  changed  its  ancient  name  of  Accho,  to  Ptolemais.  In  1799 
Bonaparte  laid  siege  to  this  place,  but  was  repulsed  with  loss,  and  compelled  to 
retreat.  In  the  year  1832  it  was  taken  by  the  Egyptians,  after  a  six  months' 
siege,  durinff  which  time  25,000  of  the  inhabitants  and  the  besiegers  died  by  the 
ravages  of  disease  and  by  the  sword :  subsequently  it  was  rebuilt  and  more  strongly 
fortih'H).  The  population  was  lately  reckoned  at  from  twelve  to  fifteen  thousand ; 
In  1840  Acre,  Sidon,and  Beyroot  were  captured  by  the  British  and  allied  fleets  under 
admirals  Napier  and  Stopford.  At  that  time  Acre  suffered  gi-eat  damage  from  the 
bombardment. 


ARABIA. 


VIrabia  is  an  extensive  country  in  the  south-eastern  part  of  Asia ;  it  is  bounded 
north  by  Syria ;  east  by  the  Persian  Gulf;  south'  by  the  Arabian  Sea;  and  west 
by  the  Red  Sea,  Egypt,  and  Syria.  It  is  1500  miles  in  extent  from  north  to  south, 
and  1300  from  east  to  west.    Area  in  square  miles,  1,166,000. 

The  general  aspect  of' Arabia  is  a  vast  arid  desert,  interspersed  with  spots  of 
fertile  ground.  Water  is  generally  scarce,  and  there  are  no  rivers  or  lakes  of  any 
considerable  size.  The  most  fertile  parts  are  situated  near  the  sea.  Of  its  moun- 
tains, Sinai  and  Horeb  are  the  most  celebrated.  In  the  mountainous  parts  the 
climate  is  temperate,  but  in  unsheltered  situations  the  heat  is  exceasive. 

Arabia  was  divided  by  the  ancients  into  three  parts ;  Arabia  Felix,  or  Happy 
Arabia,  comprising  the  south-western  part  of  the  countrv  bordering  on  the  Inaian 
Ocean  and  on  the  southern  part  of  tiie  Red  Sea ;  Arabia  Peireea,  lying  on  the 
Red  Sea,  north  of  Arabia  Felix ;  aqd  Arabia  Deserta,  much  the  largest  division, 
embracing' all  the  eastern  and  northern  part  of  the  country.  These  names  are 
still  in  common  use  among  Europeans,  although  not  known  or  recognised  by  the 
natives,  llie  actual  local  divisions  are,  1st.  Hedjaz,  situated  along  the  upper 
coasts  of  the  Red  Sea :  here  is  the  Holy  Land  of  the  Mohammedans,  containing 
Mecca  and  Medina.    Si,  Yemen,  lying  on  the  lower  shores  of  the  Red  Sea,  and 


appy 

idian 

the 

sion, 

are 

the 

pper 

ninKl 

and  I 


ARABIA. 


48» 


On  the  Gulf  of  Aden,  is  the  mort  populous  and  best  cultivated  part  of  Arabia,  and 
is  now  under  the  control  of  MMiammed  AH,  Pacha  of  Egypt  Sd  Hadramant, 
whose  siiores  are  washed  by  the  Arabian  Sea,  or  Indian  Ocean :  this  division  is 
under  the  control  of  numerous  petty  chiefe,  one  of  whom,  the  Sultan  of  Kediin, 
is  master  of  the  Island  of  Socotra.  4tb,  Oman,  lying  partly  on  the  Sea.  of  Oman, 
and  on  the  Persian  Gulf:  most  of  it  is  under  the  government  of  the  Im&m  of lilus- 
cat,  the  most  ralvbtened  and  civilized  of  all  the  Anb  chieft.  6th,  Hajar,  or 
Lahsa,  extending  from  Omon,  along  the  Persian  GKilf,  to  the  i>iphntes;  its  har- 
bours are  mostly  in  the  possession  of  pirates,  who  capture  all  the  vessels  in  the 
Gulf  they  can  master ;  it  is  also  oObea  for  its  pearl-fisheries.  6th,  Nedsjed,  the 
country  of  the  Wahabites,  occupies  the  centre  of  Arabia  between  Hajar  and 
Hedjas ;  it  is  tolerably  populous,  and  although  much  of  the  surfiuw  is  di^"^  it 
contains  many  fertile  tracts. 

Arabia  is,  and  has  been  from  the  earliest  ages,  ruled  by  a  number  of  princes  and 
petty  lords,  independent  dt  each  other,  and  exercising  within  their  own  territory 
a  sort  of  supreme  independent  power,  founded  on  patriuxhal  principles.  The 
sway  of  the  fiither  of  a  fiunily,  the  firat  source  of  subordination  amcmg  men,  is 
that  of  which  the  influence  is  still  moat  strongly  felt  among  the  Arabs.  Each 
little  community  is  considered  as  a  fiunily,  the  head  of  which  exercises  paternal 
authority  over  the  rest 

The  general  character  of  the  soil  of  Arabia  is,  in  a  peculiar  degree,  arid  and 
barren.  '  In  a  great  part  of  its  sur&ce  no  grain  can  be  raised  at  all,  and  in  othen 
only  that  coarse  kind  of  millet  called  dkourra,  which  is  the  general  food  of  the 
inhabitants  in  dry  tropical  climatea  The  Arabs,  notwithstanding  their  natural 
disadvantages  and  their  wandering  life,  display  in  some  quartcra  considerable 
industry  in  cultivation,  particularly  in  turning  to  account  the  scanty  rills  with 
wrhich  their  valleys  are  refreshed.  la  Yemen,  the  contrivances  for  this  purpose 
are  elaborate  and  extensive.  Terraces  are  formed,  and  dikes  constructed  to  retait) 
Uie  waters,  which  are  also  raised  from  wells  by  the  labour  of  the  hand  to  irrigate 
the  fields ;  for  the  use  of  water-wheels,  which  answer  this  purpose  with  so  much 
more  ease  and  efiect  has  never  been  imported  from  Egypt  But  the  most  inte- 
resting culture  of  these  upland  tracts  consists  in  the  coffee  tree,  which  has  now 
become  a  neceasair  of  life  over  a  great  portion  of  the  civilized  globe.  This  plant 
grows  at  a  considerable  height  where  it  can  be  weil  watered  and  enjoy  even  a 
measure  of  coolness;  to  promote  which,  it  is  often  fenced  round  with  other  trees. 

If  the  vegetable  culture  of  Arabia  be  thus  scanty,  its  natives,  a  race  wholly  pas* 
toral  and  wandering,  have  cultivated  with  care  and  success  the  breed  of  the  nobler 
species  of  animals.  The  horse  of  Arabia,  as  to  swiftness  and  beauty,  enjoys  a 
higher  reputation  than  ^ny  other  t.<pecies  in  the  world.  This  is  maintamed  by  an 
alntoet  &ntastic  attention  to  their  birth  and  training.  The  camel,  which  seems 
created  expressly  for  the  soft  soil  and  thirsty  plains  of  Arabia,  is  indigenous  to  that 
country,  and  seems  to  have  been  transported  thence  to  the  wide  tracUi,  of  similar 
character,  which  cover  so  great  a  part  of  northern  Africa.  Even  the  ass  is  here 
of  a  very  superior  breed,  tall  and  handsome,  generally  preferred  for  travelling  to 
those  proud  steeds  which,  reserved  fi>r  state  and  for  war,  cannot  be  subjectra  to 
any  species  of  drudgery. 

Manufactures  can  scarcely  be  said  to  exist  with  the  exception  of  some  quite 
common  fabrics  for  domestic  use.  But  for ,  commerce  Arabia  enjoyed  an  early 
celebrity,  of  which  only  faint  traces  are  now  to  be  found.  At  all  periods  anterior 
to  the  discovery  of  the  passage  by  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  the  greater  part  of  the 
rich  commodities  of  India  were  transported  either  up  the  Red  Sea,  or  across  Ara- 
bia from  the  Penian  Gulf.  The  desert  glittered  with  pearls  and  gems ;  and  ma- 
jestic cities,  that  lie  now  in  ruins,  arose  amid  the  waste.  Now  that  the  whole  of 
this  trade  has  taken  a  different  channel,  the  maritime  commerce  is  almost  wholly 
limited  to  the  export  of  coffeo,  in  exchange  for  the  manufactures  of  Hindqpstao. 
This  intercourse,  after  having  tMsen  for  a  long  time  nearly  ouj^rossed  by  the  Eng- 
lish, when  it  centered  in  Boinbay.'haa  of  UtA  been  apprspnated  by  the  active 
rivalry  of  the  Americans,  who,  tlwugh  they  give  a  higher  price  for  the  commo- 
dity, bring  it  to  Europe  tliirty  per  cent  cheaper.    The  enture  quantity  exported  is 


.rU. 


490 


ASABIA. 


now  estimated  at  16,000  bales,  of  305  lbs.  each.  Aden  formerly  exported  gum 
Arabic,  myrrh,  and  flrankincense ;  but  on  its  decline  the  trade  was  divided  between 
Mocha  and  Malculla.    Aden  is  reviving,  and  will  probably  regain  its  former  trade.  | 

Besides  this  maritime  trade,  the  pilerimage  to  Mecea  fbrms  a  eommeKial  tie  I 
between  the  remotest  extremities  of  Ae  Amcan  and  Asifttio  continents ;  Ibr  the 
cumeroiM  devpteoa  who^  ftom  ever^  part  of  the  Mahometan  world,  resort  thither, 
scruple  not  to  combine  with  their  pious  object  a  good  deal  of  proikne  traffic,  which 
is  made  at  least  to  pay  the  expense  of  the  joamey. 

The  ehjeft  of  the  desert  are  deeply  imbued  with  aristocratic  feelings,  and  dwell 
on  their  high  descent  with  a  pride  as  lofty  as  ever  prcTailed  in  feudal  Europe. 
.This  dignity  is  the  more  flattering,  as  it  is  not  conferred  or  withdrawn  at  the  will 
of  any  monarch.  It  is  founded  on  ideas  thoroughly  rooted  in  the  mind  oif  the 
nation,  who,  like  the  Highland  clans,  view  every  sheik  as  the  nature!  head  of  a 
iraoe  so  ancient  that  its  origin  is  traced  back  for  thousands  of  years.  A  sheik  of 
an  ancient  Arabian  lamily  would  not  exchange  his  title  for  that  dT  sultan.  An- 
other hereJitary  Arabian  dignity  is  that  of  aheriffei  or  descendant  of  Mahomet, 
marked  by  the  nearly  exclusive  privilege  of  wearing  a  green  turban.  This  is  a 
distinction  of  a  different  class,  more  widely  difiused,  and  descending  often  to  the 
poorest  among  the  people:  When  tne  green  turban  is  worn  by  the  head  of  on 
anpient  tribe,  it  denotes  the  highest  dignity  that  can  exist  in  Arabia.  In  genpral, 
the  inhabitants  of  cities  are  viewed  by  the  chiefs  of  the  desert  as  a  mixei'.  and 
debased  race,  whom  they  scarcely  owq  as  belonging  to  the  some  nation  witli  them- 
■elves. 

The  most  prominent  feature  in  the  Arab  choractor  consists  in  the  combination 
of  hospitality  and  robbery,  which  are  practised,  the  one  most  liberally  and  gene- 
Vbosly,  **<e  other  in  the  moat  deliberate  and  merciless  manner.  It  is  towards 
itrangets  that  these  opposite  dispositions  are  exercised ;  and  the  alternative  of 
good  or  ill  treatment  often  depends  on  very  nice  particulars.  The  rich  traveller, 
who  journeys  in  caravan  over  the  open  plain,  is  considered  as  a  rightftil  prey ; 
nvhile  he  who  approaches  singly,  in  a  defenceless  state,  and  soliciting  protection, 
acquires  an  irresistible  claim  to  it  The  being  once  admitted  to  partake  common 
bread  and  salt  is  a  sure  pledge  of  safety  and  protection;  and  he  who,  Ity  whatever 
means,  has  penetrated  into  the  tent  of  the  Arab,  has  reached  a  sanctuary. 

The  Arabs  are  of  small  size,  spare,  and  even  meagpre.  They  are  less  diatin- 
guidied  by  strength  than  by  extreme  agility.  Few  nations  surpass  them  in  horse- 
vmanship,  and  they  are  alike  intrepid  and  skilfhl  in  the  management  of  the  bow, 
llie  javelin,  and  latterly  of  the  musket,  since  its  manifest  superiority  has  intro- 
duced that  weapon.  Their  complexion  is  sallow.  They  are  not  only  temperate, 
but  extremely  abstinent.  Animal  food  is  scarcely  used  at  all :  even  among  iho 
rich  there  is  little  variety  of  vegetable  diet;  the  milk  of  their  camels,  with  its 
several  preparations,  particularly  butter,  is  the  only  article  with  which  they  sea- 
sort  their  bread. 

The  religion  of  Mahomet,  which  originated  in  Arabia,  still  maintains  undis- 
puted sway ;  and  Christians,  who  were  once  numerous,  are  now  so  completely 
extirpated,  that  it  is  believed  there  is  not  a  sidgle  church  existing.  The  Sunites 
and  the  Shiites,  who  divide  between  them  the  empires  of  Turkey  and  Persia,  and 
wage  such  mortal  hostility  about  they  know  not  what,  have  also  their  respective 
districts  in  Arabia.  The  Sunites  hink  foremost,  having  always  had  in  their  pos- 
session the  holy  cities  of  Mecca  and  Medina.  The  Zeidites  and  the  Beiari,  two 
native  sects,  reign  in  the  eastern  territory  of  Oman.  These,  though  they  unite  in 
acknowledging  the  authority  of  Mahomet  and  the  Koran,  have,  like  other  religious 
sects,  some  differences,  in  virtue  of  which  they  account  themselves  the  only 
ftcceptable  worshippers,  and  all  othera  as  heretical  and  profene.  The  Wahabite 
sect,  whose  political  influence  had  absorbed  nearly  the  whole  of  Central  Arabia, 
were  lately  the  predominant  people,  but  their  contest  with  Mohammed  Ali,  and 
his  triumphant  success,  have  now  reduced  their  power  to  a  very  low  ebb. 

Mecca,  celebrated  as  the  birth-place  of  Mohammed,  is  situated  in  a  dry,  barren, 
and  rocky  country,  40  miles  inland  from  the  Red  Sea.  It  is  entirely  supported  by 
the  concourse  of  pilgrims  from  every  part  of  the  Mohammedan  world.    The  chief 

aaBaaBaauBaaBBBMnHHHanMsnsHHMaHaaHHsubi 


!^Sfel 


PERStA. 


491 


% 


ornament  of  Mecca  it  the  fimoos  temple,  in  the  interior  of  which  is  the  Kaaba  or 
house  of  the  prophet.  The  most  sacred  relic  in  the  Kaaba  is  the  stone  said  to 
have  been  brought  by  the  angel  Gabriel  to  form  the  foundation  of  the  edifice.  The 
grand  ceremony  through  whwh  pilgrims  pass  is  that  of  goins  seven  times  round 
tne  Kaaba,  recitiing  verses  and  psalms  in  honour  of  God  and  tho  prophet,  and  kis»- 
ing  each  time  the  sacred  stone.  Ther  are  then  conducted  to  the  well  of  Zemzem, 
situated  in  the  same  pait  of  the  temple,  where  they  take  larse  dnB|ughts,  and  bathe 
in  its  holy  waters.  Another  ceremony,  considered  as  of  equal  virtue,  is  the  pilgrim- 
age to  Mount  Arafat,  situated  30  miles  south  of  the  city.  Population,  once  est!' 
mated  at  100,000,  is  now  reduced  to  38,000.  The  resort  of  pilgrims  has  of  late 
years  greatly  diminished.    Jidda,  on  the  Red  Sea,  serves  as  the  port  of  Mecca. 

Medina,  176  miles  north  of  Mecca,  is  celebrated  as  containing  the  tomb  of  Mo- 
hammed, around  which  300  silver  lampa  are  kept  continually  burning.  The  popo- 
ladon  is- 18,000.  Yambo,  on  the  Red  Sea,  is  tlie  port  of  Medina.  Mocha,  situated 
near  the  southern  extremity  of  Arabia,  is  the  principal  port  on  the  Red  Sea,  and 
the  channel  through  which  almost  all  the  intercourse  of  Europe  with  this  part  of 
the  world  is  carried  on.  The  great  article  of  export  is  coffee,  which  is  celebrated 
as  the  finest  in  the  world.  Population,  AOOO.  Sana,  the  capital  ot  Yemen,  is  a 
handsome  city,  situated  138  miles  north-north-east  of  Mocha,  and  the  residence  of 
the  Im&m  of  Yemen.    Popalation,  40,000,  with  3000  Jews. 

Aden  is  situated  on  the  coast  of  Yemen,  130  miles  north-east  from  the  straits  of 
Babelmandel.  In  the  16th  century  it  was  the  chief  emporium  of  Arabia ;  but  the 
discovery  of  a  passaae  to  the  East  by  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  destroyed  its  pre- 
emmence,  and  gradually  reduced  its  population,  which  900  years  ago  amounted  to 
30,000,  but  in  1835  numbered  only  800.  A  few  yean  since  the  East  India  Com- 
pany acquired  possession  of  Aden,  made  it  a  station  for  their  steam-ships,  and  in 
consequence  it  is  fast  regaining  its  ancient  importance.  The  inhabitants  already 
amount  to  23,000,  inclcding  a  garrison  of  3000  men. 

Makulla,  350  miles  north-east  of  Aden,  is  a  considerable  trading  town.  It  has 
an  imposing  appearance,  the  houses  being  built  in  the  castellated  style  of  the 
middle  ages.  Farther  to'the  north-east  are  the  ports  of  Keshin,  Seger,  Morebat, 
be.,  which  are  but  little  known,  and  seldom  frequented  hv  Europeans. 

Omon,  the  easternmost  district  of  Arabia,  Is  governed  oy  an  ImAm,  or  spiritual 

Itrince,  who  is  the  most  energetic  of  any  of  the  present  Arab  rulen.  He  has  several 
arge  ships  of  war,  and  his  subjects  are  good  sailon ;  they  possess  some  of  the 
finest  merchant  vessels  met  with  in  the  eastern  seas.  Their  trade  extends  to  all 
the  ports  of  British  India,  to  Singapore,  Java,  the  Mauritius,  Eastern  Africa,  and 
the  Persian  Gulf.  The  pearl  trade  of  the  latter  now  centres  in  Muscat.  All  the 
pbrts  upon  the  adjacent  coasts  are  subject  to  the  Im&m,  as  are  also  the  islands  of 
&nzibar,  Monfia,  and  Pemba,  on  the  east  coast  of  Africa ;  he  also  rents  the  islands; 
of  Kishm  and  Ormus,  in  the  Peraian  Gulf,  besides  the  port  of  Gomberoon,  and 
some  sulphur  mines  from  the  Peraian  ffovernment.  A  treaty  of  commerce  was 
oonoludea  between  the  United  States  and  this  prince  in  1835. 

Muscat,  the  capital  of  Omon,  is  a  general  dep6t  for  Persinn,  Arabian,  and  India 
goods :  it  is  well  fortified  and  surrounded  by  a  strong  wall,  within  which  Arabs 
and  Banians  (Hindoo  merchants)  only  are  permitted  to  reside ;  all  othera  must  re- 
main without  the  gates.  The  population  is  rated  at  from  10,000  to  15,000.  A 
considerable  trade  is  carried  on  oy  caravans  with  the  interior  of  Arabia. 


PERSIA. 

This  country,  in  tho  earliest  times,  was  the  seat  of  one  of  the  most  powerful 

I  Asiatic  roooarohies,  connectin|f  Eastern  with  Western  Asia ;  and  in  later  acres, 
acted  with  energy  on  the  political  system  of  Europe.  Although  iibrid»sd  nf  its^ 
gauaiant  gf«Bih«B8,  it  Ktiil  pTOScnts  many  interesting  features.  The  limits  of  Pereia 
I  have  been  different  at  various  times,  and  were  formerly  more  extensive  than  at 
I  present,  including  tb^  countries  of  Balk,  Afghanistan,  Candahar,  and  Belooohistan,  I 


499 


PERSIA. 


oil  the  east,  all  which  are  now  separated :  and  in  the  north-west,  some  districts 
have  been.annexed  to  Russia. 

The  boundaries  of  Persia  are  the  Aras,  or  Araxes,  the  Caspian  Sea,  and  the 
deserts  of  Khiva,  on  the  north ;  a  vast  sandy  desert  on  the  east ;  the  Persian  Gulf 
tin  the  south,  and  the  Euphrates,  Tigris,  and  the  mountains  of  Armenia,  on  the 
west;  extending  from  north  to  south  850  miles,  and  from  east  to  west  900  milea 
Area,  ^0,000  square  miles. 

Persia  is  bordered  on  the  north-west  and  west  by  the  mountains  of  Armenia 
and  Kurdistan ;  on  the  north  and  north-east  by  the  Elbons  and  Paropamisan  or 
Ghoor  Mountains,  which  are  continued  eastward  into  the  great  chain  of  the  Hin- 
doo Koodk  The  country  is  also  traversed  by  several  other  ranges,  either  inde- 
pendent or  connected  with  the  frontier  chains.  The  interior  consists  of  an  im- 
mense dry,  salt  plain,  and  at  least  two-thirds  of  the  wholo  country  are  composed 
of  naked  mountains,  arid  deserts,  salt  lakes,  and  marshes  covered  with  jungle. 
On  the  northern,  western,  and  eastern  frontiers,  are  large  rivers,  but  none  of  great 
magnitude  traverse  the  country.  The  streams  which  usually  descend  from  the 
mountains  are  lost '  in  the  sand,  or  formed  into  lakes.  They  produce,  however, 
most  of  tlie  fertility  of  which  this  region  can  boast,  and,  where  abundant,  render 
the  plains  through  which  they  flow,  Iwautiful  and  luxuriant  in  a  high  degree. 

The  plain  of  Shiraz  is  considered  the  bpast  of  Persia,  and  almost  of  the  East 
That  a  Ispahan  is  only  second  to  it.  The  provinces  on  the  Caspian,  watered  by 
streams  from  the  Elborz,  are  of  extraordinary  fertility,  but  the  air  is  humid  and 
unhealthy.  The  centre  and  south  are  entirely  destitute  of  trees ;  but  gardens 
Are  cultivated  with  great  care,  and  the  fruits  are  excellent  The  wine  or  Shiraz 
is  considered  superior  to  any  other  in  Asia.  The  mulberry  in  the  northern  pro* 
vinces  is  do  abundant  as  to  render  silk  the  staple  produce  of  the  empire.  Other 
productions  are  grain,  rice,  cotton,  tobacco,  indigo,  senna,  rhubarb,  opium,  saffron, 
manna,  and  assafcatida. 

The  most  considerable  mineral  production  is  salt  There  are  some  mines  of 
iron,  copper,  and  silver ;  also  turquoise  stones.  The  Persians  are  to  a  consider- 
able extent  a  manufiicturing  people.  The  principal  manuftctures  are  beautiful 
carpets,  shawls,  silks;  tapestry  formed  of  silk  and  wool,  embellished  with  gold; 
arms,  sword-blades,  leather,  paper,  and  porcelain.  The  forClign  commerce  of  Per- 
sia is  inconsiderable,  and  is  chiefly  in  the  hands  of  foreigners.  Bushire,  on  'the* 
Persian  Gulf,  is  the  principal  port,  the  commerce  of  which  is  mostly^  connected 
with  that  of  Bussorah.  Some  trade  is  also  carried  on  between  the  ports  on  the 
Caspian  Sea  and  Astrachan.  The  main  commercial  intercourse,  however,  of  Per- 
ria,  is  Hat,  by  caravans,  with  Turkey  on  one  side,  and  Tartar^  and  India  on  the 
other.  The  Penians  are  Mahometans  of  the  sect  of  die  Shiites,  or  of  the  fol- 
lowers of  All,  and  are  on  that  groand  viewed  with  greater  abhorrence  by  the 
Turks  than  even  Christians ;  biit  they  are  not  themselves  an  intolerant  people. 
The  government  is  entirely  absolute.  The  reigning  king  is  regarded  as  the  vice- 
gerent of  the  prophet,  and  is  absolute  roaster  of  the  lives  and  property  of  his 
•objects. 

The  Persians  are  accounted  the  most  learned  people  of  the  East,  and  poetry 
and  the  sciences  may  be  considered  as  their  ruling  passion.  Their  chief  poets, 
Hafiz,  Sadi,  and  Ferdusi,  have  displtiycd  an  oriental  softness  and  luxuriance  of 
imagery  which  have  been  admired  even  in  European  translations.  Ferdusi  is  the 
epic  poet  of  Persia :  the  theme  of  Sadi  js  wisdom  and  morality ;  while  Hafiz  has 
strung  only  the  lyre  of  love.  The  latter  is  the  most  popular  poet,  though  strict 
Mahometans  scarcely  consider  it  lawful  to  peruse  his  verses,  unless  after  straining 
them  into  a  refined  and  mystical  sense. 

Tlio  people  of  Persia  are  also  the  most  polite  of  the  oriental  nations,  and  sur- 
pass all  others  in  the  skilful  and  profuse  manner  in  which  they  administer  flattery. 
They  employ  in  conversation  the  most  extravagantlv  hyperbolical  language.  Dis- 
simulation is  carried  by  them  to  the  highest  pitch ;  lying  is  never  scrupled  at  and 
their  whole  conduct  is  a  train  of  fraud  and  artifice.    Morality  is  much  studied, 

though  littiv  praciiavd. 

This  country  is  divided  into  the  provinces  of  Adaerbijan,  Ghilan,  Mazanderan, 


the 
'er- 
tbe 
fol- 
the 
Dple. 


of 

the 

has 

trict 

ling 

Bur- 
ery. 
DiB- 
and 
ied, 


PERSIA 


49t 


Astrabad,  Irak,  Ajemi,  Kiwraaan,  Fan,  LaTiatan,  and  Kerman.  The  popolation' 
of  the  whole  is  probably  about  10,000,000.  The  (riiyeical  character  of  the  Peraiam 
is  fine,  both  as  to  strength  and  beauty,  but  without  posseesing  any  ver^  marked 
features.  So  many  migratory  nations  have  settled  in  the  country,  that  it  retains 
onl]^  a  fragment  of  its  native  race.  The  complexion,  according  to  the  climate, 
varies  fhtm  an  olive  tint  to  a  deep  brown. 

Penia,  though  a  wrarlike  kingdom,  has  scarcely  any  force  which  can  be  con* 
sidered  a  regular  army.  There  is  a  body  of  2000  or  3000  hot'te-guards,  called 
goolam,  composed  of  youths  of  distinction.  Who  assnme,  however,  the  title  of  royal 
slaves.  A  large  body  of  10,000  or  7  3,000' cavalry  have  lands  assigned  them  round 
the  capital,  and  are  ready  to  attend  the  king  when  called  upon.  But  the  main 
force  of  the  Persian  armies  has  always  consisted  of  their  highland  tribes,  led  by 
their  khans.  The  number  which  can  be  called  out  on  an  emergency  is  estimated 
at  150,000,  200,000,  or  even  250,000.  They  possess  many  of  the  qualities  of  good 
cavalry  troops,  are  well  mounted,  skilful '  rtsemen.  personally  brave,  and  inured 
to  hardships.  Thev  handle  their  arms  Wi  the  greatest  dexterity,  but  have  not 
the  least  idea  of^  discipline,  tactics,  or-  the  art  of  war.  The  late  sovereign 
made  considerable  exertions  to  form  and  discipline  a  corps  after  the  Europeata 
manner,  commanded  by  British  officers.  This  &rce  amounted,  some  veara  ago,  to 
about  12,000  men,  who  went  through  their  exercise  in  a  very  toleraole  manner. 
These  troops  have  been,  however,  of  late  neglected,  and  most  of  the  European 
officers  have  left  the  service. 

An  unhappy  circumstance  in  the  condition  of  Persia  consists  in  the  numberless 
predatory  hordes  by  which  the  country  is  ravaged.  Her  fertile  plains  are  every- 
where  intermingled  with  mountains  end  deserts  tenanted  by  these  rude  banditti. 
Even  those  who  defend  the  country  in  war,  frequently  plunder  it  during  peace. 

The  capital  of  Pereia  is  Teheran,  situated  at  the  foot  of  the  loftiest  mountain^ 
of  Elborz.  It  is  four  miles  in  circumference,  strongly  fortified,  and  rather  a  camp 
than  a  city.  It  has  no  mad  edifices  except  the  ark,  combining  the  character  of 
a  palace  and  of  a  citadel.  In  summer  the  place  becomes  so  extremely  unhealthy 
that  all  leave  it  who  can.  The  king  with  the  troops,  and  the  chiefs  with  all  thelt 
trains,  depart,  and  encamp  on  the  plains  of  Sultania.  The  population  <^  the  city 
thus  varies  according  to  the  season,  from  10,000  to  60,000.  Adjacent  to  Teheran 
are  the  remnants  m  the  ancient  Rhugee,  mentioned  as  a  spot  to  which  the  Jews 
were  conveyed  after  the  Babylonish  captivitv.  It  continued  a  great  city  till  de- 
stroyed by  the  generals  of  Zmgis  Khan.  The  remains  are  of  sun-burnt  brick, 
and  the  whole  surface,  for  three  miles  in  every  direction,  is  marked  by  hollows, 
rodunds,  mouldering  towers,  tombe,  and  wells. 

Tabreez,  or  Tauris,  the  chief  town  of  Adzerbijan,  was  more  illustrious  than  any 
city  in  Pereia,  both  as  a  splendid  capital  and  a  seat  of  commerce ;  and  in  the  time 
of  Chardin,  150  yeare  ago,  it  was  supposed  to  contain  500,000  inhabitants.  Na- 
ture and  man  have  co-operated  in  its  destruction.  It  has  been  sacked  eight  dif^ 
ferent  times,  and  has  been  shattered  by  repeated  and  dreadful  earthquakes.  Of 
the  250  mosques  numbered  by  Chardin,  only  three  could  be  traced  by  Sir  R.  K. 
Porter.  That  of  AH  Shah,  600  yeara  old,  still  retains  traces  of  the  greatest  mag- 
nificence, being  cased  with  lacquered  tiles  of  porcelain,  disposed  and  adjusted  into 
intricate  and  elaborate  figures,  and  surrounded  with  a  complete  band  of  gilded 
Arabic  sentences,  embellished  with  fiowera  in  green  and  gold.  There  is  also  a 
splendid  tomb  of  Sultan  Cazan,  without  the  city.     Population,  30,000. 

Reshd,  the  capital  of  Ghilan,  and  near  the  shore  of  the  Caspian  Sea,  is  de- 
scribed as  a  flonnshing  commercial  city,  hfkving  60,000  inhabitants,  with  well-kept 
haxaars^  but  abounding  in  beggare.  Its  harbour  is  unsafe  in  stormy  weather. 
Large  crops  of  wheat,  rice,  and  other  gram,  cover  the  fields  in  its  vicinity :  but  the 
staple  production  is  silk,  which  is  either  worked  up  within  the  province,  or  ex- 
ported to  Astrachan.  The  chief  of  the  other  towns  on  the  Caspian  are  Balfirosh, 
with  20,000  inhabitants :  Amol,  with  about  the  same  population ;  Farahabad,  and 
Astrabad,  the  capital  of  the  province  of  the  same  name,  qq  a  smsl!  river,  a  few 
miles  from  the  sea.    These  all  have  a  share  of  the  commerce  of  the  Caspian. 

Meshed,  the  capital  of  Khonsan,  is  a  large  and  fortified  city,  situated  in  a  fine 

sasBsssssssssBS^BBamma^sssssssssssssssaessr  ■    ■      a-aasaaa, 

42 


1 


:i 


I 


^  PERSIA. 

f^ain,  and  distinguished  by  the  superb  sepulchre  of  Hwoan  tl  Raschid.  Though 
much  decayed,  it  still  numbers  50,000  inhabitant&  To  the  south,  Nishapore,'  once 
a  splendid  capital  of  Persia,  and  continally  rising  anew,  after  its  destruction  by 
Alexander,  by  the  Arabs,  and  by  the  Tartars,  was,  when  it  })ad  become  the  capital 
of  the  Turkish  princes  of  the  Seljuk  dynasty,  so  completely  destroyed  by  Zingis 
Khan,  that  the  inhabitants,  on  retui-ning,  could  not  recognize  their  own  houses. 
{la  12,000  aqileducla  are  now  dry,  and  its  population,  occupying  a  mere  comer  be- 
yond its  former  circumference  of  twenty  miles,  is  reduced  to  8000.  Tursheez, 
Tubbus,  Serukhs,  Tabas,  are  large  towns,  with  some  trade,  still  included  in  the 
Peraian  dominion. 

Of  the  cities  of  this  country,  Ispahan  stands  pre-emii.ent  By  the  caliphs  of 
Bagdad  it  was  made  the  capital  of  Persia ;  and  being  placed  in  the  centre  of  the 
empire,  surrounded  by  a  fertile  and  beautiful  plain,  it  became  a  rendezvous  of  the 
kiland  commerce  of  Asia,  and  attained  an  extent  and  splendour  unrivalled  in 
Western  Asia.  It  was  destroyed  by  Timur,  but  restored  by  Shah  Abbas.  Chudin 
reckoned  that  in  his  time  it  was  twenty-four  miles  in  circuit,  and  contained  172 
rocequos,  46  colleges,  and  1800  caravanserais.  The  most  magnificent  edifice  was 
the  palace,  the  gardens  attached  to  which  occupied  a  space  of  five  miles  in  cir- 
comference,  and  were  interspersed  with  the  most  splendid  pavilions.  The  Midan, 
a  square,  serving  for  military  reviews  and  for  a  market-place,  round  which  were 
boilt  the  palace  and  a  number  of  s^endid  mosques ;  with  the  Chaur  Baug,  a  long 
avenue  of  plane-trees,  were  also  distinguished  ornaments  of  Ispahan.  In  1722, 
it  was  taken  and  almost  destroyed  by  the  Afghans,  and,  the  later  sovereigns  having 
Ipreferred  a  northern  residence,  no  exertions  have  been  made  for  its  restoration.  It 
IS  still,  however,  a  great  city,  with  extensive  trade,  and  some  flourishing  manu- 
factures, particularly  of  gold  brocade.  Hussein  Khan,  a  native,  who  has  raised 
himself  to  extraordinary  wealth,  is  making  great  eflbrts  to  revive  its  magnificence. 

Sbiraz,  the  capital  of  Fars,  though  neither  very  ancient  nor  very  extensive,  has 
long  been  one  of  the  boasts  of  Persia,  from  the  beauty  of  its  environs,  and  the 
polished  gaiety  of  its  inhabitants.  It  has  been  the  favourite  seat  of  the  Persian 
muses,  and  near  it  are  still  to  be  found  the  tomlw  of  Hafiz  and  Saadi,  Uie  chief 
of  the  national  poets.  Its  wines  are  celebrated  as  the  most  valuable  in  the  East, 
and  it  is  the  seat  of  a  considerable  and  increasing  trade. 

Thirty  miles  to  the  north  of  Sbiraz  are  found  the  remains  of  the  paUce  of  Per- 
sepolis,  one  of  the  most  magnificent  structures  which  art  ever  reared.  Its  front 
is  600  paces  in  length,  and  the  side  890  paces.  The  architecture  is  in  a  peculiar 
ityle,  but  remarkable  for  correct  proportions  and  beautiful  execution.  The  stair- 
cases leading  into  the  interior  are  peculiarly  extensive  and  magnificent.  The 
portals  and  the  capitals  of  the  columns  are  adorned  with  numerous  figures  in 
DBsso-relievo,  representing  combats  and  processions  of  various  kinds.  The  drawing 
of  the  fibres  is  correct ;  but  as  only  their  contour  is  represented,  without  any  of 
the  prominences  and  details,  they  present  a  heavy  appearance,  and  cannot  rival 
the  great  works  of  Grecian  sculpture. 

South-west  from  Sbiraz,  situated  on  the  coast  of  the  Persian  Gulf,  is  Bushire, 
which,  since  Persia  lost  Bussorah,  has  been  the  emporium  of  its  foreign  -trade. 
This  is  chiefly  with  India,  and  is  not  sufficient  to  render  the  town  either  large  or 
handsome.  Liarge  vessels  cannot  anchor  nearer  than  six  miles,  in  a  roadstead, 
which,  though  good,  is  not  perfectly  safe  in  north-west  winds.  The  remaining 
towns  of  this  country  worthy  of  notice  are  Hamadan,  Kermanshah,  Yead,  Ker- 
man,  Lar,  &c.  The  first  two  are  in  Irak.  Of  these,  Hamadan  is  a  considerable 
town,  with  30,000  or  40,000  inhabitants.  The  Jews  suppose  that  queen  Esther 
and  Mordecai  are  buried  here,  and  accordingly  many  of  them  repair  hither  in  pil- 
g:rimage  to  visit  their  tombs.  Kermanshah  is  a  town  of  8000  or  9000  souls.  Near 
it  are  some  remarkable  sculptured  rocks.  Yezd,  in  the  south-west  part  of  Kho- 
rasao,  is  a  considerable  city,  still  flourishing  as  a  seat  of  commerce  and  of  a  valu- 
able silk  manufkctory.  Here  is  the  remnant,  amounting  to  about  13,000,  of  the 
persecuted  Guebres,  Parsees  or  fire-worshippers. 

Kerman,  the  capital  of  the  province  of  the  same  name,  was  one  of  the  proudest 
cities  of  the  empire,  and  a  great  emporium  of  trade  and  commerce.   In  the  course 


AFQHANIBTAN,  OR  CAmJL. 


498 


of  the  civil  wars  tt  the  clow  of  the  last  centrry  it  wm  nearly  destroyed,  and  has 
but  irtially  recovered.  Its  manofkctare  of  shawls  and  carpets  is  still  consider^ 
able.  Popalation  about  !N),000.  South  of  Kem»  -  is  Gomberoon,  near  the  en^ 
trance  of  the  Gulf  of  Persia;  it  was  formerly  a  ^.eaC  commercial  port,  but  is  now 
much  decayed,  and  is  under  the  control  of  the  Im&mrof  Muscat  Near  it  are  the 
islands  of  Ormus,  Larak,  and  Kishm ;  the  latter  is  tolerably  fertile,  and  contains 
a  town  of  some  site ;  the  former,  once  the  great  emporium  of  India  and  Persia, 
and  whose  name  was  a  proverb  for  wealth  and  splendour,  is  noff  almost  desdate, 
and  its  magnificent  city  a  mass  of  ruins.  It  belongs  at  present  to  Muscat,  whose 
chief  is  making  wme  exertions  to  restiure  its  prosperity. 


AFGHANISTAN,  OR  CABUL. 

Thk  country  bounded  on  the  east  bv  Hindoostan  and  west  by  Persia,  originally 
a  part  of  ancient  Persia,  but  now  no  longer  connected  with  it,  is  divided  into  the 
separate  territories  of  Afghanistan  and  Beloochistan,  the  latter  comprising  the 
southern  and  the  former  the  northern  portion;  these  together,  form  nearly  a  square 
of  800  miles  in  length  and  700  in  breadth,  and  are  included  between  the  67th  and, 
71st  degrees  of  eaat  longitude,  and  the  25th  and  36th  of  north  latitude.  Its  nat- 
ural ooundaries  are  formed  by  the  mighty  chain  of  Hindoo  Kooith,  on  the  north; 
by  the  Indus  on  the  east ;  the  Indian  Ocean  on  the  south ;  and,  on  the  west,  by  a 
winding  line  drawn  along  the  desert  boundaries  of  Kerman  and  Khorasao. 

This  region  presents  a  sort  of  compound  of  Persia  and  Arabia ;  on  the  north, 
vast  mountains,  high  table-lands,  and  rapid  rivers ;  on  the  south,  sandy  and  salt 
deserts.  The  most  conspicuous  feature  is  that  gr<t::d  n??>*ntain  chain,  continued 
from  the  snowy  range  of  Hindoostan,  which  forrij  the  whole  of  its  nwthern  bound", 
ary.  Thouffh  its  height  does  not  equal  that  ^(  the  loftiest  peaks  of  the  Himm»-j 
leh,  >t  is  truly  amazing,  and  scarcely  exceeded  in  any  other  region  of  the  gk)be.^ 
One  point,  the  most  elevated  yet  observed,  has  bwn  stated  to  reach  20,593  feet.> 
Its  summits,  though  only  in  the  34th  degree  ox  latitude,  are  covered  witb  per-: 
petual  snow ;  and  being  seen  at  once  from  the  whole  extent  of  this  region,  form, 
as  it  were,  a  bond  of  connexion  between  the  various  nations  by  which  it  is  peopled. 
Several  subordinate  chains  traverse  this  country.  Of  these  the  most  important 
is  Solimaun,  which  runs  parallel  to  the  Indus,  and  nearly  at  right  angles  with  the 
Hindoo  Eoosh. 

The  southern  region,  Beloochistan,  consists  partly  of  rugged  mountains  of  in-' 
ferior  elevation;  partly  of  vast  deserts  which  are  equally  dreary  with  >those  of 
Africa- and  Arabia,  and  of  which  the  sands,  being  blown  into  waves,  oppose  greateri 
obstruction  to  the  traveller. 

The  rivers  of  this  territory,  unless  we  include  among  them  the  limitary  stream' 
of  the  Indus,  are  not  of  the  first  ma^^itude.  The  Kama  rises  beyond  its  limits 
in  the  territory  of  Cashgar,  and,  after  crossing  the  Hindoo  Kooeh,  and  re'eiving 
the  river  of  Cabul,  which  rises  in  the  southern  part  of  that  chain,  fiUls  into  the 
Indus  at  Attock.  The  Helmund  derives  its  origin  from  a  source  not  far  from  that 
of  tJbe  Cabul ;  it  traverses  the  plain  of  Candahar,  and,  giving  some  degree  of  fer>> 
tility  to  the  a;'id  plains  of  Seistan,  terminates  by  forming  the  salt  lake  of  Zurrab^ 
It  must  have  flowed  then  nearly  600  miles.  The  mountain  tracts  in  the  south 
give  rise  to  numerous  rivers,  or  rather  torrents,  nearly  dry  in  summer,  but  raiUd 
and  desolating  in  winter. 

Afghanistan  is  occupied  by  various  tribes.  Of  these,  the  Dooraunees,  who  are  the 
most  numerous,  inhabit  the  western  part  of  the  territory;  the  Eimauksand  Ha- 
zaurehs,  the  mountainous  districts  of  Hindoo  Koosh ;  the  Ghiijies  are  settled  in 
the  central  districts,  and  the  Berdooraunees  on  the  eastern  border.  Besides  these, 
there  are  the  smaller  and  less  imjMrtant  tribes  of  the  Eusofzees,  Sheraunees,  Vi- 
zarees,  Naussers,  Cankers,  d(«.  The  kingdom  of  Cabul,  the  only  rrionarchy  in 
this  region,  was  some  time  ago  much  more  powerfiil  than  at  present,  and  com- 
p;l<«ed  within  its  bounds  some  of  the  finest  provinces  of  Western  Hindoostan  i^ 


AFaHANIBTAN,  Ctt  CABUL. 


1 


•outbero  Turtarj ;  bot  since  the  death  of  ita  late  monareb,  Ahmed  Shah,  it  hat 
baeo  broken  up  by  the  diaaenaiona  among  hia  fiunily,.  and  the  power  of  Runjeet 
Bingf  who  haa  occu|i^  aeveial  of  ita  fineat  provinoea.  Ita  limita  do  not  now  ex- 
tend  beyond  Afehanialan  proper. 

The  poliUcaiconatitution.of  Cabul  ezhibita  peculiaritiea  which  diatinguiah  it 
ftom  that  of  almoat  ever^  other  Aaiatic  monarchy.  .Inatead  of  the  power  being 
mooopolisedbjr  the  aovereign,  or  at  leaat  by  the  kbana,  with  no  check  but  the  in- 
fluence of  rival  chiela,  it  admits  a  large  infliaion  of  poinilar  elementa.  In  every 
tribe  there  ia  a  jeerga,  or  repreaontative  aasemUy,  without  whose  consent  the 
iui%n  can  undertake  nothing,  and  who  also  administera  justice,  though  in  nome 
subserviency  to  the  rooted  principle  of  private  vengeance.  Among  the  Afghan 
tribea  great  reverence  is  paiid  to  birth,  and  particularly  to  antiquity  of  descent. 

The  revenuea  of  the  kingdom  of  Cabul  arise  from  the  land-tax,  the  tributes 
paid  by  vassal  chieft,  the  royal  demesnes,  and  some  minor  sources.  A  consider- 
able proportion,  however,  must  often  be  remitted  to  the  tributary  princes,  who,  if 
they  did  not  receive  thia  remiasion  as  a  grant,  would  be  in  danger  of  rebelling 
agunat  the  power  which  should  persist  in  exacting  the  full  amount 

The  military  force,  or  at  least  the  most  regular  and  efficient  part  of  it,  consists 
of  Gholaums,  a  body  formed  partly  of  military  adventurers,  partly  of  persons  hold- 
ing landa  or  grants  on  a  military  tenure  in  and  around  the  great  cities.  They 
fonn  a  well-disciplined  and  disposable  army,  about  13,000  strong.  The  Doorau- 
nees  are  eaaily  mustered,  to  the  amount  of  12,000  brave  highland  militia,  each 
lighting  under  the  banner  of  his  own  chieftain.  The  continaents  of  the  other 
tnbea  amount  collectively  to  a  much  greater  number;  but  they  are  drawn  out 
with  great  difficulty,  unless  for  local  purposes,  or  wi'Ji  a  peculiar  hope  of  plunder. 

A  very  great  portion  of  this  vast  region  is  doomed  to  complete  and  irremediable 
barrenneaa,  produced  Iw  the  opposite  extremes  of  lofty  snow-covered  mountains, 
and  of  aandy  plaina.  Other  portions,  however,  of  considerable  extent,  bear  quite 
an  opposite  character.  The  lower  declivitiea  of  the  mountains,  and  the  high 
l^aina  intenperaed  between  them,  though  they  do  not  offer  the  profuse  products 
that  cover  the  plaina  of  Delhi  and  Ispahan,  are  often  equal  to  the  finest  parts  of 
Europe,  ^or  are  these  natural  advantages  neglected  by  a  rough  but  active  and 
labonoua  people.  Irrigation,  as  in  all  tropical  climates,  forms  the  most  important 
and  ardoooa  part  of  husbtnidry. 

Wheat  and  barley,  instead  of  rice,  are  the  principal  species  of  grain ;  the  first 
fiff  the  food  of  man,  tiie  latter  for  that  of  horses.  Fruits  and  vegetables  ar^  pro- 
duced in  soeh  abundance,  that  their  cheapness  ia  almost  uneqcdlled. 

The  nettle  have  not  extended  their  industry  to  manuiTuctures,  except  those  of 
eoarae  mbncs  for  internal  consumption.  The  kingdom  of  Gabul,  by  its  situation, 
ia  excluded  from  maritime  commerce ;  and  the  coast  of  Mekran  is  too  poor  to 
nlike  moch  use  of  its  natural  advantages  in  this  respect  The  country,  however, 
earriea  on  a  considerable  inland  trade  within  its  own  provinces,  with  the  neigh- 
boarin^  countries^  and  also  as  a  thoroughfare  between  Penia  and  India.  This 
traffic  u  carried  oo  by  caravapa,  which  employ  camels  where  the  route  is  practi- 
cable for  them,  but  in  the  rough  mountain  roa<»  of  Afghanistan  horses  and  ponies 
are  aubstituted.  These  caravans  journey  under  the  continual  dread  of  the  preda- 
tory tribes^  which  infbst  almoat  every  part  of  this  country.  The  best  parts  of  this 
regioa  produce  rather  the  simple  necessaries  of  life,  than  those  superfluities  which 
eab  beeome  the  objects  of  exchange.  Fruits,  asaafiBtida,  madder,  and  a  few  furs, 
form  the  principal  articles.  In  return,  jhey  receive  the  manufactures  of  Persia 
and  India,  and  even  those  of  Europe,  by  way  of  Orenbmrg  and  Bokhara. 

The  population  of  the  whole  region  haa  lieen  computed  aa  foUowa,  viz : 

Afrhans........ 4,300,000 

BekMohes... 1,000,000 

Tkrtan 1,300,000 

Perriaaa 1,500,000 

8,000,000 

Th^  Afohtma,  whe  fytfQ  *k>  sja^Q  ^gjiy  „f  ^^  population,  preaent,  in  their  as- 

ammammmBssmamssssmmsasassss^mmsaBBmmaimsssssmBsmiBsssasmsm 


AFGHANISTAN,  OR  CABUL. 


497 


I 


met  and  character,  a  venr  atnking  eontrut  to  the  Hiodoot,  on  whom  they  imme- 
diktelT  border,  liieir  high  and  even  harah  features,  their  aanbulrnt  conntenanoes, 
their  long  beards,  loose  garments,  and  sbagsT  mantles  of  sitins,  gire  the  idea  of 
a  much  mder  and  more  unpolished  people.  Tfnder  this  roiigh  exterior,  however, 
are  soon  disolosed  estimable  qualities,  which  adTsntageously  contrast  with  the 
timid  servility  produced  bv  long  subjection  in  the  Indian.  Their  martial  and  lofty 
spirit,  their  bold  and  simple  mannerst  tt>«i'  sobrietv  and  contempt  of  pleasure,  their 
unbounded  hospitality,  and  the  general  energy  and  independence  pf  their  character, 
render  them  on  the  whole  a  superior  race. 

The  established  religion,  in  Afghanistan,  is  strictly  Mahometan,  though  tolera- 
tion prevails  more  than  even  in  the  Persian  empire,  where  it  haa  been  obserVt '  to 
be  greater  than  usual  in  Mussulman  countries. 

A  taste  for  Icnowledge  is  general.  There  are  schools  in  every  little  town,  and 
even  village,  so  that  the  first  elements  of  learning  are  very  widely  diffused.    The 

Eoets,  by  profession,  are  not  to  be  feompared  with  those  of  Persia ;  but  a  considera- 
le  display  of  genius  often  appears  in  the  rude  verses  of  the  chiefs  and  warriors, 
who  celebrate  their  own  feelings  and  adventures. 

The  inhabitants  of  Afghanistan  are  formed  into  two  great  divisionsr—of  dwellers 
in  tents,  and  dwellers  in  houses.  The  former,  in  the  western  part  of  the  kininlem, 
are  supposed  to  constitute  one-half  of  the  population ;  in  the  eastern  they  are  t  wer, 
but  still  very  considerable  in  number.  The  Mghans  have  generally  a  strong  at- 
tachment to  the  pastoral  life,  and  are  with  difficulty  induced  to  quit  it.  The  most 
numerous  of  the  latter  are  the  Taujiks,  who  have  been  supposed  to  amount  to 
1,600,000,  and  to  be  the  original  people  subdued  by  the  Afghans,  who  regard  them 
as  inferiors.  They  inhabit  the  towns  and  their  vicinity,  and  carry  on  those  trades 
which  are  disdained  by  the  ruling  people. 

The  Afghans  are  fond  of  all  sorts  of  boisterous  amusements,  particularly  those 
which  involve  great  disi;.%y  of  bodily  activi^.  Hunting  ,is  as  it  were  the  nge  over 
all  Afghanistan,  and  the  people  pureue  it  not  only  in  all  the  known  and  usual 
modes,  but  in  others,  peculiar  to  tne  country  itself. 

The  kingdom  of  Cabul  was  conquered  in  1839,  by  an  Anglo-Indian  army,  and 
was  added  as  a  province  to  the  already  overgrown  empire  of  the  East  India  Com- 
pany. Ghiznee,  Candahar,  Cabul,  and  other  cities,  were  taken.  Nearly  the 
whole  army  of  Dost  Mahomed,  the  reigning  prince,  joined  that  of  the  victors,  and 
everything  indicated  a  permanent  conquest.  At  length,  however,  the  Afghans  rose 
en  masse,  utterly  destroyed  an  Indian  army  of  60Wi  men,  and  so  harassed  the  re- 
maining forces,  that  in  1843  they  were  withdrawn  to  the  eastern  bank  of  the  Indus. 

Cabul,  the  principal  city  of  Afghanistan!  is  one  of  the  most  delightful  in  the 
worldi  Being  situated  about  6000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  it  enjoys  a  tem- 
perate climate,  and  is  surrounded  by  an  extensive  plain  finely  watered  by  three 
rivulets.  The  soil  is  rather  deficient  in  grain,  but  produces  abundance  pf  forage 
and  a  profusion  of  the  most  delicious  fruits,  which  are  exported  to  India  and  other 
countries.  Cabul  is  a  busy  bustling  city,  and  its  bazaar  of  2000  shops  is  oonsi-  \ 
dered  almost  without  a  rival  in  the  east.    The  population  is  60,000. 

Ghiznee,  75  ndles  nearly  south  of  Cabul,  was  once  thn  capital  of  an  empire 
reaching  from  the  IHgris  to  the  Ganges ;  but  its  splendour  las  disappeared.  It  is 
now  a  small  but  strongly  fortified  town  of  1600  houses,  amV  until  its  late  capture 
was  considered  impregnable. 

Bamean,  100  miles  north-west  from  Cabul,  is  a  city  cut  out  of  the  rook  whose 
cavern  abodes  are  scattered  over  a  surface  of  eight  miles  in  extent.  Some  of  these 
are  of  large  dimensions,  and  seem  to  have  been  intended  for  temples.  Among  its 
curiosities  are  two  gigantic  idols,  one  120,  and  the  other  60  feet  high,  carved  out 
of  the  side  of  the  mountain  to  which  they  are  attached.        ^ 

Peshawer  was  once  t':  >  capital  of  the  kingdom  of  Cabul.    It  is  situated  in  a 

very  fertile  plain,  about  50  miles  west  of  the  Indus,  and  has  lately  much  decline^. 

It  now  conteins  60,000  inhabitants,  scarcely  half  its  former  amount.    The  city  is 

rudely  built,  and  its  few  good  public  edifices  are  much  decayed }  but  it  presents  » 

I  picturesque  aspect  from  the  varied  appearance  and  costume  of  the  inhabitants  of  the 

i  surroandinnr  mQitjjt^Qs^  minglou  witn  the  natives  of  India,  Fersia,  and  Tartary. 

Candahar  is  a  very  aiicient  city,  thefoundation  of  which  is  ascribed^to  Alexan- 


t 


I 


I 


1L£ 


gP 


nr 


I  ,,.4 : 


4M 


BELOOCHI8TAN. 


4«r  th«  GiMt.  The  uitiquitT,  how«Ter,  belonn  chiefly  to  the  uie,  upon  which 
MW  towne  hiTC  been  ■occeeuTely  erected  by  aifferent  ooDquerora  anid  potentatee. 
It  u  legttlar  and  well  built,  with  four  long  Rnd  broad  baaaara ;  but,  like  other 
eitiee,  it  is  not  adorned  with  thoae  magnificent  monamenta  of  architertuie  which 
nark  the  capiula  of  the  great  eoopirea.    Population,  60,000. 

Herat,  formerly  belonging  to  Fenia,  ia  aituated  on  a  email  river  of  the  aame 
name,  in  the  north-weet  comer  of  Afghaniatan :  it  ia  a  very  rndent  city,  and  waa 
ia  the  senith  of  ita  aplendour  in  the  15th  and  16th  centuriea ;  the  Peraian  hiatoriana 
•re  diffuae  in  their  deacription  of  iu  palacee,  caraTanaariea,  moaquea,  gardena, 
ko.  It  haa  at  preaent  an  extenaiTC  manufacture  of  carpetaj^  the  neighbouring 
country  producea  excellent  fruit,  and  roaea  are  in  auch  quantftiea  that  Herat  ol^ 
tained  the  name  of  the  city  of  rosea :  the  population  ia  auppoaed  to  be  about  65,000. 


BELOOCHISTAN. 


Thi  aouthem  part  of  thia  reigion  ia  known  bv  the  name  of  Beloochistan,  or  the 
country  of  the  Belooehea,  who  form  the  bulk  of  ita  inhabitants :  it  contains  several 
•abdiViaiona :  thoae  in  the  eastern  part  are  Cutch-Gundava,  Sarawan,  Jhalawan, 
and  Lua ;  in  th»  nrnth-weat,  Kohiatan,  adjoining  to  Peraia ;  and  along  the  sea'Coast, 
extending  from  east  to  weat  for  nearly  500  miles,  ia  the  province  or  Mekran. 

Beloooniatan  ia  divided  among  a  number  of  email,  fierce,  independent,  preda- 
tory tribea.  The  whole  of  its  weatem  part  is  composed  of  a  deeert  of  red  moring 
•and,  BO  light  and  minute  aa  to  be  almost  impalpable,  but  which  is  formed,  bv  the 
action  of  the  wind,  into  wave-like  ridges  of  a  peculiar  structure.  One  side  slopes 
sradpallv  away,  but  the  o^her  rises  perpendicularly,  like  a  brick  wall,  to  a  consi- 
derable height^  and  this  side  the  traveller,  in  order  to  prosecute  his  route,  must 
often  aoaile  with  immense  labour.  The  liffht  sand,  filling  the  eyes,  nostrils,  and 
mouth,  heightens  ihirst  and  irritation ;  while  the  phenomenon  of  mirage  causing 
the  appearance  of  a  still  lake  that  is  perpetually  receding,  tantalizes  him  with  the 
•Iwaya  diaappoihted  hope  of  arriving  at  water.    Population,  about  1,500,000. 

Eastern  Beloochistan  ia  of  a  vei^  different  character.  It  consists  of  a  huge  mass 
of  nigged  and  rocky  mountains,  with  intervening  valleys,  which,  however,  seldom 
display  that  fertile  and  smiling  aspect  usual  in  countries  under  the  tropic,  but  are 
in  ffeneral  arid  and  stony.  The  streams,  when  swelled  by  rain,  roll  through  their 
beds  with  anch  headlong  rapidity  as  quickly  to  leave  them  dry,  serving  as  roads 
or  nightly  resting-places  to  the  traveller :  but  the  water  sometimes  rushes  down 
•o  suddenly  as  to  overwhelm  those  who  have  sought  this  shelter.  There  are, 
however,  here  and  there,  patches  of  good  soil,  capable  of  cultivation.  The  best 
district  IS  the  north-eaatem  land  of  Cutch-Gundava,  which  affords  a  surplus  of 
gttin  for  export. 

Kelat,  the  capital  of  a  diatriot  of  the  same  name,  contains  about  30,000  inhabi- 
tants. From  its  elevated  position  it  is  subject  in  winter  to  such  intemse  cold,  that 
tfie  khan  and  principal  chiefs  then  descend  to  a  lower  region.  Kelat  was  taken  by 
the  British  during  the  late  Afghan  war,  but  was  evacuated  some  t»me  afterwards. 
It  is  the  residence  of  O^han,  who  claims  the  sovereignty  over  all  Beloochistan, 
though  bis  real  powePis  nearly  confined  to  the  district  immediately  adjoining. 
Npo«hky,  Sarawan,  Jhalawan  and  Khosdar,  ate  little  mud  towns,  capitals  of  dis- 
trict* boidering  on  the  desert ;  but  Punjgooi  is  surrounded  by  a  fertile  territory 
watered  by  the  Baldoo,  which,  after  a.considerable  rtourse,  reaches  the  Indian 
Ocean. 

The'  inhabitants  of  .this  country  are,  like  those  of  Afghanistan,  divided  into 
iseveral  tribes,  of  which  the  chief  are  the  Nhoroes,  Rhinds,  and  Mugshees,  besides 
the  BexnnJBS  in  the  eastern  and  the  Loories  in  the  western  districts,  who  are  pre- 
eminent for  their  rapacious  and  predatory  habits.  The  Belooche  is  a  brave,  hos- 
tivable,  honourable  robber,  making  cAe^oot  or  raids  of  eighty  or  ninety  miles,  to 
ur.i  a  village  and  carry  off  the  inhabitants  as  slaves,  but  treating  kindly  and 
•eotiring  from  all  harm  the  stranger  who  has,  or  purchases  a  claim  to,  his  protec- 
tioq..'  Conjoined  with  him  is  the  Bnhann,  who  neain!  to  have  been  the  original 


KAFFERI8TAN  —  KABCHOUR  —  INDIA. 


<9» 


r,  and  wtio,  mild,  inoocent,  tnd  putonU  oeenpie*  little  villigw  utaatAd 
in  the  bonm  of  theee  itopendoua  nountaiiM. 

At  the  aogtb-eaat  comer  of  Beloochiatan,  i«  the  provinoe  of  Loai  eontainiiiK 
Bella,  a  aaull  town  of  2000  inhabitanta,  and  Sonmeanee,  an  inconaiderable  fiah- 
ing^town.  Along  the  coaata  are  the  ainall  porta  of  Qwattur,  Choubar,  and  Jaak, 
poaaawing  aome  trade,  aabject  or  tributary  to  the  ImAoi  of  MaacaL  Kadie, 
reckoned  the  capital  of  Mekrao,  ia  a  conaideraUe  towpin  a  atrong  aitnation,  the 
chief  medium  between  the  aea-coast  and  the  interior  countrief.  It  is  still  held 
by  the  khan  of  Kelat,  who  has  scarcely  any  othet  hold  apoB  this  ccantry.  Bun- 
poor  is  a  amall  ibrtifled  town  near  the  frontier  of  Kerman.  The  coast  of  Beloo* 
chlstan  is  very  abundant  in  fish  of  various  kinds,  as  well  as  vast  stores  of  oysters, 
&.C.  The  people  live  almost  entirely  on  fish ;  and  aa  the  country  yields  but  very 
little  gra^B,  the  few  cattle  belonging  to  the  inliabitaats  are  fed  aa  in  aaany  parts 
of  Arabia  on  fish  and  d&tea 


irrinol 
•6- 


KAFFERISTAN. 

NoKTH  of  Al^hanistan  is  the  country  called  Kafferistan :  it  is  an  Alpine  region, 
composed  of  snowy  mountains,  deep  pine  forests,  and  small  but  fertile  valleya 
which  produce  large  quantities  of  grapes,  and  feed  flocks  of  sheep  and  cattle ; 
while  the  hills  are  covered  with  goatu  llie  inhabitants  are  called  by  their  Ma* 
tometan  neighbours,  Kafiers,  or  infidels,  whence  the  name  of  the  country  is  de> 
rived.  They  believe  in  one  God,  but  venerate  numerous  idols  of  stone  or  wood, 
which  represent  great  men  deceased :  they  have  solemn  sacrifices  and  long  pray- 
ers, not  railing  to  supplicate  fbr  the  eitirpation  of  the  Mussulmans,  whom  they 
regard  with  invincible  aversion.  The  villagea  in  which  they  live  are  built  on  the 
slopes  of  hills,  the  roof  of  one  row  forming  the  street  of  the  row  above.  Their 
food  consists  of  the  produce  of  the  dairy,  firuits,  and  flesh,  which  they  prefer 
almost  raw. 

Their  arms  are  a  bow  with  barbed  and  sometimes  poisoned  arrows,  and  a  dafl^- 

Ser :  they  have  lately  learned  the  use  of  fire-arms  and  swords.  They  generally 
ght  by  ambuscade.  The  Mahometan  nations  are  those  with  whom  they  are 
most  habitually  at  war.  When  pursued,  the<  uube«>J  their  bows  and  use  them  as 
leaping-poles,  by  which  they  bound  with  .e  utmost  agility  firom  rock  to  rook. 
The  Afghans  and  others  have  sometii^.^a  confederated  to  make  a  ferociotiB  exter- 
minating invasion  of  their  territory,  an<l  have  met  in  the  midat  of  it;  but  have 
been  obliged,  by  the  harassing  and  desir .  otive  mode  of  warikre  practised  by  the 
K^ers,  to  abandon  the  enterprise  Wbien  taken  apart  fiwm  their  warlike  pro* 
penalties,  the  Kafibrs  are  a  kind-beartid,  social,  and  joyous  race.  They  are  all 
remarkable  for  feir  and  beautifut  comk>39xions,  and  speak  several  dialects  of  a 
language  nearly  allied  to  the  Sanscrit. 


KASCHGUR. 

KAacBoint,  north-east  of  KaSeristan,  and  between  it  and  Little  Thibet,  is,  like 
those  countries,  a  high,  bleak,  and  cold  territory,  of  whirh  our  knowledge  is  very 
imperfrct:  the  inhabitants  live  chiefly  in  tents,  and  arc  Mahometans:  they  are 
subject  to  petty  chiefi^  who  exercise  despotic  authority. 


INDIA. 

Ihdu  comprehends  the  two  peninsulas  of  Skmthem  Asia,  which  «r«  east  of 
Arabia;  divided  by  the  Ganges,  into  India  within  the  Ganges,  or  Hiodooetsa;  and 
India  beyond  the  Ganges,  called  also  Chin  India,  FVirther  India,  and  soraetimen 
Indo  China.    Both  the  peninsulas  of  India  are  remarkable  for  the  nnmber  »n4 


^mnm 


500 


■  v.-"*^>r'V* 


HIND008TAN. 


SIM  of  their  riven,  whose  waters  and  indandatioiw,  united  with  the  heat  of  the 
climate,  make  them  the  most  fertile  countries  on  earth.  The  term  East  Indies  is 
also  used  very  commonly  for  the  whole  of  south-eastern  Asia,  ii^uding  China 
and  Malaysia. 


HINDOOSTAN. 

HnDOoaTAif,  in  every  age,  has  ranked  as  the  most  celebrated  country  in  the 
east;  it  has  always  been  the  peculiar  seat  of  Oriental  pomp,  of  an  early  and  pecu- 
liar civilization,  and  of  a  commerce  supported  by  richer  products  than  that  of  any 
other  country,  ancient  or  modem. 

This  country,  iq  its  most  extended  sense,  comprises  four  great  divisions:  1st, 
Northern  India  contains  the  countries  extending  along  the  base  of  the  Himmaieh 
mountains :  these  are  Lahore,  including  Cashmere,  Gurwal,  Nepaul,  and  Bootan, 
which  are  nearly  all  independent;  2d,  Hindoostan  Proper,  extending  southward 
to  the  Nerbuddah  River :  this  division  is  composed  of  the  provinces  of  Sinde, 
Cutch,  Gujorat,  Rajpootana,  Mewar,  Malwa,  Delhi,  Agra,  Allahabad,  Oude,  Ba- 
hac,  and  Bengal ;  Sid,  the  Deccan,  compriding  the  regions  situated  between  the 
Nerbuddah  and  the  Kistnah  Rivers,  which  includes  the  provinces  of  Khandesh, 
Gundwana,  Orissa,  Berar,  Aurungabad,  Beeder,  Hyderabad,  the  northern  Circars, 
and  part  of  B^apoor ;  4th,  Southern  India :  this  division  stretches  from  the  Kist- 
nah River  to  Cape  Comorin,  and  comprises  the  southern  part  of  Bejapoor,  Canara, 
Mysore ;  the  Camatic,  Malabar,  Cochin,  and  Travancore.  Hindoostan  was  divided 
into  the  above  provinces  by  Aurengzebe,  the  greatest  of  the  Mogul  emperors : 
these  are  not  now  recogni:^  by  the  native  states,  but  still  form  divisions  in  the 
9ritisb  territories,  and  are  in  consequence  retained. 

lie  whole  country  is  divided  into  a  number  of  different  states,  of  various  forms 
and  dimensions,  so  intermixed  with  each  other,  and  so  often  changing  in  their 
boundaries,  that  to  attempt  any  thing  like  a  clear  and  distinct  representation  of 
them  would  require  a  space  &r  beyond  what  can  be  here  allotted  to  them. 

Perhaos  the  grandest  natural  feature  of  this  region  is  the  vast  mpuntain  range 
of  the  Hfimmaleh,  which  forms  its  northern  boundary,  after  crossing  the  Indus, 
"^ond  enc'  "'ung  the  beautiful  valley  of  Cashmere.  This  range,  which,  in  bounding 
A%hani8tan  under  the  name  of  Hindoo  Koosh,  had  an  almost  due  easterly  course, 
takes  a  south-east  line,  which  it  follows  till  it  passes  the  frontier  of  Hindoostan. 
It  is  comparatively  but  a  few  years  that  the  great  elevation  of  these  mountains 
has  been  ascertained.  About  the  sources  of  the  Indus,  Ganges,  and  Sanpoo,  or 
Burrampooter,  they  shoot  up  to  an  elevation  of  S&  at  26,000  feet ;  thus  exceeding 
the  height  of  any  other  mountains  in  the  world.  In  Southern  Hindoostan  the  two 
great  chains  of  the  Ghauts  extend  along  the  opposite  coasts  parallel  to  each  other, 
or  rather  diverging,  and  leaving  between  them  and  the  sea  only  a  plain  of  forty 
fifty  miles  in  breadth.  They  rise  in  a  few  places  above  3  or  4000  feet,  but  are 
very  rugged  and  steep,  and  the  entrance  into  the  interior  is  only  by  very  narrow 
!and  difficult  passes.  One  continuous  chain,  the  Vindhaya  mountains,  runs  ;\cross 
the  broad  base  of  the  peninsula,  and  forms  a  rugged  boundary  between  it  and  the 
Igrmt  plain  of  Hindoostan  Proper. 

The  rivers  of  Hindoostan  form  a.  feature  no  less  important  tlian  its  mountains. 
[The  Indus,  the  Ganges,  and  the  Burrampooter,  are  the  chief,  and  rank  among  the 

rincipal  streams  of  the  Old  Continent    The  Indus,  or  Sinde,  forms  the  western 

^.oondary  of  this  region :  its  head  branches,  the  Ladak,  rise  among  the  most  ele- 

|Vated  of  the  Himmaieh  mountains,  and  within  a  short  distance  of  the  sources  of 

Ganges  and  Burrampooter.    In  its  course  to  the  ocean,  it  receives  among 

ler  tributaries  the  Hydaspes,  or  Sutledge,  Amed  in  history  since  the  days  of 

loxander.  The  Sinde  flows  into  the  Indian  Ocean  by  two  great  estuaries,  which 

ntflaae  a  delta  of  about  70  miles  in  extent. 

The  Ganges  is  the  most  pre-eminent  among  the  rivers  of  India,  not  only  from 
ita  length  of  coarse,  the  great  and  fertile  valley  which  it  waters,  the  number  of 
Important  cities  and  towns  on  its  banks,  but  also  from  the  holy  and  sacred  charao- 


from 
ber  of 
harac- 


aR>9> 


HINDO06TAN. 


501 


ter  it  has  maintained  from  the  most  remote  agea;  the  Hindoos  believing  that  its 
waters  possess  a  virtue  which  will  preserve  them  from  every  moral  transgression. 
Some  of  the  tributaries  would  ia  many  countries  rank  as  important  rivers.  The 
chief  are  the  Jumna,  Gogn,  Gunduck,  Cosa,  &c.  About  200  miles  from  the  sea, 
the  Ganges  spreads  out  into  a  broad  delta,  of  which  the  numerous  brarches  which 
enter  the  Bay  of  Bengal,  are  called  the  Sunderbunds;  they  are  mostly  shallow, 
except  the  Hoogly,  or  western  branch,  by  which  large  vessels  can  ascend  to  CaU 
cutta.  The  Burrampooter,  the  eastern  limitary  river  of  India,  'pours  a  vast  body 
of  water  into  the  lower  Ganges,  before  its  junction  with  the  sea ;  where  the  two 
streams  united,  form  a  bay  with  numerous  islands :  modem  geography  has  long 
identified  it  with  the  Sanpoo  of -Thibet,  flowing  on  the  north  si4e  of  the  Hiroma- 
leh  range.  Late  investigation,  however,  renders  it  doubtful  whether  they  are 
not  different  streams.  The  other  chief  rivers  of  India  are  the  Nerbaddah,  which 
fiills  into  the  Gulf  of  Cambay,  the  Godavery,  Kistnah,  Colleroon,  &c.',  the  chief 
of  Southern  India,  which  flow  into  the  Bay  of  Bengal. 

India  has,  for  many  successive  ages,  been  the  theatre  of  absolute  empire,  exer- 
cised bjr  foreign  military  potentates.  It  presents,  however,  many  peculiarities 
distinguishing  it  fVom  a  mere  ordinary  despotism.  The  basis  of  its  population' 
still  consists  of  that  remarkable  native  race  who,  during  a  subjection  for  thousands 
of  years,  have  retained,  quite  unaltered,  all  the  features  of  thoir  original  charac- 
ter. They  preserve  in  full  force  that  earliest  form,  a  village  constitution,  their 
attachment  to  which  seems  only  to  have  been  rendered  stronger  by  the  absence 
of  every  other  political  right  and  distinction.  The  village,  considered  as  a  politi- 
cal association,  includes  all  the  surrounding  territory  from  which  the  inhabitants 
draw  their  subsistence.  Not  only  the  public  services,  but  all  trades,  with  the 
exception  of  the  simple  one  of  cultivating  the  ground,  are  performed  by  individuals 
who  hold  them  usually  by  hereditary  succession,  and  who  are  paid  with  a  certain 
portion  of  the  land,  and  by  fixed  presents. 

The  mass  of  the  population  belongs  to  the  Hindoo  race,  and,  so  long  as  they  are 

Eermilted  to  enjoy  their  peculiar  opinions  and  customs,  they  (juietly  behold  all  the 
igh  places  occupied  by  any  people,  however  strange  or  foreign,  with  whom  rests 
the  power  of  the  sword.  They  have  no  idea  of  political  rights  or  privileges,  ,of  a 
country  or  nation  of  their  own,  and  in  whose  glory  and  prosperity  they  are  inter- 
ested ;  they  never  converse  on  such  subjects,  and  can  scarcely  be  made  to  com- 
prehend what  they  mean.  Their  own  political  bond  is  to  a  chief  who  possesses 
popular  qualities,  and  attaches  them  by  pay  and  promotion :  to  him  they  often 
manifest  signal  fidelity,  but  are  strangers  to  every  other  feeling.  Despotism  is 
not  only  established  by  long  precedent,  but  is  rooted  in  the  very  habits  and  minds 
of  the  community.  Such  habii&  naturally  predispose  the  people  of  a  fertile  regi<Hi, 
bordered  by  poor  and  warlike  tribes,  to  fall  into  a  state  of  regular  and  c(Hi8tant 
subjection  to  a  foreign  yoke. 

The  power,  which  for  many  centuries  ruled  over  Hiidoostan,  was  Mahometan. 
The  votaries  of  Islam,  as  usual,  entered  India  sword  in  hand,  announcing  proscrip- 
tion and  desolation  against  all  who  should  profess  a  faith  opposite  to  Uieir  own ; 
but  while  by  these  unlawful  instruments  they  had  converted  the  whole  west  and 
centre  of  Asia,  in  India  their  religion  n 'ver  made  the  slightest  impression.  The 
Hindoos  opposed  to  it  a  quiet  and  passive,  but  immoveable  resistance.  The  con- 
querors, finding  in  them  such  a  fixed  determination  upon  this  point,  while  on 
every  other  thev  were  the  most  submissive  and  peaceable  subjects,  allowed  their 
own  bigotry  to  be  disarmed.  With  the  exception  of  Aurengzebe  and  Tippoo,  they 
have  long  left  the  votaries  of  Brahma  in  the  uninolested  possession  of  their  ikith, 
and  of  the  various  observances  with  which  it  is  connected.  The  Mahometans 
have  been  reckoned  at  nearly  10,000,000,  or  about  a  tenth  of  the  population  of 
Hindoostan ;  and  have  also  become  a  subject  race. 

In  contemplating  Hindoostan,  as  it  now  exists,  the  power  of  Britain  appears  en- 
tirely predominant.  This  absolute  sway  of  an  island  Comparatively  so  small,  over 
an  emoire  of  100,000,000  inhabit  "  "     ' 


MitlW,     OIVI 


-^„, ,  ...uatod  nearly  at  its  antipodes,  and  acces-l 

sible  only  by  so  vast  a  circuit  of  ocean,  presents  one  of  the  most  remarkable  phe- 1 
nomena  in  the  history  of  the  world.     Yot  the  subjection  is  complete,  and  almost 


,-:.*^-i*?.u^..ti*.^w^i!^i^.jj-j._  ■ 


509 


HIND008TAN. 


aniversally  peaceable;  and  the  presages  of  its  short  continuance,  which  some  en- 
tertain, are  perhaps  chimerical. 

The  number  of  Europeans  by  whom  such  vast  dominions  are  held  in  subjection, 
very  little  exceeds  50,000.  But  this  number  is  multiplied  by  that  peculiarity  in 
the  character  of  the  Hindoo,  which  makes  it  easy  to  train  him  into  an  instrument 
for  holding  his  own  country  in  subjection.  He  has  scarcely  the  idea  of  a  country 
lu  fight  for.  *<  The  Asiatic  fights  for  pay  and  plunder ;  and  whose  bread  he  eats, 
his  cause  he  will  defend  against  friends,  country,  and  family."  Accordingly,  the 
sepoys  (Indian  troops  commanded  by  British  officers,  and  trained  after  the  Euro- 
pean manner)  are  found  nearly  as  efficient  as  troops  entirely  British ;  and,  so  long 
as  nothing  is  don9  to  shock  their  religion  and  prejudices,  they  are  equally  faithful. 
Their  number  amounts  to  370,000  men.  The  purely  European  troops  maintained 
by  the  Company  do  'not  exceed  8000,  but  a  large  body  of  the  king's  troops  are 
alwavs  employed  in  India;  these  at  present  are  about  36,000.  The  Company 
doubles  the  pa]^  of  all  the  king's  troops  employed  in  their  territories.  Tl.-<)8e  forces 
are  Tariously  distributed  throughout  India ;  for,  besides  defending  and  holding  in 
subjection  the  territories  immediately  under  British  sway,  bodies  of  them  are  sta- 
tioned at  the  capitals  cif  the  subsidiary  princes,  at  once  to  secure  and  overawe  theui. 

The  degree  of  vassalage  in  which  the  different  states  of  India  are  held  some- 
what variea.  The  Nizam,  or  soubah  of  the  Deccan,  the  king  of  Oude,  the  rajahs 
of  Nagpoor,  Mysore,  Sattara,  Travancore,  and  Cochin,  with  the  representative  of 
the  house  of  Holkar,  are  almost  entirely  under  the  control  of  Britain.  The  Gwick- 
war  in  Guzerat,  and  the  numerous  petty  Rajpoot  principalities,  are  rather  friendly 
allies  under  her  protection.  Scindia  is  still  nominally  independent,  but  cannot  act 
in  any  important  case  without  the  sanction  of  the  Company. 

The  government  of  British  India  is  vested  in  the  Court  of  Directors  of  the  East 
India  Company,  under  the  control  of  a  Board  of  Commissioners,  consisting  of 
several  of  the  chief  ministers  of  the  crown,  and  commonly  called  the  Board  of 
Control.  The  country  is  divided  into  the  three  Presidencies  of  Bengal,  Madras, 
and  Bombay.  Bengal  includes  the  new  government  of  Agra.  The  province  of 
Sinde  is  a  recent  acquisition,  for  which  a  governor  has  been  Istehr  appointed.  The 
president  of  Bengal  is  styled  the  Governor-General  of  India.  The' Governor-Ge- 
neral in  Council  is  empowered  to  legislate  for  India,  under  certain  limitations, 
and  subject  to  the  revision  of  the  Board  of  Control  and  the  Court  of  Directors. 
The  council  consists  of  four  members,  besides  the  governor,  appointed  by  the 
directors  with  the  royal  sanction.  The  business  of  the  executive  is  divided  among 
five  boards:  viz.,  of  revenue;  of  customs,  salt,  and  opium;  of  trade;  of  military 
afifairs ;  and  of  medical  affairs.  The  other  Presidents  in  Council  possess  the  same 
aathority  within  their  respective  governments,  but  subject  in  all  matters  of  general 
policy  to  the  Governor-General,  who  has  the  power  of  declaring  war,  making 
peace,  and  concluding  treaties,  and,  as  captain-general,  may  head  the  military 
operations  in  any  part  of  the  country,  and  who  may  .suspend  the  governors  of  the 
other  presidencies,  and  .tit  as  president  in  their  councils.  The  British  ecclesiastical 
establishment  in  India  consists  of  the  three  bishops  of  Calcutta,  Madras,  and 
Bombay,  with  seventy-six  chaplains. 

Amid  the  general  conquest  of  India  by  Britain,  the  north-western  provinces  alone 
have  never  as  yet  come  even  into  hostile  collision  with  that  power.  The  state  with 
which  it  is  in  most  immediate  contact  is  that  of  the  Seiks.  This  remarkable 
people  began  tlieir  career  about  the  middle  of  the  1 5th  century  as  a  religious  sect, 
adopting  a  sort  of  combination  of  the  Hindoo  and  Mahometan  creeds.  They  pos- 
sess the  territory  of  Lahore,  or  the  Punjab,  watered  by  the  upper  course  of  the  five 
great  rivns  which  convey  to  the  Indus  the  waters  of  the  Himmaleh ;  besides  the 
northern  part  of  Delhi,  as  far  as  the  Jumna.  The  government  forms  a  species  of 
theocracy,  under  a  body  of  chiefs  uniting  the  heterogeneous  characters  of  priests, 
warriors  and  statesmen.  In  the  early  part  of  the  present  century,  Runjeet  Sing 
put  himself  at  the  head  of  these  chiefs;  and  having  conquered  Cashmere  and  part 
of  Cabul,  fixed  his  residence  at  Lahore.  This  prince  made  Ws  eovernment  to  be 
both  fcoTed  and  ivBpecied ;  his  army  was  formidablp,  and  part  of  it  was  well  dis- 
ciplined in  the  European  manner  by  French  officers.     Before  his  death,  which 


alone 
with 
table 
sect, 

po8- 
eiive 
B  the 
cs  of 
iests,  I 
Sing 

part 

to  be  I 

Idis- 

i^hich 


HINDOOSTAN. 


503 


oeearrad  in  1839,  he  had  accumulated  treasure  to  the  amount  of  9100,000,000. 
Since  that  time  no  successor  to  be  compared  with  him  in  ability  iiae  appeared, 
and  thr  ^,Lvemment  has  lost  much  of  its  importance. 

Moultuj,  composing  the  lower  course  of  the  five  rivers,  with  all  the  teiritories 
along  ihe  Indus,  excepting  Sinde,  its  delta,  is  governed  by  chiefii  formerly  tribu- 
tary to  Cabul,  but  now  subject  to  the  successors  of  Runjeet  Sing.  Thip  region  is 
separated  from  Guzerat,  and  the  other  fine  provinces  of  centra^  Hindoostan,  by  a 
vast  tract  of  desert.  Yielding,  however,  some  coarse  grain  and  pasture,  it  supports 
a  certain  population,  and  is  occupied  by  a  number  of  petty  princes,  called  Rajpoots, 
who  paid  even  to  Aurengzebe  only  a  sli^t  form  of  submission.  At  present  they 
are  engag^  in  almost  perpetual  contests  with  each  other ;  but  no  foreign  power 
seems  to  interfere  with  them  in  the  possession  of  these  dreary  wastes. 

The  territories  of  Bootan  and  Nepaul  stretch  alonr  the  base  of  the  Himmaleh 
Mountains  from  south-east  to  north-west ;  of  these  uie  most  important  is  Nepaul. 
The  greater  part  of  this  region  is  elevated  four  or  five  thousand  feet  above  the  sea, 
and  enjoys  the  climate  ot  the  south  of  Europe.  It  is  well  watered  and  fertile. 
The  population  is  composed  of  two  races;  the  Newars  who  form  the  bulk  of  the 
nation,  and  the  Bramins  who  are  the  rulers.  The  whole  region  is  subjected  to  the 
military  government  of  the  rajahs  of  Gorkwha,  originally  masters  only  of  a  small 
territory  of  that  name,  to  the  west  of  Nepaul.  Boo^n,  south-eastward  of  Nepaul, 
is  a  country  of  an  aspect  similar  to  the  latter.  The  natives,  called  Bootteas,  ate 
entirely  unlike  the  people  of  India,  and  appear  to  be  of  the  M ongul  race :  they 
have  none  of  the  Hindoo  scruples,  relative  to  animal  food  and  spiritous  liquors ; 
their  favourite  : . '-  sHment  is  tea,  beaten  up  in  a  style  by  no  means  suited  to  an 
European  palu...  •  religion  is,  that  of  the  Lama  of  Thibet;  and  Bootan  is,  to- 
gether with  that  .ic-.t;}-^  under  the  protection  of  China. 

The  following  is  the  latest  estimate  of  the  extent  and  population  of  the  territo- 
ries under  the  immediate  administration  of  the  Company  :— 

flquar*  MilM.  Population. 

Presidency  of  Bengal,  including  the  government  f  gnn  319  fio  Al  «5  nnA 

of  Agra  and  the  town  of  Serampore \  *"''^^*     69,815,000 

Madras  including  Tranquebar 141 ,933     ......  1 4,945,000 

Bombay   59,438     6,940,000 

^Government  of  Sinde 24,000     1,000,000 


i^-^^^■' 


445,673 


•  •  •  •  t  • 


93,700,000 


I'liere  are,  besides,  86,700  square  milek  in  Bengal,  and  5550  in  Bombay,  the 
population  of  which  has  not  been  ascertained ;  but,  as  they  consist  of  rude  dis- 
tricts, situated  on  the  Upper  Nerbuddah  and  in  the  Concan,  their  population  pro- 
bably is  not  •obove  5,000,000 ;  and  British  India  will  not  therefore  much  exceed 
97,000,000  The  subjoined  table  contains  an  estimate  of  the  population  of  the 
subject  and  independAit  states.    The  following  come  under  the  first  head : — 

Square  milea.  Population. 

TheNixam 96,000     ......  10,000,000 

The  King  of  Oude  90.000     4,000,000 

The  Rajah  of  Nagpore 70,000     9,700,000 

ofMysore 27,000     9,300,000 


of  Sattara 14,000 

The  Gwickwar 18,000 

Travancore  and  Cochin  •  •  •      8,000 

Rajpoot  and  various  minor  principalities 983,000 


-ivrXi'r.-^!- 


1,500,000 

3,900,000 

1^00,000 

16,500,000 


536,000    41,600,000 

To  this  list  must  be  added  the  island  of  Ceylon,  which  is  a  royal  oolonjr,  and 
contains,  on  24,660  square  miles,  1,300,000  inhabitants ;  making  the  grano  total 
of  British  India  above  1,100,000  square  miles,  with  a  population  of  136,600,000 
souls. 


S04 


HINDOOSTAN. 


Tie  States  that  ttill  remain  independent  of  Britain  are  now  reduced  almost  to 
insignifioance;  they  are  thus  estimated  :— 

■q.  MilM.  Popniation. 

Soindia •: 40,000     4,000,000 

Lahore  (the  Seiks) , ,....    50,000     4,000,000 

Nepaul 63,000     3,000,000 

Caahiiiiere  and  other  dic'noU  subject  to  the  Seiks  .     10,000    1,000,000 

Total ISSflOO  19,000,000 

India  has  always  been,  in  a  peculiar  manner,  celebrated  for  its  fertility,  and  for 
its  profbsion  of  magnificent  and  valuable  products.  In  fact,  the  tropical  countries, 
wherever  water  aK>unds,  must  surpass  the  regions  under  the  temperate  zone  in 
this  respect,  were  it  only  from  the  circumstance  of  producing  more  than  one  crop 
in  the  year.  The  large  and  copious  streams  of  Hindoostan  maintain  generally 
throughout  that  country  a  perennial  abundance.  The  character,  however,  ia  by 
no  means  universal.  Ail  tlie  west  of  central  India,  except  where  it  is  watered 
by  the  Indus  and  its  tributaries,  consists  of  sand,  in  which  the  traveller  sinks 
knee-deep.  Sand  forms  even  the  basis  of  all  the  flat  count /y  of  Bengal ;  though 
inundation  and  culture  have  covered  it  with  a  thin  surface  cf  productive  clay. 
A  great  part  also  of  the  hilly  districts,  being  over-run  with  that  species  of  rank 
underwbod  called  jungle,  is  unfit  for  any  useful  product.  Although  the  Hindoos, 
too,  have  ever  been  an  agricultural  people,  and  remarkable  for  their  industry, 
noUiing  can  be  more  impertect  than  the  instruments,  or  the  skill,  with  which  they 
conduct  that  important  art.  The  cultivators,  for  security  under  an  imperfect 
police,  or  from  mere  custom,  live  in  large  villages,  having  each  a  small  spot,  on 
the  tillage  of  which  they  occupy  themselves,  in  conjunction  with  the  labours  of 
the  loom  and  with  other  employments.  Holding  their  lands  by  no  tenure  except 
that  of  usage,  they  never  thmk  of  expending  capital  in  their  iroprovement,  and 
could  not,  probably,  with  safety,  show  themselves  possessed  of  property.  Their 
plough,  ui  companion  with  ours,  does  not  deserve  the  name.  Rudely  constructed, 
at  the  cost  of  less  than  half  a  crown,  it  cannot  penetrate  beyond  two  or  three 
inches  deep,  and  has  no  contrivance  for  turning  over  the  soil.  It  is  drawn,  not 
by  horses,  but  by  oxen  and  bufialoes  yoked  together.  The  ground,  after  being 
scattered  in  several  directions  by  this  instrument,  followed  by  the  rough  branch 
of  a  tree  as  a  substitute  for  the  harrow,  is  considered  fit  for  receiving  the  seed. 
Manure  is  employed  only  in  some  rare  cases,  and  consists  merely  of  ashes  and 
decayed  vegetables.  This  rude  system  of  husbandry  resembles  that  which  was 
practised  in  Europe  during  the  early  ages.  It  is  not  supposed  that  even  in  Bengal 
more  than  one  acre  in  three  is  under  actual  tillage.  The  cultivators  are  poor  in 
the  extreme,  their  annual  rents  on  an  average  not  exceeding  four  pounds :  and, 
instead  of  possessing  any  capital,  they  are  usually  sunk  in  de^ 

Notwithstanding  all  these  deficiencies,  nature  is  bountiitil,  and  the  products  of 
India  are  copious.  Rice  is  the  article  upon  which  the  whole  region  rests  its  main 
dependence ;  it  is  raised  on  every  spot  where  irrigation  can  be  procured.  The 
periods  of  sowing  and  reaping  vary,  and  produce  a  corresponding  variety  in  the 
quality.  Only  one  crop  is  raised  in  the  year;  but  with  another  of  millet  or  pulse 
on  the  samo  field.  In  some  of  the  western  Mahratta  districts,  it  is  necessary  to 
substitute  dhourro,  the  arid  and  course  grain  of  Nubia.  Wheat  and  barley  are 
fitted  only  for  those  tracts  which,  from' their  more  elevated  site,  approximate  to 
the  temperate  climate& 

The  most  important  of  tha  other  products  of  Hindoostan  are  cotton,  silk,  sugar, 
tobacco,  and  indigo,  which  are  all  extensively  raised ;  the  latter  has  been  much 
improved  in  quality  and  increased  in  amount  by  the  introduction  of  European  skill 
and  capital.  Opium,  previous  to  the  late  war  with  China,  was  an  important  arti- 
cle of  trade  to  that  country.  Saltpetre,  from  Bahar,  and  coflfne  and  pepper  from 
the  Malabar  toast,  are  likewise  among  the  chief  products.  Of  the  above  articles, 
the  annual  produce  is  valued  at  100  million  pounds  sterling,  supposed  to  be  equal 
to  600  miUion  pounds  in  Er.glsr.d. 

Besides  these  articles  destined  for  exportation,  there  are  others  extensively 


BINDOOBTAN. 


AOS 


coiuutned  b  tn<v  interior.  The  nut  of  the  areca,  combined  with  the  leaf  of  the 
betel,  is  one  univernally  used  in  India,  which  baa  never  found  its  way  into  Europe. 
The  customs  of  the  country  cause  a  vast  consumption  of  vegetable  oils,  which  are 
supplied  from  the  sesamum,  also  from  lint,  mustard-seed,  and  the  cocoa*nut 
Woods  of  various  kinds  grow  luxuriantlj[  on  the  lower  declivities  of  the  Indian 
hills.  The  .canes,  composing  the  thick  jungle  of  underwood  which  abounds  in 
marshy  grounds,  are  not  only  used  as  in  Europe,  but  are  much  employed  io  build- 
ing. The  tAk  has  been  tbund  unrivalled  for  ship-building;  but,  though  it  flour- 
ishes on  the  hills  of  Malabar,  it  does  not  obtain  such  perrectioc  there  as  in  Java 
and  the  eastern  peninsula.  Malabar  furnishes  also  a  large  supply  of  sandal -wood, 
of  the  species  called  red- wood,  as  well  as  others  used  for  dyeing,  or  for  ornamental 
furniture. 

The  principal  Indian  manufiictnres  are  those  of  cotton,  which,  though  nearly 
driven  out  of  Europe  by  cheap  and  successful  imitation,  are  preferred  all  over  the 
eaPt.  Silk,  though  holding  only  a  secondary  place  as  an  Indian  manufacture,  is 
still  ancient  and  considerable;  its  main  seats  are  Moorshedabad,  Benares,  and 
Surat ;  at  the  latter,  taifetas,  brocades,  and  embroidered  gauzes,  are  its  prevailing 
forms.  Woollens  are  not  made  except  in  the  northern  mountainous  districts, 
where,  though  coarse,  they  are  produced  to  a  great  extent,  chiefly  for  home  con- 
sumption. Cashmere  alone  collects  that  fine  wool,  peculiar  to  the  goats  which 
feed  on  the  table-land  of  Thibet;  and  from  this  material  are  manufactured  those 
exquisitely  beautiful  shawls  which  Europe  has  striven  to  rival,  but  unsuccessfully, 
except  io  cheapness.  The  shawl  manufactory  of  Cashmere  has  safibred  peculi- 
arly by  the  revolutions  of  that  country ;  and  the  looms  employed  in  it  have  been 
reduced  from  40,000  to  16,000. 

The  mining  operations  of  India  are  confined  to  one  object,  of  so  brilliant  a 
character,  however,  as  to  throw  a  lustre  on  this  and  on  all  the  Oriental  regiofis. 
It  produces  the  finest  diamonds  in  the  world;  for  those  of  Brazil,  though  of  greater 
size,  are  inferior  in  hardness  and  brilliancy.  The  Indian  diamonds  occur  chiefly 
in  a  high  and  rugged  tract,  inhabited  by  tribes  almost  independent,  and  extending 
from  Grolconda  across  the  interior  of  Orissa. 

The  sands  of  the  rivers  of  this  tract  yield  also  aome  gold  dnst,  but  not  in  suffi- 
cient quantity  to  become  a  national  object.  Inditi  produces  some  iron,  lead,  and 
tin,  though  not  in  sufiicient  quantities  for  home  cotioumption.  Zinc  is  in  particular 
abundance ;  and  the  same  may  in  some  degree  be  said  of  these  products  of  cal- 
careous countries,  marblo,  sal-gem,  alabaster,  common  salt  both  in  rocks  an^ 
plains  covered  with  this  mineral ;  but  the  great  ma.%es  of  rock  salt  are  to  the 
west  of  tha  Indus. 

The  mode  of  conducting  British  commerce  with  India  has  always,  till  very 
recently,  been  by  means  of  exclusive  companies ;  and  the  only  competition  was 
between  these  rival  associations.  About  the  middle  of  the  seventeenth  century, 
they  were  combined  into  "  the  United  Company  of  Merchants  trading  to  the  E]a8t 
Indies  ;'*  by  whom,  from  that  time,  all  the  concerns  of  povernment  and  trade  were 
administered.  Between  1770  and  1784,  the  Ccmpeny  were  obliged  to  yield  a 
great  share  of  their  political  power,  which  is  now  jointly  exercised  by  the  Bcnrd 
of  Control.  But  no  material  breach  was  made  in  their  exclusive  privileges  as 
traders  till  1813,  when  the  intercourse  with  Hindoostan  was  thrown  generally 
open  to  British  sub  octs,  with  only  some  restrictions  as  to  the  tonnage  of  the  ves- 
sels and  the  ports  from  which  they  were  to  proceed ;  and  oven  these  have  been 
in  n  great  measure  removed.  Under  the  liberty  thus  granted,  -..iie  private  trade 
has  increased  astonishingly,  and  has  almost  driven  that  of  the  Company  out  of 
the  field.  By  the  acts  of  August  28,  1833,  for  the  Better  Government  of  his 
Majesty's  Indian  Territories,  and  for  Regulating  the  Trade  to  China  and  India, 
the  commercial  privileges  of  the  East  India  Company  are  abolished,  its  functions 
now  being  merely  political,  and  the  trade  to  India  and  China  is  thrown  open  to  all 
British  subjects.  It  is  further  declared  lawAil  for  all  British  subjects  to  reside  in 
the  I'^at  India  Company's  dominions  without  any  lieenBe,  on  merely  making  known 
to  the  pibper  officer,  on  their  arrival,  their  name,  place  of  destination,  and  (Ajectk 
of  pursuit;  and  any  person  so  resident  may  acquire  and  hold  lands,  in  the  parts 


43 


30 


MB 


506 


HIND008TAN. 


n 


where  he  may  be  authorized  to  reside,  for  any  term  of  }     rs,  and  carry  on  any 
trade  or  profession. 

The  annual  exports  to  Great  Britain  are  in  value  about  £4,950,000 ;  to  China  they 
are  nearly  the  same  amount;  and  to  the  adjacent  regions  j(i2 1,600,000.  Total, 
i£lO,000,000.  Great  Britain  receives  about  50,000  tons  of  nugar;  indigo,  to  the 
value  of  £3,000,000;  silk,  £750,000 ;  and  cotton,  £1,400,0^*  >;  besides  pepper,  salt- 
petre, cinnamon,  tie.  Opium  was  formerly  sent  to  Ch'.ia  to  the  value  of  from 
£3,000,000  to  £3,500,000;  the  amount  since  the  wp  is  uncertain;  of  cotton, 
£1,300,000.  The  imports  from  Great  Britain  are  to  the  value  of  from  £3,500,000 
to  £4,000,000 ;  and  from  other  parts  of  Europe  from  £500,000  to  £900,000. 

The  internal  trade  of  Hindoostan  is  very  great.  On  the  Ganges,  and  all  the 
other  lar^e  rivers,  there  is  an  extensive  inland  navigation.  The  roads  generally 
are  very  indifferent,  affording  only  a  limited  conveyance  in  rude  cars,  drawn  by 
oxen.  In  the  north-west  provinces  camels  and  horses  are  resorted  to ;  and  in  the 
mountainous  districts  porters  are  the  chief  bearers  of  merchandise. 

In  surveying  the  political  state  of  Hindoostan,  an  estimate  has  been  given  of 
its  population,  by  which  it  amounts  to  upwards  of  140,000,000.  Of  this  vast 
multitude,  nine-tenths  are  still  believed  to  consist  of  that  native  original  race,  who, 
thoagb  subject  to  a  foreign  power  during  so  many  ages,  have  remained  always 
unmixed,  and  have  retain^  unaltered  their  ancient  habits  and  institutions.  This 
people  have  attained  a  considerable  degree  of  civilization,  though  in  a  form  quite 
different  from  the  European  nations. 

The  Hindoos  are  of  a  very  dark  complexion,  almost  black,  with  features  similar 
to,  but  smaller  than  the  European,  and  with  a  pleasing  and  rather  sofl  expression 
of  countenance ;  in  form  they  are  slender  and  graceful.  The  females  of  the 
higher  class  who  do  not  lab9ur  are  exceedingly  delicate  and  sylph-like,  with  dark 
ai^  languishing  eyes,  and  long,  glossy  black  hair.  The  races,  however,  bred  to 
war,  who  inhabit  the  mountains  and  western  tracts,  are  of  a  bodily  constituUon, 
more  hardy  and  athletic  than  the  generality  of  the  other  Hindoos. 

The  mass  of  the  peopld  are  moderate  and  sober  in  their  habits ;  a  single  piece 
of  cotton  stuff  suffices  them  for  clothing ;  their  dwellings  are  the  slightest  and 
simplest  that  can  be  imagined ;  their  sustenance  consists  mostly  of  rice  and  water, 
and  but  little  trouble  is  required  to  satisfy  their  wants;  there  are,  however,  some 
classes  who  display  in  their  mode  of  living  all  the  luxury  of  the  east.  The 
rajahs  and  nabobs,  surrounded  by  numerous  slaves,  have  their  garments  glittering 
with  gold,  silver,  gems,  and  embroideries ;  their  apartments,  ulorned  with  paint- 
in^ra  and  gilding,  and  perfumed  with  various  valuable  essences. 

Besides  the  Hindoos,  there  are  about  10,000,000  of  Mohammedans,  comprising 
descendants  of  the  Mogul  conquerors  of  the  country.  Of  Arabian  merchants  and 
thoir  offlpring,  settled  in  the  western,  and  of  Afghans,  found  chiefly  in  the  north- 
western parts  of  India,  there  are  also  many ;  Jews,  both  white  and  black,  tlie  lat- 
ter supposed  to  be  the  descendants  of  some  of  the  ten  tribes,  and  about  150,000 
native  Christians  on  the  coast  of  Malabar,  besides  English,  French,  Portuguese, 
&.C. ;  the  descendants  of  the  latter  are  numerous  in  many  places,  and  are  frequently 
found  almost  as  dark  in  complexion  as  the  aboriginal  natives. 

The  Hindoos  made,  at  a  very  early  period,  considerable  progress  in  astronotny, 
algebra,  &c.,  and  have  an  extensive  literature,  mostly  connected  with  thoir  reli- 
gion. Their  works  on  epic  and  dramatic  poetry  are  voluminous,  and,  thougli  extra- 
vagant and  puerile  in  a  high  degree,  present  many  passages  distinguished  for 
sweetness,  pathos,  and  harmony;  the  amatory  poets  of  India  are  eminent,  tiiuugh 
none  of  Uiera  has  attained  the  fame  of  Haiiz.  The  Bramins,  who  alone  ought  to 
be  learned,  are  now  almost  wholly  illiterate.  The  only  tincture  of  literature  and 
thought  appears  to  exist  among  some  of  the  higher  inhabitants  of  the  great  cities, 
who  nave  derived  it  chiefly  from  intercourse  with  Europeans  and  particularly  with 
the  missionaries.  The  English  language  is  spreading  in  India,  and  a  taste  for 
European  literature,  newspapers,  and  periodicals,  is  beginning  to  take  place  among 
thoso  whose  situation  throws  them  into  habits  of  intimacy  with  foreign  residents ; 
a  brighter  era  has  also  commenced  in  the  political  condition  of  the  natives ;  they 
have,  for  several  years,  been  admissible  to  civil  offices  and  to  act  as  civil  and  cri- 
fmmmmsmmmmssmsss^ammsmmsmmmmmmmmmmmmimmmmmmmmm 


r' 


mamt 


HINDOOSTAN. 


507 


minal  judges,  and  are  also  miinnioned  to  eit  in  the  pnnctayeta,  or  native  juries, 
and  to  try  in  some  places  criminal,  in  others  both  civil  and  criminal  questions. 
By  the  Act  of  Parliament  of  1838,  for  the  better  government  of  the  Indian  terri- 
tories, it  is  further  provided  that  no  native  shall,  b^  reason  of  bis  religion,  place 
of  birth,  descent,  or  colour,  bo  disabled  from  holdmg  any  office  or  employment 
under  the  Company. 

One  of  the  most  remarkaUe  circumstances  in  Hindoo  manners  is  the  division 
of  the  people  into  castes ;  a  division  which  has  existed  for  thousands  of  yearsi 
The  leading  castes  are  four :  first,  Bramins,  who  are  men  of  letters,  and  have  the 
care  of  religion  and  laws ;  second,  the  soldiers,  called  rajah-poots,  or  descendants 
of  the  rajahs,  (this  class  includes  princes  and  sovereigns);  third,  merchants, form- 
ers, and  shepherds,  called  vaisyas ;  and  fourth,  sudras,  or  labourers. 

The  Bramin  is  required  to  abstain  from  animal  food  and  fermented  liquors,  and 
to  perform  religious  rites  and  ceremonies.  Some  of  them,  however,  engage  in 
employments  ofa  secular  nature.  Many  of  them  are  agents  or  ministers  of  the 
native  princes ;  some  of  them  embark  in  commerce ;  and  others  are  employed  in 
carrying  messages  betweeti  distant  places.  They  are  an.  artful  set  of  impostors, 
expert  in  disguising  the  truth,  and  practising  without  ecruple  every  artifice  to 
gull  the  people  and  accomplish  their  own  selfish  purposes.  The  number  of  per- 
sons of  this  caste  who  are  respectable  for  their  knowledge  and  virtue,  is  extremely 
small.  The  great  body  of  these  hereditary  priests  and  sages  are  devoted  to  am- 
bition, intrigue,  and  voluptuousnoss,  and  are  disgraced  by  meanness,  avarice,  and. 
cruelty.  The  charity  which  they  profess  is  never  practised.  Towards  the  other 
castes  they  cherish  no  feeling  of  humanity,  but  claim  every  thing  from  them, 
while  they  give  them  nothing  in  return. 

The  rajah-poots  seem  not  to  possess  the  general  character  of  the  Hindoos.  They 
have  a  ferocious  courage,  a  savage  ambition,  and  an  insatiable  avarice,  not  often 
compensated  by  any  real  virtues.  Many  of  theso  are  employed  in  the  English 
service  under  the  name  of  sepoys.  The. duties  of  the  third  caste  consist  in  the 
labours  of  the  field  and  garden,  the  rearing  of  cattle,  and  the  sale  of  landed  pro- 
duce. When  they  travel  to  other  countries,  they  eng[age  in  mercantile  pursuits. 
The  business  of  the  fourth  and  most  numerous  caste,  is  servile  labour.  They  are 
compelled  to  work  for  the  Bramins,  being  considered  as  created  solely  for  their 
use.  To  them  the  vedas,  or  holy  books,  must  never  be  read,  and  whoever  instructs 
theib  in  religion  is  doomed  to  one  of  the  hells  with  which  the  world  of  spirits  is 
provided.  Such  is  this  singular  institution  of  castes.  Each  individual  remains 
mvariably  in  the  rank  in  which  he  is  born,  and  cannot  aspire  to  a  higher,  what- 
ever be  his  merits.  The  castes  never  intermarry,  and  so  complete  is  the  separa- 
tion, that  they  will  not  even  eat  at  the  same  table. 

The  religion  of  the  Hindoos,  derived  finm  their  sacred  books,  inculcates  a  belief 
in  the  existence  of  one  supreme  God,  who  holds  himself  aloof  from  the  world,  in 
a  state  of  perfect  indolence  and  bliss ;  having  committed  the  government  of  the 
universe  to  three  divinities.  They  believe  that  those  who  withdraw  from  the 
world,  and  devote  themselve?  to  abstinence  and  self-torture,  will  arrive  at  supreme 
happiness,  by  being  united  to  the  spirit  of  the  great  Deity,  as  a  drop  of  water  is 
absorbed  by  the  ocean.  The  souls  of  the  less  holy  they  imagine  will  pass  into 
the  bodies  of  other  men  and  brutes.  The  duties,  ceremonies,  and  observances  of 
religion,  are  interwoven  with  all  the  common  offices  of  life. 

The  people  worship  images,  and,  under  the  blind  influence  of  superstition, 
drown  their  children  in  Uie  rivers,  inflict  upon  themselves  the  most  painful  tor- 
tures and  penances,  and  seek  death  by  drowning,  by  fire,  by  being  crushed  be- 
neath wheels,  and  by  throwing  themselves  on  large  iron  hooks.  There  is  not, 
perhaps,  in  the  whole  history  of  the  human  race,  a  picture  more  truly  horribUt  and 
disgusting  than  is  presented  by  the  idolatries  of  this  infatuated  people. 

The  great  efforts  which  are  now  making  by  varioiis  missionary  societies  for  in- 
troducing Christianity  into  India,  have  in  many  instances  obtained  a  rich  reward. 
Several  hundreds  of  Hindoos  have  renounced  their  gods,  the  Ganges,  and  their 
priests,  and  have  shaken  from  their  limbs  the  iron  chain  of  caste.  A  large  num- 
ber of  converted  natives  have  in  some  sense  become  missionaries,  and  have  been 


A08 


HIND008TAN. 


the  instruments  of  turning  many  to  a  purer  and  more  enlightened  faith.  All  the 
aooietiea  engaged  in  the  work  of  missions  have  far  more  calls  for  labourers  than 
they  have  instrunkents  at  their  disposal.  Twenty  times  the  number  of  mission- 
aries,  catechists,  and  schoolmasters,  are  wanting,  and  there  is  abundant  evidence 
that  through  the  exertions  now  making,  the  &nric  of  Hindoo  superstition  is  be- 
ginning to  totter. 

Besides  the  vast  regions  in  Hindoostan  under  the  sway  of  Great  Britain,  the 
monarchs  of  Portugal,  France, .  and  Denmark,  possess  a  few  small  settlements, 
chiefly  the  scanty  remains  of  much  larger  territories. 

The  Portuguese,  whoso  settlements  were  formerly  so  numerous  on  the  coasts 
and  in  the  islands  of  the  Indian  Sea,  have  preserved  Goa,  with  a  few  adjacent 
places,  Damaan,  and  a  small  portion  of  the  peninsula  of  Guzerat,  with  the  fortress 
of  Diu,  a  place  important  for  the  construction  of  vessels.  These  possessions,  to- 
gether with  the  Island  of  Macao,  in  the  Bay  of  Canton  in  China,  and  some  small 
districts  of  the  Island  of  Timor,  are  supposed  to  contain  about  30,000  square 
miles,  and  575,000  inhabitants. 

The  French  settlements  in  Asia  are  coni>ed  to  india,  and  comprehend  the 
governments  of  Pondioherry,  with  the  towns  ot  Pondich' >ry  and  Karical,  on  the 
coast  of  Coromandel,  and  a  few  other  places,  among  which,  Chandernagor  in  Ben- 
gal, and  Mahe  on  the  coast  of  Malabar,  are  the  most  important  The  whole  area 
possessed  by  the  French  does  not  exceed  450  square  miles,  with  a  population  of 
160,000  individuals. 

The  Danish  colonies  consist  only  of  the  town  of  Tranquobar,  and  its  territory, 
on  the  coast  of  Coromandel,  a  place  remarkable  for  the  influence  which  the  mis- 
sionary establishment  of  the  Protestant  creed,  which  was  erected  here  more  early 
than  in  other  places,  exercised  on  the  neighbourhood.  The  Danes  have  alec  a 
small  settlement  at  Serampor<>,  on  the  Ganges.  The  population  of  the  whole  is 
about  60,000. 

The  settlements  of  the  Dutch  were  formerly  dispersed  over  the  coasts  of  both 
peninsulas  of  India,  as  well  as  over  the  adjacent  islands ;  but  they  were  obliged 
to  abandon  them  by  degrees;  and  since  1821,  they  have  been  limited  to  tlie 
islands. 

H'ndoostan  has  from  the  earliest  times  been  noted  for  the  great  number  of  its 
Ifrge  and  populous  cities  and  towns.  The  following  ar6  a  few  of  the  most  promi- 
nent at  the  present  day. 

Calcutta,  the  capital  of  British  India,  situated  on  the  Hoogly  branch  of  the 
Ganges,  100  miles  from  the  sea,  contains  230,000  inhabitants ;  while,  within  a 
a  radius  of  twenty  miles,  there  are  upwards  of  '2,000,000.  The  situation  was 
originally  very  unhralthful,  being  in  the  midst  of  forests  and  swamps;  and, 
though  these  have  been  in  a  great  measure  cleared  away,  it  still  suffers  by  the 
damp  hreeees  from  the  Sunderbunds.  The  English  town,  or  suburb,  called  Chou- 
ringee,  contains  the  finest  houses.  Strangers  ascending  the  river  are  particularly 
stnuck  by  the  number  of  elegant  villas,  with  which  all  the  environs  are  studded. 
The  Black  Town,  comprising  much  the  greater  part  of  Calcutta,  consists,  as  in 
other  parts  of  India,  of  miserable  cottages  of  mud  and  bamboo.  The  government- 
bouse  is  a  very  splendid  and  costly  structure.  A  college  was  tbundcdoy  the  Mar- 
quess Wellesley,  which  boasted  many  illustrious  members,  but  has  of  late  been 
much  reduced.  The  allowances  to  all  the  servants  of  government  are  liberal ; 
and  though  their  aim,  in  goin^  out,  has  generally  been  to  return  with  an  inde- 
pendent fortune,  they  indulge  in  a  hospitable,  splendid,  and  expensive  style  of 
l>  .'ng.  Large  dinner  parties,  in  preference  to  public  amusements,  form  the 
,  ourite  receation.  Seraapore,  12  miles  above  Calcutta,  is  a  neat,  thriving 
town,  at  which  is  a  Danish  aettlement.  This  place  is  interesting  as  the  seat 
''  Baptist  ^.missionaries,  who  have  distinguished  themselves  by  such  learned 
■•■■•■■^  hhoatu  in  the  pious  task  of  translating  the  Scriptures  into  all  the 
...  gui>.(,ds  of  India,  and  even  of  China. 

Bombay,  the  capital  of  Western  India,  is  situated  on  a  small  island  connected 

by  an  artificial  causeway  with  the  larger  one  of  S.lsette,     In  1661,  it  v/as  ceded 

1|  by  the  Portuguese  to  Charles  II.,  as^part  of  queen  Catherine's  portion ;  two  or 


1 


V 


HIND008TAN 


509 


three  years  after,  a  aettlement  was  established,  and  in  1686,  the  chief  seat  of  Eng* 
lish  trade  was  transferred  thither  from  Surat.  Since  that  time,  Bombay,  notwith- 
standing  considerable  vicissitudes,  has  continued  on  the  whole  in  a  state  of  constant 
increase,  and  has  become  the  (fteat  emporium  of  Western  India,  with  a  population 
of  330,000.  Of  these,  about  8000  are  Parsees,  the  most  wealthy  of  the  inhabitants, 
and  by  whom  its  prosperity  is  mainly  supported.  There  are  also  Jews,  Mahome- 
tans, and  Portuguese,  in  considerable  numbers ;  but  the  Hindoos  comprise  three- 
fourths  of  the  whole. 

Madras,  situated  on  the  west  coast  of  the  peninsula,  is  the  capital  of  the  presi- 
dency of  Madras;  It  has  no  harbour;  but  a  mere  road,  through  which  runs  a 
strong  current,  and  which  is  often  exposed  to  dangerous  winds.  On  the  beach 
breaks  so  strnnv  and  continual  a  surf,  that  only  a  peculiar  species  of  large  light 
boats,  the  thin  planks  of  which  are  sewed  together  with  the  tough  grass  of  the 
country,  can,  by  the  dexterous  management  of  the  natives,  be  rowed  across  it. 
For  the  conveyance,  also,  of  letters  and  messages,  they  employ  what  is  oallea  a 
catamaran,  consisting  merely  of  two  planks  fastened  together,  with  which  they 
encounter  the  roughest  seas  with  wonderful  address,  ana,  wher*  swept  off  by  the 
waves,  regain  it  by  swimming.  The  city  has  a  handsome  appearance  from  the 
sea,  and  many  of  its  streets  are  spacious.    The  population  is  about  300,000. 

Surat,  on  the  Gulf  of  Cambay,  and  about  170  miles  north  of  Bombay,  at  the 
first  arrival  of  Europeans,  was  the  greatest  emporium  of  India,  but  it  now  ranks 
second  both  to  Calcutta  and  Bombay.  The  population  is  estimated  at  157,000. 
It  has  suffered  by  the  British  having  establisheo  the  chief  seat  of  their  commerce 
at  Bombay.  It  still  carries  on  some  manufactures  of  silks,  brocades,  and  fine 
cotton  stufls.  The  exporting  of  raw  cotton  to  Bombay  is  now  its  chief  trade.  This 
city  contains  a  few  opulent  merchants,  chiefly  Banians  and  Parsees.  The  former 
cany  to  a  great  extent  all  the  peculiarities  of  their  religion,  and  manifest  in  a  pecu- 
liar degree  their  tenderness  for  animal  life,  by  erecting  hospitals  for  birds,  monkeys, 
and  other  animals  accounted  sacred. 

Benares,  tho  Mecca  of  the  Hindoos,  stands  on  the  left  bank  of  the  Ganges,  about 
900  miles  from  the  Gulf  of  Bengal.  It  may  be  said  to  form  the  grand  depository 
of  the  religion  and  learning  of  this  vast  country.  Its  sacred  character,  which  is 
supposed  to  ensure  the  salvation  of  all  who  die  within  its  precincts,  cannot  fail,  in 
&  nation  devoted  to  pilgrimage,  of  rendering  Benares  a  scene  of  extensive  and 
crowded  resort.  Its  population  amounts  to  630,000.  According  to  Bishop  Heber, 
it  is  certainly  the  richest,  as  well  as  probably  the  most  populous  city  in  the  penin- 
sula. Benares,  in  fact,  presents  a  more  lofty  and  imposing  aspect  than  any  other 
Indian  city.  Its  houses,  instead  of  being  a  mere  collection  of  mud  and  straw  huts, 
are  most  of  them  built  of  brick,  and  some  of  them  five  or  six  stories  high ;  so  that 
they  make  a  very  magnificent  appearance,  and  often  containing  from  150  to  300 
individuals  each.  The  city  contains  a  great  number  of  temples  and  mosques,  as 
well  as  a  Hindoo  Sanscrit  and  an  English  college.  The  latter  has  about  150  pupils. 

Lucknow,  the  principal  city  in  Oude,  was,  while  the  nabobs  of  that  state  were  in 
fnll  power,  one  of  the  most  splendid  in  India :  the  population  in  1800  was  estimated 
at  upwards  of  300,000,  but  is  said  to  have  diminished  since  that  time.  It  contains 
several  mosques  and  palaces  with  gilded  domes,  which  give  it  an  iinposing  ap- 
pearance at  a  distance.     It  is  situated  on  the  Goomty,  a  branch  of  the  Ganges. 

On  the  banks  of  the  Jumna,  is  found,  mouldering  in  decay,  the  city  of  Delhi. 
It  was,  in  early  times,  a  great  Hindoo  metropolis,  under  the  name  of  Indraput; 
but  Shah  Jehan,  in  the  middle  of  the  seventeenth  century,  made  it  the  chief  seat 
of  Mogul  dominion,  and  such  it  afterwards  continued.  Here,  in  1806,  died  Shah 
AUum,  the  last  of  that  mighty  dynasty  who  could  be  said  to  enjoy  any  portion  of 
real  empire.  His  son  Akbar  is  still  allowed  by  the  British  to  bear  that  great  name, 
and  to  receive  a  considerable  proportion  of  the  revenues  of  the  province,  which 
enables  him  to  live  in  some  splendour.  What  remains  of  Delhi  is  still  rather  a 
handsome  city  ;  the  streets,  though  narrow,  contain  many  good  houses,  built  of 
brick,  and  partly  of  stone.  Here  are  the  remains  of  a  number  of  splendid  palaces; 
and  thn  city  is  adorned  with  Rsany  beauiiful  mosques,  still  in  good  repair.  Daring 
the  reign  of  Aurengzebe,  it  was  computed  to  contain  3,000,000  inhabitants ;  at 

4^^ 


I 


filO 


CEYLON. 


Dresent  it  ia  only  one-tenth  of  xhat  nqmber.  In  1739,  Delhi  was  plundered  by 
Nadir  Shah,  when  100,000  of  the  inhabitants  were  massacred,  and  plunder  to  the 
untftuit  of  £62,000,000  was  collected. 

'""        "~  "'  »  •-_     .  •  ,     ....     ^^^ 

but 
_  .  „    .  100 

miles  from  the  sea,  and  ISO  north-east  from  Calcutta. 

The  city  of  Cashmere,  the  largest  in  the  Seik  dominions,  contained  in  1836, 
40,000  inhabitants:  it  stands  on  the  Jylum,  in  the  most  northern  part  of  Hindoo- 
stan,  and  is  noted  for  its  manufactures  of  the  finest  shawls  in  the  world.  The 
beanty  of  its  situation  has  also  been  widely  celebrated,  particularly  its  lake, 
studded  with  numberless  islands,  green  with  gardens  and  groves,  and  having  its 
banks  environed  with  villas  and  ornamented  grounds. 

Hyderabad,  400  miles  south-east  from  Bombay,  the  capital  of  the  province  of 
the  same  name,  may  be  considered  also  the  present  capital  of  the  Decoan,  the  re- 
moval of  the  Nizam  thither  from  Aurungabad  having  attracted  to  it  a  population 
of  abont  130,000.  Though  not  a  fine  city,  Hyderabad  contains  sooie  handsome 
mosqaes ;  and  the  Nizam  maintains,  on  a  smaller  scale,  a  semblance  of  Mogul 
pomp.    He  has  large  magazines  filled  to  the  ceiling  with  fine  cloths,  watches, 

forcelain,  and  other  ornamental  articles  presented  to  him  by  European  embassies, 
'oonah  resembles  a  huge  village  rather  than  a  city ;  the  houses  are  irregularly 
built,  chiefly  of  slight  brick  walls,  by  which  even  the  palace  is  entirely  enclosed. 
For  resisting  the  violent  rains,  these  structures  depend  chiefly  on  interior  timber 
frames :  they  are  painted  with  innumerable  representations  of  the  Hindoo  Pan- 
theon. 1'he  markets  are  plentifully  supplied  with  provisions  of  every  kind. 
Poonah  is  now  included  in  the  British  territory,  and  attached  to  the  presidency 
of  Bombay.  It  is  about  80  miles  south-east  from  the  city  of  that  name.  Popula- 
tion, 110,000. 

Some  of  the  other  important  cities  in  Hindoostan  are  Lahore,  the  capital  of  the 
Seik  dominions,  with  a  population  of  100,000 ;  Umritsir,  the  holy  city  of  the  same 
people,  and  the  seat  of  their  great  national  council,  containing  a  population  of 
100,000;  Tattah,  the  chief  city  of  Sinde,  and  Hyderabad,  the  capital  of  the  same 
province:  these  are  both  on  the  Indus:  the  former  contains  about  20,000  inhabi- 
tants, and  was  once  a  very  great  manufacturing  and  commercial  place.  Katmandoo, 
the  capital  of  Nepaul. 


CEYLON.    ' 

Cbtlon,  lying  to  the  sooth  of  Hindoostan,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  the 
Strait  of  Manar,  is  a  large  and  beautiful  island,  about  300  miles  in  length  and  160 

I  in  breadth  :  it  is  traversed  in  the  interior  by  a  range  of  mountains,  one  of  which, 
Adam's  Peak,  is  6153  feet  in  height :  here  the  Cingalese  and  Hindoos  worship 
the  colossal  footsteps  of  Adam,  who,  as  they  believe,  was  created  on  this  moun- 
tain ;  and,  according  to  the  religion  of  Boodha,  is  Boodha  himself.  This  island 
produces  cinnamon,  for  which  it  is  famous :  also  rice,  cotton,  ginger,  coifee,  pepper, 
«cc.  A  great  varietur  of  precious  stones  are  found  here, — the  diamond,  ruby,  ame- 
thyst, &c. :  also,  quicksilver,  lead,  iron,  and  tin.  A  pearl-fishery  is  canied  on 
■Jong  the  western  coast  and  in  the  Strait  of  Manar,  which  was  formerly  important, 
but  is  now  deelining. 

The  inhabitants  are  estimated  at  about  1,300,000  in  number,  and  comprise — 
I.  The  Cingalese,  similar  to  the  Hindoos:  these  form  the  majority  of  the  people; 
8.  The  Beddahs,  rude  savages,  who  inhabit  the  wildest  tracts  in  the  intenor ; 
3.  The  Dutch  and  Portugese,  descendants  of  the  former  masters  of  the  island ; 
and  4.  The  English  residents  and  military.  Many  churches  and  schools  have 
been  established  by  both  English  and  American  missionaries,  at  which  numbers 
of  the  natives  attend,  and  are  gradually  laying  asid9  their  gross  errors  and  super- 


stitions, and  acquiring 


A  knowledge 


nf  ths 


bSiiigi 


01   \/nri8iianity. 


0= 


LAOCADIVE  AND  MALDIVE  ISLAND6-CHIN  INDIA. 


$11 


Ceylon  ia  a  colony  independent  of  the  East  India  Comfutj,  bemg  under  the  im* 
misdiate  control  of  the  crown. 

Colombo,  on  the  weat  coaat  of  the  ialand,  is  tiie  seat  of  government  and  of 
almost  all  the  foreign  trade.  It  owes  this  adTintage  to  its  situation  in  the  midst 
of  the  most  fertile  and  productive  territory  in  the  island;  population,  82,000. 
Trincomalee,  Point  de  Galle,  Jafhapatam,  anid  Condatehy,  are  all  places  of  some 
note.  Kandy,  the  interior  capital,  is  only  a  large  straggling  village,  surrounded 
by  wooded  hills,  tl\at  echo  continually  with  cries  of  wild  animals. 


LACCADIVE  AND  MALDIVE  ISLANDS. 

Wnr  and  south-west  from  the  southern  part  of  India,  the  Lnccadive  and  Mal- 
dive  Islands  extend,  in  a  direction  nearly  north  and  south,  a  distance  of  about 
1000  miles  in  length :  the  former  are  about  200  miles  west  from  the  Malabar 
coast,  and  the  latter  300  to  350  south-west  fW>m  Cape  Coroorin. 

The  Laccadives  are  said  to  be  32  in  number,  all  of  them  small  and  <;overed 
with  treea  The  inhabitants  are  mostly  Mahometans,  called  Moplays:  they 
trade  to  the  nearest  coast  of  India,  and  also  to  Muscat,  in  large  brats  taking 
there  cocoa-nut  oil,  cable  and  cordage,  and  dried  fish ;  receiving  in  return,  dates, 
coffee,  &c.    Ambergris  is  often  found  floating  off  these  islands. 

The  Maldives  are,  it  is  said,  1000  in  numlwr ;  but  they  are,  for  the  most  part, 
uninhabited.  The  natives  appear  to  be  a  mixture  of  Arabs  and  Indians  oi  lOala- 
bar :  they  supply  vessels  with  cocoa.nuts,  oil  and  honey,  dried  fish,  tortoise-shell, 
and  cowries.  The  islands  are  divided  into  17  attollons,  or  provinces,  each  go- 
verned by  a  chief:  the  whole  are  under  the  control  of  a  kioff,  who  rules  despoti- 
cally. They  have  four  sea-ports,  in  which  their  few  articles  of  commerce  are 
collected. 


CHIN   INDIA. 

Chtm  Thdia,  or  Fvsthcr  India,  comprises  that  extensive  region  situated  between 
India  and  China,  and  sometimes  called  Indo  China,  and  also  India  beyond  the 
Ganges ;  ito  inhabitants  have  but  little  in  common  with  the  Hindoos  or  Chinese ; 
and  although  this  region  has  had  but  a  small  share  in  the  great  transactions  of 
which  Asia  has  been  the  theatre,  yet  it  comprises  several  extensive  and  important 
kingdoms,  some  of  which  have  been  alternately  united  and  separated. 

It  may  bs  divided  into  the  British  territories,  ceded  in  consequence  of  the  late 
successful  war,  the  empire  of  Birmah,  the  kingdom  of  Siam,  the  empire  of  Anam, 
or  Cochin  China,  and  lastly,  the  Peninsula  of  Malaya,  or  Malacca.  The  whole 
region  is  bounded  on  the  west  by  Hindooetan,  the  Bay  of  Ben^,  and  the  Strait 
of  Malacca ;  north  by  Thibet  and  China ;  and  east  by  the  Chma  and  Malayan 
Seas.  It  extends  from  2°  to  26o  north  latitude,  and  from  82<*  to  106**  east  longi- 
tude; a  distance,  from  north  to  south,  of  1700,  and  from  east  to  west  about  l(w0 
miles.  It  contains  an  area  of  nearly  1,000,000  square  miles,  and  is  inhabited  by 
a  population,  composed  of  various  races,  amounting,  according  to  the  estimates  of 
the  latest  writers  on  the  subject,  to  over  16,000,000  souls,  apportioned  among  the 

different  States  as  follows,  viz : 

Sq.  milM.        PopaUtinn. 

British  Territories 113,800  1,595,200 

Birmah 990,000  5,000,000 

Siam 180,000  8,730,000 

Anam 350,000  6,000,000 

Malayan  States 60,000  100,000 

Total 993,800      15,425,300 

The  surface  of  this  great  territory  is  formed  by  a  series  of  mountain  ranges, 
running  from  north  to  south,  between  each  of  which  intervenes  a  broad  valley,  in 
general  very  fertile,  and  watered  by  a  large  ri.vnr,  descending  from  the  mcaniaina 


619 


CHIN  INDIA. 


of  China  and  Thibet  The  riven  are  moetly  of  tfreat  importance.  The  Irra- 
waddy,  or  river  of  Ava,  is  navigable  many  hundred  miles  ftr  large  boata.  The 
Balwen,  or  Thaluen,  it  also  a  large  stream,  though  but  little  known.  The  Mecon, 
or  Cambodia,  is  navigable  twenty  days'  sail  fWmi  the  ocean.  The  Menan,  which 
waters  Siam,  after  a  course  of  800  miles  enters  the  Gulf  of  Siam  by  three  cban- 
n«Ui  the  most  easterly  admitting  veaeels  of  the  flrst  magnitode.  llie  outline  of 
this  region  is  very  irregular,  being  deeply  indented  by  the  large  Gulfs  of  Siaro  and 
Tonqum  and  the  Bay  df  Martaban. 

The  government  of  all  these  kingdoms,  in  principle,  at  least,  is  a  pure  despot- 
ism ;  in  which  no  constitutional  checK  on  the  authority  of  the  monarch  is  recog* 
nised.  The  '^tato  officers  compose  a  sort  of  council  oi  state,  but  entirely  subject 
to  the  mom  ^h,  and  removable  at  his  pleasure.  T^e  nobles,  especially  in  Siam, 
show  the  most  profound  submission,  and  approach  the  throne  in  the  most  abject 
manner,  lying  prostrate  on  their  ftces,  ana  creeping  on  the  ground.  The  king 
has  many  pocoiwus  titles,  but  that  of  shoe,  or  golden,  is  the  one  most  valued,  and 
which  must  be  applied  to  him  on  every  occasion. 

The  military  strength  of  these  nations  consists  almost  entirely  of  a  feudal  mili- 
tia, for  which  all  males  of  a  certain  age  are  enrolled,  and  may  be  called  upon  to 
serve  under  the  chiefs  of  their  respective  districts.  Their  arms  are  moetly  swords, 
lancep,  and  cross-bows;  though  they  have  collected  a  considerable  number  of  fire- 
arms ;  but  these,  being  chiefly  the  muskets  condemned  in  the  English  arsenals, 
cannot,  by  the  most  anxious  exertions  of  art  and  skill,  be  bi-ought  mto  a  service- 
able state.  The  onlv  exception  is  in  Cochin-China,  where  the  European  of^cers 
in  Uie  king's  service  have  effected  considerable  improvements.  But  the  most  effi- 
cient part  of  the  establishment  consists  in  the  war-boats,  destined  to  act  on  the 
Sreat  rivers  which  form  the  main  channels  of  communication  in  all  these  king- 
oms. 

On  land,  the  Birmans  and  Siamese  trust  chiefly  to  their  stockades,  which  they 
throw  up  with  surprising  skill  and  expedition.  In  general,  however,  none  of  these 
troops  can  stand  ti.xe  charge  of  a  disciplined  army,  but,  as  soon  as  their  defences 
are  penetrated,  they  take  to  flight  with  precipitation.  In  Cochin-China  only  a 
regular  army  has  been  organised  and  trained  in  the  European  manner :  this  force, 
in  1600,  was  estimated  at  140,000  men ;  but  is  supposed  at  present  not  to  exceed 
fiO,000,  of  whom  the  royal  guards  amount  to  30,000. 

The  productive  capacities  of  this  region  are  very  ample.  It  yields  all  the 
grand  staples  of  tropical  produce.  The  principal  culture  consists  of  rice,  sugar 
of  fine  quality,  pepper,  and  cotton.  The  sides  of  the  great  ranges  of  hills  are 
covered  with  luxuriant  timber  of  various  species  and  great  value.  There  are 
large  forests  of  teak,  a  wood  now  found  to  be  preferable,  from  its  strength  and 
durabilitVf  to  any  other,  for  the  purposes  of  ship-building.  Large  boats  a.'e  often 
cut  out  Rom  a  smgle  tree,  and  a  great  quantity  of  teak  timber  is  now  produced 
for  the  supply  of  uie  naval  arsenals  of  witish  India.  Stick  lac  and  gamboge  are 
among  the  chief  articles  of  export ;  also,  areca-nut  and  betel-leaf,  that  universal 
article  of  luxury  and  ceremony  in  all  Indian  countries.  Cardamoms  are  a  spice 
for/  which  a  large  market  is  found  in  China,  and  there  is  some  cinnamon  in  Cam- 
bodia; but  in  general  these  regions  are  not  productive  of  the  finer  species. 

Cultivatim  is  very  generally  diffused,  and  is  conducted  in  the  west  on  the 
Indian  model,  and  in  the  east  on  the  Chinese ;  but  it  is  not  practised  in  the  same 
perfection,  or  with  the  same  patient  industry,  as  by  either  of  these  nations.  The 
sugar  and  pepper  of  Siam  are  chiefly  raised  by  Chinese  settlers.  Domestic  ani- 
mals are  little  tued  in  cultivation,  and  in -Ava  the  Brahminical  principle  prevents 
them  from  being  made  articles  of  food.  Animals  are  tamed  chiefly  for  conveyance 
or  pomp;  and  for  these  purposes  the  elephant,  here  found  in  greater  perfection, 
and  more  highly  prized,  than  in  any  other  country  in  the  world,  is  chiefly  em- 
ployed. 

Manufactures  exist  only  on  a  limited  scale,  and  in  a  rude  form ;  the  raw  inate- 
rials  which  the  country  affi)rd8  being  worked  up  mostly  by  the  family  itself  for 
domestic  use.  Those  brilliant  and  beautiful  fabrics  which  are  the  boast  of  China 
and  Hindoostan  are  not  produced  here,  and  the  quantity  used  is  imported  from 


I 


CHIN  INDIA. 


518 


tboM  Gountrifli,  eipeeklly  ftom  Um  latter.  The  oolj  frbrieatioD  on  which  much 
■tudy  H  beatowed  la  that  of  idola,  which  ara  fkahioMd  oat  of  a  fine  apeeiea  of' 
marble  found  in  the  country,  and  genetally  gilded. 

The  comoMrce  of  theae  countriea  is  idao  limited.  Their  chief  intercourse  is 
with  China,  and  conaists  in  the  exchange  of  their  raw  produce,  rice,  cotton,  tim- 
ber, ornamented  woods,  vamiahes,  for  some  specie*  of  the  fine  manoActurea  of  that 
great  empire.  The  cotton  and  other  products  of  the  Birman  empire  are  carried 
up  the  Irrawaddy  to  a  great  jet,  or  market,  in  the  ftontier  provmce  of  Yunnan. 
Britain  takea  of  teak  timber  to  the  amount  of  about  200,0001. ;  in  return  for  which 
some  British  manufkctures  are  received.  The  trade  of  Siam  and  Cochin-China  is 
chiefly  carried  on  by  Chinese  junks  coming  to  the  port  of  Bankok  in  the  former 
country,  and  thorn  of  Turon,  Hud,  and  Saigong,  in  the  latter.  There  is  also  some 
trade  with  the  rising  British  setUement  at  Sincapore. 

The  people  by  whom  all  this  torritmy  is  inhabited  present  several  peoaliarities 
of  external  form.  Their  persons  are  short,  robust,  active,  but  devoid  of  the  grace 
and  flexibility  peculiar  to  the  Hindoa  Their  &ce,  flat,  with  high  cheek-bones, 
presents  the  form  of  a  lozenge,  and  never  suggests  any  idea  of  beautv.  The  hair 
IS  abundant,  black,  lank,  and  coarse ;  but  the  beard  is  scanty,  ana  universally 
plucked  out,  which  gives  them  an  effeminate  appearance.  The  Birmans  appear 
to  be  an  active  and  intelligent  people,  possessing  in  this  respect  a  decided  sup»> 
riority  over  the  Hindoos.  The  Siamese  are  said  to  be  sluggish  and  indolent,  dea^ 
titute  of  courage,  candour,  and  good  fitith ;  and  so  imbued  with  national  pride, 
that  foreign  residents  otfinot  obtain  a  servant  to  perform  for  them  the  most  menial 
offices. 

The  religion  of  these  countries,  like  all  others  in  the  east  of  Asia,  is  derived 
from  Hindoostan ;  yet,  like  the  rest  also,  it  consists  not  in  Uie  Brahminical  doc- 
trine, but  in  the  rival  system  of  Buddha.  The  name,  however,  most  venerated  in 
all  the  countries  beyotid  the  Ganges  is  Gaudama,  either  an(^her  appellation  of 
Buddha,  or  that  of  one  of  his  most  popular  disciples.  The  construction  of  temples 
and  images  of  Gaudama  forms  the  grand  operation  to  which  the  art  and  industry 
of  all  these  nations  is  directed.  Frugal  and  mdolent  in  every  thin^f  else,  they  spare 
neither  cost  nor  labour  on  this  object  The  prieste  of  this  religion,  as  in  all  the 
other  branches  of  the  worship  of  Buddha,  are  monks,  residing  in  the  temples,  and 
living  in  a  state  of  celibacy.  In  Ava,  they  are  called  rhahaans ;  in  Siam,  tala- 
poins ;  but  in  the  latter  country  they  are  bound  by  no  vows,  and  may  quit  the  order 
whenever  they  please ;  and  it  is  so  common  to  assume  and  leave  the  profession, 
that  almost  every  man  has  been  a  talapoin  for  some  port  of  his  life,  even  if  only 
for  a  few  days.  Great  purt  of  their  time  is  spent  in  insignificant  and  even  absura 
ceremonies ;  ^et  their  ministration  is  useful  in  several  respects.  They  instruct 
the  children  m  reading,  and  so  diligently,  that  few  in  the  Birman  territory  are  i|f- 
norant  in  this  respect  Literature  is  by  no  means  unknown  or  '  ?7!ected  m 
Farther  India.  The  Birman  language  is  a  compound  of  several  tong*.!'*  ,  ^3  com- 
plication of  which  is  greatly  increased  b^  the  mode  of  writing;  tlic  v.  j^ds,  ac- 
cording to  Mr.  Judson,  not  being  fairly  divided  and  distinguishra,  as  in  Western 
writing,  by  breaks,  points,  and  capitals,  but  run  together  in  one  continuous  line,  a 
sentence  or  paragraph  seeming  to  the  eye  but  one  long  word ;  and  instead  of  clear 
characters  on  paper,  we  find  only  obscure  scratching  on  dried  paim-leaves  strung 
together  and  called  a  book.  In  the  royal  library,  however,  ^he  writing  is  beauti- 
ful, on  thin  leaves  of  ivory,  and  the  margins  ornamented  with  flowers  of  gold. 
The  books  are  kept  in  gilded  and  japanned  chests.  The  contents  of  each  are 
written  on  the  lid,  in  gold  letters.  The  bulk  of  the  works  were  said  to  be  on 
divinity ;  but  history,  music,  medicine,  painting,  and  romance,  had  also  their  sepa- 
rate treatises. 

The  customs  of  these  countries  allow  to  the  female  sex  a  mnch  greater  mea- 
sure of  liberty  than  in  almost  any  other  country  of  the  East  They  are  neiUier 
I  immured  nor  veiled,  nor  withdrawn  from  the  company  and  conversation  of  the 
other  sex.    '"'^'~  "^'^        *^  '       *  '  j  ~:.i-        j;       •.•^~  .- 


alli 


sex.    This  fireedom,  however,  is  not  accompanied  with  any  dispositicm  to 
them  that  place  in  the  BCale  of  society  which  Justly  belongs  to  them.    They 


"W 


514 


BRITIOI  TEBUTORIE& 


•re  treated  w  the  oiere  akvee  <^  the  Btronger  mx  ;  all  the  laboriona  duties  are  de- 
volTed  upon  them,  and  they  manage  most  or  the  transactiona  of  buying  and  selling. 
The  habitationa  in  these  countries  are  of  slight  materials,  but  commodious. 
Bamboos  fixed  in  the  ground,  and  tied  horiiontaliy  with  strips  of  rattan,  compose 
the  outline,  and  serve  as  the  supports  of  the  building.  Covered  with  mats  they 
form  the  walls,  and  with  grass  the  roo£  A  spacibus  mansion  can  be  built  in  a  day, 
and  a  toleiaUe  one  in  feur  hours. 


BRITISH    TERRITORIES. 

Tbb  tenitories  ceded  to  Britain  by  Birmah  consist  of  .Assam,  with  some  ap- 
pended territory ;  tne  former  kingdom  of  Arracan ;  the  provinces  of  Martaban, 
Yeh,  Tavoy,  and  Mergui,  extending  along  the  western  coast  of  the  Malayan 
pciminsula,  and  of  Blalacca  itseF. 

Assam  is  an  extensive  and  oomewhat  rude  territory,  to  the  north 'of  Ava,  and 
the  east  of  Bengal.  It  is  dordered  on  the  north  by  lofty  ranges  of  mountains  con- 
tinued ftam  the  Himmaleh,  and  watered  by  numerous  rivers,  of  which  the  prin- 
eipal  is  the  Burrampooter.  A  great  part  of  its  surface  possesses  a  luxuriant  fer- 
tility ;  yet  the  rudeness  of  the  mhabitants  renders  the  gifts  of  nature  fhiitless,  so 
that  nine-tenths  of  its  surfiue  consist  of  desert  and  jungle.  A  considerable  quan- 
tity of  gold,  however,  is  fsund  in  the  sands  of  its  rivers,  «nd,  combined  with  ele- 
phants* teeUi  and  coarse  silk,  aiS)rds  a  certain  value  for  exportation. 

Arracan  reaches  along  nearly  the  whole  eastern  coast  of  the  Bay  of  Benga',  an 
extent  of  about  500  miles,  and  consists  of  a  narrow  plain  closely  bounded  by  a 
high  mountain  range.  The  cultivation  of  this  territory  being  imperfect,  it  is  not 
supposed  to  contain  more  than  230,000  inhabitants.  Arracan,  the  capital,  at  the 
nnuUi  of  the  river  of  the  same  name,  is  a  considerable  city,  and  the  seat  of  some 
trade.    A  new  and  improving  station  has  been  formed  by  the  British  at  Akyab. 

The  Malayan  provinces  extend  along  the  eastern  coast  of  that  peninsula,  where 
it  continues  to  border  on  the  Bay  of  Bengal,  and  have  been  long  a  debateable 
nound  between  the  Birman  and  Siamese  empires.  They  are  in  consequence 
tninly  inhabited,  but  they  possess  the  finest  and  most  salubrious  climate  to  be 
fiMind,  not  only  in  this  empire,  but  in  any  part  of  the  East  Indies.  Amherst,  lately 
founded  at  the  month  of  the  Salwen,  which  forms  the  boundary  between  this  ter- 
ritory and  the  Birman  empire,  will,  it  is  expected,  become  the  seat  of  an  impor- 
tant commerce. 

The  territory  and  citv  of  Malacca,  at  the  southern  point  of  the  peninsula,  was, 
in  1826,  ceded  by  the  Dutch  to  England,  in  exchange  for  her  possessions  in  Su- 
matra. It  was  one  of  the  earliest  settlemeUiS  of  the  Portuguese,  and  contiqued 
for  a  long  time  to  be  »  great  emporium  -of  the  trade  of  the  Oriental  islands,  as 
well  as  a  place  of  refireuiment  for  vessels  bound  to  China;  but  since  Prince  of 
Wales*  Island  and  Singapore,  nnder  the  protecting  sway  of  Britain,  have  risen  to 
their  present  importance,  the  port  of  Malacca  is  much  less  frequented.  It  has, 
however,  a  safe  roadstead ;  a  salubrious  climate,  cooled  by  a  succession  of  sea  and 
land  breezes ;  with  some  industiy  and  cultivation,  carried  on  chiefly  by  Chinese. 
Population,  in  1833,  13,130. 

The  folbwing  estimate  has  been  mad*  of  the  extent  and  population  of  the 
British  territories  in  Further  India : 

Sq.  Miles. 

Assam,  wiUi  dependencies 54,000 

Arracan,  Jynteah  Cachar - 36,500 

Provinces  sooth  of  the  Salwen,  Tavoy,  Yeh,  Marta- 

Lban,  and  TenasMrim,  with  Uia  Mergui  Isles  ....     33,500 
Malaooa 800 


Total 113.800 


Population. 
609,500 
570,000 

85,000 
37,700 

l,595j>00 


«if,p  (.•■ 


BIRMAH. 


««l 


EMPIRE   OF   BIRMAH. 

Tns  Bimmn  empire  is  Ibnned  into  tw<$  important  diviBions;  Pegue,  once  its 
rival,  bat  now  its  subject  kinedom,  Which  comprises  all  the  sea-ooast  ajiid  the 
mouths  of  the  rivers;  Ava  or  Birmah,  occupying  the  upper  valley  of  the  Irra- 
waddy,  and  the  present  seat  of  the  ruling  power.  Pegue  is  a  sort  of  delta,  en- 
tirely traversed  by  the  alluvial  branches  of  the  Irrawaddy,  regue,  and  Salwen 
rivers.  Its  valleys  are  of  extreme  fertility,  and  particularly  prmiactive  of  rice ; 
so  that  it  serves  as  a  sort  of  granary  to  the  empire.  It  has  also  spacious  forests, 
abounding  in  teak,  which  requires  a  soil  at  once  moist  and  rich.  Ava  consists  df 
a  plain  of  less  extent,  closely  hemmed  in  by  mountains,  and  by  no  means  of  equal 
fertility ;  hut  it  is  also  well  cultivated,  abounds  in  timber,  and  its  brave  and  hardy 
inhabitants  have  generally  held  in  their  hands  the  supremacy  over  hcth  nations. 
The  two  great  divisions  or  Birmah  are  subdivided  into  seven  provincefe. 

The  empire  was  formerly  much  more  powerful  than  at  present,  and  so  high  an 
<H>inion  was  entertained  by  the  Birmans  of  their  prowess  in  war,  that  one  of  the 
chief  men  assured  an  English  agent,  that  had  his  master  been  properly  solicited, 
he  would  have  sent  an  army  to  give  the  English  possession  oS  France.  In  1824, 
war  was  commenced  by  the  Birmans  against  the  East  India  Company,  which 
ended,  two  years  afterwards,  by  the  emperor  ceding  to  the  company  nearly  all  tihe 
provinces  on  the  Bay  of  Bengal,  and  paying  between  4  and  5  millions  of  dollars 
towards  defraying  the  expenses  of  the  war.     ^^  -      r-  % 

It  was  during  the  above  contest  that  Mr.  Judson,  an  American  missionary,  was 
imprisoned  at  Ava,  where  he  suffered  the  greatest  distress.  This  was  alleviated 
by  the  affectionate  courage  of  his  wife,  Whose  devotion  to  the  cause  of  piety  and 
humanity,  amid  the  greatest  dangers  and  trials,  a£S)rds  one  of  the  most  interesting 
narratives  ever  pubmhed. 

Besides  the  Avans  and  Peguans,  there  are  several  other  races  in  Birmah,  as 
Yiens,  Shans,  Karens,  &c.  Among  the  latter  the  American  missionaries  in  Maul- 
mein,  Chumerah,  and  the  vicinity,  have  established  churches  and  schools,  which 
are  attended  by  the  natives,  many  of  whom  have  exchanged  their  dark  supersti- 
tions for  the  pure  light  of  the  gospel. 

Rangoon,  the  grand  emporium  of  the  empire,  is  situated  on  one  of  the  branches 
of  the  Irrawaddy  river,  and  extends  for  nearly  a  mile  along  the  water.  The  popu- 
lation, about  40,000,  is  composed  in  a  great  measure  of  foreigners  fiom  all  the 
countries  of  the  East,  and  of  all  religions,  who  have  been  encouraged  to  settle 
here  by  the  liberal  policy  of  the  Birman  government  The  exchange  presents  a 
motley  and  coniiised  assemblage  of  Mahometans,  Parsees,  Armenians,  and  all  the 
commercial  nations  of  this  quarter. 

The  other  sea-ports  are  Basseen  and  Martaban,  the  latter  on  the  Salwen,  and 
the  former  on  the  western  estuary  of  the  Irrawaddy.  They  are  much  inferior  in 
trade  to  Rangoon.  On  ascending  that  river  towards  the  capital,  ntimeraus  towns 
and  villages  occur.  Of  the  former,  some  of  the  chief  are  Prome,  Meeaday,  Patfr* 
nagoh,  Sembewghew,  and  Pagham-Mew.  Prome,  the  ancient  ftontier  of  Ava  and 
Pegue,  and  at  one  time  the  residence  of  the  Pegue  kings,  carries  on  a  great  trade 
in  timber,  and  is  said  to  be  more  populous  than  Rangoon.  Pagham-Mew,  the  an- 
cient and  splendid  capital  of  Birmah  at  a  time  when  a  higher  taste  in  arehiteetara 
appears  to  have  prevailed  than  at  the  present  day,  abounds  with  magnifloent  re- 
mains of  temples  and  royal  edifices. 

Ava,  on  the  Irrawaddy,  600  miles  irom  the  sea,  has  been  the  capital  sbee  1894. 
and  is  said  to  contain  a  population  of  800,000.  The  former  netropolis,  Umemp 
opo(ra,  though  but  lately  a  splendid  city,  is  already  much  decayed;  its  inhabila^ 
Which,  30  yeors  ago,  were  reckoned  a:  300,000,  at  present  amount  only  to  aOiOOa 


516 


SIAM  — MALAYA. 


KINGDOM   OP   SIAM. 

Sum  lies  at  the  head  of  the  gulf  of  the  same  name ;  its  interior  details  are 
known  only  to  a  limited  extent  The  kingdom  includes  Siam  proper,  part  of 
LaoSj  the  district  of  Santebon,  i^joining  to  and  once  a  part  of  Cambodia,  and  that 
portion  of  the  peninsula  of  Malacca  extending  southward  to  about  8°  north  lati- 
tude, and  from  thence  to  the  north-west  to  as  far  as  the  21st  degree  of  north 
latitude,  or  about  1100  miles.  Its  chief  river,  the  Menara,  is  deep  and  naviga- 
ble for  some  distance  in  the  interior :  its  banks  are  well  cultivated,  and  are  amaz- 
ingly fertile.  A  commercial  treaty  between  this  country  and  the  United  States 
wae  some  time  since  effected. 

The  late  capital,  Siam,  or  Juthia,  is  on  the  Menam  river,  100  miles  from  the 
sea ;  it  is  in  a  state  of  decay.  Bankok,  the  present  seat  of  government,  is  on 
the  same  stream,  but  lower  down :  it  may  be  regarded  almost  as  a  city  floating 
on  the  water.  The  bulk  of  the  houses  are  merely  oblong  boxes,  which  can  be 
floated  about  from  place,  to  place,  and  are  inhabited  chiefly  by  Chinese.  The 
shores  of  the  Menam  are  covered  with  numerous  palaces  and  gilded  temples,  and 
with  the  habitations  of  the  grandees,  which  are  raised  on  posts  above  the  ground, 
which  is  so  swampy  as  to  render  it  almost  impossible  to  walk  or  drive  through 
the  streets.  The  travelling  is  chiefly  on  the  nver,  in  richly  ornamented  barges. 
The  inhabitants  are  90,000  in  number,  of  whom  one-half  are  Chinese  or  their 
descendants.  Several  American  missionaries  have  visited  this  place,  whose  efTprta 
in  teaching  and  spreading  the  Gospel  have  been  generally  encouraging. 


»■/.» 


MALACCA,   OR   MALAYAI" 

Tbb  peninsula  of  Malacca  is  the  most  southern  part  of  Asia ;  it  is  776  miles 
in  lengtn,  and  from  66  to  146  in  breadth.  A  range  of  mountains  extends  through 
its  whole  length,  and  the  interior  is  covered  with  thick  woods  and  marshes. 
Its  rivers  are  numerous,  but  are  short  in  their  length  of  course.  The  soil  is  not 
veiT  fertile,  yet  fruits  are  produced  in  great  abundance.  The  northern  d '::irieis  are 
under  the  control  of  Siam,  and  the  southern  of  Great  Britain.  The  intermediate 
portions  are  occupied  by  a  number  of  small  independent  States.  The  principal  of 
which  are  Ligor  Songora,  Patani,  Queda,  Tringano,  Pera,  Pahang,  and  Salangore. 

The  inhabitants  are  Malays,  who  are  by  turns  merchants,  pirates,  and  robbers : 
their  vessels  traverse  all  the  Oriental  seas,  and  piracy  has  long  been  with  them  as 
regular  an  employment  as  commerce.  The  most  daring  attempts  are  often  made 
by  the  Malays  to  capture  vessels  of  superior  force ;  but,  of  late  years,  their  piracies 
have  become  less  frequent. 

Singapore,  the  principal  emporium  of  this  region,  is  on  a  small  island  of  the 
same  name,  at  the  southern  extremity  of  Malacca.  It  was  founded  by  the  Brit- 
ish in  1819,  and,  being  declared  a  free  port,  Ip  visited  by  the  vessels  of  all  the 
nations  who  trado  in  these  seas.  The  imports  and  exports  are  each  about  (7,000,000 
annually.  The  inhabitanU  have  doubled  since  1828,  and  are  now  30,000  in  num- 
ber, <v«mprising  Europeans,  Ame  ans,  Malays,  Chinese,  Arabs,  Jews,  HindooB, 
and  Bugis,  or  natives  of  Celebes.  There  is  here  an  important  missionary  and 
printing  establishment^  where  books  in  various  eastern  languages  are  published. 

Pulo  Pinang,  or  Prince  of  Wales's  island,  is  16  miles  long,  and  is  situated  in 
the  Straits  of  Malacca.  It  was  established  by  the  East  India  Company  in  17R6, 
and  soon  acquired  importance  as  a  commercial  depdt  for  the  neighbouring  dis- 
tricts. George-Town  is  the  chief  settlement  Population  of  the  island,  in  1836, 
38,450.  On  the  main  land  of  Malacca,  opposite,  is  the  province  of  Wellesley,  a 
narrow  strip  of  territory,  35  miles  long  by  4  wide.  Area  120  square  miles.  Popu- 
Utloa,  in  1836,  47,655,  chiefly  Malays.  It  is  attached  to  the  government  of  Pulo 
.Pinang.  * 

Westward  from  Malacca  aboui  300  or  400  miles,  are  the  Nicobnr  and  Andaman 


EMPIRE  OF  ANAM. 


6171 


Isles :  they  are  both  in  the  possession  of  the  natives.  Those  of  the  former 
group  are  of  the  brown  or  Malay  race,  and  are  peaceable  and  well  disposed 
The  Andaman  islanders  aro  a  variety  of  the  Oriental  negroes,  and  appear  to 
be  among  the  most  degrade  d  beings  in  existence.  They  go  quite  naked,  never 
cultivate  the  ground',  but  iive  on  fish,  which  they  spear  with  gr^at  dexterity. 
The  English  attempted  to  form  settlements  on  the  Andaman  ana  the  Danes  on 
the  Nicobar  Islands ;  but  both  were  abandoned,  on  account  of  the  sickliness  of 
the  climate.    The  latter  still  belong,  at  least  nominally,  to  Denmark. 


EMPIRE  OF  ANAM. 


Thb  empire  of  Anam  comprises  Cochin-China,  Cambodia,  Tonquio,  T*siampa 
or  Chiampa,  and  part  of  Iaos,  extending  firom  north  to  south  1000,  and  from  east 
to  west  300  to  4CiO  miles.  Of  these,  Tonqnin  and  Cambodia  were  recently  con- 
quered by  Caunff  Shung,  the  late  king,  who,  from  his  attachment  to  the  Europe- 
ans, was  induced  to  organize  and  discipline  an  army  in  the  European  manner. 
This,  with  a  navy  of  three  hundred  gun-boats  and  a  frigate,  constituted  a  force 
which  no  native  state  in  this  part  of  Asia  could  withstand. 

Cochin-China  comprises  a  long  plain,  includei  between  the  sea  and  a  chain  of 
mountains,  a  short  distance  inland :  it  is  tolerably  fertile  in  the  usual  products  of 
these  regions.  Both  the  agriculture  and  trade  are  carried  on  chiofly  by  the  women. 
The  sea-coast  abounds  with  gelatinous  animals,  and  furnishes  the  edible  birds' 
nests  so  much  valued  in  China. 

Hue,  the  capital  of  Anam  and  of  Cochin-China,  is  about  ten  miles  ftom  the  sea, 
on  a  river  of  the  same  name,  the  banks  of  which  are  fertile  and  well  cultivated. 
In  ascending  the  river  to  the  city,  the  view  of  numerous  and  apparently  com- 
fortable villages  enlivens  the  scene.  Hue  consists  of  a  large  quadrangular  fort,  or 
rather  fortified  city,  which  co  stitutes  one  of  the  most  complete  ana  remarkable 
military  structures  in  Asia.  Elach  is  about  a  mile  and  a  half  in  length,  the  ram- 
part about  thirty  feet  high,  cased  with  brick  and  mortar.  It  is  built  in  the  regular 
European  style,  with  bastions,  a  glacis  200  feet  broad,  and  a  ditch.  An  hundred 
thousand  men  were  constantly  employed  on  the  works,  during  the  period  of  their 
construction,  and  1200  cannon  were  mounted  on  the  walls.  It  is  supposed  that 
40,000  troops  would  be  required  to  garrison  the  place.  Here  also  the  king  keeps 
his  fleet  of  galleys.     Population,  60,000. 

Turon,  on  a  fine  bay,  is  situated  to  the  south  of  Hud.  Sinhoa,  north  of  the 
same  city,  Tai-fo,Bambom,Quinhon,Phuyen,  and  Nha-triang,  all  sooth  of  Hud, 
are  sea-ports  which  are  seldom  visited  by  Europeans,  and  are  but  little  known. 

CAMBODIA. 

Cambodia,  the  south-west  division  of  Anam,  stretches  fhim  north  to  south,  fiiU 
500  miles,  and  has  a  sea-coast  of  about  the  same  extent,  lying  along  the  M^yan 
sea  and  the  gulf  of  Siam,  which  is  in  general  low  and  flat,  and  overgrown  with  I 
wood.    The  country  is  inhabited  by  a  mixture  of  Cochin-Chinese,  Malays,  Chi- 1 
nese,  n>  '  Portuguese.    The  trade,  except  at  the  port  of  Saigon,  is  unimportant   I 

Sui^  ,  or  Luk-nooi,  the  capital  of  Cambodia,  is  situated  near  the  mouth  of  the  | 
river  Donnui,  which  communicates  with  the  Mecon,  the  great  river  of  this  re- 
gion, by  means  of  a  canal  of  some  magnitude.  Saigon  is  composed  of  the  two 
contiguous  towns  of  Saigon  proper,  and  Bengeh.  The  latter,  which  is  fortified,  is 
the  residence  of  the  viceroy ;  the  former  is  the  chief  theatre  of  the  trade  and 
commerce  of  the  place.  The  inhabitants  are  supposed  to  amount  to  180,000,  of 
whom  10,000  are  Chinese.  The  markets  are  plentifully  supplied  with  native 
products  and  those  of  the  neighboring  countries.  The  manufkctured  articles  are 
chiefly  of  the  latter  description,  and  scarcely  any  European  goods  are  to  be  seen. 
There  is  a  superb  naval  arsenal  formed  under  European  direction,  and  which  flnm 
the  very  fine  timber  of  the  csuntry,  haa  produced  160  galleys  of  the  most  boauti- 
f\]l  construction. 


44 


J 


M 


518 


THIBET. 


TONQUIN. 
Tonquin,  of  the  three  kingdoms  now  sabj«;ct  to  the  sway  of  Cochin-China,  is 
the  larjrest,  most  fruitful,  and  most  valuable.  Its  character  is  still  more  decidedly 
Chinese  than  that  of  the  others ;  and  indeed,  it  was  only  is  the  eighteenth  cen- 
tury that  it  separated  from  that  empire,  retaining  all  its  forms  and  institutions. 
Both  the  English  and  Dutch  have  attempted  to  open  an  intercourse  with  Tonquin, 
where  fine  and  cheap  silks,  lackered-ware,  and  some  gold  m^y  be  obtained ;  but 
the  arbitrary  exactions  of  the  mandarins,  and  the  little  demand  for  fweign  cloths, 
in  iymooquenuc  of  costumes  fixed  by  law  being  worn  by  all  ranks,  rendered  it  a 
losing  traffic,  and  it  has  been  almost  wholly  abandoned.  Kesho,  situated  about 
20  miles  firom  the  mouth  of  the  river  Songo,  is  the  chief  city  of  Tonquin,  and  is 
said  by  some  to  contain  40,000  inhabitants ;  other  accounts  represent  it  as  three 
or  four  times  more  populous;  according  to  M'CuUoch,  150,000. 

rSIAMPA. 
T'eiampa,  or  Chiampa,  is  a  small  district  nominally  under  the  control  of  the  king 
of  CochiiM^bina,  and  lying  to  the  southward  of  that  country ;  the  climate  is  very 
hot  and  unhealUiy  for  strangers ;  it  is  said  to  be  fertile,  and  its  (Nroductionsthe 
same  as  Cambodia.    It  abounds  with  elephants  and  also  with  the  rhinoceros. 

Laos,  situitted  on  lioth  sides  of  the  Mecon,  or  Cambodia  river,  is  a  country  of 
some  extent,  but  little  known,  never  having  been  visited  by  any  European.  Part 
of  it  is  subject  to  Siam,  part  to  Cochin-China,  and  the  residue  independent.  Some 
time  ago  the  king  of  Laos  was  taken  prisoner  by  the  Siamese,  and  carried,  with 
his  children,  in  a  cage  to  Bankok,  and  several  thousands  of  the  inhabitants  were 
forcibly  taken  to  the  same  place.  Elephants,  both  wild  and  tame,  are  extremely 
numerous  in  Laos ;  anr!  the  capital  of  the  country  is  designated  by  a  term  which 
signifies  the  place  of  ten  millions  of  elephants.  The  people  of  Laos  are  called 
Shans.  Yuanshan  and  Lowa-shan  are  districts  lying  north-weat  from  Laos,  known 
only  by  name  to  Europeans.  The  people  and  language,  as  well  as  those  of  Laos 
and  Assam,  are  said  to  be  essentially  the  same  as  the  Siamese. 


■«4- 


THIBET. 


THiBvr  forms  a  high  table  plain,  surrounded  on  all  sides  by  ranges  of  lofty 
mountains,  some  of  which  are  among  the  moat  elevated  on  the  globe :  it  is  bounded 
on  the  north  by  Mongolia ;  west  by  Little  Thibet ;  south  by  Hindoostan  and  Bir- 
mah ;  and  east  by  CHiina.  On  the  southern  boundary  are  the  Himmaleh  Moun- 
tains ;  on  the  northern  the  Kuenlun  and  the  Tshoun^ling,  or  Blue  Mountains ;  and 
on  the  east  are  those  called  the  Yung-ling  and  Pe-hng. 

Besides  its  grand  mountain  features,  Thibet  is  distinguished  as  containing  the 
sources  of  many  of  the  greatest  rivers  if  Asia.  The  Burrampooter,  Irrawaddy, 
and  Salwen,  flowing  into  the  Bay  of  Bengal :  the  Mecon,  the  ereat  river  of  Cam- 
bodia, and  the  greatest  of  Chinese  streams,  the  Hoang  Ho  and  Yang-tse  Kiang,  all 
have  their  sources  within  its  borders.  The  lakes  Manasarowara  and  Rawan  Hrad, 
are  picturesque  and  striking,  and  surrounded  by  some  of  the  loftiest  snow-covered 
"^r.ks  of  the  Himmaleh,  and  which  are  held  by  the  Hindoos  in  religious  venera- 
'.'.n:  and  there  are  also  the  Lake  of  Terkerri,  70  miles  long.  Lake  Tousea  and 
^vdral  otiiers,  respecting  which  no  further  particulars  are  yet  known. 

The  climate  of  Thibet  is  cold  and  bleak  in  the  extreme,  from  the  severe  effects 
of  which  the  inhabitants  are  obliged  to  seek  refuge  in  the  sheltered  valleys  and 
hollows,  cr  amidst  the  warmest  aspects  of  the  rocks.  In  the  temperature  of  the 
seasons,  however,  a  remarkable  uniformity  prevails,  as  well  as  in  their  periodical 
duration  aiid  return. 

The  mineral  productions  of  this  region  are  numerous.  Gold  is  found  in  great 
quantities  and  very  pure ;  sometimes  in  the  form  of  gold  dust,  in  the  beds  o?  the 
rivers,  and  Bo.iietimes  in  large  masses  and  irregular  veins.    There  is  a  lead  mine 


eat 
the 
ine 


THIBET. 


519 


about  two  days*  Journey  from  Teesboo  Loomboo,  which  probably  containa 

,  abounding  in  quicksilver,  rock-oalt,  and  tinea],  or  crude  borax,  are  like- 


•ilw. 
Cinnabar, 

wise  among  the  mineral  productions  of  this  country ;  the  last  is  ibuni  in  ioex 
hauatible  quantities. 

The  manufactures  of  Thibet  are  i»'incipally  riiawls  and  woollen  cloth.  The 
exports,  which  go  chiefly  to  China  and  Bengal,  consist  of  gold-dust,  diamonds^ 
pearl,  coral,  musk,  rock-salt,  woollen  cloth,  and  Iamb-skins:  in  retiim  for  which, 
silk,  satin,  gold  and  silver  brocade,  tea,  tobacco,  and  fiirs  of  various  kinds,  are 
received  from  China;  and  firom  Bengal,  the  productions  of  that  country,  and  a 
variety  of  English  commodities  and  manufactures. 

The  people  nre  rather  stout  and  hardy  and  of  a  ruddy  complexion,  for  the  moun- 
tain  breezes  bestow  health  and  vigour.  They  are  of  various  distinct  tribes,  littie 
known.    Tue  language  is  the  same  which  is  used  on  the  frontiers  of  China. 

The  people  of  Thibet  have  made  some  progress  towards  civilization,  but  the 
sciences  are  neglected.  The  literature  is  chiefly  connected  with  the  religion, 
and,  together  with  the  language,  is  of  Hindoo  origin.  The  houses  are  meanly 
constructed,  and  built  of  rough  stones,  with  a  few  apertures  to  admit  light.  Mut- 
ton forms  a  common  article  of  food ;  and  tea  is  a  flivourite  beverage.  The  people 
may,  in  general,  be  described  as  mild  and  gentle,  and,  though  sjink  in  supersti- 
tions, free  from  many,  of  the  sanguinary  customn  of  the  Hindoos. 

The  Thibetians  are  said  to  reverse  the  general  practice  of  the  east  in  poly- 
gamy ;  though  it  is  probably  related  without  much  foundation,  that  wives  are  per- 
mitted to  have  several  husbands.  The  dead  are  buried,  burned,  thrown  into  a 
stream,  or  exposed  in  the  open  air  to  be  devoured  by  beasts. 

Thibet  is  remarkable  as  the  chief  seat  of  a  religion  which  prevails  over  a  large 
portion  of  Central  Asia.  The  system  is  that  known  under  the  title  of  Buddha,  its 
founder,  and  of  the  Lama,  its  sovereign  head ;  while  in  China  the  same  worship 
is  denominated  that  of  Fo,  and  in  Tartary  is  called  Shamanism.  It  had  its  origin 
in  Hindooetan,  though  now  nearly  expelled  thence  by  the  rival  system  of  Brahma 
from  which  it  is  generally  supposed  to  have  separated  as  a  schism,  though  othena 
conceive  it  to  have  been  the  parent  superstition.  The  doctrine  of  transmigration 
is  alike  held  under  both  religions ;  but  m  that  of  Buddha  it  is  converted  from  a' 
speculative  belief  into  a  powerful  engine  of  practical  influence.  As  soon  as  the 
Lama  dies,  the  priests,  by  supposed  celestial  indications,  discover  an  iafmt  into 
whom  his  soul  is  suppoaed  to  have  transmigrated.  This  person  is  immediately 
exalted  intathe  character  of  Lama,  and  in  his  name  all  the  civil  and  ecclesiastical 
affiiirs  of  the  state  are  administered ;  and  such  is  the  sanctity  attached  to  his  cha^ 
racter,  that  it  is  pretended  a  heavenly  odour  is  exhaled  fh>m  his  whole  body ;  that 
flowers  grow  beneath  his  footsteps ;  and  that  in  the  most  parched  desert  springs 
flow  at  his  command.  In  Thibet  and  the  bordering  regions  of  Tartary,  every  great 
district  has  its  Lama;  but  the  chief  of  these  spiritual  sovereigns  is  the  Grand 
Lama,  who  resides  at  Lassa;  next  to  him  is  the  Teshoo  Lama,  resident  at  Tesh(v> 
Loomboo. 

As  the  sovereignty  centres  in  the  Lama,  so  the  nobility  is  formed  by  the  movi^iu 
called  jelums  or  gylongs.  The  monabt  > '  principle  exists  under  the  Buddhist  sys- 
tem in  its  utmost  rigour,  accompanied  by  the  same  usages  of  seclusion  and  celi- 
bacy which  distinguish  it  in  the  Catholic  church.  These  habits  being  adopted  by 
the  most  celebrated  charanters  both  in  church  and  state,  the  idea  of  dignity  is 
exclusively  centred  in  them,  and  those  of  degradat'^-'^  nnd  vulgarity  are  attached 
to  marriage.  The  priests  reside  in  large  mansions,  ..luch  the  handsoir^st  in  the 
country,  and  uniting  the  character  of  convents  and  palaces.  The  m  <!'.s  in  the 
villages  bordering  on  India  are  represented  as  a  dirty,  greasy,  good-numoured, 
happy  class  of  persons,  who  do  not  think  it  inconsistent  with  their  vocation  to 
carry  on  a  good  deal  of  ^/orldly  traffic.  In  the  great  central  establishment,  raore 
dignity  of  character  is  preserved,  and  the  obligations  imposed  by  their  situation 
appear  to  be  strictly  regarded.  On  the  whole,  their  deportment  is  represented  as 
humane  and  obliging;  on  the  part  of  superiors  unassuming,  and  respActfb!  en  that 

_x-  t^c : **  • 

Ci   luwriurv. 

The  ceremonies  of  the  Buddhist  religion  bear  a  striking  resemblance  to  those 


I 


^  i. 


^.■; 


';«Ba 


LITTLE  TUIBET. 


ji'^'j  -ih  that  many  of  the  triiMionaries  found  it  scarcely  possible 
tr..  ri)r.    This  has  even  been  ascribed  by  some  to  a  mixture 
Nestorian 


of  the  Catliolic,  i 
to  di&aover  aujr  .1 

with  the  votaries  ihi'  Nestorian  heresy,  which  was  spread  through  the  East. 
A  favourite  part  of  "-M,  service  consists  of  music,  }ess  remarkable  for  its  harmony 
than  for  the  emj«Ioymeat  of  every  means  of  raising  aa  great  a  noise  as  poasibli;. 
The  priests  aesunie  the  wholi>  business  of  prft^er.  They  sell  a  certain  number  c.t' 
prayers,  which  are  written  out  and  attachei  to  the  cylinder  of  a  mill,  and  every 
turn  is  »jpposed  to  constitute  a  valid  prayer,     Some  are  moved  by  water. 

NotwiVhstanding  the  difference  bc'ween  t!m  religions  of  this  country  and  Hin- 
doostan,  man^  of  the  temples  of  T'h  ijet  are  crowded  with  Hiudo'^  id/i.*;  and  i^e 
■eats  of  Indian  pilgrimage,  particularly  Beitai-es,  Jugg'  maut,  and  i:$agur,  are 
devoutly  \'isited  by  votaries  from  the  domini'tns  of  the  Grana  Lama.     On  their 

Grt,  the  l^indooe  pay  a  deep  religious  venerat:o'i  to  the  louy  snowy  penka  and  the 
lely  mountain  lakes  of  this  elevated  neighbourhcod.  Atiior  >  i.hc  forrnei-,  (Jhii- 
mularee,  on  the  Bootan  frontier,  and  among  tha  btcer  Manasaroiara,  hold  the  pre- 
eminence. 

Lossii,  the  capital  spiritual  and  temporal,  "the  Rome  of  Centtnl  Ai^ii,"  i&  situ- 
ated in  tUo  lu^iit  part  of  Thibet,  an  extruded  valley  Kx'dered  by  biupenrloui?  rrioun- 
tain  ranjrep.  The  winters  are  seven? ,  i»ut  from  April  to  October,  notwirhst.inding 
occaeiivnal  cjI'I  blast-',  ti>c  rl\miite  is  warm;  rice,  the  vine,  and  other  !ine  fruits 
come  to  .ictuiit?,  Tlvc  ;'!.\,  iiidepcaUBnt  of  its  chief  ornament,  whinh  is  the 
temple  of  Portnia,  is  r!^pi'/.>  .;uik1  m  biinOsome  'vnd  opulent  In  the  surrounding 
plain  are  twsnty-two  othoi  u  c;tp'e.*.  \  '  sichly  aconied,  and  of  which  those  of  Sera 
and  Bhraebounp  are  df<3cr;bcp!  alnicih:  *r»  rival  Pcotala.  The  entire  number  of 
priovits  and  mtii>k&  'vruinlainod  <t^  Ic  expf:M?:f!  of  govemajcnt  is  stated  at  4,000. 
Lassa  is  the  sent  of  tt;e  gmnd  en  nveTeigv.  Lama,  from  whom  all  the  priests  and 
soverei^^ns  of  thai  ienomittati-:;!?.,  thioiigliont  Thibet  und  Tartary,  receive  their 
invectituti-  He  rLus  ;ci,  also,  till  lately,  as  the  civil  ruler  of  an  t'xtent  of  coutitry 
about  800  miles  iii  length,  aiid  oo.Tiposied  of  the  best  territory  in  this  region  ;  but 
the  Chineaf',  ufter  e.\p€lling  the  Nepaulese  invaders,  have  established  at  LaRsa  a 
military  conmantier  and  a  civil  governor,  and  virtually  annexed  it  to  their  empire. 
They  rule  it,  howevf  ~,  with  a  mild  sway,  leaving  all  the  ecclesiastical  institutious 
vfndi^tufbed,  and  in  flill  possession  of  their  ample  endowments;  and  the  tribute, 
vo^weyed  by  an  annuai  r^^nbassy  to  Peking,  is  extremely  moderat  ^ 

iV^hoo  Lcomboo  is  ihe  seat  of  a  Lama,  second  in  rank  to  that  of  Pootala,  but  is 
ron»i>fje«l  'yteresting  to  us  by  its  close  viciniVy  to  the  Bengal  firontier,  fVom  which 
ii  is  oii\;  !»oparatod  by  the  mountain  district  ot'Bcuten.  -About  400  mansions  com- 
bine to  tV  'i.  a  large  monastery,  the  walls  i^  which  are  built  of  stone,  the  roofs 
of  colourei.  wood,  and  cruwn^  with  numerous  gilded  canopies  and  turrets.  Ac- 
cording to  the  usual  system,  it  is  built  under  the  shade  of  a  high  i-ock  with  a 
southern  ex(r?8ure,  and  looks  down  npon  tlie  greut  river  Sanpoo,  or  Burrampooter, 
whose  course  is  here  diversified  by  numerous  islands,  through  which  it  flows  in 
de»i:>  Tiud  narrow  channels.  The  number  of  monks  and  gylonga,  the  sole  inhabit- 
,ants  of  this  monastic  capital,  amounted,  in  1783,  to  3700. 


k 


..J'-.V' •»,,*?.  >■'. 


LITTLE   THIBET. 


U 


Little  Tuibet  lies  to  the  north  of  Hindoostan,  south  of  Little  Bucharia, 
of  Cashiiere  and  Easchgur,  and  west  of  Thibet,  fVom  which  it  is  separated  by 
Kara  ^'^orum  ridge,  a  branch  of  the  great  Thso  jng-ling  range.  It  is  a  high 
rugged  r<>gion,  surrounded  on  all  sides  by  vast  mountains,  from  which  flow 
head  sti<iams  of  the  Indus. 

The  chief  town  is  Leh,  or  Ladak,  situated  on  the  river  of  tho  same  nami 
the  point  where,  being  joined  by  a  river  flowing  in  an  opposite  direction 
united  streams  take  the  name  of  tho  Indus.     It  is  the  seat  of  a  considerable  ' 
being  the  chief  place  of  transit  for  --.    caravans,  on  both  sides  of  the  .    '< 
Thilrat,  Hindoostan,  and  Cabul,  to  Y    '.  :.d  and  Little  Bucharia.    Near  i  k  c^.i 
of  the  Ladak  River  is  Gcrtope,  a  £,  .       larket  for  shawl  wool,  which  r<    jli^' 


the 
end 

th 


qm 


CHINA. 


Sil 


here  ftom  the  adjoining  districta^  and  sent  firom  hence  to  Cathmere ;  it  ia  sitoated 
in  the  midst  of  a  vast  plain  covered  with  large  flocks  of  sheep,  goats,  and  yaks. 

About  100  miles  to  the  south-east  of  Gortope,  are  the  lakes  of  Rawan,Hnd,and 
Manasarovara :  the  latter  is  an  object  of  reverential  pilgrimage  firom  all  parts  of 
Uindooetan.  The  few  who  can  overcome  the  tremendous  obstacles  encountered 
in  the  way,  consider  all  their  sins  as  forgiven,  and  an  entrance  into  Paradise  as 
secured.  But  little  is  known  of  this  region :  the  inhabitants  are  said  to  be  a  Tar^ 
tar  race,  whose  religion  is  that  of  the  Grand  Lama.  Theyi  appear  to  be  subject 
*'  »  China.  • 


CHINA. 

This  vast  empire,  containing  the  greatest  amount  of  population,  and  perhaps 
also  of  wealth,  united  under  one  government,  occupies  a  large  portion  of  the 
Houth-east  of  Asia. 

The  Chinese  empiro,  stretching  from  18°  to  56°  of  north  latitude,  and  from  70° 
to  140°  of  east  longitude,  covers  an  area  of  about  5,350,000  square  miles,  or  one- 
tenth  of  the  whole  land-surface  of  the  eart't.  The  population  of  this  vast  region, 
accordingto  the  most  probable  modern  cr.nputation,  is  about  300,000,000,  as  fol- 
lows:—  (The  Chinese  state  is  as  high  as  ')7d  millions.) 

China  proper 200/)00,000 

Mantchooria,  Mongolia,  Soongaria,  and  Little  Bucbaria 10,000,000 

Corea,  &,c 9,000,000 

Thibet  and  Boptan 8,000,000 

Total .227,000,000 

Of  this  vast  expanse  of  territory,  China  proper,  Mantchooria,  and  the  eastern 
part  of  Little  Bucharia,  form  the  political  China  of  the  imperial  administration. 
The  other  regions  are  merely  tributaries  or  protected  states ;  the  petty  chiefs  of 
Thibet,  the  country  of  Bootan,  and  the  kingdoms  of  Corea  and  Loo  Choo,  belong 
to  the  latter  class.  The  ruling  race  is  the  Mantchoo,  which  over-ran  and  subdued 
China  near  two  centuries  ago.  The  Mantchoo  is  the  language  of  the  court,  and 
of  a  rich  literature. 

China  proper,  now  exclusively  under  consideration,  may  be  generally  stated  as 
extending  from  20°  to  41°  north  latitude,  and  from  101°  to  122°  of  east  longitude. 
This  makes  1260  geographical  miles  in  length,  by  1050  miles  in  breadth.  It  is 
divided  into  eighteen  provinces,  the  majority  of  which  are  in  extent  and  popula- 
tion equal  to  some  of  the  most  powerful  monarchies  of  Europe. 

The  face  of  the  country  is  much  diversified,  though  the  greater  part  of  it  is 
level,  intersected  by  numerous  rivers,  canals,  and  occasional  mountain  chains,  of 
which  one  of  the  most  laipoiri.uut  appears  to  be  a  continuation  of  the  great|Him- 
maleh  ran£;e,  extending  eastward  to  the  shores  of  the  Pacific  ocean.  The  chief 
rivers  of  China,  the  Hoang  Ho  and  Yang-tse  Kiang,  rank  among  the  most  import- 
ant in  Asia;  they  both  have  their  sources  among  the  mountains  of  Thibet,  and 
afler  a  course  of  near  2000  miles,  disi^harge  their  mighty  waters  into  the  ocean, 
separated  by  an  interval  of  160  miles.  The  principal  lakes  of  China  are  the 
Tonting,  about  300  miles  in  circumference,  and  covered  with  a  numerous  popula- 
t-on  who  subsist  by  fishing;  and  the  Poy-ang  is  surrounded  by  picturesque  and 
finely  wooded  hills.    The  other  Iiki ")  are  of  much  less  magnitude. 

The  climafo  cf  T;  ;;?  m  VH-d  acco/jing  to  the  situation  of  tho  places.  Toward 
the  north  it  is  colr^.  -  Uie  niiddlr  •nii'i,  and  in  tho  south  hot.  The  soil  is,  either 
by  DHture  or  v^i  ^.uitful  of  everythin/  )hat  can  minister  to  the  necessities,  conve- 
niences, or  l\  jiies  of  life.  This  country  produces  ill  t!  s  fruits  common  to  the 
tropical  and  lomperate  couniricv!.  The  camphor,  tai  w,  and  cinnamon  trees  are 
common  in  the  fields  and  gardens.  The  most  celebrated  production,  however,  is  the 
tea  plant,  which  grows  wild,  but  is  much  improved  by  careful  culture.  It  is  a 
ahriih  5  cr  6  feet  in  height,  pFOuUciiig  ieaves  of  different  flavour,  according  to  the 
bri ).    This  is  po  extensively  used  in  China,  that  although  European  and  American 


44"' 


3Q 


'm^^y-:"^ 


^ 


■•■i;f  -f" 


SaOBBB 

CHINA. 


tnden  take  annually  from  Canton  upwards  <tf  mxtj  millions  of  pounds  weight,  it 
is  said,  tiiat  were  the  foreign  exportation  to  cease  altogether,  it  would  not  sensibly 
lower  the  price  in  that  countnr. 

China  prodnoes,  it  is  said,  ul  the  metals  and  minerals  that  are  known  in  the 
world.  White  copper,  called  by  the  Chinese  peton,  is  peculiar  to  ^t  country ; 
but  we  know  of  no  extraordinary  quality  which  it  possesses.  Tutenag  is  another 
peduliar  metal.  Their  gold  mines,  therefore,  are  partially  and  dightly  worked ; 
and  the  currency  of  that  metal  is  supplied  by  the  grains  which  the  people  find  in 
the  sand  of  fivers  and  mountains.  The  silver  specie  is  furnished  from  the  mines 
of  Honan.    Coal  is  abundant 

There  is  not,  and  perhaps  never  was,  on  the  &ce  of  the  earth,  a  government 
more  purely  and  entirely  despotic  than  the  Chinese.  No  power,  honor,  or  dis- 
tinction exists,  except  that  which  centres  in,  and  emanates  from  the  sovereign. 
No  distinction;  aie  owned  between  man  and  man,  except  those  conferred  by  office ; 
and  to  thuse,  the  highest  and  the  lowest  are  permitted  equally  to  aspire.  This 
supreme  power  of  the  monarch  is  claimed  for  him  as  the  representative  of  Deity 
on  earth. 

Although,  however,  the  despotism  of  China  is  thus  entirely  raised  above  any 
direct  and  positive  check,  it  is  yet  in  practice  the  most  mild  and  protecting  of  any 
that  exists.  The  monarch  is  heldi  within  a  circle  of  laws,  institutions,  and  ideas, 
by  transgressing  which,  he  would  lose  the  very  basis  on  which  his  authority  rests. 
The  doctrine,  tnat  he  is  the  son  and  vicegerent  of  Deity,  implies  that  he  will  use 
this  high  descent  and  power  in  securing  prosperity  to  the  nation  over  whom  he 
holds  a  higher  than  earthly  sway ;  and  this  is  so  fully  recognised,  that,  even  when 
his  people  are  suffering  under  evils  of  nature,  famine,  earthquake,  or  inundation, 
he  takes  the  blame,  humbles  himself,  fasts,  and  strips  himself  of  hi^ costly  attire, 
as  a  penitent  under  whose  sins  his  people  ire  groaning.  The  paternal  character 
equally  implies  an  anxious  concern  for  the  welfare  of  his  people,  who,  amid  the 
veneration  with  which  they  view  these  relations,  are  not  forgetful  of  the  accom- 
panying obligations,  or  indisposed  to  revolt  when  they  sufier  severely  from  the 
non-observance  of  them. 

In  this  system,  the  fbndamental,  and,  certainly,  highly  laudable  maxim  has  been, 
to  make  knowledge  the  sole  ground  of  official  rank  and  public  employment  The 
examinations  for  this  purpose  are  conducted  with  the  greatest  apparent  imparti- 
ality, and,  as  seems  to  be  generally  believed,  with  much  real  fiiirness.  Strict 
precautions  are  adopted  for  this  purpose ;  such  as,  that  every  piece  of  composition 
that  is  to  be  judged,  must  be  given  in  sealed  and  anonymous. 

The  laws  of  China  have  been  compiled  not  with  any  large  or  statesman-like 
views,  but  with  a  minute  and  elaborate  care  to  lay  down  the  various  descriptions 
of  offence,  and  apportion  to  each  a  suitable  punishment  The  cane  is  the  grand 
instrument  of  government ;  and  all  China  has  been  compared  to  a  school,  kept  in 
awe  lijr  the  rod  of  a  master.  For  its  application,  the  law  specifies  two  distinct 
dimensions  of  length  and  thickness,  and  more  pointedly  fixes  the  number  of  blows 
Jto  be  inflicted  on  the  offender.  For  crimes  of  a  deeper  die  than  those  which  the 
cane  can  chastise,  banishment  in  different  degrees  is  inflicted ;  and  for  those  still 
more  flagrant,  death  is  awarded. 

The  military  force  of  Ciiina  has  been  represented  as  amounting  to  about 
800,000.  The  greater  part  are  a  mere  militia,  in  which  the  population,  when 
called  upon,  are  liable  to  serve.  Their  appearance  and  habits  are  most  unmilitary, 
and  they  are  scarcely  called  out  unless  fox  purposes  of  police ;  to  pursue  robbers, 
and  pass  muster  on  state  occasions.  Their  paper  helmets,  wadded  gowns,  quilt- 
ed petticoats,  and  clumsy  satin  boots,  exhibit  nothing  of  the  aspect  of  war. 

Its  appears  fh>m  ancient  records  that  the  Chinese  and  Tartars  made  use  not 
only  of  gunpowder,  but  even  of  something  resembling  cannon ;  but  artillery  does 
not  at  present  constitute  any  part  of  the  effective  force  of  the  empire. 

The  Chinese  government  have  very  numerous  barges,  for  the  conveypnce  of 
tribute,  and  other  accommodations;  also  a  few  armed  vessels  to  prevent  smuggling 
and  piracy ;  but  nothing  which  can  be  called  a  navy.  An  American  fi^igate  would 
neat  the  whole  of  their  maritime  force. 


eSBS^Bi 


CHINA. 


533 


No  nation  i«  m>  Ikmed  finr  industry,  in  all  the  arts  th^  minister  to  haman  8ub> 
■istence.  The  lands,  in  particular,  which  are  at  all  capable  of  culture,  are  JtUled 
with  a  minute  care,  without  example  among  any  other  people.  The  peculiar  im> 
portance  attached  to  agriculture  is  testified  by  an  annual  festival,  in  which  the 
emperor  exhibits  himself  to  his  subjects  guidinf;  the  plouj^h.  It  is  not,  however, 
supported  by  any  large  application  of  skill,  science,  or  capital.  The  Chinese  canj 
on  rarming  on  a  small  scale,  with  rude  instruments,  and  almost  no  cattle.  Their 
chief  exertions  are  employed  in  irrigating  their  fields;  and  by  the  aid  of  the 
chain  pump,  they  draw  water  out  of  tneir  numerous  rivers  and  canals,  and  inun- 
date the  crops  of  rice  as  soon  as  they  are  sown.  This  is  done  twice  a  year,  and 
two  crops  are  in  general  raised  annually,  without  intermission  or  rotation.  Tiie 
highest  mountains  are  formed  into  terraces,  so  constructed  as  to  retain  the  requi> 
site  quantity  of  water,  and  allow  what  is  superfluous  to  pass;  and  reservoirs  are 
formed  on  the  summits. 

As  a  manuilicturing  people,  the  Chinese  are  also  eminent  The  fiibric  of  por- 
celain, so  superior  in  beauty  to  every  otiier  species  of  earthenware,  originated  en- 
tirely with  them ;  and,  though  the  taste  of  their  imitators  in  Europe  hu  produced 
more  elegant  patterns,  they  are  still  unrivalled  as  to  its  whiteness,  hardness,  and 
the  transparency  of  its  colours ;  the  materials  of  which  they  possess  a  peculiar 
art  in  extracting  from  a  vastvariety  of  animal,  vegetable,  and  mineral  substances. 
Silk  also  is  a  fiibric  which  the  western  world  has  learned  from  the  Chinese.  A 
number,  however,  of  little  ornamented  trinkets  and  toys  are  made  with  the  simplest 
instruments,  and  by  the  hands  of  single  individuals ;  yet  with  a  beauty  which  we 
in  vain  attempt  to  rival.  Such  are  their  ivory  fans  and  baskets ;  their  ornaments 
of  tortoise-shell  and  mother-of-pearl ;  their  silver  filigree  and  lackered  cabinets, 
chests,  &.C.  Their  paper  and  printing  are  both  good,  and  their  ink,  for  some  pur- 
poses, superior  to  European.  Their  stained  paper  aud  lackered  ware  are  also 
well  known. 

The  interior  commerce  of  China  is  chiefly  confined  to  the  operation  of  bartering 
the  productions  of  its  diflierent  provinces;  and  these  are  sufficiently  various  to  a^ 
ford  room  for  a  variety  of  extensive  traffic.  The  most  ample  fasilittes  are  afforded 
by  the  great  rivers  and  their  numerous  tributaries,  and  also  by  the  canals,  which 
are  constructed  on  a  greater  scale  than  in  any  other  country.  One  of  the  great 
objects  is  the  conveyance  to  the  capital  of  the  imperial  land-rent,  which  is  pai'^  in 
kind,  and  consists  chiefly  of  rice. 

Salt  is  a  most  extensive  article  of  traffic.  The  British  embassy  found,  at  Teen- 
tsin,  piles  of  that  commodity,  which  they  calculated  at  600,000,000  pounds  weight. 

The  conveyance  of  coal,  turf,  and  other  fuel,  affords  also  occupation  to  numerous 
barges.  The  distribution  throughout  China  of  the  silks,  porcelain,  and  other  fine 
manufactures  of  the  central  provinces,  affords  another  source  no  less  ample. 

Of  the  foreign  commerce  of  China,  the  European  part  is  the  most  considerable, 
it  has  long  been  chiefly  in  the  hands  of  the  English,  and  was  conducted,  until  re- 
cently, by  their  East  India  Company,  to  the  exclusion  of  private  traders.  By  an 
Act  of  Parliament  of  August  28,  1833,  the  China  trade  was  opened  to  all  British 
subjects,  and  now  stands  on  the  same  footing  as  that  with  other  countries.  During 
the  first  year  of  the  free  trade  (1834-5),  the  exports  of  tea  alone,  in  British  vessels, 
amounted  to  upwards  10  million  pounds;  more  than  the  annual  average*  of  the 
last  three  years  of  the  Company's  trade.  Foreigners  can  deal  only  with  a  body 
of  licensed  Chinese  traders,  called  the  Hong  merchants,  who  are  required  to  give 
security  to  the  government  for  the  payment  of  the  import  and  export  duties  on  the 
cargo  of  every  ship  that  arrives,  and  for  the  good  conduct  of  the  crew.  There  are, 
however,  others,  called  outside  merchants,  many  of  whom,  under  sanction  of  the 
Hong,  carry  on  traffic  to  a  considerable  extent. 

The  British  trade  in  Canton  was  recently  under  the  supervision  of  an  officer  of 
their  own,  appointed  by  the  crown,  and  styled  the  superintendent  of  the  merchants. 
About  40  million  pou"'*'  o'' '  3a  are  annually  sent  to  England,  besides  sugar,  silks, 
nankeens,  lacquer  wa  :  precious  metals,  &c.    The  value  of  the  British  trade, 

in  18.38,  amounted  to  i:  1,700,000.  The  Dutch  is  the  Isrgost  European  trade, 
aner  he  Untish ;  but  even  with  the  assistance  of  protecting  duties,  in  Holland,  the 


fc 


^    i. 


S5U 


CHINA. 


Dutch  <>ir.no.  compete  w|$h  the  Americnns.  Though  the  Portuguese  poBMss  the 
iaUnd  ttA  town  or  Macao,  and  the  Spaniards  from  the  Philippines  have  access  to 
the  port  of  Amoy,  they  make  little  use  of  these  advantages.  The  French,  Swedes, 
and  Danes,  all  carry  on  a  limited  int'-rcourae  with  Canton. 

The  trade  to  China  from  India,  called  1*ic  country  tnide,  has  long  been  very 
important;  it  ia  carried  on  chiefly  -  '  .tin  \i  *«  of  Bombay  and  Calcutta,  in 
opinn,  cotton,  pepper,  tea,  betel  r'  t,  K^:,  '>  \  m  for  a  time  interrupted,  because 
of  hbatilities  between  China  ai.>'  'itmi  ^t\.mi.  This  event  took  place  in  conse- 
quence of  the  Chinese  havirg  nroiilbited  the  introduction  of  opium  into  the  empire, 
and  destroyed  a  quantity  of  tl.a  article,  to  the  value  of  10  million  dollars,  belong- 
ing  to  British  merehanu.  The  Uritish  therefore  attacked  the  Chinese,  captured 
•everal  of  their  cities,  and  at  length  compelled  them  to  pay,  as  the  price  of  peace, 
the  sum  of  91  niillion  dollars,  to  cede  the  island  of  Hong  Kong,  and  to  open  five 
of  their  principal  ports  t'>  their  trade. 

The  American  comniurce  with  China  commence'  \u  ...«  jicii"  HP"  with  a 
single  ship  from  the  port  of  New  York,  and  has  increase*;  from  30  to  40  ships 
annually  of  the  burthen  of  15,000  tons  :  the  average  value  of  their  cargoes  is  about 
$5,000,000 ;  the  impcrts  comprise  10  million  pounds  of  tea,  of  various  kinds,  with 
some  nankeens,  <«ii><9,  toys,  tie.  In  return,  are  sent  seal-skins,  ginseng,  sea  slug, 
woollen  and  cottot.  oods,  and  specie.  Since  the  peace  between  Great  Britain  and 
China,  a  treaty  h;  s  been  concluded  between  the  latter  and  the  United  States,  by 
which  American  c  mmerce  is  placed  upon  the  footing  of  the  most  favoured  nations. 

The  foreign  trade  of  China  in  her  own  bottoms,  though  bearing  no  proportion  to 
the  wealth  and  greatness  of  the  empire,  is  not  altogether  inconsiderable.  It  is 
carried  on  in  large  unwieldy  junks,  whose  structure  can  never  be  improved,  as 
the  slightest  deviation  from  their  present  clumsy  structure  would  subject  the 
owners  to  the  high  duties  imposed  on  foreign  merchants. 

The  over-land  foreign  tniJe  of  China,  carried  on  by  caravans,  is  also  extensive. 
The  principal  itations  for  this  trade  are  as  follows :  Maimatchin,  opposite  to  Ki- 
akhta  on  the  Russian  firontisr,  where  the  value  of  the  merchandise  imported  and 
exported,  ie  about  $2,000,000  annually ;  Yarkand  and  Cashgar,  near  the  frontiers 
of  Bucharia ;  Leh,  or  Ladak,  and  Lassa,  in  Thibet,  for  the  over-land  trade  with 
Hindoostan ;  Yong-tchang,  in  Yunnan,  near  the  Birman  frontier ;  and  Koei-lin, 
near  that  of  A; jam. 

The  inland  navigation,  by  means  of  rivers  and  canals,  which  everywhere 
abound,  is  unparalleled.  The  Imperial  Canal  is  the  greatest  work  of  the  kind  in 
the  world.  It  extends  from  Peking  to  the  Kiang-ku,  about  600  miles.  It  is  said 
to  have  employed  30,000  men  upwards  of  40  yearn  in  its  constr.uction.  The  great 
wail  which  twunds  China  on  the  north  is  the  most  enormous  fabric  in  the  world. 
It  is  1500  miles  long,  passing  over  a  vast  chain  of  mountains,  30  ft^et  high  on  the 
plain,  15  or  20  when  carried  over  rocks  anc!  elevated  grot  ads ;  and  of  such  thick- 
ness that 6  horsemen  can  easily  ri''*  abreast  npon  it.  I'  said  to hace  been  com- 
pleted 214  years  before  the  Christiai.  era. 

The  whole  of  the  immense  population  of  China  composes,  in  its  strictest  sense, 
one  people,  cast  in  one  mould,  both  of  form  and  mind,  and  exhibit  in  their  physi- 
ognomy and  general  appearance  strittirj  ,)roofs  of  Mongal  origin.  T'?y  havea 
square,  flat  »«.»,  small  nose,  but  broud  at  the  root,  palo  yellow  complexion,  anu 
long  black  hair.  The  Matter  is  plaited  into  a  tail,  reachins:  from  the  crown  of  tb" 
head  sometimes  as  low  as  the  calf  nf  the  leg,  the  rest  of  th?.  scalp  being  closely 
riiaven.  .^^cording  to  the  ideas  of  the  Chinese,  tho  chit,  muty  of  the  females 
consists  in  the  smallness  of  their  feet,  wF.ich  are  c""  led  from  the  earliest  infancy 
in  order  to  prevent  their  pfrowing  to  the  natuml  r>i 

The  national  character  of  the  Chinese  has  bee.  ,  yd  re^tly  regarded,  and 
perhaps  there  has  o''  late  prevailed  a  disposition  'o  rate  amewhat  too  low. 
Quietude,  industry,  order,  and  regularity, — qualities  which  i.  lespotic  government 
seeks  s'  ye  to  foster, — seem  to  b«  peculiarly  conspicuous.  A  general  good- 
humour  und  courtesy  reign  in  their  aspect  and  proceedings.  Flagrant  crimes,  and 
open  violations  of  the  lawi;,  ore  by  no  means  common.    The  attachments  of  kin 


lilrcwl 


uir*%A 


J  bv 


_*:...! i_ 

paiuuuiarijr 


CHINA. 


8B5l 


in-  . 


parents  and  anoeatry  in  i^eneral.  The  anpport  of  the  and  and  inflrm  is  incut* 
cated  as  a  saored  duty,  whieh  appears  to  be  very  strictly  fulfilled.  It  is  surely  a 
phenonafloon  in  national  economy  very  worthy  of  notice,  that,  in  a  nation  so  im- 
mcnaely  multiplied,  and  so  straitened  tor  food,  there  should  not  be  such  a  things  aa 
either  begging  or  pauperism.  The  wants  of  the  most  destitute  are  relieved  within 
the  circle  of  their  family  and  kindred.  It  is  said  to  be  customary,  that  a  whole 
&mily,  for  several  generations,  with  all  its  members,  married  and  unmarried,  live 
under  one  roof,  and  with  only  two  apartments,  one  for  sleepin^f,  and  the  other  for 
eating;  a  system,  the  possibility  of  maintaining  which,  implies  a  great  degree  of 
tranquillity  and  harmony  of  temper.  Within  the  domestic  circle,  however,  and 
tliat  of  ceremonious  social  intercourse,  eeems  to  terminate  all  that  is  amiable  in 
the  Chinese  disposition.  In  every  other  respect  they  show  no  interest  in  the  wel- 
fare of  their  folio w-c features,  nor  even  the  conimon  feelings  of  svmpathy.  Re- 
peated instances  have  occurred  of  Chinese  dropping  into  the  sea,  and  being  rescued 
by  the  English,  while  their  own  countrymen  did  not  take  the  least  notice,  or  make 
a  single  effort  to  save  them.  Their  propensity  tc  fraud  has  been  amply  noticed 
by  travellers,  but  appears  to  have  been  somewhat  exagfreratod.  To  the  Hong 
-merchants  belongs  the  merit  of  having  established  a  character  of  very  strict 
honesty ;  and  many  even  of  what  are  called  "  outside  merchants"  appear  to  be 
highly  respectable. 

The  want  t)f  all  independent  place  and  p'  vor,  the  abject  submission  required, 
and  the  applicatior  of  the  rod  to  all  classes  u  iko,  produces  a  general  degradation 
of  character,  and  the  vices  which  are  its  natural  consequences.  The  highest 
()ffici<r  of  state  shows  an  entire  disregard  of  truth,  and  hesitates  not  to  utter  Uie 
most  ..'luring  fiilsehnods,  whenever  a  political  purpose  is  to  be  served.  Again, 
the  pract'.ce  of  exposing  children  is  another  repulsiv3  characteristic  of  the  Chi- 
nese, which  harmonizes  very  ill  with  their  apparent  mildness,  and  boasted  respect 
for  the  tics  of  kindred ;  nur  cun  the  poverty  which  prompts  it  form  its  excuse.  In 
Peking,  where  it  most  prevails,  the  number  of  children  annually  exposed,  has 
been  stated  at  9CX) .  but  this  is  now  admitted  to  be  a  great  exaggeration,' and  the 
r«ii.  number  cannot  h  -veil  guessed.  The  practice  derives  no  palhation  from 
bei'^  exercised  chi>  1y  upon  the  female  sex,  in  consequence  of  the  low  estimation 
in  vv      h  they  arc  uoneraliy  held  in  China.  ' 

Chinese  litcratu.e  is  much  encumbered  by  the  difficulties  of  the  language. 
High  atl  nments  are  hardly  possible  though  the  works  are  innumerable,  and  know- 
ledge ia  I  (general  road  to  office.  Poetry  is  a  general  study,  and  there  are  many 
taliss,  books  of  ceremonies,  ethics,  dramas,  &c.  The  books  most  esteemed  are 
attributed  to  Confn  is.  There  is  a  Gazette  published  at  Canton,  and  though 
there  is  no  censor  the  penalties  for  publishing  what  is  distasteful  to  the  autho- 
rities are  sufficiently  eevert  to  repress  all  liberty  of  the  press. 

The  existing  worship  of  China  is  a  confused  mixture  of  superstitions,  for  gene- 
rally speaking  all  religions  are  tolerated,  though  the  reigning  Tartar  family  adhere 
principally  to  the  reliprion  of  the  Grand  Lama.  The  religion  of  Fo  is  similar  to 
some  of  the  tenets  of  Buddhism,  and  Fo  is  the  Buddha  of  the  Hindoos.  Ti'^ 
number  of  temples  is  incalculable.  There  were  many  Catholic  Christians  once 
in  China,  but  they  have  been  often  persecuted,  from  an  indiscreet  course  in  ihe 
missionaries ;  so  that  at  present  they  are  hardly  tolerated. 

The  fine  arts,  in  China,  are  deficient  Her  painters,  indeed,  can  express  with 
minute  accuracy  the  forais  and  coloura  of  nauirai  objects ;  and  can  produce,  on  the 
whole,  a  1  ight  and  pleasing  effect  Being  wholly  ignorant,  however,  of  perepec- 
tive,  and  of  the  distribution  of  light  and  shade,  they  can  accomplish  no  effects  of 
foreshortening  or  distance ;  neither  can  they  imitate  that  depth  and  blending  of 
tints  which  nature  actually  presents  to  the  eye.  They  give  groups  of  individual 
objects;  but  not  a  picture.  Their  music,  notwithstanding  the  mighty  effects 
which  they  ascribe  to  it  is,  in  fact  Btill  more  defective.  It  is  perfectly  simple, 
and  has  been  compared  to  the  Scotch,  but  without  possessing  its  plaintive  tender- 
ness. 

The  Chinese  are  more  completely  and  substantially  clothed  than  the  other 
nations  in  the  south  of  Asia.    The  men  wear  long  gowns  and  petticoats,  which 


■ 


096 


CHINA. 


wonM  ^ive  them  a  feminine  appearance,  did  they  not  add  booto;  while  the  wo- 
Bon,  with  short  jackets  and  trouaers,  might  pass  for  men,  but  for  the  elegant  oma* 
ment  of  braiding  their  hair  with  flowers.  Silks,  satins^  and  occasionally  fine 
oottons,  form  the  material  of  dress  for  the  higher  ranks :  the  lower  are  clad  in 
ooarse  cottons.  The  button  forms  the  attribute  of  rank,  and  by  its  various  shapes 
and  sizes  expresses  at  once,  to  a  Chinese  eye,  the  dignity  vS  the  wearer. 

The  people  of  China  difibr  from  the  other  Orientals  in  their  food,  and  in  the 
mode  of  taking  it  Instead  of  squatting  on  the  floor,  and  eating  with  their  fin- 
gers, they  sit  on  chairs,  eat  off  tables,  and  raise  the  food  to  their  month  with  a 
■peeiee  of  chopsticks.  Their  dishes  arc  placed  on  small  tables,  but  piled  in  snc- 
cessive  stages  over  each  other.  They  consist,  in  a  great  measure,  of  confections 
and  firuits,  the  latter  of  which  are  iced.  One  fiivourite  luxury  of  the  rich  consists 
of  soups  made  with  the  gelatinous  substances,  sea-slug,  birds'-nests,  &c.,  imported 
flrom  Cochin  China,  Malaysia,  &c.  The  mandarins  live  luxuriously,  and  have 
several  meals  a  dav,  with  numerous  dishes  at  each.  The  ordinary  Chinese  can 
have  only  rice,  with  a  little  seasoning.  Tea  is  the  well-known  universal  beve- 
rage, presented  at  and  after  meals,  and  on  all  occasions.  It  is  drunk  without 
cream  or  sugar,  hot  water  being  poured  over  the  leaves.  Their  wine  is  bad,  but 
they  have  an  ardent  spirit  distilled  from  grain,  of  which  they  sip  pretty  largely  in 
private.    Even  convivial  excesoes  occasionally  lake  place.  , 

Fbkinff,  the  celebrated  capital  of  this  great  empire,  stands  almost  in  a  comer 
of  it,  only  forty  miles  from  the  Great  Wall.  It  consists  of  two  very  distinct 
parts,  the  Chinese  and  the  Tartar  cities,  of  which  the  former  is  the  most  elegant 
and  populous,  but  the  latter  is  adorned  by  the  imperial  palace  and  gardens.  The 
united  city  is  about  twelve  miles  in  circumference,  surrounded  by  walls,  like 
every  other  in  China;  but  those  of  Peking  are  peculiarly  lofty,  and  completely 
hide  the  city  from  those  who  are  without  The  population  has  been  a  subject  of 
controversy,  but  is  reckoned  at  nearly  2,000,000.  Peking  is  divided  into  regular 
streets,  the  principal  one  of  which  crosses  the  whole  city,  and  is  about  120  feet 
wide,  unpuved,  but  carefully  watered.  It  consists  chiefly  of  shops,  which,  though, 
like  every  other  edifice  in  the  empire,  seldom  exceeding  one  story  in  height,  are 
adorned  with  flags,  varnish,  painting,  and  lanterns  of  a  peculiar  and  elegant  con- 
struction. The  streets  are  immensely  crowded,  as  the  Chinese  spend  much  time 
in  the  open  air. 

Nanking,  the  ancient  capital  of  China,  is,  in  extent  considerably  superior  to 
Peking.  The  exterior  wall,  enclosing  the  suburbs,  resembles  rather  the  boun- 
dary of  a  province  than  of  a  city.  Since  the  government  and  tribunals,  however, 
were  transferred  to  Peking,  it  has  greatly  declined,  and  about  a  third  part  of  its 
area  is  now  uninhabited.  It  still  continues  to  be  the  roost  manufacturing  city  of 
China.  Its  silks,  its  paper,  the  cottons  bearing  its  name,  are  preferred  over  the 
empire  to  those  made  elsewhere.  Learning  also  continues  to  flourish  in  an  un- 
rivalled degree ;  the  booksellers*  shops  are  nowhere  so  amply  furnished ;  and  a 
neater  number  of  doctors  are  sent  forth  fh>m  it  than  firom  any  other  city.  Nan- 
king contains,  also,  in  its  pagoda  or  porcelain  tower,  the  chief  architectural  monu- 
ment of  the  empire.  It  consists  of  nine  stories,  ascended  by  884  steps.  The 
material  is  a  fine  white  tile,  which,  being  painted  in  various  colours,  has  the  ap- 
pearance of  porcelain ;  and  the  whole  is  so  artfully  joined  together  as  to  seem 
one  entire  piece.  The  galleries  are  filled  with  images,  and  set  round  with  bells, 
which  jingle  when  agitated  by  the  wind.  On  the  top  is  a  large  ball,  in  the  shape 
of  a  pine-apple,  of  which  the  Chinese  boast  as  consisting  of  solid  gold ;  but  on 
that  point  foreign  observers  seem  to  be  sceptical. 

Soaehow  is  extolled  by  the  Chinese  as  their  terrestrial  paradise.  Branches  from 
the  Great  Canal  traverse  it  throughout,  and  render  it  like  Venice,  a  city  on  the 
waters.  The  small  lake  of  Taihoo,  in  the  neighbourhood,  surrounded  by  pic- 
turesque hills,  aflTords  a  scene  of  delightful  recreation.  Here  all  the  classes 
whose  function  is  to  minister  to  pleasure,  lawful  or  unlawful,  are  trained  to  their 
respective  vocations ;  comedians,  dancers,  jugglers,  and  the  females  destined  to 
fin  the  harems  of  the  greats     The  latter  are  judged  to  be  fairer  and  more  grace- 


exnibit  none  < 


BBV 


CHINA. 


an 


M\j  attired  thu  thoM  of  the  northern  oitiee;  and  paint,  both  red  and  white,  ie 
laviahed  to  heighten  their  beautiea. 

Canton,  the  beat  known  city  of  China,  and  with  which  alone  Eunipeana  earry 
on  habitual  intercourae,  ia  aituated  at  the  confluence  of  the  Pekiang  with  the 
Taho,  a  much  larger  rirer  coming  from  the  west.  Their  united  atroama  apread 
below  thia  city  into  a  broad  eatuary,  called,  by  Europeann,  the  Bocea  Tigria,  whiek 
extenda  about  fifty  milea  in  length,  and  twenty  in  breadth,  to  ita  junction  with 
the  ocean.  Canton  itaelf  ia  about  five  milea  in  circumferenof ;  beaidea  which,  ita 
extenaive  auburba  compoae,  aa  it  were,  another  city.  The  great  eatuary  of  the 
Bocca  Tigria  alao  ia  covered  with  floating  manaiona  arranged  in  atreeta,  the 
tenanta  of  which  have  no  homo  on  land.  The  honga,  or  factories,  are  handaome 
buildings,  aituated  in  the  suburba,  and  arranged  in  a  line  along  the  water.  The 
atreeta  are  narrow,  and  the  front  of  almoat  every  houae  ia  a  shop ;  bat  the  auburba 
and  vicinity  contain  many  agreeable  sites,  in  which  the  wealthy  inhabitanta  have 
erected  their  roansionn.  Canton  ia  now  the  only  theatre  of  European  trade  to 
China ;  for  the  admission  granted  at  an  early  period  into  Amoy  and  Limpoo,  or 
Ningpo,  has  long  been  witMrawn.    Population  from  600,000  to  1,000,000. 

Near  the  mouth  of  the  Bocca  Tigris  is  the  Island  of  Macao,  separated  firom  the 
continent  only  by  a  narrow  river  channel.  It  was  once  a  place  of  high  impor- 
tance, whence  the  Portuguese,  in  the  days  of  their  pride,  carried  on  most  of  the 
commerce  between  Europe  and  China.  It  has  more  than  shared,  however,  in  that 
supine  sloth  and  decay  which  have  involved  all  their  Eastern  empire.  The  town 
contains,  at  present,  a  population  of  about  12,000,  including  about  4000  Portu- 
guese, who  still  fit  out  a  few  vessels,  or  give  their  name  to  thoee  whom  it  benefita 
m  trading  w  ith  this  jealous  goverament.  Thirteen  churches,  four  convents^  and 
fiily  secular  ecclesiastics,  are  supported  by  this  decaying  town. 

Shang-hne  is,  next  tn  Canton,  the  greatest  commercial  city  of  China;  it  ia 
aituated  about  1000  milea  north-east  from  that  place,  and  not  far  from  the  -Yang- 
tae-kiang  River,  in  one  of  the  moet  populous  parts  of  the  empire.  The  mission- 
ary, Mr.  Gutzlafl',  who  vbited  it  a  few  years  ago,  found  ita  port  crowded  with 
junks,  and  every  evidence  of  a  |freat  commerce,  and  a  dense  population.  The 
coasting  trade  of  this  city  ia  said  to  exceed  that  of  Canton ;  it  is  the  chief  em' 
porium  of  the  eastern  coast 

Teon-tsin,  on  the  Pei-ho  River,  about  75  miles  south-east  firom  Peking,  is  the 
principal  trading  mart  of  Northern  China,  and  the  sea-port  of  the  capital.  The 
river  is  so  thronged  with  junks,  and  the  mercantile  transactions  give  such  lifb 
and  motion  to  the  scene,  as  strongly  to  remind  one  (says  Mr.  Gutzlafl^  of  Liver- 
pool. Some  of  the  mercantile  firms  issue  notes,  which  are  as  current  as  bank 
dotes  in  Europe,  or  the  United  States.  Besides  the  vast  trade  of  tlie  surrounding 
region,  500  large  junks  arrive  here  annually  fh)m  Southern  China,  Cochin^hina, 
and  Siam.  Teen-tsin  is  a  great  depdt  for  salt  The  inhabitanta  here  have  more 
resemblance  to  Europeans  than  in  any  other  part  of  the  empire.  The  population 
is  said  to  be  700.000. 

China,  generally  speaking,  is  a  country  strictly  continental,  oonmowd  of  a 
rounded  range  of  coast  litUe  broken  into  bays  and  promontories.  There  are, 
however,  several  insular  appendages  to  it  which  deserve  notice.  Of  these,  the 
most  interesting  are  the  islands  called  Loo-Choa  The  rreat  Loo-Choo  ia  about 
fifty-eight  miles  in  length,  and  firom  twelve  to  fifteen  miles  broad ;  and  it  is  the 
principd  of  a  group  of  thirty-six,  situated  about  400  miles  from  the  eastern  coast 
of  Chma.  It  is  trilmtary  to  the  latter  country,'  ftom  which  it  also  derives  its 
literature.  The  great  island  itself  is  represented  as  one  of  the  most  delightful 
spots  on  the  globe.  The  sea  breezes,  blowing  over  it  at  every  season  of  the  year, 
preserve  it  ^m  the  extremes  of  heat  and  cold ;  and  numerous  rivulets,  which 
seldom  or  never  stsgnate  into  marshes,  render  it  at  once  pleasant  and  healthy. 
The  population  could  not  by  any  of  its  recent  European  visitors  be  conjectured ; 
but  from  the  extent  and  state  of  cultivation,  it  must  be  considerable.  The  chai« 
racter  of  the  inhabitants  appears  every  way  to  harmonize  witf  the  charms  of  their 
climate  and  scenery.  They  are  gay,  kindly,  hnmiitable,  and  intelligent  The/ 
exhibit  none  of  the  recluse  and  contracted  habits  of  the  Chinese,  tat  meet  fre> 


588 


TARTARY. 


quently  toffether  at  little  fefltivils  in  the  open  air,  and  appear  peculiarly  alive  to 
social  enjoyment  The  people  of  Loo-Choo  are  a  diminutiTe  race,  averaging  only 
five  feet  two  inches  high;  bat  atout  and  well  built;  their  faces  rather  agreeable 
than  handsome. ,  Indeed,  the  whole  animal  creation,  except  the  poultry,  is  small, 
but  otherwise  of  excellent  quality.  This  interesting  group  appears  to  extend 
about  500  miles  in  a  direction  nearly  from  south-west  to  norUi-east 

The  island  of  Formosa,  called  by  the  natives  Tai-wan,  is  in  possession  of  the 
Chinese,  and  may  rank  with  their  best  provinces.  Its  suriaee  is  finely  diversified, 
and  watered  by  numerous  rivulets  descending  from  the  higher  parts  of  the  island. 
Settlements  were  formed  here  first  by  the  Portuguese,  and  then  by  the  Dutch ; 
bat  both  are  now  expelled.  The  eastern  part,  rugged  and  mountainous,  is  occu- 
pied by  races  almost  savage,  who  live  by  hunting,  sleep  on  leaves,  have  scarcely 
any  clothes  or  furniture,  and  tattoo  their  skin  like  the  rudest  of  the  South  Sea 
islanders. 

Hainan  is  a  large  island,  190  miles  in  length  and  70  in  breadth,  separated  by  a 
narrow  channel  from  the  southern  extremity  of  the  province  of  Quang-tong. 
Though  in  view  of  vessels  going  to  Canton,  it  is  little  known  or  visited.^ 

Along  the  coast  of  Tchekiang  extends  the  almost  numberless  group  of  the 
Chusan  islands,  of  which,  in  a  sail  of  sixty  miles,  300  have  been  discovered. 
They  are  small,  verdant,  and  cultivated,  and  rise  from  the  sea  in  a  conical  shape. 
There  are  many  fine  ports  in  these  islands,  and  the  channels  between  them  are 
crowded  with  almost  innumerable  vessels,  carrying  on  a  commerce,  of  which  the 
centre  is  at  Ning-po,  on  the  opposite  coast  The  great  Chusan  island  is  about 
forty  miles  in  length,  and  about  twenty  in  breadth.  It  is  highly  cultivated. 
Tinghai,  the  capital,  intersected  by  canals,  resembles  Venice  on  a  small  scale, 
and  presents  a  crowded  csene  of  busy  industry. 

COREA.  ;i.rfe^^^;>^t;^fe.;v  , 

Thb  little  that  iis  knownrespecting  the  peninsula  of  Corea  may  also,  with  pn> 
priety,  be  appended  to  the  account  of  China.  It  is  separated  from  Japan  by  the 
Straits  of  Corea,  and  by  the  Yellow  Sea  from  China.  The  country,  400  miles 
long  by  150  broad,  is  traversed  from  north  to  south  by  a  chain  of  mountains ;  and, 
though  some  parts  are  sterile  and  rugged,  it  contains  a  considerable  extent  of 
fertile  and  well-cultivated  plains.  A  great  part  of  what  was  once  supposei  to  be 
main  land  has.  been  found  to  consist  of  an  almost  innumerable  archipelago  of 
small  islands,  extending  along  the  western  coast  Corea  is  ruled  by  a  sovereign 
who  pays  homage  and  a  small  tribute  to  China,  but  in  his  general  sway  is  entirely 
indepemlect  The  people  are  very  little  known,  but  appear  to  be  tall,  handsome, 
and  brave.  The  arts  and  letters  of  China  have  been  to  a  great  extent  imported, 
and  Core&  has  the  same  written  language,  though  its  spoken  one  is  entirely  dif- 
ferent Men  of  letters  undergo  similar  examinations,  and  hold  the  same  con- 
■picuous  place  as  in  that  country.  The  island  of  Quelpaert,  oflf  the  southern 
coast  is  distinguished  by  its  lofty  mountain,  beautifully  covered  with  cultivation. 
The  capital  is  Kin^-ki-tao,  an  inland  town,  situated  nearly  in  the  centre  of  the 
country.        >,,.•:    : 


TARTARY. 


■.f-?,^^fi: 


Tartakt  is  a  name  vulgarly  applied  to  an  immense  region  occupying  almost 
all  the  central  purt  of  Asia,  extending  from  the  Caspian  sea  to  the  Pacific  ocean ; 
iMving  Asiatic  Russia  on  the  north,  and  China,  Thibet  Hindoostan,  Cabul,  and 
Persia  on  the  soutli.  The  predominant  feature  of  this  great  territory,  is  that  of 
plains,  almost  boundless,  covered  with  herbage,  more  or  less  abundant,  and  occu- 
pied Inr  wandering  and  pastoral  tribes,  whose  camps,  like  moving  cities,  pass  con- 
tinually over  its  surface. 

Three  great  chains  of  mountains,  running  mostly  from  east  to  west,  traverse 
the  widb  expanse  ^f  Central  Tariary ;  of  these,  the  Altai,  on  the  north,  separates 
it  flrom  Siberic :  and  the  Kuenlun,  on  the  south,  from  Thibet.    The  intermediate 


TARTARY. 


539 


chain  which  is  whollv  Tartar,  and  divides  the  country  into  two  great  table-plains, 
is  called  the  Thian-chan,  or  Celestial  mountftins.  The  two  lost  chains  are  cpn- 
nected  at  their  western  extremities  by  the  transverse  range  of  the  Bolor  Tagh, 
which  forms  an  almost  impassable  barrier,  in  that  part,  between  Western  and  Cen- 
tral Tartary.  The  latter  is  thought  to  be  one  of  the  most  elevated  plains  on  the, 
Jlobe,  though  this,  from  a  consid^ratirai  of  its  vegetable  p't«ductions,  is  rendered 
onbtful ;  while  on  the  other  hand,  Western  Tartary,  esspecially  those  parts  of  it 
in  the  vicinity  of  the  Caspian  and  Aral  seas,  are  usually  considered  to  be  depremed 
even  below  tne  level  of  the  ocean,  a  circumstance,  however,  which  requires  con- 
firmation. 

Most  of  the  rivers  of  this  region  expand  into  interior  seas  and  lakes.  Of 
these  in  the  wpst  are  the  Amoo  or  Oxus,  and  the  Sir,  Sihon  or^JaxartPs,  both  of 
which  flow  into  the  sea  of  Aral ;  in  Central  Tartary  is  the  Casbgar,  which  dows 
eastward  into  the  lake  Lop.  The  Elah,  and  other  streams,  run  into  the  lake  Pal- 
cati ;  the  Boratala  into  lake  Karang,  and  the  Emil  into  lake  Knrcho.  The  great 
streams  of  the  Irtish,  the  Obe,  and  the  Selinga,  although  they  rise  in  this  region, 
soon  break  the  northern  barrier,  and  roll  through  Siberia  to  the  oceati.  Eastern 
Tartary  is  watered  by  the  Amoo  or  Seghalien,  which  falls  into  the  gulf  separating 
the  island  of  Seghalien  from  the  continenU  This  stream  may  vie  in  magnitude 
with  the  greatest  Asiatic  rivers,  but  from  its  unfivourable  position  it  .conduces  little 
to  the  interests  of  commerce  and  communication. 

The  chief  divisions  of  Tartary  are  into  Independent  and  Chinese  Tartary.  The 
former  may  be  considered  as  subdivided  into  the  Khanats  or  kingdoms  of  Bokhara 
or  Groat  Bucharia,  Khokan,  Elhiva,  the  little  state  of  Eoondooz  in  the  south-west, 
and  the  country  of  the  Kirguis  in  the  north  and  north-west,,  together  with  Turco- 
mania,  extending  along  the  eastern  shores  of  ihe  Caspian  sea.  Chinese  Tartary 
is  subdivided  into  various  regions,  which  are  Soongaria  or  Eelah,  and  Little  Bu- 
charia, called  also  Chinese  Turkestan  in  the  west,  Mongolia  in  the  centre,  and 
Mantchooria  in  the  east.  The  population  of  a  region  so  imperfectly  known  can- 
not be  estimated  from  any  precise  data,  and  from  the  nature  of  the  country,  must 
be  rather  liinited.  Different  geographers  have,  however,  reckoned  it  at  from 
20,000,000  to  30,000,000,  of  which  it  is  probable  the  smallest  number  is  the  near- 
est approximation  to  the  truth,  and  is  even  Ijkely  to  be  overrated. 

The  Mongols  and  the  Turks,  or  Toorks,  the  two  Ieadin(ir  races  among  the  vtv- 
rious  tribes  who  inhabit  this  immense  region,  are  distinguished  by  numerous  pe- 
culiarities from  each  other.  The  Mongols,  so  celebrated  under.their  own  and  the 
ancient  name  of  Huns,  occupy  chiefly  the  ^^Qtornl  Hietricts  bordering  on  the  north 
upon  the  great  desert  *of  Shamo.  Their  visage  is  broad,  square,  and  flat,  with 
high  cheek-bones,  the  nose  peculiarly  depressed,  small  and  keen  black  eyes,  bend- 
ing obliquely  towards  the  nose,  thick  lips,  and  a  scanty  provision  of  black  hair 
upon  the  head,  eyebrows,  and  beard.  Their  persons  are  somewhat  diminutive, 
spare,  muscular,  and  active,  and  the  horses  on  which  they  continually  ride  are 
more  distinguished  for  swiftness  than  for  size  and  beauty.  The  Calmucks,  the 
Kalkas,  the  Eluths,  the  Buraits,  may  be  considered  as  branches  of  the  great  Mon- 
gol family.  The  Turks,  celebrated  for  their  early  conquest  of  Persia,  and  for 
their  possession  of  Constantinople,  are  a  much  handsomer  race.  They  have  short 
and  stout  persons,  broad  foreheads,  high  cheek-bones,  small  but  not  twisted  eyes, 
and  black  hair.  They  are  divided  chiefly  into  the  Uzbeks,  the  Turkomans,  and  the 
Cossacs.  The  Mantchoos  are  represented  by  some  as  exhibiting  the  Mongol  fea- 
tures, with  a  fair  complexion ;  but  belong  to  the  same  class  as  the  Tungouses. 
Although  there  be  this  variety  in  the  external  appearance  of  these  mces,  yet  the 
same  wandering,  pastoral,  equestrian  habits;  the  div'^ion  into  tribes;  and  the  ab- 
solute Bway  of  their  khans,  unite  in  fixing  a  simila<  ;haracter  on  all  the  nations 
who  bear  the  name  of  Tartar.  , 

Of  the  national  character  of  the  Tartars  very  various  reports  have  been  given, 
aocordine  to  the  relation  under  which  they  have  presented  themselves.  Their 
delight  IB  in  war,  and  there  is  no  nation  that  wages  it  on  a  more  dreadful  and 
barbarous  system.  The  "scourge  of  God,*'  the  "  terror  of  mankind,"  are  the  ap- 
pellatk>n«  V  vhioh  they  are  known  to  the  neighbouring  empires.  General  ex- 
aBaaBgteaBaaBBfcBaBgBaBgiga«gBgggggaBiggagaM»MMM^dsaBg^ga»^^g5=5 
40  w  *k 


530 


TARTARY. 


termiiuitton,  without  reffsrd  to  age  or  sex,  ia  what  they  conaider  themaelvea 
entitled  to  inflict  on  all  who  attempt  reaiatance;  and  tnia  ia  mitigated  on]y 
when  a  profit  can  be  made  by  carrying  ofi"  captives,  and  selling  them  as  slaves. 
It  was  said  of  the  armies  of  Zinffis  and  Timour,  tliiit  they  saw  before  them  a 
firuitfiil  kingdom,  and  left  behind  them  a  solitary  desert.  It  was  their  boast,  with 
regard  to  some  of  the  prondest  capitals,  that  they  had  reduced  them  to  snch  a 
atate,  that  a  bbnie  might  piass  over  their  site  without  stumbling.  A  picture  gene- 
rally the  reverse  of  this  has  been  drawn  by  those  who  have  otoerved  the  Tartars, 
even  when  they  were  spreading  elsewhere  the  widest  desolation,  displaying,  in 
tiieir  domestic  life  and  their  intercourse  with  each  other,  the  simplicity  and  ami- 
able virtues  of  the  pastonA  age.  They  are  cordial,  kind,  and  hospitable ;  quarrels 
are  rare,  seldom  produce  fienting,  and  scarcely  ever  bloodshed.  Compared  with 
the  Hindoos  and  Chinese,  they  are  frank,  sincere,  and  honest ;  and  though  they 
make  even  peaceable  strangers  feel  the  influence  of  a  national  pride,  nourished* 
by  tho  recollection  of  so  many  victories,  yet  they  protect  them,  and  treat  them 
with  courtesy. 

Two  religions  divide  Tartary,  and  are  professed  with  zeal  through  difierent 
portions.  .  AH  its  eastern  regions  acknowlewlge  the  Shaman  doctrines,  and  the  su- 
premacy of  the  Grand  Lama ;  while  ever  since  ihe  commencement  of  the  eighth 
century,  when  the  countries  beyond  the  Amoo  were  conquered  by  the  arms  and 
instructed  by  the  preaching  df  the  caliphs,  they  have  remained  devoted  to  the 
Mussulman  creed. 

The  favourite  food  of  the  Tartars  is  h'orse-flesh,  so  repugnant  to  the  taste  of  ell 
other  nations.  Horses  there,  as  oxen  with  us,  are  regularly  fattened  for  the  tables 
of  the  rich.  To  the  same  animal,  the  Tartars  are  also  indebted  for  their  most 
national  and  characteristic  liquor.  The  milk  of  the  mare  is  fermented  into  an  intoxi- 
cating drink,  called  koumiss,  which  is  their  favourite  beverage,  and  which  physi- 
cians have  described  as  really  very  palatable  and  wholesome.  They  use  aleo 
booza,  a  thin  acidulous  liquor,  made  from  grain,  and  which  is  likewise  much  drunk 
in  Arabia  and  northern  Africa.  They  breakfast  on  tea,  which,  after  the  mode  of 
Thibet,  they  make  into  a  thick  liquid,  with  milk,  flour,  and  butter. 

The  learning  of  Tartary  is  little  known,  and  is  at  best  only  a  reflected  light 
from  the  southern  regions  of  Persia,  Hindoostan,  and  China.  Yet  the  country  is 
by  no  means  involved  in  that  thick  darkness  which  the  name  of  Tartar  suggests 
to  the  European  ear.  In  all  the  Mahometan  states,  some  of  the  first  elements  of 
knowledge  are  very  widely  diffused ;  and  the  few  great  cities  contain  colleges  for 
instruction  in  the  sciences,  on  as  extensive  a  scale  as  those  of  Europe.  Unfbr- 
tunatoly,  the  sciences  there  taught  form  a  contracted  and  mcmastic  circle,  nearly 
similar  to  what  was  professed  in  Europe  during  the  middle  ages. 

Tartary,  with  some  local  exceptions,  is  a  poor  country,  scarcely  affording  to  a 
thin  population  the  mere  necessaries  of  life.  Articles  of  luxury  it  does  not  pro- 
duce ;  and  it  afibrds  few  others  for  which  they  could  be  received  in  exchange. 
Whatever  of  splendour  has  shone  in  the  courts  of  Karakorum  or  Samarcand,  has 
been  wrested,  by  the  sword,  from  their  effeminate  possessors  in  southern  Asia. 
Conquest,  indeed,  no  longer  enriches  Tartary ;  but  the  plunder  of  caravans,  or  the 
booty  swept  together  in  long  chepaoa,  or  forays,  forms  still  the  ciiief  source  of 
wealth  to  its  petty  khans  and  chieftains. 

In  regard  to  agriculture,  although  in  some  favoured  districts  there  are  fixed 
tribes  wno  cultivate  tho  ground,  the  general  aspect  is  that  of  a  pastoral  region. 
The  horse  is  the  wealth  and  strength  -of  Tartary.  Those,  however,  for  which 
this  region  is  so  famouii,  display  neither  the  elegance  nor  swiftness  of  the  Arabian 
steed.  They  are  of  ffreat  weight,  with  long  bodies  and  large  limbs.  Their  merit 
consists  in  what  ib  cJled  bottom ;  in  the  power  of  making  immense  journeys,  with- 
out pause  or  fatigue ;  and  by  this  quality  thev  wear  out.  in  the  long  run,  their 
swifter  adversaries.  They  are  used,  however,  not  only  as  instruments  of  war  and 
plunder,  but  also  for  economical  purposes,  and  particularly  for  food.  Horse-flesh, 
nom  one  end  of  Tartary  to  the  other,  is  a  standing  dish ;  and  mares'  milk,  fer- 
mented into  a  liquor  called  koumiss,  is  almost  the  only  liquor  used  for  convivial 
purposes.    The  other  animals  of  Tartary  are  more  local,  and  chiefly  borrowed 


r 


TASTARY. 


531 


fhxn  the  adjoining  diatricts.    Eastern  Tartary  has  in  the  aouth,*  the  yak,  the  goat, 

I  and  the  mask-deer  of  Thibet;  in  the  north,  the  fur-bearing  animals  of  Siberia;  but 
neither  ia  such  perfiection  as  in  their  own  proper  districts. 
The  vegetable  productions  which  are  the  objects  of  culture  in  Tartary  do  not 
materially  differ  from  those  of  Europe :  in  the  southern  and  milder  tracts  are 
raised  wheat,  barley,  and  millet ;  while  the  ruder  northern  districts,  particularly 
of  Mantchoo  Tartary,  scarcely  yield  any  grain  except  oats.  On  the  declivities, 
however,  of  the  great  chain  which  separatss  Tartary  from  Siberia,  are  found  some 
valuable  and  peculiar  produces ;  the  rhubarb,  so  useftil  as  a  medicine,  and  which 
has  been  transplanted  into  Europe,  without  attaining  the  same  excellence ;  and 
the  ginseng,  which,  though  it  has  never  been  valued  among  us,  is  in  China  and 
Tartary  held  of  sovereign  virtue. 

Manufactures  cannot  be  said  to  have  any  national  existence  in  Tartary,  though 
here,  as  everywhere  else,  the  women  produce  some  coarse  fabrics  for  internal 
consumption.  Among  these,  the  principal  are  felt,  coarse  woollens,  and  skins,  par- 
ticularly of  sheep,  variously  prepared. 

Commerce,  over  this  vast  region,  is  on  a  scale  not  quite  so  limited;  resting,  in- 
deed, on  other  resources  than  its  own  exports  and  imports,  which  are  of  very  small 
amount,  These  wide  open  plains  have  m  all  ages  formed  a  routo  of  communica- 
tion between  Eastern  and  Western,  and  of  late  between  Northern  and  Southern, 
Asia.  Notwithstanding  the  multiplied  obstacles  of  mountains,  deserts,  snows,  and 
the  more  deadly  impediment  of  barbarou<i  nations  devoted  to  plunder,  caravans 
proceeding  by  thi.s  route  have  always  exchanged  the  products  of  Persia  and  Hin- 
doostan  for  those  of  China.  To  avert  the  perils  that  await  them,  they  proceed  in 
large  bodies,  well  armed,  and  purchase  the  protection  of  the  princes  through  whose 
territories  they  pass,  and  who,  indeed,  if  at  all  enlightened,  seek  rather  to  en- 
courage this  system  of  transit.  Of  late  the  Russians  have  opened  a  great  trade 
across  Independent  Tartary.  They  have  annuol  caravans  from  Orenburg  to  Bok- 
hara, and  these,  it  is  said,  consist  frequently  of  30,000  men.  They  frequent  also 
the  fairs  of  Yarkand,  and  some  of  them  have  even  been  seen  in  those  of  Thibet 


:    '.  f  -^iivju'.' 


♦  ■■  l^*^"*- 


MANTCHOORIA. 


,-j^i,i./'  i^.-^iit,, 


Ths  most  eastern  division  of  Tartary,  or  the  country  of  the  Mantchoos,  form- 
ing the  interval  between  China  and  Siberia,  and  bordered  by  the  Eastern  Puciilc, 
is  still  less  known  than  most  of  its  other  regions.  We  scarcely  know  it  at  all, 
unless  by  Chinese  descriptions,  which  are  in  general  meagre  and  pompous.  It 
presents  mostly  a  different  aspect  from  those  immense  and  naked  plains  which 
characterise  the  centre  of  Asia.  It  appears  to  be  divers!  tied  by  rugged  and 
broken  mountain  ranges,  covered  with  thick  forests,  and  ssparatod  by  valleys, 
many  of  which,  notwithstanding  the  coldness  of  the  climp.te,  possess  considerable 
fertility.  Wheat  is  raised  only  in  the  most  favoured  spots ;  the  prevalent  culture 
is  that  of  oats,  elsewhere  scarcely  an  Asiatic  gmin.  The  product  most  valued 
abroad  is  the  ginseng,  the  universal  medicine  in  the  eye  of  the  Chinese,  ',?ho 
boast  that  it  would  render  man  immortal  were  it  possible  for  him  to  become  so. 

The  great  river  Amoor,  after  rising  in  Mongolia,  traverses  the  whole  of  this 
province,  receiving  from  the  south  the  large  tributaries  of  the  Usuri  a;id  the 
Songari  Oula.  It  abounds  with  fish  of  the  finest  kinds,  of  which  the  sturgeon, 
in  particular,  is  found  in  matchless  abundance  and  perfection.  The  lands  upon 
this  shore  ought  also,  it  should  seem,  to  possess  ample  capacities  of  culture.  Yet 
they  are  occupied  merely  by  tribes  of  poor  and  wandering  fishermen. 

The  few  towns  that  exist  are  inhabited  chiefly  by  Chinese,  defended  by  Tartar 
garrisons.  North  of  the  Amoor,  the  country  is  Siberian,  and  is  filled  with  a  race 
of  hunters,  who  find  many  valuable  fur-bearing  animals,  among  wiiich  the  sable 
is  conspicuous.  They  consist  of  various,  small  tribes,  at:  the  Natki,  Ghillakii 
Dutcheri,  Taguri,  &c. 

The  Mantchtxjs  are  by  no  means  wholly  destitute  of  civilization.  They  possess 
even  a  language  and  writing,  essentially  different  from  that  of  the  Chinese,  or  of 
any  other  nation  of  Central  Asia. 

The  provinces  of  Mantohoo  Tartary,  immediately  adjacent  to  China,  are  called 


SOBS  I 

rof  I 

lledj 


533. 


TARTARY. 


Kortchin,  and  Kirin,  or  Kirin  Oula,  of  which  the  latter  has  a  capital  of  the  same 
name.  The  most  remarkable  place,  however,  is  Zhehol,  the  summer  residence 
and  hunting-seat  of  the  Chinese  emperors.  The  gardens  here  are  moat  superb 
and  extensive,  occupying  a  largo  pxpanse  of  ground  tastefully  ornamented.  The 
province,  however,  which  is  reported  to  contain  the  greatest  extent  of  productive 
land  is  LeaotoDg,  bordering  on  Corea ;  of  which,  Chinyang,  or  Moukden,  is  the 
capital. 

The  northern  region,  watered  by  the  Amoor,  bears  the  title  of  Tsitchicar  or 
Mantchooria  Pxoper,  being  the  original  seat  of  that  conquering  race.  Its  towns, 
Tsitchicar,  Seghalien  Oula  Hotun,  Merguin  Hotun,  and  Petoune  Hotun,  are  poor, 
and  of  middling  extent.  On  the  Upper  Amoor  is  the  district  of  Solon,  inhabited 
by  a  rude  race  of  Tartars,  who  take  their  name  from  it ;  and  farther  to  the  east 
is  Daouria,  peopled*  by  a  mingled  race  of  Mantchooe  and  Mongols.  Eastward 
from  Mantchooria,  and  separated  from  it  by  the  strait  called  the  Channel  of  Tar- 
tary,  are  the  islands  of  Seghalien  and  Jes^'c :  these  form  the  northern  termination 
of  ihat  great  range  of  which  the  southern  portion  is  occupied  by  the  empire  of 
Japan  All  the  level  coasts  of  Jesso  adjacent  to  their  own  territory  have  been 
occiTpidd  and  cultivated  by  the  Japanese ;  but  the  rugged  tracts  in  the  centre  and 
north  are  »till  held  by  the  natives. 

A  strait,  as  nanow  as  that  which  parts  Jesso  from  Japan,  interposes  on  the 
northern  side,  between  it  and  the  long  and  narrow  island  of  Seghalien,  which,  for 
a  space  of  about  700  miles,  faces  the  eastern  coast  of  Tartary.  It  has  now,  in- 
deed, become  almost  more  than  doubtful  whether  it  be  an  island  or  not.  European 
navigators  have  traced  on  the  south  what  is  called  the  Channel  of  Tartary,  and 
on  the  north  the  bay  of  Castries ;  but  they  have  left  in  the  middle  a  space  unex- 
plored, where  the  natives  report  that  Seghalien  is  joined  to  the  continent  by  a 
sandy  isthmus,  so  small  that  fishermen  drag  their  boats  across  it. 

The  inhabitants  of  Seghalien,  and  the  natives  of  Jesso,  consist  of  a  peculiar 
race,  called  the  Ainos,  who  possess  a  piiysical  character  entirely  distinct  from  the 
inhabitants  of  the  opposite  coast  of  Tartary.  Travellers,  content  with  remarking 
this,  have  given  very  few  particulars  of  their  actual  outward  appearance,  except 
that  their  persons  are  covered  with  a  more  ample  growth  of  hair  than  those  of 
any  other  race.  Their  occupations  rank  them  among  the  rudest  classes  of  human 
society.  They  are  unacquainted  cither  with  agriculture  or  pasturage,  and  derive 
their  sole  subsistence  from  fishery  or  the  chase.  They  are  represented  as  mild, 
peaceable,  generous,  and  warmly  attached  to  each  other.  The  verdure  is  more 
brilliant  than  on  the  opposite  coast  of  Tartary,  and  the  sea  abounds  in  an  extra- 
ordinary degree  with  fish,  among  which  are  whales  in  considerable  numbers. 
They  did  not  appear,  however,  to  possess  any  materials  for  trade  with  nations  at 
a  distance  so  immense  as  those  of  Europe.  Their  only  intercourse  is  with  Japan, 
and  with  the  country  to  a  considerable  height  up  the  Amoor. 

MONGOLIA. 

Eastward  of  Little  Bucharia  commence  the  almost  boundless  plains  roamed 
over  by  the  tribes  of  Mongolia,  and  which,  including  Soongaria,  extend  for  nearly 
fifty  degreer  of  longitude,  as  far  as  the  Lake  of  Balbash  or  P&lcati.  In  the  cen- 
tral portion  of  Tartary,  a  principal  feature  is  the  Great  Desert,  which  extends 
almost  entirely  across  it.  According  to  the  best  of  those  imperfect  accounts 
which  we  yet  possess,  it  reaches  about  2000  miles  firom  sciuth-west  to  nortft-east, 
separating,  like  a  great  inland  sea,  the  countries  upon  which  it  borders. 

The  oniy  precise  account  of  it  is  given  by  the  Russian  embassies  which  h-'vo 
from  time  to  time  been  sent  to  China,  whose  route  lay  in  a  south-oast  direction 
across  that  part  of  the  eastern  division  interposed  bolwecn  Kiaclita  and  Peking. 
The  surface  of  the  desert  is  described  as  covered  with  short  and  tliin  grass,  wiiich, 
owing,  perhaps,  to  the  saline  quality  of  the  soil  maintained  a  greater  numbe''  of 
cattle  than  coidd  have  been  supposed.  There  id,  indeed,  a  considerable  number 
of  springs  and  lakes,  but  the  water  is  so  brackish  as  to  bo  scarcely  potable ;  so 
that  a  single  pure  spring  whira  occurred,  tasted  as  delicious  as  burgundy  or  chsm- 
pagne.  A  space  of  twenty  miles  in  eNte.ti,  immediately  beyond  the  Cliinose  wall 
HI      ii  iiaajBjaasaa. i_ .  i. .    _  .aagssaaaatM^iiMMjuU^  jliii. iiiii.ijii.       luan:.  i  iii..mnji8~-ai.= 


TARTARY. 


5S3 


was  composed  of  shifting  and  sinking  sand,  formed  into  waves  twenty  feet  liigh, 
and  the  croe«ing  of  which  was  an  operation  of  the  greatest  labour.  The  ground 
along  this  tract  is  covered  with  pebbles  of  considerable  beauty,  and  even  value. 

All  the  habitable  parts  of  this  desert,  with  the  tracts  to  the  north  of  the  Thian- 
chan,  covered  with  rank  and  luxuriant  pastures,  are  traversed  by  thu  tribes  or 
standards  of  the  Mongols.  This  terrible  race  are  no  longer  in  a  condition  to  pour 
over  Asia  the  tide  of  conquest  and  desolation.  They  are  B|dit  into  a  number  of 
petty  tribes  separate  from  each  other,  generally  hostile,  and'  incapable  of  combin- 
ing for  any  common  object.  They  have  been  made  to  own  the  sovereignty  of 
China;  but  that  state,  unable  either  to  maintain  garrisons  or  exact  tribute,  leaves 
them  much  to  themselves,  and  requires  little  more  than  that  they  shall  leave  it 
unmolested. 

In  their  character  the  Mongols  are  rough,  roaming,  and  warlike ;  but  in  domes- 
tic intercourse,  frank,  cheerful,  and  hospitable.  Their  main  pride  consists  in  the 
management  of  their  horses,  in  which  they  appear '  indeed  to  show  a  wonderful 
degree  of  dexterity.  As  the  luxuries  of  horse-flesh  and  koumiss  can  be  command- 
ed only  to  a  limited  extent,  they  supply  their  place  with  cows,  and  with  that 
species  of  sheep  having  huge  tails  composed  entirely  of  fat,  which  prevails  in 
many  parts  of  Asia  and  Africa.  For  amusement,  they  hunt  deer  and  a  few  sables, 
but  ^nd  little  opportunity  for  fishing.  Amidst  all  the  privations  to  which  they 
are  exposed,  they  manifest  a  gay  and  cheerful  disposition,  and  take  delight  in 
various  kinds  of  sports  and  exercises.  Complete  converts  to  the  religion  of 
Buddha,  they  have  lamas,  feigned  or  fancied  to  be  immortal,  and  each  of  whose 
places  is  immediately  supplied  afler  death  by  another,  believed  to  be  a  new  body 
animated  by  the  same  soul.  They  have  also  monks,  by  whoni  the  religious  cere- 
moni''.'!  are  conducted ;  and  these  ceremonies  are  observed,  as  in  Thibet,  to  bear  a 
close  resemblance  to  those  celebrated  under  the  superstitious  forms  of  Christianity. 
This  ecclesiastical  nobility,  however,  though  reverenced  and  handsomely  support- 
ed, 's  far  from  enjoying  the  same  exclusive  dignity  as  in  Thibet.  The  warlike 
chiefs  hold  that  pre-eminence  which  is  usual  among  such  rude  tribes. 

The  Mongols  consist  of  several  great  families,  comprisinp'  the  Kalmucks,  sup- 
posed to  bo  the  most  numerous,  the  Eluts,  or  Eluths,  the  kalkas,  or  Black,  and 
the  Sharras,  or  Yellow  Mongols;  also  the  Sifans,  or  Choshotes,  divided  into  Black 
and  White. 

.:i.:,ii^r^y:.^^  h  SOONGARIA.  ;rf;)r^pf 

SooNoABtA,  b6unded  on  the  north  by  the  Altai  range,  and  on  the  south  by  the 
Thian-chan,  may  be  considered  as  a  western  division  of  Mongolia,  being,  in  almost 
all  its  features,  of  the  same  character :  it  is  peopled  chiefly  by  the  Kalmucks,  the 
most  numerous  among  all  the  branches  of  the  Mongols,  and,  in  form,  manners  and 
religion,  exhibit  scarcely  any  distinctk>n  from  the  rest  of  the  same  great  family. 
They  appear,  however,  to  have  a  more  independent  and  regular  form  of  govern- 
ment than  any  other  Tartar  nation.  The  khans  of  the  different  ooroghs,  or  tribes, 
meet  in  a  general  council,  to  elect  the  great  khan  of  the  Kalmucks.  They  boast 
of  their  country  as  that  whence  issued  the  Hunsi,  who  acted  so  celebrated  a  part 
in  the  overthrow  of  the  Roman  empire.  In  the  end  of  the  seventeenth  century, 
they  had  made  themselves  completely  the  ruling  people,  and  masters  of  all  central 
Tartary,  includipor  the  southern  countries  of  Cashgar  and  Koten.  Being  attacked, 
however,  by  the  Mongols,  their  rivals,  confede^ted  with  the  whole  force  of  the 
Chinese  empire,  they  were  unable  to  sustain  the  unequal  contest,  which  ended  in 
the  subjection  to  China  of  all  Tartary  east  of  the  K)lor.  The  Mongols,  though 
sharing  the  common  subjection,  became  pre-eminent  over  their  rivals,  many  of 
whom,  unable  to  brook  this  double  servitude,  sought  refuge  in  Asiatic  Russia ;  but 
the  mildness  of  the  Chinese  sway  has  since  induced  a  large  proportion  to  return. 
The  whole  number  occupying  their  original  seats  is  now  supposed  to  amount  to 
about  1,000,000. 

There  are  several  towns  in  Soongaria,  of  which  Eelah  is  the  chief:  it  is  situ- 
ated on  a  fiver  of  '.he  same  name,  and  is  said  to  be  rather  a  collection  of  towns 
than  a  s'  igle  one;  it  contains  a  large  Chinese  garrison,  and  has  an  annual  fkir,  to 
which  the  Kalmuck.^  ijring  from  25,000  to  30,000  horses. 


■BB 


534 


TARTARY. 


LITTLE  BUCHARIA. 

Tim  region,  to  the  ooutb  of  the  Tbianehan,  and  north-west  of  the  Great  Desert, 
although  an  extensive  country  including  some  of  the  finest  tracts  of  Central  Asia, 
has  remained  to  the  nnodems  almost  utterly  unknown.  The  appellation  of  Tang ut 
appears  to  have  been  extensively,  though  in  a  somewhat  vague  way,  appliea  to 
this  region,  which  has  alao  been  callea  Little  Bucbaria  and  Chinese  Turkestan. 
Accordinff  to  the  report  of  late  travellers,  the  Chinese,  having  driven  oat  the 
native  pnoce%  have  incorporated  the  greater  part  of  it  into  the  kingdom  of  Cash- 
gar.  This  kingdom,  in  its  original  limits,  forms  a  wido  plain  to  the  east  of  the 
great  chain  of  the  Bolor.  It  is  described  as  superior  in  brauty  and  fertility  to  an^ 
other  part  of  Tartary,  and  as  rivalling  the  finest  tracts  in  southern  Europe.  It  is 
watered  by  numerous  streams,  descending  ftt>m  the  high  border  chain ;  the  fields, 
carefully  cultivated,  are  covered  with  large  crops  of  grain,  and  the  fruits  are  pecu- 
liarly exceUeot  It  is  a  tract  redeemed,  as  it  were,  fVom  the  general  desdation 
of  T^rV'.Ty,  At  present  Cashgar  appears  to  be  flourishing  under  the  Chinese  sway. 
Th.e.  >:  vji-1  in  Yarkand,  both  Mahometan  countries,  the  magistrates  of  that  pro- 
fession administer  iustice  and  carry  on  all  the  internal  aiT-'ts,  wkile  the  Chinese 
mili^iry  officers,  called  amdans,  collect  the  revenue  and  defend  the  country  a^jainst 
fiM'f^ign  iiivasion. 

'Tun  ciu  of  Cashgar  is  the  seat  of  government,  and,  though  not  the  chief  em- 

"-lU'.n  ef  this  part  of  Asia,  yet  a  seat  of  considerable  trade.  A  fine  river  from 
t  ./est  passes  by  it,  and  a  lead  mine  in  the  neighbourhood  afiiNrds  empluyment 
u  <i  considerable  number  of  the  inhibitants.  Yarkand  is  universally  allowed  to 
be  a  km":  -  and  still  handsomer  citv,  and  is  said  to  contain  60,000  inhabitants.  It 
is  a  pluk. .  i  immense  resort,  .^nd  filled  with  numerous  caravanserais  for  I  be  recep* 
tion  of  strangers.  A  handsome  mreet  runs  the  whole  length  of  the  city,  entirely 
filledl  with  sliops  and  warehnuses,  which  are  kept  by  the  Chinese,  who  sit  on 
bencllies  in  firont  There  is  also  a  considerable  number  of  roadresses,  or  colleges. 
The  country  around  is  described  as  almost  unrivalled,  particularly  for  its  finely 
v/ateired  gardens  and  the  excellence  of  its  fruits. 

Some  other  countries  and  cities  enumerated  by  late  writers  as  situated  in  Little 
Buchiria,  are  Koten,  Aksou,  Koutche,  Turfan,  Harashar,  Elchi,  Karaiaii,  Gumma, 
Kargiilie,  Yengu,  and  Hissar.  Koten  is  celebrated  in  the  early  histories  and  tra- 
vels as  an  independent  kingdom,  of  considerable  extent  and  importance.  Its  tcm- 
perat«)  climate  and  fruitful  soil  are  marked  by  the  production  of  the  vine  and  the 
silkworm.  At  a  period  anterior  to  the  Christian  era,  the  doctrines  and  learning 
of  Buddhism  are  said  to  have  been  introduced  into  Koten,  and  to  have  flourlBhod 
there  till  they  were  driven  out  by  Mahometan  conquest,  At  present,  under  Chi- 
nese fiway,  both  religions  are  equally  tolerated. 

Akiwu  is  also  described  as  Uie  capital  of  an  extensive  district  subject  to  Cash- 
gar. It  is  supposed  to  eoulain  75,000  inhabitan  js.  Turfan  is  also  a  largo  and 
stronjf  citv,  the  capital  of  a  considerable  country,  governed  by  a  branch  of  the 
royal  fkmily  of  Cashgar. 

Faither  to  the  east  is  the  country  of  Lop,  in  which  is  the  lake  where  the  river 
of  Caijhgar  finds  its  termination.    Beyond  it  is  Chamil,  ur  Hami,  represented  as  a 

Eeculiany  fine  country,  inhabited  by  a  letsmed  and  polished  people,  immersed, 
owever,  in  dissolute  and  voluptuous  habits.  The  Mahuinetan  religion,  which  has 
been  established  through  Cashgar  nnd  all  its  depondoncius,  gives  place  hero  to  the 
eccleiiiastical  sway  of  the  Lama.  Peculiar  superstitions,  the  remains  probably  of 
an  earlier  system,  are  said  to  prevail  in  this  part  of  Tartary.  The  dead  are  oilen 
embalmed  in  spices,  and  kept  for  several  yetus  till  the  astrologer  has  determined 
the  planet  under  which  they  ought  to  be  interred. 

INDEPENDENT  TARTARY. 
Indbpenbent  Tartary,  commencing  at  the  great  boundary  chain  of  the  Bolor, 
readies  westward  to  the  Caspian,  and  is  hounded  on  the  south  by  Persia,  and  on 
the  north  by  Asiatic  Russia.     Its  chief  divisions  arc  the  kingdom  of  Great  Bu- 
cbaria, or  Bokhara,  and  that  of  Khokan,  both  fertile  and  |)opulous  when  compared 


TARTARY. 


&35 


with  the  wraatM  by  which  they  are  aurrounded ;  both  famed  and  ancient  aeati  of 
empire.  They  aie  aituated  upon,  and  derive  their  fertility  (Vom,  the  twoffroat 
central  rivera;  one  flrom  the  Amoo  Qihon,  or  Oxua,  the  other  fVom  fhe  Sir,  mhon, 
or  Jaxartea.  Tbeae  atatea,  with  the  khanat  of  Khiva,  alio  an  |mpiirtant  power, 
occupving  the  lower  Amoo,  are  ruled  by  Uzbek  chiefa,'  and  flrequently  called  Ui* 
bck  1  urkiatan. 

GREAT  BUCHARIA,  OR  BOKHARA. 

BoKUASA  forma  a  fertile  oaaia,  extending  about  200  mitea  along  the  northern 
bank  of  the  Amoo.  The  population,  bv  the  laat  Ruaaian  embaaay,  who  viaited  the 
country  in  1820,  ia  reckoned  at  2,600,000,  of  which  a  great  proportion  conaiata  of 
fixed  inhabitants,  cultivating  the  ground,  or  inhabiting  towna.  'I'he  bulk  of  theae, 
over  all  Independent  Tartary,  aa  well  aa  Oaahgar  and  Cabul,  conaiata  of  a  race 
called  Taujika,  apparently  deacendod  ilrom  an  original  native  people  reduced  to 
aubjection  by  the  conquering  triboj  who  at  preaent  bear  away ;  and  the  nume  ia 
now  generally  applied  to  all  who  have  adopted  the  aamo  peaceable  and  indualrioua 
habita.  The  military  force  of  the  kingdom  consiata  of  220,000  horae  and  4000  in-' 
fantry,  beaidea  about  60,000  militia.  The  proaent  aovereign,  a  warlike  prince, 
has  wreated  Balkh  fVom  the  chief  of  Koondooz;  but  the  only  expeditiona  in  which 
hia  troops  engage  at  present  are  for  the  purpose  of  plunder,  chiefly  over  the  vast 
plaina  of  Khorasan. 

The  country  ia  well  governed,  poaceflil,  and  flourishing.  Cultivation  ia  onlv 
limited  by  the  want  of  water,  and  by  the  naked  character  of  the  vaat  plaina  which 
inclose  wkhara.  A  considerable  inland  trado  is  carried  on  with  India,  Persia, 
and,  above,  all,  with  Russia,  FrorA  Astrachan,  two  annual  caravans  come  by  way 
of  Orenburg,  each  accompanied  by  4000  or  6000  camelo.  In  winter,  the  Amoo 
being  frozen,  they  are  enabled  to  pass  it  over  the  ice;  but  much  hardship  is  oxn.  - 
rienoed  in  consequence  of  the  desolate  character  of  tlio  route,  where  often  neither 
provisions  nor  water  are  to  bo  found  fur  Hevunil  successive  days.  The  inrporta 
from  Russia  are  metals,  arms,  cutlt'ry,  cloths,  and  other  Europea;;  manufacturea ; 
the  returns  are  in  silk,  cotton,  hides,  rubies,  and  turquoises. 

The  city  of  Bokhara  contains  70,000  or  80,000  inhubltaiits.  Aa  usual  in  Asiatic 
citieo,  the  habitations  of  the  ordinary  citizens  are  poor ;  but  there  aro  a  number 
of  mosques,  and  madresaes,  or  colleges,  handsomely  built  of  stone.  Bokhara  is  a 
great  seat  of  Mahometan  learning.  The  city  contains  eighty  madrcsses,  each 
attended  by  from  40  to  300  students.  To  every  madresse  there  is  a  lecturer ;  and 
these,  with  the  students,  are  supported  by  funds  consisting  chiefly  in  the  rent  of 
lands  or  houses,  appropriated  to  that  purpose  by  Mahometan  zeal  and  charity. 

About  200  miles  to  the  east  of  Bokhara  is  Samarcand.  Ita  walls  still  inclose  a 
circuit  of  forty-eight  miles.  The  beauty  of  its  environs,  and  the  delicacy  of  its 
fruits,  are  atill  extolled  in  the  same  lofly  terms  which  were  used  by  the  writers 
of  the  middle  ages.  This  renowned  capital  of  Asia  is  now,  however,  little  better 
than  a  mass  of  ruins. 

BALKH. 

Ths  region  of  Balkh,  situated  on  the  north  side  of  the  mountains,  forma  jNirt 
of  the  vast  plain  which  extends  to  the  Altai,  and,  being  ruled  by  Uzbek  chiefs,  it 
must  properly  be  considered  as  belonging  to  Independent  Tartary. 

Balkh,  the  ancient  Bactria,  poaseaaes  in  Asia  the  fame  of  almost  unrivalled  an- 
tiquitv,  which  seems  to  ascend  even  to  tlie  age  of  Semiramis.  It  ia  commonly 
called,  in  the  East,  the  mother  of  cities.  It  rctniim,  however,  a  mere  shadow  of 
ita  ancient  grandeur.  Only  one  corner  of  the  wide  circuit  which  its  walls  inclose 
is  now  inhabited,  and  does  not  contain  more  than  2000  souk.  The  surrounding 
district  is  flat,  fertile,  and  well  cultivated,  containing  about  800  villages.  Thia 
fertility  is  produced,  in  a  great  measure,  by  a  grand  reservoir  formed  of  the  nu- 
merous waters  which  descend  from  e  southern  side  of  the  Hindoo  Kuosh  moun- 
tuins ;  a  single  canal  derived  from  which  ia  said  to  yield  u  revenue  of  0000/.  ster- 
ling. As  this  source  of  fertility  drica  up,  the  country  to  the  north  declinea  into 
tliose  sterile  and  naked  plaina  which  compose  the  greater  part  of  Tartary. 


536 


TARTARY. 


KHOKAN. 

Tfu  tracts  between  the  Amoo  and  the  Sihon  partake  of  the  rudest  character 
of  TartanTt  u>d  sre  occupied  only  by  bands  of  wandering  Turcomans.  The 
waters  of  the  latter  river,  however,  fertilise  the  kingdom  of  Khokan,  similar  in 
cultivation  and  improvement  to  Bokhara.. 

Khokan,  (^modern  origin,  and  recently  made  the  capital,  has  risen  from  a  small 
village  to  a  city  of  S0,000  houses,  with  300  mosques:  It  lies  in  a  fruitful  plain, 
watered  by  two  small  rivers.  Khojend,  the  ancient  capital,  though  decayed,  is 
still  more  than  half  the  size  of  Khokan.  Its  situation  on  the  Sihon  is  described 
as  truly  delightful,  and  its  inhabitants  as  the  most  learned  and  polite  of  any  in  this 
part  of  Tartary. 

Tashkent  is  an  ancient  city,  still  venr  flour'-'hing,  and  estimated  to  contain 
100,000  inhabitants,  with  320  mosques.    Murgiian  is  a  large  and  fine  city. 

On  the  southern  frontier  is  Ush,  a  populous  town.  North  of  Tashkent,  and  on 
the  banks  of  the  Sihon,  is  Tounkat,  anciently  celebrated  for  its  schools  and  learned 
men,  and  for  its  fine  situation,  it  being  said  of  it  that  God  never  made  a  more  de- 
licious dwelling  than  at  Tounkat  Other  towns  formerly  important  are  Otrar, 
Jassu,  Taras  or  Turkestan,  &,c. 

-    ^  ^     KHIVA. 

Khiva,  the  ancient  Kbarftsm,  fwms  another  kin^om  of  Independent  Tartary, 
once  a  seat  of  empire,  and  still  considerable.  It  is  situated  on  the  lower  Amoo, 
separated  by  a  wide  interval  of  desert  from  that  of  Bokhara.  The  cultivated  part 
of  Khiva  extends  less  than  200  miles  in  length,  and  60  in  its  utmost  breadth, 
along  the  banks  of  the  river.  The  canals  derived  from  that  stream  are  the  chief 
means  by  which  cultivation  is  produced.  To  this  state,  also,  is  loosely  attached 
the  roving  population  of  those  immense  deserts  which,  on  every  side,  insulate  it 
from  the  civilized  world ;  from  Persia,  from  Cabul,  and  from  Bokhara.  Travellers 
across  these  wastes  find  only  at  wide  intervals  a  few  spots  affording  water  and 
pasturage.  The  population  c''  the  whole  territory  has  been  reckoned  at  300,000 
families,  of  whom  about  a  third  are  fixed,  the  rest  wandering,  pastoral,  and  preda- 
tory, and  principally  employed  in  desolating  Persia,  and  particularly  Khorasan,  by 
plundering  expeditions,  in  which  they  not  only  carry  off  everything  valuable,  but 
the  inhabitants  themselves  to  perpetual  captivity  in  the  heart  of  their  immense 
deserts. 

The  settled  inhabitants  of  Khiva  are  described  as  gross  and  uncivilized,  when 
compared  either  with  the  Pereians  or  with  the  Tartars.  Their  situation  enables 
them  to  carry  on  some  trade  similar  to  that  of  Bokhara,  though  on  a  smaller  scale. 
One  branch  they  have  extended  much  farther,  that  of  slaves,  of  whom  it  is  esti- 
mated there  were,  throughout  Khiva  and  Bokhara,  from  150,000  to  200,000  Per- 
sians, and  15,000  Russians. 

The  city  of  Khiva  is  situated  pN>ut  fifteen  miles  to  the  south  of  the  Amoo,  and 
contains  about  5000  families.  It  is  poorly  built,  and  is,  indeed,  rather  a  fixed  en- 
campment than  a  regular  town.  Even  the  palace  of  the  khan  is  only  a  large 
wooden  tent  plas^.ered  with  clay.  Urghendj,  or  Urgunge,  the  ancient  capital,  is 
almost  in  ruins,  though  its  situation  on  the  Amoo  still  preserves  to  it  a  little  trade. 
Khizarist,  or  Hazarasp,  a  place  distinguished  in  the  revolutions  of  Asia,  has  ex- 
perienced an  equal  decay.    Chevvat,  Kiat,  &c.,  are  also  small  towns  or  villages. 

KOONDOOZ.     ' 

Bktwesn  Cabul  and  Bokhara,  to  the  south  of  the  Amoo,  is  the  little  state  of 
Koondooz,  ruled  by  an  Uzbek  chieftain  or  mder,  who  has  established  his  power 
ovet  all  the  neighbouring  districts.  Ho  has  a  force  of  20,000  horse,  and  renders 
himself  formidable  to  his  neighbours  by  his  activity  and  his  vigorous  policv.  The 
town  of  Koondooz  is  situated  in  a  marshy  valley  proverbial  for  its  unhealthy  cli- 
mate, and  is  visited  by  the  meer  only  in  winter.  It  was  once  a  large  town,  but 
the  population  does  not  now  exceed  1500  souls.  Kholoom  is  agreeably  situated  in 
a  fine  district,  and  contains  about  10,000  inhabitants.     Eastward  from  Bokhara 


TARTARY— JAPAN. 


517 


lies  the  long  mountain  valley  of  Badakshari,  situated  between  the  Bolor  Tagb, 
and  a  high  branch  thrown  out  from  it,  called  the  Ridge  of  Pamer.  BadaJuhnn  ia 
celebrated  over  the  East  for  ita  mineral  product* ;  iron,  salt,  sulphur,  lapis  lazuli ; 
but,  above  all,  rubies  considered  equal  to  any  in  the  world.  It  is  dependent  on  the 
meer  of  Koondooz.  The  capital  ia  B"<lakshan.  On  the  opposite  side  of  the  Amoo 
is  the  district  of  Derwauz,  the  ki  ■  ^f  which  claims  a  descent  from  Alexander, 
which  his  neighbours  are  said  to  adm/. ;  probably  aa  very  slender  testiuxmy. 

KIRGUIS  COUNTRY. 

Tmi  northern  and  north-western  parts  of  Independent  Tkrtarv  are  occupied  by 
the  Kirguis,  who  are  divided  into  three  branches  or  hordes,  called  the  Great,  the 
Middle,  and  the  Little  Horde. 

The  Great  Horde  ranges  to  the  east  and  south,  on  the  frontiers  of  Casbgar  and 
Khokan,  and  many  of  its  tribes  have  adopted  the  habits  of  th'jm  more  improved 
districts,  and  acquired  a  fixed  and  peaceable  character. 

The  Middle  and  Lesser  Horde  occupy  the  shores  of  the  Ami,  and  the  tract  ex- 
tending from  the  Aral  to  the  Caspian,  and  in  these  the  original  nomadic  and  pas- 
toral character  is  preserved  most  entire.  They  own,  in  a  certam  sense,  the  sove- 
reignty of  Russia,  which,  however,  must  have  recourse  to  measures  both  of  con- 
ciliation and  defence,  tc  prevent  them  from  making  extensive  depredations  in  its 
territorr.  In  the  %mer  view,  it  grants  pensions  to  the  ^irincipal  chiefs,  of  whom 
the  khan  receive  ■  <<nnually  600  rubles  and  20  camels;  the  rest  in  proportion ;  and 
it  maintains  a  chain  of  strong  posts  along  the  whole  line  from  the  Ural  to  the 
Irtysh.  In  their  social  and  political  capacity,  the  Kirguis  enjoy  a  greater  share 
of  independence  than  most  of  the  other  tribes  of  Middle  Asia. 

The  Little  Horde,  indeed,  allows  Russia  to  appoint  a  nominal  khan ;  but  he 
enjoys  scarcely  any  power,  unless  what  he  can  secure  by  wealth  or  personal 
qualities.  The  private  life  of  the  Kirguis  ia  directed  by  the  maxims  of  Maho- 
metan law,  of  which  they  are  strict  ob^rvers.  Under  its  sanction,  the  chiefs  ob- 
serve polygamy  to  as  great  an  extent  lis  purchase  or  robbery  can  enable  them,  and 
a  separate  tent  is  allotted  to  each  wife. 

The  wealth  of  the  Kirguiii  consists  in  horses,  goats,  the  large-tailed  sheep,  and 
a  few  camels.  In  these  respects  their  possessions  are  said  to  be  often  very  con- 
siderable. It  has  been  chiefly,  as  yet,  by  plunder  or  contribution,  that  they  have 
obtained  foreign  luxuries ;  but  some,  adopting  more  peaceable  habits,  have  begun 
to  obtain  them  by  the  exchange  of  furs,  biJes,  and  felt. 

TURCOMANIA. 

TvROOHANiA  extends  west  from  Khiva  along  the  eastern  shores  of  the  Caspian 
Sea,  and  is  a  sandy  and  rocky  country,  kbouring  unde  a  great  deficiency  dT 
water.  The  inhabitants,  more  swarthy,  smaller  in  size,  bnt  more  square  in  their 
limbs,  than  the  neighbouring  tribes,  live  in  tents  of  felt,  or  in  caves  of  the  rocks. 
They  are  a  set  of  rude  shepherds,  who  often  commit  acts  of  robbery,  and  some- 
times carry  off  the  inhabitants  of  the  northern  Persian  provinces,  whom  they  sell 
for  slaves  at  Khiva  and  Bokhara. 

The  Turcomans  are  divided  into  seveia)  tribes,  of  whioK  the  most  powerful, 
settled  around  and  near  the  Bay  of  Balkan,  number,  it  i.<«  said,  12,000  families. 
They  keep  numbers  of  camels  and  sheep,  and  have  also  a  breed  of  par:;icularly 
strong  and  serviceable  horses,  much  esteemed  in  the  East.  These  people  weave 
a  coarse  cloth  of  camels'  wool,  and  raise,  where  the  soil  admits  of  it,  a  little  grain, 
rice,  water-melons,  and  cucumbers.  The  Russians  occasionally  visit  the  &y  of 
Balkan,  and  trade  with  the  Turcomans. 


JAPAN. 

Japan  bears  hii  affinity  to  China,  in  tlie  nature  of  its  institutions,  the  character 

of  its  inhabitants,  and  the  physical  and  moral  ciruumstsiues  which  separate  it  from 

asi.^— — — i— — — — — i— .^      I         ■"  '  -.   ~  saasgrag-— — 

3S 


5S8 


JAPAN. 


the  Nat  of  the  world.  Being  populoiu,  and  marked  b^  •trikintf  f^^  peculiar  fea- 
turea,  it  haa,  notwitbaUnding  the  complete  atate  of  inaiilation  in  wnich  it  holds 
itnelf  from  othur  nationa,  attracted     '    k  ->   ^^re  of  tlio  curiosity  of  Europe. 

Ja;  txi  consists  of  three  princip      ilatids,  one  larjife,  and  tv.'o  smaller,  which, 
being  separated  from  each  other  by  narrow  channels,  form  altogether  one  Ion.'  , :, 
windinfr,  irreguiar  ranir'   of  territory.    The  entire  length,  in  one  oblique  linv. ' 
firora  point  to  point,  scarcely  ftlls  short  of  lUOO  miles;  while  the  breadth  varies 
ftom  40  or  50  to  aOU. 

Tho  aspect  of  ^ipen  is  bold,  varied,  abrupt,  and  striking,  without  any  single 
feature  that  is  very  prominent.  Rugged  chains  traverse  its  interior,  flrom  several 
of  which  volcanic  fire  is  thrown  up;  and  Fusi,  the  highest,  is  covered  with  al- 
most perpetual  snow.  Niphon,  the  larffest,  is  about  800  miles  long ;  Kiusiu,  150 
milea  long  by  120  broad ;  Sikoke,  90  long  by  50  broad.  The  other  islands  are 
mere  detached  and  local  objects.  The  souUiern  r<ait  of  the  large  contiguous  island 
of  Jesso,  is  completely  colonised  and  possessed  by  ihe  Japanese.  Much  of  the 
surface  of  Japan  consists  of  rich  valleys  and  extending  plains,  on  which  most  of 
the  articles  of  tropical  produce  grow  in  great  abundance.  It  was  entirely  un- 
known to  the  ancients,  and  is  not  mentioned  by  any  of  their  hifitor'ans.  The  em- 
pire, however,  haa  records,  which  affect  to  detail  its  revolutions  for  a  period  long 
anterior  to  that  which  we  are  justiKed  in  assigning  to  the  origin  of  human  society. 

The  intercourse  of  Europeans  with  Japan,  which  is  to  us  the  most  interesting 
part  of  history,  commenced  in  the  sixteenth  century.  The  Portuguese,  who  were 
the  first  explorers  of  this  as  well  as  of  every  other  part  of  the  Asiatic  coast,  did 
not  at  first  encounter  that  deadly  jealousy  with  which  Japan  was  aflerwards  closed 
against  Europeans.  Not  only  were  they  allowed  to  establish  a  factory,  and  carry 
on  a  great  trade  at  Firando,  but  no  opposition  was  made  to  the  introduction  of 
missionaries,  tor  diffusing  the  Catiiolic  religion.  St  Francis  Xavier,  the  celebrated 
apostle  of  the  East,  made  Japan  the  great  theatre  of  his  preaching.  After  some 
obstacles,  considerable  progress  was  made ;  several  of  the  princes  or  tributary 
kings,  with  a  great  number  of  their  subjects,  embraced  the  new  faith ;  and  an 
embassy  was  even  sent  to  Philip  II.  and  the  pope.  In  no  long  time,  however, 
these  fair  promises  began  to  b>:  cloided.  Tho  nobles  became  impatient  of  the  re- 
straints imposed  by  their  nev,  u.o^?^v<ion;  and  the  perpetual  jealousy  of  a  despotic 
government  was  kindled  bv  >i  j  nu -eduction  of  new  doctrines,  habits,  and  ideas, 
from  a  foreign  nation,  viho  ':u;.^hl  <:'..nploy  this  change  as  a  prelude  to  conquest. 
Some  rash  steps  taken  by'lti<3  Miisj^ianaries,  and,  probablyj  the  report  of  Portuguese 
proceedings  in  other  parts  of  ^M-i,  raised  this  hostile  disposition  to  the  utmost 
pitch.  A  general  p<>rseculion  was  commenced  against  all,  both  native  and  foreign, 
who  held  the  new  faith ;  and  it  was  carried  on  with  an  unrelenting  severity  char- 
acteristiq  of  the  nation,  which  ended  in  completely  extirpating  the  Catholic  faith. 

Afterwards  the  Dutch,  by  assuming  the  most  submissive  deportment,  and,  as 
haa  been  alleged,  denying  the  faith  on  account  of  which  their  predecosfors 
had  been  expelled,  succeeded  in  establishing  a  factory  at  Firando.  This  being 
soon  considered  too  wide  a  field,  they  were  removed  to  the  smaller  spot  of  Nan- 
gasaki,  where  they  have  ever  since  been  allowed  to  remain  under  restrictions 
progressively  severe.  They  have  at  length  been  circumscribed  as  in  a  prison ; 
allowed,  indeed,  to  carry  on  a  certain  portion  of  trade,  but  without  ever  passing  | 
the  allotted  boundaries.  All  attempts  made  by  other  European  states  have  com- 
pletely failed. 

The  division  of  power  between  the  ecclesiastical  and  military  potentate  is  the 
most  remarkable  peculiarity  in  the  government  of  Japan :  the  one  holds  the  highest 
rank,  and  the  first  place  in  the  veneration  of  the  whole  nation ;  the  other  at»orbs 
all  the  solid  realities  of  power. 

The  dairi,  who  resides  at  Miaco,  appropriates  the  whole  revenue  of  that  city 
and  its  rich  adjoining  territory.  In  order,  also,  that  he  may  maintain  the  full  pomp 
of  a  sovereign,  a  liberal  allowance  is  held  due  to  him  out  of  the  general  revenue. 
This,  howevier,  is  t.11  in  the  hands  of  the  cube,  who  often  finds  it  inconvenient  to 
make  the  payment,  and  has  recourse  to  apologies  which,  whether  satisfactory  or 
not,  the  other  has  no  means  of  disallowing.    Thus,  a  proud  poverty  reigns  in  this 


H" 


. 


JAPAN. 


Mcred  court,  which  ia  greatly  increued  by  the  circumstoncc,  that  all  the  men  i  Lara 
of  the  blood  royal,  now  amounting  to  many  thouaanda,  muat  be  ao  maintained  as 
not  to  bring  contempt  upon  the  race. 

The  cubo,  or  tomiwral  aovereign  of  Japan,  rulea  with  an  authority  which  ad- 
mita,  in  principle,  of  no  limitation.  In  fact,  however,  it  atanda  on  a  very  diflercnt 
footing  from  that  of  the  deapolic  monarchiea  of  Aaia.  The  provino  are  ruled 
by  princea,  once  warlike  and  independent,  and  only  reduced,  aiter  n  Imul  atrugglo, 
to  bend  to  the  will  of  a  conqueror.  They  are  obliged  to  leave  tho  gr<:aler  part  of 
their  family  at  court  oa  hoatagea,  and  themaelvcs  to  reside  there  for  a  great  part 
of  the  year.  When  diacovercd  or  believed  to  hn  engaged  in  any  measure  hoatile 
to  tho  government,  death  ia  the  immediate  and  it  ev(  scntci    <) ;  and  the 

only  mitigation  granted  ia  that  sf  being  allowed  to   iroc  'Heir  uwn  hands. 

The  laws  of  Japan,  in  general,  may  m  aaid,  even  motu  <  lly  than  Uiohc 

of  Draco,  to  be  written  in  blood.    Cutting  in  piecr^    v'lr  ucHy  with  a 

knife,  immersion  in  boiling  oil,  are  common  modea  vi  rie        ty.    The 

parent  sufiera  for  the  crime  of  the  child,  and  the  chiK.  he  parent    Of 

these  violent  measures,  however,  the  result  really  is,  tii  rity  of  person 

und  property  is  very  complete,  and  that  capital  punishment  ven  rendered 

more  rare  than  in  most  other  nations.  Around  Nangosaki  oiu^v ,  examples  of  this 
unrelenting  severity  continue  more  frequent,  in  order  to  extirpate  every  remnant 
of  Christianity,  and  also  to  punish  the  instances  of  contraband  traffic  which  private 
interest  prompts,  in  the  face  of  the  moat  rigorous  prohibitiona. 

The  Japanese  rank  with  the  richest  and  moat  industrious  nations  of  Asia,  though 
they  confine  themselves  so  entirely  to  their  internal  resources.  In  particular,  their 
fertile  soil,  and  oven  those  parts  of  it  to  which  nature  haa  been  leaat  bountiful,  are 
improved  with  the  most  exemplary  diligence.  The  baaia  of  their  culture  ia  Chi- 
nese ;  and  they  resemble  that  people  in  the  extreme  care  with  which  manure  is 
collected.  Rice  is  the  pride  of  Japanese  agriculture,  and  the  main  ataff  of  life. 
That  which  is  raised  on  the  best  soil  is  said  to  be  finer,  whiter,  and  more  easily 

[•reserved,  than  any  other  in  Asia.  Next  in  utility  ranks  the  daid-su,  a  speciea  of 
arge  bean,  which,  being  made  into  a  pulp,  serves  like  butter  aa  a  condiment  to 
season  many  of  their  dishes.  Wheat  and  barley  are  also  ataodard  grains,  though 
not  to  an  equal  extent. 

The  tea-plant  grows  without  culture  in  the  hedges;  ginger,  pepper,  sugar,  cot- 
ton, and  indigo,  nre  cultivated  with  success.  The  fig  and  the  chestnut  are  their 
principal  fruits.  One  of  the  most  valuable  trees  is  the  Arusi,  which  yields  the 
varnish  employed  in  tho  rich  lackered  ware  peculiar  to  the  country.  There  are 
few  cattle  in  Japan :  a  variety  of  the  buflhlo,  and  some  small  oxen,  are  employed 
in  agriculture.  The  horses  are  small,  but  not  numerous :  dogs  abound,  and  a  few 
hogs  have  been  brought  from  China. 

The  Japanese  do  not  use  much  animal  food,  with  the  exception  of  fish,  of  which 
there  is  a  great  variety ;  and  the  whale  is  highly  prized  by  them,  more  as  an  ar- 
ticle of  food  than  for  the  oil.  The  standard  rood  is  hot  rice-cakes,  along  with  tea 
or  rice  beer. 

Japan  is  considered  to  be  very  populous ;  but  statements  of  the  amount  are  so 
uncertain  as  to  have  been  estimated  at  from  15,000,000  to  50,000,000.  Allowing 
it  to  be  as  thickly  inhabited  as  China  Proper,  it  will  amount  to  about  the  former 
number.  This  country  is  rich  in  mineral  productions,  which  consist  of  gold  and 
silver,  copper  in  great  abundance  and  the  best  in  the  world,  aome  iron  and  tin, 
also  sulphur  and  coal.  Pearls  and  amber  are  found  on  the  aea-shorea  in  consider- 
able quantitiea  Manufactures  ore  exerted  on  the  same  branches  and  after  the 
same  models  as  the  Chinese.  Silk,  cotton,  porcelain,  and  lackered  ware,  in  which 
last  they  excel,  ore  the  chief.  They  are  also  well  acquainted  with  the  art  of 
working  metals  and  the  making  of  glass. 

The  Japanese  do  not  themselves  carry  on  foreign  commerce,  but  permit  the 
Chinese  and  Coreans  to  trade  to  Nangasaki ;  also,  Uie  Dutch,  who  are  restricted 
to  a  small  island,  where,  subjected  to  every  humiliation,  they  are  allowed  to  dis- 
pose of  two  annual  cargoes.  As  they  make,  however,  a  profit  of  20,000/.  a  year, 
they  continue,  notwithstanding  some  menaces,  Ui  brave  all  the  mortifications,  and 


^, 


.0    ^ 


o^ 


*^'*.^. 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


1.1 


l^|Z8     |25 

■so   ■^"     JJiJ^H 

Ui  Itt   12.2 


IB 
■U 

u 


14.0 


12.0 


1.25  III  1.4 

1 1.6 

^ 

— 6"   _ 

— ' ► 

^ 


^# 


7 


Photographic 

Sciences 

CorpoTdtion 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  •73-4503 


) 


=jM:£i^hL^^.2 


iJvt^ 


I 


M9  JAS>MI. 

'■II  ■■■II  I       t     >  I— ..-     » —I       I——      .1      ■     II    ■■       »■      <■  I         ■■  I  I     ...      II  I.    ■     -  ,1     II      ■!■  I      ■  ■  I  —  '  I  ,^ 

mniadfamgmn,  which  «ttmd  this  tnffie.  GoHunereft,  thus  confined  almost  entiraljr 
t0  the  iaterier  of  the  «mpu9,  is  very  active  with'n  that  sphere.    AH  the  Acres  _ 
and  bays  a(^)ear  crowded  with  barlis,  convey  im^  from  place  to  place  the  various  ij 
pndvets  of  the  provinces;    The  roads  aire  excellent,  ard  thronfjed  in  an  amaxinff  I 
degree;  they  are  kept  clean  by  the  mere  anxiety  of  the  people  to  collect  the  mud  I 
as  maanre.   The  btoad  and  rapid  torrents  in  the  mountamous  districts  are  eneeed 
by  hftodsone  bridges  of  cedar,  well  fenced,  and  always  kept  in  the  most  perfect 
tenahr. 

The  Japanese  seem,  hi  persmal  aroearanee,  to  be  a  somewhat  altered  and  im- 
proved variety  ct  the  UaagtiB  and  Chinese.  Their  eyes  are  even  in  a  greater. 
Mgne  small,  pointed,  oblong,  sunk  in  the  head,  with  a  deep  ftirrow  made  by  tiie 
«y«lidst  thmr  htve  almost  the  appeamnce  of  bdtng  phik-eyed.  Thehr  heads  are 
in  feneral  Mtge,  and  their  necks  short;  their  hair  is  black,  thick,  an-l  jthining 
fifom  the  tase  of  oil.  They  are,  however,  robust,  well  madn.  active,  and  easy  in 
their  motions.  Their  complexion,  yellow  and  passing  into  brown,  appeara  to  be 
Entirely  produced  by  the  climate;  since  ladies,  who  are  constantly  protected  from 
the  heated  the  sun,  are  as  white  os  in  Europe. 

The  national  character  is  strikingly  marked,  and  strongly  contrasted  with  that' 
which  generally  prevails  throughout  Asia.  The  Japaneoe  difiei-  most  especially 
ftom  the  Chinese,  their  nearest  neighbours,  notwithstanding  the  resemblance  in 
fenn  and  lineaoieiita.  Although  they  are  said  to  make  ^tno  subjects,  even  to  the 
severe  aovemment  under  which  they  live,  the/  yet  retain  an  impatience  of  con- 
trol, and  a  fivee  of  public  opinion,  which  renders  it  impossible  for  any  ruler  wan- 
tonly to  tyrannize  over  them.  Instead  of  that  mean,  artful,  and  truckling  dispo- 
sition, so  general  among  Asiatics,  their  manners  sre  distinguished  by  a  mauly 
frankness^  and  all  their  proceedings  by  honour  and  good  faith.  They  are  habitu- 
ally kind  and  good-humonredl'  when  nothing  occurs  to  rouse  their  hostile  passionA, 
and  they  carry  the  ties  of  firiendship  even  to  e.  romantic  height.  To  serve  and 
defend  a  fKeiid  in  every  peril,  and  to  meet  torture  and  death  rather  than  betray 
him,  is  considered  as  a  duty  from  which  nothing  can  dii^nse.  The  greatest  deiect 
seems  to  be  pride,  which  runs  through  all  classes,  rises  to  the  highest  pitch  among 
Ijie  great,  and  leads  them  to  display  an  extravagant  pomp  in  their  rotinue  and 
estaUishment,  and  to,  despise  everything  in  the  nature  of  industry  and  mercantile 
employment  Sel^morder  here,  like  duelling  in  Europe,  seems  to  be  the  point  of 
honour  among  the  great;  and  the  noblos,  even  when  condemned  to  death  by  the 
iwvereign,  reserve  Uie  privilege  of  executing  the  sentence  with  their  own  hands. 

There  are  two  religions  in  Japan ;  one  native,  called  the  Sintos,  at  the  head  of 
which  is  the  darri ;  the  other,  the  Buddha,  called  here  Budso,  ^  same  which  pre- 
vails over  all  eastern  Asia.  The  Budso  gains  ascendency  by  mingling  with  the 
original  system  those  attractive  accessories  which  it  j^ossesses  in  common  with  the 
Catholic,  monasteries,  processions,  beads,  drums,  noisv  music,  and  the  belief  of 
purgatorjr;  whioh,  though  condemned  by  the  pure  and  orthodox  Sintoists,  have  a 

E moral  infhitfnee  over  me  people.  The  Sintos  profess  to  believe  in  a  Supreme 
uler  of  the  universe,  and  among  their  number  is  distinguished  a  class  of  pure 
and'  phHosophip  wordiippers,  who  entertain  lofly  conceptions  of  the  Deity,  and 
buttivste  the  practice  of  virtue  as  the  chief  means  of  gaining  his  favour.  Their 
belief,  however,  being  thought  to  resemble  the  Christian,  fell  into  some  discredit 
^hon  the  liiitter  became  the  object  of  such  deadly  persecution. 

pilgrimage  is  the  custom  to  which  the  Japanese  adhere  with  the  greatest  zeal, 
and  from  which  they  promise  themselves  the'  greatest  benefit,  temporal  and  spir- 
itaal.  ffo  one  can  be  accounted  at  all  eminent  in  sanctity,  or  have  any  assurance 
<it  lh(>  fbrgiveness  of  his  sins,  who  has  not  been  once  a  year  at  Isje,  the  grand 
temple  of  theTensb  Dai  Sir,  or  first  of  the  celestial  spirits,  situated  in  a  province 
of  the  same  name.  Ths  roads  in  summer  arc  completely  choked  with  the  crowds 
of  devout  wMshippers,  on  their  way  to  the  sacred  shrine.  As  many  have  not  the 
means  of  paying  their  own  way,  a  large  proportion  betake  themselves  to  begging, 
and,  prostrate  on  the  ground,  call  out  to  the  rich  passengers,  "A  &rthing  to  carry 
me  to  Ime  f* 
The  Japaneee,  in  their  mode  of  printing,  and  their  Ideas  on  speculative  subjects. 


tm 


JifAN. 


$41 


I 


lire  originally  Chlneae.  Thoy  are  &r,  however,  from  displaying  the  aame  fsooA 
indifference  opd  disdain  of  everything  foreign.  Their  minds  are  active,  and  iro- 
bucd  with  the  most  eager  cariosity  on  all  sutgects.  On  the  few  occasions  allowed 
to  them  by  the  jealous  rigoor  of  tceir  government,  they  have  harassed  Europeans 
with  multiplied  questions  respecting  those  branches  of  knowledge  in  which  they ' 
felt  aad  admitted  their  superiority. 

In  travelling,  the  Japanese  spend  more  time  tfiim  perhaps  ahyofliet  siitkm. 
The  main  roaos  are  said  to  be  asually  as  crowded  as  the  Mreets  Of  the  itibstr 
populoos  cities  in  Europe.  This  is  owing  to  their  numerous  pilgrimages;  to  the 
extent  of  their  inland  trade;  and,  uioet  of  all,  to  the  immense  retinues  whicli 
attend  th^  princes  in  their  annual  journeys  to  and  from  the  coi)1rt  of  the  ciibx 
The  retinue  ci  one  of  the  very  first  rank  is  computed  to  amount  to  20,000,  and 
covers  the  roads  fbr  several  miles.  That  such  a  retinue  niay  Pub  without  iiicoii- 
venience  or  collision,  all  the  inns  are  engaged  for  a  month  oefore ;  and  in  all  the 
towms  and  villages  on  the  route,  boards  are  set  up  to  announce  that,  on  such  a 
day,  such  a  great  lord  is  to  pass  through. 

Jeddo,  the  ca(»tal  of  Japan,  lies  at  the  head  of  a  deep  bay  on  the  eastern  coaft 
«f  Niphon,  and  at  the  mouth  of  one  of  the  few  rivers  which  possess  any  considerf 
able  magnitude.  It  is  seven  milea  long  and  five  broad,  and  contains  many  splendid 
palaces  of  the  groat  lords,  all  of  whom  must  reside  in  it  for  a  great  part  of  the 
year.  The  buildinffs,  on  account  of  the  frequency  of  earthquakes,  use  built  of 
one  story  only.  The  palace,  however,  though  equally  low,  is  five  lenguea  in.eiT' 
cumferencp,  mdudinga  wide  exterior  area  occupied  by  the  spacious  .mansiona  of 
die  princes  and  great  lords  of  die  court.  The  citjr  is  subject  to  dreadfiil  fii«N^ 
one  of  which,  in  1703,  consumed  100,000  houses.  It  is  the  seat  of  varied  bomobes 
of  industry,  and  carries  on  also  a  great  internal  trade. 

Miaco^  the  spiritual  capital  of  Japan,  is  still  the  chief  seat  of  polished  manners, 
refined  arts,  and  intellectual  culture.  The  finest  silk  stuflk  flowered  with  fpU 
and  silvert  the  richest  varnishes,  the  best  paitited  papers,  and  the  most  skilfbl 
works  in  gold,  silver,  and  copper,  are  here  maouikctured.  It  is  likewise  the  centre 
of  literature  and  sicience,  and  most  of  the  works  which  are  published  and  read  fli 
Japan  issue  from  ita  presses.  The  lay  inhabitants,  according  to  the  last  enumera- 
tion, were  477,000,  and  the  ecclesiastical,  including  the  court,  52,000;  makhig  in' 
all,  529,000. 

Osaka,  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  on  which  Miaco  is  situated,  is  a  flourishing 
sea-port,  intersected,  like  Venice,  by  numerous  canals,  which  are  connected  by 
bridges  of  cedar. 

The  Japanese  have  now  occupied  all  the  southern  parts  of  the  great  island  of 
Jesso  which  are  accessible  and  improveable;  Mabonai,  the  capital,  is  suppose*!  to 
contain  50,000  souls. 

Nangasaki,  that  interesting  point  at  which  alone  this  empire  comes  in  contaet 
with  any  foreign  nation,  is  a  Tarffe,  industriouli,  trading  town.  On  a  small  adjoin- 
ing island  the  Dutch  are  allowed  to  carry  on  their  scanty  commerce. '  They  have 
here  a  space  of  600  feet  long  bv  120  broad,  on  which  they  have  erected  several 
large  storehousos,  and  rendered  them  fire-proof.  The  most  unheard-of  precau- 
tions  are  taken  to  prevent  any  contraband  transaction,  commercial  or  political,  and 
it  is  confidently  asserted  that  these  are  insufficient  to  guard  against  the  {wverfiil 
impulse  of  sei^intcrest,  and  that  contraband  trade  is  carried  on  to  a  considerable 
extent 

The  strwig  disposition  on  the  part  of  the  Japanesor-Hitrongar  even  than  the 
similar  feeling  which  prevails  in  China, — to  have  the  least  possible  intercourse 
with  Europeans,  has  doubtless  proctseded  from  their  knowledge  of  the  &ets  emi- 
nected  with  European  colonisation  in  India  and  elsewhere;  and  however  lii^tly 
we  may  esteem  the  general  intellect  and  polity  of  these  two  great  Asiatic  natuns, 
it  can  scarcely  be  doubted  that  to  the  rigorous  interdiction  in  questioo  they  are 
indebted  fbr  the  continuance  of  their  national  independence. 


ir 


m 


<48 


OCEANICA. 


OCEANICA. 

OoBAJOOA.  ia  the  name  recently  adopted  to  deaignate  all  the  eoantries  which  are 
oaonderad  aa  ftarmiog  the  fifth  grand  division  of  the  globe.  Up  to  the  middle  of 
the  laat  century,  and  still  later,  th^retical  geographers,  from  the  lanciflil  idea  of 
the  necessity  «  an  equilibrinm  in  the  acdid  parts  at  the  surfiice  of  the  earth,  sup- 
poM  that  a  vast  continent  sorrounded  the  Antarctic  Pole;  and  tbi»  imaginary 
region  was  called  by  them  Terra  Australia.  When  the  errors  of  thes?  specula* 
tive  writers  were  corrected  by  the  voyages  and  discoveries  of  Captain' Cook,  all 
the  islands  lying  ssnth  of  Asia  and  those  in  the  Pacific  Ocean  had  already  received 
peculiar  proper  names.  It  did  not  seem  convenient  to  the  geographers  of  that 
period  to  add  those  islands  either  to  Asia  or  to  America,  and  they  wished,  there- 
rore,  to  devise  a  name  which  should  comprehend  all  of  these,  and  at  the  same  time 
express  their  position  on  the  globe.  The  di^rent  terms  Australia,  Australasia, 
and  Oceaniea,  have  been  profMsed  by  difierent  writers^  of  which  the  last  appears 
to  have  obtained  the  ascendency. 

The  idands  oompoeing  Oceaniea  are  situated  partly  to  the  south  of  Asia,  and 
jpsrtly  in  the  wide  Pheific  between  Asia  and  America.  This  portion  of  the  globe 
began  to  be  discovered  after  America  and  the  South  Seas  were  known  to  Europe- 
ma.  Magellan,  who  first  undertook  a  voyage  round  the  world,  had  promised  the 
Spuish  monarch,  into  whose  service  he  entered  when  he  left  the  Portuguese, 
that  he  would  arrive  at  the  Moluccas  by  sailing  westward.  On  this  voyage  he 
discovered,  Maroh  0, 1521,  the  Ladrones,  or  Mariana  Islands,  a  group  tvhich  con- 
stitutes a  part  of  Oiceanica.  Magellan  must,  therefiwo,  be  rcgardea  as  the  first 
discoverer  of  this  portion  of  the  globe,  and  opened  the  way  fi>r  the  subsequent  dis- 
coveries in  this  quarter.  Three  hundred  years  elapsed  heibre  all  the  islands, 
which  now  pass  under  the  name  of  Oceaniea,  were  known  to  Europeans. 

After  Magellan,  the  Spanish  navigators  continued  the  process  of  discovery  in 
this  part  oi  the  world,  particularly  Alvaro  de  Mendana,  who,  in  the  last  part  of 
the  sixteenth  century,  discovered  the  Solomon  Islands  and  the  Marquesas,  and 
passed  through  the  Society  and  Friendly  Islands  without  seeing  them.  Fernandez 
de  Quiros,  who  had  accompanied  him  on  his  third  voyage,  took  a  southerly  direc 
tiaa,  and  bit  upon  the  part  of  the  Pacific  Ocean  which  contains  the  most  islac 
He  made  known  to  the  world  the  Society  Islands  and  Terra  del  Espiritu  Scr. 
In  tiie  seventeenth  century,  the  Dutch  began  to  explore  this  part  of  the  oc*i&u, 
and,  besides  several  small  islands,  discovered  the  large  island  of  Australia,  or  New 
Hollar^,  which  received  its  name  from  them,  although  there  is  some  reason  for 
supposing  that  it  had  been  visited  by  the  Portuguese  a  hundred  years  earlier;  but 
their  discoveries  seem  to  have  been  conceal^  by  their  government,  and  after- 
wards forgotten.  Tasman,  a  Dutchman,  and  Dampier,  an  Eagli<)!:.man,  continued 
these  discoveries.  In  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  century,  the  Elfish  navi- 
gators B^ron,  Wallis  and  Carteret,  and  the  French  Bougainville;  exerted  them- 
selves to  extend  the  knowledge  of  Oceaniea.  But  Captam  James  Cook,  who  cir- 
ciuunavigated  the  world  ftrom  1766  to  1779,  contributed  most  to  the  more  accurate 
examination  of  this  portion  of  the  globe,  corrected  the  knowledge  of  Europeans 
with  regard  to  the  islands  already  known,  again  discovered  islands  before  seen, 
and  was  the  original  discoverer  of  New-CaTedonia  and  the  Sandwich  Islands. 
After  the  time  <h  Cook,  both  the  French  and  English  exerted  themselves  to  ffive 
the  world  a  better  acquaintance  with  Oceaniea.  Among  the  later  navigators  cn- 
tncasteaax.  Grant,  La  Pevrouse,  Baudin,  Flinders,  Krusenetem,  Kotzebue,  Bee- 
chey,  and  Wilkes,  have  all  added  to  our  knowledge  of  this  regnn. 

Many  of  these  islands  are  extensive  countries,  and  one  of  them  is  about  equal 
in  area  to  Europe.  The  whole  surfkce  of  the  islands  may  be  estimated  at  finwa  4 
^>  5,000,000  or  square  miles,  an  extent  perhaps  nearly  equal  to  one-tenth  part  of 
all  the.lfiod  tm  the  globe.  The  population  may  be  estimated  at  ftom  15,000,000 
to  20,000,000.    No  portion  of  the  globe  has  more  numerous  inequalities  of  surfiice. 


mam 


)L-.-^-.',M*<^-jjnm.Ai.\uiaa6f'»* 


OCEANICA. 


548 


and  it  is  Kmurlnible  that  the  moantain  rangm  have  all  a  genenl  direction  ftom 
north  to  eoath.    Many  of  tbeae  moontains  are  volcanie,  and  are  deacrflMd  hf  navi- 

Saton  aa  often  aeeming  to  the  mariner  to  rise  like  giants,  fittm  the  boaom  of  the 
eep.  In  no  part  of  the  world,  are  there  so  manj  volcanoes.  In  Schoaten*s 
nluids  near  New  Oainea^  the  flames  and  smokfl  rise  calmly  over  a  Anitflil  and 
smiling  ooanthr ;  in  other  islands^  dreadibl  torrents  of  black  lava  ^ken  the  shorea. 
The  vMcano  or  Gilolo  broke  oat  hi  1678  with  a  violence  whidi  made  the  whole  of 
the  Moluccas  shake.  The  adies  were  carried  as  fhr  as  Magindanao,  an^  the 
scoria  and  thepamice-etoaies,  floating  on  the  sea,  seemed  to  retud  the  progress  of 
the  vesselsi,  Several  volcanoes  are  also  in  constant  activity  in  the  SaDdwich 
Islands. 

The  Ibrmation  of  many  of  these  islands  is  attriboted  to  the  (q)eration  of  minute 
insecta.  All  the  low  islands  seem  to  have  fiw  their  base  a  reef  of  ccural  roek%. 
generally  diqxwed  in  a  circular  finrm.  In  the  interior  the  sand  is  mixed  with 
pieces  <n  broken  coral,  and  other  marine  substances,  proving  that  such  islands 
have  been  originallv  formed  l^  these  coral  rocks,  which  are  imiabited  and  accord- 
ing to  some  created  by  Boophites,  and  afterwards  augmented  and  elevated  fay  the 
slow  accumulation  of  light  bodies  drifted  to  them  by  the  sea.  It  is  very  remarlt- 
able  that  in  some  of  these  islands  there  are  elevations  of  several  hundred  feet  in 
height,  on  whose  summits  these  coral  rocks  are  found ;  this  seems  to  prove  that 
they  have  been  formed  by  the  coral  insects  at  the  level  of  the  sea,  which  has  gnk- 
dually  retired  and  left  them  exposed. 

The  climate  throughout  Oceanica  is,  for  die  most  part,  delightftiL  Perpetu«l 
sprbg  combined  with  perpetual  summer,  displays  the  opening  blossom,  mingled 
with  the  ripened  fruits.    A  perftime  of  exquisite  sweetness  embalms  Uie  atmo- 

Sbere,  which  is  continually  refreshed  by  the  wholssome  breezes  ftom  tiie  sea. 
ere  might  mankind,  if  they  could  throw  off  their  vices,  lead  lives  exempt  ftom 
trouble  and  ftom  want.  Their  bread  grows  on  the  trees  which  shade  their  lawns^ 
and  the  light  barks  glide  on  the  tranquil  seas,  protected  from  the  swelling  surge 
by  the  coral  reefii  which  enclose  them. 

The  islands  of  Oceanica  afibrd  a  very  varied  vegetatiou  among  the  trees  and 
plants,  of  which  there  are  many  of  great  utility  to  the  natives.  In  the  Sunda 
Islands^  the  Philippines,  and  the  Moluccas,  rice  occupies  the  place  of  wheat,  and 
the  culture  of  it  is  probably  extended  over  New  Guinea ;  these  also  producjB  in 
abundance  those  tropical  articles  which  are  of  chief  importance  in  commerce ;  cot- 
ton, sugar,  pepper,  coflbe,  and  spices  of  all  kinds,  in  grenter  variety  than  in  any 
other  part  of  the  world.  Farther  to  the  east,  in  the  islands  of  Polynesia,  there  are 
several  exceeding  useful  esculent  roots  and  plants,  which  grow  either  spontk- 
neously  or  under  the  influence  of  culture.  The  yam,  the  taro,  the  sweet  potatoe, 
the  plantain,  and  the  banana,  all  more  or  less  answer  the  double  purpoA  of  br«»d, 
and  vegetables.  The  most  important  product  of  these  islands  is  the  br^-finit 
tree,  the  trunk  of  which  rises  to  the  height  of  40  feet,  and  attains  the  thickness 
of  a  man's  body.  The  ftuit  is  as  laige  as  a  child's  head :  gathered  before  it  is  fiilly 
ripe,  a*/d  baked  among  aihes,  it  bec«nes  a.  wholesome  brc«d  somewhat  resembling 
fresh  wheat  bread  in  taste.  The  cocoa-nut  is,  after  the  bread-ftuit  tree,  the  most 
serviceaUe ;  it  grows  equally  well  in  the  richest  and  in  the  most  barren  soils,  and 
in  its  fruit,  its  wood,  its  leaves,  and  its  fibres,  it  is  equally  subservient  to  tho  wants 
and  necessities  of  the  people.  Benide  the  articles  enumerated,  ftuits  of  various 
kinds  abctind,  and  of  excellent  quality ;  the  chief  are  orimges,  shaddocks,  and 
limes,  citrons,  pine  and  custard  appleei  guavas,  figs,  &c  In  the  colonies  of  Au^ 
tralia  and  Van  Diemen's  Land,  the  principal  European  grains  and  vegetables  have 
been  introduced  and  grow  in  great  perfection. 

The  pemle  of  Oceanica  are  divided  into  two  races,  distinct  in  origin,  language^ 
aspect,  and  character,  and  irreconcileably  hostile  to  each  other ;  the  brown  and 
the  Hack  races.  They  bear  the  same  analogy  that  the  white  and  the  negro  bear 
in  the  western  regions;  the  former,  superior  in  intelligence  and  power,  driving 
the  other  before  him,  oppressing  and  reaucing  him  to  bondage.  IThua,  in  all  the 
great  islands  the  brown  race  hu  now  established  a  decided  and  undisputed  supe- 
riority. 


4U 


mmmmmmm 

OCEANICA. 


I 


The  Uuk  nesb  ealled  often  the  P^pvu  or  Oriental  Negioe%  Appear  to  be  a 
dwatf  vnrietj  of  the  necro  of  Africa.  They  are  of  low  atature  and  fteble  frame, 
generally  under,  and  aetdoro,  or  never  exceeding  five  feet  in  hei|[bt.  The  coloor 
18  aooty  nitber  than  black ;  the  woolly  hair  growa  in  noall  tufta,  with  a  spiral  twiat 
The  fwshoad  is  hi^r,  the  noae  more  projecting,  the  upper  lip  longer  and  more 
prominent.  '.  The  under  lip  is  |»otruded,  aad  fivma  indeed  t^  lower  paiA  of  the 
fruse,  which  hi^  *cufcdv  the  vestige  of  a  chin.  Thia  demded  daaa  of  haman 
being*  is  generall^r  diroaed  thnrngb  l^ew  dainea,  New  ilollaod,  and  other  large 
isIaiMS  of  the  Pacific.  Their  habits  have  been  verv  little  observed,  Europeans 
having  only  bad  occaaional  individuala  presented  to  than  as  objects  of  corioaity. 
Little  is  recorded  except  the  ferocity  with  which  they  wage  their  ceaseless  war 
with  the  brown  races,  who  have  driven  them  from  aU  the  fiper  parte  of  thia  region. 

lite  brown,  or  Slalay  tribes,  especially  those  which  inhahit  the  ishutds  of  Ma> 
Tayaia,  are  short,  squat,  and  robust,  being  reckoned,  on  an  averaj^e,  four  inches 
^fa>wer.  than  the  European  atandard.  There  are  consklerable  vaneties  of  colour 
and  appearance,  which  can  hardly  be  accounted  for  by  the  climate.  These  island- 
en  are  rather  an  ugly  race ;  their  frame  is  deficient  in  symmetry,  their  lower 
limbs  large  and  heavy.  The  face  is  round ;  the  mouth  wide,  but  with  fine  teeth ; 
the  cheeg-bones  high,  the  nose  short  and  small ;  the  eyes  are  small,  and  always 
black.  The  hair  is  long,  lank,  harsh,  always  black,  and,  except  on  the  head, 
ezt*^mely  deficient 

'i'he  Malays  of  Sumatra,  Java,  Borneo,  du;.,  are  ffenerally  Mahometans,  much 
addicted  to  piracy,  in  their  disposition  daring,  restless,  ferocious,  and  vindictive ; 
to  enemies,  remorseless;  to  friends  capricious;  and  to  strangers  treacherous. 
iUnongpt  them  gambling  and  games  of  hazard  are  pursued  with  an  intense  degree 
or  pasupn.  Every  man  goes  armed  with  a  crees,  or  dagger,  which  he  regards  as 
the  instrument  both  of  defending  himself  and  avenging  his  wrongs.  The  right 
(^  private  revenge  is  claimed  by  every  individual  for  injuries  received  either  by 
himaelfi  his  fiimi^,  or  tribe.  When  circumstances  deprive  him  of  any  hope  of 
avenging  himself  with  ease  and  safety,  he  has  recourse  to  that  dreadfiil  outrage 
pcacnuarto  these  islands,  termed  running  a  muck.  The  individual  under  this  im- 
pulse draws  his  dagger  and  runs  through  the  house  or  into  the  street,  stabbing 
without  distinction  every  one  he  meets  till  he  himself  is  killed  or  taken.  This 
movement  is  always  sudden,  indicate  by  no  previous  looks  or  gestures,  and  from 
rootiveu  which  it  is  often  difficult  to  discover.  The  police  officers,  in  contemplsf 
tion  of  these  violences,  are  provided  with  certain  forked  instruments,  with  which 
tbdy  arrest  and  secure  tbe  onfeuder. 

The  inhabitants  of  the  Polynesian  islands,  though  of  the  same  race,  are  much 
more  distinguished  for  beauty  and  regularity  of  form  than  those  <if  Malaj^sia. 
Their  complexion  is  smnetimes  not  darker  than  that  of  the  Spaniards  and  Italians. 
Social  lift,  among  these  islanders,  presents  peculiar  and  picturesque  aspects, 
bstead.of  those  fierce  and  gloomy  propensities  which  usually  stray  the  b^ast  of 
savage  tribes,  their  manners  are  distinguished  by  a  courtesy,  gar'ely,  and  amenity, 
whicn,  combined  with  the  beauty  and  abundance  with  which  the  Uind  is  gifted, 
-made  it  appear  to  the  first  vojragers  like  a  terrestrial  paradise.  These  fiattering 
appearancea,  however,  proved  iu  many  respects  to  be  very  fallacious.  Amid  the 
lavish  kindness  with  which  Europeans  were  greeted,  they  soon  discovered  an  uni- 
versal pn^ensity,to  pilfering,  while  the  virtue  cf  the  fbmale  sex  was  not  proof 
against  naili^  buttons,  or  the  most  insignificant  toys.  These  friults  were,  doubt- 
less, aggravated  by  the  attractive  nature  of  these  new  and  tempting  objects ;  but 
it  was,  moreover,  soon  evident,  that  their  dances  and  other  amusements  were  con- 
ducted in  a  manner  the  most  revolting  to  decorum,  and  that  there  existed  in  Ota- 
heite  a  society  called  arreoy,  who  made  it  a  regular  system  to  have  wives  in  com- 
mon, and  to  pot  their  ofibpring  to  death.  Nor  wiis  inflinticide  the  onl^  practice 
marked  by  the  ferocity  of  savage  life.  In  many  of  the  islands  cannibalism  is  still 
metised,  and  in  the  most  polished  there  remain  traces  of  its  former  existence. 
The  people  of  the  Sandwion  and  Friendly  Islands  were  at  first  considered  more 
resnectable;  but  their  character,  on  fbrther  acquaintance,  wa«  found  to  be  stained 
wio)  prattieea  equally  revolting. 


I 


i 


BH 


OCEANIGA. 


94i 


The  native  leUgiflo  of  theie  ialanden  may  be  nmked  mtaengii  the  dariwA 
fbroM  of  nipentition.  It  not  only  gives  no  anpport  to  virtne,  hot  aflovde  M\  hwo- 
tkm  to  the  meet  eniel  and  diascdute  practiceii  Even  the  flagitions  aoeioty  of 
aneoy  woa  aappoaed  to  poaMis  a  peculiar  sanctity.  Not  only  animals  wen  oflbr* 
ed  in  profusiaa,  but  hnman  victims  were  anivenally  sacrificed  en  tlw  bloody  al^ 
tan  or  the  Poljrnesian  divinities.  One  of  the  observances  which  most  pewenblly 
influenced  their  habitual  existence  was  that  of  (e&oo,  a  species  of  prohiUtioa, 
which  a  person,  in  honour  of  his  &vourite  divinity,  may  SmpofiB  upon  hiamU,  npoa 
any  part  of  his  body,  bis  house,  his  boat,  or  whatever  belongs  to  him. 

European  intercourse,  during  the  present  century,  has  efibcted  a  remarkable 
change  upon  these  islands.  Among  the  most  active  agents,  have  been  the  Eng-^ 
lish  and  American  Missionaries.  Another  cause  may  be  found  in  the  meieasM 
number  principally  of  American  and  British  whaling  and  tnAia^  vessels,  which 
fMquent,  of  Ute  years,  the  various  islands  and  ports  of  these  regions.  Hence  the 
harixHira  of  some,  particularly  the  Sandwich  islands,  are  oftentimes  crowded  with 
vessels,  and  American  tnerciumts  have  even  settled  in  their  ports.  The  marinen 
and  missionaries,  two  very  opposite  chancters,  do  not  always  act  in  nntem,  or 
,  raport  very  Ihvourably  of  each  other ;  but  they  have  combined  in  producing  a  eomeo 
what  grotesque  mixture  of  the  arts,  manners,  and  civilization  of  Europe,  with  the 
rude  and  licentious  habits  to  which  the  people  were  previously  addicted.  The 
missionaries  have  attained  a  predominant  influence  in  many  of  these  islands. 
Spacious  churches  have  been  built,  which  the  natives  frequent,  decently  dressed, 
and  with  a  serious  and  reverential  air.  Still  the  missionaries  candidly  admit  that 
much  is  yet  wanting,  both  as  to  Christian  knowledge  and  conduct  The  obeea- 
vance  of  the  SabbaUi,  which  is  the  most  conspicnoas  part  of  Uieir  rQli|pons  prac- 
tice, seems,  in  ■  ffood  measure,  connected  with  their  ancient  veneration  finr  any 
thing  taboued.  Captain  Beechey  alleges  that  they  vepente  their  bibles,  in  some 
dejpree,  nther  as  household  gods,  means  of  mysterious  protection,  than  as  sources 
of  instruction.  Yet,  on  the  whole,  it  is  undeniable  that  the  grossest  superstitbns 
have  been  demolished,  that  human  victims  no  longer  bleed,  that  the  arreoy  society 
is  broken  up,  inftnticide  has  ceased,  and  public  decorum  is  generally  oljBerved. 
The  missionaries  have  introduced  letters  into  these  islands,  where,  previously, 
nothing  of  that  nature  existed ;  neither  hieroglyphics,  pictorial  reprMentatioin, 
nor  symbols  of  any  deseriptkm.  As  soon  as  Christianity  was  established,  they  set 
on  foot  schools;  and  the  natives  applied  themselves  with  extraordinary  ardour  to 
this  new  acquisition.  Mr.  Ellis  tells  us,  that "  aged  chiefs  and  priests,  and  hardy 
warriors,  with  their  spellinsf-books  in  their  hands,  might  be  seen  sitting,  hour 
after  hour,  on  the  benches  in  the  schools,  by  the  side,  perhaps,  of  some  smiling 
boy  or  girl,  by  whom  they  were  thankful  to  be  taught  the  use  of  letters.**  Ye^ 
aflter  the  first  novelty  was  over,  considerable  difficulty  has  been  found  in  obtaining 
regular  attendance,  which  yet  is  anxiously  desired,  not  only  with  a  view  to  in- 
struction, but  for  fimning  the  youth  to  regular  habits.  Still  a  considenUe  nui»- 
her  have  thus  attained  a  competent  knowledge  of  reading,  writing,  and  aritb- 
metia 

.  The  animal  kingdom  of  Oceanica  afiords  only  a  few  specimens  of  the  great 
quadrupeds  common  to  the  other  divisions  of  the  globe.  It  possesses,  however, 
several  species  which  are  peculiar,  and  not  found  elsewhere.  The  most  remark- 
able is  the  Ouran  Outang,  or  wild  man  of  the  woods.  He  is  not  very  common, 
and  is  mostly  found  in  K>rnea  He  is  firom  3  to  4}  feet  in  height,  and  nearly 
covered  with  a  brownish  red  hair.  He  is  incapable  of  walking  erect,  but  seems 
peculiarly  fitted  fat  climbing  trees.  In  his  habits,  he  is  very  simi])|ir  to  a  common 
UKNikey.  The  Pongo,  supiraeed  by  some  naturalists  to  be  the  Ouran  Outang  of 
mature  age,  is  six  or  seven  feet  in  height,  and  is  very  formidable,  fiom  its  strength 
and  fierceness.  This  animal  is  a  native  of  Sumatra  and  Bomea  The  long'tirm- 
ed  ape,  or  Siamang,  is  found  in  troops  in  Sumatra;  they  are  headed  bv  a  cluef, 
who  b  considered  invulnerable  by  the  Malays:  these  animals  assemble  at  sun- 
rise, and  make  the  woods  echo  with  their  wild  and  peculiar  cry.  In  captivity, 
they  are  remarkably  tractable.    The  singular  Proboacis  Monkey  is  distinguished 


"W 


w 


OCEANICA. 


flfom  all  odian  by  hkf'mg  •  long  piojeeting  noM,  pvlng  to  the  head  of  the  eni- 
nel  the  eppeannee  of  a  uulierooa  maw. 

The  Malay  Tapir  ia  in  eiae  Dearly  equal  to  the  Boffltlo,  and  ia  particularly  dii- 
tinfuiabed  oy  ita  oolonr;  the  fiire  and  bind  parte  being  gloaar  black,  while  the 
booy  baa  a  broad  and  well-defined  belt  of  white  extending  nearly  round  it,  reeem- 
Uing  a  piece  of  white  linen  thrown  upon  the  animal  Ua  dispoaition  ia  so  mild 
and  gentle,  that  it  will  beoome  aa  tame  and  fkmiliar  aa  a  dog.  The  Babyrouaaa 
Hog,  fimnd  m  Borneo  and  the  adjacent  ialanda,  baa  much  of  the  mannera  of  the 
pig:  it  ia  laid  to  awim  remarkably  well,  and  even  to  paaa  from  one  ialand  to  an- 
other:  the  tnaka  are  enormooa,  and  appear  more  like  curled  horna  riling  out  of 
the  jawa  than  teeth.  The  Javanese  Genet,  or  CoSbe  Rat,  baa  obtained  the  latter 
name  on  account  of  ita  fondness  for  cofbe :  in  pilfering  this  berry,  it  selects  onlv 
the  ripest  and  moat  perfbct,  which,  being  discharged  unchanged,  are  eagerly  col- 
lected by  the  natives,  as  the  coflbe  is  thus  obtained  without  the  tedious  process  of 
shelling.  It  also  commits  depredations  on  various  description  of  firuits,  especially 
pine-applea,  If  taken  young,  it  soon  becomes  genile  and  docile,  and  readily  sub- 
sists on  either  animal  or  vegetable  food. 

The  Kangaroo,  of  which  there  are  many  varieties,  occurs  only  in  New  Hol- 
land :  the  largest  is  about  the  size  of  a  fiill-grown  sheep,  and  moves  by  sprinsnng 
80  ^t  at  a  leap,  which  it  is  enabled  to  do  by  the  ffreat  length  and  strength  of  its 
hind  legs.  The  female  of  all  the  different  varieties  is  provided  with  an  abdomi- 
nal pouch,  similar  to  that  of  the  opoesum,  for  the  reception  of  the  young.  The 
flesh  of  this  animal  is  much  esteemed  ibr  ibod,  which  is  said  to  resemble  mntton. 
Tm  Kangaroo  iii  very  timid,  and  fliea  from  man,  seeking  instant  concealment 
The  Dingo,  or  New  Holland  Dog,  is  never  known  to  bark :  it  is  fierce,  active, 
and  voracious;  runs  with  the  tail  carried  horizontally,  the  head  elevated,  and  the 
ears  erect  One  that  was  bMiught  alive  to  England  leaped  on  the  back  of  an  ass, 
and  would  have  destroyed  it  The  Emeu  is  a  native  of  New  Holland,  and  is 
somewhat  like  the  Cassowarjr.  It  ia  of  the  same  general  character  as  the  ostrich, 
and  ia  next  to  it  in  size ;  it  runs  with  ^preat  swiftnen,  by  the  aid  of  ita  wings. 
The  Emeu  is  found  in  New  Holland,  and  is  sometimes  huntied  for  its  flesh,  which 
has  thtf  flavour  of  beef.  This  bird  has  been  transported  to  Europe,  and  is  now 
bred  in  the  king's  park  at  Windsor.  The  Black  Swan  is  found  in  New  Holland 
and  Van  Diemen's  Land.  In  fbrm  and  habits  it  is  similar  to  the  White  Swan» 
but  somewhat  smaller.  The  duck-billed  Platypus,  is  a  most  singular  aaimal.  It 
is  about  the  size  of  a  cat,  covered  with  for  and  web-footed ;  instead  of  a  mouth 
ihmished  with  teeth,  it  has  die  bill  of  a  duck.  It  lives  in  watery  and  muddy 
spots.  The  foot  of  the  male  is  armed  with  a  spur,  through  which  passes  a  poison- 
ous liquor,  rendering  the  animal  dangerous :  these  creatures  not  only  lay  eggs, 
but  also  suckle  their  young. 

The  ialand  of  Sumatra  contains  several  species  of  the  Timr;  two  of  the 
Rhinoceros,  one  of  which  is  the  two-homed  species ;  also  the  Eaephant,  which  in 
a  wild  state  is  numerous  in  the  woods :  it  ia  only  at  Acbeen  that  a  fbw  have  been 
trained  to  the  service  ci  man.  Besides  these  animals,  we  might  name,  as  in- 
habitants of  the  Oceanic  Islands,  parrots  of  great  beauty,  the  bird  of  paradise, 
serpents  which  frequent  the  shores,  and  are  often  seen  at  sea  eeveral  miles  firom 
laiM ;  and  many  others.  Dogs,  hoffs,  and  rats,  were  found  by  the  first  navigators 
in  moat  of  the  larger  islands.  Domestic  cattle,  rabbits;  cats,  mice,  tie.  have 
been  introduced  from  Europe. 

The  lan^age  of  the  great  mass  of  the  Jnhabitants  of  Oeeaniea  ia  the  Malay 
and  its  vanona  dialects,  which  has  been  traced  and  found  to  exist  more  or  loss 
flrom  Sumatra  'Almost  to  the  shores  of  South  America.  The  varieties  of  this 
tongue  are  so  aiibilar,  that  the  natives  of  islands  fkr  distant  fVom  each  other  con- 
verse when  they  meet  with  great  ease.  The  frequent  occurrence  of  vowels  and 
liquids  renders  it  so  soft  and  narmmious,  that  it  has  been  called  the  Italian  of  the 
east  From  this  character  and  the  extensive  commerce  of  the  Malays,  it  has  be- 
come in  some  measure  a  universal  language  on  the  coast  and  islands  of  ESastem 
Asia :  it  contains  many  words  derived  firom  the  Saniscrit,  Persian,  and  Arabian 
toogaeeL 


I 


MALAYSIA. 


Ml 


Ooeanica  eompriiM  three  gnat  nibdivHiom:  tis.  Mtlepk,  AMtnlMia,  and 
Polyoeeia :  the  det*iU  of  e«oh  of  these  will  be  consldeicd  under  their  reepectlve 
heiidt. 

Thia  region  extendi  from  the  north- watt  point  of  Samatn  to  the  156^  of  weet; 
longitude,  and  from  the  40^  of  north  to  the  50"  of  south  latitude;  oompriai 
160  degrees  of  loogitade,  or  about  11,000  miles  in  length,  and  90  dtgrises 
latitude,  or  0210  mUes  in  breadth. 


MALAYSIA. 

Malatsu,  called  also  the  North-East  Oceaniea,  and  likewise  the  East  Indian 
archipelago,  oomprises  those  numerous  islands  lying  south-eastward  from,  and 
nearly  approaching  to,  the  great  continent  of  Asia.  The  name  is  derived  from 
Uie  Malaya,  the  principal  and  predominant  race  in  this  region.  The  islands  are 
Sumatra,  Java,  and  Boimeo,  usttally  called  the  Sunda  Isles,  together  with  Celobesi 
the  Moluccas  or  Spice  islands,  and  the  Philippiiu|B,  besides  other  smaller  groupi 
and  islands.  Malaysia  isbounded  on  the  north  by  the  Malayan  sea  and  the  bay  of 
Bengal,  south  by  Australasia,  east  by  Polynesia,  and  west  by  the  Indian  ocean  and 
Chinese  sea.  The  population  of  these  islands  cannot,  except  in  the  instances  of 
Java  and  the  Philippines,  be  estimated  with  any  degree  of  certainty.  The  whole 
is  probably  about  13,500,000,  of  which  Java  has  been  found  to  contain  0,000,000, 
the  Philiroine  islands  12,600,000,  Sumatra  may  be  reckoned  at  2,500,000,  Borneo 
600,000,  Celebes  and  its  appendages  1,000,000,  Bally,  Lombok,  Sooloo,  Sk.  600,000^ 
and  Timor  and  the  Spice  islands,  &c.  nearly  600^000. 

THE  SUNDA  ISLANDS. 
Sumatra,  the  largest  of  these  islands,  is  separated  by  a  narrow  strait  from  the 

Kninsula  of  Malaya,  or  Malacca.  It  is  about  1000  miles  long,  and  is  intersected 
the  equator.  A  chain  of  hi^h  mountains,  some  of  which  are  volcanic,  extends 
tiirough  its  whole  length.  The  coasts  are  low,  marshy,  and  unh^thy.  The 
country  is  divided  into  several  petty  kingdoms;  in  the  north  part  of  the  ialand  ia 
Acheen,  in  the  east  Siak,  and  to  the  south  Palembang  and  Lutifmif.  The  go* 
vernments  are  generally  hereditary  despotisms.  The  interior  is  mhabited  liy 
several  different  tribes,  m  whom  the  Battas,  accounted  in  some  respects  compara* 
tively  civilized,  yet  practise  cannibalism  among  them.  A  part  of  the  sentence 
of  ctiminals  is  to  bo  eaten,  which  is  ibvariably  perfbrmed.  Pepper  is  the- principal 
product,  which  is  raised  and  exported  in  lar^  quantities;  the  other  production 
are  cassia,  camphor,  sagOy  rice,  cofiee,  and  various  fruits.  The  Dutch  nave  settle- 
ments at  Bencoolen,  Palembang,  and  Padang.  The  whole  island  is  supposed  to 
contain  2,600,000  inhabitanta. 

Sumatra  is  begirt  with  a  number  of  islands,  of  which  those  on  the  west  side 
have  a  mountainous  and  rugged  aspect  The  inhabitants  bear  but  little  affinity  to 
those  of  the  great  island ;  Uiev  have  more  analogry  to  those  of  the  esstem  parttiT 
this  region,  uid  also  to  the  islanders  of  Polynesia.  Sago,  instead  of  rice,  is  the 
staple  food.  The  people,  called  by  the  Malays,  Mantaway,  tattoo  their  skins,  and 
speak  a  language  quite  different  from  that  of  Sumatra.  Off  the  eastern  coast  are 
numerous  islands,  of  which  Pulo,  Lingin,  and  Bintang  have  been  long  known  to 
the  Malaya  as  a  great  seat  both  of  commerce  and  piracy.  Thw  are  ruled  by  a 
sultan,  resident  at''Lingin,  who  acknowled(]res  the  supremacv  of  the  Dutch,  and 
has  lately  ceded  to  them  in  full  sovereignty,  the  islet  of  tthio^  separated  fhrn 
Bintang  by  a  narrow  channel.  Rhio  being  made  a  firee  port,  has  acquired  great 
importance,  both  as  an  entrepot  and  a  place  of  refinement  Its  pqmlation  amounts 
now  to  about  OOOO.  The  island  of  Banca  derives  its  sole  importance  from  its  mines 
of  tin.  It  was  a  dependency  of  Palembang  till  the  Dutch  lately  erected  it,  with 
Billiton,  ipto  a  separate  residence  or  provbce.  The  latter  is  distinguished  by  its 
mines  of  iron,  the  most  valuable  in  this  quarter;  and  nails,  made  ftmn  ijt  are  •«• 
ported  to  the  neighbouring  islands. 

Java,  which  lies  south-east  from  Sumatra,  is  separated  from  it  by  the  straits  of 


548 


MALAYSIA. 


Bondi,  ud  far  6iM)  ini^M  in  length,  b  it  almost  wholly  volcanic,  and  i«  nuMintain- 
oni  throoffaoat  its  Whole  lenfW :  the  northern  coast  la  low  and  marshy,  and  the 
•oathem  rocky  and  precipitoua.  The  climate  in  the  low  parts  is  very  unhealthy ; 
the  aoil  is  exoeedinMy  fertile,  producing  sugar,  coffee,  rice,  pepper,  spices,  indigo, 
cotton,  and  fruits.  In  no  part  of  the  world  is  vegetation  more  luxuriant.  A  great 
portion  orthe  island  is  under  the  govemoent  or  the  Dutch ;  bat  the  southern  ex- 
tremity, which  is  in  the  possession  of  the  natives,  contains  the  two  native  states 
of  Jogo-Karta  and  Solo-Karto,  fragments  of  the  empire  of  Mataram,  which  for- 
merly held  sway  over  the  greater  pArt  of  Java.  The  first  is  supposed  to  contain 
1,000,000  of  subjects,  and  the  latter  700,000.  The  two  capitals  bearing  the  same 
name  with  the  kmgdoms,  are  each  estimated  to  contain  100,000  inhabitants.  The 
whole  population  of  the  island  is  about  6,000,000. 

Patavia,  the  capital,  was  formerly  a  large  and  magnificent  city,  but  is  now  miich 
decayed.  It  is  built  on  a  low  spot,  and  tiio  streets  are  traversed  by  canals,  in  the 
manner  of  the  cities  of  iloUand.  It  has  long  been  filmed  for  its  unhealthiness, 
yet  it  still  enjoys  a  large  commerce,  and  contains  OD/XX)  inhabiUnts.  The  other 
chief  towns  are  Sourabaya,  Ch|ribon,  and  Samarang.  Bantam  was  fomierly  an 
idipmrtant  place,  but  is  now  decayed.  Java  has  been  divided  into  twenty  districts  or 
reeidencee,  including  the  island  of  Madura,  which  forms  one  of  them.  The  latter 
is  governed  by  three  native  princes,  under  the  control  of  the  Dutch.  The  people 
of  this  idand  profess  the  Hindoo  religion. 

Eastwards  m>m  Java  extends  a  range  of  islands,  of  which  they  seem  almost  a 
'eootinoation ;  they  are  Bally,  Lombock,  Sumbawa,  Jeendana,  Mangermy,  Floris, 
Sabr^^l,  Solor,  Lomblem,  Pantar,  Ombey,  Wetter,  and  Timor;  the  last  is  held 
jointly  in  Doesession  by  the  Dutch  and  1>Wtugue8e.  Coepang  is  the  principal  set- 
tfoment  of  the  first,  and  Deily  of  the  last  Sumbawa  contains  the  kingdom  of 
Bima,  tributary  to  the  Dutch,  also  an  active  volcano,  which,  in  1816»  committed 
dreadfiil  ravages. 

Borneo  is,  next.to  Australia,  the  largest  island  in  the  world,  being  near  900  miles 
in  length,  and  700  in  breadth.  It  is  well-gified  by  nature,  the  mountains  of  the 
interior,  SOOO  feet  high,  by  giving  rise  to  namerous  streams,  entirely  secure  it 
from  aridity.  Its  products  are  rice,  pepper,  cinnamon,  coflTee,  &c.  Gold  and  dia- 
monds are  found,  and  coal  is  abundant.  The  inhabitants  of  the  coasts  are  Ma- 
lays, Javanese,  and  Bugis  or  natives  of  Celebes,  all  of  whom  are  Mahomet- 
ans. The  interior  in  inhabited  by  the  Dyaks,  and  other  independent  tribes, 
betvirleen  whom  and  the  people  of  the  coast,  there  is  constant  war.  The  popula- 
tion is  supposed  to  be  about  600,000.  The  principal  trade  is  at  Benjar  Massin,  a 
Krt  of  6000  or  7000  inhabitants,  the  capital  of  a  kingdom  under  the  control  of  the 
itch.  Borneo,  the  capital  of  a  state  which,  during  its  (fatness,  gave  its  name 
to  tile  whole  island,  is  now  much  decayed,  but  still  contains  10  or  1^000  inhabit- 
ants. SuccMidana,  PontitSia,  die  are  places  of  some  trade ;  the  latter  with  6000 
inhabitanlSL 

Eastward  of  the  coast  of  Bomer>,  extends  the  Sooloo  archipelago,  containing  27 
idands,  with  an  estimated  population  of  300,000  inhaUtants,  and  who  are  all  de- 
voted to  piracy;  and  from  900  to  400  vessels,  whose  crews  amount  to  10,000  men, 
are  continually  issuing  finth  in  this  fierce  and  perilous  occupation ;  the  Sooloos 
are  the  Algerlnes  of  the  eastern  seas. 

Colobesliee  east  </  Borneo;  it  is  very  irregular  in  shape,  and  contains  55,000 
square  miles.  It  is  mountainous,  with  several  volcanoes.  The  inhabitants  are 
active,  industrious,  and  robust,  and  are  madly  devoted  to  ganlilfs  of  chance.  The 
popnlation  is  reckoned  at  1,000,000,  who  are  moetly  of  the  Mahometan  faith.  The 
government  is  an  elective  monarchy,  the  real  power  being  in  the  hands  of  the  he- 
redittny  chfeft.  The  Maccassars  and  Bugis  are  the  two  principal  races,  the  latter 
iiO  at  present  the  rulers;  those  of  Boney  are  the  most  warlike,  and  those  of  Wa- 

Kthe  most  commercial.    Maccassar  is  a  city  and  territory  at  the  south  end  of 
islanl  in  the  poasetoion  of  the  Dutch.    The  soil  is  very  fertile,  producing 
rice,  cotton,  cloves,  nutmegs,  sago,  ebony,  &c. 

The  MoluoBoa  or  Spice  islands  were  originally  the  small  islands  of  Temate, 
^dor, 'Ifoti^  Stachian*,  and  Batchian,  lying  off  the  west  coast  of  Gilolo,  but  they 


AUSTRALASIA. 


M» 


now  include  the  Utter,  Uwether  with  Objr,  Cerwn,  Amboyna,  Boons  end  the  Bui> 
da  isles;  they  derive  celeority  from  produoing  the  preoioy*  coaunoditieeof  ekwee, 
jiutmegi,  aad  mace.  Gilolo,  called  alao  Almaheira,  ia  the  largest  of  the  gnap, 
'and  preaenta  the  uaual  spectacle  in  these  regtonsi  of  a  rede  people  govemed  by  m 
Dumiier  of  turbulent  chieftaina.  Ceram  is  mostly  under  tae  power  of  a  singto 
prince,  who  is  tributary  to  the  Dutch.  Amboyna  is  the  chief  European  settlement, 
and  is  the  only  islaiid  where,  until  lately,  tbie  clove  was  permitted  to  be  raised* 
The  town  of  Amboyna  containa  7000  inhabitants. 

"  The  Philippine  islands  form  an  extensive  group  of  two  large  and  nine  small 
islandiy  situated  north-east  of  Borneo.  Few  eountriee  are  mora  flivoured  as  to  sojl 
and  climate.  Though  placed  but  little  north  of  the  eqoator,  the  height  of  the 
mountains  and  the  ocean  hreeies  preserve  them  from  suffering  under  any  s^ 
vere  or  scorching  heat  They  produce  moat  of  the  staple  tropical  artieleei, 
sugar,  rice,  tobacco,  colfee,  cinnamon,  4m.  .  The  largest  of  this  group  are  Luson 
and  Mindanao:  the  otiiers  are  Samar,  Negroa,  Leyte,  Mindore,  Panay,  Bohol, 
Zebu,  Masbatc,  and  Burloa.  The  islands  belong  to  Spain ;  the  great  nujority, 
however,  of  the  inhabitants  are  of  the  native  races,  of  which  the  moat  improved 
are  the  Tagalas;  another  is  the  Bisayans;  there  are  also  in  the  interior  of  the 
Isrger  islaiMs  a  eonsidetable  number  of  negroee  of  Cm  Papuan  race.  Manilla  is 
the  capital  of  Luson  and  of  the  whole  group,  and  contains,  with  its  suburbsb 
160,000  inhabitanta  Its  imports  «od  exports  are  each  about  1,000,000  dollars 
annually. 

The  Uocos,  or  Keeling  islands,  are  several  small  ialands  lying  in  the  usual  tnck 
of  American  and  European  ships  to  China;  they  are  idioot  700  miles  south-west 
from  the  western  entrance  of  the  straits  of  Sunda,  and  have  lately  been  taken 
possession  of  by  two  English  gentlemen,  who  intend,  by  the  introdnctioa  of  la« 
bourera,  to  ooltivate  and  render  them  productive.  The  climate,  though  warm,  is 
salubrious,  and  the  water  good  and  almndant  The  chief  native  prrauct  is  the 
cocoa-nut,  which  abounds  in  great  proflwion.  Many  plants,  fruits,  &c.  suitable  to 
the  climate  have  been  introduced,  and  found  to  succeed  well. 


AUSTRALASIA. 

AvsTBALJURA,  or  Cental  Oceanica,  comprises  Australia  or  New  Holland,  Van 
Diemen's  Land,  New  Zealand,  Papua  or  New  Guinea,  New  Britain,  New  Ireland, 
Solomon^s  Archipelago,  Now  Hebrides,  New  Caledonia,  &c.  Of  these,  Australia 
is  by  far  the  most  extensive,  attainiu^  even  to  the  importance  of  a  continent. 
Although  nothing  but  vague  conjecture  txa  be  fesorted  to  in  estimating  the  nn- 
merieal  amount  of  the  inhabitants  of  this  reipon,  they  have,  notwithstanding,  been 
reckoned  at  fh>m  l.OOT ,000  to  2,000,000,  mv-  "-.oat  probably  do  not  exceed  the  first 
stated  amount    The  area  is  eenerally  estLnated  at  about  3,600,000  square  miles, 

Australia,  formerly  New  fitolland,  the  largest  island  in  the  world,  extebds  from 
10"  to  99<>  S.  lat,  and  fVom  113"  to  ISS"  E.  Ion.  It  is  2600  miles  in  length,  and 
contains  3,000,000  square  miles.  The.  whole  island  is  claimed  by  the  British  go- 
vernment, who  have  named  it  Australia,  and  laid  it  off  into  two  great  diviaions, 
the  separating^  line  of  which  is  the  136°  of  longitude  east  from  Greenwich.  The 
western  division  retains  the  old  name,  New  Holland,  and  the  eastern  is  called 
New  South  Wales.  In  the  south-east  part  of  this  divisict  is  the  settlement  founded 
in  1787,  and  known  as  the  Botany  Bay  Colony,  to  which  numbers  of  criminals 
were,  until  1840,  banished  from  Great  Britain.  The  convicts  labour  during  the 
term  for  which  they  were  sentenced,  on  the  expiration  of  which  they  may  com- 
mence for  themselves.  ■  Many  have  become  virtuous  and  useful  citizens,  and  some 
have  even  acquirfMl  a  reapeotabie  competency. 

The  colony  extends  along  the  coast  about  300  miles,  and  contains  a  nnmber  of 
towns.  The  capital,  Sydney,  has  a  fine  situation,  a  good  harbour,  and  had  a  popu- 
lation, in  1841,  of  30,000.  In  the  year  1840  the  inipQ$t»4|^^0luuy'4«fre  to  thb 
amount  of  £3,468,858 ;  exports  the  same  year,  £li0Si,!SfSkovUuii}(mm^l^^^ 


Ka 


>^^ 


^ 


i^  iimi:0^' 


SBO 


AUSTRALASIA. 


amoant  of  7»66B,M0  ponnda  was  tha  chief  it«in ;  the  next  moat  importaBt  lireie 
whale  oil  and  whalebone,  the  prodace  of  the  aonthern  whale  flahery. 

A  aettleinent  waa  oommeneed,  in  1839,  on  the  opposite  side  of  Auatralia,  at 
Swan  river.  The  eoantry  ia  rather  dry  and  aandy,  but  ia  oonaidered  favoamble 
for  rearing  cattle.  Popalalion,  about  9000.  Several  email  tewna  have  been  laid 
off,  which  are  Freemantle,  Perth,  Gnilford,  Peel,  Sie.  Sottth-eaet  of  the  above, 
at  King  Oeorge'a  Soand,  ia  the  amall  aettlement  of  Albany :  eivht  or  nine  hundred 
milea  east  of  thia  aettlement  ia  the  colony  of  South  Auatralia,  louBded  in  1836,  on 
the  weat  coaat  of  the  laland,  almoat  due  weat  firom  Sydney.  It  waa  eatabliahad  by  I 
tiie  South  Aoatralian  Company,  to  whom  a  large  tract  or  land  haa  been  granted  by ' 
the  Britiah  goTernmenI,  the  proceede  of  whieh  are  to  be  applied  to  tha  conveying 
of  freeaettlera  to  the  colony.    No  eonviata  are  to  be  sent  to  this  quarter.    The 

Hralation,  in  1841,  waa  estimated  at  19,000,  of  whom  •  portion  were  Germane, 
eiaide,  the  chief  town  of  South  Australia,  ia  laid  out  near  the  weat  coaat  of  the 
Gulf  of  St  Vincent.  It  waa  founded  in  1837 ;  it  contains  a  few  temporary  public 
bnildinga,  and  a  number  of  private  dwellings.  The  bank  of  South  Australia  is 
eetabliahed  here.  Glenelg  and  Kinneote  are  small  towna  recently  laid  put;  the 
latter  ia  aituated  on  Kangaroo  ialana. 

Farther  to  the  south-east  is  the  colony  of  Port  Philip,  the  most  recent  «<>ttle- 
ment  founded  in  thia  quarter.  Ita  progreaa  haa  been  unuaually  rapid.  The  popu- 
lation,  in  1844,  waa  eatimated  at  30,000.  Melbourne,  the  chief  towi.,  haa  8000 
inhabitants :  Portland  Bay  and  Gelong  are  smaller  towns.  The  exports  from  this 
district  are  about  £300,000  annually,  nearly  all  of  which  is  of  wool.  The  colo- 
Bista  own  1,500,000  sheep,  100,000  head  of  cattle,  and  4600  horses. 

Van  Diemen*a  Land,  or  Tasmania,  is  an  island  lying[  aouth  of  Auatralia,  about 
300  milea  long  and  150  wide.  Area,  37,193  aqnare  milea.  It  ia  in  aome  places 
■Boantsinoua  and  well  watered,  and  contains  much  good  soil.  A  aettlement  waa 
eatebliahed  here  in  1804.  It  continued  until  1885  an  appendage  to  New  South 
W«loa,  but  haa  qow  a  aeparate  government.  The  colony  u  Ik  a  flouriahing  atate. 
lU  importa,  in  1840,  were  to  the  value  of  ^£788,356 ;  of  exporta,  de867,007.    Po- 

[ittlation.  in  1838,  45,846,  of  whom  about  one-third  were  convicts.  It  ia  divided 
nto  IS  districts.  The  chief  towns  are  Hobarton,  Elizabeth  Town,  Macquarie 
Town,  Launceaton,  George  Town,  tie.  The  firat  ia  the  capital.  Population,  in 
1838,  14,383. 

New  Zealand  comprises  three  islanda  lying  to  the  south-eaat  of  Australia,  contain- 
ning  altogether  about  63,000  square  milea.  The  two  largeat  of  them  are  separated 
from  each  other  by  Cook's  Strait ;  and  the  southemmoat  and  smallest,  from  the  mid- 
dle island,  by  Foveaux  Strait.  Rangea  of  mountains  extend  through  both  the  larger 
ialaitda,  and  riae  in  aome  cases  to  the  height  of  13,000  or  14,000  feet.  The  soil, 
where  level,  is  very  fertile.  The  products  ate  Indian  com,  yama,  potatoes,  and  a 
species  of  very  strong  flax,  highly  serviceable  for  clothing,  cordage,  dec.  The  na- 
tives are  a  finely-formed  race  of  aavaffes,  but  very  warlike  and  ferocioua;  all 
of  them  were,  and  some  atill  are,  cannibals.  In  the  northern  ialand,  missionary 
labours  were  commenced  in  1815  :  there  are  aeveral  stations  at  which  a  number 
of  New  Zealand  youth  have  been  educated,  ai^  others  are  receiving  instruction 
The  nativea  in  the  vicinity  of  the  missions  are  beginning  to  cultivate  the  soil  in 
a  regular  manner;  to  breed  cattle;  and  are  also  acquiring  a  taste  for  European 
clothing  and  comforts.  The  introduction  of  fire-arms  has  had  the  effect  of  dimi< 
nishing  their  wars,  in  consequence  of  the  strong  and  the  weak  being  brought 
more  nearly  to  an  equality  than  formerly..  The  natives  of  these  islanda  have  in 
niany  instances  been  employed  on  board  of  whaling  and  other  vessels,  and  found 
to  be  tractable  and  serviceable.  Some  of  them  have  likewise  been  employed  as 
labourers  at  Sydney,  and  are  much  esteemed,  having  no  propensity  for  spirituous 
liquors. 

In  the  year  1840  New  Zealand  was  annexed  to  the  British  empire,  under  the 
title  of  the  Colony  of  New  Zealand.  The  northern  island  (Eahei  Nomauwe),  is 
now  called  New  Ulster,  the  middle  island  (Tavai  Poenamoo),  New  Munster,  and 
the  southern  island  (Stewart's),  New  Leinster.  The  native  population  is  about 
800,000,  and  the  British  15,000.  Auckland,  on  the  northern  island  ia  the  capital. 
Welirngton,  New  Plymoutli,  and  Nelson,  are  colonial  towns  recently  laid  out. 


;t  •• 


mmmaamm 

POLYNESIA. 


S51 


Pmpua,  or  New  Ouinm,  lies  north  of  Auattalia,  and  ia  1900  milat  in  langtli.  )i 
ia  beliered  to  b«  one  of  the  moat  fertile  countriea  in  the  world,  hot  ia  aa  yet  little 
known.  The  whole  ialand  ia  covered  with  palm-treea  and  timber  oi*  lar^e  aize. 
The  eoooa<niit,  bread>fruii,  pine-apple,  and  plaintain,  are  found  here ;  the  nutaieff 
alao  vrowa  wild,  but  it  ia  not  known  whether  it  producea  good  apioe.  It  is  aaid 
that  there  are  no  quadrapeda  in  Papua,  except  doga,  wild  cata,  and  hoga,  and  that 
to  the  eaat  of  Gilolo  no  fiorned  animala,  of  any  deacription,  are  found,  'rhe  popif 
latioB  conaiata  of  the  Papuan  or  Oriental  negroea,  rathlir  mora  advanced  than 
thoae  of  New  Holland,  ming^led  with  the  atiir  mder  :«ee  of  die  HaraJbraib  who 
inhabit  the  interior  mountaina.  The  inbabitanta  of  Bcffoeo  and  Celebea  often 
make  inraada  upon  the  people  and  carry  them  off  aa  alavea.  Loaiaiade,  lying 
aoath  of  New  OuinM,  formerly  auppoaed  to  be  a  aingle  ialand,  conaiata  of  a  nuoK 
ber  of  ialanda  of  varioua  aiiea,  inbalvted  by  a  rude  wad  warlike  people. 

Sonth-oaatward  of  New  Guinea  varioua  groupa  of  ialanda  extend  for  a  ^nut 
diatance,  arranged  almoat  in  the  ahape  of  a  bow,  the  populatwn  of  which  la  di- 
vided between  tne  two  great  racea,  the  Papuan  or  Oriental  negro,  little,  u|fly,  and 
black,  and  the  Malay,  taller,  of  a  dingy  brown  colour,  and  of  more  pleaaing  fea- 
torea.  Theae  ialanda  exhibit  only  varietiea  of  the  moat  aavage  forma  of  aocial 
exiatence,  and  they  are  all  but  imperfectly  known  to  the  civilixed  world. 

New  Britain,  New  Ireland,  New  Hanover,  du:.,  have  a  fertile  aoil,  and  are  well 

Copied.  The  nativea  of  New  Ireland  are  a  very  warlike  race,  and  are  aaid  to 
ve  canoea  80  ffaet  long,  formed  out  of  a  aingle  tree.  Solomon's  Archipelago 
eompriaea  a  number  of  iuanda  of  varioua  dlmenaiona,  of  which  thoae  callea  New 
Georgia  are  extenaive.  The  inbabitanta  are  warlike ;  thev  appear  to  be  under 
the  control  of  an  abadute  jnince,  and  are  aaid  to  be  cannibals. 

The  New  Hebridea  consist  of  numerous  clusters  of  islanda  which  are  covered 
with  high  mountain^  aome  of  which  are  volcanic.  The  aoil  ia  extremely  fertile 
and  finely  watered  t^  numerous  rivulets.  The  inbabitanta  have  been  estimated 
at  900;0(N),  divided  into  difibrent  tribes,  who  are  almoat  at  perpetual  war  with 
each  other. 

New  Caledonia  is  the  moat  aonthem  of  the  group  of  idands  extending  fW>m 
New  Guinea.  It  ia  traversed  by  a  range  of  mountains  of  considerable  elevation. 
The  soil  ia  not  ao  fertile  as  some  of  the  other  islands.  The  population,  which  ia 
almost  wboUv  confined  to  the  coast,  is  reckoned  at  fimn  80,000  to  00,000. 

Norfolk  luand,  about  1000  miles  from  Sidney,  and  400  nwth-west  from  New 
Zealand,  ia  a  penal  aettlement,  tu  which  convicts  are  sent  who  have  been  found 
ffoilty  of  crimes  committed  in  New  South  Wales,  and  sentenced  to  hard  labour 
for  life  or  for  a  long  period.  The  number  here  is  500 ;  the  whole  population  being 
about  800,  including  the  military,  dtc.  The  soil  is  fertile,  and  the  climate  similar 
to  that  of  Portugal. 

A  little  to  the  north-eaat  of  New  Georgia  are  found  the  Maaaacre  Islands,  so 
named  by  their  diacoverer.  Captain  Morrell,  of  New  York.  Thev  are  a  group  of 
email  low  idands  inhabited  by  cannibals,  who  are  a  large  muscular  race  of  men, 
very  active,  and  nearly  aa  dark«skinned  as  AfricansL  They  are  well  armed,  cun- 
ning, and  treacherous,  and  succeeded  in  killing  and  devourii^  fourteen  of  Captain 
Morrell's  crew.  They  took  one  of  them  prisoner,  who  remained  15  weeks  among 
the  savaffes,  and,  on  a  second  visit  of  Captain  Morrell,  succeeded  in  rejoining  him, 
after  enduring  the  most  painflil  soflferings.  The  islands  are  well  wooded,  and 
abound  in  the  usual  productwns  of  theae  regions. 


L 


POLYNESIA. 

PoLTmniA,  signifying  the  many  isles,  or  Eastern  Oceanica,  is  the 

Knerally  given  to  the  numerous  groups  of  islanda  with  which  a  great  part  of  tiw 
cific  Ocean  is  studded.  While  the  isIandS'Composing  Aostralasiaare  ofanoh 
magnitude  as  to  approach  the  character  of  continents,  those  of  Pdyneaia  are  m 
small  that  moat  of  Uiem  can  scarcely  aspire  above  the  diminutive  appellation  of 
BaaBaEHSBBBBBBBsaBiaBeaaHHaasBaaeBaHnaaaaaianaeeBHi^HMMMHwa 


558 


POLYNESIA. 


islets;  yet  they  ire  m>  numerous,  and  follow  in  such  oloae  lucceMion,  that  they 
mav  properly  be  conaidered  aa  a  region  of  the  globe,  bearing  a  peculiar  aapect 
anocharacter. 

This  division  of  Oceanica  comprises  the  Ladrone  and  Caroline  blands,  and  those 
of  the  Central  Archipelago;  also  the  Sandwich,  Marquesas,  or  Wafhington,  So 
ciety,  Georgian,  Pearl,  and  Palliser's  islands,  together  with  the  Firiendiy,  the  Aus* 
tml,  and  Hfarvey's  islands,  besides  many  other  small  groups  and  scattered  islands. 
The  populatioD  of  this  '^gion  has  never  been  estimated  except  by  tiie  moat  uncer- 
tain conjectures.  Those  formed  bv  Cook  and  other  navigators  would  lead  to  the 
belief  ti»t  1,600,009  might  probably  be  about  the  amount,  but  more  recent  obser^ 
vations,  particularly  those  of  the  Missionaries,  leave  no  doubt  that  this  nuntber  is 
greatly  exaggerated,  and  that  about  000,000  will  be  a  more  accurate  approxi- 
mation. 

THE  LADRONE.  OR  MARIAN  ISLANDS. 

Tam  islands  lie  north  of  the  Carolines,  and  were  the  first  known  of  the  isl- 
ands in  this  region,  having  been  discovered  by  Magellan,  in  1512.  They  are 
covered  for  the  most  part  with  the  rich  vegetation  peculiar  to  this  climate,  and 
have  been  highly  extolled  by  some  navigato/s  as  ibrmmg  almost  a  paradise.  The 
original  inhiwitants  have  been  nearly  exterminated  in  their  wars  with  the  Spa- 
niards, who  endeavoured  to  impose  on  them  their  yoke  and  religion.  The  climate 
is  mild  and  healthful,  though,  like  the  Carolines,  subject  to  violent  hurricanes. 
The  people  of  the  Ladrone  Islands  possess  canoes  which  are  the  admiration  of 
sailors,  being  so  skilfully  constructed  as  to  sail,  with  a  side  wind,  UO  miles  an  hour. 

THE  CAROLINE  ISLANDS. 

Thr  Cakolimi  laLAifoa  form  an  extensive  and  numerous  group  on  the  north 
side  of  the  Equator ;  they  extend,  firom  east  to  west,  upwards  of  i¥)  degrees  of 
longitude,  and  are  among  the  most  imperfectly  known  of  any  islands  in  the  Pa- 
cific Ocean,  and  are  bituated  in  a  most  tempestuous  ocean,  exposed  to  flrequent 
hurricanee,  some  of  which  often  sweep  away  the  entire  produce  of  an  island,  yet 
the  people  are  still  more  at  home  on  the  waves  than  even  the  rest  of  the  South 
Sea  islanders,  and  are  distinguished  by  their  skill  in  navigation.  The  greater  part 
of  the  Caroline  Islands  are  low  and  of  coral  formation. 

The  Palaof,  or  Polew  Islands,  are  the  most  western  group  of  the  Carolines. 
They  are  of  moderato  elevation  and  well  wooded :  they  became  an  object  of  inte- 
rest in  Great  Britain  by  the  shipwreck,  in  1768,  of  Captain  jWilBon,  in  the  Ante- 
lope, when  he  was  received  and  his  wants  supplied  with  the  most  generous  kind- 
ness. Abba  Thulle,  the  king,  with  an  enlightened  desire  to  improve  his  people 
by  a  knowledge  of  the  arts  and  attainments  of  Europe,  sent  along  with  the  Cap- 
tain his  son.  Prince  Le  Boo,  who  delighted  the  society  of  the  metropolis  by  the 
amiable  simplicity  of  his  manners ;  but,  unfortunately,  he  was  seised  with  the 
small-po}^  and  died.  In  Captain  Wilson's  narrative,  the  Polew  Islanders  were 
represented  in  the  most  plcosine  colours,  but  subsequent  navigvtors  who  have 
visited  thcM  shores,  draw  a  completely  opposite  picture,  representing  these  people 
as  displaying  all  the  bad  qualities  inoraent  to  savage  life. 

CcNTRAi.  Abcbipilaqo. — ^This  name  has  been  applied  from  their  central  situa- 
tion to  a  number  of  detached  group?,  extending  to  a  great  distance,  chiefly  to  the 
south-east  from  the  Caroline  Islands,  consigting  most^  of  Mitchell's,  Ellices'  and 
De  Peyster's  groups,  tne  Taswell's  Islands,  also  Gilbert's  Archipelago,  Scarbo- 
rough's Range,  and  the  Mulgrave  Islands :  the  two  last  form  a  group  so  closely 
adjoining  on  the  west  to  the  Carolines,  that  they  can  scarcely  be  considerod  other- 
wise than  as  a  branch  of  that  ^reat  archipelago.  They  comprise  a  vast  number 
of  small  islands,  in  many  cases  mere  rocks,  of  which  the  western  division  is 
termed  the  Radack,  and  the  eastern  the  Ralick  chain.  Nearly  all  the  islands 
forming  the  great  Central  Arohipelago  are  peopled  up  to  the  limited  resources 
which  nature  affords.  The  natives  are  generally  described  as  frlandly,  courteous, 
and  amiable,  free  from  the  thievish  propensities  and  dissoliite  conduct  which  are 


POLYNiSIA. 


8U 


oommoa  in  many  of  the  othar  ulandi.    Thete  are  generailv  deatitute  of  laoi 
animala,  exctpt  rata,  which  are  numerous,  and  often  eaten  as  tooJi, 

Thi  Sarswioh  IsLAimi,  new  the  most  important  of  any  in  this  quarter  of  the 
irlobe  in  relation  to  the  civilised  world,  have  oeen  long  known  as  a  place  of  resort 
for  American  whalinjOf  ships,  and  have  also,  for  some  time  put,  excited  general 
interest  on  account  of  the  important  change  taking  place  in  the  manners,  eostoms, 
and  character  of  the  people.  These  islands  are  ten  in  fiumber,  of  which  eight 
only  are  inhabited.  They  form  as  it  were  a  solitary  cluster,  ihr  to  the  north  and 
east  of  the  principal  ranges  of  this  region. 

Hawaii,  or  Ownyhee,  the  largest  or  the  group,  and  also  the  largest  island  in 
Polynesia,  occupies  4d()0  square  miles  of  the  7000  constituting  the  area  of  the 
whole.  The  aspect  of  these  islands  is  grand  and  sublime ;  some  of  the  mountains 
rise  to  an  alphie  height,  and  have  their  summits  wrapt  in  perpetual  snow :  those 
of  Mouna  Kaah  and  Mouna  Rou,  are  the  most  elevated  of  any  insular  mountains 
in  the  world,  being  respectively  18,400  and  16,474  feet  in  heij^ht.  Volcanoes  are 
numerous  in  this  group,  and  many  of  thorn  in  constant  activity.  The  soil  is, 
exceedingly  fertile,  and  yields  abundantly  the  bread-fVuit,  su^r-cane,  cocoa>nut, 
sweet  potatoes,  die.  The  natives  are  tall  ond  robust,  especiallv  the  chiefs,  who 
are  here,  as  in  most  of  the  other  ielandv,  a  superior  race :  they  had  long  evinced 
a  strong  denire  to  become  acquainted  witji  Eii"npean  arts  and  civilization,  and  in 
1610  thoy  renounced  idolatry  and  burned  th Mr  idols:  this,  and  the  circumstance 
of  several  of  the  natives  having  been  oducateu  in  the  United  States,  induced  the 
missionarv  societies  in  this  country  to  send  out  ministers  -of  the  gospel  to  impart 
to  them  the  religion  and  arts  of  civilization :  the  most  signal  success  has  attended 
their  exertions,  and  strong  hopes  may  now  be  indulged  that  the  peofile  of  these 
islands  will,  at  no  remote  period,  be  ranked  among  civilized  and  cliristian  nations, 
A  large  proportion  of  the  population  have  been  instructed  in  reading,  writing,  and 
arithmetic :  churches  have  been  erected ;  the  press  has  been  for  some  time  in  ope* 
ration,  at  which  school-books,  the  scriptures,  newspapers,  and  periodicals  are 
printed  in  the  langiioge  of  the  country;  the  useful  arts  nave  been  introduced,  and 
a  gradual  improvement  in  the  morals  and  manners  of  the  people  has  taken  place. 
The  town  of  Honolulu,  in  the  island  of  Oaho,  contains  about  6500  inhabitants,  of 
wliom  a  number  are  Anglo-Americans  and  English.  Great  commercial  activity 
prevails  here ;  many  European  and  Ameiicnn  sliips,  &o.,  are  always  in  the  port : 
a  cDnaiderable  number  of  small  vessels  also  belong  to  the  natives.  Some  of  the 
tiouaes  at  Honolulu  are  built  of  stone;  and  hotels,  billiards,  and  an  ordinary  at  1 
o'clock,  strikingly  testify  the  transportation  of  European  habits  into  this  lately 
remote  and  savage  region.  The  Sandwich  Islands  Gazette  is  printed  in  Enclish. 
The  following  table  shows  the  area  and  population  of  the  separate  islands: — 
Total,  144,000. 

0q.  mile*.         Population. 

Hawaii  (Owhyhee) 4,500  65,000 

Maui(Moweo)   600  90,000 

Oahu(Woahoo) 590  90,000 

Kauai,  or  Tauai,  (Atooi) 590  19,000 

Morukai  (Morotoi) 170  3,000 

Ranai(Lanai) 100       '       9,000 

Niihau 100  1,600 

Kahurawa 60  400 

Taura  and  Morikini  are  merely  barren  uninhabited  rocks. 

Thb  Marqduias,  or  Washinoton  Islands,  called  also  the  Mbndana  Akohi- 
PBLAoo,  consists  of  two  groups,  of  which  the  most  eastern,  long  the  only  part 
known,  ia  more  properly  the  Marquesas  Inlands;  they  were  first  discovered  in 
1506,  and,  afler  lieing  long  forsotten,  were  re-discovered  by  Cook.  The  more 
northerly  group  was  first  visited  in  1701  by  Captain  Ingraham  of  Boston,  and  in 
1702  by  the  French  navigator  Marchand,  who  called  thsm  the  Revolution  Islands ; 
but  the  discovery  of  the  former  being  prk>r,  his  name  of  Washington  Islands  has 
been  generally  recognised.    They  have  also  been  called  the  Ingraham  and  the 


47 


8U 


miaiBiMii^es^ssiSimii^siS^ 


^g^jigjjg. 


4S54 


POLYNESIA. 


North  Marquesas  Islands.  They  are  all  csountainous,  fertile  and  well  watered ; 
nature,  in  providing  the  people  with  the  bread-firuit,  the  coooapnut,  and'Uie  banana, 
afibrds  them  subsistence  almost  without  labour.  The  men  of  these  islands  are 
among  the  most  finely  formed  of  any  known  race ;  their  complexion  is  but  little 
darker  than  that  of  Europeans,  but  is  visible  only  in  the  youths,  for  the  tatooing 
inactisod  all  over  the  Pacific  Ocean,  is  carried  to  such  a  pitch  that  the  skin  of  an 
adult  becomes  the  mere  canvas  of  a  picture.  The  operation  begins  at  13  or  13 
yeaia  of  age,  but  it  is  not  until  80  or  35  that  their  person  is  entirely  covered. 
The  women  have  handsome  features,  but  have  an  air  of  boldness  and  efilontery, 
and  hold  virtue  in  scarcely  any  estimation.  The  islands  are  divided  among  a  num- 
ber of  independent  chiefs  and  tribes,  who  are  often  at  war  with  each  other,  which 
they  carry  on  with  great  ferocity.  The  missionaries  have  made  some  attempts  to 
communicate  Christianity  and  civilization,  but  hitherto  with  but  little  success. 

The  Soonrr  or  Lebwakd  Iblahjm  are  Raiatea,  Huahine,  Tahaa,  Borabora, 
Manpiti,  Maurua,  Tabai,  and  the  i^'enuara  or  Scilly  islands.  They  have  a  good 
soil  and  climate,  but  do  not  present  any  very  striking  distinctive  characters.  On 
the  five  first  named  islands  there  are  missionaries  residing,  who  have  eflTected  an 
important  chanse  in  the  manners  and  character  of  the  people.  The  Society  and 
Georgian  islands  are  frequently  described  under  the  name  of  the  former ;  the 
groups  are,  however,  geographically  as  well/is  politically,  distinct. 

The  OaoBoiAN  or  Windward  Isi.amd8  comprise  Tahiti  or  Otaheite,  Eimeo, 
Tabuaemanu,  Maiaoiti,  Teturoa,  and  Matea ;  these,  with  the  Society  Islands,  have 
attracted,  perhaps,  more  attention  than  any  other  in  tho  Pacific  ocean.  They  are 
flruitilil  and  beautiful  islands,  and  present  the  first  example  of  a  people  converted 
to  Christianity  in  this  quarter  of  the  globe ;  an  event  accomplished  by  the  labours 
of  Christian  missionaries  through  a  long  series  of  discouragements  and  dangers. 
The  people  are  now  as  much  distinguished  by  their  regard  for  religion  and  mu- 
rality,  as  they  were  once  for  idolatry  and  licentiousness,  and  are  fast  advancing  in 
knowledge  and  arts.  Tahiti,  the  largest,  is  about  108  miles  m  circuit,  and  has  a 
population  of  10  or  12,000.  The  interior  rises  into  mountains,  which,  with  the 
exception  of  those  in  the  Sandwich  islands,  are  the  most  lofty  in  this  region ;  trees 
and  verdure  clothe  their  sides  almost  to  the  summit.  The  island  is  nearly  one 
entire  forest  of  bread-fruit,  cocoa-nut,  banana,  and  other  valuable  trees ;  a  few 
spots  only  bein?  cleared  for  the  cultivation  of  the  yam.  Papeta  is  the  capital  and 
chief  port  of  Tahiti.  Like  Honolulu,  it  is  a  combination  of  European  houses  and 
native  huts.  Eimeo,  the  next  in  size  to  Tahiti,  is  distinguished  as  being  still  the 
centre  of  that  European  and  Christian  civilization  which  originated  there.  It  con- 
tains the  South  Sea  Academy,  a  printing-office,  and  a  cotton  factory. 

The  Pearl,  Pavkotu,  Low  Iblamds,  and  Damoerovs  ARcniPSLAoo,  are  the  seve- 
ral names  given  to  an  almost  numberless  range  of  islets  extending  east  and  south- 
east of  the  Georgian  isles ;  some  of  them  are  thinly  peopled,  some  entirely  de- 
serted, and  some  others  alternately  settled  and  abandoned.  The  natives  are  but 
little  known,  as  the  slender  supplies  to  be  obtained,  and  the  dangerous  nature 
of  the  navigation,  have  induced  mariners  to  sail  through  them  as  quickly  as  pus- 
sible.  The  Gambler  Islands,  five  in  number,  and  the  most  southern  of  this  group, 
contain,  according  to  Cai^taiu  Beechey,  about  1000  inhabitants;  they  are  all 
most  determined  thieves. 

The  Pallurr  Isumm  lie  north-east  fi^m  Tahiti.  The  principal  is  Anaa  or 
Chain  island.  The  inhabitants  were  formerly  notorious  for  their  superstitions  and 
vicious  propensities,  but  through  the  influence  of  the  missionaries,  they  have  re- 
nounced idolatry,  and  have,  at  least  in  name,  become  Christiana  The  language 
is  radically  the  same  as  Tahiti. 

Hbrtrt*b  or  Cook's  Islands,  situated  nearly  west  from  the  Georgian  group, 
are  small,  low,  and  of  coral  formation ;  they  are  deficient  in  water,  yet  they  are 
tolerably  well  peopled  and  cultivated.  The  state  of  society  nearly  resembles  that 
in  Tahiti,  and  the  missionaries  have  succeeded  in  converting  a  considerable  num- 


BMK*- 


POLYNESIA. 


555 


ber  of  the  inhabitanta. 
pal  islands. 


Ikii&fs,  AitDtake,  Rarotogna,  Maati,  &e.  are  the  princi- 


The  ArarrBAL  or  Raivaivai  Islanm  are  situated  at  about  from  400  to  600  miles 
south  firom  Tahiti ;  they  are  all  small,  and  scattered  at  some  distance  from  each 
other.  The  inhabitants  are  like  those  of  Tahiti,  and  speak  a  similar  language. 
Till  recently,  they  wei'e  grossly  ignorant  and  superstitious,  but  have  been  greatly 
changed,  chiefly  by  the  exertions  of  native  Christian  teachers  from  Tahiti.  The 
entire  population  of  some  of  the  islands  have  been  bapltised,  and  in  all  of  them 
churches  and  schools  have  been  established.  This  group  comprises  the  islands  of 
Raivaivai,  Rarotoa,  Rimatara,  Rurutu,  Tabuai,  Rutui,  and  Rapa. 

The  Friendly  Islands  are  an  extensive  ffrour>,  lying  between  New  Caledonia 
and  the  Georgian  islands;  they  are'reckonea  ai  ISO  in  number,  and  in  their  roost 
extensive  sense,  comprise  the  Navigator's,  Tonga,  Habeai,  and  Feejee  islands. 
The  character  of  the  natives  has  been  drawn  in  more  flattering  colours  than  that 
of  almost  any  other  people  of  the  Pacific  ocean.  The  name  given  to  them  by 
Captain  Cook  expresses  his  opinion  of  their  disposition.  Subsequent  visitors  have, 
liowever,  represented  them  as  cruel  and  ferocious.  The  men  are  very  muscular 
and  broad-shouldered,  and  the  women  often  deficient  in  delicacy  of  form  and  fea- 
tures, but  many  of  both  sexes  present  models  of  almost  perfect  beauty ;  and  their 
expression  is  generally  mild  and  agreeable.  In  some  of  these  islands  the  mis- 
sionary cause  has  met  with  flattermg  success.  In  the  Tonga  and  Habaai  groups 
more  than  2000  children  are  instructed  in  the  schools,  and  the  church  numbers 
upwards  of  1100  native  members.  In  the  Navigator's  islands,  the  gospel  bids  fair 
to  obtain  a  steadfast  footing  among  the  people,  and  in  Laquaha  or  Lageba  island, 
one  of  the  Feejecs,  is  a  mission  in  successful  operation. 

The  Natioator's  or  Samoa  Isiju«d«,  the  most  northern  of  the  Friendly  Archi- 
pelago are  eight  in  number,  divided  into  two  clusters.  They  are  fertile,  well 
watered,  and  abound  in  poultry  and  hogs,  and  appear  to  be  very  populous.  The 
interior  of  the  largest  of  these  islands  is  ^evated ;  the  rooks  seem  to  exhibit  marks 
of  volcanic  origin,  but  the  mountains  are  clothed  to  the  summit  with  lofty  trees, 
and  the  wooded  valleys  beneath  are  watered  by  numberless  atreama  and  rUu. 

The  Fbjeb  Islands,  lying  south-west  of  the  Samoa  group,  comprise  154  islands, 
65  of  which  are  inhabited ;  the  remaining  89  are  occasionally  resorted  to  by  the 
natives  for  the  purpose  of  fishing.  They  are  considerably  larger  than  the  latter, 
and^re  equally  fertile  and  populous ;  and  the  people  are  considered  more  ferocious 
than  any  of  the  others.  Paoo,  or  T^canova,  is  upvrarde  of  50  leagues  in  circuit; 
it  is  traversed  by  high  mountain-ridffes,  thoush  several  members  of  the  group  are 
low  and  encircled  by  coral  rocks.  Naviheelavoo  and  Mywoolla  are  the  next  in 
dimensions.    Population  of  the  whole  group  estimated  at  130,000. 

The  most  southern  group  of  the  Friendly  Archipelago,  are  the  Tonga  Isuea,  the 
principal  of  which  are  Tongataboo  Eooa,  and  Annaniooka,  called  by  Tasman,  their 
first  discoverer,  Amsterdam,  Middlebury,  and  Rotterdam.  These  islands,  like  the 
others  of  this  range,  are  very  fertile  and  populous.  The  natives  cultivate  15  dif- 
ferent varieties  of  the  bread-fruit,  yams  of  several  kinds,  and  other  roots.  The 
animals  are  hogs  and  dogs.  In  another  group  is  Tefooa,  a  mountainous  island, 
containing  a  volcano  which  manifests  some  degree  of  activity. 

Lefuga,  or  Lifuka,  the  principal  of  the  Habaai  islands,  was  long  the  residence 
of  a  chief  who  held  sway  over  the  others.  A  mission  has  been  lately  commenced 
here  with  flattering  prospects.  Vavaoo,  Cocoapnut  Inland,  and  Amargura,  to  the 
north  of  the  Habaai  group,  are  all  fertile  and  inhabited 

Pitoairn's  Island,  a  small  detached  spot  lying  south-east  from  Tahiti,  has  at> 
tracted  a  remarkable  degree  of  interest,  in  consequence  of  having  been  the  retreat 
of  the  mutineers  of  the  Bounty,  whose  fate  was  so  long  unknown,  and  from  the  j 
pleasinsr  feelings  excited  en  the  discovery  of  their  virtuous  and  amiable  posterity 
a  few  y'ears  ago.    A  number  of  the  natives,  in  consequence  of  the  scanty  supply 


OBB 


fl66 


POLAR  ISLANDS. 


of  water  in  the  island,  emigrAted  to  Tahiti,  but  beins  diaappointed  in  their  expect- 
ations, have  since  returned  to  their  happy  island.  The  latest  published  account 
represents  their  number  at  about  80  individuals. 

EAsrrn  Imlaiid,  callcxi  also  Teapy  and  Vaibou,  is  the  most  eastern  of  the  Poly- 
nesian rang^e,  and  is  about  20  miles  in  circuit  The  natives  are  estimated  to  amount 
to  1200,  who  tattoo  themselves  so  aa  to  have  the  appearance  of  wearing  breeches. 
This  island  was  formerly  celebrated  far  its  gigantic  busts,  uf  which  Captain  Cook 
found  only  two  remaining;  they  have  now  disappeared,  a  few  heaps  of  rubbish 
only  being  left  to  mark  the  spots  they  stood  on. 

ISLANDS  IN  THE  POLAR  SEAS.  v 

To  complete  the  description  of  the  detached  and  insular  portions  of  the  globe, 
there  remain  still  a  number  of  large  islands,  situated  in  the  stormy  seas  by  which 
the  two  poles  are  encircled.  Although  these  regions  be  dreary,  desolate,  and  al- 
most uninhabited,  they  present  features  which  attract  the  interest  and  curiosity  of 
mankind,  and  have  induced  many  daring  adventurers  to  explore  and  navigate  these 
remote  coasts  and  seas. 

I  The  Polar  Islands  are  situated  jpartly  in  the  seas  round  the  North,  partly  in 
those  round  the  South  Pole.  The  former,  lying  within  the  Arctic  Circle,  are  by 
much  the  most  numerous  and  extensive.  Commencing  from  the  eastward,  we  find 
Nova  2jembl8,  reaching  northward  from  the  boundary  of  Europe  and  Asia ;  Spits- 
bergen, the  most  nortliern  land  yet  visited ;  Greenland,  a  mass  of  territory  pos- 
sessmg  almost  the  magnitude  of  a  continent,  and  long  supposed  to  be  part  of 
America,  from  which,  however,  it  now  proves  to  be  entirely  disjoined ;  lastly,  the 
range  of  the  North  Georgian  Islands,  discovered  by  Captain  Parry,  of  which  tho 
principal  are  Comwallis,  Bathurst,  Melville,  and  Bank's  Land,  the  boundaries  of 
which  last  are  yet  unknown.  In  the  Antarctic  Ocean,  on  the  contrary,  where  a 
new  continent  was  long  sought  and  expected,  no  extensive  body  of  land  has  yet 
been  discovered ;  but  there  are  some  considerable  islands,  or  groups,  particularly 
New  Gteorgia,  South  Shetland,  and  South  Orkney.  All  these  tracts  are  either  in- 
sular, or  broken  by  deep  bays  and  sounds^  formed,  probably,  by  the  violent  storms 
and  currents  which  beat  continually  against  their  shores,  and  which  are  supposed, 
in  many  cases,  to  penetrate  entirely  across  the  most  solid  masses  of  land.  The 
upect  of  these  regions  is  usually  mountainous,  presenting  long  and  bold  promon- 
tories to  the  stormy  seas  by  which  they  are  surrounded,  and  often  also  enclosing 
spacious  and  secure  harbours. 

The  produce  of  the  arctic  worlJ  is  of  a  peculiar  nature.  A  territory  thus  bfli  ied 
for  the  greater  part  of  the  year  in  ice  and  snow,  with  only  a  transient  and  imper- 
fect vegetation,  and  where  the  few  animals  that  appear  during  the  summer  gleam, 
take  an  early  flight  into  milder  climes,  might  at  first  view  seem  incapable  of 
yielding  any  thing  that  can  minister  to  the  use  or  comfort  of  civilized  man.  But 
while  ^e  land  is  thus  dreary  and  barren,  the  sea  and  its  shores  teem  with  an  in- 
exhaustible profusion  of  life.  The  finny  tribes,  which,  feeding  on  each  other,  do 
not  require  any  vegetable  support,  exist  here  in  greater  ipultitudes,  and  of  larger 
dimensions,  than  any  other  animals,  either  in  the  temperate  or  tropical  climates. 
Provident  nature  has,  in  particular,  fenced  them  against  the  extreme  intensity  of 
the  cold  by  a  thick  coating,  of  a  coarse  but  rich  oleaginous  nature,  termed  blubber, 
the  oil  extracted  from  which  is  subservient  to  the  most  important  economical  pur- 
poses. The  substance  called  whalebone,'heing  peculiarly  strong  and  elastic,  af- 
fords a  material  of  several  manufactures. 

The  seal,  the  walrus,  and  several  other  amphibious  animals,  are  invested  with 
the  peculiar  coating  above  described ;  but  by  far  the  greatest  abundance  of  it  is 
found  in  the  whale.  This  huge  creature  is  the  most  powerful  of  animals ;  and  to 
attack  and  slay  him  is  one  of  the  boldest  of  human  enterprises;  yet  it  is  under- 
taken with  alacrity  by  hardy  tars.  For  this  purpose,  fleets  of  ships,  well  equipped 
with  boats,  lines,  harpoons,  &c.,  are  annually  sent  into  the  polar  seaA. 

The  whale  fishery  was  carried  on  by  the  Dutch  and  English  for  a  lonir  period 
with  great  advantage;  but  of  late  years  it  has  much  declined.    The  ISnglish 


)d 

ih 


NORTH  POLAR  ISLANDS. 


55T- 


fisliery,  which,  in  1814,  yielded  ^00,000,  fell  in  1829  to  £376,150.  In  1830,  a 
very  disastroos  year,  the  losa  saatained  by  wrecka  alone  waa  eatimated  at  not  leaa 
than  i!l40,000,  and  haa  continaed  eveiy  auceeding  year  to  be  more  and  more  nn- 
fortunate. 

The  European  are  now  much  aurpaaaed  by  the  American  whalera.  The  whale 
fiahine  waa  commenced  at  an  early  period  on  the  ahorea  of  New  England,  until 
the  whale  havingr  abandoned  them,  the  coloniata  entered  with  ardour,  about  the 
middle  of  the  IBUi  century,  into  the  f  rheriea  of  the  Northi^  and  Southern  Seaa, 
and  were  the  first  to  lead  the  way  into  Uie  Pacific  Ocean.  The  fishery  haa  gradu- 
ally increaaed,  and  ia  now  the  most  valuable  in  the  world.  In  1841,  there  were 
660  American  Teasels  employed,  of  the  aggregate  burthen  of  193,000  tons,  and 
manned  by  16,000  officers  and  men;  of  these  vessels,  360  were  in  the  sperm,  and  S90 
intheright  whale  bnainees.  The  value  of  their  outfit  waa  $10,610,000;  and  of  the 
ships  and  outfit  together,  $20,120,000.  In  1841, 222  veasels  arrived  in  the  United 
Statea  from  the  whale  fishery;  of  these  136  entered  the  ports  of  Massachusetts 
alone.  The  proceeds  of  that  year's  fishery  were  aa  follows,  viz. :  of  sperm  oil^ 
6,018,076  gallons,  worth  95  cents  per  gal.,  or  $4,767,172 ;  right  whale  oil,  6,531,46i 
gal.,  at 33^ cents, $2,177,154 ;  whalebone,  2,073,480  pounds,  at  20  cents,  $414,695; 
total,  $7,369,022.  Of  this  amount  the  officers  and  crews  were  entitled  to  draw, 
for  their  services,  30  per  cent.,  or  $2,207,706.  The  American  whale  ships  average 
297  tona  each,  with  crews  of  24  men  each.  Voyagea,  in  the  aperm  fishery,  average 
three  yeara ;  and,  in  the  right  whale  fishery,  twenty  months. 

Holland  alao,  aa  well  as  Great  Britain,  haa  lost  much  of  this  portion  of  het  mari- 
time  employment; — ^her  whale  fiahery  having  dwindled  to  an  inconsiderable  amoant 

North  Polar  Islands. 

The  local  details  of  the  arctic  regions  are  extensive  and  scattered,  but  do  not 
present  many  peculiarities  which  will  require  long  to  detain  our  attention.  We 
shall  begin  with  the  North  Georgian  Islands,  discovered  by  Captain  Parry  in  the 
sea  to  the  north  of  America. 

Melville  Island,  the  most  westerly  of  these,  upwards  of  100  miles  both  in 
length  and  breadth,  and  in  latitude  75°  N.,  ia  memorable  as  containing  the  spot 
where  Captain  Parry  spent  two  years,  and  braved  with  success  the  extremeet 
rigour  of  an  arctic  winter.  The  sun  disappeared  on  the  4th  of  November,  and 
watt  not  seen  till  the  3d  of  February  following.  During  this  interval,  land  and 
sea  were  alike  covered  witli  a  monotonous  surface  of  snow,  and  the  thermometer 
averaged  about  60''  below  the  freezing  point  Yet  the  English  officers,  when  duly 
cloth^,  and  when  there  waa  no  drifl,  were  able  to  walk  in  the  open  air  for  two 
or  three  hours  a  day ;  and,  by  judicious  precautions,  their  health  and  that  of  the 
seamen  was  perfectly  preserved.  In  May  the^  snow  begins  to  melt,  and  in  June 
it  covers  the  countrv  with  pools;  but  it  ia  not  till  August  that  the  aea  becomes 
open ;  and,  before  October,  winter  has  again  commenced.  No  inhabitants  were 
found  here,  or  on  any  of  this  range  of  islands.  The  only  animals  which  appealed 
during  the  winter  were  a  pack  of  hungry  wolves,  which  hovered  round  the  British 
vessels  in  hope  of  plunder ;  and  it  waa  not  till  the  middle  of  May  that  the  hunt- 
era  met  with  some  ptarmigans,  and  saw  the  footsteps  of  deer.  Vegetable  pro- 
ductions were  few  and  short-lived. 

A  succession  of  islands  extend  eastward  fVom  the  one  now  described ;  first  the 
small  one  of  Byam  Martin,  then  that  of  Bathurst,  almoat  equal  to  Melville ;  and 
next  Comwallis,  also  of  considerable  size.  Only  the  southern  coasts  were  seen 
by  Captain  Parry,  as  he  sailed  along ;  and  their  aspect  appears  closely  to  reseA- 
ble  Melville  Island.  Comwallis  is  separated  by  Wellington  Channel  nt>m  an  ex 
tensive  coast,  which  received  the  namo  of  North  Devon,  and  reaches  to  the  shores 
of  Baflin's  Bay. 

The  coasts  opposite  to  those  now  described,  and  extending  to  the  southward, 
form  the  region  called  North  Somerset,  North  Middlesex,  and  Boothia  Felix :  the 
latter,  situated  to  the  west  of  the  Gulf  of  Boothia,  was  discovered  by  Captain 
Ross  in  his  late  adventufous  voyage,  ic«9,  '30,  '31,  and  S2,  and  ia  supposed,  from 
the  observations  of  Captain  Back,  to  be  an  island,  and  not  a  part  of  the  continent, 
aa  at  first  conjectured ;  it  is  much  broken  by  deep  inlets  and  rocky  ialanda,  ea- 

47* 


568 


NORTH  POLAR  ISLANDS. 


cumbered  with  ice  and  of  dangerous  navigation.  The  country  as  fkr  as  72**  north 
is  inhabitedi  and  Captain  Ross  had  communication  with  a  very  interesting  tribe 
of  natives,  who  had  never  before  seen  any  European. 

Greenland,  long  supponed  to  be  part  of  America,  till  Captain  Parry  ascertained 
its  complete  diqunction,  forms  tlie  largest  known  extent  of  land  not  belonging  to 
the  four  continents.  From  Cape  Farewell,  in  latitude  60",  it  stretches  northward  ^ 
for  Uie  ascertained  length  of  19  degrees,  with  an  indefinite  extent  bejrond ;  while 
the  general  breadth  is  about  35  degrees  of  longitude.  This  wide  region  is,  of  all 
others,  least  valuable  to  man,  producing  scarcely  anything  which  can  minister  to 
his  comfort,  or  even  existence.  Its  aspect  is,  throuffhont,  of  that  dreary  charac- 
ter, coiTTinn  »<i  the  arctic  woild.  It  is  claimed  by  Denmark,  which  has  formed 
along  its  westei  a  coast  several  small  settlements,  of  which  the  principal  are,  in 
the  southern  poit,  Julianas-haab,  Lichtenau,  Fredericksthal,  Lichtenfels,  and 
New  Hernhut,  (t'  ese  are  Muravian  Missionary  Stations) ;  in  the  Northern,  Hol- 
ateinborg,  OmeniJc,  and  Upemavick.  Farther  north  still.  Captain  Ross  discover- 
ed a  district  which  he  named  the  Arctic  Highlandsi  The  inhabitants,  who  had 
never  before  seen  an  European,  were  seized  with  the  utmost  astonishment,  especi- 
ally at  the  ships,  which  they  at  first  imagined  to  be  huge  birds  with  wings.  They 
were  found  to  difiler  from  the  other  Esquimaux  in  being  destitute  of  £>ato ;  for 
though  much  of  their  food  is  drawn  from  the  sea,  they  obtain  it  by  merely  walk- 
ing over  the  frozen  surface.  They  have  the  advantage,  however,  of  possessing 
iron,  from  which  they  frame  instrumente  much  more  powerful  than  those  made  of 
bone  by  others  of  their  race.  They  difie/  greatly  from  them  also  in  having  a 
king,  who  is  beloved,  and  to  whom  they  pay  a  tribute  of  seals,  train  oil,  and  fish. 
The  clifls  on  their  coast  present  the  remarkable  {dienomenon  of  red  snow,  the 
nature  and  origin  of  which  have  excited  much  controversy  among  the  learned  in 
Europe. 

The  eastern  coast,  extending  southward  from  Iceland  to  Cape  Farewell,  has 
excited  a  remarkable  interest  in  consequence  of  having  been  believed  to  be  the 
seat  of  early  colonies  from  that  island,  described  as  once  having  been  in  a  flourish- 
ing state.  But  vast  fields  of  ice,  it  is  said,  coming  down  upon  this  coast,  shut  it 
out  from  the  civilized  world,  and  the  colony,  it  is  reored,  perished  from  the  want 
of  supplies.  Several  expeditions  were  sent  by  the  Danish  government  to  dis- 
cover "  lost  Greenland,"  as  it  is  called,  but  without  success.  But  recent  exami- 
nations have  proved  that  these  lost  colonies  were  situated  on  the  western  coast. 
To  the  north  of  Iceland,  however,  a  range  of  coast,  400  miles  in  length,  between 
68**  and  75^,  was  lately  surveyed  by  Mr.  Scoresby  and  Captain  Clavering,  and 
called  Scoresby's  Land.  .The  most  remarkable  part  is  the  Liverpool  Coast,  along 
which  rises  a  mountain  chain  3000  or  4000  feet  high,  forming  precipitous  clifi^ 
which  terminate  in  numberless  peaks,  cones,  and  pyramids.  Like  other  arctic 
shores,  it  is  penetrated  by  very  deep  inlets,  particularly  one  called  Scoresby's 
Sound,  a  branch  from  which  is  supposed  to  convert  the  Liverpool  Coast  into  an 
island.  No  natives  were  seen ;  but  there  appeared  everywhere  marks  of  recent 
inhabitation,  and  even  small  villages,  composed  of  subterraneous  winter  abodes. 
Captain  Clavering  afterwards  surveyed  a  part  of  the  coast  lying  forther  to  the 
northward.  He  found  it  bold,  mountainous,  and  deeply  indented  with  bays ;  but 
ito  aspect  was  dreary  and  desolate  in  the  extreme.  Yet,  on  landing  upon  an  inlet 
named  after  Sir  Walter  Scott,  he  met  a  party  of  natives  bearing  all  the  general 
charactera  of  the  Esquimaux  race,  and  who,  b^  their  extreme  alarm  and  surprise, 
showed  that  they  had  never  before  been-visited  by  Europeans.  The  coast  was 
traced  as  high  as  7S°,  and  was  seen  extending  still  northward  as  far  as  the  eye 
could  reach. 

Spitebergen  is  a  large  island  in  the  Arctic  Sea,  lying  about  600  miles  east  of 
that  now  described.  It  is  about  300  miles  Srom  south  to  north,  and  200  from  east 
to  west,  and  reaches  beyond  80°  N.  lat.  It  is  of  an  irregular  form,  and  broken 
by  deep  bays  and  sounds.  The  country  is  wholly  unproductive,  but  abounds  in 
the  deer,  the  walrus,  and  other  arctic  animals.    Spitebergen,  however,  has  been 


much  frequented  by  the  maritime  nations,  having  been  long  the  chief  and  almost 
sole  seat  of  the  northern  whale-fishery.    With  ihis  view  lu  western  bays  were 


SOUTH  POLAR  ISLANDS. 


559 


fiercely  diapoted,  till  «d  agreement  wu  made  1^  which  the  English  and  Dutch 
divided  between  them  the  princinal  itationa.  The  latter  fininded  the  village  of 
Smeerenberg,  where  they  landed  the  whales  and  extracted  the  oil ;  and  it  became 
so  flourishing  as  to  be  considered  almost  a  northern  Batavia.  The  whales,  bow- 
ever,  taught  by  the  destructive  war  waged  against  them,  deserted  all  the  bays 
one  after  another;  and  it  was  necessary  to  carry  on  the  fisherv  in  the  open  sea. 
Even  then  they  fled  firom  one  quarter  to  another,  till  the  whole  SpiUrtiergen  sea 
was  nearly  JUhtd  otU ;  and  it  became  necessary,  notwithstanding  the  increased 
danger,  to  remove  the  chief  scene  of  operations  to  Davis*  Straits.  The  coasts  of 
Spitsbergen  have  also  f<»rmed  the  route  bywhich  Phipps,  Buchan,  and  Parry  made 
their  attempts  to  penetrate  to  the  pole.  The  latter  reached  nearly  to  88o  N.  lat, 
and  found  the  sea  in  August  all  covered  with  ice,  but  broken,  sinking,  snd  inter- 
spersed with  lanes  of  water.  At  this  utmost  limit  every  trace  of  animal  liib  bad 
disappeared.  A  few  Russian  hunters  take  up  their  abode  on  the  dreary  shores  of 
Spitsbergen,  where  they  continue  even  during  the  winter,  occupied  in  the  pursuit 
of  the  seal  and  the  walrus. 

Nova  Zembla  is  another  large  mass  of  insular  land,  extending  north  flom  th6 
boundary  of  Europe  and  Asia«  between  68°  and  74<*  N.  lat,  ^3<'  and  109  E.  long. 
Though  more  southerly  than  Spitsbergen,  it  has  an  aspect,  if  possible,  still  mote 
dreary.  The  southern  coasts  are  low  and  flat ;  but  those  to  the  north  are  border- 
ed by  mountains  wrapped  in  perpetual  snow.  It  is  less  penetrated  by  sounds, 
though  one  running  east  and  west  reaches  entirely  across,  dividing  it  into  two 
nearly  equal  parts.  The  coasts  have  been  chiefly  frequented  by  navigator*;  who 
sought  in  this  direction  a  passage  to  India,  but  commonly  found  their  career  ar- 
rested on  these  dreary  shores.  Barentz  and  his  crew  wintered  in  a  haven  on  the 
north-eastern  coast,  where  they  suflfored  the  roost  extreme  hardships,  to  which  the 
commander  finally  fell  a  victim. 

South  Polar  Iiland$. 

The  islands  of  the  Southern  Polar  Sea,  extend  chiefly  south-east  from  the  ex- 
tremity of  the  American  continent  They  present  the  same  general  character  as 
the  arctic  lands,  with  some  variations.  Thouffh  situated  in  a  comparatively  low 
latitude,  which  in  the  northern  hemisphere  admits  of  habitation  and  culture,  they 
are  utterly  dreaiy  and  desolate,  buried  in  ice  and  snow,  and  not  tenanted  by  a 
single  human  bemg.  Their  shores,  however,  are  crowded  with  those  huge  crea- 
tures, the  sea  elephant  and  sea  leopard,  whose  rich  coating  of  oil  renders  them  a 
tempting  prize.  Hence  they  have  become  an  object  of  attention  principally  to 
American  navigators,  who,  during  the  few  years  that  have  elapsied  since  the 
islands  were  known,  have  made  dreadful  havoc  among  these  animals,  >nd  greatly 
thinned  their  numbers.  The  seals  of  this  region  have  a  fine  ftirred  skiu,  which 
renders  them  of  considerable  value.  These  shores  are  distin^ished  for  the 
legions  of  sea-birds  of  gigantic  size  and  peculiar  form ;  among  which  the  penguin 
and  the  albatross  are  the  most  remarkable.  The  lands,  on  the  whole,  are  smaller 
than  in  the  north,  more  broken  into  islands,  and  as  deeply  indented  by  bays,  form- 
ing many  excellent  harbours. 

The  Falkland  Islands,  though  situated  only  a  little  beyond  5(P  S.,  the  latitude 
of  England,  bear  all  the  characters  of  an  antarctic  group;  rocky,  destitute  of  inha- 
bitants, but  crowded  with  seals,  and  containing  very  fine  ports.  On  one  of  these 
the  English  formed  a  settlement  in  1766 ;  but  it  was  destroyed,  in  1770,  by  a  Spa- 
nish expedition  from  Buenos  Ayres.  Measures  have  lately  been  taken  for  again 
forming  one  on  a  small  scale.  There  are  two  large  islands,  the  East  and  West 
Falklands,  with  a  great  number  of  islets.  The  fisheries  on  these  coasts  have 
lately  acquired  considerable  importance.  The  fine  harbours  are  often  touched  at 
by  vessels  passing  round  Cape  Horn,  or  to  the  southern  fisheries. 

South  Georgia,  situated  to  the  east  of  the  Falkland  Islands,  and  nearly  in  the 
same  latitude,  is  a  large  island,  about  00  miles  long  by  10  broad,  but  bearing  a 
character  exactly  similar  Discovered  in  1875  by  La  Roche,  it  was  carefiiUy  sur- 
veyed in  1771  by  Cook,  while  searching  for  an  austral  continent    It  was  then 


OCEAN. 


MO 


■knoit  forcotten  till  the  abundanee  of  its  aeala  and  aea-elepbanU  attracted  the 
notice  of  tbtiee  engaged  in  the  Bouthern  fisberieai 

South  Shetland,  with  the  amaller  adjoining  iaianda,  called  Powell's  Group,  or 
South  Orkney,  being  situated  in  61"  and  639  S.  lat,  are  scarcely  nearer  the  pole 

San  the  BrituJi  islands  after  which  they  are  named ;  yet  their  climate  is  that  of 
reenland  and  Spitsber^n.  There  are  twelve  considerable  islea,  of  which  the 
principal  are  named  Livmgstan,  King  George,  Elephant,  Clarence,  &c.,  with  innu< 
meraUe  rocky  islets.  The  land  is  modeiately  high,  one  peak  rising  to  2800  feet ; 
while  elsewbiere  there  is  a  volcanic  caae,  which  rises  only  to  80  feet  Deception 
Isle  contains  a  very  fine  harbour.  The  South  Orkneys  consist  of  a  large  island, 
called  Coronation,  and  of  several  smaller  ones,  nnrtner  to  the  east  are  a  number 
of  small  islands,  which,  being  at  iirat  supposed  to  form  a  continuous  coast,  were 
named  Sandwich  Land. 

To  the  southward  of  the  South  Shetland  Islands  is  Palmer's  Land,  more  sterile 
and  dismal,  if  possible,  and  more  heavily  loaded  with  ice  and  snow  than  even  the 
former  region :  it  is  a  high  rugged  coaot  with  numerous  hills  and  mounts  ins,  of 
which  one  is  a  volcano.  It  was  discovered  by  Captains  Pendleton  and  Palmer  of 
Stonington,  Connecticut,  in  1821 ;  and,  when  first  examined,  although  it  was  in 
Uie  midsummer  of  this  region,  the  main  part  of  the  coait  was  ice-bound,  and  a 
landing  was  consequently  found  difficult  On  the  shores  were  numerous  sea- 
leopanb,  but  no  seals. 

Among  antarctic  islands  we  must  also  reckon  Kerguelen's,  or  Desolation,  situ- 
ated  far  to  the  east  of  those  now  described,  in  long.  70°  E.,  and  the  moderate  lat 
of  50°.  It  resembles  exactly  New  Georgia  and  South  Shetland.  Captain  Cook's 
party,  who  carefully  examined  it,  were  astonished  at  its  scanty  vegetation,  but 
they  were  struck  by,  the  multitude  of  amphibious  animals  with  whicn  its  shores 
were  peopled.  We  may  finally  mention  the  solitary  islet  of  Tristan  d'Acunha, 
situated  to  the  west  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  in  the  low  latitude  of  38°.  It  con- 
tains rich  pastures,  on  which  European  cattle  thrive ;  yet  the  bleak  storms  of  a 
long  winter,  and  its  shores  crowded  with  the  seaoelephant,  the  penguin,  and  the 
albatross,  mark  its  affinity  to  the  antarctic  regions  now  described.  A  settlement 
formed  there  by  the  English  has  been  abandoned ;  yet  a  very  few  individuals  are 
still  induced  to  reside  on  it  by  the  facility  of  subsistence. 

In  1831,  Captain  Biscoe  fell  in  with  land,  in  66°  S.  lat  and  47°  E.  Ion.,  to 
which  he  gave  the  name  of  Enderby's  Land,  and  which  he  conceives  to  be  of  con- 
sideraUe  extent  In  the  following  year,  he  touched  upon  another  coast  of  uncer-i 
tain  extent,  in  about  the  same  latitude,  and  in  Ion.  70°  W.  To  this  latter  tract 
has  been  given  the  name  of  Graham's  Land. 

Southwest  from  the  latter  the  islands  of  Alexander  I.  and  Peter  I.,  lying  about 
60°  W  south  latitude,  and  in  73°  and  91°  west  longitude,  were  discovered  in  the 
year  1831,  by  the  Russians,  and  were,  until  recently,  considered  to  be  the  most 
southern  land  known. 

In  1839,  Sabrina  Land,  situated  a  little  north  of  the  Antarctic  Circle,  and  in 

least  longitude  118°,  was  discovered  by  a  British  navigator.    About  the  same  time 

the  Bslleny  islands  were  discovered  by  another  British  navigator;  they  lie  on  the 

Antarctic  Circle,  and  in  about  east  longitude  163°.    Freeman's  Peak,  a  volcanic 

mountain,  13,000  feet  high,  is  on  one  of  these  islands. 

In  the  month  of  August  1839,  the  United  States'  Exploring  Expedition  sailed 
from  Norfolk,  under  the  command  of  Lieutenant  Charles  Wilkes.  The  squadron, 
consisting  of  the  Yincennes,  Peacock,  and,  some  smaller  vessels,  was  fitted  out  in 
accordance  wiUi  the  Act  of  Congress,  for  the  purpose  of  making  a  voyage  of  dis- 
covery, and  was  the  first  maritime  exploring  expedition  sent  out  by  the  American, 
government  The  Expedition  traversed  the  Atlantic,  Pacific,  and  Indian  oceans, 
m  various  directions ;  and,  on  the  19th  January,  1840,  a  part  of  the  squadron  dis- 
covered a  continent  situated  about  3000  miles  south  of  Australia  or  New  Holland. 
Its  shores  were  coasted  for  a  distance  of  1700  miles.  It  extends  nearly  due  east  and 
west  from  about  south  latitude  65°  and  66°,  and  in  longitude  from  about  94°  to  165° 
east  from  Greenwich.  No  traces  of  either  inhabitants  or  land  animals  were  to  be 
Neariy  about  the  same  time.  Commodore  D'Urville,  commanding  the 


seen. 


OCEAS. 


561 


Franeh  ezplorinff  rorfettec  Attrohbe  and  Zelie,-to<iehed  opon  two  point*  of  tfw 
nme  coMt,  one  lying  in  longttode  130*  enat,  wm  called  OIui»  Luid,  and  the  other 
lying  in  longitude  140°  east,  was  called  Adele  Land. 

Aoout  a  year  after  Oommodore  Wilkes's  diseorery,  Captain  J.  O.  Rosa,  ooM* 
manding  the  British  discttfery  ships  Brebos  and  Tenor,  ducoTeied  and  akplined 
Victoria  Land,  a  region  stretohinf  nearly  due  north  and  soatfi  tnm  sonth  latltoda 
71°  to  780,  and  from  164°  to  17P  east  longitude,  about  600  miles.  No  aariooa 
impediment  was  experienced  from  ice,  in  narigating  thes4  shores,  until  in  south 
latitude  78°,  the  fnrtner  progress  of  the  ships  was  stopped  by  towering  dlflh  of  ice, 
150  feet  high,  and  extending  as  far  as  tiie  eye  eoula  reach.  TliiB  is  the  most 
southern  discovery  yet  made  by  any  navigator.  The  farthest  point  reached  by 
the  expedition  was  only  830  miles  from  the  soqthem  Pole.  In  its  vieini^  were 
a  range  of  lofty  mountains,  stretohinff  ftir  to  the  south ;  two  of  these,  Mounts  E^ 
bos  and  Terror,  were  asoertained  to  he,  one  12,400  feet,  and  the  other  19,000  feet 
high.  The  first  named  is  a  volcano,  in  full  activity,  throwing  out  large  Tolnmes 
of  smoke  and  flame.  Victoria  Land,  like  all  the  other  Antarctic  regions  yet  d!»> 
covered,  is  barren  and  desolate,  and  without  inhabitants ;  its  surface  ia  all  the 
time  covered  with  ice  and  snow,  and  the  coasts  are  for  the  most  part  bordered 
with  vast  masses  of  ice.  It  is  proper  here  to  advert  to  the  statement  made  by 
Captain  Ross,  although  it  requires  verification,  that,  on  his  return  to  the  north,  he 
sailed  in  various  directions,  backwards  and  forwards,  over  about  300  miles  of  the 
eastern  part  of  the  region  discovered  by  Commodore  Wilkes,  and  could  not  dis- 
cover any  signs  of  land,  nor  find  any  bottom  with  600  fathoms  of  line. 


OCEAN. 


The  Ocean  is  the  grand  thorou{^fare  of  commerce,  forming  a  medium  of  com- 
munication between  uie  most  distant  and  otherwise  inaccessible  portions  of  the 
earth.  It  consists  of  one  continuous  fluid,  spread  round  the  lana,  and  probably 
extending  from  pole  to  pole.  All  the  gulfs,  all  the  inland  seas,  form  <»ly  portions 
detached,  but  not  entirely  separated,  from  that  universal  sea,  denominated  the 
ocean. 

The  ocean  is  variously  subdivided  by  different  authors :  it  may  be  conveniently 
divided  into  five  great  basins. 

The  Pacific;  so  named  from  its  comparative  tranquillity,  and  often  called  also  the 
Great  South  Sea,  separates  Asia  from  America.  It  is  the  largest  of  tiia  basins, 
and  somewhat  exceeds  the  entire  surface  of  dry  land.  Its  greatest  extrsnt,  from 
east  to  west,  is  about  11,100  miles,  and  breadth,  7100.  It  is  Dounded  on  the  east 
by  the  western  and  north-west  shores  of  America,  and  on  the  west  by  the  eastmn 
coasts  of  Asia :  on  the  western  side,  and  between  the  tropics,  its  surface  is  studded 
with  innumerable  groups  of  islands,  all  remarkably  small ;  and  conaisting  gene- 
rally of  coral  reefs,  rising  up  like  a  wUl  from  unknown  depths,  and  emerging  b«t 
a  very  little  above  the  sea.  These  islands  are  the  works  of  innumemhle  munte 
insects,  whose  incessant  la  ours  are  thus  gradually  forming  new  lands  in  Uie  bosom 
of  the  ocean.  On  the  western  side,  it  communicates  with  the.inland  seas  of  Japan 
and  Ochotsk,  the  Yellow  and  Chinese  seas ;  and  on  the  eastern  side,  it  has  the 
inlets  of  California  and  Queen  Charlotte'sScuud.  The  small  isles  of  the  Paeificv 
scattered  over  the  torrid  zone,  have  their  temperature  so  moderated  by  the  ocean 
as  to  enjoy  the  most  delightful  climate  in  the  world. 

The  second  basin,  or  Atlantic  Ocean,  is  usually  divided  into  the  North  Atlantic, 
and  the  South  Atlantic,  or  Ethiopio  Ocean.  The  Atlantic  is  bounded  on  the  east 
by  Europe  and  Africa ;  and  on  the  west,  by  America :  that  part  of  it  between  En- 
rope  and  North  America  is  frequently  called  the  Western  Ocean.  The  Atlantic 
basin  extends  from  70°  N.  to  35<^  and  50°  S.  latitude;  but  it  is  only  about  half 
the  size  of  the  Pacific  Ocean.  The  length  is  about  8400  miles,  bat  the  breadth, 
which  is  very  unequal,  varies  from  1800  to  5400.  The  South  Atlantic  conlaials  tern 
iriMsds  of  any  size,  and  no  inlets  of  consequence;  but  the  North  Atlantio  isboanri* 
ia  large  isiaadi,  and  in  deep  and  numerous  inland  seas,  which  penetrate  fiur  on 

9Y 


OCEAN. 


Moh  tid*  into  both  the  Old  and  N«w  Worlds,  and  htTo  fitud  it  for  Ui«  most  ezto»> 
live  eoouBwoe  on  the  slobe.  On  its  Mttern  thorM  it  reooiret  few  largo  riren 
•zeept  tha  Ninr  and  the  Congo;  but  on  the  west  it  reoeiTea  the  Plata,  Orinoco, 
Amason,  and  Misaisaippiw— the  largest  rirera  on  the  fkoe  of  the  earth. 

The  third  basin  is  the  Indian  Oeean,  which  washes  4m  shores  of  the  south<«wt 
oonsts  of  AAiea  and  the  soath  of  Asia.  It  is  boonded  on  the  east  by  the  Malaysiaa 
Islands  and  by  Aastralfa^  and  New  ZeaUnd :  its  length  and  breadth  are  eaoh  aboat 
4600  milee;  it  contains  many  islands,  the  two  large  bays  of  Bengal  and  Arabia, 
with  thadeep  inleta  of  the  Persian  Golf  and  Red  Sea.  The  half-yearly  winds, 
called  monsoons,  prevail  in  its  northern  parts. 

The  foarth  basin  is  the  Arctic  Ocean,  an  immense  circular  exparise,  sarrounding 
the  North  Pole,  and  oommunioating  with  the  Pacific  and  Atlantic  by  two  chan- 
nels; the  one  separating  America  from  Europe,  the  other  America  from  Asia. 
Few  pobts  of  the  coasts  of  Europe  and  Asia,  which  occupy  a  full  half  of  the  cir- 
eumscribing  circle,  extend  much  beyond  the  70th  parallel ;  and  it  is  doubtful  if  the 
other  houndariee,  consisting  of  the  northern  coasts  of  America  and  Greenland, 
reach  nearer  the  Pole;  so  that  the  mean  diameter  of  this  baain  may  be  taken  at 
8400  miles.  Its  interior  or  central  parta  are  little  known :  aoTeral  islands  are 
scattered  over  its  southern  extremities,  the  largest  of  which  is  Greenland,  whoae 
northern  limit  is  unknown ;  the  others  are  Spiubergen,  Noya  Zembla,  the  Isles  of 
New  Siberia,  thoee  lately  «'.iacoTered  by  Captain  Parry,  and  several  towards 
Baffin's  Bay.  The  White  S^ea,  on  the  north  coast  of  Europe,  is  the  only  deep  gulf 
connected  with  this  basin,  v.  iiich  is  of  any  importance  to  navigation. 

The  fifth  basin  ia  the  Antaretio,  which  is  still  less  known  than  the  preceding: 
it  joiiia  the  Pacific  in  the  latitude  of  60"  S.,  and  the  Indian  Ocean  in  that  of  40°. 
Floating  ice  occurs  in  every  part  of  it;  but  it  is  very  abundant  within  the  parallel 
of  60°.  It  was  long  supposed  that  a  large  continent  of  land  and  fixed  ice  occupied 
the  greater  part  within  the  Antarctic  Circle,  and  the  researches  of  Weddell,  En- 
derbr,  Wilkee,  D'Urville,  and  Ross,  seem  not  only  to  add  weight  to  the  hypothe- 
sis, but  to  render  it  almost  a  certainty. 

Of  the  inland  aeas,  the  Mediterranean  is  the  largest  and  roost  important :  it  is  the 
**  Great  Sea**  of  the  Sacred  Writings,  though  we  find  it  there  spoken  of  under 
other  names.  Its  greatest  lengUi,  from  east  to  west,  is  about  9350  miles ;  and  the 
breadth,  which  is  sometimes  small,  is  at  the  ereatest  660.  It  ia  bounded  on  the 
sooth  by  Africa,  on  the  east  by  Asia,  and  on  the  north  by  Europe.  It  communi- 
catee on  the  west  with  the  Atlantic  by  the  Straits  of  Gibraltar,  and  with  the  Black 
Sea  by  the  Dardanelles  Strait  on  the  east.  It  has  man^y  islands,  pilfs,  and  bays, 
with  a  very  deep  inlet  on  the  north  called  the  Adriatic  sea,  or  Gulf  of  Venice. 
The  ahores  of  thia  aea  were  the  earliest  seats  of  art,  science,  and  civilization.  Its 
walera  were  navigated  and  its  islands  were  occupied  in  the  remotest  antiquity. 
The  Phcenioians,  the  Carthaginians,  the  Greeks  and  the  Romans  were  successively 
its  navigatora.  During  the  middle  ages  it  was  the  grand  centre  of  the  commerce 
and  na^gation  of  the  Old  World,  and  the  Venetians  and  Genoese,  by  whom  its 
trade  was  chiefly  engrossed,  uttained  in  consequence  to  great  wealth  and  conside- 
lation.  The  discovery  of  Araerica,  and  of  a  routo  to  India  by  the  Cape  of  Good 
Hope,  opened  new  and  more  extensive  channels  for  maritime  enterprise.  The 
Black  Sea  is  connected  with  the  Sea  of  Azof;  but  these,  containing  only  brack' 
iah  water,  and  being  so  far  inland,  have  more  of  the  character  of  lakes  than 
branches  of  the  ocean.  Proceeding  still  farther  eastward,  we  come  to  the  Cas- 
pian Sea,  which  is  abundantly  salt,  and  of  great  dimensions ;  but  being  wholly 
unconnected  with  the  ocean,  has  been  already  described  under  the  local  section  to 
which  it  belongs. 

The  Baltic  resembles  the  Black  Sea,  in  having  only  brackish  waters,  which  are 
sometimes  wholly  frozen  over  for  several  months  in  winter,  and  the  ice  so  strong, 
that  armies  Jiave  been  marched  across.  The  Baltic  communicates  with  die  Ger- 
nun  Sea  by  the  atrait  called  the  Cattegat :  ito  greateat  length  is  1300  miles.  Hie 
North  Sea,  or  Gnrman  Ocean,  is  bounded  by  Britain  and  the  Orkneys  on  the  west, 
aad  the  continent  of  Europe  on  the  eaat ;  and  reaches  from  the  Straito  of  Dover  to 
^Dw  Shatlaod  Islands,  where  it  Joins  the  Northern  Ocean.  On  the  west  of  the  At> 
Untie  are  the  Gulfs  of  Mexico  and  St  Lawrence,  and  Hudaon's  and  Baffin's  Bays. 


EXTENT  AND  POPULATION  OF  THE  WORLD. 


i; 


Tarn  piMlM  eiunt  and  popolatfaw  of  tb«  gloht  wlU  ptobaMjr  iwuln  tor  avw  mkMwn :  mUmsIw 
of  botb,  how«*«r,  havt  often  bean  mad*  by  ywrlous  writan,  which  diflbr  aialartallr  flro«  aaah  otter, 
aeeordlng  to  iha  dlArcnl  idaaa  aoMrtalnad  bv  thnaa  who  have  directed  their  attaatloa  to  the  aalleei. 
Oaofrapbere  roundly  eetinate  the  oeaaD  and  Ita  branehoa  to  ooeuiqr  three-lburtfaa  of  the  aatira  mt- 
nea  of  the  earth.  But  to  aaeertain  Um  eiaet  aropertioa  between  the  land  aad  water,  will  «Awd 
them  ample  employnent  for  agea  to  come,  thoofh  ever/  dajr  adda  to  the  etoeli  of  iaforaMtkm  alrtady 
aequifad. 


■ZTBNT. 


Jktorihtg  (e  BumL 

Water  ia  the  globe 1M^1,3«> 

dO,4M,8« 


Total  aarfhee. 


■1M,77«,3M 


dlMcrdhv  te  Xawtauk 

Water UT,an.U8 

Land 41,MB,U1 

Tblal  aurtece nS^JiJm 


America-* 
Europe  •. 
AMca... 

Alia 

tteeanted 


Tolala. 


Buttl, 

8q.MU«. 

10,083,000 

3,aao,OM 

11,170,7SS 

io,a8i,8oe 
3,a8i,»» 


lOfiSifiM 


OraUrg, 

i«,m,iM 

11,063,347 
10,301,730 


4»,»78,<»7 


a|.liu« 

i9jo>.«n 
a,i»<Mos 
lojn^SM 

lS,14l,nB 


41,0<8,M1 


'  ,;>.«»3ft;« 


POPULATION. 


IJMUMAnm. 


America 40,000,000  30,403,000 


Kurope '  180,000,000 


AMca. 

Aaia 

Oeeanica . 


Totala. 


340.000,000 
90,000,000 


HUMl. 


injeoajaao 


70,000,000  108,410.000 


160.000,000 170,000.000 


9.000,000 


04,000,1 


80.000,000 


30B,ffrS,MO  386,000,000  380,000,000 


17,000,000 


LlStft. 

80,000,000 


00,000,000 


nmttHmC 
80,000,000 

180.000,000 
30,000,000 

800,000,000 


0a0.000.000l707,87»,e00iee6.000.000,600,000.000;700,000.000  437^100,000 


FUaty. 


30,000^000 


tflOOJM 


Um  Tariona  nationi  of  mankind  may  be  reduced  to  Ave  ori|iaal  raeea  or  tjrpea.  The  flrit  la  called 
the  European  race,  and  oceupiea  Weatera  Aaia.  Eaatam  and  Nortliem  Africa,  Hindooetaa,  and  >a> 
rope,  and  embracea  the  whiM  inhabitanta  of  America.  Thie  race  ii  aomeiimea  called  the  Oaueaaian, 
it  being  imagined  that  it  originated  near  the  mounuina  of  Oaucaana.  The  principal  nationa  em> 
braced  in  thie  claaa  are  the  Europeana  and  their  American  dcicendanti,  the  Arabe,  Moon,  IHirfca, 
Hindooa,  and  Abyaainiana.  They  are  diitlnguiihed  bv  the  following  peculiaritiea;  the  akin  more  or 
leM  while  or  brown,  the  cheeka  tin|ed  with  red,  long  hair,  either  light  or  brown,  the  head  roond,  the 
fltea  oval  and  narrow,  the  forehead  mooth,  the  noee  alightly  arched,  and  the  mouth  email. 

The  lecond  variety  ia  the  Tartar  or  Mongnl,  and  ineludea  all  the  nationa  in  Aaia,  eaat  of  the  Oaa< 
gee,  excepting  Malaya.  It  embracee  alao  the  Laplandere  and  Pinna,  in  Europe,  and  the  Benuhnaui, 
nom  Behring^a  Straiu  to  Gieenland,  in  America.  The  eharacteriatiee  are  a  yellow  akin,  black  itraight 
hair.  tlM  headaauare,  the  Ihea  large  and  flat,  the  noee  amall  and  ilat,  the  eheeke  round  and  prau* 
nent,  and  the  dun  pointed. 

The  third,  or  American  variety,  eonaiatlng  of  the  aboriginee  of  tlie  weatam  eontinent,  are  of  a 
copper  colour,  have  hair  black  and  itralghtjforehead  low,  eyee  aunk,  noee  almoat  flat,  the  check 
bonce  very  prominent,  and  the  Owe  large.  There  ie  conaiderabia  reaemUanee  between  thia  and  the 
preceding  variety. 

The  fourth  race  ia  that  of  the  Malay,  comprehending  the  inhabitanta  of  the  peniniula  of  Malaya, 
and  the  ialanda  of  the  PaciOc  Ocean,  with  tne  exception  of  New  Holland,  New  Guinea,  New  Cala> 
donia,  and  Van  Diemon'a  Land.  The  following  are  ita  characteriatica:  a  tawny  colour,  the  hair 
Hack,  aoft,  thick,  abundant,  and  curled,  the  forehead  bulging  out,  the  noee  thick,  wide,  and  flattonad. 


the  mouth  large. 
The  flith  raee 


and  the  upper  Jawa  a  little  proiiactinf . 
ia  that  of  the  negro,  which  ia  ipraad  < 


over  all  Weatem  and  Boothern  AMca.   It  ia 


found  alao  upon  the  eoaata  of  Madagaiear,  and  in  aoma  of  the  ielaada  adjacent  to  Aaia.  and  oceapiaa 
New  Holland.  Van  Diemen'a  Land,  New  Caledonia,  and  New  Guinea.    The  characteriatica  are,    . 
eokmr  Mack,  hair  Naek  and  woolly,  head  narrow  and  compreeied  on  each  aide,  the  forehead  very  eon- 
vex  and  arched,  the  cheek  bonae  pr«(ieeting,  the  noee  large  and  Oat,  the  lipe  thick,  the  chin  drawn  to, 
aad  the  lege  crooked. 

Of  theee  Ave  raeea  the  Oaocaalaa  deeervaa  to  be  eonaidered  the  flrat.  Not  only  ia  the  eonntaauM 
-aora  baautlAil.  but  the  inteileetual  aad  moral  eadowmanU  of  thie  race  are  of  a  higher  chanaM. 
Whenever  they  have  met  with  the  other  raeee.  they  have  ultimately  prevailed.  They  have  aaaaUad  ! 
all  othara  in  litarature  and  the  arte,  and  aeem  to  bava  given  birth  to  bimi  of  th*  vaisaUs  <&::!•-=  $ 
tiona  of  human  aoeiety. 


564 


POPULATION  OF  THE  WORLD. 


Th«  Ibl'^wiai  UM«  MkiL  ■<«l'*  nnoMration 

1.  OaaaMiaaa,  QMrglaai,  Ae 1,118,000 

t.  AraMaM,  Moan,  Jawa,  Abfialn- 
It'      ^rkaia,  AnMalaaa,  *«....    04,00,000 

*  rTTr. M3,383,(»0 

4  Tar  tux  natioM  i— Tnrka,  TBfeo< 
■u^  Uibaeki,  KirguaM,  te.. . . .    17,IM,000 

0>  Araaau .        

7.  NafmUan  natloi  -Buadani, 
Pbla%UllMMUilaaa,ci.  aU.te. .. 

9.  TiatOMle  or  OaraMa  oallona;— 
dtonMU,  BHU*h.*<v«dM,  OuUh, 
I>aaaa,Horwatiau.Jke. 

•i  BaaMaocLairaaatioaa;— lirtiMk, 
lUllaaa,  Bpaaidi,  WaUoona,  Wal. 
laebiaaa 

10.  C*ll»or  Caladoaiana,  liow  Bre> 
tona,  Baaqaaa,4e. ______ 

Tata! 43S,aU,Q00 

XL  MmtgtlUn,  Ttoiiy.  ar  Offva  ilaca. 

Mmnl  Bationa, Tbibatiaiu, he...  39,848,000 

OUaaaa 988310,000 

Btraaaa,  giaaiHi,  Anamaaa,  4e. •  •  •  33,880,000 

JapMMaa 41,100,000 

MaataboM 18.380,000 

riBM,  ■■thoalaaa,  Laplanden,  *«.  t,878|00O 
BnaiMMM,  BaaMnrada,  Kamtaetet- 

iilaa,*e. 188,708 

Total Mjm.'M 


flOtOM,000 

7S3»,000 
10,484.000 


nf  the  rariona  raaaa  of  aaa  :— 
III.  Malt,  m  Aart 

MBton,  Inhabit  <  '  tba  paalaanla  oT 
Malaya,  tiie  ii-Mntif  nf  flaaMlra, 
Java.te.,  and  tlMM«  in  the  PaclOo 
Oeaaa 

IV.  jaMif<aa,;Vt|fvaiarMa*A  Aa**. 

AMcaa  Ni 'roea 88.883,300 

Ca8k«a 8,800,088 

Hotlaatola -^  — 

rapiiaaa,  Nagroaa  of  Auaualla 

TbUl 8»,0SMa8 

y.  dfiMHtaii,  ar  Oww'  *tUmrti  Jtaaa. 

North  Amariean  Indiana 8,130,000 

Booth  Amtrkan  Indiana 8,140,000 

OartMwaa,  8(0. 17,000 

ToUl 10,987,000 

Oaaeaaiana 438,088,000 

MongoUana 880,378,700 

Malaya 39JOO,000 

Bthiooiana 08,833,300 

Amaneana 10,987,080 

Tola] 038,491.000 


Man  to  tha  only  animal  that  haa  a  rational  and  arlteiUata  lanfuaft.  Tha  Tariooa  langvagM  on 
the  globe,  including  the  dialeete,  am  voir  numarotta.  In  America,  among  the  natlrea,  no  leaa  than 
1900  have  been  found.  In  Africa,  9W ;  in  Borope,  S4S;  in  Aaia  and  the  Soatb  Sea  lalanda,  SBl.  The 
whole  number  la  3096. 

All  tbeae  may  be  reduced  to  about  80  original  laaguagea,  of  which  the  othera  arc  only  branchea. 
Borne  of  theae,  partlenlarly  thoie  uaed  by  enlightened  nationa,  are  rery  eopioua,  and  hare  Ibrma  of 
ezpfeaaion  for  every  ahade  of  tfaouglK  and  foeling .  Tliere  are  oDien,  belonging  to  lavafe  nationa, 
wMch  have  no  worde  except  for  tiioaa  oMeeta  which  can  be  app:  ( r  i  -  .ed  by  the  Ave  eenMe.  The  moat 
poUahed  languagaa  nf  Bnrope  are  the  ImclUh,  Vyench,  Italian  '<nd  German ;  In  Aiia,  the  Arabian, 
Pcialan,  and  Banaciit.  The  moat  widely  dlAtaed  langnagM  In  the  world,  are  the  German  or  Tivto- 
nie,  with  Ita  diaieeta,  of  which  the  BnfHah  la  one ;  the  BeIi>  vinic,  of  v-hieh  tha  Rumlan  ia  a  dialect ; 
tlM  Arabic,  whleh  ia  alao  the  rellgioua  langaago  of  all  Maliouietan  ooiintrlee  ;  and  the  Chineae,  which 
to  perhapa  at  prtaent  apoken  by  a  greater  number  of  peraona  than  any  other.  But  the  Engliih  Ian- 
|MM  appaara  daetiaad  to  Iwre  mora  nniveraal  diflhaion,  ia  time  to  come,  titm  the  rapid  growth.  In 
vafioaa  quaitaaa  U  tlw  earth,  of  thoaa  onwmnnitlaa  which  ha*e  qtrang  ikani  Grant  Britaia. 

Hm  foliowiag  are  tha  langaagea  and  dialaeta  aa  <hr  aa  known  >— 

InAmerfca 1,914 

la  Barope 84S 

In  Alia  and  Oeeaniea 981 

In  Africa 978 


Total. 


3,098 


AH  nationa,  mn  the  moat  aavaga,  appear  to  betiere  in  the  niatence  of  aome  iniriaibla  being  poa- 
aaad  of  power  auperior  to  man.  The  varioua  metboda  in  which  nationa  manifoat  thto  beUef,  ro>>- 
ituta  ao  many  dilbrent  religlona;  the  external  acta,  which  are  the  reaulta  of  inch  religioni  ^ 


form  model  of  worihip.    The  religion  proAated  by  any  people  la  a  remarkable  and  Important  feu 
in  tinir  aocial  condition.    Seligioui  opiniona  do  not  come  directi  v  inder  the  cognisance  of  tl 
graphar;  but  hi^to  called  upon  to  mark  thii  ai  a  particular  in  wui<  ta  natloni  atrikingly  dlflb 
eaeli  other.    The  tnhabitanta  of  the  earth  may,  in  regard '"  ' 


to  religion,  be  divided  into  thre 
damea— Chriatian,  Maoometan,  and  Fagan.  The  flral,aa  to  numerical  amoant,  coniidera./ij  .^ 
ceeda  the  lecond,  and  stiU  fUb  short  of  the  third;  >it  the  natloni  proftiiing  it,  have  acquired  luch 
aa  aaeeadency  in  am,  aocial  improvements,  and  political  power,  while  their  coloniei  have  fliled,  and 
are  multiplying  over  all  the  lately  lavage  and  unoeraplea  portloni  of  the  globe,  that.  In  all  proba- 
Mlity,  thto  nith  will,  in  a  few  gnnerationa,  be  more  widely  diftsed  than  any  other.  The  Mahome- 
tan nations,  though  !s  numbers  they  do  not  canal  the  lait  mentioned,  and  though  they  yet  occupy 
a  large  proportion  o;  -Ax  "^nst  fertile  regions  of  the  globe,  are  sunk  into  luch  a  itate  of  slavery  and 
degradation,  and  arc  m  >.  '<lfd1y  sarpMcd  by  the  Christian  people,  that  tlieir  away  ia  not  likely 
la  endare  above  a  certu.'^  v  ^wn.  Or  Xi»  fagan  religions,  much  tlie  most  numnroui,  and  the  only 
leivUiaed  proikaaora,  arc  th«K:i  '  c'^.^  to  iLo  kindred  creeds  of  Brabma  and  Buddha,  established,  the 
AM  ovar  the  greater  m."'  o*  i>-  i  nan ;  «!  '<  other  in  Hiina.  and  other  continental  kingdoms  and 
ttaaolar  IwritMiea  of  bk'<U''  ^  '.  .  FM>n  ti|<tir  peculiar  habita,  and  the  immutable  aatura  of  their 
iiMti^aUoat,  thar  are  lik<. '  v  ro  «<)  re  \)  'Ijaae  syatenn  w*th  greater fertinaelty  than  the  votariea  of 
MpMttllTdai  in  Africa,  tl.  i  fekoitit  Va,  %m  other  quaKsre,  riKre  the  train  of  belfef  and  obaerranoe, 
Bowever  fontastic,  is  of  i  '..Siguu  r  ?  ui  t^toaer  texture 


POPULATION  OF  THB  WORLD— ^^MRISTIAN  MISSIONS. 


MS 


Tb«  (bllowiafl  Ukta  ilMim  Um  MUaatM  of 
AacoBww  to  lli—ii 


F«0»«. 

OhriailaM,.... 
MalioiMUUM,. 

MWIf  •  ■  I ••  ••  • 


.190,109.100 


Totai,      nOiMI^OOO 

CalhoUcii. 134.73^00 

OiMkOkuKk M.011.000 

rroCMUnt 80,701,700 

Moaophyrt  on...    3,800,010 

ArmenU-i         ..   .  1,700,000 

ItaT'    1   ';i-«, 307,000 


Rmmi    nd  M«N«-B(uii  •>(  Ik*  «%rioM  retlf ioM. 
I  DMiUmi  tf  Ptgani. 

3U,0n,0N 

iii.as3.aM 

, 00.007,3n 

Beet  or  Binto,  JTaMK, .  .if,900.0« 

seet  or  Tao  tM.  CUM, ujmm 

Bhaaiaiii Il.a003n 

Followan  or  L  nflitioa 3^000,000 

B*Uu,Panaaa,*e. S,«n,000 


'      »         -•».,  Total,       9S8,30S,7Ub 

BMtitut  if  rrtUtHMtt. 

!"-Jb    '.n. 94,984.800 

Berorin.>'.orOalrlB>aU 19,700,900 

SltiieoitaiiuDa, 14,800,000 
•tlioditia,  flapUatt,  *«. 3,809,000 

Total,        00,701,700 

THiMnu  tf  MtkmntttM. 

•nanitiw, 90,704,000 

MilitM 13,301,000 

Wababeaa 0,000,000 

BoOa 80,000 

Total,       190,100,000 


H'iddhiala,, 

'tnlna,.. 
K, chill*,. 


Total,       06UaaO,300 

AocoBMira  to  M*tta-Baoa. 

Catbolln ll«,000,OdD 

Oreak  Ohureb, 70,000,000 

ProtwUnta, 48,000,000 

Chriiliana, 998,000,000 

Jewa 4,000,000 

Mabometani 103,000,000 

Bramini, 00,000^000 

Bhamana,  (Grand  Lama.) 80,000,000 

BuddbiiU,  rro,  Ike.). 100.000,000 

Petieliiata,]k«. 100,000^0 

Total,       040,000,000 

Aeeordiii(  to  Haaaefa  conpntation,  mach 
mora  than  one-hair  or  the  inhabitanta  or  the 
flobe  are  In  the  darkneia  or  PafaaifM;  nearly 
one-eighth  in  the  deloiioni  or  JKtAMMlaaim  ; 
and  not  much  mora  than  one  quarter  aiUojr  tka 
light  or  the  amftL 


CHRISTIAN   MISSIONS 


It  ia  oaa  or  the  charaetariatiea  oT  the  praaevt  day,  that  eaettloaa  ara  making  in  Chriatian  com. 

inili,  and  throoah  ita  influence  to  eitiliie  laTaga  aad 
Every  beneTolent  ailad  aanat  took  with  nTonr  njion  all  Judidooa  atteaapM  fa 


the  parMying  worahlp  or  the  "  One  Uving  an<  Trve  Ood,"  ttm  the  dabaiina  idoMitrIa* 
I  haa  iBvanted,  and  to  eaehange  the  erael  and  emnfortleaa  babita  or  lavaga  liflr,  for  tha 


)  jmaeni 
triaa  to  dlMemlnata  Chriatianity  In  heathen  lanili,'and  thi 
barbarona  naliona. 
aubatitule 
which  mai 
bappior  eondltlana  or  the  eiviliacd  atate. 

Tm  eflbru  or  the  miMonariee  in  varioca  eountriea,  haTO  not  yet  been,  on  the  whole,  attaadei 
with  flill  aneefaa;  but  enough  baa  been  done  to  JnatifV  the  eoneluaion,  that  the  Ohriatiaa  aatioM 
haTO  it  In  their  power  to  (flOUie  their  raligloaa  and  their  cItII  inatitotiona  erar  the  whole  earth. 
The  tima  ie  probably  not  ««ry  diataut,  when  the  true  method  oT  conducting  mlaaiona  in  haatbaa 
landa  will  be  diaeovered,  and  when  the  people  or  Obriatendom  wHI  become  convinced  or  the  praett 
eability  and  the  importance  or  their  afleeting  a  moral  nnovation  oT  the  globe.  When  thia  ia  * 
tha  aeeompUahmaot  or  th*  anticipated  event  cannot  be  <hr  raaMta. 

The  following  Ubie  conuiaa  the  namea  oT  the  principal  miartonarv  atatiena  in  the  worid,  tagathar 
with  the  cocietiea  bjr  whom  they  have  been  farmed  and  the  countrie*  in  whieh  they  an  aitnatad: 
thoae  having  a  *  aflsed  will  be  found  on  the  map.  In  the  table,  the  diAnnt  aoeietiea  ara  indl' 
eated  by  abbraviationa,  aa  follow*,  via: 

A.  n.  C.  F.  M.,  American  Board  ot  Commiaiionen  for  Foraign  Mlaaiona. 
A.   t  B.  F.  M.,  American  Baptiit  Board  for  Foreign  Miaalona. 

A.  M.  M.  8.,  American  Methodiit  Mimionary  Bociety. 
P.  E.  M.  B.,  I^teatant  Epiacopal  Mimionary  Society. 
Un.  Brclh.,  United  Brethran,  or  Moraviani. 

B.  P.  a.,  Bociety  for  Propagating  the  Ooapel  ia  Foraign  Faita. 
L.  M.  B.,  London  Miaaionary  Society. 

0.  M.  a.  Church  Mieatonary  Bociety. 
W.  M.  Bl,  Wealeyan  MiMionary  Boeialy. 
B.  M.  8.,  Baptiit  Miaitonary  Society. 

L.  J.  &,  i/ondon  Jew*'  Boeiaty  for  PromoUng  Ofarlatianity  aaMWf  tte  Jawa. 

Oen.  Bap.,  General  Baptiita. 

Ser.  Bap.,  Sarampon  BaptiitB. 

8.  M.  8.,  Beottiib  Minrioaary  BocMty. 

01.  M.  8.,  Olaagow  Miaaionary  Society. 

F.  P.  M.  8.,  Flench  Prntntant  MiMionary  Sodety. 

Gar.  M.  8.,  Germaii  -ttMioBary  Society. 

H.  M.  8.,  Bheniah  Mmionar}'  Society. 

N.  M.  8.,  Netherianda  MiMionary  Society.  .  ' 


48 


|566 

MISSIONARY  STATIONS 

A«n* 

ASmedabwl*... 

aif.a 

Hindpoatan. 

Boaro* 

N.M.a 

Malayaia. 

B.P.O 

Hindis,  ^tan. 

Brainerd* 

A.  B.C.F.M. 

Tennettee. 

Aitutaka*  .kK... 

A.B.O.F.M. 

Hindoottan. 

Bridgetown* . . . 

W.M.a.... 

Barbadoea. 

L.M.S. 

Hervey  lalanda. 

Bruaa* 

A.B.O.F.M. 

Asiatic  Turkey. 

AlBwra* 

Akyab* 

B.M.& 

Hlndooatan. 

Budge  Badge... 
BuihIoBlTar.. 

CM.  a 

Hindoottan. 

Ber.Bap..... 

w.M.a.... 

Chin  India. 

L.M.a 

Caftaria. 

Ala«toddT 

Albany  Dfitriet 

Ceylon. 

BulTBay 

B.M.a 

Jamaica. 

W.M.B..... 

Cape  Colony. 

BuntingTllle*  . . 

W.M.a.... 

Caftaria. 

Alarndria*... 

W.M.S 

^t. 

Bnrder't  Point.. 

L.M.S 

Tahiti. 

Alfiait*  

AUababad*.... 

L.J.B. 

Barbaiy. 

Burdwan* 

c.M.a 

Hindooaun. 

B.B.«:C.M.B. 

Hindoottan. 

Burbampore.... 

L.M.a 

Hindoottan. 

AllnlMny 

A.  B.  C.  F.  M. 

New  York. 

Burriihol* 

Ber.Bap 

W.M.S..... 

Hindoottan. 

Allepie* 

O.M.B 

Hindoottan. 

Butterworth*  . . 

Caftaria. 

Amboyna* 

L.M.& 

Malayaia. 

Bujtar* 

C.M.a....'. 

Hindooatan. 

Amlamgodda... 

L.M.8. 

Ceylon. 

Cairo* 

CM.S. 

Egypt- 

Anokeo 

A.  B.B.F.M. 

a  Cherokeet. 

Calait* 

W.M.B 

France. 

Andennanlek  .  ■ 

S.P.O 

Hindoottan. 

Calcutta* 

L.  M.  a,  4te. 

HindooeUa. 

AnfuUla* 

W.M.&.... 

Wett  Indiet. 

Caldwell* 

A.B.  B.P.M. 

Liberia. 

AnotUBay  — 

B.M.S. 

Jamaica. 

Caledon* 

L.M.a 

Cape  Colony 

AnUgua* 

Un.Breth. ... 

Wett  Indiet. 

Caltura* 

W.M.S 

Ceylon. 

Aroragni 

L.M.a 

Hervey  Islanda. 
Chin  India. 

Calvadot 

W.M.B.  .... 

France. 

Arraean* 

Ber.  Bap 

N.M.R 

Cambridge 

Campbell* 

aM.R 

Jamaica. 

Arroo  Iilandi* . 

Malaytia. 

L.M.S 

South  Africa. 

1  Aaaam 

Ser.  Bap 

Hindoottan. 

Canadian  Biver 

A.  B.  B.  P.  M. 

Western  Craek. 

1  Attrachan*  .... 

L.M.a 

Aiiatic  Ruwia. 

Caady'aCKek.. 

A,  B.  C.  P.  M. 

Cherokeea. 

]  Athena* 

A.  B.  C.  P.  M. 

Greece. 

Canton* 

L.M.8 

China. 

Attil» 

Ava* 

L.M.S 

A.  B.  B.  F.  M. 

Hervey  Itiandt. 
Birmab. 

Cape  Town*  . . . 

L.M.a*W. 
M.S 

Cape  Colony. 

1  Ararua 

L.M.d. 

Hervey  Iilandf. 

Caradive 

A.  B.C.F.M. 

Ceylon. 

Baddacame*  . . . 

Baadad* 

BaKama  Iii.*... 

O.M.B 

Ceylon. 

Carmel* 

A.  B.  C  P.  M. 

Georgia. 
New^ork. 

C.  M.  S 

Asiatic  Turkey. 

Cattaraugua  . . . 

A.B.CF.  M. 

W.M.S 

Wett  Indies. 

Cawnpore* 

ap.G 

Hindooatan. 

Balaaore* 

Oer.  Bap 

01.  M.  8. 

Hindoottan. 

Cedar-Hall 

Un.Breth.... 

Antigua. 

BaWofir 

Cafflraria. 

Celebet* 

N.M.S 

Malaytia. 

Baliie* 

W.M.S.  .... 

Balize  Territory. 

Ceram* 

N.M.a 

Molucca  Itiandt. 

Baneorah 

0.  M.  B 

Hindoottan. 

Changany 

A.  a C  P.M. 

Ceylon. 

Banda* 

N.M.8. 

Molucca  Itiandt. 

Charleston 

B.  M.S. 

Jamaica. 

Bandora 

c.M.a 

Hindoottan. 

Charlotte 

C.M.B. 

Sierra  Leone. 

Bancalore* 

Ban&ok* 

L.  M.  8. 

Hindoottan. 

Chavachery  — 

A.B.C.F.M. 

Ceylon. 

A.B.C.F.M. 

Siam. 

Chilaw 

W.M.a.... 

Ceylon. 

Bankote* 

S.M.8. 

Hindoottan. 

Chinturab 

L.M.a 

HindooMan. 

Barbadoea* 

CM.  8 

Wett  Indiet. 

OUrrapoqJee  . . . 

Ser.  Bap 

Hindoottan. 

Barbuda*  

W.M.B 

Wett  Indiet. 

Chitpore* 

B.M.a 

Hindoottan. 

Bareilly* 

C.M.B. 

Hindoottan. 

Chittagong*. . . . 

B.M.S. 

Hindoottan. 

Barripdre* 

Ber.Bap 

cM.s: 

Hindfwatan. 

Chittore 

L.M.a 

Hindoottan. 

BaaaMn* 

Hindooatan. 

OhoctawAgeney 

A.  B.CF.M. 

Choctaw  Land. 

Batavia* 

L.M.B 

Java. 

Chumerab* 

A.  a C.  P.M. 

Birmab. 

BailMint 

0.M.8 

Sierra  I^eone. 

Cbumie 

01.  M.  a 

Caftaria. 

Bathant* 

W.M.a.... 

N.  South  Watet. 

Chunar* 

0.  M.a 

Hindoottan.         ^ 

BaUinm* 

W.M.a 

Senegambia. 

Clan  William* . 

H.M.a 

Cape  Colony. 
Caftaria. 

Bathunt* 

W.M.B 

Cape  Colony. 

Clarkiton* 

W.M.a.... 

BattiealoB* 

W.M.  8.  .... 

Ceylon. 

Clear  Creek  .... 

A.B.C.F.M. 

Choctaw  Land. 

Batiieotu 

Biiehuanaa*.... 

A.  B.C.F.  M. 

Ceylon. 

Cochin* 

C.M.B 

Hindoottan. 

P.P.  M.S.... 

South  AfHca. 

Ooepang* 

N.M.a 

Malaytia. 

Benoor 

L.M.8 

Hindooatan. 

Coiladi 

C.M.a 

Hindoottan. 

Babaum* 

L.M.a 

Hindoottan. 

Coimbatore* . .  ■ 

L.M.a 

Hindoottan. 

Bellnry* 

Bellevue 

Bellifanm 

L.M.a 

A.B.C.F.M. 
W.M.S 

Hindooatan. 
Otoet  &  Omahaa. 
Ceylon. 

Colombo* 

Comboconum... 

B.M.a&W. 

M.S 

Ceylon. 
HindooaUn. 

O.K.  a 

Benaiaa* 

Berbi'ee* 

B.  M.  a  Ifc  c. 

M.  B 

Hindoottan. 
Guiana. 

Conttantinople* 
Corfta* 

A.  B.  C  P.  M. 

fcL.J.B..... 
CM.S 

Turkey. 
Ionian  Itiandt. 

L.M.a 

Berlanapota  ... 

W.M.S 

Ceylon. 

Coromandel .... 

C.M.a 

Hindoottan. 

Bertry 

A.  B.  O.  F.  M. 

France. 

Cotta 

C.M.a 

Cfeylon. 

Bethel 

A.  B.  C.  P.  M. 

Choctaw  Land. 

Cottayan* 

L.M.8 

Hindooatan. 

Betheladorp.... 

L.M.8 

Cape  Colony. 

Credit  River  . . . 

A.  M.  M.  a 

Upper  Canada. 
Alabama. 

Betheida 

Un.Breth... 

Wett  Indiea. 

Creek  Path 

A.  a C  P.M. 

Bethlehem 

A.B.C.  P.M. 

Choctaw  Land. 

Oreekt* 

A.  B.C.P.  M 

Western  T»r. 

Beulah 

Ifc  M.  B. 

Borabora. 

Crooked  Spring. 
Ouddalore* 

B.  M.  8. 

Jamaica. 

B«yroot* . 

A.  B.  C.  P.  M. 

Syria. 

8.P.O 

Hindoottan. 

Bleat  Town  .... 

L.M.B. 

Eimeo. 

Ouddapab 

L.M.8. 

Hindoottan. 

Bogue  Town  . . . 

L.  M.  8 

Tahiti. 

Culna 

CM.S 

Hindoottan. 

Bok-Tahio 

A.  B.  C.  F.  M. 

Choctaw  Land. 

Cuttack* 

B.  M.B 

Hindoottan. 

Bombay* 

A.  a C.  P.M. 

ttB.M.B.... 

Hindooatan. 

Cutwa*.. 

Dacca* 

B.  M.a 

B.M.B 

Hindoottan. 
Hindoottan. 

Bonetallah 

B.M.a 

Hindoottan. 

Darwar 

L.M.  S 

Hindoottan. 

Bootchnaap .... 

W.M.S 

Bechuanat. 

Oelawaret* .... 

A.  a  0.  P.M. 

Wettern  Ter. 

Borabora* 

L.M.S 

Society  hlandt. 

Delhi* 

B.  M.S. 

Hindoottan. 

Boejeimani,.. ) 
or  Buihmen .  { 

P.  P.M.  a... 

South  Aflrica. 

Demarara* 

Digah 

L.M.S 

B.M.8. 

Guiana. 
Hindoottan. 

L.M.B. 

Cape  Colony. 

Dinagepore*  ... 

Ber.Bap 

W.M.a..-. 

Hindootun. 

Boudinntt 

A.  B.  0.  F.  M. 

Otage  Indiant. 

Dominica* 

Wett  Indiea. 

Boujah* 

C.M.B 

Atiatic  Turkey. 

Dieyohee  

A.  B.C.F.M. 

Eatt  Cherokeea. 

MISSIONARY  STATION& 

567 

DamDum 

Bar.  Ban. 

A.  B.  cTf.  M. 

Hindoostan. 

iKomegalle*.... 

W.M.  8..... 

Otyloa. 

Dwigm« 

Western  Ter. 

Kurnaiil* 

CM.  8 

HiadooalaD. 

Bbenecer 

A.  B.  B.  F.  M. 

W.  Creeks. 

Kuttalem 

O.M.B.  ..... 

Hindooaun. 

£l)ony 

B.  M.  B. 

Jamaica. 

K.yoDkPbyoo... 
Lac-qui  Parte* . 

A.  B.  B  F.  M. 

BirmalL 

Edina« 

A.  B.  B.  F.  M. 

Liberia. 

A.aCF.M. 

BiottzIwUana. 

Eimeo* 

Elim. -. 

L.M.B. 

Un.Breth.... 

Georgian  Islands. 
Cape  Colony. 
Bt.7ohn*s,  W.  L 

Lafeba,orL«>) 

,  q««««* J 

Lahaina 

L.M.a 

F^ee  lalaivis. 

Smaua 

Un.  Bieth 

A.B.CF.  M. 

Maui. 

Enon*  •»••••••• 

Un.  Bnth. . . . 

Cape  Colony. 
Jamaica. 

Lake  Hairiet. .. 

A.  a  0  F  M 

Sioux  Indians. 
Wisconsin  Ttt. 

Fairfield 

VU*  JMOkUa   .  .  . 

Un.Breth.... 

La  Point 

A.,aCF.M. 

fairfleld* 

A.  a  0.  F.  M. 

W.  Cherokeos. 

Latfakoo* 

L.>U.8 

South  Africa. 

Falmoath 

B.  M.  8.  ..  .. 

Jamaica. 

Launeeaton*  . . . 

W.M.a .  .. 

Van  Diemenl  L. 

ForkioflUinoii 

A.B.C.F.M. 

W.  Cherokees. 

Leech  Lake*... 

A.  a  C.  If.  M. 

Chippewaya. 

Frederickithal*. 
Freetown* 

Un.  Breth 

C.  M.S. 

Greenland. 
Sierra  Leone, 

Leftiga,  or  Li- ) 
futa* j 

W.M.a .... 

Habaai  Islanda. 

FriedeMberc . . . 
Fricdenifieia... 

Un.  Breth. . . . 

St.  Croix. 

Leicester  Tbwn. 

CM.  8 

Bierra  Leone. 

Un.Bieth.... 

St.  Croix. 

Lettee* 

N.M.a 

Malaysia. 

Friedenibal.... 

Un.  Breth 

St.  Croix. 

Lietatenau* 

Un.Breth.... 

Greenland. 

Galanceya 

A.  B.  B.  F.  M. 

E.  Cherokees. 

Lichtenfels*.... 

Un.Breth.... 

Greenland. 

Gibraltar* 

w.M.a.... 

Spain. 
Sierra  Leone. 

Ully  Fountain* 

W.M.a.... 

Cape  Colony. 
Celebes. 

Glouceiter 

C.  M.S 

Longowan*  .... 

N.M.8 

Gnadenthal* . . . 

Un.Breth.... 

Cape  Colony. 

Lonsdale 

L.M.a 

Berbico. 

Goabattee* 

8er.  Ban. 

0  M  a 

Assam. 

Lovedale 

GI.M.S 

Cafflaria. 

OorruekpoTe*  •  • 
OraafReinet*. . 

Hindoostan. 

Lucea .......... 

8.  M,  g 

Jamaica. 

L.  M.S. 

Cape  Colony. 

Luckyantipore  . 

B.  M.S 

Hindooatau. 

Grace  Hill 

Un.Breth.... 

Antigua. 

Mackinaw* .... 

A.  a  C  F.  M. 

Michigan. 
Asiatfc  Buasia. 

Graham'!  To'n* 

L.M.8 

Cape  Colony. 

Madchar 

Ger.M.B..... 

Grape  Inland.  •• 
Green  Bay*  .... 

A.  M.  M.  S. . . 
A.B.C.F.M. 

Upper  Canada. 
Wisconsin  Ter. 

Madras* 

L.  M.  B.  Jc  C 

M.a 

Hindoostan. 

Grenada* 

W.M.8. 

West  Indies. 

Mahin 

A.  B.  C  F.  M. 

HindooMan. 

Griffin  Town... 

L.M.8. 

Eimeo. 

Malyehdusk.... 

A.M.M.a.. 

Upper  Canada. 

Griqua  Town*  . 

L.M.8. 

South  Africa. 

Maiaoiti* 

L.M.8 

Georgian  Islanda. 

Groenekloof*... 

Un.Breth.... 

Cape  Colony. 
Polynesia. 

Malacca* 

L.M.a..... 

Chin  India. 

Haabai  Iilaudt. 

W.M.B 

Hfulfaar 

L.  M.  8.  Il  A. 

Mediterranean 

Hakalau 

A.  B.  0.  F.  M. 

Hawaii. 

nllUI»^ 

B.  C  F.  M.. 

Bea. 

Hamburg* 

Hankey* 

A.  B.  B.  F.  M. 

Germany. 

Manaia* 

L.M.a 

Hervey  Islands. 

L.M.B. 

Cape  Colony. 
Tahiti. 

Manchineel*  ... 

B.  M.8. 

Jamaica. 

HankeyCity.... 

lit  M*  S*  •  •  •  s  ■ 

Manepy 

A.  B.C.F.M. 

Ceylon. 

Hamwell  

B.  M.8 

Ceylon. 

Mangunga 

W.  M.S 

New  Zealand. 

Harmony* 

A.  B.  C.  F.  M. 

Western  Ter. 

Marquesas  Is.*  . 

L.M.8 

Polynesia. 

Harper* 

A.  B.  C.  F.  M. 

Liberia. 

Mattura* 

w.  M.a.... 

Ceylon. 

Hastings. 

C.  M.8 

Sierra  Leone. 

Maubee 

A.  B.  B.  F.  M. 

Birmah. 

Haweis  Town . . 

L.M.8 

Tahiti. 

Maulmein* 

A.B.aF.M. 

Birmah. 

Hebron* 

Un  Breth 

Labrador. 

Mauniee 

A.  B  C.  F.  M. 

Ohio. 

Hemel.en  Aarde 

Un.Breth.... 

Cape  Colony. 

Maupiti* 

L.M.S 

Bociety  Islands.   ' 

Herveyls.* 

L.M.8. 

Hervey  Islands. 

Mauritius* 

L.M.a 

Indian  Ocean. 

HiMfo 

W.  M.  8 

Tonga. 
Hawaii. 

Mauti* 

L.  M  8  

Hervey  Islands. 
Hindoostan. 

Hilo 

A.  B.C.F.M. 

Mayaveram*... 
M'Carty'sI.*... 

CM.  a 

Hobart  Town*. . 

W.M.B 

Van  Diemen's  L. 

W.M.a  .... 

Benegambia. 

Hnnoluitt* 

A.  B.  C.  F.  M. 

Oahu. 

Mennoiuonies  . . 

P.E.M.8.... 

Green  Bay. 

Hopedale* 

Hopefleld 

Un.Breth 

A.  B.  C.  F.  M. 

Labrador. 
Hindoostan. 

Merut.orMee- ) 
rut* J 

CM.S 

Hindoostan. 

Kourah 

B.  M.S 

Mergui* 

A.  a  B.  F.  M. 

Chin  India. 

Huabine* 

L.  M.S 

Society  Islands. 

Mesopotamia . . . 

Un.  Breth. . . . 

Jamaica. 

Hurnee* 

aM.& 

Hindoostan. 

Mizapore 

CM.S 

Hindoostan. 

Irwin  Hill. 

Un.Breth.   .. 

Jamaica. 

Mitiaro* 

L.M.a 

Hervey  Islanda. 

JaAiapatam*... 

A.  R  0.  F.  M. 

Ceylon. 

Moa* 

N.M.a 

Malaysia. 

Jai\jara 

8.  P.G 

Hindoostan. 

Monado* 

N.M.a 

Celebes. 

Jaunpore 

CM.  8. 

Hindoostan. 

Monghyr 

aM.a 

Jerusalem* 

L.  J.8 

Palestine. 

Monrovia* 

A.  B.  a  F.  M. 

Liberia. 

JeBsore 

Ber.  Bap.  — 
Ger.  Bap 

Hindoostan. 

Montego  Bay*. . 
Montserrat*  — 

B.  M.  8 

Jamaica. 

Juggernaut*.... 

Hindoostan. 

W.M.a 

West  Indlea. 

Kaawaloa 

A.  B.  a  F.  M. 

Hawaii. 

Morloy* 

W.M.a 

CaflVaria. 

Kaiboba* 

W.M.B.  .... 

Ceram. 

Mount  Charles . 

B.  M.S. 

Jamaica. 

Kailua 

A.  B.  0.  F.  M. 

Hawaii. 

Mount  Coke*... 

W.M.a 

Calfraria. 

Kaira 

Kalauha 

L.M.8 

A.  B.  C.  F.  M. 

Hindoostan. 
Molakai. 

Mountain  Dis- ) 
trict j 

CM.S 

Bierra  Leone. 

Kandy*  

C.  M.8. 

Ceylon. 

Muncey  Town.. 

A.M.M.a.. 

Upper  Canada. 

Karass* 

S.M.B.ftGer. 

M.8 

Asiatic  Hussia. 

Nagercoil* 

Nafn* 

L.M.8 

Un.Breth.... 

Hindoostan. 
Labrador. 

KatBivcr 

L.  M.S 

CafiVaria. 

Nassuk*.....'... 

CM.  8 

Hindoostan. 

Khamiesberg . . . 

W.M.a.... 

Cape  Colony. 

Negapatam*.... 

W.M.S 

Hindoostan. 

K]igfee 

B.  M.  8.  ..... 

Hindoostan. 

Negombo 

Nellore* 

w.  M  a..... 

Ceylon. 
Ceylon. 

Khodon* 

L.M.S 

Siberia. 

CM.S 

Kiaggerre 

Kiddeekiddee*.. 

L.M.B 

Hindoostan. 

Nevis* 

W.M.a 

West  Indies. 

0.  M.  8 

New  Zealand. 

New    Amster. ) 
dam* t 

L.M.a 

Berbice. 

Kidderpore  

L.M.a 

Hindoostan. 

Kingston* 

a  M.S. 

Jamaica. 

New  Fairfleld  . . 

Un.Breth.... 

Upper  Canada. 

Kishnagur 

C.  M.S 

Hindoostan. 

Newdeld 

Un.Breth.... 

Antigua. 

Kisser 

W.M.B 

Malaysia. 

New  Hemhut*  . 

Un.  Breth 

Greenland. 

Kissey 

CM.  8. 

Sierra  Leone. 

Newvitia 

A.  B.  a  F.  M. 

Birmah. 

Kobala 

A.  B.  C.  F.  M. 

Hawaii. 

Neyoor* 

L.M.8 

Hindoostan. 

Komaggai* 

L.M.8. 

South  AfVica. 

Niesky 

Un.  Breth 

8t.ThomaB,W.  I. 

.568 

MISSIONARY  STATIONS. 

NilcberrylUlto.. 

C.M.B. 

CM.  a 

Hindoostan. 
Hindofwun. 

Samarang* 

Bandy  Lake.... 

I..  M.a 

A.ac.F.M. 

Java. 
Chippeways. 

NukuaioAi 

Oahu*  

W.M.& 

A.  B.  C.  p.  M. 

Tongataboo. 
BandwiebU. 

Sault    da   St.) 
Mary* | 

A.  B.  B.  F.  M. 

Michigan. 

Oekoriw 

&M.a 

Jamaica. 

Savanna  la  Mar* 

aM.a 

Jamaica. 

Okkak* 

Un.Breth.... 

Labrador. 

Bekigninsk*  .... 

L.M.a 

Siberia. 

OMHubonr.... 

RM.a 

Jamaica. 

Seneca 

A.  B.  C  F.  M. 

New  York. 

Ona* 

uH.a 

A.  a  B.  p.  M. 

Siberia. 
aOberokees. 

Serampore*  .... 
Seringapatam* . 

Ber.  Bap. 
W.  M.S.  .... 

Hindoostan. 
HindoosUn. 

OoMnbM 

OodooTilte 

A.B.C.F.M. 

Ceylon. 

Sbawneea* 

A.  a  a  F.  M. 

Western  Ter. 

Oncw* 

Qiailiu 

A.  B.  O.  F.  M. 

Western  Ter. 

Sharon 

Un.  Breth. . . . 

Baibadocs. 

L.M.8. 

New  Zealand. 

Shepherd's  Hall. 

aM.8 

Jamaica. 

OttawM 

A.  a  a  F.  M. 
A.  a  a  F.  M. 

Western  Ter. 
Western  Ter. 

gbiloia 

Shortwood 

B.M.a 

lamiioi. 

OxfttM 

Faail* 

B.  M.a 

L..M.a 

Hhusba  

Ocr.  M.  a.... 

Cape  Colony. 

Sidney* 

W.M.a 

N.  Boutb  Wales. 

Pacaltidorp*.... 

L.  M.B 

CApe  Colony. 

Simon's  Town . . 

W.M.a 

Cape  Colony. 

Padana* 

B.M.a 

Sumatra. 

Simapore* 

L.M.B 

Malaysia. 

Paidmatu*  .... 

C.M.B 

New  Zenlaml. 

BionHill 

B.M.a 

Jamaica. 

PalaiQcottah*... 

C.M.B. 

Hindoostan. 

Sioux  Indians* . 

A.B.CF.M. 

Wisconsin  T«r. 

Pauditeripo  .... 
Pantura* 

A.  a  C.  F.  M. 

W.  M.  8 

Ceylon. 
Ceylon. 

Smyrna* 

B.&F.B.SAC 
M.S,&I..I.S. 

Asiatic  Turkey. 

Papine 

B.M.a 

Jamaica. 

Soory 

B.M.8. 

Hindoostan. 

Paramaribo*  ... 

Un.Bretb.  ... 

Surinam. 

Spanish  Town*. 

aM.a 

Jamaica. 

Paranwita*  .... 

w.  M.a.... 

N.  Bouth  Wales. 

Spring  Gardens. 

Un.  Breth.... 

Antigua. 

Paroganno 

CM.  B 

Hindoostan. 

St.  Ann's  Bay... 

aM.a 

Jamaica. 

Paria^ 

A.  a  B.  F.  M- 

B.  M.S. 

France. 
Jamaica. 

St.    Bartholo- 
mew's*  

w.M.a.... 

West  Indies. 

PaasafeFort  ••■ 
Patna* 

aM.a 

A.  a  C  F.  M. 

Hindoostan. 
Missouri  Ter. 

St.     Christo- 
pher's*   

Un.  Breth.  k. 
W.M.S 

West  Indies. 

Pawnaea* 

Pearotaah* 

L.M.a 

Hervey  Islands. 

St.  Croix* 

Un.  Bretli. . . . 

West  Indies. 

PbeaMnt  Bluff 
Philippolit*  .... 

A.  a  a  F.  M. 

Cbo:faw  Lnnd. 

St.  Eustatius* . . 
St.  John's  I.*... 

W.M.B. 

Un.Bretb.... 

West  Indies. 
West  Indict. 

L.M.a 

BoutbAO-ica. 

St.  John's* 

Un.Breth... 

Antigua. 

Plaatberg* 

W.M.S.  .... 

Boutb  Aftica. 

St.  Martin's  I... 

W.  M.S 

West  Indies. 

Point  du  OaUe*. 

w.M.a.... 

Ceylon. 

St.  Thomas'  I.». 

Un.  Breth. .  ■ . 

West  Indies. 

Point  Pedro  .... 

w.M.a 

Ceylon. 

St.  Vincent's*  . . 

W.M.B 

West  Indies. 

Pokequama  •■•• 

A.  a  C  F.  M. 

Cbippeways. 
Hin(foostan. 

Steinkopff 

L.M.a 

South  Africa. 

Poonab*  

aM.8 

Btellenboseh*. . . 

R.M.a 

BoUth  Africa. 

Pooree* 

Oen.  Bap..... 

W.M.a..... 

Hindooatan. 

Stewart's  Town 

B.  M.S. 

Jamaica. 

Port  Arthur  .... 

Van  Oiemen's  L. 

Stockhobn* 

W.M.a 

Sweden. 

Port  An  Prince* 

A.  a  B.  F.  M. 

Hayti. 

Sulkea 

B.M.a 

Hindoostan. 

Port  Eliubeth  . 

L.M.a 

Cape  Colon' . 

Surat*  

aM.a 

Hindoostan. 

Port  Francis.... 

w.M.a  .... 

Cape  Colony. 

Syra 

CM.  a 

Greece. 

Port  Maria 

B.M.a 

Jamaica. 

Tabor  Mount . . . 

Un.  Breth. .:. 

BarbadoesL 

Port  Royal*.... 

aM.a..  .. 

Jamaica. 

Tabuai* 

L.  M.S 

Austral  Islands. 

Potuwatomiea* 

A.  a  B.  F.  M. 

Western  Ter. 

Tabaa*  

L.M.a 

Society  Islands. 

Pracuaiof 

Prince    WA.     \ 
ward1L*..j 

Ber.  Bap. 

Chin  India. 

Takoo* 

W.M.a  .... 

CaflVaria. 

ap.o 

North  America. 

Tally-gunge  .... 
Tananarivou* . . 

8.F.O 

L.  M.  a 

Hindoostan. 
Madagascar. 

Pulieat* 

CM.  8 

HindoosUn. 

Taujore* 

B.  P.G 

Hindoostan. 

Pulo  Pinang*. . . 

ii.M.a 

Chin  India.  . 

Tauai,  or  Kauai* 

A.  a  C  F.  M. 

Sandwich  Is. 

Putney 

a  M.a 

Jamaica. 

Tavoy*  

A.  B.  C  F.  M. 

Chin  India. 

Pyhea* 

0.  M.a 

New  Zealand. 

Tellicberry*.... 

0.  M.S 

Hindoostan. 

Ouilon* 

L.M.a 

Hindoostan. 

Ternate 

N.M.a 

Malaysia. 

Raiatea* 

L.  in  B  

Society  Islands. 
Austral  Islands. 

Thaba 

Yf  jg  g  

Oatf^mriu 

Baivaivai* 

L.M.S. 

Tneopolis* 

L.M.a 

Cape  Colony 

Rapa,  or  Opara* 

L.  M.a 

Austral  Islands. 

Thomas 

A.  a  B.  F.  M. 

Michigan. 

■alratoa*..V,... 

L.M.  8. 

Austral  Islands. 

Tillipally 

A.  B.  C  F.  M. 

Ceylon. 

Rangbeehoo* . . . 

C  M.S 

New  Zealand. 

Timoilaoet*.... 

N.  M.  S. 

Australasia. 

Ranguon* 

Rarotogna*  •••• 

A.  B.  C  F.  M. 

L.M.a 

Birmah. 
Hervey  Islands. 

Tobago* 

Un.  Breth.  ft 

W.  M.  8.  ... 

West  Indies. 

Red  River  Dis- 
trict  

A.  a  B.  F.  M. 

Choctaw  Land. 

Tondano*  

Tonawanda  — 

N.M.a 

A.  B.  B  F.  M. 

Celebes. 
New  York. 

Red  River  Set-  i 

Tonga  Is.* 

W.M.S 

Polynesia. 

tlement,    or  . 

CM.  8 

Hudson's  BayTer. 

Tortola* 

W.M.a.... 

West  Indies. 

AMiniboia* 

Trebisondu* 

A.  B.  C.  F.  M. 

Asiatic  Turkey. 

Regent 

Vtr.M.  8 

Sierra  Leone. 

Trichinopoly*  . . 

B.P.G 

Hindoostan. 

RUo* 

N.M.a 

Malaysia. 

Trincomalee*  .  ■ 

W.M.a  .... 

Ceylon. 

Rice  Lake 

A.M.M.a.. 

Upper  Canada. 

Triiiidad* 

W.M.S 

West  Indies. 

Rimatara* 

I..  M.B 

Austral  Islands. 

Tripasore* 

L.  M.  a 

Hindoostan. 

RioBueno 

aM.8. 

Jamaica. 

Tulbagh* 

L.  M.  8 

Cape  Colony. 

River  District . . 

c  M.a 

Sierra  Leone. 

Tusearora 

A.  B.  C.  F.  M. 

New  York.    . 

,Roma* 

N.  M.B 

Malaysia. 

Tusquitty 

A.  B.  B.  F.  M. 

E.  Cbcrokees. 

RobyTown  .... 

L.M.a 

Tahiti. 

Uitenhage* 

L.M.a 

Cape  Colony. 

Rottee* 

rr.M.8 

Malaysia. 

Umpukan 

W.M.S 

Cotfl-aria. 

Rungpore* 

Xurutu* 

Ber.  Bap 

L.M.a 

Hindoostan. 

Uncha. 

W.  M  8  .... 

Ausfvl  Islands. 

Union* 

A.  B.  C  F.  M. 

Western  Ter. 

Rutui* 

L.M.a 

Austral  Islands. 

Urumia* 

A.  B.  0.  F.  M. 

Persia. 

Badamabl 

Ber.  Ba& 

Hindoostan. 

Ussa* 

Qer.  M.  8 

Ouineo. 

BahebgunJ 

8alem»... 

Ber.  Bap. 

UM.a 

Hindoostan. 

Utumaoro 

L.M.8 

Society  Islands. 

Hindoostan. 

Vaitorare 

L.M.  8 

Societv  Islands.     1 

Oherokees.            1 

pr;!;:^ 

V9.M.B.  .... 

Cape  Colony. 

Valley  Towns* . 

A.  B.  B.  F.  M. 

■t\ 


NEWLY  DISCOVERED  ISLANDS.  *e. 


5fl9 


Vavou*  .... 
Vepery* . 


VhaguMtam* 
VoMudal 

TriiM 

Wuenmaker 

Valley 

WaUkea 

Waialna 

Wailukn 

WaimaM 

Walmea 

Waugh  Town  . . 


W.  M.  a 

a  P.  o. . . 

L.  M.  8.  . 

v.aa.. 


Friendly  Iiland*. 
Bindooiun. 
.  iUndooeun. 

Caflkaria. 


r.p.M.a. 

A.B.O.F. 
A.  a  O.  F. 
A.  a  0.  F. 

aM.  a.. 

A.&O.F. 

L.M.a.. 


■outhAMM. 

Hawaii. 
BtOaHii. 
Maui. 

New  Zealand. 
Kaaai. 
TaUti. 


WelUiigton      ( 

Valley { 

Wennender  .... 
WeeleTTille*... 

WertOoaM 

Wbeeloek 

WilKt  Harlwur. 

WillMown 

Windwir 

New* i 

Yellow  Lake* . . 
Zanta* 


CM.  a 

W.M.a  .... 

VT  •  M*  8w  •  •  •  • 

L.M.a 

A.  a  a  F.  M, 

L.M.a 

A.  a  C.  F.  M. 

W.M.a 


B.iLa.. 

A.  B.  0.  F.  M. 

W.M.  8 


Bierra  Leone. 

Ctennany. 

Caflkarfa. 

ItiHierara. 

Choctaw  Land. 

laMH. 

a  CTierolMee. 

N.  ftntiiWal 


CapaCWony. 

WSMoaainTir. 
Ionian  kiea. 


,  BTATJSUMST 

or  tlie  Countiiei  in  wbicli  tlie  Prinripal  Mieeionary  Btationa  are  litnated,  andtiM  BeMgioin 
Denominationa,  Ac  liy  wliom  tbey  have  been  eataUiilied. 

Qreenland  and  Lalwador— United  Bretbren,  or  Moravians. 
Upper  Canada— Moravians,  and  Enilltb  and  American  MiMionariei. 
Ciiippewayi,  Sioux,  Jtc—Ainerlean  Board  of  I^>reign  Migiioni. 
CherolceeB  and  Clioctawa— American  Board  of  Foreign  Minions  and  American  BaptMa. 
West  Indies— Moravians,  and  Binclisli  Baptists  and  MelliodiRla. 
Ouiana— Moravians  and  Englisli  Missionaries. 
Turkey — American  and  Bngfish  Missionaries. 
Greece— American  and  Englisli  Missionaries. 
Syria— American  Missionaries. 

Ionian  Isles  and  Malta— American  and  English  Missionaries.       ^, ' 
Siberia— Englisb  Missionaries.  ■•'•:'  '■'• 

Sierra  Leone— English  Episcopalians  and  Metlwdiatt. 
Liberia— American  Baptists  and  Methodists. 

Cape  Colony  and  CaAaria— English,  Scottish,  Moravian,  and  Bhenish  Missionariea. 
Bechuanas— French  and  English  Missionaries. 
Madagascar- English  Missionaries. 

Northern  Hindoostan— Bnglirti  Episcopalians,  Baptists  and  Methodists. 
Southern  Hindooston- English  Episcopalians  and  MetiHidists. 
Western  Hindoostan— English,  American  and  Scottish  Missionariea. 

Ceylon— English  EpiscopaliaQs,  Baptists  and  Methodists,  and  American  Board  of  Foreign  Misiioaa. 
Birmab— American  Bantistt. 
Biam— American  and  Dutch  Missionariea. 

China— American  and  English  Missionaries.  / ..  : 

Malaysia— American,  English  and  Dutch  Missionariea.  ",^t'>'~*  - 

Australia— Enalish  Missionaries.  \'^    ,  .vi^\i, «:../<. 

Van  Diemen's  Land— English  Missionaries.  >^^      '      ' 

Sandwich  Islands— American  Missionaries.  ;  '"*/*' "/  ' 

I Missionariefl.    -  ■■  '■■.-    '■'.A** 


Society  and  Qeorgian  Islands,  dec.— English 
New  Zealand— ^glish  Episcopalians  and  1 


Methodists. 


V.' 


^■f-  :■  .'i'rVA'S:}: 


iy.  -m  I. :  A 


NEWLY  DISCOVERED  ISLANDS,  &c. 


Tbb  following  list  of  Islands,  Beeb,  Shoals,  ttt.  are  all  late  discoveries,  and  have  ne  sr  been  hith- 
erto in^rted  on  any  Map  of  the  World.  They  ibrm  but  a  part  of  the  information  ccected  on  that 
subject,  tram  various  quarters  and  individuals.  Some  of  these,  on  being  pHeed  or  tho  map  according 
to  their  latitude  and  longitude,  were  found  to  approximate  so  closely  to  others  abready  ktnwn,  as  to 
render  it  probable  that  they  were  the  same,  and  have  been  consequently  omitted.  Those  islbncis,  &e. 
distinguished  by  proper  names,  will  be  found  in  the  Consulting  Index,  and  their  positions  on  the  map 
ascer&ined  according  to  the  rule  detailed  at  page  10 ;  and  Che  places  of  those  classed  under  a  generic 
title,  may  be  ascertained  by  a  reference  to  their  Intitade  and  longitude. 


Allen's  Reef... 
Anne's  Island. . 

Bank 

Bergh'a  Groap  • 
Bowen's  Island 
Brind's  Island  . 
Brock'a  Island . 
Brown's  Island 
Buckle's  Island 
Bunker's  Island 
Bunker's  Shoal. 
Byron's  Island. 

48* 


LAT. 

35°  SS'  N. 
13°  05'  N. 
360  00'  N. 
7"  05'  N. 
360  44'  If. 

0°  31'  N. 

1°  13'  S. 
18<»  11'  S. 
38«>00'N. 
38°  00'  N. 

0<'30'S. 

no's. 


LON. 

170O  30*  W. 
168°  31'  W. 
1790  00'  E 
1530  15'  E. 
1430  30"  E. 
1740  00'  R 
1590  30*  W. 
1750  48'  E. 
1780  00'  W. 
1730  30'  W. 
160°  40'  W. 
175°  40'  E. 


OISCOTniD  BT 

Capt  J.  Allen. 


Capt  Morrell. 
Capt  Chaao. 
Capt  Flasket 


TvT 


570 


NEWLY  DISCOVERED  IBLANOe,  iuL 


ChMo't  IdUid ^ 

CSiriatiaa  Mud 

Oirutmu  Uuid 

Clark'a  Itlaad 

Cluk'iBeef 

Cookboni  Uand 

Coooa-mit  Mud 

Coffin'^  Mud 

Croker  Mtnd 

Care's  Mud 

Daeie's  Iiknd 

DugeroHu  Reef. 

DeWoITa  Iiland 

Dandu  Mud 

EUxabeth'i  Mand 

Ennice*!  Mand 

Faloon'a  Mand 

Farqnhar's  Group 

Fiaber'aMand 

Forbes'  Mud 

Francia  laland 

FVench  Mand 

Gkmges  Mand  (Great) 

Gances  Island  (Little) 

Gardner'a  Island 

Gardner's  Mand 

Ooleonda  Mand 

Granger'a  Mand 

Green  Island 

Gnmp of  lalands 

Gronp  Manda 

Guardian  Islands 

Harvest  Islands 

Havatack 

Heucon's  Mand 

Independence  Mand 

laland 

Mand 

Island 

Island 

Mand 

laland 

laland 

Island 

Mand 

Mand 

Mand 

Mand 

Island 

ISUIIQ      ■•••••••••••e*«aaa*»» 

Mand 

Island 

Mand 

Island 

Island 

Island 

Island 

Island  .s 

Mand 

Island 

Island 

Mand 

laland 


LIT. 

spaaf 

30  oc 
10  ly 

990  IS' 
18°  ly 
310  13' 

170  26' 

28°  95' 

240  26' 

50  30' 

90  23' 

00 IC 

210  06' 

210  06 

210  17' 

170  30' 
26°  30' 
25042' 
IQOOO' 
100  30' 
100  25' 
100  00* 

40  30* 
25°  03* 
00°  54' 
180  58' 

00  10' 
100  30" 
31°  25' 
22°  30' 

eoflC 
29°  58* 
22°  28' 

3036' 

10  or 

30  00' 

31°  00* 

16°  00' 

2°  50' 

1°30' 

8°  48' 

2°  00" 

30°  00' 

29°  48* 

26*00' 

210  18' 

21°  00' 

12"  30' 

80  00' 

80  03' 

15°  30' 

150  30' 

16°  25' 

230  00' 

80  52' 

60  00' 

120  00- 

loos' 

9°  95' 

23°  00- 

96°  39 


S. 
& 

a 

N. 
EL 
S. 

& 
& 
& 

N. 

B. 

S. 

S. 

N. 

8. 

& 

8. 

S. 

N. 

N. 

& 

& 

S. 

S. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

8. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

S. 

N. 

Ni 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

N. 

Nr 

N. 

N. 

8. 

8. 

8. 

8. 

8. 

8. 

8. 

8. 


LON. 

175°  00'  E. 
80°  96'  W. 
97°  40*  W. 
151°  30'  W. 
159°  45'  W. 
138°  39*  W. 
174°  15'  W. 
198°  54'  W. 
143°  93' W. 
178°  49'  W. 
124°  37'  W. 
175°  00'  W. 
171°  07'  W. 
174°  19'  E. 
178°  36'  W. 
1780  47'  w. 
159°  40*  W. 
152°00'E. 
141°  01'  E. 
131°  13'  E. 
161°  45'  W. 
162°  15'  W. 
160°  45'  W. 
161°  00'  W. 
174°  22'  W. 
167°  4^  W. 
132°  00' W. 
146°  14'  E. 
136°  00-  W. 
166°  40'  £. 
129°  17'  W. 
124°  30*  W. 
1530  00' E. 
137°  50*  E. 
177°  05'  E. 
144°  35'  W. 
165°  00'  E. 
144°  99'  E. 
155°  00'  E. 
154°  40' R 
153°  50'  E. 
1550  16' E. 
144°  35  E. 
150°  00'  E. 
144°  00'  E. 
1380  45'  E. 
146°  00'  E. 
146°  W  E. 
148°  30' E. 
164°  00'  E. 
173°  15'  W. 
166°  15'  W. 
161°  12'  V/. 
136°  00'  W. 
163°  50'  W. 
177°  15'  W. 
157°  23'  W. 
165°  GO'  W. 
138°  55'  W. 
138°  40-  W. 
170°  50'  W. 
157°  48'  W. 
1030  59'  W. 


DISOOTSBSDBT 

Hamburg  Ship,  1836. 
Capt  Brown,  1830. 

Capt  R  Churk. 
Capt  Beechey,  R.  N. 

Capt  J.  Coffin. 
Capt  Beechey,  R.  N. 


Nutocket  Ship. 
Capt  Smith. 
Capt  Chase. 


Capt  Coffin. 


Capt  J.  Coffin. 
Capt  J.  Coffin. 
Capt  J.  Coffin. 
Capt  J.  Allen. 


Capt  R.  Ckialy. 
Capt  J.  Mitchell,  1823. 

Capt  R.  iincj. 


Capt  John  Gardner. 
Capt  G.W.Gardner. 

Capt  John  Gardner. 
Capt  G.  W.  Gardner. 


Capt  R.  Closely. 
Capt  H.  Bunker,  182:;. 

CaptMaoy. 

Capt  Swain. 
Capt.  Ray. 


NEWLT  DISCOVERED  ISLANDS,  4be. 


671 


IsUmd. 


lalud 

|.l^m^ 

Idud 

Island 

Idand  and  Raef 

Islands 

Janria  Island 

Je£fbrson*«  Island  .... 

Kldd's  Island 

Lagbu's  Shoal 

Lancaster  Reef 

Lincoln's  Island 

Livingston's  Island . .  ■ 

Leper's  Island 

Lydra  Island  ........ 

Macy's  Island 

Magns  Shoal 

Maria's  Island 

Massacre  Islands 

Mitchell's  Group 

MoUer  Island 

Moore's  Island 

Morris  Island 

Nederlandich  Island  . . 
New  Discovery  Ishind. 
New  Nantucket  Island 

Parker's  Island 

Parry's  Group  . . . 

Pearotuah 

Peel's  Island 

Phillip's  Island  . . 
Phoenix  Island . . . 
Piceon  Island.... 
Pilgrim  Island... 
Pike's  Island  .... 
Plaaket's  Island. . 
Potter's  Island . . . 
Prince's  Island... 
Rambler's  Reef . . 

Rarotoena 

Reaper's  Island . . 

Reef. 

Reef. 

Reef. 

Reef. 

Reef. 

Reef. 

Reef. 

Reof. 

Reef. 

Reef. 

Reef. 

Reef  and  Shoal  . . 

Rimatara 

Rocky  Island .... 
Rurutu  Island  .... 

Rutui 

SherdoiPs  Island . . 

Shoal 

Shoal 

Shoal 


ttaaae      •• 


LAT. 

so^oca 
150  ac  3. 
iioasfa 

8°5a'S. 
sgoocs. 
.210  08'  8. 
930  OCN. 
910  00'  N. 

oogys. 

180  27'  N. 
960  ga-  If. 

170  45'  a. 

970  02'  S. 

1050'S. 

80  25'N. 

60  or  s. 

110  56'  B. 
900  69'S. 
230  29*  N. 
910  45'  S. 

4050'S. 

90  18-  S. 
17°  14'  S. 

ooacs. 

10  BO'S. 

70  10'  S. 
150  31'  S. 

00  11'  N. 

10  19'  a 
970  40'  N. 
910  17'  a 
270  12-  N. 
110  20'  a 

20  30' a 
260  sff  N. 

240  20' a 

290 19'  a 
9°  18'  a 

560  ig'  a 

550  55'  a 

230  29'  N. 

190  45'  a 
90  55'  a 

20  40'  N. 

2o30'N. 

2o40'N. 

10  00'  N. 
250  10'  N. 
250  45'  N. 
22040'N. 
330  00'  N. 

2030'N. 
320  34'  N. 

10  30' a 

10  45'  S. 

220  30' a 

100  45'  a 

220  40'  a 
240 15'  a 
140  41'  a 
130  3(y  N. 

180  00'N. 
140  30'  N. 


U>N. 

1610  40'  W. 
1610  44'  W. 
1620  00'  W. 
1570  23'  W. 

910  00*  W. 
1490  40'  W. 
1770  15'  W. 
1790  00*  W. 
I6O0  15'  W. 
1150  30'  W. 
1410  ig  E. 
1520  00' E. 
1460  27'  W. 
1750  00'  E. 
1500  22'E. 
1770  40'  E. 
164°  38'  W. 
1780  47'  W. 
130O  11'  R 
1550  10'  W. 
156°  10'  E. 
179°  45'  E. 
140°  35'  W. 
166°  35'  E. 
I660  35'  E. 
1770  33'  E. 
1760  11'  E. 
1760  20-  W. 
1740  30'  R 
1410  35'  R 
1590  40'  W. 
1410  38'  R 
1480  50'  w. 
170O  30'  W. 
1410  ay  B, 
1040  40'  W. 
105°  16'  W. 
1790  50*  R 

28°  35'  W. 

27°  53'  W. 
178°  13'  R 
159°  25'  W. 
152°  40'  W. 

|rr8°50'R 

153°  50'  R 
178°  50'  R 
179°  34'  R 
160°  15'  R 
152°  50'  R 
142°  15'  R 
147°  10'  E. 
157°  40*  R 
119°  34'  W. 
159°  50'  E. 
153°  45'  R 
151°  18'  W. 
179°  28'  R 
150°  15'  W. 
148°  00'  W. 
144°  59'  W. 
170°  20'  W. 
169°  55'  W. 
170°  25' W. 


ouuofUKD  n 


Capt  Mmcj,  1897. 
Capt  R.  Mmj. 

Capt  Jot. 

Capt  Coffin,  1894. 

Salem  Ship. 


Oapt  Weeks,  1830. 

CaptMorrelL 
Nantucket  Ship^ 


CaptMorrelL 
Capt  Barrett 
Capt  Beechey,  R.  N. 


Capt  Hunter. 
Nantucket  Ship. 
CaptPlaakett 


Capt  R.  Maqr. 


Capt.  Brown,  1830. 
Capt  Brown,  188a 
Capt  Worth. 

Capt  Coffin,  1896. 


CaptlVaak. 

Capt  R.  Weeks. 
Capt  Pease. 
Capt  John  Gardner 
Capt  Barrett 


an 


NEWLY  DI80OVEKBD  ISLANDS,  4kc. 


Skiddy'a  Graap 

Skiddy'a  Shod 

Sprat-fkce  laknd 

Sooder  Onnd* 

South  Uwd 

Sputan  Island 

StPert'a 

Starbvok't  Oraop 

Strang's  bland 

Swain'a  Idand 

Tklaam'a  bland 

Traoy'a  Uand 

TroMMna  bleta 

Tuok's  Island 

Taok*s  R«of  and  Socks . 

Weat«rv«lt*s  Oioup 

Willey's  Island 

Winslow's  Island 

Worth's  Island 


LAT. 
6P0i'H. 

ION. 

1530  91'  E. 

7"  35'  N. 

1480  14' R 

00 16' a 

1770  19'  E. 

15"  15'  a 

1450  ac  w. 

36»80'N. 

1410  25'  E. 

1»  W  N. 

1590  30'  E. 

180  OCN. 

II60  00-  W. 

v>w 

1740  30-  R 

SOSS-N. 

1630  Iff  E. 

590  80' N. 

lOOo  00*  W. 

SOSCN. 

1660  45'  R 

70  80' a 

1780  45'  E. 

17°  ay  a 

1510  OCR 

170  W  N. 

1650  00' R 

60  ac 

1590  30'  R 

70  05'  N. 

1530  10*  E. 

56°  25'  a 

270  43'  W. 

140 10'  a 

1770  JO'  W. 

8'46'N. 

1510  3(y  E. 

DISOOmtKDBT 

Capt  Morrall,  1830. 
Capt  Momll,  1830. 
C^tPhskett. 


Nantoeket  Shipw 

CaptSwaia 

Nantacket  Ship. 

Capt  Worth. 
Capt  Worth. 
Capt  MonrelL 
Capt  Brown,  1830. 

Capt  Worth,  1889. 


THX   END. 


%''  ''." 


*.         .  .      J     ■ 

--^        ■:      ■      A- 


■0  : 


■*^"- 


-■~,M,. 


I 


POPULATION  OF  EACH  COUNTY,  &0. 

i  ( 
IN  nx  ourmuuiT 

STATES  AND  TERRITORIES  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES, 

IN  THE  YEAR  1840. 


MAWK. 


BnMiln 


•ttl^a 


HmACHDSETn. 

at  MS 

*l,146 
tO,IM 
S,tH 

tIjtU 

atjun 
lOM" 

(.011 
H,l« 

njm 

(6,771 


rniiklli- 
Huapdn 
Hivithira 
MiddlMz 
NuhKkat 
NotMk  - 
njnaoulh 
a»tUik    ■ 

WOCCHtV 

UConnttai 


7ST,n> 


RBODXULANa 


at47B 
WOW 


WMfttagm 


loa^an 


CONNECTICUT. 

niifcM.  ■ 

UtekMd  • 
MMdiMZ  • 
NmrHana 
NcwLMdon 
TolkW  ■  - 
WMbua   • 

IClMUltiM 


MMtMt 


NEW  rOBX. 


Cilltnugui 
Omtn  ■ 
OalMaqm 


Cknu(o 
CliaUB  • 
C<il«Bbta 
Corllud- 
IMawan 
Ddtchra- 
Bri* 


riuUin- 

FultOB      • 


Oraue  • 
HuBlllon 
Hvkiner 
MhnoB 

UwL'  ■ 
LiTlDploa 


MUWM   • 

MntgoBMr 
New  York 
NUtum  ■ 
OmMi  • 
Oaoadafi 
Oahrio  • 
Otuce  • 
OriiZii  • 
OlWMO  ■ 
OtMfO  ■ 
Patum  ■ 

HtBM 


Rlehmoml 
Bocklud 

■Dmlogt  • 

Schaoectadjr 

Schnlitria 


St.  lawnnc* 
Sinben  • 
SdtMk  • 
MlinD  • 
TIagi.  ■ 
Toa4>kiM 
Dliter-   - 


mam 

injm 
«{» 

40k7H 
IMST 


Havr 


SUM 

iCu« 

l(,0«t 

MUT 

i,sn 

»7,«rr 

«7,(l* 

i7,aM 

t6JIS 

s»,Tn 
•riiii 

4S,10I 

M,nt 
>s,in 

4S,(I* 


IMX 


IO,MB 

ii,»n 

40,i6S 

Sim 

uitu 
Wn 


Wwbiaito* 
Want  -  t 
WmUbmtm 
Tata-   •   • 


HConata 


t«)MW 


NE>V  JEBSXr. 
AUwUc  • 

BnUNrtoa 
Can  11*7 


MIMIaan 


Maaie 


Wamo  - 

UCoanlii 


S.7M 

njm 
mjmi 
MM 
i^ar* 


p-m 


IT,4U 
MiTTO 

S}3,SM 


FENNSTLVANU. 


AmulnMig 
Baanr  - 
Balfofd  • 
Bafka-  • 
Bwllbrd. 
Bueka-    ■ 


Cambria- 
Cairtra    • 


ChaiOaU 
CIMoo  • 
OoluBbia 
Ciawfoi4 

CaBbvrlanl 


Dabmra 
Ella  -  ■ 
FafaHa    . 

FnakliB- 


HaBlbvAoa 


MTaoHi- 
JaaUla   - 


LabanoD' 
Uhigb  • 
Laacraa  ■ 


Miaia 
Msmw 
Montgomerx 
Naittmrnbnlaiid 
NaflhanptoD  • 


48,I«T 
a^BTS 
ll,tM 


»7^M 
TJM 
MM 

S4,an 

Mjua 
aa,tn 

19,791 

njn* 

S7.79S 
t9^U7 
99,484 

90^799 
7,998 
11,080 


nnadalplik 


Saqaat 
Tki|k- 


Wanan 
WaMaftoa 
Wajrja.    • 
WaitBBDtalaBd 
Tock  •    •    • 
MCowUaa 


DELAWAMO. 


MawCaMla 
9aBii     - 

aOcaatii 


iKS. 

•    -   •  IMH 

laa     ■   .~^K 


MARTLAND. 


Aita|fc«<r  • 

AaaaAnwdal 
BallHMra 
Calmt  ■ 


CamH 
Cbailaa 
CacU 


Ffaaarick 
Harfcrd 


•" — Oaotaa^ 

AnoA  • 


tUttonh 
lUbot 


31,872 
99,787 
44,008 

w^648 
8,976 
99,813 
19,008 
9,878 
47,941 
90,087 


Waibfai(ton 
90CoaBtita 


DOT.  OF  COLDinU. 

Alaxudrta  •    •    ■     (Lttf 

WaaUaiioB     •  ■  g,m 

SCounliM    ■   .   41,711 


ViBaiMU. 


Aeeonack  • 
Albanarle  - 
Allaahanx  - 
Analia  •  • 
Anbarat-  • 
Aaauita  -  • 
Balli  -  .  . 
Badfotd  -  ■ 
Barkaiajr.  ■ 
BetatDutt  • 
BrailoB  •  . 
Braoka  •  • 
Braoawick  - 
Bvckiaffham 


17,018 
81084 

8,748 
I0J80 
19,818 
19,888 


wjnt 

7,848 
14,148 


m 


M 


•<i<<^->:r.i>"7ti<t'«',)>v: 


5  •^vSi?;Ki^iSfM!^a''j^Sls-r^ 


JA4fc-^>«*",s, 


,  m>!f?»':^<it^;y. 


POPULATION  OF  EACH  COUNTY,  dtc. 


cSSLair 

CkwViM*    ■ 

ChMiwMa- 

Ciil|>«p«r 
Cuitorlud 
DiawtMl* 
KItaMk  OHjr  - 


OniMB  ' 


EiMWilliim- 
UitkQiMw 


Uwk 


MUdtanz 


NtwKnt 
MWMu- 


Monkmpton  ■ 
NoitkmitwUnl 
MoWowtr 


OraBf*    - 

Fan  •   • 

HWck   • 

MMoa 

FlIlMlvuilft 

PmkeBlai 

RtwkalaB 


PriaMEdwud 
Own 
Willi 


ftlnMOwin  • 
~  '     I wmtan 


PubM 
■uriolph 


BMfckfMf* 


Seott 
am 
tatftlM 


(,l«l 

U,8W 
IT.I4I 
11^ 

io,3as 
s,m 

ItJM 

»^a 

!I,W7 
*,9M 

4,463 

8,812 

lun 

14,443 
6,807 

8^70 
1^087 
4W 
8,flM 
(,888 
U.tH 


881078 
T,a8i 

4,880 
87,7*1 
14,IW 
I3W7 

im 

8l866 
ioStt 
MM 
8,441 
8,161 
4,308 

|^4S^ 

lUMA 

8987 
ft77T 
%442 

90^714 
iJOi 
4,888 

17.888 
8,488 
7,406 
4,853 

■0,788 

12,887 
6,380 
8^616 

n,ogs 

7,716 

8^^ 
13,867 
0,186 
a,l»4 
8,088 
ejMO 
8^ 
8,888 
7,tM 
6.886 
14.068 
7,176 
&I44 
T,886 
a73B 

<!ao8 

6iS66 

6^ 
14,884 
17,344 

7i«7» 

7,808 
11,618 

9,888 
14,686 


sSa^ 


Inuk 


8<i>iu      • 
TmtwM 


TjU 
Wu 


Warwick 
WiaklnglM 
Wolaimliiid 
Wood-    •    • 
Wiriho    •    • 
Yorii  ■    .    ■ 


U,I8I 


in 


•  l<v 

.  6880 

•  •864 

■  6,6n 

•  18,001 

•  7,888 

■  8,876 

■  4.7il0 


llSCounlloi'  I,a3«,7»r 
NORTH  CAROLlNi. 


Amos 


Bnolbit  • 
Boftio     • 


Bnwiwlck 

BasemlM 

Burks-    • 

Calbunf 

dBdn  • 

CaMtnt  • 

Cumli  • 

Ckailiui- 

Clwratn 

Clwviii  • 

Colunbia 

Cmn    • 

Canlwrlwid 

CaiTitiKk 

Dafidwa 

Dnio-    • 

Diipllo    • 

Edmontio 

Freakliii 

0>lM>     •' 

OranTillo 


Onllhid  • 
Hall&z  • 
Hijwood 
Hflodonoa 
Hirtkml. 
Hy6<.  • 
Indiil     • 

JollMOB  • 

iotim  •  - 
I.«wlr    • 

LiMolll    • 

Mason    • 

MntiB    - 
MscklsiibQiy 
Montgoaierjr 
Muufs         ■ 
NMh •   •   . 
Now  RanoTtr 
Notthampioa 
Oaalow    • 
Oimsfs   • 
Fuquotask 
FnrqiiinHUii 


Pin  •  • 
fbndolph 
Richaiond 
RobaoB  • 
Rockiagbam 
Rowaa  • 
llaltsrfaid 
Sampwn  ■ 
Slokea  - 
Sunr  •  ■ 
Tjrmll  • 
Waks     ■ 

WuUaftn 

WajM   • 

Wl&ai   ■ 

TaMSf   -  

•  Coaallei  .   .763^18 

aODTH  CAROLINA. 

AbbSTilla    .   .   .   88,861 

AadsnoD    .   .   ■    ltL48S 

Barawall     .   .   .   81,471 

•   .   •   86,7M 


7,467 
12,986 
12,176 

8.iia8 

6,966 
IO,0M 
16,788 

il96» 

oitsi 

14,888 

18,843 

MM 
8,841 
13,438 

'^ 

7,674 
ll,l« 

u;7«i 

8,181 

i!686 
I A 178 
16.866 
4,976 
6,198 
7,484 
6,468 
16,686 
10,6«8 
4,846 
T.606 
86,160 

i8Jn 

10780 
7,868 
6,047 
I3JI9 
lM68 
7,697 

Mjua 

8,614 
7,840 
8^780 

ii.im 

19,876 
8,908 
10^970 
13,449 
12,109 
19,903 
19,167 
16966 

i6,ara 

4,667 
91,118 
19919 

4,696 
10681 


Claitata 
CtMltr 


CsUokia  ■ 

Uariii«toB 

BdpMd 

ralHMd- 

Gsorgaiomi* 

OnsaTllla 

HOffT "     • 

Krntav. 


lAunn  - 
Laalagloa 
klarlM    . 

IWarlborei«k 
Nawbtnrj  • 
OraMafauii- 
Pickasa  - 
Ricblaad- 
8par<aabiii(' 


Vita- 
WllllaMbart  • 
York  •    •  • 

99  0liMe«i 


OEOROU. 


Baldwin  ■ 


1,919 

I'm 

4,7M 


Nawloa  • 
OiMkarpi 
PkaUlai- 
nka  •   • 


8crifsa  - 

Stamn  • 

Saailar  • 

Talks!  • 
Taiiahno 

Iklull  • 

TslUr  • 


%408 
9.169 

8^ 

'^ 

Km 
lojm 

lO^IM 

aBCoaatlta  •   •69l,88l 
FLORIDA. 


Bell 

Balks. 

Bali 


Carroll 
CaH 


Clarka 
Cobb  •  ■ 
ColinBbla 
Cowata  • 
Ciawford 
IMa  -  • 
Dtcatar  • 
DaKalb  • 
Uoolf-  • 
Early-    • 

ElbMt 


raoraiis  • 
Floyd  -  . 
Fomtb  . 
Fnaklln  - 
Olyna  •  • 
Orasas  • 
OwlaasU- 
OlliMr  • 
BabMriiani 
Rail  •  • 
Hancock- 
Harria  • 
Heard-  • 
Haa^-  - 
Usanoa  - 
Irwin  •   • 


Janar-  • 
Janhon  - 
Jonai  •  - 
Lauraaa  - 
Los  •  . 
Libarty  • 
Uoesla  . 
Ltwndis- 
LvBpkla 
Madfaoa- 
Mackiatodi- 


MariOB 

MaulweUior 
Monras  ■  • 
Moauoiuaiy 
MofVM 

lliinaF 


Colaaibla 

Dads  • 

Dafri- 

BHaubia 

F^aakUa- 

Oadadaa  - 

Haaiilkia 

HUlibifo 

Jackm  • 

Jsflbnoa  ■ 

Laos  • 

M>diioa 

Moans 

Mo«|oUa 

Nawaa 

8tMni 

Wallaa 

Waihiatlsa 

aoCooatlaa 

ALABAMA. 
AalcBia  • 
BaUwia  . 
Barbour  • 
RablOB  - 
Bibb   •   - 

BkHIBl      - 

Batlar.  . 
Cbamban 
Cbamkas 
Clarka  • 
CoaaCBB  - 

COOM  -    ■ 

CotlBctoa 
Dais  •  - 
Dallai  > 
DaKalb- 
Fayslts   • 

TlUkllB- 

orasoa  - 
Haory  ■ 
JacksoQ  - 

JoAnsn- 
Laadardala  ■ 
LawisiKS 
Uaaiiloaa 
Lowadea- 


Maisaio- 

MariOB  ■ 
Manhall- 
Mobila    - 


1,149 
3,109 


-i5 


MoifaB  < 


(iO 


.'^  ,'^^i\K-i'. 


:rt,*i.i-^''^i*">Mi-  <  '>;  ;•■■■ 


■•V'.*--- 


■»».■.'■ 


IN   THE  UNITED   STATES. 


SSL: 

Pik*  .  • 
■uMik 

•!    • 


IkChlr- 
IMkT  ■ 
TilMtft 
lUk 


UfayMi 


Walter 
WHUnftM' 
WIlMS   .   • 


Missuupn. 


■oUmr  • 
OnniU  • 
CMokMaw 
Ctaitaw. 

CWkOM 

duto  - 
Coftak    • 


BMs- 


iMwwate 

jKkMS    • 

Jiinr>   - 
Mbnm  • 


UftjrttK    • 

UdbrMc 
I«wnM*  • 


MulM  - 
MwiUII- 


MMtaoU  ' 


tSu' 


Raskin    -   •   • 


8lBra9D  •  • 
Biiilh  .  •  • 
TiUalmteliia 

TWfaimiDia 
TkDiea  •  • 
Wama  •  • 
Wadilii|loB- 
WayiM  •  • 
waklHoo  • 
WlMton  ' 


AiMia|)lli»> 
At^talia  • 
BalnBiMfa 


HaMkitnafcai 
NawOrlaiM 


T,MI 
MU 


NCowliM  •   -mfiU 
MUUUNl. 

1^1 
7,UI 
6.616 

a;m 
mS 

Caleaats ....  tL06T 

CaMwall.   .   .   .  £oi7 

Canoll   ....  i;m 

Catahoola    >  *  .  4Mt 

CWbonia    .  .   •  tJA 

CowofdU   .   .   .  MU 

KiitBatnRni*.  8,198 

batniciaw.   •  11,(66 

ItmUla.  .   ■   .  M66 

•  •   .  ia4» 

uet.  •   ym 


».  lanafd. 
atCterlai  ■ 
6).  Hikaa 
SUMiaf 

Stl^ndrr  .  . 

6(.Ma>«i*^.  . 

6I.Mar>>a   .  . 

SkTaanaay  . 

Tarn  Boaaa  • 


Wa*lto  • 


W.BataaBsata 

W.  raikiaiia   . 
66Fartakaa  •  ' 
UHia 


Allan  ■ 


KaiauBl  < 
Braira    ' 


CamU 

Ckaaii 
Claik 
Ck 

Cll 


Cnarfoid 

SSJ?". 

Dalawara 
Kria  .  . 
raif6aU- 
rajpalta  . 

rraaklia. 
OtIUa-   • 


HaaUloa 
HaMock* 
HarilB  ■ 
Hanlaiis . 


Hiiktud. 
Hoeklaf. 
Holaiaa  - 
Hana*  • 


Kaoi- 
Laka  ... 
I^wraaoa  • 
Lickliic  •  ■ 
Umla    .  ' 


Madiwa  ' 
Mario*    ' 


Hal(i.   .    . 

Maicar  *  ■ 
Mlani  •  . 
kloaraa  .  . 
MMl|aaiai7 
Morun  .  . 
MudUivw 
OHawa  •  • 
rkaldla(.  . 
Parry-  .  - 
PlekawaT  • 
Pika  .  .  . 
Portafa   .    . 


Putnam  . 
Riahliad. 


•,016 
I4,W 
18496 
ll,4n 

8,671 
11^688 
18,161 
31,696 
10^816 
S8^7« 

tia 

1,064 

T,6n 

n.96S 

W,48> 
6,186 
4*  — 

67, 

k(m 

11,166 


•         «         g     *      •      • 
•     •     •       •     •      •    » 

4  •    »     t  • 


«  «     r   »  I 


\ 


^J. 


\  t 


POPULATION  OF  EACH  COU^^TY,  to. 


MICOKUN. 


W^M 


UiDUNA. 


MraMMMW 


Stow 


iis; 

MM 
MM 

m. 

M7> 

4,M 

-m 

f.4M 
T,MO 

um 
4,ni 

IT,M 
T,410 
«)7I« 

W 

flMM 
4M 

m 

m 
%,\» 

l.<IO 
1M7I 
i«,17» 


tajm 

MM 
M« 

MM 
(,111 

7^ 
M» 
I4,M( 

>,6«r 
T,aw 
(.«■ 

iMn 

1%ITI 
«4M 


4.t» 

»i 
?,«S 
U,'  • 

ii,aM 

i,cra 

MU 

•MS 
a,H9 

9«8 
4,170 

um 

1I,7B 
(.874 

ia,<i«o 

l,BI 

a,«7s 

VMS 
I0^I4S 
I4,4M 

s,7n 

•JOB 
8,3U 


FutM- 

Ftfii  • 

nil*  • 


^olph 

MpttT  • 
Ry*  •  - 
Baott  •  • 
SMbr  • 
Spwcar  - 
StJoMph 


Sulllna  - 
SwiiurUod 


vss: 


VuMlabtin 
VmUlioa 

TI|D    ■    - 

WabMh  - 

Wurick  ■ 
Wuhiugtoa 

WlVM      - 

Welle   • 
WhilleT  • 
WUI*     • 
n  CountlM 

lUJNOO. 


ia,4M     Mntfnnrjr 


4,7«0 


••I 
IM«* 


4.M 
ll^OOS 

:^ 

H9 

afin 
9,tm 

IS.7M 
8,117 

ai«o 

M74 
M.016 

«,7M 

(,aM 

ISJtB 

'^ 

I,8M 


Brawa  • 
Banu  - 
Calhou  • 
Cunll  • 
Qua  -  • 
Ctampiica 
CkrUlu 
Clwk-  - 
Ctoj  •  • 
ClUiim  • 
CoIm  -  - 
Cooke  • 
CriKford 
DoKitb  • 
Dmtilt  • 
Dopop  • 
Edfar-  - 
Edwudi- 
EAvlua 
DnSo  - 
rnaklln- 


CWIttbi 


HUBlltOB 


HtrtiB 
Boarf  • 
Inanob  • 
Jufewa  • 
JuMr-  - 
JoAhmb  • 


JoDtTtm 


Uki  •    • 

laMllo  • 
Liwmico 
Lm    •   • 

U«tii|itaB 


HuiiMi  • 

MMOopIn 

Mirks    . 

Minkill- 

McDooooth 

McUourj 


Mooud  • 

Memr   • 

I  Moono  • 


14,478 
S,3I» 

sjm 

l,7U 
4,188 
»fin 
1,741 
IfiU 
8,881 
l,47A 
1,878 
7,498 
8,288 
8,718 
9.«l< 
10,201 
4,4a 
1,687 
8847 
8,588 
8,8811 
8t010 
!,•» 
8988 
8,888 
13^148 
10,780 
11,861 
8.945 
%S4S 
1,878 

1,888 
8,588 

1.471 
^7G8 
4,B» 
8,180 

s,aH 

8^501 
7,080 
8.694 
8,818 
7,088 
8,0SA 
758 
M8S 
SjOSS 
14,488 
7,888 
4,748 
1,848 
8,808 
8,678 
6,666 
4,431 
8,858 

«.ai 


W?. 


Nnua  •  ■ 
BuMpk  • 
Rock  lilomi  • 
8tapaio«  ■ 
8ck«rlor-    ■ 


8luk 

81.  Cloir  •  - 
S'ipkoona  - 
Iwwtll  • 
Uoha.  -  ■ 
VvainioB  • 
Wibotb  -  • 
Wwm  ■  - 
Wubingtoa* 
Wono  •  • 
Wbllo-  •  • 
WbliMido  • 
Will  ■ 
Willitninn  • 
WiOHbifi  • 
87  CouDtim 

MISSOURI. 
Aodriu 
Bonx- 
BcotoB 
Boom* 


CoUwoll-  • 
Cilkwiy  • 
CapoOlnnlou 
OuToll  . 
CkirtlOB  • 
Ctairto  . 
Cloy  •  - 
Clioba  • 
Colo  ■  • 
Coopor  • 
CroMrford 
Dtfim  • 
Fnuklio  • 
OokcdkIo 
Oroooo  • 
Howuil  • 
Jocknn  • 
Jiffanoo- 
Jobowo  • 
Uhjt/ttt- 
Uwh'  - 
LImoIb  • 

UtIwIob 

MOCOB      • 

MullMm- 

MuiOB     • 


MooiM  >  > 
Bloat|DiBti7 
MoroB  -  • 
Niw  Milrid 
NawtOB  •  • 
Pmy  •  •  • 
Fanli-  •  - 
Hko  •  .  - 
PUtto.  .  . 
Mk  •  •  • 
FubAi  •  • 
Rudolph  • 
Rallo  •  -  ■ 
Hif  .  .  - 
Uplqr  •  • 
Hint  •  •  • 
-SallBO  •  •  • 
Bcoil  •  •  - 
Sbolbf  ■  • 
BkChariM  • 
St  rrucoii  - 
BkOoMTitn 
8t.JLoab-  - 
StDddud  •  • 
Tkanr*  •  ■ 
TaaBunB  • 
Wonoa  •    ■ 


I8yi47 

8,478 
•>IH 
8,888 
11,788 
HOH 
8,181 
&8M 
8,810 
14,716 
C871 

S!6M 

IJTS 
I8M1 

a«io 

7,881 

4jHe 

^7a8 

ifitO 
6,183 
6.818 
8,514 

io,i«r 

4,167 
4,808 


WMbiOfkM- 

WkjPBO    -    ■ 


7,818 


aiCooBlho  •   -M^M 


476,188 


1,048 
4,786 
4,806 

UMl 
6,B7 
1,468 

11,786 
9Ji6 
8,488 
4,746 
8.846 
8,988 
8,714 
MM 

10.484 
8,561 
8,786 
7,616 
6,330 
^378 

18,108 
7,618 
4,886 
4,481 
6,816 
6,040 
7^4U 
8,946 
4,886 
6,004 


8,888 

8,506 
4,871 

ts 

3,TB0 
6,7«» 
8,996 

10,646 
8,818 
8,449 
6,989 
7,196 
8,670 
6,583 
8,856 
4,'R8 
6898 
6,974 
8056 
7,911 
8,811 
8,148 

86,979 
8,153 
3,964 
4,6U9 
4,953 


: :  ;i8 

Canoll    ....  tSa 

CUool     ....  1^ 

Coamjr  ....  (ogg 

Cvko    ....  Ijol 

Cnwibrd     .    .    .  7aa8 

CrRtttdOB    .    -    •  iSl 

DmI". |Jt6 

rraLklla ....  tjjji 

Onooo    ....  IJH 

Homjwfiod  .   .    .  4i|g| 

HDlSpilofi.    .    .  1% 

iBdrModeaco  ■    •  8.899 

laud uoe 

Jukwo    ....  ||54o 

Jaftnoo  ....  tMt 

JobMon  ....  MM$ 

Lofajallo.    .    .    .  uno 

Lowreoeo    *    .    .  8JM6 

Modiwo ....  glTTt 

Marino    ....  |ju 

MioilMippI  -    .    .  l5w 

MoBioo  ....  ai( 

Philllpa  -    .        .  8>47 

Piko (69 

Polnaalt  ....  |Jio 

R>po Ufo 

F<ua>kl    ....  6J60 

Raodolph     .    •   •  9,1(6 

Salloa 8,061 

Oaaitj     ....  (M 

^ i,m 

8o«iar aluo 

St.rnada    .    .    •  9409 

VaoBufOB  ■    .   .  1,619 

WaiUD(toa.    .    .  7,149 

Whito.    .   .    .   .  tt9 

taCoiialioa  •    .  97,974 

WISCONSIN. 

Bmro    ....  v'lOl 

Coluowt.        .   .  'i'i 

Cnwbid     .    ■    •  i.'nig 

Dasa 814 

Dudn     ....  97 

Oraol 9^988 

Oraaa 898 

FoaddaLic    .    *  196 

Iowa 8,979 

iaSkiioo.   ...  914 

Maoitoiroe  .    •    •  836 

Marauetto    ...  |8 

Mtlmukra  .   .    -  ^805 

Portin    a    ■    >    ■  1,088 

Raeiao     ....  8,476 

Rock 1,101 

.   .  101 

.    .  183 


SI.Cn>r»-    ...  909 

Walmrlb    .    ■    •  9^011 

WadUaiMo.    ■    .  843 

WioaclM(o  .    .   . 136 

SSCoualioi  .   .  30k9tf 
IOWA. 

Cedar 1,9(6 

ChflOB  ....  1,101 

Clioloo    ....  881 

Oelawaro     ...  168 

Daaaoinaa    ...  6,517 

Dubuque ....  S,0i9 

Heaiy 3,778 

Jackioa  ....  1,411 

JeObnoa ....  8,778 

Johoioa  ....  1,491 

Joaaa 471 

Loo 6,098 

UOB 1,313 

Looiio    ....  I,«87 

Moacalioo   ■    .    -  1,848 
Bcott   •   .    -       •     8,140 

VaoBuna    •  »   .  9^146 

Waihlii(«».    •    •  tjnt 

ISCountiea  ..  43,112 


(Ir) 


-«< 


^    y 


t 


